COSTS SHESEEESESSSESESESHESEHEHEHEEEHSESHEEHEEHEHEHEHEHEHEHSESEEHEHEHEEEEE THE NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN LuEsther T. Mertz Library Gift of The Estate of Henry Clay Frick, II 2007 4 * < a 2 o* 4 \ ~ ~ . NY : - , » f : 4 y 5 + ! y L. M/s, a A, 2 / vy i f - y f P ’ P a v! q if aU , ‘| 4 \. . AY ye ~~ NAAT xXY\ , \ YEN 6 \ . \ ae ‘a ae 4 vl se aN \\ Yt \ . b b \ } oN \ “A ~~ NS { eet ‘ , SR ms £ 6 Xe 4 ~S , iy, rs N XA \' cS - 4 % ‘ \ \ . . = > ~ { ‘ SS F \ \ 7 ae? SS . VF QS ay CR N % ae \ ae NS WE \ . S\ 1 Faltng y aN . oi ~ ~ Pol A \ AN a ~~ ig \! ( . F a ~ \ is \ \ ‘a a bi - at ; ‘S x , i eas We . A EEEENE . * WX Y ts ; . ‘ (i SSS NOK Yt i NV i Ss \ \ 7 WN Cs. \ \ is Nii) \ \\I \ \\ | Nia \\ : ea NN ‘4 Vl AZ! ‘t \ si : NX \ . \¥ i) . , yi S| } \ ' } % : } , \ i ij fy \\ \\4 SEP | } : \) \ a i! F WA E I if ARBORETUM ET FRUTICETUM BRITANNICUM ; OR, THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF BRITAIN, Patibve anv Foreign, Bardy ans Balf-Bardp, PICTORIALLY AND BOTANICALLY DELINEATED, AND SCIENTIFICALLY AND POPULARLY DESCRIBED ; WITH THEIR PROPAGATION, CULTURE, MANAGEMENT, AND USES IN THE ARTS, IN USEFUL AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTATIONS, AND IN LANDSCAPE-GARDENING ; PRECEDED BY A HISTORICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL OUTLINE OF THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF TEMPERATE CLIMATES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. BY J. C. LOUDON, F.L. & HS. &e. AUTHOR OF THE ENCYCLOPEDIAS OF GARDENING AND OF AGRICULTURE, IN EIGHT VOLUMES : FOUR OF LETTERPRESS, ILLUSTRATED BY ABOVE 2500 ENGRAVINGS ; AND FOUR OF OCTAVO AND QUARTO PLATES. were Wii tt, FROM CELASTR ACES, P. 495., TO APOCYNA‘CER, P. 1256., INCLUSIVE. SECOND EDITION. LONDON : HENRY G. BOHN, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN. 1854. CONTENTS OF VOL. II. The Roman numerals refer to the General Table of Contents, Vol. I. p. xvii. to cliii., where the species and varieties, with all their synonymes, will be found systematically arranged ; the first column of Arabic figures to the pages of the text in this volume, and the second to those of the supplementary matter con- tained in Vol. IV. The names of the half-hardy and suffruticose orders and genera are in small type. Celastracee. Euénymus - Spindle Tree. Celastrus L. - Staff Tree. Nemopanthes Raf. Maytenus Feuill. Cassine L. - Hartogia Dec. Aquifoliacee. Myginda Jacq. Mex L. - Holly. Prinos L. - Winter Berry. Rhamnacee. Zizyphus” - Jujube Tree. Palitrus L. - Christ’s Thorn. Berchémia Neck. Supple Jack. Rhamnus Lam. Buckthorn. Ceanothus L. Red Root. Spheerocarya Wall. Condalia Cav. - Sagerétia Brongn. Scutia Brongn. Retantlia Brongn. Collétia Kunth ‘Trevoa Mey. - Discaria Hook. - Hovénia Thunb. Colubrina Brongn. Willemétia Brongn. Pomadeérris Lab. Cryptandra Sm. Bartlingia Brongn. Solendntha G. Don Trichocéphalus Brongn. Phylica L. - Soulangia Brongn. - Gouania Jacq. - Carpodeétus Forst. - Olénia Thunb. - Bruniacezx. Homalinacee. Aristotélia L’Hér. Azara R. et P. - Blackwéllia Dec. Astrdnthus Lour. - Neillia Dec. - Whe Oe Uy Tah ace deer ya Oat es feet wet eg a XXxiv. XXXiv. XXXV. XXXV. XXXV. XXXV. XXXYV. XXXVI. XXXVI. XXXVI. XXXVI. XXXVil. XXXVil. XXXVI. XXXVIL. XXXVil. XXXVill. XXXix. XXxxix, XXXixX. XXXix. XXXix. XXXix. XXxix. XXXiXe XXXiX. Xxxix. XXxix. XXXix. XXxix. XXXIX. XXX1x. XXXIx. XXXIX. XXXIX. XXXIX. XXXIX 2547 2547 2548 2548 2548 Anacardiicea. Pistacia L. - Pistacia Nut Tree. Mastich Tree. Turpentine Tree. Rhis = Sumach. Duvatia Kunth Stihia Wall. - Schinus L. - 'Triceros = Heterodéndron Desf. Styloplasium Desf. Cneorum L. - Burseracez. Balsamodéndron Canarium Kiinig Fagdstrum G. Don Amyridacee. Amjris Willd. - Leguminacee. ‘ §1. SopHo'res. ‘A Sophira R. Br. no ate Virgilia L. - Yellow Wood. Cn Fn Piptanthus Swt. Edwardsia Sal. . Cycldpia R. Br. Podalyria R.Br. - Chorézema R.Br. = Podolobium R. Br. - Oxyldbium R. Br. ~ Callistachys Sims = Brachyséma R. Br. = Gompholdbium Sm. - Burtdnia R. Br. - Jacksdnia R. Br. Viminaria Sm.— > Spheerolobium Link Adtus G. Don = Dillwynia Sm. - Eutdxia R. Br. - Sclerothamnus R. Br. = Gastrolobium Ker. Euchilus R. Br. - Pultenze‘a B. M. - Daviésia R. Br. - Mirbélia Sm. - § 2. Lorex. U lexis «= Furze. Stauracanthus Lh. Spartium Dec. Spanish Broom. Genista Lam. Cytisus Dec. La Tea eat Ue CPS Heat WIRY Tek Viet eed eT pe Fer Wet Any ee | I XXXIX. XXX1x. xiii. Common and Portugal Broom. Laburnum. A 2 2549 2549 2549 2519 2549 2549 2550 2550 2551 iv Adenocarpus Dee. Ononis L. - Restharrow. Amorpha L. Bastard Indigo. Robinia L. = Locust Tree. Rose Acacia. Caragana Lam. Siberian Pea Tree. Halimodéndron Fisch. Salt Tree. Caléphaca Fisch. Colitea R. Br. Bladder Senna. Astragalus Dec. Milk Vetch. Dorycnium Tourn. Hovea R. Br. Plagioldbium Snt. Platylobium Sm. Bossize‘a Vent. - Godédia Sal. = Scottia R. Br. - Templetonia Sims - Rafnia Thunb. - Vascda Dec. - Borbonia L. - Achyronia Wendl. Liparia L. - Priestléya Dec. - Crotalaria Hypocalyptus Thunb. - Vib6rgia Spreng. - Loddigésia Sims Dichilus Dec. - Lebéckia Thunb. - Sarcophfllum Thunb. - Aspalathus L. - es auienes Dec. - thfllis L. - Medicago L. - Melilotus Cast. - Lotus L. Carmichaélia R. Br. Psoralea L. Indigéfera L. - Swainsonia Sal. - Lessértia Dec. - Sutherldndia R. Br. - § m1. HEpysa Res. Coronilla Neck. Hedysarum Hippocrépis Tacg.) Adésmia Dec. - Uraria Desv. - Desmodium Dec. - Dicérma Dec. - Tavemiéra Dec. - Lespedéza Mx. - Flemingia Roxb. - E’bénus L. - Alhigi Tourn. - Clidnthus Sol. - § 1v. PHASEO LEZ. 2) iN Wistaria Nutt. Lupinus Sims - Tree Lupine. Délichos L. - Pachyrhizus Dec. - Mucina Wall. : Erythrina L. - Coral Tree. § v. Gleditschia - Honey Locust. Gymnocladus_ - Ppa Mile ices Ei tte Peery a pal Jeo et in Je Pee Dae ton pat CassIE &. Kentucky oye Tree. Cércis L. Judas wreesk Ceesalpinia Ait. - Cadia L'Hérit. - Zuccagnia Cav. - Ceratonia - Ceratosp@mum Cunn. - Cassia Chamefistula Don's Mill. Schotia Ait. CONTENTS 1. Il. ry. xlv. 603 2552 xlv. 604 xlv. 606 2552 xlv. 609 2552 xlv. 629 2552 xlvi. 634 xlvi. 635 xlvi. 6385 2552 xlvi. 637 xl vii. 659 xlvii. 659 xlvii. 639 xivii. 659 xlvii. 640 2552 xi vii. 6410 xivii. 640 xi vii. 640 xlvii. 640 xlvii. 640 xvii. 640 xlvii. 640 as xlvii. 640 xlvii. 640 xivii. 640 xlvii. 640 xlvii. 640 xivii. 641 xi vii. 641 xvii. 641 xlvii. 641 xi vii. 641 xlvii. 641 xvii. 641 2552 xlvii. 642 xivii. 642 xlvii. 642 xlvii. 642 xlvii. 642 xlvii. 642 xlvii. 643 xlvii- 643 xlvii. 643 xvii. 643 xlvii. 645 xl vii. 645 xl vii. 649 xlvii. 645 xvii. 645 2552 xlvii- 646 xivii. 646 xlvii- 646 xvii. 646 xlviii. 646 xl viii. 646 xlviii- 646 xlvili. 647 2553 xlvill. 647 2553 xlviii. 649 xi viii. 649 xlviii. 649 xlviii- 649 xviii. 649 xlvili. 650 2554 xlviii. 650 xlvili. 656 xlvilil. 657 xlix. 660 xlix. 660 xlix. 660 xlix. 660 xlix. 660 xlix, 660 xlix. 660 xilix. 660 OF VOL. II. b 4 Th. App. I. Other Legumindcee. Dérris G. Don : 5 i Pterocdrpus Dec. - - oer el cacao L. - - xlix. 661 ae aoe) - - xlix. 661 ia Neck. 2 xlix. 662 Black Wattle. Rosdcee. _) | ie aro §1. Amyepa‘trem. - xilix. 673 Amygdalus Tourn. - xlix. 673 a The Almond. Pérsica Tourn, - ~« l. 679 The Peach. Armeniaca Tourn. - l. 681 The Apricot. Prinus Tourn. - l. 684 The Plum. Cérasus Juss. - li. 692 The Cherry. § uu. SPrraea. - litt, 721 Piurshia Dee. - = lili. 721 Kérria Dee. - - lil, 722 : Coérchorus. Spire’a L. = = lint. .. 722 § ut. Porenti’ Liem. lili. 733 Rubus L. = - liv. 733 The Bramble. Potentilla LZ. - S lvi. 747 The Shrubby Cinquefoil. §iv. Ro'srm - lvi. 748 Rosa L. = = lvi. 748 “ The Rose Tree. Lowea Lindl. - lxi. 812 § v. PoMEx. - 1x1.) "StS Crate‘gus Lindl. - Ixt/ 818 The Thorn. Photinia Lindl. = lxiv. 868 Cotoneaster Med. - Ixv. 869 Amelanchier Med. - Ixv. 874 Méspilus Lindl. - Ixv. 877 The Medlar. Pyrus Lindl. - = Ixvi.. 879 The Pear Tree. Cydonia Tourn. - Ixviii. 929 The Quince Tyee. Raphidlepis Lindl. - - Ixix. 932 Eriobétrya Lindl. - - Ixix. 933 Kagenéckia R. et P. - xix. 954 Margyricdrpus R. et P. - Ixix. 954 Cercocarpus H. B. z K. - Ixix. 9354 Ace'‘na Vahl - Ixix, 954 Potérium L. - - Ixix, 935 Cliffortia L. : z Ixx. 935 Calycanthacee. - —\xix. 935 Calyecanthus Lindl. - Ixix. 936 American Alispice. Chimonanthus Lindl. lxix. 937 Winter Flower. Granatacee. - \xix. 939 Pinica Tourn. - Ixix. 939 The Pomegranate Tree. IV. 2562 2563 2564 2566 2566 2566 2566 2566 2566 CuwTENTS OF VOL. II. 1. Onagracee. - 1xix. Fuchsia L. - - Ixix. Lythracee. - Ixx. Heimia - - Ixx. Lagerstroe‘mia —- - Ixx. Pride of India. Tamaricicee. - Ixx, TAmarix Desv. - - xx. The Tamarisk. Mpyricaria Desv. - - Ixx. German Tamarisk. Philadelphacee. - xx Philadélphus L. xx Mock Orange. Decumaria L. = xxi. Deiitzia Thunb. - - Ixxi. Myrtaceae. - = xxi. § 1. Mecatevu‘cea. Ixxi. Tristania R. Br. - - Ixxi. Beaufértia R. Br. - lxxi. Calothd4mnus R. Br. - xxi. Melaletca Lab. - - Ixxi. Eudésmia R. Br. - § u. Evirerrosrr’RME®. Ixxi. Eucalfptus Sm. - - Ixxi. Angéphora Cav. - - lxxi. Callistémon Dec. - - Ixxi. Metrosidéros Vent. - xxi. Leptospérmum Sm. - Ixxi. Billotia R. Br. - - xxi. Fabricia Geertn. - - Ixxi. Be’ckia Andr. - - 1xxi , § ut. My'arex. — Ixxi. Psidium Sab. - - Ixxi. M§rtus L. - - Ixxi. The Myrtle. § rv. CHAMZLAUCIE &. xxii. Ixxii-. Ixxii. Ixxii. Chamelajicium Desf. - Calythrix R. Bre - - Darwinia Rudge - Passifloracee. - — \xxii. Passiflora L. - - Ixxii. Disémma Dec. - - Ixxii- Tascinia Juss. - Ixxii. Crassulicee. - \xxu. Sedum L. - I xxii. The Stonecrop- BN Sempervivum L. = Ixxii. The Tree Houseleek. Mesembryicea. - \xxii. Mesembryanthemum L, - Ixxii. Fig Marigold. Nitrariacee. - —\xxii. Nitraria LZ. - =) a bexir Cactacee. Ixxii. Opuntia Mill. - lxxii. The Prickly Pear. Grossulacee. - xxii. Ribes L. - 4 lxxii. The Gooseberry. The Currant. Il. 942 944 945 945 945 946 947 949 967 968 IV. 2566 2566 2568 2568 2568 . I. Escalloniiceze, - \xxiv. T'tea L. : = “Lexy: Escallonia Mutis = | mtv Saxifrigee. - \xxv. Hydrangea L. =) alaxve Ombellicee. - xxv. Bupletirum Tourn. - — Ixxv. Hare’s Ear. Tenoria Spreng. Aralitceea. - Ixxv. Aralia Z." - = lxxv. i Angelica Tree. Hédera Swartz - Ixxv. The Ivy. Hamamelidacee. Ixxy. Hamameélis - 3 lxxv. Wych Haxel. Fothergilla L. - = lxxvi. Cornace@. = _——dAxxvi. Cornus = zs Ixxvi. The Dogwood.’ Benthamia Lindl. - — Ixxvii. Loranthacea, - xxvii. Viscum DL. - ~- Lbxxvii. , Mistletoe. Aiticuba Thunb. = ‘|xxvil Japan Laurel. Caprifoliacee. - Ixxvii. §1. Sampu’cem. xxvii. Sambicus L. =) xxvii: : The Elder. Vibirnum - - lxxvii. Tinus Tourn. O/pulus Tourn. The Laurustinus. The Wayfaring Tree. The Guelder Rose. § u. Lonice’re#. Ixxxix. Diervilla Tourn. - Ixxix. Lonicera Desf. - Ilxxix, Honeysuckle. Symphoricaérpos Dill, \xxxi. St. Peter’s Wort. The Snowberry Tree. at é Leycestéria Wall. - — Ixxxi. Rubiaceae. - \xxxi. Cephalanthus LZ, - — Ixxxi. The Button Wood. Pincknéya Mx. - - 1xxxi. Serissa Comm. - - Ixxxi. Plécama Ait, - - Ixxxi. Phyllis L. - = Ixxxi. Anthospérmum L. - 1xxxi. Rubia Ait. - - Ixxxi. Bouvdrdia H. B. et K. - Ixxxi. Manéttia Cham. etSchl. - Ixxxi A 3 2571 2571 2571 2571 2571 2572 2572 2572 2572 2572 2573 2573 vi CONTENTS OF VOL. I. es ' . Lobeliacere, - 1xxxi. TupaG.Don - - Ixxxi. Lobelia Forst. - - Ixxxi. Campanulacee, \xxxi. Miusschia Dumort. - Ixxxi. Campdnula. 1m l ow Composite. + \xxxii. Stahelina Lessing - Ixxxii. Baecharis R. Br. - 1xxxii Ploughman’s Spikenard. . aa yf ed ea = xe Santolina - - Ixxxii. Lavender Cotton. Artemisia Cass. - 1xxxii. Southernwood. Helichrysum Lessing Ixxxii. Everlasting Flower. Cineraria Less. =) Vexxar Carlow{zia Moench - lxxxii. Arctdtis L. - - IXXXii. Didélta H. K. - - lxxxii* Berckhéya W. - - Ixxxii. Cullimia R. Br. - Ixxxii. Oth6énna Bot. Cab. - Ixxxii. Osteospérmum L. - Ixxxiii. Caléndula Ven. - Ixxxiii. Mutisia D. Don - - Ixxxiii. Dahlia Cay. - - Ixxxiif. Ataldnthus G. Don - Ixxxiii. Sénchus Jacq. - - Ixxxiil. Vernonia Hook. - Ixxxiii. A’ster Lab. - = Ixxxiii. Chrysécoma L. - - Ixxxiil. Brachyle'‘na S7t. - Ixxxiii. Conyza Jacq. - - Ixxxiii. Podanthus Lindl. - Ixxxiil. Culcftium Spr, - - Ixxxiil. Cacalia L. - - Ixxxiii. Franzéria W. - - Ixxxiii. (/dera Thunb. - - lxxxiii. Pyréthrum W. En. - Ixxxiii. Ismélia - - Ixxxiii. Athanasia L. - - Ixxxiii. Balsamita Desf. - - Ixxxiii. Piéntza W. - - Ixxxiii, Eriocéphalus ZL. - - Ixxxiii. Senécio B. M. - - Ixxxili. Tarchondnthus Lam. - Ixxxiii. Eriécoma D. Don - Ixxxiii. iets 1 wide Efpacridacee. - \xxxiii. Styphélia 2. - - Ixxxiii. Stenanthéra R. Br. - Ixxxiii. Cyathddes Lab. - Ixxxiii. Lissdnthe R. Br. - - Ixxxiii. Leucopdgon B. Br. - Ixxxiii. Monétoca R. Br. - Ixxxiii. Trochocarpa R. B. - lxxxiii. E’pacris Sm. - - 1xxxiii. Lysinéma R. Br. - Ixxxiii. Andersonia R. Rr. - Ixxxiii. Sprengélia Bot. Cat. - Ixxxiii. Sphensétoma Swt. - lxxxiii- Ericdce@. _- Ixxxiii. §1. Erycex. 1xxxiii. Erica D. Don - Ixxxiii. The Heath. Gypsocallis Sal. - Ixxxiii. Moor Heath. . . Callina Sal. - lxxxiv. Ling, or Heather. a - Callista _ - - Ixxxiv. Ceramia - ~ Ixxxiy. Dasyanthes - Ixxxiv. Désmia_ - - Ixxxiv. Eurylepis - ~ Ixxxiy: Pachysa_ - - Ixxxiv. Syringodea - - Ixxxiv. II. 1065 1065 1063 1068 1063 1063 1064 1065 1066 1066 1068 1070 IV. 2573 2573 2573 2573 2574 2574 2574 II. if Ble‘via - - \cexy E’ctasis - = -dhexsaye Eurystegia - o) | exove Lophandra - - XXXV. Lamprotis - - Ixxxv. Andrémeda - - Ixxxy. Cassiope D. Don - _ Ixxxvi. Cassandra D. Don Ixxxvi. Zenobia D. Don - _— Ixxxvi. Lyonia Nutt. - lxxxvi. Leucéthée D. Don lxxxvi. Pieris D. Don - Ixxxvil. Phyllédoce Sal. - Ixxxvii. Dabee‘cia D. Don - Ixxxvii. Arbutus Cam. - Ixxxvil. The Strawberry Tree. Arctostaphylos ioeneces Adans. The Bearberry. Pernéttya Gaud. = = 1xxxviii. Gaulthéria L. - Ixxxviii. Epige’a L. - - Ixxxviii. Phalerocérpus G. Don 1xxxviii. Cléthra LZ. - - lxxxviii. Agarista G. Don - Ixxxviii. §u. Ruopo’Rex&. Ixxxix. Rhododéndron L. - Ixxxix. Azdlea L. Rhodéra L. om Kaélmia L. - = xcil. American Laurel. ays Menziésia Sm. = xeil. Azalea D. Don - xeil. Leiophyllum Pers. - xcil. ITédum L. - 2 xcii, § m1. Vaccinize‘x. XCii. Vaccinium L. . Xcil. Whortleberry. Bilberry. Oxycéccus Pers. - XClii. Cranberry. Brydnthus Gmel. - Xciv. Enkianthus Lour. - xciv. Vireya - - xciv. Befaria H. et B. - - xXciv. Hymendnthes Blum. - Xciv. Gaylussdccia H. B. et K. - xciv. Thibatidia H. B. et K. - xciv. Cavendishia Lindl. - xciv. Agapétes D. Don - xciv. Ceratostéma R. et P. - XCiv. ‘ om i Symplocacee. ~~ xciv. Symplocos Ker - - xciv. Styracee. xcix. Styrax L. - - xciv. Storax. es . Halesiacer. - xeiv. Halésia Ellis - XCiv. The Snowdrop Tree. % - Sapotacez. - x¢iv. Argania R. et S. - Xciv. Sideréxrylon. vee Bumelia Swartz - xev. lV. 2574 25714 2574 2575 2575 2575 2575 2575 2576 2576 2576 2576 2576 2576 2577 ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO VOL. it Ebendcee. - = Xv: Diospyros - - xcv. Date Plum. Oleacee. xev. § 1 OLEINE. - xev. Ligistrum Tourn. - XCV. , Privet. Phillyrea Tourn. - xey. Chionanthus L. — - xevi. Snow Flower, or Fringe Tree. Olea L. - - xcVvi. Olive. §u. Syai'nens. xevi. Syringa L. - - xevi. The Lilac. Il. 1194 1194 1197 1198 1198 1203 1205 1207 IV. 2578 2578 2578 2578 2579 2579 Fontanésia Lab. Fors§thia Vahl - § mi. FRAXINIEZ. Fraxinus L. The Ash Tree. O'rnus Pers. - TI. The Flowering Ash. Jasminacee. Jasminum Forsk. The Jasmine. Apocynacee. - Vinca. Lear = The Periwinkle. Gelsémium Mx. - Nérium L. - Oleander. I.. xevil. xeVil- xevil. xevil. xeviii. Xcix. xcix. xcix. Xcix. xcix. Xcix. 1254 1254 1256 1256 ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO VOL. II. ie Acacia Neck. - xlix. Acacia, False - xly. Aczw'‘na Vahl - - Ixix. Achyronia renal. - xlvil. Adenocarpus Dee. - xliv. Adésmia Dec. - - xlvil. Agapétes D. Don - xciv. Agarista G. Don - ° Ixxxviiis Almond - - xlix. Alhigi Tourn. - - xlviii. Ameldnchier Med. - Ixv. American Allspice - Ixix. American Laurel - xcil. Améorpha L. - xlv. Amygddlee - - xlix. Amygdalus Tourn. - xlix. Andersdnia R. Br. - Ixxxiii. Andromeda L. = tlexuv. Angelica Tree - Ixxy. Angéphora Cav. - Ixxi. Anthospérmum,L. - Ixxxi. Anthyllis L. - - xlvii. Amyriddcee = - xi. Amyris Willd, uxl Anacardidcee - XXxkix Adtus G. Don - - xii. Apocynacee - - xcix. Apricot - - LE Aquifolidcee = XXXVI Aralia L. - - Ixxv, Aralidcee - - Ixxv. A'ybutus Cam. - Ixxxvil. Arctostaphylos a Ixxxvill. Adans. - Arctitis L. - - Ixxxii. Argania Ret S. - — xeiv. Aristotelia L’ Hérit. revere Armeniaca Tourn. - th Artemisia Cass. Teel bo s.aie 673 1105 Ash Tree - Aspalathus L. - A’ster Lab. 3 Astragalus Dee. - Astranthus Lour. Atalanthus G. Don Athanasia L. 2 Aticuba Thunb. Azara Ret P. - Azalea D. Don Azalea L. - Baccharis R. Br. Bee’ckia Andr. - Balsamita Desf. - Balsamodéndron Bartlingia Brongn. Bastard Indigo Bearberry - Beaufértia R. Br. Befaria H. et B. - Benthamia Lindl. Berchémia Neck. Berkhéya W. + Bilberry - Billotia R. Br. - Blackwéllia Dee. Bladder Senna Ble‘ria - Borbodnia L. - Bossize‘a Vent. - Bouviardia H. B. et KX. Brachyle‘na Snt. Brachyséma R. Br. Bramble - Broom, common Bruniaceze - Brydnthus Gmel. = Buckthorn - Bumélia Swartz. Bupletrum Tourn. - Burseraceze - Burtodnia R. Br. = Button-wood Cacalia L. - I. XCV1L, xi xii. Ixxxii. xi vi. XXXix. Ixxxii. Ixxxii. Ixxvii. XXxix. xXxCll. Ixxxix. Ixxxil. Ixxi. Ixxxii. xl. XXXix. xlv. Ixxxvili. Ixxi. Xciy. Ixxvii. XXXVIi. Ixxxii. Xcii. lxxi. xk xlvi. Ixxxv. xi vii. Xi vii. Ixxxi. Ixxxii. xii. liv. xliii. XXXix. xciv. XXXVI. XCV. Ixxv. xi. xii. Ixxxi. Ixxxii-. 2579 2581 2581 2581 2581 Iv. 579 bo 2571 2576 2575 vill Cactacee - Cadia L’Hérit.- —- Ceesalpinia Ait. - Caléndula Ven. ~ Callista = Callistémon Dec. Callina Sal. - Caléphaca Fisch. Callfstachys Sims Calothamnus R. Br. Calycanthee Calycanthus Lindl. Calythrix R. Br. Campanuldcee— - Campanula - Canarium Kinig Caprifolidcee Caragana Lam. Carlowizia Mcench Carmichaélia R. Br. Carpodeétus Forst. CassAndra D. Don Cassia L. Cassine Li. ~ Cassiope D. Don Cavendishia Lindl. Ceanothus L, Celastrdcee - Celastrus L. Cephalanthus L. Ceramia- Cérasus Juss. Ceratostéma R. et P- Ceratonia L. Ceratospérmum Cunn. Céreis L. - Cercocarpus H. B. et K. Chameefistula Don’s Mill. Cherry - Composite - Conyza Jacq. - Corchorus - Corndcee - Cornus - Coronilla Neck. Cotoneaster Med. Chamelauciée Chamzlaticium Desf. Chimonanthus Lin Chionanthus L. Chorézema R. Br. Christ’s Thorn Chrysécoma L. = Cineraria Less. Clethra LZ. - Clianthus Sol. Cliffortia L. - Cneorum L. - Collétia Kunth Colubrina Brongn. Colitea R. Br. Condalia Cav. - Coronfila Neck. - Cranberry - Crassulacee Crate gus Lindl. Cress Rocket Crotalaria - Cryptandra Sm. Culcitium Spr. Cullimia R. Br. Currant ca Cyathddes Lab. Cyclopia R. Br. Cydonia Tourn. C¥tisus Dec. Dabee’cia D. Don Dahlia Cav. - Darwinia Rudge Dasyanthes - Date Plum - Daviésia R. Br. dl. ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO VOL. Ixxi. sive XXXix. lxxxvi. xlix. XXXV. Ixxxvi. moe XXXViii. XXXiv. XXXYV. lxxxi. lxxxiv. li. Ixxxviii. xIviii- lxix. xi. XXXixX. XXxix. xlvi. XXxix. xlvil. XX11L. xxii. 1xi. XXi. xivii. XXXix. Ixxxii. 1xxxil. Ixxil. Ixxxiii. xli. lxviii. xliii. Ixxxvii. Ixxxii. Ixxil. Ixxxiv. Xiv. Ixi. 2574 2566 2572 2552 2574 2547 2545 2525 2573 2555 2555 25738 2555 2571 2571 2563 2566 2547 2548 2552 2577 2568 2562 2575 2550 2578 Il. LA wt Decumaria L. - Ixx. Dérris 6G. Don - xlix. Désmia Fs ~- ‘sxxiyi Desmodium Dec. - xl vii. Detitzia Thunb. - - _ Ixxi. Dicérma Dec. - - xivii. Dichilus Dec. - xl vii Didélta H.K. - - lxxxii. DiervillaTourn. =. exe Dillwynia Sm. - - xii. Diospyros - ~ xev. Discaria Hook. - - XXxix. Disémma Dec. - - Ixxij. Dogwood - - — Ixxvi Délichos L. - - xiviii- Dor¥cnium Tourn. - xvii. Duvata Kunth - - xi. Ebendcee - - xev. E’benus L. - xl viii. E’ctasis - > xe Edwardsia Sal. - xli. Ider = =) [xxvii Enkidnthus Lour. - xciv. E’pacris Sm. - - Ixxxiii. E; pacriddcec - - Ixxxiii. pige’a L. - - Ixxxvili. Erica D. Don = bexaxim Ericdcee - - bexart Evicee - - Txexme Eriobotrya Lindl. - xix. Eriocéphalus L. - - iii. Eriécoma D. Don Ixxxii Erythrina L. - xviii Escallonia Mutis =» bexty, Escalloniaceze = ixxaive Euchilus R. Br. - - xii. Eudésmia R. Br. - - lxxi. Eucalyptus Sm. - - Ixxi. Euleptospérmee - - Ixxi. Euonymus L. - XXXiv. Eurylepis - - Ixxxiv. EKurystégia - - Ixxxv. Eutdxia R. Br. - xii. Everlasting Flower - Ixxxii. Fabricia Geertn. - - Ixxi. Fagdstrum G. Don - xl. Fig Marigold - - Ixxii. Five-leaved Ivy - XXXiil. Flemingia Roxb. - xivii. Flowering Ash - xXevill. Fontanésia Lab. - xevii. Forsythia Vahl - - xevii. Fothergilla L. = ibexge Furze - - xli. Franzéria Ww. - - Ixxxii. Fraziniée’ - - X¢vil. Fraxinus L. = X¢evli. Fringe Tree - xevi. Fuchsia L. - Ixix. Gastrolobium Ker - ali. Gaulthéria L. - Ixxxviil. Gaylissaccia H. Beet K. - xciv. Gelsémium Mx. - - xcix. Genista Lam. - xli. German Tamarisk - Dex: Gleditschia L. = ~xlynn. Gompholobium Sm. - xii. Goddia Sal. E E xlvii. Gooseberry - - Ixxii Gouania Jacq. - - xxxix Granatdcee - - lxix Grossuldcee 20g) Eas Guelder Rose - ixxvit Gymnécladus = »| xlvEic Gypsocallis Sal. - Ixxxiii. Halésia Ellis - Xciv. Halesiacee - xciv. Halimodéndron Fisch. xlvi. Humameliddcee - Ixxv. Hamameéelis L. = Ixxv. 2544 2549 2579 2566 2575 2550 2566 2569 2570 2570 ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO VOL. Le Hare’s Ear - - Ixxv. Hartogia Dec. - XXKV. Heath - - Ixxxiil. Hédera Swartz = Ixxv. Hedysiree - - xivii. Hedysarum - - xvii. Heimia Ixx. Helychrysum Lessing Ixxxii Heterodéndron Desf. xl. Hippocrépis Jacq. - xvii. Holly - - XXXvi. Homalinacee Sn XRKEX Honey Locust - xiviil. Honeysuckle - - Ixxix. Hovea R. Br. - - xlvii. Hovéenia Thunb. - - XXXiX, 4 Hydrangea L. - xxv Hymendanthes Blum. - Xciv. Hypocalyptus Thunb. - xvii Plex ie. = = | xe Indig6fera L. - - xlvii Ismelia - Ixxxii I'tea L. - st ely xy, Iva L. = - xvii. Lédum ZL. - = xcil. Legumindcee - - xl. Leiophyllum Pers. - xcii. Leptospérmum Sm. - Ixxi. Lespedéza Mx. - xvii. Lessértia Dec. - - xivii Leucopdgon R. Br. - Ixxxiii. Leucéthoe D. Don. Ixxxvi. Leycestéria Wall. - —Ixxxi. Ligistrum Tourn. - xev. Lilac - - X¢vi. Ling, or Heather - Ixxxiii. Lip a L. - - xlvii. L aeaaere R. Br. - - Ixxxiii. Lobélia Forst. - - Ixxxi. Lobeliaceze - - lxxxi. Locust Tree - xly. Loddigésia Sims - - xlvii. i ; Lonicera Desf. =) Rorx. Lonicéree - - Ixxix. Lophandra- - Ixxxv. Loranthdcee - = “iexval Lotee - - xli. Lodtus - xvii Lowea Lindl. = Ixi. Lupinus Sims - - xlviii. Lyonia Nutt. - Ixxxvi. Lysinéma R. Br. - - Ixxxi. Lythricee - Ixx. anéttia Cham. ‘et Schl. - Ixxxi. Margyricarpus R. et P. - Ixix. ' Mastich Tree - XXxix. Il. 997 404 1079 IV. 2570 2574 2570 2545 2572 2570 2545 2581 2581 2581 2546 2566 2576 2555 2551 2576 2549 2567 2578 2579 2574 2552 2572 2571 2549 2574 Maytenus Feuil. Medlar ~ Medicago L. - Melaleiica Lab. Melaleicee - Melilotus Last. - Menziésia Sm. Mesembryanthemum L. Mesembryacee - Méspilus Lindl. Metrosidéros Vent. Milk Vetch Mirbélia Sm. - Mimosa L. - Mistletoe - Mock Orange Monétoca R. Br. - Moor Heath - Mucina Wall. - Musschia Dumont Mutisia D. Don - , 7 Myginda Jacq. Mpyricaria Desv. - us yrticee Myrtexe - yrtle My eet L. Neillia Dee. Nemopanthes Raf. Nerium L. Nitraria LZ. - Nitraridcee (/dera Thunb. - Olea L. - Oledcee - Oleander - Oléine = Olénia Thunb. - Olive Ononis L. - Opuntia Mill. - Onagrdcea - O’pulus Tourn. O’rnus Pers, - Osteospérmum L. Othdnna Bot. Cat. - Oxycéccos Pers. ten Br. - Pachysa Pachodiitus Dec. Palitrus Z. - Passifldra L. - Passiflordcee Peach = Pear Tree - Periwinkle Pernéttya Gaud. Pérsica Tourn. Phalerocarpus G. Don + } Phasedlee Philadelphacee Philadélphus L. Phillyrea Tourn. Photinia Lindl. Phylica L. - Phyllis L. Phyllédoce Sal. Pieris D. Don Piéntza W. - Pincknéya Mx. - Piptdnthus St. Pistacia L. - Pistacia Nut Tree Plagioldbium Swt. Platylobium Sm. - Il. - Ixxvii. = iex: - Ixxxiii. =i) Axextia xi viii. Ixxxi. - XXXVI. = -lexyit: = Kee I xxii. - xxii. - 1. = Ixvi. > Xcix. - Ixxxviil. - ih. ]xxxvlil. xviii. - Ixx. - lxx. - xev. - lxiv. - XXxix. lxxxi. = ixexvitd Ploughman’s oe Tate Plécama Ait. nard = Plum = Podanthus Lindl. ix IV. 2765 2554 2571 2567 2568 2568 2545 2572 2578 2579 2569 2566 2547 2554 2563 2581 2575 2554 2567 2567 25 2548 2548 2659 Podoldbium R. Br. Podalyria R. Br Pomadérris Lab. Pomex = s Pomegranate Tree - Potentilla L. - Potentillee - E Potérium L. - Prickly Pear - Pride of India - Priestleya Dec. “ Prinos L. - aS Privet = Z Prinus Tourn. - Prosopis L. : = Psidium Sab. - > Psoralea L. - - Pterocdrpus Dec. - Pultenz'a B. M. - 5 Pinica Tourn. - Pirshia Dee. Pyréthrum W. En. - Pyrus Lindl. - Rdfnia Thunb. - Raphidlepis Lindl. Red Root ~ - Requiénia Dec. - - Quince Tree - Restharrow - - Retanilla Brongn. - - Rhamndcee - - Rhamnus Lam. = Rhododéndron L. - Rhodiree - ~ Rhis L, - - Ribes L. 2 Robinia L. - - Rosa L. = - Rosdcee - - Rose - - Rosee - x Rose Tree - - Rose Bay - - Rubia Ait. 4 e Rubidcee - - Ribus lL. - = Sdbia Wall. - - Sagerétia Brongn. - Salt Tree - - Sambicee 3 Sambucus L. Santolina - Sapotdcee - Sarcophyllum Thunb. Saxifragee Schinus L. - Schotia Ait. - Sclerothamnus R. Br. Scottia R. Br. - Scitia Brongn. - Sea Ragwort Sedum L. A Sempervivum L, - Senécio B. M. - Sertssa Comm. Shrubby Cinquefoil Siberian Pea Tree Sideréxylon - - Snowberry Tree - Snowdrop Tree Snow Flower Tree Solendntha G. Don - Sénchus Jacq. - - Cs ei at ey im a Ae , 1 ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO xlix. Ixxi. xlvii. xlix. Ixix. hii. Ixxxii. Ixvi. Ixviii. xl vii. lzix. XXXVill. xlvii. xli. XXXIX. XXXVI XXXVI. lxxxix. Ixxxix. KOK DNS xxii. xlv. lvi. xlix. lvi. lvi. lvi. Ixxxix, XXxix. lxxxii. xxii. Ixxii. Ixxxii- lvi. xlv. Xciv. lxxxi. XCiv. xevi. XXxix. Ixxxii. 2573 2563 2548 2546 2547 2576 2548 2569 2552 2554 2558 2558 2576 2573 2557 2572 2578 2570 2568 2557 2552 2572 VOL. II. Sophira R. Br. - Sophoree - - Souldngia Brongn. “ Southernwood - - Spanish Broom - Spartium Dee. - Spherocarya Wall. - - xs Sphzrolobium Sm. - Sphendtoma Smt. - - Spindle tree - Spire’a - - Spireée - £ Sprengélia Bot. Cab. Stehelina Lessing - Staff Tree - - Stauracanthus Lk. - Stenanthéra R. Br. Stonecrop. - ° Storax = fs St. Peter’s Wort - Strawberry Tree - Styloplasium Desf. - Styphélia R. Br. - - Styrdcee - a Styrax ZL. - - Sumach = s Sutherléndia R. Br. } - Swainsonia Sal. - - Symphoricarpus Dill. - 5 Symplocicee - - Symplocos Ker - . Syringa L. - - Syringee = - Syringddea_ - - Tamaricicee - - Tamarisk - - Tamarix Desv. - - Tarchondnthus Lam. - Tacsdnia Juss. - > Taverniera Dec. : Templetonia Sims. - Tenoria Spreng. - Thibaudia H, B. et K. - Thorn - = \ Tinus Tourn. - Trevoa Mey. - . Triceros - pechoceeale Brongn. - Tristania R. B: - Tenckicekana be Br. - Tree Houseleek - - Tupa G. Don - 2 Ulex L. = Ps Umbelldcee - - Uraria Desv. - - Vacciniée - a Vaccinium ZL. = Vascda Dec. - - Vernonia Hook. - - Viborgia Spreng. - - Vibarnum - - Viminaria Sm. - - Vinea L. = - Viréya - - Virgilia L. - - Viscum LT. - - Wayfaring Tree - Whortleberry - Willemétia Brongn. - Winter Berry - Winter Flower - Wistaria Nutt. = Wych Hazel - - Yellow Wood - - Zenobia D. Don - Zizyphus Tourn. -~ rs x) xl, xxxix. Ixxxil. xli. xii. xxxix. xli. Ixxxiii. XXXIX. liii. liii. Ixxxiii. Ixxxii- XXXV. xi. Ixxxiii. Lexi. xcly. Ixxxi. Ixxxvii. xl. Ixxxiii. XClv. xciv. XXXIx. zlvii. xlvii. lxxxi. xciv. XCly. Xevi. Xevi. Ixxxiv. lxxvii. Ixxvii. exii. XXXix. XXXVi. xix. x]viil. Ixxv. xli. Ixxxvi. XXXVil. 2548 2570 2562 2549 2570 ARBORETUM ET FRUTICETUM BRITANNICUM. CHAP. XXXIII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER CELASTRA‘CEA. Dstincr. Char. Sepals 4—6 : zstivation imbricate. Petals 4—6. Stamens 4—6, alternate with the petals; opposite the sepals, indistinctly perigynous. Ovary superior, free, girded with a fleshy disk, with 2—4 cells: ovules erect, rarely pendulous. Fruit capsular, baccate, drupaceous or samarideous. Seeds, in most, attended with an aril. Shrubs or trees. Leaves alternate or opposite, stipulate in most. Flowers whitish or greenish, in axillary cymes. (Dec. Prod., and Lindl. Introd. to N. S.) Shrubs or low trees, chiefly deciduous ; natives of both hemispheres ; chiefly remarkable for the form and colours of their fruits; their flowers being neither large nor showy, nor their properties valuable in medicine, or general economy. All the species are readily increased by layers, by cuttings struck in sand, or by seeds. The genera containing hardy species are Euénymus, Celastrus, and Nemopanthes : the half-hardy species are included in Maytenus, Cassine, and Hartogia. The genus J‘lex was formerly included in this order, and is still so in De Can- dolle’s Prodromus, Don’s Miller, Royle’s Illustrations, and various other works, being made a tribe under the name of Aquifoliacew. As this tribe was elevated to the rank of an order, by Dr. Lindley, in his Key, we have followed that as an authority. Evo’nymus Tourn. Sexes mostly hermaphrodite. Calyx 4—6-lobed, covered with a peltate disk. Petals 4—6, inserted into the disk. Stamens 4—6, inserted into rather prominent glands above the disk. Fruit a dehiscent capsule, of 3—5 cells. Seed with an aril. Leaves mostly opposite. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 3.) Cexa’stRUs L. Sexes mostly hermaphrodite. Calyx minute, 5-lobed, Petals 5. Ovary small, immersed in a disk, that is marked with 10 longitudinal lines. Frutit a dehiscent capsule of 2—3 cells. Seed with an aril. Leaves alternate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 3.) Nemopa’nTHES Rafin. Sexes polygamous or dicecious. Calyx minute. Petals 5. Ovary hemispherical, covered with a clammy juice or pulp. Fruit an indehiscent berry, that is roundish, and of 3—4. cells, and 3—4 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) MA‘ YTENUS Feuillée. Sexes polygamous. Calyx 5-cleft. Petals 5. Stamens 5. Ovary surrounded by a fleshy disk. Fruit dehiscent. Capsule of 1—4 cells. Seeds few, in the bottom of the cells, each with an aril. Leaves alternate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 9.) CAss'NE L, Sexes hermaphrodite. Calyx minute, 4—5-parted. Petals 5. Fruit an almost dry drupe; its nut indehiscent, slender, of 3 cells, and 3 seeds, each pendulous from the top of a cell. Leaves opposite. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 11.) Harro‘e14 Thunb. Sexes hermaphrodite. Calyx 4—5-cleft. Petals 4—5. Stamens 4—5. Fruit a dry drupe; its nut indehiscent, ovate, of 2 cells, and 2 seeds. Leaves opposite. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 12.) * MM 496 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II1. Genus I. via lal! EUVUO'NYMUS Tourn. Tue Evonymus, or SPINDLE TREE. . Lin. Syst. Tetra-Hex-andria Monog nia. Identification. Tourn. Inst., t. 388.; Lin. Gen., 271.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 3. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 3. Synonymes. Fusain, Bonnet de Prétre, or Bois 4 Lardoire, Fy. ; Spindelbaum, Ger. Derivation. ‘The word Euénymus is formed from the Greek, and signifies of good repute ; and Smith states that it has been applied to this genus, or, at least, to the species Z. europx us, by antiphrasis, as this species is fetid in every part when bruised, and is esteemed poisonous. (Eng. Flora, i. p. $29.) The French word Fusain means a spindle, alluding to the use of the wood for making spindles. Bonnet de Prétre alludes to the form of the capsules, which, when opened, bear some resemblance to a priest’s cap; and it is called Bois a Lardoire from the use made of the wood for skewers or larding-pins. The German name is literally spindle tree. ¥ 1. E. europm us L. The European Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 286.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.4.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 3. Synonymes. E. vulgaris Mili. Dict.; Prick-timber Gerard.; Louse Berry, Dogwood, Gatteridge Tree; Fusain d’Europe, Bonnet de Prétre commun, F7.; gemeine Spindelbaum, Ger. Derivation. The English name Prick-timber, or Prick-wood, alludes to the employment of the wood in making toothpicks and skewers, which were formerly called pricks; and it is called Dogwood, because a decoction of its leaves was used to wash dogs, to free them from vermin. The names of Gatteridge Tree and Gaitre Tree are derived from a Saxon word signifying a cover; from the capsule hanging, like a cover, over the fruit. It is called Louse Berry, because the powdered leaves and berries were formerly put on the heads of children to chase away lice. Engravings. Smith’s Eng. Bot., t. 362.; Hayne Abbild., t. 16.; E. of Pl., 2912.; our jig. 164. ; and the plate of the tree in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., &c. Branches smooth. Leaves lanceolate- ovate, very finely sawed. Flowers about 3 upon one peduncle; the petals oblong, rather acute. Lobes of the capsule obtuse. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) A shrub or low tree, a native of Europe, in hedges and scattered woods ; plentiful in Britain ; and, though seldom found in a wild state exceeding 10ft. or 12 ft. in height, yet, in some situations, attaining, when cultivated, the height of 30 ft. and upwards. It produces its greenish white flowers in May, and ripens its rose-coloured fruits in September. Varieties. * E. ec. 2 foliis variegatis Lodd. Cat. has variegated leaves, but never looks healthy. + E. e. 3 latifolius Lodd. Cat. has rather broader leaves than the species. % E. e. 4 ndnus Lodd. Cat. is a dwarf-growing plant. * E.e. 5 frictu dlbo Lodd. Cat. has white capsules. Nos. 3. and 5. of these varieties are, in our opinion, alone worth culti- vating. Description, 5c. The roots are very numerous and whitish ; forming a dense mass of network, and not extending to a great distance from the stem. The branches are numerous and opposite; and the wood hard and fine-grained. The leaves and bark are acrid, poisonous, and fetid when bruised. The cap- sules are of a fine rose colour, except in the white-capsuled variety, and the seeds are severally invested with an aril of a fine orange colour. This last character is conspicuous in the white-capsuled variety, as the colour of the capsule and that of the aril are in more direct contrast than in the species. Geography, History, &c. This species is common throughout the middle and northern states of Europe; it is found in.abundance in Sweden, in the north of Germany, in France, and in Britain ; and it is also a native of Greece and Italy. It was noticed by the ancient Greek and Roman writers, and the wood seems, from the earliest ages, to have been used for various domestic purposes, more particularly for making netting-needles and spindles; and its uses in France and Germany, even at the present day, are very numerous. In CHAP. XXXIIT. CELASTRA CEH. EUO’NYMUS. 497 Britain, it was formerly employed in the manufacture of musical instruments ; and it is still occasionally used for keys to pianofortes, and by turners and coopers. In Scotland, it is employed, along with the wood of the alpine la- burnum (Cytisus alpinus L.), to form noggins, called bickers (? from the German word becher,acup). These bickers are formed of small staves, alter- nately of the spindle tree and the laburnum ; the wood of the former being white or yellowish, and that of the latter being very dark brown or black. When the wood of the spindle tree cannot be got, that of the holly is used. These bickers are employed both as drinking-vessels and as porridge dishes: in form they resemble milkpails; and when of a small size, are called luggies, from their having but one handle, which is called a lug, or ear. In Germany, shoots of 3 ft. or 4 ft. in length are bored and employed for the shanks of tobacco-pipes, the bowls being made of earthenware; and spindles are made of the wood in parts of the Continent where that mode of spinning is still practised: hence, the names of fusain and spindelbaum. The wood, split up into thin pieces, is formed into whisks for driving away flies. A charcoal is made of the shoots, which is much valued by artists, from the lines traced with it being easily effaced. This charcoal is made by putting a number of the shoots of two years’ growth into an iron tube, and, after closing it so as to exclude the air, putting the tube in a fire till it becomes red. It is then taken out, and allowed to cool before the charcoal is removed. In using this char- coal, or charcoal crayons, as they are called, it is necessary, in sharpening them, to cut them to a point on one side, on account of the centre being only pith. The fruits of the tree have been employed by dyers, who derive three colours from them, green, yellow, and red. The first is obtained by boiling the seeds with alum; the second, by boiling the seeds alone; and the third, by using the capsules. A decoction of the capsules in alkali is said to colour hair red ; and the leaves, dried and powdered, and put among the hair of the heads of children, is said to drive away vermin: hence one of the names, The fruit is said to be purgative and emetic in an eminent degree; so much so as not to be eaten by birds. After all, the principal use of the spindle tree at present, in Britain, is, to form skewers for butchers and cooks, and for watchmakers; the large trees in Forfarshire, that were formerly used by coopers in making bickers, being, for the most part, no longer to be met with. In ornamental plantations, this species, and all the others, are chiefly interesting in autumn, when, as Dumont elegantly observes, “they spread, by their numerous pendent capsules of a bright red colour or pure white, and their white and orange- coloured seeds, some rays of brilliance over the departing season, and recall the remembrance of the fine days of summer.” (ot. Cult., vol. vi. p. 243.) Casualties. The leaves are liable to be attacked by the caterpillar of the Yponomeita Euonymélla Lair.; so much so, that the plant, both in hedges and gardens, may frequently be seen wholly without leaves, and bearing numerous webs of a cobwebby appearance and consistence, which are formed by the young caterpillars, in the course of their feeding, in passing from point to point. Statistics. The largest specimens of Z. europz‘us in Great Britain appear to be in Scotland ; more especially in Forfarshire, where the tree abounds, and attains a very considerable size, being fre- quently found from 25 ft. to 35 ft.in height, with trunks from 1 ft. to 18 inches in diameter. The wood, in that part of the country, is, or was formerly, much in demand by coopers and turners. In the neighbourhood of London, we know of but few large trees. One in Kensington Gardens, a little distance west of the Bayswater Gate, is 15 ft. high; in the Brompton Nursery, the white-capsuled variety has attained the height of 12 ft., with two stems, and a head covering a space of 25 ft. in dia- meter ; at Mount Grove, Hampstead, 10 years planted,'the species is 6 ft. high; in Essex, at Hylands, 10 years planted, it is 14 tt. high ; in Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 40 years planted, it is 17 ft. high; in Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, 7 years planted, and 10 ft. high; in Rutlandshire, at Belvoir Castle, 18 years planted, and 15 ft. high ; in Staffordshire, at Trentham, 14 ft. high; in Yorkshire, at Grimston, 12 years planted, and 12 ft. high. In Scotland, in the Glasgow Botanic Gar. den, 12 years planted, and 13 ft. high; in Bamffshire, at Gordon Castle, many trees are 20 ft. high. In Ireland, at Cypress Grove, near Dublin, 15 ft. high; at Terenure, 15 ft. high; at Coole, 17 tt. high, the diameter of the trunk, at 1ft. from the ground, 1 ft. 2 in., and of the space covered by the branches 25 ft. In France, near Paris, at Scéaux, 20 ft. high. In Austria, at Kopenzel, near Vienna, 16 ft. high; in Held’s Nursery, at Vienna, the white-capsuled variety, 12ft. high; at Hadersdorf, 15 ft. high; at Briick onthe Leytha, 14 ft. high.*~ In Prussia, at Sans Souci, 15 ft. high. _In Bavaria, in the Botanic Garden at Munich, 12 ft. high. In Sweden, in the Botanic Garden at Lund, 16 ft, high. WI MM 2 498 AKBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. Commercial Statistics. The species, being little in demand, is not generally propagated in the London nurseries. £. e. latifolius is 1s. 6d. a plant. At Boll- wyller, the species, the variegated-leaved variety, and the variety with white capsules, are each 50 cents; and Z.e. latifolius, 1 franc and 50 cents; at New York,?. 2 2, E.verruco'sus Scop. The warted-barked Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Scop. Carn., ed. 2. No. 268.; Jacq. Fl. Austr. ; Nouv. Du Ham. ; Schmidt Arb. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.4.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 4 Synonymes. E. europe*‘us leprdsus Lin. Fil. Suppl., 154.; Fusain galeux, ou verruqueux, Fr. ; warziger Spindelbaum, Ger. Engravings. Nouv. Du Ham., 3. t. 8. ; Schmidt Arb., t. 72.; Jacq. Fl. Austr., t. 49.; and our fig. 165. Spec. Char., §c. Branches warted with promi- nent lenticular glands. Leaves ovate, slightly serrate. Flowers three on a peduncle. Petals ovate; capsule bluntly 4-cornered. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) A deciduous shrub of re- stricted growth, and rather conical outline ; not marked by any feature of foliage, notice- able at a distance, that distinguishes it from E. europe‘us, but remarkable, and most dis- tinct, on close inspection, in the warted cha- racter of its branches. The bark is of a green colour, and the warts of a dark one: they are small, and very numerous. A native of Eu- rope, particularly of Austria, Hungary, and Carniola; introduced in 1763, and flowering in May and June. The flowers are of a pur- ple brown colour. This species is cultivated in collections chiefly for the singularity of its appearance; being among spindle trees what the warted ash is among ash trees. It ripens seeds, and is readily in- creased by cuttings. Plants of it, 10 ft. high, were in Loddiges’s arbore- tum in 1834. Plants, in the London nurseries, cost 1s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc. * 3. E. yatiro‘tius C. Bauhk. The broad-leaved Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification, C. Bauh. Pin., 428.; Jacq. Hort. Vind., 2.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 4. Synonymes. FE. europe‘us var. 2. Lin. Sp., 236. ; Fusain @ larges Feuilles, Fr. ; breitblattriger Spin- delbaum, Ger. Engravings. Jacq. Fl. Austr., t. 289.; Nouv. Du Ham., 35. t. 7. ; Bot. Mag., 2384. ; E. of PL, No. 2914.; our fig.166. ; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. ; Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth. Leaves broadly ovate. A shrub or low tree, a native of Europe, and particularly of the south of Germany, and of some parts of France and Switzerland, where it grows to the height of 10ft. or 12 ft., producing its greenish white flowers in June and July, which become of a reddish purple as they fade. Introduced in 1730. In British gardens, this forms much the handsomest species of the genus, from its broad shining leaves and its large red pendulous fruits, with orange-coloured seeds, which, when the capsules open, are suspended from the cells some- what in the manner that the seeds of the magnolias hang from their strobiles. Even the wood of this species, during winter, is much handsomer than that of any other, the branches being regularly divaricate, with a clean bark, of a reddish green, and with long-pointed dark brown buds; by which alone this species may be distinguished from all the others. Unfortunately for this species, it is generally treated as a shrub, and crowded among other shrubs CHAP. XXXIII. CELASTRACEX. EUO’NYMUS. 4.99 or trees; so that it is never allowed a chance of attaining either its full size or its proper shape. Notwithstanding this, at Purser’s Cross, and in the arboretum at Kew, it is 15 ft. high. If treated as a tree, placed by itself on a lawn, it would form one of the very handsomest small trees that we possess during summer, from its fine broad shining leaves ; and one of great singularity and beauty in autumn, when covered with its brilliant scarlet fruits. It appears much less liable to be attacked by insects than the common species, or than LZ. verrucdsus, as may be seen in Loddiges’s arboretum, where all the species and varieties are placed together ; and where £. lati- folius always appears with leaves uninjured; while the other species and varieties are sometimes almost entirely without leaves, from the ravages of caterpillars. Like the other species, Z. latifolius may be propagated in abundance by seeds, or by cuttings, either of the young or of the ripened wood. Plants, in London, are Is. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 frane 50 cents; and at New York, ?. % 4, E. na‘nus Bieb. The dwarf Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Bieb. Fl. Taur. Suppl., p. 160. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4.3; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 4 Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth, somewhat herbaceous. Leaves lanceolate, entire, nearly opposite. Flowers 4-cleft, from 1 to 3 on a peduncle. A subshrub, with the aspect of the widow wail (Cneorum tricéccum), and a native of northern Caucasus. The fruit is not known; hence the species may not be of the genus Eudnymus. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) % 5. E. arropurpu’reus Jacg. The dark-purple-flowered Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Jacq. Hort. Vind., 2.; Ph. Fl, Am. Sept., 1. p. 168.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 5. fel nae E. caroliniénsis Marsh. Arb. Amer., No. 1.; and, probably, £. latifolius Marsh. Arb. Amer., 0. 2 Engravings. Jacq. Hort. Vind., 2. t. 120.; Schmidt Arb,, t. 73.; and our fig. 167. Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth. Leaves stalked, lanceolate, sawed. Flowers many upon a peduncle; the peduncle compressed. Petals orbiculate. Capsules angulately fur- rowed, smooth. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) A native of N. America, from New York to Ca- rolina, on the banks of rivulets. Introduced in 1756, and producing its dark purple flowers in June and July, which are succeeded by red fruit. This and the other American species of Euénymus are rarely found in a thriving state in Britain: as it appears to us, from not being planted in moist shady situations, and in peat or sandy soil. The plant in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, named £. atropurptreus, was, in 1834, 3 ft. high, after ‘ being 6 years planted. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc; and at New York, 25 cents. % 6. E. america‘nus L. The American Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Lin, Sp., 286.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 5. Synonymes. FE. sempervirens Marsh, ; E£. alternifolius Manch; the Burning Bush, Amer. Engravings. Nouv. Du Ham., 3. t. 9.; Pluk. Alm., t. 150., fig. 5.; Schmidt Arb., t.75.; our Jig. rf representing the plant in flower; and fig. 169, representing it in seed, with the warty capsule. Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth. Leaves almost sessile, elliptic-lanceolate, sawed. Flowers 1 to 3 ona peduncle. Petals sub-orbiculate. Capsule echinately warty. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) A sub-evergreen shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft.; a native of North America, from New England to Carolina, in hedges and shady woods, among rocks, and on the MM 3 500 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IJ. edges of swamps; introduced in 1686. The flowers appear in June and July: they are yellow, tinged with red, and are succeeded by scarlet fruits which, according to Pursh, re- { semble, at a distance, those of A’rbutus U‘nedo. They are a gre at ornament, he says, to this almost evergreen shrub, @ and have given rise, in Ame- * rica, to its common name, the burning bush. Plants of this species are in the arboretums of the London Horticultural gu. v eats } Society and the Messrs. Loddiges, but not in a thriving state, for wan of moisture and shade. Price of plants, at New York, 15 cents, and of seeds 1 dollar a quart. x 7. E. sarmento'sus Nutt. The trailing-stemmed Euonymus, or Spindle Lree. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 155. 5 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 5. Synonymes. E. scandens Hort.; £. americanus var. sarmentosus Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4 Spec. Char., &c. Chiefly distinguished from the last by its having a trailing stem that is prone to emit roots into the soil. It inhabits shady woods in Virginia and Carolina. (Dec. Prod., i. p. 4.) Introduced in 1824. : 8. E. opova‘rus Nutt. The obovate-/eaved Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 155.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 5. Spec. Char., §c. Stem prostrate, rooting. Shoots upright, with 4 blunt angles. Leaves broadly obovate, obtuse, almost sessile, sawed, with acute fine teeth. Flowers 3 upon a peduncle. Calyxes inflated.” Anthers sessile. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.4.) A trailing shrub, a native of Pennsylvania, in marshes, between Franklin and Waterford ; introduced in 1820, and flowering in June and July. The plant of this species in the garden of the London Horticultural Society was, in 1834, 1 ft. in height, and covered a circle of 10 ft. in diameter. We have not observed the name in any nurseryman’s catalogue. % 9, E. ancustiro‘tius Ph, The narrow-leaved Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Ph. Fl. Amer, Sept., 1. p. 168; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 4.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 5. Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth, Leaves either oblong-elliptical or linear- elliptical, somewhat falcate, almost entire, almost sessile. Flowers mostly 1 on a peduncle, unequally 5-cleft. Capsules echinately warted. Allied to E. americanus. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 4.) _A deciduous shrub, of 6 ft. or 7 ft. in height ; a native of North America, in Georgia, in shady woods. Intro- duced in 1806. Its flowers and fruit resemble those of EH. americanus ; and, though nearly related to it, Lyon, its discoverer, was informed by Pursh, that, when propagated by seeds, it retains its distinctive character. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each; at New York, 1 dollar. * 10. FE, Hamittonz4\nus Wall. Hamilton’s Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Wall. Fl. Ind., 2. p. 403.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 4 Synonyme. EE. atropurpdreus Wail. Fl. Ind., 2. p. 402. Spec. Char., §c. Branches smooth, terete. Leaves lanceolate, finely serrated. Peduncles dichotomous, 6-flowered. Flowers tetrandrous. Petals 4, lanceolate cordate. Ovary 4-lobed, 4-celled, each cell containing 2 ovules. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 4.) A shrub or low tree, a native of Nepal, where it grows to the height of 20 ft., with an erect trunk and spreading branchlets. It was CHAP. XXXIII. CELASTRA‘CEX. EUO’NYMUS. 501 introduced in 1825; and there are plants of it in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in some nurseries. A standard plant of it, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in an open situation, was, in 1834, 4 ft. high, after being 4 years planted. Plants against a wall, in the same garden, are 10 ft. high. The species is striking from the whiteness of its stem, and the largeness of its leaves. The plant above mentioned, which is trained to a wall, flowers pretty freely ; but the flowers are small, and the cymes of them do not make a show: they are of a yellowish green colour. ¥ 11. E. GARcINIZFO‘LIUS Roxb. The Garcinia-leaved Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Roxb. in Fl. Ind., 2. p. 403.; Don’s Mill., 1. p. 4. ee. £. lacerus Ham. in D. Don’s Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 191.2, Dec. Prod., 2. p.5., Don’s Mill., . p. 4. Spec. Char., §c. Branchlets smooth, terete. Leaves lanceolate, entire. Petals oblong, with incurved edges, much longer than the calyx. Peduncles between the leaves, sometimes solitary, 5-flowered. Flowers pentandrous. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 4.) A shrub or tree, growing to the height of 12ft.; a native of Nepal; introduced in 1820. ‘The flowers are small, pale yellow; the capsule oblong, about the size of a small field bean, 1-celled, 2-valved, opening from the base, containing one oval seed, covered with a thin, succulent, veined, bright scarlet aril. (Zééd.) ‘This appears to be a very remarkable species ; but we have not seen plants of it. w 12. E. Granpirxo‘rus Wall. The large-flowered Euonymus, or Spindle Tree. Identification. Wall. in Fi. Ind., 2. p. 404.; Don’s Mill., 2, p. 5. Spec. Char., &c. Branches terete, smooth, Leaves obovate-oblong, obtuse, acutely serrate, with a tapering entire base. Peduncles slender, flattened, nearly equalling the length of the leaves, 3— 6-flowered. Flowers tetrandrous ; petals orbicular, flat, with curled edges. Capsule globular, pen- dulous, obscurely 4-cornered, with, usually, geminate pendulous seeds. (Don’s Mill.,2.p. 5.) A shrub, growing J0 ft. high, in the forest of Nepal, where it is very ornamental, both when in flower and when loaded with its yellow pendulous capsules, each of which is furnished with as many as 6 black pendulous seeds. The flowers are white, very large, scentless, slightly nodding; capsule very nearly globular, about the size of a cherry, 4-celled, 4-valved. Seeds oval, black, half covered by a brilliant red, minutely lobed, warted aril. (Ibid.) This very desirable species has not yet been introduced. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Eudnymus, or Species which, ac- cording to G. Don, “will, no doubt, turn out to be truly hardy.” The following are already in the country, and treated as frame or green- house plants :— * E. gréssus Wall., a tree of Nepal, growing 12 ft. high, and introduced in 1824, . & E. micrdnthus D. Don, a Nepal shrub of 8 ft. high, introduced in 1820. sé KE. licidus D. Don, a Nepal shrub of 6 ft. high, introduced in 1820. *¥ E. japénicus Thunb., an elegant Japan tree, growing to the height of 20 ft., introduced in 1804. RB E. echindtus Wall., a climbing and rooting shrub from Nepal, in 1824. (fig. 170.) Found on mountains, at the height of from 5,000 ft. to 7,000 ft. The following species, marked in Don’s Miller as frame plants, are not yet introduced : — 4 E. téngens Wall., a tree of Nepal, growing to the height of 16 ft. or _ 20 ft., the yellow bark of which is employed by the Nepalese for the pur- <> pose of marking the forehead with their religious symbol, commonly called ticha. This is also found on mountains. In p. 173., under the order Ce- lastraceze, are enumerated two other Nepal species, which will probably prove hardy ; and which will be found described below, * E. glaber Roxb., atree growing to the height of 15 ft., in Chittagong, in the East Indies, * E. fimbridtus Wall., a tree from the Sewalfik Mountains, in India, with & doubly serrated leaves. st E. indicus Heyne, an East India shrub 8 ft. high. R E. vagans Wall., a most extensive climbing and rambling shrub, in the mountainous forests of Nepal, resembling Z. echinatus, but never throwing out roots at the joints. ‘ sé E. subtriflorus Blume, and E, Thunbergianus Blume, are Japan shrubs, of which little appears to e known. The following species are those above alluded to, as mentioned in Royle’s I//ustrations, and not in- cluded in Don’s Miller : — E. péndulus Wall., a Nepal tree, considered by some as identical with Z. japénicus, and found on the Himalaya Mountains, at an elevation of about 5,000 ft. a E. frigidus Wall. is also a Nepal tree, which is generally found with Z, fimbriata, at not less than 8,000 ft, of elevation. MM 4 502 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus II. i CELA’STRUS L. Tue Cexasrrus, or Starr TREE. Lin. Syst, Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 270.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 5.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 6. Synonymes. Euonyméides Mench.; Célastre, Fr.; Celaster, Ger. 4 Derivation, From kélas, the latter season; the fruit remaining on the tree all. the winter. The kélastros of the Greeks is supposed to be the Zuénymus, 2 1. C. sca/npENs L. The climbing-stemmed Celastrus, or Staff Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 285. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 6.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 9.; Bourreau des Arbres, Fr. ; Baummorder, Ger. Engravings. Nouy. Du Ham., 1. t. 95.; Schkuhr Handb., 1. t. 47. ; and our fig. 171. Spec. Char., §&c. Thornless, climbing, smooth. Leaves oval, acuminate, serrate. Flowers dic- cious. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 6.) A deciduous twining shrub; a native of North America, and intro- duced, by Peter Collinson, in 1736. The flowers are of a pale yellow, and the capsules of an orange scarlet colour, 3-cornered and 3-seeded. The stems are woody and flexible, and twist themselves round trees and shrubs, or round each other, to the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft. or upwards, girding trees so closely as, in a few years, to destroy ; them; whence the French and German names, which signify “ tree- strangler.” The leaves are about 3 in. long, and nearly 2 in. broad, serrated, of a lively green above, but paler on the under side. We are uncertain whether both of the sexes are extant in British collections or not; but, as seed has been produced in the Botanic Garden at Bury St. Edmunds, it is clear that the female one, at least, is. Miller says the seeds ripen wellin England, and that the plant may be propagated by them, or by layers. It prefers a strong loamy soil, rather moist than dry. As a freely growing twiner, with pleasing foliage, and as ligneous twiners are not numerous, it deserves to be more generally cultivated. Plants, in the London nurseries, cost 1s. 6d. each, and American seeds 6d. an ounce; at Bollwyller, plants 1 franc each; and at New York, plants 20 cents each, and seeds 35 cents a quart. & 2. C. BuLLA‘tus L. The studded-capsuled Celastrus, or Staff Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 285. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 6.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 7. Engravings. Pluk. Alm., t. 28. f. 5. Spec. Char., §c. Thornless, climbing. Leaves ovate, acute, entire. Flowers in terminal panicles. Capsules elegant, studded, scarlet. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 6.) A low shrub, said to be a native of Virginia, and to have been first discovered by Banister, and afterwards introduced in 1759; but Pursh, after diligent research, in the place of its supposed nativity, and also in the herbariums of Plukenet and Banister, at the British Museum, was not able to satisfy himself that it was a native of America. Miller says that it grows, in its native country, to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft.; but in England it seldom attains more than half that size. It flowers in July; and, in its native country, the flowers are succeeded by scarlet capsules; but it rarely ripens seeds in England. (Mart. Mill.) App. i. Half-hardy Species of Celdstrus. There are a number of species of Celastrus from the Cape of Good Hope, and some from the East and West Indies, and South America, which might, be tried in the open air against a conservative bn ee the family are not of sufficient beauty or interest to render this desirable to any great extent. CHAP, XXXIII. CELASTRA CEH. NEMOPA’NTHES, ETC. 503 Genus III. ee NEMOPA‘/NTHES Rafin. Tue Nemopantues. Lin. Syst. Polygamia Dicecia. Identification. Rafin. Journ. Phys., 1819, p.96. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.; Don’s Mill. 2. p.13. a Synonyme. Ilicisides Dum. Cours., 1. vol 4. p. 27. opabee g Derivation. From nemos, a grove, and anthos, a flower ; it being generally found in groves. wz 1. N. CANADE’NsIs Dec. The Canadian Nemopanthes. Identification. Dec. Mém. Soc. Gen., 1. p. 44.; PL Rar. Hort. Gen., t. 3.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. ae Synonymes. Tex canadénsis Micha. Flor. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 299. N. fascicularis ner at = delicatula Bart. Fl. Vir., p. 67.;? Prinos lucidus Ait. Hort. Kew., ae 478. ; Houx du pew e Fr. Engravings. Dec. Mém. Soc. Gen., 1. t.3.; Michx. FL Bor. Amer., 2. t. 49., as Ilex canadénsis ; and our jig. 172. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, quite entire, or ser- rated at the apex, smooth. Pedicels usually solitary, 1-flowered, very long. Flowers white. Berries large, beautiful crimson, very ornamental. (Don’s Mil., ii. p. 13.) This is said to bea very hardy, ornamental, deciduous shrub, and to be ‘ y cultivated at Courset, and in the nursery of M. Cels, at Paris. We have only seen a small plant of it, under the name of Prinos ltcidus, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, which, in 1834, was 4 ft. high, after having been 8 years planted. Genus IV. MAYTENUS Feuill. Tue Maytenus. Lin. Syst. Polygamia Dice‘cia. Identification. H.B. et Kunth. Nov. Gen. Amer.,7. p.64.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.9.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 10, 2 1, M. cuite’Nsis Dec. The Chili Maytenus. Sgnongmes "Senders Maylenas Laka. il, No aii3.> Celgstrus Maytenus Will. Sp 1. p. 1197. ? boaria Mol. Chil., p. 152. Engravings. Feuill. Obs., 3. p. 39. t. 27.; Bot. Reg., t. 1702. ; and our fig. 173. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate serrated. A hand- some evergreen shrub, a native of Chili, at Coquimbo, and introduced in 1829. In its native country, it is said to form a small tree, 12 ft. high; in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, where it has been planted against a south wall since 1830, it forms a handsome, evergreen, branchy shrub, with twiggy branch- lets. It has also been tried there as a standard, and : found to be quite hardy. The flowers are in axillary clusters, with a corolla of a yellowish green colour, not showy. (Bot. Reg., t.1702.) This desirable addition to our hardy evergreen shrubs will, we trust, soon come into general cultivation. It affords one of the numerous examples which are continually occurring of the utility of trying house plants in the open air, since in published lists it is marked as requiring a green-house. Genus V. CASSI.NE L. Tue Cassinze. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monog nia. Identification. Lin. Gen,, 371.; Lam. lll, t. 310.; Gert. Fruct., 2. p. 72. t. 92.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 11. 5 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 12. Derivation. The word Cassine is of American origin, and unknown meaning. 504 ARBORETUM AND IFRUTICETUM. PART III. # J]. C. Mauroce‘\ni4 L. Mauroceni’s Cassine, or the Hottentot Cherry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 885.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 13. Synonyme. Maurocénia frangularia Mill. Dict., No. 1. Derivation. The specific name was given in honour of the Venetian senator, Signor Francisco Mauro- ceni, who had a fine garden at Padua, a catalogue of the plants in which was published by Antonio Teta. Engraving. Dill. Elth., t. 121. f. 147. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves sessile, obovate, quite entire, convex. Pedicels many, very short. (Don's Mill., ii. p. 13.) A shrub, a native of Ethiopia, introduced in 1690, and commonly kept in green- houses, but which deserves trial against a conservative wall. # 2. C.capr’nsis L. The Cape Cassine, or Phillyrea, Identification. Lin. Mant., 220.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 13. Engravings. Burm, Rar. Plant. Afr., t. 85.; Dill. Elth., t..236.; and our Jig. 174, Spec. Char., &c. Leaves stalked, ovate, retuse, crenate, flat. Panicles solitary, shorter than the leaves. Flowers small, white. (Don’s M7il., ii. p. 13.) A shrub, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, found in woods ; introduced in 1629, and producing its small white flowers in July and August. C. excélsa Wall., C. discolor Wall., and C. Colpoén Thun, : the first anative of Nepal, and introduced in 1820; and the last a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and introduced in 1791, might be tried against a conservative wall, with every prospect of success. Genus VI. HARTO'GIA Dec. Tue Harroeia. Lin. Syst. Tetra-Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p.12.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 13. Derivation. Named in honour of J. Hartog, a Dutch traveller, and naturalist at the Cape of Good Hope. # 1. H. cape’nsis L. The Cape Hartogia. Identification. Lin. Fil, Suppl., 128.; Don’s Mill., 1. p. 13. Synonymes. Schrébera schindides Thun. Prod., t.2.; Elwodéndron schinéides Spreng. Syst., 1. . 780. Easbenes: Thunb, Prod., t. 2. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves opposite, oblong, crenated, smooth, hardly stalked. Pedicels few-flowered, axillary, drooping. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 13.) A shrub, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, growing to the height of 10 ft., and introduced in 1800. It is marked in the catalogues as a green-house plant, but has been found to stand the open airas an evergreen shrub. In the London nurseries, a narrow-leaved variety of the Cérasus Laurocérasus used frequently to be sold for it. CHAP. XXXIV. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY PLANTS OF THE ORDER AQUIFOLIA‘CEX. Identification. Lindley’s Key, p. 63. Synonymes. Celastrinex, tribe Aquifoliacee, in part, Dec. Prod., 2. p.11.; Tlicfnew, in part, Lindl. Introd. to N. S., p. 178., Don’s Mill.,2.p.14. ~ , Distinctive Characteristics. Calyx and corolla with an imbricate zstivation. Sepals 4—6. Corolla hypogynous, with 4—6 lobes, and as many stamens in- serted into it alternately to its lobes. Ovary 2—6-celled ; a pendulous ovule in each cell. Fruit fleshy, indehiscent, with from 2—6 stones, each contain- ing a pendulous seed, which has large fleshy albumen. Flowers small, axillary, solitary, or fascicled. (Lind/. Introd. to N. S.) Myginda is described as haying a 1-celled fruit. The species of Aquifoliaceze are evergreen and deciduous shrubs or trees, having alternate or opposite leaves, frequently coriaceous, glabrous, and sometimes feather-nerved. The genera containing hardy species are three, and are thus distinguished : — Myer’np4 Jacq. Sexes hermaphrodite. Calyx 4—5-cleft. Corolla deeply 4-cleft. Stamens 4, inserted into the base of the corolla. Fruit with (very —- CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIACEZ. MYGI'NDA, I‘LEX. 505 likely by abortion) 1 cell and 1 seed. Shrubs with branchlets square ; leaves opposite, subcoriaceous, and flowers upon trifidly or trichotomously branched peduncles. (Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill.) I‘tEx L. Sexes hermaphrodite, very rarely, by defect, dicecious or polyga- mous. Calyx 4—5-toothed. Corolla 4—5-cleft. Stamens 4—5, inserted into the tube of the corolla. Fruit including 4 or 5 nuts. Evergreen shrubs, with, mostly, coriaceous leaves. Flowers many ona peduncle. (Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill.) Pri‘nos L. Sexes mostly, by defect, dicecious or polygamous. Calyx 6-cleft. Corolla 6-cleft. Stamens 6, inserted into the tube of the corolla. Fruit including 6 nuts. Shrubs, with leaves deciduous or persistent, and flow- ers 1 upon a peduncle. (Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill.) Genus I. ry MYGI’NDA Jacq. Tur Myetnva. Lin. Syst. Tetrandria Monogynia. Identification. Jacq. Amer., p. 24.; Dec. Prod., 2, p. 12.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 15. Synonyme. I \ex Pursh. Derivation. So named by Jacquin in honour of Francis von Mygind, a German botanist. # 1. M. wyrtiro‘t1a Nutt. The Myrtle-leaved Myginda. Identification. Nutt. Gen., 1. p. 109.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 15.; Dec. Prod., 2. p, 13. Synonyme. Ilex Myrsinites Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., Hook. Fl, Bor. Amer.,1. p. 119, 120. 7 Engravings. Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., t. 41.3; and our jig. 175. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, blunt, serrated, smooth, with revolute edges. Peduncles very short, usually soli- tary, I-flowered. Style short, club-shaped. 4-lobed at the apex. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.15.) An evergreen shrub, a native of the western coast of North America, on sub- alpine hills, where it grows to the height of 4 ft. Intro- duced in 1818. The flowers are small and white, and they appear from May to August. The drupe, when mature, is about the size of a pea: it is of a dark purple colour, and contains only 1 elliptical seed. Small plants of this species are in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, where it is increased by cuttings. Genus II. allel I‘LEX L, Tue Hoty. Lin. Syst. Tetrandria Tetragynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 172. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 13.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 16. an go Aquifdlium Tourn. Inst., t. 371., Gert. Fruct., 2. t. 92.; Houx, Fr.; Stechpalme, or eilse, Ger. Derivation. Theophrastus, and other Greek authors, named the holly Agria; that is, wild, or of the fielkls; and the Romans formed from this the word Agrifolium; and called it, also, Aqui- folium, from acutwm, sharp, and folium, aleaf. C. Bauhin and Loureiro first named it I‘lex, on account of the resemblance of its leaves to those of the Quércus J'lex, the true Ilex of Virgil. Linnzus adopted the name of J‘lex for the genus, and preserved the name of Aquifdlium for the most anciently known species. The name of holly is, probably, a corruption of the word holy, as Turner in his Herbal calls it Holy, and Holy Tree, probably from its being used to comme- morate the holy time of Christmas, not only in houses, but in churches. The German name Christdorn, the Danish name Christorn, and the Swedish name Christtorn, seem to justify this conjecture. 2 1. J. Aquiro‘tium LZ. The prickly-leaved, or common, Holly. Identification. Lin. Sp., 181. ; Fl. Dan., 508.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 16. Synonymes. The holly, being a native of most parts of Europe, and being every where much ad- mired, has several names in most living European languages, We shall give the chief of these from Nieuman’s Dictionary. English. Wulver, Hulfere, and Holme. 506 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. German, Stechpalme, Stecheiche, Stechbaum, Stechlaub, Hulse, Hulsenbaum, Hulsenstrauch, Hulzt, Hulchs, Holst, Habze, Hullgenolz, Myrtendom, Christdorn, Mausdorn, Zwieseldorn, Kleezebusch, Stechapsel, Stechwinde, Waldistel. Danish. Stikpalme, Maretorn, Christorn, Skoutisdel. Swedish. Jernek, Chirsttorn. French. Le Houx, le grand Housson, l’Agron grand Pardon, and Bois France. Italian. Agrifolio, Alloro spinoso. Spanish, Acebo, Agrifolio, Portuguese. Azevinho, Agrifolio, Acrifolio, Aginfolio. Russian. Waefoscheld, Ostrokof, Padub. Dutch. Schubbig hardkelk. Engravings. Smith, Eng. Bot., t. 496.; Mill. Icon. 46.; Blackw. Icon., t. 205.; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, shining, wavy, spiny-toothed. Peduncles axillary. Flowers nearly umbellate. A handsome, conical, evergreen tree, a native of Europe, growing to the height of 30 ft. in a wild state, and to twice that height or upwards in a state of cultivation. The flowers are white, and appear in May; and the fruit is red, ripening in September, and re- maining on the tree all the winter. The lower leaves are very spinous ; while the upper ones, especially on old trees, are entire. ‘ Varieties. In general the variegation of plants, more especially of trees and shrubs, is accompanied by a ragged, or otherwise unhealthy, appearance in the leaves; but the holly is one of the very few exceptions to this rule. The variegations of the holly are chiefly confined to the modification of white and yellow in the leaves; but there are some sorts in which the variation results from the state of the leaves with reference to prickles, to magnitude, and to form; and others consist of differences in the colour of the fruit, which is red, yellow, or white, and, according to some, black. All the varieties have been selected by gardeners from sports, or accidental deviations, from the central form and colour, detected in wild plants, or in plants in a state of cultivation. One of the most assiduous gardeners in collecting these varieties, according to Collinson, was Wrench of Fulham, who lived in the latter part of the reign of Charles II., and who planted the elm trees in St. James’s Park. The collections of hollies in the time of Miller appear, from his lists, to have been more extensive, and to have been attended to with much more care, than they are at present; the wish being now more for species than varieties. The best garden collection of hollies in the neighbourhood of London is that in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges; of which we shall give a classification below. The following sorts are purchasable in the London nurseries, exclusive of twenty or thirty subvarieties, differing in the degrees of variation of yellow or white blotches in the leaves. These subvarieties are, for the most part, without names, and are sold as yellow variegated or white variegated hollies of sorts. Of these subvarieties there are forty or fifty sorts from 6 ft. to 10ft. high, all planted adjoining each other in the arbo- retum of the Messrs. Loddiges. Thirty-one varieties are described in the Nouveau Du Hamel, chiefly taken from Miller’s Catalogue ; but many of these varieties are no longer to be found in British nurseries. It is curious to look over the lists of the names of variegated hollies, which have been given in nurserymen’s catalogues and garden books, from the time of Lon- don and Wise to the present day. In former times, as at present, the name given to any new variety was either that of the person who originated it, or that of the place where it was first raised; so that these lists present a sort of chronological history of nurserymen and nurseries, commencing with Wrench’s Phyllis and Bridgman’s yellow, named after persons, and terminating with the recent Irish varieties, Ballybeg and Ballyarthur hollies, lately sent to the London Horticultural Society, and named after places. The varieties in the following groups appear to us to be all that are truly distinct ; but the shades of difference under each name in these groups are almost innumerable. A. Varieties designated from the Form, Magnitude, Thickness, Surface, or Margin of the Leaf. # 1. A. 2 heterophyjllum Hort. The various-leaved common Holly, CHAP. XXXIV, AQUIFOLIA CEE. ILEX. 507 2 I. A. 3 angustifolium Hort. The narrow-leaved common Holly. 2 I. A. 4 datifolium Hort. The broad-leaved common Folly. 2 I. A. 5 altaclerénse Hort. The High Clere common Holly.— Leaves broad, thin, and flat. ¢ I. A. 6 margindtum Hort. ( fig. 176.) The thick margined-leaved com- mon Holly. — Leaves without prickles, coriaceous, nearly as broad as long, and with a thickened margin. 2 I. A.7 laurifolium Hort. (fig. 177.) The Laurel-leaved common Holly. — Leaves small, oval-lanceolate, without prickles, about the size and shape of those of Latrus ndébilis. 2 I. A. 8 cilidtum Hort. (fig.179.) The ciliated-leaved common Holly. Fer Leaves oval-acuminate, small, the prickles along the margins like airs. 179 ¢ I. A. 9 cilidtum minus Hort. The smaller ciliated-leaved common Holly, — Leaves thinner and smaller than in the preceding variety. 2 1.A. 10 rectérvum Hort. (jig. 181.) The recurved-leaved common Holly. 2 L.A. 11 serratifolium Hort. (fig. 182.) The serrated-leaved common Holly. 2 I. A. 12 crispum Hort. The curled-leaved common Holly. ¢ I. A. 13 ferox Hort. The fierce, or ferociously-spined-leaved com- mon Holly.; Houx-hérisson or Hedgehog Holly, Fr. (fig. 180.) — The disk of the leaf has its edges rolled back ; and a somewhat cylin- drical figure is hence given to it; and, as the surface abounds in 508 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. 181 prominences and prickles, it has a curious appearance, not unaptly compared to that of a hedgehog. This sort is said, by Bradley and Evelyn, to have been first planted in the Bishop of London’s gar- den, at Fulham, about the end of the seventeenth century, by his gardener, Mr. George London, who is supposed to have intro- duced it from France. According to Miller, who thought it a distinct species, it reproduces itself from seed. 2 I. A. 14 crassifolium Hort. (fig. 178.) The thick-leaved common mF. Holly. A. 15 senéscens Sweet. The aged, or spineless, common Holly B. Varieties designated from the Colours of the Leaf. 2 I. A. variegdtum Hort. The variegated-leaved common Holly.— Under the general name of variegated hollies, twenty or thirty varieties, some of them with, and some of them without, popular names, are obtainable in the principal London nurseries. Having examined and compared the different shades of variegation in the plants in the very complete collection of Messrs. Loddiges, we think they may be all included in the following groups : — 2 I. A. 16 dlbo-margindtum Hort. The white-edged-leaved common Holly. — Of this variety the subvarieties in Loddiges’s arboretum are marked 5, 15, 18, and 24, which have all long and narrow leaves, with edgings of white or pale yellow along their margins ; and 4, 6, 7, 12, 17, 22, 23, and 28, which have larger leaves, and a greater breadth of margin variegated; the white or pale yellow forming in some cases one third, or even one. half, of the surface of the leaf. 2 I. A. 17 atreo-marginatum Hort. The gold-edged-leaved common soy Holly.—The following subvarieties are in Messrs. Loddiges’s arbo- retum. Nos. 19 and 20 with dark yellow margins; and Nos. 1, 2, 8, 9, 10, 13, and 29, with margins of dark and light yellow. Another subdivision of this group consists of plants with broad leaves, in what may be called a transition state from green to variegated, viz., with greenish yellow or very pale green blotches or margins. When such plants become old they are generally very distinctly variegated with yellow. Examples in the Hackney arboretum are Nos. 3, 20, and 21. ; A. 18 dlbo-pictum. Hort. The white-spotted-leaved common Holly, or Milkmaid Holly. — This variety has a considerable portion of the centre of the disk of the leaf white, and of a somewhat trans- parent appearance; the edges of-the disk of the leaf being green. CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA CEH. I‘LEX. 509 ¢ I. A. 19 aureo-pictum Hort. The gold-spotted-leaved common Holly. — The following subvarieties are in Messrs. Loddiges’s ar- boretum. Nos. 11, 14, 16, 26, 27, and 30. 2 L.A. 20 ferox argénteum Hort. The silver-blotched Hedgehog common Holly. 2 I. A. 21 feror atreum Hort. The gold-blotched Hedgehog common Holly. C. Varieties designated from the Colour of the Fruit. 21. A. 22 frictu liteo Hort. The yellow-fruited common Holly. ¢ I. A. 23 fractu dlbo Hort. The white-fruited common Holly. Geography. The holly is indigenous in most parts of the middle and south of Europe, in woods and shady places, in free and rather sandy soil; it is also said to be found in Japan and China. The European species does not appear to be a native either of North America or India; but the J‘lex opaca, which is very extensively distributed in North America, and the J. dipyréna, which is common in the Himalaya, so closely resemble J. Aquifdlium, that they are probably only varieties of it. According to Pallas, the common holly scarcely occurs within the ancient limits of the Russian empire; though frequent on the southern side of Caucasus, where it forms a low branching shrub, about 10 ft. high. In France it is abundant, more particularly in Britany. In Germany it abounds in many forests, particularly in the south- ern and middle states; where, when sheltered by lofty trees, it attains the height of 20 ft.; but, in exposed situations, it does not rise higher than 6 ft. or 8 ft. The tree appears to attain alarger size in England than in any other part of Europe. It is very generally distributed over the country, more especially in loamy soils. It abounds more or less in the remains of all aboriginal forests, and perhaps, at present, it prevails nowhere to a greater extent than in the remains of Needwood Forest, in Staffordshire; there are many fine holly trees, also, in the New Forest, in Hampshire. In Scotland it is com- mon in most natural woods, as an undergrowth to the oak, the ash, and the pine. The greatest collection of hollies that we recollect to have seen or heard of, Sang observes, “ grew in the pine forest of Blackhall, on the river Dee, about 20 miles above Aberdeen. Many of the trees were very large, and furnished a great quantity of timber, which was sent to London, where it fetched a high price.” (Plant. Kal., p.15.) The holly, Sir T. D. Lauder states, is found in great abundance on the banks of the river Findhorn, in Aberdeenshire, and the trees grow to a very great size. So plentiful were they in the forest of Tarnawa, on its left bank, that for many years the castle of Tarnawa was supplied with no other fuel than billets of holly; and yet the trees are still so numerous, that, in going through the woods (in 1834), no one would suppose that any such destruction had been committed. (Lauder’s Gilpin, i. p. 194.) In Ireland, the holly is not very common; but about the Lakes of Killarney it attains a large size. History. The tree has been much admired from the earliest periods; and formerly, when it was customary to enclose and subdivide gardens by hedges, the holly was employed by all those who could afford to procure the plants, and wait for their comparatively slow growth. Evelyn’s holly hedge, at Say’s Court, Deptford, which was 400 ft. in length, 9 ft. high, and 5ft.in diameter, has been celebrated in the history of this tree ever since the time of Ray ; and other holly hedges, famous in their day, were those of Lord Dacre, at his park in Sussex, and of Sir Matthew Decker, at Richmond. “ I have seen hedges,” Evelyn observes, “ or, if you will, stout walls of holly, 20 feet in height, kept upright; and the gilded sort budded low, and in two or three places one above another, shorn and fashioned into columns and pilasters, architecturally shaped, and at due distance; than which nothing can pos- sibly be more pleasant, the berry adorning the intercolumniations with scarlet festoons, and encarpa.” In Scotland, the most celebrated holly hedges were 510 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. those of the Earl of Haddington, at Tyningham, and those at Collington House, and at Moredun, near Edinburgh. Some of these hedges are noticed in p. 103. Properties and Uses. As a hedge plant, the holly makes the most impe- netrable and the most durable of all vegetable fences ; and it has this great ad- vantage over deciduous-leaved trees and shrubs, that it is seldom liable to be attacked by insects; and,if shorn, the outer surface becomes impenetrable even to birds, who cannot build their nests in it. In these points of view, it is decidedly the best hedge, both for the farmer and the gardener ; but, if — the faggot wood produced by the hedge is a greater object than the advantages just mentioned, which it is in some parts of England where fuel is scarce, the hawthorn is preferable to the holly, the latter producing but short annual shoots. The objection to the holly, as a hedge plant, is the slowness of its growth ; but against this must be set its great durability and the other advan- tages which it possesses. Besides, by a little extra care in preparing the soil, the holly will make a complete fence as soon as the hawthorn does, under ordi- nary treatment. Mr. Sang, who may be quoted as the very first authority, observes, “ that holly hedges are the best for making durable fences, and afford the greatest degree of shelter, especially during the winter months. No plant endures the shears better than the holly. A hedge of it may be carried to a great height; and, consequently, it is well fitted for situations where strength and shelter are required. It luxuriates most in rich sandy loam, although there are few soils in which it will not grow. After planting, the holly makes but very indifferent progress for a few years; but, after it becomes established in the ground, or about the third or fourth year after planting, no fence whatever will outgrow the holly.” (Plant. Kal., p. 357.) When a holly hedge has once become effective as a fence, no other kind whatever can be kept in repair for so many years, at so small an expense. Baudrillart speaks of holly hedges, in France, that are upwards of two centuries old: those at Tyningham were planted about the latter end of the seventeenth century. The wood of the holly is almost as white as ivory, except in the centre of very old trunks, where it is somewhat brown. It is very hard, with a fine grain, susceptible of a high degree of polish, and is readily stained with black, green, blue, or red. It weighs, when dry, at the rate of 471b. 7 oz. per cubic foot. The veins of the wood, and its annual layers, are so small as scarcely to be perceptible. It is applied to a great many purposes, in joinery, cabinet- making, and turnery; in engineering, in mathematical-instrument-making ; and it is even used for wood engraving. It would be much more generally used in veneering, in Britain, if it were more common: but large trees are now comparatively rare; or, if they exist, they belong to persons who will not cut them down for their timber. One of the principal uses of the wood, at present, is, when dyed black, to be substituted for ebony, in the handles of metal teapots, &c.: the young shoots and the branches are given to sheep and deer, during winter, in France ; and the stronger straight shoots, deprived of their bark, are made into whip handles and walkingsticks. The bark affords birdlime. As this article may be useful to gardeners, not only for catching birds, but also for preventing snails, slugs, and caterpillars from ascending the stems of plants, we subjoin directions for its manufacture. “Peel a good quantity of the bark of the young shoots about midsummer ; fill a vessel with it, and put to it spring water ; then boil it till the grey and white bark rises from the green, which will require near 12 hours’ boiling; then, taking it off the fire, separate the barks, the water being first drained off. Then lay the green bark on the earth, in some cool vault or cellar, covering it with any sort of green and rank weeds, litter, or mats, to a good thickness. Thus let it continue near a’fortnight, by which time, in consequence of fer- mentation, it will have become a perfect mucilage ; then pound it all exceed- ingly well in a stone mortar, till it be a tough paste, and so very fine, that no part of the bark be discernible., This done, wash it accurately well in some ‘CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA CER. ILEX. 511 running stream of water, as long as you perceive the least impurities in it, and so reserve it in some earthen pot to ferment, scumming it as often as anything arises, for four or five days; and, when no more filth comes to the top, change it into a fresh earthen vessel, and prepare it for use, thus :—Take what quantity you please of it, and, in an earthen pipkin, add a third part of capon’s fat, or goose-grease, to it, well clarified, or oil of walnuts, which is better ; incor- porate these on a gentle fire, continually stirring it till it be cold ; and thus your composition is finished.” (Hunter's Evelyn, p. 268.) The use of the grease or oil is, to prevent the preparation from freezing; and also to diminish eva- poration when the birdlime is spread out on the barks of trees, or other sur- faces, to attract birds or vermin. At present birdlime is manufactured in but few parts of Britain, though in some parts of Cumberland and Westmoreland it is made in small quantities. It is made on a large scale in Italy, and also in Turkey; from which latter country it is imported into England for the use of London bird-catchers, and for other purposes. 'We recommend gardeners to try it on the stems of trees and shrubs, and on wires and lines stretched round flower-beds, as a protection against hares and rabbits. Medicinally, a decoction of the bark is given for calming a cough. The berries are purgative, and six or eight of them will occasion violent vomiting ; though they are considered as poisonous to men, yet they form the food of some birds, more especially of thrushes. The bark is mucilaginous, emollient, and solvent. The principal use of the holly in Britain, after all, is as a hedge plant, and as an ornamental shrub, or low tree. In the latter capacity, it is surpassed by no evergreen whatever, whether we look on the plant in its native state, with its deep shining green leaves and coral berries, which remain on the tree for half the year; or in its numerous variegations of the gold or silver leaves, and white, yellow, or coral berries. Mythological, legendary, and poetical Allusions. The use made of the holly at Christmas, for ornamenting churches and dwelling-houses, is well known; though the origin of the practice is uncertain. The custom of placing evergreens in places of religious worship prevailed before the introduction of Christianity ; and several texts of Scripture, particularly in the 40th, 41st, 51st, and 55th chapters of Isaiah, and in the 8th chapter of Nehemiah, have reference to it : but the evergreens originally made use of were branches of the pine, fir, and cedar, and sprigs of box. Holly appears to have been first used for this pur- pose by the early Christians, at Rome; and was probably adopted for deco- rating the churches at Christmas, because holly was used in the great festival of the Saturnalia, which occurred about that period, and it was the policy of the early fathers of the church to assimilate the festivals of the Pagans and Christians as closely as possible in their outward forms, to avoid shocking unnecessarily the prejudices of newly made converts. It was customary among the ancient Romans to send boughs of holly, during the Saturnalia, as emblematical of good wishes, with the gifts they presented to their friends at that season; and the holly became thus to be considered as an emblem of peace and good-will. It was for this reason, independently of any wish to con- ciliate the Pagans, well adapted to be ai emblem of the principal festival of a religion which professes, more than any other, to preach peace and good-will to man. Whatever may have been the origin of the practice, it appears to be of very great antiquity; for Bourne, in his Antiquities of the Common People, p. 173., cites an edict of the Council of Bracara, canon 73., forbidding Chris- tians to begin to decorate their houses at Christmas with green boughs at the same time as the Pagans; the Saturnalia commencing about a week before Christmas. Dr. Chandler, in his Travels in Greece, supposes this custom to be derived from the Druids, who, he says, decorated dwelling-places with ever- greens during winter, “that the sylvan spirits might repair to them, and remain unnipped with frost and cold winds, until a milder season had renewed the foliage of their darling abodes.’’ In England, perhaps the earliest re- cord of this custom is in a carol in praise of the holly, written in the reign of NN 512 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Henry VI., and preserved in the Harleian MS., No. 5396.; in illustration of which it must be observed, that the ivy, being dedicated to Bacchus, was used as a vintner’s sign in winter, and hung outside the door. ** Nay, Ivy, nay, it shall not be I wys; Let Holy hafe the maystry, as the maner ys. Holy stond in the halle, fayre to behold ; Ivy stond without the dore ; she ys full sore a cold. “ Holy and hys mery men they dawnsyn and they syng, Ivy and hur maydenys they wepyn and they wryng. Ivy hath a lybe; she laghtit with the cold, So mot they all hafe that wyth Ivy hold. “* Holy hath berys as red as any Rose, ‘They foster the hunters, kepe hem from the doo. Ivy hath berys as black as any slo; Ther com the oule and ete hym as she goo, ** Holy hath byrdys, aful fayre flok, The Nyghtyngale, the Poppyngy, the gaynty! Lavyrok. Good Ivy! what byrdys ast thou! Non but the Howlet that ‘ How! How!’” Stowe, in his Survey of London, published in 1598, says that, in his time, every man’s house, the parish churches, the corners of the streets, conduits, market crosses, &c., were decorated with holme (holly), ivy, and bayes, at Christmas. The disciples of Zoroaster believed that the sun never shadows the holly tree; and the followers of that philosopher who still remain in Persia and India, are said to throw water impregnated with holly bark in the face of a child newly born. In the language of flowers, the holly signifies foresight. A great number of curious carols, and other verses, ancient and modern, referring to the use of the holly at Christmas, will be found in Forster’s Perennial Calendar, p. '727.; and an elegant poem by Southey, alluding to the circum- stance of the lower leaves of large plants being spinous, while the upper are entire, is printed in Dr. Johnston’s Flora of Berwick upon Tweed, vol. 1. p. 40. Soil and Situation. The holly attains the largest size in a rich sandy loam; but it will grow, and even thrive, on almost any soil, provided it is not over- charged with moisture. Cook says, it does best on soil somewhat gravelly ; Miller, that it prospers on gravel over chalk; and Boutcher, that it refuses not almost any sort of barren ground, hot or cold, and often indicates where coals are to be found; a proof that it will grow both on lime and clay: in short, the holly is found on all soils, except in bogs or marshes. The forest of Needwood, which contains so many fine hollies, is on a free loamy soil, in- clining to sand rather than to stiff clay ; the largest hollies in the New Forest are on gravelly soil, on a substratum of chalk or clay. The largest hollies in Buckinghamshire, Kent, and Surrey, are in loam on chalk; the hollies at Tyningham are on deep alluvial sand; those in Aberdeenshire, on granitic clay. The holly does not grow at very great elevations in Europe; and it is always found in a most prosperous state when somewhat shaded by deciduous trees, but not overtopped by them. The most favourable situation seems to be a thin scattered wood of oaks, in the intervals of which, as at Needwood and New Forest, the holly grows up, at once sheltered, and par- tially shaded. At the same time, the holly will grow completely beneath the shade and drip of other trees; for which reason it is equalled as undergrowth by no other evergreen shrub or tree, except the box. The common laurel will also grow under the drip and shade of other trees ; but it is more tender than either the box or the holly, and soon becomes naked below. Propagation and Culture. In the days of Evelyn, it was customary for planters to collect seedlings of trees of different sorts from the woods; and this was more especially the case with the holly, on account of the length of time the seed lies in the ground before it comes up. “ Of this noble tree,’’ Evelyn says, “ one may take thousands of young plants, four inches long, out of the woods (growing amongst the fallen leaves), and so plant them ; but this should be before the cattle begin to crop them, especially sheep, who are greedy of them when tender. Stick them into the ground, in a moist season, CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA‘CEA. I‘LEX. s 513 in spring, or early in autumn, especially in the spring; shaded (if it prove too hot and searching) till they begin to shoot of themselves, and, in very sharp weather, and during our eastern etesians, covered with dry straw or haulme; and if any one of them seem to perish, cut it close, and you shall soon see it revive. Of these seedlings, and by this culture, I have raised plants and hedges, full 4 ft. high, in four years. The lustier and bigger the sets are, the better; and, if you can procure such as are a thumb’s breadth thick, they will soon furnish into an hedge.” (Hunter's Evelyn, p. 266.) Seedlings of holly, yew, and other indigenous trees, are still collected occasionally from the woods in country places, by the children of labourers, and sold to the local nurserymen ; but the more general practice is, to raise the species from seeds, and the varieties by budding, grafting, or by cuttings. By Seeds. As the seeds of the holly, like those of the hawthorn, do not come up the first year, to save ground, and the expense of weeding, the ber- ries are commonly buried in the soil, or kept mixed up in a heap of earth for one year: this heap of earth, into which the berries are put as soon as gathered, should be turned over several times in the course of the season, to facilitate the rotting of the pulp and husks. This will generally be effected by the autumn succeeding that in which they were gathered from the tree; and they may then be taken, and separated from the earth with which they were mixed, by sifting, and sown in beds of finely prepared soil, and covered about a quarter of an inch. Thus prepared, when sown in autumn, they will come up the June following. A covering of half-rotten leaves, fronds of fern or spruce fir, or even of litter or straw, placed over the seed-beds, will protect the soil from extreme heat and drought, and will greatly facilitate the progress of the germination. In Scotland and in Ireland, this is seldom found necessary ; but in England and in France, the climate being warmer in the beginning of summer, and the air drier, it is found a great advantage. As the holly is apt to suffer from transplanting, it should never be kept in the nursery longer than two years in one place. When the seeds are to be sown as soon as gathered, Boutcher directs that the berries should hang on the trees till December ; or, if they could be defended from birds, till February or March. As soon as they are gathered, he says, “throw them into a tub with water, and rub them between your hands till the seeds are divested of their thick glutinous covering; pour off the water, with the light seeds that swim, the mucilage, &c., and spread the sound seeds on a cloth, in a dry airy place, rubbing them often, and giving them a fresh cloth daily till they are quite dry. If this be done in autumn or winter, mix them with sand, and keep them dry till spring ; but, if they have been gathered in spring, let them be sown imme- diately.” (Mart. Mill.) Bradley suggests a method of forwarding the ger-— mination of the seeds of the holly, and other hard seeds, by fermenting them with moist bran ; but the difficulty of keeping the temperature such as, while it decomposes the pulp of the berries, shall not destroy their vital principle, seems to render this a very precarious process. Budding and Grafting. These operations are performed at.the usual times, and in the usual manner; but it has been observed by Tschoudi, that cleft- grafting does not succeed nearly so well with the holly as whip-grafting or budding. In England, the stocks budded or grafted on are generally of four or five years’ growth; and the grafting is effected in March, and the budding in July. iadtina: These are made in autumn, of the ripened summer shoots, They are planted in sandy soil, in a shady border, and covered with hand- glasses; and they generally put forth roots the following spring. The lower branches of the common holly, in Ireland, we are informed, strike as readily by cuttings as those of the common willow, emitting roots from every part of the shoot, as well as from the joints. This facility of rooting in Ireland may be owing to the moisture of the climate of that country; experience proving that the branches of trees and shrubs which are grown nearest the ground, or on the north side of the plant, so as to be kept shaded and moist, always root NN 2 514 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. ~ PART IH. easier than those which have been taken from higher parts of the tree, and more exposed to the influence of light and air; the moisture and the shade being the predisposing causes for the production of roots. After-culture in the Nursery. No plant requires less care than the holly, when it is onee established: the species can hardly be said even to need pruning; and the varieties which have been grafted or budded require little more than the removal of shoots from the stock. To fit them for removal, however, whether of a large or small size, they ought to be taken up and replanted every other year. Final Planting. When the holly is to be planted as a hedge, if it is intended that the growth shall be rapid, the soil ought to be trenched to the depth of 3 ft. or 4ft. If the subsoil be bad, the most effective mode is to take out a trench, in the direction of the hedge, of 3 ft. or 4 ft. wide, and of the same depth ; and to fill up this trench with good surfaces from the adjoining ground. The soil in the trench ought to be raised at least a foot above the adjoining surface, to allow for sinking; and along the middle of this ridge, the hollies might be planted at 1 ft. or 18in. apart. In some cases, the seeds may be sown on sucha ridge; but that mode involves the expense of fencing for a greater number of years than the mode by transplanting. By some, the best mode of planting a holly hedge is said to be, to intermix it with the common thorn, and, as the hollies advance, to cut the thorns out. This may be a convenient mode; but it must be evidently a very slow and uncertain one, and must depend so much upon the constant attention paid, to keep the thorns from overpowering the hollies, and, at the same time, to keep their branches sufficiently intermingled with each other to render the fence effective, that we can by no means recommend it as an eligible practice. Season for transplanting the Holly. Much has been written in gardening books respecting the proper season for transplanting evergreens ; and what is remarkable is, that, while summer and autumn are generally stated to be the proper seasons, the spring, and during mild weather in winter, are the seasons most generally adopted in practice. The principle which justifies the practice is, that all plants whatever, with very few exceptions, are most safely removed when the whole plant is in a comparatively dormant state, and when the weather is temperate, and the air moist and still, rather than dry and in motion. Now, it is known that the greatest degree of torpidity in any plant exists a short time before it begins to grow or push out shoots; consequently, as evergreens begin to grow only a week or two later than deciduous trees of the same climate, the proper time for transplanting them cannot differ much from the proper time for transplanting deciduous trees. The chief difference to be attended to is, the circumstance of evergreen trees being at no time whatever in so completely a dormant state as deciduous ones; and hence, such weather, in the winter, autumn, or spring, must be chosen for removing them, as will least affect their fibrous roots and leaves by evaporation. This is in perfect accordance with the practice of the best gardeners; and it has been laid down as the best mode, founded on experience, by Mr. M‘Nab, the intelligent curator of the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, and author of a valuable pamphlet, entitled Hints on the Planting and general Treatment of Hardy Evergreens, §c., of which an account will be found in the Gardener’s Maga- zine, vol. vil. p. 78. Culture of the Holly in useful and ornamental Plantations. Holly hedges, according to Miller, should never be clipped, because, when the leaves are cut through the middle, they are rendered unsightly; and the shoots should therefore be cut with a knife close to a leaf. There can be no doubt that this is the most suitable mode for hedges that are to be near the eye: for example, in gardens and pleasure-grounds ; but, as this method leaves a rougher exterior surface, and involves a much greater expense, than clipping, it is unsuitable where the object is to prevent birds from building in the hedges, and to main- tain effective fences at the least expense. The proper season for clipping would appear to be just after the leaves have attained maturity; because CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA‘CEE, J‘LEX. 515° at that season, in the holly, asin the box, the wound is comparatively obliterated by the healing over produced by the still abundant sap. When it is desired to grow the holly for timber, it should be planted in close planta- tions, like other forest trees ; either with or without nurse trees, according to the situation; and the stems should be deprived of the side branches, when they are under half an inch in diameter, to a certain height, say a fourth of the entire height of the tree, in order to produce a clean trunk. Statistics. Hollies in ancient Times. Pliny tells us that ‘* Tiburtus built the city of Tibur near three holly trees ; over which he had observed the flight of birds that pointed out the spot whereon the gods had fixed for its erection; and that these trees were standing in his own time, and must, therefore; be upwards of 1200 years old. He also tells us that there was a holly tree, then growing near the Vatican, in Rome, on which was fixed a plate of brass, with an inscription engraven in Tuscan letters ; and that this tree was older than Rome itself, which must have been more than 800 years.” (Book xvi. chap. 44.). This author notices a holly tree in Tusculum, the trunk of which measured 36 ft. in circumference, and which sent out ten branches, of such magnitude, that each mi ht pass for a-tree. He says, this single tree alone resembled a small wood. Cole tells us, in his Paradise of Plants, that he knew a tree of this kind which grew in an orchard; and the owner, he says, “* cut it down, and caused it to be sawed into boards, and made himself thereof a coffin ; and, if I mistake not, left enough to make his wife one also. Both the parties were very corpulent ; and, therefore, you may imagine the tree could not be small.” (Sylva Florifera, 1. p. 283.) Bradley, in 1726, men- tions hollies above 60 ft. high, in the holly walk, near Frencham, in Surrey, in sandy soil. Evelyn mentions some large ones near his own place, at Wooton, in Surrey, in the neighbourhood of which was once a fort called Holmsdale Castle, from, as he supposes, the number of holins, or hollies, which once grew there. The names of Holmsdale, Holmwood, and Holme Castle occur in various parts of Scotland, and are generally supposed to have been applied in consequence of the abundance of hollies at these places at the time the names were given. Hayes mentions a variegated silver holly at Ballygannon, in Ireland, 28 ft. high, with a trunk, 5 ft. in circumference ; and another, on In- nisfallen Island, in the Lake of Killarney, with a trunk 1) ft. in circumference, and about the same height before it began to branch out. ’ IYex Aquifolium in the Environs of London. At Syon, I. A. atireo-marginatum 50 ft. high, and I A, Albo-marginatum 35 ft. high ; at York House, Twickenham, the species 50 years planted, and 40 ft. high ; at Mount Grove, Hampstead, 25 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 16 in., and of the head, 20 ft.; at Ham House, 33 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2lin., and of the head 3] ft.; in the Fulham Nursery, 30 years planted, and 40 ft. high. Iver Aquifolium South of London. n Cornwall, at Port Elliott, 70 years planted, and 40 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3 ft. 3 in., and of the head 52 ft. In Devonshire, at Killerton, 33 ft. high ; at Endsleigh Cottage, Z. A. aireo-marginatum, 22 years planted, and 21 ft. high; at Kempton, 45 ft. high. In Dorsetshire, at Compton House, 100 years planted and 40 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 2in. In the Isle of Jersey, in Saunders’s Nursery, 10 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In Hamp- shire, at Alresford, 30 years planted, and 40 ft. high. In Somersetshire, at Nettlecombe, 100 years planted, and 97 ft. high: In Surrey, at Claremont, 80 ft. high (the highest in England), the diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 2 in., and of the head 25 ft., in sandy loam, on gravel, and drawn up among other trees; at Walton on Thames, 40 years planted, and 23 ft. high, the branches spreading over a space 76 ft. in diameter ; at Pepper Harrow Park, various trees from 60 ft. to 70 ft. high ; at Bagshot Park, 40 ft. high. In Sussex, at Cowdray, 53 ft. high. In Wiltshire, at Wardour Castle, 40 years planted, and 25 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 4in., and of the head 54 ft. Ivew Aquifolium North of London. In Berkshire, at Hampstead Marshall, there are various trees from 40 ft. to 50 ft. high, with trunks from 4 ft. to 5 ft. in diameter. In Cheshire, at Kinmel Park, 20 years planted, and 96 ft. high, in sandy loam, on moist clay. In Cumberland, at Ponsonby Hall, many specimens 30 ft. high. In Durham, at Southend, 8 years planted, and 13 ft. high. In Essex, at Hy- lands, 10 years planted, and 18 ft. high. In Monmouthshire, at Dowlais House, 30 years planted, and 18 ft. high. In Norfolk, at Merton, one 61 ft. high, with a trunk 4ft. in diameter; and two others nearly as large. In Staffordshire, at Trentham, 26 ft.high. In Rutlandshire, at Belvoir Castle, 7 years planted, and 8 ft. high. In Warwickshire, at Whitley Abbey, 160 years planted, and 45 ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 35 years planted, and 40 ft. high. In Yorkshire, at Hackness, 50 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; at Grimston, in argillaceous soil, 37 ft. high ; and at Cannon Hall, the species 3 i paebs I. A. dlbo-marginatum 39 ft. high, J. A. adreo-marginatum 32 ft. high, and Z 4. férox 9 high. Ivex Aquifodlium in the Environs of Edinburgh. At Hopetoun House, 100 years planted, 44 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 1 in., and of the head 30 ft., on clay ; at Craigie Hall, 20 ft. high ; at Woodhouse Lee, a hedge, upwards of 100 ft. long, and 30 ft. high ; at Cramond House, 20 ft. high ; at Moredun, a hedge, planted in the beginning of the eighteenth century, 378 ft. long, 20 ft. high, 9 ft. wide at bottom, and 4 ft. wide at top, annually clipped; at Collinton, 1120 ft. of holly hedges, planted in 1670 and 1780, and varying from 15 ft. to 28 ft. in height, clipped every three years. vex Aquifolium South of Edinburgh. In East Lothian, at Gosford House, 20 ft high; at Biel, 100 years planted, 372 ft. high ; at Tyningham, 2952 yards of holly hedges, chiefly pianted in 1712, from 10 ft. to 25 ft. in height, and from 9ft. to 13 ft. wide at the base ; and single trees, varying in height from 20 ft. to 50 ft. Most of the hedges are regularly clipped in April, and they are carefully protected, by ditches on each side, from the bite of cattle, and more particularly of sheep, which are very fond of the bark, shoots, and young leaves of the holly. In Kirkcudbrightshire, at Bargally, there are several varieties, above 140 years planted, and from 30 ft. to 40 ft. high. ' Tvex Aquifdlium North of Edinburgh. In Argyllshire, at Toward Castle, various trees, from 25 ft. to 30 ft. high, with trunks from 18 in. to 20 in. in diameter, and that of the heads from 20 ft. to 30 ft., on gravelly loam. In Banffshire, at Gordon Castle, 52 ft. high, the trunk 2 ft. 6 in. in diameter, and the soil a strong loam ona strong clay. (See the dimensions of numerous hollies at Gordon Castle, in Gard. Mag., vol. iii. p. 185.) In Fifeshire, at Danibristle Park, 44 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 25in., and of the head 18 ft., on strong loam. ‘The trees here, and at Gordon Castle, prove that, if the holly were drawn up in a close plantation, like the larch or pine, it would, like them, produce a clean straight trunk, of a timber-like size, in a moderate space of ground and time. In Perthshire, at Taymouth, 30 ft. high. In Renfrewshire, at Bothwell Castle, 45 years planted, and 46 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 15 inches, and of the head 38 ft., in heavy loam on moist clay. In Sutherlandshire, at Dunrobin Castle, 43 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 17 in., and of the head 25 ft., in black heath soil, on gravel, NN 3 516 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. 1Yex Aquifolium in the Environs of Dublin. _At Castle Town, 30 ft. high, the trunk 18 in., and the head 30 ft. in diameter; at Cypress Grove, 30 ft. high ; at Terenure, 40 years planted, and 30 ft. high, in dry soil, on a calcareous subsoil; in Cullenswood Nursery, J. A. crodceum, [?] 12 years planted, and 17 ft. high. IVex Aquifolium South of Dublin. In King’s County, at Charleville Forest, 40 years planted, and 45 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 32 in., and of the head 28 ft., inbrown loam, on gravel. In Munster, at Castle Freke, 52 ft. high. Ilex Aquifilium North of Dublin. Im Louth, at Oriel Temple, the species and several varieties, from 20 tt. to 30 ft. high. In Down, at Ballyleady, 60 years planted, and 34 ft. high. In the Park, at Moira, 25 ft. high. In Antrim, at Belfast, in Mr. Templeton’s garden, 15 ft. high. Iver Aquifilium in Foreign Countries. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, 50 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; in the Botanic Garden at Toulon, 48 years planted, and 18 ft. high; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. Nerrin, 60 years planted, and 30ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 35 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In Austria, at Briick on the Leytha, 30 years planted, and 12 ft. high. In Prussia, the holly grows wild in a forest 20 miles from Berlin, nevertheless, in the Berlin Botanic Garden, it requires protection during winter ; at Sans Souci,9 years planted, it has attained the height of 8 ft. In Hanover, at Harbecke, 6 years planted,:it has attained the height of 3 ft. ; inthe Botanic Garden at Gottingen, it requires protection during winter. In Denmark, in the Royal Gardens at Copenhagen, it is 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, and requires protection. In Sweden, in the Botanic Garden at Lund, it is 23 ft. high, and requires protection. In Italy, at Monza, 30 years planted, it is 20 ft. high Commercial Statistics. In the London nurseries, two years’ seedlings of the species are 7s. a thousand; transplanted plants of 3 and 4 years’ growth, from 8s. to 10s. a thousand ; variegated hollies, in sorts, one and two years planted, from 50s. to 75s. a hundred. At Bollwyller, the species, of 3 or 4 years’ growth, is 1 franc a plant, and the different varieties 3 francs each. At New York, the species is 50 cents a plant, and the different varieties, which, in that part of America, require protection during winter, are 1 dollar each. ; 22. I. (A.) Bavea’Rica Desf. The Minorca Holly. Identification. Desf. Arb., 2. p. 262.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. : Synonymes. I. Aquifdlium var. 3 Lam. Dict., 3. p. 145, ; I. made- rénsis Willd. Enum. Suppl., 8. according to Link. Engraving. Our fig. 183. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, acute, flat, shining, entire, or spiny-toothed. Umbels axillary, few- flowered, short. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 17.) A very distinct variety of the common holly, readily dis- tinguished at sight, by its yellowish green leaves, which are sharply acuminated, but very slightly waved at the edges, and with few prickles. As it is considered by some authors as a species, and has very much the appearance of one, we have thought it best to keep it apart. It is propagated by budding or grafting on the common holly. There were formerly large plants of this species in the Mile End Nursery. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 5s. each. At Bollwyller and New York it is a green-house plant. £ 3.1. opa‘ca Ait. The opaque-leaved, or American Holly. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew, 1. p. 177.; Dec. Prod.,2. p. 14. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. Synamamne. Agrifolium vulgare Clay¢. Flor. Virgin.; Ilex Aquifdlium Gronov. and Wait. Fi. Car. 241, Engravings. E., of Pl., No. 1824.; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char. &c. Leaves ovate, flat, coriaceous, acute, toothed in a scalloped manner, spiny, and glabrous, but not glossy. Flowers scattered, at the base of only those branches that are a year old. Teeth of the calyx acute. Sexes dicecious. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) A beautiful evergreen tree, a na- tive of North America, from Canada to Carolina, sometimes, according to Pursh, growing to the height of 80 ft., with a trunk 4 ft. in diameter. Introduced in 1744. The flowers are white, and produced in May and June, and the berries are scarlet, round, and handsome, remaining on all the winter. According to Rafinesque, in the northern parts of North America this species forms a bush under 10 ft. in height; its medium height, in favourable situations, being about 40 ft. This species was formerly sup- posed to be only a variety of J. Aquifolium. In America, it is applied to all the uses which the common holly is in Europe. It forms hedges ; is an 183 CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA\CEXZ. J LEX. 517 ornamental tree or shrub in gardens; is employed for making birdlime; and the wood is used in turnery and cabinet-making. It is propagated in the same manner as the common holly. There is a plant of this species in the garden_at Walton House 25 ft. high; a large one at Syon; and many fine plants at White Knights. Plants, in London, are Is. 6d. each; at New York, 40 cents, and seeds 1 dollar a quart. Varieties. There are none in the British gardens; but Rafinesque mentions I. 0. 2 macrodon, with remote long teeth; I. o. 3 latifolia, with broad ovate leaves, rounded at the base, and small teeth; I. 0. 4 acuminata, with narrow and very sharp leaves; and I. 0. 5 globosa, a small plant, with a globose foliage. These names are not in Prince’s Catalogue ; but we hope some collector will procure them from their native habitats, and send them te England. a 4, J,(0.) LAx1FLO‘RA Lam. The loose-flowered Holly. Identification. Lam Dict., 3. p. 147. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. Ayana ne: Be variety of I. opaca, according to Nuttal, Dec. ; J. Aquifdlium baccis flavis Wale. . Carol., 241. Spec. Char., ie Leaves ovate, sinuately toothed, spiny, coriaceous, glabrous. Stipules awl-shaped. Peduncles loosely branched, bearing many flowers, and placed in a scattered manner above the axils of theleaves. Teeth of the calyx acute. Fruit yellow. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) Described by Pursh as an evergreen shrub, of lower growth than J, opaca ; found in Carolina, in shady sandy woods, with whitish flowers, and yellowish red berries. It produces its flowersin May and June, and was introduced into England in 1811. We have not seen this sort, but think it, in all proba- bility, only a variety. Seeds of it are advertised in Mr. Charlwood’s Catalogue at 4s. a quart, B. Leaves toothed, serrated, or crenate, but not spiny. # 5. I. Casst‘NE Ait. The Cassine-like, or broad-teaved Dahoon, Holly. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew, p. 170.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. Synonymes. Aquifdlium carolinénse Catesb. Car., 1. t. 31.; J. caroliniana Mill. Dict., No. 3, ; I. Pern t= Link. Enum., 1. p. 148.; I.Dahoén Walt. Fl. Car., 241.; the Casstna of the American ndians. n. Engravings. Catesb, Car., 1. t. 31.; E. of Pl., No. 1828. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, sharply sawed, flat; the midribs, petioles, and branchlets glabrous; the flowers upon lateral corymbosely branched peduncles. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) An evergreen low tree, from 8 ft. to 12 ft. in height; a native of Lower Carolina and Florida, in shady swamps; and introduced into England in 1700. The flowers are small, and of a yellowish white; they are produced in August, and are succeeded by round red berries rather smaller than those of the common holly. The berries continue on the trees the most part of the winter, untouched by birds ; and, being of a bright red, and large in proportion to the leaves, which are about the size of those of the common arbutus, they make a fine appearance, both in their native country and in 184. England. The leaves and young shoots of this species are used by the Indians for the same pur- poses as those of J. vomitoria and I. Dahoon. This species is not unfrequent in British collec- tions: there is a specimen of it, 10 ft. high, in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, and a small g one in the garden of the Horticultural Society. % It is commonly propagated by seeds; but it will also strike by cuttings, or it may be grafted on the common holly. Plants, in the London nurseries, cost 2s. 6d. each; at New York, } dollar, and seeds 2 dollars a quart. Variety. @7.C.2 gamuntinin (fig. 184.), with oblong-lanceolate sub- entire leaves, is mentioned in the Nouveau Du Hamel. # 6. I. ancustiFro‘L1a Willd. The narrow-leaved Holly. Identification. Willd. Enum., 1. p. 172. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. Symp. I. myrtifolia Wait. Carol., 241., N. Duh., and Lodd. Cat.; I. rosmarinifvlia Lam. I, Pp Engravings. N, Duh,, 1. t. 4.; and our fig. 185. NN 4 518 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves linear-lanceolate, sawed at the tip, rather revolute in the margin; the midrib, petiole, and branchlets glabrous. Flowers in stalked lateral cymes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) An evergreen shrub, from 6 ft. to 10ft. high, found in deep swamps from Virginia to Georgia, and introduced in 1806. The flowers are white, and appear in June; the berries are globular and red. A very handsome species, but not very common, There are plants of it at Messrs. Lod- diges, and in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, under the name of J. myrtifolia. Variety, # I. a. 2 ligustrifolia Ph., with oblong, ovate, entire leaves, is given by Pursh, who doubts whether it may not be a distinct species. ¢ 7. J. vomiro‘’ria Ait. The emetic Holly, or South Sea Tea. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 278. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 17. Synonymes. I. Cassine vera Walt. Carol., 241.; I. ligistrina Jacq. Coll., 4. p. 105, Icon. Rar., t. 310., Wendl. Hort., t. 31. ; Casstne Perdgua Mill. Icon., t. 83. f. 2. ; I. Cassena Michx. F1., 1. p- 229. ; I, religidsa Bart. Fl. Virg., 69.; I. floridana Lam. IJil., No. 1731.; Houx apalachine Fr.; true Cassine, Cassna, Floridan; the Yapon, Virginian ; the evergreen Casséna, or Cassioberry Bush, Eng. Engravings. Jacq. Icon, Rar., t 310.; Wendl. Hort., t. 31.; Mill. Fig., t. 83. f. 2.; and our fig. 186. Spec. Char., §c. eaves oblong or elliptic, ob- tuse at both ends, crenately sawed, and, with the branchlets, glabrous. Flowers in subses- sile lateral umbels. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) An elegant evergreen tree, a native of Florida, Carolina, and Virginia, in moist shady places, growing to the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft., and introduced in 1700. The flowers, which are whitish, are produced in June; and the ber- ries, which resemble in colour those of the common holly, remain on the tree all the winter. It was cultivated by Miller, and in several other gardens in the neighbourhood of London, till the severe winter of 1789, when most of the plants of it were destroyed. Other plants were afterwards raised from seed, and they have ever since resisted the cold of ordinary winters without covering. In the first edition of Du Hamel, it is stated, that this species had been a long time cultivated by the Chevalier Jansen, in his garden at the Barriére Chaillot, at Paris. Rafinesque states that the true cassena is reckoned a holy plant by many of the southern tribes of American Indians, being used, during their religious rites and solemn councils, to clear the stomach and the head. Women are forbidden to use it. For these purposes the leaves and young shoots are collected with care, and, when dried, form an article of trade among the tribes. They often parch or scorch slightly the leaves before using them. They are inodorous, the taste is sub-aromatic and fervid, and they are useful in stomach fevers, diabetes, small-pox, &c., as a mild emetic ; but the Indians’ black drink is a strong decoction of them, and a violent, though harmless, vomitive. In North Carolina, the inhabitants of the sea-side swamps, having no good water to drink, purify it, by boiling it with a little cassena (perhaps Vibirnum cassindides), and use it constantly warm, as the Chinese do their daily tea. I. Dahoon and I. Cassine are used as substitutes for the cassena; and many other shrubs appear to be used indiscriminately for making the black drink: for example, the Casstne ramuldsa of the Flora of Louisiana. (Raf. Med, Flor., i. p. 9.) The use made of the leaves in Carolina and Florida, by the native Indians, has given rise to the opinion that this species was the Paraguay tea mentioned in Martyn’s Miller, on” CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA‘CEH. ‘LEX. 519 the authority of M. Frezier: but the species which produces that article is the I. paraguariénsis Lam., which will be hereafter noticed. J, vomi- toria is not very common in British collections; but there are plants of it in Loddiges’s arboretum, and in the garden of the London Horticultural Society. Price, at New York, 1 dollar a plant, and seeds 2 dollars a quart. C. Leaves quite entire, or nearly so. 28. I. canarie’nsis Poir, The Canary Island Holly. Identification. Poir. Suppl., 3. p. 67; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 19. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, flat, rather acute, entire, glossy. Flowers in axillary umbels, few in an umbel. Peduncle longer than the petioles. Fruit black. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) Flowers white, truly dicecious. (Don’s Mili., ii. p.19.) An evergreen tree, a native of the Canary Islands, introduced in 1820, The fruit of this species is said tobe black. We have not seen the plant. 9. I. Danoo'n Wall. The Dahoon Holly. Identification. Walt. Fl. Carol., 241.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 14. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 19, Synonyme. I. Cassine Willd. Hort. Berl, 1. t. 31. Engraving. Willd. Hort. Berolin., t. 31., under the name of J. Cassine. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolately elliptical, nearly entire, almost revolute in the margin; the midrib, petiole, and branchlets villous. Flowers dis- posed in corymbose panicles, that are upon lateral and terminal peduncles. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 14.) A beautifulevergreen shrub or low tree, found in open swamps from Carolina to Florida, and introduced in 1726. In British gardens, it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., producing its white flowers in May and June, which are succeeded by berries, which become red in September. The leaves of this species are very numerous, and resemble those of Zatrus Borbonia. In America, as already noticed under No. 7., they are used in the same manner as J‘lex vomitoria. The species is scarce in British gardens, and seldom ripens fruit. It is most commonly kept in green-houses or pits; but there is a plant in the open air, in the Mile End Nursery, which was 20 ft. high, with a head 30 ft. in diameter. It had stood there many years, without the slightest protection. Plants, in London, are 2s. 6d. each, and seeds 6s. a quart; at Bollwyller, where it is a green-house plant, 3 francs each; at New York, where it requires pro- tection during winter, 1 dollar. Variety. ## I, D. 2 laurifolia Nutt. has leaves large, elliptical, acutish, and pedicels elongated, and usually ~ 3-flowered. It is a native of Eastern Florida, and alinost evergreen. App. i. Hardy Species of Vlex not yet introduced. Vex odordta Hamilt. in D. Don’s Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 189., is a tree, a native of Nepal, with sweet- scented flowers, which would be a very desirable addition to the species cultivated in British gardens. I. cuneifdlia Lin. Spec., 181., is a native of North America, of which very little is known ; and there is a variety of it (I. c. bonariénsis, said to be a native of Buenos Ayres) which grows to the height of 10 ft. I. ligustrifolia G. Don, the J. angustifdlia of Nuttall (Gen.. Amer., i. p. 109.), is said to be an evergreen shrub of Virginia and Georgia; and very probably is the same as J. angustifdlia of Willd. No. 6. I. nepalénsis Spreng. (the J. elliptica of D. Don) is a Nepal shrub, growing to the height of 8ft. As all these species are evergreens, they would form a most desirable addition to our woody plants of that kind, more especially the J. odorata, App. ii. Species of V'lex which may probably be found half-hardy. I. dipyréna Wall. is an evergreen tree or shrub of Nepal and Chinese Tartary, growing to the height of 12 ft., and bearing, according to Mr. Royle, a close resemblance to the common holly, especially when covered with its clusters of scarlet berries in November and December. JI. excélsa Wall. and I. serrata Royle are both lofty Nepal species, certainly half-hardy, and probably quite hardy. (Jilust., p. 175.) I. Perado A?t., the J. maderénsis of Lam., (fig. 187.) is a low tree of Madeira, common in our green-houses ; but, according to the Nouveau Du Hamel, it is much hardier than is generally imagined, and will stand the open air as well as the common myrtle. There isa plant of it grafted on the common holly, in the garden of the Horticultural Society, which has stood out for several winters as a standard, in the garden, without the slightest protection. I. chinénsis Sims (Bot. Mag., 2043., and our jig. 188.) is an evergreen tree, about 20 ft. high, from China, introduced in 1814. IL. heterophylla G. Don is atree of 30 ft. high, from Japan, not yet introduced, and considered by some as only a variety of the common holly. I. macroph@lia is a Japan tree. I. elléptica H. B. et Kunth is anative of Peru ; and also I. scopuldrum and I. rupicola of the same authors : the two latter are trees; and, if they could be made to endure the open air in Britain, would be most desirable additions. I. Paltdria Pers. is an evergreen shrub, a native of Peru or New Granada, on the highest moun- tains ; and, in all probability, is quite hardy. I. emargindta Thunb. and I. crendta Thunb. are natives of Japan. I. serrata Thunb. and J. /atzfolia Thunb. are also natives of Japan : the latter is atree growing to theheight of 20 ft. I. myricoides Thunb. et Kunth is a native of New Granada, 520 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. on mountains. I. asidtica Lin. Spec., 710., is a native of the East Indies, I. éntegra Thunb. and L. roténda Thunb. are Japan shrubs. I. bumelioides H. B. et Kunth is a tree of Peru. A number of these species are introduced, and occasionally to be found in our green-houses; and the others, if they could be procured, would doubtless thrive in the open air in the warmest parts of Devonshire ahd Cornwall, and, perhaps, at least half of them in the neighbourhood of London. I. paraguariénsis Lamb. Pin., vol. 2., App., t. 2., and our fig. 189., though commonly treated as a stove plant, might possibly succeed in the warmest parts of Devonshire, against a wall, as well as the orange tree. This shrub or tree affords what is called the Ferngiey, tea, from which the Jesuits of Paraguay derive a large revenue. The leaves are; used in Paraguay, La Plata, Chili, Peru, and Quito, by all classes of persons, and at all hours of the day, by infusion in a pot, called mate, from the spout of which the te2 is drunk, with or without a little sugar or lemon juice. The Creoles drink the infusion at every meal, and never eat until they have taken some of it. If the water is suffered to remain long on the leaves, the decoction becomes as black as ink. The pipe to the mate, or teapot, called a bambilla, is perforated with holes at the top, to prevent swallowing the pulverised herb, which swims on the surface. The whole party is supplied by handing the mate and pipe from one to another, filling up the mate with hot water as fast as it isdrunk out. The leaves, when green, taste somewhat like mallow leaves: they are prepared for use by being parched, and almost pul- verised ; after which they are packed up forsale. The aromatic bitterness which the herb possesses when first prepared is partly dissipated by carriage. The principal harvest of the herb is made in the eastern part of Paraguay, and about the mountains of Maracaja; but it is also cultivated in the marshy valleys which intervene between the hills, The people boast of innumerable qualities which this herb possesses: it is certainly aperient and diuretic; but the other qualities attributed to it are rather doubtful. Like opium, it gives sleep to the restless, and spirit to the torpid; and, like that drug, when once a habit is contracted of using it, it is difficult to leave it off; and the effect of it on the constitution is similar to that produced by the immoderate use of spirituous liquor. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.18.; and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. v. p.8. and p. 9.) Plants of this species were in- troduced into England in 1828, and are to be found in one or two collections, Genus III. shh PRI'NOS L. Tue Prinos, or Winter Berry. Lin. Syst. Hexandria Monogynia, or Polygamia Dice‘cia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 461. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 16. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 20. Synonymes. Ageria Adans. Fam., 2. p. 166.; Apalanche, Fr. ; Winterbeere, Ger. Derivation. From prinos, the Greek name for the holly, which the present genus much resembles ; or, according to others, from pridn, a saw, on account of the serrated leaves of the species. The species are deciduous or evergreen shrubs, natives of North America, from 2 ft. to 8 ft. in height, forming compact upright bushes, densely clothed with foliage. § i. Prindides Dec. fa) Ny ' Sectional Characteristic. Flowers usually 4—5-cleft. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 16.) % 1. P. peci’‘puus Dec. The deciduous Winter Berry. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 16.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 20. Synonymes. I \ex prindides Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 278.; Ilex decidua Walt. Fl. Carol., 241. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, elliptic-lanceolate, tapered to the petiole, shallowly sawed ; the midrib villous beneath ; the peduncles axillary; those CHAP. XXXIV. AQUIFOLIA‘CER. ‘LEX. 521 of the male flowers several together ; of the female ones, singly. Berries red. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 16.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft.; a native of North America, from Virginia to Georgia, on rocky shady banks of rivers; and introduced in 1736. It produces its white flowers in June and July, which are succeeded by large crimson berries. Plants of the species are in Loddiges’s Nursery, under the name of J. prindides. Variety. P.d. 2 estivalis, I‘\ex estivalis Lam. The adult leaves glabrous on both surfaces. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) % 2. P. amsi’euus Miche. The ambiguous Winter Berry. Identification. Michx. F). Bor. Amer., 2. p. 236. ; Dec. Prod., 2 p.17.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 20. Synonyme.- Cassine caroliniana Walt. Fl. Carol., p. 242. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 29.; and our fig. 190. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, oval, acuminate to both ends; both adult ones and young ones glabrous in every part. Peduncles of the male flowers crowded together in the lower parts of the branchlets; of the female ones, singly. (Dec. Prod., ii, p. 17.) A deci- duous shrub, found in sandy wet woods, and on the borders of swamps, from New Jersey to Carolina; growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft., and producing its white flowers from June to August. Introduced in 1812. The leaves are subimbricate-serrated, acute at the apex, and the berries small, round, smooth, and red. There is a handsome plant of this species in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, which, in 1835, was 5ft. high. It is of easy culture in any free soil, either by seeds, cuttings, or layers. Plants, in London, are ls. 6d. each; at New York, 374 cents each. § ii. Ageria Dec. Sectional Characteristics. Flowers usually 6-cleft. Leaves deciduous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) & 3. P. vertIcILLA‘tus L. The whorled Winter Berry. Identification. Lin. Spec., 471. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 20. Synonymes. P. padifdlius Willd. Enum., p. 394. ; P. Grondvie Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 236. ; P. confértus Manch ; P. prunifdlius Lodd. Cat. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 30.; Duh. Arb., 1. t. 23.; and our jig. 191 Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, oval, acuminate, sawed, pubescent beneath. Male flowers in axillary umbel-shaped fascicles; the female ones aggregate ; the flowers of both sexes 6-parted. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 17.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft.; a native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, in wet woods, and on the banks of ditches. Introduced in 1736. The flowers are white, and are produced from June to August. The berries are red or crimson, turning purplish when ripe. There are two handsome plants of this species in Loddiges’s arboretum, 7 ft. high, one of which is under the name of P. prunifolius. Plants, in the London nurseries, are ls. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc 50 cents; at New York, 25 cents, and seeds 50 cents a quart. zs 4, P.pu‘sius G. Don. The doubtful Winter Berry. Synonymes. P. ambiguus Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 220. Spec. Char., &e. Weaves deciduous, oval, acuminated at both ends, mucronately serrated, pubes- cent beneath. Flowers, 4—5-cleft ; male ones crowded at the bottom of the branches; female ones 522 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY 111. solitary.’ Berries red, larger than those of P. verticillatus. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 20.) A deciduous shrub, or low tree, growing to the height of 12 ft., in sandy woods, and on the borders of swamps, from New Jersey to Carolina ; introduced in 1736; producing its white . flowers in July and August, which are succeeded by red berries, larger > than those of P. verticillatus. Sp Berry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p. 220.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.5 Don's Mill., 2. p. 20. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 28. ; and our fig. 192. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, sawed, the teeth directed forwards, acuminate, glabrous on both surfaces, except on the nerves beneath, where they are slightly pubescent; upper surface glossy. Flowers 6-cleft ; the male ones scattered ; the female ones axillary, solitary, almost sessile. (Dec. Prod., ii. p-17.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft. on the Alleghany Mountains, from New York to Virginia ; introduced in 1812. The flowers are white ; and the berries large, and of a dark red colour. The plant of this species in Loddiges’s arboretum was 4 ft. high in 1835. zw 6. P.Lanctota‘tus Pursh. The lanceolate-/eaved Winter Berry. Identification. Pursh. Fl. Sept. Amer., 2. p. 27.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 20. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, remotely and very slightly ser- rulate, smooth on both surfaces. Male flowers aggregate, triandrous ; female ones mostly in pairs, peduncled, and 6-cleft. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.17.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft.; a native of the lower dis- tricts of Carolina and Georgia; introduced in 1811. The flowers are white ; and the berries are small, and of a scarlet colour. The plant in Loddiges’s arboretum is 8 ft. high. § iii, Wintérlia Moench. Derivation. Probably from the name of some botanist. Sectional Characteristics. Flowers, for the most part, 6-cleft. Leaves perma- nent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) # 7. P.cua‘BeR L. The glabrous Winter Berry. Identification. Lin. Spec., 471; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 20. Engraving. The figure under this name in Wats. Dend.,t. 27., is that of P. coriaceus Pursh, Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Leaves lanceolate, with wedge-shaped bases, coriaceous, glabrous, glossy, somewhat toothed at the tip. Flowers mostly three on an axillary peduncle that is usually solitary. Fruit black. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) An evergreen shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., in sandy shady woods, from Canada to Florida; introduced in 1759, and producing its small white flowers in July and August. The colour of the berries in this species is black, and in Jersey they are called ink berries. It forms a very handsome shrub, which, in Loddiges’s arboretum has at- tained the height of 4ft., with a regular ovate shape, densely clothed with shining foliage. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 2s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 2 francs; and at New York, 25 cents, and seeds 1 dollar a quart. # 8. P. aroma‘rius Nutt. The atom-bearing Winter Berry. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 213.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.: Don’s Mill., 2. p. 20. Spec. Char., &c. Evergreen. Leaf oval, with the base wedge-shaped and the tip acute, and some- what sawed, coriaceous, bearing on the under surface minute excrescences ; whence the specific HAP. XXXV. : RHAMNA CE. © 523 name. Younger branches rather clammy. Flowers solitary on lateral peduncles. (Déc. Prod., ii. p.17.) An undershrub, growing to the height of 2 ft., in woods, and on the banks of rivers in Georgia ; producing its white flowers in July and August, which are succeeded by dark-coloured berries, Introduced in 1820; but we have never seen it in British gardens. a 9. P.coria‘ceus Pursh. The coriaceous-/eaved Winter Berry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p. 221. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 17.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 21. Synonymes. P. glaber Wats. Engraving. Wats. Dend. Brit, t. 27., under the name of P. glaber. Spec. Char., &c. Evergreen. Leaf lanceolate, with a wedge-shaped base, coriaceous, glabrous, glossy, entire. Flowers in short, sessile, axillary corymbs, many in a corymb. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) A handsome, tall, evergreen shrub, having the general aspect of Ilex Dahoén.; found in sandy woods near the banks of rivers in Georgia, and introduced in 1820. Varieties. This species varies, with leaves broader, obovate-lanceolate, and acuminate; and narrower, lanceolate, and acute. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 17.) App. i. Other Species of Prinos hardy or half-hardy. P. diotcus Vahl is a native of the Island of Montserrat, and considered as hardy, though not yet introduced. P. 2é¢édus Vahl is also a native of Montserrat, and is supposed to require a green.house. There are two stove species described by Swartz natives of the Caribbee Islands, which are trees growing from 20 ft. to 30 ft. high. They are found on mountains in their native countries ; and hence may, probably, be hardy enough to be kept in British green-houses, though it is customary to consider natives of the West India Islands as stove plants, whether they are natives of the hills or of the plains. CHAP. XXXV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER RHAMNA‘CEER. DISTINCTIVE Characteristics. Calyx 4—5-cleft; zestivation valvate. Corolla of 4—5 petals; in some absent. Petals cucullate, or convolute, inserted into the orifice of the calyx. Stamens 4—5, opposite the petals, perigynous. Ovary superior, or half-superior, 2-, 3-, or 4-celled, surrounded by a fleshy disk. Ovules one in a cell, erect, as are the seeds. Fruit fleshy and indehiscent or dry, and separating into 3 divisions. Trees or shrubs, often spiny, and generally deciduous. Leaves simple, alternate, very seldom opposite, with minute stipules. Flowers axillary or terminal. (Lindl. Introd. to N. S.) The species are natives of Europe or North America, and some of them of India; they are ornamental in British gardens and shrubberies, chiefly from the variety of their foliage, and from their berries ; but some of them, as Ceanothus, from their flowers. They are all of easy culture. The genera containing hardy ligneous plants are six; which are characterised as follows :— Zi'zyeuus Tourn. Calyx spreading, 5-cleft; its upper part separating all round from the lower, in the manner as if cut from it ; the lower persistent, situated under the fruit, and adhering to it more or less. Petals 5, upon a glandular disk that is adnate to the calyx. Stamens inserted in front of the petals. Styles 2—3,simple. Fruit an ovoid drupe; the nut 2-celled, rarely 1—3-celled. Seed suborbicular, compressed. Shrubs or small trees. Leaves alternate, 3-nerved. Stipules spinescent. Flowers axillary. Drupes mucilaginous and eatable. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 19.) The species are deciduous shrubs, natives of Europe or Asia, one of them bearing eatable fruit. Pauiu‘rus Tourn. The flower like that of Zizyphus, except as follows. Styles 3. Fruit dry, indehiscent, orbicular, girded with a broad mem- branaceous wing, 3-celled. Seed ovate. The habit that of Zizyphus. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 22.) The species are deciduous shrubs or low trees, natives of Europe, or Asia, and highly ornamental in gardens, from their shining leaves, which are nerved; and their abundance of rich greenish yellow flowers, which are succeeded by fruit of rather a singular form. 524 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. They are easily propazated by seeds, which they produce, in Britain, in abundance, Bercue‘m1 Necker. Calyx 5-parted, the segments deciduous, the remaining portion persistent, situate under the fruit, and adhering to it more or less. Petals 5, scale-shaped. Stamens inserted lower than the petals. Style 1. Stigmas 2. Fruit an oblong dry drupe; the nut 2-celled. A shrub, with- out spines, somewhat twining. Often, by defect, the sexes are diccious, and the fruit l-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 22.) The only hardy species is a twining deciduous shrub, a native of Carolina. Rua’mnus Lam. Calyx 4—5-cleft; often, with the upper part, after the flow- ering, separating from the lower all round, in the manner as if cut, and the lower part persistent, situate beneath the fruit, and cohering with it. Petals, in some, absent. Stamens inserted in front of the petals. Style 2—4-cleft. Fruit nearly dry, or berried. Cells 2—4; those in the nearly dry fruits separable, and 1-seeded, or very rarely 2-seeded. Seed oblong, having on the outer side a deep furrow, that is broadest at the base. Shrubs or small trees, with the tips of the branches becoming spines, in some instances. The leaves feather-nerved. The stipules never converted into a prickle. Flowers often unisexual. Fruit not eatable. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 23.) The species are evergreen, subevergreen, and deciduous shrubs, chiefly natives of Europe, but some of them of North America and Asia. Cotte‘ri4 Comm. Calyx pitcher-shaped, 5-cleft, its base scarcely adhering to the ovary, which it surrounds. Not any corolla. Stamens 5, situated between the lobes of the calyx: anthers with a tendency to be 1-celled, kidney-shaped, opening by a horseshoe-shaped furrow. Style ending in 3 teeth. Fruit a 3-celled capsule, surrounded by the base of the calyx. Shrubs. Branches spiny. Leaves small, mostly opposite. (Dec. Prod., il. p- 28.; and Don’s Mill.) The species are spinous shrubs, with few small leaves, natives of Peru or Chili, and interesting by their peculiarity of appearance, and their flowers. Ceano‘rnus L. Calyx 5-cleft, bell-shaped; after the flowering, the upper part separates from the lower part all round, in the manner as if cut; the lower part is persistent, is situate under the fruit, and adheres to it more or less. Corolla of 5 petals, each with a long claw, and hooded: rarely none. Stamens projecting in front of the petals. Styles 2—3, united as high as the middle. Fruit a dry berry, 3-celled, rarely 2—4-celled; the cells pervious at the base; the walls of the consistence of paper. Seed ovate. Shrubs without thorns, with leaves ovate. (Dec. Prod., ti. p. 29.) The species are evergreen or deciduous shrubs, from North America, some of them highly ornamental, on account of their flowers. They are readily propagated by cuttings of the young wood; or by seeds, which are generally imported from America, though they are sometimes ripened in England. Genus I. can of ZYZYPHUS Town. Tux Josue. Lin. Syst. Pentindria Di-Trigfnia. Identification. Tourn. Inst., t. 403.; Gert. Fruct., 1. p. 43.5 Lam. IIl., t. 185.; Dec, Prod., 2. p. 198. ; Brongn. Mém. Rham., p. 47. Synonymes. Jujubier, Fr.; J udendorn, Ger. Derivation. From xizouf, the Arabic name of the lotus. % 1. Z. vutea’ris Lam. The common, or cultivated, Jujube. Identification. Lam. Ill., 185. f. 1.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 19. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 23. Synonymes: Rhamnus Zizyphus Lin. Spec., 282., Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. t. 59.; Z. sativa Desf. Arb., 2. p. 373. N. Du Ham., t.16., but not of Gert. ; Z. Jujuba Mill. Dict., No. 1., but not of Lam. ; Jujubier cultivé, Fr. ; Brustbeeren, Ger. ; Giuggiol, Ital. Engravings. Yama. IIl., 185, f. 1. ; Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. t. 59. 5 N. Du Ham. 8. t. 16.; and our jig. 195, CHAP. XXXV. ‘RHAMNA‘CER. ZI’ ZYPHUS. 525 Spec. Char., §c. Branchlets glabrous. » Leaves ovate, retuse, denticulate gla- brous, or, beneath, pubescent along the nerves. Prickles not any, or twin, one of them recurved. Drupe ovate-ob- long. A deciduous tree, a native of Syria, whence it was brought to Romes during the reign of Augustus. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 19.) Introduced into Eng- land in 1640. In its native country, it grows to the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft., with a thick cylindrical stem, somewhat twisted. The bark is brown, and rather chapped. The branches are numerous, pliant, armed with prickles, zigzag in their direction ; the prickles at the joints being two of unequal size, of which one is almost straight, and the other shorter and quite straight. The leaves are al- ternate and oval-oblong, somewhat hard and coriaceous- The flowers are small, axillary, of a pale yellow colour, with short peduncles. The fruit is oval-oblong, resembling that of the olive; at first green, afterwards yellow, and entirely red when ripe. It has a mild and vinous taste. The pulp encloses a nut, having a long point at one of the extremities, and it con- tains two seeds. In the south of France, the tree flowers in the begin- ning of summer, and the fruit ripens in the beginning of autumn. In the neighbourhood of Paris, it flowers in autumn, and the fruit never arrives at maturity. In England, we have only seen very small plants, kept in pots, in pits. Geography, History, §c. This tree is indigenous in Syria, and other parts of Asia, also in Greece (see p. 165.); and it is cultivated on both shores of the Mediterranean. It has been acclimatised in Italy since the time of Augustus, and cultivated for its fruit in different parts of that country, as far north as Genoa. Pliny, speaking of the jujube, says that “this tree, and the Azeda- rach, were imported into Italy, from Africa and Syria, in the reign of Au- gustus, and planted on the ramparts of Rome, where they made a fine ap- pearance, from their heads rising above the houses.” Du Hamel recommends the tree to be cultivated generally, on account of the beauty of its foliage ; and, in Languedoc, on account of its fruit. The taste of the fruit is somewhat acid; but the flesh is firm, succulent, and, when dried, it makes a very desirable sweetmeat. The syrup of jujubes is employed for abating fever, and purifying the blood; and in coughs and catarrhs: lozenges for the latter purposes are also made of it. The plant prefers a soil that is rather dry, to one that is moist; and, when once established, it is by no means liable to suffer from the winters of Paris. It is easily increased by cuttings of the roots, whether of young or old trees ; or by suckers, which it throws up in the greatest abundance. Seeds may also be procured of it from Italy. We have seen the fruit on the tree in the garden of M. Cels, at Paris, in 1828;. and gathered it in that of Signor di Negro, at Genoa, in 1819. In 1835, there were plants of this species in the Fulham Nursery. 2 2. Z, stnE’Nsis Lam. The Chinese Jujube. Identification. Lam. Dict., 3. p. 318.; Dec. Prod. 2. p.19.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 24 Synonyme. Rhamnus Zizyphus Lour. Fl. Coch., 158. Spec. Char. §c. Branchlets pubescent. Leaves ovate-oblong, acute, serrate, glabrous, except beneath, along the nerves. Prickles twin, straightish, diverging. Petals reflexed. Drupes ovate. Reputed to be a native of China, apparently on the authority of the Paris Garden ; but it is a- question whether correctly. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.19.) Introduced into England in 1818, and described in the Nouveau Du Hamel as requiring protection during winter in the Paris Garden. The name is in Loddiges’s Catalogue, but the plant in their arboretum was dead in 1835, and we have never seen it. 526 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. “PART II. #2 3. Z. spr‘na-Curv’stz Willd. Christ’s Thorn Jujube. Identification. Willd. Spec., 1. p. 1105. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 20.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 24. Synonymes. Rhamnus spina-Christz Lin. Spec., 282., Desf. Fl Atl, 1. p. 201. _Hhamnus Nabéca Forsk. Zgypt., 204., but not of Lin.; Z. africana Mill. Dict., No. 4.; Z. ;Napéca Lam. Dict., 3. p. 320.; Ndbca Alp. Eg., 2. t. 4. p. 10. ; CEndplia spindsa Bauh. Pin., 477. Ger. Emac. Append., t. 1605. ; Christkronen Judendorn, Ger. Engravings. Alp. Eg., 2. t. 4. p.10.; Ger. Emac. Append., t. 1605. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, obtuse, toothed, glabrous, or, beneath, pubescent. Prickles twin, spreading, one straight, the other rather incurved. Flowers disposed upon peduncles, that are corymbosely divided, and villosely tomentose. _Drupes ovate-globose. Inhabits the north of Africa and Palestine. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 20.) A deciduous shrub, growing tothe height of 8 ft. in the north of Africa, in Palestine, in Ethiopia, and in Egypt. Introducedin 1759. The flowers are yellowish green ; the fruit oblong, about the size of a sloe, with a pleasant subacid taste, and used as food by the inhabitants of Egypt and Arabia. Hasselquist thinks that this is the tree from which the crown of thorns was taken which was put on the head of our Saviour during the crucifixion ; but the more general opinion is in favour of Palitrus aculeatus. Linnzus raised it from seeds sent by Hasselquist, and Miller cultivated it, in 1759, from seeds ; but we have never seen the plant, and do not know whether it is now to be procured in England. Variety. % Z. S. 2 inérmis Dec. Prod., il. p.20.—This has no prickles, and its leaves are larger, and very obtuse. ¥ 4. Z.1ncu’RvA Roxb. The incurved-spined Jujube. Identification. Roxb. FI. Ind., 2. p. 364.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 20.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 25. Synonyme. Z. paniculata Hamilt. MSS. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, obtusely acuminate, crenulate, 5-nerved, oblique at the base. Petioles and nerves pubescent. Prickles solitary, or twin, with one incurved. Flowers with the style parted half-way down, disposed in bifid peduncled cymes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 20.) A tree growing to the height of 20 ft, ; a native of Upper Nepal, and introduced:in 1823, ‘The flowers are of a yellowish green, and appear in August and September: they are succeeded by small, round, dark purple fruit. We have never seen the plant. 25. Z.FLEXxuO'sA Wall. The flexible Jujube. Identification. Wall. in Fl. Ind., 2. p.365.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 25. - Spec. Char., §c. A smooth shrub, with spiny flexible branches, and unarmed straight branchlets. Prickles twin, one very long and straight, the other recurved. Leaves lanceolate, obtuse, crenate, smooth. Flowers axillary, usually solitary. Style deeply bifid. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 25.) A native of Nepal, where it grows to the height of 8ft. It is considered an elegant plant, with mahogany- coloured prickles, and solitary yellowish flowers, rather large. It was introduced in 1820; but we have not seen the plant. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Zizyphus already introduced. Z. Lotus Lam., the Rhamnus Lotus of Linnzus, (Desf. Act. Par., 1788, t.21.; Shaw’s Afr., No. 652.'f. 632.; and our jig, 194.) the 194 lotos of the Lotophagi, is a deciduous shrub, from 3 ft. to 4ft. in height, of considerable interest, and eminently deserving of a place against a conservative wall. It is a native of Persia, and of the interior of Africa, especially of the kingdom of Tunis, in a tract called Jereed, which was formerly the country of the Lo- tophagi. It has the habit of the Rhamnus, and the flowers of < the common jujube; but the fruits are smaller, rounder, and sweeter, being about the size of sloes, and containing large stones: they are borne on every part of the plant like goose- berries, and have a purplish tinge. The farinaceous pulp is se= parated-from the stone, and laid by for winter use. Its flavour approaches nearly to that of figs or dates. A kind of wine is made from the fruit by expressing the juice, and diluting it with water; but it will not keep more than a few days. The natives of some parts of Africa convert the fruits into a sort of bread, by exposing them for some days to the sun, and after- wards pounding them gently in a wooden mortar, until the farinaceous part is separated from the stones. The meal thus produced is then mixed with a little water, and formed into cakes, which, when dried in the sun, resemble in colour and flavour the sweetest gingerbread. The stones are afterwards put into a vessel of water, and shaken about, so as to separate the farina which may still adhere to them. This communicates a sweet and agreeable taste to the water ; and, with the addition of alittle pounded millet, it forms a pleasant liquor, called fondi, which is the common breakfast, in many parts of Ludamar, during the months of February and March. The fruit is collected by spreading a cloth upon the ground, and _ beating the branches with astick. The lotos of the Lotophagi must not be confounded with the Egyptian lotos, whichis the Nymphz‘a Lotus ; with the lotos of Homer and Dios- corides, which is a species of Trifolium ; with the lotos of Hippocrates, which is the Céltis australis ; or with the Italian lotos, which is the Diospyros Lotus. (Don’s Miil., ii., p. 24.) Plants of this species were introduced into Britain in 1731; but they are rarely to be met with, and, when they are, they are treated as frame plants. Plants might probably be obtained from Italy, or from the French colo- nial garden at Algiers. _ Z. nitida Roxb. is a native of China, introduced in 1822, The fruit is lin. long, pale yellow when ripe, and edible; the root produces innumerable suckers, which run to a great distance from the parent tree. This species is recorded as a green-house plant, but will probably prove half-hardy. Z. parvifolia Del. (Voy. from Egypt) is a hardy’species, not yet introduced. Z. mucronata Willd, is a Cape species. Z. glabra Roxb, is a native of the East Indies. Z. @néplia Mill., Z. tomentdsa Roxb., CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNACEX. PALIU‘RUS. 527 and Z. dlbens Roxb. are also natives of the East Indies. Z, agréstis Schult. and Z. Vt Sr Schult. are natives of the north of China; and Z. capénsis is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. All these species being deciduous, we have no doubt that, if once introduced, and tried in very dry soil, against a conservative wall, they would be found half-hardy. — eit cis : Z. Jijuba,Lam. Dict., iii. p. 313., Rhamnus Jijuba Lin. Spec., 282., the wild jujube, a tree growing to the height of 16 ft. in India, and cultivated in China and Cochin-China, was introduced into England in 1759, but, as far as we know, is now lost, It is figured and described by Rumphius (4mb., ii. t. 56.), and by Rheede (Mal., iv. t. 41.) ; and the following notice respecting it is in Don’s Miller :—Leaves obliquely ovate, serrated, downy below, as well as the young branches, hoary. Prickles twin, the one recurved, the other straight. Corymbs axillary, almost sessile. Flowers greenish yellow. Drupe globular, size of a large cherry, smooth and yellow when ripe, contaiping a 2-celled, 1-seeded nut. There is a variety of this, or a new species, in the East Indies, which produces excellent fruit, of a long form, about the size of ahen’s egg, known by the name of narrikellekool in Bengal. The fruit of both varieties is eaten by all classes of persons: it is sweet aud mealy. The bark of the tree is said to be used in the Moluccas in diarrheea, and to fortify the stomach ; which seems to confirm the general opinion entertained of the astringent properties of the bark of most of the species of this order. (Don's Miil., ii. p. 26.) This species, though marked as a green-house plant, will doubtless thrive in the open air, in the warmest parts of the south of England ; but we have introduced it here, because we think it and Zizyphus Lotus likely to be desirable fruit-shrubs for Australia, the Cape, and the Himalayas. Highly improved varieties of both species, age fruit as different from that which they now bear, as the Lancashire gooseberry is from the gooseberry of the woods of Switzerland or Calitornia, might probably be obtained by selection and cultivation. : t Various species of Zizyphus are found in the Himalayas; some of which, growing on the higher parts of the mountains, may probably be found hardy. (See Royle’s Ilust., p. 168.) Im the garden of the Horticultural Society there is an unnamed species, which has stood two winters against a wall without any protection. Genus II. lal PALIU‘RUS L. Tue Patiurus, or Canist’s THoRN. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Trigfnia. Identification. Tourn. Inst., t.386.; D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 189.; Dec. Prod., 1. p. 22.; Don's Mill., 2. p. 23.; Brongn. Mém. Rham., p. 46. Synonymes. Palitre, Porte-chapeau, Fr. erivation. From palld,to move, and ouron, urine; in allusion to its diuretic qualities; or from Paliurus, the name of a town in Africa; now called Nabil. % 1. P.acuLea‘tus Lam. The prickly Paliurus, or Christ’s Thorn. Identification, Lam, Ill., t. 210.; Fl. Fr., ed. 3., No. 4081.; N. Du Ham., 3. t.17. ; Don's Mill. ,2. p. 23. Synonymes. P. pétasus Dum. Cours., 6. p. 266.; P. australis Gert. Fruct., 1. t.43. £5.; P, vulgaris D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., 189. ; Rhamnus Paliirus Lin. Spec., 281. ; Zizyphus Palidtrus Willd, Spec., 1. p. 1183., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1893. ; Christ’s Thorn, or Ram of Libya Gerard. ; E’pine de Christ, Argalon, Porte-chapeau, Fr.; gefliigelter Judendorn, Ger. Engravings. Lam. Ill, t. 210.; N. Duh., 3. t. 17.; Gert. Fruct., 1. t. 43. f. 5.; Bot. Mag., t. 1893. ; . of Pl., No. 2896. ; our fig.195. ; and_the plates of this species, both in a young and an old state, in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Branchlets pubescent. Leaves ovate, serrulated, quite smooth, 3-nerved, with two spines at the base, one straight, the other recurved. Flowers in axillary crowded umbellules ; few in an umbellule. Wing of capsule crenated. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 23.) A branching deciduous shrub, or low tree; a native of the south of Europe, and north and west of Asia, and introduced in 1596. The flowers, which are pro- duced in great abundance, are of a greenish yellow, and they are succeeded by fruit of a buckler shape, flat and thin, but coriaceous. From the singular ap- pearance of this fruit, which has the footstalk at- tached to the middle, which is raised like the crown of a hat, and the flattened disk, which resembles its brim, the French have given this tree the name of porte-chapeau. On both shores of the Mediterranean, it grows to about the same height as the common hawthorn. In the south of Russia, according to Pallas, it forms a bushy tree, with numerous branches, thickiy clothed with prickles, coming out in pairs at the buds, one of them bent back, and both very sharp. It is found on the hills near the Lake of Baikal, particularly near warm springs; it is also found in the south of Caucasus and Georgia, and in the woody mountains of Taurida, where it renders some parts of them almost impervious. In many parts of Italy oo 528 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. _ PART III the hedges are formed of this plant, as they are of the hawthorn in Britain ; it is also the common hedge plant in Asia. Du Hamel recommends it for being employed for hedges in the south of France, where it abounds in a wild state. Medicinally, the entire plant is considered diuretic ; and it is said to have been given with success in dropsical cases. Virgil, when describing, in figurative language, Nature as mourning for the death of Julius Cesar, says the earth was no longer covered with flowers or corn, but with thistles, and the sharp spines of the paliurus. Columella recom- mends excluding the plant entirely from gardens, and planting it with brambles for the purpose of forming live hedges. In the south of France, where it has been tried in this way, the same objection is made to it as to hedges of the common sloe (Priinus spindsa) in this country; viz. that it throws up such numerous suckers as in a short time to extend the width of the hedge considerably on both sides. As this species abounds in Judza, and as the spines are very sharp, and the branches very pliable, and easily twisted into any figure, Belon supposed the crown of thorns, which was put upon the head of Christ before his crucifixion, to be composed of them. Josephus says “ that this thorn, having sharper prickles than any other, in order that Christ might be the more tormented, they made choice of it for a crown for him.” (Ant. of the Jews, book i. chap. ii., as quoted by Gerard.) Hasselquist, however, thinks that the crown of thorns was formed of another prickly plant, the Zizyphus spina-Christi W., Rhamnus spina-Christi Lin. ; but, according to Warburton, it was the Acanthus mollis, which can hardly be considered prickly at all. Statistics. The largest plant of this species in the neighbourhood of London is at Syon, where it is 33 ft. high, the trunk 1 ft., and the diameter of the head 30ft. (See our engraving of this tree in Vol. II.) There is a fine old specimen in the Botanic Garden at Oxford about 20 ft. high, and one in the Chelsea Botanic Garden of considerable age, but not remarkable for its height. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc 20 cents each ; and at New York, 50 cents each. Genus III. BERCHE'M/4 Neck. Tue Bercnemra. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogfnia. Identification. Neck. Elem., 2. p. 122. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 22.3; Brongn. Mém. Rham., 49.; Don’s Miall., :2. sp; 27. Synonymes. Ginéplia Hedw. F. Gen., 1. p.151., and Schult. Syst., 5. p. 962. Derivation. rom Berchem, probably the name of some botanist. Description, §c. Twining deciduous shrubs, of which there is only one species considered hardy. 2 1. B. votu‘pitis Dec. The twining Berchemia. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 22.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 27. Synonymes. Fhamnus volubilis Lin. Fil. Suppl., 132., Jacg. Icon. Rar., t. 336. ; Zizyphus volubilis Willd. Spec., 1. p. 1102.; CEnéplia volibilis Schult. Syst., 5. p. 332. ; Supple Jack, Virginian. Engravings. Jacq. Icon. Rar., t. 336.; E. of Pl., No. 2895.; and our jig. 196. Spec. Char., §c. Branches glabrous, rather twining.’ Leaves oval, mucronate, somewhat waved. Flowers diecious. Drupes oblong. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 22.) A deciduous twining shrup, a native of Carolina and Virginia, in deep swamps near the sea coast. Intro- ff duced in 1714. According to Pursh, it ascends the ” highest trees of Taxddium distichum, in the dismal swamp near Suffolk in Virginia; and it is known there by the name of Supple Jack. The stems twine round one another, or any object which they may be near; but, in British gardens, they are sel- dom seen above 8 ft. or 10ft. high, probably from little attention being paid to place the plant in a CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNA‘CEE. RHA’MNUS. 529 deep sandy or peaty soil, and to supply it with abundance of moisture in the growing season. The foliage has a neat appearance. The flowers are small, and of a greenish yellow colour; and, in America, they are succeeded by oblong violet-coloured berries. It is propagated by cuttings of the root, or of the branches, or by layers. Plants are in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, and in some nurseries, Price, in London, 2s. 6d. each; and at New York, 1 dollar. App. i. Other Species of Berchemia. B. flavéscens Brongn., the Zizyphus flavéscens of Wallich , is a Nepal climber, not yet introduced. B. lineata Dec., Rhamnus lineatus Lin., is a green-house shrub, introduced in 1804 from China. It grows to the height of 8ft. B. Loureiriana Dec., the Rhamnus lineatus of Lam., but not of Lin- nzus, is a trailing shrub, a native of Cochin-China, among hedges and bushes, not yet introduced, but, in all probability, half-hardy or hardy. Genus IV. lela. RHA’MNUS Lam. Tue Bucktuorn. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Mono- gynia. Identification. Lam. Dict., 4. p. 461.; Lam. Ill, t.128.; Gert. Fruct., 2. p. 106.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 23. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p 29; Brongn. Mem Rham., p. 53. Synonymes. Nerprun, Fy. ; Wegdorn, Ger. ; the Ram, or Hart’s, Thorne, Gerard. ; Box Thorn. Derivation. From the Celtic word, ram, signifying a tuft of branches; which the Greeks have changed to rhamnos, and the Latins to ramus. Description, §c. Deciduous, or evergreen shrubs, one or two of them with the habit of low trees, and some of them sub-procumbent, or procum- bent; and all of them, except the latter, distinguished by an upright stiff mode of growth, and numerous strong thorns in their wild state; whence the name of ram, or buck, thorn. Many of the sorts set down in books as species are, doubtless, only varieties; but, till the whole are brought together, and cultivated in one garden, this cannot be determined. The flowers in all the species are inconspicuous; but the R. Alatérnus and its varieties are most valuable evergreen shrubs, and several of the other species are ornamental, both from their foliage and their fruit; the latter of which is also useful in dyeing. R. hybridus, R. alpinus, R. catharticus, Rk. Frangula, R. saxatilis, R. alnifolius, and #. latifolius are species procurable in the nurseries, and well deserving of cultivation. They are all easily propagated by seeds or layers, and most of them by cuttings; and they will all grow in any soil that is dry. They all vary much in magnitude by culture, in common with most plants which, in a wild state, grow in arid soils. § i. Marcorélla Neck. Synonymes. Rhamnus and Alatérnus of Tourn. Sect. Char. Flowers usually dicecious, and 5-cleft. Fruit a berry, with 3 seeds, or, from abortion, 2 seeds. Seeds deeply furrowed, with the raphe in the bottom of the furrow. Leaves usually permanent; coriaceous, and glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 23.) A. Alatérnus Tourn. Flowers racemose, 5-cleft. Evergreen Shrubs. * ], R. ALatTe’RNus L. The Alaternus. Identification. Lin. Spec., 281.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 23.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 30. Synonymes. Alatérnus Phillyrea Mill. Dict., No. 1. Derivation. From Altérnus,a generic name, adopted from Dioscorides, designating the alternate position of the leaves. . Engravings. Mill. Dict., t, 16. f. 1.; N. Du Ham., 3. p. 42. t. 14.; and ourjfig. 197. 002 530 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-elliptical, or lanceo- late, coriaceous, quite smooth, serrated. Flowers dieecious, disposed in short racemes, (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 30.) An evergreen shrub, a native of the south of Europe and the north of Africa ; in cultivation, in England, from the days of Par- kinson, in 1629. There are several varieties. @ R. A. 2 baledrica Hort. Par. The Balearic Alaternus.—Leaves roundish. The Rham- _ nus rotundifolius of Dumont. We take # this as the first variety, assuming the species to be what is called R. A. lati- folius, which is the commonest variety in British nurseries. # R. A. 3 hispanica Hort. Par. The Spanish Alaternus. — Leaves ovate, a little toothed. « R.A. 4 foliis maculatis. The gold-blotched-leaved Alaternus. # R.A. 5 foliis atireis. The gold-edged-leaved Alaternus. # R.A. 6 foliis argénteis. The silver-edged-leaved Alaternus. — This variety, which is very conspicuous from the large proportion of the leaves which is white, is more tender than some of the other varieties, it generally does best against a» wall, and is well worth a place there, on account of its splendid appearance, especially in winter. R.A.7 angustifolia, synon. R. Clusii Willd. The narrow-leaved Alaternus.—Figured in Mill. Icon., t.16. fig. 2. This variety is so dis- tinct, that it is by many authors considered as a species. There are two subvarieties of it, the gold-striped-leaved, and the silver- striped-leaved. They are all of remarkably free growth, more especially R. A. angustifolia. Geography, History, §c. The alaternus is a densely branched shrub, growing to the height of 15 ft. or 20 ft. in sheltered situations, but always preserving the character of a bush, unless carefully trained to a single stem. The leaves are alternate, shining, and often glandular at the base, and serrated in some varieties, but entire in others. The fiowers are numerous, male or female, or imperfect hermaphrodites, on the same or different individuals; and hence the plant isseldom seen in England bearing fruit. It is abundant in the south of Europe, and was observed by Sir James Smith, in Italy, sometimes only a foot or two in height, and at others as high as a low tree. Evelyn, also, observed it there; and says that its blossoms, which are produced from April to June, afford an “ early and marvellous relief to bees.” Evelyn boasts that he was the first who brought the alaternus into use and reputation in Eng- land, and that he had propagated it from Cornwall to Cumberland. Parkin- son, however, first introduced it; and he commends it for the beauty and verdure of the leaves, “abiding quite fresh all the year.” In his time it was called evergreen privet. The plant is mentioned by Pliny and by Dios- corides, both as medicinal and as being used in dyeing. Clusius states that in Portugal the bark is used to dye a red, and the wood to dye a blackish blue. In British gardens, this shrub is particularly valuable for the rapidity of its growth in almost any soil and situation, more especially the narrow-leaved variety. About the end of the seventeenth century, it was one of the few evergreens generally planted, not only for hedges and to conceal objects, but to clothe walls, and to be clipped into artificial shapes. In London and Wise’s Retired Gardener, published in 1706, it is recommended to grow the alaternus in cases (boxes), for ornamenting gardens and court-yards ; and, when clipped into the form of a bowl or ball, for placing in the borders of parterres. ** You give it what shape you think fit by the help of your shears, which, being well guided, will make this shrub of a very agreeable figure.” (Ret. Gard., CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNA CEA. RIHA’MNUS. 531 ii. p. 751.) The four large, round, and smoothly clipped plants of phil- lyrea, on naked stems, mentioned in p. 45. as possessed by Evelyn at Says Court, were doubtless of this species, and not of the genus Phillyrea, which is of much slower and less robust growth. The Alatérnus was at that time, and even so late as the time of Miller, frequently confounded with the Philly- rea; but the two genera are readily distinguished by the position of their leaves, which are alternate in Rhamnus, and opposite in Phillyrea. At pre- sent, the alaternus is chiefly planted in town gardens, to conceal walls, and because it is less injured by the smoke of coal than most other evergreens. The species, and all the varieties, are readily propagated by cuttings, which are taken off in autumn, and planted in sandy soil, in a shady border, and covered with a hand-glass. Price, in the London nurseries, of the species, and of the blotched-leaved variety, 9d. a plant; of the gold- and silver-edged-leaved, 2s. 6d. each: at Bollwyller, the species and varieties from 1 franc to 2 franes a plant: at New York,?. As the roots are not very productive of fibres, when large plants are chosen, they should be such as have been reared in pots, in order that they may receive no check from removal. # 2. R.uy’srivus L’Herit. The hybrid Alaternus. Identification. L’Hérit. Sert., t. 5.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 23.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 33. Synonymes. R. burgundiacus Hort. Par.; R. sempervirens Hortulan. Engraving. L’Hérit. Sert., t. 5. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, acuminated, serrated, smooth, shining, hardly permanent, rather coriaceous, Flowers androgynous. (Don’s Mill., ii, p.30.) A garden hybrid, a sub-evergreen shrub, raised from R. alpinus, fecundated by R. Alatérnus, and forming a very distinct and desirable kind, which, in British gardens, grows to the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft. The flowers are green,and appear in May or June. There is a plant in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, which, in 1833, before it was cut down, was 8 ft. high. There is one in the garden of the London Horticultural Society 5 ft. high. Price of plants, in London, 2s. each ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents. B. Rhamnus Dec. Flowers in Fascicles, 5-cleft. La | % 3. R. toneiro‘tius Link. The long-leaved Buckthorn. Identification. Link Enum., 1. p. 228.; Dum. Cours. Bot. Cult., 6. p. 260. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24.5 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 30. Synonyme. R. Willdenovianus Rim. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 295. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oval-oblong, acute at both ends, serrated, smooth, shining, pilose in the axils of the veins beneath. (Don’s Mili., ii. p. 30.) A shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft. ; introduced in 1823, but from what country is uncertain. C. Flowers 4-cleft, in Fascicles. ‘lal. a. Branchlets terminating in a Thorn. ¥ 4. R carua’rticus L. The purging Buckthorn. Identification. Lin. Spec., 280. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 30. Synonyme. The White Thorn of the modern Greeks. A Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 1629. ; Wood. Med. Bot.,t. 114.; Cid. Fl. Dan., t. 850.; N. Du Ham., 2., t. 10. ; our jig. 198.; and the plate of this species in Vol. II. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves ovate,toothed. Flowers in fascicles, polygamo- dicecious. Berries 4-seeded, rather globose. (Don’s Mill., ii.p. 30.) A native of Europe and the north of Asia, and plentiful in England. Variety. : de ¥ R.c. 2 hydriénsis Jac., with larger leaves, tapering to the base, is found wild about Hydria. 003 532 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Description, History, §c. A deciduous shrub or low tree, growing to the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft. in a state of cultivation, with many irregular branches, the young shoots of which have a smooth greyish brown bark; but the older branches have rougher bark, armed with a few short thorns. The leaves are ribbed, smooth, and of a bright green. The flowers are of a yellowish green, and they are suc- ceeded by berries, which are globular, bluish black, nauseous, violently purgative, with 4 cells, and as many seeds. By this last character they are dis- my Hy): tinguished by druggists from the berries of R. Fran- Ap Sa gula, which are supposed to be less cathartic. In 3 ‘a | Britain, this species is found in native woods and # thickets, generally on calcareous and loamy soils, but seldom above 10 ft. or 12 ft. in height. According to Pallas, this species is common in the cham- paign and southern parts of Siberia, with a trunk thicker than a man’s arm, and the wood very hard, and of a reddish colour. The flowers are, for the most part, hermaphrodite, and, in a wild state, clustered; but in a state of cul- tivation they are fewer, and nearly solitary. The juice of the unripe berries has the colour of saffron, and it is used for staining maps or paper: they are sold under the name of French berries. The juice of the ripe berries, mixed with alum, is the sap green of painters; but, if the berries be gathered late in the autumn, the juice is purple. The bark affords a beautiful yellow dye. The inner bark, like that of the elder, is said to be a strong cathartic, and to excite vomiting ; the berries are also strongly purgative; and it is said that the flesh of birds which feed upon them possesses the same quality. Plants of this species, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, have attained the height of 9 ft.in 10 years: they do not make much show in spring, when in flower; but in autumn and winter, when profusely covered with their black berries, they are very ornamental. The fruit remains on after the leaves have fallen. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. each; at New York, plants are 374 cents each. If plants were required for forming hedges (for which the species is very eligible, in consequence of its robust and rigid habit of growth), they could, no doubt, be provided and supplied at a price less than that of plants of the com- mon hawthorn, because plants of #. catharticus come up in the first year from the sowing. & 5. R.virea tus Roxrb. The twiggy Buckthorn. Identification. Roxb, Fl. Ind., 2. p. 351.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 30. Synonymes. R. catharticus Hamilt. MSS. Spec. Char., &c. Erect. Branchlets terminating in a’spine. Leaves nearly opposite, oblong, ventricose, serrated. Flowers around the base of the ycung shoots, and axillary in threes. Stigmas 2—3-cleft. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 33.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 12 ft.in the Neelgherry Mountains in the Himalaya; introduced in 1820. The flowers are very small, yellow, and appear in June and July ; and the berries are from 2- to 3-seeded. % 6. R.t1ncTO‘RIUS Waldst. The Dyer’s Buckthorn. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung., 3. p. 255. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24; Don's Mill., 2. hole Soong R. cardiospérmus Willd. Herb. Engravings. Wayne Abild., t. 97., and our fig. 199. Spec. Char., $c. Erect. Leaves ovate, crenate-ser- rated. Petioles villous. Flowers crowded, dicecious. Berries obcordate, 3- to 4-seeded. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 31.) A deciduous shrub, a native of Hungary, in hedges, where it grows to the height of 8 ft. Intro- duced in 1820. The flowers, which are produced in May and June, are of a greenish yellow, and the berries and inner bark are used for dyeing. A plant of this species, in the garden of the London Hor- ticultural Society, was, in 1834, 3 ft. high, after being 7 years planted. CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNA CE. RHA’MNUS. 533 % 7. R,inFecTO'rk1us L. The staining Buckthorn, or Avignon Berry. Identification. Lin. Mant., 49.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonymes. Rhamnus Lycium Scop. Carn. ed. 2. n. 260.; dwarf, or yellow-berried, Buckthorn ; Nerprun des Teinturiers, Graine d’Avignon, Nerprun teignant, Fy. ; Farbender Wegdorn, Ger. Engravings. Ard, Mém., 78. t. 14.; and our jig. 200. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, serrulated, smoothish. Flowers dicecious, bearing petals in both sexes. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 31.) _A-deciduous, sub-procumbent shrub; a native of the south of Europe, in rocky places; common about Avignon, and the Vaucluse; whence the name Avignon berry. Introduced in 1683. The root fixes itself so firmly in the fissures of the rocks, that the plant can scarcely be pulled up. The stem divides immediately into branches, that are very much sub- divided, and form a very close head, the shoots having numerous spines, both terminating and lateral. The flowers are numerous, and the berries 3-celled, and black when ripe. In England, the berries are very seldom produced. According to the first edition of Du Hamel, the berries of this species were gathered green, and used for producing a yellow colour by dyers and painters. Miller says that this is a mistake, and that the Avignon berries alluded to by Du Hamel are those of the narrow-leaved alaternus, one of the most common shrubs in the south of France. In the Nowveax Du Hamel, this assertion of Miller’s is noticed, together with one of Hal- ler’s, who says that the Avignon berries are gathered from the R, saxatilis. The writer remarks that the berries are now very little used, and that, as all the three species abound in the south of France, and the berries of all of them dye yellow, the Avignon berries were probably gathered from all, or any, of them indiscriminately. The berries are used for dyeing leather yellow; and the Turkey leather, or yellow morocco, is generally supposed to be coloured by them. ‘There are plants of this species in the arboretums of Messrs. Loddiges and the London Horticultural Society. The latter had, in 1834, attained the height of 6 ft., forming a very hand- some bush. 200 « 8. R saxa’titis LZ. The Stone Buckthorn. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1671. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonymes. R. longifdlius Mill. Dict. ; Stein Wegdorn, Ger. Engravings. Jacq, Austr., t.43.; and our fig. 201. Spec. Char., §c. Procumbent, or erectish. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, serrulated,smooth- ish. Flowers dicecious, female ones des- titute of petals. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 31.) () A procumbent deciduous shrub, native of the south of Europe, among rocks, in Aus- tria, Switzerland, Italy, and Greece. In- troduced in 1752. The flowers are of a greenish yellow, and appear in June and July. The berries are black, containing three whitish seeds, each enclosed in a dry whitish membrane, separating into two parts with elastic force. The berries are supposed to be used for the same purposes as those of #. in- fectorius, and R. tinctorius, for which they are often sold. Neither this nor the preceding species can be considered as ornamental in itself; but both are well adapted for planting among rocks, either natural or artificial. In garden scenery, where natural rocks occur, and where it is desirable that they should be retained, the only legitimate mode of ren- dering them gardenesque is, by clothing them, or varying them with showy flowering plants, ligneous or herbaceous. oo 4 534 ' ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART I11, % 9. Rk. oteoi‘pes Lin. The Olive-like Buckthorn. I dentification. Lin. Sp., 279.; Desf. Atl., 1. p.197,; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24 ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 31. Synonyme. R. oleifdlius Hort. Engraving. Our fig. 202. Spec. Char., &c. Diffuse, or rather erect; leaves oblong, obtuse entire, coriaceous, smooth, with netted veins beneath. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 31.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft.. in the fissures of rocks, in Sicily, Mauritania, Spain, and Greece. Introduced in 1752. In Loddiges’s Catalogue, it is in the list of green-house plants ; but it is generally understood to be quite hardy. Though the species of the #hamnus are nu- merous, yet, as few of them attain a large size, they will not occupy so much space in an arboretum as might, at first sight, be imagined, Where the soil is dry, and the surface somewhat undulated, the plants may be scattered over it at the same dis. tances from each other as their heights; or, if there is space to spare, at double this distance, which will allow each species to display its natural form, and to bring its leaves, flowers, and fruit to maturity. Where the soil is not naturally dry, an arti. ficial ridge of dry soil, mixed with rocks or stones, may be formed ; and along this the different species of Rhamnus may be scattered. % 10. R. BuxtFo‘LIus Poir. The Box-leayed Buckthorn. Identification. Poir. Dict., 4. p. 463; Dec. Prod.,2. p. 24. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. : Synonyme. ? R. buxifdlius Brot. Fl. Lus., 1. p. 301. Engraving. Our fig. 203. Spec. Char., §c. Diffuse. Leaves ovate, quite entire, mucronate, smooth, coriaceous, green on both surfaces. (Don's Miil., ii. p. 31.) “A shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft.,a native of Numidia, and introduced in 1820. According to Desfontaines, it is only a variety of R. oledides ; but, whether a species or variety, it is, at all events, a very distinct and a very neat form: indeed, it may be observed of the species of deci- duous #hamnus generally, that they are all characterised bya par- ticular kind of distinctness and permanence of appearance; from which, however much many of the sorts may resemble each other, yet they can never be mistaken for species belonging to other genera, They almost all grow slowly, and have wood of a hard and durable nature ; and the appearance of all of them, whether as bushes or low trees, has the expression of durability. The blossoms are small, and so are the fruit; but both, or at all events the fruit, remain a long time on the plant, as well as the leaves, most of which are pointed and A coriaceous, and strongly veined or ribbed; all which adds to that expression of firmness, rigidity, and permanence in the plant, which oF \ > y » we have already mentioned. , Be % 1]. R. puBe’scens Poir. The pubescent Buckthorn. Identification. Poir. Dict., 4. p. 464. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 24. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonyme. R. oledides Lam. Fl. Fr., 2.p. 545., ed.3., No. 4075. Spec. Char., Sc. Diffuse. Leaves quite entire, coriaceous, pubescent. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 31.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft., a native of the south of France and of the Levant, and introduced in 1817. Pro- bably only a variety of 2. oledides. % 12. R. Lycio1'pes Lin. The Lycium-like Buckthorn. Identification. Lin. Spec., 279. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Engraving. Cav. Icon.,2. t. 182. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves linear, quite entire, obtuse, smooth. Flow- ers hermaphrodite. (Don’s Mill.,ii. p.31.) A deciduous shrub, a native of Spain, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., on the limestone hills of Valencia. Introduced in 1752. Variety. % R. 1. 2 arragonénsis Asso Syn. Arr., p. 27., has the leaves yellowish on the upper surface, and is found in Arragon. 213. R. Erytruro’xyiton Pall. The red-wooded Buckthorn. Identification. Pall. FI. Ross., 2. t.62.; Itin., French edit., t. 90. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.25.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 31. Engravings. Pall, F). Ross., 2. t.62.; Itin., French edit., t. 90. ; and our fig. 204. Spec. Char., &c. Erect. Leaves linear, lanceolate, quite entire or serrated, smooth. Flowers hermaphrodite. Berries oblong. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 31.) CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNACEX. RHA’MNUS. 535 A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft., in rocky and gravelly situations, near the rivers of Mon- golia and Siberia. Introduced in 1823. It delights in a warm situ- ation; and in cold and humid places, Pallas observes, it is never met with. The wood, on account of its hardness and red colour, is used by the Mongols for making their images ; and the berries, when macerated in water, afford them a deep yellow colour. The plant, in its wild state, is a prickly bush; but, when cultivated, the spines no longer appear. There is a small plant of this species in the garden of the London Horticultural Society; and another in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Variety. % R. E. 2 angustissimum Dec. Prod., ii. p.25., R. lycidides Pall. Fi. Ross., t. 63., (fig. 205.) has the leaves narrow, smaller, and very finely serrulated. it is a native of Caucasus and Achalgory. b. Branchlets not terminated by Spines. x 14. R. rupeE’stRIis Vill. The Rock Buckthorn. Identification. Vill. Dauph,, 2. p. 531. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonymes. R. pimilus 6 rupéstris Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. Spee. Char., §c. Procumbent, branched. Leaves ovate, quite entire, smooth. Flowers diccious. (Don's Miil., ii. p. 31.) A procumbent deciduous shrub, a native of Dauphiné, on rocks; and introduced in 1752. 15. R. vALENTI‘NUS Willd. The Valencia Buckthorn. Identification. Willd. Spec., 1. p. 1096. ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 31. Synonymes. R. pumilus Cav. Icon., 2. t. 181. ; A. pumilus var. valentinus Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. Engraving. Cav. Icon., 2. t. 181. Spec. Char., &c. Procumbent. Leaves roundish, elliptical, minutely crenate, and nearly sessile. Flowers 4-cleft, hermaphrodite. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 31.) A procumbent deciduous shrub, a native of Spain, on the mountains of Mecca and Palomera, in the kingdom of Valencia; introduced in 1816 ; flowering in June and July. « 16. R. WuLFE‘NZZ Spreng. Wulfen’s Buckthorn. Identification. Spreng. Syst., 1. p. 762. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonymes. R. pumilus Wulf. in Jacq. Coll., 2 p. 141.; #. pumilus var. Wilfeni Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. Engraving. Jacq. Coll., t. 11. Spec. Char., §c. Erectish. Leaves orbicular, with cartilaginous crenated margins, veiny, silky beneath on the nerves. Stigma simple. Flowers her- maphrodite. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.31.) A subprocumbent deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 2 ft., a native of Austria; introduced in 1752, and flowering in June and July. & 17. R. pus’LLus Ten. The small Buckthorn. Identification. Ten. Prod.,16.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 31. Synonyme. A. pumilus var. neapolitanus Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. Spec. Char., §c. Procumbent. Leaves obovate, acute, crenulated, and mu- cronate at the apex. Flowers hermaphrodite. Stigma 3-parted. (Don’s Mill.,ii. p.31.) A deciduous procumbent shrub, a native of Naples, and introduced in 1823; flowering in June and July. 2 18. R. panu‘ricus Pall. The Dahurian Buckthorn. Identification Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. t.61.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.25.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 31. Engraving. Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. t. 61. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves oblong-ovate, serrated, smooth, veiny. Flowers dicecious, female ones with bifid stigmas. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.31.) A. deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 5 ft.; found near the river Arguinus in Dahuria, but not in any other part of Siberia. The flowers are of 536 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. a greenish yellow colour; berries black, about the size of a pea; and the general appearance of the plant is that of 2. catharticus, of which it may possibly be only a variety. In 1833, there was a small plant of it in Loddiges’s arboretum. The wood is red, and is called sandal wood by the Russians. 2 19, R. atniro‘uius L’ Hérit. The Alder-leaved Buckthorn. Identification. L’Heérit. Sert., t. 5. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25,; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 32. Engravings. Hayne Abbild., t. 61. ; and our fig. 206. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves obovate or ovate, serrulated, obliquely lineated, with lateral nerves, acuminated or obtuse, smoothish be- neath, except the nerves. Flowers hermaphro- dite or dicecious. Pedicels 1-flowered, aggre- gate. Calyxes acute. Fruit turbinate. (Don’s | Mill., ii. p. 32.) A deciduous shrub, grow- ing to the height of 8ft.; a native of North America, introduced in 1778; but not the R. dinifolius of Pursh. There are plants of this name in the nurseries, which, in London, cost ls. 6d.; at New York, 50 cents. % 20. R.FRANGULOIDEsS Michr. The Frangula-like Buckthorn. Identification. Michx. F1. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 155.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. Synonymes. R. alnifdlius var. franguléides Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 3. t. 15, and our,fig. 207. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, serrated, pubescent on the nerves beneath. Peduncles twice bifid. Berries depressed, globose. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 32.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft.; a native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, on dry hills, near rivers; producing its green flowers in June and July, which are succeeded by small, round, black berries. Introduced in 1810. This sort, and some of the others, may* possibly be only seminal varieties, or natural hybrids; for, in a genus in which there are so many species, it is to be expected that acci- dental cross fecundation will occasionally take place. From whatever source, however, a distinct form is produced, it can always be continued 4 in gardens by propagation by extension ; and, so long as mankind have wealth, intelligence, and leisure to admire the varied productions of nature, the greater the number of these varied productions, the more ample will be their source of enjoyment. % 21. R. atpi‘nus Lin. The Alpine Buckthorn. Identification. Lin. Spec., 213. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. Base bi B N. Du Ham., 3. t. 13.; Bot. Cab., t. 1077. ; our fig. 208.; and our plate of the tree 1 ~ . Spec. Char., §c. Erect, twisted. Leaves oval- lanceolate, crenate-serrated, smooth, lineated with many parallel nerves. Flowers diccious, female ones with 4-cleft stigmas. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 32.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft., in the Alps, of Switzerland, Dauphiné, and Car- niola. Introduced in 1752. The flowers are greenish, and produced in May and June, and the berries black. This is a very distinct species, and remarkable for its twisted leaves. There is a strong plant of it in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, and one in the garden of the Horticul- tural Society, which, in 10 years, has attained the height of 8 ft., and the character of a small tree. x 22. R. pu'mMiLus Lin. The dwarf Buckthorn. Identification. Lin, Mant., 49.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. Synonyme. R. rupéstris Scop. Carn., 1. t. 5. Engraving. Scop. Carn., 1. t. 5. Spec. Char., &c. Plant procumbent, much branched. Leaves ovate, s C 5 ‘umbe [ f errated, smooth. hermaphrodite. (Don’s Miil., ii, p. 32.) A deciduous procumbent shrub, a native of Mount Bolas in the Alps, and of Carniola, in the fissures of rocks. Introduced in 1752. Flowering in June and July. The flowers are greenish yellow, the stamens white, and the berries black. CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNA‘CEE. RHA’MNUS. 537 § ii. Frdngula Tourn. alls Identification. Tourn. Inst., t. 383.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 26.; Brongn. Mém, Rham., t. 55. Sect. Char. Flowers hermaphrodite, rarely dicecious, 5-cleft, sometimes 4-cleft. Seeds smooth, compressed, with the hilum white and exserted, and with the raphe lateral, on the surface of the inner testa. Embryo flat. Leaves membraneous, caducous, quite entire, lined with approximate parallel nerves. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 32.) # 23. R. carouinia'Nus Walt. The Carolina Buckthorn. Identification. Walt. Car., p.101.; Pursh, 1.166.; Michx. Fl. Amer., 1. p. 153.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 26. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves oval-oblong, almost entire, smooth. Umbels stalked. Flowers hermaphrodite. Berries globose. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 32.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft., in woods and swamps, in Virginia and Carolina. Introduced in 1819. It flowers in May and June, and the berries are black, and 4-seeded. ¥ 24. R. Fra’neuta L. The breaking Buckthorn, or Berry-bearing Alder. Identification. Lin. Spec., 280. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. Synonymes. Nerprun Bourgene, Aune noir, Fr. glatter Wegdorn, Ger. Derivation. The name of Frangula, breaking, is applied to this species, from the brittleness of its branches. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 250. ; C&d. Fl. Dan., t. 278. ; our jig. 209.; and the plate of the spe- cies in Vol, II. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, quite entire, lineated with 10 or 12 lateral nerves, and, as well as the calyx, smooth. Flowers hermaphrodite. (Don's Mill., ii. p- 32.) A deciduous. shrub, or low tree, with stems from 3 to 5 ft. high, in a wild state; but, in cultivation, attaining more than double that height. The branches are numerous, alternate, leafy, round, smooth, and blackish. The flowers are whitish, with purple anthers, and the berries are dark purple, each with two large seeds. A native of Europe, and part of Siberia, in Asia, in woods and thickets. It is not uncommon in England, but rare in Scotland. It is common in all the north of Russia, in Siberia, and Caucasus, and in Taurida. The berries are used by the Russians for dyeing yellow, and the bark for dyeing a tawny colour. From a quarter to half an ounce of the inner bark, boiled in small beer, is a sharp purge. In dropsies, or constipation of the bowels in cattle, it is a very certain purgative. The berries are also purgative, like those of the common buckthorn. These, gathered before they are ripe, dye wool green and yellow; when ripe, blue grey, blue, and green. The bark dyes yellow, and, with a preparation of iron, black. The flowers are particularly grateful to bees. Goats devour the leaves voraciously, and sheep will eat them. The charcoal prepared from the wood is preferred by the makers of gunpowder to any other. The berries of this species, and also of the cornel, are said to have been for- merly brought to market for those of the common buckthorn. They are easily distinguished ; the true buckthorn having 4 seeds, and this only 2; and the cornel one nut enclosing two kernels. (Martyn’s Miller.) The plant of this species in the garden of the London Horticultural Society was, in 1835, 8 ft. high, after being 10 years planted; and that at Messrs. Lod- diges was still higher in 1833, but it has been since cut down. Variety. * R. F. 2. angustifolia Hort., has narrower leaves. The plant of this species in the Horticultural Society’s Garden is very distinct, and, in 1835, was 6 ft. high, after being 10 years planted. 538 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ¥ 25. R. Latiro‘uius L’Hérit. Vhe broad-leaved Buckthorn. Identification. L’Heérit. Sert., 5. t.8. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 26.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 32. ce L’Heérit. Sert., 5. t. 8. 5 Dend. Brit., t. 11.; Willd. Abbild., t. 100.; E. of PL, No. 2886. ; our fig. 210. ; and the plate of this tree in Vol. IT. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves elliptical, acuminate, quite entire, lineated with 12 or 15 lateral nerves; younger leaves and calyxes villous. Flowers hermaphrodite. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 32.) A deciduous shrub, with the habit of a low tree; a native of the Azores, on the mountains of St. Michael. Introduced in 1778. It flowers in July, and the berries which succeed them are either red or black, both colours appearing on the same plant. The leaves are larger than those of any other species; and the whole plant is remark- able for its robust appearance, and the conspicuous opposite nerves, which proceed from the middle of the leaves. It deserves a place in every collection. There is a tree of it at Syon 15 ft. high. In London, plants are from 1s. to ls. 6d. each. At Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents; and at New York, 50 cents. i App. i. Hardy Species of Rhamnus not yet introduced. R. amygddlinus Desf. Atl., 1. p. 198., a native of the north of Africa, in the fissures of rocks, where it grows to the height of 3ft., and produces berries used for dyeing yellow, like those of &. saxatilis. R. per'sictfolius Moris. Stirp. Sard, 4to, fasc. 2.,a native of Sar- dinia, and probably only a synonyme of R. amygdalinus. R. prunifolius Smith Prod. Fl. Gree., 1. p. 157., a native of Crete, on the highest mountains, and probably only a variety }} of one of the preceding Z sorts. 212 R. Sibthorpianus Schult. Syst., 6. p. 286, A. pu- bescens S7zbth. Fl. Grec., t. 239., a native of Mount Parnassus, and nearly al- ‘S lied to #. alpinus, and R. (3 Frangula. R. Purshianus Dec. Prod., 2. p. 25. (fig. 211.), the &. alnif dlius of Pursh but not of L’Héritier, a shrub, growing to the ¢7% height of 6 ft., native of / North America, on the * ; banks of the Koorkoosky. eee, Pers., a native of Galicia, on the banks of rivers, where it grows to the height of 6 ft. .. R. minutiflorus Pursh, a native of the sea coasts of Carolina and Florida. The following species probably belongs to another genus ; but, not having seen the plantiwe can say nothing about it of our own knowledge. R, carpinifolius Pall. Ross., 2, p, 24. t. 60., Willd. Spec., 1101., and N. Du Ham., vol. iii. p. 40., (fig. 212.) is said to bea treeresembling the hornbeam. Pallas says that it abounds in the calcareous mountainsof Kutais, in Russia, but that he never saw its flowers. It may possibly be a Planera. App. il. Half-hardy, or Green-house, Species. R. integrifolius Dec. Hort. Monsp., #. coriaceus Nees’s Hore Phys., p. 114. t. 22., is a shrub, a native of Teneriffe, on the highest peak, where it attains the height of 2ft. ; introduced in 1822. and, doubt- less, half-hardy. R. prindides L’Heérit. Sert., 6. t.9., Zizyphus licidus Mench is a shrub, growing 10 ft. high in Africa, at the Cape of Good Hope; introduced in 1778. R. celtidif dlius Thunb. is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, not yet introduced. R. crenuldtus Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 263., is a shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. on the moun- tains of Teneriffe ; in culture in British green-houses in 1778. R. serrulatus H. B, et Kunth Nov. Sp. Amer.,7. p. 51. t. 617., is a shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. in Mexico, not yet introduced. R. microphgllus Willd. is a trailing shrub, a native of Mexico, resembling #. oledides, intro- duced in 1823. R. umbellatus Cav. Icon., 6. p. 2. t. 504., isa shrub, growing 6 ft. high in Mexico. R. tenuifdlius Moc. in Dec. Prod., 2. p. 26., is a native of Mexico, of which little is known. Besides the above, there are some doubtful green-house species, all of which it would be desirable te procure, in order to prove their degree of hardiness, and assist in reducing this genus to order. et ye CHAP, XXXV. RHAMNA‘CEX. GEANO‘THUS. 539 Genus V. lalla! CEANO‘THUS ZL. Tue Ceanornus, or RED Root. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Brongn. Mém. Rham., p. 62. ; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 124.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 31. ; Don’s Mill., 2. Me 37. ° Synonymes. Rhamnus species L., Juss., Lam. ; Céanothe, Fr.; Sakebbaum, Ger. Derivation. From keandthus, a name employed by Theophrastus to designate a spiny plant, derived from ked, to cleave: the modern genus has, however, nothing to do with the plant of Theophrastus. The English name red root is given to the plant in America, from the red colour of the roots, which are of a large size in proportion to the branches. Description, $c. Deciduous shrubs, with large red roots, herbage generally pubescent, with numerous erect branches, seldom exceeding 3 ft. or 4 ft. in height, but, in one or two cases, attaining the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., with alternate, serrated, 3-nerved leaves, and white, blue, or yellow flowers, in ter- minal panicles, or in axillary racemes. They are chiefly natives of North America, very ornamental in British gardens, and easily propagated by cuttings of the young wood, planted in sand, and covered with a hand-glass. Most of the species produce seeds freely in British gardens, and they all grow in any common garden soil. # 1,C. azu‘reus Desf. The azure-flowered Ceanothus, or Red Root, Identification. Desf. Cat., 1815, p. 252. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.31.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Synonymes. C, cerileus Lag. Gen. et Spec., 1816., p. 11., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 110.; C. bicolor Wiild. in Schult. Syst., 7. p. 65. r. Fs oh Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 291. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.110,; and our 4g. 213, ary ‘ Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-oblong, obtuse, acutely serrated, smooth above, hoary and downy beneath. Thyrse elongated, axillary, with a downy rachis. Pe- dicels smooth. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 37.) A very hand- some shrub, with brilliant celestial blue flowers in large panicles; a native of Mexico, where its bark is considered as a febrifuge. Introduced in 1818. It is the most robust-growing species of the genus, attaining, in 3 or 4 years from seed, the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. or more, against a wall. It was at first treated as a green-house plant, but lately it has been found to be nearly as hardy as the North American species. There is a plant in the Botanic Garden at Kew which has stood out 10 years; one in the Lew- isham Nursery which has stood out 4 years as a stand- ard; and one in the Fulham Nursery, 10 ft. in extent, which stands out without any protection whatever. 2 2.C.americaA‘nus LZ. The American Ceanothus, or Red Root; or New Jersey Tea. Identification. Lin. Spec., 281. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.31.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 124. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Engravings. Duh, Arb.,1.t. 51.; Mill. Ic, t. 57.; Bot. Mag., t. 1497. ; and our jig. 214. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, acuminate, serrated, pubescent beneath. Thyrse elongated, axillary, with a pubescent rachis. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 37.) A shrub, from 2 ft. to 4 ft. high; a native of North America, in dry woods from Canada to Florida. Introduced in 1713. The leaves and stems of the plant are pu- @ bescent ; the flowers are small and white; but, being [~ produced in great numbers together, are very orna- mental. They appear in June and July, and are succeeded by bluntly triangular fruits, and, about London, in fine seasons, it ripen seeds. It is abun- dant in most parts of North America, where it is ¢ 540 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. commonly known by the name of New Jersey tea; the leaves having been formerly dried for the same purpose as those of the Chinese tea plant; and for which, according to Pursh, it formed a general substitute during the war of independence. In Canada, it is used for dyeing wool of a nankin, or cinnamon, colour. This shrub will grow in any soil that is tolerably dry, and is not uncommon in British gardens. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each, and seeds 1s, per ounce. At Bollwyller, plants are 1 franc each. At New York, plants are 15 cents each, and seeds 1 dollar a quart. % 3. C. (A.) TARDIFLO’RUsS Horn. The late-flowering Ceanothus, or Red Root. Identification. Horn. Hort. Hafn., 230. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 31.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves cordate-ovate, serrated, downy beneath. Thyrse elongated, axillary. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 37.) A native of North America, introduced in 1820, and, in all probability, only a variety of the foregoing species. 2 4. C.ova‘tus Desf. The ovate-leaved Ceanothus, or Red Root. Identification. Desf. Arb., 2. p. 381.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 31. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate or oval, serrated, smooth on both surfaces, as well as the peduncles. Thyrse short, axillary ? (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 37.) A native of North America, where it grows from the height of from 2 ft. to 4.ft. It is generally confounded in gardens with C. americanus, from which, however, it appears quite distinct. A plant of this species was in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, King’s Road, in 1830. 2% 5.C. INTERME’DIUS Pursh. The intermediate Ceanothus, or Red Root. Identification. Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p. 167. ; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 124. ; Dec. Prod., 2. . p. 32.3 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oval-oblong, acute, mucronately serrulated, triple-nerved, pubescent beneath. Panicles axillary, on long peduncles, with loose corymbose pedicels. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 37.) A deciduous shrub; a native of North America, in the woods of Tennessee: introduced in 1812, and producing its white flowers in June and July, Height from 2 ft. to4ft. This species is readily distinguished from C. americanus by its very small leaves, which are not one fourth the size of those of that species. % 6. C. sancur’nEus Pursh. The bloody-branched Ceanothus, or Red Root. Identification. Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p. 167.; Hook. Fl. Bor, Amer., 1. p. 125, ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 32.3; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong-ovate, serrated, pubescent beneath, Panicles axillary, thyrsose, on very short peduncles. Pedicels aggregate. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 37.) A shrub, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. in height, found near the Rocky Mountains, on the banks of the Missouri. It is readily distinguished by its branches, which, as the specific name implies, are of a blood-red or purplish colour, The pe aed which appear in May and June, are white, and are produced on panicles not longer than the leaves. «7. C. MIcRopHY’LLUS Michr. The small-leaved Ceanothus, or Red Root. Identification. Michx. Fl, Bor. Amer., 2. p. 154.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 32.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 37. Synonyme. C. hypericéides L’ Herit. MSS. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong, obtuse, entire, minute, sub-fascicled, smooth. Branches straight, somewhat decumbent. Corymbs stalked, loose, terminal. (Don’s M?il., ii. p. 37.). A shrub growing to the height of 2 ft., found in sandy woods from Carolina to Florida, and introduced in 1806. The leaves are very small, not being more than 3 or 4 lines in length ; and the whole plant is of a delicate habit; but it has large red roots, as in all the other species. The flowers are white, and produced in May and June; and they are succeeded by almost globular fruit. App.i. Other Species of Ceanothus. C. velutinus Hook. “Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p. 125. t. 45., (fig. 215.) is a very beautiful species, discovered by Douglas, and described by Pro- fessor Hooker from dried specimens in the possession of the London Horticultural Society. The plant grows from 3 ft. to 8ft. high. The leaves are broad, sometimes subcordate, obtuse, from 3 in. to 4 in. long, and from 3 in. to 32 in. broad; and the flowers are white, in termina! panicles. The plant is found on subalpine hills, near the sources of the Columbia, and at the Kettle Falls. This seems a very desirable species, and, when introduced, will probably be found the next in beauty to C. azireus, which it appears to surpass in robustness of growth. C. levigdtus Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p. 125., also discovered by Douglas, and described from dried specimens, is probably only a variety of C. velutinus. It is found on mountains near the coast of the north- west of America, and at Nootka Sound. C. thyrsiflorus Esch. Mém. Acad. Scienc. Peters., x. p. 221., Hook. Bor. Amer., i. ». 125., was discovered on the north-west coast of Ame- rica by Mr. Menzies. The flowers are surrounded by densely im- bricated, ovate, and acute bracteas, which drop before the blossoms are expanded. The calyx is blue, and the petals white. The whole plant turns black in drying. CHAP. XXXV. RHAMNA‘CER. 541 We have little doubt that all the above species would cross-fecundate, and, consequently, that the beautiful ultramarine blue of the flowers of C. aziireus, or some portion of it, might be given to C. americanus, which would be a very desirable acquisition. Indeed, there is such a close general resemblance between all the sorts described, that we cannot help suspecting that they are only races or varieties of one or two original forms. C. azireus, C. americanus, and C. velutinus when it can be got, ought to be in every collection. Where there is a conservative wall, and the choice is limited to half a dozen or a dozen plants, C. azireus, which continues in flower during the greater part of summer, ought undoubtedly to be one of them. App. I. Half-hardy Genera and Species of the order Rhamnacee. Spherocarya (from sphaira, a sphere, and caryon, a nut) edulis Wall. Fl Ind., ii. p. 371., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 27., is a native of Nepal, in forests, producing a fruit of a pale brown colour, the flesh of which is eaten by the inhabitants. It grows to a tree of 40 ft. in height, with ovate, alternate, smooth leaves, and racemes of greenish inodorous flowers. When introduced, it will probably be found not more tender than other Nipal trees. Condailia (in honour of Anthony Condal, M.D., the companion of Loefling in his voyages) micro- philla Cav. Icon., 6. p. 16. t. 525., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 27., (fig. 216.) is a spiny shrub, a native of Chili, a good deal resembling a Zizyphus. Sagerétia (named in honour of M. Sageret, member of the Royal Agri- cultural Society of Paris, a vegetable physiologist) Thetzans Brongn. Mém. Rham., p.52., Don’s Miil., ii. p.28.; the Rhamnus Theézans of Lin. Mant., 207., and the R. Théa of Osb. Itin., 232., is a shrub growing to the height of 4 ft., a native of China, where it is said the poor make use of the leaves instead of those of the true tea. The branches are divaricate, spiny at the apex. Leaves ovate, smooth, serrulated. Flowers somewhat panicled, glomerated, in terminal spikes, greenish. This species has not yet been introduced; though there are plants bearing the name of Rham. nus Theézxans in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, growing with great luxuriance, which appear to be only a variety of Ahamnus Alatérnus. S. oppositifolia Brongn., the Zizyphus oppositifdlia of Wall., and S. ha- modsa Peoteas, the Zizyphus hamdsa of Wall., are Nepal climbing shrubs, which have not yet been introduced; and which, though marked as a a the green-house, would doubtless stand against a conservative wall. Scitia (from scutum,a shield; in allusion tothe form of the disk of the flower) capénsis Brongn. Mém. Rham., p.55., Don’s Mill, ii. p.33.; the { : ARhamnus capénsis of Thunb., and Ceanodthus capénsis of Dec., is a Cape shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft.; introduced in 1823, and sometimes to be found in green- houses. Retanilla (yetanitla is the aboriginal name in Peru) obcordata Brongn. Mém. Rham., p. 57., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 34., the Rhamnus Retantila of Domb., and the Collétia Retanilla of Vent. Hort. Cels., t. 92., is a twiggy shrub, with white flowers, a native of Peru, where it grows tothe height of 3ft. R.E/phedra Brongn.,the RhamnusL’phedra of Domb., and the Collétéa E’phedra of Vent. Choix., t.16.,is also a native of Peru. Both these shrubs are in the country, and are kept in green-houses ; but we have little doubt of their being as hardy as the plants of the genus Collétéa. Collétia (named by Commerson in honour of his friend and coun- tryman Collet, who wrote upon the plants of Brest) spindsa Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 7. p. 58., Hook. Bot. Miscel., 1. p. 153. t. 44 a, (fig. 217.) the Collétia polyacantha of Willd., is a native of Chili, Peru, and also of Brazil. It is a shrub with few and small leaves, but with numerous, very strong, awl-shaped spines. The flowers are of a reddish yellow, and whitish in the centre. This shrub has been tried in the open air, both against a wall and in the open border, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden; and, in 1835, it had stood three years, without any protection, flowering freely in the summer season, from May to August. It has stood out for three winters in the open border in Buchanan's Nursery, ¢ Camberwell, without any protection, and against a wall in the Fulham Nursery. We think we can safely recommend it as a shrub for the open border, at least in dry sheltered situations. + C. serratifolia Vent. Choix., t.15.; the Rhamnus SpArtium of Domb., also from Peru; C. crucidta Gill. et Hook. Bot. Misc., 1. . 152, t. 43., from sandy hills in La Plata; C. féror Gill. et Hook., from Chili; C. ulécina Gill. et ook., the ulex, or furze-like Collétéa, also from Chili; C. Chacaye G. Don, the Rhamnus Chacaye of Domb., from Peru ; and C. tetragdna Brongn., also from Peru; are probably as hardy as C. spindsa. They will grow in any common garden soil, and are propagated by cuttings or seeds. Trevia (from Trevo, the name of some Spanish botanist) quinquenérvis Meyers in Hook. Bot. Misc., 1. p. 158. t.45. B, and Don’s Mill, 2. p. 35., and T. trinérvis, are spiny shrubs, growing to the height of 4 ft. or 6 ft.; natives of Chili,on the Andes, and probably as hardy as Collétia. The last species was introduced in 1828, Discaria (from discus, a disk ; the disk of the flower being very broad) americana Hook. Bot. Misc., 1, t. 44. D., isa spiny shrub, a native of Buenos Ayres; and D. australis Hook. is a native of New Holland; neither of which has yet been introduced. Hovénia (in honour of D. Hoven, a senator of Amsterdam, who contributed to the success of the travels of Thunberg by_ his good offices) dédcis Thunb. is a fruit tree of Japan, where it is called ken, and kenpokonas. It has large, cordate, acuminated leaves, and small white flowers, The fruit is said to contain a sweet red pulp, which has ataste somewhat like that of apear. It was introduced in 1812; and a plant of it in the Botanic Garden at Kew has stood’ against a south wall since the year 1816. Another has stood in the Horticultural Society’s Garden since the year 1816; In both gardens, they have attained the height of the wall; and, though the young shoots are generally killed back in winter, when they receive no protection, yet the plants grow vigorously during every summer, The tree, which grows to the height of 12 ft. in its native country, is figured in Kempfer’s Amen. Ex., 2, p. 809. In 1830 there was a plant of this speciesin Knight’ 10 ft. high, in a pot. dh) P speciesin Knight’s Nursery, 217 542 ARBORETUM AND FRU‘TICETUM. PART III. Colubrina (from coluber, a snake; in allusion to the twisted stems) ¢77fldra Brongn. and Don’s Mill., 2. p. 36., the Rhamnus triflbrus of Moc. et Sesse; and C. Mociniana G. Don, the Ceandthus Moci- A hen of Dec., are Mexican shrubs; the latter introduced in 1824. ‘There are some Nepal species of this genus, not yet introduced, which will probably be found hardier than those from Mexico. Willemétia (in honour of C. L. Willemet, author of Herbarium Mauritanium) africana Brongn. and Don’s Mill., 2. p. 38.; the Ceandthus africanus of Lin. Seb. Thes., 1. t. 22. f. 6., is a Cape shrub, which has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1712. It is readily distinguished by its purplish red branches, and lanceolate, serrated, shining leaves. It is an elegant shrub, consider- ing the order to which it belongs; and, on a conservative wall, would deserve the preference to any that we have enumerated. ‘ : Pomadérris (from poma, 4 lid, and aerris, a skin; in allusion to the membraneous covering to the capsule) elliptica Labill., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 38., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1510., (fig. 218.) is a - shrub from Van Diemen’s Land, growing to the height X of 6 ft., and introduced in 1805. It bears a general re- semblance to Ceanvthus azireus; but it has smoother and more shining foliage, and cream-coloured flowers. Being a native of Van Diemen’s Land, it will pecag be found tolerably hardy. There are several other Aus- tralian species, and some from the South Seas, which will be found enumerated in Don’s Milder, and in our Hortus Britannicus, all of which might be tried against a conservative wall. The genera Cryptandra Smith, Bartlingia Brongn., Solenantha G. Don, Tetrapasma G. Don, Trichocéphalus Brongn., Phylica Lin.,Soutangza Brongn.,Gouania Jacq., Carpodétus Forst., and Olénia Thunb., all afford ligne- ous plants, marked in Don’s Mi/ler and in our Hortus Britannicus as inhabitants of the green-house; but, as far as we have observed, none of them have been tried against a conservative wall, except Phylica ericdides Lin. (Bot. Mag.,t. 224., and our fig. 219.), which is a heath-like : shrub, growing from 2 ft. to3ft. in height; and producing white flowers from April to September, which, in dry warm situations, on sandy soil, will pass the winter in the open air, with a little pro- tection. CHAP. XXXVI. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER BRUNIA CEZ. THERE are nine genera included in this order in Don’s Milley ; and the species are mostly natives of the Cape. They are ‘* much branched heath-like shrubs, with small, smooth, or hardly pilose leaves,’’ and small, capitate or rarely panicled, spiked and terminal, or solitary flowers, They almost all require a heath soil, and to be propagated by cuttings, in the manner of heaths. Many of _ them are, doubtless, as hardy as some of the Cape heaths have been proved to be; and, where there , is an extensive range of conservative walling, a few of each genus might be tried against it. Even if they did not live through the winter, their foliage and flowers, during summer, would be interest- ing and ornamental, and a stock of plants for turning out annually might be kept in pits. CHAP. XXXVII. OF THE HARDY OR HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER HOMALINA‘CER. DIsTINCTIVE Characteristics. Calyx funnel-shaped, its tube usually adnate to the ovary, its limb with 5—15 lobes. Petals inserted into the calyx, as many as its lobes, alternate with them, smaller than they, and deemed by some an inner whorl of lobes of the calyx. Glands present in front of the segments of the calyx. Stamens arising from the base of the petals, either singly, or in threes or sixes. Anthers 2-celled, opening longitudinally. Ovary 1-celled, with numerous ovules. Styles 3—5, simple. Ovules attached to as many parietal placentas as there arestyles. Fruit berried or capsular. Seeds small, ovate, or angular, with an embryo in the middle of fleshy albumen. Trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate, with deciduous stipules, toothed or entire. Flowers in spikes, racemes, or panicles. (Lindley Introd. to N. S., p.79., adapted.) The ligneous species and varieties of which there are living plants in British col- CHAP. XXXVII. HOMALINACEX. ARISTOTE‘LIA. 543 lections are four: Aristotélia Mécqui, and the variety of this with variegated leaves; and two species of Azira: both genera are natives of Chili. The genus Aristotélia is considered by botanists as only allied to Homalonacee ; but we have placed it first in our enumeration, as being both the most con- spicuous, and the hardiest plant of the order. ArtstorEL14 L’Hérit. Calyx deeply 5-cleft. Corolla of 5 petals, inserted into the bottom of the calyx. Stamens 15—18, 3—4 in a fascicle in front of each lobe of the calyx. Ovary free. Fruit a globose berry, 3-celled, the cells 2-ovuled, 1—2-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 56.) Aza‘ra R. et P. Calyx 4—7-parted. Corolla none. Stamens numerous, in- serted into the base of the calyx. Fruit a globose berry, 1-celled, 5-seeded from abortion; seed covered with a spongy aril when mature. (Don’s Mill., itp. 55.) Genus I. ARISTOTE’L/A L’Hérit. Tue Arisrorerta. Lin. Syst. Polyadeélphia Polyandria. Identification. _L’ Herit. Stirp.,p. 31 ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 56.; Don's Mill., 2. p. 58. Derivation. Named in commemoratien of Aristotle, the celebrated philosopher and naturalist. # 1. A. Ma’ceur L’Hérit. The Macqui Aristotelia. Identification. L’Heérit. Stirp., p.31.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 56.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 58. Syeueee A. glanduldsa R. e¢ P. Fl. Per. Syst., p.126., Poir. Suppl., 587.; A. Maqui in Dec. Prod., Pp. 56. Engravings. 1Hérit. Stirp., t. 16.; Lam. Ill, t. 369.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t.44.; N. Du Ham., t. 33 ; Otto, t. 88,; E. of Pl, No. 6597.; and the plate of this tree in our Second Volume. Variety. ; # A.M. 2 foliis variegatis. The variegated-leaved Macqui Aristotelia. Description, §c. The species is a shrub with spreading branches and per- sistent leaves, which are almost opposite, with obvious petioles, and disks that are oblong, acute, more than 2in. long, and about | in. broad, dentately ser- rate, glabrous, and of rather a full green colour. There are stipules, but they fall off The flowers are small, green, and yellow, disposed in axillary ra- cemes: some of the stamens are sterile. It is a native of Chili, where it forms an evergreen shrub, with diffuse branches, growing to the height of 6 ft. The flowers are not very showy ; but, in Chili, they are succeeded by berries about the size of a pea, very dark purple, and at length becoming black. They are acid, eatable; and the inhabitants make a wine from them, which they give in malignant fevers. In British gardens, it forms a sub-evergreen shrub or low tree, of very vigorous growth; so much so, in a young state, that, from the shoots not being matured, they are frequently killed down to the ground, and the foliage more or less injured. Notwithstanding this, the aristotelia frequently flowers, and, against a wall, ripens fruit ; and, in all pro- bability, if the tree were planted in dry and rather poor soil, so as to grow slowly, and not make more wood every year than it could ripen properly, it would attain a large size, and form a very handsome hardy evergreen shrub or tree. There is a plant of it at Oriel Temple, near Dublin, which, in twenty years, has attained the height of 16 ft.; and there are specimens in most botanic gardens. There is a large one at Messrs. Loddiges’s, and one in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, as a low bush, which, in 1835, flowered freely. There is a tree at Syon, 18 ft. high. A standard in our garden at Bayswater has stood since 1831, without the slightest protection, and flowers freely; it is trained to a single stem, and is 8ft. high; but would probably have been twice that height if we had not been obliged to mutilate 1t for want of room. The plant grows vigorously in any common garden soil. PP 544 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARY ILl. producing shoots 3 ft., 4ft., or 5ft. in length, when young; and it is readily propagated by cuttings, or by layers. The latter modeis generally adopted in British nurseries. Plants, in London, are 2s. 6d. each. In the case of the aristotelia and of all other shrubs or trees that are rather tender, it is very desirable, in cold situations north of London more especially, to have reserve plants, against a wall, or in pots, from which cuttings may be taken when wanted, to supply any deaths which may occur in the open garden. Genus II. AZARA R.et P. Tue Azara. Lin. Syst. Polyandria Monogynia. Identification. R. et P. Fl. Per. et Chil. Prod., 1. p. 76. t. 36.; Syst., p. 137.; D. Don, in Edin. N. P. Journ. Jan, 1831; Don’s Mill., 1. p. 297., 2. p. 55. Derivation. In honour of Joseph Nicholas Axara, a Spanish promoter of science, and of botany in particular. (Don’s Mill., i. p. 297.) Description, &c. The species are leafy evergreen shrubs or trees, with alternate, simple, stalked, stipulate leaves, which are bitter to the taste ; and flowers disposed in corymbs or spikes, fragrant. wz 1, A. pentTA‘TA R.et P. The toothed-leaved Azara. Identification. R. et P. Fl. Per. et Chil. Syst., 1. p. 138.; Fl. Per., 5. ft et a; Dec. Prod., 1. p.262.; Don’s Mill., 1. p. 297., 2. p. 55, 56. Engravings. R. et P. Fi. Per., 5. t. 465. fig. a; Bot. Reg., t. 1788, ; and our fig. 220. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves ovate, serrated, scabrous, tomentose be- neath. Stipules leafy, one large, the other small. Corymbs ses- sile, few-flowered. Calyx 5—7-parted, spreading, with the seg- ments somewhat imbricate in exstivation. Stamens numerous, many of them sterile. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 55, 56.) An evergreen shrub or low tree, growing to the height of 12 ft. in its native country (Chili), in groves about Concepcion, where it is called Corcolen. It was introduced into England in 1830, or before, and flowered against a wall in the garden of the London Horticul- tural Society in 1835. The following particulars respecting it are from the Bot. Reg., t. 1788. Branches pubescent. Leaves oblong, from lin. to 2 in. long, crenately sawed, deep, bright green, remarkably glossy. Flowers small, devoid of corolla, yellow in the anthers, which are protruded a little beyond the calyx, dis- § posed in corymbose clusters that are shorter than the leaves, fra- & grant. A.dentata, in England, nailed to the south face of a wall, + Ys i and protected from wet in winter, forms a very handsome ever- ‘ i green bush. No drought seems to affect it; for, after nearly two months of the hottest and driest weather known in England, its leaves were perfectly fresh and green. (Bot. Heg., Sept, 1835.) w 2. A. InTEGRIFO‘LIA R. ef P. The entire-leaved Azara. Identification. R. et P. Syst. Fl. Per. et Chil, 1. p.138.; Fl. Per. 5. t. 466. f.a; Dec. Prod. 1. p. 262.; Don’s Mill., 1. p. 297., 2. p.56.; Gard. Mag., 10. p. 285. Engraving. R. et P. Flor. Per., 5. t. 466. - Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate or oblong, entire, smooth. Stipules equal, permanent. Flowers spiked, Calyx with a connivent 4.cleft limb, furnished with scales on the inside, valvate in esti- vation. Stamens not numerous, all fertile, disposed in fascicles opposite the lobes of the calyx. (Don’s Miit:, ii. p. 56.) . An evergreen shrub, a native of Chili, growing to about 12 ft. hi h, and found in groves about Concepcion, where it, as well as A. dentata, is called Corcolen. Mr. Knight of the Exotic Nursery, Chelsea, raised, in 1832, plants of this species from seeés obtained of Mr. Cuming, who had imported them from their native country. It is probably only a variety of the preceding. A. serrdia R. et P., another species, is described in Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill., 2.p.56. This is a native of the same locality as the others, and is alsoa shrub 12 ft. high, All three are, probably, varieties of the same species. App.i. Other hardy or half-hardy ligneous Species of Homalindcee. Blackwéliia piel ites Dec. is a Nepal shrub, with ovate leaves and whitish flowers.— Astranthus cochinchinénsis Lour. (Don’s Mill., 2. p.57.) is a tree with ovate, serrated, ianuginous leaves, and white flowers'in long spikes, introduced in 1825.—Nedéilia thyrsiflora D. Don, and N. rubifldra D. Don (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 57,.), are hardy Nepal shrubs, with the habit of Spire-a; but they have not yet been introduced. The last generic name was given by Professor Don, in honour of his friend Patrick Neill, Esq., LL.D. F.R.S.E. and F.L,S., Secretary of the Wernerian and Horticultural Societies of Edinburgh ; a gentleman who has been a great encourager of botany and gardening for many years, and to whose zeal and activity, and the universal esteem in which he is held in his native country, the Caledonian Horticultural Society owes its existence, and, ina great measure, its present prosperous state. . ‘ CHAP, XXXVIII. ANACARDIACEE. PISTA CIA. 545 CHAP. XXXVIII. OF THE HARDY OR HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER ANACARDIA‘CE. Identification, Lindley, in Introd. to N, S. Synonymes. Terebinthacez, tribe 1. Anacardiée A. Br., and tribe 2. Swmachinee Dec. Prod., 2. 66. Distinctive Characteristics. Calyx in 5, occasionally in 3—4, or 7, divi- sions. Petals the same in number, inserted, in most, along with the stamens, into a perigynous disk: in some, not any. Sexes hermaphrodite, dicecious or polygamous. Stamens equal in number to the petals, and alternate with them, or twice as many, or even more. Ovary simple, superior. Seeds solitary. Leaves alternate. (Lindl. Introd. to N. S.) Low deciduous or evergreen trees, natives of Asia and Africa. Genus I. z 9 PISTA‘CIA L. Tue Pisracnia Tree. Lin. Syst. Dice‘cia Pentandria. Identification. Lin. Gen., 1108. ; Dec, Prod., 2. p. 64. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 61. and 65. Synonyme. Terebinthus Juss. Derivation. From the Greek word Pistakia, derived, according to some, from Psit/akion, the name of i and, according to others, from ,the Arabic word Foustag, the Arabian name of Pistacia Gen. Char. The sexes are dicecious, and the flowers without petals. In the male plants, the flowers are disposed in racemes that resemble catkins ; every flower is bracteated by a scale ; the calyx is 5-cleft ; and the stamens are 5, inserted into a calycine disk, or into the calyx, and have 4-cornered, almost sessile, anthers. In the female plants, the flowers are disposed in a raceme, less closely than in the male; the calyx is 3—4-cleft; the ovary is 1—3-celled; the stigmas are three, and thickish ; and the fruit is a dry ovate drupe, the nut of which is rather bony, and usually 1-celled, though sometimes it shows two abortive cells at the side; the cell contains a single seed, which is affixed to the bottom. The cotyledons of the seed are thick, fleshy, and oily, and bent back upon the radicle. The species are trees, with pinnate leaves. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64.) * 1. P. ve‘ra Lin. The true Pistachia Nut Tree. Identification. Lin Spec., 1454. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 64. ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 65. Synonymes. Pistacia officinarum Hort. Kew.; Pistachier, Fr. ; Pistacie, Ger. Pistacchio, Ita. Engravings. Blackw. Icon., t. 461.; N. Du Ham., 4, t. 17., and our fig. 221. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, impari-pinnate, of 3—5 leaflets, rarely of 1; the leaflets ovate, a little tapered at the base, indistinctly mucronate at the tip. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64.) A tree, a native of Syria, growing to the height of 20ft. Introduced in 1770. Varieties. The following are considered by some authors as species : — ¥ P. v, 2 trifolia Lin. Spec., 1454., Boce. Mus., i. t. 93., has leaves usually of 3 leaflets. ¥% P. v. 3 narbonénsis Bocce. Mus., t. 11. 693,; P. reticulata Willd. and Don’s Miller ; has pinnate leaves, the leaflets having prominent veins. A plant of this variety, as a bush, in the open garden of the Horticul- tural Society, was, in 1834, 5 ft. high, after having been 6 years planted. According to the Nouveau Du Hamel, these sorts differ only in the size, shape, and consistency of the leaflets, and are by no means entitled to be considered as species. PP 2 546 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. Description, &c. The trunk of this tree is clothed with grey bark. The branches are spreading, but not very numerous; and they are furnished with winged alternate leaves, on long petioles. The fruit is oval, about the size of an olive: it is reddish and furrowed, and it contains a kernel, oily and mild to the taste. It is a native of Syria, Barbary, Persia, and Arabia. It was brought from Syria to Italy by the Emperor Vitellius, whence it found its way to the south of France, where it is so far naturalised as to appear, in some places, like a {////\\, native. (See 134.) It is cultivated in the south jj of France, and in Italy, for its fruit, which is \j sometimes eaten raw, but more frequently ina \\\iiii ff dried state, like almonds. They are most ge- . “4” nerally used on the Continent as sugar-plums, being covered with sugar, or with chocolate, under the name of diablotins : creams and ices are also composed of them, coloured green with the juice of spinach. Generally, the fruit is said to be a fortifier of the stomach, and to diminish coughs and colds. There is a nut imported from the West Indies, under the name of pistachia nut, which is the produce of quite a different plant, probably a palm. In British gardens, the tree is not much planted, from its being generally supposed to require a wall; but, in fa- vourable situations, it will grow as a standard or a bush; as is proved by a plant in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, which has stood there for 5 or 6 years without any protection. It will grow in any common garden soil, and may be propagated, either by nuts procured from abroad, or even from the Italian warehouses in England, or by cuttings. Miller says, if planted against high walls, with a warm aspect, or as standards in a shel- tered situation, they will bear the cold of our ordinary winters very well; but, in severe frosts, they are often destroyed. The tree, he says, flowers, and pro- duces fruit freely in England; but the summers are not warm enough to ripen the nuts. He mentions a tree, in the Bishop of London’s garden at Fulham, upwards of 40 years old, planted against a wall; and another, which had been planted as a standard, in the Duke of Richmond’s grounds, at Goodwood, in Sussex, where it had stood many years without the slightest protection. Till lately, there was a very fine specimen at Syon. The foliage of the tree is so ornamental, that no conservative wall ought to be without one. ¢ 2. P. Teresintuus Lin. The Turpentine Pistachia, er Venetian, or Chian, Turpentine Tree, Identification. Lin. Spec., 1455.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 64. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 65. Synonymes. T. vulgaris Tourn. Inst.,579.; P. vera Mill. Dict., No. 4.; Pistachier Térébinthe, Fr. ; Terpentin Pistacie, Ger. ; Terebinto, Ital. ; Engravings. Woodv. Med. Bot., 415. t. 153.; Blackw, t. 478.; Duh. Arb., ed. 1. vol. 2. t. 87. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves’ deciduous, impari-pinnate, of about 7 leaflets, that | are ovate-lanceolate, rounded at the base, and at the tip acute and mucro- nate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64.) A tree, growing to the height of 30 ft. in the south of Europe and north of Africa. Introduced in 1656. Variety. ¥ P. T. 2 spherocarpa Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64. The round-fruited Tur- pentine Pistachia Tree.—Its fruit is larger and rounder than that of the species. (J. Bauh. Hist., i. p. 278. ic.) It is said to be a native of the East. Requien has seen a cultivated plant of this variety in a garden at Nismes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64.) Description, §c. The general appearance of the tree is that of P. véra, but the leaves are larger, and the fruit only a third of the size; the leaflets are, also, lanceolate, instead of being subovate. The fruit is round, not succulent, CHAP. XXXKVIII. “ANACARDIA‘CEE. PISTA CIA. 547 and somewhat furrowed; at first green, and afterwards reddish; but black, or of a yery dark blue, when ripe. The leaves and flowers emit a very resinous odour, which spreads to a considerable distance, more especially at sunset, when the dew is falling, after a very warm day. Gerard, in describing this tree, says that its kernel is “ clammie, full of fat, and oilous in substance, and of a pleasant savour. This plant beareth an empty cod, or crooked horne, somewhat reddish, wherein are found small flies, wormes, or gnats, bred and ingendered of a certaine humorous matter, which cleaveth to the inner sides of the said cods or hornes; which wormes have no physicall use at all.” (Johnson’s Gerard, p. 1434.) Exceedingly good figures of the male and female trees are given by Gerard, in which the pods, or horns, produced by the insect (a species of Cynips) when depositing its eggs, are exhibited as about the same length as the leaves. Oliver states that these excrescences contain a small portion of very limpid and odoriferous resin, The turpentine is procured from the P. Terebinthus, by making numerous slight incisions in the trunk and principal branches, from the ground as high up the trunk as a man can reach, from the 15th to the 20th of July, according to the Greek calendar. The terebinth oozes out of the wounds made in the bark, and, in a few days, becomes hard and dry by exposure to the air; as in the case of the resins produced by the pine tribe, and with resins generally. The colour is a bluish or greenish white. It is collected every morning from the wounds in the trees with a spatula; and is purified from any extraneous matters that may have stuck to it, by liquefaction by solar heat, and by passing it through a sieve. The largest trees, of 50 or 60 years’ growth, with trunks 4 ft. or 5 ft. in circumference, do not yield above 10 oz. or 12 oz. annually: hence the high price of the article, and its adulteration with Venice turpentine, which is produced from the larch ; or with common turpentine, which is drawn from the Scotch pine. The terebinth which is pure is called the Chian, or Cyprus turpentine (from Chios, the ancient name of Scio); and, when una- dulterated, it is known from the common turpentine by being thicker, and possessing a far more agreeable odour ; it is also destitute of bitterness and acridity. In consequence of the small quantity of terebinth produced by the trees in Scio, a correspondent of Du Hamel’s suggests the idea of grafting the P. vera, or edible-fruit-bearing species, on the upper parts of trees of P. Terebinthus, in order to render them more profitable, He states that he has seen this done in a garden at Naples, and that the fruit was much larger and better than it was on those trees which had not been grafted; while the stocks produced as much resin as the ungrafted plants of the same species. In British gardens, the tree is not very common: the largest specimen that we know of it is a female plant, in the north-east corner of the Chelsea Botanic Garden, 22 ft. high, that flowers every year, and produces fruit, which, though not fecun- dated, attains the size of small peas. This species is generally considered as the hardiest of the genus, and, with P. vera, may be planted in warm sheltered situations in the open border. 2 3. P. Lenti’scus Lin. The Mastich Tree. Identification. Lin, Spec., 1455. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 65. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 66. Engravings. Woody. Med. Bot., t. 152.; Black, t. 195.; Duh. Arb., ed. nov., 4, t. 18.; and our Sig. 222. Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Leaves abruptly pinnate; the leaflets 8, lan- ceolate ; the petiole winged. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 65.) A native of Southern Europe, Northern Africa, and the Levant. Varieties. ; 2 P. L. 2 angustifolia Dec., P. massiliénsis Mill. Dict., P. angustifolia massiliénsis Jowrn., has leaflets almost linear, and the tree seldom exceeds 10 ft. in height. 2 P.L.3 chia N. Du Ham., iv. p.72., P. chia Desf. Cat, Hort. Par., a native of Scio, where it produces the mastich, EP Eye 548 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIL. Description, §c. The species bears a gene- ral resemblance to the two preceding ones, in summer, when they are clothed with foliage ; but it differs from them in being evergreen, and in having the leaves much smaller. Fabricius has observed that the male plant sometimes produces hermaphrodite flowers, with three sta- mens and five styles. Gouan has remarked that the buds in this species are different from what they are in the other sorts; the branch- bearing buds being terminal, and the flower buds axillary. The leaves have sometimes 5 leaflets on each side; and the petioles are so much winged as to appear like pinne. The tree is a native of the south of Europe, and the north of Africa. It grows to the height of 20ft., and is cultivated in gardens, as well as being found in a wild state. Desfontaines, who travelled in Bar- bary, states that the tree in that country, though punctured as it is in the Island of Scio, yet does not yield mastich; but that the wood gives out an aromatic smell when burned, and the berries yield an oil fit both for the lamp and for the table. The great source of the mastich of commerce is the Island of Scio, where it is obtained from the trees in the same manner as the Chian turpentine. The quantity produced there averages, according to Oli- vier, 125,000 lb. annually : but, according to Macculloch, the annual produce is 1500 cwt. The tree was introduced into British gardens in 1654; but it is not very common there. It is not so hardy as P. Terebinthus, and should always be planted against a wall. ¥ 4. P. atua’ntTIca Desf. The Mount Atlas Mastich, or Turpentine Tree. Identification. Desf. Atl., 2. p. 364.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 64. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 66. Spec. Char., &§c. Leaves deciduous, impari-pinnate. The leaflets about 9, lanceolate, a little tapered at the base. The petiole between the terminal pairs of leaflets somewhat winged. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 64.) A native of sandy places in Barbary and about Constantinople. Variety. *¢ P. a. 2 latifolia Dec. Prod., 2. p. 64., has leaflets rounded, broader at the base than those of the species. - It was found in the Isle of Scio by Olivier. Description, §c. The species is a deciduous tree, with a large roundish head, growing to the height of 40ft. in Barbary, near Coffa, not far from Mount Atlas; where, from being found in rows, it appears to have been in a state of cultivation. The variety with broad leaves is found in the Island of Scio, and also about Constantinople. The drupe of this tree is about the same size as that of the Pistacia Terebinthus ; but the tree seems to be rather more prolific of resin. Desfontaines, who discovered this species, and first described it, says that the resin oozes from the trunk and branches at differ- ent seasons of the year, but especially in summer; and that, in property, in smell, and in taste, it is scarcely to be distinguished from Oriental mastich. The Arabs collect it in autumn and winter, and chew it to improve their breath, and give brightness to their teeth; and the Moors eat the fruits, and bruise them to mix with their dates. This tree is rarely to be met with in British gardens. Genus Il. RHU’S L. Tue Ruus, or Sumacn. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Trigynia and Dice‘cia Pentandria. Identification. Lin. Gen., 369. ; Lam IIL, t. 207. ; Kunth Gen. Tereb., p. 5.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 66. Don’s Mill., 2. p. 61. and p. 69. : { Derivation. From rhoos, or rhous, Greek, which is derived from rhudd, a synonyme of rud, Celtic, red ; in allusion to the colour of the fruit and leaves of some of the species in autumn. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 69.) Donnegan has given the following explanation of the word rhous: —"* A species of CHAP. XXXVIII. ANACARDIACEX. RHU’'S. 549 small tree, the rind of which was used for tanning, and the fruit as a spice (Theophrast. H. Pi., 3. 18.) ; supposed to be some variety of the Rhus Cétinus.” And others derive Rhtsfrom the Greek verb rkeo, I run, from the habit of the roots running and spreading under ground toa considerable distance from the tree. Sumach is derived from Szaq, the Arabic name of the plant. Gen. Char, Sexes hermaphrodite, dicecious, or polygamous. Calya small, 5-parted, persistent. Petals ovate, and inserted into a calycine disk, or into the calyx. Stamens 5, inserted into a calycine disk; all of them in the flowers of the male and hermaphrodite sexes bearing anthers. Ovary single, perhaps from defect, subglobular, of 1 cell. Styles 3, short, or not any. Sé#gmas3. Fruit an almost dry drupe of 1 cell, with a bony nut, which includes a single seed; and, in some instances, 2—3 seeds : when one, perhaps, by defect. Each seed is pendulous by a thread (the raphe), that arises from the bottom of the cell. Cotyledons leafy, their edges, on one side, and the radicle, in contact. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 66., and Wats. Dend.) —Deciduous shrubs, generally with alternate compound leaves; natives of Europe, Asia, and North and South America. The leaves vary much, both in form and magnitude; and they generally die off, in autumn, of a dark red, or a bright scarlet, or yellow; on which account, at that season, they are very ornamental. Most of the species are poisonous, some of them highly so; and they all may be used in tanning, and dyeing yellow or black. They are all easily propagated by cuttings of the root, and some of them by cuttings of the branches. § i. Cétinus Tourn. Sect. Char. Leaves undivided. Flowers hermaphrodite. % 1. R. Co’tinus L. The Cotinus Rhus, or Venetian Sumach. Identification. Lin. Spec., 383. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 67.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 69. Synonymes. Cétinus Cogg¥gria Scop. Carn., ed. 2. No. 368.; Maench Meth.; 73.; Cétinus coridcea Duh. Arb., 1, t. 78-; Venus Sumach, Venice Sumach, wild Olive; Sumach Fustet, or Arbre aux Péruques, Fy.; Periicken Sumach, Ger. ; Scotino, Ital. Derivation. The term Cétinus is derived from cotinos, a name under which Pliny? speaks of a tree 9, with red wood, which is supposed to grow in the Apennines. (Don’s Mili., 2. p. 69.) Engravings. Jacq. Aust., t. 210. ; Mill. Icon., t. 270.; Lob. Icon., t. 99. ; Duh. Arb., t. 178.; and our Sig. 223. Spec. Char., §c. eaves obovate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 67.) A native of sunny places in the south of Europe and Asia, from Spain to Caucasus. The flowers are disposed in loose panicles, and have the sexes hermaphrodite. The drupe is half-heart-shaped, smooth, and veiny; its nut is triangular. Many of the flowers are abortive, and their pedicels, after the flowering, lengthen, and become hairy. (Jdid.) Description, §c. The Rhis Cotinus, though seldom found higher than 5 ft. or 6 ft. in a wild state, yet grows to double that height in gardens, where it forms a highly or- namental shrub, more especially when covered with its large loose panicles of elongated hairy pedicels, very few of which produce fruit. It is easily known from all the other species by its simple, obovate, smooth, stiff, lucid, - green leaves, rounded at the points, and supported by long tootstalks, which remain on till they are killed by frost, so that the plant is almost a sub-evergreen. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, and are of a pale purplish or flesh colour. Each flower is composed of 5 small oval petals, which spread open, but are seldom succeeded by seeds in England. In Greece, and in the south of Russia, the whole plant is used for tanning, and for dyeing leather, wool, and silk yellow. In Italy, about Venice, it is used for dyeing black, and is called by the Italians scotino, from . skotios, dark. Sir James Edward Smith found it cultivated under this name for tanning, on a little hill at the back of the inn at Valcimaca, between Rome and Bologna. (Corresp., i.p. 325.) The plant appears to have been known to PP 4 550 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II¥- Pliny, who mentions it as an Apennine shrub, under the name of Cogg¥gria. In England, it was cultivated by Tradescant, and it is described by Gerard as an excellent and most beautiful plant, “ with the leaves of the capparis, and the savour of the pistachia.” As an ornamental shrub, it deserves a place in every garden where there is room to allow it to extend itself on every side. A dry loam suits it best; and it is propagated by pegging down the branches flat to the ground, and strewing earth over them, through which young shoots rise up, which root at the base, and may be removed in autumn. Thereare old plants of it at Syon; anda very fine one at Deepdene, the diameter of the head of which is nearly 20 ft.:but the largest in England is at Enville, m Stafford- shire, where it has attained more than double that size. Plants, in the Lon- don nurseries, are 50s. a hundred, or 6d. each; at Bollwyller, plants are | frane each. § ii. Sttmach Dec. Sect. Char. eaves. impari-pinnate; leaflets more than 3 in the leaves of each of the first 6 species of this section. Flowers in panicles, poly- gamous, dioecious, or hermaphrodite. ~2. R. rypurna LE, The Fever Rhus, or Stag’s Horn Sumach. Identification. Lin. Spec., 580. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. &7.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 70. Synonymes. R. virginiana Bauh. Pin., p. 517. ; Virginian Sumach, Engravings. Duh. Arb. Ed. Nov., 2. t. 47.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 17 and t. 18. ; and our jig. 224. Spec. Char., §c. Leaf of 8—10 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one, that are lanceolate, acuminate, serrated, hairy beneath. Petiole and branches hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 67.) A native of North America. Fruit hairy, purple. De Candolle has characterised two forms of this species as follows : — ¥ R. ¢. 1 arboréscens.—Its form that of a tree; its height between 10 ft. and 25 ft. high; leaf slightly downy beneath. (Willd. Enum., 323.) % R. t. 2 frutéscens—lIts torm shrubby; its height between 2 ft. and 10 ft.; and its leaf downy and whitish beneath. Description, §c. Rhias. ty- phina, in British gardens, is either a large shrub or a low tree, with a woody stem, and a head composed of many irregular branches, generally crooked and deformed. The young shoots are covered with a soft velvet-like down, resembling that of a young stag’s horn, both in colour and texture; whence, and probably also from the crook- § edness of the branches, the common name. The leaves are large, and very conspicuous in autumn, before they drop off, when they change toa purplish or yellowish red. The flowers are produced in close. spikes at the ends of the branches; and the female ones are followed by seeds enclosed in woolly, simple, succulent covers, which are very conspicu- ous in autumn. The plant is found in a wild state in almost every part of North America; particularly in Carolina and Virginia. It was cultivated by Parkinson in 1629, and is now common in British gardens. There are large specimens of it at Syon, where it has attained the height of 15 ft. as a tree; and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, and in the garden of the London Horticultural Society; in each of which places it has attained the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft. In some parts of North America, the wood is used for tan- ning leather, and the roots prescribed as a febrifugal medicine. In British gardens it well deserves a place, from its large and beautiful foliage, and its striking colour in autumn; its spikes of dark red fruit; and the singularity of its branches in winter. As the plant is of open irregular growth, and not CHAP. XXXVII. ANACARDIACEE. RHU’S. 551 of long duration, it should never be placed where it is intended to act as a screen. Like all objects the chief beauty of which consists in their singularity, it produces the most striking effect when standing alone on a lawn. If trained to a single stem, either of the forms of this species may be made an interest- ing small tree, but not one of many years’ durability. Price, in the London nurseries, 1s. a plant, and seeds 1s. an ounce ; at Bollwyller, 50 cents a plant ; and in New York, 25 cents a plant, and seeds 1 dollar a quart. ¥ 3. R. (? 7.) virnipiFLo’Ra Poir. The green-flowered Rhus, or Sumach. Identification. Poir. Dict., 7. p. 504.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 67.; Don’s Mill,, 2. p. 70. Synonyme. R. canadénse Mill. Dict., No. 5. Spec. Char., §c. Leaf of 8—10 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one, that are lanceolate-oblong, serrate, pubescent beneath. Petiole and branches rather hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 66.) A tree, a native of North America. Flowers green, in upright racemes. Probably a variety of R. glabra. (bid.) The plant of #. viridiflora in the garden of the London Horticultural Society was, in 1834, 10 ft. high, after having been 10 years planted. zw 4. R.(? 7.) GLa‘sra Lin. The glabrous Rhus, or Scarlet Sumach. Identifications. in. Spec., 380.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 67.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 70. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 15.; and our fig. 225. Spec. Char., §c. Leaf glabrous, of 8—10 pairs of leaflets, and an odd one ; leaflets lanceolate-oblong, serrate, whitish beneath. Branches glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 67.) A native of North America. Fruit covered with silky hairs, red. De Candolle has distinguished three forms of this spe- cies ; namely : — @ R. g. 1 hermaphrodita, with hermaphrodite sexes, and greenish flowers ; the R. glabra Willd. Spec.,i. p. 1478., and figured in Dill. Elth., t. 243. x R. g. 2 didica, with dicecious sexes, and greenish flowers, figured in LGU Mels te GO leds l. & R. g. ? 3 coccinea, the R. carolinianum of Mill, Dict., and the R. élegans of Ait., Loddiges’s Catalogue, and of nurseries generally, figured in Dend, Brit., t. 16., has dicecious sexes, and red flowers. It is distinguished by a more upright habit of growth, and smoother branches and leaves, than &. glabra. The leaves are glaucous underneath ; and the fruit is of a rich velvety crimson. Description, §c. The general appearance of the species is similar to that of R. typhina; but the plant is smaller, the branches more spreading and smooth, and the leaf- lets wider, less serrated, and of a deeper green. There are many varieties of R. typhina in North America; and, to us, it appears highly probable that 2. glabra is only one of these. According to Kalm, the species or variety under notice is exceedingly common in woods throughout great part of North America, both in culti- vated and uncultivated districts. In woods, it is found on the margins of open glades; and, in cultivated parts of the country, it less common in low meadows than in corn fields, ‘‘ It is like a weed in some parts of the country ; and, if a field be left a few years uncultivated, ( this shrub overruns it, from berries whieh are brought , by birds; and, when the ground comes again into til- lage, the roots stop the plough very much. The fruit _ remains on the shrub during winter; but the leaves drop very early in autumn. It seldom grows above 9ft. high. The wood burns well, without much crackling. On cutting the stem, a yellow juice comes out between the bark and the wood; one or two of the outer circles of the wood are white, but the innermost are of a yellowish green; it contains a pith frequently half an inch in diameter, or more, of a brown colour, and so loose, that it is easily pushed out by a stick. The branches, boiled with the 552 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. berries, afford a black ink-like tincture. The berries are eaten by children with impunity, but they are very sour: they are red, and are made use of for dyeing that same colour.” (Martyn’s Miller.) Professor Rogers, in Silliman’s Journal, vol. xxvii. p. 294., observes that the berries contain a large portion of the malic acid, and are used as a substitute for lemons in various preparations of domestic economy and medicine: the leaves are used in tanning. In British gardens, this sort has been cultivated since 1726. A plant in the garden of the London Horticultural Society was, in 1834, 6 ft. high, after being 10 years planted. The history and culture are the same as those of 2. typhina. % 5, R. pu’mita Michr. The dwarf Rhus, or Sumach. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1, p. 182.; Pursh Bor. Amer., 1. p. 204.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 67.3; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 70. Spec. Char., §c. Dwarf, downy in every part. Leaf of many pairs of leafiets, and the odd one ; the leaflets are oval, cut in a toothed manner, and tomentose beneath. Fruit "silky. (Dec. Prod. 2. p. 68.) A native of Upper Carolina, whence it was introduced in 1806. It grows to the height of 1ft., and flowers in July. Mr. John Lyon, who discovered this species, when col- lecting the seed, “ got poisoned all over his body, and was lamed for a considerable time.” (Ph.) The species is not in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, or in the arbo- retum of Messrs. Loddiges. ¥ 6. R. VERNICI‘FERA Dec. The varnish-yielding Rhus, or Sumach. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 68. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 70, Synonymes. Sitz, or Urus, Japanese, according to Kempfer Am., 791. t. 792.; R. vérnix Lin. Mat. Med., 151., and Thun. Jap., 121., not of other authors; A. juglandifolium Wall. in Litt. Don. Prod. Fi. Nep., not of Willd. Engraving. Kempf. Ameen., t. 792. Spec. Char., 5c. Leaf of 5—6 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one; all ovate, acuminate, entire, rather glabrous above, beneath bearing velvety pubescence. Petiole and branches softly woolly. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 68.) A tree, a na- tive of Japan and Nepal. The general appearance of this species is that of R. typhina ; but the leaves are much larger, and more like those of some -species of Jiglans or Carya. The plant also seems to be of more robust growth; a specimen in the garden of the London Horticultural Society having, in 6 years, attained the height of 11 ft. Though marked, in some works, as a green-house shrub, it appears to be as hardy as the common spe- cies; and it is especially worth culture on account of its magnificent leaves. Thunberg affirms that the very best Japan varnish is made from this spe- cies, which is the Rhis vérnix of Lin. Mat. Med., though not of Lin. Sp. Plan.; it grows in abundance in many parts of that country; and is cul- tivated in several places, on account of the advantage derived from it. The varnish, which oozes out of the tree on its being wounded, is procured from stems that are three years old, and is received into some proper vessel. When first collected, it is of a whitish colour, and of the consistence of cream; but grows thicker and black on being exposed to the air. It is so transparent, that, when laid, pure and unmixed, upon boxes or furniture, every vein of the wood may be clearly seen through it. For the most part, a dark ground is spread underneath it, which causes it to reflect like a mirror; and for this purpose recourse is frequently had to the fine sludge which is collected in the trough under a - grindstone; or to ground charcoal; occasionally, a red substance is mixed with the varnish, and sometimes leaf gold ground very fine. This varnish hardens very much, but will not endure any blows, cracking and flying almost like glass; though, at the same time, it can stand boiling water without receiving any damage. With this the Japanese varnish over the posts of their doors and windows, their drawers, chests, boxes, scimitars, fans, tea-cups, soup-dishes, their portable stools, and most articles of household furniture which are made of wood. (Mart. Mill.) % 7. R.vENENA‘TA Dec. The poisonous Rhus, Poison Wood, or Swamp Sumach. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 68.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.71.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p, 126. Identification. oP Synonymes. R. vernix Lin. Spec., 380., raps Med. Bot., 1. p. 96. t. 10.; Toxicodéndron pin- “natum Mill. Dict., No. 5.; Poison Sumach, Poison Elder. 1 ied : CHAP. XXXVIII. ANACARDIA‘CER. RHU'S, 553 Engravings. Dill. Elth., t. 292. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., t.19.'; Big. Med. Bot.,1. t. 19.; and our fig. 226 Spec. Char., $c. Leaf rather glabrous than pubescent, of 5—6 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one, which are ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, and beneath reticulately veined. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p.68.) A native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, and commonly called there poison sumach, or poison wood. The drupe is white, and the nut furrowed. (Ibid.) Description, §c. In its native-country, this species is a shrub or low tree, growing to the height of 20 ft. ; but it does not grow so vigorously in British gardens, probably from not being sufficiently attended to in regard to soil, which ought to be kept very moist, as the name swamp sumach implies. The leaves are divided like those of R. typhina and R&R, glabra; but they are quite different from those of both kinds in being smooth, shining, and having the leaflets very entire, narrow, and pointed, and the veins of a purplish red colour. There isa plant in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, which, in 1834, was 4 ft. high, after being 5 years planted. There are also plants of the same species in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. The leaves die off of an intense red or purple; and are, in the autumn season, strikingly beautiful. This species is a native of swamps in Virginia, Carolina, Pennsyl- vania, and New England; and it is also said to be a native of Japan. The milky juice stains linen a dark brown. The whole shrub is in a high degree poisonous ; and the poison is communi- cated by touching or smelling ‘any part of it. In forty-eight hours, inflammation ap- pears on the skin, in large blotches, prin- cipally on the extremities, and on the glandulous parts of the body: soon after, small pustules rise in the inflamed parts, and fill with watery matter, attended with burning and itching, In two or three days, the eruptions suppurate; after which the inflammation subsides. Some persons are incapable of being poisoned with this plant; but those who are of unstable habits are more likely to receive it. According to Kalm, an incision being made, a whitish yellow juice, which has a nauseous smell, comes out between the bark and the wood: it is noxious to some persons, but does not in the least affect others. On Kalm himself it had no effect, except once, on a hot day, when, being in some perspiration, he cut a branch, and carried it in his hand for half an hour, smelling it now andthen. It produced a violent itching in his eyelids and the parts thereabouts, During a week, his eyes were very red, and the eyelids very stiff, but the disorder went off by washing the parts in very cold water. (Mart. Mill.) In British gardens, this species is not very common ; but it well deserves culture, on account of the beauty of its smooth shining foliage at all seasons, and of its almost unparalleled splendour in the autumn, from the time that the leaves begin to change colour, till they ultimately drop off with the first frost. We would recommend that the plant should always have a label attached to it, indicating the poisonous qualities of the leaves, even when touched or smelled to. Plants, in the London nur- series, are Is. 6d. each, seeds 2s. an ounce; at Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents a plant; and at New York, 50 cents a plant. 2% 8. R. Corta‘ria Lin. The hide-tanning Rhus, or the Elm-leaved Sumach. Identification. Lin. Spec., 379.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.67.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 70. Derivation. The specific name of Coriaria was given to this plant from the use made of it by the Turks in tanning leather; and it was also a name of the #hus among the Romans, from the same quali’y. 554 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 2. t. 46.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 156.; Blackw., t. 486.; Pl t. 232. ; and our figs. 997. and 298. 7 dni mies, Spec. Char., §c. Leaf vyillose, of 5—7 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one ; leaflets elliptical, and toothed with large and blunt teeth. The petiole smooth at the tip, a little margined. (Dec. Prod., li. p.67.) A native of sunny rocky spots in the south of Europe, from Portugal _ to Tauria. Fruit villose. (Zbid.) Description, §c. The general habit of this plant re- sembles that of R. typhina ; but it is much smaller in all its parts. The leaflets are about 2 in. long, and 4 in. wide, of a pale green, serrated, and in general appearance resembling the leaves of the common elm. The flowers are in large loose panicles, of a whitish green ; and they appear in July, but are seldom followed by seeds in England. The seeds are used at Aleppo, ground into powder, as a provocative to appetite, as mustard is in Britain. The plant is a native of the south of Europe and the north of Africa, and it appears to have been introduced into England in 1640. In British gardens, this species is not uncommon. Plants, in London, cost Is. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc. 228 gs 9. R. copatui'na Lin. The Gum Copal Rhus, or Mastich-tree-leaved ; Sumach. tification. Lin. Spec,, 380.; Dec. Prod., 5. p. 68.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.2772. pe aS are Hort. Schén., t. 341.; Pluk. Alm.,’p. 56. f 1; cud oneal Spec. Char., §c. Leaf glabrous above, a little pilose beneath, of 5—7 pairs of leaflets, and the odd one; leaflets lanceolate and entire. Petiole winged and jointed. Root stoloniferous. Flowers yellow green. Sexes dicecious. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p- 68.) Variety. ; i & R.c. 2 leucdntha Sac. Hort. Schon., t. 342. — Root not stoloniferous. Flowers whitish. Panicles more contracted than in the species. Description, §c. The leaves and general habit of the plant are those of R. typhina, but it seldom grows to the height of more than 4 ft. or 5 ft. The branches are smooth, and the leaflets entire with acute points ; they are light green on both sides, and in autumn change to a fine pur- ple. The petiole, as in R. Coriaria, is somewhat winged towards its tip, < which, with other circumstances, In- 4 duces us to think that they may both be varieties of the same species. R. copallina is found in dry fields and woods, particularly in sandy soil, from New Jersey to Carolina. The leaves are used as tobacco by the Indians of the Missouri and the Mississippi. The species was intro- CHAP. XXXVIII. ANACARDIA‘CEA. RHU'S. 555 duced into England in 1697, and is occasionally to be met with in collections. There are good plants of both the species and the variety in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Plants of the species, in London, are 1s. 6d. each, and seeds ls. an ounce; at New York, 374 cents a plant. & 10. R. rapi‘cans L. The rooting-branched Rhus, or Sumach ; or Poison Oak. Identification. Lin. Spec., 381.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.69.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 71. Synonymes. R. Toxicodéndron var. a Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1, p. 185.; and R. T. var. B Torrey Fl. U. S., 1. p. 322. Engravings. Big. Med. Bot., t. 42. ; and our jig. 230. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaf of one pair of leaflets and an odd one, the odd one upon a petiole; all glabrous and entire. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 69.) Anative of North America. De Candolle has characterised three forms of this species as follows : — & R.r. 1 vulgaris. — Stem climbing by means of roots emitted from it ; leaflets large, ovate. &. Toxicodéndron vulgare Ph. Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 205.; Bot. Mag., t. 1806.; Toxicodéndron vulgare, and T. volubile M//. Dict. This often poisons upon mere touching. & R. 71. 2 volibilis—The stem climbing, scarcely emitting roots; the leaflets large and ovate. Toxicodéndron volubile Mill. Dict. 4 R.r. 3 microcérpa.—Leaflets oblong-oval with a tapered long point ; the fruit much smaller than that of the other forms. R. Toxicodéndron microcarpon Ph. F/. Amer. Sept.,i.p.205. There isa figure of this in Dill. Elth., t. 291. fig. 375. A plant of this variety in the garden of the London Horticultural Society was, in 1834, 4 ft. high, after having been 8 years planted. Description, §c. This species,in America, has a low shrubby stem, and forms a bush from 2 ft. to 3 ft. in height, whence shoots proceed near the bottom to the distance of 20 ft. or 30 ft. on each side, rooting at the joints, and com- pletely occupying the surface of the ground, Placed near a wall or a tree, the shoots climb up, and root into the joints of the wall, or into the furrows of the bark of the tree, ifthe @ latter should be old. It is a native of many parts of North America, from Canada to Georgia; sometimes covering the surface of the ground to a great extent; and at other times climbing to the top of the highest trees, and penetrating the bark with its fibrous roots. When the stem is cut, it emits a pale brown sap of a disagreeable scent; and staining so pow- erfully, that letters or marks made upon linen with it cannot be obliterated, but grow blacker the more the linen 1s washed, not being acted upon by com- mon chemical agents. (Churchill’s Medical Botany, vol. ii.) In Bigelow’s Medical Botany, it is stated, that the plant is as common in the woods of America as the ivy is in the woods of Europe; “ and the terrible effects of its poison are so frequent, that there seems to be no doubt on the subject. An American young man, who was cutting wood, had his feet, hands, and arms so dreadfully blistered by an unwary approach to this plant, that he could not work for some days.’ Kalm relates that the plant is poisonous to some persons, but less so to others, and that the same thing takes place with respect to it as with FR. venenata. (See p. 553.) He mentions the case of two sisters, one of whom could manage a plant of #. radicans without being affected by its venom; whilst the other felt its exhalations as soon as she came within a yard of it, or even when she stood to windward of it at a still greater dis- tance. Kalm says that the poison had not the least effect upon himself, though he tried it in various ways, and once squirted the juice into his eye; but that, on another person’s hand, which he had covered very thickly with it, the skin, a few hours afterwards, became as hard as a piece of tanned 556 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY tl. leather, and pecled off afterwards in scales. (Travels, i. p. 177., as quoted in Martyn’s Miller.) R. radicans was introduced into British gardens in 1640, and is common in collections in two distinct varieties. One, a dwarf kind, about a yard or less in height, with several upright stems ; and emitting from about the bases of these stems numerous prostrate runners, which extend several, sometimes many, feet from the plant, and root into the earth : the other rising to a much greater height, having fewer stems, and being but little prone to emit prostrate runners, but producing, in the upper part, flexile and rather long branches, that climb when contiguous to objects of support; perhaps rather by emitted fibres than by convolution. x & 11. R. (r.) Toxicopr’npron Lin. The Poison-tree Rhus, or Sumach. a race Lin. Spec., 381.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 127.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 69.; Don’s BLS, es Pde ; Synonymes. R. Toxicodéndron quercifvlium Michx. Flor. Bor, Amer., 1. p. 182., Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p. 205.; Toxicodéndron pubéscens Mill. Dict., No. 2., R.T. serratum Mill. Dict.; the com " mon Poison Oak, Poison Nut, Poison Vine. Engraving. N. Du Ham., 2. t.48.; and our fig. 231. Spec. Char., §c. Leaf of one pair of leaflets, and an odd one, the odd one upon a petiole; all inciso-angulate, pubescent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 69.) A native of North America. Dr. Hooker remarks, that American botanists are at variance with regard to the distinctive characteristics of R. Toxicodén- dron and #. radicans. Nuttall says, that they are certainly different. Pursh, and most other authors, either unite them, or speak with doubt as to the value of their distinctive characters. (Hook. Bor. Amer., i. p. 127.) Description, Sc. The general appearance of this shrub closely resembles that of R. ra- dicans, of which, in all probability, it is only a variety. The male flowers, which are pro- duced on separate plants from the female ones, come out from the side of the stalks, on close short spikes, and are of a pale green. The female flowers are produced in loose panicles, agreeing in shape and colour with the males; but are larger, and have a round- ish germ supporting three very short styles. This species is common in woods, fields, and along fences, from Canada to Georgia, where, like the Rhus radicans, it is known by the name of the poison oak, or the poison vine. R. Toxicodéndron was introduced into Eng- land in 1640, when it was cultivated in the Bishop of London’s garden at Fulham; it is now frequent in collections. hk. Toxicodéndron yields a yellowish milky sap, the properties of which, as an indelible ink, are similar to those of the sap of R.radicans. The plant in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in 1834, formed a bush 5 ft. high, and 5 ft. in diameter, after having been 10 years planted ; and it is there readily distinguished from &. radicans by its deeply sinuated, or almost pinnatifid, leaflets. § iii, Thezéra Dee. Sect. Char. Leaf of 3—5 sessile leaflets, disposed palmately. Flowers in short racemes. Sexes dicecious. Styles 3, distinct, short. Drupe round- ish, marked-at the tip with 3 tubercles; the nut compressed. (Dec. Prod., li. p. 72.) 2 12. R. penrapuy’LLA Desf. The five-leajleted-leaved Rhus, or Sumach, Identification. Desf. Fl. Atl., 1. p. 267. t. 77.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 72. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 75. Synonymes. Rhamnus pentaphyllus Jacg. Obs., 2. p. 27.3 R. Theztra (from thexas, a point, in reference to the prickles), Pers. Ench., 1. p. 325., Tin. Pug., 1. p.'/. Engraving. Bocce. Sic., t. 21, Spec. Char., §c. Branches bearing spines, Petiole indistinctly winged. Leaflets 8—5, linear-lance- olate at the tip broader, obtuse, entire, or having 3 teeth. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 72.) Ashrub, growing: to the height of 10 ft., a native of Sicily and Barbary, and introduced in 1816. The fruit is acidu. lous and eatable, and the bark dyes red, and is used in tanning leather, CHAP. XXXVIII. ANACARDIA‘CEH. DUVAU‘A. 557 2 13, R. zizy’puiIna Tineo. The Zizyphus-like Rhus, or Sumach. re Schrank in Flora, 1819, p. 314.; Tin. Pug. Sic., 1. p. 8.; Dec. Prod., 2, p. 72.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 75. Synonymes. Rhamnus tripartita Ucria, and Zizyphus tripartita Roem. et Schult Syst., 5. p. 342., and 6. p. 663. Spec. Char., §c. Branches divaricate, bearing spines. Leaflets 3, glabrous, glossy above, wedge- shaped, toothed more than halftheir length, Racemes terminal. (Dec. Prod., p. 72.) A shrub, found in the mountainous parts of Sicily, where it grows to the height of 4ft. Introduced in § iv. Lobddium Dec. Sect. Char. Leaf of 3 leaflets, and palmately disposed on the tip of the com- mon petiole, cut in a serrate manner, the teeth large. Flowers in a dense catkin. Sexes polygamous. There are two-lobed glands under the ovary, alternate with the stamens. Styles 3, short, distinct. Drupe rather com- pressed, villose. Nut smooth. Aromatic shrubs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p, 72.) % 14. R.suaveE‘oLens Ait. The sweet-scented Rhus, cr Sumach. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 368.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 72.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 75. ip iac Myrica trifoliata Hortul., and, perhaps, of Lin. ; Toxicodéndron crenatum Miii Dict., ! 0. 5. Spec. Char., &c. Leaflets oval, a little angular in the middle, glabrous, (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 72.73:) A native of Carolina, where it grows to the height of 6 ft., and produces its greenish-yellow flowers in May. It was introduced in 1759, but is not common in collections ; is, in all probability, the same as the following sort. ay 215, R.(s.) aroma’rica Ait. The aromatic Rhus, or Sumach. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 367. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 73. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 75. Engraving. Turp.in An. du Mus, 5. p. 445. t. 30. Spec. Char., $c. Leaflets oval, a little angular in the middle, pubescent in a pilose manner. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 73.) A native of North America, in Kentucky, and from Pennsylvania to Carolina, where it grows to the height of 6 ft. Introduced in 1772. Nuttall has stated that the drupes are acid and eatable. The flowers are yellow, in dense terminal spikes. The plant in the Horticultural Society's Garden was, in 1834, 4 ft. high, after being 10 years planted. App. i. Other Species of Rhus, hardy and half-hardy. In Don’s Miller, ninety-seven species of this genus are described ; but, if it were possible to bring them all together, and cultivate them in the same garden, we question much if there would be found more than a fourth part of them entitled to be considered specifically or permanently distinct. We judge of those which we have not seen from those which we have observed for years in British gar- dens; and, as as we feel quite confident that A. typhina, #. viridifldra, and R. glabra are one and the same species, and #. Toxicodéndron and #. radicans are also only one species, so we do not think it likely that the species, or names given as species, under the other sections, are more distinct. It is the business of botanical writers, however, to record all these names with their descriptions; and of cultivators, to endeavour to procure them for their gardens, in order to compare them together j for which last reason we subjoin the following names :— R. lobata Hook. (Fi. Bor. Amer’., i. p.127. t.46.) isa very handsome species, or perhaps only a tolerably distinct variety, closely resembling #. Toxicodéndron var. quercifdlium, at least, as the plant bearing that name appears in the garden of the London Horticultural Society. Dr. Hooker says, “ Although nearly allied as this [R. lobata] is to the two preceding species [A. radicans and R. Toxicodéndron], I nevertheless venture to consider it distinct. Its general habit is very different, having erect straight stems, and numerous small leafy branches. ‘The leaflets, besides that they are deeply lobed with acute sinuses, are truly ovate, very obtuse, and greatly smaller than in any state of R. Toxico- déndron or R. radicans which I have seen: the panicles, too, are exceedingly numerous, and large in proportion to the size of the leaf.” (Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p. 127.) The shrub was discovered by Douglas, on the outskirts of woods in dry soils in North-west America, particularly at Fort Vancouver. It is not yet introduced, but appears to be a very desirable variety. R. acuminata Dec. (Don’s Miill., ii. p. 70.), a native of Nepal, and hardy ; not yet introduced. R. Améla D. Don (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 72.), the: R. Bucku-Améla of Hort. Brit., is a Nepal tree, growing to the height of 4 ft., with dicecious flowers, disposed in large terminal spikes. Itis marked as having been introduced in 1823, and as requiring the protection of a frame. It seems a most de- sirable species ; but we have not seen it. R. bahaménsis G. Don (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 72.) is a climbing shrub, a native ef the Bahama Islands, not yet introduced, probably only a modification of A. radicans. R. Oxyacdntha and R. oryacanthoides of Hort. Brit.,{the’R. Oxyacantha and R. dioica of Don’s Miller, the first introduced in 1823, and the last in 1825, are considered hardy ; but they are rarely to be with in gardens. (See,’also, several species enumerated under Anacardiacez of the Himalaya, p. 174.) . The frame and green-house species of Rhzis are numerous, as will be seen by a glance at our Hort. Brit., p. 110. When tried in the open air, many of them will probably be found hardy, and perhaps all of them half-hardy. R. heterophglla, generally kept in the green-house, was planted 558 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETOM. PART III. against a wall in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in 1832, and is found guite hardy. We anticipate the hardiness of most of the other species from their habits; viz. from their being generally deciduous, in the open air, in the neighbourhood of London; producing their shoots ra- pidiy, and so early in the season as to allow time for their ripening before the approach of frost ; and from their having no visible buds in the shoots, but numerous germs in the roots: a proof that a great part of the vitality of the plant is under ground, and, consequently, comparatively safe from the influence of the weather. Genus III. a lal DUVAU'A Kth. Tue Duvaua. Lin. Syst. Polygamia Monee‘cia. Fdentification. Kth. Gen. Tereb., p. 8.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.74.; Don’s Mill, 2. p.76.; Lindley in Bot. Reg., t. 1568. 1573. 1580. Synonymes. Schinus sp. Andr.; Amyris sp. Cav. Derivation. Called Duvata, *‘ after M. Duvau, a French botanist, known as the editor of the original edition of Richard’s Analyse du Fruit ; and for some observations on Verénica.” (Lindley, in Bot. Reg., t. 1568.) Gen. Char., &c. Calyx persistent, with 4—5 segments. Corolla of 4—5 concave petals. Seres moneeciously polygamous, Stamens 8—10, inserted under a pitcher-shaped calycine disk, which has as many sinuses and as many teeth as there are stamens: these are opposite the sinuses, and half of them opposite the petals, and half of them alternate with them. Amnfhers in the fruit- bearing flowers barren. Ovary conical, including one ovule, barren in some flowers. Styles 3—4. ' Stigmas capitate. Fruit a glcbose drupe, with a leathery nut, whose seed is pendulous, and has flat cotyledons, and a long radicle.—Chilian trees and shrubs, becoming spiny as they adyance in growth; their leaves simple, and their flowers disposed in axillary racemes, many in a raceme. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 74, and Lindley, in Bot. Reg., t. 1568. 1573. 1580.) ‘There are four species in cultivation, which are all very handsome evergreen bushes, with bright shining foliage ; the leaves rather small, oblong, and toothed; with numerous small flowers of a greenish yellow, and small dry berries. Properties and Uses. The foliage emits, when bruised, a strong but not unpleasant odour of the nature of turpentine; and it is probable that this odour pervades all parts of the plants, especially those in which the sap is most abundant. A pretty phenomenon is exhibited by the leaves of D. ovata, and, doubtless, by those of every species of Duvatea and of Schinus, when thrown upon water, both in a whole state and when broken into pieces. The leaves, or parts of leaves, “after lying a short time, will be found to start and jump as if they were alive, while at the instant of each start a jet of oily matter is discharged into the water. This circumstance appears to be Swing to some peculiar irritability of the parenchyma of the leaves, which, when acted upon by water, causes the turpentine sacs, that abound in them, to empty themselves with violence; and the movements of the leaves may be ascribed to the recoil produced by the discharge. Thus we have in every leaf a sort of vegetable battery, which will keep up its fire until the stock of ammunition is expended.” (Bot. Reg.) The movements of the leaves upon the water have been compared to a fleet of ships employed in manceuyring, or to persons engaged in dancing. (Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 377.) Dr. Gillies states that the Pehuenco Indians prepare by fermentation an intoxicating liquor from the fruit of D. latifolia, or a nearly allied species. (Bot. Reg.) Propagation and Culture. Seeds have been produced plentifully in the London Horticultural Society’s garden by D. depéndens, trained to a south wall; and seeds of D. latifolia are often imported from Chile. Plants of this genus may also be multiplied by cuttings of the ripe wood struck in sand, under a bell-glass, in a gentle heat. The species “will not bear the climate of London without protection from frost; but, if trained to a wall, and sheltered by a roof of thatch in winter, they succeed perfectly : in short, they are about as hardy as myrtles.”” (Bot. Reg.) D. ovata, and, it is pro- bable, all the species, “will grow in any soil or situation which is dry in summer, and well drained in winter; and would probably succeed in the crevices of rocks in Devonshire or Cornwall.” (Bot. Reg.) D. depéndens, D. ovata, and D. latifolia have flowered in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, the two former in July, and plentifully; the last in June and July, but it seems by the figure in Bot. Reg., much less abundantly than the other 7 CHAP. XXXVIII. ANACARDIACER, DUVAU‘A. 559 two. The fruit produced by D. depéndens consists of small, dry, blackish purple berries. The species appear highly desirable to all who have a con- servative wall, if it were only to excite an interest in plants in the minds of children, by exhibiting to them the curious action of the leaves. 2 1. D. pepE’NpDENs Dec. The drooping-branched Duvyaua. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 74. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 75. 5 Lindley in Bot. Reg., t. 1573. Synonymes. Amyris polygama Cav. Icon., 3. p. 20. t. 239. ; Schinus depéndens Ort. Decad., 8. p.102.; Duvatia de- péndens « Hook. Bot. Misc., 2. p. 176. Engravings, Cav. Ic., t. 239.; Bot. Reg., t. 1573. ; and our Jig. 232, Spec. Char., &c. Leaves mostly, especially upon the flower- bearing branches, obovate, and very obtuse, or even emar- ginate, with scarcely any denticulations, Racemes scarcely exceeding the leaves in length. Stamens mostly 10. Flowers smaller than those of D. ovata. (Lindley, in Bot. Reg., t. 1573.) A tree, a native of Chili, where it is called Huinghan. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 74.) Introduced in 1790. There is an old plant of it in the Botanic Garden at Kew, against a wall with a west aspect, which has attained a considerable size, with very little protection. There is also a tree in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, which is 12 ft. high, with a trunk 7in. in circumference, after having been 5 years planted. The plant in the London Horticul- tural Society’s Garden has passed seven winters against a wall with a southern exposure. The winter of 1830-6 hav- ing been unusually severe, has withered the leaves and the smaller shoots of this and of some other species of Duvaia in this garden; but, on examining the trees, April 20. 1836, ) we find the stronger shoots, and the trunk and branches, uninjured, and buds and leaves rapidly developing themselves, g@ 2. D. ovata Lindl. The ovate-leaved Duvaua. Identification. Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1568. Engraving. Bot. Reg., t. 1568. Spec. Char., &§c. Leaves ovate, toothed, in most acute at the tip, in some obtuse. Racemes a little longer than the leaves. Stamens mostly 8. (Lindley, in Bot. Reg., t. 1568.) Nearly related to D. depéndens ; ‘‘but the plants are so different when growing side by side, that we cannot think it right to combine them.” (Lindley.) About 6ft. high, Branches spinescent. Introduced about 1825 or 1826. The plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden was planted in 1831. To us it appears only a variety of the preceding species. # 3. D.vatiro‘’yia Gill. The broad-leaved Duvaua. identification. Gillies MSS.; Lindl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1580. Synonyme. D. depéndens y Hook. Bot. Misc. Engraving. Bot. Reg., t.1550.; and our fig. 233, Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong, acute, coarsely toothed, so waved as to seem in some measure plicate. Racemes dense, the length of the leaves. Stamens 8. (Lindley tn Bot. Reg., t. 1580.) ‘* Whatever may be thought” of the distinctness, as species, *‘ of D. ovata and D. depén- dens, there can be no doubt that this is a rotally distinct species ; for not only are the leaves, in their outline, sur- face, and colour, and the whole plant in its habit, very different, but we find it maintain all its peculiarities un- changed when raised from seeds.’’ ({d.) This species is very common in Chili, and is called there Huing han, as well as D. depéndens. It was introduced into Britain in 1829, or before. The plant in the Horticultural So- ciety’s Garden was placed against the wall where it now stands in 1829. This species, judging from the above-men- tioned plant, as examined by us April 20th, 1836, appears to be somewhat more tender tnan D. depéndens ; but this ' may be owing to its larger leaves presenting a greater sur- face to the action of the weather. We have already more than once remarked, that, when the majority of a species of a genus are hardy, the probability is that those species of that genus which are found to be rather tender may, vy cultivation through several generations, or even perhaps by extension, become hardy, The first, Sir Joseph Banks alleges, has been the case with Zizania aquatica; and the second, according to Dr, Walker, with Passifldra ceritlea. # 4. D. penta‘ra Dec. The toothed-/eaved Duvaua. Identificalicn. Dee. Prod., 2. p. 74.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 76. Synonyme. Schinus dentata Andy. Bot. Rep., t. 620. Engraving. Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 620. Qa 560 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111. Spec. Char , &c. Leaf lanceolate, toothed, scarcely solong as the raceme. Stamens 10. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 74.) A shrub, a native of the Island of Owhyhee. (Jd.) Introduced in 1795. ‘The plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden was placed against the wall in 1828. It is probable that plants of this species are extant in many old cullections in conservatories. App. i. Other Species of Duvaia. There is a plant belonging to this genus in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, which was placed against a wall there in 1831, but which has not yet flowered. It seems somewhat different in foliage from the preceding sorts, and may be a variety. The others we consider as nothing more than varieties, unless we except D. latitdlia. App. I. Other Species of Anacardiacce, hailf-hardy, or conjectured to be so. Sabia parviflora Wall, and S. campanulata Wall. are climbing shrubs, natives of Nepal, and included in our list, p. 174, as likely to prove hardy when once introduced. In Don’s Miller (it p. 69.), they are very properly marked as requiring the green-house ; and we should probably not have included them among the half-hardy species, had we not had the aid of Mr, Royle’s opinion, as stated in p. 173. % Schinus Milli L. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 76.; Lam. Tll., t. 822.; and our fig. 234.) is a deciduous shrub or low tree, a native of Brazil and Peru, where it grows to the height of 20ft. The leaves are impari-pinnate, with lanceolate serrated leaflets. The flowers are small, and of a yellowish green ; and they are succeeded by berries about as large as a pea, of a singularly beautiful rose colour, and fx highly polished. This species was introduced in ” 1597, and, till lately, was kept in green-houses ; but a plant in the garden of the London Horticul- tural Society has stood out several years in the open border, without any protection whatever. It well deserves a place against a conservative wall, not only on account of the beauty of its foliage and of its berries, but from the interest attached to it, from the usefulness of its products in its native country, were it is called the Peruvian mastich tree. The Peruvians are reported to make a vinous liquor and a sort of vinegar from its berries; and, from the resinous gum which exudes from its stem, they prepare mastich. The fresh leaves exhibit the same phenomenon, when immersed in water, as those of Duvada (see p. 558.), and, probably, other terebinthinate genera. The leaves, the bark, and other parts of the plant, when bruised, emit a terebinthinate odour. There are two plants in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, one of which, in 1834, was 3 ft. high, after having been 2 years planted; and the second, which differs in its foliage from the other, was 3 ft. high, after having been planted 3 years. The common name in gardens is S. Molle; but the proper specific name is Muli, which is the Peruvian name of the tree. S. M. 2 Areira Lin. Spec., 1467., Don’s Mill., 2 p.77., is a variety with the leaflets almost entire. S. sn Mol. and S. virgata Sweet are species from Chili and Lima, probably as hardy as S. Milli. Triceros (from treis, three, and keras, a horn; because the berry is three-horned) cochinchinénsis Lour. (Dec. Prod., 2. p. 89., and Don’s Mill., 2. p.77.) is a tree with impari-pinnate leaves, a native of Cochin-China, oun the mountains, where it grows to the height of 25ft. It would forma most desirable acquisition to British gardens, as there can be little doubt“of its proving quite hardy. Heterodéndron oleefolium Desf. (Don’s Miil., 2. p.78.) is an evergreen shrub from New Holland, with the appearance of Cnedrum tricéccum. Styloplasium spathulatum Desf. (Don’s Mill., 2. p.78.) is also a native of New Holland. Cnedorum tricbccum L. (Lam. Iil., t.27.) is a native of Spain and the south of France, in dry and gravelly places. It has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1793; and, on dry shel- tered rockwork, it will stand the open air with little or no protection; producing its yellow flowers from April to September, and ripening its brownish red 3-seeded_ fruits, which resemble in form those of Euph6érbza Lathyris, and remain on all the winter. 'The plant is evergreen, and grows to the height of from 1 ft. to 2 ft. A specimen of this species in our garden at Bayswater, planted at the foot of a wall, and protected with a glass case, but without any artificial heat, has stood for the last six years; and is now (April 23. 1836) 18 inches high, and covered with fruit and flowers ; ontrenting pUnety with Coronilla glatica, planted in the same glass case, and beautifully in flower at the same time. Cneorum pulveruléntum is a native of Teneriffe, and probably as hardy as the other, CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CE. 561 CHAP. XXXIX. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER BURSERA‘CEZ. Balsamodéndron gileadénse Kunth, and Don’s Mill., 2. p. 81.; the Amfris gileadénsis of Lin. (Vahl Symb., 1. p. 28. t.11.; and our jig. 235, represent- ing a branch, drawn to our usual scale of 2 in. to 1 ft., and fig. 236. representing the flower and fruit of the natural size), the Balm of Gilead tree, isa native of Arabia, with leaves palmately trifoliate, and small whitish flowers. There are . . twoor three varieties of it, which are by some con- > sidered species, but none of them have yet been 236 introduced into Britain. — Candrium Piméla Konig. (Don’s Miil., 2. p. 85.) is a tree with com- pound leaves, growing to the height of 50 ft. in the woods of Cochin-China and Java. Fagastrum G. Don. (Don’s Mill., p. 87.) is a Cape genus, containing several species of ever- green shrubs, with alternate pinnate leaves, some of which may probably prove hardy ; but none of which have hitherto been introduced. CHAP. XL. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS SPECIES OF THE ORDER AMYRIDA‘CEX. Amiyris toxtfera Willd., the A. balsamffera of L. and Cat. Car. t. 40., isa tree with compound leaves, a native of Carolina, and growing to the height of 50ft. It is commonly kept in green- houses ; but there can be little doubt, from the climate of its native country, that it would succeed against a conservative wall. The fruit is produced in racemes, and it is pearl-shaped and purple. From the trunk of the tree a juice distils as black as ink, which is reported to be poisonous. The leaves, in a dried state, are highly cephalic. This species was introduced in 1820, but it is not common. It well deserves a place in collections, as the representative of a genus containing various species interesting in medicine and the arts. A. floridina Nutt. is a shrub, growing to the height of 10 ft. in Eastern Florida, with reticulately veined, glandular, resinous, and fragrant leaves, and black berries, about the size of those of black pepper. When introduced, it will doubtless be found half-hardy. CHAP. XLI. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER LEGUMINA‘CE. Tue name of Leguminacez is applied to this extensive and truly natural order, on account of the seeds of all the species being produced in leguminous pods, bearing more or less resemblance to those of the common pea or bean; and quite different from the siliquose pods of cruciferous plants. The Distinctive Characteristics are: Calyx with 5 divisions, either parti- tions, teeth, or clefts, the odd one anterior to the axis of inflorescence. Fruit a legume. Seed with the radicle next the hilum. (Lindley, Introd. to N.S., and Key.) The ligneous species are trees and shrubs, for the most part deciduous; and they are disposed through almost every part of the world. The order contains some of our finest ornamental shrubs and low trees, such as Robinia, Cytisus, Wistaria, Genista, U‘lex, Amérpha, Halimo- déndron, Acacia, Gleditschia, Cércis, and various others. It also contains some considerable trees, which belong to the genera Robinia, Gleditschia, Sophora, &c. The genera containing hardy ligneous plants are in number twenty-three, which, after De Candolle and G. Don, we place in characterised sections, and ascribe to them short characters, that are more or less contra- distinctive. aq 2 562 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III Sect. I. SOPHO‘REX. Sect. Char. Corolla, in most, papilionaceous. Stamens 10, with the fila- ments distinct. Legume not jointed. Cotyledons flat, leafy. Embryo with the radicle beside the edges of the cotyledons. Leaves simply pin- nate, or simple. Sopuo’ra R.Br. Legume necklace-shaped, including many seeds. Leaf with more than three leaflets. Virer’L14 Lam. Legume compressed, including many seeds. Leaf with more than three leaflets. Piera/ntuus Swt. Legume compressed, including 6 seeds. Leaf with its leaflets 3. Sect. II. Lorex. Sect. Char. Corolla papilionaceous. Stamens 10, the filaments of all connate, or those of 9 connate, and that of one distinct. Legume not jointed. Embryo with the radicle beside the edges of the cotyledons. The cotyledons flattish ; in germination, converted into leaves furnished with stomata. Leaves simply pinnate, or simple. tex L. Calyx 2-parted, 5-toothed. Legume oval-oblong, turgid, scarcely longer than the calyx, containing but few seeds, though the ovules are many. Habit spiny. Srauraca’ntHus Lk, Calyx 2-parted, 5-toothed. Legume flat, extended far beyond the calyx, containing many seeds. Habit spiny. Sra‘rtium Dec. Standard roundish. Keel acuminate. Branches rush- like. Leaf simple. Genrsta Lam. Standard oblong-oval. Keel oblong, not wholly includ- ing the stamens and pistils. Leaves with 3 leaflets, or, in some, simple. Cy'tisus Dec. Standard ovate. Keel very obtuse, including the stamens and pistil. Leaves, in all, with 3 leaflets. Apenoca’RPts Dec. Stamens with the filaments connate. Legume bear- ing stalked glands all over it. Ono’nis L. Calyx with 5 linear segments. Standard striate. Legume containing few seeds; in most, turgid. Amo’rpua L. Corolla consisting of the standard only. Rosi’n14 Dec. Legume flat; that edge to which the seeds are attached margined. Leaf impari-pinnate. CaRAGA NA Lam. Legume rather cylindrical. Leaf abruptly pinnate. Hauimope’NpRon Fisch. Legume stipitate, inflated, bladdery. Leaf abruptly-pinnate. Cato’pHaca Fisch. Stamens with the filaments of 9 connate, that of one distinct. Legume sessile, with concave valves bearing hairs, some soft, some rigid and glanded. Cotu‘teEA R. Br. Legume stipitate, much inflated, glabrous. Astra’GaLus Dec. Legume with its lower suture so bent in towards . the opposite one as to cause the legume to seem, more or less, 2-celled. Sect. III. Hepysa‘rEm. Sect. Char. Corolla papilionaceous. Stamens usually with the filaments connate in one of three modes; the 10 connate; 9 connate and one distinct; or connate by fives: in a few cases all are distinct. Legume dividing transversely into 1-seeded joints, called loments. Embryo with the radicle beside the edges of the cotyledons, which are flattish, and, in germination, are converted into leaves furnished with stomata. Leaves simply pinnate, or simple. Coronr'Lia Neck. Calyx campanulate, usually shorter than the claws - of the petals. Carina acute. Stamens diadelphous. Seeds ovate, or cylindrical. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINACEX. SOPHO‘RA. 563 Sect. 1V. PHasEo ‘Lem. Sect. Char. Corolla papilionaceous. Stamens usually with 9 filaments connate, and one distinct. Legume not jointed, including many seeds, that are separated from one another with a cellular, transverse, membrane- ous partition, that is in some cases not complete. Embryo with the radicle beside the edge of the cotyledons, which are thick, and, in ger- mination, either remain under ground, or are changed into thick leaves that scarcely have stomata. Leaves simply pinnate, or simple. Wisra‘rz4 Nutt. Leaf impari-pinnate. Luri‘xus Tourn. Leaf digitate. Sect. V. CassiE‘&. Sect. Char. Corolla, in most of the species, of equal petals; in some sub- papilionaceous. Stamens with the filaments distinct. Leaves doubly or triply pinnate; in some simple. Guepi’tscui4 L. Sexes diceciously polygamous. Corolla of 3-—5 equal petals. Legume in most long and narrow. Seeds compressed. Leaves compoundly divided. Bearing prickles in most. Gymno’ctapus Lam. Sexes, by defect, dicecious. Corolla of 5 equal petals. Legume compressed and broad. Seeds scarcely compressed. Leaves compoundly divided. Cr’rcis L. Sexes hermaphrodite. Corolla sub-papilionaceous, of 5 unequal petals; the side ones, or wings, longer than the others. Leaves simple. Sect. I. SopHo‘reEa. Genus I. SOPHO‘RA R. Br. Tur Sopnora. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogyna. Identification. R. Brown in Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p.2.; Dec. Lég. Mém.,5.; Prod., 2. p. 95. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 109. Synonyme. Sophore spec. Lin. Gen., No. 508. Derivation, Altered from sophero, the Arabic name ofa papilionaceous flowering tree. Description. The only hardy species is a deciduous tree, a native of Japan or China, and it is highly ornamental. Itis propagated by seeds, which are ripened in abundance in thesouth of France and Italy. The two varieties of this species (S. japonica) are propagated by grafting. All the sorts will grow in any soil which is dry; but in Britain, north of London, they are rather tender. On the Continent, however, where the summers are hotter than in England, and the winters colder, as at Vienna, for example, these trees are quite hardy. * 1. S.sapo’ntca L. The Japan Sophora. Identification. Lin. Mant., 78.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 98.; Don’s Mill.,2. p. 109. Synonyme. SS, s{nica Rosier Journ. Phys., 14. p.248, Dec. Légum., t.4. f. 1. Engravings. Red. in N. Du Ham., 3. t. 21.; Dec, Légum., t.4. f. 1.; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves pinnate, with 11—13 leaflets, which are oblong- ovate, acute, and smooth; panicle loose, terminal; pods smooth. A tree, a native of Japan, growing to the height of 40 ft. or 50ft., and producing large bunches of rather small cream-coloured flowers in August and Sep- tember. Introduced in 1763. Varieties. ¥ S.j. 2 variegdta Hort. has the leaves variegated, but is not worth cultivating as an ornamental plant. QOrs 564 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ¥ S.j. 3 péndula Hort., has pendulous shoots, and is a very remarkable variety. Grafted near the ground, the shoots run along the surface, like those of a trailing plant, to a very great distance from the main stem; in good soil, a shoot extending itself 6 ft. or 8 ft. in one sea- son. Grafted at the height of 10 ft. or 20 ft., the shoots hang down, and form one of the most ornamental of pendulous trees, both in sum- mer and winter. There are specimens inthe Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, King’s Road, Chelsea. Our engraving of this tree in Vol. II. was taken from the former specimen. The bright smooth green of the branches renders this variety truly ornamental, even when deprived of its leaves. Description, &c. This isaround-headed tree, readily distinguished in winter by the fine, smooth, dark green bark of its young wood and smaller branches ; and, in summer, by the dark blue green of its foliage. In deep free soil, this tree grows with great rapidity, seedlings attaining the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft. in 4 or 5 years; and in 20 or 30 years, in the neighbourhood of London, that of 30ft. or 40ft. In France, near Paris, there are trees of the height of 60 ft. The sophora is one of the few trees that were introduced into France before they found their way into England. In 1747, Father d’Incarville sent seedlings of this tree to Bernard De Jussieu, at Paris, who sowed the seeds, and distributed the plants. In 1763, it is recorded, as having been cultivated in the Mile End Nursery, by Gordon, who probably received it from Jussieu. In 1779, a tree in the garden of M. De Noailles, at St. Ger- main en Laye, flowered for the first time in France; and soon afterwards seed was ripened in abundance, from which the nurseries of Europe have been supplied with plants. There are large specimens in England, which flower freely ; but they have never yet ripened seeds: indeed, the tree ripens seeds in France only in the very warmest seasons. Properties and Uses. The wood is very hard and compact, as much so, it is said, as that of the box. The bark exhales a strong odour, which, it is stated in the Nouveau Du Hamel, has a remarkable effect on those who prune the tree, or otherwise work with the wood in a green state. This was first discovered by a turner, who, while at work on a piece of wood newly taken from the tree, was seized with the colic, which obliged him to leave off. The follow- ing morning he resumed his work ; and the same thing having happened to him again, he sent for a neighbouring turner, and afterwards for two others, who were all alike seized with colic, and violently purged. It appears, however, that the Chinese, who employ the wood in a dried state, suffer no inconvenience from it. It is somewhat remarkable, that, in the Dictionnaire Général des Eaux et Foréts, where the sophora is treated on at considerable length, and a long extract is made from a pamphlet published on the subject by M. Guerrapain, no notice is taken of this singular property. In that pam- phlet, the sophora is mentioned as rivalling the Robinia Psetd-Acacia in the robustness of its habit, and rapidity of its growth; and as surpassing it in durability, and in suitableness for culture in arable lands, from its roots being chiefly of the descending kind; while those of the Robinia extend themselves horizontally near the surface. Little appears to be known of the uses of the tree in China and Japan; but it is said that the fruit is employed to dye a fine yellow; and the flowers for dyeing a yellow of so superior a hue, that it is exclusively reserved for dyeing stuffs to be worn by the mem- bers of the imperial family. In Britain, the tree can only be considered as ornamental ; and, in that respect, none of the arboreous Leguminacee are equal to it in beauty of foliage and bark. Its flowers, when they are pro- duced, are also in large terminal compound spikes, and very conspicuous, though much smaller than those of the Robinia viscosa. One remarkable property in the foliage of the sophora is, that the very hottest and driest seasons do not turn it pale, or cause it to drop off, as heat does that of most of the other pinnated-leaved Leguminicez. The same remark holds good in CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA\CEE. VIRGI‘LLA, 565 France, and is strikingly exemplified in the remains of the garden at Mar- beeuf, near the Barriére de Chaillot, in Paris, where some very large sophoras and robinias are growing together. The pendulous variety is well deserving of culture as an object of singularity and beauty; and, where it is desired to cover a surface with intense green foliage during summer, for example, a dry hillock, a plant of this variety, placed on the centre, will accomplish the pur- pose effectually. Soil, Propagation, §c. Any free soil will suit this tree; but, in cold climates, it ought to be placed in one rather poor and dry, that it may be compelled to make shorter shoots ; which, of course, being less succulent, are more easily ripened. Where it is desired to have trees that will soon come into flower, seedling plants should be grafted with scions. The tree will grow by cuttings, more especially of the roots, and also by layers from a flowering tree. Statistics. The largest tree in the neighbourhood of London is at Syon, where it is 57 ft. high ; the diameter of the trunk is 3ft., and of the head 80 ft. It flowers beautifully in most years. The oldest tree near London is at Purser’s Cross, where it flowered, for the first time in England, in August 1807, as noticed p. 72. In Kensington Gardens, in the north-west corner, is an old tree, about 30 ft. high, which flowers occasionally. At Kew, there is a tree 50 ft. high. In the Mile End Nursery, there is a tree 35 ft. high, the trunk 2 ft. in diameter, and the diameter of the head 30 ft. At Hamp- stead, at Mount Grove, there isa tree 38 ft. high ; and at Kenwood, one, 38 years planted, 32 ft. high. In Buckinghamshire, at Temple House, a tree, 40 years planted, is 18 ft. high. In Cambridgeshire, in the Cambridge Botanic Garden, there are two handsome trees, both 50 ft. high, which have flowered occasionally. In Cheshire, at Eaton Hall, 13 years planted, and 6 ft. high. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, 6 years planted, and 10 ft. high. In Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 20 years planted, and 35ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 70 years planted, and 35 ft. high, the dia- meter of the trunk 2ft.4in., and of the head 40 ft.; the soil a dark sandy loam. In Scotland, in Haddingtonshire, at Tyningham, 42 ft. high. In Perthshire, at Kinfauns Castle, 8 years planted, and 6ft. high. In Ireland, near Dublin, at Castletown, 35 ft. high; at Terenure, 15 years planted, and 10ft. high. In Louth, at Oriel Temple, 50 years planted, and 35ft. high. In Munster, at Castle Freke, 13 ft. high. In France, at Paris,in the Jardin des Plantes, 100 years planted, and 64 ft. high, the diameter of the head 40 ft.: in the Rue des Vignes, a tree, which stood in what was formerly the garden of Marbceuf, was 60 ft. high, and flowered and ere seeds almost every year; but it has lately been cut down, with several others in the same garden, the ground being about to be built on. Inthe Botanic Garden at Toulon, a tree, 50 years planted, is 60 ft. high. At Nantes,in the nursery of M. Nerriéres, a tree, 30 years planted, is 25ft. high. In Saxony, at WéoOrlitz, 20 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Austria, at Laxenburg, 16 years planted, and 18 ft. high ; at Briick on the Leytha, 45 years planted, and 50 ft. high. In Prussia, in the Botanic ,Garden; at Berlin, 30 years planted, and 25ft. high ; at Sans Souci, 20 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, 20 years planted, and 25 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Price, in London, of 2 years’ seedlings, 50s. per 100, of grafted plants 2s. 6d., and of the pendulous variety 5s.; at Bollwyller, of the species | franc and 50 cents each, and the variegated variety 3 francs ; at New York, the species, and the pendulous variety, 1 dollar each. , Genus II. VIRGYLIA L. Tue Virermia. Lin, Syst. Decdndria Monogynia. Identification. Lam. Ill., t. 346.; Pers. Ench., 1. p. 453.; R. Brown in Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 4; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 98.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 111. Derivation. Named by Lamarck in honour of the poet V7rgil, whose Georgics entitle him to botanic commemoration. Description, §c. There is only one hardy species, a deciduous low tree. *1. V.xLu‘reEa Michv. The yellow-wooded Virgilia, or Yellow Wood. Identification. _Michx. Fil. Arb, Amer., 3. p. 266. t. 3.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 98.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 112. Engravings. Delaun. Herb. Amat., t. 197.; Michx, Fil. Arb. Amer., 3. p, 226. t. 3.; and the plate of this tree in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves pinnate; leaflets 9—11; alternate, ovate, pointed, smooth. A tree, in its native country rarely exceeding 40 ft. in height, with a trunk 1 ft. in diameter, covered with a greenish bark, having a smooth surface. The leaves, on young trees, are from 1 ft. to 13 ft. in length, and on old trees not above half that size. The flowers form white pendulous racemes, a little larger than those of the Robinia Psetid-Acacia, but not so odoriferous. The seeds are like those of the robinia, and, in America, ripe QQ 4 566 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. about the middle of August. In Britain, the tree is seldom seen in flower, there being but few old specimens. Geography, History, §c. Virgilia litea is found chiefly in the western part of Tennessee, on gentle declivities, on a loose, deep, and fertile soil; where it is usually associated with Morus rubra, Gymnocladus canadénsis, Gleditschia, Jiglans, and other trees which delight in good soil. It was discovered by the younger Michaux ; and plants of it were first brought to England by Mr. Lyon, in 1812; and seeds having been since frequently sent over, the plant is now to be met with in most collections. The wood is fine-grained and soft; and remarkable for its deep yellow colour. This colour is given out freely to water, but cannot be fixed by alum, like most other vegetable colours. Very little use is made of the tree in America; and, in Europe, it is planted solely for purposes of ornament and botanical interest. It is rather later in coming into leaf than most of the other pinnate-leaved Leguminacee, and its leaves drop very early in autumn, previously becoming of a fine yellow. Soil, Situation, §c. An open airy situation is desirable, in order that the tree may ripen its wood ; and, to facilitate the same purpose where the climate is cold, the soil ought to be dry rather than rich. In the London nurseries, it is propagated chiefly by seeds. Statistics. In the neighbourhood of London, the highest plants are at the Duke of Devonshire’s villa at Chiswick ; but, as they are crowded among, other shrubs, they are not handsome; in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, there is a tree 20 ft. high, which flowers annually; in the London Hor- ticultural Society’s Garden, there is one 10 years planted, which, in 1834, was 13ft. high; in the Mile End Nursery, there is atree 18 ft. high. In Surrey, at Claremont, there is one 20 ft. high. In Sussex, at West Dean, one, 9 years planted, is 18 ft. high. In Berkshire, at White Knights, one, 25 years planted, is 23 ft. high: the diameter of the trunk is 5in., and of the head 20 ft. In Essex, at ylands, 10 years planted, ard 17 ft. high. In Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, 35 years planted, and 17 ft. high. In Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 12 years planted, and 11 ft. high. In Ireland, near Dublin, in the Cullenswood Nursery, 17 years planted, and 25 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in London, are 5s.each; at Bollwyller 1 frane and 50 cents; and in New York, 50 cents. Genus III. ee | Lit PIPTA’NTHUS Swt. Tue Pipranrnus. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Swt. F\.-Gard., 264. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 112. Derivation. From pipto, to fall, and anthos, a flower ; from the flowers falling off very soon. Description, §c. There is only one species described or introduced, which is a sub-evergreen bush or low tree. # P. NEPALE’NsIS Swt. The Nepal Piptanthus. Identification. Swt. Fl.-Gard., 264.; Dec. Prod. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 112. Synonymes. Thermopsis daburnifdlia D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 239.; Anagyris indica Wall. MSS.; Baptisia nepalénsis Hook. Exot. Fi., t. 131. Engravings. Hook, Exot. Fl., t. 131.; Swt. Fl.-Gard., t. 264.; and our fig. 237. to a scale of 2in. to a foot, and fig. 238. representing a flower of the natural size. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets _elliptical-oblong, _ acute, if broad. Stipules 2, large. The young ff leaves are silky; and the flowers \ \\ N are of a bright yellow, and are much larger than those of the common laburnum, to which they “3 bear a general resemblance. In Nepal, the shrub grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft.; but it sometimes exceeds this height in CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX. PIPTA’'NTHUS. 567 British gardens, in warm sheltered situations. It may be considered as rather tender, and not of many years’ duration: nevertheless, in fine seasons, it ripens abundance of seeds. It was introduced in 1821, and flowers in May and June. It may be propagated by cuttings of the roots, and of the shoots, as well as by seeds or layers. In most of the counties north of London, the safest situation for it will be against a wall; and it well deserves a place there, on account of its luxuriant deep green foliage, and large bright yellow flowers. Price, in the London nurseries, 2s. 6d. each; and at Bollwyller, where it is a green-house plant, 3 francs. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Sophores. Sophora velutina Lindl. (Bot. Reg.,t. 1185.) is a Nepal shrub, introduced in 1820, which grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. The flowers are pale purple, in long racemose spikes. Mr. G. Don sug- gests the idea of grafting it on the S. japénica, by which means, he says, it would be rendered so hardy as to stand our winters in open shrubberies. S. fomentdsa Hook.,the S. occidentalis of Lindl. (Bot. Reg., t. 3390.), is an evergreen Brazilian shrub, growing to the height of 5ft. There is a variety of this species not yet introduced, the leaves of which are dark green and shining ; and the flowers are in spike-like panicles, in form and colour much like those of the Spanish broom, but rather paler. (See Gard. Mag., xl. p. 191.) 239 Edwardsia_ chilénsis ON iy Miers, the Sophora ma- soy > pe crocaérpa of Smith and a ey of Don’s Mill., (Lodd, 240 PP Bot. Cab., t. 1125., and 3 és our fig. 239.) is a native of Chili, introduced by Messrs. Loddiges in 1822. It was planted against a wall in the arboretum at Hackney; and, after having stood there 3 years, it flower- ed there, for the first time in England, in April 1826. Its flowers are large, and ot a rich yellow; the leaves are Z& 4 3 also large; and, what 23°47 is rather uncommon in = plants of thisorder, they are evergreen. In 1835, . the plant in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges was 5ft. high. (See a description of it in Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 584.) It may be considered as one of our most ornamental half-hardy shrubs, and may probably prove to be quite hardy, It grows freely in light loamy soil, and is propagated by cuttings. Edwardsia grandiflora Salisb., the Sophora tetraptera of Ait., (Bot. Mag., t. 167., and our fig. 240.) is a handsome New Zealand low tree or shrub, introduced in 1772, and producing its large pendulous bright yellow flowers in April and May. This is a most ornamental plant, and, in the environs of London, succeeds perfectly when trained against a wall, requiring very little, if any, protection. In the Chelsea Botanic Garden, there is a tree 12 ft. high ; and some nearly of equal height in the garden of the Horticultural Society, and in Loddiges’s arboretum. E. microphglla Salisb., the Sophdra microphylla of Ait., (Lam. Iil., t. 325., and our fig. 241.) is also a low tree from New Zea- land, closely resembling E. grandifldra, but much smaller in all its parts, It is equally hardy, if not more so, and is truly orna- mental when in _ flower. Plants of it in the Botanic _ Garden at Kew have stood * against a south wall for upwards of 20 years. In the Chelsea Botanic Gar- den, there are plants of it 7 ft. high; and in Dorscet- shire, in the Upway Nur- ; sery, Dorchester, it has ripened seeds as a standard in the open border. There isa variety in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, with very narrow leaves, which, in 3 years, has attained the height of 6 ft. E. myriophglia Wand. (Don's Mill., 2. p.111.), E. minima Lodd. Cat., is a New Zealand shrub, introduced in 1818, and is, doubtless, as hardy as the other species of the genus. 3 E. chrysoph@lla Salisb. (Don’s Mili., 2. p.111., Bot Reg., t. 738.) isa native of the Sandwich Islands, where it grows tothe height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., producing flowers rather smaller than those of E. myrio- ph¥lla. It seems as hardy as any other species; for a plant of it has stood in the front of the stove in the Botanic Garden at Kew since it was first introduced in 1822. ~ Cyclopta genistoides R. Br.; Bot. Mag.,t 1259., the Gompholdbium maculatum of Bot. Rep., t. 427 568 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. is a handsome frame shrub from the Cape of Good Hope, growing to the height of 8 ft.,and pro- ducing its yellow flowers in July and August. There are several green-house species of Cyclopia, which might also be kept in a frame, or against a conservative wall. . Podalria sericea R. Br. Bot. Mag., t.1293., the Sophora sericea of Bot. Rep., t.440., and our fig. 242., isa Cape shrub, with pale purple flowers ; and there are other species of the same genus, also with purple flowers (as will be seen by our Hortus Britannicus), all of which are suitable for a conserv- ative wall. Choréxema Henchmdnnii R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t. 986.,and our Jig. 243.) is a beautiful little New Holland shrub, with hoary leaves and bright scarlet and buff flowers, which, with other species of the genus, well deserves culture in the open air, in fine warm situations, even if they should re- quire to be taken up, and kept in a pot during winter. 247 Podolibium trilobatum R. Br. (Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1477.; and our fig 244, representing a branch to a scale of 2in. to a foot, and fig 245. the flowers of the natural size) is a handsome shrub from New South Wales with coriaceous leaves, and yellow flowers ; to which, and to other species of the genus, the same remarks apply as to Chorézema. ? Oxylobium arboréscens R. Br. (Bot. Cab., t. 163. ; and our fig. 246., a showing the habit of the plant, and 6 representing the flower of the natural size) is a Van Diemen’s Land shrub, producing its yellow flowers in May and June, and growing to the height of 6ft. There are other species from Van Diemen’s Land, and several from New Holland and New South Wales, all elegant, and ail, doubtless, half-hardy. ag Za O | Calltstachys ovata Sims (Bot. Mag., t.1925., and our fig. 248.) is a New Holland shrub, producing fine large spikes of yellow flowers from June to August, and growing to the height of 6 ft. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA'CE®. SOPHOREZ 569 Brachystma latifolium R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t. 118. ; Bot. Mag., t. 2008.; and our fig. 247.) is a hand- some New Holland climbing shrub, producing large scarlet flowers from April to July,which no conservative wall ought to be without. Gompholdbium grandiflorum Smith (Bot. Reg., t. 484.) is a New Holland shrub,with fine large yel- low flowers, which are produced from March to September. It grows to the height of 3ft.; and there are several other species from the same part of the world. 2 elect oe R. Br. is a genus that includes a few New Holland species; but they do not exceed 1 ft, in height. ; = 251 Jacksoénia (named by Mr. Brown in honour of George Jackson, an acute Scotch botanist, once librarian to A. B. Lambert, Esq., and a particular friend of ours) scoparia R. Br. (Bot. Cab., t. 427.) isa handsome shrub from New South Wales, with the habit, nearly, of Ge- nista monospérma. It grows to the height of 6 ft., and flowers in July and August. There are several other species. Viminadria denuddta Smith (Ex. Bot., t.27.; Bot. Mag., t. 1190. ; and our jig. 249. to scale of 2 in. to a foot, and fig. 250. of the natural size) is anelegant New Holland shrub, growing to the height of 4ft., and flowering from June to September. Spherolobium vimineum Smith (Bot. Mag., 969.; and our fig. 251. to a scale of 2 in. to a foot, and fig. 252. of the natural size) is a diminutive Australian shrub, producing yellow flowers from May to August; and S. médium is another species of the same genus, producing red flowers. Abtus ericéides Don’s Mill., 2. p. 120. (Bot. Mag., t. 949. ; and our,ig. 253., in which the branch of the natural size is marked (as in all similar cases) with a+) is a very neat little heath-like low 252 shrub, producing its fine yellow flowers from April to June. There are other species, all with narrow heath-like, or rosemary-like leaves. Dillwgnia glabérrima Smith (Bot. Mag., t. 944. ; Bot. 257 Cab., t. 582. ; and our fig. 256. toza scale of 2in, to a foot, and fig. 255. of the natural size) is a handsome New Hol- land shrub, producing its fine yellow flowers from March to July, and growing to the height of 4 ft. There are several other species, all deserving of culture. Eutdxia myrtifolia R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t. 1274. ; and our Jig 254. the flower of the natural size being marked with a-+.), and £. ptingens Sweet (Fl. Aus., t.28.), are elegant evergreen New Holland shrubs, which Mr. Sweet has shown might easily be kept in pits, or against conservative walls in the neighbourhood of London ; or grown, without any kind of protection, in the open air, in Devonshire. Sclerothimnus microphglius R. Br. is an elegant New Holland shrub, growing to the height of 2ft. The leaves are stiff, and the whole plant rigid, as the generic name implies. The flowers are yellow, and are produced from May to July. Gastrolobium bilobum Ker (Bot. Reg., t.411.; Bot. Cab., t. 70.) is a pretty little New Holland shrub, producing its fine yellow flowers from March to May. Euichilus obcordatus R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t. 403. ; Bot. Cab., t. 60.; our fig. 258. to a scale of 2 in. to a foot, and fig. 257. of the natural size), is an elegant plant, producing yellow flowers, which have a purple keel, from March to June. f ; j Pultene’a is a genus of 41 species, which are described in Don’s Miller ; and many of them are in cultivation in our green-houses, pits, or cold-frames. — P. stricta Bot. 3 Mag., t. 1388. ; (Bot. Cab., t. 274.; and our fi . 259.) will give an idea of these plants. P. stricta is a native of Van Diemen’s Land. : Daviesia latifolia R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t.1757.; and our fig. 261. representing one branch (a) to the scale of 2 in. to the foot, and part of a branch (marked with a +) of the natural size) is a Van 570 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. Diemen’s Land shrub, with yellow flowers which have the vexillum copper-coloured. It 260 aoxs to the height of 4 ft., and flowers from May to August. There are 14 species, all from the same part of the world; and all, doubtless, half-hardy in the climate of London. In con- sidering what may be the degree of hardiness of plants, natives of foreign countries, it must be remembered that the constitution of every plant has an absolute and a relative character ; the former can only be known experimentally by culture in different countries, or by noticing it in a wild state in different climates, and lo- calities ; but the latter may be judged of by observing how a plant accommodates itself to the climate and locality in which it may exist for the time being. Hence a number of plants which appear tender are only relatively so, from having been grown in a warm climate; while : the same plant, reared in a cold climate, would be absolutelY hardy. The common yew, for example, as Dr. Walker has men- tioned, grown in France, proved quite tender when taken to Stockholm ; though the yew, as it is well known, is indigenous to Sweden. Plants, therefore, which are natives of Van Diemen’s Land may, in the course of two or three generations, without altering their nature, be found as hardy as natives of Scotland. Mirbélia reticulata Smith (Bot. Mag., t.1211., and our fig. 260.) is a handsome New Holland shrub, with lilac flowers ; and there are several other Australian species of this genus, all beautiful, and all deserving culture, though requiring some protection during winter. General Remarks as to half-hardy Species—We may observe here, what to many will appear sufficiently obvious, that plants half-hardy in the climate of London will, in general, be quite hardy in the warmest parts of Devonshire and Cornwall; and will gradually require less and less protection than they do about London, as we proceed farther southward ; always excepting, however, particular localities, such as elevated re- gions, very wet or clayey soils, and re-, tentive subsoils. As a proof of the truth , of what we state, we have only to refer to such plants as the common myrtle, Corre‘a alba, Coronilla glatca, Pittéspo- rum Jobira, the edwardsias, &c., which all thrive against walls in the neighbour- hood of London, but require a slight pro- tection during frost ; while at Dartmouth, Plymouth, Mount Edgcumbe, Powder- ham Castle, Mamhead, Carclew, and other well-known places, they are shrubs as hardy as Baxus balearica is near the metropolis. As we proceed northwards, it will be found that plants adapted for a conservative wall in the climate of London may be divided into three kinds: the more tender, which will require, in the colder situations, to be kept in the green-house or conservatory, such as eutaxia; the less tender, which will grow against a wall, in low situations near the sea, as far north as Inverness, such as pittosporum, with the same protection as they require about London; and the hardiest, which may be preserved against a wall, with very little more protection than what they receive about London, in all ordinary situations in the north. Among this latter kind may be included the myrtle, the camellia, edwardsia, psoralea, &c., which, it is well known, require very little protection at Culzean Castle, in Ayrshire ; at Ardgowan, near Greenock ; at Dundee, Montrose, Aberdeen, Elgin, and Inverness. Even at Dunrobin Castle, these plants, and various others, are grown in the open air, and kept alive through the winter with pro- tection. The experience of gardeners in this most interesting part of their profession is, as yet, in its infancy ; but it is not difficult to foresee that, as the enjoyments afforded by conservative walls become better known, a knowledge of their management, and of the principles of acclimatising plants, will be con- sidered essential for every master-gardener. ; CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CER. U LEX. 57) Sect. II. Zo‘rrem. Genus IV. | 4:5 U‘LEX L. Tue Furze. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 881. ; Lam. IIL, t. 621.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 144. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148, Synonymes. Ajonc, Fr. ; Hecksaame, Ger. Derivation. Said to be derived from ac, Celtic, a point ; in reference to the prickly branches. Description, §c. Branchy, evergreen, spinous shrubs, with yellow flowers, natives of Europe, which will grow in any tolerably good soil that is dry; and are readily propagated by seeds, or by cuttings, planted in sand. % 1, U‘Lex EURoPz‘A L. The European, or common, Furze, or Whin. Identification. Lin. Spec., 1045. var. «; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 144.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.148. Synonymes. Genista spindsa L’Obel, U. grandifldrus Pour,; U. } : i I 7. vernalis Thore; Whin, Gorse, Prickly Broome; Ajonc common, Jone marin, Jomarin, or Genét épineux, Fr. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 742.; and our jig. 262. to a scale of 2in. to a foot, and Jig. 263. of the natural size. Spec. Char., Description, $c. Leaves lanceolate, linear. Branchlets villous. Bracteas ovate, loose. Calyx pubescent. An erect evergreen shrub, with yellow flowers, which are produced in abundance from February to May, and, in mild winters, from September till May.- Indeed, it may be said to be in flower, more or less, the whole year ; and hence the country proverb, that “ Love goes out of fashion, when the furze is out of blossom.” Ina wild state, in cold elevated situations, it is seldom seen higher than 2 ft. or 3 ft.; but in sheltered woods, in England, it may frequently be seen of 10 ft. or 12ft. in height. In Spain, on the mountains of Galicia, it grows to the height of 18 ft., with stems as thick as a man’s leg, Varieties. a U. c. 2 flore pléno has double flowers, and is a splendid plant when profusely covered with blossoms. It is well adapted for small gardens ; and is easily increased by cuttings. A plant in our garden at Bayswater, in 5 years, formed a bush 8ft. high, and 6 ft. in dia- meter, flowering profusely from April to June. U. provincialis and U. stricta are probably only varieties of U. europa, but, as they may possibly belong to U. nana, we have kept them distinct, and treated them as botanical species or races. A variety with white flowers is mentioned by Gerard and Parkinson, as reported to have been seen in the north parts of England; but no such variety is now known. 262 Geography. The common furze is a native of the middle and south of Europe, on gravelly soils, on plains and hil!s, but not generally to a very great elevation. In Caernarvonshire, it » grows to the height of 1500 ft. above the sea, in open, airy, warm situations; but in damp shaded valleys, not higher than 600 ft. In ‘the north of England, according to Winch, it forms fine fox covers, at 800 ft. or 900 ft., and grows, in warm sheltered situations, at 2000 ft. At Inverness, it is found to the height of 1150 ft. . About Tongue, in the north-west of Suther- 572 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il. land, where it was introduced, but is now naturalised, it scarcely attains 350 ft. of elevation. Its failure, Watson observes, marks the higher part of the upland zone, and gives an accurate indication of the climate. (Outlines, §c., p. 124.) It grows on the sea coast, close to the water’s edge, flowering abundantly, and apparently uninjured even when washed by the spray of the sea. It is not found wild in Asia, Africa, or America; in the north of Germany, Denmark, Sweden, or Russia. Gerard tells us that he was desired by “ divers earnest letters,” to send seeds of our common furze and broom to “ the colder countries of the East, as Dantzicke, Brunswicke, and Poland,” where the plants were “ most curiously kept in their fairest gardens.” (Herbal, p.1320.) Linnzus lamented that he could hardly preserve it alive in a green-house; and Dillenius, when he first visited England, knelt down in admiration of the quantities he saw in flower on Hounslow Heath. The furze is abundant in the middle and southern districts of Scotland, though Dr. Walker doubts its being truly indigenous, from its flowering in the winter ; jocularly observing that “no truly Scotch plant would be so rash.” Though indigenous in England, it is nevertheless, in extremely severe winters, killed down to the ground ; from which, however, it shoots up the following season. This happened in the winter of 1819-20, to whole fields of furze in Surrey. History. The furze is commonly thought to be the Scérpius of Theophras- tus and the Ulex of Pliny. By modern botanists, before the days of Lin- nzus, it was considered as a species of broom; and L’Obel and other writers, accordingly, style it Genista spinosa. Linnzus restored to it the name of Ulex, which it has since retained throughout the botanical world. The earliest notices which we have of the plant are in Turner, who calls it Genista; and in Gerard, who calls it Genista spinosa vulgaris. Hanbury enumerates no fewer than 6 varieties of it, differing in the length of the spines ; and one having white flowers, and another a dwarf habit : but there are none in cultivation at present, worthy of being kept distinct, except the upright and double-flowered varieties. In France, in the province of Britany, and in Nor- mandy, the furze bush has been used as fodder for cattle from time immemo- rial: it is bruised in a cider mill, and given to them in agreen state. Evelyn informs us that it was cultivated for this purpose in Herefordshire; and that, in Devonshire, the seeds were sown in the worst land, the tops given to horses, and the branches used for fuel, burning lime, and other purposes. Du Hamel says that, about Poitiers, in Britany, the furze is sown and treated in exactly the same manner as saintfoin. In Britain, the furze is cultivated in various places, for hedges, fodder for cattle, protection for game, and under- wood. Captain Cook mentions that, when he touched at St. Helena, he found the inhabitants had planted a great quantity of furze there, to be used as fodder, and also as shelter to the pasturage, by excluding heat and evaporation. About 1825, or earlier, the double-flowered variety was found wild in Devonshire; and that has since been propagated, and very exten- sively cultivated in gardens, as an ornamental evergreen flowering shrub. Properties and Uses. As fodder, the young branches, bruised, and given to cattle and horses, in a green state, are found highly nutritive; and not to affect the taste either of the milk or butter of cows. In some parts of the country, furze bushes, in a wild state, are cropped for this purpose; and in others the clippings of furze hedges are taken; but, where the practice of feeding with furze is to be carried on as part of a regular system of farm management, the most efficient mode is, to cultivate the plants in a regular rotation with corn and other crops, mowing them twice in 4 years, or thrice in 6 years, and afterwards breaking up the ground for corn. The shoots are bruised by passing them between two fluted rollers, or grinding them in a bark or cider mill. (See Encyc. of Agr., 2d edit., § 2553.) In Wales, an upright- growing variety (to be hereafter noticed as a botanical species) has lately been chiefly cultivated for fodder, on account of the comparative absence of prickles, the slenderness of the shoots, and the erect, compact, or fastigiate CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE®. U‘LEX. 573 form of the plant. This plant requires neither bruising nor grinding, but may be given to horses in the same manner as clover or tares; but, as it never flowers or produces seeds, it requires to be propagated by cuttings. The use of furze for hedges is chiefly desirable in situations where the hawthorn or the holly will not thrive; because the furze is not a plant of long duration ; and, after being some time in culture as a hedge, it is apt to get naked below, even if clipped or pruned on the sides; and to extend toa great width, if left untouched by the knife or shears. The most rapid mode of forming a hedge of it is, to raise a bank of earth, say 5ft. or 6 ft. wide at bottom, 2 ft. wide at top, and 3 ft. or 4ft. high. The seeds may then be sown on a drill along the middle of the top, and the plants either left to grow and hang down on each side irregularly, or be clipped into regular shape as a hedge, according to the taste of the owner, or other circumstances. The most economical mode is, to clip the hedge on each side, so that the section of it may complete the upper part of the triangle, of which the earthen bank forms the lower part. The proper time for clipping such a hedge is either in autumn, after the growth of the shoots is completed, or in spring, before it is commenced; and only so much should be cut at a time, as can be bruised and consumed by the cattle to be fed with it. In rich soils, there can be no doubt that the furze would form hedges 10ft. or 12 ft. high, if regularly pruned on each side; and, perhaps, for a market-gardener, who keeps a cow and a horse, this would be the most profitable of all kinds of subdivision hedges. Where an evergreen hedge is wanted for shelter in a garden, and where the clippings or prunings are not wanted as fodder, then the fastigiate variety is much to be preferred, as it grows very compact, and requires little or no pruning. In ornamental gardens, the double-flowered variety, unpruned, forms a splendid hedge when in flower ; but it is only suitable where there is abundance of room. In 1835, there was a splendid hedge of this variety in the Knaphill Nursery. A picturesque hedge of furze, to serve as a boundary to plantations, has been adopted with success in Gloucestershire, by Charles Lawrence, Esq., who gives the following directions for raising it : — ‘‘ Sow furze seed early in the spring, on stony or gravelly banks, on which there is a little good mould, as the plants are thereby provided with much more fibrous root than when the seed is sown on stiff clay soils; keep the plants clean, and transplant them in November, or early in February, to the front of the plantation. Fence them with a post and two-rail fence, which will keep off cattle (the occa- sional bite of sheep or lambs will rather do good than harm), and keep them hoed. In the following spring, clip off with shears the principal part of the first year’s shoots. The plants will make very luxuriant shoots during the next two years, after which the posts and rails are to be removed ; the branches of the furze must then be collected in the hand, and drawn forward towards the field, while the posts and rails are again put up on the plantation side of the furze, about 1 ft. or 18 in. within the stems of the plants; and, as each rail is fixed, the branches of furze are disengaged, and fall back against the fence; so that, at a moderate distance, it is not seen. When the furze thus becomes laid open, the tender parts of all the young shoots are browsed by cattle and sheep, which makes it grow so thick and close, that, by the time the posts and rails decay, it is a perfect fence to the plantation. Dif- ferent forms may be introduced, occasionally, to vary the effect, which is extremely beautiful, especially when the furze is in bloom. (Gard. Mag., vol. vill. p. 678.) As a shelter to young trees, the furze is sometimes sown where acorns, beech masts, or chestnuts, are to be sown, or young trees are to be planted, in order to shelter them for a few years, till they grow up, and have sufficient strength to shelter one another; when they will overtop the furze and de- stroy it. This practice has been adopted to some extent in the government plantations in the New Forest, and in the Forest of Dean. For this pur- pose, to afford a shelter for game, and also to serve as undergrowth in the 574 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Iil. plantations, it is only necessary to dig the ground, sow the seeds at the ave- rage rate of one or two to a square foot, and, when the plants come up, to keep them clear of weeds for the first year The use of furze in a dead state is chiefly as fuel for bakers’ ovens, for brick, tile, and lime kilns, and for lighting fires. In Scotland, it is sometimes used in kilns for drying oats. In England,a common use of it is to weave into the sides of hovels for sheltering cattle, to prevent them from rubbing against them. In gardens, the points of the shoots are chopped into pieces of about an inch in length, and dropped into the drills in which peas are sown before the seeds are covered ; and, the earth being drawn over them, and trod down, they are found effectually to resist the attacks of mice and small birds. In France, the chopped branches are mixed with cow dung, and the mixture afterwards formed into bricks, which are dried in the sun, and used as fuel. The seeds, if they could be procured in sufficient quantity, would, if ground into flour, form a nutritive food both for cattle and swine: they retain their vital property for several years. In Britany, large heaps are formed of alter- nate layers of turf and dried furze branches; and the whole being set fire to, the ashes are preserved as maiure. In many parts of both France and England, the ashes of dry furze branches are used as a lye for washing linen; and for this purpose the ashes are made into balls, and sold by the country people in the markets. Poetical and legendary Allusions. The beauty of the common furze, or gorse, when in blossom, and the circumstance of its growing wild in England, has induced most of our English descriptive poets to allude to it in their writings. Cowper says :— “ The common overgrown with fern, and rough With prickly gorse, that, shapeless and deform’d, And dangerous to the touch, has yet its bloom, And decks itself with ornaments of gold, Yields no unpleasing ramble.” And Hurdis observes : — ‘© And what more noble than the vernal furze, With golden baskets hung? Approach it not, For every blossom has a troop of swords Drawn to defend it.” ; The linnet is said to be very fond of nestling in furze bushes; a circum- stance which has been noticed by Thomson in his Seasons: — ** Nor are the linnets, o’er the flowering furze Pour’d out profusely, silent.” Many other instances might be given of poetical notices of this shrub and U. nana. Indeed, the rich golden hue of the blossoms of the latter contrasts so beautifully with the bright purple blossoms of the heath, which is generally found near it, and in flower at the same season; and both give such a richness to the wild scenery in which they usually grow, that it is not surprising to find them attracting the attention of all the British poets who have written on rural themes. Propagation and Culture. A pound of seeds, which, in London, costs from 8d. to 1s., will sow an acre broad-cast, or a drill of a mile in length as a hedge. No culture is required for broad-cast crops, except keeping the plants clear of weeds for the first year or two; but hedges require to have the weeds taken out every year; and where they are to be clipped, that operation should be performed once a year. The double-flowered and the fastigiate varieties are propagated by cuttings: the latter, when wanted for agricultural purposes, may be bedded in, like box, in a sandy soil rather moist, in the beginning of September; and by the following spring they will be fit to transplant. In Caernarvonshire, cuttings are formed of the points of the shoots of the present year’s wood, about 3 in. long; they are bedded in sandy garden soil, in August ; transplanted into the field, in rows 18 in. apart, and at 1 ft. distance in the row, in March; and mown for the first time in the September following. The produce even of the first year is found to be of more value than a crop of clover; and the quantity of forage increases with the strength of the plants CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEZ. U‘LEX. 575 w 2. U.(e.) na‘nNa Forst. The dwarf Furze. Beech Smith Eng. F'l., 3. p.266.; Engl. Bot., t.743.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 144; Don’s Mill. suey U. minor Roth Cat., 1. p. 83.; U. europe‘us 6 Lin. Spec., 1045. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t. 743. ; and our fig. 264. to ascale of 2in. to a foot, and fig. 265. of the natural size, Spec. Char., &c. Branches and leaves smooth, the latter linear. Calyx glabrous, with spreading narrow teeth. According to Smith, the essential character consists in the more distinct and spreading calyx teeth, and the more minute, rounded, close-pressed, and often hardly discernible, bracteas. A low spiny shrub, a native of Bri- Abundant in Surrey, on the Portsmouth Road; found in Dumfriesshire, and on the Pentland Hills, in Scotland; and also in Ireland. This is a very distinct sort, though, from the very different and more luxu- riant habit which the plant has when cultivated in gardens on rich soils, we have no doubt of its being only a variety of U. europz‘a. In its native habitats, it is easily distinguished from that species by its low growth, seldom exceeding 2 ft. in height; by its being much smaller in all its parts ; by its decumbent habit ; and by its flowering from the end of August till the beginning of December, and seldom at any other season. This sort, H. C. Watson observes, generally grows at a greater elevation by 200 ft., in North Wales, than the common sort. (Outlines, §c., p.124). The only use of this plant in cultivation is to produce variety in ornamental plan- tations. A double-flowered variety of it, would be a desirable acquisition. Very neat low hedges and edgings may be formed of it. # 3. U. (£.) provincia‘tis Lois. The Provence Furze. Identification. Lois. Not., 105. t. 6. f.2.; Dec. Fl. Frane. Suppl., No.3799.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 144. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148. Engraving. Lois. Not., 105. t. 6. f. 2. Spec. Char., §c. Calyx rather pubescent, with lanceolate distant teeth. Shrub erect; intermediate, in all its parts and in its habit, between U. euro- pea and U. nana. A native of Provence, Andegavany, and Mauritania; where it grows to the height of from 2 ft. to 4ft. Whatever doubts there may be as to U. nana being a distinct species, there can be none as to this sort being only a variety. As an evergreen shrub, flowering freely, it well deserves a place in collections. a 4. U.srri’cta Mackay. The upright-growing, or Irish, Furze. Identification. Mackay’s List of Irish Plants ; Hook. Brit. Fl., p. 317. Synonymes. U,hibérnica Don’s Mill.,2. p. 148.; U. fastigiata Hort. Spec. Char., §c. Habit erect, narrow, and compact. Spines few or none; and what there are weak, branched, leafy, and pubescent. A native of Ireland, where it was discoveredin the Marquess of Londonderry’s Park, in the County of Down, in 1815, or before. It is very upright in its growth, and attains the height, in good soils, of from 6 ft. to 10 ft. in as many years. Its branches are so soft and succulent, that sheep and cattle eat them without injuring their mouths, and are very fond of them. It forms excel- lent garden hedges, and, in rather moist climates, is a most excellent forage plant, as has been already stated under U. europz‘a. It very rarely flowers, and has never produced seeds; but it is easily propagated by cut- tings. Sir W. J. Hooker doubts whether it should be referred to U. europz‘a or U. nana, or be considered as a distinct species; he says (Encyc of Geog. RR 576 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. p. 329.) that he has seen both flowers and seed vessels, which do not differ in any material point from those of U. nana. We have no doubt in our own mind of its being only a variety of U. europea; but we have pre- served it distinct, because it is truly so in its habit, and most important in its uses. Its value as a forage plant, in deep soils, can hardly be over- rated ; and, perhaps, in this capacity, it may be found a valuable acquisition to Australia, India, and North America. Genus V. | fal STAURACA’/NTHUS Link. Tue Srauracantuus, or LEAFLESS FURZE. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Link in Schrad. N. Journ., 2. p. 1. and 52.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 148. Synonyme. Ulex sp. Brot. . Derivation. From stauros, a cross, and akantha, a spine’; in allusion to the spines, each of which has two smaller spines proceeding from its sides, which give it the appearance of a cross. # 1. S. apuy’1.Lus Link. The leafless Stauracanthus. Ulex genistéides Brot. Fl. Lus., ii. p.78.; and U‘lex mitis Hort. _ This is the only species of the genus known. It is a leafless shrub, with the habit of Ulex, having divaricate branches ; and is a native of Spain and Portugal, in sandy pine woods, where it grows to the height of from 2ft. to 3ft. It was introduced in 1823, and produces its yellow flowers in May and June. It is readily increased by cuttings planted in sand under a hand-glass, or by seeds. Plants of it were in the garden of the London Horticultural Society in 1835. Genus VI. | | | si Si oe aoe , SPA’RTIUM Dec. Tue Spartium, or Spanish Broom. Lin, Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Lin. Sp., 995.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 145.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148. Synonymes.- Spartianthus Link Enwm., 2. p. 223. ; Genista sp, Lam. and Meench. Derivation. From sparton, cordage ; in allusion to the use of the plant in early ages generally, and in Spain, even to the present day, for making ropes, #1. 8S. Ju’Nceum L. The Rush-like Spartium, or Spanish Broom, Identification. Lin. Sp., 995.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 145.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148, Synonymes. _ Genista jancea Lam, and Du Ham.; G. odorata Mench; Spartianthus jinceus Meench ; Genet d’Espagne, Fr.; Binsenartige Pfriemen, Ger. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 2. t. 22.; Bot. Mag., t. 85.; and our fig. 266 CO S. j. 2 flare plono has double flowers. Description, Geography, Sc. A shrub, with upright branches, round, of a deep green colour, smooth, and with but few leaves, which are lanceolate, and soon drop off. The flowers are few, disposed in terminal racemes, large, distant, and of a deep yellow. It is a native of Spain, Portugal, Italy, and the south of France, in rocky situations, and upon dry gravelly soils. In its native country, it grows to the height of from 5 ft. to 8ft.; but it attains to nearly double that height in British gardens, into which it was introduced in 1548. Properties and Uses. In Italy and the south of France, a very good cloth is manufactured from the fibres of this plant. The shoots are cut over in the CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE®. GENI’STA. 577 course of the month of August; and, after having been made up into little bundles, are dried in the sun. These are afterwards beaten with a mallet, and then steeped in water for three or four hours ; after this they are steeped in a ditch, among water and mud, for eight or nine days, and then taken out and washed, which operation has the effect of separating the parenchyma from the fibres. The bundles are then opened, and thinly spread out to dry, after which they are combed in the manner of flax; and the better part 1s laid aside for being spun, and woven into sheets, table linen, or shirts; the remaining part being used for sacking, or for stuffing mattresses. In various parts of France, Italy, and Spain, where neither hemp nor flax is grown, owing to the poverty of the soil, Spartium janceum is found an excellent substitute. In Italy, about Mount Cassiano, advantage is taken of a hot spring, by alternately immersing the shoots in it, and drying them in the sun, instead of the more tedious process of immersing them in cold water: when thus treated, the parenchyma is rendered fit for separation, and the fibres for combing, in three or four days. This process is said by Rosier to be also performed with the C¥tisus scoparius ; though, according to Desfontaines, this is doubtful. In Languedoc, sheep and goats are fed with the branches of Spartium jinceum during winter, not because it is an excellent fodder, but because there is a general deficiency of forage at that season. Both in Spain and France, the shoots are used for forming baskets, and for tying up vines and other fruit trees. The bees are said to be very fond of the flowers; and the seeds are eaten with great avidity by poultry, partridges, &c. Medicinally, the flowers and leaves, in infusion, act as an emetic, or, in a larger quantity, as an aperient. In Britain, the plant is solely regarded as an ornamental shrub, having the appearance of an evergreen, from its smooth dark-green shoots, and fastigiate form, even in winter, when without leaves. To produce a harmonious effect, some judgment is required in the quantity of plants of this species which ought to be grouped together. Three or four plants of Spartium jinceum, placed among three or four plants of any broad-leaved shrub, from the equal balance of opposite forms and characters, will not form a harmonious whole; while one plant of Spartium, in a group of six or eight broad-leaved plants (and more if the Spartium be not large), will be effective, by the contrast which it exhibits to the others; in the same manner as a single Lombardy poplar sometimes produces a good effect in a mass of round- headed trees. In planting Spartium janceum along with Cytisus scoparius and other plants of the same general character and habit, less attention in regard to proportion is requisite, as the assimilation is more natural. In shrubberies, where the Spartinm jianceum is planted here and there at random, though the plants form a beautiful objects, considered separately, yet they often destroy the unity of expression of the scenery. Propagation and Culture. Seeds are produced in abundance, and they will come up in any soil that is tolerably dry. In the nursery, they ought to be transplanted every year, as they are apt to form long taproots and very few fibres. Where,the plants are wanted as shelter for game, or to be grown as a substitute for flax or hemp, they may be treated in the same manner as the seeds of Ulex europze‘a. (See p. 574.) Commercial Statistics. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, seedlings 5s. per 100; transplanted plants, 12s. per 100; the double-flowered variety, 1s. 6d. each: at Bollwyller, 50 cents. Genus VII. ree earn Paes ale GENYVSTA Lam. Tue Genista. Lin, Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Lam. Dict., 2. p. 616.; Ill, t.619.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 145. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148. Synonymes. Genista, et Spartium, spec, Lin. ; Genet, Ir. ; Ginster, Ger. RR 2 578 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. Description, §c, The hardy species are deciduous or sub-evergreen shrubs, generally with trifoliolate leaves and yellow flowers ; there is a great same- ness of character among them; and, though many are quite distinct, yet it is highly probable that the greater number now recorded as species are only varieties. They are chiefly natives of Europe; but a few are found in the north of Africa, and they are all hardy or half-hardy. A number of the spe- cies were formerly included under the genus Spartium, and some under C¥tisus, from which they have been separated by Lamarck, whose arrangement as modified by De Candolle, we have adopted in the following enumeration, - g& 1. G. pARviIFLO‘RA Dec. The small-flowered Genista. Identification. Tec. Prod., 2. p. 145.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 148, Synonyme. Spartium parviflorum Vent. Hort. Cels., t.87. Engraving. Vent. Hort, Cels., t. 87. Spec. Char., &c. Leaf trifoliolate, its petiole very short; its leaflets usually deciduous, very narrow, glabrous. Flowers in lengthened terminal racemes. Legumes compressed, 1—3-seeded, rather pubescent, being covered with minute closely pressed down, slightly spreading. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 145.) A deciduous shrub, a native of the Levant, near the Gulf of Mundania, producing its yellow flowers from May to August. It was introduced in 1817; and, in British gardens, grows to the height of 6 ft. or 7 ft. % 2. G. cLtava’ta Poir. The club-shaped-calyxed Genista. Identification. Poir. Supp., 2. p. 717. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 145. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 149. Synonyme. Spartium sericeum Vent. Hort. Cels., t. 17., but not of Ait. Engraving. Vent. Hort. Cels., t. 17. Spec. Char., &c. Leaf trifoliolate. Leaflets linear-sublanceclate, silky beneath. Flowers in terminal heads. Legume compressed, so as to be flat, tapered at the base, containing 1—2 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.145.) A deciduous shrub, from 2ft. to 4 ft. high, a native of Mogador, in Spain; introduced in 1812. Its flowers, which are produced from May to August, are yellow, and rather larger than those of the preceding species. De Candolle thinks it is perhaps a species of C¥tisus. a 3. G.ca’npicans L. The whitish-surfaced Genista. Identification. Lin. Ameen. ; Dec. Prod.,2. p. 145.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 149. Synonymes. C¥tisus candicans Lin. Sp.; C. pubescens Meench. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t.80. ; and our fig. 267. Spec. Char., §c. Leaf trifoliolate, petiolate; leaflets obo- vate, pubescent, with appressed down. Branches angled. Flowers in terminal heads, few in a head. Legume hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 145.) It is allied to G, cana- riénsis, but has larger leaves, and scentless flowers. (Dec.) A sub-evergreen shrub, a native of Mogador, Italy, and the Levant. Introduced in 1735, and producing its large scentless flowers from April to July. In British gardens, it grows to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft.; and the great ad- vantage of this species is, that it grows rapidly, and flowers freely. In a newly formed garden or shrubbery, where it is desirable to produce a considerable effect the first sum- mer, there are few shrubs better adapted for this purpose than the different species of Genista; provided the plants are done justice to, in all that relates to culture. x 4. G. TRI’quETRA Ait. The triangular-sfemmed ,Genista. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 3. p.14. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 146. 5 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 149. Synonyme. G. triquetra Lam. ? , Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 314,; and our fig. 268. =s Spec. Char., Se, Branches 3-sided, decumbent, the younger ones villose. Leaves trifoliolate, simple about the ex- tremities of the branches; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, vil- lose. Flowers in short terminal racemes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 146.) A trailing shrub, which, in winter, has the ap- pearance of being evergreen from its somewhat winged and triangular green shoots. It is a native of Spain, Italy, and France; it was introduced in 1748, and, in \{ British gardens, produces a vast profusion of flowers # } from April to July. No shrub is more ornamental on rockwork ; and when trained to a stake, and allowed to form a head, or grafted standard high CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA‘CER. GENI‘STA. 579 on a laburnum, it forms a singular object, and, when in flower, a most magnificent one. It is also an admirable plant for training against a wall, particularly in dry situations, where it is exposed to the sun. Where it is desired to train a plant in the form of a man, an animal, or of any artificial object, by planting Genista triquetra in a favourable soil and situation, and placing over it a wire frame of the exact form of the object to be produced in green, the shoots might be trained to the frame; and in summer, when the plant was in flower, the form would appear as if covered with gold; while in winter, from the greenness of the shoots, it would be completely green. 2% 5. G. BRACTEOLA‘TA Lk. The bracteolated Genista. Identification. Lk. Enum., 2. p. 224.; Dec. Prod., 2. p, 146.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 149. Spec. Char., &c. Branches striated, pubescent. Leaves pubescent, trifoliolate ; the leaflets obovate: Flowers in short terminal racemes. Calyx hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.146.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of from 2ft. to 4ft., and flowering from March to May. It was introduced in 1823, but from what country is unknown. De Candolle knows so little about it, that he expresses a doubt, in his Prodromus, as to whether he has given itits right place in the series of species. x 6. G. UMBELLA‘TA Poir. The umbellate-fowered Genista. Identification. Poir. Suppl, 2. p.715.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 146.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 149. Synonyme. Spartium umbellatum Desf. Ati., 2. p.133., L’Hérit. Stirp., 183. Spec. Char., &§c. Leaf trifoliolate, its petiole short, its leaflets linear-lanceolate, and rather silky. Flowers in terminal heads. Calyx hairy, ina silky manner, Corolla and legume silky. Branches glabrous, (Dec. Prod., ii. p.146.) Found in Barbary, on arid hills, and introduced in 1799. It grows to the height of from 1 ft. to 2ft., and flowers from April to June. Variety. = G. u.2capitdta Dec. has the branches and leaves clothed with silky hairs. It is a native of Mogador, and issynonymous with the Spartium capitatum Cav. Annal. 1801, p. 63. “7. G. Lusita’nica L. The Portugal Genista. Identification. Lin. Sp., 999., exclusive of the synonymes of Clus. and J. Bauh.; Lam. Dict., 2. p. 662., exclusive of the synonymes; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 146.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.150. Engraving. Andr. Bot. Rep, t. 419, Spec. Char., §c. Branches spiny, round, becoming striate. Leaves trifo- liolate, opposite, upon short petioles ; the leaflets linear, folded, somewhat silky. Flowers few, terminal. Calyx very hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 146.) A native of Portugal, where it grows 4 ft. high. Introduced in 1771, and flowering from March to May. It forms a very spiny shrub, remarkable for having opposite leaves and branches; a character not common among Le- guminacee. % 8. G, (L.) RADIA‘TA Scop. The rayed-branched Genista. Identification. Scop. Carn., No. 871. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 146,; Don’s Mill., 2. PR se Spartium radiatum Lin. Sp, 996., Mill. Icon., t. 249. f. 1., Sims Bot. Mag., 2260, ; G. ilvénsis Daiech. Engravings. Mill, Icon., t.249. f.1.; Bot. Mag., t. 2260. ; and our jig. 269. Spec. Char., §c. Branches angled, grouped, glabrous. Leaf trifoliolate, almost sessile, opposite, the leaflets somewhat silky, Flowers in terminal heads, 2—4 in ahead. Corolla and legume silky, The old branches show a tendency to become spiny. The legumes are oval, short, compressed, pointed with the style, and include two seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 146.) A native of Italy, Carniola and the Vallais; introduced in 1758, and flowering in June and July. It bears a close re- semblance to G. lusitanica, differing from it principally in being without spines, and having its leaves some- what longer. Both this species or variety, and G. lu- sitanica, have a very singular appearance when without their leaves ; and, in that point of view, they may be con- sidered as almost as interesting in winter as they are in summer. Shrubs of this kind of interest are most desirable for intro- ducing among evergreens, more especially if they are at the same time free flowerers. RR 3 € 580 ARBOKETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY 111. % 9. G. EpHEDROIDES Dec. The Ephedra-like Genista. Identification. Dec. Légum. Mém., 6.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 147. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 150. Engravings. Dec. Légum Mém.,6. t.36.; Maund’s Botanic Garden, t. 498. 5 Spec. Char., §&c. eaves some trifoliolate, some simple, few sessile; leaflets linear, almost glabrous. Branches rigid, round, becoming striated and spiny. Flowers in spikes, alternate, yellow. Calyx somewhat pubescent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 147.) A shrub, not exceeding 2 ft. in height, in its native habitat, the coast of Sardinia, but attaining double that height in British gardens. It is glabrous, and resembles in appearance E’phedra distachya. There are plants of this species in the Birmingham Botanic Garden. % 10. G. rriaca’NtHOos Brot. The three-spined Genista. gece Brot. Phyt., 130. t.54; FL Lusit., 2. p.89.; Dee. Prod., 2. p. 147.; Don’s Mill. . p. 150. Synonyme. G. rostrata Poir. Suppl., 2. p.719. Engraving. Brot. Phyt., t.54. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves sessile, trifoliclate and simple, glabrous. Leaflets linear-lanceolate. Branchlets spiny, branched. Flowers in terminal ra- cemes, few in araceme. Calyx, corolla, and legume glabrous; legume 1- seeded. The spines are simple, trifid, or branched. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 147.) A native of Portugal, on mountains, and in woods. Introduced in 1821 and flowering from May to July. Height from 2 ft. to 3 ft. Variety. % G, t. 2 interripta Dec.; Spartium interr4ptum Cav. Annal., 1801, vol. iv. p. 58.; has linear leaflets, and branches usually simple, and shorter than those of the species. It is found wild about Tangier. z 11. G.uo’rripa Dec. The horrid Genista. Identification. Dec. FI. Fr., 4. p.500.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 146.; Don's Mill., 2, p. 149. Synonymes. Spartium hérridum Vahl Symb., 1. p. 51., exclusive of the synonyme; G. erinacea Giltb. Bot. Prat., 2. p. 239. Engraving. Gilib. Bot. Prat., 2. p. 239. icon. Spec. Char., &c. Branches grouped, angled, spiny, opposite. Leaves trifoliolate, opposite; the leaflets linear, folded, somewhat silky. Flowers few, almost terminal. Calyx pubescent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 146.) A native of the Pyrenees, introduced in 1821, growing to the height of 4ft., and flowering from May to July. wz 12. G.syLve’stris Scop. The wood Genista. Identification. Scop. Carn., No. 875.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 151. Synonyme. G. hispanica Jacg. Icon. Rar., t. 557. Engraving. Jacq, icon. Rar., t. 557. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves simple, linear-awl-shaped, glabrous above, villose in a closely pressed man- ner beneath. Spines axillary, branched, slender. Flowers glabrous, disposed in a terminal spiked raceme. Teeth of the calyx almost spiny. The keel longer than the standard and wings. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) A native of Carniola and Croatia, on hills. Introduced in 1818; flowering in June and July, and growing to the height of 2 ft. xg 13. G. Sco’rprus Dec. The Scorpion Genista. Identification. Dec. Fl. Fr., 4. p. 498. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.148.; Don’s Mill., 2. p, 151. Synonymes. Spartium Scorpius Lin. Sp., 995.; G. spiniflbra Lam. Dict., 2. p. 621.; Scorpion Furze Pes soca Clus. Hist., 1. p. 106. Spec. Char., §c. Spiny; spines branched, spreading, striated, glabrous. Leaves simple, very few, oblong, somewhat silky. Flowers glabrous, upon short pedicels, in groups disposed somewhat racemosely; the keel as long as the standard. Legume containing 2—4 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) A native of the south of Europe and in Barbary, in arid places, producing its yellow flowers from March to April. It was cultivated by Parkinson in 1640, and forms a spiny shrub, almost leafless, when the shoots are full grown. This species is commonly thought to be the Scorpius of Theo- phrastus. Parkinson says it is so covered by thorns as to be quite inac- cessible; from which it would appear to be a desirable plant for low hedges in suitable situations. In British gardens, it is occasionally met with as a curious shrub, and in conservatories in old collections. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEH. GENI’STA. 581 w 14, G. utspa’ntca L. The Spanish Genista. Identification. Lin. Sp., 999.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 151. Synonyme, Spanish Furze Hort. Engravings. Cav. Icon., 3. t, 211.; Lam. Ill, t. 619. f.3. Spec. Char.,§c. Spiny, except in the flower-bearing branches; spines branched, rigid. Leaves simple, lanceolate, villose. Flowers in a terminal subcapitate raceme. Keel villose, the length of the glabrous standard. Le- gume oval, including 2—4 seeds; when ripe, rather glabrous. (Dec. Prod., il. p. 148.) An undershrub, from 6 in. to 1 ft. in height, a native of Spain and the south of France, and cultivated in British gardens since 1759. Its flowers are produced in June and July. Probably this species, G. lusitanica, and G, horrida may be all varieties of the same species; at least, they do not appear more distinct than U‘lex europz‘a, nana, provincialis, and stricta. «15. G. a’nexica L. The English Genista, or Petty Whin. Identification. Lin. Sp., 999.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 149.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 151. Synonyme. G. minor Lam. Fl. Fr., 2. p.615. Engravings. Engl, Bot., t. 132. ; Lobel Icon., 2. p. 93. f.2.; and our fig. 270. Spec. Char., §c. Spiny, except in the flower- bearing branches; spines simple; the whole (= plant glabrous. Leaves simple, ovate-lance- CS) olate. Flowers in terminal racemes, few in a raceme; the keel longer than the standard and wings. Legume ovately cylindrical, in- cluding many seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 149.) A prostrate deciduous shrub, with woody stems, seldom exceeding | ft. in height; native of the middle and north of Europe, and fre- quent in Britain, on moist, boggy, heathy com- 979 mons. It is sometimes cultivated in collec- tions, where it forms a spiny bush about 2 ft. in height, flowering profusely in May and June. % 16. G.cerma’nica L. The German Genista. Identification, Lin. Sp., 995. ; Dec. Prod, 2. p.149.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 151. Synonymes. Scorpius spindsus Maench Meth., 134. ; Voglera spindsa Fl. Wett., 2. p. 500. Engravings. Fuchs Hist., 220. icon, ; Hayne Abbild., t. 122. ; and our jig. 271. Spec. Char., §c. Spiny, except in the flower-bearing branches; spines simple or branched. Leaves sim- ple, lanceolate, slightly hairy. Flowers somewhat villose, in terminal racemes. Keel longer than the standard and wings. Legume ovate, slightly hairy, : including 2—4 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.149.) A ~ spiny shrub, a native of Europe, in woods and on heaths, introduced in 1773. It grows to the height of 2ft. or 3ft. in British gardens, and flowers in June, July, and August. Variety. % G. g. 2 inérmis Dec. is almost without spines. 271 % 17. G. pu’RGans L. The purging Genista. Identification. Lin. Sp., 999.; Bull. Herb., 115. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.149.; Don’s Mill, 2. p.151. Synonyme. Spartium pirgans Lin. Syst., 474. Spec. Char., &§c. Upright, much branched. Branches round, striate. Leaves simple, very few, lanceolate, almost sessile, somewhat silky. Flowers axillary, solitary, scarcely pediceled. Petals equal, glabrous. The young legume adpressedly pubescent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 149.) A native of France, on hills, where it grows to the height of from 3 ft. to 6ft., flowering in June and July, Introduced in 1768. * 18. G.sERI‘cEA Wulf. The silky Genista. Identification. Wulf. in Jacq. Coll., 2. p. 167.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 149.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 154, Engraving. Jacq. Icon. Rar., 3. t. 556. RR4 582 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III Spec. Char., e Decumbent, with upright round branches, Leaves simple, linear-lanceolate, silky beneath. Flowers terminal, 3 or 4 together, in a sort of raceme. Petals silky, nearly equal. Lobes of the calyx oblong-acuminate; the floral leaves equalling the calyx in length. (Dee. Prod., ii. p. 149.) A decumbent shrub, not exceeding 6in. in height; a native of Austria and Croatia, in subalpine places near the shore ; introduced in 1812, and flowering in May and June. xy 19. G.numiru‘’sa L. The trailing Genista. se hie PIE Lin. Sp., 998.; Vill. Dauph., 3. p.421.t. 44.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 149. ; Don’s Mili. , p.io2. Engraving. Vill, Dauph., 3. p.421. t. 44. Spec. Char., &c. “Procumbent, the branches crooked, bearing tubercles, pilosely hairy, so rigid at the tip as toseem spiny. Leaves simple, linear-lanceolate, pilosely hairy. Flowers axillary, solitary, almost sessile. Petals silky, almost equal. Lobes of the calyx ovate, subacute. (Dec. Prod., i. p. 149,) A trailing shrub, from the Levant, in 1819, flowering in May and June. % 20. G. apHy’LLA Dec. The leafless Genista. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 149.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 152, Synonymes. Spartium aphyllum Lin. Fil. Suppl., 520.; G. virgata Lam. Dict., 2. p. 616. Engraving. Pall. Itin. Ed. Gall. Append., No. 357. t. 99. f. 2. Spec. Char., §c. Branched, upright. Leaves simple, very few, linear, very short. Flowers disposed distantly in lengthened terminal racemes. Legumes compressed, including 2 seeds; when young tomentose ; when adult, glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 150, )Found in Siberia, in deserts, about the Volga; and introduced in 1800. It grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. in British gar- dens ; and is one of the few species of Genista which have flowers of any other colour than yellow, those of this species being violaceous, and pro- duced in June and July. % 21. G. MoNOSPE’RMA Lam. The one-seeded Genista. Identification. Lam. Dict., 2. p. 616.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 150.; Don’s Mill.,2 p. 152. Synonymes. Spartium monospérmum Lin. Sp., 995., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 683.; G. Retam Forsk. Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 683. ; and our fig. 272. Spec. Char., &c. Branched, upright. Leaves simple, very few, linear-oblong, adpressedly pubescent. Flowers in lateral racemes, few in a raceme. Petals silky, almost equal. Legumes ovate, inflated, mem- branaceous, glabrous, including 1—2 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.150.) An erect shrub, with numerous slender, twiggy, flexile branches, and white flowers. It is a native of the coast on both sides of the Me- diterranean Sea, where, in many places, it serves: to retain and consolidate the drifting sand. The | leaves and young branches are, in these countries ~ eaten by sheep and goats; and the twigs are used for tying vines to stakes, or tying up faggots; and they are also twisted into ropes. In British gar- dens, the plant is highly ornamental. There is a fine 272 plant of it in the Hammersmith Nursery. So & 22. G. spumRocaR’PA Lam. The round-fruited Genista. Identification. Lam. Dict., 2. p. 616.; Dee. Prod., 2. p. 150.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 152. Synonyme. Spaxtium spherocarpon Lin, Mant., 571. Engraving. Clus, Hist., 1. p. 102. f. 2. Spec. Char., &c. Twiggy, branched. Leaves simple, few, linear, almost glabrous. Flowers in laterat racemes, many in a raceme. Petals glabrous, equal. Legumes ovate, in some measure fleshy, con. taining 1—2seeds. Flowers small, and pale yellow. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 150.) A twiggy shrub, a native of the south of Europe and north of Africa, introduced in 1731. It grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., and produces its small yellow flowers in June and July. % 23. G. mTHNE’NsIs Dec. The Mount Etna Genista, Identification. Dee. Prod., 2. p. 150.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 152. Synonymes. Spartium zthnense Biv. St. Sic. Mant., 2, Rafin. Specch., 1. p. 17., Sims Bot. Mag, 2674.; Spartium trispérmum Smith in Rees’s Cycl., vol. 32. No. 5. Engravings, Bot. Mag., t. 2674. ; and our fig. 273. Spec. Char., §c. Upright, very much branched. Leaves simple, few, linear, silky. Flowers in terminal racemes. Petals almost glabrous, nearly equal in length. Legumes obliquely ovate, compressed, containing 2—3 seeds ; when young, pubescent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 150.) An erect twiggy shrub, a native of the wooded region of Mount Etna, and resembling the preceding \ species, except that the flowers are twice the size. It was introduced in 1816, grows to the height of from 2 ft. to 4 ft., and produces its yellow flow- 4 ers in June and July. 273 CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX®. GENI'STA. 583 % 24. G. scario‘sA Viv. The scarious-margined-leaved Genista. Identification. “Viv. Ann. Bot., 1. p. 2.175.; Fragm. Fl. Ital., 1. p.5.t.8.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 150. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 152. : ; Synonymes. G. januénsis Viv. Cat., p. 10., Bert. Pl.; G. genueénsis Pers. Ench., No 5. Engraving, Frag. Fi. Ital., 1. t. 8. Spee. Char., §c. The whole plant perfectly glabrous. Stem ascending. Younger branches 3-sided. Leaves simple, lanceolate, or the lowest obovate, dry and shriveled in the margin. Flowers in racemes. Corolla twice thelength of the calyx. Legume linear, including 4—7 seeds, some of the intervals between them constricted. (Dec. Prod.,2. p. 150.) An upright shrub, a native of Liguria and of the kingdom of Naples. Introduced in 1821 and flowering in June and July. x 25. G. anxa’ntTIca Ten. The Anxantic Genista. Ede iaeion. sen Fl. Nap. Prod., p. 41.; Fl. Nap., 2. p. 127. t. 66.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 150.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 152. Synonyme. G. amsantica Tenore. Engravings. ¥F1. Nap., 2. p. 127. t. 66.; Swt. Fl.-Gar., 2d ser. t. 266.; and our figs. 274, 275. Spec. Char,, §c. The whole plant is perfectly glabrous. Stems spread- ing. Branches angled. Leaves simple, ovate-elliptical, rather coria- ceous, veiny. Flowers in racemes, Corolla thrice as long as the calyx; and about 8 lines long. Legume con- taining 8—10 seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii, & p. 150.) 7— LG hairy, 3—4-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 152.) A SUAS ES : prostrate shrub, a native of Burgundy, and the Alps of Jura. Introduced in 1775, and not unfrequent in gardens and nur- series. It flowers in May and June. x 38. G. procu’mMBENS Waldst. et Kit. The procumbent Genista. Poe aton. Waldst. et Kit. in Willd. Sp., 3. p.940.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.152.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 153. Spec. Char. §c. Branches procumbent, round, striated, rather downy. Leaves - Janceolate, acute, and, as well as the calyxes, downy beneath. Flowers pe- dicellate, axillary, in threes. Corolla glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 152.) A procumnbent shrub, a native of Hungary and Moravia; introduced in 1816, and flowering from June to August. Most likely only a variety of the pre- ceding species. Frequent in collections. 586 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIl. x 39. G. pito'’sa Lin. The hairy Genista. Identification. Lin. Sp., 999.; Smith’s Eng. Fl. 3. p. 263,; Hayne Abbild. der deut. Holz., p. 161. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 152.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 153. Synonymes. G. repens Lam. Fl. Fr.; Benistéides tuberculata Meench Meth. ae Jacq. Fl. Austr., t. 208.; Clus. Hist., 1. p. 103. f.2.; Hayne Abbild., t. 120.; and our Spec. Char., $c. Stems procumbent, stri- ated, branched, tuberculated. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, obtuse, folded, and having beneath a close-pressed silky down. Flowers axillary, on short pe- dicels. Calyx and pedicels silky. Le- gumes pubescent, and 3—4-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ti. p. 152.) A procumbent shrub, a native of the south of France, Switzer- land, Germany, &c., and of Britain, on + dry elevated downs or heaths, in Suffolk, Cornwall, and in North Wales; flowering in May and June. The specific name, pilosa, is certainly not very appropriate; for there are other species, such as G. candicans, which are much more hairy. ~~ 40. G. prtoca’rPA Link. The hairy-fruited Genista. Identification. Link. Enum., 2. p. 223.; Dec. Prod. 2. p. 152.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 154 Spec. Char. §c. An erect shrub, with angular downy branches, and lanceolate leaves, clothed beneath with silky pubescence. Flowers racemose, on short pedicels. Legume hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 152.) A shrub, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft. Introduced in 1823, but from what country is un- certain. It flowers in June and July. App. i. Hardy Species of Genista not yet introduced. The following abridged descriptions are almost all taken from De Candolle’s Prodromus and Don’s Miller. We have given them here, in order to direct the attention of patriotic travellers to the subject; because the seeds of many of the sorts might, doubtless, be obtained from the directors of botanic gardens, in the places where they are indigenous ; and seeds of all the species will retain their vital powers for two years or more. G. méilis Dec. ; Spartium mélle Cav. Ann., 1801. p.57. Leaves on short petioles, trifoliolate, and as well as the calyxes, branches, and legumes, clothed with soft villi. Flo Xi H ere of en gat See Prod., ii. p. 145.) y wens Sanat are . patens Dec. ; Spartium patens Cav. Icon., 2. p. 58. t. 176., exclusive of the synon striated, twiggy, glabrous. Leaves stalked, trifoliolate ; leaflets obovate, pubescent Honeeth “itowere a fours, pedicellate, nearly terminal. Legume glabrous, 3—6-seeded. Native of Spain, on mountains near Albayda. It differs from C¥tisus patens, in the upper lip of the calyx being acutely bipartite. lower lip of 3 bristles, not with the lips nearly equal and entire. Flowers from Aprilto July. Shrub, 4 ft. to 8ft. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 145., and Don’s Mill, ii. p. 149.) ; . G. sessil?fdlia Dec. Lég. Mém., 6. Leafiets 3, rising from the same point on the branches, linear- subulate, silky, sometimes solitary. Spike terminal, elongated, loose-flowered. Corolla silky. Legume ovate, acuminated, pubescent, 1—2-seeded. A shrub, from 1 ft. to 2 ft. in height, a native of Galicia on hills. The flowers closely resemble those of G. pildsa ; but the standard is shorter than the keel, (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 146.) ‘ G. casparrina Guss. ex Schlect. Linnza., 4. p. 38., under Spartium. A beautiful shrub, with slender gee the lower leaves ternate, and the upper ones simple. Like G. radiata. (Don’s Mill., 2 p. 149. : G. acanthéclada Dec. Lég. Mém. 6., D’Urv. Enum. Leaves nearly sessile, and trifoli ; linear, complicated, and rather silky. Branches round, stiff, tect! and spiny, poten ab Ieee state Rigg ee ae = cuposite Bspored along weber in a kind of interrupted spike. Calyx pubescent. is found wild in exposed places in the Levant, in the Islan i a shrub from 2 fe, to 3 ft high. (Dec. Prod. ii. p. 147) ; ON ee x, Lobélii Dec. Fl. Fr., 4. p. 499., Lob. Adv., p. 409., Chab. Sciag., p. 86. f. 1. ; Spartiu i 6. ides Lots. Fl. Gail., p. 441. Leaves few, and the lower ones beset oa re oben dhe Beet ielaile, scattered, linear-oblong, and rather silky. Branches crowded, spiny, striated, and rather tuber. culated. Flowers few, solitary, pedicellate, disposed along the branches in a kind of raceme. Calyx es. A shrub, from 1 ft. to2 ft. high, found in arid places in Corsica and Provence. (Dec. Prod., li. p. 147, G. parvifolia G. Don; G. microphylla Morzs. Elench., p. 13. Hairy. Leaves alterna’ ifoli upper ones simple; leaflets oblong-linear, acute, complicated, Peet above; lower pceerecim Branches crowded, spiny, alternate ; younger ones furrowed. Flowers racemose. Native of Sardinia. Legume 4—5-seeded, linear, villous. Shrub, 1ft. to 2 ft. high. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 150.) 4 G. Salzmdnni Dec. Lég. Mem.,6.; G. wmbellata Salam. Leaves sessile, trifoliolate, or simple, ob- CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINACE&. GENI’STA. §87 long, obtuse, clothed with closely pressed down. Branches becoming at length striated, lax, spiny. Flowers somewhat racemose along the branches, twin, pedicellate, clothed with silky pubes- cence; the 3 lower lobes of the calyx about equal in length to the upper ones, but narrower. A shrub, growing to the height of from 2 ft. to 3 ft., on rocks near Corfe, in Corsica. (Dec. Prod., 2: p. 147.) G. aspalathézdes Lam. Dict., 2. p. 620.; Spartium aspalathdides Desf. Ati., 2. p. 136. Leaves few ; the lower ones sessile, and trifoliolate, the rest nearly all simple, scattered, linear-oblong, and rather silky. Branches loose, round spiny, somewhat recurved, and at length becoming striated. Flowers in pairs, subracemose along the branches, pedicellate, clothed with closely pressed silky pubescence. Calyx trifid, the 3 lower of the 5 lobes being connate into a 3-toothed lip, A shrub, trom 2 ft. to 3 ft., found on rocks near Bonne, in Barbary. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 147.) G. férox Poir. Suppl., 2. p. 708. ; Spartium heteropbyllum L’ Hérit. Stirp., 183. ; Spartium férox Desf. All., 2. p. 136. t. 182. Leaves trifoliolate, or for the most part simple, oblong, and smoothish. Branches striated, and spinescent at the apex. Flowers racemose. Calyx rather pubescent. Corolla smooth, A shrub, from 3 ft. to 4ft. high, found on mountains near Lacalle, in Barbary. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.147. G. Cupani Guss. Cat., 1821, p. 77. ; Acacia triph¥lla Cup. Pamph. Sic., ed. 1. vol. 2. t. 233. Leaves sessile, trifoliolate, and hairy; leaflets linear-lanceolate. Branches spiny. Racemes terminal and few-flowered, Calyx rather pilose. Corolla smooth. Legume 1-seeded, and rather hairy. A shrub, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, found on arid mountains, more especially on the Nebrodes, in Sicily. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 147. G. inféwa G. ee Spartium inféstum Gussone Pl. Rar., p. 290. Branches striated, and spiny. Leaves ternate ; leaflets obovate, and silky beneath. Legumes compressed, and, as well as the bracteas, covered with a close, soft, silky down. Found in bushy places by the sea side, in Calabria, and growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft. Flowers in May (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 150., adapted.) G, hirsita Vahl Symb., 1. p.51. Leaves lanceolate, and, as well as the branches, hairy. Spines trifid, and striated, Spikes terminal, and hairy. Corolla hairy, having the keel twice the length of the standard. Legume pubescent, and 1-seeded. A shrub, native of Spain and Portugal. G. h. 2 cuspidata Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148.; Spartium cuspidatum Cav. Anai., 1801, p. 56.; has the spines much elongated. It is a native of the north of Africa. G. h. 3 orientilis Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148., is a native of the Levant. . It has the spines hardly longer than the leaves, and trifid or simple. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) G. algarbiénsis Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p. 89. ; G. hirsuta var. 6? algarbiénsis Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148. Leaves lanceolate. Spines simple, solitary. Flowers terminal, subcapitate. Bracteas hairy. Calyx and co- rolla yellow. A native of Algarva, in Portugal; and ashrub, from 2 ft.to 4ft. high. It is considered as a variety by De Candolle, and as a species by G. Don. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148., and Don’s Miil., ii. . 150.) e G. tricuspidata Desf. Atl., 2. p. 158. t. 183. ; Spartium tricuspidatum Cav. Ann. Leaves lanceolate, and, as well as the branches, sometimes hairy, but not always 4-sided. Spines somewhat stiff, for the most part trifid. Racemes spike-formed, terminal. Calyx rather hairy. Corolla glabrous. Keel twice the length of the standard and wings. A shrub, from 1 ft. to 3ft. high, found on hills near Algiers. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) G. gibraltdrica Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148, Leaves linear-lanceolate, and, as well as the branches, calyxes, and corollas, glabrous. Branches flexible and decumbent. Spines trifid and simple, usually leafy. Racemes terminal, somewhat spicate. Keel longer than the standard and wings. A native of the rocks of Gibraltar, near St. Roque. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) G. falcata Brot. Phyt., 133, t. 55., Fl. Lus., 2. p.89. Leaves ovate-lanceolate ; the upper ones, and those of the stem, roundish, having the margins, middle nerve, and branchlets rather hairy. Spines stiff, and for the most part trifid. Racemes few-flowered. Keel longer than the standard and wings. Flowers glabrous. Legumes sickle-shaped, and many-seeded. A shrub from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, found in Beira and Estremadura, in Portugal. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) G. cérsica Dec. Fl. Fr. Suppl., p. 548. ; Spartium coérsicum Lois. I’. Gail., p. 440. The whole shrub is smooth. Leaves linear lanceolate. Stipules rather spiny. Spines simple and rigid. Flowers ax. illary, solitary, pedicellate. Keel length of the standard. Legume 4—8-seeded, quite smooth. A shrub, about 2 ft. high, found about Bastia, Bonifacio, &c., in Corsica. There is a variety (G. c. 2 pubéscens Dec. Prod., 2. p. 148.) which has the branches and young leaves clothed with closely pressed down. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 148.) G. ramosissima Poir. Suppl., 2. p.715.; Spartium ramosissimum Desf. Fi. Ati., 2. p.132. t.178. Much branched, erect. Branches striated, tuberculated, Leaves few, lanceolate, villous. Flowers nearly sessile along the branches, crowded. Petals silky, about equal in length. Native of Mount Atlas, near Flemsen, Fruit unknown. (Don’s Mii. ii. p. 151.) G. cinérea Dec. FI. Fr., 4. p. 494. ; Spartium cinéreum V7. Prosp., 40.; G. scoparia Vill. Dauph., 3. 420., exclusively of synonymes ; G. flérida Asso Ar., 94. Erect, much branched. Branches striated. Leaves lanceolate, clothed with adpressed pubescence, Flowers almost sessile along the branches, solitary. Petals silky, about equalin length. Legume clothed with adpressed villi, 4—6-seeded. Na- tive of arid hills and mountains, from Aragon to Nice, in the limits of olives. Flowers in June and July. Shrub, 2ft. to 6ft. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 151.) G. stylosa Spreng. Syst., 3. p. 176.; G. bracteolata Willd. Herb. Branches slender, angular, flexuous ; and are, as well as the leaves, linear and smooth, Flowers in terminal racemes. Calyx bracteolate. ges cin aa permanent. Native of Portugal. Flowers yellow. Shrub, 2ft. to 4tt. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 151. G. muilticailis Lam. Dict., 2. p. 617. Dwarf. Branches erect, twiggy. Leaves linear-oblong, rather glabrous, tapering into the petiole at the base. Flowers solitary, on short pedicels. Calyx clothed with adpressed silky pubescence. Corolla glabrous. Native of the Balearic Islands. Shrub, 1 ft. to 2ft. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 151.) G. tenuifilia Lois. Not., 169. Stems weak. Branches round and striated, rather erect. Leaves linear, 1-erved, glabrous. Flowers disposed in terminal racemes, and, with the legumes, glabrous. Nearly allied to G. tinctdria and G. depréssa, from which it is hardly distinct, unless in the flowers being smaller. Native of Piedmont. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 150.) G. depréssa Bieb Fl. Taur. Suppl., p.460. Stems decumbent. Floriferous branches triquetrous, ascending. Leaves lanceolate, acute, clothed with adpressed hairs. Flowers in the upper axils of the leaves on short pedicels, disposed in such a manner as to appear a leafy raceme. Corolla glabrous. Native of Tauria, on mountains, and about Constantinople; very like G. mantica. Shrub, decum- bent. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 152.) G. Perreyméndi Lots. Fl. Gall. ex Bull. Sct., Aug. 1828, p. 425. Stems decumbent. Branches striated, round, and rather erect. Leaves lanceolate, rather smooth. Flowers racemose, and ter- minal. Legume clothed with canescent hairs. Found wild in France, and closely resembling G. tinc- toria. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 158.) G. pulchélia Visiami P). Dalm, ex Bot Zeit., Jan. 1830, p.51. The whole plant is silky. The stems are diffuse, and much branched. The branches are furrowed, and the young ones striped, 588 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. tubercled at the buds, and rufescent at the apex. ‘The leaves are simple, lanceolate, entire, small. The flowers are in crowded racemes, the pedicels all leaning to one side. Wings smooth, shorter than the keel. Legumes pendulous, 2—3-seeded. It is a native of Dalmatia, and closely resembles G. xthnénsis and G, florida, but is more silky. (Don’s M7ll., ii. p. 153., adapted.) G. tridentata Lin. Sp., 998., Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p. 86. Branches shrubby, triquetrous, membranous, somewhat articulated. Leaves ovate, tridentate at the apex, glabrous. Flowers disposed into crowded, terminal, and lateral heads. Carina and legumes clothed with silky wool. Native of Portugal, on uncultivated hills and among bushes. Wings of stem rather undulated, with the margins roughly denticulated. Shrub, 1 ft. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 153.) G. albida Willd. Sp., 3. p. 942., Bieb. Fl. Taur., 2. p. 149. 3. p.459. Stems procumbent, striated, branched. Leaves lanceolate or linear, clothed with white hairs, Legume tomentose. Native of Tau- ria and Bessarabia, on stony mountains. Allied to G. pilisa. Shrub procumbent. (Don’s Mill, ii. . 153. a. G. cE Ort. Dec., 6. p. 68. t.10. f. 1. Stems procumbent, smooth, angular. Leaves linear- lanceolate. Flowers disposed in terminal spikes, distant. Carina rather villous, Legume 2—3-seeded. Native of Spain, in humid places, in the wood called Corazo, near Silos. Flowers in May and June. Shrub, procumbent. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 152.) G. ? heterophilla Dec. Prod., 2. p. 152.; Cytisus heterophyllus La Peyr. Abr., 422. Erect stems, and angular branches, the sterile ones hairy. Leaves simple, obovate, on short petioles, and clothed with silky down. Flowers usually in threes, axillary, pedunculate. Calyxes campanulate, and hairy Legume silky. A shrub, from 2 ft. to4 ft. high ; found in the Pyrenees. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 152.) G. angulata G. Don, Rafin, Préc. déc. Som., p.37., under Spartium. Unarmed. Branches pen- tagonal, glabrous. Leaves simple and trifolioiate, stalked ; leaflets thin, oblong, mucronate, almost smooth. Legume solitary, pedunculate, oblong, compressed, pubescent. Native of Maryland, in woods. Shrub, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 153.) App. il. Half-hardy Species of Genista. G. canariénsis L., the Spartium 4lbicans of Cavanilles, the Cytisus paniculatus of Lois., and the C. ramosissimus of Poir., (Bot. Reg., t. 217.) is a native of the Canary Islands and of Spain, which has been an inhabitant of British green-houses since 1656. It is a showy shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10ft.; very leafy, with terminal heads of flowers, the petals of which are of a cream colour. In dry warm situations, it will grow in the open air with very little protection. A plant has stood out against a wall in the Horticultural Society’s garden since 1832. G. linifolia L., Spartium Jinifdlium Desf., Cytisus dinifdlius Lam., Genistiides Jinifdlia Maench, (Bot. Mag., t.442.; and our fig. 280.) is a native of the south of France,and of Spain, and also of Barbary. It grows to the height of 6 ft., and flowers in our green-houses from January to June. It has been in cultivation since 1739; but, from its flowering in the winter season, it is not so well adapted for the open air as most of the half-hardy species. It is, however, an admirable plant for a conservative wall, where the protection is a glass case. G. bifldra Dec., Spartium biflbrum Desf. Fl. Aél., 2. p. 133. t.179., is a shrub from 1ft. to 3ft. high, a native of the north of Africa, not : , _ yet introduced. G. microphglla Dec., Spartium microphyllum Cav. Ann., 1801, p. 63., is a shrub from 1 ft. to ft. high, a native of the Grand Canary Island on mountains, not yet introduced; unless this, and other species from the Canary Islands, should have been sent... home, by Philip Barker Webb, Esq., to the Milford Nursery. G. tridens Cav. (Don’s Mili., 2. p.151.) grows 2ft. high in the north of Africa, about Tangier, but has not yet been introduced. G. egyptiaca Spreng. grows to the height of 2ft. in Egypt, and ap- proaches very near to G. hispanica, of which it is probably only a variety. G. virgata Dec., Spartium virgatum Ait., G. gracilis Poz., Cytisus tener Jac. Icon. Rar., t.147., and our fig. 281., is a handsome shrub, a native of Madeira, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and flowering from March to July. it has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1777, but will grow against a wall with very little protection. G. cuspidisa Dec,, Spartium cuspidatum Burch., is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and grows to 2 ft. or 3 ft. high. It is a much-branched stiff shrub, and, probably, rather more tender than the preceding species given as half-hardy. G. congésta Dec., Spartium ‘congéstum JVilld., is a native of Teneriffe, nearly allied to G. virgata, and, doubtless, only a variety of it. G. desiderdta Dec., a native of Port Desideratum, and G. scandens Lois. - a native of Cochin-China, are very doubtful plant d y Be ao Fi y doubtful plants, and probably belong to Genus VIII. ala rae CY’TISUS Dec. Tur Cytisus. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 153. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 154. Synonymes, C¥tisus and Spartium species Lin. and Lam. &c.; Cytise, Fr. ; Bohmenbaum, Ger. Deenion. From Cythnus, one of the Cyclades, the first of the species known having been found ere. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE®. CY’TISUS. 589 Description, §c. The species are generally deciduous shrubs, but two of them are low trees; all have trifoliolate leaves, and the flowers are for the most part yellow. The shrubs have the habit of Genista or of Spartium, to both which genera they are nearly allied. All the species are ornamental, some of them eminently so; and those which have their flowers in terminal racemes are decidedly more elegant than those which have them in close terminal, or in axillary heads. The wood of the laburnum is valuable in turnery and cabinet- work. All the species produce seeds in abundance, by which they are almost exclusively propagated. The species recorded in books are numerous ; but, if they were all brought together, and cultivated in the same garden, we ques- tion much if a tithe of them would be found specifically distinct. The ancients held the cytisus in great estimation; and, according to Pliny, Aristomachus of Athens, and Amphilochus, wrote treatises on it, which are lost. Much is said on this subject by Columella and Pliny, who have given ample details on the culture and uses of the cytisus; but their description of the plant is so indefinite, that modern naturalists are scarcely agreed as to which species was meant. In England, Switzer, and, in France, M. Amoureux, have written treatises to prove that the cytisus of the ancients was the Medicago arborea of Lin., the lucerne en arbre of the modern French, and this is at present the general opinion. (See Medicago.) § i. Alburndides Dec. Derivation. From the word alburnum, signifying the white inner sap-wood of trees ; and applied to this section from the flowers of the species being white. Sect. Char, Calyx campanulate. Pod ]—4-seeded, not dilated at the upper suture. Flowers white. Leaves very few. Branches unarmed. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 153.) % 1. C.a’LBus Link. The white Cytisus, or Portugal Broom. Identification. Link Enum., 2. p. 241.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 153.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 154. Synonymes. Genista alba Lam. Dict., 2. p. 623. ; Spartium album Desf, Fi. Ail., 2. p. 132.; Spartium multiflirum dt. Hort, Kew., 3. p.11.; Spartium dispérmum Meench Meth., p. 130. ; Genista mul- tifldra N. Du Ham., 2. p.76.; Spartium a Fleurs blanches, Fr.; weisse Pfriemen, Ger. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 2, t. 23 ; and our fig. 282, Spec. Char., §c. Branches terete, twiggy. Leaves simple, and trifoliolate, sessile. Leaflets linear-oblong, silky. Flowers in fascicles, disposed in long racemes. Legume 2-seeded, very villous. ( Don’s Mill.,ii. p. 154.) A very handsome shrub, more especially when covered with its white flowers in May, and when surrounded by hun- dreds of bees, busily occupied in extracting their honey. It is a native of Portugal and the Levant, and was in- * troduced in 1752; since when it has been very generally cultivated. In good soil, it is of very rapid growth, at- taining the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. in 3 or 4 years, and, in 6 or 8 years, growing as high as 15 ft., or even 20 ft., if in a sheltered situation. Placed by itself on a lawn, it forms a singularly ornamental plant, even when not in flower, by the varied disposition and tufting of its twiggy thread-like branches. When in flower, it is one of the finest ornaments of the garden. Trained to a single stem, its effect is increased; and, grafted on the la- burnum, a common practice about Paris, it forms a very remarkable combination of beauty and singularity. Plants are so easily raised from seeds, that they are sold in the British nurseries at very moderate prices: in London, from 5s. to 12s. per hundred, and seeds 10s. per lb. At Bollwyller, and in New York, it is a green- house plant. 590 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 11], Variety. =. C. a. 2 incarnatus has flesh-coloured flowers, or flowers very slightly tinged with reddish purple. This variety was introduced in 1818; and reproduces itself from seeds, but it varies much in the quantity of colour in the flowers. § ii, Labéirnum Dec. Derivation. A name applied by Pliny to some species of Cftisus. Sect. Char. Calyx campanulate. Pod many-seeded, not dilated at the upper suture. Flowers yellow. Branches leafy and unarmed. (Dec. Prod., ii, p- 153.) *% 2. C. Lasu’rnum LL. The common Laburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp. 1041.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 153. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 154. Synonymes. C. alpinus Lam. Fl. Fr.,2. p. 621.; Bean-trefoile Tree, and Peascod Tree, Gerard; Pea Tree, Scotch ; Golden Chain; l’Aubours, faux E/bénier, Arbois, or Arc-Bois, Fr.; gemeine Boh- nenbaum, Gev. Derivation. ‘The name of L’Aubours, which is given to this tree in Dauphiné and Switzerland, is supposed by Du Hamel to be a corruption of the Latin word daburnum The word Arbois is a corruption of arc-bo7s, the wood of this tree having been used by the ancient Gauls to make . their bows ; and being still so employed by the country people, in some parts of the Macon- nois, where these bows are found to preserve their strength and elasticity during half a century. The name of False Ebony is applied to the wood, from the blackness of its heart-wood _ The German name signifies Bean Tree, and both it and the English and Scotch names of Bean- trefoil and Pea Tree have reference to the shape of the leaves and the legumes. The name _of Golden Chain alludes to the length of the drooping racemes of flowers, which, as Cowper elegantly describes them, are “ rich in streaming gold.” . Engravings. Jacq. Aust., t.306.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t.176.; N. Du, Ham. 5. t. 44. J. Bauhin Hist., 1, p. 3. and 361. icon. Spec. Char., $c. Branches terete, whitish, Leaves petiolate ; leaflets ovate- lanceolate, pubescent beneath. Racemes pendulous, simple. Pedicels and calyxes clothed with closely pressed pubescence, Legume linear, many-seeded, clothed with closely pressed pubescence. A tree, a native of Europe, on the lower mountains of the south of Germany, and of Swit- zerland, where it grows to the height of 20ft. or upwards. It was intro- duced in 1596, and produces its fine yellow flowers in May and June. Varieties. * C. L. 2 quercifolium Hort., C. L. 2 incisum, has sinuated leaflets, not unlike the leaves of the common oak. (See our plate of this variety in Vol. IT.) * C. L. 3 péndulum Hort. has pendulous branches. ¥ C. L. 4 foliis variegatis has variegated leaves; but it is a plant of no beauty. * C. L. 5 purpurascens Hort., C. L. purptreum Hort., C. Adami, Poir., C. LZ. coccineum Baum. Cat., the purple Laburnum, the scarlet Laburnum, is a hybrid between C. Labiarnum and C. purpureus, in which the flowers are of a reddish purple, slightly tinged with buff, and are produced in pendent spikes, 8 in. or more long. It was originated in Paris, in the nursery of M. Adam, in 1828; it was introduced into England about 1829, and has been a good deal cultivated. It is a very vigorous, and somewhat erect and fas- tigiate, growing variety, having produced shoots from 6 ft. to 9 ft. long in one season; but, though it has been highly spoken of by some cultivators, in point of beauty, it cannot be recommended. A re- markable fact respecting this hybrid is stated by Mr. Rivers, in the Gard. Mag. for May, 1836. When he was in the Jardin des Plantes, at Paris, in the autumn of the year 1835, a fine plant of this variety was shown to him, which appeared to be half C. pur- pureus and half C. Labtrnum. On examining the plant more minutely, he ascertained that half the plant had partially returned to the habits of one of its parents, the C. purptreus; while the remain- ing part retained the hybrid character in which, as is well known, the habit and foliage of C. Labirnum prevail. A similar anomaly CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CER. Cy’T1SUS. 591 was observed by Mr. Rivers in England; in which, at the extreme end of the shoot of a plant of C. Z. purpurascens, there came forth a branch of the true C. purpureus, with its small leaves and peculiar habit, appearing as if budded on the purple laburnum. (Gard. Mag., vol. xii. p. 225.) The same thing has occurred to the original tree in our garden at Bayswater. ¥ 3. C.(L.) atpr'nus Mill. The Alpine, or Scotch, Laburnum. Identification. Mill. Dict., No. 2.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 153.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 154. Synonymes. CC. Labirnum £ Ait., Lam., Dec. Fl. Fr.; C¥tisus angustifdlius Manch Meth., 145. ; C. Labirnum var. latifolium Pers. and Du Mont; Cytise des Alpes, l’Aubours, Fr.; Alpen Bohen- baum, Ger. : Maggio pendolino, Ital. . Engravings. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 3. t. 260.; and the plate of this tree in Vol, II. Spec. Char., §c. Branches glabrous and terete. Leaves petiolate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, rounded at the base. Racemes pendulous. Pedicels and calyxes puberulous. Legumes glabrous, few-seeded, marginate. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 154.) A tree, growing to the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft., and sometimes much higher, in a state of cultivation. It is found in Carinthia, in the Alps of Jura, on Mount Cenis, and on the Apennines. According to some, it is also found wild in Scotland ; but, though it is much cultivated in some parts of Fifeshire and Forfarshire, it is far from being indigenous there. It was introduced into Britain about the same time as the other species, viz. 1596 ; and was, prebably, for a long time confounded with it; for which reason we shall treat of the history, uses, &c,, of the two spe- cies, or races, together. Variety. ¥ C.(L.) a. 2 péndulus has pendulous branches, and, in the foliage and le- gumes, seems intermediate between C. Laburnum and C. (L.) alpinus. This is very obvious in a fine specimen of this variety in the arboretum of the Messrs. Leddiges, as shown in our plate in Vol. II. The pen- dulous variety of C. Labarnum is a much less robust plant. Geography, History, §c. The Cytisus Labarnum, according to the Nouveau Du Hamel, grows spontaneously in the mountain forests of Germany, Austria, Hungary, Switzerland, and Italy; in several provinces of France, and, among others, in Provence, Dauphiné, Burgundy, Lyonois, Jura, &c. The Cytisus (Z.) alpinus is found in most of these woods, along with the other species, or race; but it is now particularly abundant in Savoy and Hungary. The labur- num appears to have been known to the Greeks, under the name of Anaguris, and it is mentioned by Theocritus, Virgil, and Pliny. Theocritus states that goats are very fond of its shocts; and Virgil, that it augments the milk of that animal. Pliny, in his Nat. Hist., book xvi. chap. 18., observes that the laburnum, a native of the Alps, was not common in Italy in his time. He adds that bees would not even settle upon the blossoms of this tree. Mathiolus mentions that the wood of the laburnum was considered, in his time, to make the best bows. Gerard cultivated this tree in his garden in Holborn, in 1596; and observes that there are two varieties, one with long broad leaves, and the other with less and narrower leaves; that he possessed the latter only, but that Tradescant had both sorts. Miller recognised them as species; but Linnzus did not. Whether they are species or varieties, they are certainly very distinct; as much so, perhaps, as the Quércus Robur pedunculatum, and Q. #. sessiliflorum. Both sorts, being highly ornamental, have been extensively propagated and cultivated in British gardens and plantations. Properties and Uses. The heart-wood of the laburnum is of a dark colour ; and, though of rather a coarse grain, it is very hard and durable: it will take a polish, and may be made to resemble ebony. A cubic foot weighs 52 lb. ll oz. in a dried state. The colour and grain of the heart-wood vary much, according to the soil, and the age of the tree. It is darkest in the C. Labarnum, when grown on poor calcareous soil; and lightest in the C. (Z.) alpinus, when grown in deep rich soil: in which last case its $5 592 ARBORETUM AND FRU'TICETUM, PART III. colour is a sort of greenish black. It is in much demand among turners and cabinet-makers ; and Sang observes, in 1820, that it was the most valuable and the highest-priced timber that was grown at that time in Scotland. There was, he says, “‘a considerable quantity of it sold at Brechin Castle and Panmure, in November, 1809, by public sale, at half a guineaa foot. It was all bought by cabinetmakers, who were as anxious to get the small and middle-sized trees as they were to have the large ones.” (Plant. Kal., p. 91.) The variety which produced the timber referred to by Mr. Sang was the C. (L.) alpinus, there called the tree laburnum. The ordinary use of the wood in the north of Scot- land, as we have already observed (p. 497.), is to form alternate staves with the wood of the holly, or the spindle tree, in making small noggins, or bickers ; but it is also used for the bowls of punch-ladles; for flutes, and other musical instru- ments ; for knife handles, pegs, and wedges ; and for pulleys and blocks : and, in France, Switzerland, and Germany, it is much employed by the cabinet-makers, turners, and toy-makers; also for musical instruments, handles to knives, snuff boxes, poles for sedan chairs, and oars: and the young trees split up, make excellent hoops. Mr. Boutcher tells us that he has seen in Scotland a large table, and a dozen of chairs, “ that were considered by judges of ele- gant furniture to be the finest they had ever seen,” having been made from trees of the laburnum, grown in Scotland, which were a yard in girt, at 6 ft. from the ground. At present, the art of imitating every kind of wood by staining is brought to so high a degree of perfection, that the value of all coloured woods, as far as mere colour is concerned, is very much less than what it was formerly. In Plantations, the laburnum is valuable on some soils, and in some situa- tions, as a shelter for other trees: a quantity are said to have been planted near Amesbury, in Wiltshire, where the situation is very much exposed, and the soil so shallow, that few trees will grow there; yet in this place the young laburnums attained the height of 12 ft. in 4 years after planting, and became a shelter to other trees. Hares and rabbits being remarkably fond of the bark of the laburnum, it has been suggested to sow laburnum seeds, in order to produce an undergrowth in plantations liable to be infested -with these animals; for, though the plants are eaten to the ground every winter, yet they will spring up again the next season, and thus yield a regular supply of winter’s food for these kinds of game. Miller recommends planting the laburnum thick, for the purpose of drawing up the plants tall and straight for hop-poles, which are said, when formed of laburnum, to be more durable than those of almost any other kind of wood. Sang observes that the labur- num, planted together in masses or groves, attains a timber-like size in a short time, and, if properly pruned, has a straight clean trunk. Medicinally, the whole tree is very bitter, and acts both as an aperient and an emetic. The seeds, in a green state, are very violent in their action, and are justly esteemed poisonous. There are various instances of children having died from eating them. As an ornamental tree, the laburnum has few rivals. The shape of the head is irregular and picturesque ; its foliage is of a smooth, shining, and beau- tiful green ; and, what is a great recommendation to every ornamental plant, it is not liable to be preyed on by insects. It produces a profusion of blos- soms, which, in the C. Labiurnum, begin to appear in the first week in May, and in the C. (Z.) alpinus continue till the first week in July. The purple and white lilac, the Judas tree, the perfumed cherry, the Guelder rose, the birdcherry, the white and the scarlet hawthorn, and the Pyrus coronaria, which blossom about the same period, form fine compositions in connexion with the laburnum. In the north of Germany, and in the Highlands of Scotland, the C. Labirnum forms a most ornamental tree when trained against a wall. In Italy, the mountains are so richlyadorned with the flowers of the laburnum in the month of May, as to obtain for it the name of Maggio, in the same way as we give the name of May to the hawthorn. Soil and Situation. Though the laburnum will grow in a very indifferent soil, it requires a deep fertile sandy loam to attain a large size. In regard to CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CER. CY TISUS. 593 situation, as the tree puts out few horizontal roots, and has rather a spread- ing head, when it grows rapidly it is apt to be blown aside by high winds. In ornamental plantations it prefers a situation somewhat shaded, as the flowers soon fade, and the leaves assume a paler green, when exposed to the full influence of the sun. When planted with a view to producing timber, it should be placed in masses in a sheltered situation, or in a plantation among other trees, so as to be drawn up with a clear straight stem; and when so circumstanced, in good soil, C. (Z) alpinus will grow to the height of from 35 ft. to 45 ft. Propagation and Culture. Both C. Labarnum and C. (Z.) alpinus are invariably raised from seed, and the pendulous and other varieties are propa- gated by grafting or budding on either of the common sorts. The seeds are fit to gather in October; and they may be kept in the pod, in a dry airy loft, till the March following, when they should be sown in beds of light soil, at about an inch apart every way, and covered about half an inch or three quarters of an inch thick. Half the plants which come up will be fit for transplanting into nursery lines in the November following. Statistics. The returns of dimensions which we have received being, in general, for C¥tisus La- barnum, we are uncertain which of them may be for that species, and which for C. alpinus; but we have selected a few, leaving the reader to draw his own conclusion, from the dimensions and the rate of growth given. C. Labirnum and C. (L.) alpinus in the Neighbourhood of London. The largest and oldest trees are at Syon, where some of C. alpinus are from 30 ft. to 40 ft. high. At Purser’s Cross, there are some above 30 ft. high. At Kenwood, at Upton House, and in the Mile End Nursery, there are also some very large trees. One at Kenwood, 40 years planted, has the diameter of the trunk, at 1 ft. from the ground, 15 in., and of the head 24 ft., though it is only 20 ft. high. C. Labirnum and C. (L.) alpinus South of London: In Surrey, at Farnham Castle, from 80 ft. to 40 ft. high ; at Bagshot Park, 20 years planted, and 22 ft, high. In Wiltshire, at Wardour Castle, 20 years planted, and 30 ft. high, diameter of trunk 9in., and of the head 31ft. In the Isle of Jersey, 10 years planted, 13 ft. high. C. Labirnum and C. (L.) alpinus North of London. In Durham, at Southend, 18 years planted, and 14 ft. high. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, the oak-leaved variety, 6 years planted, is 13 ft. high. In Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 14 years planted, 18 ft. high. In Shropshire, at Hardwicke Grange, 10 years planted, and 23 ft. high. In Yorkshire, at Grimston, 10 years planted, and 25 ft. high. C. Labiirnum and C. (L.) alpinus in Scotland. n Clackmannanshire, in the garden of the Dollar Institution, 20 ft. high. In Peadainntcasiine. C. (Z.) alpinus, 40 ft., the diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the head 32 ft., on loam, ona gravelly subsoil, and the situation sheltered. In the Perth Nur- sery, C. (L.) alpinus, 30 years planted, and 23 ft. high. In Renfrewshire, at Bothwell Castle, C. (L.) alpinus, 49 years planted, 33 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the head 42 ft. In Ross-shire, at Castle Lead, a tree with a trunk nearly 11 ft. in circumference. In Stirlingshire, at Sanchie, 40 ft. high, the trunk 2 ft. in diameter, and the diameter of the head 48 ft. C. Labirnum and C. (L.) alpinus in Ireland.. Near Dublin, at Cypress Grove, 18 ft. high, dia- meter of trunk 9in., and of the head 21ft. At Terenure, 15 years planted, and 12ft. high. In Fermanagh, at Fiorence Court, 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 25 ft. In Galway, at Coole, 29 ft. high. In Tyrone, at Baron’s Court, 40 years planted, and 35 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2ft.2in., and of the head 42 ft. At Baron’s Court, besides the above, are thousands of laburnums of large size, intermixed with the plantations. C. Labiirnum and C. (L.) alpinus in Foreign Countries. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, 32ft. high; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerriéres, 40 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, C. Labarnum, 45 years planted, and 20 ft. high; and C. (Z.) alpinus, 35 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Austria, at Laxenburg, 20 years planted, and 16ft. high; at Hadersdorf, 10 years planted, and 14 ft. high ; at Briick on the Leytha, the oak-leaved variety, 20 years planted, and 30ft. high. In Prassia, in the Botanic Garden at Berlin, C. (L.) alpinus has attained the height of 18 ft. in 15 years; and C. Labirnum, 16 ft. in 10 years; the latter is very frequently in. jured by the frost: at Sans Souci, 13 years planted, and 17 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, C, (L.) alpinus, ‘4 years planted, and Q0ft. high. In Sweden, at Stockholm, 5 years planted, and 2ft. high, as a standard, and 6ft. high against a wall; at Lund, in the Botanic Garden, from 20 ft. to 24 ft. high. In Switzerland, near Geneva, at Bossiére, 40 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. _ Price of seedling plants, in London, 4s. a thousand ; transplanted plants, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, 50s. a thousand ; from 5 ft. to 7 ft. high, 25s. a hundred; and the weeping and other varieties, 2s. 6d.. each. Seeds of C. Laburnum, Is. 6d. per lb. ; and of C. [Z.] alpinus, 4s. per lb. At Bollwyller, plants of the species are 50 cents each; of the broad-leaved, or Scotch, laburnum, 1 franc; of the cut-leaved variety, 1 franc; and of the purple-flowered variety, 3 francs. In New York, the species and the varieties are 50 cents each, with the exception of the weeping sort, which is 1 dollar; and the purple-flowered variety, which they do not appear to possess. & 4. C. nI’ericaNns LL. The black Cytisus.: Identification. Lin. Sp., 1041.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.153.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Engravings. Jacq. Austr., t.378.; Ker Bot. Reg,; t. 802. ; Lam. Ill, t..618. £ 3.; N.Du Ham., 5. t, 46. f. 1.; and our fig, 283. ss 2 594 ARBORETUM AND FRU'TICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Branches round, twiggy. Leaves stalked, and clothed with closely pressed down gy beneath, as well as the branches, calyxes, and pods; leaflets elliptic. Racemes elongated, ter- minal, erect. Calyxes without bracteas. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 154.) A handsome deciduous shrub, growing irom 3 ft. to 6 ft. high, on hills and along way sides, in Piedmont, Vallais, and Bohemia; producing fine yellow flowers in June and July. The whole plant turns black when drying; whence the specific name. It was introduced in 1730, and is very generally to be found in collections. It A ripens seeds in abundance; and it may also be propagated by grafting on C. Labirnum, thus | forming a handsome standard. Price, in London, Y seedlings, 5s. per 100; transplanted plants, from Is. to Ils. 6d. each; and plants grafted standard high, from 2s. 6d. to 5s. each: at Bollwyller, 50 cents a plant, or 3 francs for 25 seedlings: in New York, 50 cents a plant. 2% 5. C. sEssiLiFo‘Lius L. The sessile-leaved Cytisus. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1041. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 153.; Doni’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Engravings. Lam. Ill, t. 618. f.2.; N. Du. Ham., 5. t.45. f. 1.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 255.; J. Bauh. Hist., 1. p. 2. p. 374. f. 2.3 and our figs. 284, 285. Spec. Char., §c. The whole plant quite smooth. Branches round. Floral leaves almost sessile, and leaflets ovate. Racemes terminal, short, and erect; each calyx having a 3- s leaved bractea under it. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 153.) Ashrub, with upright branches, and smooth shining leaves, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 7 ft., and flowering in May and June. It is a native of the south of France and Piedmont, and was culti- vated in Britain by Parkinson, in 1569. It is in very general cultivation in British gardens, ge- nerally as a bush, but sometimes grafted standard high on the laburnum ; when it forms a very formal symmetrical, round-headed, small tree, which, however, is highly beautiful when in flower. In Dauphiné, it grows with great vigour, throwing up numerous suckers ; and these, with the leaves and flowers, are greedily eaten by cattle, horses, and sheep, and are considered by the inhabitants as highly nutritive. We have given two figures of this species both drawn to the same scale, to show how much it varies in the magnitude and general appearance of its foliage, according to soil and situ- ation. It will be observed that in fig. 285. the leaves are not at all sessile, as in the other; but we are nevertheless certain that they are the same species. Price, in London, Is. a plant; or, grafted standard high, from 2s. 6d. to 5s. each. At Bollwyller, dwarf plants are 50 cents each; and at New York, 50 cents. % 6. C. TRIFLO‘RUs L’ Hérit. The three-flowered Cytisus. Identification. L’Hérit. Stirp., 184.; Desf. Fl. Atl., 2. p. 139. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Synonyme. C. villdsus Pour. Act. Toul., 3. p. 317. Engravings. Clus. Hist., 1. p. 94. £.3.; Duh., t.5. f. 452.; and our fig. 286. Spec. Char.,§c. The whole plant hairy. Branches round. Leaves petiolate; leaflets ovate-elliptic. Flowers axillary, pedicellate, terete, and some- .._. what racemose at the tops of the branches. o3 S (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 153.) A straggling hairy CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEX. CY ’TISUS. 595 shrub, growing to the height of 3ft. or 4 ft. in the south of France, Italy, Sicily, and Mauritania. Introduced in 1640, and flowering in June and July. It is frequent in gardens; and plants, in the London nurseries, are charged as in the preceding species. It is sometimes grafted standard high ; but neither as a standard nor as a dwarf is it of great duration. 2 7.C. mo’Luis Willd. The soft Cytisus. Identification. Willd. Enum. Suppl., 51.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Spec. Char., &c. Leaflets oblong, clothed with soft down, at both ends acute. Peduncles axillary, usually in threes. Calyxes subglobose, trifid, scarious. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p.154.) A shrub, from 2 ft. to4 ft. high; introduced in 1818, from what country is uncertain, and, perhaps, only a variety of C. trifldrus. %8.C.pa‘tENS L. The spreading Cytisus. Identification. Lin. Syst. Vég., 555., according to L’ Hérit. Stirp., 184. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Synonymes, C. pendulinus Lin. Fil. Supp., 328.; Genista tomentdsa Poir. Supp., 2. p.719.; Spartium patens Lin. Syst.,535., Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p.83., but not of Cav. Spec. Char., $c. Branches striated and pubescent. Leaves trifoliolate, petio- late; the upper ones simple, and obovate, as are the leaflets; covered with closely pressed down. Flowers axillary, usually in pairs, pedicellate, nod- ding. Pods very hairy. (Dec. Prod., il. p.154.) A native of Portugal; growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6ft. Introduced in 1752, and flow- ering in June and July. A very handsome shrub, not so common in col- lections as it ought to be. Plants are in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges. & 9, C. GRANDIFLO‘RUS Dec. The great-flowered Cytisus. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Synonyme. Spartium grandiflorum Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p. 80. Spec. Char., §c. Branches angled, usually glabrous. Leaves petioled, grouped, trifoliolate, or, in many instances, simple, Leaflets and simple leaf ovate-lanceolate; primary leaflets roundish. Flowers lateral, upon pedicels, solitary or in pairs. Legume woolly all over. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 154.) In= habits hedges, hills, river sides, and copses, in Portugal, aud grows there to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft.; flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1816. g 10. C. scopa‘rius Link. The common Broom. Identification. Link Enum., 2. p.241.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 155. Synonymes. Spartium scopirium Lin. Sp., 998., Gd. Fl. Dan., t.313., Smith Eng. Bot., 1339. ; Genista scoparia Lam. Dict., 2. p.623., but not of Vill.; G. hirsdta Mcench Meth., 144.; Genet a Balais, ou Genet commun, Fy. ; gemeine Pfriemen, Ger. Engravings. Q&d. Fl. Dan., t.313.; Smith Engl. Bot., t. 1339.; and our jig. 287. Spec. Char., &c. Branches angled, glabrous. Leaves petioled, trifoliolate; the uppermost simple, these and the leaflets oblong. Flowers axillary, pedicelled, solitary. Legumes pilose at the margins. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 154.) A shrub, growing to the height of ¥f, from 3 ft. to 6 ft., or even 12 ft., according to the soil : and situation; a native of dry sandy or gravelly soils, throughout Europe; and producing its fine large yellow flowers in May and June. The roots are straight, and penetrate perpendicularly to a great depth. The leaves are trifoliolate or simple; the branches numerous, long, straight, angular, dark green, smooth, and tough. The flowers are of a deep golden yellow, sometimes tinged with orange, and oc- casionally of a uniform pale lemon colour: they are succeeded by pods above an inch long, black when ripe, and each containing 15 or 16 seeds. The flowers are larger than those of any other species of the genus; and, were the species not so common, it would, doubtless, be considered the most ornamental. Varieties. & C.s.2 albus Hort. has the flowers white, or of avery pale yellow. a C,s. 3 flore pleno Hort. has flowers slightly double. . ss3 596 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. When the broom is found in abundance in a wild state, it varies consider- ably in the colour of the flowers, and in the smoothness or hairiness of the pods. Sometimes, also, the calyx takes a purple tinge. None of these varieties, however, are in cultivation, except the first, which, indeed, is of little value. Geography, History, §c. The broom is found in a wild state in most parts of Europe, from Norway and Sweden to the shores of the Mediterranean. It is also found in the Mediterranean islands, in Greece, Turkey, but not, as it would appear, in Russia. At great elevations, it is a shrub not exceeding Ift.in height; but in the woods of Galicia it attains a timber-like size, growing to the height of 20ft. or 30 ft. or upwards. In Britain, it is found to the height of 1800 ft. or 1900ft., on the Grampian Mountains, and as far north as Sutherlandshire. Properties and Uses, The whole plant is exceedingly tough, and bitter to the taste, and has a strong disagreeable smell. Though it is at present com- paratively neglected, yet in former times it was one of very great importance in rural and domestic economy. The branches are eaten by sheep and cattle, and, on poor gravelly soils, formed, before the general improvement of grass lands which has taken place within the last century, the principal herbage. In the mountainous districts of Scotland, and also in France and Spain, it still constitutes, with the heath, the principal winter food for store sheep. In Scotland, during the winter season, when the ground was long covered with snow, the broom was cut, and carried to the farm-yards and sheepfolds as the only provender; and, thoughit is not readily eaten by horses and cows, yet, at that season, they, as well as the sheep, fed on it. Sheep, at all seasons, eat it greedily. The branches were also used for litter, for thatching ricks and houses, and for making fences or screens, in the same manner as reeds. One of the principal modern uses of the broom, both in Britain and on the Continent, is to form brooms, or besoms, for which purpose, as the specific name would imply, it appears to have been used from time immemorial. In the woods of Spain and the south of France, more especially in Galicia, where, in schistose soils, the broom attains a timber-like size, the wood be- comes an object of value. It is much used for veneering, from being finely veined ; and many beautiful little articles of turnery are made of it. The most durable of all stakes for supporting vines are made of its branches ; and of its twigs ties are made for the vine-dresser, and for a variety of other purposes. The branches were formerly used for tanning leather, and also for dyeing yellow; and, when treated in the same manner as those of Spartium janceum (see p.577.), they afford a fibre which may be spun and woven into a very good coarse cloth. An excellent paper may also be made of this fibre. The branches, and the whole plant, used at one time, in France, to be burned for the sake of the ashes, from which a potass was procured, by lixiviation and evapor- ation; the coarsest kind of which was sold to the glass-works, and the finer kind to the apothecaries. In Britany there are extensive tracts of very poor sandy and gravelly soil, upon which scarcely any thing grows but the heath and the broom. ‘These are regularly pastured by immense flocks of sheep ; and the tufts of broom, which here and there grow up and form bushes, are periodically cut down; and, after being burned on the spot, their ashes are spread over the surface of the ground as manure. i In domestic economy, the young shoots were formerly used as a substitute for hops in brewing beer; and the flower buds, just before they become yellow, are pickled in the manner of capers. In medicine, the tops and leaves of broom are purgative and diuretic; and dropsical patients have been cured by taking half a pint of the decoction of green broom tops, with a spoonful of white mustard seed, every morning and evening. Dr. Cullen gave two table-spoonfuls of the decoction every hour, and cured several dropsies with it. The efficacy of the broom in dropsies is said by Sydenham, Monro, and others, to depend upon the alkali contained in the plant. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEE. CY’TISUS. - 597 The principal uses of the broom in Britain, in plantations, are asa shelter for game; and, when cut down, for besoms, fuel, shelters (that is, for filling in hur- dles or railings of fences, in the manner of reed-hurdles), and for thatch for ricks and cottages. It has been sometimes sown on poor exposed soils, in order to form a shelter, preparatory to the insertion of plants or seeds of timber trees, in the same manner as furze (see p. 573.) is on rich soils; but, though it affords shelter to the tops of the plants, yet it exhausts the soil to such a degree as to do them more harm than good. As an undergrowth, to protect game, among trees, whatever may be the nature of the soil, it doubt- less exhausts it, and naturally checks the growth of the trees. It can only, therefore, be recommended as undergrowth where game is considered of more value than timber. ‘In ornamental plantations, it forms a splendid plant when allowed to attain a large size; and, for this purpose, it is sometimes grafted standard high on Cytisus (Z.) alpinus. Propagation and Culture. The broom produces abundance of seeds, which, according to M. Hartig, retain their germinating quality for a very long time: some that he kept 25 years, in a room which was occupied, having come up as well as new seed. Hence fields that have been many years in pasture, when broken up for corn, sometimes produce abundance of young plants of broom; or, when woods have been grubbed up, or even the surface of the ground burned, the same thing has happened. (See Gard. Mag.,x. p. 81.) The seeds, when sown as soon as gathered, or in the following spring, come up in part in the June following, and in part remain in the ground till the next April or May. When sown as a shelter for game, the ground, if an open field, is prepared by ploughing, or, if among trees, by digging in patches, and scattering the seeds in the same manner as recommended for furze. No farther culture is requisite than pulling out the larger weeds the first year. Price of the seeds, in London, is 1s. a pound; price of plants of C. s. albus, from ls. 6d. to 2s. 6d.; of C.s. flore pleno, 2s. 6d.; at New York, where it is called Scotch broom, plants are 373 cents each. § iti. Calycotome Link. Derivation. From kalyx, acalyx, and tomé, a cutting; in reference to the calyx, the upper part of which, after some time, falls off,in such a manner as to give the remainder the appearance of being cut round. Sect. Char, Calyx campanulate, somewhat bilabiate, at length becoming truncate. Pod thickened on the upper suture. Shrubs with spiny branches and yellow flowers. (Dee. Prod., ii. p. 154.) % 1]. C. spino‘sus Lam. The spiny Cytisus, Identification. Wam. Dict., 2. p. 247. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154.; Don’s Mill, 2.p. 155. Synonyme. Spartium spindsum Lin. Sp., 997. Engravings. J. Bauh. Hist., 1.p. 2. p.376., icon.; Lob. Icon., 2. t. 95. Spec. Char., §c. Branches angled, spiny. Leaves trifoliolate; leaflets obovate-oblong. Legumes per- fectly smooth. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 154.) Upon bills and rough places from Perpignan to Genoa, in Corsica, and in the Algerine country, where it attains the height of from 2 ft. to 10 ft.; producing ee flowers in June and July. It was introduced in 1596, but is not very common in British collections. % 12. C. Lant’GeRus Dec. The wool-bearing Cytisus. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 154. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155. Synonymes. Spartium lanigerum Desf. Fi. Ati.,2. p. 135.; Calycétome villdsa Link Enum.; Spartium villdsum Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p.85., and Potr. Voy., 2. p. 207. Spec. Char., §c. Branches furrowed, spiny. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets obovate-elliptical. Legumes very hairy in a woolly manner. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 154.) Variety. 2 C. 1. 2 rigidus Dec. Spines very strong. Description, The species is a shrub, between 2 ft. and 10 ft. high, wild on hills and in rough places in Corsica, Crete, the Archipelago, Mauritania, Gibraltar, and Portugal ; producing its yellow flowers from June to July. It was introduced in 1821, but is not common in collections: in all probability, it is nothing more than a variety of the preceding species, ss 4 598 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IMS. §iv. Tubocytisus Dec. Derivation. From tubus, a tube, and cytisus ; in reference to the tubular shape of the calyx. Sect. Char. Calyx tubular, with the apex toothed-lipped. Thornless shrubs ( Dec. Prod., ii. p. 155.) A. Flowers white or whitish. % 13. C. LeucA’NTRUS Waldst. et Kit. The white-flowered Cytisus. Identification. Waldst. et Kit., 2. p. 141. t. 132.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.155.; Don’s .—), 32 Mill., 2. p. 156. wk Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1438. ; and ourfig. 288. g Spec. Char., §c. Stem erect. Branches round, and, as well as the leaves, clothed with closely pressed pubescence. Sy ye As, Leaflets elliptic and acute. Flowers at the points of the, FAXZ We ; branches ; heads of flowers bracteated by two leaves. (Dec. “Sumly ® Prod., ii. p. 155.) A shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. in Croatia, in woods. Introduced in 1806, and pro- ducing its yellowish white flowers in June and July. It is very ornamental, and well deserves a place among other species of the genus. Price of plants, in the London nurse- faz= ries, ls. 6d. each. 288 B. Flowers purple. * 14. C. puRPU‘REUs Scop. The purple-flowered Cytisus. Identification. Scop. Carn., No. 905. t. 43. ; Dec. Prod. 2. p. 155.; Don’s Mill., 2 p. 156.” re Magee or Aust. Append., t.48.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 892.; Bot. Mag., t. 1176.; and our igs. 289, 290. Spec. Char., §c. Stems procumbent, twiggy. Leaves, calyxes, and legumes glabrous. Leaflets oblong. Flowers axillary, solitary, on short pedicels. ; (Don’s Mill., ii. p.156.) A procumbent shrub, a native of Carniola,in exposed places. Introduced in 1792, and flowering from May to August. {t seldom exceeds 1 ft. in height, but is very ornamental on rockwork, or when grafted on the laburnum, stand- ard high. Of all the different species of Cytisus, when grafted standard high, this forms the most graceful tree; and a plant of it covered with its purple flowers, placed on a lawn, or in a border near a standard of Genista triquetra, covered with its golden yellow flowers, will produce a very striking effect. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each ; grafted standard high, they are from 2s. 6d. to 5s.: at Bollwyller, they are 50 cents each; and for two years’ seedlings, 4 francs for 25. Variety. « C. p. 2 flore albo Hort. has the flowers of a pure white. There is a specimen of this in the London Horticultural Society’s garden, and another in the garden of Dr, Neill at Canon Mills. C. Flowers yellow. @ 15. C. ELonGA‘tTUS Waldst. et Kit. The elongated Cytisus. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 2. p. 200. t. 183.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 155.; Don’s Mill, 2. p, 155, Engraving. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., t. 183. Spec. Char., §c. Stems erect. Branches elongated and round; young ones hairy. Leaflets obovate, clothed beneath with closely pressed hairs. Flow- ers lateral, usually in fours, on short pedicels. Calyxes hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEE. CY’TISUS. 599 p- 155.) A native of Hungary, in woods, where it grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1804. Price, in London, Is. 6d. each. # 16. C. MULTIFLO‘RUS Lindi, The many-flowered Cytisus. Identification. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t.1191.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 156. Synonymes. C. elongatus Hortul., but not of Kit.; C. elongatus 8 multifldrus Dec. Prod., 2. p. 155. Engraving. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1191. Spec. Char., §c. Stems erect. Branches elongated, terete, younger ones villous. Leaflets oblong, tapering to the base, villous beneath, and of the same colour on both surfaces. Flowers usually ternary. Pedicels about equal in length to the petioles. Vexillum emarginate, undulated. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 156.) A native of Europe, growing to the height of 2ft. or 3ft. and flowering in May and June. It was in cultivation in 1800, and appears to us only a variety of the preceding species. % 17, C. raLca‘tTus Waldst. et Kit. The sickle-like-podded Cytisus. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 3. p. 264.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 155. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 156. Engravings. Lodd, Bot. Cab., t. 520.; Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 3. t. 238. Spec. Char., $c. Stems declinate. Branches round and twiggy; the young ones, as well as the leaves, clothed with closely pressed hairy down. Pe- tioles hairy. Flowers usually in threes, lateral, and on short peduncles. Calyxes clothed with closely pressed hairs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.155). A shrub, from 2 ft. to 4 ft. high, a native of Croatia, the south of Russia, and Galicia. Introduced in 1816, and flowering from June to August. There are plants in Loddiges’s arboretum. Plants, in London, are 1s. 6d. each. #2 18.C.austri‘acus L. The Austrian Cytisus. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1042. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 156. ; Don’s Mill. meee Mill. Icon., 117. f.2.; Pall. Itin., ed. Gal., t. 100. f. 3.; Jacq. Austr., t. 21.; and our fig. 291. Spec. Char., §c. Stems upright. Branches round and twiggy, and, as well as the leaves, clothed with closely pressed strigose pubescence. Leaf- ~; lets lanceolate, attenuated at both ends. Flow- ers terminal, somewhat umbellate. Calyxes and legumes rather hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156). Found in woods and rough places in Austria, Upper Italy, the Ukraine, and Siberia, and growing from the height of 2ft. to 4ft. In- troduced in 1741, and flowering from July to September. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 2s. 6d. each. * 19. C. sup1‘nus Jacg. The supine Cytisus. Identification. Jacq. Fl. Austr., 1. t. 20.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 156. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 156. Synonymes. C. lotéides Pour. Act. Toul., 3. t. 318. ngravings. Clus. Hist., p. 96., No. 7., icon. ; Jacq. Fl. Austr., 1. t.20.; and our fig. 292. Spec. Char., §c. Stems branched and decumbent. Branches round, and, when young, rather hairy; adult ones smooth. Leaflets obovate, hairy beneath. Flowers 2—4, usually terminal and pedunculate. Calyxes and pods slightly hairy. (Dee. Prod., ii. p. 156). A decumbent shrub, a 4 native of Belgium, Austria, Pannonia, Siberia, Turkey, ©) and Dauphiné, found both on exposed hills, and in shel- tered bushy places. Its flowers are of a pale yellow, with the standard reddish ; and are produced from May to August. It was introduced in 1755. Plants, in the Lon- don nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each. ' 2 20. C. nirsu‘tus LZ. The hairy Cytisus, Identification. Lin. Sp., 1042.; Jacq. Obs., 4. t.96.; Dec. Prod, 2. p.156.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 156. Synonymes. C. supinus Bertol. Pi. Gen., but not of Lin.; C. trifldrus Lam. Dict., 2, p. 250., bi ae of L’Heérit.; €. Tournefortianus Loisel. in N. Du Ham, 4.p. 157. “dct 0 i 600 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Stems decumbent. Branches round and twiggy; when young, hairy, but smooth when old. Leaflets ovate, hairy beneath. Flowers lateral on very short pedicels, aggregate. Calyxes and pods hairy. (Dee. Prod.,ii. p. 156). Found in rugged places from Genoa to Hungary. In- troduced in 1739, and flowering from June to August. % 21. C. capita‘tus Jacg. The headed-flowered Cytisus. Identification. Jacq. F). Austr., t. 33.; Dec. Prod. 2. p. 156.; Don’s Mill,, 2. p. 156.. Synonymes. C. hirsutus Lam. Dict., 2. p.250.; C, supinus Lin. Sp., 1040. Engraving. Lodd, Bot, Cab., t. 497. Spec. Char., §c. Stems and branches erect, the latter hispid. Leaflets ovate- elliptic, hairy. Flowers numerous, and forming heads at the points of the branches ; but sometimes lateral in the autumn. Calyxes and pods covered with short hairs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156.) An upright-growing shrub, from 2ft. to 4ft. high. Found wild on the edges of woods in Burgundy, Italy, and Austria. Introduced in 1774, and flowering in June and July. Plants, in London, are Is. each. : : se 22. C. crt1a‘tus Wahlenb. The ciliated-podded Cytisus. Identification. Wahlenb. F1. Carp., 219.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 156. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 156. Spec. Char., §c, Stems upright. Branches smooth when old, but when young, hispid. Leaflets obovate, clothed beneath with closely pressed hairs. Flowers approximate in threes, at length lateral. Pods glabrous and ciliated. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156.) A shrub, from 2 ft. to 4ft. high, a native of the Carpathian Mountains; flowering in June and July; and intro- duced in 1817. ww 23. C. poLy’tRicHus Bieb. The many-haired Cytisus. Identification. Bieb, F). Taur. Suppl.,477.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 156.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 156. Spec. Char., §c. Stems declinate. Branches hispid. Leaflets obovate-ellip- tic. Flowers lateral, usually in pairs, pedicellate. Calyxes and pods hairy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156.) This shrub is found in pine forests, on high mountains, in Tauria; and De Candolle observes of it, that it has the hairiness of C. capitatus, the disposition of the flowers of C. hirsitus, and the habit of C. supinus. It was introduced in 1818. It grows from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, and flowers in June and July. § v. Lotétdes Dec. Derivation. From lotos, the lotus, and ezdos, appearance; from the general resemblance of the spe- cies to the genus Lotus. Aitkin. Spec. Char., §c. Tube of the calyx short, obconical; the upper lip 2-parted, the lower 3-toothed. Corolla hardly longer than the calyx. Many-stemmed decumbent shrubs, deciduous, with few flowers, generally capitate and ter- minal, and all yellow. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156.) & 24, C. aRGE’NTEUS L. The silvery Cytisus. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1043.; Desf. Atl., 2. p.139.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 156. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 157. Synonyme. Lodtus argénteus Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p. 119. Engraving. Lob. Icon., 2. p. 41. f. 2. Spec. Char., §c. Stems decumbent. Leaves, calyxes, corollas, and pods clothed with a closely pressed silky down. Leaves petiolate, trifoliolate ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate. Flowers 3—4, produced at the points of the shoots. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 156.) A decumbent shrub, a native of Carniola, the south of France, and Mauritania. Introduced in 1739, and flowering in August. A silky silvery-looking shrub, from the prevalence of closely pressed silky down over all its parts ; noticed in the specific character, and whence it derives its specific name. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s, 6d. each. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEE. | CY’TISUS. 601 x 25. C, catyci‘nus Bieb. The large-calyxed Cytisus. Identification. Bieb. F). Taur., 2. p. 166.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 157.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 157. Synonyme. C. pauciflorus Willd. Sp., 3. p. 1126. Engraving. Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 673. Spec. Char., §c. Stems ascending. Leaves, calyxes, and pods somewhat hairy from spreading down. Leaves trifoliolate and petiolate. Leatlets roundish, obovate. Flowers terminal, from 2 to 8 together. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) A prostrate shrub, with trailing branches, the ends of which grow upright ; found in stony places on Mount Caucasus. Introduced in 1820, and flowering in August. & 26. C.na‘nus Willd. The dwarf Cytisus. * Identification. Willd. Enum., 769 ; Don’s Mill., 2. p.157. Engravings. -Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 81.; and our fig. 293. Spec. Char., §c. Stems cylindrical. Leaves tri- foliolate, obovate, clothed with strigose pubes- cence beneath, and smooth above. Raceme terminal, secund, usually 4-flowered. Calyx deeply 3-parted; hairs on the stems and pe- duncles adpressed. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 157.) A procumbent shrub, a native of the Levant ; flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1816. This is a beautiful little shrub for rock- work ; and if planted in dry sandy soil, covered with broad flat stones to retain the moisture during the hot weather of July, it will continue flowering during the whole of that month, and produce abundance of seeds; which may be sent to any distance in the pods. § vi. Chrondnthus Dec. Derivation. From chronos, a year, and anthos, a flower; applied to this section because the petals remain attached to the calyxes all the year. Sect. Char. Calyx with the upper lip bifid, and the lower one trifid; lobes acute, of the same length as the tube. Petals permanent. Legume oval, much compressed, 2-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ti. p. 157). % 27. C. ORIENTA‘LiS Lois. The Oriental Cytisus. Identification. Lois. in N. Du Ham., 5. p, 156. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 157. Synonyme. C. orientalis, &c. Gerard and Vail. Herb. Engraving. Pluk. Phyt., t. 31. f. 3. Spec. Char., &c. Stems erect, hairy. Leaves almost sessile, trifoliolate, hairy ; leaflets linear, acute. Flowers large and yellow, subterminal, on short pedicels, and few. The flowers and pods are both glabrous. Calyx hairy, more 5-cleft than bilabiate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) A shrub, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, a native of the Levant. Introduced in 1818, and producing its large persistent yellow flowers in June and July. App. i. Hardy Species of Ciytisus not yet introduced. Though we believe that by far the greater number of the cytisuses de- scribed by botanists are mere varieties, and that some of the sorts are mere names copied by one botanist after another, an unavoidable practice in the progress of science; yet, we deem it advisable to add the following descrip- tions, that the plants may, if possible, be brought together, and studied in the same garden. C. arboreus Dec. ; Spartium arbdreum Desf. Atl., 2. p. 131. t. 177. ; Genista péndula Poir. Voy., 2. p. 208. Branches striated and glabrous. Leaves petiolated; leaflets obovate, clothed with fine pu- bescence beneath. Flowers axillary, aggregate, pedicellate, and nodding. Pods clothed with closely pressed silky down. A shrub, 8ft. to 10ft. high, with a trunk about the thickness of a man’s arm. Dec. Prod., ii, p. 154.) Found in valleys near Algiers, by Desfontaines. C. Wéldeni Visiant, Pl. Dalm. ex Bot. Zeit., Jan. 1830, p. 52. Upright. Leaves stalked, and dis- posed in threes ; leaflets elliptic, entire, wedge-shaped at the base, and obtuse at the apex, smooth. Flowers in terminal racemes, stalked, pyramidal, and straight. Pedicels hairy. Calyxes cam- panulate, 3-lobed ; lobes edged with down. Corolla glabrous, but the keel clothed with silky hairs, Pod glabrous and pointed. An upright-growing shrub, from 2 ft, to 4 ft. high ; a native of Dalmatia, in woods and on mounts. The flowers are yellow and fragrant. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 155., adapted.) 602 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111. C. dibidus Dec. Stems erect. Branches round, spreading, and rather glabrous, Leaflets oblong, pubescent beneath, a3 well as the calyxes. Flowers white, axillary, usually in threes, footstalked. Calyx with both lips entire. Ovary pubescent. A native of the south of Europe and north of Africa. (Dec. Prod., ii. 155.) C. bifldrus L’Herit. Stirp., 184., Ait. Hort. Kew., 3. p. 52., Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 2. p. 166. N. Du Ham., 5. t. 45. f.2.; C. supinus Jacg. Fl. Austr., 1. t. 20.; C. hirsutus Gmel. Sib., 4. p. 17. t. 6. f.2.; C. hirsitus and C.supinus Bieb. Fl. Taur. ex Stev. in Litt. ; C. macrospermus Bess in Litt. Stems diffuse. Branches round, and, as wellas the leaves, rather downy. Leaflets oblong-lanceolate. Flowers on short peduncles, axillary, and usually in pairs, Calyxes and pods clothed with close silky down. A native of Austria, Pannonia, Podolia, Tauria, and Siberia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 155.) The names of C, hirsitus and C. supinus appear to have been confused together, and both applied by botanists, not only to this plant, but to others. (See p. 599.) arieties. C. b. 2 glaber Lin. Fil. Suppl., 325., has the branches and leaves glabrous; and the leaflets obovate. (Zbid.) C. b. 3 subspinéscens Dec. has the branches rather hoary, more diffuse, somewhat spinescent atthe apex. Native of Naples and Hungary. (Jbid.) C. serétinus Kit. in Litt. Stems ascending. Branches round, hairy. Leaflets obovate, glabrous above, and rather hairy beneath. Flowers axillary, 2—3, pedicellate. Calyxeshairy. Native of Hungary. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 155.) C. pygme‘us Willd. Spec., 3. p. 112K Stem procumbent, suffruticose. Leaves petiolate, 3-leafieted ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, silky. Flowers usually at the ends of the branches. Pods oblong, and hairy. A native of Galicia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 155.) C. pénticus Willd. Spec., 3. p 1120., exclusive of the synonyme of Tourn. ; C. ponticus humifisus magno fldre Tourn. Cor., 44. ; Has ascending furrowed branches, which are, like the leaves, pubescent. Leaves with three elliptic obtuse leaflets. Racemes of flowers erect and terminal. Calyxes villous. A shrub, a native of Pontus, as is implied by the specificname. Willdenow, however, gives quite a dif- ferent description of C. pénticus, which, according to him, is allied to Adenocarpus hispanicus, and has round branches, not furrowed ; and obovate leaflets, not elliptic. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) C. canéscens Lois in N. Du Ham., 5. p.151. The whole plant is clothed with silky hoary pubes- cence. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets linear-oblong. Racemes few-flowered and terminal. Calyxes short, campanulate, canescent, 5-toothed. Country and legumes unknown. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) There are several plants bearing this name at Syon, but they do not appear to be the same as the species here described. ; C. africanus Lois. in N. Du Ham., 5. p. 154.; C. africanus hirsitus angustifdlins Tourn. Inst., 648. Branches erect, hairy. Leaves trifoliolate, with petioles ; leaflets linear and pilose. Flowers stalked, in terminal umbels. Calyx hairy, hardly shorter than the corolla. A native of the north o Africa. This plant is said to be allied to Adenocarpus. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) ’ C. procérus Link Enum., 2. p. 241.; Spartium proctrum Wiild. Enum., 742. Branches round and striated. Leaves lanceolateand downy. Flowers solitary and axillary. Pods hairy. A shrub, a native of Portugal. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) C. ? pérsicus Burm. Fl. Ind., p. 163. t. 51. f.1.; Spartium pérsicum Willd. Sp., 3. p.931.; has the branches upright and spreading: both the branches and the leaves are finely pubescent. Leaves trifoliolate, with footstalks ; leaflets linear, those in the middle being twice the length of the others, Racemes elongated and loose-flowered, opposite the leaves. Ovary villous. A shrub, anative of Persia, with nearly the habit of Indigéfera psoraledides; and, ifthe stamens, as is suspected, are diadelphous, it is certainly referable to Indigofera. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 157.) App. il. Half-hardy Species of Cytisus. C. proltferus L., Dec. Prod., 2. p. 155. Don’s Mill., 2. p. 155., Bot. Reg., t. 121. Bot. Cab., t. 761. and our fig. 294., is a Teneriffe shrub, with white flowers, cultivated in green-houses since 1769, and flowering in April and May. It grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. ; and, as, in its native coun- try, it is found on mountains, it is probably half-hardy. C. pallidus Poir., Dec. Prod., 2. p.157., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 157., is a native of the Canaries, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., and bearing a general resemblance to Genista dinifdlia, of which it is probably only a variety. C. nubigenus Link. Enum., 2. p.240.; Spartium nubigenum A/zt, Hort. Kew., 3. p. 13.3 S. supranubium Linn, Fil. Suppl., 319.; C¥tisus fragrans Lam. Dict.; has the flowers fragrant. It is a native of the Peak of ‘Tene- riffe, and was introduced by P. B. Webb, Esq. It is in the nursery of Messrs. Young, at Epsom, and flowered with them in May, 1835. C. bracteoldtus Hort. with racemes of golden yellow powerfully fragrant flowers, C. tetragonéviadus Hort. also fragrant, and C. sacemdsus Hort., are all Canary and Teneriffe species, which have been introduced by Mr. Webb, and have flowered in the nursery of Messrs. Young and Penny, at Milford, near Godalming. The Canary Isles appear to be rich in species of this genus; and as most of the kinds brought from that country are not only very handsome, but fragrant, they will probably prove valuable addi- tions to our green-houses and conservative walls. Whenever a new species of the Cytisus is introduced from the warmer parts of the old world, it ought to be tried first in a green-house, or in a cold-pit or frame. It will soon, in all probability, ripen seeds, from which plants may be raised, and tried either at the base of a conservative wall, or on a bank of dry sandy soil, covered with large stones. App. ili. Anticipated hardy and half-hardy Species of Cytisus. The seeds of a number of species of Cytisus have been collected in Teneriffe an by Philip Barker Webb, Esq., and sent by him to the Milford Nursery, where Se ere pes from them. Among these there will, no doubt, be some undescribed species, among numbers al- ready known and recorded ; but, if care be not taken to identify the latter, it is probable that the whole will, as is usually the case, be described as new ; and thus additional names will be introduced into this genus, which, in our opinion, is already sufficiently confused. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEE. ADENOCA‘RPUS. 603 Genus IX. ADENOCA/RPUS Dec. Tue Apenocarpus. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Dec. F\. Fr. Supp., 549. ; Lég. Mém., 6.; Prod, 2. p. 158.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 157. Derivation. From adén, a gland, and karpos, fruit; in reference to the legumes being beset with pedicellate glands, Description, §&c. Shrubs, having very divergent branches ; trifoliolate leaves, that have petiolar stipules, folded leaflets, and are usually grouped; and yellow flowers upon bracteolate pedicels, and disposed in terminal racemes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 158.) Natives, chiefly, of Europe, which require the same cul- ture as C¥ytisus ; from which genus most of the species have been separated. % 1. A.utspa’nicus Dec. The Spanish Adenocarpus. Identification. Dec. F\. Fr. Suppl., 549.; Lég. Mém., 6.; Prod., 2. p.158.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 158. Synonymes. CyYtisus hispdnicus Lam. Dict., 2. p.248.; C. anagfrius L’Hérit. Stirp., 184., N. Du Ham., 5. p. 149. Spec. Char., §c. Calyx glandulose and villose; lower lip with three equal segments, that are barely longer than the upper lip. Branchlets hairy. Flowers grouped. Standard rather glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.158.) A shrub, between 2ft. and 4 ft. high, a native of shady and moist places in Spain and Portugal. (Dec.) Introduced in 1816, and producing its yellow flowers in June and July. z 2, A. InTERME‘DIUS Dec. The intermediate Adenocarpus. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 158. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 158. Qa, Synonyme. C¥tisus complicatus Brot. Fl. Lus., 2. p. 92. “s Engravings. Clus. Hist., 1. p. 94. f.1.; and our jig. 295. Spec. Char., §c. Calyx pubescent ; pubescence glandu- lated; the middle of the three segments of the lower lip of the calyx longer than the side ones, and than the upper lip. Branchlets rather villose. Flowers rather distant. Standard rather glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 158.) A native of sunny gravelly places in Portugal and Old Castile, and Mount Scuder, in Sicily, and of Mongiana, in the kingdom of Naples. A shrub, 4 ft. high, in cultivation in British gardens; but the year of its introduction is unknown. It produces yellow flow- ers from May to July. This is a very handsome spe- cies, and one that is much admired for its fine terminal spikes of flowers, which, in favourable seasons, and in a dry soil, ripen abundance of seeds. & 3. A. parviro‘Lius Dec. The small-leaved Adenocarpus. Identification. Dec. Lég. Mém., 6., and Prod, 2. p.158.; Don’s Mill, 2. p, 158. Synonymes. C¥tisus parvifdlius N. Du Ham, 5. p. 147., Lam. Dict., 2. p. 248., — exclusive of the synonymes; C¥tisus divaricatus Ll Hérit. Stirp., 184; Cytisus complicatus Dec. Fl. Fir., No. 3821. ; Spartium complicatum Lozs. Fl. Gaill., 441 Engravings, N. Du Ham., 5. t. 47. f. 1. ; and our Jig. 296. Spec. Char., §&c. Calyx somewhat pubescent, with glandulous pubescence ; the central segment of the lower lip longer than the side segments, and much exceeding the upper lip in length. Branches glabrous. Flowers distant. Standard pee ae (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 158.) A native of sunny eaths in the west of France. A shrub, between 2 ft. and 10 ft. high. Branches whitish. (Dec.) 604 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ITI, 2 4, A, rELONE’NsIS Dec. The Toulon Adenocarpus. Identification. Dec. Fl. Fr. Suppl., 54., Lég. Mém., 6., Prod., 2, p. 158. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 158. s Synonymes. C¥tisus telonénsis Lozs. Fl. Gaill., 446., and in N. x. Du Ham., 5. p. 155.; Spartium complicatum Gouan Hort. ~S,, Monsp., 356., exclusive of the synonyme. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 5. t. 47. f. 2.; and our fig. 297. oN Spec. Char., §c. Calyx not glandulose, pubes- 7's cent; the segments on the lower lip nearly equal, exceeding a little the upper lip in length. Branches almost glabrous. Flowers distant. Standard pubescent. (Dec. Prod., i. p. 158.) A native of sterile places and heaths in the Pyrenees, in Cevennes, in Provence, and in Rome. A shrub, between 2ft. and 4 ft. high. Introduced in 1800, and flowering in June and July. It well deserves a place in British gardens; where, when judiciously treated, it will, owing to the moisture of our climate, attain double the height that it does in the south of France. App. i.. Half-hardy Species of Adenocdrpus. A. frankenidides Chots., Dec. Prod., 2. p. 158.; Genista viscdsa Willd. ; is a native of Teneriffe, on declivities 500 ft. above the level of the sea. Introduced in 1815, and flowering from April to July. It iscommonly kept in frames; but, in a dry, airy, and yet sheltered situation, it will doubtless stand the open air. It is usually confounded in gardens with A. folioldsus; from which it differs in having a glandular calyx. F ca ee : A. foliolosus Dec., Cytisus folioldsus A?t., is a native of the Great Canary Island. Introduced in 1629 ; and a very old inhabitant of cold-pits and frames; flowering from May to July. Genus X. Bal ONO'NIS L. Tue Restuarrow. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 863.; Lam. Ill., t. 616.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 158. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p, 158, Synonymes. Andnis and Natrix Meench Meth., 157. and. 158.; Arréte-boeuf, or Bugrane, F7.; Han- ec.el, Ger. Derivation. Said to be from onos, an ass ; because only asses would feed upon so prickly a plant. Restharrow is a corruption of arrest, that is, stop, harrow ; from the long and deeply seated roots opposing a serious impediment to the plough or harrow. Description. Suffruticose plants, with, mostly, trifoliolate leaves; and axillary flowers, that in some are pedicelled, and in some sessile; and yellow, pur- plish, and red, or, rarely, white. The peduncle is, in many instances, furnished with an awn, which is the petiole of an abortive floral leaf. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 158.) Natives of Europe and Africa. Most of the species we have enu- merated may be treated as herbaceous plants; but, being technically suffru- ticose, we considered it proper not to omit them. They are well adapted for rockwork or flower-borders, on account of their lively flowers, some ‘of which are red, or reddish purple; colours not frequently met with in the lig- neous Leguminacee, by far the greater part of which have yellow flowers. They are readily propagated by seeds or by division, and will grow in’ any soil that is tolerably dry. According to Pliny and Dioscorides, the shoots of Ononis are eaten pickled in brine, and the leaves are applied to ulcers. In modern times, it is considered to be slightly aperient and diuretic. % 1.0. Frutico‘’sa Z. The shrubby Restharrow. | Identification. Lin. Sp., 1010.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.167.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 160. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 1. t. 58.; Mill. Icon., ¢. 36.; Bot. Mag., t. 317. ; and our fig, 298, Spec. Char., §c. Shrubby. Leaves trifoliolate. Leaflets sessile, lanceolate, serrated. Stipules connate into one, sheathing, and 4-awned; and, in the uppermost parts of the plant, occupying the places: of leaves which are absent. Pedicels 3-flowered, disposed in a raceme. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 161.) CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEH. ONO‘NIS. 605 Variety. % O. f.2microphilla Dec., O. fruticdsa Asso.— Leaf- lets small, obovate, and serrated. (Dec.) The species is a native of sunny places in the Alps of Gallo-provincia, Dauphiné, &c.; the variety of the mountains of Aragon. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p.161.) Introduced in 1680. A shrub not unfrequent in botanic gardens, and sometimes growing to the height of 4ft. It is, perhaps, the only species worth planting in an arboretum. It produces _ its purplish red flowers in May and June. There is something remarkably singular and attractive in all the shrubby species of the genus Ononis ; and this variety certainly belongs to one of those species which are most deserving of cultivation. ¥ Under favourable circumstances it has exceeded [?; 6ft. in height, flowering abundantly. Price of Y x plants, in London, 1s, 6d. each. 298 ww 2. 0. ROTUNDIFO‘LIA L. The round-leaved Restharrow. Identification. Lin. Sp.,ed.1. p.719., but not ed. 2. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 161.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 160. Synonymes. O. latifdlia Asso Syn., 97., Lin. Mant., t. 11. f. 1.5 Natrix rotundifdlia Meench. Engravings. Jacq. Fl. Austr. Append., t. 49.; Lam. IIL, t. 616. ; Asso Syn., 97.; Mant., t. 11. f. 1.; Hayne Abbild., t. 126. ; Bot. Mag., t. 335.; and our fig. 299. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets ovate, and toothed. Peduncles 3.ftowered, and without bracteas. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 161.) A native of the Pyrenees, and of the Alps. A shrub, under 2 ft. Introduced in 1570, and producing its purplish red flowers from May to September. Variety. O. 7. 2 aristata Dec.—Peduncle bearing 3 flowers, bearded. Wild in the Alps and Pyrenees. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.161.) Though, perhaps, this is as much entitled to be treated as a herbaceous plant asa ligneous one, yet it is highly ornamental, and deserves a place on every rock- work, and in every flower-border. 3. O.(R.) TRIBRACTEA‘TA Dec. The three-bracted-calywed Restharrow. Identification. Dec. Fl. Fr. Supp., 553. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 161. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 160. Synonymes. 0. rotundifdlia Lin. Sp., ed. 2., p. 1050., exclusive of the synonymes. Spec. Char., &c. Shrubby. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets ovate, toothed. Peduncles usually 3-flowered. Calyx bracteated, with 3 leaves. (Don’s Mili., ii. p. 160.) Its native country is not known with certainty, but it is reputed to be Carinthia. Is not the kind identical with O. rotundifdlia? (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 161.) Introduced in 1800 ; growing to the height of 12 ft. or 2ft., and producing its pink flowers from May to July. w 4. O. Na‘rrix Dec. The Goat-root Restharrow. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1008.; Dec. Fl. Fr., 4 p.514.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 159. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 158. Synonyme. Natrix pinguis Manch Meth., 158. Engravings. Mill. Icon., t. 37. ; Bot. Mag., t.329.; and our fig. 300. Spec. Char., &c. Suffruticose, pubescent; pubescence viscose. Leaves trifoliolate; leaflets oblong, serrated at the tip; the uppermost leaves, in some instances, simple. Stipules adnate to the petiole, oval-lanceolate. Pedicels 1-flowered, awned. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.159.) A native of Europe, in sunny places, in the south of France, Spain, and Italy. Introduced in 1583, and producing its yellow flowers from June to August. De Can- dolle has described two forms of this species; one with the standard plain yellow, the other with the standard yellow, streaked with red: the last is the O. pinguis of Lin. Sp., 1009., and of our Hortus Britan- nicus, No. 17561. This species seldom exceeds 18 in. in height in a wild state, or 2ft. in a state of culture. In British gardens, this species is very commonly introduced in collections as a herbaceous plant; and very properly so, because, practically speaking, all plants technically ligneous, which do not, ina state of cultivation, exceed the height of 1ft. or 2ft., may with propriety be called in to increase the number of spe- cies which can be planted together and treated as herbs. It would surely be ridiculous to omit from herbaceous collections thyme, hyssop, sage, germander, lavender, rosemary, rue, wormwood, southernwood, iberis, alyssum, mitchella, the British heaths, and a great many others that might be mentioned, merely because, not dying down to the ground every year, they are considered by botanists as shrubs, and consequently fit for introduction into an arboretum. 606 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III ae 5, O. ARENA‘RIA Dec. The sand Restharrow. a se. Cat. Hort. Monsp., 128,; Fl. Fr. Suppl., p. 551.; Dec. Prod., 2. p, 159.; Don's ill., 2. p. 159. Synonyme. Andnis spinis cdirens litea minor, Magn. Bot., 21. Spec. Char., &c. A branchy plant, suffruticose at the base. Branches clothed with clammy pubescence. Leaves divided into three linear-oblong serrated leaflets. Pedicels 1-flowered, shorter than the leaves, and hardly awned. The standard yellow, and not streaked. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 159.) A native of sandy places on the coast near Montpelier. Introduced in 1819. From half a foot to 1 ft. high, and flowering in June and July. a 6. O. cenr’s1A L. The Mount Cenis Restharrow. Identification. Lin. Mant., 267.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.161.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 160. Synonyme. O. cristata Mill. Dict. Engraving. All. Fl. Ped., No. 1173. t. 10. f. 2. Spec. Char., &c. A many-stemmed, tufted, prostrate, glabrous plant, suffruticose at the base. Leaves palmately trifoliolate ; leaflets cuneated, and, like the stipules, serrated. Peduncles 1-flow- ered, without an awn, and longer than the leaves. A native of rocky places in the Alps of Pro- vence, Dauphiné, and Savoy. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.161.) Introduced in 1759; and producing its pink flowers in June and July. It rarely exceeds 1 ft. in height. Variety. 0. c. 2 subcristata Dec., the 0. cenfsia of Asso Syn., No. 674., isa native of the Pyrenees, and has each peduncle furnished with akind of awn, It is,rather more tender than the species. « 7. O. ARAGONE’NSIS Asso. The Aragon Restharrow. Identification. Asso Syn. Arr., 96. t. 6. f.2; Dec. Fl. Fr. Suppl., p.562.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 159. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 162. Synonyme. O.dumbdsa Lapeyr. Arb., 410. Engraving. Magn. Hort. Monsp., 17. t. 21. Spec. Char., &c. A low shrub, with trifoliolate glabrous leaves, and roundish serrated leaflets. Flow- ers in pairs, almost sessile, and disposed in a leafless raceme. Calyx villous, and one half shorter than the corolla. A native of mountains in Valencia andAragon, and of the Pyrenees in the part contiguous to France. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 164.) Introduced in 1816. It grows to the height of from 1 ft. to 2 ft., and produces its yellow flowers from May to July. App. i. Other suffruticose Species of Ononis. O. peduncularis Lindl. (Bot. Reg., t. 1446., and our fig. 301.) is a small shrub, not more than a foot high, introduced in 1829, from Teneriffe, with fragrant white and rose-coloured flowers. It is usually kept in a frame. It would do, with a little protection, for rockwork. It is in Messrs, Young and Penny’s collection. O. crispa L., O. hispdnica, O. vaginalis L., O. arachnoidea La- peyr., O. longifolia Willd., O. falcata Willd.,O. ramostssima Desf., O. tridentita L., O. angustifolia Lam., and O. fee/tida Schousb., are other species of Ondnis varying in height trom | ft. to Sft, and usually kept in frames or cold-pits ; but which, if protected in severe weather, would be very ornamental for rockwork. Descriptions of them will be found in our Hortus Britannicus, and in Don’s Miller. Other species of Ondnis marked in catalogues as herbaceous, are nearly as suffruticose as those last mentioned ; and, where the object is to extend a collection, there are several that may be introduced in thearboretum. Indeed it may be safely assumed, that, where several species of a genus are ligneous or suffruticose, all the species of that genus are more or less so, and may, by culture, be prevented from dying down to the ground during winter ; provided that genus has been formed on natural principles. AMO’RPHA L. Tue Amorpna, or BasTARD INDIGO. Lin. Syst. Mona- délphia Decandria. Identification. Lin. Gen., 869.; Lam. Tll., te 621.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 256.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 234. Synonyme. Bonaf{dia Neck, Elem., No. 1364. : Derivation. From a, privative, and morphé, form ; in reference to the deformity of the corolla, from the want of the wings and keel. Description. Large deciduous shrubs, natives of North America. Leaves impari-pinnate, having many pairs of leaflets that have transparent dots in their disks, and, usually, minute stipules at their base. The leaves have de- ciduous stipules. The flowers are disposed in lengthened spiked racemes, usually grouped at the tips of the branches; of a blue-violet colour. (Dec. CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CEH. AMO’RPHA. 607 Prod., ii. p. 256.) The species are highly ornamental on account of their leaves, and more especially of their long spikes of flowers; which, though, when taken separately, they are small, and imperfect in regard to form, are yet rich from their number, and their colours of purple or violet, spangled with a golden yellow. The plants are not of long duration; and are liable to be broken by wind; for which reason they ought always to be planted in a shel- tered situation. They produce abundance of suckers, from which, and from cuttings of the root, they are very readily propagated. The several sorts that are in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, and in the arbo- retum of the Messrs. Loddiges, appear to us only varieties of one and the same species. % 1, A. FRuTICO'sA Lin. The shrubby Amorpha, or Bastard Indigo. Identification. Lin. Sp, 1003.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.256.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 234. Synonymes. Wild Indigo, Amer. ; faux Indigo, Fr., Strauchartiger Unform, Ger. Engravings. Schkuhr Handb., t. 197.; Mill. Icon., t.27.; Bot. Reg., 427.; Krauss. t.7.; N. Du Ham., 3. t. 36.; and our fig. 302. Spec. Char., Sc. Rather arborescent, some- what villose or glabrous. Leaflets elliptic- oblong, the lowest distant from the base of the petiole. Calyx somewhat villose; 4 of its teeth obtuse, 1 acuminate. The standard glandless. Legume few-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii, p. 256.) A native of Carolina and Florida, on the banks of rivers, where it grows to the height of from 9 ft. to 12 ft. In Britain, it produces its long close spikes of fine, rich, very dark, bluish-purple flowers in June and July. It was introduced into Britain in 1724, by Mark Catesby ; who states that the inhabitants of Carolina, at one time, made a sort of coarse indigo from the young shoots. It is now a common shrub in Eu- S ropean gardens; and Thunberg is said to have observed it in those of the Island of Nipon, in Japan. Varieties. & A. f. 2 angustifolia Pursh has the leaflets linear-elliptic. % A. f. 3 emargindia Pursh has the leaflets notched, and the calyx hoary. There is a plant of it in the garden of the London Horticul- tural Society. & A. f. 4 Lewisii Lodd. Cat., 1830, appears to have rather larger flowers and leaves than the species. There are finely flowering plants of it in the Goldworth Arboretum. 2 A. f. 5 cerulea Lodd. Cat., 1830, has the flowers of somewhat a paler blue. There are plants of it in Loddiges’s arboretum. Perhaps it is only a variation of A. croceo-lanata. Commercial Statistics. The price of plants, in the London nurseries, is 1s. 6d. each, and of seeds, Is. per oz.; at Bollwyller, plants are 50 cents each, or seedlings 10 francs for 50; at New York, plants are 374 cents each, and seeds 4 dollars per lb. & 2. A. (F.) GLA‘BRA Desf. The glabrous Amorpha, or Bastard Indigo. Identification. Desf. Cat. Hort. Par., 192.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 256. ; Don's Mill., 2. p. 234. Spec. Char., &c. Rather arborescent, glabrous. Leaflets elliptic-oblong, the lowest distant from the base of the petiole. Calyx glabrous, four of its teeth obtuse, one acuminate. Standard glanded on the outside. Legume containing few seeds. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 256) A shrub, growing from 3ft. to 6 ft. high. Introduced in 1810, and flowering in July and August. a 3. A. (F.) NA‘NA Nutt. The dwarf Amorpha, or Bastard Indigo. sa ike Nutt. in Fras. Cat., 1813; Nov. Gen. Amer., 2. p.91.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 256.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 234, Synonyme. A. microph¥lla Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 466. belly 608 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., &c. Shrubby, dwarf, rather glabrous. Leaflets elliptical, mucro- nulate. Calyx glabrous, all its teeth setaceously acuminate. Legume 1- seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 256.) A native of herbage-covered hills near the Missouri, where it grows to the height of from 1ft. to 2ft. According to Pursh, it is an elegant little shrub, with purple flowers, which are fragrant. It was introduced in 1811, by Mr. Lyon; but it is not common in col lections, 2 4, A. (r.) FRA‘GRANS Sweet. The fragrant Amorpha, or Bastard Indigo. Identification. Swt. F).-Gard., t. 241.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 234. Synonyme. A. nana Sims in Bot. Mag., t. 211%., but not of others. \ Engravings. Swt. Fl.-Gard., t. 241.; Bot. Mag., t. 2112.; and our Wy Sig. 303. Spec. Char., $c. Shrubby, pubescent. Leaves with 6—8 pairs of elliptic-oblong mucronate leaflets, obtuse at both ends, young ones pubescent. Calyx pubescent, pedicellate; superior teeth obtuse, lower one acute. Style hairy. Flowers dark purple. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 234.) Anative of North America, where it grows 7ft. or 8 ft. high; flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1800; but not common in British collections. Planted in deep, free, dry, sandy soil, this sort, like all the others, will grow and flower freely. 2 5, A.(F.) cro‘cEo-LANA‘TA Wats. The Saffron-coloured-woolly Amorpha, or tawny Bastard Indigo. Lae. Wats. Dend. Brit., t.139.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 234. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 139.; and our fig. 304. Spec. Char., §c. Plant clothed with tawny pu- bescence. Racemes branched. Leaves with 6—8 pairs of oblong-elliptic, mucronulate, downy leaflets; the 3 upper teeth of calyx ovate, acute, the 2 lower ones very short, and rounded. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 234.) Anative of North America, cultivated in British gar- dens in 1820, where it is a shrub from 3 ft. to 5ft. high. Its flowers, which appear in 4 July and August, are of a purplish blue. Plants of this sort are in the Fulham Nur- sery. a 6. A. (F.) CANE’SCENS Nutt. The canescent Amorpha, or Bastard Indigo. see: owe aa berries anes tea Amer., 2. p. 92.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 467. ; Synonyme. ? A. pubéscens Pursh, 2. p. 467. Spec. Char., §c. Suffruticose, dwarf, all over whitely tomentose. Leaflets ovate-elliptic, mucronate, the lowest near the base of the petiole. Calyx tomentose; its teeth ovate, acute, equal. Ovary 2-ovuled. Legume 1- seeded. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p.256.) A native of Louisiana, on the banks of the Missouri and the Mississippi; producing its dark blue flowers in July and August. Introduced in 1812, by Lyon, but not common in col- lections. This sort, like every other kind of Amérpha (and indeed like all ligneous plants, the wood of which is not hard and compact, and the dura- tion of which is consequently but temporary), requires to be well cut in every year, or otherwise to be planted in very poor, dry, sandy soil. Nothing but cutting in shrubs of this description in soils where they grow freely, will either make them assume handsome shapes, or preserve their vitality for any length of time. The same may be said of the peach, the almond, the hydrangea, the ribes, and many other soft-wooded trees and shrubs. CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CEX. ROBI'N/A. 609 Genus XII. ¥ ¥lle ROBINIA Lin. Tae Rostnia, or Locust TREE. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. , Identification. Dec. Mém. Lég., 6.; Prod., 2. p. 261. ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 237. S$: Synonymes. Pseudacacia Tourn. Inst., t. 417.; Mcench Meth., 145.; Robinier, Fr.; Robinie, Ger. Derivation. Named in honour of Jean Robin, a French botanist, once herbalist to Henry IV. of France, author, of Histoire des Plantes, 12mo, Paris, 1620; printed with the second edition of Lonicer’s History of Plants. His son Vespasian was sub-demonstrator at the Jardin des Plantes in Paris, and was the first person who cultivated the Robinéa Pseud-Acacia in Europe. Description. Deciduous trees, natives of North America, where one of the species is highly valued for its timber. In Europe, all the species are much prized both for their use and beauty. They are readily propagated by seeds, large truncheons of the stem and branches, cuttings of the roots, or by graft- ing; and they will grow in any soil that is not too wet. Their roots are creeping, and their branches very brittle: they grow rapidly, but are not generally of long duration. Their rapid growth is a property that they have in common with all trees and plants the principal roots of which extend themselves close under the surface; because there the soil is always richest: but the same cause that produces this rapidity at first, occasions the tree to grow slowly afterwards, unless the roots are allowed ample space on every side; since, as they never penetrate deep, they soon exhaust all the soil within their reach. For this reason, also, such trees are objectionable as hedgerow trees, or as scattered groups in arable lands ; their roots proving a serious iui- pediment to the plough, and the suckers thrown up by them choking the corn crops. Roots, on the other hand, which penetrate perpendicularly as well as horizontally, belong to more slowly, but more steadily, growing trees, which always attain a larger size in proportion to the extent of ground they occupy. ¥ 1.R. Psrevu‘p-Aca‘c1a Lin. The common Robinia, or False Acacia. > Identification. Lin. Sp., 1043.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 261.; Lam. IIL, t. 666. f. 1.; N. Du Ham. 2.t. 16. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 237. Synonymes. /Hschynémene Pseudacacia Roxb. ; Pseudacacia odorata Manch Meth., 145.; Locust Tree, Amer.; the Bastard Acacia; Robinier faux Acacia, Acacia blanc, Carouge des Américains, Fr.; gemeine Acacie, or Schotendorn, Ger. Derivation. This tree, when first introduced, was supposed to be a species of the Egyptian acacia, (Acacia véra), from its prickly branches and pinnated leaves, which resembled those of that tree. It was named the locust tree by the-missionaries, who were some of the first collectors, and who fancied that it was the tree that supported St. John in the wilderness. It is not, however, a native of any other part of the world than North America, The name Carouge, is the French word for carob bean, the locust tree of Spain ; which, being also a native of Syria,’is, probably, the true locust of the NewTestament. The German name of Schotendorn is composed of schote, a pod, or le- gume, and dorn, a thorn. Engravings. Lam. Ill. t.666.; N. Du Ham., 2. t.16.; our fig. 305.; and the plate of this species in Volume II. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles stipular. Branches twiggy. Racemes of flowers loose and pendulous; and smooth, as are the legumes. Leaflets ovate. The flowers are white and sweet-scented; the roots creeping, and their fibres sometimes bearing tubercles. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 261.) A native of North America, where it is found from Canada to Carolina. Varieties. The plant varying much in its different native localities, and also having been long cultivated from seeds in Europe, the varieties are nume- rous. Some of those included in the following list appear in our Hortus Britannicus, and in Don’s Miller, as species; while some hybrids, such as R. hybrida and R. intermédia, might also have been considered as varieties, but we have preferred keeping them apart. ¥ R. P. 2 flore liteo Dumont, 6. p. 140., has the flowers yellow. * R. P. 3 inérmis Dec. Prod., ii. p. 261., Dec. Cat. Hort. Monsp., 136.— Prickles wanting, or nearly obsolete. Leaflets flat. Plant of free growth, in which respect it differs from R. P. umbraculffera. ROT 610 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ¥ R. P. 4 crispa Dec. Prod., ii. p. 261.— Prickles wanting. Leaflets all, or for the most part, undulately curled. * R. P. 5 umbraculifera Dec. Prod., ii. p. 261., Cat. Hort. Monsp., 157. ; R. inérmis Dum. Cours., vi. p. 140. — Prickles wanting. Branches much crowded, and smooth. Head orbicular. Leaflets ovate. This variety is said to have been raised from the seed of R, Psetid-Acacia ; and, according to Dumont de Courset, to have yellow flowers. It has been common in British gardens since 1820, but has not yet flowered in this country. * R. P.6 tortudsa Dec. Prod., ii. p. 261.; and the plate in Vol. IT.— Branches much crowded, and twisted. Racemes similar to those of R. Psetid-Acacia, but smaller and fewer-flowered. ¥ R. P. 7 sophorefolia Lodd. Cat., 1830, has the leaves large, and some- what like those of Sophora japonica. ¥ R.P.8 amorphefolia Lk. has leaves somewhat like those of Amérpha fruticosa. * R. P.9 stricta Lk. has the general tendency of the shoots upright ; but still the plant is not so fastigiate as the Lombardy poplar. * R. P. 10 procera Lodd, Cat., 1830.— A tall vigorous-growing variety. ¥ R. P.11 péndula Ort. Dec., p. 26.— The shoots are somewhat droop- ing, but not very decidedly so. ¥ R. P. 12 monstrosa Lodd. Cat., 1830.—The leaves are large, and twisted. ¥ R. P. 13 macrophilla Lodd. Cat., 1830, has the leaves long, and the leaflets broad. * R. P. 14 microphilla Lodd, Cat., 1830; R. angustifolia Hort. ; has the leaves small, and the leaflets narrow. ¥ R. P. 15 spectébilis Dum. has large leaves and is without prickles: it produces straight vigorous shoots, which are angular when young. It was raised from seed by M. Descemet, at St. Denis, and was formerly known in the French nurseries by the name of agacante (enticing). * R. P. 16 latisiliqua, the broad-podded locust, is mentioned in Prince’s Catalogue for 1829. In America, there are three popular varieties, distinguished by the colour of the heart-wood; viz. the red locust, when the heart-wood is red, and which is esteemed by far the most durable and beautiful timber; the green locust, which is the most common, which has a greenish yellow heart, and is held next in esteem to the red; and the white locust, which has a white heart, and is considered the least valuable of all; and, in the western states, there is said to be another variety, called the black locust. All these may more properly be considered as variations, apparently depending solely on the soil and situation, in the same manner as the blue colour of the flowers of the hydrangea depends on the soil in which it is planted. Most of these varieties are tolerably distinct in the foliage when the plants are young; but those best worth cultivating, except where there is a com- plete collection, are R. P. umbraculifera, the parasol acacia; R. P. péndula, the weeping variety ; R. P. stricta, the upright-growing sort; and R. P. spectabilis, the vigorous-growing thornless variety. With regard to the yellow-flowered variety, it may be worth continuing by grafting or suckers ; but, to make quite sure of having white flowers, the trees producing them ought to be propagated by grafting also; as plants raised from seed, though, for the most part, they have white flowers, yet occasionally produce yel- lowish ones. Description. The Robinia Psetd- Acacia, though it attains the height of 70 ft. or 80 ft., with a trunk of 2 ft. or 3 ft. in diameter, in favourable situations in its native country, yet is seldom, if ever, found there with a straight clean trunk, which will admit of being sawn up into boards of even moderate dimensions. It is a much branched tree, with the branches, as well as the trunk, somewhat twisted; the branches have a general tendency upwards when the tree is CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX. ROBI‘’NIA. 611 young, but as it grows old they spread out hori- — zontally. They are armed with strong hooked prickles, and not with spines or ligneous thorns ; the former being only attached to the bark, like the prickles of the common rose or the bramble; and the latter proceeding from the wood, like the spines of the hawthorn, cockspur, and other thorns. The leaves of the robinia are composite, the leaflets being sessile, and 8, 10, or even 12, with an odd one. Their texture is so fine, and their surface so smooth, that the dust which falls on them will hardly lie; which last circumstance renders the tree particularly eligible for planting along road sides, in the neighbourhood of towns, or in great thoroughfares. The flowers are disposed in pendulous bunches, white or yellowish, and are most agreeably fragrant : they are succeeded by narrow flat legumes, about 3 in. long, each containing 5 or 6 small seeds, which are commonly brown, but sometimes black. These seeds, when taken out of the pod, and exposed to the air, will hardly retain their vege- tative properties two years, but, when kept in the pod, they will remain good a year longer ; and, when the pods are buried 5 ft. or 6 ft. under the surface, in dry soil, they have been known to keep 7 years, without losing their vitality, and would probably retain it fora much longer period. The dimensions of the tree, in its native country, vary much with the soil and climate in which it grows. In Kentucky, the tree sometimes attains the height of 70 ft. or 80 ft., with a trunk 4 ft. in diameter; but it does not arrive at half that size at Harris- burgh, in Pennsylvania. On the trunk and large limbs of the old robinias, the bark is very thick, and deeply furrowed; but on the young trees it is com- paratively smooth for the first 10 or 15 years. The young tree, till the trunk attains the diameter of 2in. or 3in., is armed with formidable prickles ; but these disappear altogether as it grows old, and they are wanting, in some of the varieties, even when they are young. The wood, which is commonly of a greenish yellow colour, marked with brown veins, is hard, compact, and susceptible of a bright polish: it has a good deal of strength, and is very durable; but it has not much elasticity, and is somewhat liable to crack. The tree has one property almost peculiar to it, that of forming heart-wood at a very early age, viz. in its third year; whereas the sap-wood of the oak, the chestnut, the beech, the elm, and most other trees, does not begin to change into heart, or perfect, wood, till after 10 or 15 years’ growth. (Michw.) In Britain, in the neighbourhood of London, the Robinia Psetid- Acacia some- times attains as great a height as it does in any part of America; but, north of London, it is as small as it is in the north-east of Pennsylvania, or smaller. It grows with great rapidity when young ; plants, in 10 years from the seed, attaining the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft., or even 40 ft.; and established young plants producing shoots 8 ft. or 10 ft. long in one season. When the tree has once attained the height of about 40 ft. or 50 ft., it grows very slowly afterwards; but, whatever height it attains, there are very few specimens to be met with in England, that have more than 30 or 40 cubic feet of timber in the trunk. At 50 or 60 years of age, the trunk is not greatly increased in girt; but at that age the branches often contain as great a bulk of timber as the trunk, though, from not being straight, that timber is comparatively of little value, except for fuel. The greatest bulk of timber contained in any robinia that we have heard of is in one at Taverham, in Norfolk, which contains 894 cubic ft. (Withers’s Treat., p. 234.) It stands among some silver firs, which are presumed to be about the same age, and which contain nearly 3 loads (about 150 ft.) of timber each; thus affording a tolerable cri- terion of the comparative rate of growth of the two trees. The trees of this species, and of several of its varieties, in the garden of the Horticultural Society, and in the arboretum of Messrs, Loddiges, have attained the TT 3 612 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. height of 30 ft. and upwards, in 10 years from the time they were planted. Cobbett and Withers record instances of much more rapid growth. The former, in his Woodlands (§ 382.), mentions a plantation at Coleshill, in which the trees averaged 19 ft. after being 4 years planted; and others at Botley, which, in 11 years had attained the height of 40 ft., with trunks “3 ft.2in. round at the bottom?’ (Jbid., § 358.); and in Withers’s Treatise, p. 254., mention is made of 900 plants, placed 4ft. apart in 1824, which, in 1828, had reached to from 13 ft. to 16 ft. in height, and were to be cut down, and used as hop-poles. A plantation of locusts, Scotch pines, sycamores, limes, Spanish chest- nuts, beeches, ashes, and oaks was made in 1812, at Earl’s Court, near Kensington, and the trees measured, at Cobbett’s request, in 1827; when it was found that the locust had grown faster than any one kind of the other trees in the proportion of 27 to 22, and faster than the average of them in the proportion of 27 to 18. (See Woodlands, §. 375., and Gard. Mag., vol. iii.p. 363.) This comparatively rapid growth of the locust, which is i a great measure confirmed by other measurements in Mr, Withers’s Treatise, is owing to the spreading roots of the tree having the power of more rapidly extracting nourishment from the soil than the descending roots of the other trees among which it was planted; but these other trees, with descending roots, though they grow slower than the locust at first, would, in the course of 30 or 40 years, overtop it, and ultimately destroy it altogether, as has been proved in the Bois de Boulogne near Paris. Geography. Yn North America, the locust tree, as it is there called, begins to grow naturally in Pennsylvania, between Lancaster and Harris- burgh, in the lat. of 40° 20’: west of the Alleghanies, it is found 2° or 3° farther north; because, on the west side of these mountains, the climate is milder, and the soil more fertile than on the east of them. It is most abun- dant in the south-west, abounding in all the valleys between the chains of the Alleghany mountains, particularly in Limestone Valley. It is common in all the western states, between the Ohio, the Illinois, the lakes, and the Mis- sissippi. It is plentiful in Upper Canada, and also in Lower Canada; but it is not found in the states east of the river Delaware, nor does it grow spon- taneously in the maritime parts of the middle and southern states, to the dis- tance of from 50 to 100 miles from the sea. It is planted, however, in that region for purposes of both utility and ornament. It is observed by Mi- chaux, that the locust forms a much smaller proportion of the American forests than the oaks and walnuts, and that it is nowhere found occupying tracts, even of a few acres exclusively. Hence the tree, where it is met with, is frequently spared by settlers, as being ornamental, and comparatively rare; in the same manner as the black walnut is frequently spared for the same reasons, and for its fruit. Hence, also, old specimens of these two trees, which have belonged to the aboriginal forests, are frequently seen growing in the midst of cultivated fields. History. There is, perhaps, no American tree respecting which so much has been said and done, in Europe, as the locust. It was one of the first trees that we received from that country, and it has been more extensively propagated than any other, both in France and England. It has been al- ternately extolled and neglected in both countries; and even at the present time, though the beauty of its foliage and flowers is generally acknowledged, and though it has, at different periods, been enthusiastically praised by different writers, for the valuable properties of its wood, it cannot be con- sidered as holding a high rank as a timber tree, or as being generally planted with a view to profit. The seeds of this tree, it is statedin Martyn’s Miller and most other British works, and even in the Nouveau Du Hamel and Baudrillart’s Dictionnaire, were first sent to Europe to Jean Robin, gardener to Henry IV. of France, in 1601; but, according to Deleuze, as quoted, p. 136., and also to Adanson, in the article Acacia, in the French Encyclopedia, the locust was sent from CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEE. ROBI‘NIA. 613 America to Vespasian Robin (son to Jean Robin), who was arborist to Louis XIII., and was planted by him in the Jardin des Plantes in 1635. In England, it appears to have been first cultivated by the elder Tra- descant ; but whether he obtained it from France, or direct from Virginia, is uncertain. It is highly probable, that he may have received it from America even before Robin, as Parkinson, in his Theatre of Plants, published in 1640, mentions the tree as having been grown by Tradescant “ to an exceeding height.” The first tree planted in Paris still exists (as noticed p. 136.) ; and the first tree planted in Germany, in 1696, still remains, though in a very decayed state, in a court-yard in Vienna (as noticed p. 147.). Tradescant’s tree was in existence when Sir William Watson visited his garden in 1749. (See p. 40.) The earliest notice of the robinia in England is that in Parkin- son’s Theatre of Plants, before referred to: it is not mentioned by Gerard, either in the first edition of his Heréal, published in 1597, or in that edited by Johnson, in 1629. Evelyn, in the first edition of his Sylva, published in 1664, says, “ The French have lately brought in the Virginian acacia, which exceed- ingly adorns their walks. The tree is hardy against all the invasions of our sharpest seasons; but our high winds, which, by reason of its brittle nature, it does not so well resist; and the roots (which insinuate and run like liquorice under ground) are apt to emaciate the soil, and, therefore, haply not so com- mendable in our gardens as they would be agreeable for variety of walks and shade. They thrive well in His Majesty’s new plantation in St. James’s Park.” (Sylva, ed. 1664, p. 64.) In the edition of the Sylva published in 1706, Evelyn speaks of two acacias, the gleditschia and the false acacia ; “ both which,”’ he says, “ deserve a place among avenue trees, and love to be planted among moist ground.” Mortimer, in 1712, says, “ A great number of acacias were for- merly planted in St. James’s Park; but, in consequence of some of their branches being broken by the wind, they were all cut down,” Bradley, in 1718, speaks of the Virginian acacia as the only species of that tree that will stand the open air in England, and refers to some of them growing in the court before Russell House, Bloomsbury (now the British Museum), and in the Old Palace Yard, Westminster. None of these trees now exist. Ray, in his History, published in 1719, mentions the robinia as among the trees growing in the Bishop of London’s garden at Fulham. According to Lysons there were two trees there in 1809; and the remains of one of them still exist (1836). (See p. 43.) Miller, in 1731, speaks of the robinia as very common in gar- dens near London, where there were, in his time, several large old trees. He says that they are very hardy, but will not endure being exposed to high strong winds, which break their branches, and render them unsightly. “ Many people,” he adds, “ have neglected to cultivate them on that account ; but they will do well if planted in wildernesses among other trees, where they will be sheltered, and make a beautiful variety.” Miller mentions one 40 ft. high as a large tree; and he also states that, in his time, the robinia had ripened seeds in England, from which young plants had been raised. In 1752, he says that the robinia was generally propagated in English nurseries by suckers from the roots of old trees, but that he prefers raising them from seeds. Young plants, he says, frequently make shoots of from 6 ft. to 8 ft. in length in one season. “ These trees,” he adds, “ were formerly in great request in England, and were frequently planted in avenues, and for shady walks; but their branches being generally broken or split down by the wind in summer, when they are clethed with leaves, the trees are rendered improper for this * purpose; and their leaves coming out late in the spring, and falling off early in the autumn, occasioned their being neglected for many years ; but of late they have been much in request again, so that the nurseries have been cleared of these trees; though, in a few years, they will be as little enquired after as heretofore, when those which have been lately planted begin to have their ragged appearance.”’ (Dict., 6th edit. in 1752.) In the seventh edition of his Dictionary, published in 1759, Miller says that young trees, two or three rT 4 614 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. years’ seedlings, are 8 ft. or 10 ft. high. In Dr. Hunter’s edition of Evelyn’s Sylva, published in 1786, we have a history of the employment of the robinia in ship-building, communicated to the doctor by Joseph Harrison, Esq., of Bawtry, in a letter dated July 25.1782. This gentleman had resided some time in Virginia; and he states that, about'the year 1733, the first experiment was made respecting the application of the locust tree to any purpose in ship-building, by an ingenious shipwright, sent over to America by some Liver- pool merchants to build two large ships there. This shipwright thought “ that the oaks, elms, ashes, and many other timber trees common to both countries, were much inferior to the same sorts in England; but frequently spoke of the locust tree as of extraordinary qualities, both in strength and duration.” He had observed some very old timber in houses in New England, that had been built of the wood of this tree, when the country was first settled, perfectly firm and sound ; and, after having completed his engagement for his employers, he began to build a small vessel for himself; when, being at a loss for a sufficient quantity of iron, and having observed the extraordinary strength and firmness of the locust tree, he took it into his head that trenails, or tree-nails, that is, wooden pins, of that timber, might be substituted for iron bolts in many places where they would be least liable to wrench or twist (as in fastening the floor timbers to the keel, and the knees to the ends of the beams, which two articles take up a large proportion of the iron used in a ship), purposing, when he arrived in England, to bore out the locust trenails, and drive in iron bolts in their stead. The ship, being finished and loaded, sailed for Liverpool, and returned back to Virginia the next year ; and the builder himself being the cap- tain of her, he paid particular attention to see the effect of the locust trenails. After the strictest examination, he found that they effectually answered the purpose intended. It was, however, thought prudent to take several of them out, and to put in iron bolts in their room; and this operation afforded an- other proof of their extraordinary strength and firmness, as they required to be driven out with what is technically called a set bolt (an iron punch), just as if they had been made of iron ; whereas oak trenails are usually bored out with an auger. This captain afterwards died in the West Indies; and the use of the locust for trenails was neglected for some years, till it was revived at the instance of Mr. Harrison, by a ship-builder of eminence at New York, where it has since been ingeneral use. Till the value of the locust tree for trenails, or trunnels, as they are called by Cobbett, was proved in America, they were formed in Britain of the best oak timber ; and, as the oak wood grown in Sussex is generally reckoned the best in the island, oak trenails were sent from that county to every part of Britain; but at present oak is only partially used for this purpose, locust trenails being imported from America to a very great extent. Public attention being thus, about the latter end of the last century, powerfully directed to the locust, both in Europe and in America, various pamphlets and papers in the Transactions of societies began to be published on the subject. A Treatise on the Common Acacia was pub- lished at Bordeaux in 1762, and a Memoir on it in Paris in 1786. In the latter, it is recommended for planting on the banks of rivers, in order to strengthen the banks by its running roots, and the numerous suckers which they throw up. The writer also recommends it for pea-sticks, hop-poles, vine- props, hoops, wedges, cogs to wheels, &c.; and even as a substitute for saint- foin, as a forage crop, to be mown thrice a year, and either used green, or dried as hay and stacked mixed with straw for winter use. He mentions its various medical properties, and adds that a very agreeable syrup is made from the flowers. There is also a paper on the subject in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts, $c. for 1785, The writer says that the wood, when green, is of a soft texture, but it becomes hard when dry. He considers it as dur- able as the best white oak ; and states that it is esteemed preferable to the timber of that tree, for the axletrees of carriages, trenails for ships, and many other mechanical purposes. It makes excellent fuel, being, like the ash, fit to CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINACEA. ROBI‘NIA. 615 burn immediately after it is cut; and its shade ess injurious to grass than that of most other trees. In the Gentleman’s Magazine for 1791, there is a long account of a scheme by Mr. Ebenezer Jessup for growing locust trees for the use of the Poyal navy. It is there proposed, that an act of parliament be obtained, apportioning about 10,000 acres in the New Forest, and in the Forest of Dean, to be set apart for growing locust trees, live oak (Quércus virens), and white oak (Quércus alba), for the use of the royal navy. The distance at which Mr. Jessup proposes to plant these trees is 164 ft., so that he calculates an acre will produce 160 trees of about 13 ton each. The locust, he says, will be fit for ship-building in 25 or 30 years, the live oak in 40 years, and the white oak in 60 years, from the time of planting. He states that stakes made of the locust wood have stood exposed to the weather, to his certain knowledge, for 80 or 100 years before they began to decay ; and that the live oak and the white oak, though they do not attain so large a size as the British oak, produce a more durable timber. He recommends the locust tree to be planted in poor soil, but the oaks “in good rich land.” In order to save government “ any con- siderable expense,” he proposes to prepare the soil, and take care of the trees afterwards, by the out-pensioners of Chelsea, who are to be sent in relays every six months, and to dwell in houses built for their accommodation in central parts of the forest; every house to have a piece of ground allotted to it for a garden, &c. &c. (Gent. Mag., vol. xi. p. 699.) In February, 1793, (30™e Pluviose, an 2,) the National Convention decreed that an impression of L? Annuaire du Cultivateur should be struck off, and distributed in the depart- ments, the Committee of Public instruction thinking it worthy of a place among the elementary books intended for the use of the national schools. In this work, every day in the year is marked by one or more natural pro- ductions, or their attendant phenomena; and the 6th of May (14me Prairial) was consecrated to the Robinia Pseud-Acacia, and a notice given of its ap- pearance, propagation, culture, and uses. A Letter on the Acacia, by Dr. Pulteney, was published in the Gentleman’s Magazine for 1801, p. 1098., in which, quoting from Ray, he says the leaves are highly grateful to cattle, and that treatises have been written to recom- mend the cultivation of the tree for its young shoots as forage. Governor Pownall, in Young’s Annals of Agriculture, vol. viii., states that several gen- tlemen in America have informed him, that, in the neighbourhood of New York, posts for rail-fencing made of the locust tree stood “ wet and dry, next the ground,’ better than any other timber posts in common use; and almost as well as posts of the swamp cedar (the deciduous cypress). This gentleman remarks that the locust wood which is used in America for ship-building, trenails, and posts, has commonly been grown in barren, sandy, or light soils; and that in England, where it is generally planted in rich soils, and in sheltered situations, the tree may, probably, outgrow its strength ; and thus the branches may become so brittle as to ke easily broken by the winds; while the wood will be less hard and tenacious, and, in all probability, much less durable than in America. He therefore recommends planting the locust, in England, only on poor soils, when it is intended to employ the timber for useful purposes. In the Recreations of Agriculture for 1802, there is a paper on the uses of the Robinza Psetd-Acacia in fencing, in which it is recommended as a hedge plant on poor, gravelly, sandy soils. Its young twigs are said to be covered with a kind of thorn that renders them terrible to animals of all sorts; and, consequently, locust hedges can require no protection from cattle when young. The writer appears to have forgotten, or, perhaps, not to have known, that cattle are said to be remarkably fond of the shoots both in America and France. He recommends training each plant to a single shoot, in order that, after a certain time, the hedge may be cut down, and the plants which have composed it may be used for hop-poles, for posts and rails, and for other rustic purposes. Such hedges, he says, are common in Germany : the writer 616 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART III. adds, that, though seeds may be procured in the neighbourhood of London, yet that the best mode is to import them from North America; sending the order for that purpose in the month of June, and being particularly careful to get seeds of that year, because two years’ old seeds will not grow. (tecrea- tions in Agriculture, vol. vi. p.560.) In France, in the year 1803, a work, entitled Lettre sur le Robinier, was published in Paris by M. Francois de Neufchateau, containing the essence of all that had been previously published on the subject in France, supported by the republication of many previously written tracts, or extracts from them. A translation of M. Frangois’s work occupies the first 156 pages of Withers’s T’reatise on the Acacia; and, with a notice of the article by Adanson, in the French Encyclopedia, and another by Miller, editor of the Journal des Foréts, dated 1830, forms a very interesting history of the tree in France, from its first introduction into that country to the present time. The result of all that has been said in favour of the acacia in France, according to Miller, is, that itas generally employed in that country to decorate pleasure-grounds; but he is “not aware that there are any forest plantations of acacia, for the express purpose of raising timber for carpenter’s work, and ship timber.” (Withers’s Treatise, p. 278.) In the year 1823, an extraordinary sensation was excited in Britain respect- ing this tree by Cobbett. This writer while in America, from 1817 to 1819, chiefly occupied himself in farming and gardening in Long Island, near New York ; and, during that period, as he tells us in his Woodlands (§ 326.), “ was convinced that nothing in the timber way could be so great a benefit as the general cultivation of this tree.’ He adds: “ Thus thinking, I brought home a parcel of the seeds with me in 1819, but I had no means of sowing it till 1823. [then began sowing it, but upon a very small scale. I sold the plants ; and since that time I have sold altogether more than a million of them”! He elsewhere states, in the same work (§ 380.), that he sold one year’s trans- planted plants at 10s. per 100. He had a large kitchen-garden behind his house at Kensington, which he turned into a nursery; and he also grew trees extensively on his farm at Barnes, in Surrey. He imported American tree seeds, and grafts of fruit trees: and he strongly recommended all of these to the British public, in his Political Register, and in the Woodlands, which was published, in numbers, from 1825 to 1828. In these works, he more espe- cially directed attention to the locust tree, urging, in his clear and forcible manner, the immense importance of this tree in ship-building; and he was the means of many thousands of it being planted in the southern and middle dis- tricts of England, and even as far north as Durham. The name of locust, as applied to this tree, was, before Cobbett’s time, almost unknown in England, and many persons, in consequence, thought it was a new tree. Hence, while quantities of plants of Robinia Psetd-Acacia stood unasked for in the nur- series, the locust, which every one believed could only be had genuine from Mr. Cobbett, could not be grown by him in sufficient quantities to supply the demand. Cobbett imported the seeds in tons; but, when he ran short of the real American ones, he procured them, as well as young plants, from the London nurseries. This we state on the authority of the late Mr. William Malcolm of the Kensington Nursery, who sold him both seeds and plants. We do not say that there was anything wrong in Cobbett’s doing this; but, had the public known that locust seeds and locust plants were so easily to be procured, it is probable that the locust mania would never have attained the height it did. We have ourselves, several times, accompanied planters to Cobbett’s nursery to procure trees; and went once with a gentleman who had purchased a large estate in South Wales, who bought some thousands of locust plants to send to it. When he mentioned to us his intention, we told him that he might purchase the plants at half the price in the Bristol Nursery; and that, from the comparative shortness of the distance, he would not only save aconsiderable expense in carriage, but that the plants would be in a much fresher state, and, consequently, more likely to grow when they arrived at his place. No arguments of ours, however, were of any avail; and Cobbett’s locust CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEE. ROBI/N/4A. 617 trees were decidedly preferred, at any cost, to Miller’s robinias. A notice of Cobbett’s nursery, and of the various trees that he cultivated in it, will be found in his Woodlands, and in the Gardener’s Magazine, vol. iii. p.363. At present, the rage for planting the locust has altogether subsided ; but the great importance of the tree in ship-building, and for supplying fuel, hop-poles, sticks for peas, and similar purposes, is about to be illustrated by an enthu- siastic admirer of it, W. Withers, Esq., of Holt, Norfolk, author of a Memoir addressed to the Society of Arts, on the Planting and Rearing of Forest Trees, &c. &c. This gentleman has liberally and kindly sent us the proof sheets, as far as printed (to p.320.), of his Treatise on the Growth, Qualities, and Uses of the Acacia Tree, &c., with liberty to make whatever use of them we choose. Mr. Withers commences by giving a translation of the Lettre sur le Robinier, &c.,of M. Francois de Neufchateau, (12mo, Paris, 1803, ) before-mentioned ; and abstracts from the Piéces relatives d la Culture et aux Usages de cet Arbre, which M. Francois had appended to his work. He then gives extracts from the writings of MM. F. C. Medicus and André Michaux on the subject ; and, next, notices on the acacia by British writers. These form the first part of his work. The second consists of original communications, comprising various letters from noblemen and gentlemen in different parts of the country, who have planted the locust, who have large trees of it, or who have applied it to different purposes. The facts collected in this part of the work are confirm- atory of the rapid growth of the tree in favourable soils and situations; and of the suitableness and durability of its timber for trenails, posts, and fencing, and also for axletrees of timber carriages ; but they afford no evidence either of the tree producing a great bulk of timber, or of its timber being appli- cable to the general purposes of construction. Only one of the writers mentions acacia boards or planks ; and, though some of them recommend the wood for hop-poles, there is no evidence given of the length of time that these poles will last. Some useful experiments, by different contributors, are detailed, showing the rate of growth of the tree, and the strength and elas- ticity of the timber, which will be hereafter noticed. In France and the south of Germany, we are informed by Baudrillart, in the Dictionnaire des Eaux et des Foréts, the locust was at first received with enthusiasm as an ornamental tree; but was afterwards rejected, because it was discovered that its leaves appeared late in the season, its branches were brittle, its prickles disagreeable; and, above all, that it would not bear the shears. Jt was for a long time almost forgotten, till after the introduction of the modern style of gardening, when a reaction in its favour took place, and it was preferred to all other trees on account of the rapidity of its growth, and was found, also, to be a useful tree, particularly for fuel. In France, Baudrillart continues, many authors have written on the locust, and most of them have greatly exaggerated its merits. Among those who have de- termined its real merits best, he thinks, are M. Bosc, Professor of Natu- ralisation in the Jardin des Plantes; M. Mallet, Conservator of Forests at Poitiers; and the younger Michaux. These authors, he continues, while they pointed out the advantages of cultivating the locust, have, at the same time, shown the evils that must arise from exaggerating its merits. Thus, he says that M. Francois wrote in favour of planting this tree in parti- cular soils and situations; but others recommended it to be planted every where ; and, in consequence of its not succeeding in unsuitable soils, a third class of writers recommend the planting of the tree to be discontinued altogether. As an example of want of success in cultivating the locust, he refers to the heaths of Gondreville, where the tree has been planted exten- sively in a white sand, in which, though the Pinus marftima and sylvéstris and the birch thrive, it failed altogether, except on the banks of ditches. M. Baudrillart mentions several other cases, in which large tracts of country have been ploughed, and sown broad-cast with locust seed; and where the seeds came up, but the plants never did any good, owing to the lightness and sterility of the soil. Even in the Bois de Boulogne, where locust trees, when planted 618 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY III. among masses of other trees, grew rapidly for five or six years, far exceeding in height the birch, the perfumed cherry, the chestnut, the yew, and the com- mon sallow, planted with them, they disappeared entirely after a certain number of years; the other trees mentioned having become more vigorous, and choked them. Locusts, not planted among masses of other trees, but by themselves, in a single row, exposed to the air on every side, succeed much_ better ; because it is found from experience that they require a great deal of light and air for their leaves and branches, and a great deal of surface soil for their widely spreading creeping roots. M. Mallet had no better success in the Forest of Mareuil, in the department of Vienne, where the soil is moist and aquatic ; nor in the Forest of Chatellerault, where it is dry and sandy. M. Baudrillart concludes by repeating what Michaux has stated; viz. that it is only in a favourable climate, and in a good soil, that the tree attains a great size, even in its native country. In France, and particularly in the neigh- bourhood of Paris, the tree is seldom seen of a greater height than 50 ft. or 60 ft. In Germany, the tree thrives in the middle states, attaining a consi- derable height even at Berlin and Munich. In Sweden and Denmark, in favourable situations, it seems to grow nearly as high as it does in France. In America, the locust has been planted here and there about farm-houses, and along fences; and, since the forests were in a great measure destroyed in the war of independence, many persons have cultivated the tree for its tim- ber, and have supplied trenails, from the larger trees, to the shipwrights of New York. These plantations seldom exceed the extent of 20 or 30 acres in one place, though several agricultural societies have offered premiums for their encouragement. Though the locust tree, in its natural habitats, has never been known to be attacked by any insect, yet, about the beginning of the present century, the plantations of this tree in the United States were generally attacked by a winged insect, which deposited its eggs in the bark; and the caterpillars produced from them penetrated into the centre of the trunk of the tree, mining it in every direction, so that the trunk became completely perfo- rated, and was easily broken over by the wind. In consequence of the discou- ragement given by this circumstance to planting the locust in America, and the constant consumption in that country of the timber afforded by the indigenous trees, Michaux thinks that the time may come when the locust tree will be more abundant in Europe than in America. This insect is probably the Céssus robinize of Peck. (See Kirby and Spence’s Introduction to Entomology, vol, iii. p. 223.) It does not appear, that, in America, a rich soil injures the tree, as has been alleged by Gov. Pownall (see p. 615 _) ; for Michaux says that, where it attains the largest size, and produces the best timber, in Kentucky and West Tennessee, the land, when cleared, will yield from 30 to 60 bushels of maize an acre, for several years in succession, without manure. In America, on the same land where the oak, the hickory, the beech, the chestnut, and the elm attain a large size, the locust does not exceed 40 ft. or 45 ft. in height. This speaks volumes against its value for general cultivation as a timber tree. Properties and Uses. A cubic foot of locust wood, newly cut, weighs 63 1b. 30z.; half-dry, 56 lb. 4.0z.; and, when quite dry, only 48 Ib. 4.0z. According to M. Hartig, its value for fuel, when compared with that of the beech, is as 12 to 15. For duration, this author places it immediately after the oak, before the larch and the Scotch pine. According to Barlow (Withers’s Treatise, p. 256.), the strength of acacia timber, as compared with fine English oak, is as 1867 to 1672; the strength of ash being as 2026; beech, 1556; elm, 1013; Riga fir, 1108; Madeira larch, 1000; Norway spar (spruce fir), 1474; and teak, 2462. From some experiments made at Brest in 1823, and communicated by Dr. Bowring to Mr. Withers, the weight of acacia was found to be one sixth greater than that of oak; its strength as 1427 to 820; and its elasticity as 21 to 9. By experiments made in the yard of the Royal Naval College, com- municated to Mr. Withers by Dr. Inman (Treatise, p. 265.), it appears that the lateral strength of the acacia in resisting fracture is greater than that of the oak in the proportion of 1 to 0°75. From all these experiments, how- CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEE. ROBI NIA. 619 ever different the results, it may safely be concluded, that sound acacia wood is heavier, harder, stronger, more rigid, more elastic, and tougher, than that of the best English oak ; and, consequently, that it is more fit than oak for trenails. The late Lord King, who had some large locust trees on his estate at Ockham Court, gives the following opinion of the strength and durability of the timber. Te says, “ It endures as posts longer than oak or any other wood, except yew ; but it is not as well known that it never breaks to any strain: I can give you an instance in proof of this. We are in the habit of using a machine called, with us, the /oisters, for bringing home large trees without any other tackle. The axletree is always made of the best ash; and yet mine never lasted more than two years, without being broken with the strain of lifting trees from the ground, occasioned by the sudden force when the pole turns over. About 25 years ago, my carpenter put in an acacia axle, which lasted 11 years, and then was as sound as it was the first day ; but, as the wheels were worn out, the carpenter thought it best to put in another acacia axle, as some of the pin-holes were a little worn; and I believe that axletree now remains in use.” ( Withers’s Treatise, p. 283.) At Goodwood, in Sussex, there are a great many acacia trees in the plantations, which were planted in the days of Collinson and Miller. The timber has been chiefly used for out-door fences ; and, after standing 30 years, is yet perfectly sound. It is there considered much superior to the oak, for its strength and durability. (Jbid., p. 290.) | At Cheam, in Surrey, on the estate of A. Palmer, Esq., there are acacia posts which have stood 30 years, and are quite sound ; and trees which, after having been 14 years planted, are large enough for making such posts. (Jéid., p. 289.) In the various communi- cations to Mr. Withers, there is no evidence of the durability of the locust as hop-poles, notwithstanding all that Cobbett has said on the subject. One writer speaks of trying the young trees in that capacity; and another says that he found that the locust, when about the size of a stake, did not possess more durability than stakes of the oak or the beech, of the same di- mensions. The sap-wood of the acacia, this writer adds, appears to be equally as rapid in decay.as that of the oak. (Jbid., p. 249.) The truth is, as Lord King and Lord Stanhope observe to Mr. Withers (Zéid., 591. and 292.), the acacia is a branchy-headed tree, both when young and old; and is neither calculated to produce straight poles in the former state, nor much timber in the latter. : In America, according to Michaux, the greatest consumption of locust wood is for posts; which, if the tree is felled in winter, when the cir- culation of the sap is suspended, and the posts are allowed to become ~perfectly dry before they are set, are estimated to last 40 years. This dura- tion, however, varies exceedingly, according to the soil and situation in which the trees have grown; those having the heart-wood red lasting twice as long as those in which it is white. Michaux has remarked that, if the trunks of the locust trees grown in the north of Pennsylvania exceed 15 in. in diameter, when they are cut down and split open, they are frequently found to be de- eayed at the heart; but that this is not the case with trees that have grown farther south: which shows that poor soil and a cold climate are not suf- ficient, as Governor Pownall seems to allege (see p. 615.), to make the tree produce good timber. The American shipwrights use as much locust wood as they can procure; finding it as durable as the live oak, and the red cedar; with the advantage of being stronger than the former, and lighter than the latter. It is difficult, however, to procure locust wood of sufficient size for ship-building ; for, even in those districts where the tree thrives best, nine tenths of the trunks do not exceed 1 ft. in di- ameter, and from 30 ft. to 40 ft. in height. The wood is used for trenails in all the seaports of the middle states, to the exclusion of every other kind of timber. Instead of decaying, it acquires an extraordinary degree of hardness with time. In 1819, these trenails were 10 dollars athousand at Philadelphia ; and from 50,000 to 100,000 of them were annually exported to England. 620 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Mr. B. Couch, late timber and store receiver at Plymouth Dockyard, writing to Mr. Withers in January, 1834, says, “ I recollect that, about 30 years since, certain ship-owners in Scotland, considering that locust trenails were very durable, with great lateral strength, were in the habit of sending to the United States for a supply. I have reason to think that, in consequence of my mentioning the circumstance to a gentleman high in office, they have been contracted for and employed in the [English government] dockyards, where they have attained a very high character.” He adds, “ I speak of locusts the growth of the United States. I have had no experience, neither have I obtained any intelligence, respecting locusts the growth of England.” ( Withers’s Treatise, p. 302.) Sir Robert Seppings also bears witness to the “ex- cellent properties of the locust tree for the trenails of ships,” which, he says, “ have long been known and appreciated by the people of this country.” (Ibid., p. 267.) , Writing to Mr. Withers in June, 1829, from the Navy Office, he observes, “‘ We have for the last two or three years imported a considerable number of locust trenails from America.” (Jdid., p. 268.) In civil architecture, in America, the locust is chiefly used for sills and wall-plates. The sills of doors, and the wooden framing of the half timber houses, which are placed immediately on the ground, are found to last longer, when made of locust wood, than those made from any other tree, except the red mulberry (Morus rubra). Michaux states that the locust wood is not employed in America for staves and hoops, or for making hedges, as it has been asserted to be by some writers; but that it has been extensively used by cabinet-makers ; and that it is substituted by turners and toy-makers for the box. These are all the uses of the wood of the locust treein America. In France, it has been extensively cultivated in the Gironde, in copses, which are cut at the age of 4 years for props to vines; and these props are found to last more than 20 years. Old trees, in the same district, are pollarded, and their heads cut off every third year, for the same purpose. The great incon- venience attending these props is in the prickles with which they are armed ; but this may be avoided by the use of either of the strong-growing thornless varieties, viz. R. P. inérmis and R. P. spectabilis. In Paris, many small articles are made of the wood; such as salt-cellars, sugar-basins, spoons, forks, paper-knives, &c. Michaux observes that the locust should never be grown in a poor soil, for any other purpose than for vine-props or fuel; for both which uses the plants, he says, should be cut over every fourth year. Even in that case, he adds, they will, in a few years, cease to grow vigorously; and will ultimately prove less profitable, on such soils, than the common birch. Italy, and the southern departments of France, Michaux considers the countries where the greatest advantages may be expected from the rapid growth of the locust. In good soils, in such climates, at the end of 20 or 25 years, he says that a mass of wood may be obtained from the locust, twice as great as from any other species of tree. In Lombardy, the wood of this tree is used for many rural purposes. Young plants of it were formerly much employed in forming hedges; but this is now abandoned, because the tree was found to impoverish the soil; and, as it grew old, it lost its prickles; besides, from being continually pruned to keep it low, the hedge becomes thin and open at bottom, and the plants end in being little more than mere stumps. (See Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 642.) In countries with an agriculture in which clovers and root crops do not enter into the rotation, the leaves of the locust may form a substitute for these articles as provender for cattle. When the tree is cultivated for this purpose, it ought either to be treated like the furze, and mown every year; or the trees allowed to grow to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and kept as pollards, the branches being cut off every other year. This cutting should take place in the middle of summer, at which time the branches can be dried for use during winter ; and one or two shoots should be left on the tree to keep up vegetation, which shoots must be cut off during the following winter. In France, the green shoots, when cut off, are immediately tied up in little bundles; and, after CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEZ. ROBI/NIA. 621 being exposed to the air for 7 or 8 days to dry, they are taken home, and put in a barn or into a rick, between layers of straw, to which they commu- nicate their fragrance and sugary taste. When the shoots are to be eaten green, none are taken but those of the same season; because in them the prickles are herbaceous, and, consequently, do not injure the mouths of the animals. The roots of the locust are very sweet, and afford an extract which might supply the place of that obtained from liquorice roots; the entire plant is also said to afford a yellow dye. The flowers have been employed medicinally as antispasmodics, and to form an agreeable and refreshing syrup, which is drunk with water to quench thirst. M. Frangois says he never drank any thing to be compared to a liquor distilled from locust flowers in St. Domingo. These flowers, he adds, retain their perfume when dried; and those of a single tree are sufficient to give a scent resembling that of orange blossoms to a whole garden. As an ornamental tree, when full-grown, according to Gilpin, the acacia is an elegant, and often a very beautiful, object ; whether it feathers to the ground, as it sometimes does, or is adorned with a light foliage hanging from the shoots: but its beauty, he adds, is frail; and “it is of all trees the least able to endure the blast. In some sheltered spot, it may ornament a garden ; but it is by no means qualified to adorn a country. Its wood is of so brittle a texture, especially when it is encumbered with a weight of foliage, that you can never depend upon its aid in filling up the part you wish, The branch you admire to-day may be demolished to-morrow. The misfortune is, the acacia is not one of those grand objects, like the oak, whose dignity is often increased by ruin. It depends on its beauty, rather than on its grandeur, which is a quality more liable to injury. I may add, however, in its favour, that, if it be easily injured, it repairs the injury more quickly than any other tree. Few trees make so rapid a growth.” (Gilpin’s Forest Scenery, i. p. 72.) On the whole, it would appear, that, in Britain, the locust is only calculated for favourable climates and good soils ; and that, when grown in these with a view to profit as timber, it should be cut down at the end of 30 or 40 years. Perhaps it may prove more profitable as a copse wood, for producing fencing stuff, or fuel: but, even for these purposes, we feel confident that it cannot be grown for many years together, with advantage, on the same soil. We do not think it at all suitable for hop-poles ; because, even when crowded together in nursery lines, it cannot be got to grow straight, and it almost always loses its main shoot: besides, if it did grow straight, there is no evidence to prove that stakes made from young locust trees, and used for hop-poles, are more durable than stakes of the ash, chestnut, or any other tree. It is worthy of notice, that Cobbett, apparently without ever having seen a hop-pole made of locust, boldly affirms that the tree is admirably adapted for that purpose ; that trees from his nursery, after being 4 years planted on Lord Radnor’s estate at Coleshill, were “ fit for hop-poles, that will last in that capacity for 20 or 30 years at the least”? (Woodlands, § 380.); that such poles are worth a shilling each (that is, nearly double what was at that time the price of good ash hop-poles); that 5 acres would thus, in 5 years, produce 529/.; and that each stump, left after the pole was cut down, would send up 2 or 3 poles for the next crop; which, being cut down in their turn, at the end of another 5 years, would, of course, produce two or three times the above sum”! (§ 382.); that locust wood is “ absolutely indestructible by the powers of earth, air, and water; and that “no man in America will pre- tend to say that he ever saw a bit of it in a decayed state.” (Zéid., § 328.) After this, it will not be wondered at that Cobbett should call the locust “ the tree of trees,” and that he should eulogise it in the following passage, which is so characteristic of the man, and so well exemplifies the kind of quackery in which he dealt, that we quote it entire: —“ The time will come,” he observes, “ and it will not be very distant, when the locust tree will be more common in England than the oak ; when a man would be thought mad if he used anything but locust in the making of sills, posts, gates, joists, feet for rick-stands, stocks 622 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. and axletrees for wheels, hop-poles, pales, or for any thing where there is liability to rot. This time will not be distant, seeing that the locust grows so fast. The next race of children but one, that is to say, those who will be born 60 years hence, will think that locust trees have always been the most numerous trees in England; and some curious writer of a century or two hence will tell his readers that, wonderful as it may seem, ‘ the locust was hardly known in England until about the year 1823, when the nation was introduced to a knowledge of it by William Cobbett.’ What he will say of me besides, I do not know; but I know that he will say this of me. { enter upon this account, therefore, knowing that I am writing for cen- turies and centuries to come.” (Jbdid.,§ 351.) The absurdity of the above passage renders it almost unworthy of comment; but we may remark that, even supposing all that Cobbett says in it of the application of the locust were true, the uses which he has enumerated do not amount to a hundredth part of those to which timber is applied in this country. Hence, were his predictions to be verified, and were the locust to become more pre- valent than the oak, we should find its wood a miserable substitute, in the construction of ships and houses, for that of our ordinary timber trees. Every experienced planter or timber owner, both in Eurepe and America, has felt this; and this is the true reason why the tree never has been, and never will be, extensively planted. There can be no doubt as to the durability of full-grown or matured locust wood, and of its fitness for posts, trenails, &c.; but there is no evidence, either in Mr. Cobbett’s Woodlands, or in all that was printed in Mr. Withers’s Treatise, when he kindly lent us the proof sheets, in April, 1836, that the locust is suitable for hop-poles, either in point of rapid growth, or of durability. In order to procure the latest information on this subject, we wrote to three individuals in the centre of hop countries, and to the Earl of Radnor, Robert Rich, Esq., Philip James Case, Esq., and some others, whose letters to Mr. Withers in favour of the locust are printed in his book. The general result of the whole is, that the locust has scarcely been tried for hop-poles; and that, where it has been put to this or analogous uses, it has failed. On Lord Radnor’s estate, at Coleshill, his bailiff, the Daniel Palmer so often mentioned by Cobbett, says, “ the acacias were tried here for espalier stakes, and soon decayed; none have been applied for poles or gate posts. Those planted on light land soon got stunted, but some of those in deep land grew well. I am of opinion they are not good for much until they get of a good size, and, of course, are full of heart, then they will last a long time as posts, &e.” This, the reader will recollect, is Mr. Palmer’s opinion, after an experience of 12 years; the locust trees at Coleshill having been planted in 1823 and 1824. We applied, for information on the subject, also to the Bishop of Winchester, as residing at Farnham, in the centre of a hop country; and, through His Lord- ship’s kindness, we have received a letter from a gentleman, who states that the Messrs. Payne were the only hop-growers, at Farnhain, who planted the locust with a view to the production of hop-poles. That the poles were not fit to cut till the trees had been planted 7 years; and that they have now been only used 2 years, so that Messrs. Payne cannot speak as to their dura- bility. Maidstone being so celebrated for its hop plantations, we wrote to Messrs. Bunyard, nurserymen there; and from them we learn that the locust is considered with them too brittle for poles, and that it has not even been tried near Maidstone in that capacity, having been only used for supporting raspberries. Mr. Masters, the nurseryman, at Canterbury, informs us that the locust was planted in that neighbourhood by various hop-growers; that almost the whole of the plants were eaten by the rabbits; that some of the trees which had escaped were tried as poles, and not found more durable than other woods; that the stools did not throw up shoots nearly so well as those of other trees; and that the locust is now no longer thought of by the hop- growers near Canterbury. The other letters which we have received on the subject are to the same effect ; though some of the writers are still great CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CEE. ROBI/NIA. 623 admirers of Cobbett, and appear very reluctant to give any evidence that may impugn his statements. Most of them will be found included in an article entitled, “ Results of a Correspondence to ascertain the Durability of Locust Hop-poles,” in the 12th volume of the Gardener's Magazine. The locust, though it may be grown as copse-wood, for being cut over every 5 or more years, or in a close wood, for being cut down or rooted up, at the end of 30 or 40 years, for its timber, can never be grown for under- growth under any circumstances, for it will not endure the shade and drip of other trees. As an ornamental tree, it well deserves a place in every park, lawn, or shrubbery; but not in any quantity, because it is not calculated to produce effect in masses, but rather singly, in rows, or in small groups. Poetical and Legendary Allusions. Perhaps no tree possesses more mate- rials for poetry than the locust, and yet has been less noticed by poets. The poetical ideas connected with it arise from its being, when planted in shrub- beries, the favourite resort of the nightingale, which probably chooses it for building its nest from an instinctive feeling of the protection afforded by its thorns. (Syl. Flor., vol. i. p.40.) In its native country, we are told that the American Indians make a declaration of love, by presenting a branch of the locust tree in blossom to the object of their attachment. (Le Langage des Fleurs, p. 114.) This tree is less injurious than any other to plants growing under its drip, from a singularity in the habit of its pinnated leaves; the leaflets of which fold over each other in wet weather, leaving the tree ap- parently stripped of half its foliage. The leaflets also fold up at night; and Philips mentions an instance of a child, who had observed this peculiarity in the tree, saying that “ it was not bed-time, for the acacia tree had not begun its prayers.” (Sy/. Flor., vol i. p. 47.) Soil and Situation. A sandy loam, rich rather than poor, is generally allowed to be the best soil for the robinia. Lord King truly observes that it requires a good garden soil to attain any size; though Mr. Blackie of Holkham says that there are innumerable locust trees growing at Holkham, upon “ infe- rior sandy soils, where other forest trees barely exist.” He adds, however, “ They, no doubt, thrive best upon good land, and so do other trees; but they are inestimable in the quality of thriving where other trees will not grow.” (Withers’s Treatise, p. 283. and 233.) Their quality of thriving on poor soils is, no doubt, owing to their power of rapidly abstracting whatever nourishment such soils may contain, by their running roots ; but, for the same reason, on such soils, they would soon become stunted, and good for little as timber trees. The only trees that will thrive, and ultimately become timber, on poor shallow soils, are the resiniferous needle-leaved kinds; such as the pine, the fir, the cedar, and the larch. In rich soils, the plants will produce shoots 6 ft. or 8 ft. long, ‘for several years after planting; while in wet or poor soils they will not produce shoots above a fourth of that length. The situation ought to be at once airy and sheltered; as the tree is not fitted for being employed in exposed places, or as a screen for protection against wind. In general, it looks best planted singly on a lawn, or in small groups in a shrubbery, or on the margin of a plantation, where it is allowed to spread out its branches freely on every side, and to assume its own peculiar shape; feathering, ’s Gilpin says, to the ground. Propagation and Culture. The locust may. with difficulty, be propagated by cuttings of the branches; but with great facility by cuttings of the roots, and also by large truncheons, and by suckers, as the latter are thrown out in great numbers, and to a great distance round the trees ; but, in general, the simplest and best mode is by seed, whieh is procured in abundance, either from America, or from trees grown in England or France. The seed is ripe in October, and, being gathered, if not sown immediately, should be kept in the pods till ‘the following spring. When sown in the autumn or spring it comes up the following summer; and the plants, at the end of the season, will be fit either for tr ansplanting where they are finally to remain, or into nursery lines. The seeds, if exposed to the air, as we have already observed, UU 624 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. will not retain their vegetative properties for more than 2 years; but, if they are kept in the pod, and buried to a great depth in dry soil, they will remain good for 5 or 6 years, or perhaps longer. As seed-bearing trees seldom produce two abundant crops in succession, a reserve should be kept from one year toanother. It is allowed, both in France and Britain, that the best seeds are those which are obtained from America. According to Miller, editor of the Journal des Foréts, M. Roland, sen., a distinguished French agriculturist, finds that American seed germinates best when sown late in the year. (Withers’s Treatise, p. 280.) Cobbett recommends steeping the seeds before they are sown, by pouring boiling water on them, and stirring them about in it for an hour or more, till they swell. Probably, it may be worth while to steep the seeds, in some cases, in cold or tepid water, especially if the season should be far advanced; but pouring water upon them in a boiling state ought to be done with great caution; and boiling them, as Cobbett says (§ 383.) Judge Mitchell, in Long Island, advised him to do, is what no rational man would ever attempt, as even a, short continuation in water, at the temperature of 212°, must, of course, destroy the vital principle. An experiment, by the author of the Domestic Gardener’s Manual, is related in Withers’s Treatise (p. 308.), by the results of which it appears, that “ immersion in hot water accelerates germination, but tends to destroy or injure the seeds.” In a future page (see App. Il. to Leguminacez) it will be seen, that steeping Australia and Cape acacia seeds for 24 hours, in water which had been poured on them in a boil- ing state, or nearly so, accelerated their germination nearly 2 years. The seeds should be sown in good free soil, rich rather than otherwise, an inch or two apart every way, and covered with light soil from a quarter to half an inch deep. In fine seasons, the plants will be from 2ft. to 4ft. high by the following autumn; the largest may then be removed to where they are finally to remain, and the others transplanted into nursery lines. In regard to the future removal of the locust, it may be observed, that it will transplant at almost any age, and with fewer roots than almost any other tree. Accidents and Diseases. The liability of the branches to be broken off by high winds has been already mentioned ; and also the American insect which perforates the wood of planted trees in that country. (See p. 618.) In Britain, the tree is not particularly liable to be attacked by any insect, or by any disease, either in its foliage or in its wood ; though snails are said to devour the bark when the tree is young. Hares and rabbits, according to Mr. Blackie and others, in Mr. Withers’s Treatise, also devour the bark of the locust, which they prefer to that of any other tree whatever; and cattle, it is well known, are exceedingly fond of browsing on its leaves. In a strong clay or moist soil, the wood of old trees is often found rotten at the heart. Statistics. Robinia Pseid-Acacia in the Neighbourhood of London. At Syon, 81 ft. high, di- ameterjof the trunk, at 1ft. from the ground, 3 ft. 4 in., and of the head 57 ft., in loam on gravel. At Ham House, 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3ft. Gin., and of the head 36ft. in light loam on gravel. At York House, Twickenham, 50 years planted, 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2a%ft., and that of the head 40 ft., insandy loam on clay. At-Kenwood, 80 years planted, 45 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3 ft. Gin., and of the head 38 ft., in sandy gravel, on clay and gravel. At Charlton House, a number of trees, from 60 ft. to 70 ft. high, with trunks from 2ft. 10in, to 3 ft. Gin. in‘diameter. Robinia Pseid-Acicia South of London. In Devonshire, at Kenton, 38 years planted, and 70 ft. high. In Hampshire, at Southampton, 50 years planted, and 70 ft. high; at Testwood, 12 years planted, and 28 ft. high. In Somersetshire, at Nethercombe, 11 years planted, and 36 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 10in., and of the head 18ft. In Surrey, at Bagshot Park, 16 years planted, and 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 12in., and of the head 18 ft. ; at Claremont, 70ft. high, diameter of the trunk 4ft., and of the head 50ft., in sandy loam, on sand and gravel ; at Ockham Court, a tree, 80 years old, has a trunk 2 ft. 8 in. in diameter, at a foot from the ground. In Sussex, at Goodwood, there are numerous trees, from 50 ft. to 60ft. high, with trunks from 18in. to2ft. in diameter; at Sandon Place, 90 years planted, and 75 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3 ft. Gin., and of the head 51 ft. In Wiltshire, at Wardour Castle, 50 years planted, and 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 5in., and of the head 54 ft., in loam, on clay, in a shel- tered situation; at Longford Castle, 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2ft. and of the head 30 ft., in light loam on gravel, in an exposed situation. In the Ise of Jersey, in Saunders’s Nursery, 10 years planted, and 30 ft. high. . Robinia Pseid-Acdcia North of London. In Bedfordshire, at Ampthill, 35 years planted, and 36 ft. high, diam. of the trunk 23 ft., and of ,the head 44 ft., in loam on gravel, in an open situation. In Wiltshire, at Fonthill, 22 years planted, and 40 ft. high, diam. of the trunk 2ft., and of the head 33 ft. In Cheshire, at Cholmondeley, 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk $ ft., in loam on CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINACER. ROBI'NIA. 625 sand; at Eaton Hall, 7 years planted, and 29ft. high. Yn Durham, at Southend, 18 years planted, and 31ft. high. In Herefordshire, at Eastnor Castle, 12 years planted, and 20 ft. high, in unprepared soil on dry limestone. In Lancashire, at Latham House, 14 years planted, and 35 ft. high, in loam on sand. In Leicestershire, at Elvaston Castle, 35 years planted, and 43 ft. high. In Norfolk, in Mackay’s Nursery, Norwich, 50 years planted, and 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft, and of the head 36ft., in light soil on sand. In Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 3in., and of the head 33 ft., in light loam on a shallow stratum of yellowish clay: the head is regular, and the trunk straight and free from branches to the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft. In Radnorshire, at Maeslaugh Castle, 36 ft. high. In Staffordshire, in Teddesley Park, 14 years planted, and 28 ft. high; at Trentham, 45ft. high. In Suffolk, at Great Livemere, 40 years planted, and 53 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3 ft., and of the head 50 ft., in loose gravel, and in a situation somewhat! sheltered; at Ampton Hall, 12 years planted, and 24 ft. high; at Finborough Hall, 70 years planted, and 70 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 8 in., and of the head 48 ft., in light loam on clay. In Warwickshire, at Messrs Pope’s Nursery, near Birmingham, 10 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 50 years planted, and 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 18in., and of the head 50 ft., with a clear trunk of 20 ft. In Yorkshire, at Knedlington, 10 years from the seed, from 26 ft. to 28 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk from Gin. to 1in., and of the head 18 ft.; also, at the same place, trees, 8 years from the seed, 23 ft. high, diameter of the trunk from 4in. to 5in., and of the head 10 ft. These trees were raised by Mr. Cobbett, in his nursery at Kensington, and sent to Knedlington at the age of one year; so that they have attained the large sizes mentioned after having been respectively 9 years and 7 years planted. The soil in which they grow is a sandy loam on clay or sand, and it was trenched, a short time previously to their being planted, to the depth of 3 ft. (See Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 251.) Robinia Psettd-Acacia in the Environs of Edinburgh. At Hopetoun House, 30 ft. high. At Dal- housie Castle, 50 years planted, and 30 ft. high. At Gosford House, 30 years planted, and 30 ft. high. At Cramond House, 40ft. high, in deep free red soil, in the kitchen-garden, the trunk nearly 2 ft. in diameter. At Grange House, above 30 ft. high. In Lawson’s Nursery, 10 years planted, and 15 ft. high. “ The finest group of trees that we know of,” Sir T. D. Lauder observes, “ is at Niddrie Mareschal, near Edinburgh. One of them measures 9 ft. round, at 3 in. above the ground: it divides into two great limbs, which are respectively 5 ft. 4 in. and 4 ft. 4in. in girth. A second tree in the same group, at 3in. from the ground, measures 6ft. 5in. round, and its three limbs measure respectively 3 ft. 3in., 3ft. 7in., and 3ft. lin.; and a third acacia measures 6ft. Sin. in girt, at 3ft. from the ground.” (Lauder’s Gilpin, 1. p. 144.) Robinia Pseid-Acacia South of Edinburgh. In Ayrshire, at Kilkerran, 130 years planted, and 45 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. lin., and of the head 60 ft. ; at Rozelle,*50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2ft. 3in., and of the head 33 ft., in light sand on bog earth. In Kirkcudbrightshire, at St. Mary’s Isle, 50 years, planted, and 46 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft, and of the head 42ft., in a sandy soil on a stratum of sea shells. In Renfrewshire, at Erskine House, 50ft. high. In Lanarkshire, in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, 12 years planted, and 22ft. high. In Tweeddale, at Dawick, there isa tree “‘ which measures 5 ft. 10 in. in girt, at 3 ft. from the ground, and 6 ft. 6 in. close to the ground.” (Lauder’s Gilpin, i. p.144.) Robinia Pseid-Acacia North of Edinburgh. Yn Aberdeenshire, at Thainston, the plant produces shoots 4 ft. in length in fine seasons ; but they are almost always killed back in winter to within a few inches from the ground. In Angusshire, at Kinnaird Castle, 10 years planted, and 15ft. high. In Argyllshire, at Toward Castle, 10 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In Banffshire, at Gordon Castle, 10 years planted, and 17 ft. high. In Clackmannanshire, in the garden of the Dollar Institution, 14 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Perthshire, at Kinfauns Castle, 10 years Gide 5 and 12 ft. high. In Rosshire, at Brahan Castle, 50 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Stirlingshire, at Airthrey Castle, 43 years planted, and 62 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 30 ft., in light loam on gravel, and in a sheltered situation. Robinia Psetd-Acacia in the Environs of Dublin. At Cypress Grove, 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 22 in., and of the head 30 ft. At Terenure, 20 years planted, and 25 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 63 in., and of the head 9 ft. Robinia Psend-Acacia South of Dublin. In King’s County, at Charleville Forest, 35 years planted and 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2ft. 6in., and of the head 33 ft. In Wicklow, at Shelton Abbey, 50 years planted, and 65 ft. high, the trunk 2 ft. lin. in diameter. Robinia Pseid- Acacia North of Dublin. In Downshire, at Ballyleady, 25 years planted, and 35 ft. high, trunk 9 in. in diameter, and the head 30 ft. ; at Mount Stewart, 25 years planted, and 40 ft. high, the trunk 1 ft. in diameter, and the head 23 ft. Robinia Psevd-Acicia in France. At Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, the remains of the parent tree (planted by Vespasian Robin) 78 ft. high. At Villers, 20 years planted, and 60ft. high. At Toulon, in the Botanic Garden, 50 years planted, and 60 ft. high. At Barres, 14 years planted, and 33 ft. high. At Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerriéres, 60 years planted, and 50 ft. high. At Metz, in the garden of the Baron Charles De Tschoudi, 60 years planted, and 60 ft. high. Robinia Psetid-Acicia in Holland and the Netherlands. At Ghent, in the Botanic Garden, between 50 ft. and 60 ft. high. At Brussels, in the park at Licken, 50 ft. high. In the Botanic Garden at Leyden, the remains of an old tree, 30 ft. high. Robinia Psetd-Acdcia in Germany. In Hanover, at Schwobber, the remains of an old tree, which has been 120 years planted. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 64 years planted, and 60 fthigh. In Austria, at Vienna, in the University Botanic Garden, 8 years planted, and 18 ft. high; in the park, at Laxenburg, 16 years planted, and 18 ft. high; at Kopenzel, 20 years planted, and _ 30 ft. high; in Rosenthal’s Nursery 20 years planted, and 40 ft. high. In Prussia, at Berlin, in the Botanic Garden, 10 years planted, and 15 ft. high ; at Sans Souci, 50 years planted, and 50 ft. high; in the Pfauen Insel, 40 years planted, and 50 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, 24 years planted, and 40 ft. high. Robinia Pseud-Acacia in Denmark, Sweden, and Russia. At Dronengaard, near Copenhagen, 40 years planted, and 60 ft. high. In Sweden, at Lund, 56 ft. high, diameter of the trunk, 18 in., and of the head 30 ft. In Russia, at Moscow, the tree does not attain any considerable size, but it thrives in the Crimea, according to Desemet, in all its varieties. ‘‘ A hedge of acacia is planted upon the foundations of the Palace of Yalomensk, in the neighbourhood of Moscow, in such a manner as to indicate the plan of the building. This palace was built by Peter the Great, and at a short distance from it is a tree, surrounded by a table and benches, under which young Peter received his lessons.” (Leitch Ritchie’s Journey to St. Petersburgh and Moscow, 1836, p. 243.) Robinia Pseid-Acacia in Switzerland and Italy, At Geneva, in the Botanic Garden, 30fi. high ; at Bourdigny, and in the grounds of many villas in the environs of the city, from 50 ft. to 70 ft. jn ee -4 626 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ili. high. In Lombardy, in the palace gardens at Monza, there is a noble tree, only 29 years planted which is 75 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 40 ft. Statistics of the Varieties. —R. P. inérmis. In England, in Cheshire, at Eaton Hall, 4 years planted and 15 ft. high. In Lreland, at Cullenswood Nursery, 30 years planted, and 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 48 ft. RP; umbracullfera. In England, at the Duke of Devonshire’s Villa at Chiswick, are the oldest specimens in the neighbourhood of London: they are ‘grafted from 6 ft. to 8 ft. high on the species ; and, after being about 15 years planted, have pendulous parasol-like heads, from 8 ft. to 12 ft. in diameter, and from 3 ft. to 5 ft. in height; a plant, in the garden of the Horticultural Society, grefted within 1 ft. of the ground, forms a bush 10 ft. high, and 12 ft. in diameter. In France, par- ticularly in the neighbourhood of Paris, there are many fine specimens. In Austria, in the University Botanic Garden at Vienna, a plant, 25 years planted, is 20 ft. high. We have received the dimensions of many other specimens of this variety from different parts of Germany; but, as they all seem to have increased at about the same rate of growth, and none to have attained a greater height than 20 ft., we consider it unnecessary to enumerate them. R. P. tortuisa. Yn England, in the garden of the. London Horticultural Society, 10 years planted, and 15 ft. high; in the arboretum of the Messrs, Loddiges, in 1830, 20 ft. high, since cut down; in Sussex, at West Dean, 8 years planted, and 17 ft. high; in Cheshire, at Eaton Hall, 12 years planted, and 18 ft. high; in Essex, at Hylands, 10 years planted, and 20 ft. high; in Hertford. shire, at Cheshunt, 6 years planted, and 13 ft. high; in Staffordshire, at Alton Towers, 10 years planted, and 16ft. high; at Trentham, 6 years planted, and 8 ft. high; in Suffolk, in the Bury Botanic Garden, 6 years planted, and 7 ft. high. In the Isle of Jersey, in Saunders’s Nursery, 10 years planted, and 18 ft. high. In France, at Villers, 10 years planted, and 18 ft. high. In Austria, in the University Botanic Garden at Vienna, 20 years planted, and 30 ft. high; at Laxenburg, 20 years planted, and 10 ft. high; at Hadersdorf, 12 years planted, and 18ft. high. In Hanover, at Harbécke, 8 years planted, and 10 ft. high. R. P. sophorefolia. In England, in .the garden of the Horticultural Society, in 1834, 10 years planted, and 20 ft. high; in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, in 1830, 10 years planted, and 27 ft. high ; in Devonshire, at Kenton, 35'ft. high. In Scotland, in Haddingtonshire, at Tyningham, 73 years planted, and 33 ft. high. In France, at Rouen, in the Botanic Garden, 10 years planted, and 25 ft. high. In Austria, in the University Botanic Garden at Vienna, 35 years planted, and 36 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, it has been 12 years planted, but is generally killed back every year to the ground. R. P. amorphefolia. In England, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in 1854, 10 years planted, and 97 ft. high; and about the same height in the arboretum of the Messrs. Lod- diges ; at Kenwood, 40 years planted, and 35 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 20in., and of the head 30 ft.; in Surrey, at Bagshot Park, 16 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; in the Goldworth Arbo- retum, 4 years planted, and 12 ft. high. In Prussia, at Sans Souci, 11 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; at the Pfauen Insel, 10 years planted, and 32 ft. high. R. P. procera. n England, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, 10 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; and there was one still higher in Loddiges’s arboretum in 1830; in Devonshire, at Endsleigh Cottage, 12 years planted, and 30 ft. high, diameter of the trunk, at 1 ft. from the ground, 12in., and of the head 20 ft. ee P. péndula. In Germany, in Austria, at Briick on the Leytha, 15 years planted, and 12 ft. igh. R. P. monstrdsa. In England, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in 1834, 10 years planted, and 12 ft. high; and about the same height in Loddiges’s arboretum in 1830; in Sussex, at West Dean, 14 years planted, and 32 ft. high. R. P. macrophgila. mn England, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in 1834, 10 years planted, and 35 ft. high ; and it was about the same height in the arboretum of Messrs. Lod- diges in 1830; in Sussex, at West Dean, 14 years planted, and 27 ft. high ; in Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 13 years planted, and 34 ft. high ; in Staffordshire, at Trentham, 6 years planted, and 13 ft. high. R. P. microphgila. mn England, this variety grows as rapidly as the species; and there are handsome trees of it in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, upwards of 30 ft. high. In Austria, at Vienna, in Rosenthal’s Nursery, 16 years planted,,and 15 ft. high; at Briick on the Leytha, 25 years planted, and 12 ft. high, R. P. spectabilis. In France, at Villers, 10 years planted, and 36 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. In London, plants of the species are 15s. a thousand for seedlings, and 40s. a thousand for transplanted plants, from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high ; American seeds, 5s. per lb., and European seeds, 2s. per lb. Plants of the varieties are Is. 6d. each, with the exception of R. P. umbraculifera ; plants of which, grafted standard high, are from 5s. to 7s. each. At Bollwyller, trans- planted plants of the species are 50 cents each; and of the different varieties, from 1 franc to 2 francs each. R. P. péndula, and R. P. umbraculifera are 2 francs each. At New York plants of the species are from 12 cents to 374 cents each, according to their size; and of the varieties, from 373 cents to 50 cents. Seeds were, in 1825, 2 dollars per lb., probably on account of the great demand created for them in England by the writings of Mr. Cobbett : at present they are 3s. 6d. per lb. ¥ 2. R.[P.) visco‘sa Vent. The clammy-barked Robinia. Identification. Vent. Hort. Cels., t. 4.; Michaux, 2. p. 131.; N. Du Ham., 2, t. 17.; Dec, Prod., 2. p. 262.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 238. Synonymes. R. glutindsa Curt. Bot. Mag., 560.; R. montana Bartram ; the Rose-flowering Locust. Engravings. Vent. Hort. Cels., t.4.; N. Du Ham., 2. t. 17. ; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 560., as R. glu- tindsa ; our fig. 306. ; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Branches and legumes glandular and clammy. Racemes crowded, erect. Bracteas concave, deciduous, each ending in along bristle. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEA. ROBI/NIA. 627 The 3 lower teeth of the calyx acuminated. Roots 306 creeping. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 262.) This kind of robinia is a native of South Carolina and Georgia, near rivers. It usually grows to the height of 30 ft. or 40 ft., and was introduced in 1797. The flowers are scentless, and are generally of a pale pink, mixed with white ; though there are varie- ties, or, perhaps, only variations arising from dif- ference of soil, with the flowers of a pale purple or violet colour. The bark, particularly that of the young shoots, which is of a dull red, is covered with a clammy substance, which, when touched, sticks to the fingers. In every other respect, this tree strongly resembles the com- mon R. Psetid-Acacia, of which we believe it to be only a variety; though so distinct, from the clamminess of its bark, and the colour and want of scent in its flowers, that we have kept it apart. The clammy matter exuded from the bark of the young shoots is said to have been examined by Vauquelin, and found to be a new vegetable substance. In England, we have observed that this clamminess differs much in different trees, and in some is almost wanting. Properties and Uses, §c. This tree, being of less magnitude and duration than the common locust, arrives sooner at perfection, and, consequently comes sooner into bloom. It also flowers a second time in some seasons, both in its native country and in England. As its flowers are large, and conspicuous from their colour, the tree well deserves a place in every ornamental plant- ation. The wood resembles that of the common locust; but the tree, even when full grown, is seldom found with a trunk above 10 in, or 1 ft. in di- ameter. In all other respects but those which have been mentioned, the tree is, and may be, treated like the common locust. Statistics. In the neighbourhood of London, there are no very large trees; those in the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden, and in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges, being only about 30 ft. high. The rate of growth, in different situations and circumstances, is nearly the same as that of R. Pseud- Acacia, for the first 5 or 6 years. In Surrey, at Bagshot Park, 20 years planted, it is 20 ft, high ; at St. Anne’s Hill, 30 years planted, it is 33ft. high ; in Sussex, at West Dean, 14 years planted, it is $1 ft. high; in Berkshire, at White Knights, 34 years planted, it is 33 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 9in., and of the head 24 ft.; in Cheshire, at Eaton Hall, 12 years planted, it is 18 ft. high ; in Worcestershire, at Croome, 30 years planted, it is 45 ft. high. In Scotland, at Perth, in the Perth Nursery, 35 years planted, it is 30 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 11in., and of the head 22 ft. In Ire. nd aad eee Garden, 20 years planted, and 24ft. high, diameter of the trunk 8 in., and of the head 14 ft. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in London, are from ls. to Is. 6d., and American seeds are 1s. an oz.; at Bollwyller, plants are from 1 franc to | franc 50 cents each; at New York, 374 cents a plant. ¥ 3. R. pu‘pia Fouc. The doubtful Robinia, or False Acacia, Pelion Fouc. in Desv. Journ. Bot., 4, p. 204., but not of Poir, ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 261.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 238. Synonymes. R, h¥brida Audib.; R. ambigua Poi. Suppl., 4. p.690.; and, perhaps, R. echinata Mill. Dict., No. 2. ; R. intermédia Soulange-Bodin in Ann. d’ Hort. de Paris, 2. p. 43. Spec. Char., §c. Spines very short. Branches, petioles, peduncles, and calyxes furnished with a few glands, rarely clammy. Leaflets ovate. Racemes loose and pendulous, Bracteas concave, caducous, ending each in a long bristle. Flowers sweet-scented, pale rose-coloured. The pods, according to Miller, are thickly beset with short prickles. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 238.) ‘This kind is said to be a hybrid between R. Psetid- Acacia and R. viscdsa. % 4, R. ur’spipa Lin. The hispid Robinia, or Rose Acacia. ee eaner, fat. Mant., 101. ; Mill. Ic., t. 244. ; Curt. Bot. Mag.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 262. ; Don’s ill., 2. p. 238. Synonymes. R. rdsea N. Du Ham.,1. t. 18.; R. montana Bartr. Voy., 2. p. 128,; Aschynémene hispida Rowxd. a Mill. Ic., t. 244.; Curt. Bot. Mag,, 311.; N. Du Ham., J. t. 18., as R. vdsea; and our io. . Spec. Char., §c. Spines wanting. Leaflets obovate. Branches and legumes hispid. Racemes loose; the 3 lower teeth of the calyx acuminated. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 262.) A shrub, or low tree, growing, in its native countr (Carolina), to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. according to Marshall, and as high uU 3 628 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARYT HI. as 20(t. according to other authors. It was introduced into British gardens in 1758, and produces its large and beautiful dark rose- coloured flowers in June, often continuing in tlower till October. Varieties. * R.h, 2ndna Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 262., is a plant hardly a foot high, which is a native of pine woods in Carolina. % R.h. 3 rosea Pursh has the leaflets, for the most part, alternate, and the branches smoothish. In its native habitats, on the high mountains of Virginia and Ca- rolina, it grows, according to Pursh, to a considerable shrub ; whereas the spe- ; cies is a low straggling plant. (4/. Amer, Sept., ii. p. 488.) % R.h. 4 macrophilla Dec., R. grandiflora Hort., figured in our Second Volume, has the leaflets large, and ovate-roundish; and the branches and peduncles glabrous, and without prickles. Description, &c. The species, and the different varieties, are shrubs, or low trees, with tortuous and very brittle branches; and leaves and flowers nearly twice the size of those of Robinia Pseud-Acacia. They form singularly ornamental shrubs tor gardens; but, as standards or bushes, they ean be only planted with safety in the most sheltered situations. A very good mode is, to train them against an espalier rail; and, on a lawn, this espalier may form some kind of regular or symmetrical figure: for example, the ground plan of of the espalier may be the letters S or X, or a cross, or a star; which last is, perhaps, the best form of all, the different radii of the star diminishing to a point at the top. Such a star, m order to produce an immediate effect, would require to have three plants placed close together in the centre, from which the branches should be trained outwards and upwards. R. hispida is often grafted about 1 ft. above the surface of the ground; and, when the plant is not trained to a wall, or to some kind of support, it is almost certain, after it has grown 2 or 3 years, to be broken over at the graft. A preferable mode, therefore, for dwarfs, is to graft them on the root, or under the surface of the soil. In purchasing plants, this ought always to be borne in mind. In consequence of the liability of this shrub to be injured by the weather, it is comparatively neglected in British gardens; but, wherever a magnificent display of fine flowers is an object, it better deserves a wall than many other species; and it is worthy of being associated there with Piptan- thus nepalénsis, Wistaria sinénsis, and other splendid Leguminacee. When grafted standard high, and trained to a wire parasol-like frame, supported on a rod, or post, 6 ft. or 8 ft. high, few plants are equal to it in point of brilliant display. At White Knights, there is a wall of some length covered with trellis- work, over which this species is tramed; and the flowers hanging down from the roof present a fine appearance ; though, as in the case of the covered walks of laburnum at White Knights, and at West Dean, the flowers are of a much paler hue than when fully exposed to the light and air. Statistics. In England, in the neighbourhood of London, are various plants, from 6 ft. to 10 ft. or 12 ft. high ; in Sussex, at Kidbrooke, there is one 15 ft. high; in Buckinghamshire, at Temple House, one, 12 years planted, is 20 ft. high ; in Suffolk, in the Bury Botanic Garden, 12 years planted, and 13 ft. high, against a wall; in Worcestershire, at Croome, 30 years planted, 15 ft. high ; in Cum- berland, at Ponsonby Hall, 12 ft. high.—Jm Scotland, at Danibristle Park, 16 ft. high; in Aberdeen- shire, at Thainston, it barely exists, even against a wall ; in Argyllshire, at Hafton, 6 years planted, it is 9 ft. high ; in Perthshire, at Kinfauus Castle, § years planted, it is 5 ft. high; in Forfarshire, at Airley Castle, it is 12 ft. high, against a wall.—Jn Ireland, in the Glasnevin Botanic Garden, 12 years planted, it is only 4 ft. high; but the diameter of the trunk is 4 in., and of the head 9 ft. ; in Galway, at Coole, it is 7 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in the London nurseries, of the species, and all the varieties, are Is. 6d. each, except R.h. macrophylla, which is 2s. 6d. ; at Bollwyller, the species and varieties are all 1 franc 50 cents each; at New York, plants of the species are 374 cents each. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEX®. CARAGA‘NA. 629 Genus XIII. ellalL CARAGA‘NA Lam. Tuer CaraGana, or SIBERIAN PEA TREE. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 61i., and IIl., t. 607. f. 1,2.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 268.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 243. Synonyme. Robinia sp. L. Derivation. Caragan is the name of C. arboréscens among the Mongul Tartars. Description, §c. Trees or shrubs, natives of Siberia and of the East ; their leaves abruptly pinnate, the leaflets mucronate, and the petioles either with a bristly or a spiny point; their flowers axillary, each on a distinct pedicel, usually several together, pale yellow, except in C. jubata, in which they are white tinged with red; their stipules usually become spines. (Dec. ‘Prod., ii. p. 268.) They are all ornamental or curious. Some of them, being natives of Siberia, like most other Siberian plants, vegetate early in spring ; and their delicate pinnated foliage, of a yellowish green, independently altogether of their flowers, makes a fine appearance about the middle of April; or, in mild seasons, even as early as the middle of March. The flowers, which are of a bright yellow, appear about the end of April, in the earliest Siberian species; and those which flower latest are also latest in coming into leaf. Thus, in a group consisting of the different species of this genus, in the climate of London, some plants may be seen, in the month of May, covered with leaves and flowers; and others in which the buds have just *begun to expand. The yellow colour prevails in every part of the plants of this genus, even to the roots; and, were it not that this colour is so abundant in common productions of the vegetable kingdom, there can be no doubt that the caragana would afford a yellow dye. The larger sorts are easily propagated by seeds, or cuttings of the root, and the more curious by grafting on C. arboréscens. The dwarf and pendulous-growing species, when grafted standard high on C. arboréscens, form very singular trees; and, though such trees cannot be recommended for general introduction into gardens or pleasure-grounds (for no kind of impression sooner fatigues the mind than that produced by excessive singularity), yet the occasional introduction of what is singular or unique, among what is natural or general, produces, by contrast, a striking effect ; interrupts the ordinary train of impressions; and recalls the mind of the spectator from the beauties of nature to those of art. ¥ 1.C. ARBoRE’scENS Lam. The arborescent Caragana, or Siberian Pea Tree. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 615. ; Dec. Prod, 2. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. Synonymes. Robinia Caragdna Lin. Sp., 1044., N, Du Ham., 2. t.19., Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 42. ; Caragdna sibirica Ray ; fausse Acacie de Sibérie, Robinie de Sibérie, Arbre aux Pois des Russes, Fr. ; Sibirische Erbsenbaum, Ger, ; Gorochoik, Russ. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 2. t. 19.; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 42., middle figure; and our plate of this species in our Volume II. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 4—6 pairs of oval-oblong villous leaflets. Petiole unarmed. Stipules spinescent. Pedicels in fascicles. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 243.) Variety. * C. a. 2 inérmis Hort. has the branches without spines. There are plants of this variety in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Description, §c. A low tree, a native of Siberia, found in woods, and upon the banks of rivers. In the latter situation, Pallas informs us, it grows to the height of 18 ft. or more; but in arid places it is only a small shrub; in the latter state, forming, as we think, the varieties C. (a.) Altagana, and C. (a.) microphylla. C.arboréscens forms an erect stifftree, with numerous upright- ut 4 630 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. growing branches. The flowers are axillary, one on a pedicel; the pods are ob- long-taper, and each contains 3 or 4seeds. The wood is hard, compact, and very tough ; yellow on the outside ; and within, waved and striped with red, and with reddish brown. The bark is also very tough, and it is used as a substitute for ropes or cords, as the twigs are for withs. The seeds are stated by Pallas to be good food for poultry, and the leaves excellent fodder for cattle; they are also said to contain a blue colouring matter, like indigo. |The species was introduced into Britain in 1752, and is not uncommon in British collections. The largest plant in the neighbourhood of London is at Syon, where it is 18 ft. high. In Ireland, in the Glasnevin Botanic Garden, is one, 20 years planted, which is 24ft. high; the diameter of the trunk, at 1 ft. from the ground, is 7in., and of the head, which is roundish and compact, 12 ft. In British nurseries, it is generally propagated by seeds, which are produced freely. The price of plants, in the London nurseries, is 50s. a hundred, or 1s. each; at Bollwyller, 50 cents each. 2 2. C.(a.) ALTAGA'NA Poir. The Altagana Caragana, or Siberian Pea Tree. Identification. Poir. Suppl., 2. p. 89.; Dec Prod., 2. p. 268.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. Synonymes. Robinia Altagina Pall Fl. Ross., t. 42, L’Herit. Stirp., t.76.; Caragana microph¥lla Lam. Dict., 1. p. 615. Derivation. Altagana is the name of the shrub in Siberia, Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 42., under the name of Robinia Altagana ; L’Heérit. Stirp., t. 76. ; and our fig. 308. Spec. Char., §c. eaves having 6 or 8 pairs of glabrous, obovate-roundish, retuse leaflets. Petiole unarmed. Stipules spinescent. Pe- dicels solitary. Legumes rather compressed. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 243.) A shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. in arid plains in Siberia, and probably only a variety of C. arbo- réscens. It was so considered by Pallas; and by others it has been confounded with C. mi- crophylla, also, as we think, only a variety. It was introduced into England in 1789, and is not uncommon in British collections. It is usually propagated by grafting on C. arbo- réscens. Price of plants, in the London nur- series, 2s. 6d. each ; and at Bollwyller, 1 franc. # 3, C.(a.) Micropuy’LLA Dec, The small-leaved Caragana, or Siberian Pea Tree. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. SAS ar ee microphylla Pall. Fi, Ross,, t. 42.,f.1 2.; Caragina Altagana var., Porr. nee : Mall, Fl. Ross., t. 32., f. 1, 2., under the name of Robina microphYlla. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 6—7 pairs of hoary retuse leaflets. Petioles and stipules rather spinescent at the apex. Root creeping. (Dons Mill., ii. p. 243.) A native of Siberia, and found in the desert of Baraba, and in other arid places. It was introduced into England in 1819, and differs very little from C. Altagdna; it, like that plant, being doubtless only a variety of C. arboréscens. w 4, C. (A) Repo'wsxz Dec. Redowski’s Caragana, or Siberian Pea Tree. Identification. Dec. Légum., t. 11.; Don’s Mill, 2. p, 243, Engraving. Dec. Légum., t. 11., f. 45. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with two pairs of ovate, acute, smooth leaflets. Stipules spinose. Flowers yellow. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 243.) A shrub, of which there are several specimens in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, of the height of 4 ft. or 5ft. It is a native of Siberia; and the plants referred to were raised from seeds received from Dr, Fischer of Petersburg, about 1820. In general appearance and habit of growth, it resembles C. A/tagana, of which it is probably only a variety. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CER. CARAGA‘NA. 631 Variety. faye (A.) R. 2 pre‘ cox Fisch. only differs from C. Redéwski in coming into flower earlier. The specimen in the Horticultural Society’s Garden was in full leaf, and in flower, on April 30. 1836, when C, frutescéns and C, arboréscens had not a single leaf expanded. % 5, C. (A.) ARENA‘RIA Donn and Sims. The Sand Caragana. Identification. Donn Hort. Cant.; Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1886. Engravings. Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1886. ; and our fig. 309. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with, usually, 4 or more pairs of obcordate leaflets. Pedicels usually twin, and shorter than the flowers. Stipules subulate. Flowers yellow. (Don’s Mill. ii. p. 243.) A low shrub, a native of Siberia; introduced in 1802; flowering in April and May; and, as we think, only another variety of C. arboréscens. It ripens seeds in England, but is generally propagated by grafting; and the price, in the London nurseries, is the same as for C. Altagdna. % 6, C. FRUTE’SCENS Dec. The shrubby Caragana. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 268.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 843. ear. Robinza frutéscens Lin.*Spec., 1044., Pail. Fl. Ross., t. 43.; C. digitata Lam. Dict., -?p. Engravings. Swt. Fl.-Gard., t. 227.; Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 43., as Robinia frutéscens ; and our fig. 310. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves having 2 pairs of leaflets, which approximate near the top of the petiole: they are obo- vate-cuneated. Stipules membranous. Petiole furnished with a short spine at the apex. Pedicels solitary, twice the length of the calyx. Flowers yellow, resupinate. Leaves with a yellow hue. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 243.) Varieties. De Candolle mentions two forms of this species viz. : % C.f. 1 latifolia, which has glabrous broadly obovate 310 leaflets, and is frequent in gardens; there being a subvariety, with 2-flowered peduncles; and 2 C. f. 2 angustifolia, which has glabrous oblong cuneated leaflets, and is found near Odessa (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 268.) Se Description, §c. The species is a shrub, a native of Russia, on the banks of the Wolga and other rivers. In open situations, according to Pallas, it does not exceed 5 ft. in height ; but in woods and gardens it grows as high as 9 ft. or 10 ft., flowering in May, along with Cftisus purptreus. In British gar- dens, it is generally raised from layers, or by grafting, and is frequently found as high as 6ft. or 8ft. It was introduced in 1752, and is frequent in Euro- pean gardens. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 2s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 france 50 cents. a7, C. (F.) mo’Luis Bess. The soft Caragana. Identification. Bess. Enum. Pl. Volh., Ms 29.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. a Synonymes: Robinia mollis Bieb. Fl. Taur. Suppl., 477.; Robinia tomentdsa Fisch. Hort. Gorenk., 1818; Caragdna frutéscens var. mdéllis Dec Prod., 2. p. 268. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves with 2 pairs of oblong, cuneated, approximate leaflets, near the tip of the petiole, clothed with soft hair. Petiole ending ina short spine. Pedicels solitary. Flowers yellow. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 268.) A shrub, a native of Tauria and Podolia, where it grows to the height of 2ft. or 3 ft., and produces its yellow flowers in April and May. It was introduced in 1818, but is not common in collections, w« 8. C. pyemm‘a Dec. The pygmy Caragana. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 268.; Don’s Miill., 2. p, 245. Synonyme. Robinia pygme*a Lin. Sp., 1044., Pail. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 45., Amm. Ruth,, t. 35. mgravings. Pall. Fl. Ross.,1. t. 45.; Amm. Ruth., t. 35.,as Robinéa pygme*a ; and our fig, 311. 632 ARBORETUM AND FRU‘TICE1UM. PARTY III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 2 pairs of linear, gla- brous, approximate leaflets near the tip of the petiole, which is very short. Stipules and petioles spinescent. Pedicels solitary, and nearly the length of the calyx. Calyx nearly equal at the base. Leaflets acute, crowded, usually in the axils ‘ of trifid spines. Flowers yellow. (Dee. Prod, ii. ga\V7 ~ p- 268.) ; Y Variety. x C. p. 2 arendria Fisch. in Litt. has linear- cuneate leaflets, and pedicels rather longer than the calyx. Description, §c. A low shrub, scarcely a span high, on the Altaic Mountains, but growing much higher in fayourable situations. It has large trifid spines, slender leaves, and small flowers. The leaflets are remarkable for being in fours, disposed in the form of a star, in the axils of the spines. The young shoots are of a fine yellow, very tough, and fit for being used as withs. Pallas says that, in favourable situations, this shrub attains the height of 6 ft. ; but, in British gardens, it is seldom seen above 4 ft. high, except when grafted as a stand- ard on C. arboréscens, when it forms a small tree of very singular appear- ance. It was cultivated by Miller in 1751, and is not untrequent in British gardens. It is generally propagated by suckers, or by grafting. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 2s. 6d., or, grafted standard high, 7s. each; and at Bollwyller, 1 franc 50 cents. % 9 C.spino'sa Dec. The spiny Caragana. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 269. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg., 1021.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. Synonymes. Robinia spindsa Lin. Mant., 269. ; Robinia ferox Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t.44., Itin., t. E.e. = 2. ee 3. 3 Ne cl spinosissima Laam. Nov. Act. Pet., 15. t. 30. f.4.; Caragana férox Lam. ¢ct., 1. p. i Engravings. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1021. ; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 44.; Itin., t. Ee. f. 2. and 3., as Robinia férox.; Laxm. Nov. Act. Pet., 15, t, 3. f, 4., as Robinia spinos{ssima ; and our jigs. 312. and 313. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 2—4 pairs of cuneate- linear glabrous leaflets. Stipules small, spinose. Adult petioles permanent, strong, and spinose, twice the length of the leaflets. Flowers solitary, almost sessile, and of a bright yellow. Le- gume rather compressed. (Dons Mill., ii. p. 243.) A spiny shrub, abounding in gra- velly arid situations in Siberia, and also said to be plentiful in China, about Pekin, where branches of it are stuck in clay upon the tops of the walls, in order that its spines may pre- vent persons from getting over them. (Pail. Fi. Ross., i. f. 44.) In British gardens, into which it was introduced in 1755, this species N grows to the height of 3ft. or 4ft.; and flowers in April and May. It is propagated by seeds, cuttings, or grafting; and plants, in London, are from 1s. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each. % 10. C. TRAGACANTHOI‘DES Poir. The Goat’s-thorn-like Caragana. Identification. Poir. Suppl., 2. p. 90. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 269.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 244 y Synonymes. Robinia tragacanthdides Pail. Nov. Act. Pet., 13. t.7., Astr., 115. t. 86, ; Robinia ma- cracantha Lodd. Cat. Engravings. Pall. Nov. Act. Pet., 10. t.7.; Astr., 115. t. 86. Spec. Char., $c. Leaves with 2—4 pairs of oblong-lanceolate silky leaflets, ending in a little spine. Stipules spinescent. Adult petioles permanent, strong, and spinose, twice the length of the leaflets. Pedicels solitary, short. Legume hoary-villous. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 244.) A low spiny shrub, a native of Siberia, among granite rocks. Introduced in 1816, and producing its yellow drooping flowers in April and May. When grafted CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEH. CARAGA‘NA. 633 standard high, it forms a very singular object. Plants, in the London nurseries, 2s. 6d. each, or, grafted standard high, 7s.; and at Bollwyller 3 francs. > “ 11. C. supa‘ra Poir. The crested Caragana. Identification. Poir. Suppl., 2. p. 89. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 269. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 244. Synonyme, Robinia jubata Pall. in Act. Pet., 10 t 6., Astr., p. 113. t. 85., oda. Bot. Cab., t. 522. Bie Pall. in Act. Pet., 10. t. 6.; Astr., p. 113. t. 15. ; Ledd. Bot. Cab., t. 522., as Robinia Spee. Char., §c, Leaves with 4 or 5 pairs of oblong-lanceolate lanuginously ciliated leaflets. Stipules setaceous. Petioles somewhat spinose; adult ones deflexed, filiform, permanent. Pedicels solitary, very short. Legume glabrous. Flowers few and white, suffused with red. (Don’s Mill., ii, p. 244.) A low shrub, seldom exceeding 18 in. in height, of a curious shaggy ap- pearance, occasioned by the footstalks of the leaves being bristly or thorny, and remaining on long after the leaflets have dropped off. It is a native of Siberia, near Lake Baikal; and was introduced into England, by Mr. Busch, in 1796. It produces its white flowers, tinged with red, in April and May, and is increased by grafting on Caragdna arboréscens. When grafted standard high, it forms a very singular-looking object. ef % 12. C. GRANDIFLO'RA Dec. The ereat-flowered Caragana. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. Synonymes. Robinia grandifldra Bieb. Fl. Taur., 1. p. 168. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 2 pairs of oblong-cuneated approximate leaflets, near the tip of the petiole, which is very short. Stipules and petioles spinose. Pedicels solitary, almost the length of the calyx, which is gibbose at the base. Legume terete, acute, brown, glabrous. Flowers 1 in. long, yellow. (Don's Mill. ii. p. 243.) A shrub, a native of Georgia, near Teflis, producing yellow flowers, which are 1 in. long in June and July. It was introduced in 1823, and is in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. #% 13. C. Cyam~A‘cu Lam. The Chamlagu, or Chinese Caragana. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 616.; Dec. Prod., 2. B 268. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 243. Synonyme. Robinia Chamldgu L’Heérit. Stirp., N. Du Ham. Engravings. L’Hérit. Stirp., t.77.; N. Du Ham. Arb., 2. t. 21, as Robinia Chamlaégu; and our Jig. 514. “Spec. Char., $c. Leaves with 2 pairs of distant, oval, or obovate, glabrous leaflets. Stipules spreading, and, as well as the petioles, spinose. Pedicels solitary. Flowers pendulous, large, and yellow, at length becoming red- dish. Root smelling like liquorice. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 243.) A diffuse smooth shrub, a native of China, grow- ing to the height of 4:ft., with a thick root and branching stem, with grey - bark. The branches are alternate; at first upright, and then decumbent. The whole plant has a singular appear- ance, more especially when just going out of flower. It was introduced in 1773, and is not uncommon in col- lections. It is generally propagated by separating the offsets, or by seeds, or it may be grafted on C. arboréscens. Grafted on this species, especially when the stock is 10 ft. or 12 ft. high, it forms a singularly picturesque pendulous tree; beautiful not only when it is in leaf or in flower, but from the graceful lines formed by its branches, even in the midst of winter, when they are completely stripped of their leaves. Plants, in the London nurseries, are from Is. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each, and grafted standard high, 7s. 6d.; at Bollwyller, 1 franc; and at New York, | dollar. 634 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus XIV. eee wl |_ Sb | HALIMODE’NDRON Fisch. Tur HaLtimopenprRon, or SALT TREE. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Fisch. in Litt.; Dec. Légum. Mém., 6. ; Prod., 2. p. 269. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 244. Synonyme. Halodendron Dec. Mém. ined. in Soc. Phys. Gen., March, 1824, but not of Petit Thouars. Derivation. Fom halimos, maritime, and dendron, a tree; in reference to the habitat of the shrubs, which grow in dry naked salt fields by the river Irtis, in Siberia, Description, §c. Deciduous shrubs, with silky leaves, and purplish flowers. There are only two species, ‘one of which is probably only a variety. They are propagated by seeds, by cuttings of the roots, or by grafting on the common laburnum, or on the Caragdna arboréscens. % 1. H.arGe’nteEum Dec. The silvery-/eaved Halimodendron, or Salt Tree. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 269.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 244. Synonymes. Robina Halodéndron Lin. Fil. Suppl., 330., Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 36.; Caragana argéntea Lam. in Pall. Itin. ed. Gall., App. ii. 360, t. 83. f. 1. Engravings. Pall. FI, Ross., t. 36.; and our fig. 315. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves hoary. Peduncles 2-flowered. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 244.) Varieties. De Candolle mentions two forms of this species. % H. a. 1 vulgare Dec. Prod., ii. p. 269. — Leaves hoary or silvery. Standard the same length as the keel. (Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1016.) 2 H, a. 2 brachyséma Dec. Prod. ii. p. 269.— Leaves hoary or silvery. Standard one half shorter than the wings and keel. Style short. Description, §c. An irregular, much branched, rigid shrub, with a strigose grey bark, and leaves clothed with a whitish silky down. The flowers are numerous, re- sembling those of Lathyrus tuberdsus, both in colour and size; and they smell sweet. It is a native of Siberia, in saline steppes, near the river Irtis; and, according to Pallas, it is much frequented by insects, especially of the (7, genus Méloe L., many species of which are peculiar to (| vi that region. It was introduced into Britain in 1779, by QcWy Dr. Pitcairn ; and, according to Martyn’s Miller, though “SS it flourished in British gardens, it seldom, if ever, flowered rs : there, “ probably for want of the saline principle in the soil.” It has been argued by some, that the halimodendren, and other trees which grow naturally in saline soils, should be supplied with sea salt in a state of culture : but, though this may be useful in some cases, experience proves that it is alto- gether unnecessary in others; and this is confirmed by the success with which the species before us is cultivated in British gardens. At present, it flowers freely from May to July, and, in moist seasons, later; and, when grafted standard high on the common laburnum, it forms one of the most graceful drooping trees that can adorn a lawn. There is a fine specimen of this tree in the Hammersmith Nursery, as there are of most species of Caragdna, and of Caléphaca wol- garica. Price, in the London nurseries, from 1s. to 2s. 6d., grafted standard high, 7s. 6d.; at Bollwyller, 1 franc 50 cents; and at New York, 1 dollar. % 2, H. (A.) suBvirE’scens Don. The greenish Halimodendron, or Salt Tree. Identification. Don’s Mill., 2. p. 244. , erie Er Robinia trifldra L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 162.; H. argénteum @ subviréscens Dec. Prod., Spec. Char., §c. Leaves greenish. The standard of the same length as that of the keel. Pedicels 3-flowered. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 244.) A shrub, like the preceding one, of which it is, without doubt, only a variety. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CES. COLU‘TEA. 635 Genus XV. | | | | 3 CALO/PHACA Fisch, Tur Catopnaca. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Fisch. ined. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 270. Derivation. From kalos, beautiful, and phaké, a lentil; in allusion to the beauty of the plant, and toe its being one of the leguminaceous kind. Description, §c. There is only one species, which is a deciduous shrub, a native of Siberia. w 1. C. wo.ea’Rica Fisch. The Wolga Calophaca. Identification. Fisch. in Litt. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 270.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 244. Synonymes. Cy¥tisus nigricans Pail. Itin., 3. p. 764. t. G. g. f. 3., ed. Gall. Append., No. 358. t. 101. f. 1. ; C¥tisus pinnatus Pad. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 47.; Cytisus wolgaricus Lin. Fil. Suppl., 327., N. Du Ham., 1. t. 48. ; Colitea wolgarica Lam.; Adenocarpus wolgénsis Spreng. Syst., 3. p. 226. Engravings. Pall. Itin., 3. p. 764. t. G. g. f. 3., ed. Gall., Append., No. 358.,t. 101. f.1., as C¥tisus nigricans ; Pall, Fl. Ross., 4. t. 47., as C¥tisus pinnatus; N. Du Ham., 5. t. 48., as C¥tisus wol- garicus ; and our fig. 316. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets 6 or 7 pairs, or- bicular, velvety beneath, as well as the calyxes. (Don’s Mill,, ii. p. 244.) Description, §c. A deciduous shrub, found in desert places near the rivers Don and Wolga, in a gravelly or sandy soil, producing its yellow flowers in June, and ripening seeds in August. It was introduced in’ 1786 though, being somewhat difficult to propa- gate except by seeds, which, however, in fine seasons, it produces in abundance, it is not so common as it ought to be in British gardens. Grafted standard high on the com- mon laburnum, it forms an object at once singular, picturesque, and beautiful, whether when covered with blossoms, or with its fine reddish pods. Price, in the London nurse- ries, 2s. 6d. each, and standard high, 7s. 6d. Genus XVI. COLU‘TEA R&R, Br. Tae Coturea, or BLADDER SENNA. Lin. Syst. Diadeélphia Decandria. Lae oHOn, R. Br. in Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 4., p. 325.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 270.; Don’s Mill, 2. Derivation. _ From koloud, to amputate. The shrubs are said to die if the branches are lopped off. Koloutea is also the name of a plant mentioned by Theophrastus. Description, §c. Shrubs, with impari-pinnate leaves, and flowers disposed in axillary racemes that are shorter than the leaves; few in a raceme. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 270.) |The flowers are yellow in most of the species, and are succeeded by bladdery legumes. Deciduous shrubs, and natives of the middle and south of Europe, the north of Africa, and Nepal. All that have hitherto been introduced into Europe are probably only varieties of one species. % 1. C. arpore’scens Lin. The arborescent Colutea, or Bladder Senna. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1045.; Dec. Astr., No. 1.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 270.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 245. Synonymes, C.hirsita Roth. Fl. Germ., 1. p. 305. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 1. t, 22.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 81. ; and our fig. 317. Spec, Char., §c. Leailets elliptical, retuse. Peduncles bearing about 6 yellow flowers. Callosities of the standard short. Legumes closed. Wild in hedges and thickets in southern and middle Europe. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 270) 636 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. A rapid-growing shrub, attaining the height of 12 ft. or 14 ft. in 8 or 10 years; but, in British gardens, not of long duration. It is not un- common in Italy; and on Mount Vesuvius is found even on the ascent to the crater, where there are scarcely any other plants. It grows wild in the warmer parts of Switzerland, and in the south of Germany, and in France ; vary- ing in magnitude according to the soil and the situation. It was introduced in 1570, and pro- duces its yellow flowers from June to August ; the flowers are succeeded by large bladder-like legumes, which, as they ripen, become of a red- dish colour,and contain 15 or 20 seeds. These bladders, when pressed, explode with a crack- ling noise. On the Continent, the leaves have been recommended as a substitute for senna, and they are also said to afford a grateful food for cattle. The seeds, in doses of a drachm or two are said to excite vomiting. In British gardens, the plant is chiefly valuable as a bulky fast-growing shrub, of the easiest culture, and fit for almost any situation. Price, in the London nurseries, 9d. each; at Bollwyller 50 cents; and in New Yerk, 373 cents. ; 2 2. C.(A.) crugE’NTA Ait. The Won peteren Colutea, or Oriental Bladder enna, TERRE Hort. Kew., 3. p.55.; Dec. Astr., No. 3.; L’H¢érit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t. 41.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 245. ere oe eet dihct 8 ; Cheats Oe Eaermotnes. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 353. ; Ill., 624. f. 3. ; N. Du Ham., 1. t.23.; Schmidt Arb., t. 119.; Krause, t. 105. ; and our fig. 318. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets obovate, emar- ginate, glaucous. Peduncles bearing 4—5 flowers. Callosities of the standard obtuse, very small. Legumes opening at the tip. Corolla, in colour, between red and saffron-co- loured, with a yellow spot at the base of the standard. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 270.) A shrub, like the former, but of smaller dimensions, and with leaflets more glaucous, and more re- tuse. A native of the Archipelago, Georgia, and the Levant. It was in- troduced into England in 1731, and produces its reddish copper-coloured flowers in June and July. Plants are common in the nurseries, and they are sold at the same prices as plants of the preceding species. # 3. C.(a.) me‘v1a Willd. The intermediate Colutea, or Bladder Senna. Identification. Willd. Enum., 771. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 270. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., t.140.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 245. Engraving. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 140. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets obcordate, glaucescent. Peduncles usually 6-flowered Legumes closed at the apex. Flowers orange-coloured. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 245.) A shrub, rather larger than the preceding sort, and differing from it chiefly in having orange-coloured flowers. It is, perhaps, a hybrid be- tween the two preceding sorts. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE®. ASTRA’GALUS. 637 a@ 4, C.(A.) HALE’PPICA Lam. The Aleppo Colutea, or Bladder Senna. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 353. ; Tl, t. 624. f.2.; Dec. Astr., No. 2.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 245. Synonymes. CC. Pocéckiz Ait. Hort. Kew., 3. p. 55., Schmidt Arb., t. 129.; C. i’stria Miu. Dict., No. 2., t. 100.; C. procimbens L’ Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t. 42. Engravings. Schmidt Arb., t. 129.; Mill. Dict., No. 2. t. 100.; L’Heérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t. 49. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets roundishly elliptical, very obtuse, mucronate. Pe- duncles bearing 3 yellow flowers. Callosities of the standard lengthened, ascending. Legumes closed. Smaller than C. arboréscens. It often occurs, in middle Europe, that plants of C. haléppica are killed by the winter. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 270.) A shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft., and closely resembling C. arboréscens, of which it appears to be a variety. Price the same as that of C. arboréscens. % 5. C. NEPALE’NSIS Hook. The Nepal Colutea, or Bladder Senna. Identification. Hook, Bot. Mag., 2622. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p, 245. Engravings. Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 2622. ; and our jig. 319. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets roundish-elliptic, retuse. Racemes drooping, few- flowered. Callosities_ of standard papilliform. Le- gumes rather coriaceous, pubescent. (Don’s Mill., li. p. 245.) A shrub, from Nepal, in 1822, producing its yellow flowers in Au- gust and September. In d its native country, it grows to the height of 10 ft.; but itis not yet com- mon in British gardens. Plants, in the Fulham Nursery, are 5s. each. Genus XVII. a ASTRA’GALUS Dec. Tue Minx Vercn. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Dec. Astrag., No. 5. ed. maj. p. 22. and p.79.; Prod., 2. p. 291.: Don’s Mill., 2. p. 253. Synonyme. Astragalus sp. of Lin. and others. Derivation. From astragailos, the vertebrz ; the seeds in the legumes ofsome species being squeezed into a squarish form, so as to look something like the joints of the backbone; or, perhaps, from asiér,astar, and gala, milk. It is also the name given toa shrub by Greek writers. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 253.) * 1. A. Tracaca’ntHA L. The Goat’s Thorn Milk Vetch, or Great Goat’s Thorn, Identification. Lin. Sp., 1073. ; Pall. Astr., t. 4. f.1,2.; N. Du Ham., 2. t. 100.; Woodv. Med. Bot., 276. t. 98. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., 84. Synonymes. A. massiliénsis Lam. Dict., 1. p. 320., Dec. Astr., No. 96., Don’s Miil., 2. p. 266. Engravings, Pall. Astr., t. 4 f. 1,2. ; Duh. Arb., 2. t. 100.; Woodv. Med. Bot., 276. t. 98. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 84. ; Lob. Icon., 2. t.27.; Garid. Aix, 469. t. 104. ; and our Sig. 320. Spec. Char., §c. Peduncles usually 4-flow- ered, about equal in length to the leaves. Calyxes cylindrical, with 5 short blunt teeth. Leaves with 9—11 pairs of elliptic “hoary leaflets. (Don’s Mill.,i. p. 266.) The flow- ers are purplish or white, and are disposed on axillary peduncles, so short as to pre- vent them from being at all conspicuous above the leaves. A low, prickly, glaucous 638 : ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. shrub, with persistent leaves, seldom exceeding 1 ft. in height. After the leaflets drop off, the petioles become indurated, so as to give the plant the appearance of being densely covered with spines. It is a native of Marseilles and Narbonne, in sandy places, as well as of Corsica and Mauritania, and was introduced in 1640. It was treated by Miller as a distinct genus, under its old name of Y'ragacantha; and he describes four species ; one of which was a native of Marseilles and Italy, with large white flowers, which appears to be Lamarck’s A. massiliénsis ; a second, a native of Majorca and Minorca, and a third, a native of the islands of the Archipelago, also with white flowers; and a fourth, a native of Spain, with flowers of a dirty white. None of these, it would ap- pear, are the same as the species now before us, which has decidedly purplish flowers. It is stated in Thompson’s Dispensatory, and in books generally, that the Astragalus Zragacantha produces the gum tragacanth; but the accounts respecting the production of the gum by this plant are so unsatisfactory, that it is impossible to give credence to them. Tournefort says that he examined the plants which produce the gum tragacanth upon Mount Ida; _ and from his remarks it may be concluded that the gum is obtained from A. Tragacantha and 4. créticus (fig. 321.); which last has not yet been introduced into Eng- A land ; but Siebuhr, in his Voyage de Crete, could not find any proof that the A. créti- cus produced any gum. La Billardiere, — »s } y who visited Mount Lebanon, says that Yi —k@nyAZeaeayye the gum is there obtained from a species \ -S Za if which he calls A. gimmifer, and that the shepherds go in search of it during night, or after a heavy dew ; whereas Tournefort says that it can only be collected during the great heats of the day. On the whole, the subject of the gum appears involved in a degree of uncertainty not less than that of the species. All that we can state with certainty is, that there is a plant bearing the name of Astragalus Tragacantha in British gardens, and that it merits a place in collections, as a very curious little shrub. It is generally propagated by seeds, which it sometimes ripens in England, or by cuttings. It requires a dry soil, and a sunny situation. App. i. Other ligneous Species of Astragalus in Cultivation. In our Hortus Britannicus will be found above a dozen other species of Astragalus, marked as technically ligneous; but they are of such low growth, as to be much more fit for cultivating as herbaceous plants, than as shrubs. If we were toadmitthem, weshould | be compelled to admit the common pink and carnation, and, indeed, all those herbaceous plants which retain their leaves during winter. On rockwork some of them may be introduced ; and among these we may mention, as to be pro- cured from Loddiges’s — z arboretum, A. altdicus = Lodd. Cah.; A arisiatus 7 + L’Herit. Stirp., 170., with yellow flowers, which is figured in Bot. Cab, t. 1278., and our fig. 322.; A. brevifolius, with a purplish flower, figured in Bot. Cab., t. 1388., and our jig. 323. ; and A. mas- siliénsis Lam., which is probably, as we have already stated, a variety of A. Tragacantha, with white flowers instead of purplish ones. 4 App. ii. Hardy Species of Astragalus not yet introduced. A. aborigindrum Richards in Franklin’s Journ. Append., p.746. Plant suffruticose, erect. Leaves with 5 pairs of lanceolate-linear hoary-pubescent leaflets, Racemes axillary, loose, extending beyond the leaves. Native of arctic America. Flowers white or bluish. The keel decidedly blue. Roots long and yellow, like those of liquorice; and gathered in the spring, by the Cree and Stone Indians, as an article of food. (Don’s M7i/., 2. p. 268.) ; CHAP, XLI. LEGUMINA CEX. LO TER. 639 App. 1. Suffruticose hardy Species belonging to the Tribe Lotee. Dorgcnium Tourn, is a genus, the species of which were included by Linnzus under Ldtus. They are herbs, or subshrubs, with trifoliolate leaves, and with the stipules in the same form as the leaflets. The flowers are usually numerous, in small heads, and white or pale red; they are natives of Eu- rope, and grow from 1 ft. to 6 ft. in height ; but, though technically they are ligneous, they are much better calculated for being treated as herbaceous plants than as shrubs. D., suffruticdsum Vill., Litus Doryenium L., (Lob. Icon., 2. p. 51. f. 1. and 2.) is a native of the south of Europe, with hoary leaves and shoots, and white flowers, with the keel reddish. It flowers from July to September, and has been in cultivation since 1640. D. véctwm Ser. (Barrel. Icon., t. 544.), Lotus réctus L., has pale rose-coloured flowers. D. latifolium Willd. has white flowers. D. hirsutum Ser., Lotus hirsutus L., has larger pale red flowers. D. tomentdsum G. Don, D. hirsitum var. incdnum Sev., has large pale rose-coloured flowers, and growsto the height of 4ft. D. argénteum Delil. (Fl. Agypt., 113. t. 40.) is a native of Egypt, and has yellow flowers, streaked with bay colour. App. II. Half-hardy ligneous Species of Lote. The number of half-hardy ligneous species belonging to this section is con- siderable : but, as they are all beautiful, and most of them natives of Australia, and not very tender, we shall notice one or two species of most of the genera ; referring the reader, for other species already in the country, to our Hortus Britannicus ; and, for those not yet introduced, to Don’s Miller. All the species are of easy culture, in light sandy soil, in sand and peat, loam and peat, or sand, loam, and leaf mould; and they are all readily propagated by cuttings in sand under a glass. 325 Hoévea R. Br. is avery beautiful genus of New Holland shrubs, with purple or violet-coloured flow. ers, all of which will grow in cold-pits, or against a wall, ifthe frost be completely excluded. The hand somest species is considered to be H. Célsi Bonp. (Bot. Reg., 280., and 2 is our fig. 324.), a shrub, introduced in 1818, which grows to the height of 4. ft. or 5 ft. H. latif dlia Lodd. (Bot. Cab., t.30., and our fig. 325.) is a very fine species, with the standard of the flower blue, andthe keel pur- ple. H. lanceolata Sims (Bot. Mag., t. 1764.) has purplish blue flowers. One great advantage of all the species is, that they commence flowering in March, and continue profusely covered with flowers for 3 or4 months. They are admirable conservatory plants. Plagiolobium ilicifolium Swt. (Fl. Austr., No. 2., note) is asingularly beautiful plant, known in the nur- ~ Series as Hdvea ‘licifdlia ; but itis = rather difficult to cultivate. P. cho- rozeme@folium Swt. (Fl. Austr., No. 2.), the Hdvea chorozemefolia of the nurseries, is a handsome little evergreen shrub, which, according to Sweet, will grow quite well in a pit, without any artificial heat. Platylobium Sm. is a genus of New Holland shrubs, of which four beautiful species have been intro- duced. P. formdsum Smith (Bot. Mag., t. 469., and our jig. 326.) grows to the height of 4 ft., and produces its fine large yellow flowers; tinged with red, from June to August. P. trtangulare R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t. 1580.) is a native of Van x xX S= 640 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill, AN) fy yy, without leaves. t.51.; the B. riifa of Bot. Cab, t. 1119.) grows 2ft. high, and produces its yellow flowers from April to June. B. microphglla Smith (Bot. Cab., t. 756.) has the branches less compressed and leafy, and the flowers with the standard yellow, and red at the base, and the keel of a brownish purple. It grows to the height of 2 ft. Goddia lotifolia Salisb. (Bot. Mag., t. 958.,and our fig. 327., is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, which has been in the country since 1793. It grows to the height of 4ft., and produces its yellow flowers, hav. ing the base of the standard red, from April to July. There are two other species, G. pubéscens Bot. Mag., t. 1310., and G. polyspérma Bot. Rep., t. 237.; both } of which, being natives of Van Diemen’s Land, y are, doubtless, tolerably hardy. Scéftia dentata R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t.1233., and our Jig. 328.) and S. angustifolia Bot. Reg., t. 1266., are elegant New Hol- land shrubs, growing to the height of 4 ft., and flowering from De- cember to June. : 2 Templetonia glatica Sims (Bot. Cab., t. 764., Bot. Reg., t.759., and our jigs. 329, 330.) and T. re- lisa R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t. 2338.) are elegant New Holland shrubs, growing to the height of 3 ft., and flowering from March to June. The flowers are of a fine crimson colour. RGfnia Thunb. is an African genus, of which eleven species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope, have been described, and several have been introduced. The general appearance of these shrubs is that of Cytisus or Spartium ; and they usually grow to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., and produce their yellow flowers in June and July. R. triflora Bot. Mag,, t. 859., and our jigs. 331, 332., will afford a fair specimen of the genus, Vascoa Dec. is a Cape genus, of which there are two species introduced: V. amplewicatlis Dec.,and V. per- folidta Dec., the Crotalaria amplexicatlis of Lam, Dict., 2. p. 194. Borbonia L. is a Cape genus, of which 11 species have been described, and nearly half as many introduced, B. crenata 1. (Bot. Mag., t. 274.) grows to the height of 6ft., and produces its yellow flowers, which are less villous than those of the other species of the genus, in July and August. Achyronia villosa Wendl. (Hort. Herrenh., 1. t. 12.) is a New Holland shrub, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., with yellow axillary, pedicellate flowers, which appear in July and August. Liparia sphe’rica L, (Bot. Mag., t. 1241. ; Bot. Cab., t. 642.) is a Cape shrub, with shining leaves, and flowers disposed in spherical heads, of a yellowish-brown colour, drying black. It grows to the height of 6 ft., fowering in July and August ; and is avery handsome plant for a conservatory. ; Priestleya Dec. is a genus of Cape shrubs, of which 15 species are described in Don’s Miller, and nearly half as many introduced. The species have simple, quite entire, exstipulate leaves, and yellow flowers, which are disposed either in heads umbels, or spikes. P. vestita Dec. (Bot. Mag., t.2223.) grows to the height of 4 ft., and flowers in May and June, Pte . Crotalaria is an extensive genus, of which no fewer than 143 species are descri in Don’s Miller. They are herbs, or subshrubs, with Bunnie an aie ay hat pound leaves, and flowers usually of a yellow colour. They are natives of Asia, Africa, and North America, chiefly herbaceous ; but one or two of the Cape suffruticose species may be considered as half.hardy. C. pulchdlla Andr. (Bot. Rep., t. 417. ; Bot. Mag., t. 1699.) is anative of the Cape of Good Hope, which grows to the height of 3 ft.,and produces its large yellow flowers in July and August. Hypocalgptus obcorditus Thunb. is a smooth shrub, with trifoliolate leaves and purple flowers, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, introduced in 1823, and flowering in June and July. ae Vibérgia Spreng. is a Cape genus, of which 3 species have been described, and two are in cultiva- CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CE. LO‘TER. 641 ion. Th e shrubs, about 2 ft. or 3 ft. high, with trifoliolate leaves, and yellow flowers in Paeiuae a eras Themb. (the Crotalaria floribanda of Bor. Cab., t. 509., and our Jig. 533.) Cape shrub, with trifoliolate leaves and pinkish flowers, with the keel of a dark purple at the apex. It grows to the height of 3 ft., and is an elegant plant when in flower, 334 Dichilus Dec. is a Cape genus, of which 3 species have been described. They are subshrubs, growing to the height of 3 ft , with smooth trifoliolate leaves, and yellow flowers. ; Lebéchia Thunb. is a Cape genus of shrubs, or subshrubs, with simple or trifoliolate leaves, with the general habit of Genista. Eleven species have been described, and 3 or 4 have been introduced. i. sepidria Thunb., the Spartium sepiarium of L., and Pluk. Alm., t. 494, f. 1., was introduced in 1820, and grows to the height of 6 ft., producing its yellow flowers in April and May. } 335 SarcophGllum carndsum Thunb. (Bot. Mag., t. 2502., and our jig. 336.) isa smooth Cape shrub, with fleshy filiform leaves, and yellow flowers, which appear from May to August. ‘4 Aspalathus L. is a genus of Cape shrubs, of which 86 species have been described in Don’s Miller, and about that number introduced, They are almost all shrubs, or undershrubs, with leaves in fas~ cicles, and yellow flowers furnished with bracteoles, A.cal/dsa L, (Bot. Mag., t. 2329., and our jig. 335.) which grows to the height of 4 ft., will serve to exemplify the genus. Requiénia Dec. isa genus of African shrubs, of which one species, 2. sphe@rospérma Dec, Lég. Mém., 6. t. 38., is a Cape shrub, grows to the height of 1 ft.; but it is not yet introduced. Anthgilis is a genus containing some undershrubs, natives of the south of Europe, which are half-hardy, and some of them nearly hardy, A. Birba Jovis L. (Bot. Mag., t. 1927., and our Sig. 337.), the Vulneraria Barba Jovis Lam., and Barba Jévis argyrophylla Mcench, is an evergreen shrub, which grows to the height of 8ft.; anative of Spain, Barbary, the Levant, and Italy, on rocks ; and it has been cultivated in frames in England since 1640. The leaves are pinnate, and the flowers pale yellow; the whole plant having asilvery appearance, whence it derives the names of Jupiter’s beard, and the silver bush. The elegance of this shrub did not escape the ancients; and Pliny mentions its beauty ; adding, that it dislikes water, and that it makes a very elegant ornament for gardens when clipped into a round shape. It is also mentioned by Dioscorides as good for healing wounds, by the application of its leaves. It is one of the finest shrubs that can be planted against a con- servative wall. It will grow in any light soil, and is easily propagated by cute tings, or by seeds, which are sometimes ripened against a south wall, A. cytisdtdes L. (Barrel. Icon., t. 1182.) a native of Spain, and the south of France, was introduced in 1731. It grows to the height of 2 ft., and forms a neat little frame shrub, almost hardy in the neighbourhood of London, A. Hermannie L. (Bot. Mag., t. 2576.) is a native of Corsica, Crete, and Palestine, It forms a spiny shrub, with pubescent leaves, and yellow flowers, which appear from April till July. It was intro- duced in 1789, and grows to the height of from 2ft. to 3ft. There is a plant of it which has been two years in the open border in the Kew Garden, without any protection whatever. A. Aspa- lathi Dec., Spartium eréticum Desf, (Bot. Cab., t. 1169.) resembles the preceding species, and may pos- sibly be only a variety of it. ; A. evinacea L, (Bot. Mag., t. 676.) grows about | ft. high, and has rushy branches, and bluish purple owers, XX oe 642 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill A. Geniste Dufour., A. spléndens Willd, A. Zndica Lour., and A. sericea Lag., are species which have not yet been introduced. A. Aeterophgila L. is a procumbent species, a native of ortugal and Spain, introduced in 1768, but now, it is believed, lost. Medicago L. is a genus chiefly consisting of her- baceous plants ; but there are one or two shrubs or undershrubs belonging to it that may be con- sidered half-hardy. The species are mostly na- \\(s tives of the south of Europe, the Levant, and the north of Africa. M. arborea L. (N. Du Ham., 4.‘t. 4., and our jig. 338.), the lucerne en arbre of the French, is a native of Italy, where it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and flowers from May to November. It has been known to stand out 5 or 6 years in dry borders, without any protection, and to attain a considerable size when trained against a wall. In the Chelsea Botanic Garden there is a plant 11 ft. high, with a stem 62in. in diameter; there is also one of considerable size in the Kew Garden; and there was formerly a large one trained against a wall in the gardens at Syon. Melilotus arborea Castagne in Litt. (Dec. Prod., 2. p. 187., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 177.) is a shrub, with trifoliolate leaves, and stipules adhering to the petiole; cultivated about Constantinople, where it grows 15 ft. high, with a trunk 3 in. in diameter. It was introduced into this country in the year 1826, and produces its white flowers from July to pe ta taal but it is seldom to be met with in collections. It is, doubtless, as hardy as Medicago arborea. Lotus L. contains two or three species, somewhat ligneous, that might deserve trial against a conservative wall. They are natives of the south of Europe, the north of Africa, and the Cape of Good Hope. Lotus créticus L. (Cav. Icon., 2. p. 44, t. 156.) isa native of Syria, Candia, and Spain. It is a slender shrub, not higher than 12 ft. or 2ft., producing yellow flowers from June to September. L. anthylloides Vent. Malm., p. 99. t. 92., is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, with yellow flowers. L. atropurpireus Dec. has dark purple flowers. L. jacobe‘us L. (Bot. Mag., t,79., and our fig. 339.) is a native of the Cape De Verde Islands, and has been in culture since 1714. It grows to the height of 3 ft., with a dark purple corolla, almost black, and 339 the standard yellowish. There;is a variety with yellow flowers, ‘This, and all the other species of Lotus, flower a great part of the year, and are, consequently, all very desirable for low conservative walls, of from 3 ft. to 5ft. in height. L. Broussonétii L. and L, spectdbilis are splendid Teneriffe apace introduced by P. B. Webb, Esq,, and to be procured in the Milford ursery. CarmichaeYia australis R. Br. (Bot. Reg.,912.) is a New Zealand shrub, with flat branches, and bluish flowers. ‘The leaves, which are trifoliolate { or pinnate, drop off soon after they’are expanded. This shrub grows to the height of 6 ft. or 7 ft., lowering profusely from May to September. From its native country, there can be no doubt but it is as hardy as Medicago ar- borea, and that it would thrive equally well against a conservative wall. Psoralea L. is a genus of herbaceous and suffruticose species, 64 of which have been described: they are natives of the south of Europe, Africa, and North America ; and some few of the ligneous species are half-hardy. P. bituminosa L. (Lam. Iil., t. 614. f. 1.) is a native of the south of Europe, in exposed places, and has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1670. It is common in therocks between Genoa and al Nice, where it is seldom seen higher than 2 ft. or 3 ft. ; but, planted out inthe open border, it attains twice or thrice that size. The flowers smell like black currants, and the leaves like bitumen. P. glanduldsa L. (Bot. Mag.,t. 990., and our figs. 340, 341.), is a native of Chili ; and, in gardens about London, it seems very nearly hardy. The flowers are bluish purple, and the wings and keel white, The whole plant, when bruised, has the smell of rue. In its native country, the leaves are applied to heal wounds, and an infusion of the roots ‘is given as a purgative. There is a plant of ; this species in the open ground, in the Hammersmith Nursery, which has stood there several years, is now 7 ft. high, and flowers and ripens seeds every year ; one in the garden of the Horticultural Society has stood against a wall since 183], without protection: it grows rapidly, and appears quite hardy. P. pubéscens Balb. (Bot. Reg., t. 968.) is a native of Peru, with bright blue Delil. is a native of Upper Egypt ; and P..obtusifolia Dee. is a native of the Cape flowers. P. plicata of Good Hope ; but neither has yet been introduced. There are some other ligneous species men- tioned in Don’s Miller as not being sufficiently known. Indigéfera L. is a genus including above 140 species, among which is I, tinctdria, which produces the common indigo of the shops. Some of the species are ligneous, and natives of Africa or Asia ; but, as they are generally of low growth, they are not very desirable for planting out against a low wall. I. denudata Jacq. (Bot. Cab., t. 500., and our jig. 342.) has red flowers, streaked with dark lines. It grows to the height of 2ft., and flowers from May till July. I. ame’na Ait. (Bot. Reg., t. 300.) grows to the height of 3 ft., and has dark red flowers, which are produced in May and June. J. atropurpurea Hamilt. is a native of Nepal, introduced in 1816. It res to the height of 5 ft. or 6ft., and produces its dark shining purple flowers in July and August. . australis Willd. (Bot. Cab., t. 149., and our fig. 343.) is a native of New Holland. It grows to the height of 4ft., and has rose-coloured flowers. J. syludtica Sieb. (Bot. Mag., t. 3000.), the I. angulata of Bot. Reg., t. 2758., is also a native of New Holland, and grows to the height of 8 ft. It isa very showy plant, producing its flowers from May to June. Various other green-house species, already intro- duced, will be found enumerated in our Hortus Britannicus ; and many, not introduced, are described in Don’s Miller. rt CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX®. CORONI‘LLA. 643 ’ _ Swainsdnia Salisb. is a genus of elegant New Holland shrubs, all beautiful, and well deserving a place against a low conservative wall in a mild locality, S. galegifolia R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t.792., and appearance. essértia Dec. contains some undershrubs, one or two of which have been introduced. L. fruticdsa Lindl. (Bot. Reg., t. 970., and our fig. 345.) is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, which grows to the height of 3ft., and produces its purple flowers in July and August. Sutherlandia frutéscens R. Br., Colutea frutéscens L. (Bot. Mag., t. 181. ; and our fg. 346.) is a hoary shrub, with large, elegant, scarlet, showy flowers, a native of th, Cape of Good Hope. It grows to the height of 3 fte or 4ft., flowering from June to August; and, in very. mild winters, it will stand in the borders without proteec- tion. S. microphilla Burch. is another Cape species, which has not yet been introduced, Sect. III. Hepysa‘rez. Genus XVIII. CORONI'LLA Neck. Tue Coronitua. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Neck. Elem., No, 1319.; Lam. IIL, t. 630.; Dec. Prod., 2. p, 309. Synonyme. Coronillasp. of Lin. and others. Ss 644 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Derivation. From corona, a crown, in reference to the disposition of the flowers in crowns, or umbels, at the tops of the peduncles. Description, §c. |The ligneous species are hardy or half-hardy, deciduous or subevergreen, shrubs, natives of the south of Europe or Asia, with impari- pinnate leaves, and flowers on pedicels disposed in umbels placed on axillary peduncles. They are all highly ornamental, and most of them produce seeds in England, by which, or by cuttings, they are easily propagated. % 1. C. E’merus LZ. The Scorpion Senna Coronilla. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1046.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 309. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 274. Synonymes. E/merus major Mill. Icon., t. 132. f. 1.,and E. minor, f. 2. ; C. paucifldra Lam. Fi. Fr. Engravings. Sims Bot. Mag., t. 445.; N. Du Ham., 4. t. 131.; Mill. Icon., t. 132. ; and our/ig. 347. Spec. Char., §c. Shrubby, gla- NaN brous. Its leaves are at- JD £ ) tended by minute stipules, and have 5—7 obovate leaf- lets. Its flowers are yellow, disposed 3 upon a peduncle. The claws of the petals are thrice as long as the calyx. The legume “is rather cylin- drical than compressed, and its joints separate slowly and unobviously, but they do se- 347 arate. It is spontaneous in edges and thickets of middle . and southern Europe, and of Tauria. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p. 309.) Introduced in 1596, and flowering from April to June. Height 10ft. Before the flowers are expanded, the corolla is partly red externally, mostly so towards the tips of the petals; and the mingling of the yellow flowers, with flower buds more or less red, and the elegant foliage, render this hardy shrub a very desirable one for its beauty. Perhaps it floarishes most in a sunny sheltered situation, and adry soil. It bears clipping pretty well, and would form a beautiful hedge. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 9d. each ; at Bollwyller, 50 cents ; and at New York, 373 cents. % 2. C.su’ncea L. The rushy-branched Coronilla. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1047. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 309. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 274 Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 820. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab.,t. 235.; Barrel. Icon., t. 133, ; J. Bauh. Hist.,1. p. 2. t. 383. f.2.; and our/fig. 348. Spec. Char., §c. Shrubby, glabrous. Branches rush-like, round, bearing but few leaves; the latter are attended by minute stipules, and have 3—7 leaflets, that are linear ob- long, obtuse, and rather fleshy; the lowest leaflets. being rather distant from the base of the petiole. The flowers are yellow, 5—7 in an umbel. The claws of the petals are scarcely longer than the calyx. The legume is rather com- pressed, and its joints separate obviously. (Dec. Prod., il. p. 309.) The whole plant is very glaucous. Native of the — south of France, and introduced in 1756. It grows to the height of 2ft. or 3ft., and produces its bright yellow flowers in June and July. It deserves a place in collections, on account of the singularity of its rush-like slender branches, which, like those of Spartium jinceum, are partly destitute of leaves. App. 1. Half-hardy ligneous Species of Coronilla. The half-hardy species of this genus are eminently beautiful, and some of them have been known to live for years in the open border, in a dry soil, in the neighbourhood of London. Against a wall, they will live with very little protection, producing their beautiful yellow flowers early in spring (one species, C. stipularis, in March); and continuing flowering throughout the summer. As they produce abundance of seeds, a stock of plants may always be kept in pots or cold-pits, and turned out into the open borders, where they will flower freely throughout the summer ; and, if they should be killed during the succeeding winter, the loss can easily be supplied, CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEXH. HEDYSA‘RER. 645 C. stipularis Lam., the C. valentina of Lin., and Bot. Mag., t.185., the C. hispAnica of Mil/., and our fig. 549., is a native of the south of Italy, and has deep yellow flowers, very fragrant at night, which are produced from March to November. It has been in cultivation since 1596, and grows to the height of 3 ft. in British gardens, 349 ' x _ C. pentaphgila Desf. is a native of Algiers, where it grows to the height of 4 ft. It was introduced in 1700, and flowers in June and July. C. glatca L. (Bot. Mag., t.13.,and our fig. 350.) is a native of France, about Narbonne. It was in- troduced in 1722, and grows to the height of 4 ft., producing its beautiful yellow flowers, which are a sas sp ee day-time, but aa at night, from May to September. . argéntea L. is a native of Candia, said to have been introduced in 1664; “‘a vi te (Don's Mth. 2p 218) ; in 1664; ** a very doubtful plant. C. multiflora Dec. Prod., 2. p.310., is a native of Spain, with pale yellow flowers, and is, perhaps, only a variety of some of the other species. App. I. Hardy suffruticose Species of Hedysaree. Hedgsarum Sruticdsum L. (Gmel. Sib., 4. t. 22.) is an erect plant, with somewhat shrubby branches, very handsome when in flower, and extremely useful in the deserts of Siberia, in fixing the sand. It has been in cultivation since 1792, and grows to the height of 3ft. or 4ft. App. II. Halfhardy ligneous Species of Hedysaree. The half-hardy species of 352 this tribe are numerous; but, as most of them will live ina cold-pit, or even in the open garden, in the warmest parts of the south of England, we consider it advisable to notice at least one species of each genus. Hippocrépis baletrica Jacq. (Bot. Mag., t. 427., and our Jigs. 351, 352.) is a native of Minorca, with the general ap- pearance of Coronilla. It has been in the country since 1776, flowering in green-houses, and cold-pits, from May to July. Adésmia Dee. is a genus of South American plants, some of which are shrubby: the appearance of several of them resembles that of Génista ; and they are all of remarkably easy culture, ; A, microphglia Hook. (Bot. Cab., t. 1691., and our 2 figs. 353, 354.) is a dichotomous plant, resembling ,j 43 furze, a native of Valparaiso, introduced in 1776, a z quite hardy, and flowering throughout the sum- ¢ mer, A. Loudénia Hook. (Bot. Reg., 1720., and our figs. 355, 356.) is a native of Valparaiso, where it grows to the height of 2 ft., with upright branches, which are copiously clad with hoary, pinnate, very silky leaves. It was introduced in 1852, and is nearly hardy. A. viscosa Gill. et Hook. (Swt. Fl. Gard., 2d ser. t, 230., and our fig. 357.) is a native of Chili, with clammy leaves and shoots; introduced in 1832, and producing its yellow flowers in August. It forms a very handsome shrub, of upright growth, with elegant leaves, having sometimes as many as 14 pairs of crenated leaflets. It appears to be as hardy as EdwArdséa microphflla, or more so; for a plant in the Exotic Nursery, King’s Road, has stood out against a wall with a western exposure, and attained the height of 10 ft. A. uspallaténsis Gill.(Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard., 2d ser. t. 222., is a slender, thorny, diminutive shrub, a native of Chili, introduced by Mr. Cuming in 1832. Its blossoms are of a rich yellow, streaked with red; and its legumes, when full grown, are adorned with long feathery hairs. Uraria Desv. is a tropical geaus, one species of which, U. arborea G. Don, Hed¥sarum arbdreum Hamiit., is a native of Nepal, where it grows to a tree 12 ft. in height. Desmodium Dec. is a tropical genus, of which several species are natives of Nepal, and may pro- bably be found half-hardy. The only ligneous species which is already introduced is D. relusum xx 4 646 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART It. G. Don, Hed¥sarum retisum Hamilt., which is a shrub growing to the height oe 2 ts with large pinnate leaves, and leaflets nearly 2in, long, and half an inch road. Dicérma élegans Dec., Hed¥sarum élegans Lour., Zérnia élegans Pers., is an erect shrub, growing to the height of 3ft., with trifoliolate leaves; a native of China, near Canton. It was introduced in 1819, and produces its yellow flowers in July and August. 9 Taverniera Dec. is a genus of shrubs, natives of Persia and Ara- bia, with simple and trifoliolate leaves, and rose-coloured or yellow flowers. T. nwmmuldria Dec. (Lég. Mém., 7. t. 52.), Hed¥sarum Oli- veri Spreng., produces its rose-co- loured flowers in Juneand July. It was introduced in 1826, and grows 30 the height of 2 ft. Lespedéxa Michx. is a genus of plants, chiefly natives of Siberia and of NorthAmerica, several of which are suffruticose; but none of them have been introduced except L. frutéscens Pers. (Jac. Vin., 3. 89.), which is a native of Carolina, where it grows 2 ft. or St. high, and produces its purplish flowers in July and August. Flemingia semialata Roxb. Cor., 3. t.249., is a deciduous shrub, a native of Nepal, introduced in 1805. It grows 3ft. or 4 ft. high, and produces its pale red flowers in July and August. E’benus crética L., AnthyYllis crética Lam., (Bot. Mag., t. 1092.) is a shrub, a native of Candia, with large reddish or purple flowers, having the staminiferous tube elegantly striated, which was introduced in 1737. It grows to the height of 2ft., and flowers in June and July. Alhagi Maurdrum Tourn., Hed¥sarum Alhigi L., Alhdgi mannifera Desf., Ondnis spindsa Hasselg., Manna hebraica D. Don, (Prod. Fl. Nep., 247.; Rauw. Itin., 1. p.94., icon.) is a native of the deserts of Egypt, Syria, Mesopotamia, and other eastern countries. It was introduced in 1714, but is seldom met with in green-houses. In its native country, it grows 2 ft. or 3ft. high, and produces its purplish flowers, which are red- dish about their edges, in July and August. The manna of the Jews is generally considered to have been produced from this plant ; and the Arabians have a tradition, that it fell from the clouds upon it, to feed the Israelites in the desert. This, how- ever, is contrary to what is recorded in the Scriptures ; viz. that the miraculous manna appeared only on the rocks, and on the sand, and hence the surprise of the Israelites, who would not have been astonished if they had seen small portions of it on the plants; but who, finding it in such immense quantities on the ground, where they had never seen it before, could hardly believe it to be the same thing, and ex- claimed in Hebrew, “Man ?” that isto say What is it? whence, possibly, the name. The manna pro- duced by the alhagi is a natural exudation fromthe leaves and branches, which takes place only in very hot weather. At first, it resembles drops of honey: but it granulates with the atmosphere into particles of different sizes, but seldom larger than a coriander seed. It is collected by the natives, more especially about Taurus, where the shrub grows plentifully ; but it is not known in this country as an article of foreign commerce; the manna of the druggists being the concrete juice of the O’rnus europe‘a. The Alhagi Maurdrum ought to be in all extensive collections, as a plant of historical interest. A. cameldrum, a herbaceous species, introduced in 1816, produces a similar exudation, which is called Caspian manna, The plant is a native of the deserts of Tartary and Siberia, where it forms a food for camels; whence its name. (Burnet’s Outlines, 2. p. 659.) Clidnthus puniceus Soland., the Donia punicea of G.and D. Don, (Bot. Reg., t.1775., and our jig. 358.) is a New Wy Zealand shrub, introduced in 1832, or earlier. It was originally discovered by Sir Joseph Banks and Dr. Solander, in 1769, but was not noticed in any scientific work till a description of it was published in Don’s Miller, in 1832. It appears to have been first grown in England by Wm. Le- veson Gower, Esq., in his garden at Titsey Place, near Godstone, where it flowered in the summer of 1834. It was figured in the Bot. Reg., in July, 1835; and in the Hort. Trans., 2d series, vol. i. t. 22., in the same year. The seeds were sent home by the missionaries in New Zea- land, where it is called howain-gutukaka, Vag or the parrot’s bill; and where it is said 7, to grow to the size of a large tree, though the specimens in Britain appear quite suffruticose, and have not reached a greater height than 4ft. ‘ From CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX. WISTA‘RIA. 647 the trials that have been made of the proper mode of managing it, both by Mr. Gower and the Rev. John Coleman, by whom it was given to the former gentleman, it would appear that it succeeds best when treated as a hardy plant, and turned out into a peat border; for in such a situation it has now been two years in Mr. Gower’s garden, and the plants continue to look very healthy, with a profusion of blossoms forming for next year. Kept in the green-house, it was sickly, and did not flower in the hands of Mr. Gower’s gardener ; but Mr. Coleman succeeded in blossoming it in a large pot in a green- house, and in inducing it to ripen its pods. Considering the climate of New Zealand is, in some places, so much like that of England, that some species, such as Edwardsia microphylla, will bear the rigour of our winters, it is not improbable that this may also prove a hardy plant: if so, its extraordinary beauty will render it one of the most valuable species that has been introduced of late years; and, even if it should be no hardier than Sutherlandia frutés- cens, it will still form one of the most important and welcome of all the modern additions to our flower-gardens.” (Hort. Trans., 2d ser. i. p. 521.) Sect. 1V. Puasro‘Lex. Genus XIX. H WISTA‘RIA Nutt. Tue Wistaria. Lin. Syst. Diadélphia Decandria. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 2. p.115.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 389.; Don’s Mill., 2, p. 348. Synonymes. Gl¥cine sp. L., Thyrsanthus Elliot, Krainhia Rajin. Derivation. Named in honour of Caspar Wistar, late Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania. (Don’s Miil,, ii. p. 348.) Nuttall first characterised and named this genus, from the American species, which he denominated W. specidsa ; but which De Candolle has changed to W. - frutéscens. In De Candolle’s Prodromus, and some other works, Wistaria is erroneously spelled Wisttria. Description, §c. Leaves impari-pinnate, without stipules. Flowersin ter- minal racemes, blue lilac; when young, attended by bracteas, which after- wards fall off. (Dee. Prod., ii. p. 390.) Deciduous twining shrubs, natives of North America, and China; of vigorous growth, and forming, when in flower, some of the most splendid ornaments of British gardens, They are uite hardy, will grow in any soil, and are generally propagated by layers of the young shoots, which will root at every joint if laid down during summer as they grow. They may also be propagated by cuttings of the roots; or by seeds. 2 1, W. rrute’scens Dec. The shrubby Wistaria. Identification. Dec. Prod.,2. p. 90. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 348. 2 aes Glycine frutéscens Lin. Sp., 1067.;_ A*pios 359 frutescens Ph. Fl. Am. Sept., 2. p. 474.3 Anonymos frutéscens Walt. Fl. Car., 186.; Wistaria specidsa Nutt. Gen. Amer., 2. p. 115. ; Thyrsanthus frutescens Eliot Journ. Acad. Sct. Philad, ; Phaseoldides Hort, Angl., 55. ; the Kidneybean Tree. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2103.; and our fig. 359. Spec. Char., §c. Wings of the corolla each with two auricles. Ovary glabrous. Flow- ers odorous. (Dee. Prod., ii. p. 390.) An elegant deciduous climber, a native of Vir- \ ginia, Carolina, and the Illinois, in bogey places. Introduced in 1724, and flowering from July to September. The flowers are of a bluish purple, and sweet-scented, the standard having a greenish yellow spot at the base. The plant is a free grower; and, 648 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART iIt. in 3 or 4 years, if planted in good soil, and in a favourable exposure it will attain the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft. It is readily propagated by cuttings of the root and by layers. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc 15 cents; and at New York 373 cents. 2 2. W. cutne’nsis Dec. The Chinese Wistaria. Identification. Dec. Prod., 2. p. 390. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 348. Synonymes. Gl¥cine chinénsis Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2083.; G. sinénsis Ker Bot. Reg., t. 650. ; Wistaria Consequina Loudon Gard. Mag., vol. ii. p. 422., vol. xi. p. 111., and in Hort. Brit. Engravings. Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., t,211.; Bot. Mag., t. 2083,; Bot. Reg., t. 650. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.773.; Gard. Mag., vol. ii. p. 422.; and our fig. 360. ’ Spec. Char., Sc. _ Wings of the corolla each with one auricle. Ovary villose. Flowers larger. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 390.) A vigorous- growing deciduous twiner ; a native of China, introduced in 1816; flowering in British gar- dens in May and June, and sometimes pro- ducing a second crop of flowers in August. The flowers are larger than those of W. fru- téscens: they are disposed in longer and looser racemes, and are somewhat paler in colour. On established plants they are pro- duced in great abundance ; but they have not yet been succeeded by seeds in England. This plant may truly be considered the most magnificent of all our hardy deciduous climb- ers. It will grow wherever the common 360 laburnum will flourish ; but, as its flowers are somewhat more tender than those of that tree, they are more liable to be injured by frosts in very late springs. It was first brought to England by Capt. Robert Wel- banke, in May, 1816; and in the same month, but a few days later, another plant was introduced by Capt. Richard Rawes. Both were ob- tained from the garden of Consequa, a generous, but unfortunate, mer- chant of Canton, of whom a biography will be found in the Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 111. One of the imported plants is ina pit in the garden of Rook’s Nest, near Godstone in Surrey; but it is small when compared with one raised from it, which every one, who has ever entered the garden of the London Horticultural Society in May or June, for some years past, must have been struck with seeing against the wall. That plant has now (March, 1835) a stem the height of the wall (11 ft.), from which branches proceed on one side to the distance of 90 ft., and on the other to the distance of 70 ft. So vigorous is this plant, that there is no reason to suppose it will not, if allowed, extend to double or treble that’ distance. There can be no doubt but it is the most vigorous-growing, and abundant- flowering climber in British gardens. Plants, which were originally sold at six guineas, now cost, in the London nurseries, from 1s. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each ; at Bollwyller, they are 3 francs; and at New York, 3 dollars. App. i. Other Species of Wistaria. W. floribinda Dec. Prod., 2. p.390,; Délichos polystachyus Thun. Jap., 281. ; Houtt. Pf. Syst., 8. p. 563. t. 64. fig. 2.; Glycine floribtinda Willd. ; Dolichos japonicus Spreng. ; Fidsi Kempf. ; has the stems and leaves glabrous, the racemes of flowers very long, and the corolla purple and white mixed. This species has not been introduced, though it was conjectured by Mr. Sweet that the shoots from the roots of an imported plant in the Fulham Nursery might be of this species, because the leaves were quite different from those of the upper part of the plant, being hairy, while the others were smooth. Mr. Sweet thought it likely that one species had been grafted on another; but it has since been observed, that all the root-shoots-from vigorous plants have hairy leaves. On these grounds it was that W. floribinda was recorded into our Hortus Britannicus as having been introduced in 1820, and described there as a trailer, with shoots 10 ft. in length. On similarly slight foundations, we have no doubt, many species have been recorded both at home and abroad. In the year 1829, we brought over some plants, and a packet of seeds, from Carlsruhe, the produce of a plant growing there against the end of a hot-house, flowering freely, and producing seeds every yeay This plant had been received by M. Hartweg, the director of the garden, as the Gl¥cine chinensis of Bot. Mag., t. 2083.; and, as when we saw itin November, 1828, it was without leaves, it appeared to us uncertain whether it was correctly named or not. Some of the plants raised from the seeds which we brought over, and gave to the Clapton Nursery, have'since flowered and ripened seeds in the garden of F, Ber- nasconi, Esq., near Pinner (See Gard. Mag., vol. xii. p.75. and p, 215.) : but we received this in- — ee CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE%. PHASEO‘LEA. 649 formation too late in the autumn of 1835, to be able to examine the plant, so as to determine any thing certain respecting its species. Possibly, it may be a new species ; but we think it more pro- bable, from the leaves of a plant in our own garden, also raised from the seeds we brought from Carlsruhe, which has not yet flowered, that it is nothing more than Wistirza frutéscens. App. I. Lupinus arboreus Sims (Bot. Mag., t. 628., and our fig. 361.), the tree lupine, is somewhat shrubby, and, as a standard, will grow to the height of 6ft. Its native country is une known ; but it has been in cultiva- tion in British gardens since 1793 ; and it produces its pale yellow flow- ers in July and August. There is a Jarge plant of it, trained against a wall, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society; but, though it grows as high as the wall, it cannot be considered as truly ligneous ; and it is rather tender. Flowers fragrant. L. multiflorus Desrous., with azure blue flowers ; L.alb/frons Benth. (B. Reg., t. 1642.), ashrubby Californian species, with deep blue flowers; L. Marshallianus Swt. F/.-Gard.,2d ser. t. 139., and our fig. 362. ;L. canalicue litus Swt. Fl.-Gard., Ist ser. t. 283. ; L. versicolor Swt. F].-Gard., 2d. ser, t.12.; L. puichélius Swt. Fl.-Gard., Qa. ser., t. 67.5 are all technically considered somewhat suffruticose, and will grow to the height of from 3ft. to 6ft. when trained against Suffruticose hardy or half-hardy Species of Phascolee. 362 a wall, lasting 2 or 3 years, if not destroyed during winter by severe frost. ‘Ihere Sholuind neuer’ other species described in Don’s Mil/er, bearing the same general character, but most of which have not yet been introduced. App. II. Half-hardy Species of Phasedlee. Délichos lignosus L. (Smith Spic., t. 21.) is a ligneous climber, with rose-coloured flowers, having a purplish keel, which is tolerably hardy: it has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1776, and flowers in July and August. Pachyrhizus trélobus Dec., Dolichos trilobus Lour., is a twining shrub, a native of China and Cochin-China, where it is cultivated for the tubers of its roots, which are cylindrical, being about 2 ft, long, and are boiled and eaten by the natives, in the Same manner as yams are in the West Indies The flowers are of a bright purple, with a yellow spot in the centre of the standard, This species has not yet been introduced. , Mucitna macrocdrpa Wall. (Pl. ds. > Rar., 1. p. 41. t.47., and our fig. 363.) e is a twining shrub, a native of Nepal, on the mountains. The flowers are party-coloured, the standard green, the wings purple, and the keelbrown. The legumes are very large, as are the racemes of flowers. It has not yet been introduced, but, when it is, it will probably be found half-hardy or hardy. : Erythrina Crista-gdlli L. (Smith Exot. Bot., 2. p. 95.; Swt. Fl.-Gard., p- 214.), the coral tree, is a splendid plant, a native. of Brazil, where it grows to the height of 20 ft. In Bri- tish gardens, it will grow at the base of a wall, with a little protection dur- _- ing winter, and produce its bright deep * scarlet flowers from May to July, E. \aurifolia Jacq., the E. Crista-galli of Bot. Reg., t. 313., is considered by some as a species ; and by others as a variety of E. Crista-galli. It pro- duces its rich but dull crimson flowers from July to September. No con-_ servative wall ought to be without these plants, since they may be easily protected at the root bya little straw ; and, even if kiiled down every year, they will produce shoots, which will terminate in long spikes of coral-like flowers every season. They require a deep sandy soil, somewhat rich; and are propagated by cuttings of the shoots, or division of the root. There are some other green-house species, () A < ih a not yet introduced, which are probably equally hardy with the above; and, prebably, many of the tove species would stand out with some protection. 650 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Sect. V. Cassir‘x. Grnus XX. File GLEDI'TSCHI/A L. Tue Grepirscuia. Lin. Syst. Polygamia Dice‘cia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 1159.; Lam. Ill, p. 857. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 479. ; Don’s Mill, 2, p. 428. Synonymes. Acacia sp. Pluk. ; Févier ; Fr., Gleditschie, Ger. Derivation. 1n honour of Gottlieb Gleditsch, of Leipsic, once a professor at Berlin, and defender of Linneus against Siegesbeck ; author of Methodus Fungorum (1753), Systema Plantarum a Staminum situ (1764), and many other smaller works. Description. Deciduous trees. DBranchlets supra-axillary, and often con- verted into branched spines. Leaves abruptly pinnate; in the same species pinnate, bipinnate, or, rarely, by the coalition of the leaflets, almost simple. Flowers greenish, in spikes. Among the ovaries, it often happens, especially among those of the terminal flowers, that two grow together by their seed- bearing suture, which is rather villose. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.479.) Deciduous trees of the Ist, 2d, and 3d ranks, natives of North America or China, of easy culture in good free soil ; and, in Britain, generally propagated by imported seeds, or grafting. The species appear to be in a state of great confusion in British gardens ; and, judging from the trees in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, we should conjecture that there is, probably, not more than two species, the American, and the Chinese; possibly only one. The Chinese species is distinguished by its trunk being more spiny than its branches. { ¥ 1.G. rriaca’NTHOs Lin. The three-thorned Gleditschia, or Honey Locust. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1509. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 479.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 428, Synonymes. G. triacanthos var. « polysperma Mart. Mill.; G.meliloba Walt.; G. spinosa Du Ham.; Acacia triacinthos Hort.; Acacia americana Pluk,; Févier d’Amérique, Fr.; Thorny Acacia, Sweet Locust, United States ; Carouge & Miel, Canada. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 4. 1. 25,; Michx. Fil. Arb., 2. p. 164. t,10.; Hort. Ang.,t.21.; Wats, end, Brit., t.158.; Pluk. Mant., t. 352. f. 2. ; and the plates of this species in our Second Volume, Spec. Char., Sc. Spines simple or trifid ; stout, at the very base compressed, in the upper part cylindrical, but tapered. Leaflets linear-oblong. Le- gumes flattish, rather crooked, many-seeded, and more than ten times as long as broad. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.479.) A tree of from 50 ft. to 80 ft. high, a native of Carolina and Virginia. Introduced in 1700; flowering in June and July. # G. t. 2 inérmis Dec., G. levis Hort., (Dec. Lég. Mém., 2. t. 22. fig. 109.; Cates. Carol., 1. t. 43.; Pluk. Alm., t. 123. fig. 3.; and the plates of this variety in our Second Volume) has the stem and branches not spiny, or but very sparingly so. ; Description. The three-thorned gleditschia, or honey locust, in favourable situations in its native country, attains the height of 70 ft. or 80ft., with a trunk 3 ft. or 4 ft. in diameter ; and clear of branches to the height of 30 ft. or 40 ft, In Britain, there are specimens of about 70 ft. in height. The bark of the trunk and branches is of a grey colour; and of the shoots and spines, when young, of a purplish brown. When the tree attains some age, the bark of the trunk detaches itself laterally, in plates of 3 in, or 4in, in width, and 2 or 3 lines in thickness. The trunk and branches, when the tree is young, are covered with large prickles, which, though they are not ligneous, become hard, and remain on for several years, and offer a formidable de- fence. These prickles are not only produced by the young wood, but occa- sionally protrude themselves from the trunk, even when the tree is of con- siderable bulk and age. In general, the trunk presents a twisted appearance, and the branches proceed from it rather horizontally than in an upright direction. The pinnated foliage is particularly elegant, and of an agreeable es CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEH. GLEDI’TSCH/A. 651 light shining green : it appears late in spring, the trees in the neighbourhood of London sometimes not being fully clothed till the middle or end of June; and it begins to turn yellow, and drop off, early in autumn. The flowers are inconspicuous; the male flowers being in the form of catkin-like racemes of nearly the same colour as the leaves. As far as we have observed, most of the plants in the neighbourhood of London produce only male flowers; and we have not heard of any plant of this species having produced seeds in England, except those mentioned by Miller, which, however, did not ripen; though we have seen trees at Alfort, near Paris, bearing their long crooked legumes, and retaining them even after the leaves had dropped. « These crooked pendulous pods are from 12 in. to 18 in. long, and of a reddish brown colour ; they contain hard, smooth, brown seeds, enveloped in a pulpy sub- stance, which, for about a month after the maturity of the seeds, is very sweet, but which, after a few weeks, becomes extremely sour. The rate of growth of this tree, for the first 15 cr 20 years, is generally about the average of a foot a year; but in favourable situations it will grow at double that rate. In the garden of the London Horticultural Society, and in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges, plants 10 years planted were, in 1835, from 20 ft. to 25 ft. in height. Geography. The sweet locust does not appear to have a very extensive range in the United States. It seems to belong more particularly to the country west of the Alleghanies ; and it is scarcely found in any part of the Atlantic states, unless it be in Limestone Valley, where the soil is generally rich, and the situation not exposed. In the fertile bottoms which are watered by the rivers that empty themselves into the Mississippi, in the Illinois, and still more in the southern parts of Kentucky and Tennessee, it is abundant in fertile soils. It is generally found growing with Jiglans nigra and Carya squamdsa, U’Imus rubra, Fraxinus quadrangulata, Robinia Psetd-Acacia, Negindo fraxinifolium, and Gymnécladus canadénsis. It is never found but in good soil; and its presence, Michaux observes, is an infallible sign of the greatest degree of fertility. History. he tree was first cultivated in England, by Bishop Compton, in 1700; and Miller informs us, that it produced pods in the Palace Garden at Fulham, in the year 1728, that came to their full size; but the seeds did not ripen. In Martyn’s Miller, only one species is described, G. triacAnthos ; G. monospérma and G. hérrida being made varieties of it, and G. polyspérma the normal form of the species. G. triacanthos was known in France in the time of Du Hamel, who recommends it as an ornamental tree, but liable to have its branches broken by the wind, more especially when the tree becomes forked at the summit, and two branches of equal size spread out on each side. In England,it was never recommended to be planted with any other view than as an ornamental tree, till Cobbett became a nurseryman, and suggested its use as a hedge plant. We do not know whether it has ever been tried for this purpose in England ; but Manetti informs us (Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 643.) that it was used for hedges in Lombardy, but, like the robinia, when tried for the same purpose, it was soon given up. (See p. 620.) Properties and Uses. The wood of this tree, when dry, weighs at the rate of 52 lb, the cubic foot: it is very hard, and splits with great facility, resem- bling in this and other respects the wood of the robinia; but its grain is coarser, and its pores more open, The tree is most abundant in Kentucky; and there only the wood is employed for any useful purpose, though even there it is but little esteemed. It is used neither by the builder, nor the wheelwright, but is sometimes employed by farmers for fences, when they cannot procure any more durable kind of wood. Michaux says that the only useful purpose for which he thinks the tree is fit, is for making hedges; but, as we have already seen, it has not succeeded as a hedge plant in Europe, A sugar has been extracted from the pulp of the pods, and a beer made by fermenting it while fresh; but this practice is by no means general, even in America, and is quite unsuitable for Europe. In Britain, this species, and all 652 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. the others of the genus, can only be considered as ornamental trees; but in that character they hold the first rank ; their delicate acacia-like foliage, and the singularly varied, graceful, and picturesque forms assumed by the tree, more especially when young or middle-aged, together with the singular fea- ture afforded by its spines, will always recommend it in ornamental plant- ations. Soil and Situation, Propagation, &c. Yt requires a deep, rich, free soil, and a situation not exposed to high winds; the climate ought, also, to be some- what favourable, otherwise the wood will not ripen; and it requires the climate of the south of England, or the summers of France, to ripen the seeds, The species is always propagated by seeds imported from America, or from the south of France, or Italy; for, though seed pods are seldom seen hanging from the trees in the neighbourhood of London, or even in the south of England, they are produced abundantly in various parts of France, even in the neighbourhood of Paris; and seeds are ripened in fine seasons in Austria, Cobbett directs the seeds to be prepared for sowing by soaking them for 12 hours, as directed for those of the robinia. (See p.624.) The seeds, he says, when soaked and sown in March, will come up ina fortnight. They are best transplanted to where they are finally to remain when quite young; as they make but few fibrous roots, and these take, for the most part, a descending direction. The variety G. t. inérmis can only be insured by grafting on the species. In general, however, abundance of plants without spines may be selected from beds of seedlings of G. triacanthos. Statistics. Gledttschia triacdnthos in the Environs of London. At Syon there is a tree 57 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3 ft., and of the head 63 ft. ; see the plate of this tree in Vol. II. In the garden of J. Nichols, Esq., (the Chancellor’s, Queen Street,) Hammersmith, there is a tree of this species 47 ft. high, with a trunk 14in. in diameter, At Purser’s Cross, it is 40 ft. high; at Ham House, 30 ft, high. At Kenwood, 38 years planted, it is 44 ft. high; in the Mile End Nursery, 38 ft. high. Gleditschia triacdnthos South of London, In Dorsetshire, at Melbury Park, 25 years planted, and 25 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 10in. In Surrey, at Lady Tankerville’s, at Walton on Thames, 60 years planted, and 65ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 60 ft. Gleditschia triacdnthos North of London. In Monmouthshire, at Tredegar House, 50 years planted, and 40ft. high. In Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 40 years planted, and 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 11 in., and of the head 20 ft. In Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 15 years planted, and 25 ft. high. In Warwickshire, at Whitley Abbey, 5 years planted, and 12ft. high. In Wor- cestershire, at Croome, 30 years planted, and 40 ft. high, In Yorkshire, at Grimstone, 52 ft. high, At Knedlington, 10 years from the seed, 13 ft. high, Gleditschia triacdnthos in Scotland. In Berwickshire, at the Hirsel, 6 years planted, and 8 ft. high. In Haddingtonshire, at Tyningham, 16 years planted, and 34ft. high. In Ross-shire, at Brahan Castle, 20 ft. high, In Renfrewshire, in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, the tree is planted against a wall, but is generally killed down to the ground every year. In Sutherlandshire, at Dunrobin Castle, 16 years planted, 102 ft. high. Gledttschia triacdnthos in Ireland. At Cypress Grove, 15 years planted, and 20 ft. high. At Terenure, 15 years planted, and 10 ft. high. In Cullenswood Nursery, 20 years planted, and 30 ft. high, In Down, at Moira, near Belfast, 55 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 3 in., and of the head 36 ft. Gleditschia triacdnthos in Foreign Countries. In France, at Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, 100 years planted, and 80 ft. high, and the diameter of the trunk 2 ft. ; in the Botanic Garden at Toulon, 50 years planted, and 70 ft. high; at Colombier, near Metz, 70 years planted, and 55 ft. high, with a clear trunk of 30 ft. ; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerrieres, 40 years planted, and 50 ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 46 years planted, and 40ft. high. In Austria, near Vienna, at Laxen- burg, 40 years planted, and 25ft. high; at Briick on the Leytha, 45 years planted, and 47 ft. high. In Prussia, at Sans Souci, 45 years planted, and 50 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Bo- tanic Garden, 24 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Cassel, at Wilhelmshoe, 12 years planted, and 8 ft. high. In Denmark, at Droningaard, 40 years planted, and 16ft. high. In Sweden, at Lund, 12ft. high. In Russia, in the Crimea, the tree ripened seeds in 1827, and again in 1828 and 1829, from which young plants have been raised. (Mém. de la Soc. Econ. Rar. de la Russ. Mérid., 1. p. 40.) In Italy, in Lombardy, at Monza, 29 years planted, and 30 ft. high, Gledttschia triacdnthos inérmis. In England, in the environs of London, at Syon, 72 ft. high, di- ameter of the trunk 2 ft. 4 in., and of the head 71 ft.: see the plate of this noble tree in our Second Volume. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, 8 years planted, and 17 ft. high. In Warwickshire, at Whitley Abbey, 6 years planted, and i4 ft. high. In France, at Martefontaine, 46 ft. high; and in the Toulon Botanic Garden, 36 years planted, and 50 ft. high. In Saxony, at Wérlitz, 35 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Austria, at Laxenburg, near Vienna, 16 years planted, and 20 ft. high ; at Brick on the Leytha, 40 years planted, and 45 ft. high. In Hanover, in the Botanic Garden at Géttingen, 25 years planted, and 30 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. One year’s seedling plants of the species, in the London nurseries, are 10s. per1000; trees 6 ft. high, from 2s. to 2s. 6d. each ; and seeds are 4s. per packet; and plants of G, t. inérmis are 2s. 6d. each. At Bollwyller, plants of the species are 1 franc each; and of G. t. inérmis, 1 franc 50 cents. At New York, plants of the species are from 25 cents to 50 cents each, and of the variety, G. t. inérmis, 50 cents; and seeds of the species are 1 dollar per lb, CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEH. GLEDI’TSCHI4Z. 653 ¥ 2. G. (v.) monospe’rma Walt, The one-seeded Gleditschia, or Water Locust. Identification. Walt. Car., 254.; Dec. Prod., 2. p 479.5 Don’s Mill., 2. p. 428. cinco ig G. carolinénsis Lam. Dict., 2. p. 464. ; G. aquatica Marsh. ; G. triacantha Gert. Fruct., 2. p. 14 9. Engravings. Mill. Icon., 5. ; and our fig. 364. ; in which the male flower, the pod, and the seed, are of the natural size. Spec. Char., &c, Spines slender, not rarely trifid, few. Leaflets ovate-oblong, acute. Legumes flattish, roundish, 1-seeded. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 479.) A deciduous tree of the largest size, a native of moist woods of Carolina, Florida, and the Illinois. Introduced in 1723, and flowering in June July. Description, This tree, according to Michaux, is very distinct from G, triacanthos in the form of its fruits; which, instead of being long siliques, are flat round pods, con- taining only a single seed in each, In other respects, it closely resem- bles the honey locust, from which, in England, where neither of them ripens seeds, we consider it almost impossible to distinguish it. It grows to the height of 60 ft. or 80 ft.; and the bark, though smooth when the tree is young, yet cracks and scales off when the tree grows old, as in G. triacanthos. Theleaves, Michaux : says, differ from those of G. triacanthos, in being a little smaller in all their proportions. The branches are armed with thorns, which are also less numerous, and somewhat smaller than those of G, triac4nthos. - Geography, History, §c, G,. monospérma is found but sparingly in North America. Whole days may be passed in going through a country abounding with the common species, without seeing a single plant of G. monospérma. It is found in the south of Carolina, in Georgia, and in East Flerida; and always in rich moist soil; or in swamps which border rivers, and are occa- sionally overflowed by them. In such soils, it is found growing among Taxodium distichum, Nyssa grandidentata, A\cer riibrum, Quércus lyrata, Planera crenata, Juglans cinerea, and other species requiring deep, rich, moist soil. The tree was introduced into England in 1723, by Mark Catesby, and treated in all respects like G. triacinthos; of which it has, till lately, been considered only a variety. It is raised in the nurseries from imported seed ; but whether the plants really turn out perfectly distinct, with respect to the form of their fruit, is uncertain; from their not having yet, as far as we know, fruited in England. We think it probable that the peculiarity of the fruit will be reproduced from seed in most cases; and we should not be more surprised at its doing so, than at particular varieties of pears and apples coming true from seed. It does not appear to have produced seeds in France, where it is not much cultivated, as it is thought to be more liable to injury from frost than G. triacanthos. Statistics. The largest tree in the neighbourhood of London bearing this name is at Syon, where it is 80 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2ft., and of the head 40 ft. ; and at Gunnersbury Park there is a tree 60 ft. high. In France, near Paris, at Scéaux, 50 ft. high. In Austria, at Vienna, in the Bo- tanic Garden, 22 years planted, and 36 ft. high ; at Laxenburg, 16 years planted, and 20ft. high. In Hanover, in the Botanic Garden at Gottingen, 25 years planted, and 30 ft. high. Price of pods, in the London nurseries, 2s. a quart, and of plants from 2s. to 2s. 6d. each ; at New York, plants are 50 cents each. * 3. G. (T.) Bracuyca’RPA Pursh. The short-fruited Gleditschia. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept,, 1. p. 221. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.479.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 428. Synonymes. G, triacanthos 8 Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 257. Spec. Char., &c. Spines thick, short, not rarely three together. Leaflets oblong, obtuse. Legumes oblong, short. A native of the Alleghany Mountains, and of Virginia, (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 479.) This sort, we are inclined to agree with Michaux in thinking only a variety of G, triacanthos, 654 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. % 4, G, sinz'nsis Lam. The Chinese Gleditschia. Identification. Lam. Dict., 2. p. 465.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 479. ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 428, Synonymes. G. hérrida Willd. Sp., 4. p. 1098. ; Fevier de la Chine, Fr. Engravings. Dec. Légum. Mém., 1. t. 1.; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Spines stout, conical; those on the branches simple or branched; those on the stem grouped and branched. The leaflets ovate- elliptical, obtuse. Legumes compressed, long. A native of China. The spines in this species are axillary, not distant from the axil. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 479.) A deciduous tree, very distinct, according to Desfontaines, from the American species. The spines, which are very strong and branchy, are more abundant on the trunk than on the branches, and are frequently found in bundles. The leaves are bipinnate, and the leaflets are elliptic obtuse, notched on the edges, smooth, shining, and much larger than those of any other species. (Desf. Arb., ii. p. 248.) The pods are rarely above Gin. long. The tree stands the cold better than the honey locust, and has ripened its fruit in Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, and in the nursery of M. Cels. (Dict. des Eaux et des Foréts, vol. ii. p. 150.) The rate of growth, judging from young trees in the garden of the London Horti- cultural Society, and in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges, is nearly the same as that of G. triacanthos. A full-grown tree of this species in the grounds at Syon, under the name of G. horrida, 54 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3ft., and of the head 54 ft., is figured in our Second Volume. It is of less height, and with a more spreading head, than the American spe- cies in the same pleasure-grounds. It was introduced in 1774, and is generally propagated, in the British nurseries, by grafting on the common species. Varieties. ¥ G. s.2inérmis N. Du Ham., G. japdénica Lodd. Cat., G. javanica Lam., (see the plate of this tree in our Second Volume,) only differs from G. sinénsis in being without spines, and being a less vigorous- growing tree. It seems a very desirable variety for small gardens. . * G.s.3 major Hort., G. hérrida major Lodd, Cat., seems scarcely to differ from the species. * G.s. 4 nana Hort., G. h. nana in Hort. Soc. Gard., (see the plate of this tree in our Second Volume,) is a tree of somewhat lower growth than the species, but scarcely, as it appears to us, worth keeping distinct. * G.s.5 purpurea Hort., G. h. purpirea Lodd. Cat., (see our plate in Vol. II.,) is a small tree of compact upright growth, very suitable for gardens of limited extent. 7 Other Varieties of G. sinénsis. In Loddiges’s arboretum there is a plant marked G. chinénsis (Potts), which was imported from China by the London Horticultural Society. It is, at present, a low bush, and may, perhaps, prove something distinct. There were also, in 1835, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, some plants without names, apparently belonging to this species ; but, as we have already observed, the genus is in great confusion, and nothing perfectly satisfactory can be stated respecting it. Statistics. The largest tree of this species in the neighbourhood of London is that at Syon, 54 ft. high, before noticed; in the Mile End Nursery is one 47 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 8in., and of the head 46 ft.; in Dorsetshire, at Melbury Park, is one 26 years planted, and 25 ft. high; in Sussex, at West Dean, 14 years planted, and 42 ft high; in Wiltshire, at Longford Castle, 25 years planted, and 95 ft. high ; in Berkshire, at White Knights, 24 years planted, and 20 ft. high; in Suffolk, at Amp- ton Hall, 15 years planted, and 22ft. high, In Scotland, in Lawson’s Nursery, at Edinburgh, 10 years planted, and 12 ft. high ; in the Perth Nursery, 25 years planted, and 72 ft. high. In Ireland, in the Glasnevin Botanic Garden at Dublin, 20 years planted, and 12ft. high. In France, in Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, 40 ft. high; at Nerriéres, in the grounds of M. Vilmorin, 20 years planted, and 20ft. high; in the Botanic Garden at Toulon, 50 years planted, and 36ft high. In Saxony, at Warlitz, 36 years planted, and 30ft. high; in Austria, at Vienna, in Rosenthal’s Nursery, 17 years planted, and 20ft. high, In Prussia, at Sans Souci, 10 years planted, and 16ft. high. In Hanover, in the Botanic Garden at Gottingen, 25 years planted, and 30 ft. high. ¥ 5. G. (s.) macraca’nTHA Desf. The long-spined Gleditschia. Identification. Desf. Arb., 2. p.246.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 428. Synonymes. G. ferox Baudr.; Févier a grosses E’pines, Fr. Engraving. The plate of this species in our Second Volume, — CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CE®. GLEDI’TSCHIA. 655 Spec. Char., §&c. Prickles strong, branchy, numerous. Leaflets lanceolate, somewhat rigid, notched, dentated. Pods elongated. (Desf. Ard., ii. p. 246.) A deciduous tree witha prickly trunk; the prickles axillary, large ; and the leaflets also large. It is said by Baudrillart to be a native of China (Dict. des Eaux et des Foréts, vol.ii. p.150.); but when it was introduced is uncertain. The leaves are twice winged; the leaflets coriaceous, dark green, and shining on the upper surface. The young shoots are covered with extremely short hairs, and are of a purplish brown colour. On the whole, it bears a close resemblance to G, sinénsis, of which it is, probably, only a variety. It is very hardy ; and Desfontaines says that it fruits freely in France. The fruit ripens in the autumn ; and the pods are long, pendu- lous, swelled, and rather cylindrical. They are filled with a sharp acrid pulp, somewhat resembling that of tamarinds, but the emanations from which, when inhaled, occasion sneezing. Statistics. The largest tree in the neighbourhood of London is that at Syon, figured in our Second Volume: it is 57 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3ft., and of the head 63 ft. In Essex, at Audley End, is a tree, 60 years planted, which is 30 ft. high ; andin Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, one 7 years planted is 18 ft. high. In Ireland, at Terenure, is a tree 15 years planted, and 12 ft. high. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 3s. 6d. each; and at New York, 1 dollar. ¥ 6. G. (s.) FE‘Rox Desf. The ferocious-prickled Gleditschia. Identification. Desf. Arb., 2. p. 247.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 428. Synonymes, G. orientalis Bosc; Févier hérissé, Fr. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles large, robust, much compressed, trifid. Leaflets lanceolate, notched. (Desf. Arb., ii. p. 247.) A tree, the trunk of which is thickly beset with strong branchy prickles, and which is supposed to grow from 30 ft. to 50 ft. in height; but of which the native country, and year of introduction into Britain, are unknown. Judging from the plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and those in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, we should say it was only a variety of G. sinénsis; though Des- fontaines states the foliage and habit of growth to be somewhat different. It has not yet flowered in Europe. Plants, in the London nurseries, cost 2s. 6d. each, * 7. G. ca’spica Desf. The Caspian Gleditschia. Identification. Desf. Arb., 2. p. 247.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 428, Synonyme, G. caspiana Bosc. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles slender, trifid, compressed. Leaflets elliptic-lanceo- late, obtuse. (Desf. Ard.,ii. p. 247.) A native of Persia, and found also near the Caspian Sea. Nothing is known of its flowers and fruit ; but it strongly resembles G, sinénsis (of which it is, probably, only a variety) in its leaves, general appearance, and habit. It was introduced into England in 1822; and there are plants of it in Loddiges’s arboretum between 20 ft. and 30 ft. high. It is propagated by grafting on the common species; and plants, in the London nurseries, are from Is. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each. Variety. ¥ G. c. 2 subviréscens Hort., Févier verdatre, Fr., is mentioned in the Bon Jardinier for 1836, as a variety of this species. App. i. Other Sorts of Gleditschia. Every modification of the species of this genus is so interesting, both in point of the elegance of its foliage, and the singularity of its prickles; that new varieties have been eagerly sought after by cul- tivators ; and the genus seems particularly favourable to this desire, from the tendency of seedling plants to sport. Hence there are several names in collections, of which it is difficult to say anything Satisfactory in the present young and immature state of the plants. In the Horticultural Society’s Garden are G. micracdntha, G. Bdqui, and G. pre‘cox; and in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum are plants marked G. aquatica, which are evidently the same as G. monospérma, G. orientalis, evidentiy G. férox, G. chinénsis (already mentioned); and some young plants without names. Though, from a careful examination of all the trees of this genus in the neighbourhood of London, last summer, we are of opinion that there cannot be more than two distinct species in British nur_ series, yet we strongly approve of keeping all the varieties distinct ; because, in point of ornament and effect in scenery, they are altogether as valuable as species. What two species, for example, can be more distinct than G, triacanthos and G. t. inérmis, both in their winter and in their summer state, as may be seen by the plates in our Second Volume? G. indica Pers. is a Bengal species, not yet introduced, and probably tender, ae 656 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, Genus XXI. GYMNO’CLADUS Lam. Tue Gymnociapus. Lin. Syst. Dicecia Decandria. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 733. ; Ill. t. 823.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 479. Derivation. From gumnos, naked, and klados, abranch ; from the naked appearance of the branches during winter, when they seem, unless perhaps at the points of the shoots, totally devoid of buds. Description, There is only one species, a deciduous tree, with upright branches, and inconspicuous buds. 1. G.canape’nsts Lam. The Canada Gymnocladus, or Kentucky Coffee Tree. Identification Lam. Dict., 1. p.733., and IIL, t. 823. ; Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 241. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 480. ; Don’s Mill., 2, p. 429. Synonymes. Guilandina dioica Lin. Sp., 546.; Hyperanthéra dioica Vahl Symb., 1. p. 31., Duh. Arb., 1. t.103.; Nicker Tree, Stump Tree, United States ; Bonduc, Chiquier, Fr.; Chicot, Ca- nadian ; Canadischer Schusserbaum, Ger. Engravings. Reich. Mag., t.40., Duh, Arb., t. 103.; and our plates of this tree in Vol. IJ. Spec. Char., §c. A deciduous tree, with branches blunt at the tip, bipinnate leaves, flowers in racemes, and whitish petals. The leaf has 4—7 pinne ; the lower of which consist each of but a single leaflet, the rest each of 6—8 pairs of leaflets. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 480.) A native of Canada, introduced in 1748; growing, in England, to the height of 30 ft. or 40 ft.; and flowering in August. Description. In its native country, this tree grows to the height of 50 ft. or 60 ft., with a trunk from 12in.to 15in. in diameter. The branches have almost always an upright direction; and the appearance of the head, in the winter season, is remarkable, from being fastigiate, and from the points of the branches being few, and thick and blunt, as compared with those of almost every other tree. They are also wholly without the appearance of buds; and this latter circumstance, connected with the former, gives the tree, during winter, the appearance of being dead ; and hence the Canadian name of chicot, or stump tree. The bark of the trunk is extremely rough, and detaches itself, after a certain age, in small, hard, transverse slips, rolled backwards at the end, and projecting sufficiently to distinguish the tree from every other, even at a distance. When the tree is clothed with leaves, the head forms a dense mass, roundish or oval. The leaves, on young thriving trees, are 3 ft. long, and 20in. wide; but, on trees nearly full grown, they are not half that size. The leaflets are of a dull bluish green, and the branches of the petioles are somewhat of a violet colour. The flowers are white, in spikes of 2 in. or more in length: they appear from May to July, and are succeeded by large cimeter- shaped pods, 5in. or more in length, and about 2in. or more in breadth. The roots of the tree are few, thick, and directed downwards, as the branches are upwards, rather than horizontally. Geography. |The gymnocladus grows in Upper Canada, beyond Montreal, and on the borders of Lakes Ontario and Erie; but it is only sparingly found in these places, which are its northern limits. It is abundant in Kentucky and Tennessee, in the tracts which border the Ohio and Illinois rivers, between lat. 35° and 40° Nn. It is there found along with Jiglans nigra, U’Imus rtbra, Liriodéndron Tulipifera, /raxinus quadrangulata, Gleditschia triacanthos, and more especially with Céltis occidentalis. It is never found but on the very richest soils. : History. This tree was introduced into England in 1748, and was culti- vated by Archibald Duke of Argyll, at Whitten, where it is believed the original tree still exists. Being very hardy, and remarkable for the beauty of its foliage during summer, it has found its way into most collections in England, and is also cultivated in France and the south of Germany. ee ee ee CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CE. GYMNO’CLADUS. 657 Properties and Uses. The wood is very hard and compact; it is also strong and tough, and of a fine rose colour. In America, it is used both in cabinet-making and carpentry, and, like the wood of the robinia, it has the remarkable property of rapidly converting its sap-wood into heart-wood; so that a trunk 6 in. in diameter has not more than six lines of sap-wood, and may, consequently, be almost entirely employed for useful purposes. The seeds were, at one time, roasted and ground as a substitute for coffee in Kentucky and Tennessee; but their use in this way has been long since dis- continued. The pods, preserved like those of the tamarind (to which this genus is nearly allied), are said to be wholesome, and slightly aperient. The live bark is extremely bitter; so that a morsel, no bigger than a grain of maize, chewed for some time, causes a violent irritation in the throat. In Britain, the only use of the tree is for ornamental purposes ; and, considered as an object of curiosity and beauty, no collection ought to be without it. Soil, Situation, Propagation, §c. A rich, deep, free soil is essential to the thriving of this tree; and such a soil is never met with naturally in exposed situations. The tree is generally propagated by imported seeds; but it will grow freely from cuttings of the roots, care being taken in planting to keep that end upwards which is naturally so. Statistics. Gymnécladus canadénsis in England. In the environs of London, at Whitton, 87 years planted, and 60 ft. high ; at Syon, 54 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 18 in. and of the head 39 ft. (see our plate of this tree in Vol. II.) ; in the Mile End Nursery, 35 ft. ; at Kenwood, 25 years planted, and 20 ft. high.— South of London. In Kent, at Cobham Hall, 25 years planted, and 20ft. high, In Surrey, at St. Anne’s Hill, 30 years planted, and 45 ft. high; at Claremont, 45 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 18in., and of the head 35 ft.; at Walton, 42 years planted, and 50 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the head 33 ft. ; at Farnham Castle, 45 years planted, and 25ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 12in., in’ poor soil on chalk.—North of London. In Cheshire, at Kinmel Park, 5 years planted, and 5 ft. high. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, 7 years planted, and 12ft. high. In Oxford- shire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 40 years planted, and 35 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 2in., and of the head 15 ft. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 40 years planted, and 60 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the head 30 ft. : Gymnécladus canadénsis in Scotland. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, 15 ft. high; in Law- son’s Nursery, 10 years planted, and 6ft. high; in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, 12 years planted, and 13 ft. high ; in the Perth Nursery, 12 ft. high. Gymnicladus canadénsis in Ireland. In the Glasnevin Botanic Garden, 25 years planted, and 24 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 6 in., and of the head 7 ft. ; at Terenure, 20 years planted, and 15 ft. high ; in the Cullenswood Nursery, 10 years planted, and 15 ft. high. Gymndcladus canadénsis in Foreign Countries. In France, at Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, 60 years planted, and 55 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 20 in., and of the head 40 ft. ; at Scéaux, 18 years planted, and 30 ft high; in the Botanic Garden at Toulon, 20 years planted, and 25 ft. high; in the Botanic Garden at Metz, 32 years planted, and 40 ft. high; at Colombier, near Metz, 60 years planted, and 65ft. high. In Austria, at Vienna, 13 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Prussia, at Berlin, at Sans Souci, 30 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; in the Pfauen Insel, 8 years planted, and 22 ft. high. In Hanover, in the Botanic Garden at Géttingen, 25 years planted, and 30 ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, 29 years planted, and 40 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Plants in the London nurseries are 2s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents; and at New York, 50 cents. Genus XXII. CE’RCIS L. Tue Jupas Tree. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 510.; Lam. UL, t. 328.; Gert. Fruct., t.144.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 518. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 463. Synonymes. Siliquastrum Tourn. Inst., t.414.; Moench Meth. ; Gainier Fr.; Judasbaum, Ger. Derivation. From kerkis,a shuttlecock, the name given by Theophrastus to this tree. Description, §c. Leaves simple, heart-shaped at the base, many-nerved, entire, protruded after the flowers ; these borne in groups, each on a pedicel proceeding directly from the trunk or branches. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 518.) Deciduous trees of the third rank, or shrubs, natives of Europe, or North America. ¥ 1. C. Smiqua’strumM L. The common Judas Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 534. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 518.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 463. Synonymes. Siliquastrum orbiculatum Maench Meth. ; Love Tree ; Gainier commun, Arbre de Judée, Fr.; Arbol @ Amor, Span. ; Judasbaum, Ger. pag ee N. Du Ham., t.7.; Bot. Mag., t. 1138. ; Mill. Icon., 253. ; and the plates of this species in Vol. II, Yor. 2 658 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves very obtuse, and wholly glabrous. A native of the south of Europe, in sunny places, and on the banks of rivers. Flowers of a deep rose colour; in a variation, white. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 518.) A deciduous tree, a native of the south of Europe, introduced in 1596. Height from 20 ft. to 30 ft. Varieties. & C. S. 2 parviflorum Dec.—A shrub ; its branches spotted with white ; its flowers smaller by half than those of the species. A native of Bokhara. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 518.) * C. S. 3 flore albido.—Flowers whitish. There is a plant of this in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden. ¥C. S.4rdsea.— A seedling, raised from foreign seeds, which has flowered in the Botanic Garden at Kew; has numerous flowers, which are brighter, anda shade darker, than those of the species; and they also appear about a fortnight later ; but it is, perhaps, hardly worth noticing as a variety. Description, §c. The common Judas tree, in the south of Europe, forms a handsome low tree, with a flat spreading head, in the form of a parasol; and it is a singularly beautiful object in spring, especially when it is covered with its numerous bright purplish pink flowers, which appear before the leaves, in May, and are produced not only from the young wood, but from wood of 6 or 8 years’ growth, and even from the trunk, The leaves are round and heart-shaped, and are not liable to be attacked by insects. The flowers are succeeded by flat, thin, brown pods, nearly 6 inches in lengthy which remain on the tree all the year, and give it a very singular appearance in the winter season. In moist seasons, the tree often flowers a second time in the autumn. In the neighbourhood of London, the tree generally flowers freely ; but the pods are not produced in abundance, unless the tree is planted against a wall; and only sparingly, and in the finest seasons, on standard trees. The rate of growth is about 18 in. a year, for the first ten years. Geography and History. The Judas tree is found in a wild state in the south of France, in Spain, in Italy, about Rome; in Greece, in Japan, in Asiatic Turkey, and more especially in Judea. _It was cultivated by Gerard in 1596, who has given a good figure of it, and says, “ The Frenchmen call it guainier, as though they should say, vaginula, or a little sheath: most of the Spaniards name it algorovo loco ; that is, Siliqua sylvestris fatui (wild or fool- ish pod) ; others, arbol d’ amor, for the braveness’ sake. It may be called, in English, Judas tree ; for it is thought to be that on which Judas hanged him- self, and not upon the elder tree, as it is vulgarly said.” (Johns. Ger., 1428.) From the tree being easily propagated by seeds, which are received in abun- dance from the Continent, it has become very general in English gardens ; in the neighbourhood of London as a standard, and, to the north, planted against a wall. The French plant it against walls, and also cover arbours with it; and, formerly, it used to be clipped into balls, and other geometrical figures, in British gardens. Properties and Uses. The wood is very hard, and agreeably veined, or rather blotched or waved, with black, green, and yellow spots, on a grey ground. It takes a beautiful polish, and weighs nearly 48 lb. to the cubic foot. The flowers, which have an agreeable acid taste, are mixed with salads, or fried with batter, as fritters ; and the flower buds are pickled in vinegar. In British gardens, the tree is planted as one of ornament; and, as it grows about the same height, and flowers about the same time, as the laburnum, the Guelder rose, and the hawthorn, it enters into beautiful combination with these and other trees. The foliage is hardly less beautiful and re- markable than the flowers; the leaves being of a pale bluish green on the upper surface, and of a sea-green underneath, and of a cordate uniform shape, apparently consisting of two leaflets joined together ; which cir- cumstance, combined with others, brings the genus in close alliance with that of Bauhinia. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CER. CERCIS. 659 Soil, Situation, §c. Like most of the Leguminacez, this tree prefers a deep, free, sandy soil, rich rather than poor; and it will only thrive, and become a handsome tree, in sheltered situations. In the northern parts of the island, it requires to be planted against a wall; and few ornamental trees better deserve such a situation. The species is propagated by seeds, and the varieties by grafting. The seeds are sown on heat early in spring, and come up the same season ; and the plants will produce flowers in three or four years. Statistics. Cércts Siliqudstrum in the Environs of London. At Syon, 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 14in., and of the head 39 ft.; at Fulham Palace, 90 years planted, and 25ft. high, the di- ameter of the trunk 17 in., and of the head 25ft.; at Purser’s Cross, in the Mile End Nursery, and in the grounds of an adjoining villa, from 20 ft. to 30 ft. high; at Kenwood, 38 years planted, and ie ft. high; in the Brompton Nursery, a handsome tree, 21 ft. high ; in the arboretum at Kew, 25 ft. igh. Gércis Siliqudstrum South of London. In Hampshire, at Leigh Park, 7 years planted, and 10 ft. high. In Wiltshire, at Longford Castle, 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 12 in. and of the head 20 ft. Cércis Siliqudstrum North of London. In Bedfordshire, at Ampthill, 20 years planted, and 15 ft. high. In Berkshire, at White Knights, 25 years planted, and 20ft. high. In Oxfordshire, in the Botanic Garden at Oxford, 16 years planted, and 18ft. high. In Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 10 years planted, and 12 ft. high. In Warwickshire, at Whitley Abbey, 18 years planted, and 13 ft. high. In pectneershite, at Croome, 40 years planted, and 30 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the ead 18 ft. Cércis Siliqgudstrum in Scotland. The tree is generally planted against a wall, and will cover about the same’space as a peach tree in 10 or 12 years. There is a fine specimen in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. In Berwickshire, at the Hirsel, a standard tree, 7 years planted, is 63 ft. high. In Aber- deenshire, at Thainston, the tree makes shoots upwards of 2 ft. long every year ; but they are generally ait pg back to the stump every winter; at Gordon Castle, 8 years planted, it is 9ft. high against a wall. Cércis Siliquastrum in Ireland. At Dublin, in the Glasnevin Botanic Garden, 25 years planted, it is 14ft. high; at Terenure, 10 years planted, it is 10ft. high; at Cullenswood Nursery, 30 years planted, it is 30 ft. high. At Castleton, it is 15 ft. high. In Connaught, at Coole, 10 ft. high. In Sligo, at Makree Castle, it is 12 ft. high, against a wall; the branches extending over a space 45 ft. in width. Cércis Siliqudstrum in Foreign Countries. In France, at Paris,in the Jardin des Plantes, 60 years planted, it is 40 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk is 29in., and of the head 45 ft. ; at Scéaux, 20 years planted, it is 40 ft. high; in the Botanic Garden at Toulon, 50 years planted, it is 35 ft. high ; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerriéres, 50 years planted, it is 30 ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 25 years planted, and 10 ft. high ; the tree requiring protection during winter. In Austria, at Vienna, in the University Botanic Garden, 9 years planted, and 16ft. high. In Prussia, at Berlin, in the Pfauen Insel, 9 years planted, and 6 ft. high. In Hanover, in the Botanic Garden at Gittingen, 20 years planted, and 12ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, 40 years planted, and 26 ft. high, Commercial Statistics. Price of plants, in London, from Is. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each; and seeds ls. 6d. an ounce: at Bollwyller, 1 franc, and the white- flowered variety 2 francs: at New York, the species is 374 cents. ¥ 2. C. cANADE’NSIS L. The Canada Judas Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 534.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 518.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 463. Synonymes. Siliquastrum cordatum Mench Meth. ; red Bird Tree, Amerv.; Gainier de Canada, Bou- ton rouge, Fr. Engraving. Mill. Icon., t. 2.; and our plate in Vol. II. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves acuminate, villose beneath at the axils of the veins As compared with C. Siliquastrum, its flowers are of a paler rose colour the legume is on a longer pedicel, and tipped with a longer style. A native of North America, on the margins of rivers, from Canada to Vir- ginia. (Dec. Prod., ii, p. 518.) Varieties. ¥ C. c. 2 pubéscens Ph_—Leaves pubescent on the under surface. (Dec.) ¥ C. c. 3, Foreman’s new variety, is mentioned in Prince’s Catalogue, published in New York, in 1829. Description, $c. This tree bears a general resemblance to the preceding species ; but it is more slender and smaller in all its parts; and it seldom rises higher than 20 ft. It is at once distinguished from C. Siliquastrum by its leaves being heart-shaped and pointed; they are also much thinner, more veined, and of a lighter green; and the flowers are generally produced in smaller numbers than in the other species. It is a native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, along the banks of rivers; and the flowers are there used by the French Canadians in salads and pickles, and the young branches to dye wool of a nankeen colour. The wood resembles that of the other species. The tree was introduced into England in 1730; but it has never been much cultivated ; though, in France and Germany, it is considered to be 4 660 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II}. more hardy than the European species. In Britain, it is propagated by im- ported seeds, and is considered more tender than C. Siliquastrum ; but it would probably be rendered more hardy by being grafted on that species. + Statistics. \n the environs of London, it is seldom found higher than 10 ft. or 12 ft. 3 and then it has more the character of a bush than of a tree; but on the Continent there are some good speci- mens. In France, at Paris, in the Jardin des Plantes, 55 years planted, it is 36 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk, 10in., and of the head 90 ft. ; in the Rue Grenelle, in Paris, in the garden of the house No. 122., as we are informed by Mr. Blaikie, there is a tree 40 ft. high, with a trunk 12 ft. in diameter. In Saxony, at Wéorlitz, 25 years planted, it is 10 ft. high. In Austria, at Vienna, in the University Botanic Garden, 9 years planted, it is 16 ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, 24 years planted, it is 13 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each, and seeds Is. 6d. per ounce; at Bollwyller, plants are 1 franc each; and at New York, the plants of the species are from 25 to 374 cents each, and of “ Fore- man’s new variety,” 37 cents each. App. I. Half-hardy Species of the Tribe Cassiée. Casalpinia Ait. isa genus of beautiful flowering trees and shrubs, most of the species of which are natives of tropical countries, and which, in England, are generally kept in stoves; but there is one species, C. Lebbekdzdes Dec., a native of China, which, if once introduced, would probably be a valu- able addition to a conservative wall. Cadia varia L’Hérit. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 435.) is ashrub, a native of Arabia Felix, with impari-pin- nate leaves; and flowers, at first white, but, as they fade, becoming rose-coloured. It was introduced in 1777, and might be tried against a wall. Zuccdgnia Cav. is a Chilian genus, of which the species are probably half-hardy. ZPpunctita Cav. a 5. Lae t.403., has abruptly pinnate leaves, and saffron-coloured flowers. It grows to the height te) . or 5 ft. Ceratinia Siliqua L. (Bot. Rep. ,t. 567., and our figs. 365, 366.) is a very interesting tree, a native of a the south of Europe, particularly Spain ; it is also found in Mau- ritania and the Levant. The leaves are abruptly pinnate; the leaflets oval, obtuse, flat, coriaceous, and of a shining dark green. The flowers are polygamous or dicecious, and without petals. The tree grows to the height of from 30 ft. to 50 ft. In the south of Europe, when the fruit is per- ; fectly ripe, the pulp contained in the pods is eaten by men, the seeds by horses, and the husks by swine; hence, probably, the po- “3 pular English name of sow’s bread. When unripe, the fruit is considered very unwhole- some, and even dangerous, to the cattle that feed on it. The Egyptians make a kind of honey of the pulp, which serves the Arabs instead of sugar ; they also make a preserve like that made with tamarinds of the pods, which is a gentle laxative. This fruit was anciently supposed to be what St. John fed on in the wilderness ; hence its name of St. John’s bread; the seeds being said to be meant by the word translated ‘* locusts ;’’ and the pulp by the term “ wild honey.” The husks are thought to have been the dry and wretched food that the Prodigal Son was driven to long for, in the last stage of his misery and starvation. The plant has been in British green-houses since 1570; and the male plant, has flowered every autumn, for many years past, in the Mile End Nursery. This tree will very nearly stand the open air in the vicinity of Paris; and, if planted against a wall in the neighbourhood of London, it would probably stand with very little protection. Its fine large coriaceous dark green foliage ought to be a strong inducement for every one who has an opportunity to give it a trial. As a fruit tree, it may merit introduction into Austra- lia, for which purpose the seeds can be readily procured from Spain. It is remarked in the Nouveau Du Hamei, 1. p. 255., that, when the ripe fruit has been eaten by oxen or mules, the seeds which have passed through them without digestion vegetate much sooner than when they are sown in the natural manner. The tree is of slow growth, and the wood is extremely hard and durable. Its roots attach themselves so firmly to the soil, that, in Spain, even in the most exposed situations, in the gullies of mountains for example, the tree has never been known to be blown down by the wind, so as to be torn up by the roots, though large branches have been broken off it by storms. Castanospérmum australe Cunningham (Hook. Bot. Misc., 1. p. 241. t. 51. and t. 52.) isa New Holland tree, growing to the height of 40 ft. or 60 ft., the legumes of which are produced from two years’ old wood ; and they contain seeds as large as Spanish chestnuts, which are eaten roasted by the natives about Botany Bay. “As one of the few New Holland trees which produce edible fruit, it is highly interesting, and well deserves a place against the conservative wall, adjoining Ceratonia. Cassia L. is a genus consisting chiefly of tropical shrubs or herbs, with abruptly pinnate leaves, and yellow flowers, most of which require to be kept in the stove; but C. Barclayina Swt. (Fl. Austr., t. 32., and our fig. 367.) and C. australis Hook. (Bot. Mag., t. 2676., and our jig. 368.) are natives of New Holland, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and wg producing their fine showy yellow blossoms from June to August. The ( senna of the druggists is produced from the leaves of two species of this genus, C, lanceolata and C- EE ————— lhl Oe Se a eee ee CHAP. 6 OBIE LEGUMINACEX. LEGUMINO'S&E. 661 obovata, both stove plants, and natives of Egypt ; though the latter, which is called Italian senna, is found about Rome. : Chamef tstula (from chamai, ground, and fistula, a pipe ; on account of the species being comparatively dwarf, and of its cylindrical pods) Don’s Mill., ii. p. 451., is a genus separated from Cassia, and consists of 27 species. C. corymbosa G. Don, Cassia corymbosa Lam. (Dict., i. p. 644., Bot. Mag., ‘t. 633., and our fig. 370.), affords a very good example of the genus. It is a native of Buenos Ayres, where it grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft. ; and it would form a very handsome plant against a conservative wall. Schotia stipulgta Ait. and S. alata Thunb. are Cape shrubs, with crim- son flowers, now kept in stoves and green-houses, but well deserving trial against a conservative wall. S. latifolia Jacq. (Fragm., 23. t.15. f.4., and our fig. 369.) which was introduced in 1816, and grows to the height of 6 ft., will give an idea of the general appearance of plants of this genus. In their native country, the species of this genus are of slow growth, and they form bushes rather than trees. Mr. Bowie observes that planting them under the shade of taller-growing shrubs, or of trees, will draw them up, and, at the same time, not injure them, or preclude them from display- ing their beautiful flowers. These flowers, in all the varied species of Schdtéa, are produced occasionally on the old wood, though chiefly at the extremity of the young spring and summer shoots; a habit which ought always to be kept in view in pruning the plants. App. I. Other half-hardy ligneous Species of the Order Leguminacee. There being no truly hardy species belonging to the tribes Dalbergiée, Mimdsex, and Gedffrew of this order, we are necessarily obliged to devote a separate appendix to them. §i. Dalbergice. Sect. Char. The species are for the most part climbing shrubs, with impari-pinnate leaves, rarcly, but sometimes, pinnately-trifoliolate, or simple. (Don’s Milz., ii. p. 373.) Deérris sertcea G. Don is a Nepal shrub, with small yellow flowers, and leaves covered with a silky pubescence, OD. ¢rifolidta Lour. is a climbing shrub, a native of China, not yet introduced, Pterocarpus peltarius Dec, Leg. Mém., 10. t. 57, f.2., is a tree, a native he Cape of Good Hope , not yet introduced. §ii. Mimosee. Sect. Char. Flowers regular, usually polygamous, rarely all hermaphrodite. Stamens inserted with the petals, free or monadelphous, equal in number to the petals, or forming a multiple of that number. Leaves abruptly pinnate, or abruptly bipinnate. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 381.) _ Prosopis L. is a genus of Indian or American trees, of which scarcely any species have been introduced ; but P. glanduldsa Torrey (Ann. Lyc., 2. p. 192. t.2.) is a native of North America, on the Canadian river, where it is called the algaroba tree. There is a plant belonging to this genus, a native of Chili, and, possibly, hardy, P. Siliqgudstruwm Dec. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 400.), which has stood ara the wall in ‘the Horticultural Society’s Garden, with very little protection, since the year Lagonychium Stephaniinum Bich. Supp., Acacia Stephanidna Bieb. Fl. Taur., Mimdsa micrantha Vahl, (Breyn. Cent., 1. t.56. f.4.) is a small shrub, with scattered prickles, and bipinnate leaves, a native of the arid plains between Caucasus and the Caspian Sea; and of Persia, between Mossul and Bagdad. It was introduced in 1816, grows to the height of 2 ft., and flowers in July and August. YY 4 662 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. It will grow in a warm situation in the open border, and requires only a slight protection during the most severe winter. Acacia Neck, This is a very extensive genus of shrubs or trees, with beautiful foliage and flowers, and of intense interest to the British gardener, because, in mild winters, they are found to live in the open air, as standards, attain a tree-like size in 2 or 3 years, and flower profusely, very early in the spring. They are all of easy propagation, either by cuttings or from seeds, either imported or produced in this country ; and their growth isso rapid, that plants 2 years established have been known to make shoots 16 ft. long in one season. In dry sandy soils, and in sheltered situations, the greater number of the species of Acacia might be grown together as a wood or thicket, by which means the plants would protect one another; and though their tops might be annually killed down for 2 ft. or 3 ft. by the frost, yet, the dead portions being cut off annually in May, the plants would grow again with vigour. An Australian forest might not be realised in this way in Ena dod, but some al- lusion might be created to an Australian coppice wood. The genus Acacia, which, as G. Don observes, is a very polymorphous one, and may probably hereafter be separated into several genera, when the species are more perfectly known, is divided into numerous sections, from which we shall select a few species, and refer the reader for the rest to our Hortus Britannicus. 1, Phyllodinee. Sect. Char. Leaves of two forms: those in seedling plants are bipinnate; but in adult plants the leaflets are abortive, and there only remains the dilated petiole, which is called a phyllodium. The species are mostly natives of New Holland. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 401.) A. Capitate. Flowers collected into globular Heads ; Heads solitary on the Peduncles. a. Stipules aculeate. A. alata R. Br. (Bot. Reg.,396., and our fig. 371.) Stem bifariously winged; dilated petiole de- current, 1-nerved, ending in a spine at the apex. Heads of flowers solitary, or in pairs. A native of New Holland, on the western coast. Introduced in 1803, and flowering from April to July. It grows to the height of 6 ft. or 10 ft. A. armata R. Br. (Bot. Mag., 1653., and our fig. 372.) has the phyllodia, or dilated petioles, ob- \ 371 Ny liquely ovate-oblong; the heads of flowers solitary, and the legumes velvety. This is a well-known inhabitant of our green-houses, in which it flowers from April to June, and frequently ripens seeds. It is a native of the southern coast of New Holland, and was introduced in 1803. It grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft. in pots, and in a cold-pit, or against a wall: it requires only to have the frost excluded. There is a plant 10ft. high, against a wall, in the Chelsea Botanic Garden; and there is one at Cuffnells, in Hampshire, which hasstood | against a wall with a north aspect since 1832, pro- tected with a mat during frosty weather; and flower- ing freely in February, March, and April. In the Upway Nursery, near Dorchester, plants have stood in the open border for 5 years, and have ripened seeds, which have dropped, and produced young plants. At Airthrey Castle, Stirlingshire, a plant of A. armata stood out against a wallf without the slightest protec- tion, during the winters of 1823 and 1834; and, in 1835, was 4 ft. high. A. junipérina Willd., Mimdsa junipeérina Vent. Ii., M. wiicifolia Wendl., A. verticillata Steb. (Bot. Cab., t. 398., and our jig. 373.) is a native of the eastern coast of New Holland; which was introduced in 1790; and grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10ft. It flowers from March to July ; and sometimes, in fine seasons, ripens seed. b. Stipules not aculeate, and either very small or wanting. A. diffusa Ker (Bot. Reg., t. 634.), A. prostrata Lodd. (Bot. Cab., t. 631., and oun s. 374, 375.), has the dilated petioles linear, and the branches diffusely procumbent. It is a native o: or South Wales, on the Blue Mountains ; was introduced in 1818 ; and Howers from April to June. A. stricta Willd., Mimdsa stricta Bot. Mag., t. 1121., and our figs. 376, 377., is an upright-growing shrub, from the eastern coast of New Holland, flowering from February to May. It was introduced in 1690, and grows to the height of 6 ft. ————— ee ee er le COO eee CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA‘CEX. MIMO'SEX. 663 A. laurifolia Willd. (Labill. Nov. Cal., p. 68. t.68.), Mimdsa siraplicifodlia L., has the dilated petioles obliquely ovate-oblong. It is a native of the Friendly Islands and the New Hebrides, as well as of New Caledonia, where it forms a tree from 20 ft. to25 tt. in height. It was introduced in 1775; but, though a most desirable species for a conservative wall, it is not common in collections. B. Capitdto-racemdse@, Flowers collected in globose Heads ; the Heads disposed in Racemes along the axillary Peduncles. Stipules of all the Species nearly obsolete, or, when present, not aculeate, (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 404.) A. melanéxylon R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t. 1659., figs. 378, 379.) has the dilated petiole lanceo. \ late-oblong, rather faleate, obtuse, quite en- | tire, and many-nerved. The flowers are few, ; and disposed as in the figure. This is a native | of New Holland, and also of Van Diemen’s | » Land; and, in mild winters, it will grow in the open air, in the neighbourhood of London, as a standard, attainin® the height of 10 ft. or NG 12ft., after being 2 or 3 years planted out. A \\\ fine tree of this species stood out three winters, //}, : \\, ____ inthe garden ef the Horticultural Society, as a | ~==2° == standard, but was killed, or nearly so, by the | severe frost of January, 1836. A plant against 5 the wall in the same garden, which had stood out since 1831, with no other protection than a projecting coping, was also much injured at the same time. Had there been a protection in front, and had the standard been covered with a mat, both would have escaped uninjured. In the Norwich Nursery, this acacia stands the winter. GC A. heterophglia Willd., Mimdsa heteroph$lla Lam. Dilated petioles, linear, attenuated at both ends, rather falcate, many-nerved ; there are also, some- times, bipinnate leaves at the tops of the branches. Heads cf flowers disposed in a kind of raceme ; 2—3 heads to each raceme, Introduced, in 1824, and, probably, tolerably hardy; as, in the garden of the sera at Caserta, near Naples, it was 50 ft. high in A. myrtifilia Willd., Mimdsa myrtifolia Sm., A. lanata Lodd. (Bot. M., 802., and our fig. 380.) is a handsome and very hardy species, which has been in the country since 1789, and grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. A. suaveolens Willd., 2533 theMim)sa suavéolens of -3°% Wy) Smith (Lodd. Bot. Cab., (25; —==> 730., and our Jig. 381.), “= <==— hasthe dilated fetioles - linear ; tapering a little at the base, acute, mucronulate, 1-nerved, quite entire; the heads of flowers racemose; and the legumes glaucous from grey powder. The flowers are fragrant, and appear from February to June. This species was introduced in 1790, and grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft. C. Spicdte. Flowers disposed in cylindrical Spikes. ~ Stipules usually wanting, or, when present, small and not aculeate. (Don’s Mill., il. p. 406.) A. Oxgcedrus Sieb. (Bot. Mag., t.2928.), A. taxifolia Lodd. (Bot. Cab.,t. 1225., and our figs. 382, 383.) has the stipules spinose ; the dilated petioles scattered, or somewhat verticillate, lanceolate-linear, an 664 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ending in a pungent point. It is anative of New South Wales, and grows to the height of 10 ft., flow- ering from April to July. A. verticillata Willd. YBot.Ma “5 110., and our iff: 384.) has the dilated petioles linear, and disposed verticillately. Itisa well-known species, easily recognised by the figure, a native of Van Diemen’s Land,which has been in cultivation in England since 1780, flowering from March till May, and occa- 4, sionally ripening seeds, even in ‘the open air. A plant of this . species in the Horticultural So- = clety’s Garden stood out as a standard, with very little protec- tion, from 1832 till January, 1836 ; when it was killed, or much in- jured, by the severe frost. It had, however, no protection. One in the same garden, against the wall, was also much injured; but it had no protection in front. A. v. 3 latifolia Dec. has stood out against a wall in the Horticultural Society’s Garden since 1831, 2. Conjugato-pinnate. Sect. Char. Leaves with one pair of pinnez, each pinna bearing few or many pairs of leaflets. This is an artificial section, composed of a heterogeneous assemblage of species, the most part of which are not well known. (Don’s M7il., ii. p. 408.) A. gummtfera Willd. has the pinne bearing 6 pairs of linear obtuse leaflets. Jt isa native of the north of Africa, near Mogador, where it forms a tree of the middle size, and yields the gum Arabic, in common with several other species. It was introduced in 1823. A. coronillef dlia Desf. is a tree from the same coun- try, introduced in 1817. A. pulchélla R. Br. (Bot. Cab., t. 212. and our figs. 385, 386.) is a smooth shrub, with the pinne bear, ing 5—7 pairs of oblong-obovate obtuse leaflets, an having its heads of flowers solitary. It is a native of New Holland; was introduced in 1803; and grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. A. détinens Burch. (Don’s Miil., 2. p. 408.) and A. viridiramis Burch. (zbid.) are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, which have been some years in British green-houses. They both grow to the height of from 3 ft. to 6 ft,, and continue flowering from April to July. 3. Spiciflore. Sect. Char. Leaves bipinnate, with few or many pairs of pinnz, each of leaflets. Flowers disposed in spikes. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 409.) A. Unarmed Trees or Shrubs. A, lophantha Willd., Mimosa élegans Bot. Rep., (Bot. Cab., t. 716., and our jig. 387.), is a species in very gene- ral cultivation. It will grow to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. in 2 or 3 years from the seed, flowering the first year. It was introduced in 1803, from New Holland; and its fine yellow flowers, which are somewhat fragrant, are pro- duced from May to July. There is a plant of it against the wall, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, 10 ft. or 12 ft. high ; one at Abbotsbury Castle, Dorsetshire, grow- ing as a standard in the open air, without the slightest “3% protection, which is 40ft. high, and ripens its seeds freely ; and one in the grounds of E. Pendarvis, Esq., at Pendarves, Cornwall, which is 20 ft. high. B. Prickly or spiny Trees or Shrubs. A. cafra Willd., Mimdsa cafra Thunb., has leaves with 5—10 pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing 20—30 pairs of lanceolate-linear leaflets. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, introduced in 1800 ; and forms a tree from 12 ft. to 20 ft. high. A. dlbida Delil. (Fl. Agypt. 143., t. 52. f. 3.), the Egyptian thorn, has straight stipular prickles, and leaves with 3—4 pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing 9—10 pairs of oblong-linear glaucous leaflets, It is a native of Upper Egypt, where it grows to the height of 20 ft. CHAP. XLI. LEGUMINA CEH. MIMO'SE®. 665 4. Globiflore Sect. Char. Flowers collected into globose heads on the tops of the peduncles. Leaves bipinnate, with few or many pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing few or many pairs of leaflets, (Don’s M7. , ii. p, 413.) A. Prickles stipular and straight. Legumes unarmed. Stamens 20, or more. A. farnesiana Willd., Mimosa farnesiana Z., Mi- mosa scorpidides Forsk., Gazia, Ital., (N. Du Ham., 2. t. 28., and our /ig. 388.) is a charming shrub or low tree, a native of St. Domingo, but in cultivation in the south of Europe, and north of Africa, in gardens, since the year 1611; when, according to Du Hamel, the first plant was raised from seeds, in the garden of the Villa Farnese, at Rome. It grows in the open air in the south of France, Spain, Portugal, and Italy, where it is highly valued for the beauty =y and fragrance of its flowers. It was introduced into $% England in 1556, and cultivated in green-houses ; but, since the great influx of New Holland acacias, it has been comparatively neglected. In the year 1819, we saw it in the open ground in several Italian gardens, B. Prickles stipular, in Pairs, usually also petiolar, and along the Ribs of the Legume. Stamens 10. A. Cavénia Hook., Mimdsa Cavénia Moll., is a tree, growing to the height of 20 ft. in the woods of Chili, The flowers are very fragrant, and the wood is considered to make the best charcoal. C. Unarmed. Anthers smooth. Stigma simple. A. nigricans R. Br., Mimosa nigricans Labill., (Bot. Mag. t. 2188., and our figs. 389, 390.) is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland ; introduced in 1803; growing to the height of 10 ft.; and pro- ducing its fine yellow polyandrous flowers from May to July. The whole plant becomes black when -‘ dried ; whence the specific name. ‘ A. strigosa Link, A. ciliata R. Br., has the general appearance of the preceding species, but flowers from March to July. A. glatica Willd., Mimdsa glatica L., (Mil. Icon., 4. t.4.) is a native of Carolina, with white decan. drous flowers, which are produced in June and J: uly. re a introduced in 1690, and grows to the height (0) : A. Lambertiana D. Don (Bot. Reg., t. 721.), which has purple flowers ; A. discolor Willd. (Bot. Mag., t. 1750.), which has yellow flowers ; and A. angulata Desf. and A pubéscens R. Br. (Bot. Mag., t. 1263.) both which have also yellow flowers, are desirable species. The last three are from New Holland, and the first from Mexico. A. Julibrissin Willd., Mimosa Julibrissin Scop. Del., i. t. 8., Mimosa arborea Forsk. and our Jig. 391.; is a tree, a native of Persia, growing to the height of 30 ft. or 40 ft., which might almost have been included among our hardy species ; but though, in the neighbourhood of London, it will grow against a wall without any protection, and flower in fine seasons, yet it will scarcely live in the open garden as a standard. According to Du Hamel, it is a native of Persia and China, and of various countries in the Levant, where it is also cultivated in gardens, for its large leaves, and its very large fragrant flowers, which, like those of the A. farnesiana, are distinguished by their numerous purple stamens; each of the flowers appearing, from the length of the stamens, to terminate in a little bundle of silken threads, about an inch long; whence the Persian name of Ghulibrichim (Julbrissin), that is, silk rose; from which is derived its English name of the silk tree. Dr. Walsh informs us that the Turks are particularly fond of this tree, and that it is to be found in all the gardens of the Bosphorus. A tree in the garden 666 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. of the British palace at Constantinople has a trunk 1 ft. in diameter. The foliage, he says, is highly susceptible of the variations of the atmosphere. It affords a thick shade on a bright day; but, when it threatens rain, or when a cloud obscures the sun, the leaflets immediately close their lower surfaces together till the sun again appears. This beautiful phenome- non takes place, also, with all the New Holland species in which the leaves are not caducous, and more particularly with A, dealbata. A. Julibrissin was introduced into England in 1745, and is occasionally met with in collections. There is a large specimen of it in the Botanic Garden at Kew, which flowers frequently in Au- gust. There is one in the Fulham Nursery which also flowers. One in the Horticultural Society’s Garden has not yet flowered. In the Bristol Nur- sery, there is one against a house, 20 ft. high, which is covered with a pro- fusion of flowers every year. In the English garden at Caserta, near Naples, © there is a tree which was upwards of 40ft. high in January, 1835; and, at Monza, there is one, 24 years planted, which is also 40 ft. high. A. decirrens Willd., Mimdsa decirrens Vent. Mail.,t.61., has leaves with 9—11 pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing 30—40 pairs of narrow, linear, distant leaflets. It was introduced from New Holland in 1790, and flowers from May to July. It grows to the height of 20 ft. A. mollissima Willd., A. dectirrens var. 8 méllis Bot. Reg., t. 371., A. méllis Sw., (FU. Austr., t.12., and our figs. 392, 393.) ; closely resembles A. decirrens, and appears to us only a variety of that species. eae in 1810; grows to the height of 20 ft. ; and produces its yellow flowersin July and A. dealbata Link Enum., ii. p. 445. 393 (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 420., and the plate of this tree in our Second Volume) is the A.affi‘nis of many British nur- series, and the black wattle mimosa of Van Diemen’s Land. The origin 45 of the specific name affinis is thus QS <\p, given by Dr. Neill, in Gard. Mag., Way re) vol. xi, p. 432.:—“ A. affinis seems Gy to bea variety of A. mollissima Willd. ; Geography, History, §c. The Portugal laurel was received from Portugal about 1648, the date of its culture in the Oxford Botanic Garden. According to the Kew Catalogue, it is a native of Portugal and Madeira; and according to the Nouveau Du Hamel, of Portugal and Pennsylvania. That it is not a native of Pennsylvania appears certain, from its not being mcluded in any of the different American floras that have been published. P. B. Webb, Esq., informs us that, in 1827, he found the common Portugal laurel, on the Serra de Gerez, in Portugal, growing about half-way up the mountain, and forming a small tree, from 13 ft. to 20ft. high: the hixa he found growing along with it, and forming a tree from 60 ft. to 70 ft. high. The Portugal laurel soon became a favourite in Britain; and, indeed, during the first half of the 18th century, this plant, the common laurel, and the holly were almost the only hardy evergreen shrubs procurable in British nurseries; in con- sequence of which they were planted every where. In the neighbourhood of Paris, the Portugal laurel is rather tender, seldom ripening its fruit, and frequently having its young shoots killed back by the frost; and in Germany it is almost every where a green-house shrub. The original tree, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, perhaps the first of the species that was planted in Britain (unless there was one also in the Eltham Botanic Garden, from which the plant was figured in the Hortus Eithamensis), was cut down about 1826. It was about 25 ft. or 30 ft. high; and the trunk, at 1 ft. from the ground, was nearly 2 ft. in diameter. Properties and Uses, Soil, §c. In Britain, it is generally planted solely as an ornamental evergreen; but sometimes hedges are formed of it in nursery- grounds and flower-gardens. The berries are greedily eaten by birds, and, as well as those of the common laurel, form a favourite food for pheasants. What renders the tree particularly valuable, Miller observes, is its being “ so very hardy as to defy the severest cold of this country; for, in the hard frost of 1740, when almost every other evergreen tree and shrub was severely pinched, the Portugal laurels retained their verdure, and seemed to have felt no injury.” (Dict., 6th edit. p. 5.) In British nurseries, it is propagated by seeds, which, before and after sowing, are treated like those of the common wild cherry (C. sylvéstris), or those of the bird cherry (C. Padus). Statistics. In the neighbourhood of London, at Syon, there are several Portugal laurels, 18 ft. and upwards in height, and with trunks 18 in. in diameter; and at Charlton House, an old tree irts 7ft. 8in. at 1 ft. from the ground; but the largest Portugal laurel in England is at Cobham all, in Kent, where it is 40 ft. high, with a trunk 2ft. in diameter; and at Eastwell Park, in the same county, there is a tree, or rather bush, which, when we saw it in the autumn of 1826, 716 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. was covered with fruit, presenting one hemispherical mass of spikes. In 1835, this mass measured 30 ft. high, and 57 ft. in diameter. In Hampshire, at Alresford, 30 years planted, it is 17 ft high; at Leigh Park, 7 years planted, it is 13ft. high. In Herefordshire, at Stoke Edith Park, it is 30ft. high, with a trunk 2}ft. in diameter, and the diameter of the head 48ft. In Lancashire, at Latham House, 60 years planted, it is 19{t. high, diameter of the head 39ft. In Derbyshire, at Foston Hall, 80 years planted, it is 17 ft. high, with a head 16 ft. in diameter. In Oxfordshire, at Blenheim, it is 17 ft. high, with a head 100 {t. in diameter. In Staffordshire, at Sandwell Park, 30 ft. high, and the diameter of the head 27 ft. In Yorkshire, at Hornby Castle, 60 years planted, 22 ft. high, and the diameter of the head 54 ft.; at Cannon Hall, 23 ft. high, and the diameter of the 63 ft. In Scotland, near Edinburgh, at Gosford House, 30 years planted, it is 20 ft. high, dia of the head 30ft. In Ayrshire, at Brucefield, 30 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 24 ft., and of the d 33 ft. ; at Rozelle, 22 ft high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 35 ft. In Berwickshire, at the Hirsel, 30 years planted, and 17 ft. high. In Renfrewshire, at Erskine House, 20 ft. high. In Angusshire, at Kinnaird Castle, 30 years planted, and 25 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 22 in., and of the head 36 ft. ; at Old Montrose, 60 years planted, and 35 ft. high. In Banffshire, at Gordon Castle, 45 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft. 6 in., and of the head 57 ft. In Clackmannanshire, at the Dollar Institution, 12 years planted, and 12 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 8in., and of the head 10 ft. In Fifeshire, at Dysart House, 14 ft. high, with a hemispherical head 25ft. in diameter; at Largo House, a tree with a head 40 ft. in diameter ; at Raith, 4 trees, 32 years planted, were measured by Mr. Sang in 1819, and the girt was found to vary from 3ft. 10 in., to 5ft. 2in., at the surface of the ground. (Plant. Kal., p. 558.) In Perthshire, at ‘Taymouth, 100 years planted, and 40ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 23 ft., and of the head 60ft. In Stirlingshire, at Airthrie Castle, 36 years planted, and 33 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 2 ft., and of the head 15ft.; at West Plean, 24 years lanted, and 22 ft. high ; at Sanchie, 25 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft., and of the head 29 ft. a Ireland, at Kilkenny, in Woodstock Park, 70 years planted, and 31 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3 ft. 10in., and of the head 58 ft. In Wicklow, at Shelton Abbey, 40 years planted, and 36 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2} ft., and of the head 39ft. In Antrim, at Antrim Castle, 150 years planted, 18 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3 ft. 7in., and of the head 36 ft. In Fermanagh, at Florence Court, 40 years planted, and 32 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 3 ft., and of the head 22 ft. In Louk, a Oriel Temple, 50 years planted, and 35 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2ft., and of the head 35ft. ; Commercial Statistics. Seedling plants, in the London nurseries, are 5s. per 100; transplanted plants, a foot high, 20s. per 100; and berries 14s. per bushel: at Bollwyller, where it requires protection during winter, plants are 1 franc 50 cents each; and at New York, where it is also tender, plants are 1 dollar each. S # 29. C. Lauroce’rasus Lois. The Laurel Cherry, or common Laurel. Identification. Wois. in N. Du Ham., 5. p. 6.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 540.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 516. Synonymes. Prinus Laurocérasus Lin. Sp., 678. ; Cherry Bay, Cherry Laurel; Laurier au Lait, Laurier Cerisier, Laurier Amandier, Fr. ; Kirsche Lorbeer, Ger. Engravings. Blackw. Herb., t. 512.; Du Ham. Arb., 1. p. 346. t.133.; and our fig. 422. Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Leaves coriaceous, ovate-lanceolate, remotely serrate, bearing upon the under surface of the disk 2—4 glands. Racemes shorter than the leaves. Fruit ovate-acute. Brought from Trebisond, in Asia Minor, into Europe, in 1576. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 540.) Varieties. # ©. L. 2 variegdta Hort.—Leaves variegated with either white or yellow. « ©. I. 3 angustifolia Hort., with leaves about a third part of the width of those of the species, and a more dwarf-growing plant. A very distinct variety, which seldom, if ever, flowers. In some nurseries, it is called Hartogia capénsis, though this latter is a totally different plant. (See p.495. and p. 504.) Description. The common laurel, all the other species of the genus by 7 the largeness of its smooth, yellowish 7 green, shining leaves, which in colour %y resemble those of the common orange ; ¥ and in both colour and magnitude, and somewhat, also, in form, those of the broad-leaved variety of Magnolia grandi- flora. The young shoots, and petioles of the leaves, are of a pale green, which is not the case with the young shoots CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CE®. CE’RASUS. 717 of any other species of the genus. The growth of the common laurel is rapid for an evergreen, being at the rate of from 1 ft. to 3 ft. a year; but, as the shoots extend in length, they do not increase proportionately in thickness, and hence they recline; so that plants with branches 30 ft. or 40 ft. in length, though gigantic in size, still retain the character of prostrate shrubs. In England it flowers in April and May, and ripens its fruit in October. Not- withstanding the rapid and vigorous growth of this plant in ordinary seasons, it suffers a great deal more from very severe frosts than the Portugal laurel, and is sometimes killed down to the ground, which the latter never is in England. Geography, History, §c. ‘The common laurel is found wild in woody and subalpine regions in Caucasus, on the mountains of Persia, and in the Crimea, where, according to Pallas, it forms a large evergreen shrub, flowering in April. It was first received by Clusius, at the beginning of the year 1576, from David Ungnad (then ambassador from the Emperor of Germany to Con- stantinople), with some other rare trees and shrubs ; which all perished by the severity of the winter, and the carelessness of those who brought them, except this plant and a horsechestnut. It was sent by the name of Trabison curmasi, or the date, or plum, of Trebisond, a city of Asia Minor, on the Black Sea. Clusius relates that the plant of laurel was almost dead when it arrived; but he put it into a stove exactly as it came, in the same tub, and with the same earth. In the April following he took it out, cut off all the dead and withered branches, and set it in a shady place. In the autumn it began to push from the root; he then removed the living part into another tub, and took great care of it. When it was advanced in growth, he laid down the branches, which took root, and he distributed the plants which he thus raised among his friends and men of eminence. Such was the origin, ‘in Europe, of a shrub now become so common every where. _Clusius’s plant died without flowering; but another, which he gave to Aicholtz, flowered in May, 1583; and a few years afterwards it flowered with Joachim Came- rarius, at Nuremberg. Parkinson, in his Paradisus, published in 1629, says he had a plant of the bay cherry, as he calls it, by the friendly gift of Master James Cole, a merchant of London, then lately deceased; a great lover of all rarities, who had it growing with him at his country-house in Highgate, where it had flowered divers times, and borne ripe fruit also. He describes Master Cole’s “as a fair tree,’ which he defended from the bitterness of the weather by casting a blanket over the top thereof every year, thereby the better to pre- serve it. Inthe first edition of Gerard’s Herbal, published in 1597, the laurel is not mentioned ; but in the appendix to Johnson’s enlarged edition, published in 1633, it is said that the cherry bay “ is now got into many of our choice Eng- lish gardens, where it is well respected for the beauty of the leaues, and their lasting, or continuall, greennesse.” Evelyn, in the Ist edition of his Sylva, published in 1664, says that “this rare tree was first brought from Civita Vecchia, in 1614, by the Countess of Arundel, wife to that illustrious patron of arts and antiquities, Thomas Earl of Arundel and Surrey,” to whom this country is indebted for the possession of the Arundelian marbles. Evelyn adds that he cannot easily assent to this tradition, though he had it from “a noble lord;” thinking it “more likely that it came from some colder clime.”” By the History of the Arundel Family, it appears that the Countess of Arundel set out to Italy in 1614, for the purpose of accompanying her two sons to England ; and, as there are an immense number of very old laurels at Wardour Castle, the present seat of the family, it is probable that the tra- dition is correct ; though the plant may also have been introduced by some other person. Ray, in 1688, relates that it was first brought from Tre- bisond to Constantinople; thence to Italy, France, Germany, and to England, where it was very common in gardens and shrubberies ; that it increased, flowered, and fruited very well; was very patient of cold, and braved our winters, even in exposed situations ; “that it roots easily, grows quick, and in a short time becomes a tree of tolerable size; but that it is not fitted for topiary work, on account of its thick and woody branches,” &c. ( Hist., 718 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. p. 1550.) Miller, in 1752, says, “In warmer countries, this tree will grow to a large size; so that in some parts of Italy there are large woods of them ; but we cannot hope to have them grow to so large stems in England; for, should these trees be pruned up, in order to form them into stems, the frost would then become much more hurtful to them than in the manner they usually grow, with their branches close to the ground: however, if these trees are planted pretty close together, in large thickets, and permitted to grow rude, they will defend each other from the frost, and they will grow to a considerable height; an instance of which is now in that noble plantation of evergreen trees made by His Grace the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey, where there is a considerable hill entirely covered with laurels; and in the other parts of the same plantations there are a great number of these inter- mixed with the other evergreen trees, where they are already grown to a considerable size, and make a noble appearance.” (Dict., 6th edit., art. Pa- dus.) Bradley mentions that the common laurel was grafted on the cherry, and on the plum, in Mr. Whitmill’s garden at Hoxton; and this practice is fre- quent among the Parisian gardeners ; but the plants, especially when grafted standard high, never live more than a year or two. It is a remarkable fact, that the three shrubs, or trees, which constitute the principal evergreens of the London gardens, and which are to be found in every garden, large or small, without exception, viz. the holly, the common laurel, and the Portu- gal laurel, are found to be rather delicate in the neighbourhood of Paris; and hence the suburban gardens of that city are totally destitute of broad-leaved evergreens, and have a naked and cold appearance in the winter season, which is particularly and strikingly unpleasant to eyes accustomed to the clothed and cheerful aspect of our English gardens at that season. The same ob- servations will apply to the gardens in Germany, Holland, and Belgium; in which latter country, though holly hedges have been formed in some places, yet, in severe winters, they are liable, in common with laurels and all our other broad-leaved evergreens, to be killed down to the ground. (Les Agrémens de la Campagne, &c., p.205.) Properties and Uses. In Britain, the common laurel is considered one of the most ornamental of our evergreen shrubs; and it is also used for covering walls, and for hedges, to afford shelter ; for which last purpose it is extensively used in the market-gardens about Isleworth. Evelyn mentions a fine hedge, planted alternately with the variegated and the common laurel, and trained so as to have a chequered appearance, white and green; which, according to the taste of his time, was reckoned to have a splendid effect, though the variegation of this shrub is very irregular, not constant, and attended, in general, by mutilated leaves. He also says it may be trained so as to resem- ble the most beautiful headed orange tree in shape and verdure, and prognos- ticates that, in time, it may emulate some of our lofty timber trees, and be proper for walks and avenues. Cook, also, says that it is “a glorious tree for standards ;”’ but we need only refer to what Miller says on the subject (see above), to show that these two authors were mistaken. The most general use of the common laurel, at present, is as an undergrowth in ornamental woods; and for this purpose it is employed, on an extensive scale, at Clare- mont, at Bagshot Park, at Stourhead, at Wardour Castle, at Woburn Abbey, and at a number of other places. At Claremont, the laurels are mixed with holly and box trees, which are allowed to grow up as standards, while the laurels are kept low. The effect of this, more especially in the winter season, is delightful, particularly on the sunny sides of the wooded banks. It is easy, while walking through these woods, to mistake midwinter for early spring. In the woods at Stourhead, the laurel undergrowths are unmixed with any other tree or shrub, except large beech trees; and the effect of a mass of shining evergreens beneath these lofty beeches, though powerful, is ye extremely monotonous. At Wardour Castle, the laurels grow among a mix assemblage of trees and shrubs: they are cut down periodically ; and they are found to make excellent fuel and fence-wood. Laurel leaves have a bitter CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEE. CE/RASUS. 719 taste, and the peculiar flavour of prussic acid, which is common to bitter almonds, and to the kernels generally of the Amygdalee. The flowers have a similar flavour; and the powdered leaves excite sneezing. The leaves, in consequence of their flavour, are used in a green state in custards, puddings, blancmange, and other culinary and confectionery articles, but always in very small quantities. The distilled water from these leaves is a virulent poison; and the case of Sir Theodosius Boughton, who was poisoned by it in 1780, by his brother-in-law, Captain Donaldson, who was executed for the murder, is well known. On brutes the effect of laurel water is almost instantaneous. The case of Sir Theodosius Boughton, which was the subject of universal conversation at the time it occurred, Professor Burnet observes, “has rendered the poisonous properties of laurel water familiar to every one; and the fear it excited has unnecessarily extended the evil character of the leaves to the fruit, which is harmless, and, although not pleasant, is in some places made into puddings.’ Fortunately, the poison of the laurel, and of all the Amyg- dalez, being prussic acid, the smell of that article is now so well known, and it is so difficult to be disguised, that few persons making use of it for illegal purposes can hope to escape detection. In France, the laurel is frequently planted in tubs, and trained in imitation of orange trees; and in London, the commencement of the orange season is announced at some of the shops dealing in that fruit, by a branch of laurel being affixed to the door, ee all over with oranges, to imitate an orange tree covered with ripe ruit. Soil, Situation, §c. Any soil tolerably dry will suit the common laurel ; but, to thrive, it requires a sheltered situation, and a deep free soil. It thrives better as an undergrowth than, perhaps, any other ligneous plant, with the exception of the box and the holly. When treated in this manner, it requires to be cut down occasionally, or to have its branches pegged down to the ground, in order to insure a constant supply of young shoots from them ; otherwise the plants are apt to become naked below. As it ripens seeds almost every year, in the neighbourhood of London, it might readily be pro- pagated by them; but the most rapid, and the most common, mode is, by cuttings of the summer’s shoots, taken off in autumn, witha small portion of the last year’s wood, and planted in sandy soil in a shady border. These will root the following spring, and make good plants by next autumn. It is aiso propagated by layers; and, in the French nurseries, by grafting on the common wild cherry; but such plants, unless the graft is made on the root, are of very short duration. We are not aware that any attempt has been made to fertilise flowers of this species with those of the Portugal laurel, or of the Carolina bird cherry, though, perhaps, something worth the trouble might be obtained by so doing. Statistics. There are large plants ot the common laurel, drawn up among other trees, in almost all the old places in the neighbourhood of London. At Syon, at Claremont, and in the arboretum at Kew, there are straggling stems, 20 ft. to 30 ft. in height ; but we are not aware of there being any detached bushes of this species, in the neighbourhood of London, to be compared with those to by found in some places in Scotland and Ireland. In Scotland, in Angusshire, at Kinnaird Castle, the common laurel, 20 years planted, is 15 ft. high, the diameter of the head 36 ft. In Argyllshire, at Minward, 31 ft. high, the diameter of the head 56 ft., and of the trunk 6 ft. 9 in., the trunk branching off at 22 ft. from the ground ; another tree, at the same place, has a trunk which girts 4 ft. 11 in. : both trees are supposed to have been planted upwards of 130 years. In Stirlingshire, at Airthrie Castle, 45 years planted, it is 42 ft. high, with a trunk 2 ft. in diameter, and the diameter of the head 37 ft. ; at West Plean, 24 years planted, it is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 10 in., and of the head 17 ft. In Ireland, in Tipperary, in the Clonmel Nursery, 25 years planted, it is 25 ft. high, and the diameter of the space covered by the branches is 60 ft. In Wicklow, at Shelton Abbey, 90 years ‘planted, it is 45 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk is 6ft., and of the head 101 ft. The head is oval, and is sup- ported by a conglomeration of branches, which unite about 13 ft. from the ground. It stands in alight loamy soil, on a substratum of shingle. There can be little doubt that this is the largest common laurel in the world. In 1825, this tree was measured by Mr. Mackay of the Trinity College Botanic Garden at Dublin, when it was found 24 ft. high, and the head 224 ft. 6in. in circumference (Dub. Phil, Journ., vol. i, p. 439.) ; so that, if the dimensions taken by Mr. Mackay, and those sent to us, are both correct, the rate of increase of this tree must be no less remarkable than its magnitude. Commercial Statistics. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1 ft. high, 8s. per 100; and from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, 16s. per 100: at Bollwyller, where it is marked in the catalogue as requiring to be protected through the winter, 1 franc 50 cents: and at New York, where it is also tender, 1 dollar. 3 C 720 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ¢ 30. C. caARoLiniA‘NA Miche. The Carolina Bird Cherry Tree. Identification. Michx. FI. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 285.; Lois. in N. Du Ham., 5, p 5.; Don’s Mill., 2. eh Prinus caroliniana Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 163. ; P. sempervirens Willd. Enum. ; Padus earoliniana Mill. Dict., No. 6.; Wild Orange, Amer. Engravings. Michx. Arb, d’Ameér., 3. t. 7.; and our fig. 423. Spec. Char., &c. Evergreen. Leaves, with the petiole short; and the disk lanceolate-oblong, mucronate, even, rather coriaceous, mostly entire. Flowers densely disposed in axillary racemes, that are shorter than the leaves. Fruit nearly globose, mucronate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.540.) An evergreen tree, of the middle size, a native of North America, from Caro- lina to Florida; introduced in 1759, and forming rather a tender evergreen shrub in British gardens. Description, §c. In its native country, this 423 tree, according to Michaux, grows to the height of 20 ft. or 30ft., and ramifies at a short distance from the ground, forming a tufted head. The bark of the trunk is of a dun colour, and is commonly without cracks. The leaves are smooth, shining on their upper surfaces, and about 3in. long. The flowers, which open in May, are white and numerous, being arranged in little bunches 1 in. or 14 in. long, which spring from the axil of the leaf. The fruit is small, oval, and nearly black : it consists of a soft stone, surrounded by a small quantity of green pulpy substance, which is not eatable. The fruit hangs on during the greater part of the following year, so that the tree is at the same time laden with fruit and flowers. These flowers, Mi- chaux remarks, are, of all others which he has observed in Carolina and Georgia, the most sought after by bees. The tree, he adds, may be considered as one of the most beautiful vegetable productions of the south- ern parts of the United States ; and it is generally selected by the inhabitants to plant near their houses, not only on this account, but because it grows with rapidity, and affords an impenetrable shade. Pursh describes it as a handsome evergreen shrub, resembling C. lusitanica; but he says nothing of the flowers, which, from the figure in Michaux, from which ours was copied, appear to be almost without petals. Geography, History, §c. This tree is found in the Bahama Islands; and in North America it appears to be confined to the islands which are on the coast of the two Carolinas, Georgia, and the two Floridas. On the mainland it is seldom found growing wild, even at 8 or 10 miles’ distance from the sea. It was first made known to Europeans by Catesby; and the seeds were sent to Miller in 1759, under the name of bastard mahogany. Seeds of it are frequently imported from America, and abundance of young plants reared ; but, as they are rather tender, and, north of London, would require the pro- tection of a wall, they are very seldom seen in British gardens. The largest lant which we know of is in Hampshire, at Swallowfield, where, in 1833, it formed a bush 10ft. high, with a head about 12 ft. in diameter, flowering and fruiting occasionally. Properties and Uses. The wood is rose-coloured, and of a very fine grain ; but, even in America, it is too scarce to be applied to useful purposes; the tree being there, as here, considered entirely as one of ornament. The bark of the roots smells strongly of prussic acid; and from it, Michaux observes, a fragrant spirituous liquor may be obtained. CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER, PU RSHIA. TOY Soil, Situation, §c. A deep, free, dry soil, and a sheltered situation, are essential to this species; which, north of London, as already observed, will be safest placed against a wall, or, probably, grafted on the Portugal laurel. In the London nurseries, it is propagated from seeds; and plants, of which there are now (1836) abundance in the Fulham, Epsom, and Milford Nur- series, are Is. 6d. each. App. i. Other Species of Cérasus. In De Candolle’s Prodromus, and in Don’s Miller, two West Indian, and four South American, species are described; but only two of these (C. sphzrocarpa Lois., P. spherocarpa Swartz, Don’s Miil., ii. p. 516. ; and C. occidentalis Lozs., and Don’s Miil., ii. p. 516., P. occidentalis Swartz) have been introduced into Britain. They are both considered hot-house plants, but might, probably, be acclimatised. Rafinesque, under the article Prinus, in his Medical Flora, vol. ii. p. 453., says that he has prepared a monograph of 40 wild American species of Prinus ; under which genus, with Lin. nzus, he includes both plums and cherries; only 25 of which, he says, are described by authors : but we are not aware that any work of this description has been published. Sect. II. Spire ‘z. Genus VI. | | i x PU’RSHIA Dec. Tue Pursnia. Lin. Syst. Icosindria Monogynia. Identification, Dec. in Trans, of Lin. Soc., 12. p. 157. ; Prod., 2. p. 541. ; Lindl. in Bot, Reg., t. 1446. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 517. Synonyme. Tigdrea Ph, Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 33., not of Aublet. Derivation. Frederick Pursh first characterised the only known species in his Flora Americe Sep- tentrionalis, and named it Tigdrea tridentata.. The generic name, however, having been preoccu- pied by Aublet, De Candolle has named the present genus after Pursh himself, % 1. P. rRIpENTA‘TA Dec. The 3-toothed-/eaved Purshia. Identification. Dec. in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 157. ; Prod., 2. p. 541. Synonyme. Tigarea tridentata Ph. Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 33. t. 15., not of Aublet. Engravings. Ph. Fl. Am. Sept., t. 15.; Bot. Reg., t. 1446. ; and our figs. 424, 425. Description, §c. A spreading subdecumbent shrub, scarcely exceeding 2 ft. in height, with numerous branches, small whitish leaves, and rather many 424 small yellow flowers, which begin to Ay Ss expand about the middle of May, Me vf and thence continue, successively, “¥y into June. The leaves are grouped, wedge-shaped, and ending in 2—3 teeth that are large for the size of the leaf, villose above, but covered beneath with a white tomentum. Buds scaly. Stipules none, or mi- nute. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 541., and amplified from observation.) A native of North America, in pastures by the river Columbia. It was almost the only shrub to be seen through an immense tract of barren sandy soil, from the head source of the Missouri, to the Falls on the Columbia, and from 38° to 48° nN, lat. (Douglas, in Hook. Bor. Amer.) It was introduced in 1826. There are plants of this species, in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, about 2 ft. or 3 ft. high, which flower freely every year. They require a dry light soil; and cuttings of the young wood will root in sand under a hand- Baas: Plants, in the London nurseries, not being much asked for, are 2s. 6d. each. ve 425 36 2 722 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM: PART III. Genus VII. I ge KE’RRIA Dec. Tae Kerria. Lin. Syst. lcosandria Polygynia. Identification. Dec. in Trans. of Lin. Soc., 12. p. 156. ; Prod., 2. p. 541.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 517. Synonymes. Rubus L., Cérchorus Thunb., Spire‘a Camb. Derivation. Named in honour of W. Ker, a collector of plants for the Kew Gardens. 2 1. K.sapo’ntca Dec. The Japan Kerria. Identification. Dec. in Trans. of Lin. Soc., 12. p. 156.; Prod. 2. p. 541. Synonymes. Ribus japonicus Lin. Mant., 245.; Cérchorus japénicus Thunb. Fl. Jap., 227., Bot. tees bas Bot. Mag., t. 1296.; Spirz‘a japénica Camb. Ann. Sci. Nat., 1. p. 389.; Spirée du Fase aed Bot. Rep., t. 587. ; Bot. Mag., t. 1296. ; and our Jig. 426. Description, §c. A shrub, a native 4.26 of Japan, introduced in 1700, and for a long time treated as a stove, and afterwards as a green-house, plant ; but it has been ultimately found quite hardy. It has soft, and not very per- sistent, wood, clothed with a smooth greenish bark; twig-like branches; leaves that are ovate-lanceolate, and serrated with large and unequal teeth, feather-veined, and concave on the upper surface ; stipules that are linear- subulate; and yellow flowers. The single-flowered state of this species has only lately been introduced; and it flowered, for the first time in England, in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, in April, 1836. The double-flowered variety has become so common as to be found in the gardens even of labourers’ cottages. It is a most ornamental and beautiful shrub, from its very numerous, large, golden, sub-globular blos- soms, which begin to appear in February or March, and, in tolerably moist soil, and a warm situation, continue to be produced for several months. It is generally planted against a wall, more especially north of London. It is easily and rapidly propagated by its sprouting suckers. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 50s. per 100; at Bollwyller, it is 10 francs per 100; and at New York, 50 cents each. Genus VIII. al SPIR/E‘A L. Tue Spirrma. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Di-Pentagynia. pte iy Heo Gen., No. 630.3; Gertn. Fruct., 1. p. 337. t. 69. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 541.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 4 Synonymes. Spire*a sp. Cambessedes Mon. Spir. in Ann. Sci. Nat., 1. p. 227.; Spirée, Fr. ; Spier- staude, Ger. Derivation. From speira, a cord, in reference to the supposed flexibility of the branches of some of the species; or, according to some, from spezrad, to wreath; in allusion to the fitness of the flowers to be twisted into garlands. Spir@on is Pliny’s name for a plant the blossoms of which were used, in his time, for making garlands ; but that plant is thought by some to have been the VibGrnum Lantana, Description, §c. Low deciduous shrubs, with conspicuous flowers of con- siderable elegance and beauty. They are all readily propagated by suckers, which, in general, they produce in abundance. They will grow in any common soil ; and the price of most of the sorts, in the London nurseries, is from 1s. to 1s. 6d. each, or from 50s. to 75s. per hundred ; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents CHAP, XLII. ROSA CEE. SPIRE‘A, 723 to 1 franc each ; and at New York, from 25 cents to 50 cents each. Seeds of one or two of the species may be procured, in London, at 6d. per packet. § i. Physocarpos Camb. Derivation. From phusa, abladder, and karpos, a fruit; in reference to the bladdery carpels. Sect. Char. Ovaries connected at the base. Torus lining the calycine tube. Carpels bladdery, rather membranous. Ovula 2—3, fixed to the semini- ferous margin of the carpel, ovoid, at first horizontal, but at length sus- pended, Flowers hermaphrodite, disposed in umbels. Pedicels 1-flowered. Leaves toothed, or somewhat lobed, usually stipulate. (Don’s Mill., ii. p- 517.) % 1, S. oputiro\L1aA LZ. The Guelder-Rose-leaved Spirza, or Virginian Guelder Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 702.; Camb. Mon.; Lois.in N. Du Ham., 6. p. 61. Dec. Prod., 2. 542. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 517. Synonyme. Nine Bark, Amer. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 6. t. 14.; and our figs, 427, 428. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lobed, or 3-lobed, and partaking of 428 an ovate figure, doubly serrated, petioled, and many of them = Stipuled. Flowers white, nume- # rous, disposed in stalked hemisphe- rical corymbs; the pedicel of each flower slender and glabrous. Sepals spreading. Torus wholly connate with the tube of the calyx. Ovaries connate with each other at the base. Ovules in each 2—3, affixed to the margin, egg-shaped, at first horizon- tal, at length the one pendulous, the rest ascending. Se Carpels bladdery, rather membranaceous, large and aN diverging. Seeds obovate, glossy, and yellow. (Dec. rt Prod., ii. p. 542.) A shrub, a native of North Ame- a rica, from Canada to Carolina; found on the banks of rivers, particularly among the mountains, where it is generally known by the name of Nine Bark. It was introduced by Bishop Compton, in 1690; and, in British gardens, grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., flowering in June and July. It is hardy, and very ornamental, from its abundance of white flowers, which are produced in corymbs, and resemble those of the Guelder rose; and from the numerous inflated reddish capsules which succeed the flowers. The leaves, which are lobed and veined, die off of a purplish red mixed with yellow, In British nurseries, the plant is gene- rally propagated by division of the root; but sometimes by layers, or by cuttings of the young wood put, in autumn, in a shady border, in a sandy soil. Variety. x2 S. 0. 2 tomentélla Ser. has the peduncles and calyx tomentose. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) Itis found at the Grand Rapids of the Columbia river. Wy 2 427 % 2. 8. capira’ra Ph. The capitate-corymbed Spireza. pa Ph, Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 342.; Camb. Monog. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 542. ; Don's Mill, ii. p, 518. Synonyme. SS. opulifdlia var. Hook. Spec. Char., &§e. Leaves ovate, doubly toothed, almost lobed; beneath reticulate and tomentose, Flowers disposed in terminal subcapitate corymbs placed on very long peduncles. Calyx tomen- tose. Spontaneous in North America, on its eastern coast, and by the river Columbia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) -According to Sweet’s Hortus Britannicus, ed. 1830, p. 194., this was introduced into Britain in 1827. It has white flowers, and has produced them here in June and July. We have not seen the plant. ; & 3. S. mono’cyNA Torrey. The monogynous Spirea. A shrub growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. on the Rocky Mountains, (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 518.) No yet introduced. a0 3 724 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART If. § il. Chamee‘dryon Ser. eae From Chame‘drys, the name of the germander; from a similarity in the form of the eaves, Sect. Char. Ovaries distinct. Torus with its base connate with the tube of the calyx, but with its tip separate. Carpels not inflated. Flowers each upon a distinct pedicel, and disposed in umbels or corymbs. Leaves entire, or toothed, without stipules. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) _ % 4, S. coamaprRiro‘Lia L. The Germander-leaved Spirza. Identification. Lin. Sp., 701. ; Camb. Monog, ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 542. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 518. Synonyme. 8S. cantoniénsis Lour. Engravings. Pall. F). Ross., t.15.; and our fig. 429. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, cut at the tip in a serrated manner, glabrous. Flowers upon long slender pedicels, in hemispherical corymbs. Sepals veiny, reflexed. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) Varieties. Seringe enumerates the first four of the following forms of this species; to which, we think, might be added S. wlmifolia, S. flexudsa, S. crategifolia, S. betulzefolia, and, perhaps, some others. % S. c. 1 vulgaris Camb. Monog. — Leaves with the disks broad and glabrous ; the petioles ciliated. x% S. c. 2 média Ph. Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 342., Camb. Monog. — Leaves smaller, slightly villose upon both surfaces. Flowers smaller. Wild in Canada, and upon the rocks of Dahuria. % S. c. 3 oblongifolia Camb. Monog.; S. oblongifolia Waldst. et Kit. Pl. Hung., iii. p. 261. t. 235., and in Hort. Brit. — Leaves narrower, and less serrated. & S.c. 4 subracemdsa Ser.— Flowers distantly disposed along a length- ened rachis. % S. c. 5 incisa Hort. (7? S. incisa Thunb.) has been raised from seeds received from Germany through Mr. Hunneman; and it appears to be only a variety of this species. Description, §c. A shrub, varying in height from 429 2ft. to 6 ft., or more; a native of Siberia, Kamt- schatka, Dahuria, the north-west coast of America, and also of China and Japan. It is common through- out the whole of Siberia, Dahuria, and Kamtschatka; and, in the latter country, the leaves are used as a substitute for tea; and the shoots, when straight, are bored for tobacco-pipes. It was introduced into England in 1789, under different names; and its numerous varieties have, we believe, given rise to several supposed species. In its wild state, it varies exceedingly in the magnitude of the entire plant, in the largeness or smallness of its leaves, and 9 in their being more or less cut or serrated, and more “7M? or less smooth, or pubescent. In British gardens, it is seeds enclosed in which are grey and small, resembling sawdust. In Martyn’s Miller it is stated, that this shrub makes beautiful garden hedges, being entirely covered with its white flowers in June. Though the seeds ripen in England, plants can seldom be raised from them; and, as this species does not produce suckers freely, it is generally raised by layers or cuttings. x 5. S.(c.) ULMIFO‘LIA Scop. The Elm-leaved Spirza. Identification. Scop. F\. Carn., ed. 2. v. 1. p. 349.; Camb. Monog.; Lois, in N. Du Ham., 6. p. 4. ; Dec. Prod,, 2. p. 542.; Don’s Mill., 2. 518. Synonymes. S. chamedrifdlia Jacg. Hort. Vindob., t. 140., Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 829. Engravings. Scop. Fl. Carn., ed. 2. v. 1. t. 22.; N. Du Ham., 6. t. 13.; Jaeq. Hort. Vindob., t. 140., as S, chamedrifdlia ; Bot. Reg., t. 1222.; Bot. Cab., 1042. ; and ourjig. 430. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEX. SPIRE A. 725 Spec.Char.,§c. Leaves ovate-lanceo- late, acute, flat, sharply serrated, ciliated. Flowers terminal, in rather hemispherical corymbs. Sepals reflexed. A native of Carinthia and Siberia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) Introduced in qh 1790, and producing its white gsXe flowers in June and July. Height from 3ft. to 5ft. It is one of £ the handsomest species of this section. Seringe asks if it is not a variety of S. chameedrifolia L. ; and Dr, Lindley (Bot. Reg., t. 829.) appears to consider it as identical with that species. Variety. She 2S. (c.) u. 2 phylldntha Ser.—In this variety a whorl of distinct leaves, that are petioled, lan- ceolate, and sharply serrated, occupies the place of the sepals, and is described as being these transformed. Petals and stamens are either not present, or deformed. Seringe appears to think the S. folidsa Poir. Dict.,7. p. 353., is identical with this. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) & 6. S.(c.) FLExUO'sA Fisch. The flexible-branched Spirza. Identification. Fisch. in Litt.; Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 542.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. Synonyme. 8. alpina Hort. Par., according to Camb. and Fisch. in Litt. Engraving. Camb. Monog. Spir. in Ann, Sci. Nat., 1. t. 36. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lancedlate, glabrous; from the tip to the middle dentately serrate. Flowers in corymbs. Its native country is not. stated. Seringe enquires if it is not a variety of S. wlmifolia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 542.) Introduced in 1820; growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. ; and producing its white flowers in June and July. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Loddiges’s. % 7. S.(c.) craraeiro’Lia Lk, The Crategus-leaved Spirza. Identification. Lk. Enum., 2. p. 40.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 546.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves obovate, obtuse; in the terminal part doubly serrate ; glabrous, reticulete on the under surface. Flowers white, disposed in terminal compound corymbs, whose composite parts are rather capitate. It is not stated of what country this kind is a native. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 546.) Introduced in 1823, and producing its white flowers in June and July. It grows to the height of from 4 ft. to6ft. There is a plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. 430 2 8. S.(c.) BETULHZFO‘LIA Pall. The Birch-leaved Spirza, Identification. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 75. t. 16.; Camb. Monog. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 519. Synonymes. ? S. corymbosa Raf. in Desv. Journ. Bot., 4. p. 269. ; ? S. crategifvlia Lk. Enum., 2. p. 40. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 16. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves broadly ovate, serrated, glabrous; the petiole very short. Flowers in fastigiate panicles. Carpels 5, upright, glabrous. A native of Siberia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) Said, also, to be found in North America, on the Blue Mountains, and in various other places on the western coast. (Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer.) It was introduced into England in 1812, and produces its whitish flowers in June and July. a 9, S.ca\na Waldst. et Kit. The hoary-leaved Spirza. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung., 3. p. 252. t. 227.; Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p- 542. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. Engravings. Waldst. et Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung., 3. t. 227. Spec. Char., &c. Leaf ovate, of about the size of that of Salix répens or S. argéntea, acute, perfectly entire, or slightly toothed, hoarily villose. Corymbs somewhat racemose; the lateral ones peduncled, of few flowers, and lax. Sepals spreading. Styles thick. Carpels divergent, rather yillose, A native of the steep and high rocks of Croatia. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.) Jatroduced in 1895; said to grow to the height of 2 ft., and to flower in June and July. We have not seen the plant. % 10. S. rritopa‘ra L. The 3-lobed-/eaved Spireza. Identification. Lin. Mant., 244.; Camb. Monog. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 543. Synonyme, SS. triloba Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. ; Iingravings, Pall. Ross., 1, t, 17.; Wats, Dend. Brit., t. 68., as S. triloba; and our fig. 431 3c 4 726 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves roundish, lobed, crenated, gla- brous, reticulately veined. Flowers in umbel-like corymbs. Sepals ascending. Carpels glabrous. A *7% native of the alps of Altai. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.)- Introduced in 1801 ; growing to the height of 1 ft. or - 2ft.; and producing its abundant flowers in May. * This species is very handsome, with branches spread- ing horizontally, and bearing, in the flowering season, numerous compact corymbs of pure white flowers; which, combined with the neat appearance of the plant, and its glaucous leaves, rounded in their out- line, and yet lobed, render the species a very inte- resting and ornamental one. % 11. S. aupr'na Pall. The Siberian alpine Spirea. Identification. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 82. t. 20., according to Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 543. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 518. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 20. ; and our fig. 432. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves lanceolate-oblong, ses- sile, serrulated, glabrous ; the midrib pinnately branched. Flowers in terminal, stalked, and, in many instances, leafless, corymbs. Sepals ascending. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.) A native of the wooded alps of Siberia; introduced in 1806 ; growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft.; and flowering in June. Its flowers are white. Remark, A kind of Spire‘a is extant, in some English collections, under the name of S. alpina; which must be very distinct from the above, as it has its flowers in lateral umbels, in the mode of S. hypericifolia, to which, in its leaf, it also assimilates. It does not resemble that species in being of upright growth; nor is it so tall; but it is dwarfer, and spreadingly branched. Its flowers are produced in April, almost before the leaves, and perhaps earlier than those of any other kind of Spirz‘a in British collections: they are not white, as those of S. hypericifolia, but of a yellowish or greenish white. Plants of this kind were raised from exotic seeds, in the Cambridge Botanic Garden, before 1824.— J. D. % 12, S, HyPERIcIFO‘LIA Dec. The Hypericum-leaved Spirea. Identification. Dec. Fi. Fr., 5. p. 645.3; Prod., 2. p. 543.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 519. Synonymes. Hypéricum fritex Hort. ; Italian May. Engraving. Our fig. 433. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves obovate-oblong, 3—4-nerved, “%hes entire or toothed, glabrous, slightly downy; primary veins pinnately branched. Flowers in either peduncled corymbs, or sessile umbels. Pedicels glabrous, or slightly downy. Sepals ascending. A native of Europe and America. A species that presents diversified appear- ances. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.) Supposed by some to be a native of Canada; but Dr. Hooker thinks that, like q@g most of the species of the section to which it belongs, it Ga is only to be found wild in the Old World. Varieties. Seringe has characterised 6 forms of this species, which he describes as follows :— 2 §S.h. 1 wralénsis Ser. S. crenata Lin., Fisch. in Litt., and Don’s Mill., il. p. 519.; S. hypericifolia Camb. Monog.— Branches rigid, thickish. Leaves ovate-rounded ; the whole margin crenated. A native of the Ural Mountains. % S.h, 2 Plukenetiana Ser. S. hypericifolia Lin. Sp.,701., and Don’s Mill., CHAP. XLII. ROSA CE. SPIR@‘A. 727 i. p.519.; S.A. var. B, Dec. Fl. Fr., v. x 645., Pluk. Phyt., t. 218. f.5.—% Leaves | perfectly entire, glabrous. Flowers in sessile corymbs. A native of Canada. 2 S.h. 3 acita Ser. S. acutifolia Willd. Enum., 540., Camb. Monog., and Don’s Mill., ii. p. 519.3; S. sibfrica Hort. Par., according to Camb. Mo- nog.; S: ambigua Pall., and our jig. 434, — Leaves spathulate, elongate, acute, perfectly entire, or, rarely, 3—5- toothed, rather glabrous. Flowers in sessile corymbs. % §.h. 4 crendta Ser. S. oboyata Waldst. e Kit. ? in Willd. Enum., 541., Camb. Monog., Barr. Icon. Rar., 1376. t. 564.; S. hypericifolia y, Dec. FL Fr., v. p- 645. ; S. crenata Lin. Sp., 701., Camb. Monog., and Don’s Mill., ii. p. 519. and our jig. 435. — Leaves obovate. % S.h. 5 savrdnica Ser. S. savranica Besser in Litt., and Don’s Mill. ii. p. 519.; S. crenata Pall. Fl, Ross., i. p. 35. t. 19.; S. hyperici- \ 4 435 / folia var. 8 longifolia Led. Fl. Ross. Alt, Iil., t. 429.; and our jig. 436, — All parts pubes- cent. Leaves entire, or, at the tip, toothed. {| Flowers minute, disposed i in dense terminal ~~ corymbs. It is wild about Barnaoul, and in Podolia. S. h. 6 Besseriana Ser. S. crenata Besser, in Litt.; S. savranica B Besseridna Don’s Mill., ii. p. 519., Lodd. Bot. Cab.,t.1252.—All parts rather glabrous. Leaves mostly entire. Flowers disposed in rather lax terminal corymbs. A native of Podolia and Caucasus. Description, §c. S. hypericifolia has small hard stems, with numerous side branches, clothed with a dark green bark, and with numerous wedge-shaped leaves, like these of St. John’s wort, with glands in their substance, which give them the appearance of being punctured on the surface; whence the name. The flowers are white, in small sessile umbels, resembling those of the common hawthorn, but smaller ; and whence, probably, and from its being common in Italy, and flowering very early in the spring, the name which it once bore in the London gardens, of Italian May. The flowers are produced in ore abundance ; and, when the shrub is allowed space to expand on every side, it forms a very beautiful bush in the flowering season. In England, it was first cul- tivated by Parkinson in 1640 ; and that author and Miller say that it came originally from North America: but Sir James Edward Smith thinks it more likely to be a native of Italy, as he found the hedges full of it between Terni and Foligno. Dr. Hooker, also, thinks it most likely to be a European species ; though Pursh appears to have found it in a living state in dry swamps in Canada and New York. It forms handsome garden hedges, and will bear the shears, which were formerly applied to it, to shape it into artificial forms, when topiary work was fashionable in garden scenery. It is readily propagated by layers, or by detaching its suckers. Ke & 13. S. (a) THALIcTROIDESs Pall. The Meadow-Rue-leaved Spirza. Identification. Pall, Fl. Ross., 1. p. 34., and p. 78.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 543.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 518. 728 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Synonyme. S. aquilegifdlia Pall. Itin., 3. App. 734. No, 94. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 18.; and our jig. 437. 437 Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate, obtuse, indistinctly 3-lobed, inconspicuously 3-nerved, glaucous beneath, Flowers in lateral sessile umbels. A native of the alps of Dahuria. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.) De Can- dolle asks whether this may not be a variety of S. hypericifolia ; which, we think, it most probably is. In Martyn’s Miller, it is said to be an intermediate species between S. crenata and S. triloba. Pallas says that it is found in Dahuria, along with S. chame- drifolia and S. alpina (No. 11. p. 726. fig, 432.). The name signifies that a leaf of this species of .. Spirz‘a resembles a leaflet of some kind of T'halic- fa trum. — % 14, S. prkowIE’NsIs Besser, The Pikow Spirza. Identification. Besser Enum. Pl. Pod., p. 46. No. 1428.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 543.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 519, Spec. Char., &c. Leaves with three primary veins, and serrate at the tip, cuneate-lanceolate, ob- tuse, rarely pointed. Flowers in peduncled corymbs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 543.) Itis a native about Pikow, in Podolia; and is said to grow from 3 ft. to 4 ft. in height. It produces its white flowers in June and July, and was introduced in 1807, but we have never seen it. % 15. S. ceEANOTHIFO‘LIA Horn, The Ceanothus-leaved Spirza. Identification. Worn. Hort. Hafn., 2. p. 466.; Dec. Prod., 2. p, 544. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves ovate, rounded at the base, serrated from the middle to the tip with sharp unequal teeth. Flowers in indistinctly peduncled terminal corymbs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) shrub, the native country of which is unknown, which is said to grow to the height of 3ft. or 4 ft., to have been introduced in 1823, and to produce its white flowers in June and July. We have not seen the plant. % 16. S.corymsBo‘sa Raf. The corymbose-flowering Spirea. Identification. Rafin. Précis des Découvertes Somiologiques, ou Zoologiques et 438 Botaniques (Palerme, 1814), p. 36.; and in Desv. Journ. Bot., 1814, p. 168. ; Lodd, Bott. Cab., t. 671.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544. Engravings, Lod. Bot, Cab., t. 671.; and our fig. 438. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-oblong, unequally serrated, glabrous, green above, hoary below. Flowers trigynous, disposed in terminal corymbs. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) A native of Virginia; introduced in 1819; growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft.; and flowering in June and July. This is a very desirable species, on account of its large corymbs of white flowers, and its distinctness in external character. Variety. x S.c. 2 sordria, S, sororia Penny in Hort. Brit,, is a smaller plant, and flowers rather later than the species. It was introduced into the Epsom Nursery, from North America, in 1829. It seldom exceeds the height of 2 ft.; and its 449 Qa white flowers often remain on till October. 4 ate w 17. S. vacciniro‘tra D. Don, The Vaccinium- leaved Spirzea. Identification. Don. Prod. Fl. Nep., 1. p. 227.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 546. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. =; Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 1403. ; and our fig. 439. Spec. Char., §c. Upright. Branchlets hairy, Leaves ~ elliptical, acute, serrated at the tip, glabrous, glaucous on the under surface. Flowers white, disposed in ter- minal tomentose cymes, afew in acyme. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 546.) A native of Nepal; introduced in 1820; @ growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft.; and producing its white flowers in July and August. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. SPIRA‘A. 729 % 18. S. BE’LLA Sims. The beautiful Spirea. Identification. Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2426.; Don’s Prod, Fl. Nep., p. 227.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 54S Don’s Mill., 2. p. 518. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2426. ; and our jig. 440. Spec. Char., §c. Stems erect, branched, gla- 440 brous, and reddish. Leaves ovate, acute, sharply serrated, whitishly tomentose on the under surface. Flowers pretty, rose-coloured, and laxly disposed. Lobes of the calyx de- flexed. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 542.) A native of Nepal; resembling, in its mode of growth and foliage, S. salicifolia; but being very distinct from that species in its inflo- rescence ; the flowers of S. salicifolia being produced ina spiked panicle, and those of S. béllainacorymb. It was introduced in 1820, and grows to the height of 3ft. or 4 ft., producing its beautiful rose-coloured flowers in May and June. This species isas hardy, and as easily propagated, as that very com- mon shrub, S. salicifolia; as, like that spe- cies, it emits, from under the soil, rooting sprouts, or suckers, which, when their leaves begin to turn yellow, at the end of their season of growth, may be detached, and planted separately, as distinct plants; and it is, at the same time, one of the most beautiful of the genus. No garden, however small, ought to be without it. Plants are 1s. each. § iii, Spiradria Ser. Sect. Char. Ovaries distinct. Torus with its base connate with the tube of the calyx; its tip separate. Carpels not inflated. Inflorescence a panicle. Leaves serrate, without stipules. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) % 19. S. saticiro‘Lia L. The Willow-leaved Spiraea, Identification. Lin. Sp.,'700.; Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544, Synonymes. Spire’a frutex Hort.; Bridewort, Queen’s Needle-work. Engravings. Gmel. FI. Sibir., 3. t. 49. ; Eng. Bot., t. 1468 ; and our fig. 443. Spec. Char., §c. Stem and peduncles glabrous, Leaves lanceolate, serrated, and, more or less, doubly so; glabrous. Lobes of the calyx triangular, spreading. Carpels glabrous. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) A native of Siberia, Tartary, and Bohemia ; also of Canada, and, perhaps, of Britain. Varieties. Seringe has characterised four forms of this species, as follows :— % S.s. 1 cdrnea Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. iii, p. 254., Camb. Monog., Eng, Bot., t.1468., and our jig.443.—Leaves lanceolate. Panicles consist- ing of racemes more or less spicated. Petals of a flesh colour. Bark of the branches yellowish. This is, by the reference to Eng, Bot. cited, the form which is found wild in Britain: whether it be indigenous or not, botanists are not agreed. Professor Henslow has referred it (Catal. of Brit. Plants) to his class “ Possibly intro- duced by the Agency of Man.” % S. s. 2 alpéstris Pall. Fl. Ross., i. p. 36. t. 22., Camb. Monog.; S. alpéstris Don’s Mill., ii. p. 519.— A small shrub. Leaves shorter than those of S. s. carnea. Branches very short. & S.s.3 paniculata Willd. Sp., ii. p. 1055., Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. iii. p. 254. S. alba Ehrh. Beitr., vii. p. 137. Leaves ovate-oblong. Petals white. Bark of the branches red. It is likely that this is also the S. alba of Miller, of Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 133., and of Mulhlenberg’s Catalogue of North American Plants. “8. s. 4 /atifolia Willd, Sp., ii. p. 1055. S. obovata Raf. in Litt., 730 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. not of Waldst. et Kit., according to Willd. Enum., 541. ;. 8. car- pinifolia Willd, Enum., p. 540., and Don’s Mill., ii. p. 520., Wats. Dend, Brit., t. 66.; and our fig. 441.—Leayes ovate-oblong. Petals white. Bark of branches rather reddish. 442 j} + % S.s. 5 grandiflora. S. grandiflora Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1988., and our Jig. 442., has its pink flowers nearly twice as large as those of the species ; andisa very ornamental free-growing shrub. It was raised by Messrs. Loddiges from seeds sent to them from Kamtschatka in 1826, by M. Busch. ; Description, §c. 8S. salicifolia, according to Pallas, grows as 443 high as 6 ft., in favourable situations, in Russia and Siberia; but in England it is seldom found higher than 4 ft. It sends up numerous straight rod-like stems, and these and the lateral branches terminate in large, conical, spiked panicles, of pale red, or flesh-coloured, flowers. In deep moist soils, a sucker will attain the height of 4ft. in one season, and flower. These suckers are produced in such abundance, that, in order to keep the shrub in a vigorous state, they ought to be cut down when they have flowered two years, in the same manner as is practised with raspberries ; and the entire plant ought also to be taken up every three or four years, and separated; otherwise the old shoots are apt to die, and render the bush unsightly. It has been in cultivation in England since 1665; but whether it was in- troduced from some other country, or from localities where it is said to be found wild, is uncertain. According to Dr, Hooker and G. Don, it is wild in several parts of Scotland. Sir J. E. Smith believes it to be wild at Hafod, in Cardigan- shire; the situation in which it grows there being ‘perfectly like its native swamps in the south of Europe. It is one of the hardiest of garden shrubs and is, also, very beautiful, from its long spicate panicles full A of light feathery looking flowers. It will grow with more or less luxuriance, according to the degree of richness, and moisture of the soil. % 20. S.romEeNTo’sA L. The downy Spirea. Identification. as Sp., 701.; Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544.; Don’s hetaveuk, Pluk. Phyt., t. 321. f. 5.; Schmidt Arb., 1. t.51.; and our fig. 444. Spec. Char., §c. Nearly all the parts of this plant are more or less clothed with tomentum, the under surface of the leaves most so. The tomentum upon the stem and pe- duncles, and perhaps elsewhere, is of a reddish colour. The leaves are ovate and serrated, the latter partly doubly & so. Lobes of the calyx triangular and deflexed. Carpels divaricate. A native of Canada, and of mountainous situations in the west of North America. (Dec. Prod., ii. CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEZ. SPIRAE‘A,. 731 p. 544.) This species, in its mode of growth, resembles S. salicifdlia, but differs from it in having rather smaller and more deeply serrated leaves, which are very tomentose beneath. The flowers are much smaller, and of a deeper red. Notwithstanding these differences, we are strongly inclined to think that it is only a variety (though we allow it to be a tolerably distinct one) of S. salicifolia. It deserves a place in every collection. It may be well to plant it in heath mould. 2 20. S.tezviea‘ta IL, The smooth-leaved Spirza. Identification. Lin. Mant., 244. ; Camb. Monog.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544.3; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 519. Synonymes. S. altaicensis Laxm. Nov. Act. Petrop., 15. p. 555. t. 29. f. 2.; S. altaica Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 272. Engravings. Nov. Act. Petrop., t. 29. f.2.; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 23.; and our fig. 445. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves obovate-oblong, perfectly smooth, ES entire, sessile, tipped with a small mucro. Branchlets of — %& the panicle cylindrical. Bracteas linear, rather shorter than the calyx. Lobes of the calyx triangular, ascending. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) A native of Siberia, where, ac- <4, cording to Pallas, it grows in valleys at the foot of the more lofty of the Altaian Mountains. The leaves are gently astringent, and are used by the natives as tea; and the shoots, which are long, tough, very straight, and of a proper thickness, are used by the Cossacks for ramrods, in the same manner as they do those of the cotoneaster. The flowers are white, and disposed in a different man- ner from those of most other plants of the genus. It was introduced in 1774, by Dr. Solander; and is a very in- teresting and handsome species, with a habit exceedingly dissimilar to that of spirzeas in general. % 22. S. Ariaro ‘Lia Smith. The White-Beam-tree-leaved Spirza. a ig a Smith, in Rees’s Cyclop., vol. 33.; Bot. Reg., t. 1365, ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 544.; Don's Mill., 2. p. 520. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1365. ; and our figs. 446, 447. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves elliptical, oblong, more or less lobed, toothed, pale, villose beneath. Panicle villose. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 544.) A native of is North America, principally on the north- ¢ west coast; introduced in 1827, by the un- © , fortunate Douglas (see p. 125.); and pro- zs ducing its numerous white flowers in June and July. It forms a free-growing dense + bush, prolific both in leaves and flowers ; and, as the latter appear at a season when the flowering of shrubs is comparatively rare, it is justly considered as a most valu- able addition to British gardens. It is perfectly hardy, will grow in any free soil, and is easily propagated either by division or by seeds, which it ripens in abundance. § iv. Sorbdria Ser. Sect. Char. Leaves pinnate, resembling, as the name implies, those of the mountain ash, or other species of Pyrus belonging to the section Sérbus. % 23, S. sorBiFo‘LIA L. The Sorbus-leaved Spirza. Identification. Lin. Sp., 702. ; Camb. Monog. ; Dec. Prod. 2. p. 545. Synonymes. S. pinnata Meench Meth., 633. Dr. Lindley, in his Introduction to the Natural System, p. 81. 83., mentions this species as one of a genus which he there names Schizonotus. Engravings. Gmel, F. Sib., 3. p. 190. t.40. ; Schmidt Baum., 1. t. 58.; Krauss, t. 94. ; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 88. and t. 24. ; and our fig. 448. : 732 ARBORETUM AND FRUTIGETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves stipuled, pinnate ; the leaflets sessile, opposite, lanceolate, doubly and sharply serrated. Inflorescence a thyrse-like panicle. Torus wholly connate with the tube of the calyx. Ovaries connate, 5. A native of Siberia, in moist places. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 545.) Variety. 2 S.s. 2 alpina Pall. Fl. Ross., i. p. 34. and 89. t. 25., Camb. Monog. S. grandiflora Hort. Brit., No. 29267., and Sweet’s Hort. Brit., p. 194.; S. Pallas# Don’s Mill., ii. p. 520. —Suffruticose. Flowers twice the size of those of the species, and disposed in corymbs. Leaves smaller, and serrately incised. A native of eastern Siberia and of Kamtschatka. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 545.) This is the S. grandiflora of Sweet’s Hort. Brit., and our Hort. Brit., and is very different from S. s. grandiflora, the S. grandiflora of Lodd., described before, among the varieties of S. salicifolia, p. 730. Description, §c. 8. sorbifdlia is a branchy 448 shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., Wy, with a round, brown-coloured, warty stem ; the wood of which is brittle, and hollow within, with a soft ferruginous pith. The leaves are thin in texture, and bright green on both sides. The flowers are in terminating panicles, small and white: they are odorous, but not agree- g ably so. According to Pallas, it is a native “ of eastern Siberia, in boggy woods and wet mountains, where it grows along with S. salici- folia, and attains the height of 6 ft. ; but, in dry rocky situations, it does not rise above 1 ft. in height, and is subherbaceous. It was cultivated by Miller in 1759, and deserves a place in every collection, from its marked character, and from the beauty both of its foliage and its flowers. It throws up abundance of suckers, by which it is easily propagated. App. i. Species or Varieties of Spira‘a not yet introduced. XS. Blumei G. Don, S. chamezdrifdlia japénica Blume Bijdr., 1114., is a native of Java and Japan, with white flowers, and is, probably, nothing but a variety of S. chamedrifdlia, it being con- sidered such by the discoverer, Blume, though elevated to the rank of a species by G. Don. % S. lanceolata Poir. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 518.) is a native of the Mauritius and China, with leaves like those of S. salicifdlia, and white flowers. 2S. argéntea Mutis has the whole plant clothed with silky silvery down. Itis a native of New Grenada ; and, if introduced, would probably be found, at first, rather tender; but, if our conjecture, as to a constitution of truly natural genera be correct, it will be found capable of being accli- matised. %S. Thunbérgii Blume, and Don’s Mili., 2. p. 319., is anative of Java and Japan, with linear- lanceolate leaves, and white flowers. : 2S. magellanica Poir, and Don’s Mill., 2. p. 519., has lanceolate leaves, and white flowers; and, being a native of the Straits of Magellan, will, doubtless, be found quite hardy. S. japénica Sieb. ex Blume, and Don’s Mill.,2. p. 519., is said to resemble the preceding species. XS. Menziésii Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., p. 173., and Don’s Mili., 2. p. 520., is thus described : — Branches pubescent at the apex. Sepals reflexed. Leaves elliptic. Panicle crowded with rose- coloured flowers. It would be a desirable introduction, and will, doubtless, soon be procured. XS. Dougilasii Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., p.172., and Don’s Mi/l., 2. p.520. From Dr. Hooker’s description of this sort, it appears to us to be the same, or ;nearly so, as the preceding. It is a native of the north-west coast of America, about the Columbia and the Straits of Fucas where it is said to grow to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft. % S. callosa Thunb., S. expansa Wail., isa native of Japan and Nepal, and said to differ from S. salicifdlia in the leaves being nearly stalked. It grows to the height of 4ft., and has showy red flowers. & S. ceruléscens Poir. has sessile bluish-coloured leaves, and white flowers, and, being a native of India, would probably prove only half-hardy in British gardens. % S. discolor Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 42., is described by that botanist from specimens which he saw in aherbarium. It is said to be found on the banks of the Kooskoosky ; to have dis- coloured leaves ; and to grow to the height of about 5 ft. Almost all the known species of Spire‘a being quite hardy, of the easiest culture, and very free flowerers, it is much to be desired that a part or all of the above species could be procured. We recommend the subject to those who have friends and correspondents in the countries where these species are indigenous. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEA. RU‘BUS. «T oO 1) Sect. III. Porenri’Liex. Genus IX. Lalla RU‘BUS L. Tue Bramsre. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Polygynia. Tdentification. Lin. Gen., No. 364.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 556.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 529. Synonymes. Ronce, Framboisier, F’r.; Himbeere, Brombeerstrauch, Ger. Derivation. From rub, red in Celtic ; in reference to the colour of the fruit in some of the species. Description. Deciduous subligneous shrubs, for the most part prostrate ; with prickly stems, and digitate, pinnate, or lobed, leaves; but a few of them growing upright. The fruit of all of them is edible. Some of them, such as R. fruticOsus, may be considered as sub-evergreen, as they retain the greater part of their leaves in a green state through the winter. All the kinds popularly called brambles may be considered as gigantic strawberry plants. The following excellent technical description is from Dr. Hooker’s British Flora; and, though drawn up with a view to the British species, yet, as in these are included the raspberry, or upright-growing species, as well as the common brambles, it applies equally well to the whole genus. “ Shrub-like plants, or herbs, with perennial roots. The herbaceous species offer nothing very peculiar. In some species of the shrubs the stem is upright, or merely curved at the top; but, in the greater number, it is either prostrate, or, as is more generally the case, assurgent, arched, and decurved ; and the ends of the shoot, and of the side branches, if it produce any, unless prevented by circumstances from reaching the ground, take root in the latter part of the year. In the winter the shoot is partially destroyed, the part next to the original root surviving, to produce flowering branches during the ensuing summer, and usually dying after the fruit has been perfected ; young shoots, meanwhile, springing up by its side. The rooted ends also become dis- tinct plants, at various distances from the parent root; often many yards. This mode of growth adds much to the difficulties in the discrimination of the species ; since an acquaintance with both the leafy shoot, and the floriferous stem formed in the second year from its remains, is necessary. The best characters are found in the figure, the arms, and the leaves of the former. The /eaves in all the British species of this division are, occasionally at least, quinate; and, with one exception, digitate, or somewhat pedate, from a partial junction of the stalks of the two lateral pairs of leaflets ; the margins serrated, for the most part unequally and irregularly ; the prickles on the leaf-stalks more curved than those on the stem. In some species the inflorescence is remarkable ; but, in general, the panicle varies so much as to afford no good distinction. Nor can the arms of the calyx, nor the form of its segments, be depended on. The petals in all are delicate and crumpled, and, in several species, very considerable in size and width. There are some differences in the fruit, but they are rarely discriminative. In examining the figure of the leaves, the central leaflet is to be regarded : the lateral ones are always smaller, and of a nar- rower proportion. In several species, the leaves occasionally survive a mild winter, and are found the next season subtending flowering branches. The leaves of these branches are of less determinate figure; the number of their leaflets is reduced as they approach the inflorescence, and their place is sup- plied in the upper part of the panicle by, first trifid, and then simple, bracteas, formed by the coalescence of the stipules. These last are usually long and narrow, entire, or sometimes toothed and jagged, and issue from the petiole, for the most part a little above its base. They afford no distinguishing cha- racters. No less than 48 supposed species of the genus are described and figured in the elaborate Rubi Germanici of Weihe and Nees von Esenbeck. ( Borrer, in Hook. Br. Fl., p. 243.) 734 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. The number of species of Ribus described by Sir J. E. Smith in the last edition of his English Botany, published in 1824, as natives of England, are 14: Dr. Hooker, in his British Flora, published in 1831, enumerates 13; and Dr. Lindley, in his Synopsis of the British Flora, 2d edit., published in 1835, 21; which, he says, may be reduced to 5, or possibly to 2, exclusive of the herbaceous species. In our Hortus Britannicus, 68 species are enumerated, as having been introduced into Britain; and in Don’s Miller, 147, as the total number described by botanists. The remarks which Dr. Lindley has made on this subject appear to us extremely interesting and valuable, not only with reference to the genus Ribus, but to all genera that contain numerous species. Following out the principles laid down in the elaborate monograph of Weihe and Nees von Esenbeck, Dr. Lindley, in the first edition of his British Flora, advanced the number of British species to 23; “certainly,” he observes, “not from any expectation that such species were either genuine, or likely to prove perma- nent, but with a view of following out the recognised principles of distinc- tion, and showing whither they must inevitably lead.” In the second edition, he observes: “This proceeding has not found favour in the eyes of those from whom I most expected applause :....it has had one good effect how- ever;....it has led me to consider the subject very carefully, and to examine with more attention the nature of the principles upon which the modern and recognised species of Ribus have been established ; I have also had six years of additional experience ; and I am bound to declare, that I can come to no other conclusion than that with which I first started; namely, that we have to choose between considering R. suberéctus, 2. fruticosus, R. corylifolius, and R. cz‘sius, the only genuine species; or adopting, in a great measure, the characters of the learned German botanists, Weihe and Nees von Esenbeck, who have so much distinguished themselves in the elaboration of the genus. So clear is my opinion upon this point, that, if it had been possible to prove the four species to which I have alluded to be themselves physiologically dis- tinct, I should at once have reduced all the others to their original species ; but, as it is in the highest degree uncertain whether R. fruticosus, 2. coryli- folius, and R. cze‘sius are not as much varieties of each other as those which it would be necessary to reject, I have thought it better to steer a middle course, until some proof shall have been obtained either one way or the other. Accordingly, as will be seen by what follows, I have taken R. fruticosus, R. corylifolius, R. cz‘sius, and R. suberéctus as heads of sections; and I have assigned to them characters which may be considered either as sectional or specific, according as the evidence may ultimately preponderate. I have also arranged as species under them those forms which are the best marked, and the most certainly distinguishable. This will bring the genus Rubus somewhat into the situation of Rédsa; in which, I fear, we must be satisfied with leaving it for the present.” (Lind. Synop. Brit. Fl., 2d edition, p. 92.) It appears to us highly probable, that the four forms mentioned above are only varieties of the same species ; and this would reduce the ligneous British rubuses to the raspberry and the bramble. The species exclusively North American, as far as we have observed them in the garden of the Horticultural Society, include four with the habit of raspberry, and three with the habit of the bramble; but the latter three, R. flagellaris, R. inérmis, and R. setosus, are probably only varieties of the same species. The Nepal rubuses, as far as they have been hitherto introduced, are all brambles; but there is one, 2. céncolor, which, Mr. Royle observes, is found on lofty mountains, and comes near to the raspberry. 2. micranthus is, perhaps, the only distinct species of Nepal bramble that has been introduced; some plants, raised from Nepal seeds, which may be observed in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, and in the garden of the Horticultural Society, being evidently nothing more than varieties of the British bramble. The course which we have adopted with respect to the ligneous species of this genus is, to give, first, a descriptive enumeration of all the ligneous species or varieties, indigenous or introduced, elaborated from CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEE. RU‘BUS. 735 De Candolle’s Prodromus, Don’s Miller, and Lindley’s Synopsis ; and, next, a selected list of all those species and varieties, with references to the pages where they have been described and figured in the preceding descriptions. In giving these descriptions, those sorts which we consider to be only of interest to those who are fond of multiplying botanical distinctions will be found in smaller type, and may be passed over by those who do not wish to trouble themselves with minute differences. The propagation of the shrubby, or raspberry-like, species of Rébus is effected by suckers or seeds; that of the bramble division of the genus by pegging down the points of the shoots to the soil, when they will root, and throw out other shoots, which may again be pegged down; so that plants are procured from brambles much in the same way as from strawberries, Most of the raspberry kinds, and a few of the ornamental brambles, are procurable, in British nurseries, at 1s. 6d. a plant; at Bollwyller, for from 1 franc to 14 francs ; and, at New York, for from 373 cents to 50 cents. The fruit-bearing raspberries, in the London nurseries, at 4d. each. § i. Leaves pinnate, of 3—7 Leaflets. x & 1. R. suBere’ctus Anders. The sub-erect Bramble. Identification. Anders. in Linn. Soc. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.556.; Don’s MilL, 2. p. 534.; Smith Eng, Flora, 2. p. 406. 3 ; a Synonymes. Lindley, in his Syn. of the Brit. Flora, has given the following :— FR. nessénsis Hall; R. plicatus W. & N., not of Suppl. to Eng. Bot., t. 2714., which is a smaller form of R. affinis W. & N. ; R. corylifdlius Wahlenb. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t.2572.; E. of Gard., 1835, fig. 496. Spec. Char., §c. Stem erect. Leaf of never more than 5 leaflets, digitate, occasionally pinnate, thin, shining, and plaited. Flowers in simple corymbose racemes. Prickles weak. Is found in Britain, in moist woods, and by the sides of rivulets, chiefly in the northern counties. (Lindley, Synops. of the Brit. Flora, ed. 2. p. 92.) This is “the most frequent species, if species it be, in the upland zone.” (Watson, in Outl. Geog. Distr., p. 137.) The stems are biennial, and flower the second year, like those of the common raspberry, afterwards dying off. They grow nearly upright, without any support, and are between 3 ft. and 4 ft. high. The fruit consists of rather a small number of dark red, or blood-coloured, aggregate grains, said to be agreeably acid, with some flavour of the raspberry; whence it has been recommended by some as perhaps not unworthy of cultivation. « 2. R. arri‘nis Wethe §& Nees. The related Bramble. Identification. _Weihe and Nees’s Rubi Germanici, p. 22. t. 3, and 36. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 560.; Lindl. Synops. Br. Fl., 2d ed. p. 92, 93. i Synonymes. Lindley mentions the following : — R. collinus Dec.; R. nitidus Smzth in Eng. Flor., Lindley in Syn. Br. Fl.,ed.1.; R. plicatus Borrer in Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2714. Engravings. Weihe and Nees’s R. G., t. 3. and 36.; Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2714. Spec. Char., &c. Stem arched, angled, prickly with strong recurved prickles, glabrous. Leaflets 3—5 in a leaf, ovate with a heart-shaped base, cuspidate, sharply serrated, flat at the base, a little waved towards the tip, having downy tomentum beneath. Flowers in a compound panicle, the component ones gymose. Sepals ovate-acuminate, externally naked, reflexed. Carpels large, blue-black. (Dec. Prod., 2. p. 560.) A native of Germany, also of barren hills of Montpelier, and of Britain, in boggy places ; and flowers in July and August. (Lindley, Synops. Br. Fl.) Variety. % R. a. 2 bractedsus Ser., R. «, y, and 5, Weihe and Nees’s Rubi Germ., t. 3. b. — Bracteas very broad, undivided. « 3. R. F1/ssus Lindl. The cleft Bramble. Identification. Lindl. Synops. Brit. Flora, ed. 2. p. 92. Synonyme. A. fastigiatus Lindl. in his Synops. Brit. Flora, ed.1., not of Weihe & Nees. Spec. Char., &c. Stemarched. Leaves digitate, shining, frequently of 7 leaflets, that are much less membranous than those of 2. suberéctus. Flowers in simple racemes. Prickles strong, numerous. It differs from A. affinis W. & N. in its small racemes, and in its floral leaves never being large and orbicular, as they are in &. affinis. ‘‘ The only specimen with which I am acquainted,” adds Dr. Lindley, ‘‘ is one sent to the garden of the Horticultural Society from Ayrshire,” (Lindley, Synops. Brit. Fi., ed. 2. p. 93.) #4, R.micra’ntHUs D. Don. The small-flowered Bramble. Identification. Don Prod. Fl. Nepal, p.235.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 557. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 530. Synonyme. R. paucifidrus Lindley in Bot. Reg., Hort. Brit., n. 13500. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t.854., as A. paucifldrus Lindi. ; and our jig. 449. representing a sprig to the usual scale, and figs. 450. and 450. a representing the flowers and fruit of the natural size. 3D 736 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., ce, Upright. Stem round, branched, and bearing awl-shaped inflexed prickles, or straight prickles, and the branches recurved ones. Young branch- lets rather glaucous at the extremity. Leaf pinnate, of 5—7 leaflets, that are ovate or oblong, mucronate, doubly serrated, plaited, green and glossy above, whitishly tomen- tose, or else glaucous, beneath. Petiole and rachis bearing prickles here and there. Petiole pilose. Stipules lanceolate, acu- minate, membranaceous. Flowers small, reddish purple, disposed in a corymbose panicle. Petals clawed, shorter than the sepals. Fruit black. Closely related to 26s aes the R. distans of D. Don. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 557.) A gigantic bramble, a native of Nepal, introduced in 1822; growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and flowering from May to August. It is easily distinguished from all the other brambles in British gardens, by its 450a nearly erect, strong, smooth, dark maho- gany-coloured shoots, and by its very long pinnate leaves. The flowers are small, and the petals are of a bright reddish purple, and shorter than ;the sepals. The fruit is of a blackish purple, of the middle size; depressedly spherical, and covered with a fine bloom. The grains are fleshy, with a sweet subacid taste. This species throws up suckers sparingly; but its magnificent shoots arch over after they get to 6 ft. or 8ft. in height, and grow branching and flowering on every side, till they reach the ground, when their extreme points strike root, and form new plants. A plant in the Horticultural Society’s Gar- den, in 1834, was 10 ft. high, with shoots nearly 20 ft. long. s# 5. R.pi’stans D. Don. The distant-leafleted Bramble. Identification. Don Prod. Fl. Nepal, p. 256.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 557.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 530. Synonyme. &#. pinnatus D. Don in Prod. Fl. Nepal, p. 254. Spec. Char., &c. Stems round, bearing stout, compressed, recurved prickles. Leaves pinnate, re- sembling those of the hemp plant. Leaflets lanceolate, acutely serrated, distant, whitely tomen- tose beneath, and haying numerous nerves. Stipules linear, at the tip subspathulate. Racemes _ corymbose. Peduncles short. Sepals tomentose, ovate, somewhat acuminate, as long as the petals. «Carpels downy. (Dec, Prod., 2. p.557.) A native of Nepal, introduced in 1818, growing to the height of 6ft. or 8ft.,and flowering in June and July. We have never seen the plant. 2 6. R. strico‘sus Michx. The strigose Bramble. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 297.; Pursh Fl, Amer. Sept., 1. p.346.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 557.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 531. Synonyme. R. pennsylvanicus Poir. Dict., 6. p. 246. Spec. Char., §c. Stem round, very hispid. Leaves pinnately cut; those of the barren branches of 5 lobes, those of the fertile ones of 3. Lobes oval, unequally serrated, obtuse at the base, beneath ‘lineated, and hoarily tomentose ; the odd one, in most instances, almost heart-shaped. Flowers about 3 upon a peduncle. Peduncle and calyx hispid. Petals white, ? longer than the calyx. (Dec. Prod., 2. p. 557, 558.) A native of 451 “North America, on mountains from Canada to Virginia ; flowering in June and July. According to Pursh, it is an upright shrub, with fruit very agreeable to eat. There is a plant jin the Horticultural Society’s Garden, to which the name of AR. pennsylvAnicus is at- tached : but, it being in a weak state, we are not certain that it is the same species. 2 7. R. occipENTA‘tIs L. The Western, or Ameri- can, Bramble. ety eens Lin. Sp., 706.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.558.; Don’s Mill., -2. p. 531. Synonymes. R. virginianus Hort. ; R. ide‘us fractu nigro Dill. Engravings. Sloane Jam., t. 215. f.1.; Dill. Hort. Elt., t. 247. f.319. ; and our fig. 451. Spec. Char., §c. The whole plant is pretty glabrous- Stems round and whitish. Prickles recurved: - - CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEH. RU‘BUS. 737 Leaves of the barren branches pinnate ; of the fertile branches, trifoliolate. Leaflets ovate, incisely serrated, whitely tomentose beneath. Stipules very narrow, and bristle-like. Flowers in umbels. Peduncle prickled. Sepals lanceolate-linear, tomentose, longer than the petals, which are obovately wedge-shaped, two-lobed, and spreading. Fruit black, acid, of the form of that of R. ide‘us. Carpels numerous, rather glabrous; becoming, by dry- ing, rugged, with little hollows. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 558.) A native of Ca- nada and the West Indies ; introduced in 1696; growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. #2 8. R.a’sper D. Don. The rough-branchleted and petioled Bramble. Identification. Don Prod. FI. Nepal, p. 234. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 558.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 531. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets 7, elliptical, acuminate, sharply serrate, green, pilose beneath. Petioles and branchlets bearing prickles and glanded bristles. Stipules lanceolate, pointed. Flowers terminal, about 3.together. (Dec. Prod., 2. p.558.) A native of Nepal, said to be introduced in 1821, and to grow from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high ; but we have not seen the plant. 2 9. R.1pe‘us L. The Mount Ida Bramble, or common Raspberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 706.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 558. Synonymes. R. frambesianus Lam. F). Fr., 3. p. 135.; Framboisier, Fr.; gemeine Brombeere, Ger. “The Raspis is called in Greeke Baros 1pata ; in Latin, Rubus Idea, of the mountaine Ida, on which it groweth; in English, Raspis, Framboise, and Hinde-berry.”’ (Johns. Ger. p. 1274.) Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 2442.; and our jig. 452. Spec. Char., §c. Villose. Stem round, bearing slender recurved prickles. Leaves pinnate; those of the fertile stems of 3 leaflets, those of the sterile stems of 5, rather. palmately disposed. Leaflets ovate, incisely serrated, whitely tomentose beneath. Stipules very narrow and bristle-like. Flowers in a corymbose panicle. Sepals ovate-lanceolate, whitely tomen- tose, ending in a point. Petals obovate-wedge-shaped, entire, conniving, shorter than the calyx. Carpels numerous, tomentose. (Dec, Prod., u. p-558.) A shrub, with biennial stems, a native of Europe, and, probably, of Asia, Africa, and America. Varieties. There are varieties with red fruit, yellow fruit, and white fruit. (Dec. Prod., ii.p. 558.) There is a variety which bears twice in the year. 2 R. i. 2 microphijllus Wallr. Sched., p. 256. — Leaves all of 3 leaflets. Stem suffruticose; dwarfer and more bushy than the species. (Dec, Prod., il. p. 558.) Description, §c. The common raspberry has a creeping root, with biennial stems, 3 ft. or 4ft. high, : \ abounding in the agricultural zone, and toler- LA} aie ably frequent in the upland zone; with, ac- , Rat cording to Mr. Winch, a limit similar to that of Ulex europze‘a. Varieties. k « R. f. 2 pomponius Ser. R. fruticdsus 6 Weihe & Nees.( fig. 460.) — Flowers semidouble or double. Leaves pale green ; leaflets obovate. Cultivated in gardens. This variety may be considered as highly orna- mental, from the large size, and numerous petals, of its flowers, and from its very vigorous growth. Though it will thrive at the roots of trees, and in places where other ornamental plants will hardly grow, yet it produces most effect when it is trained against a wall; and it is thus treated in some of the principal gardens of Europe. One of the finest specimens we have ever seen of the double-flowering bramble was in the botanic garden at Pisa, in 1819, where it was trained against a wall, and covered with a profusion of large double white flowers, tinged with pink. Plants in the London nurseries, are Is. 6d. each; and at Bollwyller 1 franc. « R. f. 3 tatricus Hort. is a vigorous- growing plant, which produces by far the best fruit of any variety of bramble. There are plants in the Y Horticultural Society’s Garden. 460 L ¥ « R. f. 4 flore roseo pléno Baum. Cat., the double pink-flowered Bramble, is marked in the Bollwyller Catalogue at 3 francs a plant; but we have not seen it in British gardens. « R. f. 5 foliis variegatis, the variegated-leaved Bramble, is not liable to ‘the objections made to most variegated plants, it not having a dis- eased appearance, R. f. 6 leucocdrpus Sere— Fruit white. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 561.) R. f. 7 inérmis Ser. — Stem without prickles. (Dec. l. c.) R. f. 8 dalmaticus Tratt. Ros., iii. p. 33.— Panicle very large, suprade- te ke ok CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEX. RU‘BUS. 743 compound, spreading. Flowers large, of a full rose colour. Ca- lyxes without prickles. Peduncles mostly so. Leaves whitely tomentose beneath. A native of Dalmatia, in hedges, according to Portenschlag. & R.f. 9 concolor Wallr. Sched., p. 233. — Leaves downy beneath, both surfaces of one colour. A native of Germany. * R. f 10 glandulisus Wallr. Sched., p. 233. — Stems, petioles, and peduncles glabrous. A native of Germany. The two following kinds of ligneous rubuses, found wild in Britain, Dr. Lindley supposes (Synops. of Brit. Flora, ed. 2.) to be closely allied to #. fruticdsus L., or, perhaps, varieties of it. kK R. (f.11) rhamnifolius Weihe & Nees. R. cordifdlius, in Lindl. Synops. of Br. Fl., ed.1. ; and, it is most likely, 2. cordifdlius Weihe, H. B., No.13527. The Buckthorn-leaved Bramble. * R. (f. 12) leucéstachys Schl. — The white-spiked Bramble. Dr. Lindley has given distinctive characters to both of these kinds. The following : R. tomentdsus Weihe, and our jig. 461., R. fastigiitus Weihe, R. tiliefolius Weihe, R. Ménkii Wethe, R. Schlechtendahlii Weihe, R. Schleicheri. Weihe, 461 R. hérridus Weihe, R. nétidus Weihe, and R. rubricailis Weihe, are registered, and particulars given of them, in H. B.; and all of them, except the last, are described in Dec. Prod., ii.; but, as we suppose many of them to be only modified forms of &. fruticOsus, we shall omit their descriptions. Most of them are natives of Germany ; but R. hérridus, R. nitidus, and #. fastigiadtus are also found wild in Britain. Description, §c. The stems of this species, according to Sir J. E. Smith, are truly shrubby, of a dark red or purple, strongly angular, with intermediate furrows, many feet in length, tough and woody, biennial, if not perennial, flowering the second year; branched and leafy. The bar- ren stems are smooth, arched, and sometimes taking root at their extremities ; the blossom-bearing stems are erect, and slightly downy at the upper part. The leaves are firm and durable, and almost evergreen. The flowers are erect and handsome, and the petals of a delicate pink; rarely, if ever, white in Britain, though the authors of the Rubi Germanici describe them as generally white. The berry is nearly globular, and is composed of very numerous purplish black, smooth, juicy grains, of a sweet but mawkish flavour, ripen- ing late in autumn. The ordinary season of ripening is early in September ; but Sir J. E. Smith has remarked that the season of 1799 was so unfavour- able, that scarcely any bramble-berries, or blackberries, as they are commonly called, were to be found ripe in October. This species is considered as being more common than any of the other brambles, and also as attaining a greater size. It is this sort which occurs most frequently in English hedges ; and it has been justly remarked by H.C. Watson (Outlines, §c., p. 137.), that brambles are more abundant, and much finer, in the hedges in England, than they are in Scotland ; and that in the Highlands they form only a secondary feature in the physiognomy of vegetation. The cause why the brambles are so much finer in England than they are in Scotland is not altogether owing to the superiority of the English climate, but partly to the hedges in Scot- land being formed solely of the hawthorn, and kept within much less bounds than they are in England. The bramble is never planted in Scotland, and is only occasionally found in hedges, in consequence of having been sown there by birds, It is always found to prosper best on a soil somewhat dry and gravelly; and, accordingly, Switzer, when speaking of choosing a soil and situation for a vineyard, recommends looking out for one where the bramble is abundant and vigorous. Properties and Uses. The fruits, in some parts of England, are called bumblekites ; and in others scaldberries, from their supposed quality of giving scald heads to children. They are considered astringent; but have been eaten by children, in every country where they grow wild, since the time of Pliny. They have also been used, both in France and England, to produce a sub- acid drink; an inferior description of wine; and, by fermentation and distil- lation, a strong spirit. In England, they are sometimes made into tarts ; but 744 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. for this purpose they should be gathered before they are dead ripe; because, if left too long on the bush, they are apt to acquire a musty flavour. They are also used for making a rob, or jam, which is considered good for sore throats. In some parts of France, where they are called mires sauvages (wild mulberries), they are used for colouring wine; and the red muscat of Toulon is so coloured. The juice, mixed with raisin wine before it has fer- mented, will give it both the colour and flavour of claret. Many medical properties were formerly attributed to this plant. In French Guiana, the fruit is gathered and given to swine. The leaves are sometimes used for feeding silkworms, as a substitute for those of the mulberry. They are much more astringent than the fruit; and a decoction of them, in the time of Gerard, was in repute as a gargle. The green twigs have been used in dyeing woollen, silk, and mohair, black. The common bramble has fre- quently been used for raising live hedges in a poor sandy soil (see Martyn’s Miller, and Young’s Annals, vol. ii. p. 342.) ; but it cannot be recommended for this purpose, on account of the great space which it occupies. On drift sands, the bramble may be sown or planted, with a view to fixing the soil, and as a preparation for forest trees. The shoots of R. fruticosus, and of all the strong-growing varieties of bramble, are used by thatchers for binding on their thatch ; and the smaller shoots by the makers of straw beehives and straw seed-baskets, for sowing the different layers of straw rope together. For the latter purpose, the shoots are drawn through a cleft stick, as well to bruise them, and thus render them less liable to break when bent, as to deprive them of their prickles. Where &. cz‘sius abounds, its shoots are preferred by the makers of beehives, as being smaller and tougher ; and those of R. cory- lifolius by the thatchers, as having fewer prickles. In landscape-gardening, where the object is to imitate wild nature, the common bramble forms an admirable plant; and, soon after the publication of Price’s Essays on the Pic- turesque, it was used for this purpose at a few places, and, among others, at St. Mary’s Isle; but there the contrast between wildness and high cultivation was not sufficiently great to render the effect produced of lasting interest. In consequence of feeling this, the brambles have, for a number of years past, been gradually being removed. ‘Thickets of brambles, in some of the public squares in London, or in Hyde Park, or Kensington Gardens, would have the full effect of strongly contrasted character ; but they could never be considered as producing scenery entitled to the appellation of artistical. « 23. R. sa’notus Schreb. The holy Bramble. Identification. Schreb. Dec., p. 15. t. 8. ; Desf. Cor., 80. t.61.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 561.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 535. Synonyme. R. obtusifolius Willd. Enum. Suppl., 38., according to Link, Enum., 2. p. 61. Engravings. Schreb. Dec., t. 8. ; Desf. Cor., 80. t. 61. Spec. Char., §c. Stem frutescent, indistinctly angled, downy, prickly with recurved prickles. Leaf usually of 3 leaflets, rarely undivided. Leaflets ovate, obtuse, serrated, tomentose beneath. Flowers mostly terminal, in a sort of panicle. Sepals ovate, tomentose, reflexed, short. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.561.) A native of the East, but why called sanctus does not appear. It is a straggling prostrate plant, producing pink flowers in June and July, and said to have been in cultivation since 1823 ; but we have not seen it. % 24. R. CANE’scENS Dec. The grey Bramble. Identification. Dec, Cat. Hort. Monsp., p.139.; Fl. Fr., 5. p.545.; Prod., 2. p. 561.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 535. Spec. Char., &c. Stem shrubby, tall. Petioles and peduncles tomentose and prickly. Leaflets 5 or 3, obovate-oblong, toothed with a few large teeth, whitish and velvety upon both surfaces. Flowers in panicles. Calyx tomentose, (Dec. Prod., ii. p.56].) A native of the Alps of Piedmont, near Vinadio, with white flowers ; said to have been introduced in 1820; but we have not seen the plant. « 25. R. seTo‘sus Big. The bristly-stemmed Bramble. Identification. Bigelow in Litt.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 563.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 536, Spec. Char., §c. Stem very hispid. Branches bristly at the tip. Leaves composed of a long petiole and 3 leaflets, that are obovate-wedge-shaped, serrated, and glabrous. Stipules spathulate-linear. | Flowers upon filiform peduncles, and in racemes. Sepals lanceolate, tomentose, bristly. Petals obovate-wedge-shaped, longer than the sepals. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 563.) A native of North America, near Montreal, which we have not seen. « 26. R. areu‘tus Lk. The sharp-toothed-leafiected Bramble. Identification. Lk. Enum., 2. p. 60.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 563. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 537. Spec. Char., &§c. Stem frutescent, prickly and hairy. Prickles straightish, small. Leaflets 3—5, oblong, acuminate, rather tapered at the base, doubly and sharply serrate, downy beneath. Flowers CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. RU‘BUS. 745 ina panicle, Corolla white. Petals tapered at the base.(Dec. Prod., ii. p.563.) A native of North America; said to have been introduced in 1823. % * 2. 27. R, cuneiro‘Lius Ph, The wedge-shaped-leafleted Bramble. Identification. Ph. Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 347.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 563. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 537. Synonyme. R. parvifdlius Walt, Fl. Carol., 149., Tratt. Ros., 3. p. 49. Spec. Char., &c. Umperfectly evergreen. Branches, petioles, and peduncles tomentose. Prickles re- curved, scattered. Leaflets cuneate-ovate, in the terminal portion toothed, unequally plicate, and tomentose beneath. Flowers upon divaricate nearly naked pedicels, and disposed in terminal panicles. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.563.) According to Pursh, this is “a straggling briar, with a grey aspect ; the berries hard and dry, and the flowers white.” It is found in sandy fields and woods in New Jersey and Carolina, and was in cultivation in Britain in 1811. ~ 28. R.ui’spipus L. The hispid-stemmed Bramble. Identification. Lin. Sp., 706. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 564. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 539. Synonymes. R. trivialis Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., p. 296.; R. procambens 4.62 x Miihi.; R. flagellaris Willd., according to Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 530. = Engravings. Wayne Abbild., t. 71. ; and our jig. 462. Spec. Char., &§c. Stem procumbent, round, very hispid, bearing scattered bristles and recurved prickles. Leaflets 3—5, wedge-shaped at the base, unequally toothed, pretty glabrous above. Flowers solitary, upon longish peduncles. Petals obovate. Carpels black. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 564.) A native of Canada, with procumbent stems, flowering in August, and said to have been in cultivation in Britain since 1759. ? « 29. R. Lanuetno‘sus Steven, The woolly Bramble. ' Identification. Stey. Obs. ined. in H, Willd.; Dec. Prod., ii. p. 564. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 538. Spec. Char., &c. ‘The flower-bearing stem 1 ft. high. Petioles and pedun- cles tomentose. Prickles straight, few. Leaflets 3, ovate, with a heart- shaped base and acuminate extremity, sharply toothed with mucronate teeth, villose on both surfaces. Panicles terminal, many-flowered. Sepals upright, villose without, within whitely tomen- tose, shortly awned. Bracteas awl-shaped. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 564.) A native of Caucasus and Siberia, with prostrate stems; said to have been introduced in 1820, « 30. R. cANADE’NsIS L. The Canadian Bramble. Identijication. Lin. Sp., 707., exclusive of the synonyme of Mill. Icon. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 538, Spec. Char., §c. Stem purple, almost glabrous. Leaflets 3—5, lanceolate, sharply serrate, glabrous on both surfaces. Stipules linear, a little prickly. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 564.) A native of North America, in rocky woody places from Canada to Virginia; with prostrate stems and white flowers ; said to have been introduced in 1811. § iii. Leaves lobed, not pinnate or digitate. & 31. R. opora‘rus L. The sweet-scented Bramble. Identification. Lin. Sp., 707.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 566.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 539. Synonymes. R. occidentalis Hort., but not of Lin.; the Virginian Raspberry, the flowering Rasp- berry. Engravings. Mill. Ic., t. 223.; Bot. Mag., t.323.; and our jig. 463, Sect. Char., §c. Stem upright. Petioles, peduncles, and calyxes bearing glanded hairs. Disks of leaves 5-lobed, unequally toothed. Inflorescence subcorymbose. Flowers large, showy, red. Sepals ovate, longly acuminate, shorter than the petals. Carpels numerous, ovate, velvety. Style funnel-shaped. Fruit red. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 566.) This species is allied by its fruit to R. idz‘us. It is a native of North America, in woods; and has been in cultivation in Britain since 1739. It grows to the height of 4 ft. or 6 ft.; and produces its showy purplish red flowers, in abundance, from June to September. These are not succeeded by fruit in this country; but Pursh informs us that, in a wild state, the fruit is yellow, and of a very fine flavour, and a large size. “ Cornutus, who first figured and described this plant, gave it the name of odoratus, on account of the fragrance of its foliage.” (Bot. Mag., t. 323.) It is abundant in the woods of Canada, and on the Alleghany Mountains. % 32. R. nutKA‘NUS Moc. The Nootka Sound Bramble. Identification, Mocino Pl. Nutk.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 566.; Bot. Reg., t. 1368. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 540. Synonyme. AR. odoratus Hort., but not of Lin. Engravings. Mocino PL Nutk.; Bot. Reg., t. 1368.; and our fig. 464. Spec, Char., §c. Stem glutinous. Branches round, glabrous, rufous. Leaves d-lobed, unequally toothed. Inflorescence subcorymbose. Flowers about 746 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. four in a corymb, white. Sepals ovate, longly acumi- a. 464 nate, glabrous, as long as the petals, Allied to R. odoratus, but the peduncle and calyx are glabrous, (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 566.) A native of the north-west coast of North America, from New California to Nootka Sound, and at various places between north latitude 43° and 52°, in mountains and woods. It was discovered by the unfortunate Douglas, and intro- duced into Britain in 1826. It grows, in good soil, to the height of 5ft. or 6ft., and has the general aspect and appearance of R. odoratus, except being of a paler green. It flowers from May to October, and the flowers are white. These are succeeded by large red berries, which are found to make excellent tarts; and the plant will probably soon be ranked as a fruit shrub. There are fine plants of this species in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at High Clere; and they may be purchased in the London nurseries at from Is. 6d. to 2s. each. App. i. Species and Varieties of Rubus best deserving of Cul- tivation in British Gardens, as ornamental Shrubs. A. Erect Raspberry-like Sorts. R. occidentilis, the western, or black, Raspberry, No. 7.; and fig. 451. in p. 736. R. nutkanus, the Nootka Sound Raspberry, No. 32.; and fig. 464. in p. 746. R. odoratus, the sweet-scented, or Virginian, Raspberry, No. 31.; and fig. 463. in p. 745. R. spectibilis, the showy-flowered Raspberry, No. 19.3; and fig. 458. in p. 741. R. ida‘us, the Mount Ida, or common, Raspberry, No. 9.; and fig. 452. in p. 737. The varieties of this species which are recommended are those enumerated in p. 738., as being most suitable for plant- ing in an arboretum. B. Shrubby Brambles. R. suber éctus, the sub-erect Bramble, No. 1. p. 735. R. micranthus, the smail-flowered, or Nepal, Bramble, No. 4.; and figs. 449—450.—450. a, in p. 736. R. fruticdsus, the shrubby Bramble, or common Blackberry, No. 20.; and fig. 459. in p. 742. The varieties recommended are, the double-flowered, the double pink-flowered (if it can be got), the variegated-leaved, and A. f. tatricus, on account of its large and excellent fruit. R. corylifolius, the Haxel-leaved Bramble, No.15.; and fig. 457. in p. 741. C. Prostrate Brambles. R. ce*sius, the grey Bramble, or Dewberry, No, 11.; and fig. 454. in p. 739. The variety recom- mended, in addition to the species, is that with variegated leaves. R. laciniatus, the cut-leaved Bramble, No. 10. ; and fig. 453. in p. 739. Remark. The plants in the last two groups are propagated by division of the roots, or by en- couraging the points of the shoots to root, like the runners of a strawberry; and the plants in the first group by division of the root, or by suckers. All the kinds may be propagated by layers or cuttings of the current year’s wood, with the leaves on in a growing state; and the cuttings in sand under a glass, but not readily. * App. ii. Other Sorts of shrubby Rubuses. Of the 147 species described in Don’s Miller, about 50 are included in the above list; and nearly 50 more are herba- ceous, or green-house or stove plants. There remain between 40 and 50 names, which are chiefly of species not introduced. R. macropétalus Doug. MS. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., p. 178. t. 59., and our jig. 465., is a native of low woods in the valley of the Columbia, with white flowers, and the ge- neral habit of #. spectabilis. R. delicidsus YVorrey in Ann. Lyc., ii. p. 196., is a native of North America, among the Rocky Moun- tains ; with purple flowers, succeeded by a very deli- cious fruit. It is a shrubby bramble, 5 ft. or 6ft. high. R. télidceus Smith in Rees Cycl., vol. XXx., is a native of Upper Nepal, with white flowers, and leaves like CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. POTENTILLA. 74.7 those of Tilia alba; 2. cordifdlius D, Don appears to be the same species, or perhaps a variety. There is a plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. R. acumindtus Smith, R. betilinus D. Don, is a native of Nepal, with leaves like those of the birch or hornbeam. R. vefléxus Ker (Bot. Reg., t. 461. ; and* our jig. 466.), 2. moluccanus A?zt., but not of Lin., is a straggling shrub, a native of China, from which country it was brought to the Kew Garden in 1817. ‘The leaves are oblong-cordate, 3—5-lobed, densely clothed with tomentum beneath, as are the stems and flower buds, and the flowers are white. It appears a very distinct species. R. rosefdlius Smith (Don’s Miill., 2. p. 529.; Bot. Cab., t.158.) is a native “us the Mauritius, with pinnate leaves. It is generally kept in the green- : ouse. TAS R. r. 2 coronarius Sims (Bot. Mag., t. 1783. ; and our fig. 467.), A. sinénsis 77 Hort., R.Commersdnia Poir., has double white flowers. This beautiful variety is rather tender ; but a plant stood out against the wall in the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden for two years. Genus X. POTENTILLA LZ. Tuer Porentitua, or SHRUBBY CINQUEFOIL. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Polygynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 865.; Nestl. Pot. Diss., 4to. ; Lehm. Pot. Diss., 4to.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 571. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 549. Derivation. From potens, powerful; in allusion to the supposed medicinal qualities of some species. Description, §c. The ligneous species are low shrubs with pinnatifid leaves, natives of Europe and America, and of easy culture in a dry soil. They are propagated by seeds or cuttings ; and, except the common species, P. fruti- cosa, are not much in cultivation. Of the varieties of P.fruticdsa, P.f. tenufloba Ser. seems the most showy. Those who wish to include as many species as they can in their arboretum, may subjoin to the genus Potentilla the genus Comarum; C. palistre (P. Comarum Scop.), a well-known British plant, having somewhat ligneous shoots. It grows to the height of 14 ft. in marshy soils; has very handsome foliage, and flowers of a deep dingy purple; and may prove useful in particular situations on the margins of ponds. # 1. P.rrutico’sa L. The shrubby Potentilla, or Cinquefoil. Identification. Lin. Sp., 709.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 579.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.560.; Nestl. Pot.; Lehm. Pot. ; Smith’s Eng. Flora, 2. p. 416. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t.88.; Nestl. Pot., 30. t.1.; and our fig. 468, Spec. Char., &c. Stem shrubby. Leaves pinnately cut, hairy; the lobes oblong, lanceolate, entire, approximate, of nearly the same colour on both surfaces. Sti- pules lanceolate, membrana- ceous, acute. Inflorescence rather corymbose. Flowers * yellow. Sepals pilose, lanceo- late, acute, broad at the base. Bracteas linear-lanceolate, in- distinctly petioled. Corolla longer than the calyx. Receptacle very hairy. (Dec. Prod., i. p.579.) A native of England, Germany, the Pyrenees, and other places. Found in different parts in Middleton, Teesdale, in England; and Rock Forest, Clare, in Ireland; flowering in June. This species is the only one common in British nurseries. Varieties, according to Seringe, in Dec. Prod. % P. f. 2 dahirica Ser. P. dahurica Nesé#. Pot., 31. t. 1.; Hort. Brit., No.29143.; P. fruti- cdsa 8 Lehm. Pot., 32.— Glabrous. Lobes of the leaves 3—5, pinnately cut. Sepals 748 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill shorter and broader than the bracteoles. Spontaneous in Dahuria, and introduced into Britain in 1824; and producing its yellow flowers in July. wx P. f. 3 tenuiloba Ser. P. fruticdsa 6 Nestl. Pot., 30. ; chm. Pot., 32. var. y; P. floribinda Ph. Fl. Amer. Sept. 1. p.355., Hort. Brit., No. 13578., Watson’s Dend. Brit., t.70.; P. tenuifdlia Schlectend. Berl. Mag., ac- cording to Lehm. Pot., 32.; and our fig. 469. — Sepals and lobes of the leaves narrow, and with a slight hoary silkiness. +A native of North America, found in bog meadows, and on the borders of lakes, in Canada, and on the mountains in the states of New York and New Jersey; where it 1s a low-growing shrub, not above 18in. high. It was also found by Pal- las in Siberia. s 2, P.cia‘sra Lodd. The glabrous Potentilla. Identification. Wodd. Bot. Cab., t. 914. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 584.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 561. Synonyme. P. fruticdsa Alba Busch, according to Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 914 Engravings. Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 914. ; and our fig. 470. Spec. Char.,§c. Frutescent. Branches pendulous, purple. Leaves pinnately cutinto 5entire lobes. Flowers terminal, white, of the size of those of the wood strawberry (Fragaria vésca). (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 584.) A beautiful little shrub, a native of Siberia; differing from P. fruticdsa in being perfectly smooth in all its parts, and in having pendulous branches and undulated leaves. It thrives best in a mixture of loam and peat, is of slow growth, and difficult to increase, except by seed. It was sent by M. Busch of St. Peters- burg, to Messrs. Loddiges, in 1822, and deserves a place in every general collection. « 3. P. Sateso‘viz Steph. Salesovius’s Potentilla. Identification. Steph., according to Willd. Enum., p. 552.; Nestl. Pot., 31.; Lehm. Pot., 35. t. 1. ; _ Dec.:Prod., 2. p. 583. Engraving. Lehm. Pot., 35. t. 1. Spec. Char., $c. Habit resembling that of Comarum palistre. Stem suffru- ticose. Leaves pinnately cut, coriaceous. Lobes oblong, acutely serrate, pubescent above upon the veins, whitely tomentose beneath. Stipules lanceolate, very acute, entire, rather filmy at the edge. Flowers large, white, upon short peduncles, and grouped. Sepals lanceolate, very acute, broad, almost as long as the petals, which are obovate. Bracteoles very narrow, smaller than the sepals. Receptacle lanuginose. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 583.) A native of Siberia, introduced in 1823, and growing to the height of 1 ft. or 2 ft.; flowering in June and July. Sect. IV. Ro'srex Dec. Genus XI. lala NUL RO'SA Tourn. Tue Rose Trer. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Polygynia. Identification. 'Tourn. Inst., 1. p. 636. t. 408. ; Lin. Gen.,631.; Lam. IIL, t. 440.; Lindl. Ros. Mon. 8vo, 1820; Pronville’s Nomen. Rais., 1818, Monog. Ros., 1824; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 564. 2 Synonymes. Rhodéphora Neck. Elem. ; Rosier, Fr.; Rosenstock, Ger.; Roozeboom, Dutch; Rosajo, Ital. ; Rosal, Span. ; and Roseira, Portuguese. ‘ c Derivation. From rhos, red, Celtic; in reference to the colour of the flowers of most of the species. Description, §c. Shrubs, for the most part deciduous, with pinnate leaves, and large, showy, beautiful, and fragrant flowers. They are natives of Eu- rope, and of the temperate regions of Africa, Asia, and America, but not of CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. Ro'SA. 749 Australia; and they have been in cultivation in the Old World, for the beauty and fragrance of their flowers, from time immemorial. As the culture of roses belongs more to floriculture than to arboriculture, it will be found given at greater length in our Encyclopedia of Gardening, than we should here feel ourselves justified in entering into; because the forcing of roses, for example, cannot be considered as belonging to arboriculture. Nevertheless, we shall, after having described the different species, and described or enumerated their principal botanical varieties, treat, in a succinct manner on all the points which merit the attention of either the arboriculturist or the florist. After each species, therefore, we shall only touch on those points of culture and management which are peculiar to it, reserving what is general to all the spe- cies for a concluding article. The genus osa is in a state of confusion still greater than that which subsists among the different kinds of Rubus; nor can it well be otherwise, when we consider that the greater number of kinds in cultivation are garden productions, and that the wild kinds differ exceedingly according to soil and situation, and have been chiefly described by botanists from dried speci- mens. In general, if the reader considers the plant at the head of each sec- tion in our arrangement as a species, and all the others as varieties, or races; or, perhaps, as subspecies, or hybrids, which have originated between it and some other section, he will err on the safe side. Nature, it is observed in the Nouveau Du Hamel, “appears scarcely to have placed any limit between the different species of the rose; and, if it is already very difficult to define the wild species, which have not yet been modified by culture, it is almost impos- sible to refer to their original type the numerous varieties which culture has made in the flowers of species already so nearly resembling each other.” (N. Du Ham., vii. p. 55.) The best scientific work on the genus Rosa is considered to be the Rosarum Monographia of Dr. Lindley, in one vol. 8vo, published in 1819, in which above 100 sorts are described, and some of them figured. A Collection of Roses from Na- ture, by Miss Lawrence, contains figures of 90 sorts, and is a valuable popular work. An article on the Scotch roses, by Mr. Sabine, in Hort. Trans., vol. iv., contains a copious account of the principal varieties which were raised, pre- viously to the date of the paper, from the Rosa spinosissima. The last British popular work which we shall mention on the rose is the New Descriptive Catalogue of Roses cultivated in the Sawbridgeworth Nursery ; which, for those who cultivate the rose as a florist’s flower, is the best English work extant. (See a review of it in Gard. Mag., vol. x. p. 509.) In France, the first grand work on roses was a folio volume, entitled Les Roses, by Redouté and Thory ; previously to which, in 1800, was published ZL’ Histoire Naturelle de la Rose, by Guillemeau. Prodrome de la Monographie du Genre Rosier was published by Thory in 1820; and, about the same time, a Nomenclature Raisonnée, by Pron- ville; and various nurserymen’s catalogues, new editions of which, containing numerous additional sorts, are continually being published. In the Bon Jar- dinier for 1836 a good selection of sorts is given, and the names of all the prin- cipal persons by whom roses are cultivated for sale on the Continent. The substance of all that has been written on roses, as far as respects describing species and varieties, will be found in Don’s Miller, vol.ii., which includes 205 species. The arrangement is nearly the same as that of Lindley’s Rosarum Monographia ; and the descriptions are taken either from that work, or from De Candolle’s Prodromus, with a few exceptions. We have adopted the arrangement in Don’s Miller, with the exception of omitting the first section, Simplicifolia, now made a separate genus by Dr. Lindley ; and we have taken a number of the specific characters from that work, translating the others from De Candolle’s Prodromus. The best collection of species and varieties of roses in the neighbourhood of London is in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges; and, perhaps, the best general collection of florist’s roses is in the Hammersmith Nursery. In the Horticultural Society’s Garden there is a good selection of florist’s roses; there are also good collections in the Brenchly and Mansfield Nurseries, both 750 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. — PART III. near Tunbridge Wells. The best collection of roses in England is, however, unquestionably, that of Messrs. Rivers and Son at Sawbridgeworth ; and the best in France, that of the private garden of the Luxembourg Palace. This garden has long been under the management of Mr. Hardy, who has always been an assiduous collector of roses from all countries, and who has raised a great many new sorts from seed. In this garden there are some of, perhaps, the largest standard roses in the world, many of which have stems 4 ft. or 5 ft. high, and as thick as a stout man’s leg. (See Gard. Mag., ii. p. 215., and Xil. p. 225.) § i. Feroces Lindl. Mon., p. 3. Derivation. From ferox, fierce; in reference to the branches being thickly beset with prickles. Sect. Char. Branches clothed with permanent tomentum. Fruit naked. The plants contained in this section are a truly natural group; they are low shrubs, losing their leaves early in autumn, and are then remarkable for their hoary branches, bristles, and numerous prickles. Their fruit is per- fectly smooth, which separates them from the next section, in which the fruit is downy. Sepals usually toothed. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 565.) 2 1, R. re‘rox Lawr. The fiercely-prickled Rose. Identification. Lawr. Ros., t. 42. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 565. Synonymes. R&R. kamtschatica Red. Ros., 1. p.47.; R. kamschatica @ férox Ser. in Dec. Prod., 2. p. 607.; R. echinata Dupont. Engravings. Lawr. Ros., t. 42.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 47. t. 12.5 and our fig. 471. Spec. Char., §&c. Prickles all alike in shape, and much crowded. Flowers large, red. Fruit glo- bose, scarlet. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 565.) A shrub, a native of Caucasus, introduced in 1796, grow- ing to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., and flowering in July and August. A singular shrub, and on that account deserving a place in collections. Variety. % R. f. 2 nitens Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 824., Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p. 607, has shining pale green glabrous leaves, and pale crimson flowers. % 2, R. (¥.) KamTscuHaA’TICA Vent. The Kamtschatka Rose. Identification. Vent. Cels., t. 67. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 565. Tngravines. Vent. Cels., t. 67.; N. Du Ham., vol. 7. t. 10. f. 2.; and our Jig. 472. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles infra-stipular, falcate, large. Leaves opaque. Flowers solitary, deep red. Fruit spherical, scarlet, less than that of R. férox. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 565.) Native of Kamtschatka, in dry rocky places. Introduced in 1791; growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., and flowering in June and July. From the appearance of the plants bearing this name in the extensive collection in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum, we should consider it to be only a variety of R. férox. It is, however, very distinct, and well deserving a place in collections. § ii. Bractedte. Sect. Char. Branches and fruit clothed with permanent tomentum. This sec- . tion is readily distinguished from the last by the woolliness of the fruit. Leaves dense, usually shining, and prickles placed under the stipules in pairs. Sepals simple, or nearly so. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.565.) # 3. R. BracTEA‘TA Wendl. The large-bracted Rose. Identification. Wendl. Obs., 50. ; Hort. Herrenhaus., fasc. 4. p. 7. t.22.; Red. Ros.,1. p. 35., ic. ; Lindl. Ros. Mon., p. 10.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 602. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 565. Synonyme. Lord Macartney’s Rose. Engravings. Wendl. Hort. Herrenhaus., fasc. 4, t.22.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 35.,ic.; Vent. Cels., 28. ; N. Du Ham., 7. t. 13.; and our jig. 473. Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Branches upright, tomentose. Prickles’ stout, recurved, in many instances in pairs. Leaflets 5—9, obovate, sub- serrate, coriaceous, glossy, glabrous. Stipules scarcely attached to the petiole, bristle-shaped, but fringed. Flowers solitary, terminal, white, ‘ 7 CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEH. ROSA. 751 large. Peduncles and calyxes tomentose. Fruit lobose, large, orange red. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) Piedra showy, pure white, solitary, nearly ses- sile. Fruit spherical, orange red. Native of China. Introduced by Lord Macartney, in 1795; grow- ing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., and flowering from June to October. A very ornamental shrub, evergreen, with large white flowers, and nu- merous bright yellow stamens and styles. It flowers abundantly, but is rather tender. It suc- ceeds best when trained against a wall. Varieties. s@ R.b. 2 scabricatilis Lindl. (Rosar. Monog., p.10.; Sims : Bot. Mag., t. 1377. )— Branches bristly. Prickles smaller than in the species, and rather straight. A native of China, in the province of Tchetchiang. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) In the collection of Messrs. Loddiges, besides R. bracteata, there are R. 6. vera, and R. b. flore pléno. « 4, R. (B.) MicRopHyY’LLA Roxb. The small-leafleted Rose. Identification. Roxb. Fl. Ind. ined., according, to Lindl. Rosar. Monog., p. 9. 145, 146. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 602. ; Don’s Mill., 2, p. 565, Synonyme. Hoi-tong-hong, Chinese. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 919.; and our fig. 474. FX. Spec. Char., §c. Stem almost without prickles. Leaf- ““?"" S38 lets glossy, sharply serrated, veiny beneath, with densely netted, anastomosing veins. Stipules very narrow, unequal. Flowers double, of a delicate rose- colour. Calyx densely invested with prickles. Sepals short, broadly ovate, echinate, ending in a point. Prickles having at the base two longitudinal furrows. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) Flowers very large, double, \ and of a delicate blush colour, Native of China. In- \ troduced in 1828, or before; growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., and flowering from August to October. An interesting little shrub, but some- what tender, like 2, bracteata, # 5. R. (B.) invotucra‘ta Roxb, The involucred-corymbed Rose. Identification. Roxb, Fl. Ind. ined., according to Lindl. <= Gg Hien. Monog., p. 8.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 602. ; Don’s Mill., 2. 4 p. 505. Synonymes. R., Lindleydna Tratt. Ros., 2. p.190.; FR. paltis- tris Buchan. (Ham.) MSS., according to Lindl. Rosar. oss “ Monog., p. 8. & Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 739.; and our jig. 475. Spec. Char., &c. Shoots long, tender. Branches pale brown, tomentose, scarcely prickly. Leaflets 3—9, elliptical-lanceo- late, tomentose beneath. Stipules hardly attached to the petiole, bristle-like-fringed. Flowers terminal, mostly soli- tary, white. Peduncles and calyxes tomentose. (Dec. Prod., ii, p. 602.) Seringe seems to consider this as a variety of R. bracteata. It is a native of Nepal and China, with white flowers in corymbs, surrounded by three or four approximate leaves. It was introduced in 1818; grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft.; and flowers in June and July. Plants of this kind, which is very distinct both in its foliage and its flowers, are rare incollections. Being some- what tender, it is greatly improved in growth by the pro- tection of a wall, on which it makes a fine appearance. On the rose wall at Messrs. Loddiges, three years ago, there was a plant of #. involucrata, which had attained the height of the wall (11 ft.), and which flowered magnificently. § iil. Cznnamomee Lindl. Ros., p. 13. Sect. Char. Plants setigerous or unarmed, bracteate. Leaflets lanceolate glandless. Disk thin, never thickened. This section is distinguished by its long lanceolate leaflets, without glands, upright shoots, and compact habit. Red flowers, never solitary, except by abortion, and always sup- ported by bracteas. Round, small, red fruit (soon losing its long narrow 3 E 752 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. sepals), and with small, smooth, shining carpels The shoots are usually setigerous next the ground; but rarely so towards the apex, except in one or two instances. R. alpina and R,. acicularis, of the following division, sometimes have bracteas; but their sepals never fall off till the fruit is decayed. Sepals simple, entire, or nearly so, unless when mentioned other- wise. (Don’s Miil., ii. p.565.) Plants of most of the species are in culti- vation in British gardens. z 6. R.wLu‘cipa Ehrh. The shining-leaved Rose. Identification. Ehrh. Beitr., 4. p. 22.; Red. and Thor. Ros., 1. p. 45. ic. ; Lindl. Rosar. Monog,, p. 17. ; Jacq. Fragm., t. 107. f. 3.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 602. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 565. Synonymes. R. ritbra licida Rossig. Ros., t. 7. and t.25. f.1.; A. lucida 'Jacg. Fragm., 71. ; Rose Turneps; Rosier a Feuilles de Fréne, Fr. Engravings. Red. and Thor. Ros., 1. p. 45. ic.; Jacq. Fragm., t. 107. f.3.; Dill. Elth., 325. t. 245. f. 316.; N. Du Ham, vol. 7. t.7.; and our fig. 476. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles recurved, or none. Leaflets 5—9, lanceolate-elliptical, coriaceous, bluntly ser- rated, glossy. Stipules dilated, large, finely serrated, and extended as far as to the leaflets. Peduncles somewhat hispid. Flowers red, and opening late in the season. Sepals almost entire, appendicled, spreading. Fruit oblately globose, a little hispid or glabrous, scarlet. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) Flowers red, overtopped by the leaves and young branches. Fruit bright red. A native of North America, from New York to Carolina; near Bos- 4 ton, in bogs, and on the edges of marshes, and in Newfoundland. Growing from the height of 4 ft. to 6ft., and flowering from June to August. A handsome species, on account of its shining foliage, and one which is very hardy ; but the flowers have a very disagreeable smell. x 7, R.(L.). Ni’t1pa W. The glossy-leaved Rose. Identification. Willd. Enum., 544.; Lindl. Rosar. Mo. nog., p. 13.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.603.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 565. Synonymes. R. Redutéa ruféscens Thory in Red. Ros., 1. p. 103. ic; the dwarf Labrador Rose. Engravings. Lindl. Rosar. Monog., p. 13. t. 2.; Redouté Ros., 1. p. 103. ic. ; and our jig. 477. Spec. Char., &c. Dwarf and reddish in aspect. Stem and branches almost covered with slender, rather equal prickles. Leaflets 5—9, rather rigid, lanceolate, glossy. Stipules large, finely serrated, extending as far as to the leaflets. Flowers red. Peduncle bristly. Sepals spread- ing. Fruit bristly, shining, and scarlet. (Dec. Prod., 2. p. 603.) A shrub, a native of Newfoundland, beset with straight red spines. Flowers deep red. Fruit depressed, spherical, bright scarlet. Introduced in 1807; growing to the height of 2ft., and flowering from June to August. This is an interesting plant, from its dwarf stature, its abundant reddish prickles, its glossy leaves, its flowers, and its fruit. Seringe seems to think it a variety of #. lucida. The 2#. nftida, which fms No. 36. in Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, is a variety of R. Tox. % 8. R. (L.) Ra‘pa Bosc. The Turnip-fruited Rose. Identification. Bosc Dict. d’ Agric., according to Poir. Suppl, 4. p.710.; Lindl. Rosar. Monog., p. 15. ; Red. and Thor. Ros., 2. p. 7. ic.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 602. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 565. Synonymes. R. targida Pers. Ench., 2. p. 49. ; R. fraxinifdlia Dumont in Cours. Bot. Cult. Engravings. Red. and Thor. Ros., 2. p.7. ic.; and our fig. 478. Spec. Char.,§c. Taller than #. lucida, and spreading. Branches without prickles. Leaflets oblong, undulate, shining. Fruit hemispherical. Closely allied to R. lucida, of which it is very likely a variety. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) Petals always multiplied, smaller than those of R. lucida; bright red. Fruit deep red. Sepals compound. Native of North America, in the warmer states; growing from 3ft. to 4ft. high, and a CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEH. RO‘SA. 753 flowering from June to August. This is only known in its double-flowered state in British gardens. It is a freely growing hardy plant, with large double flowers, and is de- sirable both in flower-gardens and shrub- beries. It is not of a robust habit, but forms a bush about 3 ft., or perhaps more, in height. According to Dr. Lindley, this rose forms a taller bush than R. lucida, but is of a more straggling habit. It is, he says, “a naked straggling briar, with scarcely a vestige of prickles on the shoots; its flowers are on long stalks, the mouth of the fruit is so wide, that the fruit itself is nearly hemispherical ; and the sepals are reflexed.” (Ros. Monog.,p. 16.) % 9. R. Woo’psz Lindl. Woods’s Rose. Identification. Lindl. Ros., p. 21.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 566. Synonyme. R. lutea nigra Pronv. Nom., p. 24. Engraving. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 976. Spec. Char., &c. Stipules and sepals connivent. Leaflets oblong, obtuse, glabrous. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 566.) A low shrub, with dull dark branches. Flowers pink. Fruit ovate, naked. There is a plant which was gathered about Cumberland House Fort, which Mr. Borrer takes to be avariety of the present species, having the leaves downy beneath. A native of North America, near the Missouri, and north of the Saskatchawan, and as far as the Bear Lake; growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft., and flowering from March to June. % 10. R. FRUTETO‘RUM Bess. The Coppice Rose. Identification. Bess, ex Spreng, Syst., 2. p. 548. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 565. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles almost stipular, strong, reflexed. Petioles unarmed, and, as well as the under surface of the leaves, villous. Leaflets elliptic. Peduncles very short, glabrous. Fruit globose, glabrous. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 565.) Native of Volhynia. Introduced in 1818; growing to the height of from 5 ft. to 6 ft., and flowering in June and July. #@ 11. R. carout‘na Lin. The Carolina Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 703.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 566. Synonymes. R. virginiana Du Roi Harbk., 2. p. 353.; Rossig. Ros., t.13.; R. palastris Marsh. Arbr., 135.; &. corymbdsa Ehrh. Beitr., 4. p. 21.; BR. pennsylvanica Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer.,1 p.296.; R. Hudsonzdna Red. Ros,, 1. p. 95. t. 35.; #. caroliniana Bigel. Fl. Bost., 121. Engravings. Red. Ros., 1. t. 28. and t. 35.; Lindl. Ros., t. 4.; Rossig. Ross., t. 13. Spec. Char., &c. Stipules convolute. Leaflets lanceolate. Sepals spreading. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 566.) Branches green, or reddish brown. Cymes 1- or many-flowered. Flowers crimson, Petals con- cave or flat, crumpled. Fruit round, scarlet, hispid. Sometimes the ends of the shoots have no prickles, Native of New England, Virginia, and Canada as far as the Saskatchawan. Introduced in 1726 ; growing to the height of from 2 ft. to 8 ft., and flowering in June and July. As the name of #. palustris imports, it grows best in a marshy soil. % 12, R. Linpie‘yZ Spreng. Lindley’s Carolina Rose. Identification. Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 647.; Don’s Mill., 2. p- 565. Synonymes, R. axa Lindl. Ros., 18. t.3.; A. carolinae dit, Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 260.; R. carolina pimpinellifdlia Andr. Ros., with a figure. Engravings. Lindl. Ros., 18. t. 3.; Andr, Ros. Spec. Char., &§c. Diffuse. Branches twiggy, almost unarmed. Leaflets oblong undulated, opaque, glaucescent. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 565.) A spreading shrub, with reddish brown branches. Flowers rose-coloured, growing usually in pairs. Native of North America. In cultivation, growing from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high ; and flowering in July and August. « 13. R. parviFLo’Ra Ehr. The small-flowered, or Pennsylvanian, Rose. iaentiention. Ehrh, Beitr., 4 p, 21.; Du Roi Harbk., 2. p, 354. ; Don’s Mill, 2. 479 p. 565, Synonymes, R. himilis Marsh. Arb., 136.; R. caroliniana Mich. Fl. Bor. : Amer., 1. p. 295.; R. carolina y et 5 Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 260. ; Pennsylvanian Rose Lawr. Ros., t. 3. et t. 66., and of the nurseries. Engraving. Smith Insect. Georg., 1. p. 49. t. 25. Spec. Char., &c. Dwarf. Stipules linear. Pricklesacicular. Leaflets lanceo- late, smoothish, sharply serrated. Calyxes clammy. F but none of them bearing this name; nor is it in their Catalogue as a separate species. «« 31. R.invoLu’ra Smith. The involute-petaled Rose. Identification. Smith in Eng. Bot., 2068. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 569. Synonyme. R. nivalis Donn. Hort. Cant., ed.8. p. 170. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 2068. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles very unequal, and very much crowded. Leaflets doubly serrated, ubescent. Petals convolute. Fruit prickly. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 569.) Petals pale red, concave. ative of the Hebrides, in the Isle of Arran (G. Don), and in Glen Lyon. Shrub, 2 ft. to 3ft. high, and flowering in June. % 32. R. rEvE’RSA Waldst. et Kit. The reversed-prickled Rose. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 3. p. 293.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 569, Engraving. Waldst. et Kit. Hung., 3. t. 264. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles setaceous, nearly equal, reflexed. Leaves doubly serrated, pubescent. Fruit hispid. (Don’s Mii., ii. p.569.) Flowers solitary, white, tinged with pink. Fruit ovate, dark purple. Native of Hungary, on the mountains of Matra, in stony places. Introduced in 1816 ; growing to the height of from 2ft. to 5ft., and flowering in June and July. % 33. R.Sapi‘nzr Woods. Sabine’s Rose. Identification. Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 188. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 569. Engraving. Borr. in Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2595. Spec. Char., &c. Peduncles, calyx, fruit, and branches bristly. Prickles scattered, straightish. Leaflets doubly serrated, nearly smooth, with hairy ribs. Sepals pinnate. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 570.) Flower stalks rather aggregate. Petals fine red. Fruit ovate, bright scarlet. Native of Scotland, near Dunkeld ; in England, in Cumberland, Northumberland, and Yorkshire. Shrub, from 5 ft. to 8 ft. high, and flowering in July. x 34. R. DonrA‘nA Woods. Don’s Rose. Identification. Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 185, ; Don's Mill., 2. p. 570. Synonyme. R. Sabini 8 Lindl. Ros., p. 59. CHAP, XLII. ROSA CEE. ROSA. 759 Spec. Char., &c. Peduncles bractless, bristly, as well as the globular fruit and calyx. Stem bristly and prickly, like the downy petioles. Leaflets elliptical, doubly and sharply serrated, hairy on both sides, Petals spreading. (Don's Mill., ii. p. 570.) Flowers pink, expanded. Segments of the calyx simple. Native of the Highlands of Scotland, particularly on the mountains of Clova, An- gusshire. Shrub, 4ft. to 5ft. high, and flowering in June and July. This rose was named in honour of Mr. Don of Forfar; and Sir Edward Smith observes of it: ‘‘ It is much to be wished, that this rose should afford a permanent wreath in honour of its discoverer, one of the most indefatigable as well as accurate of botanists, who loved the science for its own sake, and braved every difficulty in its service. He infused the same spirit into his sons [two of whom, Prof. Don, and G. Don, author of Don’s Miller, are well known in the botanical world], who are now living evidences of his knowledge, and of his powers of instruction.” (Smth’s Eng. Fl., 2. p. 379.) §v. Centifolie Lindl. Derivation. From centum, a hundred, and folium, a leaf; because the species contained in this section agree in character with the hundred-leaved rose, which is so extensively double as to seem to have a hundred petals. Sect. Char., §c. Shrubs, all bearing bristles and prickles. Peduncles bracteate. Leaflets oblong or ovate, wrinkled. Disk thickened, closing the throat. Sepals compound. This division comprises the portion of the genus Rosa which has most particularly interested the lover of flowers. It is probable that the earliest roses of which there are any records of being cultivated belonged to this section; but, to which particular species those of Cyrene or Mount Pangzeus are to be referred, it is now too late to enquire. The attar of roses, which is an important article of commerce, is either obtained from roses belonging to this division indiscriminately, as in the manufactory at Florence, conducted by a convent of friars; or from some particular kind, as in India. It appears, from specimens brought from Chizapore by Colonel Hardwicke, that R. damascéna is there exclusively used for obtaining the essential oil. The Persians also make use of a sort which Keempfer calls R. shirazénsis (from its growing about Shiraz), in preference to others: this may be either R.damasceéna, or R. gallica, or R. centifolia, or perhaps #. moschata. The species contained in the present section are all setigerous, by which they are distinguished from the fol- lowing divisions: their thickened disk and divided sepals separate them from the preceding. Tothe section of Rubigindsz the glanduliferous sorts approach ; but the difference of their glands, the size of their flowers, and their dissimilar habit, prevent their being confounded. (Don’s Mill., ii. p- 571. adapted.) 2 35. R.pamasceENA Mill. The Damascus, or Damask, Rose. Identification. Mill. Dict., No. 15.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.571. Synonymes. R. bélgica Mill. Dict., No.17.; R.calendarum Munch. Hausv. ex Bork. Holz., 330., Rossig. Ros., t. 8., and t. 33.; A. bifera Poir. Suppl. 6. p. 276., Red. Ros., 1. p. 107. and p. 121. ; Rose & quatre Saisons. Engravings. Redout. Ros., 1. t. 58. ; and our fig. 490. of R. d. coccinea. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles unequal, larger ones falcate. Sepals reflexed. Fruit elongated. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 571.) Native of Syria. Flowers large, white or red, single or dou- ble. The present species may be distin- guished from W&. centifolia by the greater size of the prickles, the greenness of the bark, the elongated fruit, and the long re- flexed sepals. The petals of this species, and all the varieties of R. centifolia, as well as those of other species, are employed in- discriminately for the purpose of making rose-water. A shrub, growing from 2 ft. to 8 ft. high, and flowering in June and July. This species is extremely beautiful, from the size and brilliant colour of its flowers. Varieties. There are nearly 100 varieties which 4.90 are classed under this species; but it is very doubtful, whether many of them are not hybrids between this and 760 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IlT. other sorts. Among the names of the varieties classed under this head are, the monthly blush; the blush damask; the red and white damask ; the red and white monthly; the incomparable ; the perpetual, commonly called Lee’s perpetual, and also the crimson perpetual, and the rose du roi; and, perhaps, the handsomest variety of the species, the quatre saisons, of which there are six or eight subvarieties; the royal; and the York and Lancaster. & 36. R. centiro‘i1a Lin. The hundred-petaled, Provence, or Cabbage, Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 704. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 571. Synonymes. R. provincialis Mill. Dict., No. 18. ; 2. polyanthos Rossig. Ros., t. 35.; R. caryophyllea Poir. Suppl., 6. p. 276. ; R. unguiculata Desf. Cat., 175.; R. varians Pohl Bohem., 2. p. 171. Engravings. Rossig. Ros., t. 1.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 25. t. 1., p. 37. t. 7., p. 7. t. 26., p. 79. t. 27.5 p. 111. t. 40. ; and our jig. 491., of the double-flowered variety. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles unequal, larger ones __ falcate. Leaflets ciliated with glands. Flowers drooping. Calyxes clammy. Fruit oblong. ‘ (Don’s Mill., ii. p.571.) Native of Eastern Caucasus, in groves. Flowers white or red; single, but most commonly double. This , species is distinguished from R. damascéna by 47= the sepals not being reflexed, and the flowers having their petals curved inwards, so as, in the double state, to give the flower the ap- pearance of the heart of a cabbage ; whence the name of the cabbage rose. Its fruit is either oblong or roundish, but never elongated, From R. gallica it is distinguished by the flowers being drooping, and by the larger size of the prickles, with a more robust habit. A shrub, growing from 3 ft. to 6ft. high, and flowering in June and July. 49] Varieties. Above 100 varieties are assigned to this species, which are classed in three divisions : — x R. c. 1 provincialis Mill.; the Provence, or Cabbage, Roses ; among which are the royal and cabbage blush; the carmine; the cluster; the Duchesse d’ Angouléme, a very handsome white rose ; the Provence, of which there are upwards of twenty subvarieties; the prolific; the striped nosegay ; and the Versailles. . x R. c. 2 muscosa Mill., the Moss Roses; among which are the common single (jig. 492.), the common double, the blush, the dark, the striped, the white, and the crested moss ; the last a variety recently obtained ; from France, by Mr. Curtis of the Glazen- wood Nursery. (See Bot. Mag., t. 3475. ; and Gard. Mag., vol. xii. p. 182.) B a R.c.3 pomponia Dec., the Pompone Roses ;~ among which are the well-known rose de Meaux, an old inhabitant of the gardens ; the mossy de Meaux, the dwarf, and small Provence; the rose de Rheims; and the common and proliferous pompone. % R. c. 4 bipinnata Red. Ros., ii. p. 4., which has bipinnate leaves. % 37. R.ca’uuica L. The French Rose. Identification. Lin Sp., 704. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 603. Synonymes. R. centitdlia Mill. Dict., No. 41.; R. sylvatica Gater. Mont., p. 94.; R. rdbra Lam, Fi. Fr., 3. p. 130. ; #. holosericea Toetie Ros., t. 18.; R. bélgica Brot. Fl. Lus., 1. p. 338. ; HR. blanda Brot., 1. c.; Rose de Provins, Fr.; Essig Rose, Ger. Engravings. Mill, fig. t. 221. f.2.; Rossig. Ros., t. 17. 22. 25., fig. 6. 26. 28. 31. 36. 38. 39.; Red. Ros., 1. t. 25. 52., 2.7, 8. 10.; and our jig. 493., which is of the variety called the Bishop Rose. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. ROSA. 761 Spec. Char., §c. Prickles unequal. Stipules narrow, divaricate at the tip. Leaflets 5—7, coriaceous, rigid, ovate or lanceolate, deflexed. Flower bud ovate-globose. Sepals spreading during the x, \it 493 time of the flowering. Fruit subglobose, very RY, coriaceous. Calyx and peduncle more or less hispid with glanded hairs, somewhat viscose. A species allied to R. centifolia L., but with round fruit, and very coriaceous leaflets, with more nu- merous nerves, that are a little prominent, and 494s are anastomosing. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 603.) Native ~ of middle Europe and Caucasus, in hedges. The \» flowers vary from red to crimson, and from single “S%) to double; and there is one variety with the 437% flowers double white. The petals of some of SY + the varieties of this rose are used in medicine, 4 particularly that called officinal; which, though ‘ not so fragrant as those of the Dutch hundred- leaved rose, also one of the varieties of this species, are preferred for their beautiful colour and their pleasant astringency. The petals of R. i. gallica are those which are principally used for 3 és “Yi making conserve of roses, and, when dried, for gargles: their odour is increased by drying. They are also used, in common with those of R. centifolia, for making rose-water and attar of roses. This rose was called by old writers the red rose, and is supposed to have been the one assumed as the badge of the House of Lancaster. This, also, is one of the roses mentioned by Pliny; from which, he says, all the others have been derived. It is often confounded with the damask rose; and is the Rosa damascéna of the druggists’ shops. Varieties. The varieties of this species are very numerous; some of the principal are, the cramoisie, royal crimson, black damask, Fanny Bias, Flanders, giant, gloria mundi, grand monarque, the Dutch, the blush, the bishop, and Singleton’s (fig. 493.), all old favourites in our gardens ; Malta, marbled, several subvarieties; mignonne, six or eight sorts ; Morocco, negro, mottled black, Ninon de lEnclos, Normandy; officinal, or the rose of the shops, several varieties; purple, 14 sorts; poppy; velvet, several kinds; ranunculus, rosa mundi, sultana; and Tuscany. The village maid, a striped rose, introduced by Mr. Rogers of Southampton, probably belongs to this species. Besides these, and many others, which are garden sorts, there are the following distinct varieties : — R.g.2 pumila Lindl. Ros., p. 68.; R. pumila Lin. Suppl., p. 262., Jacq. Austr., ii. p. 59. t. 198.; R. repens Munch. Hausv., vy. p. 281. ; R. hispida Munch., 1. c.; R. austriaca Crantz Austr., t. 86.; R. olympica Donn Hort. Cant., ed. 8. p. 170.; with red single flowers, and creeping roots. A native of Austria, Piedmont, Tauria, Cau- casus, Iberia, and about Geneva. #2 R. g. 3 arvina Lindl. Ros., p.69.; R. arvina Krok. Siles., ii. p. 150.; has the leaves naked on both surfaces, and is a native of Silesia. % R. g. 4 inapérta Ser. Mel.,i. p. 86., the Vilmorin Rose, has the branches and peduncles hispid from prickles ; and the calyx campanulate and glandular. The flowers are double, and both white and red. 2 R. g. 5 A’gatha Red. et Thor. Ros., iii. p. 35., with a fig.; the Agatha Rose ; has the sepals more or less pinnate, and the flowers small and very double, with the outer petals spreading, but the inner ones concave. 2 R. g. 6 mérmis Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p. 604. — Glabrous. Branches smooth. Peduncles hardly glandular. Tube of the calyx bell-shaped ; Flowers purple and double ; and sepals shortly and simply pinnate. « R. g. 7 parvifolia Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p. 664.; R. parvifolia Ehr. 762 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY III. Beitr., vi. p. 97., Ker in Bot. Reg., t. 452., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 573.; R. burgundiaca Rossig. Ros., t.4.; R.reménsis Desf. Cat., t. 175., and our Jig. 494. The Burgundy Rose.— A dwarf com- pact shrub, with stiff, ovate, acute, and sharply serrated small leaflets, and very double purple flowers, which are solitary, and have some re- semblance, in form and general appearance, to the flower of a double-flowered Asiatic ranun- culus. Besides these botanical varieties, given in Don’s Miller, there are 19 in the Nouveau Du Hamel. » 38. R. puLCHE’LLA Willd. The neat Rose. Identification. Willd. Enum., p. 545.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 573. Spec. Char., §&c. Ovaries roundish-obovate. Peduncles and calyxes beset with glandular bristles. Petioles clothed with glandular pubescence, unarmed. Cauline prickles scattered. (Don’s Mill. ii. p.573.) Native country un- known. Allied to R. turbinata; but the stems are much smaller; the flow- ers also smaller; and the form of the ovaries is different. Perhaps this is the rose de Meaux of the gardens, or some variety of R. gallica. Itisa shrub, 2 ft. high, and produces its flowers in June and July. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 573.) Remark. Besides the above species and varieties, and numerous other garden varieties arranged under the different heads, the names of which we have not given, Don enumerates above 700 garden varieties, which he con- siders as “belonging to some of the species of the present section.” (See Don’s Mill., ii. p. 573.) § vi. Villose. Derivation. From villosus, villous; in allusion to the hairiness of the species. : Sect. Char. Surculi erect. Prickles straightish. Leaflets ovate or oblong, with diverging serratures. Sepals connivent, permanent. Disk thickened, closing the throat. This division borders equally close upon those of Caninz and Rubiginosz. From both it is distinguished by its root-suckers being erect and stout. The most absolute marks of difference, however, between this and Canine, exist in the prickles of the present section being straight, and the serratures of the leaves diverging. If, as is sometimes the the case, the prickles of this tribe are falcate, the serratures become more diverging. The permanent sepals are another character by which this tribe may be known from Canine. Rubigindse cannot be confounded with the present section, on account of the unequal hooked prickles, and glandular leaves, of the species. Roughness of fruit, and permanence of sepals, are common to both. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 576.) & 39. R. rurBina‘TA Ait. The turbinate-calyxed, or Frankfort, Rose. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 1. v. 2. p. 206.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 603; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 576. Synonymes. R. campanulata Ehrh. Beitr., 6. p. 97.; R. fran- cofortiana Munch. Hausv., 5. p. 24.; #. francfurténsis Rossig. Ros., t. 11. Engravings. Jacq. Schonbr., 4. t. 415.; Jacq. Fragm., 71. *§ t. 107. f. 2.; Red. Ros., 1. p.127.; Rossig. Ros., t. 11.; Law. Ros., t. 69.; and our jig. 495. Spec. Char., §c. Stem nearly without prickles. Branches smooth. Leaflets 5—7, ovate-cor- date, large, wrinkled in a bullate manner, ser- rate, approximate, a little villous beneath. Stipules large, clasping the stem or branch. Flowers disposed subcorymbosely, large, viola- ceous red. Peduncles wrinkled and hispid. Calyx turbinate, smoothish. Sepals undivided, CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEX. RO'SA. 763 subspathulate. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 603.) Flowers large, red, and loose; probably a native of Germany. Introduced in 1629; growing to the height of from 4ft. to 6 ft., and flowering in June and July. Varieties. De Candolle gives the two following forms of this species: the latter of which is most common in British gardens. 2 R.t. 1 francofurtana Ser. R.turbinata Red. et Thor. Ros.,i. p. 127. ic., and ii. p. 95. ic., Lindl. Rosar, Monog., p. 73.; R. campanulata Ehrh, Beitr., vi. p.97.; R. francofurtana Gmel. Fl. Bad., ii. p. 405. ; R. francofurténsis Desf. Cat., 175. The Frankfort Rose.— Stem nearly without prickles. Petioles tomentose. Leaflets somewhat like the leaves of the hornbeam. Peduncles and calyxes hispid, with glanded hairs. Tube of the calyx hemispherically bell-shaped, Petals rosy, tinted with purple. % R. ¢. 2 orbessanea Ser. R. orbessanea Red. et Thor. Ros., ii. p. 21., Lindl, Rosar. Monog., p. 142. The Orbessan Rose. — Stem prickly. Calyxes ovately bell-shaped. The peduncles rather hispid, with glanded hairs. Flowers rose-coloured, double. This is a very valuable kind of rose for shrubberies, &c., from its vigorous and durable habit of growth, its large size, and the abundance of its large flowers, which, though not elegant, are showy and ornamental. % 40. R. vitLo‘sa Lin. The villous-/eaved Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 704.3; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 576. Synonymes. R. mdllis Smith in Eng. Bot., t. 2459.; R. tomentdsa 8 Lindl. Ros., p. 77.; R. hetero- phylla Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 195.; R. pulchélla Woods 1. c., p.196.; &. pomifera Herm. Diss., 16. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 2459. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets rounded, bluntish, downy all over. Fruit globose, rather depressed, partly bristly. Sepals slightly compound. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 576.) Flowers red or pink. This is a very variable plant. Branches without bristles. It is native of Europe, in hedges; in Britain, in bushy rather mountainous situations, in Wales, Scotland, and the north of England, growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., and flowering in July, Varieties. » R. v. 2 resindsa Lindl. Ros., p. 77., has narrow leaflets, and very red flowers. It is a dwarf, grey-looking shrub, a native of Ireland. % R. v. 3 pomifera Desy. Jour. Bot., 1813, p. 117.; R. hispida Poir. Encyc. Bot., No. 15.; and Don’s Mill., il. p. 577.; has the ovaries and peduncles hispid, and the leaflets ovate, and white beneath from tomentum. 2% 41. R. cra’citis Woods. The slender Rose. Identification. Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 186.; Don’s Mill., 2. 570. Synonyme. R. villdsa Smith in Eng. Bot., t. 583., excluding the synonyme and the fruit. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 583. Spec. Char., §c. Peduncles usually in pairs, bristly, often bracteate, Branches, fruit; and calyx bristly. Larger prickles curved, usually twin. Leaflets doubly serrated, hairy on both sides. (Don’s Miill., ii. p. 570.) Petals slightly concave, of a pale pink. Fruit globular. Segments of the calyx simple. Growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and flowering in July. % 42. R. TOMENTO'SA Smith. The tomentose, or woolly, leaved, Rose. Identification. Smith Fi. Brit., 539.; Eng. Bot., 990.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 576. Synonymes. AR. villdsa Ehrh. Arb., p.45., Du Roi Harbk., 2. p. 341., Fl. Dan., t. 1458.; R. mollis- sima Bork. Holz., p. 307.; R. ddbia Wibel. Wirth., p. 263.; R. villosa B Huds,, 219. Engravings. Red. Ros., 2. p. 39. and p. 88. ; Eng. Bot., t. 990. Spec. Char., §c. Leaflets ovate, acute, more or less downy. Fruit elliptical, hispid. Sepals pinnate. Prickles slightly curved. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 576.) Petals white at the base. Native of Europe, in hedges and thickets; plentiful in Britain; growing to the height of 6 ft., and flowering in June and July. Variety. @ R. t. 2 scabriiscula Smith Eng. Bot., t. 1896. R. fee’tida Batard Suppl., 29., Red. Ros., i. p. 131. — Leaves greener than those of 764 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. the species, nearly smooth, except the ribs, which are hairy. Native near Newcastle. % 43. R. SHera’RpvI Davies. Sherard’s Rose. Identification. Davies Welsh Bot., 49.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 576. Synonymes. R. subglobdsa Smith Eng. Fi., 2. p. 384.; 2. tomentdsa var. e and 4 Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 201. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles conical, hooked, compressed. Leaflets elliptical, acute, downy on both surfaces. Sepals pinnate. Fruit globular, abrupt, rather bristly. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.576.) Found near Kingston upon Thames, near Tunbridge Wells, and on the Downs in Kent, in Cambridge- shire, and in the Isle of Anglesea. Peduncles from 1—8, the more numerous the shorter, beset with glandular bristles. Fruit large, and globular. A shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft., and flowering in June and July. % 44, R. syive’stris Lindl. The Wood Rose. Identification. Lindl. Syn. Brit. Fl., p. 101.*; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 576. Synonyme, R. tomentdsa sylvéstris Woods. Spec. Char., &c. Stem erect, coloured, flexuous. Prickles hooked. Leaflets oblong, acute, hoary on both sides. Sepals diverging, deciduous before the fruit is ripe. Fruit elliptic, bristly. (Don’s Mill.,ii. p. 576.) Native of Oxfordshire, in hedges. Growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and flowering in June and July. % 45. R. mo’Lus Led, The soft-leaved Rose. Identification. Led. ex Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 551. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 577. Synonyme. R. Ledebourd Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 551. Spec. Char., &c. Ovaries ovate, glaucous, and prickly, as well as the peduncles, Branches unarmed and pubescent, as well as the petioles. Leaflets obtuse, doubly serrated, villous on both sur- faces. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.577.) Native of Caucasus. Introduced in 1818; growing to the height of from 4f¢t. to 6ft., and flowering in June and July. % 46. R. a’~tBa Lin. The common white Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 705.; Lawr. Ros., t. 23, 25. 32. 37.; CEd. Fl. Dan., t. 1215.5; Red. Ros. 1. p. 97. and p. 17.; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 577. Synonyme. A. usitatissima Gat. Montaub., t, 94. Engravings. Lawr. Ros., t. 23. 25, 32. 37.; Q&d. Fl. Dan., t. 1215. ; Red. Ros., 1. p, 17., and p. 97. ; Gat. Montaub., t. 94. ; and our jig. 496. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaflets oblong, glaucous, rather na- ked above, simply serrated. Prickles straightish or <3 falcate, slender or strong, without bristles. Sepals pinnate, reflexed. Fruit unarmed. (Don’s Mill.,ii. p- 577.) Native of Piedmont, Cochin-China, Den- f ? mark, France, and Saxony. Flowers large, either ;\\\\ white, or of the most delicate blush colour, with a grateful fragrance. Fruit oblong, scarlet, or blood- 77/7734 coloured. A shrub, growing from 4ft. to 10 ft. in V" height, and flowering in June and July. Varieties. The garden varieties are very numerous; and some of the most beautiful are the double, 4 496 semidouble, and single blush; the celestial, a well-known favourite; the great, small, and cluster maiden’s blush; the double thornless; and the double, semidouble, and single white. The rose blanche a cceur vert, the bouquet blanc, and the blanche de la Belgique are well-known and beau- tiful French varieties of this species. § vii. Rubiginose Lindl. Derivation. From rubiginosus, rusty; the leaves of the species being usually furnished with rust- coloured glands beneath. Sect. Char.,§c. Prickles unequal, sometimes bristle-formed, rarely wanting. Leaflets ovate or oblong, glandular, with diverging serratures. Sepals per- manent. Disk thickened. Root-shoots arched. The numerous glands on the lower surface of the leaves will be sufficient to prevent anything else being referred to this section; and although R. tomentosa has sometimes glandular leaves, the inequality of the prickles of the species of Rubiginész, and their red fruit, will clearly distinguish them. (Don’s Mill, ii. p.577.) This division includes all the eglantine, or sweet-briar, roses. CHAP, XLII. ROSA‘CER. ROSA. 765 % 47, R.Lu‘TEA Dodon. The yellow Eglantine Rose. Identification. Dodon. Pempt., 187. ; Mill. Dict., No. 11.; Lawr. Ros., t. 12.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 363. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 577. : ; Synonymes. R. Eglantéria Lin. Sp. 703., Red. Ros.,1. p. 69.3; &. foe’tida Herm. Diss., 18.; &. chlorophylla Ehrh. Beitr., 2. p. 69.; R. crea Rossig. Ros. t. 2. : Engravings. Lawr. Ros., t. 12.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 363.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 69.; Rossig. Ros., t. 2.; and our fig. 497. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles straight. Leaflets deep green. Sepals nearly entire, setigerous. Petals flat, concave. Flowers deep yellow, large, cupshaped, solitary. Fruit unknown. A shrub, a native of Germany and the south of France; introduced in 1596; growing from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, and flowering in June. Varieties. % R. /. 2 subrubra Red. Ros., iii. p. 73., with a fig.— Peduncles rather hispid and glandular. Leaves and petioles glabrous. Stem prickly at the base. Prickles unequal, scattered. Petals of a lurid red above, and yellowish beneath. Stigmas yellow. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 577.) % R. /. 3 punicea Lindl. Ros., p. 84.; R. pu- nicea Mill. Dict., No. 12., Rossig. Ros., t.5.; R.cinnamomea Roth Fl. Germ., i. | p- 217.; R. lutea bicolor Jacq. Vind., i. t. 1., Lawr. Ros., t. 6., Sims Bot. Mag., t.1077.; R. Eglanteria punicea Red. Ros., i. p. 71. t. 24.; &R. Eglantéria bicolor Dec. Fl. Fr., iv. p. 437.3; and our jig. 498. ; has the petals scarlet above, and yellow beneath. #48, R.rupietno‘’sa Lin. The rusty-/eaved Rose, Sweet Briar, or Eglantine. Identification. Lin. Mant., 2. p. 594.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 604.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 577. ° Synonymes. R. suavifdlia Lightf. Scot., 1. p. 261.,'Fl. Dan., t. 870.2; R. Eglantéeria Mill. Dict., No. 4., Lin. Sp., edit. 1. p.491.; &. agréstis Savi Fi. Pis., p.475.; R. rubigindsa parvifldra Rau. Enum., 135 Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 991.; Curt. Fl. Lond., t.116.; Jacq. Austr., t. 50.; Lawr. Ros., t. 41. 61. 65. 72. and 74. ; Schkuhr Handb., t. 134.; and our fig. 499. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles hooked, compressed, with smaller straighter ones interspersed. Leaflets elliptical, doubly serrated, hairy, clothed beneath with rust-coloured glands. Sepals pinnate, and bristly, as well as the peduncles. Fruit obovate, bristly towards the base. (Don’s Mill., ii.p. 577.) Native throughout Europe, and of Caucasus. In Britain, in bushy places, on a dry gravelly or chalky soil. Leaves sweet-scented when bruised, Flowers pink. Fruit scarlet, obovate or elliptic. A shrub, growing from 4:ft. to 6 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July. Varieties. # R _ 17. 2 Vaillantiana Red. Ros., 3. p. 95., with a fig. — Fruit ovate and hispid. Prickles of the branches somewhat horizontal. Leaflets nearly glabrous above. Flowers white. % R. r. 3 rotundifolia Lindl. Ros., 88.— Branches flagelliform. Leaflets roundish and small. Tube of the calyx nearly globose, and glabrous. Flowers solitary. A native of Germany. % R. 7. 4 aculeatissima Dup. Gym. Ros., 13. ex Red. et Thor. Ros., 2. p. 97.— Flowers usually solitary. Prickles straightish and very numerous. Usually cultivated in gardens. SR. x. 5 nemoralis Red, et Thor. Ros.,2. p. 23., witha fig. — Leaflets large and thin. Prickles straightish and few. A native of France. R. r. 6 umbeliata Lindl, Ros.,87.; R. tenuiglanduldsa Mer, Fl. Par., 189.; R.r. Eglantéria cymbdsa Woods in Lin. Trans. ; R. sempervirens Roth Fl. Germ., \. p. 218. ; has flowers several in a fascicle. Fruit globose, almost smooth. Peduncles hispid. Branches very prickly ; prickles hooked. & R. r. 7 piubera Ser. in Dec. Prod. has the leaflets and petioles puberulous. % R. r. 8 grandiflora Lindl.'Ros. has large flowers and glabrous purple fruit. The leaflets are nearly naked, and the peduncles glabrous, R. +. 9 major Ser. has erect sterns, broad leaflets, and semidouble flowers. 766 ARBORETUM AND FRU'TICETUM. PART Ill. & R. r. 10 spinulifdlia Ser. in Dec. Prod has large prickles, straight and somewhat deflexed ; with oval leaflets, spinulose beneath, &% R. r. 11 flecudsa Lindl. Ros., 88.— Branches very flexible. Leaflets nearly orbicular. Brac- teas deciduous. % R. r. 12 parvifolia Lindl. Ros., 145., is a dwarf shrub, with bristly branches, roundish leaf- lets, and flowers of a pale rose-colour. ‘ . Garden Varieties. Some of the best for an arboretum are, the blush, cluster, double, dwarf, semi- double, mossy, scarlet, tree double, and white semidouble, 249, R.suaAvE‘OLENS Pursh. The sweet-scented Rose, American Sweet Briar, or Eglantine. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., vol. 1. p. 546. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 578. Synonymes. R. rubigindsa and Eglantéria of the Americans, Rafin. Ros. Amer, in Ann. Phys., 5. p. 518. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles scattered, straight. Petioles beset with glandular bristles. Leaflets ovate, serrated, sparingly glandular beneath. Flowers usually solitary. Peduncles bracteate. Fruit ovate. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 578.) Native of North America. Leaves sweet-scented when bruised. Flowers pink. Sepalsentire. A shrub, growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., and flower- ing in June and July. % 50. R.micra’NTHA Sm. The small-flowered Rose, or Sweet Briar. Identification. Smith in Eng. Bot., t.2490,; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 578. Synonyme. AR. rubigindsa 8 micrantha Lindl. Ros., p. 87., with erroneous synonymes. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles hooked, scattered, nearly uniform. Leaflets ovate, doubly serrated, hairy, glandular beneath. Sepals pinnate. Fruit elliptic, rather bristly, contracted at the sum- mit. Stems straggling. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 578.) Native of Britain, in hedges and thickets, chiefly in the south of England. Leaves sweet-scented. Flowers small, pale red. A shrub, from 4 ft. to 5 ft. in height, flowering in June and July. & 51. R. se‘pium Thuil. The Hedge Rose, or ‘Briar. Identification. Thuil. Fl. Par. 252,; Borr. in Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2653. ; Don’s Mill., 2. 578. Synonymes. R. helvética and A. myrtifolia Hall; R.canina® Dec. Fl. Fr., ed. 3..No. 3617.; R. agréstis Savi Fi. Pis., 1. p. 474.; A. biserrata, R. macrocarpa, and A. stipularis Mer, Fi. Par., 190., ex Desv., f. 75. Engraving. Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2653. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles slender. Branches flexuous. Leaflets shining, acute at both ends. Flowers usually solitary. Fruit polished. Sepals pinnate, with very narrow segments. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 578.) Native of Europe, in hedges; in England, near Bridport, Warwickshire, Flowers small, pink, A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July. & 52. R. 1BE’RICcA Stfev. The Iberian Rose. Identification. Stev. in Bieb. Fl. Taur. Suppl., 343.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 578. Spec. Char., &c. Cauline prickles scattered, hooked, dilated at the base. Petioles glandular and prickly. Leaflets broad, ovate, glandularly biserrated, and beset with glands on both surfaces. Fruit ovate, smooth, or with a few bristles, as well as the peduncles. (Don’s Mill., ii. p.578.) Na- tive of Eastern Iberia, about the town of Kirzchinval. Very nearly allied to R. pulverulénta, according to Bieberstein. A shrub, growing from 4 ft, to 6 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1820. «53. R. GLuTino'sa Smith. The clammy Rose, or Briar. Identification. Smith. Fl. Grec. Prod., 1. p. 348. ; Fl. Gree., t. 482.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 578. Synonymes. R. rubigindsa crética Red. Ros., 1. p. 93., and p.{125. t. 47.; #. rubigindsa spherocarpa Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, t. 118., Cupan. Pamph., ed. 1. t. 61. Spec. Char., &c. Branches pilose. Prickles numerous, falcate. Leaflets roundish, coarsely serrated, hoary, glandular, and viscid or both surfaces, Fruit and peduncles beset with stiff bristles. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 578.) Flowers pale blush. Sepals subpinnate. Fruit scarlet. Native of Mount Par- nassus, and of Sicily and Candia, on the mountains. Introduced in 1821; growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., and flowering in June and July. % 54. R. Kuu‘kiz Bess. Kluki’s Rose, or Sweet Briar. aah i al Cat. Hort. Crem., 1816, Suppl., 4. p.19.; Bieb. Fl. Taur. Suppl., 343. ; Don’s ill, 2. p. 579. Synonymes. R. rubigindsa Bieb. Fl. Taur., No. 979., exclusive of the synonymes; A. floribinda Stev. ; R. balsamea Bess. Spec. Char., &c. Cauline prickles strong, compressed, dilated at the base, recurved, Petioles vil- lous and prickly. Leaflets small, elliptic, acute, sharply biserrated, with the serratures glandular, villous above, but rusty and glandular beneath, Peduncles and fruit beset with glandular bristles. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 579.) Flowers pink. Allied to #. rubigindsa, according to Bieberstein ; but, according to Besser, to #. alba. Native of Tauria, Introduced in 1819; growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6ft., and flowering in June and July. gv 55. R. Montezu‘MZ Humb. Montezuma’s Rose, or Briar. Identification. Humb. et Bonpl. in Red. Ros., 1. p. 55. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 579. Engraving. Humb. et Bonpl. in Red. Ros., 1. p. 55. t. 16. Spec. Char., &c. Petioles armed with little hooked prickles. Branches unarmed. Leaflets ovate, sharply serrated, glabrous. Flowers solitary, terminal. Tube of calyx elliptic, and, as well as the peduncles, glabrous. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 279.) Native of Mexico, on the chain of porphyry moun- tains which bound the valley of Mexico on the north, at the elevation of 1416 toises, on the top of Cerro Ventosa, near the mine of San Pedro, Flowers pale red. Sepals compound, dilated at the end. A shrub growing to the height of from 41ft. to 6ft., and flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1825, a CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. ROSA. "67 § viii. Canine Lindl. Derwation. From caninus, belonging to a dog; because R. canina is commonly called the dog rose. The name is applied to this section, because all the species contained in it agree in character with #. canina. Sect. Char., §c. Prickles equal, hooked. Leaflets ovate, glandless or glan- dular, with the serratures conniving. Sepals deciduous. Disk thickened, closing the throat. Larger suckers arched. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 579.) & 56. R. cauca‘sEA Pall. The Caucasian Dog Rose. Identification. Pall. Ross., t. 11. ; Lindl. Ros., p. 97. ; Don’s Mill., 2. (7% p. 579. Synonyme. R. \leucantha Bieb. Fl. Taur. Suppl., 351, ? Engravings. Lind. Ros., t. 11.; and our fig. 500. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles strong, recurved. Leaf- * lets soft, ovate. Calyx and peduncles hispid. ‘S Sepals simple. Fruit smooth. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 579.) Flowers large, growing in bunches, white or pale red. A shrub, growing tothe height —SV/\\ of from 10 ft. to 12ft., and flowering in June and *~“>yyAy * 50) July. Introduced in 1798. This species, as me grown in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges, is of a robust habit, with glaucous leaves, flowering and fruiting freely. The plant is a useful one for the filling up of large shrubberies. % 57. R.cant‘na Lin. The common Dog Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 704. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 579. Synonymes. #R. dumalis Bechst. Forsth., 241. and 939. ex Rau.; R. andegavénsis Bat. Fi. Main. et Loir., 189., Red. Ros., 2. p. 9. t. 3.; R. glatica Lois. in Desv. Journ.; R. arvensis Schrank Fi. Mon.; R. glaucéscens Mer. Par.; R. nitens Mer., 1. c.; R. teneriffénsis Donn Hort. Cant., ed. 8. p. 169.; &. senticdsa Achar. Acad. Handl., 34. p. 91. t. 3. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 992.; Fl. Dan., t. 555.; Curt. Lond., t.299.; Lawr. Ros., t. 21. 29. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles strong, hooked. Leaflets simply serrated, pointed, quite smooth. Sepals pinnate. Fruit ovate, smooth, or rather bristly, like the aggregate flower stalks. (Don’s Mill. ii. p. 579.) Native through- out Europe, and the north of Africa; plentiful in Britain, in hedges, woods, and thickets. Flowers rather large, pale red, seldom white. Fruit ovate, bright scarlet, of a peculiar and very grateful fla- vour, especially if made into a conserve with sugar. The pulp of the fruit, besides saccharine matter, contains citric acid, _ which gives it an acid taste. The pulp, before it is used, should be carefully cleared from the nuts or seeds. A shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 10 ft., and flowering in June and July. Varieties. 2 R. c. 2 surculisa Woods in Lin. Trans. only differs from the species in having remarkably strong shoots, bearing sometimes great plenty of flowers. % R.c. 3 nuda Woods |. c. differs very slightly from the species. % R.c. 4 aciphilla Lind. Ros., p. 99. ; R.aciphylla Rau., 69. with a fig., Red. Ros., ii. p. 31. t. 13.,and our jigs. 501. 502.; is a very remarkable variety, from the straightness of its shoots, and its singular habit of growth. The leaves are smooth on both surfaces, and the flowers are smaller than those of the species. & R. ce. 5 egyptiaca Lind. Ros., p. 99.; R. indica Forsk. Atgyp. Descr., 113.; has the leaflets broader and more glabrous than the species. % R.c.6 burbonidna Desy. Journ. Bot., 1813; R. © ty gallica burbénica Red. Ros., i. p. 74.; has the leaflets rather cordate, and the flowers purple and semidouble. 3F 768 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IT. # R. c. 7 nitens Desy. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 114., Ser. Mel., i. p. 43. ; R. nitens Desv. in Mer. Fl. Par., 192.; has smooth shining leaflets, and ovate fruit. a R. c. 8 obtusifolia Desy. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 15.3; 2. obtusifolia Desv. Journ. Bot., ii. p. 1809, p.317.; R.leucantha Lois, Bot. 1802, Bast. Suppl., 32., Dec. Prod. Fl. Fr., v. p. 535., but not of Bieb. ; has the leaflets rather pilose beneath. ® R.c. 9 glaucéscens Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 114.; R. glaucéscens Desv. in Mer, Fl. Par., 192.; R. canina glaiea Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 116.; isa native of France, with slender prickles, and leaves that are glaucous beneath. % R.c. 10 Schottiana Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p. 116. ; R. glatca Schott ex Besser Enum., 64.; is a native of Podolia, with rugged unarmed branches and smooth fruit. % R.c. 11 pilosiéscula Desy. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 115.; 2. humilis Bess. Suppl. Cat. Crem., 4.; R. nitidula Bess. Enum., p. 20. and 61.; R. friedlanderiana Besser. Enum., 46. 60. 63.; R. collina Rau. Enum., No. 163.; has the branches prickly, the petioles tomentose and hispid, and the fruit ovate and rather smootb. 2 R. c. 12 fastigidta Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p.114.; R, fastigiata Bast. Supp., 30., Dec. Fr. v. p. 535., Red. Ros., ii. p. 3.; R. stylosa B Desv. Journ. Bot., ii. p. 317.3; has the prickles strong, and the fruit smooth ; it is a stiff upright-growing plant, a native of France. 2 R. c. 13 hispida Desy. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 114.; R. canina var. lanceolata, grandidentata, and ovoidalis Desv. 1. c., p. 114. and 115.; R. andegavénsis Bast. Ess., 189., Supp., 29., Dec. Fl. Fr., v. p. 539., Red. Ros. ii. p.9.; R. sempervirens Bast. Ess., p. 188., Rau. Hnum., 120., Lindl. Ros., p. 142., but not of Lin.; has the fruit and peduncles hispid, and the branches prickly. a R.c. 14 microcérpa Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 115., has the leaflets velvety beneath, and the fruit small, ovate, and glabrous. It is a native of France. &% R.c. 15 Meratiina Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p.614.; FR. biserrata Mer. Fl. Par., 190., Red. Ros., iii. p. 27.; very closely resembles the species, except in the fruit being somewhat larger. 2 R. c. 16 ambigua Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 114.; 2. malmundia- rénsis Lejeune Fi. Spa., i. p. 231., Red. Ros., p. 34.; has the fruit and peduncles smooth. % R.c. 17 squarrosa Rau. Enum., 77.; R. canina 6 Dict. Fl. Taur., i. p- 400., ex Rau. 1. c., has the leaflets doubly serrated, and is a native of Germany. @ R.c. 18 rubifora Ser. in Dee. Prod., ii. p. 614., has flowers resem- bling those of the common raspberry. # 58. R.Fo’rsterzZ Sm. Forster’s Dog Rose. Identification. Smith Engl F1., 2. p. 392.; Borr. in Eng. Bot. Suppl., 2611.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 580. Synonyme. R. collina 8 and y, Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 392. Engraving. Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2611. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles scattered, conical, hooked. Leaflets simply serrated, smooth above, but hairy on the ribs beneath. Sepals doubly pinnate. Fruit elliptical, smooth, like the aggregate flower stalks. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 580.) A native of Europe, in hedges; plentiful in England. Flowers pale red. A shrub, growing to the height of from 6 ft. to 8 ft.; flowering in June and July. % 59. R. pumETO‘RUM Thuill. The Thicket Dog Rose. Identification. Thuil. Fl. Par., 250. ; Bor. in Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2610. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 580. Synonymes. R. leucantha £ acutifodlia Bast. in Dec. Fl. Fr., 5. p. 535.; R. sepium Borkh. ex Rau. pair 79.; R. solstitialis Bess. Prim. Fl, Gall., 324.; &. corymbifera Gmel. Fl. Bad. Als., 2. 4 p. 427. Engraving. Eng. Bot. Suppl., t. 2610. Spec. Char., a Prickles numerous, scattered, hooked. Leaflets simply serrated, hairy on both surfaces. Sepals pinnate, deciduous. Peduncles aggregate, slightly hairy. Fruit elliptical, smooth, as long as the bracteas. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 580.) Native of Europe, in hedges; and found, in England, in the southern counties, but seldom in any abundance. Flowers reddish. A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July, CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEH. RO'SA. 769 % 60. R. BRACTE’scENS Woods. The bractescent Dog Rose. * te} Identification. Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 216.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 580. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles aggregate, hooked. Leaflets ovate, almost simply serrated, downy bé- neath. Bracteas rising much above the fruit. Sepals pinnate, falling off: Peduncles aggregate, occasionally rather hairy. Fruit globose, smooth. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 580.) Native of England, in hedges, about Ulverton, Lancashire; and Ambleton, Westmoreland. Flowers flesh-coloured. A shrub, 6 ft. to 7 ft. high, and fowering in June ana July. % 61. R.saRMENTA‘CEA Swartz. The sarmentaceous Dog Rose. Identification. Swartz MSS. ; Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 213.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 580. Synonymes. R. glaucoph¥lla Winch Geogr. Distrib., 45.; R.canina Roth Fl. Germ., 2. p. 560. Engraving. Curt. Lond., fase. 5. t. 34. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles hooked. Leaflets ovate, doubly serrated, smooth, glandular. Peduncles aggregate, smooth or minutely bristly. Sepals pinnate, deciduous. Fruit broadly elliptic, naked. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 580.) Native of Europe, common in hedges and bushy places; plentiful in Britain. Flowers pink, and fragrant. Fruit scarlet ; as grateful to the palate, probably, as that of #. canina, with which this equally common plant is generally confounded. A shrub, 8 ft. tu 10 ft. high ; flowering in June and July. 2 62. R. cmsia Sm. The grey Dog Rose. Identification. Smith Eng. Bot., t. 2367.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 580. Synonymes. MR. canina;pubéscens Afzx.. Ros, Suec. Tent., 1. p. 2.; _R. canina € cx sia Lindl. Ros., p. 99. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 2367. Spec. Char., &§c. Prickles hooked, uniform. Leaflets elliptical, somewhat doubly serrated, glaucous, hairy beneath, without glands, Sepals distantly pinnate, deciduous. Flower stalks smooth, solitary. Fruit elliptical, smooth. (Don’s MiiZ., ii. p. 580.) Native of Scotland, in the Highland valleys, but rare; at Taymilt, in Mid-Lorn, Argyleshire; and in Strath Tay, between Dunkeld and Aber- feldie, and by the side of Loch Tay. Flowers generally of a uniform carnation hue, but occa- sionally white. _A shrub, from 4 ft. to 5 ft. in height; flowering in July. % 63. R. Bo’RrerZ Woods. Borrer’s Dog Rose. Identification. Woods in Lin. Trans., 12. p. 210.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 580. Synonymes. R.dumetdrum Smith in Eng. Bot., t. 2579.; R. rubigindsa + Lindi. Ros., p. 88.; RP. rubigindsa inoddra Hook. Lond., t. 117.; R. sepium Borkh. ex Rau. Enum. 90.? but not of _ Thuil.; 2. affinis Rau. Enum., 79.; R. uncinélla 8 Besser Enum., 64. ? Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 2579, ; Hook. Lond., t. 117. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles hooked. Leaflets ovate, doubly serrated, hairy, without glands. Sepals pinnate, often doubly pinnate, deciduous. Flower stalks aggregate, hairy. Fruit elliptical, smooth. Native of Britain, in hedges and thickets. (Don’s Mid, ii. p. 580.) Flowers pale red. Fruit deep scarlet. A shrub, growing from 6 ft. to 10 ft. in height ; flowering in June and July. % 64. Rk. RuBRIFO‘LIA Vill, The red-leaved Dog Rose. Identification. Vill. Dauph., 3. p. 549.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 581. Synonymes. R. multiflora Reyn. Act. Laus., 1. p. 70. t.6.; R. rubieGinda Hall. Fil. in Roem. Arch., 3. p. 376.; A. lurida Andr. Ros.; R. cinnamdmea y rubrifdlia Red. Ros., 1. p. 134. Engravings. Bell. in Act. Taur., 1790, p. 229. t.9.; Jacq. Fragm., 70. t. 106.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 35 t. 4.; Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 430.; and our jig. 503. Spec. Char., &c. Prickles small, distant. Leaflets ovate, and, as well as the branches, glabrous, , opaque, discoloured. Sepals narrow, entire. Fruit ovate, globose, smooth. Flowers corymbose. Pe- duncles smooth. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 581.) Native of Dauphiné, Austria, Savoy, Pyrenees, and Au- vergne, in woods. Stems red. Leaves red at the edges. Flowers small, deep red. Sepals narrow, longer than the petals. A shrub, growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., and flowering in June and July; and producing a pleasing effect in a shrubbery, from the pinkness of its foliage. At the funeral of Villars, who first named and described this rose, branches and flowers of it were cut and strewed over his grave. Vane R. 7. 2 hispidula Ser. Mus. Helv., 1. p. 8. and p. 12. t. 1.; 2. cinnamdmea glatica Desv. Jour. Bot., 1813, p. 120., Red. Ros., 1. p. 134. — Leaflets ovate. Flowers red. Fruit smooth and corymbose. Peduncles hispid ; and sepals entire. aE R. 7. 3 Redouléa Ser,in Dec. Prod., 2. p. 609.—Stems and branches reddish. Prickles slender, and hardly curved. Corymbs few-flowered. Petals a very pale red, with rose-coloured and dotted margins. G. Don supposes this a hybrid between 2. rubrifdlia and R. spinosissima. R. r. 4inérmis Ser. in Dec. Prod. has the stem and branches unarmed. It is a native of Switzerland. % R. r. 5 pinnatifida Ser. in Mus. Helv., 1. p. 11.; R. r. germinibus cvatis, and 2. montana germinibus glabris Schleich. Cat., 1815, p. 24. and 46.; R. canina globdsa Desv. Journ. Bot., 1813, p. 114.5; has the leaflets ovate ; the flowers solitary and terminal; the sepals pinnatifid; and the fruit globose and smooth. It is a native of Switzerland. Bie 770 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. # 65. R. VNvica L. The Indian, or common China, Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 705. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 581. Synonymes. R. s{nica Lin. Syst. Veg., ed. 13, p. 398. ; R. semperfldrens carnea Rossig. Ros., £;,19.,; R. indica chinénsis semiplena Ser. Mel.,. 1. p. 31.;_&. reclindta flore submultiplici Red. Ros., p. 79.; the monthly Rose, the blush China Rose, the Tea-scented Rose ; Rosier Indien, Rose Thé, Fr.; Indische Rose, Ger. Engravings. Lawr. Ros., t. 26.; Red. Ros., 1. p. 51. t. 142., p. 35. t. 15.; and our fig. 504. Spec. Char., §c. Stem upright, whitish, or green, or purple. Prickles stout, falcate, distant. Leaflets 3—5; ovate-acuminate, coriaceous, shining, gla- brous, serrulate ; the surfaces of different colours. Stipules very narrow, connate with the petiole, almost entire, or serrate. Flowers solitary, or in panicles. Stamens bent inwards. Peduncle sub- articulate, mostly thickened upwards, and with the calyx smooth, or wrinkled and bristly. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 600.) Native of China, near Canton. Flowers red, usually semidouble. Petioles setige- rous and prickly. Petals obcordate. A shrub, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 20 ft., and flowering throughout the year. It was introduced in 1789. Varieties. There are numerous varieties of this beautiful rose cultivated in England; but the gar- & den varieties of it are very generally confounded with those of A. semper- florens. The following are quite distinct ; and may each be considered the type of a long list of subvarieties. # R.i. 2 Noisettiana Ser. in Dec. Prod., ii. p- 600., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 581. The Noisette Rose. ( fig. 505.) — Stem firm, and, as well as the branches, prickly. C8: ene Stipules nearly entire. Flowers pani- 225% cled, very numerous, semidouble, pale red. Styles exserted. This well-known and very beautiful rose is almost in- valuable in a shrubbery, from its free and vigorous growth, and the profusion of its flowers, which are continually being produced during the whole sum- mer. Numerous subvarieties have been raised of the Noisette rose, some of the most distinct of which are, the R.2. NV. purpurea of Redouté, which has red flowers; R. i. WN. nivea, the Aime Vibert of the French nurseries, which has double white flowers, and which is probably a hybrid between R. indica and &. moschata; R. i. NV. Smithii, Smith’s yellow Noisette rose, the flowers of which are very double, of a deeper yellow than the double yellow China rose (2. i. ochroleuca), and disposed in clustered corymbs of from 10 to 22, and are highly fragrant. This new kind of rose is perfectly hardy, is readily increased by cuttings, and may be regarded as a most valuable addition to our already numerous list of China roses. (Brit. Flow.-Gard. 2 Ser. t. 158.) # FR. i. 3 odoratissima Lindl. Ros., p. 106., Bot. Reg., t.864., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 582.; 2. odora- tissima Swt. Hort. Sub. Lond.; R. indica fra- grans Red. Ros.,i. p. 6. t. 19.; and our jig. 506. ; the sweetest, or tea-scented, China Rose ; Rosea oti CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEA. ROSA. 771 Odeur de Thé, Fr.; has semidouble flowers, of a most delicious fragrance, strongly resembling the scent of the finest green tea. There are numerous subvarieties. é * R.i. 4 longifolia Lindl. Ros., p. 106.; 2. longi- folia Willd. Enum., ii. 1079., Red. Ros., ii. t. 27. 5 R. semperflorens var. 7. N. Du Ham., vi. p. 22.; 2. salicifolia Hort.; and our jig. 507. ; has the stems nearly unarmed, and long lanceo- late leaflets. # R. i. 5 pumila Lindl. Ros., p. 106., is a dwarf variety, with purplish flowers, having ovate petals. * R. i. 6 caryophillea Red. Ros., iii. p. 69., has the flowers ina kind of panicle, and the leaflets large and thin. # R. i. 7 pannosa Red. has the stems and branches prickly ; the leaflets ovate, and red beneath, with the stipules so finely denticulated as to give them somewhat of a fringed or pannose appearance. Flowers drooping a little, purple on the outside, and with the inner petals rose-coloured. a R.i. 8 cruénta Red., and Don’s Mill., il. p. 582,.; differing from the above principally in having the stems and branches almost un- armed, and the stipules almost entire. * R.i.9 Fraseriana Hort. Brit., p. 211., and Don’s Mill., ii. p. 582.; a hybrid, with double pink flowers. & R. 2. 10 raga Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1389., has double blush, changing to white, sweet-scented flowers. It is a hybrid between R. i. odora- tissima and R. arvénsis, brought from Italy, where it was raised by Mr. Clare. It grows freely, making shoots 10 ft. or 12 ft. long in a season. % Ri. 11 ochroleica Bot. Reg., the yellow China Rose, has large cream- coloured flowers, deepening almost into yellow in the centre. It was introduced by Mr. Parks, in 1824, and has rapidly become a great favourite, in pots and ornamental flower-gardens. *® 66. R. SEMPERFLO‘RENS Curt. The ever-flowering China Rose. st lp ea Gare Bot. Mag., t. 284. ; Smith Exot. Bot., 2. p. 91.; Jacq. Schénbr., 3, p. 281. ; Don’s Syncageee R. diversifdlia Vent. Cels., t.°35.; R. bengalénsis Pers. Ench., 2. p. 50.; &. indica Red. Ros., 1. p. 49. t. 13., p. 125. t. 46., and 2. p. 37. t. 16. Engravings. Lawyr. Ros., t. 23.; N. Du Ham., vii. t. 18.; and our Jig. 508., of a double French variety. Spec. Char., §c. Branches dark green, armed with scattered, compressed, hooked prickles, and a very few glands. Leaflets 3—5, ovate-lanceolate, crenate-serrated, shining above, but glaucous and slightly setigerous beneath. Sepals compound, narrow. Fruit spherical. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 582.) Native of China. Flowers solitary, single, or semi- double, deep crimson. There are some very }y, splendid varieties of this species, with semidouble ,-2-% crimson flowers, in our gardens; and the French tf a appear to have some others still more beautiful, / which have not yet been imported. A shrub, introduced in 1789, growing from 8 ft. to 10 ft. in height, and flowering throughout the year. For this beautiful rose we are indebted to Gilbert Slater, Esq., Low-Layton, Essex, a gentleman to whose memory a genus has not yet been devoted, though he was the means of introducing several of our finest plants. 3F3 ae OY ~I ~I a) ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. 2 67. R. LAWRENCEA‘NA Swt. Miss Lawrence’s China Rose. Identification. Sweet Hort. Suburb.; Lindl. Ros., p. 110. ; Don’s Mill. 2. p. 582. Synonymes. R. semperfidrens minima Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1762.; R. indica var. « acuminata Red. Ros., 1. p. 53.3; Zt. indica Lawrencedna Red. Ros., 2. p. 38. Engravings. Red. Ros., 1. p. 53.; and our jig. 509. Spec. Char., §c. Dwarf. Prickles large, stout, {nearly straight. Leaflets ovate acute, finely serrated. Petals acuminated. (Don’s M7il., ii. p. 582.) Native of China. Flowers small, single or semidouble, pale blush. A shrub, 1 ft. in height, which flowers throughout the year. ‘ihe beautiful little plants called fairy roses are nearly all varieties of #. Lawrencedza ; and nae are well worthy of culture, from their extreme dwarfness (often flowering when not more than 6in. high), and the beautiful colour of their miniature rose-buds, the petals of which appear of a much darker hue than those of the expanded flower. §ix. Systyle Lindl. Derivation. From sun, together, and stu/os, a style; in reference to the styles being connected. Sect. Char. Styles cohering together into an elongated column. Stipules adnate. The habit of this section is nearly the same as that of the last division. The leaves are frequently permanent. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 582.) & x 68. R.sy’sryta Bat. The connate-styled Rose. Identification. Bat. F). Main, et Loir. Suppl., 31.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 582. Synonymes. R. collina Smith in Eng. Bot., t. 1895.; R. stylosa Desv. Journ. Bot., 2. p. 317. ; R. brevistyla Dec. Fl. Fr. Suppl., p. 537.; R. bibracteata Dec., 1. c.; R. systyla « ovata Lindl. Ros., p. 111. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 1895. Spec. Char., &c. Shoots assurgent. Prickles strong, hooked. Peduncles glandular. Sepals pin- nate, deciduous. Styles smooth. Floral receptacle conical. (Don’s Miull., ii. p. 582.) Native of France and England, in hedges and thickets; common in Sussex ; at Walthamstow, Quendon, and Clapton, near London ; at Dunnington Castle, Berkshire; near Penshurst, Kent ; and Horn- sey, Middlesex ; hills in the south of Scotland. Flowers fragrant, pink or almost white, Fruit ovate-oblong. A shrub, growing to from 8 ft. to 12 ft. in height, and flowering from May to July There are several varieties, but they do not differ materially in appearance from the species. Rx 69. R. anve’Nsis Huds. The Field Rose. Identification. Tuds. F)..Angl., ed. 1. p. 192., according to Lindl. Ros. Mon. ; Lin. Mant., p. 245. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 596. Synonymes. R. sylvéstris Hem. Diss., p. 10.; R. scandens Maench Weiss. Pl., p. 118.; #. herpé- rhodon Lhrh Beitr., 2. p.69.; A. Halleri Krok. Siles, 2. p. 150.; R. fasca Maench Meth., p. 688. ; R. sérpens Ehrh. Arbor., p. 35. ; R. sempervirens Rossig. Ros.; R. repens Gmel. Fl. Bad. Als., 2. p. 418., Jacq. Fragm., p. 69. t. 104. ; R. rampans Reyn. Mém. Laus., 1. p. 69. t. 5. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 188.; Lawr. Ros., t. 86.; Red. Ros., 1. t. 33,; Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2054. ; and our jig. 510. Spec. Char., §c. Shoots cord-like. Prickles unequal and falcate. Leaves deciduous, and composed of 5—7 gla- brous, or indistinctly ciliated, leaflets, glaucescent beneath. Stipules diverging at the tip. Flowers solitary or globose. _ Sepals almost entire, short. Styles cohering into an “=”4 elongated glabrous column. Fruit ovate, or ovate-globose, coriaceous, crimson, glabrous, or a little hispid, as well as__- the peduncles. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 597.) In open situa- , tions, a trailing plant, sometimes rooting at the joints; ¢ but, in hedges, and among bushes, a climber by elonga- ¥ tion; reaching to their tops, and covering them with tufts 77} of foliage and flowers; the leaves remaining on late in the season; and the fruit often remaining on all the win- ter. The shoots are, in general, feeble, much divided, and entangled; and they generally produce, here and there, rugged ex- crescences, which readily take root. Hence, by budding the more rare sorts on the shoots, a little above these excrescences, and, after the buds have united, cutting off a portion of the shoot containing the excrescence at one end, and the inoculated bud at the other, and putting in these portions as cuttings, different varieties may be propagated with expedition and ease. Varieties. Several varieties are enumerated and described in De Candolle’s Prodromus ; but the only ones which we think truly distinct, and of general interest, are the following : — se CHAP. XLII. ROSACEA. ROSA. 773 & x R. a. 2 ayreshirea Ser. R. capreolata Neill in Edin. Phil. Journ., No. 3. p. 102. Cultivated in British gardens under the name of the Ayrshire Rose.—Prickles slender, very acute. Leaflets ovate, sharply serrate, thin, nearly ofthe same colour on both surfaces. Peduncles hispid with glanded hairs, or wrinkled. A vigorous-growing climber, producing shoots sometimes 20 ft. in length in one season, and flowering profusely from the middle of May to the middle of Sep- tember. One of the hardiest of climbing roses, and particularly useful for covering naked walls, or unsightly roofs. It is supposed by some to be of American origin, and to have been introduced into Ayrshire by the Earl of Loudon. & x R.a. 3 hybrida Lindl. Ros., 113., has semidouble flowers, of a most delicate flesh-colour, and is called, in the nurseries, the double hip rose ; the term hip rose being applied by gardeners to the commonest wild roses. &.% 70. R.(A.) SEMPERVI‘RENS Lin. The evergreen (Field) Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 704.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 597. ; Don's Mill., 2. p. 583. Synonymes. R, scandens Mill, Dict., No. 8.; R. balearica Desf. Cat. Pers, Ench., 2. p.49.; R. atrovirens Viv. Fl. Ital., 4.t.6.; HR. sempervirens globdsa Red. Ros., 2., with a fig. ; #. semper- virens var. « scandens Dec. FV. Fr., 5. p. 533. Engravings. Lawr. Ros., t. 45.; Bot. Reg., t. 459.; and our fig. 511. 511 Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Shoots climbing. y " Prickles pretty equal, falcate. Leaves of 5—7 2 Waa ay leaflets, that are green on both sides, coriaceous. &Q FaR%) ae ) Flowers almost solitary, or in corymbs. Sepals (X WAY ; yyy ye nearly entire, longish. Styles cohering into an elongate pilose column. Fruit ovate or ovate- globose, orange-coloured. Peduncles mostly hispid with glanded hairs. Closely allied to R. 4 arvénsis, but differing in its being evergreen, in its leaves being coriaceous; and in its stipules being subfalecate, and more acute at the tip. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 597.) Native of France, Portugal, Italy, Greece, and the Balearic Islands. A climbing shrub, flowering from June to August. Introduced in 1629, and used for the same purposes as the Ayrshire rose; from which it differs in retaining its leaves the greater part of the winter, and in its less vigorous shoots. Varieties. Several varieties are enumerated in De Candolle’s Prodromus, and Don’s Miller; but those only which we have seen, and consider worth mentioning, are, — & x R. (a.) s. 2 Russelliana, raised from seed by Mr. Sinclair of the New Cross Nursery ; a very strong-growing variety, quite deciduous, with blush flowers. 4 x R.(a.)s.3 Clarei Bot, Reg., t.1438. The Rose Clare —An elegant variety, with deep red flowers. Both these varieties are as much entitled to be considered species, as many so designated in this enumeration. fie R. (a.) s. 4 Leschenaultiana Red. et Thor. Ros., iii. p. 87. ic.—Germens ovate, and, with the peduncles, hispid with glanded hairs. Stem and petioles prickly, and having a violaceous bloom. Leaflets ovate- lanceolate. Stem 60 ft. to 70ft. long. A native of Neelgherry Mountains, in Asia. This Seringe seems to consider as likely to be a distinct species. & 71. R. MULTIFLO‘RA Thunb. The many-flowered Rose. Identification. Thunb. Fl. Jap., 214.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 598. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 583. Synonymes. R. flava Donn Hort. Cant., ed. 4. p. 121.; R. fidrida Potr. Suppl. ; R. diffisa Roxb. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1059.; Bot. Reg., t. 425.; and our jig. 512. Spec. Char., §c. Branches, peduncles, and calyxes tomentose. Shoots very long. Prickles slender, scattered. Leaflets 5—7, ovate-lanceolate 3F 4 774 soft, finely wrinkled. Stipules pectinate. Flowers in corymbs, and, in many instances, very nu- merous. Buds ovate globose. Sepals short. Styles into a long hairy column. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 598. and China; introduced in 1822; and producing a profusion of clustered heads of single, semi- double, or double, white, pale red, or red flowers in June and July. It is one of the most orna- mental of climbing roses; but, to succeed, even in the The flowers continue to expand one after ano- ther during nearly two months. Varieties. & R.m. 2 Grevillei Hort. R. Roxbarghi Hort. ; ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il. protruded, incompletely grown together ) Avclimbing shrub, a native of Japan climate of London, it requires a wall. R. platyphylla Red. Ros., p.69. The Seven Sisters Rose. (fig. 513.)—A beautiful variety of this sort, with much larger and more double flowers, of a purplish colour; and no climbing rose better deserves cultivation against a wall. It is easily known from &. multiflora by the fringed edge of the stipules ; while* those of the common R. multiflora have much less fringe, and the leaves are smaller, with the leaflets much less rugose. (See Gard. Mag., vol.i. p. 468.) The form of the blossoms and corymbs is pretty nearly the same in both. A plant of this variety, on the gable end of Mr. Donald’s house, in the Goldworth Nursery, in 1826, covered above 100 square feet, and had more than 100 corymbs of bloom. Some of the corymbs had more than 50 buds in a cluster; and the whole averaged about 30 in each corymb; so that the amount of flower buds was about 3000. The variety of colour produced by the buds at first opening was not less astonishing than their number. White, light blush, deeper blush, light red, darker red, scarlet, and purple flowers, all appeared in the same corymb; and the production of these seven colours at once is said to be the reason why this plant is called the seven sisters rose. This tree produced a shoot the same year which grew 18 ft. in length in two or three weeks. This variety, when in a deep free soil, and an airy situation, is of very vigorous —e CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEH. ROSA. 775 growth, and a free flowerer; but the shoots are of a bramble-like texture, and the plant, in consequence, is but of temporary dura- tion. Mr. Donald’s &. Greville: died in three or four years. & R.m. 3 Russelliana is a variety differing considerably, in flowers and foliage, from the species, but retaining the fringed foot-stalk ; and is, hence, quite distinct from R. sempervirens Russellidna. & R.m. 4 Boursatlti Hort., Boursault’s Rose, is placed, in Don’s Miller, under this species ; though it differs more from the preceding variety than many species do from each other. It is comparatively a hard- wooded durable rose, and valuable for flowering early and freely. This is a very remarkable rose, from its petals having a reticulated appearance. & x 72. R. Bruno‘nz Lindl. Brown’s Rose. Identification. Lindl. Ros. Monog., p. 120. t. 14.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 598. Synonyme. R. Bréwnii Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 556. Engraving. Lindl. Rosar. Monog., t. 14. Spec. Char., §&c. Shoots trailing. Prickles of the stem stout and arched. Leaflets 5—7, lanceolate, pilose on both surfaces; the under one glandulous, and of a different colour from the upper one. Stipules narrow, acute. In- florescence corymbose. Peduncles and calyxes pilose, and a little hispid. Sepals entire, narrow, and longish. Styles cohering into a very long pilose column. Fruit ovate. A native of Nepal. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 598.) Leaves simply serrated. Flowers in terminal bunches, white or pale red. A rambling shrub, flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1822. Ry 73. R.moscua’ta Mill. The Musk Rose. Identification. Mill. Dict., No. 13.; Red. et Thor. Ros., 1. p. 33. ic., and p. 99. ic. ; Lindl. Rosar. Monog., p. 121. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 598. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 583. Synonymes. R. opsostémma Lhrh, Beitr., 2. p.72.; R. glandu- Ss lifera Roxb. PRY yl Engravings. Red. et Thor. Ros., 1. p. 33. ic., and p, 99. ic. ; > i and our fig. 514. r 1) (" Spec. Char. §c. Shoots ascending. Prickles Se upon the stem slender, recurved. Leaflets ~e 5—7, lanceolate, acuminate, nearly glabrous, EL the two surfaces of different colours. Stipules -3aay wees very narrow, acute. Flowers, in many in- Gas stances, very numerous; white, with the ri claws of the petals yellow; very fragrant. Lateral peduncles jointed, and, as well as the calyx, pilose, and almost hispid. Sepals almost pinnately cut, long. Fruit red, ? ovate. (Dec.) Varieties. R&R. m. 2 flore pléeno G. Don. The double-flowered Musk Rose. & R.m. 3 nivea Lindl. ( Bot. Reg., t. 861.5 —_~ a and our fig. 515.) &.nivea Dupont, ; not of Dec.; R. m. ? var. rosea Ser. in Dec. Prod.— Leaflets 3—5, ovate-cordate, subacuminate, large. Flowers disposed in an imperfectly corymbose manner. Peduncle and calyx a little hispid. Petals white, or pale rose-coloured, large, obcor- date. This is a very beautiful variety : the petals are white, with a most delicate, yet rich, tinge of blush. Description, §c. Thebranches of the musk //2yy\y rose are generally too weak to support, with- iF i 4) out props, its large bunches of flowers, which )2+%* 776 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. are produced in an umbel-like manner at their extremities. The musky odour is very perceptible, even at some distance from the plant, particularly in the evening, — ** When each inconstant breeze that blows Steals essence from the musky rose.” It is said to be a native of Barbary ; but this has been doubted. It is, how- ever, found wild in Tunis, and is cultivated there for the sake of an essential oil, which is obtained from the petals by distillation. It has also been found wild in Spain. The first record of the musk rose having been cultivated in England is in Hakluyt, in 1582, who states that the musk rose was brought to England from Italy. It was in common cultivation in the time of Gerard, and was formerly much valued for its musky fragrance, when that scent was the fashionable perfume. The Persian attar of roses is said to be obtained from this species. The musk rose does best trained against a wall, on account of the length and weakness of its branches; and Miller adds that it should always be pruned in spring, asin winter it will not bear the knife. It requires very little pruning, as the flowers are produced at the extremities of the shoots, which are often 10 ft. or 12 ft.in length. It flowers freely, and is well worthy of cultivation. % 74. R. RuBiro‘LIA R. Br. The Bramble-leaved Rose. Identification. R. Brown in Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 260.; Lindl. Rosar. Monog., p. 128. ic. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 598. Engravings. Lindl. Rosar. Monog., t. 15.; and our jig. 516. Spec. Char., §c. Stems ascending. Branches glabrous. Prickles scattered, falcate. Leaves pubescent beneath. Leaflets 3, ovate-lanceo- late, serrate. Stipules narrow, entire. Flowers very small, of a rosy colour, mostly solitary. Buds ovate. Sepals ovate, short, simple. Pe- duncles and calyxes a little hispid. Styles cohering into a tomentose club-shaped column, as long as the stamens. Fruit pea-shaped. A native of North America. (Dec.) A shrub, from 3ft.to 4 ft.in height, and flowering in August and September. Introduced in 1830. Variety. R. r. 3 fenestralis Lindl. Rosar. Monog., 125. t. 15.; R. fenestrata Don’s Cat. Hort. Cantab., ed. 8. p. 170., and Tratt. Ros., 2. p. 187.— Flowers solitary. Leaflets small. Calyxes and peduncles short. § x. Banksianze Lindl. Derivation. So called in consequence of all the species contained in this section agreeing in cha- racter with #. Banksiz, a rose named in honour of Lady Banks, Identification. Lindl. Ros,, p. 125.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 584. Sect. Char., §c. Stipules nearly free, subulate, or very narrow, usually deciduous. Leaflets usually ternate, shining. Stems climbing. The species of this section are remarkable for their long, graceful, and often climbing, shoots, drooping flowers, and trifoliolate shining leaves. Theyare particularly distinguished by their deciduous, subulate, or very narrow stipules. Their fruit is very variable. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 584.) & 75. R. si’Nica Ait. The trifoliate-leaved China Rose. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 261. ; Lindl. Ros., p. 126. t.16.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 584. Synonymes. A. trifoliata Bosc Dict. ex Potr.; R. ternata Poir. Suppl., 6. p. 284.; R. cherokeénsis Donn Hort. Cant., ed. 8. p.170.; £&. nivea Dec. Hort. Monsp., 137., Red. Ros.. 2. p. 81. with a fig. . Engravings. Lindl. Ros., t.16.; Hook. Bot. Mag., 2847.; Red. Ros., ” 2, p. 81. ; and our fig. 517. Spec. Char., §c. Stipules setaceous, deciduous. Cauline prickles equal, falcate. Petioles and ribs of leaves prickly. Peduncles and fruit beset with straight bristles. Sepals entire, permanent. Flowers white, CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. ROSA. 777 solitary. Fruit elliptic, orange-red. Disk conical. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 584.) A rambling shrub, a native of China, introduced in 1759, and flowering in May and June. & 76. R. Ba’nks1#R. Br. Lady Banks’s Rose. Identification. R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p.256.; Lindl Rosar. Monog., p. 131. ; Prod., 2. p, 601. : rales anes Synonymes. R. Banksidna Abel Chin., 160.; R. inérmis Rozd. ? Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1954.; Red. et Thor. Ros., 2. p. 43. ic. ; and our fig. 518. Spec. Char., $c. Without prickles, glabrous, smooth. Leaflets 3—5, lanceo- late, sparingly serrated, approximate. Stipules _bristle-like, scarcely attached to the petiole, rather glossy, deciduous. Flowers in umbel-like corymbs, numerous, very double, sweet-scented, nodding. Tube of the calyx a little dilated at the tip. Fruit globose, black. A native of China. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 601.) A climbing shrub, flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1807. Variety. 4 R. B.2 hitea Lindl. (Bot. Reg., t. 1105., and our fig.519.) has the flowers of a pale buff colour, and is a very beautiful variety. Description, §c. This is an exceedingly beautiful and very remarkable kind of rose; the flowers being small, round, and very double, on long pe- duncles, and resembling in form the flowers of the double French cherry, or that of a small ranunculus, more than those of the generality of roses. “The flowers of R. Banksie alba are remarkably fragrant ; the scent strongly resem- bling that of violets. A o77. R. microca’rRpPA Lindl. The smalli-fruited Rose. Identification. Lindl. Rosar. Monog., 130. t. 18.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 601. Synonyme. R. cymodsa Tratt. Ros., 1. p. 87. Engravings. Lindl. Rosar. Monog., t. 18.; and our jig. 520. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles scattered, recurved. Leaf- lets 3—5, lanceolate, shining, the two surfaces different in colour. Petioles pilose. Stipules bristle-shaped or awl-shaped, scarcely attached to the petiole, deciduous. Flowers disposed in dichotomous corymbs. Peduncles and calyxes glabrous. Styles scarcely protruded higher than the plane of the spreading of the flower. Fruit globose, pea-shaped, scarlet, shining. Allied to R. Banksie. A native of China, in the province of Canton. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 601.) Flowers very \\~ numerous, small, white. A rambling shrub, flower- * ing from May to September. 778 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICE'TUM. PART III. App. i. Hardy Species of the Genus Rosa, not yet introduced. § i. Feroces. R. rugosa Thun, (Lindl. Ros., p. 5. t. 19.) is a native of Nepal, growing to the height of 3 ft. or4 ft. § ii. Bracteate. R. Lyéllii Lindl. Ros., p. 12. t. 1., is a native of Nepal; with densely villous leaves and shoots ; and growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. § iii. Cinnamdmee. R. laxa Retz. (Don’s Miill., 2. p. 565.) is a native of Siberia with red flowers, and oblong glabrous fruit; growing to the height of 3ft. or 4 ft. R. kosingiana Bess, (Don’s Miil., 2. p. 565.) is a native of Podolia, at Tyra; growing to the height of 6 ft. R. soongirica Bunge (Don’s Mili., 2. p. 566.) is a native of the Soongarian Desert; growing to the height of 6 ft. R. avistata Lapey. (Fl. Pyr., t. 105.) is a native of the Pyrenees ; and, perhaps, a monstrosity of #. cinnamdmea ; growing to the height of 6ft. R. macrophglla Lindl. Ros., p. 35, t. 6., and our jig. 521., is a native of Gossainthan ; with red flowers, and villous fruit; growing to the height of 6ft. Judging from the figure of this rose in Lindley’s Rosarum Monographia, its bractez are very large and long, nearly entire, naked, quite thin, and tinged with red; and the sepals are also very long, nearly triangular in shape, and simple, but dilated and toothed at their extremities. Dr. Lindley observes of this species : that it differs from JZ. alpina in the shape of its stipules, and in its great bractez ; that its leaves are the largest he has ever seen ; that it cannot be confounded with any thing else; and that it may be considered the link between Cinnamomez and Pimpinellifoliz. § iv. Pimpinellif olie. R. Candolleana Don’s Miil., 2. p. 567.; R. rubélla Lindi. Ros., p. 40.; R. pendula Roth; R. alpina Pall.; R. poliph¥lla Willd. ; AR. alpina var. rubélla Ser. in Dec. Prod.; R. Candolleana pendula Red. ; R. Candolleina élegans Thor.; is a native of Germany and Siberia; with solitary deep red flowers, and scarlet fruit; and there is a variety with blackish brown fruit. R. flava Wicks is a native of Siberia; with yellow flowers ; growing to the height of 6 ft. R. viminea Lindl. Ros., p. 49.; . horrida Lindl. ex Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 549.; is a native of Siberia ; with very large flowers ; growing to the height of 4 ft. R. Webbiana Wail. (Royle Illust., p. 208. t. 42. f.2.) is a native of Nepal; approaching A. spino- siggima, but differs in the want of setz, and in a tendency to convert the upper leaves into true bracteas ; also, in the dark colour of its stem, which contrasts strongly with its white prickles. R. reclindta Red. Ros., 3. p.’79., is supposed to be a hybrid between 2. alpina and &. indica ; with lurid purple flowers ; of which there is a double-flowered variety. § v. Centifolie. R. pygme*a Bieb. is a native of Tauria ; perhaps a variety of A. gallica. R. adenophgila Willd. is nearly allied to #. turbinata and R. pulchélla. R. verectinda Waitz. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 573.) grows to the height of 6ft.; and is, perhaps, a variety of #. damascéna, as is R. lépida. § vi. Villose. R. hispida Poir. (Don’s Mili., 2. p.577.), R. villdsa var. pomifera Desv., is a native of Europe ; growing to the height of 6 ft. 4 R. terebinthacea Bess. is a native of Podolia and Tyra. § vil. Rubigindse. * Seago Vill. is a native of the south of Europe; with small white flowers; growing to the eight o sant ag Bess. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 578.) is a native of Volhynia and Tauria; growing to the height o t. - = caryophyllicea Bess., R. rubigindsa var. caryophyllacea Ser. in Dec. Prod., is a native of Po- olia, R. inododra Fries is a native of the north of Holland; and said to be the same as #. Borrer?. R. cuspidata Bieb. is a native of Tauria; with white flowers, and dark purple fruit. R. agréstis Swartz is a native of Sweden. _ R. pseitdo-rubiginosa Lejeune is a native of France; with pinnate sepals, and red petals. R. Wolfgangiana Bess. and R. dimérpha Bess, are natives of Podolia. R. Willdendvii Spreng., R. microphylla Willd., R. arenaria Bieb., is a native of Siberia. R. floribiinda Bess, is a native of Podolia. § viii. Canine. R. cilidto-pétala Bess. is a native of Lithuania; allied to R. villdsa and R. cauc&sica. R. Gmelini Bunge (Don’s Miil., 2. p. 580., not p.566.), #. canina Sevres, is a native of Siberia ; growing to the height of 4 ft, R. collina Jacq., R. baltica Roth, R. Jundxéilii Bess., R. turbinélia Swartz, R. vendsa Swartz, R. cori- folia Fries, and R, saxdtile Stev., are described in Don’s Mill., 2. p. 581., as belonging to this section. R. sericea Lindl. Ros., p. 105. t. 12., Royle Ilust., t. 42. fig. 1., and our fig. 529., is a native of Gossainthan ; with pale red flowers, and naked peduncles and fruit; growing to the height of 6 ft. _ R. atropurpirea Brot. is common in the gardens of Lisbon ; with semidouble flowers, about the size of those of R. moschata; and is, perhaps, the same as #. semperfldrens. CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEE. ROSA. 779 § ix. Systyle. R. moschata nepalénsis (fig. 523.) is a musk rose; a native of Nepal; perhaps the sam Brundnit var. nepalénsis Bot. Reg. t. 829. and Don's Mill., 2. p.583, 6 °° Bane R. evratina Bose. is a native of Carolina; with large pale red flowers. § x. Banksiane. R. hystrix Lind. Ros., p. 129. t.17., and our fig. 524., is a native of China and Japan; a rambling shrub, with flagelliform branches, large solitary flowers, and large oblong purple fruit. App. ii. Half-hardy Species of the Genus Rosa, not yet intro- duced. § iv. Pimpinellifolie. R. nankinénsis Lour, Coch., 324., (Don’s Miil., 2, p. 569.) is a native of China; with small pale red double flowers ; growing to the height of 1 ft. § vili. Canine, R. pseitdo-tndica Lindl. Ros., p. 132., (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 582.) is a native of China ; with the habit of R. indica, but with double deep yellow flowers. § x. Banksiane. R. rectirva Roxb. (Lindl. Ros., p. 127. Don’s Mill., 2. p. 584.) is a climber; a native ot Nepal. R. triphgila Roxb. is a climbing shrub ; a native of China; perhaps the same as A. microcarpa or a var. of #, sinica. \ R. fragariaflora Ser. in Dec, Prod., 2. p. 601., is a climbing shrub; a native of China; with flowers the size and colour of those of Fragaria vésca. R. amygdalifolia Ser. in Dec. Prod., 2. p. 601., (Don’s Mili., 2. p. 585.) is a climbing shrub; a native of China; with large ovate fruit. , App. iii. Uncertain Species of Rosa. Above 100 species, “ not sufficiently known,” are described in Don’s Miller ; and, indeed, this phrase might be well applied to half those which are described in books, as known; the descriptions being frequently, and unavoidably, taken from dried specimens, In Royle’s Illustrations, &c., there are also several species mentioned as natives of Nepal, no descriptions of which have yet appeared. App. iv. A practical Arrangement of Roses in actual Cultivation in the Nursery of Messrs. Rivers and Son, Sawbridgeworth, Hertfordshire. The preceding arrangement is chiefly calculated for the botanist; for, if any person were desirous of ordering a collection of roses according to the names given in it, he would find it quite impossible to accomplish his object either in Britain or on the Continent. In short, it may be considered as a botanical fiction, only calculated to communicate some general ideas as to the wild roses of Europe, and as to the origin of the different varieties in 780 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. cultivation. If a Rosarum Monographia, like that of Dr. Lindley, and a descriptive classification like that of the Nouveau Du Hamel, were to be made every seven years, though they might remain nearly the same with regard to the leading divisions, or types, of the varieties, they must necessarily be much changed in the details; owing to numbers of the varieties being almost annually lost, going out of repute, or actually changing their appearance from time and local circumstances ; and from others being originated from seed, or becoming, from accidental circumstances, favourites with the public. Hence it is, that, whoever would wish to procure the best collection or selection of roses which are in existence at the time being, must resort to the latest and best Catalogue of Roses then actually in cultivation. Such a catalogue for Britain, in the year 1836, is that of Messrs. Rivers and Son of the Sawbridge- worth Nursery, Hertfordshire, from which we make the following extracts ; recommending the catalogue itself (which, being a single sheet, can be sent by post to any part of the world) to those who wish the names of the sorts, and other particulars respecting them, in detail. The prices of the common kinds of roses in Messrs. Rivers’s catalogue vary from Is. to 3s. 6d. for dwarfs, and from 3s. 6d. to 5s. for standards ; some varieties, which are rare, being from 7s. 6d. to 10s. 6d. each. The best plan for getting a good selection, in our opinion, is, to order a given number of sorts from each section, not to exceed a limited price per plant, or for the total number. When particular sorts are ordered by name, it may frequently happen that the plants of that sort are weak, or, from scarcity, dear; whereas, when a discretionary power is left with the nurseryman, if he is a man of character, he can always do more for his customer, than the customer can do for himself. Moss Roses, 24 sorts. Messrs. Rivers’s “collection of moss roses comprises many that are very beautiful and distinct ; and some, perhaps, only fit for those amateurs who think that all moss roses are beautiful: one step further towards a dark crimson moss is made in the rouge du Luxembourg, which is very beautiful, and a most luxuriant grower. Most of the varieties prefer a cool soil, though the mossy de Meaux is, perhaps, an exception, as it seems to flourish better in light dry soils. The white moss, unless budded on the dog rose (#o6sa canina), will not, in general, grow well: its sickly ap- pearance, in some situations, may be often traced to its being worked on some improper stock : if on its own roots, in rich soils, it will often change to pale blush. All are well adapted for standards: but, to have them in perfection, in warm dry situations, in March, put round each stem, on the surface of the soil, the fourth of a barrowful of manure; on this place flints or moss, to take off its unsightly appearance, and make a little ornamental mount. This treat- ment will keep the soil cool, and make them bloom in a very superior man- ner, even in situations previously thought to be most ungenial to their culture. The manure should be spread on the surface in November, and lightly forked in.” Provence, or Cabbage, Roses, 25 sorts. ‘The Provence Rose is the R. pro- vincialis of Miller’s Gardener’s Dictionary, the R. centifdlia of modern botanists, and the Rose 4 Centfeuilles of the French. Thisis a most distinct and elegant family, and excessively fragrant. The footstalks of the flowers are slender, and the flowers large; so that, when in bloom, the plant has a peculiarly pendulous and graceful appearance. The moss rose is evidently a variety of this, as I have raised seedlings from the single moss which have lost all their mossy appearance, and have returned to the habit of the Pro- vence rose.” Perpetual, or Autumnal, Roses, 50 sorts. “ The perpetual, or autumn-flow- ering, roses are, perhaps, the most desirable of all the sections of the genus : they are highly fragrant, and, if possible, more so in September, October, and November, than in June. As every shoot, in most of the varieties, produces bloom, the soil cannot be too rich; for, with these, luxuriant growth will be sure to give abundance of flowers. A good practice would be, to cut off all the bloom-buds in June, and to shorten the shoots to about half their length ; CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. ROSA. 781 and then to water them with manured water in July and August, which will make them shoot and bloom most luxuriantly all the autumn.” Hybrid China Roses, 89 sorts. These roses are all hybrids between R. indica and R. gallica: “they are all very beautiful, and have that pleasing, glossy, sub-evergreen foliage peculiar to the China ‘rose, but make a great deviation from that section, in not being perpetual bloomers; in this division are some of the most beautiful roses known; and, among them, George the Fourth, raised from seed by T. Rivers, jun., may rank among the best. These are also all very robust, and will grow and bloom well in the most unfavourable rose soils: their peculiar habit and vivid colours render them particularly well adapted for standards.” Varieties of Rosa alba, 25 sorts. The roses in this section have their ‘branches green, and thinly set with thorns; leaves of a glaucous green; and flowers of the most delicate hues imaginable, from the purest white to a peculiarly vivid rose-colour ; but so delicate in their gradations, that no terms can describe them accurately.” Damask Roses, 19 sorts. “ In this distinct section are some of the most de- licately beautiful roses in existence ; in habit, they are much inclined to spread, their foliage is mostly pubescent, and in some varieties large, and very profuse. The original damask rose may be found in many old gardens, with ragged pale rose-coloured flowers, very fragrant, branches very thorny, and rudely straggling in their growth: it forms a good stock for many tender roses, not throwing up suckers.” Rosa géllica, or French Roses,99 sorts. “ The roses in this division have all stiff erect shoots, with dense foliage; the flowers are on short erect flower stalks, having rather a formal appearance; but, to compensate for this, they are trim and neat, and are well adapted for small gardens. Many of them differ in the pretty compact shape of their flowers from all other roses, and in bril- liancy and diversity of colour cannot be surpassed. The spotted, striped, and marbled roses in this division are very novel and beautiful, and will be appre- ciated by those who admire variegated roses. In France, this is called the Provins rose, whence the confusion in most rose catalogues with the Pro- vence rose; the Agatha rose is of this family, having curled leaves and pale flowers. Gallic roses are too lumpish and stiff in their growth for standards.” Select Roses of uncertain Origin, 25 sorts. ‘These are hybrid roses of un- known origin. The new white roses are, seemingly, varieties of that fine rose, the white globe hip, and are indeed beautiful.” Climbing Roses, 53 sorts. There are four sections of climbing roses, Ayrshire, Sempervirens, Multiflora, and Boursault. The Ayrshire climbing roses are all varieties of R. arvénsis; and most of them have been raised from seed by Mr. D. Martin of Rose Angle, near Dundee. There are 14 varieties, all vigorous growers, making shoots from 12ft. to 20 ft. every season. The most remarkable of these is the #. a. riga, which is a hybrid between R. arvénsis and &. indica odorata, and has the climbing habit and vigorous growth of one parent, with the large fragrant flowers of the other. There are 20 varieties of R. sempervirens, all decidedly climbers, and nearly evergreen; making long, slender, graceful shoots, though not with an equal degree of vigour to those produced by the varieties of R. arvénsis. They are all quite hardy, and are remarkable for the neatness and elegance of their flowers. The triomphe de Bollwyller is a hybrid between 2. sempervirens and &. indica odorata, and has large fragrant flowers. On this division Mr. Rivers observes : “ It will be something of a novelty to apply climbing roses as underwood, but I know of no plant so eligible for elegant under- growth, in a wilderness near pleasure-grounds, as the varieties of FR. sem- pervirens: they grow in every description of soil with great luxuriance ; under the shade of trees they are nearly evergreen ; and, with their beauti- fully shaped and delicately coloured flowers, are calculated to form the prettiest mass of undergrowth it is possible to conceive. They grow with 782 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. increased vigour when their shoots are prostrate; and, if a large space is required to be covered with them, they may be planted thin, and the ends of the most vigorous shoots laid in the ground: in a few years, by these means, acres of ground may be covered with them. On standards with short stems they make very ornamental plants for lawns: if they grow luxuriantly, the ends of the shoots will descend, and, if not shortened, will produce, the following season, corymbs of flowers at every bud, forming a dome-shaped mass having a fine effect.” (Cat., p..12.) They have, also, a fine effect trained en pyramide against a slight wooden or wire frame. The varieties of 2. multiflora, 12 in number, are all distinguished by the fringed stipules to their leaves, already described p. 774. The original species is tender, requiring a south wall; but several of the varieties which have been produced by hybridisation are quite hardy. The Boursault roses, Mr. Rivers observes, are all subvarieties of #. Boursaitlti, which he calls a variety of R. alpina, and the only one “ thought worthy of cultivation.” These roses may be easily distinguished by their long, purplish-red, and nearly thornless shoots, which are often 12 ft. or 15 ft. long in one season. There are 9 varieties. Besides the above great divisions, there are several climbing roses, which could not be classed under them. The most remarkable of these are, 2. Banksie white and yellow, R. sinica, R. Clarei, R. indica major, and the climbing Provence. For the above remarks we are indebted to Mr. Rivers, jun. Rosa indica, or China Roses, 70 sorts. “ From six to eight months in the year, the roses in this division form bright ornaments to our gardens: many of the robust varieties make beautiful standards. They are all quite hardy, and some of the varieties of the most brilliant colours: others of the purest white. Some of the larger and more double flowers have a peculiar delicate blush, unlike any other rose.” a‘ Rosa indica odorata, or Tea-scented China Roses, 51 sorts. “ These are China roses having a strong odour of tea: they are seminal varieties of the old blush tea-scented rose (&. indica odorata), and of FR. ochroletca, or the yellow China rose. They are more delicate than those of the preceding sec- tion as to cold in winter, and also in their flowers, as they seem to require the warm dewy nights of August and September to bring them to per- fection. In hot weather, in June and July, they are very fleeting, as their flowers are large and of a delicate texture, soon fading in sunny weather. They require careful cultivation, and must have a raised border against a south, south-east, or west wall. This border should be a compost of rotten manure or leaves, light loam, and sand, equal parts, and raised about 18 in. above the surface. When grown as low standards, they are surpassingly beau- tiful: but they should be taken up in November, and their roots laid in mould in a shed, as our sharp winters would injure them, so as to prevent their blooming in perfection if left exposed.” Miniature, or dwarf, China Roses, from Rosa Lawrenceana, 16 sorts. “ Some of these are known as fairy roses; and they indeed deserve the appellation : they are exceedingly well adapted for planting on rockwork ; their minute and vivid flowers having an excellent effect in such situations. In the cool autum- nal months, they bloom in great perfection.” Noisetle Roses, 66 sorts. “ These have resulted from a happy intermixture of the China rose with the old musk rose, and from it we have the annexed numerous varieties, partaking in a pleasing manner of both parents : in many, the clustered habit and peculiar fragrance of the musk rose prevails; in others, the perfume and magnificent flowers of the tea-scented roses are apparent : together forming a most elegant section. Some of the clusters of flowers are so large as to have 60 to 80 in one corymb. The constant succession of flowers, till the chills of November prevent the opening of the buds, makes them highly interesting ; they are all very hardy, and, as standards, seem to show their varied characters with better effect than as dwarfs: they are also well adapted for rose pillars, as their shoots are long and flexible.” CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEE. Ro'SA. 783 DT’ Ile de Bourbon Roses, 38 sorts. ‘ This is a most beautiful section, scarcely known in this country. The original, or common, |’Ile de Bourbon rose was sent to France, in 1822, from the Mauritius, by the brother of M. Noisette, a nurseryman at Paris. It is semidouble, and seems to have the characters of a distinct species. It bears seeds in great profusion ; but, though thousands of seedlings have been raised, the produce of good varieties has been but in small proportion to the bad. Like the China roses, of which they have been considered a division, they are perpetual bloomers; but they have a luxuriance and gracefulness quite their own. The perfect and elegant form of their flowers, the extremely delicate tints in some, and vivid rose-colour in others, will soon establish them in the favour of the rose amateur: as stan- dards, they grow most luxuriantly, are quite hardy, and bloom in greater perfection late in autumn than any other perpetual rose.” Musk Roses, 10 sorts. “ These are interesting from their powerful fra- grance and autumnal flowering, The old white is one of the oldest inhabitants of the English gardens.” Macartney Roses and Rosa microphilla, 10 sorts. “ Most of the annexed varieties of this interesting section are novelties. From their evergreen, shin- ing, neat foliage, and elegant growth, they are quite worthy a place in the garden of the rose amateur. In cold soils, they will require a warm situation and raised border: but they are much hardier worked on the dog rose; and, as half standards, are beautiful ; requiring the same treatment as standard tea- scented roses.” Sweet Briar, 17 sorts. Scotch Roses, 27 sorts. “ These are all derived from the 2. spinosissima, or wild rose of Scotland; and they form so gay an assemblage among May flowers, that a clump or border ought to be devoted to them in every flower- garden. The shape of the flower is peculiar and similar, being nearly globular.” Miscellaneous Roses, sold at 2/. 10s. per 100, in pairs ; 101 sorts. Mr. Rivers has also given a synopsis of variegated roses, consisting of 42 sorts. He adds that the sections “ of roses are now so well defined, that each ought to have its department: a clump of hybrids, for their gorgeous colours in June and July; of perpetuals, for their fragrance in the autumnal months ; of Noisettes, for their elegance and abundance of flowers ; of Scotch roses, for their precocity and humble growth; and of climbing roses, for pillars, which should be planted in a very rich soil, as they will then put forth strong central branches, of 8 ft. or 10 ft. in length, which, when fastened to the stakes, will furnish a plentiful supply of lateral blooming shoots for many sea- sons. Climbing roses will cover a sloping bank, as their flexible branches can be pegged to the ground in any direction, and will form a beautiful carpet of foliage and flowers; the dark crimson and white varieties blending with peculiar elegance. The perpetual, Ile de Bourbon, ‘and Noisette roses, from their vigorous habits and tendency to flower, may be made fine objects for ornamenting halls, &c., during the autumnal months; for this purpose, they should be putinto large pots, and well furnished with surface manure, and plenty of water in summer : their blossoms ought, also, to be cut off just before expansion. The crimson perpetual rose may also be forced with fine effect. ‘The pots (twenty-fours of the London potteries, 8in, deep, 7} in. over) must be plunged in the natural soil to the rims, a deep frame placed over them, and the heat kept up with linings of hot dung,’ giving air as required. This fine autumnal rose, when forced, and blooming in March or April, is most beautiful: its too short flower stalks are lengthened by this mode of culture ; its flowers are erect (unlike many other forced roses), and lose none of their colour or fragrance by the excitement they have undergone. For all these purposes,’ Mr. Rivers adds, “ roses should be ‘ worked’ on the dog rose stock, as is vigorous and easily excitable habit are quite necessary to bring the plants into a fit condition for forcing.” Geography. The rose, in some of its forms, is found in a wild state in 3G 784 ARBORETUM AND IFRUTICETUM. PART III. every country in the northern hemisphere, both in the Old and New World. It extends from Sweden to the north of Africa, and from Kamtschatka to Bengal and China. In North America, it ranges between the Hudson and the mountains of Mexico; but it is not found in South America, or in Australia. According to Dr. Lindley (Ros. Monog., p. 29.), the species are all included between 70° and 20° north latitude, except R. Monte- zume, from Mexico, which is found in 19° north latitude, at an elevation of more than 9300 ft. above the level of the sea. 18 species, or sorts, are natives of Russia and the adjacent countries; 5 are common both to Europe and Asia; 15 have been found in China; and 6 in the north of India. Europe. has 25 species, of which five sixths are found be- tween the limits of 40° and 50° north latitude. “ To the south of this range, they decrease in number much more rapidly than to the north. Britain, which lies just without its northern limits, has 10 species, Den- mark 7, and Holland 13; whilst in Spain, Portugal, and the Levant, which bear nearly the same relation to it on the south, only 4 species have been observed. Many are peculiar to certain districts, as R. revérsa, R. myria- cantha, FR. hibérnica, and R. involita; others to countries, as the R. majalis of Sweden and Denmark, and the R. glutindsa of the Levant. Some few are only confined by the extreme limits of the genus: thus #. spinosissima is alike common to the dreary wilds of Iceland, and to the sultry shores of the Mediterranean; and #. canina grows from the confines of Anger- mania in Sweden, to the most southern regions of Europe, thence extending into Egypt. “In the north of Africa are 2 species peculiar to that country; and 2 others common to it and Europe. 14 species have been found in North America; none of which, except R. Montezume and R. stricta, have much general resemblance to European roses. It is not unworthy of notice, that the R. levigata of the woods of Georgia is so similar to the &. sinica of China, as not to be immediately distinguishable from it.” (Lindl. Monog., introd. p. 30.) The rose, in a wild state, is more frequently found on soils that are dry and free, than on such as are moist and tenacious ; and, with the exception of the climbing kinds, it is more common among bushes of its own height, than in woods; thus indicating to the cultivator that it ought neither to be altogether exposed to the sun, nor entirely excluded from its rays, In the north of Europe, wild roses have always single flowers; but in the south of Europe, particularly in the warmest parts of Italy, Greece, and Spain, it is not uncom- mon to find roses with double flowers growing spontaneously in the fields, woods, and meadows. t History. The rose is mentioned by the earliest writers of antiquity as an object of culture. Herodotus speaks of the double rose, and Solomon of the rose of Sharon, and of the plantations of roses at Jericho. Theophrastus tells us that the hundred-leaved rose grew, in his time, on Mount Pangzeus ; and it appears that the Isle of Rhodes (Isle of Roses) received its name from the culture of roses carried on there. Pliny mentions several sorts of roses which were cultivated by the Romans; and that those of Praeneste, Campania, Miletus, and Cyrene were the most celebrated. The Przeneste roses are thought by Thory, De Leuze, and other French authors, to belong to the species Rosa damascéna, No. 35. fig. 490. p.759.; those of Campania to Rosa centifolia, No. 36. fig. 491. p. 760.; and those of Miletus to Rosa gallica, No. 37. fig. 493. p. 760. Pliny says nothing in the way of description of the roses of Praeneste ; but they are, no doubt, those referred to by Virgil, as “biferique rosaria Peesti,” the twice- bearing roses of Pzstum, a village of Latium, about twenty miles from Rome. Of the roses of Campania, Pliny says that they have a hundred leaves, and that they are found in Campania in Italy, and about Philippi in Greece. They do not grow naturally, he adds, in the neighbourhood of Philippi, but they were brought there from Mount Pangzeus, which is not far thence, CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. RO'SA. "85 and which produces roses that have a great number of leaves. The rose of Miletus is recognised as R. gallica, the rose de Provins of the French authors, from the character given it by Pliny, of having the flowers of a very deep red, with not more than a dozen petals. The ancients do not appear to have known either the yellow rose or the white rose; at least, neither of these are mentioned by Theophrastus or Pliny, unless we except those which the latter calls the roses of Alabanda, in Caria, which had the petals whitish. Roses were more highly prized by the Romans than any other flowers; and they had even attained to the luxury of forcing them. Under the reign of Domitian, the Egyptians thought of offering to that emperor’s court, as a magnificent present, roses in the middle of winter; but this the Romans smiled at, so abundant were roses in Rome at that season. In every street, says Martial, the odour of spring is breathed, and garlands of flowers, freshly gathered, are displayed. “ Send us corn, Egyptians! and we will send you roses.” (Mart., vi. 80.) The Roman physicians determined the kinds of plants proper to be admitted into the floral crowns put on the heads of the great men whom it was designed to honour at festivals; and these were, the parsley, the ivy, the myrtle, and the rose, which were all considered as antidotes to the evil effects of the vapours of wine. Rose trees were employed, both by the Greeks and the Romans, to decorate tombs; and instances are given of rose gardens being bequeathed by their proprietors, for the purpose of furnishing flowers to cover their graves. An old inscription found at Ravenna, and another at Milan, prove this custom, which is also alluded to by Propertius and other poets. The bitterest curses were impre- cated against those who dared to violate these sacred plantations. Some- times the dying man ordered that his heirs should meet every year, on the anniversary of his death, to dine together near his tomb, and to crown it with roses gathered from his sepulchral plantation. The first Roman Christians disapproved of the employment of flowers, either at feasts or on tombs, because they were so used by the pagans. Tertullian wrote a book against the employment of garlands; and Clement of Alexandria did not think it right that kings should be crowned with roses, as our Saviour was crowned with thorns. Of the history of the rose, from the time of the Romans till the time of Tournefort, when botany became a science, very little is known; but there can be no doubt that in the dark ages they were held in esteem by all who could procure them. When Saladin took Jerusalem, in 1128, he would not enter the mosque of the Temple, then converted into a church by the Chris- tians, till the walls had been thoroughly washed and purified with rose-water. It is added, that 500 camels were employed to convey this water, and that even these were hardly found sufficient; a tale, as Thory observes, worthy of the East. Voltaire says, that, after the taking of Constantinople by Mahomet II., in 1453, the church of St. Sophia was washed with rose-water in a similar manner, before it was converted into a mosque. We read in the History of the Mogul Empire, by Father Catron, that the celebrated Princess Nour- mahal filled an entire canal with rose-water, upon which she was in the habit of sailmg along with the Great Mogul. The heat of the sun disengaged the essential oil from the rose-water: this was observed floating upon the surface of the water ; and thus was made the discovery of the essence, otto, or attar, of roses. Formerly it was the custom to carry large vessels filled with rose- water to baptisms. Bayle relates, upon this subject, that at the birth of Ronsard, his nurse, in the way to church, let him fall upon a heap of flowers ; and that at this instant the woman who held the vessel of rose-water poured it upon the infant. All this, says Bayle, has been since regarded as a happy omen of the great esteem in which his poems would one day be held! Roses were often, in the days of chivalry, worn by the cavaliers at tournaments, as an emblem of their devotion to love and beauty. In 1503, Ludovico Verthema, who had travelled in the East, observes that 3G 2 786 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Taessa was particularly celebrated for roses, and that he saw a great quantity of these flowers at Calicut. Sir John Chardin, in 1686, found the gardens ot the Persians without “ parterres, labyrinths, and other ornaments of Euro- pean gardens, but filled with lilies, peach trees, and roses; and all modern travellers bear testimony to the esteem in which the flower is held in the East. Sir William Ouseley tells us, in his T'ravels in Persia in 1819, that when he entered the flower-garden belonging to the governor of the castle near Fassa, he was overwhelmed with roses ; and Jackson, in his Journey, &c., says that the roses of the Sinan Nile, or Garden of the Nile, are unequalled ; and mattresses are made of their leaves for men of rank torecline on. Buck- ingham speaks of the rose plantations of Damascus, as occupying an area ot many acres about three miles from that city: but we have said so much on the gardens of Syria and Persia, and of the roses forming a conspicuous article of culture in them, in the historical part of our Encyclopedia of Gar- dening, that we shall not dwell on the subject here, farther than to give the following quotation from Sir Robert Ker Porter’s Travels : — “ On my first entering this bower of fairy land,’ says this gentleman, speaking of the garden of one of the royal palaces of Persia, “ I was struck with the appearance of two rose trees full 14 ft. high, laden with thousands of flowers, in every degree of expansion, and of a bloom and delicacy of scent that imbued the whole atmosphere with exquisite perfume. Indeed, I believe that in no country in the world does the rose grow in such perfection as in Persia; in no country is it so cultivated and prized by the natives. Their gardens and courts are crowded by its plants, their rooms ornamented with vases filled with its gathered branches, and every bath strewed with the full- blown flowers, plucked with the ever-replenished stems. .... . But, in this delicious garden of Negaaristan, the eye and the smell are not the only senses regaled by the presence of the rose: the ear is enchanted by the wild and beautiful notes of multitudes of nightingales, whose warblings seem to increase in melody and softness with the unfolding of their favourite flowers. Here, indeed, the stranger is more powerfully reminded that he is in the genuine country of the nightingale and the rose.” (Persia in Miniature, vol. iii.) At marriages and other festivities, in the middle ages, the guests wore chaplets of roses. The author of the romance of Perce Forest, describing an entertainment, says, “ Every person wore a chaplet of roses on his head. The constable of France, and, probably, other great officers at other courts, when he waited on the king at dinner, had one of these crowns. Women, when they took the veil, and when they married, were thus adorned. War- riors wore their helmets encircled with these flowers, as appears from their monumental figures. This fondness of our ancestors for this fragrant and elegant flower, and the various uses to which they applied it, explains a par- ticular, that, at first sight, seems somewhat whimsical, which is, the bushels of roses sometimes paid by vassals to their lords.” (Histoire de-la Vie Privée des Francais, vol. ii. p. 221.) In Britain, one of the earliest notices of the rose occurs in Chaucer, who wrote early in the thirteenth century; and in the beginning of the fifteenth century, as we have already noticed (p. 33.), there is evidence of the rose having been cultivated for commercial purposes; and of the water distilled from it being used to give a flavour to a variety of dishes, and to wash the hands at meals; a custom still preserved in some of our colleges, and also in many of the public halls within the city of London. } Among the new year’s gifts presented to Queen Mary in 1556, was a bottle of roose (rose) water, a loaf of sugar, cinnamon, and nutmeg ( Nichol’s Illustra- tions, note by T. G. C.); and, in 1570, we find among the items in the account of a dinner of Lord Leycester, when he was chancellor of the University of Oxford, 3 0z. of rose-water. In an account of a grant by Richard Cox, Bishop of Ely, (18 Queen Elizabeth, 20th March, 1576,) to Christopher (afterwards Sir Christopher) Hatton, of great part of Ely House, Holborn, for twenty-one years, the CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER®. ROSA. 787 tenant covenants to pay, on Midsummer-day, a red rose for the gate-house and garden ; and for the ground (fourteen acres), ten loads of hay, and 104. per annum ; the bishop reserving to himself and successors free access through the gate-house, for walking in the gardens, and gathering twenty bushels of roses yearly. (Malcolm’s London, 4to, vol. ii. p. 231—237.) On this grant, Sir Thomas G. Cullum observes, that this deed affords us a pleasing instance of relaxation of feudal tyranny; the old manorial lords generally clogging their grants of land with oppressive services. In the same light we should consider the jocular tenures by which several manors, or parcels of land, were formerly holden. (Cudlwmn’s Hawstead, 2d edit. p.118.) In 1597, we find Gerard speaking of the damask rose, or rose of Damascus, and the cinnamon rose, as common in English gardens. Hakluyt says that the rose of Damascus was brought to England by Dr. Linaker, physician to Henry VII.; and his suc- cessor, Sir Richard Weston,.who wrote in 1645, says, We have red roses from France.” In the reign of James I., the keeper of the robes and jewels at Whitehall, amongst a variety of other offices, had separate salaries allowed him, “ for fire to air the hot-houses, 40s. by the year ;”’ and “ for digging and setting of roses in the Spring Gardens, 40s. by the year.” (History of the First Fourteen Years of King James. T. G. C.) | As, during the middle ages, roses were in use in the festivals of the church throughout Europe, it seems probable that they would be generally introduced into the gardens of the priories and other religious establishments. The moss rose was brought to England from Holland early in the eighteenth century. Very little faith is to be placed in the assertions of persons ignorant of gardening and botany, as to the date of the introduction of particular plants; as a proof of which may be given the remarkable fact, that Madame de Genlis, when she was in Eng- land, saw the moss rose for the first time in her life; and, when she returned, took a plant with her to Paris, in order to introduce it into France; though the fact is, that it was originated in Provence. The musk rose, Hakluyt tells us, in 1592, was first obtained from Italy ; and it also was common in the time of Gerard. The single yellow rose was known to Gerard, but not the double, which, Parkinson informs us, as noticed p. 757., was brought to England from Syria before 1629. One of the most valuable of roses, the China rose (R. indica), was first introduced in 1789; and it may be said to have created a revolution in the culture of roses, by the innumerable varieties which have been raised between it, the deep red China rose (22. semperflorens), intro- duced the same year, and the European roses. Properties and Uses. The great use of the cultivated rose, in all countries where it is grown, is as a floriferous shrub; but it is, nevertheless, cultivated for the uses to which its flowers are applied in medicine and domestic economy in different parts of Europe, in the north of Africa, and more espe- cially in Asia. In Syria, it has been cultivated from time immemorial ; and, indeed, the aboriginal name of that country, Suristan, is said to signify the Land of Roses. The rose plantations of Damascus, those of Cashmere, of the Barbary coast, and of Fayoum in Upper Egypt, have been already men- tioned as cultivated for making the attar, or essence, of roses from their flowers. In France, the rese de Provins is extensively cultivated in the neigh- bourhood of the town of that name, in the department of Seine et Marne, about 60 miles south-east of Paris; and also at Fontenay aux Roses, near Paris, for products of a similar nature. In Britain, in the neighbourhood of London, Edinburgh, and other large towns, and in many private gardens, the flowers are gathered for making rose-water, or drying as perfumes. The various preparations from the flowers are, the dried petals, rose-water, vinegar of roses, spirit of roses, conserve of roses, honey of roses, oil of roses, and attar, otto, butter, or essence, of roses. After making some general remarks, we shall notice the mode of preparing each of these articles. The kind of rose cultivated for commercial purposes, in Syria, is generally said to be the damask, or Damascus, species; but, according to Langles (Recherches sur la Découverte de la Rose, &c.), it is the musk rose from which 36 3 788 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. the essence known as attar is procured. This rose, the flowers of which are not so double as those of many others, also flowers later than most of the sorts. According to Desfontaines and Langles, it is cultivated extensively near Tunis, in the neighbourhood of other African cities bordering the Mediterranean, at Fayoum in Upper Egypt, and also in Persia and in India. The hundred-leaved rose is the variety most commonly grown, both in France and England, for its petals. The rose de Provins, however, is cultivated on a large scale in the vicinity of Paris, on account, according to Bose, of its tonic and astringent properties, which are diametrically opposite to those of most other roses, which are all more or less laxative or purgative. According to an analysis of the petals of the rose de Provins (R. gallica), as grown in the extensive plantations of Fontenay aux Roses, they are found to contain a cer- tain gallic acid and tannin, which accounts for their medical properties. The petals of this rose are also the only ones that increase in fragrance in drying ; all the other sorts being much less fragrant when dry, than when in a recent state. The petals of roses ought always to be gathered as soon as the flower is fully expanded ; and the gathering should never be deferred till it has begun to fade; because, in the latter case, the petals are not only discoloured, but weakened in their medical properties. They should be immediately separated from the calyx, and the claws of the petals pinched off; they are then dried in the shade, if the weather is dry and warm, or by a stove in a room, if the season is humid; care being taken, in either case, not to spread them on the ground, but ona platform raised 2 ft. or 3 ft. above it. The drying should be conducted expeditiously ; because it has been found that slowly dried petals do not exhale nearly so much odour as those which have been dried quickly ; which is, indeed, the case with hay, sweet herbs, and odoriferous vegetables generally. After the petals are dried, they are freed from any sand, dust, or eggs of insects, which may adhere to them, by shaking them, and rubbing them gently in a fine sieve. After this, the petals are put into close vessels, from which the air is excluded, and which are kept in a dry airy situation. As it is extremely difficult to free the rose petals entirely from the eggs of insects, they are taken out of these vessels two or three times a year, placed in sieves, rubbed, cleaned, and replaced. Parmentier states that the petals of red roses keep longer than those of white ones. At one time, the dried petals of the roses of Provins were so celebrated, that, according to Pomel (Histoire des Drogues), they were sent as far as India; and M. Opois, apothecary of Provins, who has written a dissertation upon the roses in the neighbourhood of that town, affirms that, owing to the nature of the soil, and a superior mode of cultivation, the roses of Provins are more fragrant when dry, and better adapted for medicinal purposes, than any others whatever. Desfontaines asserts that apothecaries employ both pale and red roses; and that the petals of the Provins, of the hundred-leaved damask, and of the com- mon damask, are used by them indifferently. Rose-water is distilled from the petals of pale roses, in preference to deep red ones, mixed with a small quantity of water; and, in France, those of the musk rose are preferred when they can be obtained. This product of the rose was known to the Greeks in the time of Homer, and to Avicenna, among the Arabs, a.p. 980. It is more or less in use, in every civilised country, for the toilette, and on occasions of festivals and religious cere- monies, It is still used at the feasts of the corporate bodies of the city of London. Medicinally, it is applied to sore eyes, either alone, or with Gou- lard’s extract, or other medicines. Vinegar of Roses is made by simply infusing dried rose petals in the best distilled vinegar. It is chiefly used on the Continent, for curing headachs produced by the vapours of charcoal, or the heat of the sun. For this pur- pose, cloths, or linen rags, moistened with the vinegar, are applied to the head, and left there till they are dried by evaporation. Spirit of Roses is procured by distilling rose petals in sand heat, with a CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEZ. ROSA. 789 sinall quantity of spirits of wine. This produces a very fragrant spirit, which, mixed with sugar, makes the liqueur known in France by the name of 7’ huile de rose; it also forms the groundwork of the liqueur called parfait amour. Conserve of Roses is prepared by bruising in a mortar the petals with their weight of sugar, till the whole forms a homogeneous mass. In the earlier ages, when, according to Rosembourg, in his History ofthe Rose (published in 1631), the rose was a specific against every disease, ‘this conserve was thought a sovereign remedy for a cold. It was much in use in the time of Gerard, and is still employed in the composition of electuaries, and many other medicines. Honey of Roses is made by beating up fresh rose leaves with a small quan- tity of boiling water ; and, after filtering the mass, boiling the pure liquor with honey. This was formerly much in use for ulcers in the mouth, and for sore throats. Oil of Roses is obtained by bruising fresh rose petals, mixing them with four times their weight of olive oil, and leaving them in a sand heat for two days. If the red rose de Provins be used, the oil is said to imbibe no odour; but, if the petals of pale roses be employed, it becomes perfumed. This preparation was celebrated among the ancients. Pliny says that, according to Homer, roses were macerated for their oil in the time of the Trojans. The oil is chiefly used for the hair, and is generally sold in perfumers’ shops, both in France and England, under the name of ?huile antique de rose. Essence, Attar, Otto, or, asit is sometimes called, Butter, of Roses, is the most celebrated of all the different preparations from this flower; and forms an object of commerce on the coast of Barbary, in Syria, 1 in Persia, in India, and in various parts of the East. In England, it is usually called otto of roses, a corruption of the word attar, which, in Arabic, signifies perfume. This essence has the consistence of butter, anid only becomes liquid in the very warmest weather. It is preserved in "small flasks, and is so powerful, that touching it with the point of a pin will bring away enough to scent a pocket-handkerchief for two or three days. The discovery of the essence of roses dates from the year 1612, and is said to have been made by the mother- in-law of the Great Mogul, in the manner already mentioned, p. 785. The essence is still procured “almost in the same manner in which it was when first discovered ; viz. by collecting the drops of oil which float on the surface of vesselsefilled with rose water, when exposed to a strong heat, and then congealing it by cold. Roses give more or less of this oil according to their kind, and the climate and soil in which they have been cultivated. The musk rose is considered the best, and the climate and soil of Cashmere the most favourable; the otto of roses procured from Persia is next in estimation to that of Cashmere ; and that of Syria, and that of the Barbary states, are considered to be of very inferior quality. The manner of making the otto of roses in Cashmere is given by Dr. Donald Monro, in the Transactions of the Society of Edinburgh, vol. 1. p- 12., published in 1790. The petals of the roses are put into a wooden vessel along with pure water, and exposed for several days to the heat of the sun. The oily particles, being disengaged by the heat, float upon the surface of the water; whence they are sucked up, from time to time, by applying to them some very fine dry cotton wool. From this wool the oil is pressed into little bottles, which are immediately afterwards sealed hermetically. The quantity of essence obtained from 100 lb. of rose petals scarcely amounts to half a drachm. A wretched Substitute for Otto of Roses is said to be formed by the apothe- caries of Paris: the petals of Rosa damascéna, No. 35. p.759., are boiled ina large caldron of water along with as much hog’ s lard as will cover its surface with a thin stratum of grease. The oil of the rose petals, on separating from them by boiling, unites with this grease, from which it is again separated by spirits of wine. A Conserve of Roses was formerly made of the hips, or fruit, when ripe and 3G 4 790 ; ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. mellowed by the frost : this was done by removing the seeds and chaffy bristles which line the inside of the hip, and afterwards beating the pulpy matter up in a mortar with sugar. The mossy protuberance frequently seen on the wild rose and the sweet briar was also formerly used in medicine; but it is now neglected. It is produced by the puncture of the Cynips rosa, and other kindred species of insects ; and, among druggists, was known by the Arabic name of bedeguar. For culinary and confectionery Purposes, rose-water is in much demand. Very good tarts are also made, on the Continent, of the conserve of the hips, as well as of the conserve of the petals; and rose-buds are preserved in sugar, and pickled in vinegar. The apple-bearing rose (sa villosa pomifera) produces the largest fruit of all, and is the best adapted for preserving; but R. s¥styla and R, arvénsis are said by Mr. Joseph Woods (Lin. Trans.) to produce fruit, which, though of a smaller size, is of a higher flavour than that of any other species. (Hort. Soc. Cat. of Fruits, edit. 1826, p. 195.) The employment of the rose in the manufacture of liqueurs has been already mentioned. The green leaves of the sweet briar are sometimes, on the Continent, steeped in spirits of wine, to communicate to it a fragrance ; and they are commonly used, in England, to put into cowslip wine, to give it a flavour. Tea has been also made of these leaves; and those of all the sorts, as well as the young tender shoots, are readily eaten by cattle, horses, and sheep. The points of the luxuriant shoots of sweet briar, deprived of their bark and leaves, and cut into short lengths, are sometimes candied like the blanched leaf-stalks of angelica and finocchio. The Wood of the Rose is very hard and compact, and of a fine grain ; and, if it could be procured of sufficient dimensions, it might serve as a substitute for box, in making mathematical instruments. Hedges are formed both of the wild and of the cultivated rose; but they are not well adapted for the purposes of protection and enclosure, from their rambling habit of growth, the large space they occupy when unpruned, and their liability to become naked below when cut in on both sides, so as to occupy only the space allowed to a hedge of hawthorn. For garden hedges, however, many of the varieties are eligible, and more especially the fasti- giate-growing kinds; such as the Rosa indica, which, in warm sheltered situations, forms a very handsome evergreen hedge, flowering nearly all the ear. - 2 Undergrowths of Roses. Many of the climbing and trailing sorts, and par- ticularly the evergreen varieties of these, are well adapted, as Mr. Rivers has observed (p.781.), for undergrowths in open woods; but, in this case, the timber trees should not be so close as to touch each other with their branches, and, consequently, to exclude the direct rays of the sun from the roses. These, also, should be allowed, in some places, to climb to the tops of the highest trees, where they will flower profusely, and, in a few years, hang down; occasionally forming festoons from one tree to another in a man- ner singularly beautiful and picturesque. The different varieties of Rosa arvénsis, especially the Ayrshire and evergreen roses, are particularly well adapted for this purpose. We have seen fine examples of the effect of climbing roses, produced in some neglected parts of the woods at Eastwell Park, Pains Hill, Claremont, and more particularly at Pepperharrow. At Spring Grove, the late Sir Joseph Banks had a Siberian variety of the Rosa arvénsis, which produced a singularly rich and beautiful effect on a group of tall trees near the house. Mr. Beckford of Fonthill formed, about 1804, in his woods, several acres of undergrowths of roses of the very choicest kinds; and the effect was extraordinary (though it could not be called appro- priate), while care was bestowed upon them; but, no sooner was the place quitted by Mr. Beckford, in 1826, and the plantation neglected, than they began to be choked up by brambles, and other plants sown by the birds, and to die off, till, when we visited the scene in 1833, we could not observe a single rose remaining. (See Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 441.) CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEZ. RO'SA. 791 When verdant Sculpture or Architecture is to be employed in gardens, there are very few plants that will so soon cover frame work as the evergreen climbing roses; and they have the advantage over ivy of producing fine flowers, which are succeeded by fruits that attract singing birds; and over other rapid-growing climbers, such as the Ampeldpsis hederacea, in addition to these advantages, that of being green all the year. Poetical, mythological, historical, and legendary Allusions. The rose has been a favourite subject with the poets of all countries, in all ages; and a tolerably large volume might be formed, if all the poems written on it were collected, as there has, perhaps, never yet existed a poet of any eminence, who has not sung its praises. In mythological allusions it is equally rich. It was dedicated by the Greeks to Aurora, as an emblem of youth, from its freshness and reviving fragrance; to Venus, as an emblem of love and beauty, from the elegance of its flowers ; and to Cupid, as an emblem of fugacity and danger, from the fleeting nature of its charms, and the wounds inflicted by its thorns. It was given by Cupid to Harpocrates, the god of silence, as a bribe, to prevent him from betraying the amours of Venus; and was hence adopted as the emblem of silence. The rose was, for this reason, frequently sculp- tured on the ceilings of drinking and feasting rooms, as a warning to the guests, that what was said in moments of conviviality should not be repeated ; from which what was intended to be kept secret was said to be told “ under the rose.” The Greek poets say that the rose was originally white, but that it was changed to red, according to some, from the blood of Venus, who lacerated her feet with its thorns when rushing to the aid of Adonis; and, according to others, from the blood of Adonis himself. The fragrance of the rose is said by the poets to be derived from a cup of nectar thrown over it by Cupid; and its thorns to be the stings of the bees with which the arc of his bow was strung. Anacreon makes the birth of the rose coeval with those of Venus and Minerva : — “Then, then, in strange eventful hour, The earth produced an infant flower, = Which sprang with blushing tinctures drest, And wanton’d o’er its parent breast, The gods beheld this brilliant birth, And hail’d the Rose —the boon of earth,”’ Moore’s Anacreon.” Another fable relating to the birth of the rose is, that Flora, having found the dead body of one of her favourite nymphs, whose beauty could only be equalled by her virtue, implored the assistance of all the gods and goddesses to aid her in changing it into a flower which all others should acknowledge to be their queen. Apollo lent the vivifying power of his beams, Bacchus bathed it in nectar, Vertumnus gave its perfume, Pomona its fruit, and Flora herself its diadem of flowers. Other mythological writers relate that the beautiful Rhodante, Queen of Corinth, to escape the persecutions of her lovers, attempted to seclude herself in the temple of Diana; but, being forced by the clamour of the people from her sanctuary, prayed to the gods to change her into a rose; which still bears the blushes that dyed her cheeks when forced to expose herself to public gaze, and under which form she is still universally admired. A beetle is often represented, on antique gems, as expiring surrounded by roses; and this is supposed to be an emblem of a man enervated by luxury; the beetle being said to have such an antipathy to roses, that the smell of them will cause its death. The Romans were very fond of roses. Pliny tells us that they garnished their dishes with these flowers ; and we have already alluded (p. 785.) to their custom of wearing garlands of them at their feasts. Cleopatra received Antony, at one of her banquets,in an apartment covered with rose leaves to a consider- able depth; and Antony himself, when dying, begged to have roses scattered on his tomb. The Roman generals, who had achieved any remarkable vic- tory, were permitted to have roses sculptured on their shields. Rose-water was the favourite perfume of the Roman ladies ; and the most luxurious even used it in their baths. 792 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. In the East, the rose has always been a favourite with the poets. They represent the nightingale as sighing for its love; and many beautiful verses are derived from this fable. “In a curious fragment by the celebrated Persian poet Attar, entitled Bulbul Nameh, The Book of the Nightingale, all the birds appear before Solomon, and charge the nightingale with disturbing their rest, by the broken and plaintive strains which he warbles forth all the night in a sort of frenzy and intoxication. The nightingale is summoned, questioned, and acquitted by the wise king; because the bird assures him, that his vehement love for the rose drives him to distraction, and causes him to break forth into those passionate and touching complaints which are laid to his charge.” (The Language of Flowers, p. 116.) The Persians also assert that “the nightingale, in spring, flutters around the rose bushes, uttering incessant complaints, till, overpowered by the strong scent, he drops stupified on the ground.” (Jbid.) Mr. Rivers, in the Gard. Mag., vol. x. p. 133., men- tions that Sir John Malcolm told him that, when in Persia, he had once breakfasted on an immense heap, or rather mount, of roses, which the Per- sians had raised in honour of him. The Turks believe that roses sprang from the perspiration of Mahomet : for which reason, they never tread upon a rose leaf, or suffer one to lie on the ground ; they also sculpture a rose on the tombstones of females who die unmarried. There are many legends related of roses in the East. The story of the learned Zeb, who intimated by a rose leaf that he might be received into the silent academy at Amadan, is well known. The vacant place for which he applied having been filled up before his arrival, the president inti~ mated this to him by filling a glass so full of water, that a single additional drop would have made it run over; but Zeb contrived to place the petal of arose so delicately on the water as not to disturb it in the least, and was rewarded for his ingenious allusion by instant admission into the society. According to the Hindoo mythology, Pagoda Siri, one of the wives of Vish- nu, was found in a rose. The Rose was also celebrated in the Catholic Church. “ Marullus tells a story of a holy virgin, named Dorothea, who suffered martyrdom in Cesarea, under the government of Fabricius, and who converted to Christianity a scribe named Theophilus, by sending him some roses, in the winter time, out of Paradise. A golden rose was considered so honourable a present, that none but crowned heads were thought worthy either to give or to receive it. Roses of this kind were sometimes consecrated by the popes on Good Friday, and given to such potentates as it was their particular interest or wish to load with favours ; the flower itself being an emblem of the mortality of the body, and the gold of which it was composed of the immortality of the soul.” (Lindl. Ros. Monog., pref. xv.) In an old mosaic, in the church of St. Susan, at Rome, Charlemagne is represented kneeling, and receiving from St. Peter a standard covered with roses. The custom of blessing the rose is still preserved in Rome, and the day on which the ceremony is performed is called Dominicain Rosa. The rose was always considered as a mystical emblem by the Catholic church; and, as Schlegel observes, it enters into the composition ofall the ornaments of Gothic churches, in combination with the cross. The seal of Luther was arose. In 530, St. Médard, Bishop of Noyon, instituted a festival at Salency, his birthplace, for adjudging annually the prize of a crown of roses to the girl who should be acknowledged by all her competitors to be the most amiable, modest, and dutiful in the village; and he had the pleasure of crowning his own sister as the first rose queen. This custom was continued to the time of Madame de Genlis, who, in the first volume of her Théatre @ E’ducation, has written a beautiful little drama, entitled La Rosiére de Salency, on the subject. In the middle ages, the knights at a tournament wore a rose embroidered on their sleeves, as an emblem that gentleness should accompany courage, and that beauty was the reward of valour. About this period, the rose was considered so precious in France, that, in several parts of the country, none but the rich and powerful were allowed to cultivate CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEH. RO'SA. 793 it; but in later times we find it mentioned among the ancient rights of ma- nors, that their owners were empowered to levy a tax, or tribute, on their tenants, of so many bushels of roses, which were used, not only for making rose-water, but for covering the tables with, instead ef napkins. The French parliament had formerly a day of ceremony, called Baillee de Roses, because great quantities of roses were then distributed. Shakspeare, who, no doubt, followed some old legend or chronicle, derives the assumption of the red and the white roses, by the rival houses of York and Lancaster, from a quarrel in the Temple Gardens, between Richard Plantagenet, Duke of York, and the Earl of Somerset, the partisan of Henry of Lancaster. Finding that their voices were getting too loud, Plantagenet proposes that they shall *° In dumb significance proclaim their thoughts ;” adding,— ** Let him who is a true-born gentleman, And stands upon the bonour of his birth, If he supposes I have pleaded truth, From off this briar pluck a white rose with me.” To which Somerset replies, — ** Let him who is no coward, nor no flatterer, But dare maintain the party of the truth, Pluck a red rose from off this thorn with me.” Their respective followers gathered the different coloured roses ; and hence, tradition says, these flowers were adopted as the badges of the houses of York and Lancaster, during the civil wars which afterwards desolated the country for more than thirty years. The Rosa alba is said to have been the one chosen as the badge of the House of York, and the Rosa gallica as that of Lancaster. The York and Lancaster rose, which, when it comes true, has one half of the flower red, and the other half white, was named in commemo- ration of the union of the two houses, by the marriage of Henry VII.of Lan- caster with Elizabeth of York. It has been observed, that the roses on seals, &c., always appear very double, and as if copied from the form of &. centi- folia ; also, that the shoe ornament called a rosette has for its type a similar kind of rose. The roses used in Gothic architecture, on the contrary, are comparatively flat, with large open petals, like the FR. gallica. Soil and Situation. The common wild roses will grow in very poor soil, provided it be dry; but all the cultivated sorts require a soil naturally light and free, and more or less enriched. The situation should be open and airy, exposed to the east, or, in warm situations, to the north, rather than to the south ; because the intensity of the sun’s rays accelerates too rapidly the expansion of the flowers, and also diminishes the colour and fragrance of the petals. A rose-garden, fully exposed to the sun during the whole day, may have a useful degree of shade given to it by the distribution of a few standard roses of not less than 8 ft. or 10ft.in height; or by the introduction of frames of wood or wire, in the forms of obelisks, gnomons, crosses, columns surmounted by globes, or cones, on which climbing roses may be trained. These, would produce no bad effect by their drip, and yet, by their shadow, which would vary with the position of the sun, they would afford a salu- tary protection to the dwarf roses by which they were surrounded ; and thus effect, in some degree, the same object asa cool situation and exposure. The rose is one of those plants that will not thrive in the neighbourhood of towns where the prevailing fuel is pit-coal; hence the roses grown within a circle of ten miles of the metropolis are much inferior in beauty to those grown at double that distance: for example, at Sawbridgeworth in Hertfordshire, in the rose nurseries of Mr. Hooker at Brenchley in Kent, and in those of Mr. Woods at Maresfield in Sussex, and of Mr. Donald at Woking. The in- fluence of the smoke of London on the roses grown in its neighbourhood is every year extending its circle ; and roses which grow and flower very well in gardens, in situations where building is only commencing, gradually lose their vigour as the number of houses surrounding them is increased. The first effect of the smoke is to prevent the flower buds from opening freely, and the 794 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. next to diminish their number: the leaves then gradually become smaller, and the length of the shoots less; after which the plant weakens by degrees, and, in a few years, ifa standard, it dies altogether, or, if a dwarf, barely exists, and seldom, if ever, flowers. Situation in Garden Scenery. In country residences, roses are generally dis- tributed in the margins of shrubberies along with other flowering shrubs: but, considering the culture they require, it is impossible they can thrive in such a situation ; and, even if they did thrive, the kind of beauty which they would produce would be of a character so different from that of a general shrubbery, as, according to the principles of a reasonable taste, to require their exclusion from it. The only roses fit to be planted in a shrubbery are the single kinds, in their wild state. Roses, and all other kinds of shrubs or trees, that are far removed from a state of nature, and valued for something produced by art, either in their flowers, fruit, bark, or leaves, should be grown in situ- ations where the art which produced the artificial effect can be employed. Hence all fruit-bearing trees and shrubs should be grown in orchards, in kitchen-gardens, or in some place by themselves, so as to admit of properly cultivating the soil, and managing the plants. Roses, and all double-flowering shrubs, ought, in like manner, to be grown by themselves; and the same prin- ciple will apply to shrubs having any peculiarity in their foliage, and even in their mode of growth. The continuation of the peculiarity may not always require a rich soil; on the contrary, it will generally be found to have been produced by a soil and situation of a peculiar nature: but that pe- culiarity of soil it is as much the object of art to imitate, as it is to form the rich soil, and favourable situation, which produce large or double flowers, or large and succulent fruit. Hence, to cultivate roses properly, they must be grown either in groups by themselves on a lawn, or in a flower-garden; or be connected into a system of groups, or beds, in a rosarium, or rose-garden. Rosarium, or Rosetum. Where it is intended to plant a collection of roses, the best effect will be produced by devoting a group to each section ; such as one to moss roses, another to Noisettes, a third to Scotch roses, &c. These groups ought generally to be planted with dwarfs rather than standards ; because the former are more conveniently looked upon by the spectator: but a handsome standard may, frequently, occupy the centre of each group, if it is a circle or a square; and two or three in a line, or radiating from a point, if it is of a long or an irregular form. Sometimes a group may be surrounded by a row of standards, which, in that case, should have clear stems, not less than 7 ft. high, through which the dwarf roses may be seen by persons walking round the group. Standard roses, in general, have the best effect when formed into an avenue along the margin of a walk; and for this purpose they are very suitable for common flower-gardens, where the groups, instead of being planted with dwarf roses, are filled with herbaceous plants. The sizes of the different groups in a rosarium ought to be proportioned to the number of varieties belonging to the section to be planted in each. For these purposes, the catalogue of Messrs. Rivers may be taken as a basis ; and, as it contains seventeen groups, exclusive of the climbers, these may be represented by seventeen circles of different diameters, or by seventeen squares, parallelo- grams, or clusters of irregular-shaped figures, bearing the same proportion to each other in regard to superficial contents. For each kind of rose to be planted in the group, a square yard ought to be allowed if a dwarf, and more if a standard; because, to admit of roses being displayed to the greatest advantage, every plant, whether a standard or a dwarf, ought to be free on every side. Fig. 525. is a design for a rosarium by E. B, Lamb, Esgq., well known for his elegant designs in our Encyclopedia of Cottage Architecture, and our Architectural Magazine. The groups in this design are calculated to contain the entire collection of Messrs. Rivers, with the exception of the climbers, which, we think, have a better effect planted in an open arcade, or in a row of columns or obelisks, than crowded together in one group. CHAP, XLII. ROSA CER. ROSA. 795 This design, which is to a scale of 40 ft. to 1 in., is calculated to include the whole of Mr. Rivers’s collection, one plant of a sort ; or two of those which are small in size, or tender, as the miniature China roses, and the musk rose, The climbers are proposed to be trained!against pyramids formed of four iron rods. joined by horizontal wires ; two sorts being placed at opposite angles of the pyra- 1. Provence, or Cabbage, Roses, R. centifodlia, 25 sorts. Two pyra- mids, 2. Rdsa indica odorata, or Tea-scented China Roses, 21 sorts. Three pyramids, 3. Musk Roses, 10 sorts. No pyramid. 4. Hybrid China Roses, 89 sorts. Three py- ramids. 5. Roésa alba, and its va- rieties, 25 sorts. One pyramid, 6. Select Roses of uncer- tain origin, 25 sorts. One pyramid. _ .; 7. Noisette Roses, 66 sorts. Three pyramids, 8. Rosa tndica, or China Roses, 70 sorts. Three pyramids. 9. Scotch Roses, 27 sorts. One pyramid. 10. Résa gdilica, or Pro- vins, or French Roses, 99 sorts. Three pyra- mids. ll. L’Ile de Bourbon Roses, Rosa indica var., 38 sorts. One pyramid. 12. Damask Roses, R. da- mascéna, 19 sorts. No pyramid. 13. Sweet Briars, 17 sorts. One pyramid. 14. Miniature China Roses, 16 sorts. No pyramid, mid, so that each sort may cover two sides. The py- ramids may be 18in. on the side at the bottom, and 15ft. high ; and they should be fixed on stoue base= ments rising at least 6in. above the surface of the soil. The pyramids are proposed to be distributed through the beds in such a manner as to afford a salutary degree of shade to the dwarfs. The dwarfs may be arranged in the following order; which is founded on the principle of adapting the number of sorts in each of Mr. Rivers’s groups, to the sizes of the different beds. 15. Rosa bracteata and mi- crophGlla, and their varieties, 10 sorts. No pyramid. 16. Perpetual, or autum- nal, Roses, 5 sorts, Three pyramids, 17. Moss Roses, 24 sorts, Two pyramids. In all, 17 groups of dwarfs, and 27 pyramids for climbers. Two sorts of climbing roses are proposed to be planted against each pyramid ; which will thus include the whole of Mr. Rivers’s collection, amounting to 54 sorts, 796 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. When a rosarium, the groups of which are disposed so as to form one symmetrical figure, is to be planted solely with dwarf roses, the walk which surrounds it ought always to be 2ft. or 3ft. above its level, in order that the spectator, after having studied the groups in detail, may be able to retire to the surrounding terrace walk, and get a birdseye view of the whole. This principle, indeed, is applicable to all symmetrical rosariums, cis- tetums, flower-gardens, American grounds, &c., which are to be planted with dwarfs. Where standards, whether roses or other shrubs, are used; either in groups alone, or interspersed with the dwarfs, as in fig. 525.,; a surrounding terrace walk, though almost always desirable, is not so essential for the dis- play of the beauty of the scene. Where a rosarium cannot be formed in one compact whole, as in the design, fig. 525., it may be laid out on each side of a leading walk, in various ways. The walk may be either straight, or regularly curved: in either case, the climbing varieties may be used to form a sort of open arcade, to separate each section, as indicated in figs. 526, and 527. In these figures, @ repre- CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEM. ROSA. 797 sents the arcade; 6 6, beds for the dwarf plants; and ec, rows of standards belonging to that section planted in small borders exterior to the walk. By having the portions of arcade always at regular distances from each other, the unity of effect in the perspective, to a person walking through it, will be kept up ; while the bed, or beds, devoted to each section, though always of the same length, might be regulated, in point of breadth, so as always to give the precise superficial contents required. By surrounding these beds with a row of standards of the same kind as the dwarfs, the scene would be shut in; and, on that account, its effect would be stronger. Instead of separating each group into two beds to make room for the central walk, as in jig. 527., they might be united in one, and surrounded by a walk, as in jig. 526.; but, though this might improve the view of a straight arcade from one end, we apprehend it would considerably lessen the enjoyment of walking through it, by the regularly repeated interruptions which the beds would produce. The piers of the arcade ought to present their edges to the walk; and they should not rise up out of the soil, or abruptly from the gravel, but from a plinth of stone on its margin: while the plants ought always to rise, not from the gravel or the turf, but from a dug spot; because no improved rose will thrive, for any length of time, in ground which is not frequently stirred and manured. Arcades of Roses. When roses are grown in arcades, and the flowers are to be seen from below, the arches on which the plants are trained should always be at such a distance from each other as freely to admit the light between them; otherwise, the finest roses will be produced on the exterior surface of the arcade, and few or none be seen from the inside; the plants will, also, soon become naked below. The best mode for growing the plants, and dis- playing their blossoms to a spectator on the walk, is to form the arches of trelliswork, about 1ft. or 18 in. in width; = and to place them along the walk, not nearer 40 > than 6 ft. or 8ft. apart, as indicated in jig. 526. atd dd. The reason why the edge of the arch of trelliswork is placed to the walk, and not its side, as usual, is, the better to display the roses on each face of the trelliswork to persons passing along the walk. The height of the summit of the arches ought to be regulated by the distances be- tween them; making it such, that, when the spectator is standing beneath one arch, he may see the summit of another at an angle 528 of from 30° to 40°. When diagonal arches are to be formed, single iron rods only may be employed, both for the cross arches, and those which are placed diagonally ; but, though this forms the handsomest arcade to walk under, we do-not think it displays the roses to the same advantage as the broad arches of trelliswork placed edgewise, which we have just mentioned; and of which jg. , 528. shows the elevation and the ground plan. Where the flowers are to be seen from without, the arcade may be wholly covered ; 7. with shoots; but, in that case, it must be *+—t—_t 4+ + ifs understood to be formed for the shade, and not for the appearance which the flowers are to produce to a spectator walking through it. Espaliers of Roses, as a substitute for hedges in a flower-garden, may be formed, by training them either on a single wire fence (fig. 529., of which Jig. 530. is the ground plan), or on a double fence, composed of hoop-iron and wire, in the manner indicated in fig. 531. The standards, a a, are of hoop-~ iron, and are kept together at top by the rod 6, which passes through them; 798 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART III. and their lower ex- tremities are nailed to pieces of wood (c), which, when the fence is put up, are buried in the soil to the depth of 2 ft. or 3 ft., as indi- cated by the dotted line d, so as to keep the espalier firmly in its place. In the mid- dle of each portion (such as that indicated in the figure) of the espalier, and equidis- tant from the stand- ards of hoop-iron,is the a standard of rod-iron ~... (of the same thickness “as that used for the horizontal rails), e; to which these rails are fastened with wire, merely for the pur- pose of keeping them steady, and at regular distances from each other. The espalier may be extended to any length, by insert- ing the ends of the horizontal rods in cylinders of tinned pe | iron, as indicated at f, which is the tin cylinder, while g g are the ends of two rods which are to be inserted in it; or they may be joined in the manner of hooks and eyes, which: is the strongest mode, though not so neat as the other. The iron rods are generally about iin. in dia- meter, and 16 ft. long. Espaliers of this kind, being broader at bot- ‘tom than at top, ad- mit of the rain falling on all the leaves from the top to the bottom ; and, whether they are covered with shrubs or trees, for the sake of their flowers, or for their fruit, they are alike handsome and advantageous. _— Dif- ferent sorts may be grown on each side of the espalier ; or only one sort may be placed CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. ROSA, 799 in the centre; half its shoots being trained on one side, and the other half on the other side. We have had an espalier of this kind at Bayswater, covered with gooseberry bushes, since 1824. It has been twice painted with gas tar; and is now, 1836, nearly as strong as when it was first put up. The total expense was about Is. 6d. for a foot in length. i ; Climbing Roses, treated as Standards, may be modified into various forms. One of the simplest is to train a plant toa pole, of from 10 ft. to 20 ft. in height, formed of a young larch of that length, the side branches of which have been cut off within 6 in. of the stem. Three such trees, placed together in the form of a triangle, about 2 ft. on the side at bottom, and terminating at a point about 20 ft. from the ground, produce a very good effect ; and, if desirable, the triangle may be enlarged at the base, or the base may be formed into a square, and several poles used, so as to give the superstructure the character of a pyramid. Where there is no parterre rosarium, the climbing roses, planted against such pyramids, would form a very good substitute for one. Where the climbing sorts are to form part of a rosarium, and not to be planted on arcades or poles, they may be trained to three iron rods, joined by smaller rods, as exhibited in fig. 536.; or they may be trained to single rods, terminating in cups, parasols, or mandarin hats, as may be recommended for wistaria, and other twining plants, and as exemplified in figs. 533, 534, and 535. Fig. 536. may be executed in a very economical manner, by making the standards of hoop iron, which would be kept steady by the small iron rods passed horizontally through them. It will be observed that this figure terminates in a ball and spike; the use of the latter is to prevent birds from perching upon the ball, and dirtying the foliage and flowers below. Where a collection of climbers is to be planted in a rosarium, or as a rose avenue in a flower-garden, a simple and permanent support, and one, at the same time, economical in point of expense, may be formed by single larch trees, with the stumps of the branches left on; or with hoop iron, joined by wires, as recommended above as a mode of executing fig. 536. This mode is parti- cularly suitable where the object is to display Howers the whole height of the 3H ‘ 800 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIIf. standard ; and answers best for those climbers which take their origin from R. semperflorens and 2. indica ; but for such vigorous-growing climbers as R. sem- pervirens, and of all the varieties that partake of the nature of 2. arvénsis, single stems, with a spreading top, will have the best effect ; because, in these kinds, the beauty, for the most part, consists in the grace of the pendulous shoots, and their numerous tufts of foliage and flowers. Walls covered with Roses. Roses are frequently trained against walls; and, where a collection of climbing sorts is so displayed, a very good mode to keep each sort within bounds, and to afford all an opportunity of equal display, is to place the plant in the centre of the space devoted to it, and to spread two leading shoots horizontally from it to the limits of the space allowed, and afterwards to train these shoots perpendicularly up- wards, as in fig. 537. The side shoots which are pro- a duced by these boundary stems are partly to be cut off, and partly to be trained horizontally, as indicated in the figure. This mode of == training is very well exem- 2 ii plified in the Horticultural = “S———=== 537 Society’s Garden; but the collection not being all placed together in regular series, it does not produce so much effect as it otherwise would do. Covering Rockwork with Roses. Some of the very low-growing kinds, such as R. spinosissima, produce a very good effect when planted among large blocks of stone, or in the crevices of natural rocks; but it must not be for- gotten, that, in such situations, the soil cannot be properly cultivated, and, therefore, only unimproved varieties should be employed. Baskets of Roses are frequently formed, in flower-gardens and on lawns, by pegging the branches of the roses close to the ground with hooks, and sur- rounding the group, which should be of a round, oval, or basket-like shape, with a low frame of wire, or lattice-work. In this case, the ground between the plants has a good effect when covered with live moss, pebbles, or shells. Sometimes roses of the dwarf-growing kinds are elevated in rustic basket- work, and placed in the rosarium or the flower-garden, or on the lawn. These baskets, and sometimes, also, the beds formed in imitation of baskets, have a handle placed over them to increase the illusion, over which climbing roses are trained. Edgings to beds or borders, formed of low-growing roses, and hedges, as already mentioned (p. 790.), are not unfrequent in flower-gardens ; but, as in the case of rockwork, these modes of growth are not adapted for the more choice kinds, from the difficulty of applying the proper cultivation. Patches of Roses in Flower-Borders. The rose, both as a standard and as a dwarf, is one of the commonest ornaments of mixed flower-borders ; and, since the introduction of the different varieties of .indica and 2. semperflorens, such borders have been farther enriched by planting annually patches of the har- diest and most free-flowering of these varieties, and treating them as herba- ceous plants. Some of the Noisettes, and of the very dark-flowered varieties of R. indica, thus treated, producea splendid effect. The plants may be struck from cuttings in heat the same season; or they may be raised in sand under a hand- glass, in a shady border, the preceding year, potted in autumn, kept in a cold- pit through the winter, and planted out in April or May, in holes filled with leaf-mould or rich free soil. Propagation. The rose, till nearly the end of the eighteenth century, was, both on the Continent and in England, almost always propagated by taking up the plant, and dividing it, or by layers. Whether the practice of budding roses originated on the Continent or in England, we are uncertain; but we think there can be very little doubt that it was first practised in France: and CHAP. XLII. ROSA CE®. ROSA. 801 this practice has given rise to another revolution in rose culture, as remark- able as that already noticed (p. 800.) with regard to the treatment of China roSes as herbaceous plants in beds or borders. When roses were propagated by layers or division, the plants formed small bushes, in the finer kinds seldom rising above 2 ft. or 3ft. from the surface; but no sooner had the practice of budding exotic roses on the strony-growing wild kinds been adopted, than the idea occurred (probably between 1790 and 1800) of budding them standard high, and thus producing those tree roses with globular heads, covered with flowers, supported on stems from 4 ft. to 6 ft. in height, or higher, now so common in French and British gardens ; and which are to be met with, more or less, in most fine gardens both in Europe and America. The rose is now propagated by all the different modes capable of being applied to ligneous plants : that most generally in use with the ordinary sorts, in private gardens, is by suckers, or by taking up the entire plant, dividing, and replanting it. In nurseries, dwarf plants are generally raised by layers ; and standards almost always by budding on stocks of the common wild rose. Dwarfs are also frequently propagated by budding on low stocks; and many of the kinds are increased by cuttings. New varieties, also roses for stocks in some cases, and the common sweet briar always, are raised from seed. We shall submit a few words on each of these modes of propagation, and refer the reader to our Gardener’s Magazine for more minute details. By Layers, These may either be made, during winter, of the preceding summer’s shoots; or, in July, of the growing shoots of the current season. In the latter case, a whole year is gained, as layers made in July will be rooted, and ready to remove, the following November. The young shoots of some varieties of roses, such as the Vittoria, are very brittle, and are apt to break off at the point where the tongue of the layer is formed. To obviate this, it has been found, that, by inserting the knife in the middle of the shoot, instead of immediately under the bud, and merely producing a longitudinal slit of 3 in. or 4in. in length, through two or three buds, and quite through the shoot ; and by keeping this slit open with a little earth, a chip of wood, or, in short, whatever may be most conveniently at hand, more root fibres will be produced than by the common mode of layering; and no risk will be incurred of breaking the shoot. This mode of layering is the invention of Mr. James Monro of the Brechin Nursery (see Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 301.); and it is calculated to be of the greatest value to propagators of roses. Mr. Monro, who, at first, used small stones to keep the slit open, afterwards applied a little decayed moss (Hypnum), or, instead of this, a small portion of grafting clay, for that purpose. By Cuttings. This mode is chiefly applicable to the varieties which partake of Rosa indica, R. semperflorens, R. Boursailtii, R. Noisettidna, &c. The cuttings may either be put in during the winter season, and protected by glass, or early in spring; or, in the course of the summer, they may be made of the young shoots with their leaves on. In either case, they are best planted in pots or pans, so as to be brought forward on a little heat. One of the most expeditious modes is, to put a plant or two of any of the roses that grow readily by cuttings into a hot-house or hot-bed, in January or February. The heat will cause them rapidly to throw up some young shoots; and, as soon as these have three or four leaves, they should be taken off, however tender or succulent they may be, taking care not to remove, shorten, or injure any of the leaves. After preparing the cuttings, they should be planted in sand, a glass put over them, and placed in the same heat as the plants. In three weeks, cuttings thus treated will have rooted, and will be ready to pot off. As the old plants continue to produce shoots, these may be taken off for cuttings ; or the plants raised from cuttings may be topped tor that purpose, till as many young plants are propagated as may be wanted. ‘Mr. J. Elles, who practised this method at Longleat, says that he raised upwards of 100 plants of Rosa odorata in one season, from a small plant, which only afforded 3H 2 $02 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. three cuttings at the commencement. (Gard. Mag., vol. vi. p. 428.) Plants raised in this manner flower almost immediately, and continue producing fresh blossoms throughout the whole summer: they are admirably calculated for being planted in groups in mixed flower-borders, and treated as herbaceous plants, as recommended p. 800. ; and, when #.i. odorata is used, a few patches of it will perfume an entire garden. By Budding. This is a very general mode of propagating the rose, and is almost always adopted when it 1s to be grown as a standard. Mr. Rivers is decidedly of opinion, that roses never bloom so finely as when budded ; and that the most proper and durable stock is R. canina, with its varieties ; while R. arvénsis is, perhaps, the worst. The operation of budding, in France, is performed at any time, from February to September ; but principally, as in England, during July and August. When performed in February, a portion of the wood is taken off along with the bud, and a cavity of the same shape is made in the stock to receive it; so that this mode of budding partakes much more of the nature of grafting than any of the other modes. The rose is also budded in April, by removing the bark only, in the same manner as in summer; and this is what the French call budding 4@ /’aei pous- sant (with the pushing eye) ; while the ordinary summer budding is called bud- ding a I’ il dormant (with the sleeping eye). For the mode of budding with a portion of the wood attached, mentioned above, we are not aware that the French have any specific name; but we shall take the liberty of calling it niche budding, or notch budding, and the other two kinds spring budding and summer budding. Niche Budding. The rose may be budded, in February or March, in the following manner: — To prepare the bud, a transverse cut is made into the wood, a little below an eye (fig. 538. a) ; which incision is met by a longer cut downwards, commencing at a 538 short distance above the eye, b; care being taken that a portion of wood is removed with the bark, as shown at c. This bud, with a portion of wood attached, is in- serted in a niche in the stock, made as nearly as possible of the same size as that left in the scion Hn”) by the removal of the bud c, as shown at g. In placing the bud on the stock, the principal thing to be attended to is, to bring the horizontal ‘edges of the base of the niche in the stock, and those of the bud which is to fit into it, into the most perfect contact possible; because the union is produced, not, as in common summer budding, by the junction of the soft wood of the stock with the rudiment of the soft wood on the inside of the bark of the bud, but by the junction of soft wood with soft wood, as in common grafting. Dr. Van Mons recommends the cut, or niche, in the stock to be made where there is already a bud; making the horizontal cut through the base of the bud. (See Gard. Mag., vol. ii. p. 193.) Spring Budding. When the rose is to be budded in spring, Dr. Van Mons recommends the scions to be cut off before winter, and stuck into the ground till the moment in spring, generally about the end of April or the beginning of May, when the bark of the stock 539 will separate freely from the wood : the operation of budding may then be performed in the usual manner, with the slight modifications, in re- spect to future treatment, given in the following directions by Van Mons. The bark of the stock, as early in spring as it will separate from. the wood, being cut. like an inverted T, as shown at d in fig. 539., the horizontal edges of this cut in the CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEH, ROSA. 803 — stock, and of the shield of bark containing the bud, must be brought into the most perfect contact with each other, as at e ; and then bound with waterproof bast (f), without, however, applying grafting clay, or grafting wax. Eight days after the insertion of the bud, the stock is pruned down to the branch which is immediately above the opposite side; and this branch is stopped by being cut down to two or three eyes; all the side shoots are removed, and, in five or six weeks afterwards, when the bud has pushed its fifth leaf, the point of the shoot is pinched out, so as to compel the shoot to branch out ; and the branches thus produced will bear flowers in August or September. Summer Budding. This is almost the only mode of budding in general use, whether for the rose, or for any other tree or shrub, either in Britain or on the Continent. The most general method adopted, on the Continent, of per- forming it on the rose is that indicated by jig. 539., in which the two cuts in the bark form the letter T reversed, already detailed; whereas in England they form the letter T upright. Either mode may be adopted according to the season: in spring budding, the slit made in the form of a T reversed (thus, 1) is the best ; but in August, or summer, budding, the T slit ought to be made erect ; because the junction, at this season, takes place by the descent of the sap; whereas in spring it is effected chiefly by its ascent. Where the shoots produced from the stock are weak, the buds may be inserted in the main stem ; more especially if the stock is not very old, and the bark hard. Some- times, buds inserted even in August will push the same season ; more especially if the roots of the stock have been well supplied with water: but, whether they push, the first season or the next, the points of the shoots produced ought to be pinched off at three or four joints from the stock, in order to cause them to branch out; because, when only one long single shoot is produced from each bud, it is liable to be broken off close to the stock, by the wind. Budding early in the season succeeds best on young wood; and, during August and September, it succeeds best on old wood. Buds of the China rose and its varieties, put in in July, frequently flower the same season. Twelve different modes of budding will be found described, and illustrated by en- gravings, in the Gard. Mag., vol.ii. p, 191., and vol. x. p. 305.; and the various modes of propagating the rose by budding and grafting will be found explained, to those who have no practical knowledge of gardening, in the Gard. Mag.,vol. iv. p.381. Inthis article, the writer directs the buds to be put in from the beginning to the end of August, either in the old or young wood, as may be most convenient, watering the root well, in dry seasons, for several days previous to the performance of the operation, in order to assist the bark to rise. Budding with the dormant bud is, he says, practised in May; sometimes with common roses, but more frequently with China roses, Banksias, Noisettes, &c. In general, two buds are sufficient for any stock; and these should be of only one variety, as two sorts seldom grow with equal vigour; and, of course, the one soon robs and destroys the other. The bast ligature which confines the buds should be pretty tight ; and a laurel leaf may be slightly tied on with it, in such a way as to form an arch over the bud, to defend it from the sun and rain, both of which are as prejudicial as the air. The ligatures may be removed, in moist seasons, after a month; but, in hot weather, not for six weeks at least. The general sea- son for budding in England is the end of July, and the beginning of August ; but in France and Belgium, by watering the stocks, and the plants from which scions are to be taken, abundantly throughout the season, and by some variations in the mode of treatment according to the period of the year, the operation is performed from the beginning of June to the end of September. In budding in June, Dr. Van Mons first deprives the young shoots, from which he proposes to take buds, of their leaves; and, fifteen days afterwards, he finds the buds sufficiently swelled to allow their being taken off and inserted in the stocks. If the stock is allowed to have a leading shoot above the inserted bud, and this shoot is, not shortened, the bud inserted will probably not push for six weeks or two months; but if this shoot is 3H 3 SOL ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. shortened or cut off, and all those on the lower part of the stock removed, the new bud will push in two or three weeks; and will flower the same season, if treated as above directed for the shoots produced by buds inserted in April. The scion of a rose-tree, Dr. Van Mons observes, is seldom too dry for the buds to succeed, provided the shield is inserted with a thin bit of wood behind its eye; but when the bark is quite fresh, and full of sap, this thin bit of wood is unnecessary. Grafting is occasionally employed for propagating the rose, particularly in the case of dwarfs. For this purpose, the scions should be collected in March, and stuck in a lump of clay, 1 in. deep: the clay should be pressed firmly to the ends of the scions, and the mass afterwards bedded in a pot full of earth, to prevent the moisture in the clay from 540 evaporating, but not so as to cover the shoots. The pot of scions may then be set in any shed or outhouse, that is neither very dry nor very damp, for three weeks. Theyobject of treating the scions in this manner is to retard their growth, in order that the stocks may be more forward in vegetation than the scions. In Flanders, where the cleft mode is commonly adopted, care is taken that the scion is of the same diameter as the stock, as in fig. 540. a a; or that the cleft in the stock is made sufficiently near one side, to admit of the bark of the scion fitting the bark of the stock on both of its edges, as shown at 54. In grafting on the dog- rose, the same practice is followed, with this addition, that the shoulder c is very often made to the scion; care being taken that there is a bud on the wedge part of it (d), as shown at e. Whip, or splice, grafting is, also, sometimes practised with the rose; in which case, it is essential to have a bud left on the lower extremity of the scion, as indicated in Jig. 541., which would otherwise die off. This, both in niche budding and in grafting, contributes materially to success, on the same principle that cuttings and layers are more certain of rooting when they are cut # at a joint, than between the joints. The reason is, that the vital prin- { ciple is there more powerful; and that the germs, both of buds and roots, are, in most plants, confined to the joints of the stems; though in some, as in the common elm, they appear to be distributed equally over every part of the stem and roots. In making the incision in the side of the stock which is to receive the scion that is to be applied in the whip, or splice, manner, the knife ought always to be entered at _ | the base of a bud, and passed upwards. 541 The grafts, in Belgium, are tied on with fine bast, which is made water-proof by passing it first through a solution of white soap, and next through one of alum; a neutral compound being thus formed, which is insoluble in water, The ligature is covered with marly clay in the usual manner, or with grafting wax. (Gard. Mag., vol. ii. p. 192.) Stocks for grafting or budding Roses. On the Continent, as well as in Eng- land, these are generally procured from the woods and hedges, of an age and size fit for immediate use. The best season for collecting them is November ; . because they can then be immediately planted; and they will be in a fitter state for pushing out roots and shoots the following spring, than if they had not been obtained till that season, or even if they had been got out of the woods in autumn, and the planting delayed till spring. Stocks, so procured, have very few fibrous roots, which renders this attention to their early plant- ing more necessary ; though it must be confessed, that roses will grow with fewer fibrous roots than almost any other sort of ligneous plant. The best — CHAP. XLII. ROSACEA. ROSA. 805 kind of wild rose for stocks, as already observed, is the R. canina; and the age of the plants, or the thickness of their stems, is of much less conse- quence than their being healthy, straight, and free from knots. For dwarfs, they need not exceed 1 ft. or 18 in. in height; but for standards they may vary from 3 ft. to 6 ft. and upwards. A very convenient height for displaying the rose to the human eye, is 4ft., the head being pruned so as to rise about 18in, higher. For a truly grand effect, however, and for forming avenues of roses along the walks in flower-gardens, between which the beds of flowers are to be seen, the stocks ought never to be less than 6 ft. high, and 7 ft. or 8 ft. would be better. Before planting the stock, cut it over at an angle of 50°, the upper part of the cut, or section, ending a quarter of an inch above a bud; or, if there are two buds nearly about the same height at the top 542 of the stock, cut across from the one to the other, as in fig. 542., leaving ~~ about a quarter of an inch of wood above each bud. Ifthe slope of the fi section is much greater than an angle of 50°, the wound will not become covered with bark, at least in most cases; and on its being completely covered depends the durability of the plant. Immediately after cutting the stock across, cover the wound with grafting clay, enveloping it with [a live moss, tied on with water-proof bast; or, as the practice is on the |’ Continent, cover it with a composition made of the following ingredients: [if five eighths pitch, one eighth rosin, one eighth tallow, and one eighth bees’ wax, all thoroughly incorporated ; or, one half bees’ wax, and one half pitch, which is the composition commonly sised in France; or I lb. of white Bur- gundy pitch, 11b. black pitch, 4 Ib. rosin, 4 lb. bees’ wax, 2 oz. of tallow, 1 oz. pounded mastic, and 1 oz. saltpetre, which is the mixture used in Belgium. Equal parts of bees’ wax and pitch, with a very little tallow added, we have found the simplest and best mixture for covering wounds in ligneous plants of every kind ; and, for covering grafts, it has only to be mixed with a very little sand. Put any of these mixtures into a pipkin, and keep it warm enough to melt for three quarters of an hour: when cooled a little, dip the extreme point of each stock init,so as toleave a portion of mixture, equal to the thickness of two or three sheets of paper, cver the section ; or, if you have neglected to perform this essential operation till after the stocks are planted, the mixture may be applied warm with a small brush. In England, this process is too generally neglected ; and the section is neither covered with grafting clay, nor grafting wax. The consequence of this neglect is, that the rains and the frost rot the wood during winter, and the drought cracks it during summer: it decays, and leaves the stock hollow; and, after being budded, and forming a head, the plant is only of three or four years’ duration, instead of lasting seven or eight years. The nurserymen say that the price given will not repay them for taking so much trouble; but it would be much better for a purchaser to pay a higher price for plants so treated, than almost any prices for those in which this precaution has been neglected. When the stocks begin to push in March, rub off all the buds, except such as may be close to the margin of the section, which will generally be two, but never less than one, or more than four. The shoots produced from these buds are intended to be budded; and, therefore, on the Ist of July, the prickles should be removed from them on the places where the buds should be inserted, which ought to be not farther than ] in. from their junction with the stock. The operation of budding may be per- formed from the end of July to the end of August; supplying the stock with abundance of water in dry seasons, as has been already recommended, to facilitate the rising of the bark. Mornings and evenings are the best times of the day for budding; and, when a northerly or easterly wind prevails, the operation ought not to be attempted, on account of the drying influence of these winds on the bark of the stock, as well as on the bud. In general, only one sort of rose ought to be put on one stock, for reasons already given, . 803. ee rain The common single sweet briar is always raised from seed; and sometimes, also, the dog rose, for stocks. The other sorts of roses are only 3H 4 : 806 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III.’ raised from seed when it is thought desirable to procure new varieties. The seeds, in either case, are separated from the hips when the latter are fully. ripe; and are either sown immediately, or mixed with sand and preserved till the following spring. They are then sown, and thinly covered with soil. The plants will come up the first season, and, with careful treatment, they will flower, in most cases, in the fourth or fifth year; but the varieties of R. sem- perflorens will frequently flower the second year, and sometimes even the first year. Culture. The rose, in an artificial state, may be considered in the light of an herbaceous plant ; in so far that it requires to be frequently taken up and replanted, that this may be done at almost any season, and, also, that it should have its old wood cut out every year, or every second or third year. Planting roses should, in general, be performed in the autumn ; but, with the more delicate varieties of China roses, and with #. multiflora, R. moschata, and their varieties, it may be deferred till spring. As roses have but few fibrous roots, the operation of planting them may be easily and rapidly per- formed; the chief point being to put some fresh soil in the hole along with the roots, and to press the earth firmly tothem. In cold clayey soils, Mr. Rivers recommends, as the best compost for roses, rotten dung and pit sand; and in warm dry soils, rotten dung and cool loams. When standard roses are to be planted in a broad border, it is almost unnecessary to observe, that those nearest the walk should be the lowest, and those at the greatest distance from it the highest. A border 15 ft. or 20 ft. wide, planted in this manner, with five or six parallel rows, quincunx in the plan, and rising one above another in the elevation, has a very splendid effect when the plants are in flower. Taking up and Replanting. The rose, whether grown as a standard ora dwarf, ought to be taken up every five or six years, even in good soils, and have its roots shortened and trimmed; a portion of the soil in which it grew should also be removed, and replaced by rich fresh loam. In unfavourable soils, Mr. Rivers remarks, this precess ought to be performed every third or fourth year. Dr. Van Mons says that the practice in Belgium, even in the best soils, is to take up the plants at the end of eight years, and either replace them in fresh soil, or throw them away, and substitute young plants. In com- mon flower-borders, where dwarf roses are not grafted, and where, of course, they produce suckers freely, they should be taken up every other year, and replanted ; the digging and manuring of the border occasioning a change in the position of the soil relatively to that of the plant, and thus producing nearly the same effect as the partial renewal of the soil. Planting to retard the Flowering of Roses. The rose may be taken up and replanted at any season, provided the shoots are shortened, and deprived of ail their leaves; and the soil in which they are planted liberally supplied with water. Hence roses, taken up just before they are coming into flower, and properly pruned and replanted, will produce their flowers in November ; or, by planting them in pots, and placing them in a shady situation, and then putting them under glass on the first appearance of frost, they may be made to produce their flowers about Christmas. Practices of this kind were formerly common among the florists of Paris, but have been, in a great measure, relinquished since the introduction of the sweet-scented China roses; which, placed in a moderate heat, under glass, in autumn, continue flowering all the winter. Roses may also be made to flower in the autumn by pruning them back in the spring, as soon as the flower buds are discoverable. The plant, in this case, as in that of taking up and replanting, makes a second effort to produce flowers, which effort is not attended with success till late in the season. The Rose des Quatre Saisons is a good sort for employing in these operations ; and Dumont observes that this rose, when pruned immediately after it has bloomed for the first time, may be made to produce its flowers during winter ; being, of course, protected by a hand-glass, and covered with mats during very severe weather. In all experiments for forcing roses in the open air, it must be remarked, that it is essential for the soil to be fresh and rich, and. the situation favourable. CHAP. XLU. ROSA CEX. ROSA. 807 Pruning. The rose requires to be pruned every year; the strong-growing hardy kinds in the autumn, or the beginning of winter, and the more tender kinds early in spring. Dumont recommends pruning the early-flowering sorts in autumn, and the’late sorts during spring; but neither during winter. Rivers observes that pruning should always be performed in October or March; but October pruning, he says, will be found decidedly the most ad- vantageous, as, the plant having less wood and fewer buds to nourish during the winter, the buds left will have acquired extra vigour for pushing in the spring. This is a valuable remark, and will apply to all ligneous plants whatever. In the operation of pruning three objects ought to be kept in view: the removal of the old wood, because, in most varieties, it is only the young wood that produces large and finely formed flowers ; the thinning out and shortening of the young wood, that the flowers produced may be fewer, and consequently have more nourishment, and more light and air, and thus become stronger ; and the forming of the head, or bush, into some symmetrical shape. Some varieties require much less pruning than others; and climbers, and most of the varieties of the Scotch rose, should, in general, only have their shoots thinned out, and should be but seldom, if ever, shortened. In shortening young shoots, not more than from two to three, or, at most, four buds, should be left on each. The cuts should be made close above the bud, about the thickness of a sixpence from it, and sloping away from it at an angle of about 45°. A standard rose, properly pruned, will, in general, pre- sent a head, in the winter season, not more than | ft. in diameter; nevertheless, some of the vigorous-growing kinds will, ,, flower very well with heads of twice or 83 thrice that size. (See figs. 543, 544, and 545.) The peculiarities in treatment which different varieties require, whether * as regards pruning, or other points of culture, will be found noticed under their respective names in preceding pages ; and in Mr. Rivers’s observations on the different sorts grown in his nursery: see p. 780. to p. 783. ; Summer Pruning. By cutting out wood at different times during summer, a succession of roses may be produced, more especially in the Noisettes, and other China varieties, and in the rose des quatre saisons: but this practice should never be adopted as a general one; because, by occasioning extraordi- nary exertion in one season, it weakens the plants for the year following. The only kinds ef summer pruning that we think generally applicable and unobjectionable are, thinning out with the finger and thumb the flower buds * as soon as they are discernible, so as to leave no more than what the plant can bring to perfection; and, after these buds have expanded and begun to decay, cutting them off close to the floral leaf. In performing this last operation, none of the leaves ought to be cut off; because the effect of that would, with many varieties, be to occasion the production of a second shoot, and thus to weaken the plant, as well as to render it unsightly. There are some roses which have handsome calyxes, and others which produce large and showy. coloured hips, such as the apple-bearing rose: in both these cases, instead of cutting off the decayed flower, the decayed petals only should be picked out ; and this, also, should be done in the case of those roses which, when the stalks of the decayed flowers are cut off, are apt to produce summer shoots. In the case of single roses, the cutting off of the decayed flowers is not so necessary as in the double sorts; as it is the multiplicity of petals in a state of incipient decay which gives that slovenly appearance, so contrary to the spirit of what we call the gardenesque, and what our enlightened and elegant contemporary and friend, M. Soulange-Bodin, calls /a belle culture, as being in gardening what the del/es lettres are in literature, or the beauc arts in the arts. 808 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Staking and Training Standard Roses, All| standard roses above 2 ft. high require to be supported by stakes ; otherwise, when the head is loaded with leaves and flowers, it is very apt to be blown to one side, and either to be- come unsightly, or, probably, to be broken off. In country places, where wood is abundant, the stakes may be formed of poles or rods cut out of coppice- wood, or the thinnings of young plantations; and, of the former, those of the larch, the oak, and the ash will commonly be found to be the most durable. Where the thinnings of young plantations are employed for stakes, the most durable will be those of the larch ; and, where roses are grown extensively in the country, the most economical mode of staking them would be, to make plantations of larches from time to time, planted close together, and to cut them down, as wanted, when of the proper size. Where neatness and permanence are desirable objects, however, nothing can equal the stakes of cast and wrought iron, manufactured by Cottam and Hallen of London, and R. Mallet of Dublin. These stakes will be found described and figured, and their weight and prices given, in the Gardener’s Magazine, vol. viii. p. 556.; and it will be sufficient here to mention, that, in lengths of 7ft., a dozen of them will weigh 108 lb., and cost 13s., if the stakes are formed wholly of cast iron; while, if formed of wrought-iron rods let into cast-iron sockets, and varying in size from 2 ft. to 6ft. 6 in., they will cost from 2s. to 10s. 6d. per dozen. A considerable saving in the material used in these stakes is made by casting the sockets with flanches, or fins, fig. 532. 6, and also by casting the entire rod with fins, as in jig. 532. a. These stakes are calculated for roses which are to have their heads closely cut in: but the Noisettes, and various kinds of China roses, produce most effect when the shoots are allowed to grow to the length of 2 ft. or 3ft., or more, from the stem. To train these shoots into a regular head, stakes with ring or parasol tops, such as jig. 533, or fig. 534., are useful. In general, these stakes should not be fixed till after the roses have been planted two or three years, and have acquired strength sufficient to form a handsome head the first year the stake is placed beside them. When such a stake as fig. 533. is fixed in the ground, the ring at the top should stand about 1 in. or 2in. higher than the top of the stock. This ring is fastened to the two iron limbs of the standard by nuts, and is unscrewed, and hung on one of the limbs while the standard is being fixed; itis then raised to its place under the branches of the tree, which, as already observed, should be sufficient in number and length to extend over the ring. Mr. Law- rence, of the Querns near Cirencester, who appears first to have adopted this mode of training, selects six or eight of the strongest shoots in spring, and ties them to the ring with tow twine; and if, from their length, this be ‘not sufficient to prevent the shoots from blowing about, he ties strings to the ring, and extends them to pegs stuck in the ground, All the other shoots of the head are cut back in the usual manner. Fg. 546. is an accurate sketch, taken in 1831, from a bizarre de la Chine rose, which was at that time six years planted. It is needless to say, that it formed a truly splendid object. Those who dislike the appearance of the strings may adopt, as a substitute for them, the parasol stake. ( jig. 534.) In the gardens at Gunnersbury, climbing roses of the more choice kinds are trained on wire domes, or demi-globes, or demi-ovals, 4 ft. or 5 ft. in height, and are found to produce an excellent effect. The wire rods are about a quarter of an inch in thickness. Removing Suckers and Side Buds from the Stocks on which Roses are worked is an operation which should not be neglected. It has been remarked by Du- mont, that suckers, when at a distance from the stem of the rose, do not appear to injure the plant ; which, indeed, is the case with the suckers of all trees or shrubs that come up at a distance from the stem; this being one of the modes of propagation which nature has supplied to a considerable num- ber of plants, both ligneous and herbaceous: but suckers from the base of the stem, and shoots from the stem itself, are less injurious in the case of the grafted rose, than in that of most other grafted plants. The reason is, or ——. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CE. ROSA. 809 546 “ < a ao x tm SS watt ed —— seems to be, that the rose stocks are always of much more robust habit, with reference to the scions grafted on them, than the stocks of any other grafted tree or shrub whatever. Watering. All plants in a state of high culture require watering in the summer season, otherwise they will not develope their parts to a sufficient extent. The rose bush best produces its flowers in the three hottest months, June, July, and August; and neither in Britain, nor on the Continent, will roses expand their blossoms fully, or have strength to resist the attacks of insects, unless they are liberally supplied with water. Before they come into flower, the leaves should be syringed every evening in dry weather, and the root abundantly supplied either with common water, or liquid manure. Dwarf roses require less water than standards ; because the nearness of the bush to the ground, by covering the soil, prevents evaporation. Lime water (that is, lime held in solution in water, and not such a mixture of lime and water as will leave a coating of lime on the plants) may be used, both with the syringe and at the root; and, though it will not entirely destroy the aphides, those great enemies of roses, yet it will check their increase, and it will totally destroy caterpillars of every kind. To destroy the aphides, after syringing with pure water or lime water, the plants should be sprinkled with the powdered leaves of tobacco, or refuse snuff, as directed under the head of Insects, and the syringing left off for a few days; after which they should be well washed with clean water. Growing in Pots and Forcing. The dwarf-growing roses, and, indeed, most sorts as dwarfs, may be grown in pots; care being taken to turn them out of the pots once a year, and, after trimming their roots and shoots, to repot them in fresh soil. So complete is the command of the cultivator over a rose in a pot, that, with the aid of glass, a choice of sorts, and the power of applying a very little heat in the winter months, he may have roses in abun- dance all the year. Cabbage and moss roses, when they are to be forced, should be taken up out of the free ground as soon as they have done flowering, 810 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, and their wood is ripened; they should then be pruned and potted, and kept in a shady situation till taken into the house. Moss roses, introduced into a pit or hot-house on the Ist of October, will blossom by Christmas-day; those on the Ist of November, from the middle of January to the middle of February ; those on the Ist of December, from the middle of February to the middle of March; those on the Ist of January, from the middle of March to the middle of April; those on the Ist of February, from the middle of April to the middle of May; and those on the Ist of March, from the middle of May to the middle of June; when some of the earlier varieties of moss rose will be in bloom in the open air. (See the details on forcing the rose, given in the Gard. Mag., vol.i. p. 122.) During the forcing season, the plants ought to be supplied liberally with water of the same temperature as the air in which they are kept, and with as much light and air as can be admitted without chilling them ; they may also be watered occasionally with liquid manure. Where a regular system of forcing roses is carried on, there should not be less than four houses or pits; viz. one for commencing the process, in which the temperature should not exceed 50°, and where the plants may remain a fortnight; another, to which they ought to be removed, where the temperature may be 60° or 65°; a third, in which they ought to remain six weeks, or till they begin to flower, when they ought to be removed to the fourth house or pit, where they should be kept at a temperature of 60° (which is about that of living-rooms), to prepare them for being removed thither. (See Encyc. of Gard., edit. 1835, § 6045.) Those, however, who are contented with Rosa 1. odorata, or any other sweet- smelling variety of China rose, may have roses all the winter, without a tithe of this trouble and expense, by keeping them in a house or pit, at the tem- perature of 50°. Insects. The insects that attack rose trees are of several kinds, all very destructive, and all very difficult to destroy ; principally, because the means for their destruction are seldom resorted to till their ravages have commenced. The most numerous of these are the aphides, commonly called green flies, or plant lice, which are well known to all rose-growers. These insects lay their small black eggs in autumn, generally near the axils of the buds, so that the young brood may be conveniently placed for feeding on the tender shoots when they appear. In mild seasons, these eggs are hatched about the latter end of February, and the insects produced are few and inconspicuous, many being generally destroyed by the cold. Those that remain, after twice casting their skins, arrive at their full growth about April, when they begin to breed. “ According to Richardson, the first brood consists entirely of females; and each of these produces a numerous progeny without the assistance of the other sex. These, though themselves produced from eggs, are viviparous. A third generation appears in May; and the months of June and July each supply two more. In the autumn, the eighth, ninth, and tenth generations are produced; two of them in August, and the last, which consists of both males and females, about the middle of September. From the females of this latter race the eggs are produced which are intended to perpetuate the species for the following year. The parent insects deposit their eggs as near as possible to the branch buds, that the future young may be the more easily - supplied with nourishment (as before mentioned) ; and some continue to lay till the beginning of November. The eggs, at first, are green, but soon become perfectly black: they adhere to the branches by a viscous matter that sur- rounds them, and remain uninjured by the frost of winter.” (Phil. T’rans., vol. xli. p. 182.) It will be seen by the above, that the best time for destroying the aphis is while it remains in the egg state, as, if suffered to breed, it multiplies to a frightful extent. For this purpose, wash the stems and branches of the rose bushes, during winter, with a composition of strong tobacco water and soft soap; or,if this be thought too expensive, with water heated to a temperature of 200°; in both cases, cleaning the branches, after the composition or hot water has been applied, with a small painter’s brush. Should this precau- CHAP.’ XLII. ROSA‘CER. ROSA. 811 tionary measure have been neglected, care should be taken to watch for the appearance of the first brood, and, as soon as the insects are perceived, to destroy them with lime or tobacco water, or by fumigation ; taking care never to use the nearly boiling water after the buds are expanded, though it will not do the slightest injury before that period. Each succeeding brood being much more numerous than those which preceded it, is more difficult to destroy ; till the summer broods, if suffered to appear, completely clothe the young shoots, so as to make them seem nearly three times their natural thick- ness. In this state, the best remedy is to put 3 |b. of the best strong tobacco into a gallon of hot water, and, as soon as the infusion has become cold, to dip the young shoots into it, letting them remain a few seconds in the water, and, if they are in a very bad state, going over them a second time. After this the shoots should be carefully washed with clean water, and the insect will generally be found to be destroyed. (See Gard. Mag., vol. x. p. 215.) | Choice plants may be freed from the aphides by going over the whole plant with a soft brush ; laying the infected shoots in the palm of one hand, and brushing off the insects with the other. Pruning is of little use, as the aphides generally attack all the young shoots of a plant at the same time. (See Encye, of Gard., edit. 1835, p. 1076.) The plants may also be syringed with water in the evening,.and then dusted with powdered tobacco leaves, or refuse snuff; or they may be syringed with lime water. The prodigious fecundity of the A‘phis rosze almost surpasses belief. ‘ Reaumur has calculated that, in five generations, one aphis may be the progenitor of 5,904,900,000 descendants ; and in ordinary seasons, there are ten generations produced on rose bushes in the space of nine months.” (See Hncyc of 547 Gard., p. 1076.) The larva, or grub (fig. 547. 6), of the lady-bird (a) should always be spared by gardeners, as it lives on the aphides. This grub is short and thick, of a blackish purple, spotted with yellow or black, and is very active. A few of these insects would soon clear a tolerably large rosarium of thie aphides. The larve of. several flies (Syrphus Fr.) (c) are furnished with a singular mouth, armed like a trident, with three points, for.transfixing their prey, of which they devour amazing numbers. Small singing birds also destroy great numbers. The caterpillars of several small moths, though not so destructive as the aphides, also materially injure the buds and young shoots of rose trees. One of these is of a green colour, with a few black hairs scattered on its body: it sews up the tender leaves by means of silken threads, and takes its station within, concealed from all observation. The leaves of the rose tree are often marked, in autumn, on their upper surfaces, in various directions, with broad brown lines, leaving a narrow black one running down the middle. This curious appearance is produced by the small caterpillar of a minute moth (Microsétia ruficapitélla Steph.), which feeds inside the leaf. The caterpillar, when full grown, is nearly two lines long, and of a yellow orange colour, with a brown mark down the back. It lives upon the thickness of the pulp under the epidermis ; and the brown mark is caused by the epidermis drying, in con- sequence of the insect having eaten the substance of the leaf beneath. The black mark is produced by its egesta, or excrement. The caterpillar is full grown about the 24th of October, when it eats its way out of the leaf for the first time, and crawls down the branches and stem, until it has found a convenient place to fix itscocoon. The perfect insect is called the red-headed pygmy by Haworth; and it is so small, that the expansion of its wings mea- sures only two lines and three quarters. (Jdid.) Others, and perhaps the most destructive, of the insect enemies of rose trees are the caterpillars, grubs, maggots, or larvae, of one of the saw fly tribe (Tenthredinidz), which, when full grown, just before they change into the pupa state, are about half an inch long, and of the thickness of a crow-quill, 812 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ITI. with a brown, and sometimes rather glaucous, body, and a black head. These caterpillars are, at first, very small, and look like little brown grubs; they generally begin to appear in the latter end of April, or the beginning of May, when the rose-buds on the young shoots are only partially developed. At this season, the bushes should be looked carefully over, and the insects picked off with the hand. If this should be neglected, two or three buds in every cluster will be destroyed, or be- come what is commonly called wormeaten, producing only damaged or abortive flowers. The leaf-cutter bees also frequently attack rose-leaves, out of which they cut circular pieces to serve for lining their cells. Me- gachile Willughbié//a, and M. centuncularis ( fig. 548. )are the kinds that most frequently attack rose trees. Genus XII. | de LO‘WEA Lindl. Tue Lowea. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Polygynia. Identification. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1261. Synonyme. Rdsa sp. Pall. and Lind/. in Ros. pete Derivation. In compliment to the Rev. Mr. Lowe, Travelling Bachelor of the University of Cam- bridge; a gentleman now residing in Madeira, from whose botanical investigations of that island we expect important results. (Lindley in Bot. Reg., t. 1261.) Generic Character, &c. The genus Lowea has been separated from that of Rosa by Dr. Lindley, for the following reasons ; which, independently of their application to this genus, we consider to be extremely interesting and im- portant, in a physiological and systematic point of view. It has always appeared to us, since ever we began to think on the subject, that neither genera nor species ought to be founded upon mere technical differences in any one part of the plant, as the orders and classes are in the Linnzan sys- tem; but on all the parts of the plant, and on all the circumstances con- nected with it, as the orders and tribes are according to the natural system. “ Tt is well known,” Dr. Lindley observes, “ that, since the days of Linnzus, the characters of the genera of flowering plants have been exclusively taken from the organs of fructification; while those of vegetation have been rigor- ously excluded. This has arisen from the former having been supposed, in all cases, to be more constant in their modifications, and less subject to variation than the latter. No other reason can be assigned for the value thus exclusively ascribed to the organs of fructification. It is, however, time that botanists should disembarrass themselves of this ancient prejudice ; and that they should admit publicly that by which they are constantly in- fluenced in private; viz. that important modifications of the organs of vegetation are sufficient to divide into genera species which do not essen- tially differ in the organs of fructification. Of this the Indian cypripediums are one instance; the genus Negéindo is another; and the subject of this article is a third. The structure of the flower of Lowea is, in every part, that of a rose; but its foliage is not even that of a rosaceous plant ; there being no trace of stipule. The simple leaves are not analogous to the terminal pinna of a rose leaf; for there is no trace of the articulation upon the petiole, which is required to indicate a reduction of a compound leaf, as we find in Bérberis; neither can they be considered as confluent stipulz, for the venation is not what would be found under such circum- stances, but precisely that of an ordinary leaf.” (Bot. Reg., t. 1261.) CHAP, XLII. ROSA CEH. CRAT'GUS. 813 1, L. BeERBERIFO LIA Lindl. The Berberry-leaved Lowea. Identification. Lindley in Bot. Reg., t. 1261. Synonymes. Rodsa simplicifdlia Sal. Hort. Allert., 359., Parad. Lond, t. 101., Olivier’s Voyage, 5. 49. atl, t.43.; 2. berberifdlia Pall. in Nov. Act. Petr., 10. 379. t. 10. f.5., Willd. Sp., 2. p. 1063., Att. Hort, Kew., ed. 2., 3. p.258., Smith in Rees’s Cyclopedia, Redouté Ros., 1. 27. t.2., Lindl. Rosarum Monog., p. 1., French edition, p.23., Dec. Prod., 2. p.602., Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 546., Wallroth Monog., p. 25. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t.1261.; Parad. Lond., t. 101.; Olivier’s Voyage, 5. 49. atl. t. 43.; Nov. Act. Petropol., 10. t. 10. f. 5.; Redoute Ros., 1. t. 2.; and our fig. 549. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves undivided, without stipules, obovate-cuneate, serrated at the tip. Prickles decur- rent, and of the colour of ivory. Sepals entire, sub- spathulate. Petals yellow, marked with purple at the base. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 602.) An undershrub, a native wx of Persia, near Amadan, where it abounds in saltish soil; and also in fields at the bottom of Mount Elwend, and in the Desert of Soongaria. It was introduced in 1790, grows to the height of 2 ft., and flowers in June and July. Varieties. Seringe, in Dec. Prod., has characterised three forms of this species under the name of R berberifoilia Pall., which we give as varieties of Lowea, as follows : — + I, b. 1 glabra Ser.—Prickles upon the stem stipular and scattered. Leaves spathulate. a I, b. 2 velutina Ser. — Stem, prickles, and leaves velvety. Leaves spathulate-lanceolate. Prickles stipular and scattered. A native of Persia. + L. b. 3 Redouteana Ser. :R. berberifdlia Red. et Thor. Ros., 1. p.27., witha correct figure, Lindl. Rosar. Monog., 1. ; HR. simplicifodlia Salisb. Prod., p. 359.—Prickles scattered, not stipular, numerous, Leaves lanceolate. Description, §c. The plant of this species in the garden of the London Hor- ticultural Society is an undershrub, with recumbent, slender, and rather in- tricate branches, and whitish leaves. It rarely flowers; and, in regard to its propagation and culture, Dr. Lindley, in the Bot. Reg. for August, 1829, re- marks that no more appears to be now known of it, than was at the period of its first introduction in 1790. “It resists cultivation in a remarkable man- ner, submitting permanently neither to budding nor grafting, nor layering, nor striking from cuttings, nor, in short, to any of those operations, one or other of which succeeds with other plants. Drought does not suit it; it does not thrive in wet ; heat has no beneficial effect, cold no prejudicial influence; care does not improve it, neglect does not injure it. Of all the numerous seedlings raised by the Horticultural Society from seeds sent home by Sir Henry Wilcock, and distributed, scarcely a plant remains alive. Two are still growing in a peat border in the Chiswick Garden, but they are languishing and unhealthy; and we confess that observation of them, in a living state, for nearly four years, has not suggested a single method of improving the culti- vation of the species.” (Bot. Reg., 1261.) These plants still remain without increase : but young plants may be obtained in some of the nurseries, which have been raised from seeds; and at Vienna, as we are informed by Mr. Charles Rauch, it succeeds perfectly by budding on the common dog rose. Sect. V. Po'mem Lindi. Genus XIII. Bia Le Le CRATZ’GUS Lindl. Turk Tuorn. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Di-Pentagynia. Identification. Lindl. in Lin. Trans., 13. p. 105.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 626. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 598. Synonymes. Crate*gus and Méspilus sp. of Lin. and others; Néflier, Alisier, and Aubépine, Fr. ; Doorn, Uzbeer, and Mispel, Ger.; Doorn, Dutch; Spino, Iéa/.; and Espino, Span. Derivation. From kratos, strength; in reference to the hardness and strength of the wood. Description, §c. The species are small deciduous trees or shrubs, mostly natives of Europe and North America, and some of them of Asia and the 814 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il. north of Africa. One of them, the common hawthorn, is well known, througli- out the middle and north of Europe, as a hedge plant. The species all flower and fruit freely ; and the Wood of all of them is hard and durable, and the plants of considerable longevity. Almost all the flowers are white, and the fruit is generally red; though in some sorts it is yellow, purple, black, or green. All the species ripen fruit in the neighbourhood of London, most of them abundantly ; by which, or by grafting, they are generally propagated. When the species, which have naturally a dwarf habit of growth, are intended to assume the character of low trees, they are grafted standard high upon C. Oxyacantha, C. coccinea, or on some other of the strong-growing kinds ; in consequence of which practice, this genus furnishes a greater number of handsome small trees for ornamental grounds than any other ligneous family whatever. All the species will grow on any soil that is tolerably dry; but they will not grow vigorously in a soil that is not deep and free, and rich rather than poor. Whether as small trees or as shrubs, they are all admi- rably adapted for planting grounds of limited extent ; and especially for small gardens in the neighbourhood of large towns. They are not only highly beautiful when in flower (a period which extends from the beginning of April to the end of July, commencing with C. purpurea, and ending with C. cordata), but also when they are covered with ripe fruit, which includes a period commencing with C. purpurea and C. nigra, in the beginning of July, and continuing till the following spring or summer; C. mexicana, C. virginica, and some other species, retaining their fruit all the winter. Of all the genera of hardy deciduous ligneous plants in cultivation in British gardens, there is not one which, taking it altogether, can be compared with the genus Cratze‘gus. All the species may be trained either as small, handsome, exceedingly pic- turesque trees; or as beautiful and picturesque shrubs; at the pleasure of the cultivator. They have all a characteristic, neat, orderly manner of growth; neither so slow as to convey the idea of want of vigour, nor so rapid and robust as to be considered coarse and rambling. Their leaves are remarkably neatly cut, and finely tufted; their flowers appear in masses so abundant, in some species, as almost to cover the plant in the flowering season ; and their fruit is produced in as great abundance as their flowers. The colour of the flowers is generally white, and they are mostly more or less fragrant; some of them, as the common hawthorn, being particularly so: their colour, though white at first, yet in some cases, as in that of the com- mon double-flowered hawthorn, dies off of a very fine pink; and there are several pink flowered varieties of the common hawthorn which are strikingly ornamental. The fruit varies in size, from that of C. spathulata, which is not much larger than a mustard seed, to that of C. mexicana, which is about as large as a golden pippin apple. The colour of the fruit, as already men- tioned, is red, yellow, black, or green, and includes many varieties of shade. The fruit of several species, such as C. Azardlus, C, Aronia, C. odoratissima, and C. tanacetifolia, are agreeable to the palate ; and those of all the species are greedily devoured by singing birds of many kinds, especially the thrush family. Wherever, therefore, it is desirable to encourage singing birds, both as such, and for the good they do in keeping down insects, the genus Cra- tze‘gus ought to be plaméed. All the species and varieties are exceedingly hardy ; and, if there were a demand for them, they might be propagated in as great numbers as the common hawthorn. Most of the species would make excellent hedges; and, were it only the practice, in planting hedges along the sides of the public highways, to introduce here and there, as standards, thirty or forty sorts, which might be raised from seed, the ornament to the country would be such as those only can form an idea of who have seen the collections of Crataegus at White Knights near Reading, or at Courset near Boulogne, when the trees are in flower, and when they are in fruit. Finally, if a man were to be exiled to an estate without a single tree or shrub on it, with permission to choose only one genus of ligneous plants to form all his plantations, shrubberies, orchards, and flower-gardens, where would he find CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. CRATE‘GUS. 815 a genus that would afford him so many resources as that of Cratz\gus? The most complete collection of thorns in England is that in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, where we examined, on June 18th, 1836, plants of nearly 80 sorts, all of which appeared to us to be distinct. There are only two or three kinds, that we know of, in England, not included in this col- lection, viz. C. orientalis var. Leedna, some varieties of C. Oxyacantha, and, perhaps, a few Nepal seedlings in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, which may, probably, prove to belong to this genus. We shall give Messrs. Loddiges’s list, together with our synonymes, in an Appendix, for the use of intended collectors or purchasers. There is a collection at Somer- ford Hall, in Staffordshire, nearly as complete as that of Messrs. Loddiges, which was made by General Monckton, who, like ourselves, is an enthusiastic admirer of this genus. The best collections in Scotland are in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, and in Lawson’s Nursery. At Terenure, near Dublin, the seat of Frederick Bourne, Esq., also an enthusiastic admirer of the genus, there is a collection almost as numerous as that of Messrs, Loddiges, selected by Mr. Bourne, personally, from almost all the principal nurseries in Europe. The best collection of full-grown trees of this genus, in England, is at White Knights; and of full-grown trees, in France, at Courset. The greatest number of species in one garden, in France, is, or was in 1828, in the Pepiniére de Luxembourg. There are, also, good collections in the nur- series of MM. Audibert, at Tarascon; and of MM. Baumann, at Bollwyller. The best collection in Belgium is at Humbeque, near Brussels ; and the best in Germany are those in the Floetbeck Nurseries at Hamburgh, and in the Gottingen Botanic Garden. In Poland there was formerly a tolerably good collection in the Botanic Garden at Warsaw; and there is still a considerable number of species in the arboretum of Count Wodzicki, at Niezdsvicdz, in the neighbourhood of Cracow, of which some account will be found in the supplement to the present volume. In Russia, in the Government Garden of Odessa, now under the care of M. le Chevalier Descemet, conseiller de cour, who was formerly a nurseryman at St. Denis, near Paris, there is a collection of 45 sorts, chiefly planted since 1820. In America, judging from the nur- serymen’s catalogues, the greatest number of sorts appears to be in Prince’s Nursery, near New York; but the finest specimens are in Bartram’s Bo- tanic Garden, and at the Woodlands, and other places in the neighbourhood of Philadelphia. The genus Cratz‘gus did not excite much attention till the commence- ment of the present century; since which period the number of sorts has been more than doubled, chiefly through the exertions of Messrs. Loddiges. From the excellent collection in the arboretum at Hackney, and from the ‘duplicates of it in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, almost all the species having fruited, we have been enabled to study the different sorts of this genus much more satisfactorily than those of most of the other genera we have treated on in this work; and we give the following enumeration, perfectly satisfied that the different kinds we have named are distinct ; though we are by no means certain of what are entitled to be considered species, and of what are only varieties. Neither have we pretended to give strict definitions of either species or varieties ; deeming such definitions, even when more cor- rect than we could make them, of comparatively little use in practice. If definitions fully answered the end intended by them, there would not have been the confusion of names which now exists in every genus, except in those, all the species of which have been seen in a living state together, by one or by several botanists. In classing the species of this genus, as in the case of most others, there are two modes which may be adopted. By one, the different sorts may be arranged in sections, according to some technical distinction, such as the size of the fruit, or that of the leaves; the entireness, or degree of incision, of the latter, &c.; and by the other mode the kinds may be thrown into natural groups, according to the majority of their points of resemblance, We have 31 816 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il1l. adopted the latter mode, though, perhaps, not always the easiest for disco- vering the name of a single species; because, when once the species are known which form the types of the different groups, it will be found prefer- able to the other mode, both for ascertaining the names, and for studying the plants, and impressing their characters and images on the memory. In order, however, that our readers may have the benefit of both modes, we shall give, as an appendix to this genus, a technical classification of the species and varieties as drawn up for us by Mr. Gordon (a descendant of the brother of the celebrated Mile End nurseryman of that name), the foreman of the arbo- ricultural department in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden. The price of dwarf plants of almost all the species (except C. Oxya- cantha), in the London nurseries, is 1s. 6d. each; and of standards, 2s. 6d.: at Bollwyller, 1 franc, or 1 franc and 50 cents; and standards, 2 or 3 francs: at New York, the price varies from 25 to 50 cents. If there were such a demand for the plants as we think there ought to be, seedlings of most of the species might be sold at about treble the price of the seedlings of the common thorn used in hedgemaking. (See C. Oxyacantha.) § i. Coccinee. Sect. Char., &c. Leaves cordate, lobed, acutely serrated. Flowers and fruit large. The plants also large, and of free and vigorous growth. ¥ 1. C. coccr’nreA L. The scarlet-fruited Thorn. Identification. Lin, Sp., 682.; Pursh Amer. Sept., 1. p, 337.; Dec. Prod., 2..p.627.; Don’s Mill., 9. p. 599. Synonymes. C, estivalis Booth; Méspilus estivalis Walt. Fl. Car.; M. coccinea Mill., Nouv. Du Ham.; thornless American Azarole; Néflier écarlate, Fr.; scharlachrothe Mispel, Ger. Engravings. Pluk.,t 46. f.4.; Dend. Brit., t. 62.; Bot. Mag., t. 3432.; our fig. 564. in p.851.; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Disks of leaves cordate-ovate, angled with lobes, acutely serrated, glabrous. Petioles and calyxes pubescent, glanded. Petals orbi- culate. Styles 5. Fruit scarlet, eatable. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627, 628.) A tree growing to the height of 15 ft. or 20 ft.; a native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, in hedges and woods; and, in May and June, producing its white flowers, which are succeeded by large scarlet haws, round, or somewhat pear-shaped, which ripen in September. In Britain, into which country this tree was introduced in 1683, it grows rapidly to the height of 20 ft. (or, in good soils, and sheltered situations, to 30 ft. or upwards), with a large upright trunk, dividing into many strong, irregular, smooth branches, so as to form a head of greater breadth than the entire height of the tree, in most varieties; though in others the head is more compact and fastigiate. Some of the plants are entirely without spines ; and, in most, they disappear with age: among a number of seedlings, how- ever, some will be found with spines of extraordinary dimensions, of which there is a remarkable example in a specimen plant, 10 ft. high, in the Fulham Nursery. The leaves are often 4 in. or 5 in. long, and 3 in. or 4in. broad, particularly in the variety called C. c. maxima; of a pale green, and cut in the edges in a sharp shreddy manner, which gives them somewhat the appearance of being fringed. Both the leaves and fruit vary exceedingly in size, in plants raised from seed. The seedling plant before referred to, in the Fulham Nursery, has leaves twice as large as those of the grafted plant in the Horticultural Society’s collection. Varieties. It would be easy to procure as many varieties of this species as there are of the common hawthorn, by raising some thousands of plants every year from seed, and selecting from the seed-beds plants indicating any peculiarity of leaf, or of habit ; but as, in the nurseries, the most rapid way of producing saleable plants of this, and all the other species and varieties of Cratze‘gus, is found to be by grafting on the common hawthorn, very few seedlings are raised, and the varieties in cultivation are only the three or four following : — CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CE&. CRATE GUS. 817 ¥ C. c. 2 cordllina. C. corallina Lodd. Cat.; the C. pyriférmis of some col- lections. (ig. 565. in p. 852.)—The leaves, and the entire plant, are, perhaps, rather smaller than in the species; the habit of the tree is decidedly more upright and fastigiate ; and the fruit is smaller, long, and of a fine coral red; whence the name is probably derived, though, in the first edition of the Horticultural Society’s Catalogue, it is called the red-branched hawthorn. The plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, however, exhibit only a slight degree of redness in the branches of the young wood. ¥ C.c. 3 indentdta. C. indentataLodd. Cat. (fig. 566. in p.852.)\—The leaves are smaller, and less lobed, than those of the species; the the plant is, also, weaker, of upright habit, and with a smooth clear bark. ¥ C. c. 4 méxima Lodd. Cat. C.c¢. spindsa Godefroy; C. ? flabellata Hort.—The leaves are larger than those of any other variety ; and the fruit is also large. As we have not seen living plants of C. flabel- lata, but only dried specimens sent from Terenure and the Hum- beque Nursery, we are not absolutely certain that C. flabellata and C. c. maxima are the same ; but we feel quite certain that they both belong to C, c. coccinea. We are informed that the C, flabellata of some nurseries is C, tanacetifolia; which certainly has its leaves more flabellate, or fan-like, than any variety of C. coccinea. Statistics. The general rate of growth of C. coccinea, in the environs of London, is 10 ft. in 5 years, or 20ft. in 10 years. There are old trees, between 20 ft. and 30 ft. high, at Syon, at Purser’s Cross, at Kew, and at Ham House. In Kensington Gardens, a little to the right of the north entrance, there is a tree 20ft. high, with diameter of the head 50 ft., and of the trunk 14in. In Gloucestershire, at Doddington, 30 years planted, the tree is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk being 16in., and of the head 20 ft. In Lancashire, at Latham House, 14 years planted, it is 19 ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 25 years planted, it is 25ft. high; at Hagley, 12 years planted, and 20ft. high. At Yorkshire, at Grimston, 14 years ‘planted, and 25 ft. high. In Scotland, in Ross-shire, at Brahan Castle, 26 ft. high. In Ireland,in the neighbourhood of Dublin, at Tere- nure, 25 ft. high; and at Oriel Temple, 23 ft. high. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, it is 30 ft high; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerriéres, 20 ft. high. In Saxony, at Wor- litz, 56 years planted, and 30 ft.high. In Austria, at Vienna, in the University Botanic Gar- den, 20ft. high. In Prussia, in the Pfauen Insel, 20 years planted, and 10 ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, 24 years planted, and 20 ft, high. In Hanover, at Gottingen, in the Botanic Garden, 20 years planted, and 16ft. high. Inj Italy, at Monza, 24 years planted, and 20 ft. high, ¥ 2, C, GLANDULO‘sA W. The glandular Thorn, Identification. Willd. Sp., 2. p. 1002., not of Michx.; Pursh! Amer. Sept., 1. p.337.; Dee. Prod, 2. p. 627. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonymes. ? C. sanguinea Pail, Fl. Ross., 1. t.11.; ? Méspilus rotundifolia Ehrh, Beitr., 3. p. 20. 5 Pyrus glandulosa Meench; C. rotundifolia Booth. Engravings. ? Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t. 11.; Lod. Bot. Cab., t. 1012.; Dend. Brit., t. 58.; our fig. 567. in p. 853. ; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. ; Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with the disk obovate-wedge-shaped, angled, glabrous, glossy. Petioles, stipules, and sepals glanded. Fruit oval, scarlet ; nuts 4—5; flesh hard and dry. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627.) A tree, a native of North America, in Canada and on the Alleghany Mountains, and also found on the Rocky Mountains. It was introduced into England in 1750, and forms a low, compact, bushy-headed tree, seldom exceeding 12 ft, or 15 ft. in height. It differs from the preceding sort in the stipules and calyxes being glandular, and in the head of the tree forming a dense mass of small twigs. This last circumstance, taken together with the size of the leaves and fruit, induces us to think that it may be only a stunted variety of C. coccinea. This might be tested by sowing its seeds, which are ripened about the same time as those of C. coccinea, and observing what kind of plants were produced. If several-of these turned out to be C. coccinea, our con- jecture would be confirmed. This sort of Cratae\gus being a small compact tree, of rather a fastigiate habit, and of comparatively slow growth, and yet being very prolific in its flowers and fruit, is well adapted for small gardens ; and, if it comes true from seed, it would form the next best hedge plant to C. Oxyacantha. There are specimens of this tree at White Knights, which, in 25 years, have attained the height of 14 ft.; and at Croome, which, in 30 years, have attained the height of 25 ft. 312 818 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 11]. Varieties. ¥ C. g. 2 succulénta Fisch., Méspilus succulénta Booth, has the fruit larger than that of the species, and succulent, juicy, and eatable. We have seen only one plant of this variety ; but we are assured by our friend M. Fischer of Gottingen, that there are Sohth ; 550 several in the botanic garden under his Xe ‘ ’ care, and in various other collections in < Germany. The name is in the cata- logue of Messrs. Booth of Hamburg. ¥ C. g. 3 subvillisa, C. subvillosa Fisch., ( fig. 550., and fig. 568. in p. 853.) is ap- parently another variety of the preced- ing sort, or, perhaps more properly, of C. coccinea. It is very distinct in ap- pearance, from its villous twisted leaves, and stunted tortuous shoots ; but, from its having been only three or four years in the country, very little is known of } its habit of growth, which seems to be © rather more loose than that of C. glan- duldsa. There is a plant of this species, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, 5ft. high, which last year ripened haws ; and there is one, also, in Messrs. Lod- diges’s arboretum. § ii. Punctate. Sect. Char. Leaves not lobed, large, with many nerves. Bark white, or ash- coloured. Fruit large, or small. * 3. C. puncTA‘TA Ait. The dotted-fruited Thorn. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 169.; Jacq. Hort. Vind., 1. and 28.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 338. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 627.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 598. Synonymes. C. Criis-galli Du Rot; Méspilus cuneifdlia Ehrh. Beitr, 3. p.21.; M. punctata Link Enum. ; M. cornifdlia Lam. Encyc., 4. p. 444. Engravings. Jac, Hort., 1. t.28.; our figs. 569. and 570. in p. 854. ; and the plate in Vol. II. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate-wedge-shaped, glabrous, serrated. Calyx a little villose; its sepals awl-shaped, entire. Fruit usually dotted. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627.) A tree, a native of North America, in the woods and swamps of Virginia and Carolina; where, according to Pursh, it grows to a handsome size, particularly the variety having yellow fruit. It was intro- duced into England in 1746; and, having been very generally planted, is now frequent in collections. The wood is so hard that the Indians of the west coast of America make wedges of it for splitting trees. The flowers are white, and appear in May and June; and the fruit, which, in general, is larger than that of C. coccinea, ripens in September, and drops, with the leaves, in November or December. Varieties. There are three forms of this species in British gardens. + C. p. 1 ribra Pursh, C. edtlis Ronalds, ( fig. 569. in p. 854.) is the most common, and is a spreading tree, growing to the height of from 15 ft. to 30 ft., with red fruit, and, when old, with few thorns. + C. p. 2 rabra stricta Hort., C. p. stricta Ronalds, has the fruit red, like the preceding sort; but the general habit of the plant is fastigiate, like that of the following sort. * C. p. 3 atrea Pursh; C. p. flava Hort., C. dalcis Ronalds, C. edulis, Lodd. Cat., C. pentagyna flava Godefroy, ( fig. 570. in p. 854.) is a fastigiate-growing tree, with yellow fruit, and also, when old, with few thorns. Statistics, In the environs of London, at Syon, this tree is 31 ft. high; and at Ham House it is 34 ft. high. In Berkshire, at White Knights, 28 years planted, it is 20 ft. high. In Worcestershire, CHAP. XLII. ROSACEA. CRATE GUS. 819 at Croome, 25 years planted, it is 18 ft. high. In Ireland, at Oriel Temple, 40 years planted, it is 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 4in., and of the head 34ft. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, 35 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 35 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, 24 years planted, and 20 ft. high. % 4. C. pyriFo‘LIA Att. The Pear-tree-leaved Thorn. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 168. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 337. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 627. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonymes. C. leucophlce‘os (white-barked) Meench Weiss., p. 31. t.2.; C. radiata Lodd. Cat. edit. 1836; C. tomentdsa Du Roi Harbk., 1. p. 183. ; Méspilus latifdlia Lam. Encyc.,*4. p. 444. ; M. Cal- podéndron Ehrh. Beitr.; M. pyrif dlia. Link Enum.; M. cornifdlia Poir.; C. latifolia Ronalds ; C. cornifdlia Booth. Engravings. Mcench Weiss., p. 31. t. 2.3 Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 61.; Bot. Reg., t. 1877. ; our fig. 571. in p. 854. ; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. In some instances spiny, in some without spines. Leaves ovate-elliptical, incisely serrated, obscurely plaited, a little hairy. Flowers 3-styled. Calyx slightly villose; its sepals linear-lanceolate, serrated. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627.) The leaves of young trees are larger, and the fruit smaller, than those of most other species ; the leaves are also more strongly plaited, having the appearance of being furrowed from the midrib to the margin. A native of woods and rocky places in‘North America, from Pennsylvania to Carolina. In Britain, this species forms a low tree, generally spineless, and of less compact growth than most other species, about 20 ft. or 25 ft. high: it is rather later in flowering than the preceding species; but it is very prolific in flowers; and these are succeeded by fruit, small, and of a yellowish red, which ripen early in September, and are more eagerly sought after by birds than those of any other species. When the fruit, which is of an orange colour, is not eaten by birds, it shrivels, turns black, and remains on the tree throughout the winter. It was introduced into England in 1765; and flowers in June. Statistics. Yn Kensington Gardens, to the right of the Bayswater gate, there is a tree, upwards of 20 ft. high, which is profusely covered with flowers every year ; in Somersetshire, at Hinton House, 18 years planted, it is 20ft. high; in Surrey, at Bagshot Park, 20 years planted, it is 12 ft. high ; in Lancashire, at Latham House, 12 years planted, it is 18 ft. high; in Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, 30 years planted, it is 20 ft. high ; in Worcestershire, at Hagley, 14 years planted, it is 22 ft. high, diameter of trunk 9in., and of the head 18 ft. ; in Yorkshire, at Grimston, 14 years planted, itis 22ft. high. In- Scotland, at Edinburgh, in the Botanic Garden, 10 years planted, it is 18 ft. high ; in Perthshire, at Kinfauns Castle, 15 years planted, it is 12ft. high. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, 35 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Saxony, at Worlitz, 35 years planted, itis 16 ft, high. In Italy, at Monza, 24 years planted, it is 18 ft. high. § iii. Macracdnthe. Sect. Char. Leaves large, ovate-oblong, slightly lobed and serrated, with numerous nerves, and subplicate. Fruit small. Spines very long. Tree vigorous and spreading. ¥ 5, C. macraca’nTHA Lodd. Cat. The long-spined Thorn. Synonyme. CC. spina longfssima in the Hammersmith Nursery. Engravings. Fig. 572. in p. 855. ; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume, Spec. Char., §c. Spines long and numerous. Leaves ovate-oblong, some- what acuminate, slightly lobed and bluntly serrated, nerved, and subplicate. Fruit small, or middle-sized, of a shining red, and very succulent when ripe. Tree spreading, and of very vigorous growth. The shoots straight, and tending upwards at an angle of 45°. A native of North America; and, in Britain, raised from seed, in 1819, in the nursery of Messrs. Falla, at Gateshead, near Newcastle; whence it was sent to the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, under the name of the large American azarole. It was sent, by Mr. Macnab, to the Garden of the London Horticultural Society, about 1825. This species promises to become a large and vigorous tree; and it seems to be distinct from any of the other large-leaved kinds; though, from the appearance of its spines, it may possibly belong to C. Cras-galli. Variety. 4 C. m. 2 minor (fig. 573. in p. 855.) only differs from the species in having smaller fruit. There are plants at Somerford Hall. 313 820 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II. § iv. Crés-galli. Sect. Char. Leaves without lobes, obovate-oblong or obovate-lanceolate, more or less serrated, and of a dark shining green, with petioles margined by the decurrence of the leaf, Fruit small, or middle-sized, round, dark green till nearly ripe, and, when ripe, scarlet. Spines very long, and bent like the spur of a cock. ¥ 6. C. Cru’s-ca’tL1 L. The Cock’s-spur Thorn. Identification. Lin. Sp., p.632.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 626.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 338.; Don’s ill., 2. p. 598 ets Crate’ gus licida Wang. Am., t. 17. f. 42.; C. cuneifdlia Lodd. Cat.; Méspilus Wcida Ehrh. Beitr.; M. Cris-galli Poiv.; M. hyemalis Wait.; M. cuneifodlia Meench’; Néflier Pied de Coc, Fr. ; glanzende Mispel, Ger. Engravings. Wang. Am., t. 17. f.42.; Dend. Brit., t. 56. ; fig. 574. in p, 856.; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Spines long. Leaves obovate-wedge-shaped, nearly sessile, glossy, elabrous, falling off late. Stipules linear. Lobes of the calyx lanceolate, and somewhat serrated. Styles 2. Fruit scarlet. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 626.) A native of North America, and common in woods and hedges, and on the banks of rivers, from Canada to Carolina; where it flowers in April and May, and ripens its small scarlet fruit in September and October. It was introduced into England in 1691; and has been more generally cul- tivated than any other of the American species. It grows to the height of 15 ft. or 20 ft., and sometimes higher. In its native country, according to Pursh, it is found in the three forms of C. C. spléndens, C. C. pyracanthi- folia, and C. C. salicifolia; to which, by cultivation, in Europe, several other varieties have been added. In the south of England, in warm sheltered situations, this species is subevergreen, retaining its leaves and fruit throughout the winter. There isa splendid specimen of it, which assumes this character, on the lawn in front of the mansion of Sketty Hall, near Swansea, the seat of that well-known botanist, L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., M. P. Varieties. * C. C. 2 spléndens Dec. Prod., Ait. Hort. Kew., ii. p. 170., Pluk., t. 46. f.1. C. arbutifolia and C. spléndens Lodd. Cat. ( fig. 575. in p. 856.) — Leaves obovate-wedge-shaped, and shining; and, being produced in abundance, the plant has a splendid appearance. ¥ C. C. 3 pyracanthifolia Dec. Prod., Ait. Hort. Kew., tiep. Uns, oe. pyracanthifolia Lodd. Cat. ; Méspilus lucida Dum. Cours, Bot. Cult., ed. 2. v. p. 448. (jig. 580. in p- 856.; and the plate in our Second Volume.)—Leaves oblong, with the ; upper part lanceolate; the lower part tending to wedge-shaped. This, even when only 3 or 4 years grafted, forms a singular little old- looking tree, spreading like a miniature cedar of Lebanon. ¥ C.C. 4 salicifolia Dec. Prod., Ait. Hort. Kew., ii, p.170. C. salici- folia, (fig. 578. in p. 856., and the plate in our Second Volume.) —Leaves oblong, with the upper part lanceolate; the lower part tending to 8 wedge ahanet This forms a low flat-headed tree, like the preceding variety, as shown in fig. 551.3 which is a portrait of a he plant in Messrs. Loddiges’s arbo- retum, that, in 1835, after being five years orafted at a foot from the ground, was not quite 5ft. high. There were, at the same time, se- veral other miniature trees of this CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEX. CRATE‘GUS, 821 variety ; some of them (such as fig. 552. to a scale of 2in. to a foot, of which fig. 553. is a geometrical section to the same ““ scale) not above 2ft. high, and others from that height to 15 ft.; all of them bearing the same general character of a stunted cedar of Lebanon, like those in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, figured in a suceeeding page. The miniature trees of this variety are admirably adapted for children’s gardens. ¥ C.C.5 linearis Dec. Prod. Méspilus linearis Desf. Aré., ii. p. 156., Poir, Suppl., iv. p. 70.; C. linearis Lodd. Cat. (fig. 577.in p. 856.)— Leaves linear-lanceolate. Spines, or thorns, few, and shortish. Styles 1—2. Fruit of a yellowish red. & C. C. 6 nana Dec. Prod. Méspilus nana Dum. Cours. Supp:, p. 386.— Branchlets tomentose in some degree. Leaves oval-lanceolate; the under surface paler than the upper. A shrub, or, when trained to a single stem, a miniature tree, as in fig. 552. * 7. C.(C.) ovatiro‘~1a Horn. The oval-leaved Thorn. Identification. Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl, 52.; Dee. Prod., 2. p. 627.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 596. Synonymes. C. elliptica Lodd. Cat.; C. Cras-galli ovalifdlia Bot. Reg., t. 1860. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t.1860.; our fig. 579. in p. 856.; and the plate of this species in our Second olume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, serrated, a little pilose on both surfaces, and shining on the upper one. Stipules half-heart-shaped, incisely serrated, with glanded serratures. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627.) A native of North America; and, according to Horneman, akin to C. Cris-galli. (Ibid.) We feel convinced, indeed, that it is only a variety of that species. We allow, however, that it is very distinct ; it being furnished with very few thorns, and having that loose spreading habit of growth which is characteristic of most of the varieties ; for which reason, and, also, in order to allow those who differ from us in opinion still to recognise it as a species, we have given the details in the specific form. A plant of this sort, at Croome, in Worcestershire, 25 years planted, is 25 ft. high. ¥ 8. C.(C.) PruniFo'L1A Bosc. The Plum-leaved Thorn. Identification. Bosc ined. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 627.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 598. Synonymes. Méspilus prunifolia Poir. Dict., 4. p.445.; C. caroliniana Lodd. Cat. Siggy anines. Bot, Reg., t, 1868.; our jig. 576. in p. 856,; and the plate of this tree in our Second olume, Spec. Char., §c. eaves with the disk broadly ovate, unequally serrated, and glabrous; the petioles bearing a few glands. Sepals with glanded serratures. Peduncle and calyx a little villose. Seeds 2 in a pome. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627.) A native of North America. This sort we consider also as only a variety of C. Cras-galli; and it differs from the preceding one in having broader and shorter leaves, a more compact and fastigiate habit of growth, and rather more thorns on the branches. The leaves of this and the preceding kinds die off of a much deeper red than the narrow- leaved varieties, which often drop quite green, yellow, or of a yellowish red, Variety. C. (C.) p.2 ingéstria, C. ingéstria Lodd. Cat., differs very little from the species. It was raised from seed, at Ingestrie, in Staffordshire, a few years ago; and is known, in some collections, as the Ingestrie thorn. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges, and a tree in the collection at Somerford Hall, in Staffordshire. Statistics of C. Crius-gdlli and its Varieties. In the environs of London, C. Cris-g4lli spléndens, at Ham House, is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 16 in., and of the head 23 ft. Near the Fulham Nursery, the species, 40 years planted, is 30 ft. high: at Syon it is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 14in., and of the head 29ft.; the branches on every side being pendent to the ground. (See the plate of this tree in our Second Volume.) In the Surrey Zoological Gardens there is 2 fine specimen of C. C. salicifolia, which overhangs the water ; there is also a large tree of this variety at Wimbledon House. In the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Loddiges’s, C. C. ovali- folia and C. C. prunifodlia are 15 ft. high. In Dorsetshire, at Melbury Park, 40 years planted, the species 314 822 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. is 24 ft. high, and the diameter of the head 28 ft. In Sussex, at West Dean, C. C. spléndens, 15 years lanted, is 13 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 6 in., and of the head 21 ft. In Bedfordshire, at South. hilt, 22 years planted, the species is 18 ft. high. In Berkshire, at White Knights, C. C. salicifdlia, 35 years planted, is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 73in., and of the head 26 ft, In Gloucester- shire, at Doddington, 9 years planted, the species is 10 ft. high, the diameter of ;the trunk 7 in., and of the head 28 ft. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, C. C. salicifdlia, 15 years planted, is 213 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 9in., andjof the head 26 ft. In Oxfordshire, at Oxford, in the Botanic Garden, 40 years planted, the species is 30 ft. high. In Staffordshire, at Trentham, C. C. pyracanthi- fdlia, 21 years planted, is 20 ft. high. In Suffolk, at Livermere, 35 years planted, the species is 26 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 14in., and of the head 35 ft. In Yorkshire, at Grimston, 14 years lanted, it is 20 ft. high. In Scotland, in Argyllshire, at Toward Castle, 10 years planted, it is 12 ft. high; in Perthshire, at Kinfauns Castle, 15 years planted, 12 ft. high; in Ross-shire, at Brahan Castle, 20 ft. high. In Ireland, at Dublin, in the Glasnevin Garden, C.C. salicifdlia, 35 years planted, is 15 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 9in., and of the head 22ft. In Galway, at Cool, the species is 21 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk QYin., and of the head 25 ft.; in Louth, at Oriel Temple, 35 years planted, and 21 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1ft. 3in, and of the head 25ft. In France, in the Jardin des Plantes, there is an avenue of C. C, linearis, averaging 15 ft. high. In Saxony, at Wérlitz, the species, 35 years planted, is 20 ft high. In Italy, at Monza, the species,* 24 years planted, is 16 ft. high; C. C, linearis, 24 years planted, is 12 ft. high; and C. C. pyracanthifolia, 8 years planted, is 10 ft. high. §v. Nigre. Sect. Char. Leaves middle-sized, deeply lobed. Lobes pointed. Frnit round, black, or purple. Tree rather fastigiate, with few or no spines. Bark smooth. #9. C.ni'cra Waldst. et Kit. The black-fruited Thorn. Identification. Waldst. et Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung.,t.61.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.628.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonymes. Méspilus nigra Willd. Enum., 524. ; C. carpatica Lodd. Cat. Engravings. Waldst. et Kit, Pl. Rar. Hung., t. 61.; jig. 581. in p. 857; and the plate of this spe- cies in our Second Volume. ; Spec. Char., §c. Leaves sinuately lobed, and serrated, somewhat wedge- shaped, though truncately so, at the base; whitely villose beneath. Stipules oblong, serrately cut. Calyxes villose; the lobes slightly toothed. Styles 5. Fruit black. (Dec. Prod.,ii. p.628.) A native of Hungary, where it forms a large bush, of 15 ft. or 20 ft. in height, throwing up numerous suckers from its widely spreading roots, which soon cover the ground with a forest of plants. In England, where it is generally propagated by grafting on the common thorn, it forms a very handsome, upright, somewhat fasti- giate tree, from 20 ft. to 30 ft. high, putting forth its leaves, in mild seasons, in February or March; flowering in April or May; and ripening its fruit in July and August. Nightingales are said to be attracted by this tree, pro- bably because it is particularly liable to be attacked by insects, and because numerous caterpillars are to be found on it, about the time when the night- ingale is in full song. It was introduced in 1819; and there are large and handsome specimens of it in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, and at Messrs. Loddiges’s. There is also, in Sussex, at West Dean, a tree, 14 years planted, which is 19 ft. high; and one in the Botanic Garden, Edin- burgh, 10 years planted, which is 15 ft. high. ¥ 10. C. purpu‘REA Bosc. The purple-branched Thorn. Identification. Bosc ined. ; Dec. Prod. 2. p. 628.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonyme. C. sanguinea Hort. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 60.; our jig. 582, in p. 857.; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. . Branches dark purple. Leaves ovate, cuneate at the base, lobed with broad lobes, serrated, glabrous, or pubescent beneath. Stipules somewhat circular, serrated with glanded serratures. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 628.) The native country of this species, according to De Candolle, is unknown; but, as we consider it to be nothing more than another form of C. altaica, we conclude it to be indigenous in the Altaic Mountains. It has been in cultivation in England since 1822, and flowers early in April ; being the very first species of Cratz‘gus that comes into flower in the neighbourhood of London, excepting always the Glastonbury thorn. It forms an upright, rigid, rather slow-growing tree, without thorns; it has a few small branches, and is not densely clothed with leaves. It has a starved and somewhat stunted appearance, and is readily known by the purple colour of its young shoots. The bark of the old wood is of a dark purple CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. CRATE GUS. 823 or brown colour, and rough and scaly ; the fruit is small, round, and most commonly of a dark purple; but it varies to pale yellow, or a milk white, and red, on the same plant. It ripens about the end of July, and is very soft and juicy, but soon drops off. The tree is interesting from its early flowering, and the dark colour of the anthers of its flowers, which con- trasts strongly with the whiteness of the petals. The leaves are also large, and of a peculiar shape. (See p. 857.) Variety. ¥ C. p.2 altdica, C. altaica Led., Lod. Cat., ( fig. 583. in p. 858.) has the leaves somewhat more deeply lobed and finely serrated than those of the species. § vi. Dougldsii. Sect. Char. Leaves small, and not lobed as in the preceding section; fur- nished with numerous parallel nerves, somewhat like those of C. punc- tata. Spines rather numerous and rigid. Fruit small, and dark purple; pulp soft and watery. ¥ 11. C. Dovexa‘sz Lindl. Douglas’s Thorn. Identification. Bot. Reg., t. 1810.; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1832. Synonyme. C. punctata var. brevispina Douglas in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer, 1. p. 202. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1810.; our fig. 584. in p. 858, ; and the plate of the species in our Second olume. Spec. Char., §c. A small tree. Branches ascending. Spines rigid, straightish, now short, now very long. Leaves some obovate, some oval, gashedly ser- rated, acute; at the base wedge-shaped, glabrous ; in the autumn, remark- ably leathery, and they then acquire a purplish cast, and are shining: they fall off at about the same time as those of C. punctata and of C. pyrifolia. Flowers produced in May, and are of a middling size. Fruit small, and dark purple. (Bot. Reg., t. 1810.) This is a very distinct sort, more par- ticularly as it respects the colour of the fruit, and the colour and texture of the leaves. The general habit of the plant is fastigiate; and it is one of the latest kinds in leafing in the spring. The flowers and fruit are produced in great abundance, and both are very ornamental. The fruit is very soft and juicy, and ripens early in August, but soon drops off. § vii. Fave. Sect. Char. eaves small, cbovate, slightly lobed, and serrated. Flowers frequently solitary. Spines numerous, straight, and more slender than in any other division. Fruit top, or pear, shaped ; yellow, or greenish yellow. ¥ 12. C. Fua‘va Ait. The yellow-fruited Thorn. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 169. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 338. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 628. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 600. Synonymes. C. glanduldsa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.288., not of Walt. ; Méspilus Michatx# Pers, Syn., 2. p. 38.; C. caroliniana Pozr. Dict., 4. p. 442. ; C. flavissima Hort. Engravings. Fig. 585. in p. 859., and the piate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Disks of leaves obovate-wedge-shaped, slightly lobed, cre- nately serrate, upon short petioles. Stipules glanded. Flowers mostly solitary. Sepals glanded. Fruit top-shaped, yellow, or yellowish green. Nuts 4 in a fruit. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 628.) A native of North America, from Virginia to Carolina. A spreading tree, of rapid growth ; but the shoots are rather slender, and the species not very vigorous. The bark of the trunk is rough, and scales off. The flowers and the fruit are neither pro- duced in abundance, nor make any great show; but the tree has a marked character from its general form, and the horizontal tendency of its branches. It was introduced in 1724; grows to the height of from 20ft. to 25 ft., flowers in May, and ripens its haws in October. A tree at Holland House is 20 ft. high, with a head 25ft.in diameter. There are larger trees at White Knights; and one at Grimston, in Yorkshire, 14 years planted, is 22 ft. high. 824 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ItT. ¥ 13. C. (.) Lopa‘ta Bose. The lobed-/eaved Thorn. Identification. Bosc ined. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 628.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonymes. Méspilus lobata Poir. Suppl., 4. p.71.; C. latea Hort. Engravings. Fig. 554, ; and fig. 586. in p. 859. Spec. Char.,§c. Branches a little villose. Disks of leaves ovate, une- 4 qually serrated, or lobed, slightly downy beneath, upon very short petioles. Sti- pules cut. Flowers in loose corymbs. (Dec. tree closely resembling C. flava in general ap- pearance, and differing from it only in having some of the leaves with larger lobes, and some é of the spines larger. The flowers are sparingly produced, among dense tufts of leaves; and the fruit, which is green when ripe, is still less abun- dant. It is pear-shaped, and very different from every other kind of Cratz*‘gus, except C. flava and C. f. trilobata. * 14. C. (F.) rritopa‘ra Lodd. Cat. The three-lobed-/eaved Thorn. Identification. Lodd. Cat., edit. 1832. Synonyme. C. spinosissima Lee. Engravings. Fig. 587. in p. 860, ; and the plate in our Second Volume. Description, §c. Leaves ovate-cuneate, notched and serrated. Petioles slender. Surface flat, shining, somewhat veined. Branches small, thickly beset with slender thorns. Habit spreading. A hybrid, raised from seed in the Hammersmith Nursery, about 1820, or before. It forms a tree in general appearance resembling C. flava, but with the branches much less vigorous, and more thorny. The fruit is yellow, slightly tinged with red; and what distinguishes it from the two allied sorts is, that its leaves die off, in autumn, of an intensely deep scarlet. The only large specimen we know of this kind of thorn is in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges; but there are young plants of it in the Hammersmith and other nurseries. § vill. Ap7zfolie. Sect. Char. Leaves deltoid, or somewhat resembling those of the common thorn. The fruit is also of the same colour; but the tree has a totally different habit, having the shoots loose and spreading, weak, and almost without thorns. ¥ 15. C. apuFo‘t1a Miche. The Parsley-leaved Thorn. Identification. Michx. F\. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 287., not Med. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 627.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. F Synonymes. C Oxyacantha Walt. Carol., 147.; C. apiifdlia major Lodd. Cat. Engravings. Fig. 589. in p. 860.; and the plate in Vol. IL. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves deltoid, cut into lobes that are acute and incisely toothed. Pedicels in the corymb villose, mostly simple. Tube of calyx villose. Sepals obscurely serrated. Fruit scarlet. (Dec. Prod., i. p. 627. A native of moist woods in Virginia and Carolina. According to Nuttall, it is highly serviceable for the formation of hedges ; but an imported plant in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges has a loose spreading head, with weak rambling branches, almost destitute of thorns, and by no means gives the idea of a plant adapted to hedges. All the species of Cratz\gus, however, are liable to vary in an extraordinary manner, and we have seen young CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEZ. CRATZE‘GUS. 825 plants, grafted from this very tree, covered with spines. The species is said to have been introduced in 1812; but we have not heard of any plant larger or older than that of Messrs. Loddiges, which, in 1835, was 12 ft. high, after being 10 years planted: the same year, for the first time, it flowered, and ripened a few haws, which were almost solitary, and in form and colour resembled those of the common hawthorn. Variety. ¥ C.a. 2 minor, C. apiifolia Lodd. Cat., (fig. 588. in p. 860.) has the leaves smaller than those of the species, and more fringed at the edges, like those of the common parsley; but this fringed ap- pearance is by no means constant, either in the variety or in the species. This variety forms a most ornamental low bush; or a beautiful pendent tree, when grafted standard high. § ix. Microcarpe. Sect. Char. Fruit small, round, red. Flowers small, produced in corymbs, later in the season than in any of the other species. Spines few, but some- times very large. ¥ 16. C. corpa‘ra Mill, The heart-shaped-/eaved Thorn. Identification. Mill. Ic., t. 179.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 628, ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 599. Synonymes. C. populifdlia Walt. Car., 147.; Méspilus acerifdlia Potr. Dict., 4. p. 442. Engravings. Mill. Ic., t.179.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 63.; Bot. Reg., t. 1151.; jig. 590. in p. 861. ; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Disks of leaves cordate-ovate, angled by lobes, glabrous. Petioles and calyxes without glands. Styles 5 in a flower. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 628.) A native of hedges and rocky places, from Canada to Virginia. A compact close-headed small tree. The leaves of a deep shining green P : g green, and the flowers and fruit produced in numerous terminal corymbs. The size of the leaves varies exceedingly, according to the soil, and the age of the plant. This is a very distinct and handsome species; and, from the plant in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum, we should think it would attain the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft. in about the same number of years. It was intro- duced in 1738, and flowers in the end of June or beginning of July. Statistics. In Staffordshire, at Trentham, 26 years planted, and 11 ft. high ; at Alton Towers, 10 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, 20 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Scotland, in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, 87 years planted, and 12ft. high; at Hopetoun House, 18 years planted, and 12 ft. high. ¥ 17. C. spatnuLa‘ta Elliott. The spathula-shaped-leaved Thorn. Identification. Elliott FI. S. Car., 1. p. 552. ; Lodd. Bot. Cat., t. 1261. Synonyme. C. microcarpa Lindl,, Bot. Reg., t. 1846. Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 1261.; Bot. Reg., t. 1846. ; jig. 591. in p. 861. ; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char.,§c. Subspinose. Leaves in fascicles, oblong-cuneated, 3-cleft, lobed and crenated, smooth, shining. Corymbs many-flowered. Calyx smooth ; segments ovate, quite entire. Fruit ovate, subrotund, smooth, 5-celled ; shell thin. (Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1846.) A native of the upper districts of Georgia and Carolina ; and growing to a small tree, from 12 ft. to 15 ft. high. Introduced by Lyon, in 1806; flowering in May and June, and ripening its small bright red fruit in October. In this country, it is aslow-growing, very neat, little tree, with slender, smooth, drooping branches, and something of the habit of C. Oxyacantha. Its leaves have a very handsome appearance, and are remarkably shining, and deep green : they usually grow in clusters ; have a long stalk, tapering upwards into a blade, which is sometimes nearly entire, with only a tooth or two at the end; sometimes they are 3-lobed, with crenated segments; and occasionally they are deeply 3-parted ; their form is always more or less spathulate. The stipules of the more vigor- ous branches are large and leafy. The flowers are white, and appear in May, or the beginning of June, at the same time with those of C. cordata, and later than most others. The fruit is rather abundant, but small; and, 826 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. although bright red, does not make much show upon the branches. The sides of the stones of the fruit are unusually thin for a Cratee‘gus. (Bot. Reg., t. 1846.) Dr. Lindley adds that Elliott confounds this species with the C. spathulata of Michaux and Pursh; which, as described by these authors, he thinks must be a different species, in the way of C. parvifolia, and allied to the C. virginiana of the English nurseries. We can only re- peat the hope we have so often expressed, that, ere long, all the species of Cratzgus will be brought together in one garden, so as to be studied, by botanists, in a living state. C. spathulata is a beautiful little species, which well deserves a place in every collection; and, being of slow growth, it is particularly eligible for suburban gardens. §x. Azaroli. Sect. Char. Fruit large, round or pear-shaped; good to eat; yellowor red; the yellow fruit generally produced on fastigiate species or varieties; and the red on trees with a spreading and rather a drooping head. Leaves wedge-shaped, 3-cleft or more, shining, pubescent or hairy. Spines few or none. ¥ 18. C. Azano‘Lus L. The Azarole Thorn. Identification. Lin. Sp., 683.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 629. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 600. Synonymes. Pyrus Azardlus Scop. Carn., No. 597., J. Bauh. Hist., 1. p. 67.; Méspilus Azardlus All. Ped., N. Du Ham., 4. p. 158.; Néflier Azarole, Néflier de Naples, E’pine d’Espagne, Pom- mettes 4 deux Closes, #y.; Azarol Mispel, Ger. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 4. t.42.; Bot. Rep., t. 579. ; fig. 592. in p.862.; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves pubescent, wedge-shaped at the base, trifid ; lobes blunt, and with a few large teeth. Branchlets, corymbs, and calyxes pubescent. Sepals obtuse. Styles 1—3. Fruit globose, scarlet. Seeds usually two; and hence the name, common at Montpelier, pommettes @ deux closes. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.629.) Native in small woods, and in rough places, in the south of France and in Italy. This species is decidedly a tree; never being found, in a wild state, with numerous distinct stems rising from the same root, like the common hawthorn; but always with a trunk more or less clothed with branches, to within 3 ft. or 4 ft. of the ground. The head is round and spreading; the branches rambling; the small shoots thick, and covered with a dark-coloured bark, frequently spiny when the plant is young, but spineless as it grows old. The flowers are produced in corymbs towards the extremities of the shoots: they are middle-sized ; and are succeeded by fruit, round, and somewhat oval ; varying exceedingly in dimensions, in plants! raised from seeds, and also in colour, but most generally yellowish red. The fruit, when ripe, is mealy, and somewhat acid ; and, in Italy and the Levant, it is occasionally sent to table. The tree, like almost every other of the species of Cratz‘gus, is of great durability. Du Hamel mentions a plant, living in his time, in the Jardin du Val, that was sent to Louis XIV. from Spain; from which circumstance it was afterwards called, in France, épine d’ Espagne. It was cultivated in England, by Tradescant, in 1656; and is recommended by Parkinson, London and Wise, and other old writers on gardening, to be cultivated for its fruit. Notwithstanding this circumstance, old trees are rarely to be met with in British Gardens; and the oldest plant that we know of, in the neighbourhood of London, is in the Fulham Nursery; where, however, it is not above 20ft. high, but fruits abundantly every other year. Varieties. Inthe Nouveau Du Hamel, six varieties are enumerated, viz.: 1. Meéspilus Aronia, with the leaves hairy beneath; 2. Azarole, with large deep red fruit ; 3. Azarole, with yellowish white fruit ; 4. Azarole, with long fruit, of a whitish yellow; 5. Azarole, with double flowers; and, 6. the White Azarole of Italy. With the exception of the first-mentioned, none of these varieties, as far as we know, are in British gardens. CHAP, XLII. ROSACER. CRATE GUS. 827 # 19. C. (4.) MaRocca‘na Pers. The Morocco Thorn. Identification. Pers. Syn., 2. p. 37.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 628. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 600. ae ie De Candolle expresses a doubt whether C. matra Lin. Fil. Sup., 253., be not a syn. of this species. Engravings. Fig. 594. in p. 862.; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves wedge-shaped, 3-lobed, and pinnatifid, glabrous, glandles®% Stipules cut, rather palmately. Flowers upon long peduncles in terminal glabrous corymbs. Sepals obtuse. Styles 2, (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 628.) Flowers very fragrant, and the petals of a very pure white. A native of Morocco; introduced in 1822, and flowering in May and June. A handsome tree, of more fastigiate growth than C, Azarvlus, but in others respects closely resembling that species, except in being smaller in all its parts. There is a very handsome tree of this kind (which we consider to be merely a variety of C. Azardlus) in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, which is the only one we know of in England. It is nearly 20 ft. high, after being 10 years planted; and it flowered and fruited for the first time in 1835. It produces its leaves very early in the season, in mild winters even in January; and it retains them very late. It is a small, but decided tree, which may be considered one of the hand- somest of the genus. The branches, though somewhat fastigiate, are not rigid ; and they will, probably, as the plant advances in age, become pen- dulous, like those of C. Azarolus. * 20. C. Aro‘\ntA Bose. The Aronia Thorn. Identification. Bosc ined. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 629.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 601. Synonymes. Méspilus Aronia Willd. Enum. Suppl., and N. Du Ham., 4. p. 158.4 C. Azxardlus B Willd. Sp.; C. fissa Lodd. Cat. i Engravings. Pococke Crategi, t. 85., according to Willdenow ; fig. 593. in p. 862. ; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Branchlets pubescent. Leaves pubescent on the under sur- face, wedge-shaped at the base, 3-cleft ; lobes obtuse, entire, each ending in 3 obtuse mucronate teeth. Fruit yellow. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 629.) A native of Greece and the Levant ; introduced in 1810; and forming a thick erect- branched tree of the third rank ; remarkable for the abundance of its large yellow fruit, which are good to eat, and have been made into excellent tarts with Siberian crabs. There are fine specimens of this tree in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, from 15 ft. to 20 ft. in height. It was introduced in 1810. It produces its foliage early, and its flowers about the end of May, rather later than those of the common hawthorn. Its fruit ripens in August and September, and hangs on the tree till the leaves drop, in November or December. ¥ 21. C. orteENTA‘LIS Bosc. The Eastern Thorn. Identification. Bosc ined. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 629.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 600. Synonymes. Méspilus orientalis Poir. Suppl., 4. p.72.; C. odoratissima Bot. Rep. and Lod. Cat. Engravings. Fig, 595. in p. 863, ; and the plate in our Second Volume, Spec. Char., §c. Branches whitely tomentose. Leaves 3-lobed, downy be- neath ; the two side lobes ovate, and having tooth-like incisions at the tip ; the middle lobe trifid. Stipules broad and cut. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 629.) A native of the East; introduced in 1810, and growing to the height of 15ft. or 20 ft. It forms a spreading, handsome, low tree, readily distinguished from most other species by its very hoary branches, which are loose, ram- bling, crossing each other, and somewhat pendulous, It is late in producing its leaves, and also its flowers: the latter generally appear with those of C. tanacetifolia, about the end of May (this year, 1836, on the 17th of June), and they are succeeded by numerous large fruit, of a yellowish red, or coral, colour, very agreeable to the taste, which ripen in August and September ; and, by their number and brilliant colour, render the tree sin- gularly ornamental till they are destroyed by the frost. There are several fine specimens of this species in the Garden of the London Horticultural Society, and at White Knights. 828 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. Variety. ¥ CO. 0.2sanguinea; C.tanacetifolia 2 tatrica Dec. ; C. sanguinea Schrader Index Sem. Hort. Acad. Gott., 1834; C. orientalis Lindl. Bot, Reg., t. 1852.; and fig. 596. in p. 863.; has the fruit of a very dark pur- plish red, or port wine, colour. There are fine specimens of this variety in the Bishop of London’s garden, and in the Fulham Nur- sery; and one plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. Dr. Lindley considers this “ the genuine JZéspilus orientalis of Tourne- fort, with villous celery-like leaves, and a large, purple, 5-cornered, smooth fruit.” It is a native of the Crimea, and the parts bordering on the Black Sea; and was introduced in 1810. ¥ 22. C. TANACETIFO‘LIA Pers. The Tansy-leaved Thorn. Identification. Pers. Syn., 2. p. 38.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 629.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 601. : Synonymes. Méspilus tanacetifdlia Poir. Dict., 4. p.440., and N. Du Ham.; M. pinnata Dum. Cours., Sm. Exot., t. 85. De Candolle doubts whether Méspilus Celsta@na Dum. Cours Suppl. p- 286. be different from this species. : Engravings. Bot. Rep., t.591.; Sm. Exot. Bot., t. 85.; fig. 597.in p. 863.; and the plate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves pinnatifidly cut, hairy ; lobes oblong, acute, having a few teeth. Sepals acutish, reflexed, hairy. Styles 5. Fruit globose, yellowish green. (Dec, Prod.,ii. p.629.) A native of the East; introduced in 1789, and flowering in May and June. Varieties. ¥ C. t. 2 glabra Lodd. (fig. 598, in p. 863., and the plate in our Second Volume) has shining leaves, and fruit about half the size of that of the species, of a reddish yellow. It is said to be a hybrid between C. tanacetifolia and C. Oxyacantha; which, from the appearance of the plant, is extremely probable. It was introduced, by Messrs. Loddiges, from Germany, about 1810; and the plant in their col- lection was, in 1835, nearly 10 ft. high. ¥ C.¢. 3 Leecana. C.incisa Lee; Lee’s Seedling Hort. (fig. 599. in p- 864.; and the plate of this variety in our Second Volume.)—The plants of this varietyin the Hammersmith Nursery somewhat resemble those of C. orientalis, but the leaves are much larger, and more deeply cut, and the trees are of a more robust, erect, and fastigiate habit. In the Leyton Nursery, there is a plant of the same variety, which, 9 years planted, is 12 ft. high: it is of remarkably robust growth, and it flowered in June, 1836, for the first time. We have been informed that the fruit of this variety is yellow; and this cir- cumstance, taken in connexion with its foliage and upright manner of growth, induces us to consider it a hybrid between C. orientalis and C. tanacetifolia, It is said to have been raised by the late Mr. Lee of the Hammersmith Nursery. It promises to form a splendid tree, most striking in appearance, from its large and deeply cut foliage, and its strong, upright, vigorous shoots; on which account, no collection, where there is room, ought to be without it. Description, §c. A robust-growing fastigiate tree, with upright rigid branches, commonly terminating in thorny points. The leaves and calyxes are covered on both sides with long hairs. The fruit is globular, slightly compressed, and has somewhat the appearance of being ribbed, like a melon: it is larger than that of any other species of the genus, except C. Aronia and C. mexicana ; is of a greenish yellow when ripe; and is easily distinguishable by the bracteas generally adhering to it. The foliage is the latest in appearing of any of the species, except C. orientalis, which is frequently equally late. This species was introduced into France, from the Levant, by Tournefort, who says there are trees of it, in its native country, as large as oaks; that the bark of the trunk is dark grey, and much cracked; the branches tufted and spreading ; and that the fruit, which is produced in twos and threes, on the points of the young thorny shoots, resembles a small apple, about an inch CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. CRATEGUS. 829 in;diameter, and is roundish, with fine angles, like the ribs of a melon} being lightly covered with down, and having a persistent calyx of 5 sepals, toothed like the leaves of the tree. Tournefort also notices the circumstance of one or two of the bracteas sometimes growing out of the flesh of the fruit, or being produced from its footstalk. The fruit, though agreeable, he says is not so much so as that of the azarole; but he thinks it might be improved by cul- tivation. It is much eaten by the Armenians. This species was introduced in 1789; and in 10 years it forms a tree 20 ft. high; readily distinguishable, at some distance, by the rough scaly bark of its trunk, and the stiff upright branches which form its head. Statistics. In the environs of London, at Kenwood, 35 years planted, and 20 ft. high, the dia- meter of the trunk 9in., and of the head 15ft.; at Syon, 14 ft. high ; in Dorsetshire, at Melbury Park, 20 years planted, and 17 ft. high ; in Somersetshire, at Hinton House, 19 years planted, and 18 ft. high ; in Surrey, at Farnham Castle, 50 years planted, and 20ft. high; in Wiltshire, at Longleat, 40 years planted, and 20ft. high; in Berkshire, at White Knights, 25 years planted, and 14 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk Qin., and of the head 26ft ; in Nottinghamshire, at Clumber Park,"18 ft. high ; in Oxfordshire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, 18 ft. high; in Pembroke- shire, at Golden Grove, 20 years planted, and 15ft. high ; in’ Staffordshire, at Trentham, 21 years planted, and 18 ft. high; in Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 16 years planted, and 15 ft. high ; in Wor- cestershire, at Croome, 20 years planted, and 25 ft. high. In Scotland, in Renfrewshire, in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, 12 years planted, and 11 ft. high; at Bothwell Castle, 45 years planted, and 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 13 in., and of the head 40 ft., in prepared loamy soil, in a sheltered situation. In Ireland, in the Cullenswood Nursery, 12 years planted, and 21 ft. high; at Oriel Temple, 25 years planted, and 18 ft. high. § xi. Heterophilla. Sect. Char. eaves cuneate, and sub-persistent. Fruit long, middle-sized, and crimson. ¥ 23. C. HETEROPHY’LLA Flugge. The various-leaved Thorn. Identification. Flugge Ann. Mus., 12. p. 423, t.38.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 629.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 600. ; Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1847, Synonymes. C. neapolitana Hort. ; Méspilus constantinopolitana Godefroy. Engravings. Ann. Mus., 12. t..38.; Bot. Reg., t. 1847. ; fig. 600. in p. 864. ; and theplate in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves bright ; falling off late, lanceolate-cuneate, toothed at the apex, 3-cleft; segments serrate. Tube of the calyx fusiform. Cymes many-flowered. Flowers I-styled. Fruit ovate, including one nut, with a hard bony shell, and one seed. Stipules large, pinnatifid. (Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1847.) The native country of this species is uncertain; and it is, probably, only a hybrid between the common hawthorn and the azarole, or some other European species. It forms a very handsome, somewhat fastigiate, or pyramidal, dense-headed, low tree; producing its leaves and flowers early in the spring, and retaining its leaves and fruit till the first autumnal frosts. The fruit resembles the common haw, but is narrower and longer, and the colour is a rich crimson. The species was intro- duced in 1816; but it is not common in collections. There are fine trees of it in the Garden of the London Horticultural Society, where it is extremely ornamental, both when covered with flowers in May, and with ripe fruit in September and October. § xii. Oxyacanthe. Sect. Char. Leaves obovate, trifid, or variously cut. Flowers numerous, in corymbs. Fruit generally red. % 24, C. Oxyaca’ntHa L. The sharp-thorned Crategus, or common Hawthorn. Identification. Lin. Sp., 683.; Dec. Prod., 2. p..628.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 600. ; Baxt. Brit. Fl. Pl. 2. t. 118. Synonymes. The Pyracantha of the Greeks; Méspilus Oxyacantha Gertn., and N. Du Ham. ; k’pine blanche, noble E’pine, Bois de Mai, Scuelleir Aubépine, Neflier Aubépine, Fr.; Hage- dorn gemeiner Weissdorn, Ger.; Hagetoon, Dan.; Hagetorn, Swed.; Bianco-spino, J¢al. ; Espino blanco, Span. ; White Thorn, Maybush, Quick, Quickset, May. Engravings. Gertn. Fruct., 2. t. 87.; Eng. Bot., t. 2054; Baxt. Brit. Fl. Pl, t.18.; jig. 602. in p. 865. ; and the plate in our Second Volume. Derivation. Booth derives the word Haw from hage, or heg, a hedge; consequently he makes hawthorn signify hedgethorn. Quick signifies live; and was, probably, applied, from live hedges 830 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. made of hawthorn jbeing used instead of fences of cut spray of trees. Whitethorn, from the profusion of its white flowers and its being thorny. May, and Maybush, have reference both to the time of flowering of the plant, and to its use in the May, or floral, games. The French name, Aubépine, refers to its flowering in spring, or in what may poetically be called the morning of the year ; aube signifying the dawn of the day. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves obovate-wedge-shaped, almost entire or trifid, or cut, glabrous, rather glossy. Corymbs of several flowers. Sepals glandless, acute. Styles 1—3. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 628.) Common in the hedges of Europe, and varying much in different situations. Varieties. These are very numerous, and some of them very distinct. The reason why they are more numerous in this species than in most others is, that the plant, for the last half century and upwards, has been very exten- sively raised from seed, for making hedges ; and curious nurserymen, when they have observed any plants indicating a striking peculiarity of foliage, or mode of growth, in their seed-beds, have marked them, kept them apart, and propagated them by budding or grafting. Another reason is, the many thousands of plants now growing in the hedges of this country, among which may be observed almost every variety of the species now in cultiva- tion in gardens. In the environs of London, we have observed the scarlet- flowered variety repeatedly in hedges, and also varieties with variegated leaves, with woolly fruit, with yellow fruit, and with pendulous shoots. As to-varieties in the leaves, they are endless; and the same may be said of the size, and of hardness, or fleshiness, of the fruit. In the following enumeration we have confined ourselves to plants which we have actually seen in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, or in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. * C. O. 2 obtusita Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill. Méspilus Oxyacantha integrifolia’ Wallr. Sched., 219.; C. oxyacanthdides Thuill. Fl. Par., 245., Lindl, Bot. Reg., t. 1128., Dec, Fl. Fr., iv. p. 433.; C. Oxyacan- tha FV. Dan., t.335.; the French hawthorn. ( fig. 601. in p. 864., and the plate in our Second Volume.)—Leaves rather rhomb-shaped at the base, obovate, undivided, or with three obtuse lobes, crenate, of the same colour on both surfaces. Styles 1—3. A small tree, re- sembling, in general appearance, the common hawthorn, but distin- guished from it by its smaller, obovate, less cut, flat, and shining leaves. C. lucida Smith of Ayr, C. oxyacanthéides lucida Sweet, is scarcely or not at all different from this variety. ; ¥ ©. O. 3 sibirica, C. sibirica Lodd. Cat., C. monégyna L., ( fig. 555.) is an early leafing variety, a native of Siberia. In mild seasons, it begins to put forth its leaves in January ; and, in dry summers, it loses them proportionately soon _» in the autumn. On account of its early leafing and flowering, it well merits a place in collections. The flowers have only one style ; w¥i} but, as there are other varieties having only one style which do not flower early, we have not adopted Linnzeus’s name of C. monogyna. * C. O. 4& transylvdnica Hort., from the plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, appears to be nearly, if not quite, the same as C. O. sibirica. ¥ C.O. 5 quercifolia Booth (fig. 608. in p. 866.) appears very distinct in regard to foliage; but there are only small plants of it in two or three places in the neighbourhood of London, all of which have been introduced lately from Mr, Booth of Hamburgh. ¥ C. O. 6 laciniata, C. laciniata Lodd. Cat., (fig. 603. in p. 865., and the plate in our Second Volume) has finely cut leaves; the shoots are CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CE®. CRATE'GUS. 831 comparatively slender, the plant less robust, and the fruit smaller, than in the species. It is a very distinct and elegant variety. ¥ ©. O. 7 pteridifoha, C. pterifolia Lodd. Cat., C. pectinata Hort., (fig. 604. in p. 865.) resembles the preceding, but the leaves are longer in proportion to their breadth, and more elegantly cut. There are only small plants of this very elegant and most inte- resting variety in the Fulham Nursery, at Messrs. Loddiges, and in one or two other collections. * C. O. 8 eriocérpa Lindl., C. eriocarpa Lodd. Cat., ( fig. 607. in p. 865., and the plate in our Second Volume) is a robust rapidly growing variety, with large leaves, and strong thick shoots; a clear white bark, and few thorns. It is very prolific in flowers, and the fruit which succeeds them is woolly in its young state, but not large. There are fine trees of this very distinct variety in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. If ever the hawthorn should be cultivated for its timber, to supply the wood engravers as a substitute for box, this variety, and C. O. melanocarpa will deserve the preference. ¥ C. O. 9 purpurea Penny ( Jig. 611. in p. 866.) has large leaves, and the young shoots are of a dark purple colour. It was raised from seed, some years ago, in the Epsom Nursery, but has not yet flowered. ¥ C. O. 10 Oliveriana; C. Oliveriana Bosc, Dec. Prod., ii. p. 630., and Don’s Mill., ii. p. 601.; C. Olivéria Lodd. Cat.; C. orientalis Lodd. Cat.; (fig. 606. in p. 865., and the plate in our Second Volume) has the leaves small and hoary, and the fruit also small and black. It forms a very distinct variety, and is accounted by some a species. There are handsome plants of it in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. ¥ C. O. 11 melanocarpa, C. fissa Lee, C. Oxyacantha platyphylla Lodd. Cat., C. platyphylla Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1874., (fig. 605. in p. 865., and the plate in our Second Volume) also has the fruit black, as the name implies, It differs from the preceding variety chiefly in being of more vigorous growth, and in having its leaves much less hoary. There is a tree of this variety, in the Hammersmith Nursery, of extraordinary vigour and beauty ; it has not been above ten or twelve years planted ; but it is upwards of 20 ft. high, with a straight smooth-barked trunk, and a head 25 ft. in diameter, or upwards, with branches depending to the ground on almost every side ; and it is, perhaps, the handsomest young hawthorn in the neighbourhood of London. This variety flowers at the same time as C. O. eriocarpa, that is, about a week after the species ; and the two trees so closely resem- ble each other in leaves and habit of growth, that, except when they are in fruit, they can only be distinguished by the darker colour of the bark of C. O. melanocarpa. * C. O. 12 airea Hort., C. flava Hort., (fig. 610. in p. 866.) has the leaves like C. O. obtusata, and the fruit roundish, and of a golden yellow. This is a very distinct variety, and ought never to be omitted in collections. The yellow haw, Hanbury observes, is a “ most exquisite plant.” The buds, which are among the first that come out in the spring, are of a fine yellow; and the fruit is of the colour of gold. The tree is a great bearer, and retains its fruit all the winter. There is a fine old specimen of this tree at Syon. ¥ C. O. 13 aurantiaca Booth is said to have orange-coloured fruit ; but there are only small plants of it in the London gardens. Mr. Wil- son found, in Ayrshire, a variety with greenish orange fruit. ( Hook.) ¥ C.O. 14 leucocérpa, a variety with white haws, is said to have been discovered in a hedge near Bampton, in Oxfordshire; but we have never seenit. According to Hanbury, it is but a paltry tree, an in- different bearer, and the fruit is of a dirty white. 3K 832 ARBORETUM AND FRU'TICETUM. PART III, ¥ C. O.15 midtiplexr Hort., C. O. flore pleno Hort., ( fig. 609. in p. 866.) rt rt rt he has double white flowers, which die off of a beautiful pink ; and which, being produced in great profusion, and lasting a long time, render this a most desirable variety: accordingly, it is to be found in almost every shrubbery and garden. C. O. 16 rosea Hort. ; E’pinier Marron, Fr. ; (fig. 612. in p. 866.) has the petals pink, with white claws, and is a well-known and very beautiful variety. Ray informs us that this variety was found in an orchard hedge at Gaddington in Northamptonshire, and at Ricot Park and elsewhere in Oxfordshire. (Syn., p. 454.) C. O. 17 punicea Lodd. Cat., C. O. rosea supérba Hort., has larger petals, which are of a dark red, and without white on the claws. C. 0. 18 punicea flore pléeno Hort. is said to be of as dark and brilliant a red as C. O, punicea, and to have double flowers. We have never seen this kind in blossom; but there are young plants of it in the Camberwell Nursery; and there is one specimen in the Horticul- tural Society’s Garden. C. O. 19 fodliis aireis Lodd. Cat. has leaves variegated with yellow ; but they have generally aragged and diseased appearance, when fully expanded ; though, like those of most other variegated deciduous plants, when first opening in spring, they are strikingly showy and distinct. C. O. 20 felis argénteis Hort. has leaves variegated with white; but, like the preceding variety, it cannot be recommended as handsome at any other period than when the leaves are first expanding. C. O. 21 stricta Lodd. Cat., C. O. rigida Ronalds, has the shoots upright, and the general habit as fastigiate as that of a Lombardy poplar. It was discovered in a bed of seedlings in Messrs. Ronald’s Nursery, about 1825, and forms a very distinct and desirable variety. C. O. 22 Celsiana Hort. is also somewhat fastigiate in its habit ; but it is a much more slender-growing plant; and we have never seen a specimen in a situation where it could display its natural form and mode of growth. There are several plants of it at Messrs. Lod- diges’s ; but they are all crowded together. C. O. 23 péndula Lodd. Cat. has drooping branches. A very marked variety of this kind, which was picked out of a bed of seedlings by General Monckton, is in the collection of thorns at Somerford Hall. The branches come out of the main stem in whorls, and hang down almost perpendicularly, so as to give the plant some- what the appearance of a distaff. Mr. Anderson, the curator of the Chelsea Botanic Garden, obtained pendulous-branched varieties of the common thorn, by grafting shoots from those bundles or conglomerations of slender shoots, resembling bird’s nests, which are sometimes found in old trees; and he observes that, on what- ever species of ligneous plant these bird’s-nest-like conglomerations of shoots are met with, by grafting them on a tree of the same species, they will hang down, and constitute a pendulous variety. (See Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 596.) ¥ C. O. 24 regine Hort. Queen Mary’s Thorn. — The parent tree is in a garden near Edinburgh, which once belonged to the Regent Murray, and is now, 1836, in the possession of Mr. Cowan, a paper manufac- turer. It is very old, and its branches have somewhat of a drooping character; but whether sufficiently so to constitute a variety worth propagating as a distinct kind, appears to us very doubtful. It may be interesting, however, to some Scotchmen, to continue by extension the individual tree under which the unfortunate queen is supposed to have spent many hours. The fruit of this variety is rather above the middle size, long, fleshy, of a deep red, and good to eat. A lithographic impression of this tree has been sent us by Dr. Neill, CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEE. CRATE GUS. $33 and also a drawing of it, taken in 1836, by Mr. Macnab, jun. From Mr. Macnab’s drawing, fig. 556. is reduced to a scale of an inch to 12 ft. The dimensions of the tree have been sent us by Mr. Barnet, of the Experimental Garden, Inverleith ; from which we find that the height of the tree is 33 ft., and the diameter of the head 36 ft. ; the trunk divides into two limbs, at 15in. from the ground, one of which is 1 ft. 4in. in diameter, and the other 1 ft. in diameter. The tree, Mr. Barnet informs us, is healthy and vigorous ; though, if it be true that Queen Mary sat under its shade, it must be nearly 300 years old. 556 2B ax’ i FBR. ay ¥ C. O. 25 pre‘cox Hort., the early- flowering, or Glastonbury, Thorn, comes into leaf in January or February, and sometimes even in autumn; so that occasionally, in mild seasons, it may be in flower on Christ- mas-day. According to Withering, writing about fifty years ago, this tree does not grow within the ruins of Glastonbury Abbey, but stands in a lane beyond the churchyard, and appears to be a very old tree. An old woman of 90 never remembered it otherwise than as it now appears. This tree is probably now dead; but one said to be a descendant of the tree which, according to the Romish le- gend, formed the staff of Joseph of Arimathea, is still existing within the precincts of the ancient abbey of Glastonbury. It is not of great age, and may probably have sprung from the root of the original tree, — or from a truncheon of it; but it maintains the habit of flowering in the winter, which the legend attributes to its supposed parent. A correspondent (Mr. Callow) sent us, on December 1. 1833, a speci- men, gathered on that day, from the tree at Glastonbury, in full blossom, having on it, also, ripe fruit; observing that the tree blossoms again in the month of May following, and that it is from these later flowers that the fruit is produced. (Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 123.) Mr. Baxter, curator of the Botanic Garden at Oxford, also sent us a 3K 2 834 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. specimen of the Glastonbury thorn, gathered in that garden on Christmas-day, 1834, with fully expanded flowers and ripe fruit on the same branch. The plants of this variety in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Loddiges, flower sometimes in December, and sometimes not till March or April. Seeds of this variety are said to produce only the common hawthorn; but we have no doubt that, among a number of seedlings, there would, as in similar cases, be found several plants having a tendency to the same habits as the parent. With regard to the legend, there is nothing miraculous in the circumstance of a staff, supposing it to have been of hawthorn, having, when stuck in the ground, taken root, and become a tree; as it is well known that the hawthorn grows from stakes and truncheons ; one of the finest trees in Scot- land, viz. that at Fountains Hall, having been originated in that manner by a man still in existence. The miracle of Joseph of Arimathea is nothing compared with that of Mr. John Wallis, timber surveyor of Chelsea, author o! Dendrology (see Gard. Mag., vol. x. p- 51.), who exhibited to the Horticultural and Linnzan Societies, . in 1834, a branch of hawthorn, which, he said, had hung for several years in a hedge among other trees; and, though without any root, or even touching the earth, had produced, every year, leaves, flowers, and fruit ! ¥ C. O. 26 mondgyna, C. mondgyna Jacq., has flowers with only one style, like C. sibirica, but does not flower early, like that variety. _ It has been observed by botanists, that there is a great uncertainty in the number of styles in the genus Cratze‘gus. According to D’ Asso, the common hawthorn is constantly monogynous in Spain. Allioni states that this variety has the leaves more shining than those of the species; and that they are extremely smooth, and deeply cut into three or five lobes; the peduncles are, also, smooth ; the segments of the calyx reflexed ; and the fruit constantly contains only one seed. Sir James Edward Smith says, “‘ Repeated examination has satisfied me, and many other English botanists, that flowers with a single style are equally frequent in Jacquin’s C. Oxyacantha and in his C. monoégyna, though by no means universal in either.” (Eng. Bot., ii. p- 360.) According to the letter of the Linnzan system, and to the generally received mode of forming generic and specific distinc- tions on differences in parts of the flower alone, without reference to other parts of the plant, C. O. mondgyna ought to be made, not only a distinct species, but a distinct genus, since it does not even belong to the same order as the other varieties of the same species ; or, at all events, it ought to be made a distinct species, and was so made by Jacquin and others. The truth appears to be, that C. Oxy- acantha, like most of the other species of Cratze\gus, varies in having from 1 to 5 styles, though one or two are most frequent. It appears that the Siberian variety is also monogynous; but, as it is remark- able for its early flowering, we have kept it distinct under the name of C. O. sibirica. See No. 3. * C. 0.27 apétala Lodd. Cat. — This remarkable variety has the flowers without petals, or very nearly so. * C. O. 28 licida. We apply this name to a very distinct and very beautiful-leaved variety, which forms a standard in the southern boundary hedge of the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and which, we trust, will soon be propagated in the nurseries. The leaves are large, regularly cut, somewhat coriaceous in texture, and of a fine shining green. The plant is of vigorous growth. ¥ C. O. 29 capitdta Smith of Ayr differs from the species chiefly in being of a somewhat more fastigiate habit, and in producing its flowers in close heads, mostly at the extremities of its branches. CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. CRATA‘GUS. 855 ¥ C. O. 30 flexudsa Smith of Ayr has the small branches twisted in a zigzag manner. Description, The common hawthorn, in its wild state, is a shrub, or small tree, with a smooth blackish bark, and very hard wood. The branches are nu- merous and slender, furnished with lateral, sharp, awl-shaped spines. The leaves alternate arfd deciduous, on longish slender stalks, of a smooth deep green ; more or less deeply 3-lobed or 5-lobed, cut and serrated, wedge-shaped or rounded. Stipules crescent-shaped, very variable in size. (Smith.) The flowers are corymbose, terminal, with white petals, but sometimes pink, or almost scarlet, and sometimes apetalous and sweet-scented. Styles several, few, or only one. According to Withering, the varieties found in our hedgerows have, most commonly, one style; and flowers with three styles are the most rare. On clayey soils, he says, the flowers are red, but on light soils, almost always white. (Arrang., ii. p.459.) The usual time of the hawthorn flowering is May ; but, in 1783, it began to flower on the 21st of March ; and the year following it was six weeks later. It was almost as early in 1794, and as late in 1795. The extreme times of flowering in the Selborne Calendar are, April 20th to June 11th. (Mart. Mill.) The fruit, which is a pome, and is called a haw, is of a dark red, and varies exceedingly in size and shape: it is sometimes found yellow or black, or occasionally, but rarely, of a greenish orange, or a dirty white. The rate of growth, when the plant is young, and in a good soil and climate, is from 1 ft. to 2 ft. or 3 ft. a year, for the first three or four years ; afterwards its growth is slower, till the shrub or tree has attained the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft., when its shoots are produced chiefly in a lateral direction, tending to increase the width of the head of the tree rather than its height. {In a wild state, it is commonly found as a large dense bush; but, pruned, by accident or design, to a single stem, it forms one of the most beautiful and durable trees of the third rank that can be planted: interesting and valuable for its sweet-scented flowers in May, and for its fruit in autumn, which sup- plies food for some of the smaller birds during part of the winter, In hedges, the hawthorn does not flower and fruit very abundantly when closely and fre- ~ quently clipped; but, when the hedges are only cut in at the sides, so as to be kept within bounds, and the summits of the plants are left free and untouched, they flower and fruit as freely as when trained as separate trees. The plant lives for a century or two, and there are examples of it between 30 ft. and 40 ft. in height, with trunks upwards of 3 ft. in diameter at 1 ft. from the ground. Geography. The common hawthorn is found in most parts of Europe; from the Mediterranean as far north as 604’ in Sweden; it is also found in the north of Africa,in Western Asia, and in the south of Russia. In Siberia, a variety with one style and red flowers, Pallas informs us, is abundant ; par- ticularly round Lake Baikal, where it grows to the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft. The species is found in every part of Great Britain; and, according to H. C, Watson, it rises a little higher on the mountains than Ulex europea. It is always found in a dry soil; and when that is poor, and at a considerable elevation, the plants do not exceed 4 ft. or 5 ft. in height ; but, in favourable soils and situations, it grows to the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft.; and when drawn up in woods, to the height of 20 ft. or 30. History. Cratee‘gus Oxyacintha was known to the Greeks under the name of pyracantha (see p. 17.) ; though it is uncertain whether it was employed by that people or the Romans for any useful purpose ; the oxyacantha of the classics being by some considered as the C. Pyracantha, and by others as the common berberry. It appears from Homer, that, when Ulysses returned to his father Laertes, the good old man had sent his servants into the woods to gather young thorns for forming hedges ; and was occupied himself in pre- paring ground to receive them. (Odyssey, lib. xxiv.) These thorns might have been of the common hawthorn, or of some of: the Oriental species of Crate‘gus, or of various other thorn-bearing plants. Varro ealls a thorn hedge a natural and living guardian ; and Columella prefers it before the con- structed one, or dead hedge, as being more lasting and less expensive. (De 3K 3 836 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Re Rustica, lib. xi.) In modern times, we find, from Crescentius (lib. v.), that hawthorn hedges were used in Italy before 1400. In England, they appear to have been in use from the time of the Romans. In all the old works on hus- bandry, directions occur for quicksetting ditches, and forming hedgerows; and in Standish’s Commons’ Complaint, published in 1611, the author gives di- rections for a new method of pruning “ quickwood sets of white thorne,” so as to make them thick at bottom; and advises, in certain cases, that three rows of quickthornes shall be set in each ridge, instead of two, as appears to have been the ordinary practice. In a black letter tract, called An Olde Thrifte newly revived, &c., published in 1612, very particular directions are given for enclosing young plantations “ with a good ditch and quickset of white thorne, crab tree, and hollin, mixed together, or else any one of them (and by no means, if you can chuse, set any black thorne amongst it, for that it will grow into the field’s ward, and spoyle pasture, and teare the wool of the sheepes backe).” In Tusser’s Five Hundred Points of good Husbandry, directions are also given for making hedges : — ‘© Go plough or delve up, advised with skill, The breadth of a ridge, and in length as you will; Where speedy quickset for a fence you will draw, To sow in the seed of the bramble and haw.”’ Most of these hedges, however, appear to have been made to enclose plantations ; and hedges of hawthorn for fields were, probably, not general in England till the establishment of nurseries, about the beginning of the seventeenth century. The first planted hedges, in every country, would, doubt- less, consist of shrubs dug up from the neighbouring woods ; and those which appeared to be the most formidable from their spines, and, also, the most durable from the nature of their wood, would, doubtless, obtain the prefer- ence. But, in different parts of the country, this would give rise to hedges formed of different plants: in some places, the black thorn, or sloe (Prunus spinosa), in others, the hawthorn (Cratz‘gus Oxyacantha), and in some the buckthorn (Rhamnus catharticus), might prevail. In all these hedges, there must necessarily have been a mixture of plants, from the difficulty of obtaining a number of one kind without sowing the seed for the purpose; so that hedges formed merely of chance plants, taken out of the woods, cannot even be con- sidered as thorn hedges, and, doubtless, not as hedges entirely of hawthorn. In Evelyn’s Sylva, published in 1664, he mentions a gentleman who had “ consider- ably improved his revenue by sowing haws only, and raising nurseries of quick- sets ;” so that nurseries of these plants cannot, even then, have been common. Wherever originated, however, it is certain that hawthorn hedges were not generally planted, throughout England, to enclose the common corn fields and meadows till after the introducticn of the Flemish husbandry into Norfolk, about the end of the seventeenth century. The first hawthorn hedges planted in Scotland, Dr. Walker informs us, were on the road leading up Inch Buck- ling Brae, in East Lothian; and at Finlarig, at the head of Tay, in Perth- shire. They were planted at both places by Cromwell’s soldiers. (Essays, p. 53.) Hawthorn hedges are now common in every part of the island, unless we except the mountainous districts of the Highlands of Scotland, and those parts of Ireland which are not yet in general cultivation; and no other plant whatever is found to answer equally well for this purpose. The raising of hawthorn plants for hedges has, for the last century, formed the most im- portant part of the business of country nurserymen; and the profession of hedger and ditcher has been one of the most common among the country labourers of Great Britain for the same period. Since the peace of 1814, and the change in the prices of agricultural produce, fewer enclosures of open lands have taken place, and the demand for hedge plants has greatly dimi- nished ; butstill, from the alterations which are constantly taking place in landed estates, the subdivision of fields, or the changes in the direction of fences, new hedges are constantly being planted ; and there is not, perhaps, a plant grown by nurserymen for which there is a more steady and extensive demand than CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CEE., CRATE'GUS. 837 the common hawthorn, It is also raised as a stock on which to graft other species of Cratee‘gus; and the scarlet-flowered and double-blossomed varieties are eminently popular as ornamental flowering low trees. Properties and Uses. The wood of the hawthorn is very hard, and difficult to work : sts colour is white, but with a yellowish tinge ; its grain is fine, and it takes a beautiful polish; but it is not much used in the arts, because it is seldom found of sufficient size, and is, besides, apt to warp. It weighs, when green, 68 lb. 12 oz. per cubic foot ; and, when dry, 57 lb. 50z. It contracts, by drying, one eighth of its bulk. It is employed for the handles of hammers, the teeth of mill-wheels, for flails and mallets, and, when heated at the fire, for canes and walking-sticks. The branches are used, in the country, for heating ovens; a purpose for which they are very proper, as they give out much heat, and possess the property of burning as readily when green, as in their dry state. They are not less useful in the formation of dead hedges, for the protection of seeds, or of newly planted live hedges, or of single trees ; and they will last a considerable time without decaying; especially when they have been cut in autumn. The leaves are eaten by cattle, which, neverthe- less, pay some regard to the spines by which they are defended. The fruit is astringent, and has been recommended in cases of dysentery ; and sometimes employed with success in affections of the kidneys and bladder. In many of the departments of France, a fermented liquor is made from it, and mixed with cider and perry to augment its strength. M. Bosc says that, on this account alone, the hawthorn ought to be more cultivated in the north of France, since the drink formed from it might supply the place of beer, for which so much grain is required. The drink is, however, very intoxicating. (Dict. des Eaux et des Foréts.) In England, the leaves, when young, were used formerly in salads, and have been frequently employed, with those of the sloe, to adulterate tea. The hawthorn, like most other indigenous trees, was criticised by Gilpin, with reference to its claims to picturesque beauty. To this kind of beauty he allows it to have very slight pretensions ; and his rea- sons in this, as in every other similar case, are elegantly expressed, and full of instruction to the landscape-gardener. “ Its shape,” he says, “ is bad: it does not taper and point like the holly, but is rather a matted, round, heavy bush. Its fragrance, indeed, is great; but its bloom, which is the source of that fragrance, is spread over it in too much profusion: it becomes a mere white sheet, a bright spot, which is seldom found in harmony with the objects around it. In autumn, the hawthorn makes its best appearance. The glowing berries produce a rich tint, which often adds great beauty to the cor- ner of a wood, or the side of some crowded clump.” On this passage, Sir Thomas Dick Lauder observes, “ We think Mr. Gilpin is peculiarly hard on the hawthorn. Even ina picturesque point of view, which is the point of view in which he always looks at nature, the hawthorn is not only an in- teresting object by itself, but produces a most interesting combination, or con- trast, as things may be, when grouped with other trees. We have seen it hanging over rocks, with deep shadows under its foliage; or shooting from their sides in the most fantastic forms, as if to gaze at its image in the deep pool below. We have seen it contrasting its tender green, and its delicate leaves, with the brighter and deeper masses of the holly and the alder. We have seen it growing under the shelter, though not under the shade, of some stately oak ; embodying the idea of beauty protected by strength. Our eyes have often caught the motion of the busy mill-wheel, over which its blossoms were clustering. We have seen it growing grandly on the green of the village school, the great object of general attraction to the young urchins, who played in idle groups about its roots; and, perhaps, the only thing remaining to be recognised when the schoolboy returns as the man. We have seen its aged boughs overshadowing one half of some peaceful woodland cottage; its foliage half concealing the window, whence the sounds of happy content and cheerful mirth came forth. We know that lively season,— 3K 4 838 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111. * When the milkmaid singeth blythe, And the mower whets his scythe, And every shepherd tells his tale Under the hawthorn in the dale ;’ and with these, and a thousand such associations as these, we cannot but feel emotions of no ordinary nature when we behold this beautiful tree.” ( Lauder’s Gilpin, vol. i. p. 195.) As a tree of the third rank, in ornamental scenery, few surpass the haw- thorn; and, in parks, the haws afford food for small birds, and for deer. It also forms an ornamental undergrowth; and Sir Uvedale Price has recom- mended it to be planted in thickets, in order to afford a protection to timber trees, without the aid of fencing. As trees are frequently planted thick at first, with the intention of thinning them afterwards; and as this operation is almost always neglected, the same author suggests that, in extensive plant- ations, no more timber trees ought to be planted than are intended finally to remain; and that the interstices should be filled up with hawthorns, hollies, and other shrubs, or low trees. By far the most important use of the hawthorn is as a hedge plant. For this purpose, it is planted in single or in double lines, most commonly along the margin of a ditch; though, however convenient this may be with respect to fencing the plants when young, and draining the soil, yet it is a great draw- back to their progress afterwards, by preventing their roots from extending themselves, except on one side; and, by the drainage of the ditch, it also deprives them of their natural share of moisture. Wherever thorn hedges are planted, and intended to thrive, the ground ought to be trenched at least 2 ft. in depth, manured, if poor, and the plants inserted on a flat sur- face, so as to receive and retain the whole of the moisture that falls from the heavens. The margin of the ditch ought always to be 2 ft. or 3ft. from the plants ; and the earth excavated, instead of being raised into a ridge over the roots of the plants, and where it can be of little or no use to them, ought to be spread over the general surface, so as to increase the depth of nutritive soil. This mode of raising hedges would, doubtless, be attended with somewhat more expense, at first, than the present one ; but it would be found cheaper in the end, by the more speedy production of a sufficient fence, and the consequent saving of temporary protecting fences. The prejudices, however, in favour of the present mode of hedging and ditching are so great, and are so generally diffused through every part of the country, that we can hardly hope that any new plan involving greater expense will be favourably listened to. It is necessary to have had some experience in planting, and to have participated in the enjoy- ment derived from seeing the extraordinarily rapid increase produced in plants by extraordinary care being bestowed on their culture, to induce a departure from ordinary practice. The object of planting and training hedges will be treated of at length in the succeeding part of this work; and, in the mean time, we may state that by far the best instructions which have been pub- lished for planting and raising hawthorn hedges will be found given by Mr. Stephens, in the Quarterly Journal of Agriculture, vol. ii. p. 621., and quoted in our Encyclopedia of Agriculture, 2d edit., p. 480. Poetical and legendary Allusions. Hawthorn flowers have been identified with the floral games of May, and the beauties of spring, from time imme- morial. Their scent is said to be not only reviving to the spirits, but to have the power of counteracting poison. They are regarded as the emblem of hope, and were carried by the girls in the wedding processions of the ancient Greeks, and laid on the altar of Hymen, which was lighted with torches made of the wood. The Troglodytes tied bunches of hawthorn to their dead, when they were buried. In some parts of France, the hawthorn is called lépine noble, because it is supposed to have been the thorn used for crowning our Saviour; and the country people believe that it always utters groans and sighs on Good Friday. Others put a bunch of hawthorn in their hats during a thunder storm, to guard them from the lightning. The most remarkable legend connected with the hawthorn is that of the Glastonbury thorn. It CHAP. XLII. ROSA CEH. CRATE GUS. 839 is said, that Joseph of Arimathea, after the burial of Christ, came to Eng- land, attended by twelve companions, to found the first Christian church in this island ; and, guided by divine impulse, he proceeded to Glastonbury for that purpose. It was Christmas-day when he arrived at the spot where he had beén commanded to build a church in honour of the Virgin Mary ; and, finding that the natives did not appear inclined to believe in his mission, he prayed to God to perform a miracle to convince them. His prayer was im- mediately answered ; and, on striking his staff into the ground, it immediately ‘shot forth into leaves and blossoms. The legend adds that this thorn is still in existence, and still blossoms annually on Christmas-day. The French have a legend, that, on the day after the massacre of St. Bartholomew, on August 25th, an old thorn in the churchyard of St. Innocent, in Paris, came into blossom a second time. The poets who have written on the hawthorn are almost as numerous as those who have written on the rose. Chaucer, in his Court of Love, makes all his court, on May-day, go forth, “ both most and lest, to fetche the flouris fresh, and branche and bloome ;” and ** Marke the faire blooming of the hawthorne tree, Who finely cloathed in a robe of white, Fills full the wanton eye with May’s delight :”” and Shakspeare, in Henry VI., asks : — *€ Gives not the hawthorn busha sweeter shade To shepherds looking on their silly sheep, Than doth a rich embroider’d canopy To kings who fear their subjects’ treachery ?” But, perhaps, no poet has ever conjured up a more beautiful picture of the hawthorn, than Goldsmith in his Deserted Village : — “ The hawthorn bush, with seats beneath the shade, For talking age and whispering lovers made.” The custom of going a Maying, that is, going out early in the morning of the Ist of May to gather bunches of hawthorn flowers, is of very great antiquity. The Greeks and Romans gathered the May in honour of Flora, to whom the plant was dedicated, and whose festival began on May-day; and the Greeks, even of the present time, preserve the memorial of this custom by hanging a garland of hawthorn flowers against their doors on the Ist of May. In Britain, Stowe tells us that Henry VIII., with his queen Katherine, and the lords and ladies of their court, rode out a Maying, from Greenwich to Shooter’s Hill; and in a curious MS., entitled The State of Eton School, a.p. 1560, it is stated that, “ on the day of St. Philip and St. James (May Ist), if it be fair weather, and the master grants leave, those boys who choose it may rise at 4 o’clock, to gather May branches, if they can do it without wetting their feet.” In decking the May-pole with flowers, a branch of hawthorn was formerly always put on the top; but since the alteration of the style, in 1752, May-day occurring eleven days earlier, the hawthorn is seldom in blossom on that day, except in the southern parts of England. The hawthorn is the badge of the clan Ogilvy. Soil and Situation. The hawthorn will do no good unless planted in a soil naturally dry and fertile, or that has been rendered so by art. The plant is never found naturally on a wet soil; and, if planted on such a soil, it soon becomes stunted, and covered with lichens and moss. The situation should be airy: but it will grow either in exposed places, or in such as are sheltered, and even shaded, by other trees. In cases of this kind, however, it neither forms a handsome tree, nor a close thick hedge. Propagation and Culture. The species is almost always propagated by seeds, but sometimes by cuttings of the roots; which, when about half an inch in thickness, and 1 ft. or 18in. in length, and planted with the root end undermost, speedily make large plants. Where old thorn plants are taken up, the roots may always be used for forming new hedges; but it must be acknowledged that, as they do not all send up shoots equally, some remaining 840 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. a year in the ground before they do so, the preferable mode is to plant them in a nursery for the first year ; or, if this is not done, they ought to be planted thick, so as to make allowance for some not pushing till the second year, and some not pushing at all. When the hawthorn is to be raised from seed, the haws should not be gathered till they are dead ripe; which will be in October or November. As many haws contain more than one seed, they ought not to be put in the ground entire, but, if they are to be sown immediately, they must be mace- rated in water till the pulp is separated from the nuts; and the latter should then be mixed with dry sand, to keep them separate, and to enable the sower to scatter them equally over the surface. But, as the seeds do not come up till the second year, a saving of ground is made by keeping them the first year in a heap mixed with a sufficient quantity of soil, to prevent them from heating, and to facilitate the decomposition of the pulp. These heaps are kept in the open air, and exposed to the full influence of the weather; care being taken to turn them over frequently, at least once a month, so as to equalise this influence. When the seeds are not to be prepared in a heap, they should be sown in November or December, as soon as separated from the pulp; but, when they are to be separated by decomposition, in what is technically called a rot-heap, they need not be sown till the February, or even the March, of the second year ; by which means fifteen or sixteen months’ use of the soil is saved. They may be sown thinly in beds, the seeds being scat- tered so as to lie about 1 in. apart every way, and covered about a quarter of an inch. The nursery culture required is mere routine. At the end of the first year’s growth, the strongest of the plants may be thinned out from the beds, and planted in nursery lines; and in the autumn of the second year, the remaining plants may be taken up for the same purpose. Hawthorns ought always to be two years transplanted before they are employed for hedges; younger and untransplanted plants, though cheaper to purchase, are always the most expensive to the planter, as they require temporary protection for a longer period. As stocks, hawthorn plants may be treated like stocks for fruit trees; and the different species and varieties may be budded and grafted on them in a similar manner. Not only the different species of Cratz‘gus, but those of Meéspilus, Sérbus, Pyrus, and even Malus, Cydonia, Amelinchier, and others, may be grafted on the common hawthorn; and in this way field hedges might be rendered ornamental, and even productive of useful fruits. Statistics. Recorded old Hawthorn Trees. One is mentioned by Marsham, which, in 1755, stood by Hethel church, near Norwich, and measured in girt, at 4ft. from the ground, 9ft. 12 in. ; one arm of it extending above 7 yards. (Bath Soc. Pap., i. p. 66.) Dr. Walker notices the following large hawthorn trees in Scotland :—On the island in Loch Leven, in Fifeshire, in 1796, a tree girted 6 ft. 4in., at 4ft. from the ground; one at Castle Huntly, in Forfarshire, 6 ft. 10 in., at 3 ft. from the ground; one at Kinkarochie, in the parish of Scone, in Perthshire, 9 ft. in circumference at 4 ft. from the ground, the diameter of the head 42 ft. ; at Blair, in Athol, a double-flowered haw- thorn, standing in the ‘* Wilderness,” in 1770, 20 years planted, was 15ft. high, with a trunk 2 ft. 4in. circumference at 4 ft. from the ground. In Ireland, according to Hayes, the growth of the haw- thorn far exceeds what takes place in England or Scotland. ‘‘ There are, at Robert Stubber’s, Esq., at Mayne, several white thorns of 7ft. and 8ft. in circumference, with heads finely formed, and great in proportion; so that, when in flower, there can be nothing more beautiful. I mea- sured one 5ft.4in. round the stem at 9ft. high; the branches extending 13 yards: another, 7 ft. Gin, round the stem, in the smallest part; the head entire, and covering a circle of 36 ft. in diameter: and a third, the branches of which extended round a very fair stem, 24ft. on every side. This last is one of the most beautiful thorns I ever saw ; but the largest I recollect to have ever seen is at Lord Gormanstown’s, in the county of Meath. It was above 10ft. in circumference, several years since: it stood in the high road, and had received some injury, and was hooped round with bands of iron when I last saw it; so that, perhaps, it may have since decayed.” (Pract. Treat. on Plants, p. 52.) There is a remarkable old thorn in Dalham Park, Suffolk, mentioned in Jesse’s Gleanings, vol. iii. p. 272., but the dimensions are not given. Crataegus Oxyactntha, and its Varieties, in the Environs of London. At Syon, and at various other places, the double-blossomed and the scarlet hawthorns are from 25 ft. to 30 ft. high. At Ham House there is a handsome tree of the variety with golden leaves, 15 ft. high. In the Hammer- smith Nursery, C.O. melanocérpa is 20 ft. high, diameter of the head 25 ft. and of the trunk 1 ft. C. Oxyacintha, and its Varieties, South of London. In Devonshire, at Endsleigh Cottage, 20 years planted, and 22 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 7in., and of the head 14ft.; and C. O. rosea, 20 years planted, and 18 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 6in., and of the head 12ft. In Dorsetshire, at Melbury Park, the species, 100 years old, is 48 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2ft. 2in,, and of the head 47 ft., in strong loam on clay; C. O.7dsea, 50 years planted, and 32 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 2in., and of the head 30 ft., in loam on gravel; C. O. pre‘cox, the Glas- tonbury thorn, 100 years planted, and 21 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1ft., and of the head CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. CRAT GUS. 841 25 ft. In Somersetshire, at Leigh Court, 14 years planted, 24 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 7in., and of the head 10 ft. In Surrey, at Claremont, 40 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 18in., and of the head 40 ft.; C. 0. 7dsea, 30ft. high, the trunk 14in., and the head 24 ft. in diameter. C. Oxyacdntha, and its Varieties, North of London. In Berkshire, at White Knights, 30 years planted and 20 ft. high; and C. 0. miltiplex, of the same age, 23ft. high. In Buckinghamshire, at Temple House, the species 40 years planted, is 25 ft. high. In Cambridgeshire, at Wimpole, 25 ft. high, In Cheshire, at Kinmel Park, 34 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 18 in., and of the head 22 ft. In Gloucestershire, at Doddington, C. 0. miltiplex, 30ft. high, the trunk 19in. diameter, and the diameter of the head 84 ft. In Nottinghamshire, in Clumber Park, the species is 36 ft. high. In Oxford- shire, in the Oxford Botanic Garden, C. 0. rdsea, 30 years lanted, and 35 ft. high. In Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, the species, 30 years planted, is 20 ft. high, diameter of trunk 18 in,, and of the head 30 ft., on limestone ; C. 0. miltiplex, 30 years planted, and 30 ft. high ; C. O. 70sea, 20 years planted, and 98 ft. high ; and C. O. adrea, 20 years planted, and 15 ft. high. In Radnorshire, at Maeslough Castle, 29 ft. high. In Shropshire, at Hardwicke Grange, C. O. multiplex, 10 years planted, and 18 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 9in., and of the head 9ft. In Staffordshire, at Trentham, C. 0. atirea, 26 years planted, and 13 ft. high; at Alton Towers, C. 0. rdsea, 8 ‘years planted, and 13 ft. high; at Wrottesley House, the species, 24 ft. high. In Suffolk, at Finborough Hall, 70 years planted, and 40 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3ft., and of the head 40 ft., in clayey loam on clay ; at Great Li- vermere, C. QO. vdsea, 35 years planted, and 97 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 2in., and of the head 34ft.; C. O. multiplex, 35 years planted, and 35 ft. high. In Warwickshire, in a field near Rugby, there is a tree of the species, the branches of which are interwoven with one another like a piece of network, and hang down to the ground on every side, covering a space of 40 ft. in diameter. and the trunk of which is 5 ft. high, and 2 ft. 2in. diameter, forming a singular and beautiful object ; at Whitley Abbey, C. 0. pre‘cox, 13 years planted, and10ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, the species, 20 years planted, is 25 ft. high; and C. O. maltiplex, 25 years planted, is 25 ft. high. C. Oxyaciintha, and its Varieties, in Scotland. At Duddingston, near Edinburgh, is a tree of great age, which, in 1818, was measured by Sir Thomas Dick Lauder, and found to be, at 3 ft. above the root, 9ft. in girt, and 12 ft. in girt a little way above the roots. This tree was measured for us, in 1836, by Mr. Barnet, curator of the Catedonian Horticultural Society’s Garden: the total height is 43 ft., and the diameter of the space covered by the branches 44 ft. ; the girt, at 3 ft. above the root, where it was measured by Sir T. Dick Lauder, is 93 ft., and a little way above the root 102 ft. At Barnton there is an old tree of the species 40 ft. high; diameter“of the trunk, at 1 ft. from the ground, 3 ft. Gin.; and at 4ft., 4ft. 1in.; diameter of the head 44 ft. At Hopetoun House there is a tree of the species 20 ft. high, with a trunk 1ft. ]0in. in diameter, In Ayrshire, at Kilkerran, it is 26ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2ft., and of the head 27ft. In Haddingtonshire, at Tyningham, 110 years planted, it is 46 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 3ft., and of the head 47 ft., in light loam on clay; and. C. QO. miltiplex, 73 years planted, is 30 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft. 10in., and of the head 26ft. At Fountains Hall there is a fine thriving tree, mentioned by Sir T. D. Lauder as having been produced from a hawthorn stake driven into a dead hedge. (Laud. Gilp., 1. p. 196.) In Renfrewshire, in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, C. O. rdsea, 14 years planted, and 15ft. high; and C. 0. maltiplex, of the same age, 13 ft. high. In Angus- shire, at Kinnaird Castle, the species, 120 years planted, is 45 ft. high, the diameter of trunk 35 in., and of the head 40 ft., in sandy loam on clay; C. 0. vdsea, 40 years ‘planted, and 30 ft. high. In Banffshire, at Gordon Castle, the species, 36 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk I ft. 4in., and of the head 45 ft. In Fifeshire, at Danibristle Park, 35 years planted, and 30 ft. high. C. Oxyacdntha, and its Varieties, in Ireland. Near Dublin, at Cypress Grove, 27 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2ft., and of the head 30 ft. At Terenure, C. 0. pre‘cox and C. 0. miltiplex, 40 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Down, at Ballyleady, the species, 50 years planted, is 20 ft. high. In Fermanagh, at Florence Court, 40 years planted, and 20 ft. high. In Galway, at Cool, 28 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk I6in., and of the head 47 ft., in loam on limestone. In Tyrone, at Barons’ Court, 28 ft. high, with a head 60 ft. in diameter. C. Oxyacantha, and its Varieties, in Foreign Countries. In France, at the Petit Trianon, near Versailles, 25 ft. high; at Toulon, in the Botanic Garden, 48 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Saxony, at W6rlitz, 36 years planted, and 25ft. high. In Prussia, in the Pfauen Insel, 36 years planted, and 24ft. high. In Bavaria, at Munich, in the Botanic Garden, 24 years planted, and 18 ft. high. In Sweden, in the Botanic Garden at Lund, C. 0. mondégyna, 22 ft. high. In Italy, at nee, C. O. monégyna, 24 years planted, and 15 ft. high ; and the species of the same age, 14 ft. igh. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in the neighbourhood of London, cost as follows: — One year’s seedlings, from 2s. 6d. to 3s. per 1000; two years’ seedlings, from 5s. to 6s. per 1000; transplanted plants, from 10s. to 15s. per 1000, according to their size. At Bollwyller, transplanted plants are 2 francs 2 ° . per 100. At New York, the Cratae\gus Oxyacantha is not cultivated as a hedge plant; but the varieties are propagated in the nurseries, and cost from 25 cents to 50 cents each. § xiii. Parvifolie. Sect. Char. Weaves small, ovate, serrated or notched, but scarcely lobed. Fruit green, or greenish yellow; rather large, hard. gy 25. C. pPARVIFO‘LIA Ait. The small-leaved Thorn. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 169.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 627.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 598. Synonymes. _Méspilus axillaris Pers. Syn., 2. p. 37.3; M.tomentdsa Pot. Dict., 4. p. 443. 3 M. xan- thocarpos Lin. Fil. Suppl., 254. ; M. parvifdlia Wats. Dend. Brit.; Crate‘gus tomentdsa Lin. Sp. 682., Trew Ehr.,t. 17.; C. unifldra Du Roi; C. viridis, axillaris, betulifolia, florida, linearis, Lodd. Cat. ; Gooseberry-Jeaved Thorn. Engravings. Trew Ehr., t.17.; Dend. Brit., t. 65. ; fig. 557. ; and jig. 614. in p. 867. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-lanceolate, incisely serrated, pubescent. Flow- ers mostly solitary. Branchlets and calyxes villose. Stipules bristle-like. 842 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Sepals serrated. Fruit almost top-shaped, yel- low, or yellowish green. © Nuts 5. (Dee. Prod., ii. p- 627.) A native of g North America; where, & according to Pursh, it forms a low shrub in sandy shady woods, from New Jersey to Carolina. The leaves, he says, are small, and the fruit large, and of a greenish yellow. Seeds of this species were sent from Virginia by Banister, and plants were raised from them in Bishop Compton’s garden, at Fulham, pre- viously to 1713: plants were afterwards raised by the Duke of Argyll at Whitton; in consequence of which it used formerly to be generally called Lord Hey’s thorn. It forms a shrub, seldom exceeding 6 ft. or 7 ft. in height; having numerous slender branches, interwoven with one another, and armed with very long, slender, sharp thorns. The leaves are scarcely an inch long, but they vary much in breadth on the same plant, and in different seminal varieties. The flowers, which are white, are pro- duced late in May and June ; and the fruit also ripens late, hanging on the bushes all the winter. The largest plant that we know of this species is at Ham House, where it is evidently of considerable age, and, on its own root, has attained the height of 12 ft.; at White Knights, there are stand- ards of it in the park, grafted on the com- 558 AW A mon hawthorn, which are from 8 ft. to10 ft. za high; and, both there and at Ham House, @2f ag they flower freely, and produce fruit every @\ es year. Waves i L< y Varieties. % C. p.2 florida, C. flérida Lodd. Cat., ( fig. 558. and fig. 613. in p. 867.) has the leaves and fruit somewhat smaller and rounder than those of the species. aC. p.3 grossulariaf olia, C. linearis Lodd. Cat., (fig. 559. and fig. 616. in p. 867.) has the leaves lobed, and somewhat like those of the gooseberry. orn These varieties run so much into one another, that, unless they are seen together in a living state, as in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum, it is difficult to distinguish them from the species, or from each other; for, however different the leaves may appear in our figures (see p. 867.), all the forms of these may occasionally be found on the same plant; and some plants of each variety are wholly without spines, while in others the spines are very numerous. # 26. C. virer’NIca Lodd. The Virginian Thorn. Identification. Woda. Cat., ed. 1830, and ed. 1836. ' Synonyme. C. virginiana Hort. Engravings. Fig. 560.; and fig. 615. in p. 867. CHAP. XLII. ROSA‘CER. CRATE‘GUS. 843 Spec. Char., §e. Leaves obovate, cuneate, glabrous, shining, notched, but not lobed; small. Fruit round, rather larger than a common haw, green. A shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft.; a native of Virginia; and introduced by Messrs. Loddiges in 1812. The plant bears a general resem- blance to C. spathulata in its foliage and habit of growth ; but the foliage of the latter is lobed, while that of the former is entire. The fruit of C. vir- ginica is, also, six times larger than that of C. spathulata; and is of a dark green, while the other is of a bright red. The blossoms and fruit of C. vir- ginica are, also, produced in corymbs of twos and threes; while those of C. spathulata consist of a considerable number of flowers. The species differ, also, in the foliage; which in C. spathulata has long winged footstalks, while in C. virginica the footstalks are short and slender. (See the leaves of C. virginica in fig. 615. in p. 867., of C. spathulata in fig. 591. in p. 861.) § xiv. Mevicana. Sect. Char. Leaves large, oval-lanceolate, notched and serrated. Fruit large, green or greenish yellow. 2 27. C. mexica‘na Moc. et Sesse. The Mexican Thorn. Identification. Moc. et Sesse Fl. Mex. icon. inedit.; Dec. Prod., 2. p.629.; Swt. Brit. F).-Gard., 2d ser. t. 300. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 601. Synonyme. C. stipulacea Lodd. Cat.: see Gard. Mag., ix. p. 630. Engravings. Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., 2d ser. t. 300. ; our fig. 617. in p. 867. ; and the plate of this species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. eaves oval-lanceolate, notched, and serrated ; acuminate, somewhat ciliated at the base. Petioles short, channeled, and with a winged margin. Stipules stalked. Corymbs terminal. Petals scarcely longer than the calycine teeth. Stamens varying from 10 to 15. Styles 2, or rarely 4. Fruit large, pale green, or yellowish, when ripe ; and, with the leaves, remaining on the tree all the winter in sheltered situations. Hand- some, and resembling a small apple, but not good to eat. It is a low tree, a native of the table lands of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1824, or earlier, apparently by Robert Barclay, Esq., of Bury Hill. (See Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 630., and vol. xi. p. 473. and p. 583.) It was first de- scribed and figured from the garden of A. B. Lambert, Esq., of Boyton House, Wiltshire. It has fruited abundantly at Terenure, near Dublin, for several years ; and, also, in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. It is a most vigorous-growing species ; and, when budded on the common hawthorn, it produces shoots from 5 ft. to 7 ft. long the first season; and there can be no doubt that it will form as large a tree as Méspilus grandiflora, which it strongly resembles in general 844 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. appearance and mode of growth. It grows readily by cuttings, or by bud- ding or grafting. Against a wall in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, it is completely evergreen. § xv. Pyracantha. Sect. Char. Leaves oval-lanceolate, glabrous, entire, small, evergreen. Fruit numerous, of a bright coral colour, @ 28. C. Pyraca’ntua Pers. The fiery Thorn, or Pyracantha. Identification. Pers. Syn., 2. p. 37.; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 29.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 626.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 598. Ha - Synonymes. Méspilus Pyracintha L. ; evergreen Thorn; Buisson ardent, J.; immergriine Mis- pel, Ger. Engravings. Lob. Icon., 2. p. 182. f. 1.; Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 13. f.2.; N. Du Ham., 2. t. 20. No. 2.; and our fig. 561. Spec. Char., §c. Evergreen. Leaves glabrous, ovate-lanceo- late, crenate. Lobes of the calyx obtuse. Styles 5. Fruit globose, scarlet, ornamental ; continuing a good while upon the plant ; which, on account of the colour of its fruit, and of its being a shrub, is called, in France, buisson ardent. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 626.) An evergreen shrub, a native of rugged places and hedges in the south of Europe. Intro- duced in 1629; flowering in May, and producing abun- dance of fruit, which are very ornamental, and remain on all the winter; especially when the shrub is trained against a wall. The berries are bitter, and are not so greedily eaten by birds, as those of some other kinds, unless in very severe winters. The plant is very hardy, and, in the open garden, forms a handsome ever- green bush; but it has been used since its first introduction chiefly for clothing naked walls; and no plant has a more showy appearance in winter, when it is covered with its brilliant scarlet berries, which has given rise to its French name of buisson ardent, or the burning bush. It thrives in any soil that is dry, and in a northern as well as a southern exposure. It is propagated by seeds or cuttings; but the strongest plants are obtained by budding it on the common thorn; and, if grafted standard high, it would form a most desirable evergreen low tree. Variety. : # C. P. 2 crenulata, C. crenulata Roxb. MSS., Lindl. in Lin. Trans , 13. p- 106., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 598.; Meéspilus crenulata D. Don, Prod., p- 238. ; is a native of Nepal. There is a plant of this variety in _the Garden of the Horticultural Society ; where it was raised from seed in 1830, and now forms a bush 2 ft. high. § xvi. Glatca. Sect. Char. Evergreen. Leaves elliptic, downy and glaucous beneath. 2 29. C.euau’ca Wail. The glaucous-leaved evergreen Thorn. Identification. _ Wall. Cat., 673.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1830, and 1836. Engravings. Figs. 562, 563. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves elliptic, tapering to both ends, acute, serrulated at the apex, downy and glaucous beneath, but glabrous above. Corymbs ter- minal, many-flowered. Calyx woolly. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill, ii. p. 598.) A native of Nepal, where it forms an evergreen tree, 20 ft. high. Plants of it were raised from seed, in the Garden of the London Horticul- tural Society, in 1828, one of which has stood as a bush in the open garden upwards of 5 years, and is nearly evergreen; and another, which has stood against a wall for the same period, is completely evergreen. The latter CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. will, probably, it. CRATAGUS. of these plants flowered for the first time in 1836, and from it our figures were taken. foliage and habit of this species seem different from those of the genus Cratz‘gus, when it pro- duces fruit a new generic name In the mean time, C. glatca is a most desirable evergreen for training against a wall, in climates colder than that of London; and for forming dwarfs or standards, in similar, or warmer, climates. It forms a very suitable associate for Photinia serrulita and P. arbuti- folia; and all of these plants suc- 845 As the be assigned to ceed perfectly, when grafted on the common hawthorn, App. i. in the Horticultural Society's Garden. Synopsis of the Species of Crate\gus growing, in 1836, By Mr. Gordon. The authorities after the names are, in most cases, those of the nurserymen, or other persons, from whom the plants were received by the Society. § i. Microca’rp® (or those with small fruit, resembling C. microcarpa). See p. 825. Leaves lobed, or angulated, and shining. Spines middle-sized. Fyuit very small, red, and remark- ably late. 1. C. microcarpa Dr. Lindley (Bot. Reg.) fig. 591. in p. 861., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. spathulata Loddiges (Hackney Nur- sery). flérida Godefroy (Ville d’Avry Nur- sery, near Paris). Habit of the plant spreading and pendu- lous. One of the latest in coming into leaf, flower, and fruit. 2. C. cordata Lodd., plate in Vol. IT. syn. acerifdlia Fischer (Bot. Gard., Peters- burg). populif dlia Fischer. phendépyrum of Linn. in foreign col- lections. Habit erect. Leaves angulated, and the latest of all in flowering. g. 590. in p. 861., and the § ii. Oxyaca’nTH& (or those resembling the common Hawthorn). See p. 829. Diviston I, Leaves laciniate, Spines small. Fruit middle-sized, and mostly containing but one seed. 3. C. Oxyacantha, jig. 602. in p. 865., and the plate in Vol. IL syn. Oxyacantha vulgaris Smzth (Ayr Nur- sery). Habit rather spreading. 4. C. Oxyacantha flexudsa Smith. Habit spreading, and branches very much twisted. Very distinct. GH. och epee pre‘cox Mr, G. Lindley (Nor- wich). syn. Glastonbury Thorn Ronalds (Brentford Nursery). Only differing from the common sort in its early habit. 6. C. Oxyacantha eriocarpa Dr. Lindley, fig. 607. in p. 865., and the plate in Vol II. Habit spreading, and very robust. red. One of the latest in leafing. 7. C. Oxyacantha capitata Smith. Habit erect, and only differing from the common in flowering more at the extre- mity of the branches. 8. C. Oxyacantha monégyna Dr. Lindley. syn, eriocarpa monogyna Godefroy. Oxyacantha sibirica Lee (Hammer- smith Nursery). sibirica Loddiges. Habit spreading and dwarf. One of the earliest in leaf. Fruit Fruit red. 9. C. Oxyacantha flava Lindley, fig. 610. in p. 866. Habit dwarf and spreading, Fruit yellow, remarkably sweet, and containing 3 or 4 seeds, 10. C. Oxyacantha fldre pléno. syn. Oxyacanthg fldre plénordbro Ronalds. oxyacanthoides fldre pléno Sweet Cat., Jig. 609. in p. 866. Habit more compact than that of the com- mon Oxyacantha ; and the leaves more shining, and rounder. It is called C. OQ. fl. pl. rubro by some; because the flowers, more especially on loamy soils, die off of areddish colour ; but the only kind with a double red flower is noticed under 19, 11. C. Oxyacantha licida Smith. syn. oxyacanthéides licida Sweet, Habit rather spreading, and, probably, the single var. of the preceding. 12. C. Oxyacantha variegata Masters \Canterbury Nursery). Only differing from the common in the beautiful variegated leaves. 13. C. Oxyacantha transylvanica Booth (Ham- burg Nursery.) syn. Gayarantha quercifodlia Booth, fig. 608. in p. 866. Habit rather erect. Fruit.red, and rather robust. 14. C. Oxyacantha laciniata Lodd., jig. 608. in p. 866., and,the plate in Vol. IL. syn. laciniata Lee. pterifdlia Booth, fig 604. in p. 865. 846 — peodulons Fruit red, and very early in leaf. C. Oxyacintha péndula Smith, see the plate in VoL II. syn, Oxyacantha regine M‘Nab (Edin- burgh Bot. Gard.). Queen Mary’s Thorn M‘Nab., fig. 556., and the plate in Vol. II. Bae pendulous. Fruit red; very early in eaf, C. Oxyacantha fodlio afreo Lodd. Only differing from the common in its un- sightly yellowish green leaves. C. Oxyacantha stricta Ronalds, see the plate in Vol. II. syn. Cxperinthe rigida Miller (Bristol ursery). vulgaris rigida Miller. Habit fastigiate, dnd forming a head like the eee poplar. Fruit red. C. OxyacAntha rosea Austin (Glasgow Nur- sery). syn. scarlet Thorn Ronalds. Oxyacantha rubra Lee. Only differing from the common in the deep tint of its flowers. C. Oxyacantha rosea superba Turnbull (Perth Nursery). syn. élegans Miller. punicea (of foreign collections.) Only differing from the preceding in its dark crimson flowers. There is a new double scarlet (of C. vdsea supérba) at the Camberwell Nursery, of which I have only seen a very small plant. C. oxyacanthdides Godefroy, fig. 601. p. 864., and the plate in Vol. IT. syn. triloba Dr. Lindley (Bot. Reg.). French Hawthorn (ef some collec- tions.) Only differing from the common in its blunt, lobed, shining, and more entire leaves. See p. 850. =_ a 16. 1% 18. 19. in ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART III. 21. C. Oxyackntha melanocfrpa Fischer, (f® 605. in p. 865., and the plate in Vol. I syn, Oxyacintha platyph¥lla Lodd. Oxyacantha incisa Lee. incisa Ztonalds. Habit spreading and robust. Fruit black, and containing more than one seed. 22. C. Douglas#z Dr. Lindley (Bot. Reg.), fig. 584. in p. 858., and the plate in Val, IL Habit erect. Fruit purple, and very late in leafing. See p. 823. 23. C. apiifdlia Lodd., fig. 588. in p. 860. Habit rather pendulous and dwarf. Fruit red. Seep. 826., and p. 825. 24. C. apiifdlia major, fig. 589. in p. 860., and the plate in Vol. IL. Only differing from the preceding in its more robust habit. Diviston II. Leaves lobed, or laciniate. Spine- less. Fruit small. 25. C. heterophylla Godefroy, f@ 690. in p. 864., and the plate in Vol. If. syn. constantinopolitana Godefroy. Habit rather erect. Fruit red, and only l-seeded. See p. 829. 26. C. nigra Lee, fig. 581. in p. 857., and the plate in ee z syn. carpatica Loddiges. Habit rather erect. Fruit black. 27. C. purpirea Ronalds, fig. 582. in p. 857., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. sanguinea (of some collections). altaica Loddiges, Dr. Ledebour. Fruit black. (There is a variety with dark red fruit.) See p. 823. 28. C. Oliveridna Godefroy, jig. 606. in p. 865., and the plate in Vol. Il. syn. oliveférmis Noisette (Paris Nursery). olivefodlia Godefroy. Habit spreading. Leaves pubescent. Fruit black. See p. 831. § iii. Aro‘n1 (or those resembling the large-fruited C. Aronia). See p. 826. Division I. Leaves incised and pubescent. Spine- less. Fruit very large, red or yellow. 29. C. Ardnia Lee, fig. 598. in p. 862., and the plate in Vol. IL syn. fissa Loddiges. Oliverzana M‘Nab. pale upright. Fruit very large, and yel- ow. 30. C.tanacetifdlia Lee, fig. 597. in p. 863., and the plate in Vol. IL. syn. pinnata Austin. Habit erect, with few ramifications. Fruit yellow. ‘The largest of all in the collec- tion. 31. C. tanacetifdlia glabra Loddiges, fig. 598. in p. 863., and the plate in Vol. Il. Chiefly differing from the preceding in its glabrous leaves. ? 32, €. mauroccana ? Godefroy, fig. 594. in p. 862., and the plate in Vol. II. Habit rather upright. Fruit yellowish red. 33. C. Axardlus Whitley (Fulham Nursery), Jig. 592. in p. 862., and the plate in Vol. II. Habit rather spreading. Fruit red. 34. C. orientalis (of Pallas) Lindley, fig. 596. in p. 863., and the plate in Vol. IL. Habit pendulous. Fruit dark-red. 35. C. odoratissima Austin, fig. 595. in p. 863., and the plate in Vol. Il. syn. tomentdsa Ronalds. (This name, tomentosa, is properly a syn. to-parvi- folia.) Habit pendulous, Fruit light red. Division II. Leaves nearly entire, or lobed. Spincs few, and rather large. Fruit large and yellow. 36. C. mexicana Hort. Soc., fig. 617. in p. 867., and the plate in Vol. IL See p. 843. syn. stipulacea ? Whitley. Habit rather spreading. Fruit very large, yellow. This is nearly evergreen. § iv. Coccr’nem (or those resembling C. coccinea). See p. 816. Division 1. Leaves 5-lobed, large, and in some more or less serrated. Spines large. Fruit large and numerous. 37. C. coccinea Ronalds, fig. 564. in p. 851., and the plate in Vol. 11. syn. zstivalis Booth. large-fruited American AzaroleM‘ Nab. thornless American (@f some collec- tions). Habit fastigiate, or rather spreading. Fruit red. Spineless, except when young and growing vigorously. 38. C. coccinea maxima Loddiges. syn. coccfnea spindsa Godefroy. Habit rather spreading. Fruit large and red. 39. C. corallina Loddiges, fig. 565. in. p. 852. syn. oe pyriférmis (af some collec- tions). Habit rather upright. Fruit bright red. 40. C. geérgica Douglas. Habit fastigiate, rather slender. Fruit red. 41. C. subvilldsa Fischer, Petersburg, fig. 550., and Jig. 568. in p. 853. Habit spreading. Fruit red. 42. C. glanduldsa Lindley, fig. 567. in p. 853., and the plate in Vol. ti. syn. rotundif dlia Booth. sangufnea of Pallas. CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. Habit fastigiate. Fruit red. 43, C. glanduldsa succulénta Fischer. syn. succulénta Fischer. Méspilus succulénta Booth. Only differing from the preceding in the fruit, which is large, and more succulent ; whence the name. Diviston II. Leaves like those of the preceding division, Spimes remarkably large. Fruit small. 44, C. macracantha M‘Nabd, fig. 572. in p. 855., and the plate in Vol. II. syn, spinosissima longissima Lee. Habit very much spreading, and robust. Fruit small, shining, and red. Diviston III. Leaves entire, or serrated. Spine- less. Fruit large, and punctated 45. C. punctata Austin, fig. 569. in p. 854.,and the plate in Vol. II. syn. punctata rubra Loddéges. edilis Ronalds. CRATE'GUS. 84:7 Habit spreading, horizontal. and red. 46. C. punctata flava Austin, syn. dilcis Ronalds. pentagyna flava Godefroy. Habit spreading, like the preceding one. Fruit yellow, and large. 47. C. punctata stricta Ronalds. syn. punctata ribra stricta Austin. Habit fastigiate. Fruit large, and red. Fruit large, ig. 570. in p. 854.5 Diviston IV. Only differing from the last divi- sion in the fruit being very small. 48. C. pyrifodlia Lee, jig. 571. in p. 854, and the plate in Vol. II. syn. Jatifdlia Ronalds. cornifdlia Booth. Calpodéndron Fischer. Habit spreading. Branches much twisted. Fruit small, red. This is the C. flexudsa of some foreign collections. y. Cru’s-Ga’Lui (or those resembling the Cock’s-spur Thorn). See p. 820. g p P Leaves entire, or serrated, and shining. Spines large. 49. C. ovalifdlia Lindley, fig. 579. in p. 856., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. elliptica Loddiges. pennsylvanica Loddiges. Habit very much spreading. Fruit red. 50. C. prunifdlia Loddiges, fig. 576. in p. 856., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. hybrida Booth. caroliniana Lee. Habit rather erect. Fruit red. Fruit middie-sized. 52. C. Cris-galli spléndens Lindley, fig. 575. in 856. . OVO. syn. Cras-galli latifdlia Booth. arbutifdlia Masters. Habit spreading. Fruit red. 53. C. Cras-galli Pyracantha Masters, fig. 580. in p. 856., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. pyracanthifolia Lee. Habit spreading and slender. lowish green. Fruit yel- 51. C. Cris-galli Lindley, fig. 574. in p. 856., and 54, C, Cras-galli salicifdlia Ronalds, fig. 578. in the plate in Vol. II. p. 856. syn. cuneifdlia Booth. syn. linearis Loddiges, and Lee, fig. 577., in hyemalis Fischer. p. 856. lucida Godefroy. Habit of growth horizontal. Habit spreading. Fruit red. lowish green. Fruit yel- § vi. Vi’Ripes (or those resembling C. viridis and C. lobata, with hard green fruit). See p. 841. and p. 823, Leaves small, lobed, or finely serrated. Spines small, and not numerous. Fruit small, green, and hard. 55. C. viridis Loddiges, Fg. 614. inp. 867. syn. peice ia Pursh, and Loddiges, 5. ig. 557. florida Lodd., fig. 613. in p. 867. axillaris Audibert (Tarascon Nursery, South of France). ?? grossulariefolia Lee, fig. 559., and fig. 616. in p. 867. tomentosa of Pad/as, not of others. Habit very dwarf, and rather rigid. Fruit green. 56. C. virginiana Loddiges, fig. 615. in p. 857. syn. viridis (qf some collections). The dwarfest of all in the collection. Fruit bright green. 57. C. lobata, fig. 554. and fig. 586. in p. 859. syn. spinos{ssima Lee. lutea (of some collections). Habit straggling and robust. Bark very rough. 58. C. flava Loddiges, fig. 585. in p. 859., and the plate in Vol. II. syn. flavissima Godefroy. Michatxii (af some fore? Habit very spreading. F green. Bark rough. Fruit green. collections). it yellowish § vii. Pyraca’nTH#. Leaves entire, evergreen. See p. 844. Doubtful. 60. C. P. crenulata Wall. Only differs from the preceding in having crenulate leaves. 59. C. Pyracantha, fig, 561. syn. Méspilus Pyracantha Lindl. Habit bushy. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, nearly entire. Fruit numerous, flame- 61. C. glatica Park’s China, figs. 562. 563. coloured red. Probably not a Crate*gus, being evergreen. Remarks. The preceding table, independently of its botanical merits, we consider of great value in a practical point of view; because it does not contain a single species or variety that is not, at the present moment (April, 1836), growing in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden ; and because it points out the names of the nurseries from which these plants were sent to the Society. Whoever, therefore, wishes to form a collection of Cratz‘gus (and we do not think that there is another genus of hardy ligneous plants at all to be compared with it in point of beauty, variety, and general interest) can find no difficulty in gratifying his wishes. He may procure almost every spe- cies and variety from the principal London nurserymen, at from Is. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each; or, if he does not choose to go to that expense, and isa Fellow of the Horticultural Society, he may obtain scions from the Society, at the grafting or budding season, which may be sent packed in moss, either in winter or summer, to the most distant parts of the island; and which may be grafted or budded on the common hawthorn. If hawthorn stocks should not ‘be already provided, the buds or grafts may be inserted in the plants of a common hedge, at regular distances, and the shoots end 848 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. produced trained as standards. All this might be done by any gentleman living in the country (whatever may be the soil or climate of his estate), who keeps a head gardener, without incurring 20s. of extra expense ; and it would not be easy to point out any other mode, at once so simple and so effectual, for creating a botanical and floral interest in verdant scenery. Those who have not paid much attention to this family of low trees, we would recommend to visit the Horticultural So- ciety’s Garden in the months of May and September ; and to observe, more particularly in May, the different varieties of C. Oxyacantha, C. heterophylla, C. coccinea, C. Cras-galli, C. punctata, and C. macracantha ; and, in September, C. Ardnia, €. orientalis, C. tanacetifdlia, C. maroccana, C. hete- rophylla, and C, cordita: but, indeed, if we were to mention all the species and varieties which we think eminently beautiful, we should be compelled to repeat Mr. Gordon’s enumeration. App. ii. Additional Species of Crataegus. Notwithstanding the number of sorts of Crataz‘gus already in the country, there appear to be several yet to introduce; and it is highly probable that there are some European and Asiatic sorts, and many American kinds, as yet undiscovered by botanists. We are informed by a botanist who has lately travelled through a considerable part of the United States and of Canada, that numbers of sorts of Crate*zus accompanied him almost every where ; and that, from the different appearances they presented in different soils and situations, he was quite puzzled to know what to make of them. He made the same remark with respect to the genus Quércus. Mr. M‘Nab, jun., of the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, has, we understand, brought from America a great number of seeds of the genus Cratz‘gus, from which some new sorts may confidently be anticipated. The following names occur in De Candolle’s Prodromus, and in Don’s Miller ; some of which, in all probability, are mere synonymes of kinds already in the country; but others may belong to kinds not yet introduced. § i. Leaves toothed, or nearly entire, never angularly lobed. C. subspindsa Dec. Prod., 2. p. 626., Méspilus subspindsa Vent., isa native of Chili, with fruit only half the size of a pea, and nearly dry. C. prunellefdlia Bosc in Dec. Prod., ii. p. 627., the Prunella-teaved Thorn, is said to resemble in habit Primus spindsa ; but its native country and flowers are unknown. (Don’s Mill., 2. p. 598.) C. latifolia Pers. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 598.) is a native of North America, with oval red fruit; said to have been introduced in 1520; but where it is tobe found, or of what sort it is a synonyme, we have been unable to ascertain, C. flexuosa Poir. (Don’s Miil., ii. p.598.) is a native of Carolina, with entire obovate pubescent leaves ; spines very long, and blackish ; and fruit of a reddish yellow. C. alpina Mill. Dict., No. 3., (Don’s Mill. ii. p. 599.) is said to be a native of Mount Baldo, and other Italian mountains ; and, of course, was in cultivation in Miller’s time: but of what sort it is a synonyme, or whether it is now in the country, is uncertain. C. ivtea Poir. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 599.) has ovate pubescent leaves, long and strong spines; and its native country isunknown. From the description, it appears to be different from either the C. Oxya- cintha atrea or the C. flava of British gardens. C. pauciflora Pers., Méspilus paucifldra Poir., is a native of Switzerland, about Lausanne; with solitary flowers ; probably a variety of Méspilus grandiflora, C. unilateralis Pers. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 599.) is a native of Carolina, with the corymbs of flowers unilateral. Dried specimens are in the herbarium of A. B. Lambert, Esq- C. licida Mill. Dict., No. 6., (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 599.) has lanceolate serrated leaves, very long spines, and pale red flowers. We do not know of any plant now in the country answering to this description, § ii. Leaves variously lobed, or cut. C. turbinata Pursh (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 599.) is a native of Carolina and Virginia; and, according to Pursh, allied to C. spathulata. C. pentdgyna Waldst. et Kit. (Don’s Mill., ii p. 599.) is a native of Hungary; and, obviously, only a variety of C. Oxyacantha. _ ‘ C. kyrtéstyla Fing. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 600.) is monogynous, with a curved style, as the name implies ; and seems only a variety of the common hawthorn. C. laciniata Dec. Prod., ii. p. 629., is a native of Sicily, with pinnatifid leaves, and white flowers ; said to Have been introduced in 1816, and to be allied to C. Axardlus ; but we know nothing of the lant. . C. levigata Dec. Prod., 2. p. 630., Méspiius levigata Poir., is a native of the Vosges. C. Poirettiana Dec. Prod., 2. p. 630., Méspilus linearis Pozr., has obovate leaves, somewhat lobed : its pative country is unknown; but, though it is said to have been introduced in 1810, we have not seen the plant. From the leaves being lobed, it is evidently different from the Méspilus linearis of the Jardin des Plantes, which is a synonymeof C. Cris-galli salicifodlia. ; C. pectinita Bose (Dec. Prod., ii. p.630.) is a native of Persia; said to be allied to C. tanaceti- fdlia; and, if so, it cannot be the same as C. Oxyacantha pectinata of Booth. C. trifoliata Bosc, C. quinquelobata Bosc, C. odorata Bosc, C. obovdta Bosc, C. flavéscens Bosc, C. flabellata Bosc, C. lucida latifolia Boll. Cat., and C. licida média Boll. Cat., are names to which ° no descriptions have been attached. App. iii. Alphabetical List of Sorts of Crate'gus in the Arbo- retum of Messrs. Loddiges, as given in their Catalogue, 16th edition, 1836; with some Additions, taken from the Names placed against Plants in their Nursery, but not in the Cata- logue ; referred to the Species and Varieties of Crate’gus as given in this Work. The use of this list is to assist persons who have purchased collections of Crate‘gus from Messrs. Loddiges, according to the names of the 15th and ROSA‘CEE. CRATE‘GUS. 849 CHAP. XLII. 16th editions of their Catalogue, 1833 and 1836, in identifying them with our names. Most of the collections of Cratze‘gus, not only in Britain but on the Continent, having been procured from the Hackney arboretum, we think this list will be of considerable utility both to nurserymen and amateurs. It is proper to observe, that the numerous synonymes in this list, and in that following (App. iv.), arise from the circumstance of Messrs. Loddiges col- lecting annually, from all quarters, whatever appears from the name to be a new sort, and growing the plants with the names attached to them which were received with them, for 2 or 3 years, till it has been clearly proved whether they are really new ornot. It is only by this practice that collections of any kind can be rendered complete. Those names which are applied to the same plants, both in the Catalogue of Messrs. Loddiges, and in the Arboretum Britannicum, are in small capitals. Names placed against the Plants in the Ar- boretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Names which the same Sorts bear in the Ar- boretum Britannicum, Names placed against the Plants in the Ar- boretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Names which the same Sorts bear in the Ar- boretum Britannicum. altaica. purpirea. odoratissima. orientalis. apiif dlia. apiifdlia minor. Olivéria, Oxyacantha Oliveriana. major. apiif Sia. orientalis. Oxyacantha Oliveridna. arbutifdlia. Cris-galli spléndens. OXYACA/NTHA, OXYACA‘NTHA. axillaris. parvifodlia. APE’TALA. APE’TALA. AZAROLUS. AZARO'LUS. AU'REA, AU’/REA. betulef dlia. parvifdlia. CAPITA‘TA. CAPITA*TA, caroliniana, Cris-galli prunif dlia. fl. pléno. miltiplex. carpathica. nigra. fl. rdseo. rosea. Celsidna. Oxyacantha Celsiadna. FOL. ARGE/NTEIS. FOL. ARG’ ENTEIS. cerasifera, Criis-galli spléndens. FOL. AU/REIS. FOL. AU’REIS. COCCI/NEA. coccl/NEA. incisa. laciniata. MA/XIMA. MA/XIMA. lutéscens. ? lutea. corallina. corallina. PE/NDULA. PE/NDULA. CORDA‘TA. CORDA‘TA. platyphylla. melanocarpa. Cru’s-Ga/LLI. Crv’s-GA‘LLI. PR *COX. PRECOX. cuneif dlia. nigra. : PUNI’CEA. PUNI/CEA. dentata. Cris-galli ovalifdlia. REGINA. REGINNE. Douglas? No. 1. unctata. STRI/CTA. STRI’CTA. Dovuctra‘sii No. 2. OUGLA’S#?. tortudsa. flexudsa. edilis. punctata flava, PARVIFO LIA. PARVIFO*LIA. ell{ptica. Cras-galli ovalif dlia. pectinata. Oxyacantha pteridifdlia. eriocarpa. Oxyacantha eriocarpa. pentagyna, purpurea. fissa, Aronia. pterif Olia. . Oxyacantha pteridif dlia. FLA‘VA. FLA‘VA. pubéscens. tanacetifdlia. flavens. punctata flava, punctata. pyrifdlia. fldrida. parvifolia. PURPUREA, PURPUREA. gedrgica. spathulata. pyracanthifolia. Cris-galli pyracanthi- GLAU CA. GLAU'CA. folia. glandulifera. pyrifdlia. pyrif dlia. Criis-galli pyracanthi- GLANDULO'SA. GLANDULO'SA. ‘ fdlia, grossularizfdlia. Cris-g4lli prunif dlia. quercif dlia. Oxyacantha quercif dlia. HETEROPHY’LLA. HETEROPHY/LLA. radiata. pyrif dlia. hybrida. Criis-galli prunif dlia. salicifdlia. Criis-galli salicifdlia. incisa. Oxyacantha laciniata. sanguinea. purpurea. indentata. coccinea indentata. sibirica. Oxyacantha sibirica. ingéstria. ? Criis-galli prunif dlia. SPATHULA*TA. SPATHULA*TA. Kilmanz. ? coccinea mf&xima. spinosissima, flava lobata. laciniata. Oxyacantha laciniata. spléndens. Criis-gélli prunif dlia. linearis. parvifdlia. stipulacea. mexicana. LOBA‘TA. LOBATA, subvilldsa. glandulosa subvilldsa. ° lucida. Criis-galli pyracanthi- | TANACETIFOLIA. TANACETIFO*LIA, fdlia, GLA‘BRA. GLA‘BRA. MACRACA/NTHA, MACRACA/NTHA. tomentdsa. orientalis. melanocarpa. Oxyacantha (fractu ru- | TRILOBA‘TA. TRILOBA‘TA. bro). VIRGYNICA. VIRGI'NICA. mondégyna. Oxyacantha monégyna. | viridis. parvifdlia. napolitana. ? coccinea. xanthocarpa. Oxyacantha atirea. NI'GRA. NIUGRA. App. iv. Alphabetical List of the Species and Varieties of Cra- te\gus described in the Arboretum Britannicum, with the Names which are appended to the Specimen Plants of these Sorts in the Arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. The use of this list is to make known to intended purchasers of sorts of Cratee‘gus, figured or described in the Arboretum Britannicum, under what names they must ask for them from Messrs. Loddiges. There are only a very 3L 2 850 few sorts not ia the collection at Hackney, but we hay may be procured. There are very full collections of mersmith Nursery, in the Fulham Nursery, and in Mr. Donald’s arboretum at Goldw ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. e indicated where they Cratz‘gus in the Ham- in the Camberwell Arboretum, orth ; but these collections are without a number of sorts which are contained in the arboretum at Hackney. Those names which are applied to the same plants, both in the Arboretum Britannicum_ and in Messrs. Loddiges’s Catalogue for 1836, are in small capitals ; arboretum Catalogue, where there are more synonymes than Names in the Arbore- Names in the Arboretum tum Britannicum. Hackniense. 1. apiifdlia, apiif dlia major. minor. apiif dlia. 3. AZAROLUS. AZARGLUS. 74. (Axardlus) Aronia. fissa. 5. (Azardlus) maroc- We know of only one cana. tree of this sort in England, that in the Hort. Soc. Garden, of which there is a por- trait in our Second Volume. 6. COCCI/NRA. COCCI'NEA. T corallina. corallina. 8. indentata. indentata. 9. MA'XIMA. COCCI’NEA MA/XIMA, 10. CORDA*TA. CORDA*TA. 11. Cru’s-Ga/LLI. CRU’S-GA/LLI. 12, linearis. linearis, We are not aware of there being any plants of this variety in the London collections. 14. ovalif dlia. elliptica. 15. = prunifdlia. caroliniana. 16. pyracanthifodlia. pyracanthifdlia. 17. salicifdlia. salicifdlia. 13. nana. Names in the Arbore- tum Britannicum. 43. Ox, FO‘LIIS AU‘REIS. OX. FO‘LUS AU‘REIS. and those taken from the Hackney one, are in italics, Names in the Arboretum Hackniense. arbutif dlia 18. spléndens. sen : Sos 19. Doucta‘siz, Dove ta*sii No, 2. 20. FLA‘VA,. FLAVA, 21. (flava) lobata. lobata. 22. (flava) trilobata. trilobata. 23, GLANDULO’SA. GLANDULO'SA, 24. subvilldsa. subvilldsa, 25. succulénta, There was, in 1835, a plant of this-variety in the Hort. Soc. Gard., which has since been removed. GLAU’CA. HETEROPHY’LLA. MACRACA’NTHA. We received specimens of a variety, to which we have given this name, from Somerford 26. GLAU'CA. 27. HETEROPHY’LLA. 28. MACRACA'NTHA, 29. minor, Hall. 30. mexicana. stipulacea. 31. nigra. ee eee - . odoratissima. 32, orientalis. tomentosa: 33. sangtlinea. Wanting. There are plants in the Fulham Nursery under the name of C. orientalis. 34. OXYACA/NTHA. OXYACA/NTHA. 35. APE’/TALA. APE/TALA. 36. aurantiaca. There is a plant in the Hort. Soc. Garden. 37. AU’REA, Ox. AU’REA, 38. CAPITA‘TA, CAPITA‘TA, 3 CELsidna. CELsidna. 40. ERIOCA/RPA. ERIOCA‘RPA, 41. flexudsa, tortudsa. 42. FO'LIIS) ARGE’N- FO‘LIIS ARGE’NTEIS, TIES. 44. LACINIA*TA, LACINIA ‘TA. 45. leucocarpa, We have not seen a plant of this variety, but there can be no doubt that it exists some- where. 46. lucida. There is a plant in the Hort. Soc. Garden. 47. melanocarpa. A plant of Ox., with red ruit, has the name of melanocarpa attached to it. 42, mond6gyna. Ox. monégyna. 49. miiltiplex. fldre pléno. . 50. obtusata, Wanting. There is a plant in the Hort. Soc. Garden. 51, Oliveridna. Ox. Olivéria. 52, orientalis. 53. PE/NDULA. Ox. PE/NDULA. 54. PRZE ‘COX, PRZECOXx. aguye terifolia, ~ 5d. _pteridif dlia. . sah dag 56. PUNI‘CEA. OX. PUNI/CEA. 57. punicea fl. pl. There are plants in the Camberwell Arbore- tum. | 58. purpirea. There are plants in the q Epsom Nursery. 59. quercif dlia. quercif dlia. 60. REGEN, Ox. REGU NE. 61. rosea. fl. rdseo. 62. sibirica. sibirica. 63. STRICTA. Ox, sTRI/CTA. 64, transylyanica. There is a plant in the : Hort. Soc. Garden. PARVIFOLIA. 65. PARVIFO'LIA. axillaris. betulif dlia. 66. fidrida. fidrida, 67. grossulariefdlia, linearis, 68, punctata. Douglasiz No. 1. 69. atirea. erates 70. rubra. There are plants in the Hort. Soc. Garden. 71... rubra stricta. There are plants in the Hort. Soc. Garden. 72. PURPUREA. PURPUREA, 73. altaica. altaica. 74, Pyracantha. Méspilus Pyracantha. 75. — crenulata. There are plants in the Hort. Soc, Garden. 76. pyrifodlia, glanduldsa. 77. SPATHULA’TA. peiraicn, eb 78. TANACETIFO LIA. TANACETIFO'LIA. pubescens. 79. GLA‘BRA. TANACETIFOLIA GLAS. BRA. 80. Leeana. There are plants in the 81. viRGI'NICA. i Hammersmith Nur. sery. VIRGI’/NICA, In the above list, and in that which precedes it, there are one or two cases attended with some doubt, from the smallness of the plants ; they being only received into the collection the last or the preceding spring, and having not yet flowered.j The principal case of doubt is C. lutéscens Lodd. Cat. ; and we have accordingly put a point of interrogation before C. Ox. lutea, which we consider to be its synonyme. of interrogation, Before those names which we consider somewhat doubtful, we have also placed points = 90 SS cn : } 4 : i ( | | h ya: | 065 y; Py, id wal i i x $< SSS SSS S—=SSSS ———— 7 ————— 5 SSSSeeSSSSSSeeeeeSeeeSSSSqqsq5q5q5q5S or i SSS ————SSSs $< SSS Sasa. —————— = Se SSeS ee eeeeeSeSeeSSSSSeeSSsSSSSssasqsassssSsS SaaS ——————— _ ———o oases ———————— 4—FF 4—————S SSS ————————— ———S—SSS4 SS ——}} = SSS SSS SS ee Se ee —S=SS=== ——— eo SSS == SS ————eeeaSSSaassSSssssssss SS} o_o === —<—_ a — SS a. ——aeaeaSS=S—S—SSSSS5Q5Q5S5SSSSS55 —— == = yr _— = eS = —— ——eaS _——S aS ——— i> ——————_ ————S = ——— ————————— SsessasqsqSSSaSaSsS=== _———— Sasa SS SSS SSSS= ———— SSS ————— SS == a5 SS] SS Sass (SSS = cs (SS = eG ) ; , * ™ | | » NUE ; i. 4 u Ns i = ae ni : a 7 : > NS re a ‘be, | i, % a) " b h ‘y " " " y} b ‘ \) wt \ N) y Nj ‘} 1 i N) hy 4 ' | i a = x i K i i} ; ‘ : ba is y fy . a Ta il hb. . —————SSSS —SSSSSSSZ 3682S ———SSSSS Se SSS ——— ey ——— _ _—SSSSS=—= ——— —— = . SS 5 pr—* -~“- —— nF ——<$<— S$ QL Ae” _ _ SSS f ——$—$—<—<—<<—— J = ——S = SSS —————S Seva ssXX3 : Sea aaea=SSSSSSsssssISSSe_TS, ———= — SS SSSSSH!!S ————S === SS ——SS=SSSS====SS== ——<—$—————J SS Sa SSN] —S —S= aSaaS]SS=SSSSSSsSS=55535355353 SSS ——$—$[S———————SSSSSHEEH SS = ——S> === S—SSSSSSSSS SSSA SS SSS SS = SSS SESS 55 = ——————— aga SaaS SSS] SSS -——S = See —SSH_-SSS=s << = = — SSS SSS S555 = = = SS SS SS =—SSSSS= oS SS ———— eas ——7 ——— SSaSaaaa=SmSSSSSsq5. 555: —SSSSS————SSSasSsananS5S555 553585853 53 SaaS ——SSH_ — SS = SS S55 25 === 3 —S ———} ————— SSS SSS 55 -——_— SSS = SSS SS SSS 55235 SSS SSS SS _———_ = = === SS SeaeaeaeaeananassssSSSSSSSSSSSEQ5S] —————ee—ee————eee —————————} SSS, SSS SS SSS SSS 8S Ss === SSS SSSSBSSH[TESS] a= : SSS _——— SS eee SSS SS SSS ee SSS qq5q5= ——<$<—————aSS—SSSSSSSz — ———— SSS << SSS eS SSeS SSS = —————— ——— ——————S-——_ =e — 4 << — _ SOS : SSS SS —— — SSS E SS == = a" = == =: SSaaaaSa=SS25SSS535355> SSS ————— SSS >. SSS Ea S55 OSs SS SS 8 = ES SSS == = = i » 4 taal & S ‘A ———— =) > 5 ——SSSSS———S—\—HT _——=[——=aSSasSSSS=_ — - S35 (=z SS — SS SS =— = as SSS FE SSS SSS 3) 8 s SSS SSS — — SS = = s s = ——$——SS ——1- < Sees x Piva tits == ee? y i = == SSS 4 = -) (—— . q ; ————————S oe ———F See SSS OSSSSSHZ SS fi tl ; il | ———_——— eae eae ES SSE = + ——— sy > SSSA = ——— — << ——— OS Sa SSS SSS’ —————SSaaasassassSESE EE ——— | ———} ot ’ ! ON i uy a . ‘i | : | y iv ia | / : li ins eon Y ane a i iy We ts 5 gi i) », A ‘ \ i f \ : | Ni i ( f i uf : oe 4} SS ——<—<<—=—— {———=s —e SSS = ——_ a SS SS ———_——} = SSS ——s A li ” & ——<—— = === A —— a, SSS —— SSF ———= SS SS = ay ————— a a = = ———— ———— Ml SS ———| ———<—<——— i i | a rN ‘ap | ) ( vo \ y a ) es y of ep ——— Sy ————— = feast L | SSS — = ===, SSS ——————————————————— SS SS Se — ——— —— ——— SSS — —- > = —————————— ———— i ae UY | | ) ea | | \ Il iy ; | | \| | Hl ( | ) i , | i ip | ———— = © SS WS . 4 | pe = ae = my . - : ii SS i a a ™ a of : ih e3 a nn a y Vie = » ( > o™ a Hh I i oe il hee ve a Ail =; | ii "at il iit IN i i ie caerrery nf i " = i | Ben q | ; De | y i Mea Cr SS : Ss == Se =e ie —=—S =: } oy ' | | | | , i | SSS | —— —== 5 | SS —— — SS —= BE = —— pF —— — (7 B ’ a Mi ; b . | i ——SST_, ——$—— ——— —————> = ————— —————— ——$= === 2 ==, —— 7 a ——————————— —————————— ————SS|} —————————————————— é SSS SSS === = 2 —————— ——— —————— hy ‘J ———— ———> ————s —<= — = ——S— 7 } SS "4 . | aa 1 —————— J SSS ———eeeeeeNHN —— === SSS 2 7 SSS SSS Saas 2 —S a SSS—SS_aal—=—= =e —— ———— Se SS SSSSS=S=-_S_-___Z===—z_ = > SSS SSS SSSSSS==x : SSS : SSS 2 S= ——— : | SSeS =~ We SaaS SSS & == SSS ————— == 4 SS —————— SSS ———S——SasaSaaassSSS SS Sq SS: - signed sia r at Vis, Zit | ; ’ ' y ) “ py si ™ Wane? oo WV im | f " wy yi A , = { : ; ae / rf ) yes . : i j & ‘ NZ Y) li iS i uy ( ’ ) C4 an x TSG Sl | uae / fii , y Le , eS onl a ; a Y | ~ A RBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. WwW a | J wy il rf Ue ft i ya Wak fh oN ae i y SANA i | ar 587 SURI \ \\ Vi . ata. Shs? iui 3 |= ————— \ | | i) ei ier Wy ———————— ————— ——— —; ——— SSS Sass 8 Sh _———————————— __——————————} <= ~~ Wy | \ | i i ; | V, Nite: = , \ fi : - \ fi ) a ) Q > G3 ————— = Ss 2. 8 ROSA CER. CRATE'GUS. if ina.” A ( “/ \ | b ~ : | yy ‘ Hl a } Ne : ; HEN ( L ? Ae fl i ; ‘. a : ummm, . . ANGI io i ) VEN tlie 4 ¢" Ap ‘ ra i ae ( Ny \\ i We 4 ? Ee yy i _ \ Nah YY y i Bn : ir 4 ie . iD 7, : ™, = Ps 2 ) lh D 6g ml it es Gi y iit c ¢ oe ~q Z e; wa ag ay SD ‘| - Pp 862 M FRUTICETUM. ~~ PART IIT: Crate\gus A Aronia, and C. maroc The Azarol he A Thorn, and th h ruit of the | (ae ‘) t Wr hil —SS SSS << ——————— —————SasasasSsS= SS §® SaaS SST. 2 ————SSaaSS HB ————— —————— SS = ——— SSS ——————— eS << A ie qu HD QT OO iss SS | i : Z y, i, it Tm [P ‘ il | DW cimm. 7 AY , | ) ie \, al i.) a ——— SS SSS SS => = i H S a @ SS | ; oe | —= i SS | : | % \ wen . a —<—— ————— : —— ——— = Se xs ic : x 3 ov ¢ =e = er : | = cw y vo = = J tom ah! SS SSS SSS S55 8 : = = AAS SE a . = Z : : _ = ie o Wa 7 n = = — s = ae : bat) o i = = 3 arr 5° : === cn es === = | 4 7 e —= . =| Fe —7 = EF can —— ——— AJ —— ————— & g ic} eg eS —= a Se ee Tl B ; ti 4 = : = Hal | fh ig in rf , a. @ e ‘ig os “6 7 | i ti Aaa) ccm TT uF ni fA IA eft rr Pit! Hy ay iy 2 = = ="e8 5 S = = Py _ ‘ I t) al ies wy | » y 2 we SSS > STS ——S ——————————SSS eee ——————} ———————————SS ——<$——=S —S —$——$ 7 —————— SS == i D &) tl ——— =X —————————— ———————— 4 << ———S—=S=Ssyy = === Ss SS SS SNS —— ——*" — > —————— °° SSS ——— ef = : == bz ie == ‘= is D 3 [A SS n a as =a = B 5 5 —- KG SS ne An 2 ey SSG D = SSS SSSI ——o—ooooaaaaa—————SsSSSSS ease ———SSSssE ———————————— ————————SS—-5 = ——s= ————S ———————————/ SSS ee SSS} == = MY oS. : 2 ra ae : i 5 - S arie g SL canaeaaen ; —— ——S i ; : p } alll, i | \ HH ) BZ ———= SS, — Ss = > —— ——= = === —=— SS 5 SSS i ————— ch oO 2S = a —————— —SS SaaS —<$=— ——S SSS ———_SSSSSSSHQ —— ———— eS == . eS ) = a | | : A-Aig === \ : = | A, == : é , ° | > ra = = —=—f{_—. jE _—) = | : , : : — === a S== aa) i=] == == == = _—— ; : = —— ae ——= = SS = _ = SSS ss = — SSF —“— 2 == ————— SS 6 pb ; 3 hs : co eS | ————— es —= _—== a= , ——— —_— = (———¥ = =s >= 2 fy === _SSSSS=S=== —|— > ————— ——> = >=. =~. SS Zo alll nT Leaves and fruit of the natural a” gz - -_——= 2 ——$—>= —S= = = Z ; t= | aX : = i ; > : os : g 7) les] : <> ———— ———+ —————— SSH z > ———— = | = = SSS = & a ESS ——————— ~ = SSS 5 3 2 = sal ; , SS = : ~ = | eg == <= —<—<—<$<$=——j ——<——SSSSZ ————$————————— ——<—<————SS——— SS - 6 a SSS -—F —-; SS = ——= = == i —$——} ———F ——— —— — —$—J = 2s —— i | ith : i - l= | 22S —— SSS, ee SSS SSS SS] ———$$S$ 3 eee SS SSS ES —— —— ——— | ——————————————————— ———S _S=SSSSSSS552355=2 == SSS SaaS === Sa. SSS SS 2 SS === _—<— SS SS 3 2 a, ———— ————— sd ——— SSS SS SSS ff at 2 = size. —————————SS ————— —— SSS > Pi yued ty TT if A — ————S— SSeS ———— ——S int aT alt N “hte Rr We S68 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART I]. Genus XIV. cs PHOTYNIA Lindi. Tue Puorinia. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Di-Pentagynia. Identification. Lindl. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 13. p. 103. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 631. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 602. Synonyme. Cratz*gus sp. L. Derivation. From phdteinos, shining ; in allusion to the lucid surface of the leaves. Description, §c. Evergreen trees, with undivided, coriaceous, serrated, or entire, leaves. Flowers, in most, in terminal corymbose panicles; and small fruit, at least which has appeared small, as far as it has been seen in an unripe state. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 631.) The garden treatment of this genus is ex- actly the same as that of Cratz'gus, except that the species are somewhat more tender. They are eminently ornamental. 2 1.P.serruua‘ra Lindl, The serrulated-leaved Photinia. Identification. Lindl. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 13. p.103.; Dec. Prod., 2, p. 631. ; and Don’s Mill, 2. Bt «aN Cratz*gus glabra Thunb. Fl. Jap.,205., Bot. Mag., Lodd. Bot. Cab., Colla Hort. Riput. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2105.; Bot. Cab., t.248.; Colla Hort. Ripul., t.36.; and the plate of the species in our Second Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, acute, serrulated. Pedicels longer than the calyx. Buds large, red. (Dec. Prod., ii. p.631.) A native of Japan and China; introduced in 1804, and forming a very handsome, evergreen, low tree. It is commonly grafted or budded on thorn stocks; and it also does well upon quince stocks. In the neighbourhood of London, it flowers between the middle of April and the middle of May; but it has not yet produced fruit in England. The largest and oldest plants are at White Knights, where it was planted in 1804; and, in 1835, formed a large bush, or tree, nearly 15ft. high. In Essex, at Highlands, 8 years planted, it is 12 ft. high. In Hertfordshire, at Cheshunt, 6 years planted, it is 10 ft. high. In Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, 30 years planted, it is 12 ft. high. In Devonshire, at Killerton, 8 years planted, it is 10 ft. high; at Luscombe, 8 years planted, and 16 ft. high, with a head 14 ft. in diameter. In Hampshire, at Leigh Park, 7 years planted, it is 11 ft. high. In Scotland, in Argyll- shire, at Toward Castle, 6 years planted, it is 7 ft. high. In Ireland, in Cork, at Castle Freke, it is 8ft high. The largest plants, as standards, in the neighbourhood of London, are at Syon, where, in 8 years, it has attained the height of from 12ft. to 15 ft., flowering occasionally. In the Botanic Garden at Kew, and in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, there are trees against walls which flower freely every year. In the neighbourhood of Paris, Photinia serrulata is found quite hardy, and it retains the greater part of its leaves during winter. In 1829, there were numerous trees of it at Coomb-la-Ville. In Britain, in situations too cold for planting this tree as a standard, it well deserves a place against a wall, for its large, deep green, shining leaves, which, when they appear in spring, are of a dark brownish red; while those of the preceding year, when they drop off, which is for the most part in May, are of an intensely deep red, or scarlet. Fit associates for it against a wall are, P. arbutifolia, Cratze‘gus glatica, C. mexicana, Raphidlepis {ndica, and Eriobétrya japénica. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1s. 6d. each; at Paris, 1 franc; at Boll- wyller, 2 francs ; and at New York, ?. 2 2. P. arputiro Lia Lindl. The Arbutus-/eaved Photinia. Identification. Lind). in Lin. Soc. Trans., 13. p. 103. ; Dec. Prod., 2. p.631.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 602. Synonyme, Crate*gus arbutifodlia Azt. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 3. p. 232. Engravings. Bot. Reg. t.491.; and our jig. 619, Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with the disk oblong-lanceolate, acute, distantly serrated, six times longer than the petiole, which is red. The panicle, in this species, is not corymbose. (Dec. Prod., ii. p. 631.) A native of Cali- CHAP. XLII. ROSA CER. COTONEA’STER. 8609 fornia; introduced in 1796, but hitherto little cultivated. In its native country, it forms a tree from 10 ft. to 20 ft. high ; but in England it has scarcely been tried as a standard, though there can be no doubt that it is as hardy as, or hardier than, P. serrulata. Against a wall, it has flowered in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, in July * and August. It may be propagated with the ereatest facility by budding it on the common hawthorn; and, in the colder parts of England, would be valuable as an evergreen for a wall. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 2s. 6d. each. In the Fulham Nursery is a variety known there as P. a. serotina. 2 3. P. inrecrRiro ‘Lia Lindl. The entire-leaved Photinia. Identification. Lindl. in Lin, Trans., 13. p. 103.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 602. Synonymes. PyYrus integérrima Wall. ec D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 237. _ Spec. Char., §c. eaves elliptic, acuminated, quite entire. Panicle diffuse. Pedicels bractless. Ovary 3-celled ; cells biovulate. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 602.) A tree, growing to the height of 20 ft., a native of Nepal ; introduced in 1820. 2 4. P. pu‘B1A Lindl. The doubtful Photinia. Identification. Lindl. in Lin. Trans., 13. p. 104. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 602. Synonymes. Méspilus bengalénsis Roxb. ; M. tinctodria D. Don. Prod. Fi. Nep., 238.; Crate*gus Shicdla Ham. MSS. Engraving. Lin. Trans. 13, t. 10. Spec. Char, §c. Leaves lanceolate, distantly serrated. Panicle corymbose, pilose. Fruit 2-celled. Seed 1, large, and clothed with a loose testa. Fruit sometimes l-celled from abortion, and 2-seeded. (Don’s Miil., ii. p- 602.) fruit in March or April. (See Hort. Trans., vol. 3. t. 11., 4K, —/ and E. of G., edit. 1835, p. 981.) When the loquat 656 Ki is to be grown for its fruit, it is suggested, in the Nouv. Du Hamel, that the Cydonia vulgaris would form a better stock for it than the Cratz‘gus Oxyacantha; because the nature of the wood of the former, and its rate of expansion, come nearer to those of the loquat than those of the latter do. If it were thought worth while to grow the plant for its fruit, the first step would be to procure a very superior variety either from China, or by raising and fruiting some hundreds of seedlings in the open air, in Italy or Spain, and selecting those plants which produced the largest and best-flavoured fruit. These could be perpetuated by grafting on the quince, or on seedlings of the species; and the plants might be trained against a wall or on a trellis under glass, or against a flued wall in the warmer parts of the south of England, and treated as the orange tree is there. To cultivate, for its fruit, any variety that may accidentally we fallen into the hands of the 3@ 934. ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. ° cultivator, or that he may procure from any British garden or nursery, is not — to do justice to the loquat, since many of the plants to be procured in nurseries have been raised from seed in this country ; and these seedlings, as in the case of seedlings of every other tree, doubtless differ considerably in the size and quality of their fruit, as well as they do im their leaves. It should not be forgotten, that even the common white beam tree (Pyrus A’‘ria), and the common mountain ash (P. aucuparia), in a wild state, differ exceedingly in the quality of their fruit; and that, while some trees produce such as are large, mild, mealy, or sweet, those produced by others are extremely harsh and austere. The same may be said of the fruit of all rosaceous plants, and, we believe, also of all others. _E. elliptica Lindl. ‘Lin. Trans., 13. P; 102,., Dec. Prod., 2. p. 631., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 603.; Meés- pilus Cizla Hamilt. MS. in D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 238.'; is a native of Nepal, and has leaves flat and elliptic, and downy yellow fruit. It was introduced in 1823; but we have not seen the plant. E. cordata Lindl,, E. obtusifoka Dec., and E. chinénsis G. Don:, are species not yet introduced (See Don’s Miil., 2. p. 603.) Kagenéckia (in honour of F'. De Kageneck, ambassador from Holland to Spain) Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per. Prod., t. 37., Don’s Mill., ii. p. 522., is a genus of South American trees or shrubs, of which only one species is as yet in- troduced. Ki?’ K. crategoides D. Don; K. crategifolia Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1836., and | our fig. 657.; is an evergreen shrub, with oval-lance- sack olate, smooth, glaucous green leaves, and cratzgus- like flowers; the male and female flowers being pro- duced separately on the same plant. The leaves are intensely bitter; and they are used by the inhabitants of Chili to eure intermittent fevers. The tree is said to grow to the height of 60 ft. in its native coun- try, and to produce a valuable timber. A plant of this species, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, has stood against a wall since 1831; and its foliage has not been in the slightest degree injured by the late severe winter ; and it is now (May 1. 1836) coming into flower. In all probability, this plant will soon be added to our hardy evergreen shrubs or trees. It strikes readily by cuttings, and it may probably be grafted on the common hawthorn. K. oblénga Ruiz et Pav., and K. lanceolata and K. glutindsa of the same authors, are species from the mountains of Chili and Peru, : which have not yet been introduced. If they prove as hardy as K. crategéides seems likely to do, they will be valuable additions in an ornamental point of view, and perhaps, also, as supplying a medicinal bitter. App. Il. Half-hardy Species of Rosacea, belonging to the Suborder Sanguisorbea, Margyricdrpus setdsus Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per., 1. p. 28. t. 8. f.d., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 592.5 £’m- petrum pinvatum Lam. Dict.; Anc{strum barbatum Lam. Iil.; is a native of Brazil, and other parts of South America, on arid hills, with white pearl-like fruit, esembling that of the mistletoe; but differing from it in having a grateful and acid taste. It i commonly kept in green-houses, and has ripened fruit in the Cambridge Botanic Garden. It might possibly pass the win- ter in the garderrs in the neighbourhood of London, on con- / servative rockwork, Cercocdrpus fothergilliides H. B. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. Amer., 6. t.559., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 590.; Bertoldnia guierdldes Moc. et Sesse, Fl. Mex. Icon. Ined.; is a tree,a native of Mexico, with elliptic, coriaceous, glabrous leaves, growing,to the height of 12 ft. Flowers and fruit inconspicuous. It has not yet been introduced. Ace*na Vahl is a genus of which there are some species, natives of Mexico, which grow in situations at a low tem. perature; but, though they are technically considered ligne- ous, as they do not grow above half a foot or a foot in height, they do not appear to merit more than this general notice. (See Don’s Mill., 2. p. 592.) : Potérium spindsum L. (Moris. Oxon, sect. 8, t. 8. f. 5.) is a shrub introduced in 1595, and growing to the height of 3 ft, ‘The leaves are small, the flowers greenish, the fruit baccate, and the species branched It is a native of the islands in the Archipelago, about Constantinople ; and, though an old in- CHAP. XLIII. CALYCANTHA‘CER. / 935 habitant of the green-house, is, doubtless, as hardy as many plants that are placed against the con- servative wall. P. caudatum Ait. (Bot. Mag., t. 2341..; and our fig. 658.) is a shrub, a native of the’Canary Islands ; introduced in 1779, and growing to the height of from 3ft. to4ft. In the green-house, it produces its flowers from January to April, and it is, doubtless, half-hardy. Cliffortia ilicifolia L. (Hort. Elth., t. 31. f. 35.) isa shrub, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, which has been in our green-houses since 1714. It is interesting in its notched, stem-clasping, stiff, toothed leaves; and, with C. obcordata L., another Cape species, well deserves a trial against a conservative wall. Both grow to the height of 3 ft., and flower from May to July, or later. CHAP. XLIII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER CALYCANTHA'CE#. Aut the kinds of plants of this order are ligneous : they are included in two genera, Calycanthus Lind/. and Chimonanthus Lindl. Those of the first genus are from North America, and quite hardy in England; those of the second are from Japan and China, and thrive best, in England (at least, north of London), when trained against a wall. “ In the stems of all the plants be- longing to this order, there is the usual deposit of concentric circles of wood around the pith, and, in addition, four very imperfect centres of deposition on the outside next the bark ; a most singular structure, which may be called, without much inaccuracy, an instance of exogenous and endogenous growth combined in the same individual. A good figure of this interesting peculiarity has been given by Mirbel, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xiv. p. 367., who originally remarked it in one species, and I have since ascertained it to exist in all. It must also be added, that the woody tissue of this order ex- hibits disks extremely like those of Coniferz.”’ (Dr. Lindley in his Nat. Syst. of Botany, p. 160.) The characteristics of the order will be apparent in those of the genera, which are as follows :— Catyca’ntuus Lindl. Calyx with a pitcher-shaped and rather fleshy tube, and a limb consisting of many lobes that are lanceolate, unequal, of a lurid purple colour, rather coriaceous, in many series, and imbricate. These are the sepals and petals, which are not distinguishable. Stamens many, inserted into a fleshy disk at the throat of the tube of the calyx, in many series: they are unequal, deciduous; the J2 outer ones fertile, and the inner ones sterile. Anthers adnate, outward in their position, of 2 cells, which open longitudinally and outwardly. Ovaries many, inserted upon the inner face of the wall of the tube of the calyx, and included within the tube ; each containing 1—2 ovules, and terminated bya style, which extends beyond the tube of the calyx. Stigma simple. Carpel: integument some- what horny; seed solitary from the abortion of one of the ovules, ascending, - its hilum opposite the point of the attachment of the carpel to the calyx. Embryo without albumen, straight; its cotyledons conyolute, its radicle inferior. Shrubs, native of North America. Branches brachiate. Leaves opposite, feather-nerved, rough. Flowers axillary, terminal, lurid purple in colour, sweet-scented. Bark and leaves sweet-scented. (Dec. Prod., iii. p- 1. and 2.; and Lindl. Nat. Syst. of Bot., p. 160.) Cuimona’ntHUus Lindl. Calyx with oval, obtuse, imbricate lobes resembling bracteas, the inner resembling petals. Stamens nearly equal, persistent ; the Souter ones fertile, in maturity being connate at the base, and covering over the throat of the tube of the calyx. Shrubs, native of Japan and China. Flowers appearing before the leaves, solitarily, from the places of axils of old leaves; extremely fragrant with a sweet odour; yellowish, with a purple interior. Bark and leaves scentless. (Dec. Prod., iii. p.2.; and Lindl. Nat. Syst. of Bot., p. 160.) 936 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARY III. Genus I. CALYCA’NTHUS Lindl. Tue Catyca’ntuus, or AMERICAN ALLSPICE. Linn. Syst. lcosandria Polygynia. Identification. Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 404. ; Nees Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Bonn., 11. p. 107. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 2.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 652. Synonymes. Calycanthi sp. Lin., Lam., Willd.; Biittnéria Du Ham. Arb., 1. p. 114., not of Lin. ; Beurréria Ehret. Pict., t. 13.; Bastéria Adans, Fam., 2, p. 294.; Pompadotra Buchoz; Calycante, Fr.; Kelch Blume, Ger. Derivation. From kalux, a calyx, and anthos, a flower; the calyx is coloured, and resembles a corolla. sg pene allspice was given to it by the inhabitants of Carolina, from the strong aromatic smell of the bark. Description. Deciduous shrubs, natives of North America; propagated, in England, by layers. De Candolle states that the removal of the terminal leaf bud of a shoot causes the production of two new flower buds ; and that by this practice a succession of flowers during the whole summer may be obtained. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 2.) The price of the common kinds, in the London nur- series, is 75s. per hundred, or 9d. each; at Bollwyller, 14 franc ; and at New York, from 374 cents to half a dollar. 2 1. C.FLo’ripus L. The flowery Calycanthus, or Carolina Alispice. Identification. Lin. Sp., 718.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p.312.;. Dec. Prod:, 3. p. 2.; Don’s Miil., 2. 652 Synonymes. C. stérilis Walt. Car., 151.; sweet-scented Sbrub, in Carolina; common American Allspice. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 503.; Du Ham. Arb., 1. t. 45.; Lam. lh, t. 445. f. L. ; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 4.3 and our fig. 659. Spec. Char., §c. Wood of the trunk, and especially of the root, intensely camphor-scented. Branches spreading ; branchlets tomentose. Leaves oval, tomentose beneath. Flowers mostly abortive. Fruit top-shaped. A native of the shaded banks of rivulets in Carolina. (Dee. Prod., iti. p. 2.) Varieties. De Candolle gives two forms of this species. & C. f. 1 oblingus, leaves oblong (Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., 3. p. 282.); and % Cf. 2 ovdtus, leaves roundishly ovate (Ait. H. Kew., ed. 2., 3. p. 282.). The following varieties are in Loddiges’s Catalogue for 1836 ; and plants of most of them are in their arboretum, and in that of the Horticultural Society: — C. f. 3 asplenifolius has cut leaves. C.f. 4 feraw has fertile flowers. C. f. 5 glaicus has leaves somewhat glaucous. C. f. 6 inodorus has flowers nearly scentless. C.f. 7 longifolius has elongated leaves. C. f. 8 variegatus has variegated leaves. Description, §c. A shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and form- ing a dense orbiculate bush; the shoots covered with brown bark, and the leaves opposite on short footstalks. The flowers : grow singly on short peduncles at the extre- mity of the branches; they have two series of narrow thick sepals, which spread open, and turn inward at the top, like those of the ane- mone or clematis. They are of a dusky purple colour, and have a powerful aromatic scent. The plant is a native of Carolina, and was in- troduced by Mark Catesby in 1726. It was not common in British gardens till about 1757; when, according to Miller, many plants were brought from Carolina, it having been greatly increased in the gardens about Charleston. It thrives best in a light, rich, sandy soil, kept CHAP. XLIII. CALYCANTHA‘CEH. CHIMONA’NTHUS. 93:7 rather moist, and in a shady situation. It flowers freely from May to August but seldom produces fruit in England. The varieties differ very slightly from each other. The largest plants of this species in the neighbourhood of London are at Purser’s Cross, and at Syon, where there are bushes from 6 ft. to 8 ft. high. % 2.C. (F.) GLavu’cus Willd, The glaucous-leaved Calycanthus, or fertile - flowered American Allspice, Identification. Willd. Enum., 559.; Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., p. 357. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p.2. Synonymes. C. fértilis Walt. Car., 151.; Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 404, Guimp. Abb. Holz., t.5.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 652. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 404.; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 5.; and our 660, Spec. Char., §c. Branches spreading. Leaves ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, glaucous beneath, pubescent. Flowers less odorous than those of C. fléridus. - (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 2.) A native of Carolina, on mountains. This species, or, as we believe, variety, which was introduced at the same time as C. flori- dus, closely resembles it in general appearance ; and requires the same soil and culture. According to Pursh, the flowers are of a lurid purple, like those Of C. fléridus; but their scent is not so agreeable, and is more faint. Whether there is much differ- ence between this sort and C. f. 5 glaacus we have not had an opportunity of ascertaining; the plant in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum not having flowered. We have therefore retained the description of this kind as a species, in deference to Pursh, De Candolle, and G. Don, though we strongly suspect that they are identical. Variety. 2% C. g. 2 oblongifolius Nutt. Gen. Amer., i. p. 312., Dec. Prod., iii. p. 2.; C. oblongifolius Hort. Brit. — Leaves ovate-lanceolate, elongated. A native of North Carolina, on mountains. (Dec. Prod., ili. p. 2.) # 3. C. Leviea‘tus Willd. The glabrous-/eaved Calycanthus, or American Allspice. Identification. Willd. Enum., 559.; Willd. Hort. Berol., t. 80.; Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., p. 358. . Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 312.; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 6.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 2. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 652 Synonymes.t C. férax Micha. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 305.; C. penn- sylvanicus Lodd. Cat. 661 Engravings. Willd. Hort. Berol., t. 80.; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 6.; Bot. Reg., t. 481.; and our fig. 661. Spec. Char., §c. Branches strictly upright. Leaves oblong or ovate, and gradually acuminated, slightly wrinkled; the upper surface rough to the touch, the under one glabrous and green. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 2.) A native of Pennsylvania, Virginia, Wal and Carolina, on mountains; introduced into z=°yAX\ Britain in 1806, and resembling the two pre- ceding sorts in appearance and culture, but with the leaves more pointed. Very probably the C. f. 4 férox of the preceding page. Genus II. CHIMONA’NTHUS Lind/. Tue Carmonantuus, or WINTER FLOWER. Identification. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 404, and 451.; Dec. Prod:, 3. p. 2.; Don’s Mill. > 2. p. 652, Synonymes. Meratia Nees Act. Soc. Nat. Bonn., 11. p. 107.; Calycanthi sp. Linn. Derivation. From cheimén, winter, and anthos, a flower; in allusion to the season of its flowering. Description, §c. A deciduous shrub, a native of Japan ; remarkable for the fragrance of its flowers, which are produced from December till March, even 938 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. - PART 11. in the open garden, in the neighbourhood of London, and more especially if the plant is trained against a wall. The blossoms are produced singly, in the axils of the leaves, on the shoots of the preceding year, and also on spurs proceeding from the old wood. The soil, culture, &c., are the same as for Calycanthus. 2 1, C. rra‘erans Lindl. The fragrant-flowered Chimonanthus. Identification. Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 404. 451.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 2.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 652. 35k Synonymes. Calycanthus pre‘cox Lin. Sp., 1718., Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 1. vol. 2. p. 220. t. 10., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 466., Lam. Iil., t. 445. t. 2.5 Meratia fragrans Nees Act. Soc. Nat. Bonn., 11. p. 107. ; O'bai, or Rodbai Kampf. Ameen., 879. ic.; the Winter Flower; Calycante de Japon, Fr. ; Japa- nische Kelch Blume, Ger. ; Engravings. Kempf. Ameen. ic. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 1. vol. 2. t. 10. ; Bot. Mag., t. 466.; Lam. Ill., t. ; 445. t. 2. ; and our fig. 662. Spec. Char., §c. Bark and leaves scentless. Flowers protruded before the leaves, solitary in the old axils of leaves, extremely odorous, yellowish, and purple within. Fruit flask-shaped, or thicker above the base, and in the upper part tapered into a cylindraceous neck. (Dec. Prod., ili. p. 2.) Varieties. 2 C. f. 2 grandifiorus Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 451. ; and our fig. 663.—Flowers larger, and more spreading. Fruit oblong, tapered at the base. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 2.) % C. f. 3 luteus Hort. has the flowers yellow both inside and outside. Description., §c. Deciduous shrubs, growing to thé height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., as bushes, in the open ground, in sheltered situations in the neighbourhood of London, and much higher % when trained against a wall. The bark is whitish, and the leaves of a smooth, shining, light green. The flowers, which are produced in the \7 greatest abundance, from /4 November till March (as 4775 the name, winter flower im- \ plies), and which are de- lightfully and refreshingly fragrant, scent the air to a considerable distance round the tree. This species was introduced in 1776, and was generally treated as a conservatory shrub, till within the last 15 years; when it was found to be quite hardy, more especially when trained against a wall. It is now grown in most choice gardens for its flowers; a few of which are gathered daily, and placed in the drawingroom, or bou- doir, in the same manner as violets. The plant is generally propagated by layers; but it frequently produces seeds, from which many plants have been raised. The variety C. f. grandiflorus has the flowers rather less fragrant than the species, but they are much more ornamental. This is so very desirable a shrub, on account of the fragrance of its flowers, and their being produced through the whole of the winter, that no garden whatever ought to be without it. In the small plots in the front of suburban street houses, it may be planted against the house, and trained up so as to form a border to one or more of the windows. In all gardens north of London, it deserves a wall as much as any fruit tree; at least judging from the measure of enjoy- ment which it is calculated to afford: and, south of London, it may also be planted as a standard bush on the open lawn, or in the shrubbery. There are remarkably fine specimens of the species and varieties in the garden of the London Horticultural Society, in the Botanic Garden at Twickenham, at Messrs. Loddiges’s ; and, as standards, in the nursery of Messrs. Rollisson, at Tooting. The price of plants of the species, in the London nurseries, was, till lately, from 5s. to 7s. each; at present, the species, and C. f. luteus, are 3s. 6d. each; and C. f. grandiflorus is 7s. 6d. At Bollwyller, the species is 5 francs; and at New York, 2 dollars, and the yellow-flowering variety 1 dollar. CHAP. XLIV. ’ GRANATA‘CEH. PU‘NICA, 939: CHAP. XLIV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER GRANATA‘CER. .. Tue genus Pinica was separated from Myrtacee, and formed into this order, by Professor Don, in the Edin. Phil. Journ. of July, 1826, p. 134. It contains only one genus, and the characteristics of the order will be fo und included in the generic character. Genus I. PU'NICA Tourn. Tue PomeGRANATE TREE. Identification. Tourn. Inst., t.401.; Lin. Gen., No. 618. ; Gertn. Fruct., 1. t. 38. ; Dec, Prod., 2. p. 3. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 653. Synonymes. The Carthaginian Apple ; Grenadier, Fr. ; Granate, Ger. ; Melograno, Ital. ; Granados, Span. Derivation. Pinica is said, in the Nowveau Du Hamel, to be derived either from puniceus, scarlet in allusion to the scarlet colour of the flowers; or from the same word, or punicus, both signify - ing *‘of Carthage; ”’ near which city, Pliny tells us, it was first found. Gen. Char. Calyx with its tube top-shaped; its limb with 5—7 lobes ; their zestivation valvate. Petals 5—7.. Stamens numerous, with distinct filaments, which bear the anthers on their inner side. Style 1, Stigma 1. Fruit spherical, crowned with the upper part of the calyx, whose lower part forms the fruit’s rind. The fruit does not open, and is divided into two por- tions by a horizontal diaphragm. The upper portion consists of 5—9 cells ; the lower one is smaller, and consists of 3 cells only: in both, the cells are separated by membranous partitions: in the upper, fleshy placentze extend from the sides of the fruit to the centre; in the lower, irregular processes arise from the bottom. Seeds very numerous, surrounded by a transparent shining pulp. Embryo oblong ; its radicle short, straight; its cotyledons leafy, spirally convolute-—Small trees, or shrubs, with branchlets imper- fectly square, and becoming spiny. Leaves deciduous, opposite, more rarely whorled or alternate ; in many instances in groups in the axils ; oblong, entire. Flowers scarlet, 2—5 together, almost sessile, and almost terminal upon the branchlets. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 3.) The characters of the fruit and co- tyledons, and the circumstance of the leaves being without the dots and the in- tramarginal vein, possessed by the leaves of the Myrtacez, have been deemed sufficient by Don, De Candolle, and Martius, to distinguish Ptmica as of an order distinct from Myrtacez. Lindley, in his Introduction to the Natural System of Botany, under Myrtacez, has argued that they are not so; and his arguments are interesting to the botanical student. We have, accord- ing to our general plan, followed Don’s Miller. Description, §c. Low deciduous trees, or shrubs, indigenous to Africa, and naturalised in the south of Europe. ¥ 1. P. Grana‘tum LZ, The common Pomegranate Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 676. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 3.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 653. “Spec. Char., §c. Stem arboreous. Leaf lanceolate. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 3.) A native of Mauritania, whence it may have migrated into the south of Europe, where it is now perfectly indigenous. Varieties. ¥ P. G.1 ribrum Dec. (Prod, iii. p. 3.3; Trew Ehret, t.71. f. 1.3 Poit. et Turp. Arbr. Fr., 22.; Schkuhr Handb., t. 131. b.; Sims Bot. Mag., 940 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. t. 1832.; and our fig. 664.) has the flowers red; pulp of fruit red- dish. Wild in Mauritania and the south of Europe, and enduring even the coldest winters. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 3.) 2 P. G.2 ribrum flore pléno Trew Ehret., t. 71. f. 2., has double red flowers. It is common in gardens, and is a little more impatient of cold than the preceding variety. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 4.) 2 P. G. 3 albéscens Dec. Prod., iii. p.4., Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 96.—Petals white. Calyx slightly yellowish. Pulp of the fruit of a pale red. It is cultivated in gardens, and is rather more tender than P. G, ru~ brum. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 4.) - z P. G. 4 albéscens flore pléno Dec. has double flowers, which are nearly white. It is cultivated in gardens, and is the tenderest of all the forms of the species. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 4.) % P. G. 5 flavum Hort. has the flowers yellow, but is rare in gardens. Description, §c. A tree, in magnitude and ligneous character, bearing con- siderable resemblance to the common hawthorn. In the south of France, and in Spain and Italy, it grows to the height of 18 ft. or 20 ft.; forming a very branchy twiggy tree, seldom found with a clear stem, unless it has been pruned up. In a wild state, about Marseilles, it forms a thorny bush; but, in the gardens about Nice and Genoa, it is a very handsome small tree, ' much admired both for its flowers and its fruit. It is a native of Barbary, Persia, Japan, and various parts of Asia; and it has been long introduced into the West Indies and South America. In the Himalayas, Mr. Royle informs us that the pomegranate grows wild; and, also, that it is planted near \ ' 664 villages. It forms quite a wood in Mazanderan, whence the dried seeds are ex- ported for medicinal use. The famous pomegranates without seeds are grown in the rich gardens, called Ballabagh, lying under the snowy hills near the Caubul river. They are described as delicious about Hadgiabad, and throughout Persia. Though grown in most parts of India, large quantities, of a supe- rior quality, are yearly brought down by the northern merchants from Caubul, Cashmere, and Boodurwar.” (Jilust., p. 208.) Ata very early period, the pomegranate appears to have attracted the attention of mankind. It is mentioned by Theophrastus under the name of Roa; the Pheenicians named it Sida; the Greeks, Cytinos; and the Romans, according to Pliny, Malus Punica. The Jews appear to have held the tree in great veneration. It is mentioned, in the Old Testament, as one of the fruits discovered in the Land of Promise; and, while the Israelites sojourned in the wilderness, it was selected as one of the ornaments to the robe of the ephod. The two large pillars of brass, made by Hiram for the porch of Solomon’s Temple, were ornamented with carvings of the pomegranate; and, from other passages in Holy Writ, a wine appears to have been made from it. Pliny speaks of getting a colour from the flowers for dyeing cloth a light red. He mentions nine varieties ; including the sweet, the sour, the temperate, the austere, and the wine-flavoured. The rind of the sour kind, he says, is the best for tan- ners and curriers to dress their leather with. The celebrated kingdom of Granada is supposed to have derived its name from the trees planted in it by the Moors; which is rendered highly probable by the arms of the city of Granada being a split pomegranate. The earliest mention of the pome- granate in England is in Turner’s Herbal, in 1548 ; but it was probably intro- duced long before that time by the monks, and planted in the gardens of the religious houses. For a long period, it was kept exclusively in houses, along with orange trees ; and we find, accordingly, that it fruited in the orangery of Charles I., as Parkinson informs us, under the care of Tradescant, when CHAP. XLIV. GRANATA‘CER®. PU‘NICA. 941 he was that king’s gardener. It seems to have been first tried in the open air by Miller, at Chelsea; and, at the suggestion of Bradley, in the garden of Cambden House, and in other gardens about Kensington; as the oldest specimens in the neighbourhood of London are at these places. At present, it is in most collections as an ornamental wall tree, and it ripens its fruit, or, at least, produces them of the full size, frequently, in the neighbourhood-of London in fine seasons ; but the varieties most generally cultivated are those with double flowers. The largest double-flowered pomegranate in England is supposed to be that trained against the walls of Fulham Palace, which is at Jeast 40 ft. high, and 50 ft. broad. Properties and Uses. In the south of Europe, the pomegranate is cultivated for its fruit; and, in some places, as a hedge plant. It is also grown as an ornamental tree ; the stem being trained to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and the head afterwards allowed.to spread, and droop down on every side. In the con- servatories in the neighbourhood of Paris, and in France generally, the double- flowered variety is planted in large boxes, and treated like the orange tree. For this purpose, young plants are grown in the orange nurseries about Nice and Genoa, and exported to different parts of the world. Both the single and the double-flowered varieties are very frequently trained against walls, both in France and Italy ; and the more ingenious cultivators intermingle the branches of the one sort with those of the other, so as to make a display of both double flowers and fruit, apparently on the same tree. The pulp which encloses the seeds is sometimes acid, sometimes sweet ; and, in other cases, vinous, astrin- gent, and refreshing. A syrup is made from this pulp by the druggists, which is employed as an astringent and detergent ; the dried flowers are likewise kept in shops, for making infusions for the same purpose. Lord Bacon recommends the juice of pomegranates as good for liver complaints ; and Woodville says that it is preferable to that of oranges, in cases of fever. The rind of the fruit, on account of its astringent properties, has been used as a substitute for galls, in making ink; and is said to be still employed, in some parts of Germany, in dyeing leather red, in imitation of morocco. In the Himalayas, Mr. Royle informs us, the rind of the fruit, called naspal, “ being very astrin- gent, is used in medicine, as well as in dyeing. The employment, by the natives of India, of the bark of the root for the expulsion of the tape-worm, being now well known, since the subject was communicated by Drs. Hamilton and Fleming, is a remarkable instance of the oblivion into which even a valuable medicine may fall, as this property was well known to Dioscorides ; i. c. 154.” (Iillust., p. 208.) Poetical, mythological, and legendary Allusions. The pomegranate is men- tioned by the earliest poets. Ovid tells us that, when Ceres discovered that Pluto had stolen her daughter Proserpine, she implored Jupiter so earnestly to restore her, that he consented, provided she had eaten nothing during her residence in the infernal regions. Unfortunately, while walking in the Elysian Fields, Proserpine had gathered a pomegranate, and eaten seven grains of it ; and had been observed by Ascalaphus; who, informing Pluto of the fact, was turned by Ceres into an owl for his interference. (Ovid. Met., v. f. 6.; Fast. iv. v.417.) Nicholas Rapin, in his poem entitled Les Plaisirs du Gentilhomme Champetre, published in 1583, gives the following origin to the pomegranate: — A young girl of Scythia having consulted the diviners to know her fortune, was told by them that she was destined one day to wear a crown. This rendered her so proud and vain, that she was easily seduced by Bacchus, on his promising to give hera crown. He soon grew tired, and abandoned her ; and, when she afterwards died of grief, he metamorphosed her into a pome- granate tree, on the fruit of which he affixed a crown (alluding to the shape of the calyx); thus tardily and ambiguously redeeming his promise. Many other poets have mentioned the pomegranate; among whom may be enu- merated Chaucer, in his Romance of the Rose ; Andrew Marvell ; Thompson, in his Seasons ; Moore; and Byron. This shrub is considered the emblem of democracy; probably from its fruit consisting of numerous seeds, which form 942 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. ° PART II its valuable part, and a worthless crown. In allusion to the latter cireum- stance, Queen Anne of Austria had for a device a pomegranate, with the motto, “ My worth is not in my crown” (Reid’s Hist. Bot., i. p. 150.) ; and Phillips says that the French, in the Island of St. Vincent, had a riddle on the pomegranate, which was “ Quelle est la reine qui porte son royaume dans son sein ?” alluding to the same properties. (Pom. Brit., p. 318.) Soil, Situation, Propagation, §c. The single wild pomegranate will grow in almost any soil; but the double-flowered varieties, and the species when it is intended to bear fruit, require a rich free soil. The double-flowering pome- granate trees, grown in boxes by the French gardeners, are planted in the very richest soil that can be composed ; and a portion of this soil is renewed every year, when the roots are severally pruned. The head, also, is thinned out, and so cut as to multiply, as much as possible, short slender shoots ; on the points of which alone the flowers are produced. In training the pome- granate against a wall, in England, it is necessary to keep this constantly in view ; for, if these slender shoots are cut off, no flowers will ever be produced. The plant is easily propagated by cuttings of the shoots or of the roots, by layers, or by grafting one sort on another. It also rises freely from seeds ; but these ought to be sown immediately on being removed from the fruit ; because they very soon lose their vital powers. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, is 1s. each ; at Bollwyller, where the pomegranate is a green-house plant, plants of the species are 2 francs each, and of the varieties from 3 to 6 francs; at New York, plants are from 75 cents to 14 dollars each. The double sort, grafted on the single, may be purchased, at Genoa, at 1 franc each. % 2. P.(G.) na‘na L, The dwarf Pomegranate. Identification. Lin. Sp., 676.; Sims Bot. Mag., t. 634.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 4. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 653, Synonymes. P. americana nana Tourn.; P. Granatum nanum Pers. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 634.; Trew Ehret., t. 71. f. 3. ; and our fig.665. Spec. Char., §c. Stem shrubby. Leaf linear. Flower red. _ Native of the Caribbee Islands, and of South America, about Demerara, &c. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 4.) Persoon con- siders it a variety of P. Granatum, in which opinion we concur. P. nana is said to have been brought to France 2==ye\ from Guiana and the Antilles, where it is used for garden ~ hedges. It was introduced into England in 1723; grows pf: to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., and fowers from June to Sep- =". tember. In the West Indies, it continues flowering all Ae 665 the year; which may have weakened the plant to such a degree as, in time, to have given it its dwarf habit. It is much smaller in all its parts than the species, and considerably more delicate. CHAP. XLV. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE TRIBE FUCHSIE4; BELONGING TO THE ORDER ONAGRA‘CEX. ; Tue genus Fuchsia is well known to British gardeners, as containing some of the most beautiful of the half-hardy ligneous plants in cultivation. All the species and varieties hitherto introduced or originated, when planted in a dry. soil, and a sheltered situation, in the neighbourhood of London, though they may be killed down to the ground by the frost, may have their stools pre- served alive through the winter, by covering them with litter, haulm, or leaves, in such a way as to throw off the wet; and, this covering being removed in spring, the plants will shoot up vigorously, and flower freely during the whole summer. They are, thus, admirably adapted for planting in dug beds and CHAP.. XLV. ONAGRA\CEEH. FUCHSIA. 943 borders, in the same way as has been recommended for the different varieties of Rosa indica (p. 782.), and for pelargoniums (p. 483.). Some of the species are low shrubs, such as F. cénica, F. virgata, F. macrostémon, F. rosea, F, parviflora, F. hybrida, F. excorticata, F. globosa, &c. Others are shrubs growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft.; such as F. coccinea, F. gracilis, F, tenélla, &c.; and F. arboréscens and F. apétala grow to the height of from 12 ft. to 16 ft. The higher-growing sorts, when trained to single stems, may be planted out, in the beginning of summer, in borders, or on lawns, as tem- porary single trees; and in the autumn, on the first appearance of frost, all the side shoots may be cut in close to the trunk, and the plant taken up, and placed among dry sand, in a cellar, during the winter. About the middle of the following May, these plants will have begun to push, along the whole length of their stem; when they may be replaced in the border or lawn; not omitting, however, to let them be planted in a large mass of entirely fresh soil, light, and enriched with rotten leaves, or very old, rotten, hot-bed dung. Some of the finest ornaments to the gardens in the neighbourhood of London are pro- duced in this way, with comparatively little trouble and expense. All the species are remarkably easily propagated by cuttings ; which may be put in either of the old or new wood. One of the most expeditious modes is, to put a plant into heat in January, and take off the shoots, for cuttings, as soon as they are three inches long, as recommended to be done with the tea- scented rose. (p. 801.) Abundance of plants may be thus raised every spring, for turning out into the open garden in May; and these plants, in cold situa- tions, or in moist soils, may either be taken up, and preserved in a cellar during winter; or left to perish, and their places supplied by others, raised in the manner mentioned. In dry soils, they may be cut down to the ground after the first frosts, and the stool, or stock, covered with litter, or leaves, or a hillock of earth. In low situations near the sea, and in others which are equally favourable in point of climate, the plants may be cut down, and left unprotected. In this genus, as in most others containing numerous sorts, and from which many seedlings have been raised in gardens, there is reason to believe that many of the kinds named and described as species are only varieties or hybrids. Mr. D. Beaton, an experienced cultivator, and an intelligent writer in the Gardener's Magazine, observes that “ The botanical difference, if any, of all the Chilian fuchsias is very trifling.’ Dr. Lindley remarks that there are some “ who consider the greater part of the Chilian fuchsias as mere va- rieties of F. macrostémon,” to which Mr. Beaton replies that “ whoever con- siders this considers the reverse of what is the fact. Their origin is still more singular. F. macrostémon, in all likelihood, is as much a variety as any of them. F. cénica, F. gracilis, F. tenélla, F. virgata, and many more varieties, or perhaps species, may be originated by fertilising the stigmas of F. coccinea with the pollen of F. arboréscens: this I have proved three times over; and I have every reason to believe, though I have never proved it, that F. macro- stémon may be produced from F. cénica, fertilised by the pollen of F. arbo- réscens. All the Chilian fuchsias will intermix freely with the pollen of F, arboréscens ; and, what is very singular, F. arboréscens will not intermix with their pollen; at least, I have failed in several attempts to effect this. F, excorticata, a New Zealand species, impregnated with the pollen of either F. conica or F. globdsa, will produce fac-similes of F. discolor, or the Port Famine fuchsia; and the seedlings so produced will not flower till the second or third year, which is the case with F. discolor.” (Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 281.) These circumstances, Mr. Beaton thinks, go far to prove that plants can be originated artificially, which will be found capable of reproducing themselves from seeds, ad infinitum, with as little variation as is to be found in any natural species ; and we believe this is in conformity with the experience of gardeners in the culture of Cape heaths, pelargoniums, &c. “ Botanists,” Mr. Beaton adds, “say that species so produced revert to either of their parents in the third or fourth generation, or become sterile altogether. This,” he continues, “is 3R 944 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. plausible enough in theory, in the closet, but will not do at the potting bench. The pollen of fuchsias, and, perhaps, of most plants, 1s capable of maintaining its fertilising properties for an indefinite space of time; and, if well preserved, will be as fit for use when five years old as when newly gathered : the only conditions necessary for the preservation of its fertilising powers are, an absolute exemption from moisture, and to be kept in an at- mosphere above the freezing point. It is supposed, by some, that the pre- sence of the petals of the flower are essential to the delicate process of nourishing the embryo seeds ; but this is a mistake : the service of the petals is entirely at an end the moment the stigma is ready for the pollen.” (1 bid.) The fuchsia and the pelargonium are two of the finest genera from the Old World that can be introduced to ornament the gardens of Australia, and more particularly those of Van Diemen’s Land. 52.7 In the following enumeration, we have chiefly adopted the names given in our Hortus Britannicus, and included the additions that have been recorded in recent volumes of the Gardener's Magazine. F. microphGlla H. B. et Kunth (Bot. Reg., t. 1269. ; and our/fig. 666.) is a native of Mexico, with small, elliptic, oblong leaves, and small short flowers. It was introduced in 1828 ; grows from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, and produces its pinkish red flowers from June to September. It is a very hardy species. F. thymifolia H. B. et Kunth (Bot. Reg., t. 1284.) is a native of Mexico, 666 with small leaves, and small red flowers, which are produced from May to October. It was introduced in 1827, and grows to the height of 6 ft. F. rosea Ruiz et Pav.; F. lycidides Bot. Reg., t. 120., Bot. Mag., t. 1024. 5 is a native of Chili, with small purplish pink flowers, It was introduced in 1796, and, in favourable situations, will grow to the height of 12 ft. F. parviflora Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1048.; F. ovata Moc. et Sesse ; closely re- ‘ sembles the preceding sort. It is a native of Mexico, and was introduced in 4 4 1824. It grows to the height of 6 ft., and flowers from May to October. . F. arboréscens Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2620. ; F. amce‘na Hort.; F. hameléozdes Moc. et Sesse; F. racemdsa Id., Bot. Reg., t. 943.; has broad leaves, and small red flowers. It is anative of Mexico; was introduced in 1824; grows 15 ft. or 16ft. high ; and flowers in September and October. F. gracilis Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 849; F. decussata Graham, Bot. Mag., t. 2507. ; has pubescent branches, and flowers with purple petals and bright scarlet calyx. It is a native of Mexico, and was introduced in 1823: it grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and flowers from May to October. F. g. 2 multiflora Lindl. Bot. Reg., t.1052., has glaucous leaves, smaller than those of the species, : F. macrostémon Ruiz et Pav. (Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1062.) has the petals blue and spreading, not convolute; and the calyx scarlet. It isa native of Chili,in marshes; and was introduced in 1823. It grows to the height of 12 ft., and flowers from July to October. F. m. 2 tenélla Dec.; F. gracilis var. tenélla Lindi. Bot. Reg., t. 1052.; has opposite leaves, which are smaller than those of the species. F. cénica Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1062., is a native of Chili, with the corolla purple, and ealyx scarlet ; the leaves in whorls ; and the tube of the corolla conical, which gives a conical shape to the calyx. This, which is one of the handsomest sorts of Fichs¢a, was introduced in 1824. F. virgata Swt. has flowers somewhat resembling those of the preceding sort. It is a native of Meroe whence it was introduced into Britain in 1825, and is considered one of the hardiest species of the genus. F. coccinea Ait.; F. péndula Salisb.; F. magellanica Lam., N. Du Ham., 1. t.13.; Nahtsta coccinea Schneevoogt ; Skinnera coccinea Meench ; (Bot. Mag., t. 91.; and our fig. 667.) is a well- known species, with opposite or whorled leaves, and axillary drooping flowers. The calyx is scarlet, and the petals violaceous. It is a native of Chili, in marshes, as far south as the Straits of Magellan. It was intro- duced into Kew Gardens by Captain Firth, in 1788, and was greatly admired, being the first species of the genus seen in a living state in England. Soon after- wards, Mr. Lee, one of the founders of the Hammer. smith Nursery, obtained a plant of it; and, having soon discovered with what ease it may be multiplied, he raised, as we have been informed, many hundred plants, which, by showing only two or three at a time, he was enabled to sell at one guinea each. F. apétala Ruiz et Pav. grows to the height of from 10 ft. to 12ft., and produces drooping flowers, 1} in. long, with red calyx. It isa native of Chili, and was introduced in 1825. It flowers in September and Oc- tober. F. discolor Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1805., is a native of the Falkland Islands, at Port Famine ; whence it was introduced in 1830. Dr. Lindley observes, that “ it is difficult to distinguish it from F. gracilis, and F. te- nélla; yet it is decidedly different. It is remarkable for its compact bushy manner of growth, its deep purple branclies, its small very undulated leaves, and also for being apparently more hardy than any other fuchsia yet in the gardens.” For the latter reason, Dr. Lindley attaches ‘ especial importance to it ; for, by a judicious intermixture of its pollen with such beautiful plants as F. cénica, F. globdsa, and its other more tender relatives, the race gree may probably be rendered capable of bearing the climate of Great Britain.” (Bot. Reg., t. 5 CHAP. XLVI. LYTHRA‘CEE. 945 F. bacillaris Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1480., is a native of Mexico, introduced in 1829, which grows to the height of 5 ft., and produces its rose-coloured flowers all the summer. F. hgbrida Swt. is a hybrid of uncertain origin, raised in 1825, and producing its scarlet flowers from May to October. It grows 3 ft. or 4 ft. high. F. globosa Hort. is supposed to be a hybrid originated between F. macrostémon and F. cénica, about 1830. It is remarkable for the globular shape of the calyx before it bursts, when it looks like the drop of a coral ear-ring. It is tolerably hardy, and, when killed down to the ground, will shoot up again in spring. F. g. 2 longiflora Hort. _ A plant bearing this name was exhibited at the Horticultural Society’s Garden, May 14. 1836. It closely resembled the species, only differing in oe the flower being much larger and longer. = F. longiflora Hort., F. longipedunculata Beaton, has been much vaunted; but it is chiefly remarkable for its long peduncles. a F. speciosa Hort., F. grandiflora Hort., F. pre*cox Hort., and F. Thompsonii Hort., are names current in gardens for sorts originated in this country, of va- rious degrees of beauty. F. excorticata Lin. fil., Skinnera excorticata Forst., (Bot. Reg., 857.; and our fig. 668.) has smooth branches, and ovate-lanceolate leaves, with the sepals green and purple, and the petals violaceous. The stem and branches, after a few years’ growth, throw off the bark in the manner of 4’rbutus Andrachne, by which this species is readily distinguished from all others. It is a native of New Zealand, where it was discovered by Forster, during one of Captain Cook’s voyages, but was not introduced in a living state until 1824. It grows to the height of 5ft. or 6 ft., and flowers from June to October. Other Varieties are continually being obtained from seed by different cul- tivators. Mr. Dennis, of the Grosvenor Row Nursery, Chelsea, has raised a great number of these, particularly in 1834; one of which seems to havea Piggies: habit, with flowers like thoseof F. globdsa, but smaller. (Gard. Mag., xi. p, 582.) a Q CHAP. XLVI. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER LYTHRA CEE. Heimia salicifolia Link et Otto (Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., t. 281. ; and our fig. 669.), Nesz‘a salicifolia H. B. et Kunth, 7}thrum flavum Spreng., is a shrub, growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. 5 with willow-like leaves, and lythrum-like yellow flowers, which are produced from June to September. It was introduced in 1821, and requires very little protection. H. myrtifolia Hort. Berol., Lythrum apétalum Spreng., has smaller leaves than the preceding sort ; but in other respects closely resembles it, and is, in all probability, only a variety. It is a native of Brazil: was introduced in 1826, and flowers in August and September. H., linearifilia Hort. is obviously a variety of H. salicifdlia. It was introduced in 1826; and, with the two preceding sorts, was, in 1834, in abundance in the open garden in the Epsom Nur- sery. ° H. syphilitica Dec. is a native of Mexico, said to possess pow- erful medical properties ; but itis not yet introduced. It grows, like the others, from 4 ft. to 6ft. high. 6 All these plants are easily propagated by cuttings; and they 369 will grow in any light sandy soil, with a little protection during winter. X Lagerstree‘mia indica L. (Bot. Mag., t. 405., and our fig. 670.), the Pride of India of the Americans, is a splendid shrub, a na- tive of China, Cochin-China, and Japan; but not of India, notwithstanding its name. It has roundish, ovate, glabrous leaves ; many-flowered terminal panicles, and the petals curled at the edges, with long claws, somewhat in the manner of Clarkia pulchélla, by which alone its flowers may be easily distinguished from those of most other woody plants. The petals are flesh-coloured, and the bark and the veins of the leaves of a somewhat red- dish brown. It was introduced in 1759, and has stood out, with very little pro- ; tection during winter, in the Fulham Nursery, and in other gardens about London, for upwards of 10 years ; but it seldom flowers, except in astove. It . however, worth cultivating against a conservative wall, for the sake of its oliage. L. parvifolia Roxb. is a native of the Circar Mountains, in the East Indies ; and it was introduced in 1818. Weare not aware of its having been tried against a conservative wall; but it is probably as hardy as the preceding and following species, both of which have been tried successfully. L. regine Roxb. is a native of the Circars and of Java, where it grows to be a tree 20 ft. high. It was introduced in 1792, and appears as hardy as L. indica. The flowers are nearly two thirds of an inch in diameter; of a beautiful rose colour in the morning, growing deeper through the day, until they become purple in the evening. The angles of the branches in this, as in all the species, are winged. They are all of the easiest culture, and, being decidedly deciduous, if their wood is ripened in time, they may be covered with a mat, or with straw, during the whole of the winter. In the warmest parts of Devonshire and Cornwall, this and the two preceding species may be treated as wall shrubs. 3R 2 946 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. CHAP. XLVII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER TAMARICA‘CER. Tuts order consists of two genera; and the most of its characteristics are included in the generic characters which are given below. Tamarix Desv. Calyx persistent, parted into 4—5 lobes that are subimbri- cately zstivated. Petals 4—3, inserted into the base of the calyx, alternate with its lobes, imbricate in zstivation, withering. Stamens 4—5, alternate with the petals; the filaments almost wholly distinct from one another. Ovary free of the calyx, ovate-pyramidate, triangular, with a long taper termination. Stigmas 3, long, divaricate, glandulose at the tip, oblique. Capsule with 3 angles, 3 valves, 1 cell, and many seeds. Seeds inserted into the very base of the valves, or nearly into the centre of the capsule, erect, each bearing at its tip a coma of many simple hairs. There is not any albumen. Embryo straight; its radicle small, inferior; its cotyledons flat-convex, oblong. Flowers small, in spikes: these, in many instances, are disposed in panicles. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 95.) Myrica‘ria Desv. Calyx parted into 5 lobes. Petals 5. Stamens 10; every alternate one shorter; the filaments of all connate from the base to about the middle of their length. There is not any style. Stigmas con- nate into a little head. Seeds inserted along a line in the middle of each valve of the capsule, ascending, ending in a plumy thread. Flowers in terminal, simplish spikes. (Dec. Prod., iil. p. 97.) These genera were originally included under one genus, Tamarix; the separation being made on account of the above technical distinctions. “The plants of the genus Tamarix,” Royle observes, “are distributed over a wide extent of territory in the Old World; from 10° to 50° and 55° of N. lat. in Europe and Siberia; and from the Canaries and Senegambia on the west, to China on the east. They differ as much in their localities as in their latitudes; being found on the shores of the ocean, or the banks of rivers (as the Ganges and the Nile), as well in the arid and sandy parts of Northern India and the Punjab, as in the cold and elevated climates of Tibet and Siberia : but in these the soil is saline. The genus Myricaria, existing in Europe, Siberia, and Dahuria, is found also in Kunawur, and in the country crossed by Mr. Moorcroft in his journey to Manasarowur.” (J/lustrations, §c., p. 213.) There are two species of Tamarix common in India; viz. T. indica and T. dioica. ‘ The former, found on the banks of the Ganges, and other rivers, as well as on the coast of Coromandel, has been referred, by some authors, to T. gallica, with which it is closely allied; and, if identical, the circumstance will afford an additional instance of the great extent over which a species may spread, when growing in the vicinity of water. J. Furas Hamilt. is the 7. orientalis of Forskahl, and is common in the drier parts of the Doab, and at Delhi; and also in Arabia and Egypt. Myricaria, the other genus of this order, includes T4marix germanica, which extends from Europe to the Cau- casus: other species, or perhaps varieties, are found in Siberia and Dahuria, and twoin the Himalayas.” (Jbid.) Tamarix gallica and Myricaria germanica, are almost the only plants of this order found in British gardens. The former is interesting, from its ascending spreading stems, numerous slender branches, abundant minute foliage, and its plentiful panicles of racemes, of pale rosy flowers; M. germanica is interesting from its close upright habit of growth, glaucous hue, and evergreen foliage. The Properties of the Tamaricacee are considered to be bitterness and astringency ; and hence “ the occasional employment of the European species as a tonic, and as a substitute for hops, in making beer, in Denmark. In India, also, the twigs of 7’. indica and 7’. dioica are considered astringent; but the plants are more valued on account of the galls that are found on them, and —— CHAP. XLVII. TAMARICA CEZ. TA MARIX. 947 other species ; and which, being highly astringent, are used in medicine and dyeing. The ashes of T. gallica and 7. africana, when growing near the sea, contain a large proportion of sulphate of soda; so that they may be profitably burnt to obtain this salt : its abundance explains the utility of some of these plants as diuretics. TJ. gallica grows on Mount Sinai; and, by the puncture of Céccus manniparus, a species of manna is produced, which is known by the name of Arabian, to distinguish it from the Persian manna, which is the produce of A/hdgi Maurorum. (p. 646.) The tamarisk was a cele- brated medicinal plant with the ancient Arabians, from whom the Latins seem to have borrowed the high encomiums they bestowed on its virtues. Dr. Grindall, who brought it from Germany after he was made Archbishop of Canterbury (see p.39.), cultivated it chiefly for its medicinal virtues; and Master Richard Hakluyt, in 1599, tells us that “many people have received great health by this plant.” (Voy., ii. p. 161.) The tamarisk is mentioned by nearly all the ancient poets. Homer states that it was the tree against which Achilles laid his spear before he plunged into the GZanthus to pursue the flying Trojans; and Theocritus, in his Pastorals, Virgil, in his Eclogues, and Ovid, in several of his poems, all refer to this plant. Some of the older British poets have also celebrated it. Davy says, — ——‘‘ On yon rough crag, Where the wild tamarisk whistles to the blast ;” and Browne,— ** Among the rest, the tamarisk there stood, For huswives’ besomes onely knowne most good.” Evelyn speaks of it as having been anciently considered as a tree accursed ; and moh that the Romans wove wreaths of it, with which they crowned their criminals. Genus I. nh mt TA/MARIX Desv. Tue Tamarisk. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Trigynia. Identification. Desy. Ann. Sc. Nat., 4. p. 348. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 95.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 725. Synonymes. The species of Tamarix of authors that have 4stamens and 5 stamens; Tamaris, Jr. ; Tamarisken, Ger. Derivation. So called, according to some, from the plants growing on the banks of the river Tamaras now ‘l'ambra, on the borders of the Pyrenees ; or, according to others, from the Hebrew word tamaris, cleansing, on account of their branches being used for brooms. Description, §c. Tall shrubs, natives of Europe, the north of Africa, and the west of Asia; subevergreen in British gardens; and highly valuable, as standing the sea breeze in situations where few other ligneous plants, and no other flowering shrubs, will grow. % 1. T.ca’tuica LZ. The French Tamarisk. Identification.. Lin. Sp., 386.; Mill. Ic. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 96.; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 726. Synonymes. T. narbonénsis Lob. Ic., 2. t.218.; Tamariscus gallicus Al.; Tamariscus pentan- drus Lam. Fl. Fr., not of Pail. ’ Engravings. Mill. Ic., t. 262. f. 1. ; Blackw. Herb., t. 331.; Lob. Ic., 2. t. 218.; N. Du Ham., vol. vil. t. 59.; and our jig. 671. Spec. Char., $c. Glabrous, glaucous. Leaves minute, clasping the stem or branch, adpressed, acute. Spikes of flowers lateral, somewhat panicled, slender, 5 times longer than broad. (Dec. Prod., iii. p.96.) Frequent in sandy places in France,on the @ shores of the Mediterranean Sea and of the Atlantic Ocean, as WY far as Poictiers; also found upon the banks of rivers in the south of Europe, north of Africa, and west of Asia: flowering from May to October. It is likewise a native of Tartary, Bar- y bary, the Himalayas, and Japan; and it has been found wild + 4 in Cornwall, Hampshire, Sussex, and Suffolk, in England. It 671 3R 3 948 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. was known to the Greeks by the name of Myrica, and to the Latins as Tamarix ; and it is mentioned by Dioscorides as being effective in various diseases. Sir J. E. Smith says, “‘ Commonly planted in English gardens and shrubberies, long before Archbishop Grindall imported this species or T. germanica (it is not clear which), to cure indurations of the spleen.” (See Camden’s Life of Queen Elizabeth, as quoted in English Flora, vol. ii. p- 112.) In favourable situations, in France, and in the south of Europe, it grows to the height of 15 ft. or 20ft.; but there are instances, both in Bri- tain and on the Continent, of its attaining the height of 30ft. It prefers a deep, free, sandy soil; and will only attain a large size when it is in such a soil, and supplied by moisture from the proximity of some river, or other source of water. It is very abundant in the south of Russia and in Tartary, where a decoction of the young twigs is used by the Tartars in cases of rheu- matism and bruises; and the handles of whips are made of the wood. In France and Italy, it is greedily eaten by sheep, on account, as it is supposed, of its saltish taste. In British gardens, its sole use is as an ornamental shrub, in which respect it is valuable as thriving on the sea shore, where few other shrubs will grow; as being nearly subevergreen; and as flowering late in the season, and for several months together. It is abundant in the gardens at Brighton; and at Aldborough, and Landguard Fort, in Suffolk. Planted singly, on a lawn, it grows with great rapidity, and forms a splendid heath- like bush, 10 ft. or 12 ft. high, in 4 or 5 years. It is readily propagated by cuttings, planted in autumn, in a sandy soil, with a northern exposure. The largest plants within ten miles of London are at Syon and Purser’s Cross, where they are 15 ft. high, though not fine specimens, having been drawn up among other shrubs: but there is one in Lady Tankerville’s gar- den, at Walton on Thames, which is 30 ft. high, Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1s, 6d. each ; at Bollwyller, 80 cents; at New York, 50 cents. Varieties. In the Linnea, 2. p. 267., 6 varieties of T. gallica are described. They are as follows :— x T. & 1 sébtilis Ehrenberg in Schlecht. Linnea, 2. p. 267., has branches subtile, effuse. eaves glabrous, pale green, a little spreading. This may be considered the form of the species, % T. g. 2 narbonénsis, Ehr., |.c.—Branches stiff, spreading. Leaves glabrous, obscure green, densely imbricated, margined with white; spikes of flowers short, rather lateral. % T. g. 3 nilética Ebr., 1. c., p. 269.—Branches effuse, rather loose. Leaves short, glaucous, spreading. Spikes elongated. Gland surrounding the ovary, hypogynous, with 10 equally distant teeth. % T. g. 4 arborea Sieb. ex Ehrenberg, |. c.— Branches effuse, thickened, stiffish, nearly terete. Leaves glabrous, densely adpressed to the stem. Teeth of hypogynous gland usually approximate by pairs. % T. g. 5 mannifera Ebr., 1. c, p. 270.—Branches stiffish. Leaves short, glaucous, covered with white powder, spreading. Hypogynous gland with teeth at equal distances, The manna of Mount Sinai (noticed p. 947.) is the produce of this species. Of this there are two subvarieties. % T. g. 6 heterophglla Ebr., 1. c., p. 270.—Branches very slender. Leaves light green, glabrous, short, acute ; the upper ones densely imbricated, the middle ones elongated and bluntish ; lower rameal ones broad-ovate, flat. Spikes much elongated, all very slender. % T. g. 7 libanética Lodd, Cat. The Rosemary-like Tamarisk.—There are plants of this variety in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, andin the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, from which it appears to be tolerably distinct. App. i. Other hardy Species or Varieties of Tamarix. In De Candolle’s Prodromus, and in Don’s Miller, several hardy sorts of Tamarix are described, in addition to 7. gallica, most of which are found in Siberia, Tartary, or Caucasus; and there are some tender species natives of the Canary Islands and Japan. Most of the hardy sorts described as species are, probably, only varieties of 7. gallica ; which, according to Pallas, assumes a great variety of forms, according to the soil, situation, and climate, to which it may be indigenous. The hardy sorts enumerated in Don’s Miller are as follows ; and none of them have yet been introduced :— T. tetrdndra Pal. Don’s Mill., 2. p. 725.; 7. gallica Habl. ined. Taur., 6. p.105.; is a native of Tauria, about Astracan. T. ldxa Willd. is a native of Siberia, in the valleys of Astracan, and about salt lakes. T. elongata Led. is also a native of Siberia, in the Desert of Soongaria, in saltish places. T. gracilis Willd. is found in Siberia, in salt marshes near the river Irtisch. T. hispida Willd., T. pentandra var. Paill., T. gallica; var. 8 Willd., T. tomentdsa Smith, T. ca~ néscens Desv., is a native of the sandy deserts about the Caspian Sea. T. ramosissima Led., T. gallica Sievers, is found at Lake Noor-Laisan, in Siberia. T. Pallisii Desv., T. pentandra Paill., T. gallica Bieb., T. paniculata Stev., is a native of Cape Caucasus, and found in deserts about the Caspian Sea. T. cupressiformis Led. is a native of Siberia, in the Desert of Soongaria, near salt lakes. T. parviflora Dec. is cultivated about Constantinople ; but its native country is unknown. T, tetrdgyna Ehrenb. is a native of the south of Europe. CHAP. XLVII. TAMARICA‘CEA. MYRICA RIA. 949 T. efftsa Ehrenb. is a native of the north of Africa. Remark. The native localities of the above sorts, and their synonymes ; the circumstance of 7. gallica being found not only in Europe, but in Africa and Asia; together with the nature of the plant, which is extremely liable to vary with soi] and situation; seem to us to render it highly pro- bable that all the above sorts are only varieties of one and the same species. Whether or not they are worth keeping distinct as varieties, it is impossible to say from the description, without having seen the plants. App. ii. Half-hardy Sorts of Tadmariz. T. africina Poir., Don’s Mill, 2. p. 726.; T. gallica var. y Willd. ; has the bark browner, and the flowers a little larger than in 7. gallica. It is found on the shores of the Mediterranean, in Egypt, and in various parts of the Levant. It is considered as requiring the protection of a frame in England ; which may, probably, be the case, till it has become inured to the climate, even if it should be only a variety of T. gallica. T. canariénsis Willd. is a native of the Grand Canary Island and of Teneriffe, where it grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. T. pycnocdrpa Dec. is a native of the Levant, on the road side between Bagdad and Kermancha. T. passerinoides Del. Fl. Egypt. is a native of Arabia and Egypt, in arid places. Ehrenberg, in the Linnea, as before quoted, has described three forms of this alleged species: T. p. 1 divaricata, a native of the Oasis of Jupiter Ammon; 7. p. 2 Hammdnis, also a native of the Oasis; and T. p.3 macrocarpa, found in various parts of Arabia and Egypt. Other species or sorts are enumerated in Dec. Prod. and Don’s Mill., which, being natives of India and Senegal, are considered as requiring the stove in Britain, and they are, consequently, omitted here ; though, if they properly belong to the genus, they will, probably, be found half-hardy. Genus II. MYRICA‘RIA Desv. Tue Myricaria. Lin. Syst. Monadélphia Decandria. Identification. Desv. Ann. Sc. Nat., 4. p. 349.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 97.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 727. Synonymes. The species of Tamarix of authors that have monadelphous stamens. Derivation. From muriké, the Greek name of the tamarisk,'derived from mw7 6, to flow ; the species being generally found on the banks of running streams; or from the flowing of the sap as manna. Description, §c. Subevergreen shrubs, not growing to half the height of Tamarix gallica, and readily distinguished from it by their longer and thicker leaves, placed at a greater distance from one another on the stem; and by their larger flowers, which have 10 stamens. The propagation and culture are the same as those of the preceding genus. # 1, M. cerma’nica Desv. The German Myricaria, or German Tamarisk. Identification. Desv. Ann. Sc. Nat., 4. p. 349.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 97.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 727. Synonymes. Tamarix germanica Lin. Sp., 386., Schkuhr Handb., t. 35.; Tamariscus decandrus Lam. Fl. Fr.; Tamarix decandra Manch; Tamariscus germanicus Lod. Jc., 2. t. 218.; Tamaris d’ Allemagne, F7.; Deutschen 'Tamarisken, Ger. Engravings. Mill. Ic., t. 262. f. 2.; Schkuhr Handb., t. 35. ; Lob. Ic., 2. t. 218.; and our fig. 672. Spec. Char., §&c. Fruticulose, glabrous. Leaves linear- ri lanceolate, sessile. Spikes of flowers terminal, solitary. Bracteas longer than the pedicels. Capsules ascending. (Dec. Prod., iti. p. 97.) A native of inundated sandy places, and the banks of rivers, throughout all Europe ; and, in Asia, found on Caucasus, and the Himalayas. It was introduced into Britain in 1582, and, it is supposed, by Archbishop Grindall. It grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and flowers from June to September. # 2. M. panu‘rica Dec. The Dahurian Myricaria. Identification. Dec. Prod., 3. p. 98.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 728. Synonyme. Tamarix dahirica Willd. Act. Berol., No. 16. Spec. Char., §c. Shrubby, glabrous. Leaves linear, almost oblong, sessile, slightly spreading. Spikes of flowers lateral, ovate-cylindrical, thick, blunt, with scales at the base. Bracteas extending as far as the flowers. (Dec. Prod., iii. p.98.) A native of Siberia, beyond the Baikal, and of Dahuria. Introduced in 1816, and growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. 3R 4 950 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IT}. App. i. Other Sorts of Myricaria not yet introduced. M. squamdsa Desv., Ann. Sc. Nat., 4. p 350., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 728., is probably only a variety of M. dahurica. ; ‘ ‘ M. longifolia Dec., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 728.; Tamarix germanica Pall.; T. decandra Pall. ; T. longifolia Willd., M. linearifdlia Desv.) is a native of Siberia, at the Baikal, in saltish places. There are two forms of it described by Ehrenberg, in the Livmea. It grows to the height of 5ft. or ft. M. herbacea Desy., TAmarix germinica subherbacea Pall., appears to be a variety of M. ger- mAnica, as are, probably, all the other sorts above mentioned. The leaves and young shoots of this sort are used by the Mongolians as tea, and are administered by the priests of Tibet as medicine. M. bracteata Royle IMlust., p. 214. t. 44., is found in the vicinity of Cashmere. M. élegans Royle, |. c., is found at Lippa and Kunawar, where the climate resembles that of Tar- tary, and the soil is saline. ; Lie ‘ Both these Nepal species will probably prove hardy in Britain, when introduced. CHAP. XLVIII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER PHILADEL- PHA‘CEX. Tue hardy ligneous genera of this order are only two, and their charac- teristics may be taken together, as representing those of the order. PurtapE’LpHes L. Calyx with an obovate top-shaped tube that adheres to the ovary: the limb is in 4—5 parts. Petals 4—5, in estivation convo- lutely imbricate. Stamens 20—40, inserted into the throat of the calyx, in 1—2 series, shorter than the petals ; the filaments distinct. Styles 4—5, in some instances connate, in others more or less distinct. Stigmas 4—85, oblong or linear, in most instances distinct, in a few connate. Capsule half adnate to the calyx, of 4—5 cells, and enclosing many seeds. Seeds resem- bling sawdust ; individually awl-shaped, smooth, and included in an oblong, lax, membranous aril, that in some instances is fringed: they are grouped upon an angular placenta, in the angles of the cells. Albumen fleshy. Em- bryo inverted, almost as long as the albumen. Cotyledons oval-obtuse, flattish. Radicle rather taper, longer than the cotyledons, straight, obtuse. Shrubs or undershrubs, from the temperate regions of the northern hemi- sphere, and some of them from Western Asia. Leaves opposite, nerved, dentate or almost entire. Flowers white, pediceled upon axillary or ter- minal peduncles, that are branched in a trichotomously cymose, or in a somewhat panicled, manner, bracteated. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 205.) Decuma‘ria L. Calyx with its tube bell-shaped; its limb with 7—10 teeth. Petals as many as the teeth of the calyx, alternate with them, oblong. Stamens thrice as many as the petals, 2 in front of every petal, 1 between every 2 petals, allin 1 whorl. Style 1, very thick, expanded at the tip into a disk that bears 7—10 radiating stigmas. Capsule of egg-like figure, ter- minated by the style and stigma, and connate with the calyx to higher than the middle. The calyx has 7—10 nerves, and is toothless. The cap- sule has 7—10 celis, is valveless, and opens irregularly near the rather prominent nerves of the calyx. Seeds numerous, oblong, each enclosed in a membranous aril, and obliquely affixed to the centre. A sarmentose shrub. Leaves opposite, glabrous, entire, or dentate at the tip. Leaf buds hairy with short reddish hairs. Flowers white, sweet-scented, ter- minal, disposed subcorymbosely. The sexes are sometimes dicecious in gardens. (Dec. Prod. iil. p. 206.) Devu‘rzz4 Thunb. is a genus closely allied to Philadélphus; and it is highly probable that some of the species will ultimately be found to be as hardy as those of that genus; but, as this has not yet been proved te be the case, we have treated it as only half-hardy. CHAP. XLVIII. PHILADELPHA CEE. PHILADE’LPHUS. 951 Genus I. allele PHILADE’LPHUS ZL. Tue Puivapeipuus, or Mock ORANGE. Lin. Syst. Icosandria Monogynia. Hea ermons Uo. Gen., No. 614. ; Gertn. Fruct., 1. p. 173. t. 35.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 205. ; Don’s ill., 2. p. H Synonymes. Syringa Tourn. Inst., t. 389., not of Lin.; Philadelphus, Fr.; Pfeifenstrauch (Pipe Shrub), Ger. ; Pipe Privet, Gerard ; the Syringa of the gardens. Derivation. Philadélphus is a name used by Athenzus for a tree which cannot now be identified : Bauhin applied it to this genus. (Encyclopedia of Plants, p. 415.) Instead of the common trivial name Syringa, applied to this genus in gardens, as its English name, we have substituted its generic name, Philadelphus ; Sy7énga being the generic name of the lilac. Description. Deciduous shrubs, natives of Europe, North America, and Asia; cultivated for their very showy white flowers ; most of which have a strong scent, resembling, at a distance, that of orange flowers, but, when near, dis- agreeably powerful. All the species are of the easiest culture in any tolerably dry soil; and they are all propagated by layers, or by suckers or cuttings. The only sorts in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, which are truly distinct, either as species or varieties, are P. coronarius, P. (c.) inodorus, P. verru- cosus, P. laxus, P. (1.) grandiflorus, P. hirsitus, and P. tomentosus. The price of plants, in British nurseries, varies from 9d. to 1s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents to 2 francs ; and at New York, from 25 cents to half a dollar. § i. Stems stiff and straight. Flowers in Racemes. # 1, P.corona‘rius L. The garland Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Lin. Sp., 671. ; Schrad. Diss. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 205.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 807. Synonyme. Syringa suavéolens Mench Meth., 678. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 391. ; Schkuhr Handb., t. 121.; Lam. IIL, t. 420.; and our jig. 673. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, acuminate, serrately denticulate, 3-nerved, rather glabrous, but hairy upon the veins beneath; inflorescence racemose. Flowers sweet-scented. Lobes of the calyx acuminate. Styles distinct almost from the base, not exceeding the stamens in height. A native of the south of Europe, but not common there. (Dee. Prod., iii. p. 205.) Varieties. This species varies in having its leaves sometimes perfectly glabrous bene and sometimes slightly pubescent along the nerves ; and, besides, as ollows : — % P.c. 1 vulgaris Schkuhr Handb., t. 121., Lam. Il., t. 420., Dec. Prod., iii, p. 205.—A shrub of about the height of a man. Leaves ovate- oblong, large, and rather distant. x P.c. 2 ndnus Mill. Dict.,2.—A shrub, 2 ft. high; its branches and leaves crowded, and its flower-bearing branches incurved. It very seldom flowers, and it is not known of what country it is a native. 2 Pc. 3 flore pléno Lodd. Cat. is a dwarf plant, like the above, but with double flowers. x P, c. 4 variegdtus Lodd. Cat. has the leaves variegated with white or yellow, and is one of the few varieties of deciduous shrubs, which preserve, through the summer, a tolerably healthy appearance with their variegation. BQ Description, §c. The common syringa, or mock (S34 orange, is a shrub of 10 ft. or 12 ft. in height, crowded Ze, with slender upright shoots, which are produced from 77> the base, and along the sides of the stem. These ‘ shoots are clothed with a white bark, and interiorly they have a very large pith. The leaves are rough, and of a deep green above, though they are pale be- neath. The flowers come out from the sides and ends of the branches, in loose bunches, during the 952 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Li. months of May and June, before any of the other species of the genus. The flowers smell like those of the orange, and the leaves taste like the fruit of the cucumber. Very little is known as to the native country of this species. In the Nouveau Du Hamel it is considered as indigenous to Switzerland; and Pallas is said to have found it in beech forests on Caucasus. In the time of Miller, it was unknown of what country it was a native. Clusius, who, in the sixteenth century, observed plants of it in Spain, Austria, and Hungary, says that he never found it any where in a wild state; and that it was introduced into these countries from Belgium, where it was first cul- tivated in Europe. It was known to the ancients, and cultivated by the Parthians in the same country where Pallas found it in a wild state. (See Apollodorus, book iv., as quoted in the Nouveau Du Hamel, i. p. 71.) It was first brought into notice, in modern times, by Bauhin ; and it is now, owing to the extreme hardiness of the plant, to be found in almost every garden from Lisbon to Naples, and from the Mediterranean to Stockholm and Petersburg. It is one of the few shrubs that can be used to decorate the gardens of the latter cities; though not without some protection during winter. In British gardens, it has been known since the time of Gerard, who had plants of it growing in his garden, “in the suburb of Holborne, in verie great plentie.” The flowers are used to give their perfume to pomatum. It will grow in almost any situation, whether open or shady; and it is easily propagated by division of the root, and by suckers, layers, or cuttings. The general mode of propagation, in British nurseries, is by taking up the plants, and dividing them. x 2. P.(c)1novo‘rus L. The scentless-/lowered Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Lin. Sp., 671.; Catesb. Car., 2. t. 84.; Pursh Flor. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 329. ; Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1478.; Dec. Prod., 3. p.206.; Don’s Mill, 2. p.808.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Syringa inoddra Meench ; P. \axus in various English gardens Engravings. Catesb. Car., 2. t.84.; Bot. Mag., t. 1478.; and our fig. 674. Spec. Char., §c. eaves broad-ovate, acuminate» <~ perfectly entire, 3-nerved, usually feather-nerved- Flowers singly, or in threes. Style, at the very tip divided into 4 oblong stigmas. A native of South Carolina, upon the banks of rivers: veryrare. Re- 22> cent botanists do not find it in Carolina. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) Introduced into British gardens in 1738, and to be found in various collections. It isa some- what rambling shrub, not quite so high, nor alto- gether so hardy, as P. coronarius ; though it appears to be only a variety of that species. There are plants in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, and in the Vauxhall Nursery, and they are easily re- cognised from every other sort, by having the leaves perfectly entire. % 3. P.(c.) Zey’nerRI Schrad, Zeyher’s Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Schrad. Diss. Philad. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p.205. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p.807. Engraving. Schrad. Diss. Philad., ic. Spec. Char., §c. Not so tall as P.c. vulgaris. Leaves ovate, acuminate, ser- rately denticulate, rounded at the base, 3-nerved, hairy upon the veins be- neath. Inflorescence somewhat racemose. Flowers fewer and larger than in P. c. vulgaris, and scentless. Lobes of the calyx long, acuminate. Style deeply 4-cleft. A native of North America. It differs from P. c. vulgaris, chiefly in its leaves being rounded at the base, and in its flowers being fewer, larger, and scentless. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 205.) There is a plant in the Horticultural Society’s garden. x% 4, P, verRuco‘sus Schrad. The warted Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Schrad. Diss. Philad.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 205. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 807. Synonyme. P. grandifldrus Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 570., Lodd. Cat, ed. 1836, Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 570.; and our fig. 675. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves elliptic-ovate, acuminate, denticulate, pubescent with hairs beneath, and bearing beneath, upon the midrib and primary veins, warts —_ CHAP. XLVIII. PHILADELPHA‘CER. PHILADE’LPHUS. 953 at the base of the hairs. Similar warts are, also, on the peduncles, pedicels, and calyxes. Inflorescence : racemose. Lobes of the calyx acu- minate. Style, at the very tip, 4-cleft. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) A native of North America. Introduced in 1800, or before; and forming a vi- gorous-growing shrub, 8 ft. or 10 ft. high, or more, with young shoots twice the thickness of those of P. corona- rius, and having a somewhat more fastigiate habit. P. specidsus Schrad. appears to be only a variety of this species. When in flower, this sort and the two following makea splendid appearance; the plants, in fine seasons, being so entirely covered with bloom as scarcely to show the leaves. To give them a gardenesque character, they ought to stand singly, with abundance of room, and have all their suckers removed as they are produced, so as to leave each bush with only a single stem. & 5. P. (v.) tatiro‘Lius Schrad. The broad-leaved Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. ~ ik Identification. Schrad. Diss. Philad.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 206.; Don’s Mill., 2. p.807. ; Lodd. Cat., Soe “pp pubéscens Cels Hort., Lois. Herb. Amat., t. 208. Engravings. Lois. Herb, Amat., t. 208.; and our jig. 676. Spec. Char.,§c. Bark whitish. Leaves broad-ovate, acuminate, toothed, nerved with about 5 nerves, and pubescent with hairs beneath. Flowers in racemes. Lobes of the calyx acuminate. Style 4-cleft at the very tip. A native of North America. It is distinguish- able by its bark being whitish ; and by its leaves, especially those of the younger branches, being more broadly ovate; and by the hairs they bear not being based by warts. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) There are plants in the Garden of the yw” London Horticultural Society,and in the arboretum of Messrs. Lod- diges ; and they appear to us to be nothing more than a variety of ne \ P. verrucosus. As a tolerably dis- 676 ay tinct variety, however, and as a splendid plant when in flower, it is well deserving of cultivation. % 6, P.(v.) FLoRIBU’NDUS Schrad. The abundant-flowered Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Schrad. Diss. Philad. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 205. ; Don’s Mill, 2. p. 807. Engraving. Schrad. Diss. Philad., ic. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-oval, and with a long acuminate tip, serrately toothed, 3-nerved, pubescent, with hairs beneath. Inflorescence subrace- mose. Flowers 5—7, showy, slightly scented. _ Lobes of the calyx long and acuminate. Style 4-cleft at the very tip. (Dec. Prod., iii. p.205.) A native of North America, which has been some years in British gardens, \ W i 954 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. where it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., flowering in May and June. The plant with this name in the Horticultural Society’s Garden appears to be only a variety of P. verrucosus. § ii. Stems more slender, rambling, twiggy, and loose. Flowers solitary, or 2 or 3 together. & 7, P..ua’xus Schrad. The loose-growing Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Hortul. ; Schrad. Diss. Philad.; Dec. Prod., 3. fies ax 677 p. 206.; Don’s Mill., 2. p, 807. : ‘ Synonymes. P. hamilis Hortul.; P. pubescens Lodd. Cat., edit. any nrunine Schrad. Diss. Philad., ic. ; and our fig. 677. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-ovate and with a long acuminate tip, toothed, pubescent with hairs beneath. Flowers solitary, 2 or 3 together. Lobes of the calyx very long, acumi- nate. Style 4-cleft. Stigmas about level with the stamens. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) A native \ of North America. Introduced about 1830; and, 22==>\ according to the specimens in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Loddiges, a rambling sarmentose shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., with somewhat pubescent leaves, and brown shoots; apparently, the ten- derest of the genus. % 8. P.(L.) GRaNDIFLO‘RUs Willd. The large-flowered Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Willd. Enum., 1. p.511.; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 44.; Schrad. Diss. Philad.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 206. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 807. . Synonyme. P. inoddrus Hortul.; P.laxus Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Engravings. Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 44.; Schrad. Diss. Philad., ic. ; and our fig. 676. Spec. Char., §c. A shrub, 10 ft. or 12 ft. high. Epidermis of the branches of a reddish brown colour. Leaves ovate, with a long acuminate tip, den- ticulate, 3-nerved, hairy upon the veins, and with groups of hairs in the axils of the veins. Flowers about 3 together, or solitary; scentless. Lobes of the calyx long, acuminate. Styles, concrete into one which ex- tends beyond the stamens. Stigmas 4, linear. (Dec. Prod., ili. p. 206.) A native of North America; introduced into British gardens in 1811. A loose, rambling shrub, seldom exceeding 4 ft. or 5 ft. in height, and dif- fering in P.laxus chiefly in having more pubescence on the leaves, and considerably larger flowers. : 2 9, P, uirsu‘tus Nutt. The hairy-/eaved Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Am., 1. p.301.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 206.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 808. Synonymes. P. villdsus Lodd. Cat.; P. gracilis Lodd. Cat. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 47.; and our figs. 678, 678 a. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves oblong-ovate, acute, dentate, Qy* 5-nerved, hairy on both surfaces, whitish on the under Qu one. Flowers singly, or by threes. Styles concrete gs to the tip. Stigmas undivided. Frequent in rocks of (#% 4 North America, in Tennessee, by the river French. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) Introduced into British gardens in 1820, where it grows to the height of 3 ft., flowering in June. This is a hairy sarmentose ae : shrub, distinct from all the other sorts; and which would, probably, grow to the height of 20ft. or an CHAP. XLVIII. . PHILADELPHA CER. DECUMA’RIA. 955 30 ft., if trained against a wall, or drawn up among trees, and other shrubs. A plant, which we received from Colonel Carr, of Bartram’s Botanic Gar- den, near Philadelphia, in 1830, produced, in our garden at Bayswater, trailing shoots from 6 ft. to 8 ft. long, in one season. £10. P. romento‘sus Wall. The woolly-leaved Philadelphus, or Mock Orange. Identification. Wall. Cat., 3658.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 807. Synonymes. P. nepalénsis Lodd. Cat. edit. 1836; ? P. triflbrus Royle. Engraving. Royle Illust., t. 46. f. 1. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, acuminated, denticulated, tomentose beneath. Racemes terminal. Pedicels opposite. Lobes of calyx ovate, acute. (Don’s Mil., ii. p. 807.) A native of Nepal and Kamaon. Introduced in 1822; and growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6ft. P. triflorus, Royle observes, is, probably, only P.tomentosus in a less advanced state. There are plants of this very distinct species in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, and in the Hammersmith Nursery, but they have not yet flowered, Genus II. DECUMA‘RIA L. Tue Decumaria. Lin, Syst. Dodecandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 597.; Lam. Ill, t. 403. ; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 808. Synonyme. Forsythia Walt., not of Vahl. Derivation. From decuma, a tenth; in reference to the prevailing number, in some of the parts of fructification, being ten, In De Candolle’s description of the genus, it is stated that the teeth and nerves of the calyx, the petals, the stigmas, and the cells of the capsule, are each usually ten. Description. A deciduous trailing and rooting shrub. A native of Lower Carolina, in shady places. Introduced in 1785; but, being of little beauty, and somewhat tender, not frequent in collections. It will grow in any dry soil, and is readily propagated by cuttings. * 1. D. Ba’rpara ZL. The barbarous Decumaria. Identification. Lin. Sp., No. 1668.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 206.; Don’s Mill., 2. p. 808. Synonymes. D.radicans Manch Meth., 17.; D. Forsythia Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282.; D. . prostrata Lodd. Cat. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 6. t. 20.; and our figs. 679, 680. Spec. Char., §c. A sarmentose shrub. Leaves ovate-oblong, acute at both ends, glabrous, en- tire or toothed at the tip. Buds hairy with short rufous hairs. (Dec. Prod., ili. p. 206.) The flowers, which appear in July and August, are sweet-scented; but they are only produced in favourable situations ; and the plant seldom rises above 44 ft. org 5 ft., in the open air, in the climate of London. The only place in which we have seen a vigorous growing plant of : Decumaria is in the garden of the Rev Thomas Garnier, at Bishop Stoke, in Hampshire, where, in 1834, it had attained the height of 12 ft., trained against a wall. To what the specific name applies we do not know. Variety. « D, b. 2 sarmentosa Dec. Prod., ili.p. 206.; D. sarmentosa Bosc Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par., i. p. 76. t.13., Hort. Brit.; Forsythia scandens Walt. Car., 154.—Lower leaves rounded; upper leaves ovate-lan- 956 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 11]. ceolate. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 206.) A native of moist shaded places in Virginia and Carolina. Judging from the plant in the Horticul- tural Society’s Garden, it only differs from the species in being a little more vigorous. App. I. Half-hardy ligneous Plants of the Order Philadelphacea. Deiitzia scabra Thunb. (Don’s Mill., 2. p.808.; Bol. ~ Reg., t.1718.; and our fig. 681.) is a climbing or an as- cending shrub, with ovate, acuminated, serrated leaves ; scabrous stellate hairs; and with white flowers, in com- A pound panicles. It is a native of Japan, where the g leaves are used by joiners in smoothing and polishing. It was introduced in 1822; grows to the height of 6 ft. or 7 ft., flowering in May or June; and appears to be as hardy as Caprifolium japénicum. It is a very showy free-flowering plant, and deserves a place in every col- lection. It is readily propagated by cuttings or layers, and thrives in any light soil, trained to a wall, and slightly protected during severe frosts. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 5s. each. _ D. corymbosa R. Br., Don’s Mill., 2. p. 808., Royle Illust., t. 46. f. 2.; Philadélphus corymbosus Waill.; has glabrous leaves, and white flowers. It is a native of Kamaon ; grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and pro- bably is as hardy as the preceding sort. (See p. 173.) There are plants in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden. D. staminea R. Br., Philadélphus stamineus Waill., has entire, scabrous, lanceolate leaves, and bite sweet-scented flowers. It is a native of Nepal, on high mountains; but it is not yet intro- uced. D. Brunonia Waill., Leptospérmum scabrum JVaill., has ovate leaves, and axillary white flowers. It is a native of Kamaon, but has not yet been introduced. The last three sorts are probably only varieties of one form. CHAP. XLIX. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER MYRTA‘CEER, Tuis is one of the most natural groups of woody plants; and, in general, may be easily recognised by its opposite entire leaves, full of transparent dots ; which indicate the presence of an oil which is fragrant, aromatic, pungent, vola- tile: hence the grateful perfume of the leaves, flowers, and fruit of the greater number of plants belonging to this order. Like most highly aromatic woody plants, the species are chiefly inhabitants of warm climates. The common myrtle is a native of Europe; but all the other genera belong to North or South America, Africa, Asia, or Australia. A great many of the species are very suitable for a conservative wall, from their being evergreen, and from the beauty of their foliage and flowers; and many of them, in the neighbourhood of London, require little more protection than the common myrtle. All the species may be readily propagated by cuttings. The half-hardy, or green- house, species, cultivated in British gardens, will be found arranged in the four following groups:—I. Melaleicee; II. Euleptospérmez ; III. A/yrtez; and IV. Chamelauciéz. Sect. I. Metateu ce. Stamens polyadelphous. Fruit dry. Tristania neriifilia R. Br.; Melaletca neriifolia Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1058. ; M. salicifdlia Bot. Rep., t. 485.; and our fig. 682. ; is a native of New South Wales, introduced in 1804, and flowering from CHAP. XLIx. MYRTA CEE. MELALEU‘CER. 957 June to September. In its native country, it is a tree growing to the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft. There has been a stool of this species in the American ground of the Kensington Nursery,for upwards of 10 years, which, though protected by mats during winter, shows the species to be tolerably hardy. There are several other species described, but very few of them have yet been introduced. (See Don’s Miil., ii. p. 813.) A Beaufértia decussita R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t.18.; Bot. Mag., t.1733.; and our fig. 683.) is a native of New Holland, introduced in 1800, and producing its scarlet flowers from May to July. It attains, in green-houses, the height of 8 ft. or 10ft., growing freely, and flowering abundantly every year; and, doubtless, would be very suitable for a conservative wall. It, and all the species of jhe preceding genus, and following genera, are of the easiest propagation and culture in sand and peat. Calothimnus villisa R. Br. (Bot. Reg., t.1099.; and our fig. 684.) isa native of New Holland, introduced in 1823, growing to the height of 4ft. or 5 ft.,and producing its splendid scarlet flowers from July to September. C. gracilis R. Br., C. quadrifida R. Br. Bot. Mag., t. 1506, and C. clavata Cunningh., from New Holland, are also in British gardens. The first is the most common. Melaleica squamea Labill. (Bot. Reg., t. 477.) is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, where it forms a middle-sized tree, with lanceolate leaves, and lilac flowers. Introduced in 1805, and flowering in June and July. M. linearifolia Smith Exot. Bot., t. 56.; Metrosidéros hyssopifdlia Cav. ; the Tea Tree of New Holland ; and our fig. 685., representing a full-grown tree in the neighbourhood of Sydney, upwards of 30 ft. high ; is a native of New South Wales, and has green-coloured flowers, which are produced aay and August. It has beeninthe country since M. pulchélig R. Br., Bot. Cab., t. 200., is a native of New Holland, on the south coast, with reddish flow- ers, which are produced from June to September. It wes introduced in 1803, and grows to the height of M. hypericifolia Smith (Bot. Reg., t. 200. ; and our Jig. 687.) is a native of New South Wales, introduced in 1792. Its flowers are of a splendid scarlet, and they are produced from June to August. M. squarrisa Smith Bot, Mag., t. 1935., has yellow- ish flowers, It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, where it grows to the height of 40 ft. ; and was intro- duced in 1794. There are above a dozen other species in British _ gardens, all well deserving a place against a conservative wall. In Italy, some species of this genus have attained the height of 30 ft. or 40 ft., in a very few years. (See p. 168.) & * “ia 958 ARBORETUM AND. FRUTICETUM. PARTY III. Eudésmia tetragina R. Br. (Swt. Fl. Austr., t. 21. , and our fig. 686.) is a native of New Holland, at Lucky Bay, where it forms a tree growing to the height of 20 ft., and producing its white flowers in July. It was introduced in 1824. Sect. 1]. Eurerrospe’rmMe®. Stamens free. Fruit dry. The genus Eucalyptus is a very remarkable one. The name is derived from eu, well, and kalypto, to cover as with a lid; in reference to the limb of the calyx covering the flower before expansion, and afterwards falling off in one piece, in the shape of a lid or cover. The calyx is cup-shaped. Petals wanting. Stamens numerous and free. Capsule 4-celled, and many- seeded. The leaves quite entire, and coriaceous. Peduncles axillary, and bearing an umbel of 3—15 flowers, which are white. The genus con- sists of above 100 species, or varieties, all timber trees, growing to a great height, and natives of New Holland and Van Diemen’s Land. Those belonging to the latter country appear to be decidedly half- hardy in the neighbourhood of London: some of them, as E. robista and E. pulverulénta, are almost quite hardy; and, in the south of England, probably most of the species, if planted so as to form one entire wood, would protect one another; and, if they did not attain the size of timber trees, would, at least, form a dense Australian copse. The chief reason why these trees do not appear hardier in England is, that our summers are not sufficiently hot thoroughly to ripen their wood; for it appears that, in the mountains of Van Diemen’s Land, they are subject to be frequently covered with snow. In Italy, as we have seen in p. 168., several of the species of this genus have attained the height of 100 ft. in a very few years; and in their native country, as it appears from the information communicated in p. 186., the height of 200 ft.is by no means unknown. We have had a number of por- traits of full-grown trees of this and other genera made for us in the neigh- bourhood of Sydney, by our friend Mr, Thompson, an eminent artist, resident there; and engravings from some of these drawings will be found under their respective species. The wood of this genus is very durable. Dr. Laing states that a stump of the blue gum tree (E. piperita) remained in the ground, quite sound, for 35 years after the tree had been cut down. (Hist. and Stat., &c.) The terms red, blue, and white gum trees, as applied to different species of this genus, have reference to the colour of the bark. The bark contains a great proportion of tannin, and is said to be twice as powerful in its opera- tion as that obtained from the oak. Eucalgptus resinifera Smith (Bot. Rep., t. 400. ; and our figs. 688, 689. 691: fig. 688. represents the different parts of the flower, and fig. 691 is the portrait of a tree 200ft. high), the Iron Bark Tree, is a native of New Holland, where it produces a resin,which, for all medical purposes, is considered equal to kino. It was introduced into Britain in 1788, and flowers from April to July. In its native coun. try, it is from 150 ft. to 200ft. high. A tree at Saxmundham in Suffolk, sown by the widow of Sir J. E. Smith, is upwards of 20 ft. high, with two stems, each‘of which is as thick as a man’s leg. About London, it requires very little protection, when planted against a wall. CHAP. XLIX. MYRTA‘CER. EULEPTOSPE’RMEX. 959 E. roliista Smith, the Stringy Bark Tree, (see our plate of a young ttee in Vol. II.) is a native of New Holland, growing to the height of upwards of 1L00ft., which stands the open air, in mild winters, in the neighbourhood of London. ‘The leaves are large, and the entire plant has a magnificent appear- ance. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, at W. Bromley’s, Esq., Stamford Hill, and at some other places Wit / py 6 bi, in the neighbourhood of London. RANA IN - 2 : E. viminalis Labill. Nov. @ i ant j Holl., ii. p. 12, t. 151. and our figs. 692. and 693., is a tree, a native of Van Diemen’s Land, with the leaves linear- lanceolate and flowers sessile, three on the top of each pe- duncle. It was introduced in ‘1810. E. amygdilina Labill. Nov. Hoil., ii. p. 14. t. 154; E. glo- bularis Hort.; and our figs. eo oe 94 and 695.; has linear-lan- 2 Calsriad- igh ee ceolate leaves, attenuated at SS the base, and acuminately mucronate at the apex. Peduncles axillary and lateral ; and umbels 6—S- flowered, nearly capitate. It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land. Introduced in 1820. E. piperita Smith, and our figs. 696. and 690. (the latter of a tree 50 ft. high, in the neigh- bourhood of Sydney), the Blue Gum Tree, has leaves from 4in. to 7 in. long, and 1 in. broad, shining tm both surfaces. It is a native ef New Holland, where it forms a lofty tree; and, in this country, it is almost as hardy as E. robista. E. cordata Labill. Nov. Holl. ii. p.13. t. 152., and our fig. 698., has the lid of the capsule de- pressed, and shorter than the cup, which is obovate. Flowers 3—4 in each head. There is a tree at W. Bromley’s, Esq., Stamford Hill, which appears tolerably hardy. E. pulverulénta Sims Bot. Mag., t.208.; E. corddita Hort. Berol.; and our fig. 697.; is a native of New Holland, with powdered leaves, and the lid of the capsule truly hemispherical. It grows to a lofty tree in its native country, and seems tolerably hardy in the neighbourhood of London. ‘There are trees of this species in the Horticultural Society’s Garden; in the arboretum at Kew, and one 20 ft. high in the garden of William Bromley, Esq., at Stamford Hill, all of which flower eae? every year. The latter had been 10 years planted in 1835, without receiving any protection whatever. ‘E. diversifolia Bonpl , E. connaita Dum. Cours., E. piperita Hort. Berol., E. heterophylla Sw#., E. angustifdlia Hort., is - a native of New Holland, with lanceolate, acuminated leaves, “~~ where it forms a lofty tree. Plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden have stood out three years, but are not found so hardy as E. pulverulénta, E. robusta, E. resinifera, and E, piperita, . Several other species of Eucalyptus are in British gardens ; and there is probably no very great dif- ference in their degree of hardiness. It is much to be wished that proprictors in the South of Eng- land would encourage their gardeners to plant out these, and other Australian trees, in dry sheltered places in their shrubberies and woods. The plants cost little ; and seeds are very frequently imported and might be sent home in the greatest abundance if there were a demand for them. — 358 960 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY JIT. Angéphora cordifolia Cav., Metrosidéros hispidus Smith, (Bot. Mag., t. 1960. ; and our fig. 699.) is a native of New Holland, with yellowish flowers, rather large, which are produced from May to August. _ In British green-houses, it isa shrub, seldom growing to the height of more than from 8 ft. to 10 ft. It was introduced in 1789. A. lanceolata Cav., the Apple Tree of New Holland, Metrosidéros spléndens G@rz., (see our fig. 702., which is a portrait of a tree, in the neighbourhood of Sydney, 60 ft. high,) isa native of Port Jackson, the leaves of which vary in their position from opposite to alternate. It was introduced in 1816; and in British green-houses, where it is not more than 4 ft. or 6 ft. high, when grown in pots, it flowers from May to August. Callistemon salignus Dec., Metrosidéros salfgnus Smith, is a native of New Holland, with lance- olate leaves, and pale yellow flowers. In British green-houses, it grows to the height of 10ft., and flowers from May toJuly. There are several other species in British gardens. C. lanceolatus Dec.; Metrosidéros lanceolatus Smith; M. citrina Bot, Mag., t.260.; and our fig. 700. ; is a native of New Holland, with scarlet flowers, which are produced from June to November, > CHAP. XLIX. MYRTA‘CER. MY’RTEX. 961 It was imtroduced in 1788; and in Buchanan’s arboretum, at Camberwell, it has stood three years, without the slightest protection. The genus may be considered nearly as hardy as that of Eucalyptus. Metrosidéros corifolius Vent. ; Leptospérmum ambiguum Smith Exot. Bot., t. 59. ; and our fig.705.; the Coris-leaved Iron-wood ; is a native of New Holland; which, in British green-houses, forms a pide ane to6ft. high. There are many other species described, and two or three inore in- troduced. Leptospérmum grandifolium Smith (Bot. Mag., t. 1810.; Bot. Cab., t.701.; and our fig. 701.) is a New Holland shrub,with large white flowers, produced in June and July. It was introduced in 1803 ; and, in British gardens, grows to the height of 6 ft. or 7 ft. L. lanigerum Ait., Bot. Cab., t. 1192.; Philadélphus lani- gerus Azt.; isa Van Diemen’s Land shrub, introduced in 1774; and so hardy, that it frequently stands the open air for two or three years together, in the open ground, in the London nurseries, without the slightest protection. There are numerous species described, and above a dozen of them introduced. Billblia marginita R. Br.; Leptospérmum marginatum Labill. Nov. Holl., 2. p. 10. t. 148. ; isa shrub with the habit of Leptospérmum, introduced in 1820, and flowering in June and July. There are two other species of this genus, one of which, B. flexuosa D. Don, has been introduced. Fabricia myrtifilia Gertn. (Bot. Mag., t. 1304; and our Jig. 703.) is a shrub from New South Wales, growing to PR RE a (NO the height of 10 ft., and producing its white flowers in May fuse ARR and June. It was introduced in 1788. nee, F. stricta Lodd. (Bot. Cub., t. 1219.) was introduced in 1827, and flowers from April to July; but neither this nor the preceding species blossoms till it is 5 or 6 years old. # SS + Be’ chia virgata Andry. Bot. Rep., t. 598., Bot. Cab., t. 341., and our fig. 704. ; Leptospérmum vir- gatum Forsk.; Melaleica virgata Lin. fil.; is a native of New Caledonia, where it grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and produces its white flowers from August to October. There are 19 species described in Don’s Mer, ii. p. 827., about half a dozen of which have been introduced. Sect. HI. Myrrex. Stamens free. Fruit fleshy. Psidium Cattleyanum Sabine, Bot. Reg., t. 622., and our fig. 706.; P. coriaceum Marsh. Herb.; P. chinénse Lodd. ; Cattley’s Guava ; is a native of China, where it grows to the height of 20ft. It was introduced in 1818, and is generally kept in stoves along with the other species of Psidium ; but, as it has been known to ripen its fruit in a green-house, we have introduced it here, as there can be no doubt that the plant might be preserved against a conservative wall. Myrtus comminis L., the common Myrtle, is a well-known evergreen shrub, a native of the south of Europe, which is found wild in France, about Mar- seilles, and from that city, along the coast, to Genoa (growing in thickets, even within reach of the spray of the sea), and throughout Italy. It was a great favourite among the ancients, by whom it was held sacred to Venus. The name is said to be taken from that of Myrsine, an Athenian maiden, a favourite 35 2 962 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. of Minerva, who, suffering love to overpower her wis- dom, was changed into a myrtle by her offended mis- <2y»., tress, and taken pity on by Venus. Others say that \—\ Venus, when she first sprang from the bosom of the sea, hada wreath of myrtle onher head. The temples of this goddess were always surrounded by groves of myrtle ; and in Greece she was adored under the name of Myrtilla. Pliny says that the Romans and Sabines, when they were reconciled, laid down their arms under a myrtle tree, and purified themselves with its boughs. Wreaths of myrtle were the symbols of authority worn by the Athenian magistrates. The weapons of war were also formed of this tree; and sprigs of myrtle were entwined with the laurel wreaths worn by those conquerors, during their triumphs, who had gained a victory without bloodshed. The victors in the Olympic and other games were also adorned with myrtle. In Rome, two myrtles were placed before the temple of Romulus Quirinus, to represent the plebeian and patrician orders, which were predicted to be in the ascendency according to the state of the trees. The Roman ladies put the leaves of the myrtle into their baths, persuaded that the plant of Venus must be favourable to beauty. The branches and berries were steeped in wine to give it a flavour; and the fruit was used in cookery, as the entire plant was in medicine. The ancient poets made it their favourite theme; and Virgil represents Aineas discovering it to be the metamorphosed Polydorus. (neid, book iii.) The myrtle has been known in England since 1597 ; and has been frequently noticed by British poets. Spencer says,— ** Right in the middest of that Paradise, There stood a stately mount, on whose round top A gloomy grove of myrtle trees did rise, Whose shady boughs sharp steel did never lop, Nor wicked beasts their tender boughs did crop ; But, like a girland compassed the height,* And from their fruitful sides fresh gum did drop, That all the ground with precious dew bedight, Threw forth most dainty odours, and most sweet delight.” Faerie Queene. ' Milton places the myrtle in the bower of Eve; and Thomson, in those beau- tiful lines, beginning, “ The lovely young Lavinia once had friends,” com- pares Lavinia to a myrtle which ** Rises far from human eye, And breathes its balmy fragance o’er the wild.’ Seasons. Autumn. Though the myrtle is now common as underwood in Italy, Pliny tells us that it was not a native of that country; and that the first myrtle seen in Europe was planted near the tomb of one of the companions of Ulysses at Circeii; and he adds that it still retained its Greek name of murtos. It is remarkable, that this name is still preserved in all the European languages ; the myrtle being called myrtus in Latin; myrto, in Italian and Spanish ; murte, in German ; myrter, in Danish; myrten, in Swedish; mirte, in French; and: myrta, or murta, in Portuguese. Pliny mentions eleven sorts of myrtles, and says that the most odoriferous grew in Egypt. Cato only speaks of three kinds. The first cultivation of the myrtle in England is assigned, in the Hortus Kewensis, to the year 1629; when Parkinson informs us that he had three sorts in his garden; viz. the broad-leaved, and two varieties of the box- leaved. Gerard, however, in 1597, says that “ myrtles never bear any fruit in England ;” which, surely, implies the cultivation of it in this country before that period. Bradley states that myrtles were introduced by Sir Francis Carew and Sir Walter Raleigh, in 1585. When they returned to England, after a residence in Spain, just before the invasion of the Spanish armada, one of these myrtles was planted by Sir F. Carew at Bedington. Evelyn, in 1678, says, “I know of one (a myrtle) near 80 years old, which has been continually exposed, unless it be that, in some exceeding sharp seasons, a little dry straw has been thrown upon it ;” and it is supposed that he alluded CHAP. XLIXx. MYRTA‘CER. MY’RYEXR. 963 to the tree at Beddington, which was of the Spanish broad-leaved, or orange- leaved, variety, and which Miller and Bradley report, in 1724, to have been above 18 ft. high, and to have spread about 45 ft. This tree, however, must have been of more than the age assigned to it by Evelyn; and is supposed to have been killed by the severe frost of 1739-40, when it was 160 years old. Johnson, in his edition of Gerard, states that the broad-leaved and narrow- leaved varieties were, in 1633, “nourished in the garden of Mistress Tuggie, in Westminster.” (Mart. Mill.) Varieties, The following forms, or varieties, of myrtle, the first of which may be considered as the species, are given in Don’s Miller, ii. p. 834. :— § i. Melanocérpa Dec., with black Fruit. The varieties comprised in this group are all frequent in the south of Europe, where there are subvarieties belonging to this division with double flowers and variegated leaves. # M.c. 1 romana Dec. Prod., 3. p. 239.; the common broad-leaved, or Roman, Myrtle, with ovate leaves, and long pedicels. This kind is sometimes called the flowering myrtle, because it flowers more freely in England than any other variety. # M. c. 2 tarentina Mill. Icon., t. 184 f. 1.; the Tarentum, or Box-leaved Myrtle. — Leaves small and ovate. Flowers small, and opening late in the autumn. Berries round. M. c. 3 itdlica Mill. Dict.,:the Italian, or upright, Myrtle, has the leaves ovate-lanceolate and the branches erect. # M.c. 4 be'tica Mill. Dict., Blackw., t. 114. ; the Andalusian, or Orange-leaved, Myrtle, has the leaves lanceolate and acuminate. M. c. 5 lusitinica Lin. Sp.; M. acdta Mill. Dict., Clus. Hist., 1. p. 66. fig. 1.; the Portugal Myrtle. The Nutmeg Myrtle appears to be only a subvariety of this. # M.c. 6 bélgica Mill. Dict., the broad-leaved Dutch Myrtle, has the leaves lanceolate, acumi- nated, crowded together, and of a dark green. The double-flowered Myrtle appears to be a sub variety. # M. c.7 mucronata L.; M. minima Mill. ; the Rosemary, or Thyme-leaved, Myrtle ; has the leaves linear-lanceolate, acuminated. § ii, Leucocarpa Dec. Fruit white. # M. c. 8 leucocirpa Dec., the white-berried Myrtle. —This variety is a native of Greece and the Balearic Islands. The fruit is rather large, and edible, with a grateful taste and smell. § iii. Garden Varieties. The above varieties are constant ; but there are many varictiesin gardens which are more va- riable : the following are the names of most of these :— 1. Gold-striped broad-leaved Myrtle. 2. Broad-leaved Jews’ Myrtle. This variety has its leaves frequently in threes, on which account it is said to be in esteem among the Jews in their religious ceremonies. 3. Gold-striped Orange-leaved Myrtle. Silver-striped Italian Myrtle. . Striped-leaved Myrtle. . Silver-striped Rosemary-leaved Myrtle. Silver-striped Nutmeg Myrtle. Cock’s-comb, or Bird’s-nest Myrtle. . Spotted-leaved Myrtle. Propagation, Culture, §c. All the varieties are readily propagated by cuttings; and those which ripen their fruit, such as the common broad-leaved myrtle, come up in abundance from seeds. Cut- tings may either be made of the ripe wood, or of that which is in a growing state; the latter root soonest, but they require most care, and success will be most certain when they are planted in sand, and covered with a bell-glass. The finer varieties of myrtle might be grafted on the common and hardier sorts ; and perhaps something might be gained in rendering the Australian Myrtacee more hardy, by grafting them on the common myrtle. Perhaps, also, something might be done in the way of cross-fecundation between Myrtus, Psidium, Melaleuca, &c. Statistics. In the environs of London, the broad and narrow-leaved myrtles stand out, in dry warm situations, as bushes; sometimes having the extremities of the shoots killed down by frost; but more frequently by the direct influence of the sun after a frosty night, accompanied with snow and sleet. After such nights, the plants should either be watered overhead with water, to thaw the frost ; or covered with a mat, to prevent them from thawing suddenly by the sun’s rays. The safest mode in such weather is, to cover the plant with mats at night ; because, though frost will not kill it, yet it always injures the foliage. Both double and single varieties of the common myrtle cover large spaces of a wall in the Horticultur:1 Society’s Garden ; and there are many houses and gardens in the neighbourhood of London that can exhibit trained plants from 10 ft. to 20 ft. high, and nearly as wide. At Cobham Hall, in Kent, there are several trees against the house 30 ft. high. On the Sussex coast, about Worthing, there are some very fine plants against houses. In the Isle of Wight, and in Devonshire, the myrtle forms hedges to gardens, and, in shrubberies, grows as large as the arbutus does about London, At the Willows, near Swansea, in Glamorganshire, there were, in 1828, two myrtles 15 ft. high, as standards in the open ground, the branches of the largest of which covered a space 90 ft. in circumference. (See Gard. Mag., xi. p. 360.) In Scotland, in East Lothian, more especially at Biel, the myrtle grows against a wall with very little protection. In Ireland, in the Trinity College Botanic Garden, Dublin, all the varieties, except the orange-leaved, stood out against a wall with a southern aspect ; and at Youghall, near Cork, there is a plant in the open gar- den 20 ft. high, which has never had any protection. The myrtle will not stand out against a wall, in the neighbourhood of Paris, without a good deal more protection than it requires about London ; but, about Toulon and Nice, it grows wild in abundance; and in gardens it not only forms hedges, but is sometimes trained as a tree with a clear stem. This, however, is no improvement to it; for, as the head is thickly crowded with small branches, which only bear leaves at their extremities, it pre- sents, when the eye is beneath it, a miserable appearance, looking, as is observed in the Nouveau Du Hamel, more like a magpie’s nest, or a dead bush placed on a pole, than a living tree. 3S 3 (OAD oe 964 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETOM. PART III. M.tomentosa Ait., M. canéscens Lour., (Bot. Mag., t. 250. ; and our fig. 707. ;) is a native of China, Cochin-China, and the Neelgherry Mountains, in the East Indies, with rose-coloured flowers, which appear in June and July. It was introduced in 1776, and grows to the height of 5ft. or 6ft. This very hand- some plant is not unfrequent in collections, though it has been seldom tried against a wall, except in the south of England; where, in Pontey’s Nursery at Plymouth, and in other places, it has been found quite hardy. In the neighbourhood of London, it might be grafted on the common myrtle; and surely some interesting hybrids might be originated between this and the common species. There isa variety of M. tomentdsa in some nurseries, with leaves less downy than the species, which is known as M. affi‘nis. M. tenuifolia Smith in Lin. Trans., ii. p.380., Don’s Miller, ii. p. 836., is a native of New Holland, with leaves am inch long and one line broad; and with white flowers one half smaller than those of M.comminis. It was in- troduced in 1824; but, as its fruit and seeds have not been examined by botanists, it may probably belong to some other genus. Some other green- house species of MYrtus are described in Don’s Miller, and particularly M. nummularia, a creeping species from the Straits of Magellan, and M. myrsi- néides from the colder parts of Peru; but both of which will probably prove half-hardy, and neither of which have yet been introduced. Sect. 1V. Cuama@aucise\x. Stamens free, or somewhat polya- delphous. Fruit dry, with \ cell. Ovules ereet. Chamelaicium cilidtum Desf. Mém. Mvs., v. p. 40. t. 3. f. B., is 2 native of New Holland, at King George’s Sound, a very singular shrub, with opposite, crowded, linear, triquetrous leaves, and axillary white flowers on short pedicels. The flower is girded by two concave bracteas before evolution, each terminating in a dorsal mucro, which afterwards separates transversely. This very singular shrub is not yet introduced. Cilythrix glibra R. Br. (Bot. Cab., t. 587.; and our fig. 708.) is a shrub, a native of New Holland, with small cylindrical leaves, and pale-reddish flowers, which are produced from Aprilto June. It was introduced in 1818, and grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. C. ericéedes Cunningh., Don’s Mill., ii. p.1812., is a handsome heath-like \ shrub, a native of New Holland, in pine ridges at Bathurst, where it grows to the height of from 4 ft. to6ft. It was introduced in 1824, and there are plants of it in the Kew Garden. { Darwinia fascicularis Rudge in Lin. Trans., xi. p. 299. t. 22., is a de- ; cumbent shrub, a native of New Holland, with red flowers. Introduced } in 1820, but not very common in collections. ‘ CHAP. L. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER PAS- SIFLORA ‘CEE. Tue common passion flower (Passiflora ceertilea) is so hardy in the neigh- bourhood of London, as to flower freely against a wall, in most years, without any protection whatever during winter. In very dry sheltered situations, it will even endure the open air as a trailing bush ; but as, in this state, it is liable to be killed by winters of unusual severity, unless protected, we have decided on treating the genus as only half-hardy. It is propagated by cuttings or layers, and grows freely in common garden soil. Passifiora cerilea L. (Bot. Mag., t.28.; and our fig. 709.) is a well-known climbing green-house plant, which will also grow and flower freely on garden walls, and on the sides of houses with a southern exposure. It is a native of Brazil and Peru, and has been in cul- tivation since 1699. The prevailing colour of the flower is blue; and that of the fruit, which is egg- shaped, and about the size of a Mogul plun, is yellow. In fine summers, the fruit ripens in the open air, in the neighbourhood of London, both against a wall, and when the plant is treated as a bush, and allowed to trail along the surface of the ground. It ripened fruit in the last state, in the Goldworth Nursery, in 1835. CHAP. LI. CRASSULA‘\CE 965 P. c. 2 angustifolia Hort. has the lobes of the leaves narrow, and flowers rather later than the species. P. c. 3 glaucophglia Hort. has the leaves glaucous beneath, P. c. 4 Colvillii Swt. Fi.-Gard., t. 126., has the lobes of the leaves ob- long-lanceolate, and the flowers whitish, tinged with blue and purple. It is a hybrid, which was raised in Colvill’s Nursery ; and it is consi- dered as hardy as the species. P.c. 5racemdsa Hort. Trans., 4. t. 9., is a hybrid between P. cerdlea and the stove species, P. racemdsa, originated in 1820. Ithas pur- plish flowers ; and is not so hardy as P. cerulea. P. incarnata L. (Bot. Reg., t. 332.; and our jig. 710.), the flesh-co- loured Granadilla, or May Apple, is a native of South America and Virginia, with flesh-coloured flowers, and fruit about the size of a small apple, orange-coloured, with a sweetish yellow pulp. It may almost be considered as herbaceous, as the shoots die down nearly to the ground‘every year ; on which account the roots, or stool, may, with the greater ease, be preserved against a conservative wall. P. tiliefilia L., the Lime-tree-leaved Passion Flower, is a native of Peru, with cordate’entire leaves, red flowers, and fruit globose and rare with red and yellow. It was introduced,in 1823, and is considered nearly as hardy as P. cerilea, Other species or varieties, to be found in British ca- talogues and gardens, may, perhaps, be as hardy as some of those above mentioned ; and, as they are all eminently beautiful, we recommend them to be tried against a conservative wall as extensively as possible. Disémma adidntifolia Dec. ; Passifldra. adiantifolia Bot. Reg., t. 233. ; and our fig. 711. ; is asplendid twiner, a native of Norfolk Island, introduced in 1792; and, though not very common, it is highly probable that it would thrive against a conservative wall. The leaves are lobed, and the flowers yellow at first, becoming at length of an orange colour, with the inner crown green, and longer than the purple rays that surround it. (Don’s Miil., 3: p. 56.) Tacsdnia pinnatistipula Juss., Swt. Fl.-Gard., new series, 2. t. 156.; Passifldra pinnatistipula Cav.; isa climbing shrub, a native of Chili, introduced in 1828. The leaves are white from velvety down on their under surface; the stipules are pinnate ; and the flow- ers rose-coloured, or purplish, with the crown a.deep blue. The plant, which is exceedingly beau- tiful, has flowered magnificently, and ripened its round yellow fruit, in the conservatory of Mrs. Marryat, at Wimbledon; and it has flowered on the open wall of the garden of Englefield House, near Reading. There are several other species of this genus, but they have not yet been introduced. Hybrids will, no doubt, be raised between this genus and Passifldra; and perhaps something might be gained in hardiness by grafting 7. pinnatist{pula on Passifldra cerilea. ‘The flexible shoots of all the plants noticed in this chapter admit so readily of protection, by tying them in bundles, and envelop- ing them in straw and matting, that no conservative wall ought to be without them. CHAP. LI. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY SPECIES OF THE ORDER CRASSULA‘CEZ. Sz\pum populifblium L. (Willd. Sp. Pl., ii. p. 762., Bot. Mag.,t. 211.); the Poplar-leaved Sedum, or Stonecrop; Anaeampseros populifolia Haworth Syn. Plant. Suc., p. 113.; is a hardy miniature shrub, a native of Siberia, which was introduced in 1780, and flowers in July and August. It is remarkable as being truly ligneous in a genus the other species of which are nearly all herbaceous. The flowers are white, and are particularly grateful to bees, whence this shrub is well adapted for planting near an aplary. Sempervivum arbireum L., the Tree Houseleek, (Bot. Reg., t. 29: ; and our Sig. 712.) is a native of Portugal, Barbary, and Candia, where it grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft.; producing its yellow flowers from March to December. It is an old inhabitant of our green- houses, and, with the proper protection, would stand against a conservative wall. There are two varieties : one with variegated leaves, and one with leaves which take a rich brown in summer or autumn, 3s 4 966 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART 111. CHAP. Jor OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER FICOIDA‘CEX, OR MESEMBRYA‘CEX. Mesembryinthemum L. There are a great many species and varieties of this genus described by botanists, no fewer than 339 being enumerated in Don’s Miller. Most of them are natives of dry sandy soils at the Cape of Good Hope, and in other parts of Africa ; and many sorts will live through the winter on rockwork, in the neighbourhood of London, if protected with dry litter. When they can be preserved through the winter, they make a splendid appearance in the summer, with their brilliant flowers of scarlet, yellow, purple, or white. Several species have stood through the winter, without any protection, on the rockwork in the Chelsea Botanic Garden ; and a number of sorts were, till lately, preserved in a cold-pit in the garden of the London Horticultural Society. CHAP. LIIL. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER NITRARIA‘CEZ., Tuts order includes only one genus, so that the following generic charac- ters will portray the chief of the characteristics of the order :— ; Nirra‘ria L. Calyx inferior, in 5 deep divisions. Petals 5, arising from the calyx, their estivation inflexed and valvular. Stamens 15, perigynous. Ovary with 3 or more cells, with a continuous fleshy style, at whose tip are as many stigmatic lines as there are cells. Fruit drupaceous, opening by 3 or 6 valves. Seeds solitary, pendulous by a long funiculus. Embryo straight, dicotyledonous. — Shrubs, with deciduous, succulent, alternate leaves, which, in some instances, are in fascicles ; and with flowers in cymes, or solitary. Properties, slightly saline. (Lindl, Introd, to N.S.) Genus I. A NITRA‘RIA L. Tue Nirraria. Lin. Syst. Dodecandria Monogfnia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 602.; Lam, Ill, t. 403. ; Gertn. Fruct., 1. t. 58.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 456.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 155. : 2 % : 3 23. p. 456.5 Derivation. So named by Schober, from one of the species being discovered in certain nitre-works in Siberia, along with other saline plants. Description, §c. Shrubs, séldom rising more than 4 ft. in height ; and, in British gardens, thriving best in a dry soil, composed partly of lime rubbish, which should be, about once a year, strewed with a thin coat of salt. Propa- gated by cuttings. 1. N. Scuo’perz L. Schober’s Nitraria. Identification. Lin. Sp., 638. ; Dec. y Salt Prod., 3. p. 456; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 155. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, perfectly entire. Drupes ovate. It varies, with branches spiny, and not so. A native of the neighbourhood of salt lakes in Russia. (Dee. Prod., iii. p. 456.) Intro- duced in 1788. af); a sy arieties. > au N.S. 1sibirica; NW 7 oe sibfrica Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 50. f. s., Gmel. Stb., 2. t. 98., Lam. Til, t. 403. f. 1.; and our jig. 713, — Fruit of a blackish blue colour. A native of Siberia. CHAP. LIV. CACTA CER, 967 % N.S. 2 caspica; N. caspica Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 50. f. B.; and our Jig. 714. — Fruit red. Leaves longer. Native by the Caspian Sea. By Steven’s written observations in Willdenow’s Herbarium, it differs from N. S. 1 sibirica in its young branches being pubescent, and in its fruit bemg larger, and much more acute. The flowers of this variety, and also those of the species, are white, and produced freely. The berries black, rather larger than peas, and they render the bush very ornamental. « 2. N. rripenta‘’ra Desf. The 3-toothed-leaved Nitraria. Identification. Desf. Fl. Atl, 1, p.372.; Dec. Prod., 3. p.456.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 155, Synonyme, Péganum retisum Forsk., according to Delil. in his Idd. Fl. Agypt. Spec. Char., §c. Branches spiny. Leaves wedge-shaped, retuse, toothed with about 3 teeth. Fruit ovate. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 456.) A native of sandy fields of Barbary and Egypt; growing to the height of from 1ft. to2ft. Introduced in 1820; but not frequent in collections. CHAP. LIV. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER CACTA‘CER. Opuntia vulgaris Mill.; Cactus Optintia L., Mill. Icon., t. 191.; the common Indian Fig, or Prickly Pear; isa native of North America, in the southern states, and is found abundantly in gardens in the neighbourhood of New York. It is also very common in Italy, and various parts of the south of Europe. In Virginia, it is valued for its refreshing fruit; and it has been cul- tivated for the same purpose on dry rockwork, in the neighbourhood of London. (See Encyc. of Gard., edit. 1835, p. 979.) It will live many years, with little or no protection, at the bottom of a dry warm wall; and, though usually prostrate, yet, if the shoots are nailed to the wail, it will grow to the height of several feet. It deserves a place in a collection of half-hardy ligneous succulent plants, for the sake of its singular appearance; and various other genera and species belonging to the same order are, probably, nearly as hardy. CHAP. LV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER GROSSULA‘CES. Tuts order consists of the genus Ribes only; and the following charac- teristics of that genus are the chief of those of the order : — Rises L. Calyx superior, having 4—5 coloured lobes ; and bearing from its throat 5, 4, or ?0, small petals ; and 5, very rarely 6, stamens. The lobes of the calyx, the petals, and the stamens, are, in most instances, 5 each ; and, in such, are alternate with one another. The two sexes are present, in most kinds, in the same flower; in a few diccious, at least in result. Ovary with 1 cell, and 2 parietal placentas. The ovules numerous. Style 1. Fruit a subglobose berry, tipped with the remains of the part of the flower that is distinct from the ovary. The seeds many, oblong, subcompressed ; each suspended in the pulp by a long, slender, funiculus ; and having an aril, horny albumen, and an embryo that is minute, dicotyledonous, and situate at the smaller end of the seed, contiguous to the hilum, but with the radicle pointing to one side. — Shrubs, unarmed or prickly. Leaves alternate, lobed or cut, plaited when folded in the bud, deciduous. A bractea is at the base of every pedicel, and two smaller are upon it below the ovary. Flowers greenish, whitish, yellow, or red. (Dec. Prod., iil. p.477., and Lindl. Introd. to N. S.) M. Spach, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for 1835, has subdivided the genus itibes into the genera authenticated as his among.our synonymes. 968 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIL. Genus I. RIMBES L. Tue Rises. Lin, Syst. Pentandria Monog#nia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 281.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 477. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 177. Synonymes. Grossularia Tourn., Gertn. ; Chrysobétrya, Calobétrya, Coreésma, and Rébes Spach ; Groseiller, Fy. ; Johannisbeere, Ger. ; Kruisbes, Dutch; Uva Spina, Jtal.; Grossella, Span. Derivation. The word ‘is from the name of an acid plant mentioned by the Arabian physicians, which has been discovered to be the Rhéum Ribes; Grossularia is from the Latin grossulus, a little unripe fig. Description, §c. This genus consists of low deciduous shrubs, two of which (the common currant and gooseberry) are well known in British gardens, for their valuable fruits. We shall here consider all the species of the genus entirely in the light of ornamental shrubs, taking little notice of the varieties cultivated in gardens for their fruit. Many of the sorts here set down as species are, we have no doubt, only varieties ; but, as we are not able to refer these to their aboriginal forms, we have followed the usual autho- rities, and more especially the nomenclature adopted in the Horticultural Society’s Garden; a synopsis of the sorts in which, by Mr. Gordon, will be found at the end of this article. All the species of /?bes strike root readily from cuttings ; and grow freely in any soil that is tolerably dry; but, as they are only ligneous in a subordinate degree, and are but of a temporary duration under any circumstances, they require to be grown in dry beds or borders, and are, therefore, more fitted for scientific collections or flower-borders, than for general shrubberies, undug arboretums, or lawns. The most showy species are Ribes sanguineum and aireum, and their varieties. 2. specidsum, has a singular fuchsia-like appearance when in blossom; and #. multiflorum, though the flowers are greenish, is remarkably elegant, on account of the long many-flowered racemes in which they are disposed. The price, in the London nurseries, varies from 1s. to 2s. each; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents to 1 franc; and at New York, from 25 cents to halfadollar. The varieties cultivated as fruit trees are much cheaper ; and R. specidsum, which is rather difficult to propagate, and some of the other species, which are new, and as yet rare, are dearer. § i. Grossuldrie Ach. Rich. Gooseberries. Synonymes. Grosseiller 4 Maquereau, Fr. ; Stachelbeere Strauch, Gerv.; Kruisbes, Dutch ; Uva Spina, Ital.; and Grosella, Span. Sect. Char.,§c, Stems, in most instances, prickly. Leaves plaited. Flowers in racemes, 1, 2, or 3,in araceme. Calyx more or less bell-shaped. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 478.) | Shrubs with prickles; and with the leaves and fruit more or less resembling those of the common gooseberry. A. Flowers greenish white. 21. R.oxyacantuor'pes L. The Hawthorn-leaved Gooseberry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 165.; Berlandier in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. p. 43. t. 1. f. 1., not of Michaux. Engravings. Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. t. 1. f. 1.; Dill. Elth., t. 139. p. 166. ; and our fig. 715. Spec. Char., §c. Infra-axillary prickles larger, and mostly solitary; smaller prickles scattered here and there. Leaves glabrous, their lobes dentate, their petioles villous, and a little hispid. Peduncles short, bearing 1—2 flowers. Berry globose, glabrous, purplish blue. A native of rocks of Canada. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 478.) This shrub varies much in the number and colour of its prickles, and its more or less dense ramification and pubescence. The fruit resembles that of the common gooseberry, and is sometimes red, and CHAP. LV. GROSSULA CE. RI‘BES. 969 at other times green, or purplish blue ; and, when ripe, it is agreeable to the taste. This species was introduced in \\\ 1705; but it is not common in British gardens, the R. oxyacanthoides of Mi- . chaux (R. lacistre Poir.) being dif- ferent from it. Perhaps it is only one of the wild states of the common gooseberry ; indeed it would not sur- prise us, if future experiments should prove that most of the sorts described in this section were neither more nor less than different states of this valuable fruit shrub. As it varies so very much whenin a state of culture, it is reasonable to suppose that it will vary much also in a wild state, in different soils, situations, and climates. % 2. R.seto‘sum Lindl. The bristly Gooseberry. Identification. Lindl. Bot. Reg. ; Hook. Fi. Amer., 1. p. 230. - Don’s Mill, 3. p. 177. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Lindl, Bot. Reg., t. 1237.; and our fig. 716. Spec. Char.,§c. Branches beset with dense bristles. Prickles unequal, subulate. Leaves roundish, cordate at the base, pubescent, 3—5-lobed, deeply crenated. Peduncles 2-flowered, sometimes brac- teate. Calyx tubularly campanulate, with the segments linear, obtuse, and spreading, twice the length of the petals, which are entire. Ber- ries hispid. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 177.) Native of North America, on the banks of the Saskat- 47 chawan. A shrub, growing 4 ft. or 5 ft. high; @/, flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1810. 2 3. R. rRiFLo'RuM W. The 3-flowered Gooseberry. Identification. Willd. Enum.,1. p.51.; Berlandier in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 479.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 177.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. R. stamineum Horn, Enum. Hort. Hafn., p. 237. Engravings. Mem. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. t. 1. f. 4. ; and our fig. 717. Spec. Char., §c. Infra-axillary prickles soli- tary. Leaves glabrous, 3—5-lobed, incisely dentate. Peduncles bearing 1—3 flowers. Pedicels long. Bracteas membranaceous, 7 sheathing. Calyxes tubularly bell-shaped. Petals spathulately obcordate. Berries red- dish, glabrous. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 479.) A native of North America. Introduced in 1812; and easily distinguished from R. Cy- nodsbati by its smooth fruit, narrow flowers, and exserted stamens. In British gardens, its grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and produces its whitish flowers in April and May. 4, R.(T.) ni’vEum Lindl. The snowy-flowered Currant-like Gooseberry. Identification. Lindl, in Bot. Reg., t. 1692. Engravings. Bot. Reg. t. 1692.; and our jig. 718. Spec. Char., §c. Branches prickly, the prickles solitary, or in pairs, or in threes. Leaves glabrous, roundish, entire at the base, having in the outward part 3 blunt lobes that are crenately cut. . Flowers about 2 970 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY III. together, on peduncles. Sepals reflexed. Stamens very prominent, conniving, hairy, longer than the style. (Lindley in Bot. Reg., t- 1692.) A shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft. ; a native of the north- west coast of North Ame- rica; whence seeds were sent to the London Horti- cultural Society, by Mr. Douglas, in 1826. The bush bears some similarity to R.triflorum ; but the berry of R. niveum is about the size of that of the black currant, and of the same deep rich purple. It resembles a small smooth gooseberry ; “ but its flavour is very different: it is entirely destitute of the flatness which is more or less perceptible in even the best gooseberries; in lieu of which it has a rich sub- acid, vinous, rather perfumed, flavour, which is extremely agreeable. The fruit is rather too acid to be eaten raw; but, when ripe, it makes delicious tarts, and would, probably, afford an excellent means of improving the com- mon gooseberry by hybridising.”’ (Lindl. in Bot. Reg., Aug. 1834.) R. ni- veum, apart from these considerations (which, however, will probably lead to its culture in the kitchen-garden), is, from its white pendulous flowers, a valuable addition to our ornamental hardy shrubs. w 5. R.(t.) Cyno’spati L. The Dog-Bramble Gooseberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 292. ; Mill. Dict., No. 5. ; Berlandier in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. t. 1. f. 5.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 479. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 178. Synonyme. AH. ? trifldrum var. Engravings. Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. t. 1. f. 3. ; and our fig. 719. Spec.Char.,§c. Infra-axillary prickles 1—2. Leaves 3—4-lobed, softly pubescent. Peduncles bearing 2— 3 flowers. Calyxes campanulately cylindrical. Petals small, much shorter than the stigmas and sta~- mens. Style simple, toward the middle hairy, rarely glabrous. Berry prickly. A native of mountains in Canada, on the authority of Pursh : and of Japan, on the au- thority of Thunberg. (Dec. Prod., ili. p. 479.) It hardly differs from R. divaricatum, except in the broader tube of the corolla, and the shorter stamens. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 178.) It was introduced in 1759. Grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and produces its flowers in April. There are two varieties: one with whitish flowers, and smooth fruit; and the other with prickly branches and fruit, and flowers pubescent and purplish. The former is a native of Hudson’s Bay ; and the latter, about Lake Huron. z 6. R. (v.) DivARica‘TUM Doug. The spreading-branched Gooseberry. Identification. Doug). in Bot. Reg., t. 1359.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 178. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. R. ? triflorum var.; A. ? Grossularia var. trifldya subvar, Engravings. Bot. Reg. t. 1359.; and our fig. 720. CHAP. LV. GROSSULA CEA. RI BES. 971 Spec. Char., §c. Branches divaricate, bristly, at length naked. Spines 1—3 together, axillary, deflexed, large. Leaves roundish, 3-lobed, deeply toothed, nerved, glabrous. Peduncles 3-flowered, drooping. Calyx funnel-shaped ; with the segments at length spreading, and twice the length of the tube. Style and sta- mens exserted. Berries glabrous, black, smooth, and spherical; pleasant to the taste. Petals white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.178.) A common bush, on the banks of streams, near Indian villages, on the north-east coast of North America ; where it forms a shrub, grow- ing from 5 ft. to 7 ft. high. ; flowering in April. f Introduced in 1826. It is nearly allied to R. triflorum, of which, like R. Cynésbati and some of the following sorts, it is, probably, only a variety. 27. R.(v.) irri’cuum Dougl. The well-watered Gooseberry. Identification. Dougl. in Hort. Trans., 7. p. 516.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.231.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 178. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, Synonyme. &., ? triflorum var. Engraving. Our fig. 721. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles axillary, ter- nary. Leaves cordate, somewhat 5- lobed, toothed, ciliated, pilose on both surfaces, nerved. Peduncles 3-flow- ered, beset with glandular hairs. Calyx campanulate. Segments linear, about equal in length to the tube. Berries glabrous, spherical, half an inch in dia- meter, smooth, juicy, and well-fla- voured. Apparently closely allied to R. triflorum. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 178.) Found on the north-west coast of Ame- Om, a 721 rica, on moist mountain rocks, near springs and streams; on the Blue Moun- tains; and on the banks of the Spokan river. A shrub, growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft. Introduced in 1820. % 8. R.nirte'LLUM Michx. The slightly hairy-branched Gooseberry. Identification. Michx. FI. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 111.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 479.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 178. Spec. Char., §c. Spines infra-axillary. Branches sparingly hispid, with short hairs. Leaves small, cleft half-way down into 3 dentate lobes. Peduncles 1-flowered. Berries glabrous, red. (Dec. Prod., ili. p.479.) A native of rocky mountains in Canada and Virginia. It was introduced in 1812. Grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft.; produces its greenish white flowers in April and May; andripens its red fruit in August. % 9. R.Gra‘c1LE Michx. The slender-branched Gooseberry. Identification. Michx. Fl). Bor. Amer., 1, p. 111.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 479. Spec. Char., §c. Infra-axillary spine very short. Petioles of leaves slender. Disks cut into acute lobes. Peduncles slender, upright, bearing about 2 flowers. Calyx glabrous, tubularly bell-shaped. Berries glabrous, purple, or blue ; of exquisite flavour, (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 479.) Wild in the mountains of Tennessee, and in mountainous meadows from New York to Virginia. Introduced in 1812. Growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft.; and flowering in April and May. % 10. R. acicuLa‘re Smith. The acicular-spined Gooseberry. Identification. Smith in Rees’s Cycl. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 178. Synonyme. R. U'va-crispa Sievers in Pall. Nord. Beytr., 7. p. 274., ? Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. p. 37. Engraving, Led. Fl. Ross. Alt, Til., t. 230, ~ 972 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Very prickly. Prickles stipular, 3—5-parted. Leaves rather pubescent, nearly orbicular, 3—5-lobed. Lobes bluntish, deeply ser- rated. Peduncles usually 1-flowered, bracteolate in the middle. Calyx campanulate, smoothish. Berries bractless, and, as well as the styles, quite glabrous. Stem erect, or procumbent. Petals white. Berries glabrous, yellowish, or purplish ; sweet, with a grateful taste. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 178.) A native of Siberia, on stony, rocky, mountainous places. Plants bearing this name are in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. % 11. R. Grossuxa‘ria L. The common Gooseberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 291.; Smith’s Engl. Bot., t. 1292.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 179.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. R. U'va-crispa Gd. Fl. Dan., 546.; Grossularia hirsita Mill. Dict., No. 2.; R. U'va- crispa var. 5 sativa Dec. Fl. Fr., 4. p. 408., Plenck Icon., 148.; Feaberry, Cheshire and the north of England ; Feabes, Norfolk ; Grozert in Scotland ; Groseiller 4 Maquereau, Fr. ; Griselle in Piedmont ; gemeine Stachelbeere, Ger. ; Uva Spina, Ital. Derivation. U'va-crispa signifies the rough grape. Feaberry is a corruption of fever-berry, from the fruit being formerly, according to Gerard, considered a specific against fevers ; feabes, or feapes, is an abbreviation of feaberry. Grozert is evidently taken from the French name. Grosseiller 4 Maquereau is from the Latin name Grossularia, and the use made of the fruit as a sauce for mackerel. Stachelbeere signifies prickly berry; and Uva Spina, the prickly grape. Gooseberry is from gorse berry, from the prickliness of the bush resembling that of the gorse, or furze ; or, more probably, from the use made of the fruit as a sauce to young, or green, geese. Engraving. Engl. Bot., t. 1292. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles 2 or 3 under each bud. Branches otherwise smooth, and spreading or erect. Pedicels 1—2-flowered. Leaves 3—5-lobed, rather villous. Bracteas close together. Calyx campanulate, with reflexed seg- ments, which are shorter than the tube. Petals rounded at the apex, glabrous, but bearded in the throat. Style always beset with long down. (Don's Mill., iti. p.179.) A native of Europe and Nepal, in woods and hedges. Varieties. & R. G. 2 U‘va-crispa Smith Engl. Fl., ii. p. 333. ; R.U‘va-crispa Lin. Sp., 292., Smith Engl. Bot., t. 2057.; U'va crispa Fuch. Hist., t. 187.; Uva spina Math. Valer., |. t. 151. f.1., Blackw, Herb., 277.; R. Uva-crispa var. 1 sylvéstris Berlandier; has the berries smooth. % R. G. 3 spinosissima Berl. MSS. has the branches thickly beset with spines. 2 R. G. 4 reclindta Berl. MSS.; R. reclinatum Lin. Sp., 291.; Gros- sularia reclinata Mill. Dict., No. 1.; has the branches rather prickly, and reclinate. % R. G. 5 Besseriina Berl. MSS.; R.hybridum Besser Prim. Fl. Gall. Austr., p- 186.; has the branches prickly, and the fruit pubescent, inter- mixed with glandular bristles. Native of Cracow, in hedges. % R. G. 6 subinérmis Berl. MSS. — Plant nearly glabrous. Bark smooth, brown. Prickles axillary. Flowers and leaves small. Native about Geneva. Perhaps a subvariety of R. G. reclinata. x R. G.7 macrocaérpa Dec. Prod., iii. p. 478. — Stigmas often longer than the petals. Flowers and berries large. : z R. G. 8 bracteata Berl. MSS. — Berries clothed with 2—4—5 straight, coloured, nearly opposite, bracteas and bristles, resembling sepals, which fall off before the berry arrives at maturity. (Don’s Mill., iii. p- 179.) Other Varieties. We have little doubt that the greater number of the sorts described in this division of the section Grossulariz are only wild varieties of the common gooseberry. Till lately, botanists made even the rough and the smooth-fruited kinds of the cultivated gooseberry two distinct species, as may be seen by the synonymes to R. U‘va-crispa above ; though it was recorded by Withering, that seeds from the same fruit would produce both rough and smooth-fruited plants. If varieties were to be sought for among the sorts in cultivation, they would be found almost without number. The following selection of garden varieties has been made solely with reference to the habit of growth of the plants : — CHAP. LY. GROSSULA CER. RI‘BES. 973 The Red Champagne, or Ironmonger, has the branches erect and fasti- giate, and will form a handsome bush, 6 ft. or 7 ft. high. Horseman’s Green Gage is a most vigorous-growing plant, with a spread- ing head, and will form a bush 10 ft. high. The Red Rose is a vigorous-growing bush, with a pendulous head, but seldom rising higher than 3ft., unless trained to a stake to some height before it is allowed to branch out. Description, Geography, §c. The gooseberry, in a wild state, is a low shrub, varying much in habit and magnitude, according to the soil and si- tuation in which it is found. Villars, in his Histoire des Plantes du Dau- phiné, mentions that the gooseberry is common every where in that country ; that in hedges it grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., with large villous leaves ; but that on mountains it is seldom found so high as 2ft., and with very rough branches, wholly covered with yellowish stiff prickles. In England, the gooseberry is found on old walls, in woods, and in hedges; and, in Scot- land, occasionally in the neighbourhood of villages; and, though undoubtedly naturalised in both countries, it appears to us very doubtful whether it is aboriginal in either. It is, however, truly wild in France, Germany, and Switzerland, more particularly in the Valais and in Piedmont, where it is called griselle, and where it is found in copse-woods, producing a small, green, hairy fruit. The common gooseberry, or a species nearly allied to it, Royle observes, is found in the Himalayas, on mountains near the almost inaccessible sources of the Ganges. There can be little doubt of its being indigenous in North America, where it is known by botanists under various names. Among other localities, we may cite as one the rocks about the Falls of Niagara, whence branches and ripe fruit have been sent to us. When the bush is of any considerable size, it is always found in a tolerably dry and loose free soil, and in a situation rather shady than otherwise; unless we except the instances in which the seeds have been carried by birds to the tops of walls, the summits of ruins, and the hollow trunks and partially de- cayed branches of old trees. In the famous lime tree at Neustadt, in Wur- temberg, gooseberries are grown in the hollow branches, and the fruit sold to strangers, as mentioned in detail in p, 372. History. The gooseberry does not appear to have been known to the ancients; and it is uncertain at what period in modern times it began to be cultivated in gardens. The earliest notice of it appears to be in the Com- mentaries of Matthiolus, who states that it is a wild fruit, which may be used medicinally. Among British authors, it is first mentioned by Turner, in 1573, and afterwards by Parkinson and Gerard; the last noticing it not only for its medicinal properties, but for its use in cookery. In the first edition of Du Hamel, the gooseberry does not appear to have been cultivated about Paris ; but he says it was to be found in abundance in hedges and thickets, whence it might be transplanted into cultivated grounds, the bark having the advantage of not being liable to be eaten by the rabbits, on account of its prickles. The Dutch appear to have been the first who brought the fruit to any consi- derable size. In Les Agrémens de la Campagne, published in 1750, “ les groseilles” are said to be no where so good as in Holland; and directions are given for propagating, training, and pruning the plants, so as to bring the fruit to a large size, which vary very little from the most approved prac- tice of the best Lancashire growers of the present day; and accordingly, in the Nouveau Du Hamel, it is stated that M. Delauny had seen, in Holland, gooseberries as large as plums. Allioni, in his Auctwarium ad Floram Pedemontanam, published in 1789, says that the fruit of the gooseberry is eatable, though it is somewhat astringent; but that it is neglected in Pied- mont. In Britain, the earliest notice of the culture of the gooseberry is in Ray, who mentions the pearl gooseberry as in cultivation. The fruit appears to have been in little esteem in England, even so late as in Miller’s time, though the currant was then in some repute; and in the same work it is stated, that 974 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II. so little was known of it in Paris, that the Parisians had not even an appro- priate name for it. In Britain, it has certainly been brought to its present highly improved state by the Lancashire weavers, about the end of the last and the beginning of the present century; and it might, probably, be traced in company with the weavers, from Lancashire to Norwich, and from Norwich back to the Low Countries, which, as we have already seen, were famous for its culture. At present, the gooseberry is universally cultivated in Britain, as one of our most valuable table and culinary fruits; and the improved Bri- tish varieties are finding their way throughout the continent of Europe, and that of North America. Properties and Uses. The unripe fruit was formerly employed, in France, in culinary preparations, for the same purposes as verjuice, to which Du Hamel says that it is inferior, from its peculiarly herbaceous taste. Gerard recom- mends the unripe fruit to be used in broths, instead of verjuice ; and says that the ripe berries, if eaten by themselves, ‘“ ingender raw and colde bloode.” The tender leaves, he says, if put into a salad, are good for curing the gravel. The gooseberry, in its present improved state, is used in British kitchens, before it is ripe, for tarts, puddings, sauces, creams, &c., and for preserving whole, from the beginning of May till the middle of July, when it becomes ripe. It is also used for making British champagne, or green gooseberry wine. When ripe, it is brought to the dessert till the end of August; and, by shading the bushes of particular kinds, a supply may be kept on them till October and November, and, in dry autumns, till Christmas. In a ripe state, its principal culinary uses are for making jam and wine; but it is also em- ployed for tarts and puddings, which are by some preferred to those made of green gooseberries. Directions for making gooseberry wine (together with a detail of the crushing-press, utensils, &c., requisite for making the British champagne) will be found in the Gard:ner’s Magazine, vol. viii. p. 180. and p. 551.; and in the same volume are also directions for making gooseberry brandy. In the General Index to the first ten volumes of the Gardener's Magazine, a great many references will be found to articles on the culture of the gooseberry, and on the different purposes to which its fruit is applied by British housewives ; and the essence of the whole information on the subject, contained in that work, will be given in our Suburban Gardener. As we are here treating of the gooseberry solely as an ornamental shrub, we consider it unnecessary to enter into any details respecting the soil, situation, and culture of a shrub so easily managed. a. Sorts of Gooseberries belonging to Division A, with greenish white Flowers, which are not yet introduced. R. saxdsum Hook.; R. saxAtile Dougl. MS.; RF. triflbrum Bigel. Fl. Bost., edit. 2. p. 90.; has the stems rarely prickly, and the fruit resembling a common gooseberry. It is found wild about Lake Huron, and may, we think, be considered as a variety of 2. triflbrum. R. rotundifolium Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 110., has the spines nearly axillary, the leaves nearly orbicular, and the berries smooth. It is a native of the high mountains of Carolina. R. caucdsicum Adams (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 178.) has stipular prickles, and 5-lobed leaves. It is a native of Caucasus, and “‘ perhaps only a subvariety of #. G. U'va-erispa.” R. cuneifolium Ruiz et Pay., and R. cucullatum Hook. et Arn., are described, in Don's Miller, as natives of South America, with the habit of #. G. U'va-crispa. B. Flowers red. % 12. R.spEcto’sum Pursh. The showy-flowered Gooseberry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 731.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 478. ; Don’s Mill., 5. p. 185. Synonymes. R. stamineum Smith in Rees’s Cycl., Dec. Prod., 3. p. 477. ? R. fuchsdides Fl. Mex., ic. ined., Berlandier Mém. Soc. Phys, Gen., 3. pars 2. p. 43. t. 3.; 2. triacanthum Menzies. Engravings. ?¥\. Mex., an unpublished figure; Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2. t.3. ; Sw. Fl.- Gard., 2d ser., t. 149.; and our fig. 722. Spec. Char., §c. Shrub prickly. Prickles infra-axillary, triple. Branches hispid. Leaves with petiole short, and disk wedge-shaped at the base, rounded at the outer end, indistinctly 3-lobed, incisely crenate, glabrous, and nerved. Peduncles longer than the leaves, and bearing 1—3 flowers. Pedicels and germens hairy with glanded hairs. Bracteas rounded or very i CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CER. RINBES. 975 obtuse. Flowers of a deep red. Calyx cylindrical, 4-parted; the lobes ob- long, obtuse. Petals of the length of the lobes of the calyx. Stamens 4; in length double that of the calyx. Fi- laments red. Style as long as the z% stamens, simple, red. (Dec. Prod., iii. p- 477., under R. stamineum; and p. 478., under 2.specidsum.) A native of America, on the western coast, and of California, on the authority of Mr. Menzies, who first discovered it there. Introduced by A. B. Lambert, Esq., in 1829, and now to be met with nearly in all good collections. The shining leaves and large crimson glit- ) tering blossoms (resembling those of the fuchsia) of this species render it a most desirable acquisition to the flower-garden and shrubbery. The leaves, in favourable situations, are frequently retained during great part of the winter; so that it may almost be considered as an evergreen. It will grow by cuttings of the old or young wood, but not so readily as most other species; and, therefore, it is generally propagated by pegging down the shoots quite flat, and covering them with an inch of soil, as recom- mended for the propagation of the common plum for stocks. (p. 690.) When plants are wanted expeditiously, this ought to be done ina pit, or bed of earth covered with a frame, to which heat can be applied by linings. Plants of this species do not grow so rapidly as most others of the gooseberry sections; and their branches arch over and droop in such a manner, as not to display the flowers to advantage, unless the branches are raised at least to the level of the eye. For this reason, the plant ought either to be grown on elevated rockwork, or trained to an espalier or wall; and, in the latter case, after it has attained a certain height, the lateral shoots may be allowed to protrude from the espalier or wall, when they will display their flowers to very great advantage. Judging from the plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, we should not think that this species, as a detached bush, will attain a greater height than 3 ft. or 4ft. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 2s. 6d. each. a. Sorts of Gooseberries not yet introduced belonging to the Subsection having red Flowers. R. Menziésii Pursh, R. ferox Smith, is a native of California, at Port Trinidad, which appears to differ little, if at all, from #. specidsum. R. microphyllum H. B. et Kunth is anative of the mountains of Mexico, at an elevation of 4200 ft., with the leaves small and nearly reniform, and the peduncles very short and 2-flowered. It grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. § ii. Botrycadrpum Dec. Sect. Char. Fruit disposed in racemes ; the plants having the prickles of the preceding section (Grossularia), and the racemose flowers of the following section (Ribesia). (Don's Mill., iii. p. 185.) Plants intermediate between gooseberries and currants. % 13. R. oRIENTA'LE Powr. The Eastern Currant-like Gooseberry. Identification, Poir. Encycl. Suppl., 2. p. 856. ; Desf. Arb., 2. p. 88.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 185. Spec. Char.,§c. Plant rather prickly. Leaves 3—5-lobed, somewhat reni- formly orbicular, cut, hairy; lobes rather deep, obtuse. Petioles_ hairy. Racemes erectish, few-flowered. Bracteas longer than the flowers. Style bifid at the apex. Flowers greenish yellow. Fruit like those of the cur- 3T 976 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. rant. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 185.) A native of Syria. A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high ; flowering in April and May ; introduced in 1824, % 14, R.saxa’tive Pall. Therock Currant-like Gooseberry. Identification. Pall. Noy. Act. Petr., 10. p. 726. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 185. Synonyme. ?R. alpinum Sievers in Pall. Nord. Beytr., 7. p. 345. Engraving. Led. Fl. Ross, Alt. lll, t. 239. Spec. Char., §c. Prickles scattered. Leaves roundish-cuneiform, bluntly 3-lobed. Racemes erect. Bracteas linear, shorter than the pedicels. Calyx flat, scabrous. Sepals small, of a livid green colour. Flowers small, greenish purple. Petals spathulate. Berries smooth, globose, bract- less, dark purple when mature, full of edible pulp, rarely so large as common currants, but like them. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 185.) A native of Siberia. A shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft.; flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1819. % 15. R. Diaca’nrna L. fil. The twin-prickled Currant-like Gooseberry. Identification. Lin. fil. Supp\., p. 157. ; Berlandier in Mém 5 Soc. Phys. Gen., 3 pars 2. t. 2. f.8.; Dec. Prod., 3. p.479. ; Loda. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., Siipare 2. 6.2 fSe3 Schmidt Baum., t. 97.; and our fig. 723. Spec. Char.,§c. Stipular prickles twin. Leaves with a disk shorter than the petiole, and wedge-shaped, perfectly glabrous, and parted into 3 lobes which are dentate. Flowers upon long pedicels in long upright racemes. Bracteas the length of the flowers. Sepals rounded, yellowish. Petals small, roundish. Berry ovate or globose, red. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 479.) A native of rocky places in Dahuria and Siberia. Introduced in 1781 ; growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft., and flowering in May and June. This is a very distinct sort, easily known by its cuneated leaves and yellowish flowers. In Messrs. Loddiges’s collection there is a fastigiate- growing variety. % 16. R.Lacu’strE Poir. The lake-side Currant-like Gooseberry. Identification. Poir. Encycl. Suppl., 2. p. 856.; Dec. Prod., 3. p. 478. 5 Don’s Mill. 3. p. 178. Synonymes. ? R. oxyacanthGides Michz. Flor. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 111.; A. echinatum Douglas MS. Engraving. Our fig. 724. Spec. Char., §c. Infra-axillary prickles ma- nifold; the stem hispid with minute prickles. Leaves Jobed beyond the mid- dle; glabrous beneath, rather pilose above. Petioles villous. Peduncles ? upright, ? reflexed, bearing 2—3 flowers upon his- pid pedicels. Flowers small, yellowish green. Germen hispid. (Dec. Prod., ii. p- 478.) A native of moist places in Canada and Virginia. The flowers are those of the currant, and the prickly stems those of the gooseberry. The fruit is about the size of black currants, in pendulous racemes, purplish black, shining, clothed with hairs, and unplea- sant to the taste. Introduced in 1812; growing to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft., and flowering in April and May. (Hook. Fi. Bor. Amer.) Sir W. J. Hooker adds that “the R. echinatum of Mr. Douglas does not differ in any particular from R, lacistre.” CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CEX. RI BES. 977 § iii. Ribésia Dec. Currants. Synonymes. Ribes sp. Lin. and others; Calobétrya, Coredsma, and Rébis Spach; Groseilles en Grappes, or Grosseiller commun, Fr.; Johannisbeere, Ger. ; Bessenboom, Dutch. Sect. Char, Shrubs unarmed. Racemes, for the most part, many-flowered. Leaves plicate. Calyx campanulate or cylindrical. (Don’s Mill., tii. p. 185.) Shrubs, the branches of which are without prickles, and the leaves and fruit of which resemble those of the currant more than those of the goose- berry. A. Flowers greenish, or greenish yellow, or reddish ; and Fruit, ina wild State, red. £17. R.rv‘srum LZ. The common red Currant. Identification. Lin. Sp., 290. ; Dec. Prod., 3. p.481.; Don’s Mill.,3, p.187.; Lodd. Cat. ed. 1836. Synonymes. R. vulgare N. Du Ham,; Grosseiller commun, Fr.; gemeine Johannisbeere, Ger. ; Roode Aallessen Boom, Dutch. Engravings. Woody. Med. Bot.,t.74.; Fl. Dan., 967.; Blackw. Herb., t. 285.; Smith Engl. Bot., t. 1289.; Krauss, t. 48. ° Spec. Char., §c. Leaves cordate, bluntly 3—5-lobed, pubescent beneath, when young, usually rather tomentose, glabrous above. Racemes drooping. Bracteas ovate, shorter than the pedicels. Calyx flatly campanulate, spreading. Sepals obtuse. Petals obcordate. Fruit quite glabrous. Flowers yellowish. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.187.) Native of Europe and Siberia, in woods ; and throughout Canada to the mouth of the Mackenzie; found in mountainous woods, especially in the north of England and in Scotland, about the banks of rivers ; undoubtedly wild on the banks of the Tees; in the Isle of Isla, and in Culross woods, Scotland. A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Varieties. De Candolle gives the following forms of this species : — & R. r. 1 sylvéstre Dec. Fl. Fr., iv. p.406.— Leaves and berries small. Lobes of leaves short. & R.r. 2 horténse Dec., l.c.; R. rubrum Lois. Nouv. Dict., iii. — Leaves large, sometimes variegated. Berries sweeter and larger than in var. 1. Cultivated in gardens. # R.r. 3 carneum Berl. MSS. ex Dec. Prod., iii. p.481.; R. ribrum domésticum 2 baccis carneis Wallr. Sched., p. 106. — Leaves rather tomentose beneath. Sepals red. Cells of anthers distant. Berries pale red. # R. r. 4 variegatum Dec. Prod., iii. p.481., Wallr., 1. c., has the berries beautifully variegated; or, rather, distinctly striped with white and red. In cultivation in Austria, and well deserving of a place in every collection, from the beauty and singularity of its fruit. % R. 7. 5 album Desf. Cat. Bot., p. 164., Ait. Hort. Kew., ii. p.40., Wallr. Sched., p. 106., Berl., |. c., t. 2. f. 15. — Berries white. & R.r. 6 folus hiteo variegatis Du Ham. has the leaves variegated with yellow, and the fruit red. 2% R.r. 7 foliis albo variegatis Du Ham. has the leaves variegated with white, and the fruit white. Description. The common red currant, in a wild state, like all plants the seeds of which are of easy dissemination by birds, varies exceedingly in habit and magnitude, according to the soil, elevation, and latitude in which it happens to spring up. On mountains, among rocks, it is scarcely a foot high, with finely cut leaves; and is known by botanists under the name of 2. alpinum pumilum. (See /ig.726. p. 979.) In more favourable situations, it forms a ligneous fastigiate bush 5 ft. or 6 ft. high, under the form of R. spicatum (see fig.728. in p- 980.) ; and, cultivated in gardens, it becomes a spreading bush, with vigorous shoots, and leaves twice the size of those it produces in a wild state. The common red currant is commonly treated by botanists as a distinct species; but we have no doubt whatever that . petre‘um, R. spicatum, R. alpinum, 37 2 978 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. R. prostratum, and several other botanical species, indicated, in the following pages, by an R in parentheses, between the generic and specific names, are essentially one and the same thing. We have arrived at this conclusion, from a study of the plants in the very excellent collections of this genus which are in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. Geography. The red currant, including those forms, or botanical species, which we have mentioned above as likely to be only varieties of it, is a native of many parts of Europe, of the north and west of Asia, and of North America. In Britain, 2. ribrum, 2. alpinum, and 2. petre‘um are found in woods or hedges, in various situations, where, in all probability, the seeds have been carried by birds. In Ireland, the red currant is also found wild in various places, as it is in Sweden. In North Ameriea, it is found as far north as the arctic circle; and it is frequent in Greece, Caucasus, Siberia, and Tar- tary; and, according to Royle, a species nearly allied to R. petree‘um (which we consider to be one of the forms of the red currant) is found in situations from 8000 ft. to 10,000 ft. above the level of the sea. History. There is no positive evidence that the ancients were acquainted with the red currant, any more than that they were with the gooseberry ; it is difficult to believe that the currant which must have been conspicuous when ripe, and the grateful acid taste of which must have been found refreshing in a warm climate, could escape the notice of the inhabitants of the countries in which it was produced. The probability is, that the ancients knew this fruit, though modern botanists have not been able to identify it among the plants mentioned by Greek and Roman authors. In France, the red currant seems to have attracted notice long before the gooseberry, and, till a very late period, to have been much more valued than that fruit. Both seem to have been first improved by cultivation in Holland; whence the principal va- rieties in Europe have been procured. In England, the currant is mentioned by Gerard, who distinguishes three sorts, the red, the white, and the black, and gives their French and German names. None of them, he says, grow wild with us ; but they are to be found growing plentifully in many gardens, especially the red and the white. Till lately, there were scarcely any varieties of the red or the white currant to be found in gardens; but, since the com- mencement of the present century, a great many new sorts have been raised from seed; and there are now ten excellent kinds in British gardens; the best of which are, Wilmot’s red, the Dutch white, and the large champagne. Properties and Uses. The medicinal properties of the currant consist in its allaying thirst, and lessening an increased secretion of the bile; and, in consequence of the first of these properties, it is frequently given in fevers. The juice makes a pleasant acid in punch; and, mixed with water, forms 2 common and very agreeable beverage, under the name of eau de grosseilles, in Paris. Sirop de grosseilles is another well-known French preparation of this fruit ; and, in England, currant jelly is equally well known. Currants are employed for culinary purposes in tarts and pud- dings ; but they are usually mixed with other fruits, and are seldom, if ever, used in an unripe state. When ripe, they make an excellent wine, which is a great favourite in farm-houses, and with most persons who reside in the country, and like sweet home-made wines. The best varieties are brought to the dessert, and are much esteemed by some. The season when the fruit ripe is about the end of June, or the beginning of July; and, by having plants trained on the north face of a wall, or by covering the trees or espaliers growing as bushes in the open garden with matting, they may be kept fit for the table till Christmas. The Propagation, Culture, §c., of the currant, for its fruit, will be found given at length in our Encyclopedia of Gardening, and in our Suburban Gar- dener. As an ornamental shrub, the common routine of culture prescribed for the genus may be followed. CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CER. RI‘BES. 979 #18, R.(R.) api‘num DL. The alpine red Currant. Identification. Lin. Sp., 291.; Berlandier in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars 2 ; Dec. Prod., 3, p. 480. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 186. Engravings. Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3. pars2. t.2. f. 9.; Jacq. Austr., 1. t.47.; Schmidt Baum., t.96.; and our Jig. 725. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves with 3—5 lobes, ob- tuse, hairy above, shining beneath. Racemes grouped. Bracteas lanceolate, inflated, spa- ringly glandulose, mostly larger than the flowers. Petals minute, as if in abortion. Anthers more or less sessile. Styles con- nate. Berries red. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 480.) A native of the alps of Europe and Siberia; and found, in Britain, in woods, both in England and Scotland. Varieties. Berlandier has described two forms of the species, and Dr. Lindley has added a proper variety. ; j - 2R. (r.) a. 1 stérile Wallr. Sched., p. 108., Dec. Prod.. iii : dioicum Manch Meth. — Flowers many in a sect ane ea disposed, flat, destitute of a germen, soon falling off. Anthers almost sessile, acute, bearing pollen. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 480.) & R. (r.) a. 2 bacciferum Wallr. Sched., p. 108., Dec. Prod., iii. p- 480. — Flowers few in a raceme, rather salver-shaped. Anthers upon obvious filaments, ? imper- fect. Style bifid to a small extent. Germen obvious. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 480.) x R. (r.) a. 3 pumilum Lindl. in Hort. Trans., vii. p. 244. ; and our fig. 726. — In every respect the same as the species, but not one third of the size, never exceeding 2ft. in height, even when cultivated in gardens. The leaves are deeply cut, the flowers small, and the fruit seldom produced. % R. (r.) a. 4 foliis variegatis Hort. has variegated leaves. There is a plant of it in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. % 19. R. (R.) PETRA‘uM Wulf. The rock red Currant. Identification. Wulf. in Jacq. Misc., 2. p. 36. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 187. Synonymes. R. alpinum Delarb, Auvergn., p. 166.; the woolly-leaved Currant, the red Marsh- mallow-leaved Currant. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t. 705. ; Berl., l.c., t. 2. f. 14.; Jacq. Icon., 1. t. 49. ; and our fig. 727. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves acuminated, 3—5- lobed, rather cordate, deeply serrated, on long petioles, pilose above. Racemes ¢ erect, crowded, rather pubescent. Brac- Ge teas shorter than the pedicel. Sepals ob- - tuse. Petals obcordate, small, white. Ber- ries large, deep red, with an acid taste. Fruiting racemes pendulous. (Don’s Mill., iii. 187.) Native of the alps of Carinthia, Savoy, and on almost all the mountains of the continent of Europe. In England, it is found near Eggleston and Conscliffe, in the county of Durham; and in Scotswood 37 3 980 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. Dean, Northumberland. A shrub, growing 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, and flowering in May. @ 20. R.(R.) spica‘rum Robs. The spiked-flowered red, or Tree, Currant. Identification. Robs. in Lin. Trans., 3. p. 240. t. 21. ; Smith Engl. Bot., t. 1290. ; Berl., 1. c., t. er 1G, 5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 187. Synonyme. The Tree Currant. Engravings. Lin. Trans., 3. p. 240. t.21.; Engl. Bot., t. 1290.; Berl. l.c., t. 2. f. 16.; and our fig. 728. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves roundish- cordate, 3—5-lobed, covered with soft hairs above, and with tomen- tum beneath. Racemes erect. & Flowers more or less pedicellate. Bracteas obtuse, tomentose, much shorter than the pedicels, Sepals roundish-cuneated. Petals oblong. Styles bifid. Berries glabrous, glo- bose, and in colour and taste re- sembling those of R.rubrum. The mn tree currant affords a fruit rather a smaller, and more acrid, than the @> common red currant ; but by cross- Y ing and cultivationit might,no doubt, be greatly improved ; and, from its comparatively tree-like habits, might be a more convenient fruit shrub in respect to the crops around it. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 187.) Native of the north of England, in woods near Rich- mond in Yorkshire, and between Piersbridge and Gainford in Durham. A shrub, varying from 4 ft. to 6ft.in height, and flowering in April and May. % 2]. R.(R.) carpa’ruicum Kit. The Carpathian red Currant. pect ee in Schultes CEstr. Fl., 2. ed. 1. p. 432.; et Roem. et Schultes Syst., 5. p. 495. ; Don’s ill., 3. p. 187. Synonyme. R. acérrimum Rochel ex Ram. et Schultes, |. c. Spec. Char., §c. Stemerect. Leaves 5-lobed, cordate. Racemes pendulous, and, as well as the calyxes, pubescent. Petals, flattish, smaller than the calyx. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 187.) Perhaps only a variety of R. rubrum. Native of the Carpathian Mountains. A shrub, growing 4ft. high. % 22. R.(R.) MULTIFLO‘RUM Kit. The many-flowered red Currant. Identification. Kit. in Reem. et Schultes Sy ., 5. p.493., but not of H. B, et Kunth; Sims Bot. Mag., 2368.; Berl., l.c., t.2. f. 11. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 187. Synonyme. R.spicatum Schultes Zstr. Fl., ed. 1. p. 433. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2368.; Berl, 1 c.,t. 2. f. 11.; and our fig. 729. Spec. Char.,§c. eaves 5-lobed, cordate, tomentose beneath. Racemes very long, pendulous, drooping. Bracteas__ shorter than the flowers. Petioles length of leaves. Petals wedge- shaped. Styles bifid, and some- times distinctly trifid. (Don’s Miill., iii. p. 187.) Native of Croatia. Introduced in 1822. A shrub, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft.; flowering in April and May. The long racemes of flowers, the vigorous growth of the shoots, the large leaves, and the luxuriant habit of the plant, altogether render CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CER. RI‘BES. 981 this a very ornamental sort. From the luxuriance of the flowers and leaves, and of the plant generally, fruit is seldom produced ; and, when it appears, it is generally of small size. On account of the gracefulness of the long drooping racemes of flowers, it well deserves a place in collections. x 23. R. (R.) pRocu’mMBENS Pall. The procumbent red Currant. Identification. Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. p. 35. t.65.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 41.5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 186. Synonyme. R. polycarpon Gmel. Syst. Veg., p. 419. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 2, p. 35. t. 65. ; and our fig. 730. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves bluntly lobed; lobes serrated, lateral ones a little cut. Racemes erect. Peduncles long, setaceous. Segments of the limb of the flower pubescent, acute, ofa purplish colour. Anthers hardly rising from the calyx. Flowers fiattish. Berries very grateful to the taste, rufescent when ripe. (Don’s Mill. ii. p. 186.) A native of Siberia, in moist shady places. A procumbent shrub, flowering in May and June. Intro- duced in 1804. The plant to which this name is at- tached in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges is the R. prostratum described below, which inJuces us to think that the two alleged species may possibly be the J same thing. « 24. R.(R.) prostRa‘Tum Lin. The prostrate red Currant. Identification. L’Hérit.’Stirp., 1. p. 3. t. 2.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 186. iY Synonyme. R. glanduldsum A7t. Hort. Kew., ed. 1. p.279., Richards a) in Frankl. First Journ., ed. 2. p.9., Schmidt Baum., t. 95. d Engravings. L’Hérit. Stirp., 1. p. 3. t.2.; Berl, 1.c., t.2. £12.; Schmidt, Baum., t. 95.; and our fig. 731. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deeply cordate, 5—7-lobed, glabrous. Lobes acutely cut, doubly serrate, naked on both surfaces. Racemes erect, loose, slender. Bracteas small, obtuse, much shorter than the pe- dicels, which are beset with glandular bristles. Calyx rotate. Germens and berries beset with glandular bristles. Berries large and reddish. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 186.) This is a very distinct sort; a native of Newfoundland, throughout Canada, and in the woods on the Rocky Mountains, A prostrate shrub, flow- ering in April and May. Introduced in 1812. Variety. xR. (r.) p. 2 laxiflorum; R. affine Dougl. MSS.; R. laxiflorum Pursh Fil. Amer. Sept., ii. p. 731. — Racemes pubescent. Pedicels divaricate. A native of the north-west coast of America. & 25. R.(R.) RESINO’sUM Pursh. The resinous red Currant. Identification. . Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 163. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 186. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1583.; Berl., 1. c., t. 2. f. 10. ; and our fig. 731. Spec. Char., §c. All herbaceous parts of the shrub bear hairs 732 tipped with resinous glands. Leaves 3—5-lobed, roundish. EAS Racemes erect. Calyx flattish. Petals bluntly rhomboid. _ Bracteas linear, longer than the pedicels. Flowers greenish {4S yellow. ? Berry hairy and red. Perhaps the flowers are 33 diecious. Very like R. alpinum. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.186.) S, A native of North America, on the mountains. A shrub, 78 growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft.; flowering in April @ and May. Introduced in 1800. x 26. R.(r.) rRI’FIDUM Miche. The trifid-calyxed red Currant. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 110.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 186. 37 4 982 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves smooth, moderately lobed. Racemes loosely many- flowered, pubescent. Flowers small. Calycine segments rather trifid. Berries hairy, red. Lobes of leaves acutish. Racemes weak, nearly like those of R. ribrum, but the flowers smaller. Petals purplish, spathulate, rounded at the apex. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 186.) Perhaps this is the same as R. prostratum. A native of North America, near Quebec, and at Hudson’s Bay. A prostrate shrub; flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1823. % 27. R. (R.) aLbine’rvuM Michx. The white-nerved-leaved red Currant. Identification. Michx. FI. Bor. Amer. 1. p. 110. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 187. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves short, petiolate, deeply and acutely lobed, smoothish, with whitish nerves. Racemes recurved. Flowers small. Berries red, glabrous. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 187.) Native of Canada and the Catskill Mountains, in the State of New York. A shrub, 4 ft. high, flowering in April and May. 2 28. R. ri‘cens Miche. The stiff-racemed red Currant. Soe eine Michx. FI. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 110. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 136. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. . Spec. Char., §c. Branches erect. Leaves glabrous above, pubescent beneath, wrinkled reticulately; lobes and teeth acute, Racemes rather loose, many-flowered; when bearing the fruit, stiffish and erect. Berries red, hispid. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 187.) Native of Canada and the mountains of Pennsylvania. A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1812. 2 29. R. puncTA’TUM Ruiz et Pav. The dotted-leaved red Currant. Identification. Ruiz et. Pav. Fl. Per., 2. p. 12. t. 233. f. a.; Don’s Mill., 3. p, 187. Engravings. Berl. in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen., 3 pt. 2. t. 2. f. 19.; Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1278. ; and our Jig. 733. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 3-lobed, serrated, beset with resinous glands beneath, as are also the bracteas. Racemes longer than the leaves, either drooping or erect. Brac- teas cuneate-oblong, obtuse, at length re- flexed. Calyx campanulate, yellowish. Ber- ries oblong, hairy, red, and dotted. Petals small, yellow. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 187.) Na- tive of Chili, on hills. Introduced in 1826. A shrub, growing 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, flowering in April and May. The leaves are shining, and of a yellowish green; and its short bunches of yellow flowers are produced in the axils of the leaves. The plant throws up suckers from the roots ; a circumstance which distinguishes it from almost every other species of the genus in British gardens. There is a plant in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, against a south wall, which blossoms freely every year, and appears quite hardy, but has not yet ripened fruit. The leaves, when rubbed, have an agreeable odour. 2% 30 R. (P.) GLANDULO'sUM Ruiz et Pav. The glandular-calyxed red Currant. Identification. Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per., t. 235., but not of Ait. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 189. Engravings. Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per., t. 233, f. 6. ; Berl. in Mém. Phys. Gen., 3. pl. 2. t. 2..f. 20. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves cordate, bluntly 3-lobed, doubly serrated, rugged. Racemes short. Calyx glandular, pubescent. A native of Chili, on wooded hills. (Don’s Mill,, iii. p. 189.) A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high ; introduced in 1820, and flowering in April and May. Evidently a variety of the preceding species. CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CEZ. RI‘BES. 983 a. Species or Varieties of Ribes belonging to the Subdivision A of the Section Ribésia, which are not yet introduced. R. fragrans Pall. (Nov. Act. Pet., 5. p. 377. t. 9.) has the leaves glabrous, on long petioles ; and the flowers campanulate, white, and sweet-scented. The berries are red, and of a very sweet taste; and from the under surface of the leaves exudes, in numerous little yellow drops, a very fragrant bal- samic resin, having a strong smell of the black currant. R. heterétrichum Meyer in Led. Fl. Ross. Alt. Ill, t. 235., Fl. Alt., 1. p. 270., has the stem erect- ish, the leaves pubescent, nearly orbicular, 3-lobed ; and the racemes and flowers erect. The calyx is of a livid purple colour, the petals purple, and the fruit like those of 2. rbrum, but orange-coloured. It is a native of Altaia, on rocks at the foot of the mountains towards the river Kurtschum. R. bractedsum Dougl. (Don’s Miil., 3. p. 186.) has the leaves on long petioles, and nearly as large as those of the A‘cer Psetdo-Platanus. The flowers are of a purplish yellow, and the fruit about the size of that of R. rubrum. It is a native of the north-west coast of America, at the confluence of the Columbia with the ocean, whence specimens were sent home by Mr. Douglas, from which a description is given in Hooker's Flora Borealis Americana. R. tubiflorum Meyer is a native of California, with cordate leaves, and spicate, terminal, drooping racemes ; the flowers having tubular calyxes, exceeding the bracteas. R. tubulosum Eschscholtz is a native of North California, with hoary, rigid, dark purple branches, cordate 3-lobed leaves, and pale brown petals. It is considered as nearly allied to R. albinérvium, and also to #. sanguineum. R. macrébotrys Ruiz et Pav. Fi. Per., 3. p. 12. t. 202., Berl. in Mem. Phys. Gen., 3. pl. 2. t. 2. f. 17., has cordate leaves, and very long pendulous racemes, rufescent calyxes, and greenish hairy berries. It is a native of Peru, on the Andes, in groves. R. albiflorum Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per., 3. p. 12. t. 132. f. 6., Berl., 1. c., t. 2. f. 18., isa native of Peru, and nearly allied to the preceding species. R. ciliatum Willd., R. jorullénse H. B. et Kunth, has 5-lobed leaves, deeply cordate, and is also nearly allied to #. macrébotrys. It is a native of Mexico, on the burning Mount Jorullo, at an ele- vation of 1500 feet. R. hirtum Thunb. et Bonpl, R. frigidum H. B. et Kunth, Berl., 1. c., t. 2. f. 13., has ovate-cordate 3-lobed leaves, flesh-coloured flowers, and hispid berries. It is a native of South America, in cold places, on Mount Antisana, at an elevation of 300 ft. R. campanulatum Thunb. et Bonpl., 2. affine H. B.et Kunth, has 5-lobed, crenated, cordate leaves, and campanulate white flowers. It is a native of Mexico, near Moran, at an elevation of 3900 ft. R. Kinthii Berl. ; R. multifiirum H. B. et Kunth, but not of Kit.; is a native of Mexico; and is generally found with 2. campanulatum, which it closely resembles. R. Takare D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 208., has cordate, 3-lobed, acuminated leaves, as large asthose of the common sycamore ; but the flowers have not been observed. R. acuminatum Wall., Royle Illust., p. 225., has glabrous branches, leaves 3—5-lobed, and berries about the size of red currants. It is a native of Nepal on Sirmore and Emodi, at elevations of from 8000 ft. to 10,000 ft., where it grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft. R. villdsum Wall. has pubescent branches, and nearly orbicular leaves, with erect few-flowered racemes. It is a native of the Himalayas, in Sirinegur. B. Flowers greenish yellow, sometimes with the Tips of the Sepals and Petals red. Fruit black. % 31. R.ni‘crum L. The black Currant. Identification. Lin. Sp. 291.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 190. Synonymes. R. dlidum Meench Meth., 683. ; Capis and Poivrier, Fr. ; schwartze Johannisbeere, Ger, Engravings. Berl., 1. c., t. 2. f.21.; Woody. Med. Bot., t. 75.; Fl. Dan., 556. ; Blackw. Herb., 285. ; ngl. Bot., t. 1291. ; and our fig. 734. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves dotted from glands beneath, 3— 5-lobed. Racemes loose. Bracteas minute, subulate or obtuse, much shorter than the pe- dicels. Petals oblong. Calyx campanulate, with reflexed segments. Flowers whitish, or yellowish green. Calyx often of a rich brownish red colour, or pink. Stamens sometimes more than 5, in which case there are fewer petals ; so that when there are 10 stamens there are no petals. This change of petals into stamens is just the reverse of the process by which single flowers become double; and it is the only fact of the kind which has 984 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. hitherto been observed. Stigmas bifid. Berries globose, black, glandular. The black currant is a shrub with smoothish branches, strong-smelling leaves, with a solitary 1-flowered pedicel at the base of each raceme. The flowers appear in April, and the fruit ripens in June and July; and, when ripe, changes from a green to black or arich dark purple. (Don’s Mill., adapted, iil. p. 190.) A native of most parts of Europe; growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft., and flowering in April. Varieties. In a wild state, there are scarcely any varieties of what by botanists is considered to be #. nigrum; but the botanical species, R. triste Pall., R. altakicum Pall., and some others, we consider to be nothing more than seminal varieties of the black currant in a wild state. The black currant is indigenous in the woods of Russia, as far north as St. Petersburg; and we are informed by a correspondent there, on whom we can rely, that it is not uncommon to meet with plants having the fruit, when ripe, green or yellow, and sometimes even white. We are inclined to think that the alleged hybrid with yellow fruit, mentioned below, of which we have pos- sessed a plant since 1827, may be nothing more than one of these varieties. & R. xn. 2 hacca flavida Gard. Mag., vol. 10. p. 171., is supposed to be a hybrid between the black and white currants, and to have been ori- ginated in the neighbourhood of Bath, previously to 1827. The fruit is of a dingy greenish yellow; but the plant has the habit and general appearance of R. nigrum. & R. n. 3 bacca virida Hort. has the fruit green when ripe. This variety is common in Russia in a wild state; and plants of it are in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. 2 R. n. 4 foliis variegatis Vilmorin has the leaves variegated with streaks of yellow. There is a plant of it in Dennis’s Nursery, King’s Road, Chelsea. Garden Varieties. Six of these are enumerated in the Horticultural So- ciety’s Fruit Catalogue of 1831, the best of which are the black Naples and the large black. The fruit of the former variety is very large and handsome, more especially when the plant is grown in deep rich soil, and in a situation rather shady and moist. Description. The black currant, in a wild state, forms a lower and more di- vergent bush than the red currant. The wood is smooth and soft, and the buds large; the leaves are large, soft, glandular, and, as well as the branches and buds, have a strong savin-like scent when rubbed. The flowers are green or yellowish, often with the tips of the sepals red ; and the fruit, in a wild state, is much larger than that of the red currant. It is a vigorous free-growing shrub, but not of long duration. Geography, History, §c. The black currant appears to have the same geographical range as the red; but it is much more abundant than that spe- cies in the north of Europe, and less so in the south. In Britain, it is not unfrequent in woods and hedges, in some districts; but it is probably not truly indigenous any where. It is particularly abundant in the north of Russia, where its fruit is much sought after by bears. It is found in Siberia, and on Caucasus, and is abundant in Sweden. There appear to be species of Ribes with black fruit in India and South America, which are probably varieties of R. nigrum, and may be considered as the black currant of those countries. When the black currant was first cultivated in gardens is un- certain ; and there is no evidence of its having been known to the ancients, which it probably was not, on account of the plant being comparatively un- common in the south and east of Europe. It is mentioned by Gerard, who speaks of it as having flowers of a purplish green colour, succeeded by fruit as big again as the ordinary red currant, but “of a stinking and somewhat loathing savour.” The black currant is not mentioned by the earliest French horticultural writers; but in Du Hamel’s Arbres Fruitiers it is enumerated among other fruit shrubs, though it is described more as a medicinal plant than as a table fruit. Its fruit, Du Hamel says, passes for being stomachic, CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CER. RI‘BES. 985 diuretic, cordial, and tonic; and a ratafia is made from it that promotes di- gestion. The flavour and taste of the fruit being disagreeable to many, it is still but partially cultivated in British gardens, more especially in England. In Scotland it is held in more esteem, on account of the jelly that is made from it being considered a sovereign remedy for sore throats. Properties and Uses. The leaves, the fruit, and the entire plant, especially in a wild state, are considered powerfully diuretic; in Siberia the leaves form a principal ingredient in the drink known as quass; and the berries being fermented with honey, a powerful spirit is distilled from them. The leaves, when young, are put into spirits, so as to give the liquor a brownish tinge like that of brandy. An infusion of the young roots is given to cattle, in Russia, as a febrifuge. The leaves, in a dried state, smell like green tea; and a very small portion of them will communicate that flavour so effectually to black tea, as completely to deceive the taste. In the north of Russia, the berries of both the black and the green varieties are gathered from the woods in large quantities, dried in ovens, or in the sun, and laid up for being used in winter, either medicinally for the quinsy, and other diseases of the throat, or for making tarts. The fruit, whether fresh or dried, is also used in Sweden, and other parts of the north of Europe, as aremedy for sore throats. In England, the principal use of the fruit is for making a jam, or rob, which, like the jelly made in Scotland, is considered excellent for sore throats; but the fruit is seldom used either in tarts or puddings, or for making wine. In Scotland, the jelly is considered to add an excellent flavour to whisky and water. The treatment of the black currant, as a fruit tree, will be found in the En- cyclopedia of Gardening, and in the Suburban Gardener. % 32. R.(n.) TRI’sTE Pall. The sad-colowred, or dark-blossomed, black Currant. Identification. Pall. Nov. Act. Pet., 10. p. 378. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p, 189. Synonyme. R. altaicum Lodd. Cat. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 5-lobed. Branches simple, twiggy, bearing leaves and racemes of flowers at the apex. Racemes pendulous, both when in flower and in fruit. Corollas flattish, of a dull brownish-red on the outside, and yellowish inside. Petals revolute. Berries small, black, insipid. Root creeping. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 189.) A native of Siberia, on the Mongol Mountains; growing 2ft. or 3ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1820; and obviously only a variety of the common black currant. 2% 33. R.(N.) FLO’RIpUM L’Hérit. The flowery black Currant. Identification. L’Hérit. Stirp., 1. p. 4. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 190. Synonymes. R. nigrum, 2. Lin. Sp., 291.; R. pennsylvanicum Lam. Dict., 3. p.49.; R. recur- pit eae Fl. Ber. Amer., 1. p. 109., according to Torrey ; Azbéstum nigrum, &c., Dill. Elth., Enppasiag Dill, Elth., 2. t. 244. £315.; Berl, lc. t. 2. £22; Schmidt Baum., t. 92.; and our Ig. 100. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves full of resinous glands, 3 or 5-lobed, cordate, doubly serrated. Ra- cemes pendulous, pubescent. Bracteas linear, longer than the pedicels. Calyx tubularly campanulate, glabrous: with the segments obtuse, and at length reflexed. Germens and black berries oval-globose, glabrous. This is in many respects nearly allied to R. nigrum; but its more copious and denser flowers, and especially their long bracteas, and more tubular calyxes, will always distinguish it: the solitary pedicel, too, at the base of the flowers, is wanting in this species. Petals oblong, rather erose at the apex; greenish yellow. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 190.) A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1729. We admit the distinct- 986 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ness of this sort ; but, judging from the plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, as well as from a very beautiful figure in Schmidt’s Baumzucht, we cannot but consider it as a variety, or race, of the black currant; but in this, as in similar cases, we have treated it as a species, in order to leave the reader free to form his own judgment on the subject. We have only indicated our opinion by putting the letter z in parentheses, between the generic and specific names. Varieties. # R. (n.) f. 2 grandiflorum Hort. has the flowers and racemes larger than those of the species. & R. (n.) f. 3 parviflorum Hort. has the flowers smaller, and the racemes shorter. % 34, R. (N.) 1NE‘BRIANS Lindi. The intoxicating black Currant. Identification. Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1471. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p, 190. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1471.; and our Jig. 736. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves roundish, deeply 3—5-lobed, and deeply toothed, truncate at the base, glandular on both surfaces. Pe- tioles pubescent. Peduncles 3 —5-flowered, pendulous. Flow- ers ageregate. Calyx tubular, glandular, with the segments re- curved. Calyx greenish white, with the tube 4 lines long. jS~ Leaves smelling like those of R. (2 fléridum. The species was re- % 35. R.ce‘REUM Dougl. The waxy-leaved black Currant. Identification. Dougl. in Hort. Trans., 7. p. 512.; Bot. Reg., 1263.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 234.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 190. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1263. ; and our fig. 737. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves small, cordate, lobed, serrated, clothed with glandular pu- bescence, glabrous, glaucous, full of white glands above. Racemes pendulous, rather capitate. Bracteas ovate, adpressed to the germens, which are glabrous. Flowers nearly sessile, cylindrical, rather angular. Calycine segments small, reflexed. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 190.) In its small foliage, and few-flowered racemes, this species resem- bles the gooseberry tribe; but it has not thorns. The flowers are rather large and white, with a slight tinge of green, and are rather downy. White waxy dots like scales cover the upper surface of the leaf; whence eS the specific name. A native of North-west America, on the banks of the Columbia, and its southern tributary streams, from the Great Falls to the CHAP. LV. GROSSULA‘CER. RI‘\BES. 987 Rocky Mountains, in gravelly or sandy soils. A shrub, growing 2 ft. or 3 ft. high, and flowering in April. Introduced in 1827. % 36. R. viscosi’ssimum Pursh. The very clammy black Currant. patie iat Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 153.; Dougl. in Trans, Hort. Soc., 7. p. 511.3; Don’s Speier . Careteinis viscosissima Spach Ann. des Scien. Nat., 1835. Engraving. Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 234. t. 74. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves cordate, obtuse, 3—5-lobed, deeply crenated. Viscid and glandular pubescence. Glands on both surfaces. Racemes erect, co- rymbose. —Bracteas_ linear-obovate, rather shorter than the pedicels, which are clothed with glandular hairs. Calyx tubularly cam- panulate, with erectly spreading obtuse seg- ments. Germens and fruit ovate-oblong, clothed with viscid hairs. Berries oblong-ovate, black. Flowers large and white. (Don’s Mill., iui. p. 191.) A native of North America, on the: Rocky Mountains, and in dry plains, in par- \ tially shaded places towards the sources of the ™ Columbia; also on the summits of the hills near the Spokan and Kettle Falls, at an ele- vation of 8000 ft. above the sea. (Dougl. in 738 Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer.) A shrub, attaining the height of from 4 ft. to 8 ft.; producing its flowers in April and May. Introduced in 1826. “ A very fine and remarkable species.”’ (Hook.) It is somewhat difficult to keep: the only plants we know of it, in the neighbourhood of London, are in the - nursery of Mr. Cree, the author of Hortus Addlestonensis, at Addlestone, near Chertsey, in Surrey. % 37. R. HUDsoNIA‘NUM Richardson. The Hudson’s Bay black Currant. Identification. Richards in Frankl. First Journ., ed. 2. append. p. 6.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 190. Synonyme. R. petiolare Dougl. Hort. Trans.,7. p. 514. Spec. Char., §c. Branches erect. Leaves 3-lobed, quite glabrous above, full of resinous dots beneath, and, as well as the petioles, villous. Germens dotted. Berries globose, glabrous, black. Racemes erect, pubescent. Bracteas short. Segments of the calyx, which is campanulate, spreading. Flowers small. Petals white. The fruit, and peculiar odour of the plants, are those of FR. nigrum. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 190.) It is a native of North America, from Hudson’s Bay to the Rocky Mountains, in the west, and as far north as lat. 57°, including the mountains of Columbia, about the Kettle Falls. A shrub growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft. Plants of this sort are in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. & 38. R. euacta‘Le Wall. The icy black Currant. Identification. Wall. Cat., No. 6833. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 189. ” Spec. Char., §c. Bracteas smooth. Leaves glabrous above, but with few scattered bristly hairs beneath, cordate at the base, 3—5-lobed at the apex ; lobes acute, serrated. Petioles long, serrated at the base. Racemes drooping. Calyx campanulate. Petals longer than the calyx. Flowers white. Berries black. (Don's Mill, iii. p. 189.) A native of Nepal, on Emodi and Gosainthan; growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1823. There isa plant of it against a wall, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. a. Species or Varieties of Ribes belonging to the Division B of the Section Ribésia, which have not yet been introduced. R. Biebersteinii Berl. in Dec. Prod., 3. p. 482. ; R. caucasicum Bed. ; has cordate, sharply serrated leaves, having a strong scent, like those of #. nigrum ; nodding racemes, minute petals, and black berries. It is a native of Caucasus, and is, probably, only a variety of 2. nigrum. R. viscosum Ruiz et Pav. has cordate, 5-lobed, rough, clammy, 5-nerved leaves, and yellow flowers, with small pale purple berries. It is a native of Peru, on rocks, 988 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. C. Flowers deep red. Fruit black. g@ 39. R.sancui’NEuM Pursh. The bloody, or red, flowered, Currant. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 164. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 191. Synonymes. R. malyaceum Smith in Rees’s Cycl.; Calobétrya sanguinea Spach. Engravings. Hort. Trans., 7. t. 13.; Bot. Reg., t. 1349.; Swt. Fl-Gard., n. s., t. 109.5 and our fig. 739 Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves cordate, somewhat 5-lobed, serrated, veiny, smoothish above, but clothed with villous tomentum beneath. Racemes drooping, pubescent, twice the length of the leaves. Calyx tubularly campanulate, with oblong, obtuse, spread- ing segments, exceeding the petals, which are red, and quite entire. Bracteas obovate-spathulate. Berries turbinate, hairy. This is, perhaps, the most ornamental species of the genus, bearing a profusion of large racemes of deep rose-coloured flowers, and is, therefore, well adapted for orna- menting shrubberies and pleasure-grounds. The berries are of a bluish black, and insipid; resem- bling a bilberry more than either a currant or a _ 24 gooseberry. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.191.) A native WO / of the north-west coast of America, in abundance, B: from lat. 38° to 52° N.; usually growing in rocky situations, by the sides of streams. A shrub, 4 ft. to 8 ft. high, flowering in April. Introduced in 1826, and forming by far the most ornamental species of the genus. It is easily propagated, and as hardy as the common black currant. It flowers profusely; and, coming into bloom early in the season, forms the most splendid bush to be seen in British shrubberies, from the middle of April to the middle of May. A great many seeds were sent over by Mr. Douglas, a number of which were distributed by the Horticultural Society; and the plants produced from them have varied in the colour of their flowers, from pale pink to deep red. The plants, also, seed freely in this country ; and hence a number of varie- ties have been originated by nurserymen, independently of R. (s.) malva- ceum and #. (s.) glutinosum, which differ from the species, not only in the shades of colour of their flowers, but also in their leaves. The variety which has the darkest-coloured flowers is R. s, atro-rubens. Varieties. xz R. (s.) 2 glutindsum Benth. Hort. Trans., 2d ser. 1. part 6.; R. au- gastum Dougl. MS. and our fig. 740., has the foliage destitute of down, and slightly viscous. The racemes are rather larger than in the species, and of a very pale rose-colour. @ % R, (s.) 3 malvdcewm Benth., |. c., and our fig. 741., has the leaves rough and hispid on the upper side, and clothed underneath with a whitish cottony down. The racemes of flowers are shorter and closer ; and each flower is almost sessile on the common stalk. In colour, the flowers are rather darker than those of R.(s.)glutindsum, and have more of a lilac tinge. \\y \ CHAP. LY. GROSSULA‘CER. RI‘BES. 989 & R. s. 4 dtro-ribens Hort. has the flowers and racemes rather smaller, and of a much deeper and darker red, than those of the species. Plants of this variety, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, when in flower, are strikingly distinct. a. Species or Varielies of Ribes belonging to the Division C of the Section Ribésia, which have not yet been introduced. z% 40. R, a‘rRo-puRPU‘REUM Meyer. The dark-purple-flowered Currant. Identification. Meyer in Led. Fl. Ross. Alt. Ill, t. 231.; Fl. Alt., 1. p. 268.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 191. Engraving. Led. Fl. Ross, Alt. Ill., t. 231. Spec. Char., &c. Stem erect. Leaves pubescent, nearly orbicular, cordate, 3—5-lobed ; lobes acute, serrated. Racemes drooping. Pedicels exceeding the bracteas. Calyxes campanulate, ciliated. Berries glabrous, and bractless ; dark purple, and the size of those of the common currant. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 191.) A native of Altaia, on mountains and subalpine places on the river Ursal; and also at the river Tscharysch. A shrub, growing from 4 ft, to 6ft. high, and producing its flowers in April and May. Varieties. R. a. 1. — Flowers deep purple. Leaves rather} pubescent beneath, but smooth and glabrous above, as well as the branches. % R. a. 2.— Leaves rather pubescent beneath, but hispid from bristles above, as well as the petioles and stems. Found near the river Volschoi Ulegumen. % FR. a. 3.— Flowers paler. Leaves pubescent above, but most so below. Branches smooth. § iv. Symphécalyx Dec. Derivation. From sumphud, to grow together, and kalux ; in reference to the sepals of the calyx of the species belonging to this section. Sect. Char. The calyxes tubular, and yellow. The racemes many-flowered. Leaves compassing the bud. Unarmed shrubs. (Dec. Prod., iii. p. 483.) % 41. R. au’rEum Pursh. The golden-flowered Currant. Identification. Pursh F\. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 164. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 191. Synonymes. R. palmata Desf. Cat. Hort., Paris.; Chrysobétrya revolita Spach. Engravings. Berl., 1. c., t. 2. f. 23.; Bot. Reg., t. 125.; and_our jig. 762. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Leaves three-lobed. lobes divaricate, with a few deep teeth, shorter than the petioles, which are ciliated at the base. Calyxes tubular, longer than the pedicels. Tube slender. Segments oblong, obtuse. Petals linear, much shorter than the calycine segments. Bracteas linear, length of the pedicels. Style entire. Berries glabrous. Flowers golden yellow. Fruit yellow, seldom black, and of an exquisite flavour. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 191.) A native of North-west America, in light gravelly soils, from the Great Falls of the Columbia River, to the mountains, and on the southern branches. A shrub, growing 6 ft. or 8 ft. high; flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1812. Varieties. % R. a. 1 pre‘cox Lindl.in Hort. Trans., vii. p. 24.2. — Flowers earlier. Leaves cuneated at the base, pubescent beneath ; lobes deeply serrated. Berries copious, earlier, turbinate. Racemes bracteate. A native of North America. & R. a. 2 villisum Dec. Prod., iii. p. 483.; R. longiflorum Fraser’s Cat., 1813. — Leaves rather villous. % R. a. 3 serdtinum Lindl.,1.c.; and our jig. 743. — Flowers late. Leaves of various forms, smoothish beneath ; lobes deeply serrrated. Berries few, late, round. Racemes naked. A native of North America. 990 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. This, and the preceding varieties, are highly ornamental, from their fine, large, bright yellow flowers, which are produced in abundance ; and their smooth, glossy, yellowish green leaves. The plants are, also, most truly ligneous, and of greater duration, than those of most other species of bes. Next to R. sanguineum, and its varie- ties, they merit a place in every collection. & 42, R.(a.) reNurFLo‘rum Lindl. The slender-flowered Currant. Identification. Lindl. in Hort. Trans., 7. p. 242. ; Bot. Reg., 1274. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p, 191. Paes R. aireum Colla Hort. Rip. Append. 3.t1f A. z R. flavum Berl. in Dec. Prod., 3. p. 483. ; #. missouriénsis Hort. ; Chrysobétrya Lindleydna Spach. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1274.; and our fig. 744, Spec. Char.,§c. Unarmed, quite glabrous. Leaves roundish, 3-lobed, mealy ; lobes bluntly toothed at the apex. Racemes pendulous, many-flowered. Calyx tubular, glabrous, longer than the pedicels, 44: AY coloured. Petals quite entire, linear, one half shorter than the segments of the calyx, which are oblong and obtuse. Bracteas linear, length of the pedicels. Berries glabrous. In _ habit, this species is more erect than R. ajreum, and has the young wood more thinly clothed with leaves ; its whole appearance is also paler, during the early part of the season. The flowers are Q.g¥ not more than half the size of R,atreum; and & ™ have entire, not notched, petals. The fruit is about the size of the red currant, of an agreeable flavour but possessing little acidity. (Don’s Mild, iii. p. 191.) Anative of North America; common on the rocky tracts of the Columbia, near the head waters of the Missouri. A shrub, attaining the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft.; and producing its flowers in April and May. Introduced in 1812. Varieties. % R. (a.) t. 1 fréctu nigro.—Berries changing from yellow to red, and finally acquiring a deep blackish purple colour. & R. (a.) t. 2 frictu liteo.—Fruit yellow; always retaining the same coJour. % 43, R.(A.) FLA‘vUM Coll. The yellow-flowered Currant. Identification. Coll. Hort. Ripul. Append., 3. p. 4. t. 1. f. 8. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 191. Synonymes. R. adreum 3 sanguineum Lind. in Hort. Trans., 7. p. 242. ; R. palmatum Desf. Hort. Par.; R. atreum Ker Bot. Reg., t. 125., but not of Pursh ; Chrysobétrya intermédia Spach. Engraving. Coll. Hort. Ripul. Append., 3. p. 4 t. 1. f. 2. Spec. Char., §c. Unarmed, quite glabrous. Young leaves 3-lobed; adult ones usually 5-lobed, deeply toothed, about equal in length to the ciliated petioles. Racemes short, 4—5-flowered. Calyx tubular, much longer than the pedicels. Tube slender. Segments rather spathulate, reflexed. Petals one half shorter than the calycine segments. Bracteas elliptic. Berries oblong, glabrous. Flowers yellow. (Don’s Miil., iii. p.191.) A native of North America. A shrub, growing 6 ft. or 8ft. high; flowering in Apriland May. Introduced in 1812. App. i. A Classification of the Species and Varieties of Ribes in the Horticultural Society's Garden in 1836, made by Mr. Gordon, Foreman of the Arboretum there. In the following synopsis, the authorities put immediately after the names of the plants are those of the nurserymen, or others, who sent the plants with these names to the Horticultural Society’s Garden; the authorities in parenthesis are references to books ; and the references to figures are those CHAP. LV. in our own pages. GROSSULA‘CE®. RI‘BES. 991 In short, we have here followed the plan which we adopted under Cratz‘gus, in giving Mr. Gordon’s arrangement of that genus ; and for the same reasons as those there given. (See p. 816.) § i. Nr‘era (or those like the common Black or Red Currant). Leaves large, and strongly scented. Flowers in bunches. 1. R. alpinum (Lin. Spec., 296. ; fig.725. in p. 979.) 11. A. fléridum grandiflbrum Sabine. (fig. 85. syn. diofcum Masters, nurseryman, Can- terbury. (Manch Meth., p. 683.) 2. R.alpinum pumilum Miller, Bristol Nur- sery. (Lindl., fig. 726. in p. 979.) 3. R. resindsum Loddiges. ; (Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 163. ; fig. 732. in p. 981.) syn. orientale Catros, nurseryman, Bour- deaux. reclinatum of some collections. 4. R.migrum Thompson, Mile End Nursery. (Lin. Spec., 291. ; and fig. 734. in p. 983.) syn. élidum of some French collections. (Meench.) fi 5. R. nigrum variegatum Vilmorin, Paris. 6. R. triste Loddiges. (Pall. Nov. Act. Petr., 10. p. 278.) Only differing from the com- mon black currant in the dull brown colour of the flowers. 7. R. petiolare Douglas. 8. &. prostratum Fadia, nurseryman, Gateshead. (L’Her. Stirp., 1. p. 3. t. 2.) syn. canadénse Loddiges. glandulésum Ait. ( Hort. Kew.,1. p. 279., not of Ruiz et Pavon.) 9. R. viscosissimum Douglas. (Pursh Flor. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 163. ; fig. 738. in p. 987.) 10. A. fiéridum parvifldrum Ce/s, nurseryman, Pa- ris. (L’ Her. Stirp., 1. p. 4.) syn. americanum Miller. pensylvanicum Cels. (Lam. Dict., 3. p. 49.) campanulatum of some foreign col- lections. mor 735. in .) syn. rigens Michx. (Flor. Bor. Amer., 1. 110 . R. malvaceum Douglas. (Smith in Rees’s Cycl.; and fig. 741. in p. 988.) . R. glutindsum Bentham. (Hort. Trans. ; and Jig. 740. in p. 988.) syn, augistum Douglas. . R. sanguineum Douglas. (Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 1G4.; and fig. 739. in p. 988.) . Sangdineum var. atro-rubens Douglas. R. 7 rubrum Thompson. (Lin. Spec., 290.) . rubrum sibiricum Oldaker, gardener at Stoke Farm. syn. Russian Currant. . rubrum frictu albo Thompson. syn. White Currant. . rdbrum variegatum. 3. p. 240. t. 21.; and fig. 728. in p. 980.) . multifldrum Whitley, Fulham Nursery. (Kitaibel in Raem. et Schult. System., 5. p.493.; Bot. Mag., 2368. ; andjig. 729. in p- 980.) R R BR. spicatum Loddiges. (Robs. Lindi. Trans., BR. . R. petre‘um Lee, Hammersmith Nursery. (Wulf. in Jacq. Misc., 2. p. 36. ; Eng. Bot., t. 705. ; and our fig. 727. in p. 979.) R. glaciale Royle, 1835, (Waill.) A . punctatum Lind/. (Bot. Reg., t. 1658.; and our fig. 733. in p. 981.) syn. prostratum Ruix et Pav. (Fl. Peruv., 3. 12. t. 233. f. a.) § ii, Av’reEa (or those like the Missouri Yellow Currant), Leaves small and shining. Flowers large, not in bunches, 3 or 4 together. 25. R. atreum pre‘cox Godefroy. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 164. ; and our fig. 742. in p. 989.) 96. R. ahreum serétinum Douglas. (Pursh; and our fig. 743. in p. 989.) syn. missouriénse Loddiges. Missouri Currant. (Pursh Fl. 27. R. aireum serétinum fractu liteo ? Floy, Nurseryman in New York. 28. R. aGreum sanguineum Floy. (Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 125.). syn. flavum Hort. 29. R. tenuifldrum (? Lindi.) fractu aGreo Prince. 30. R. tenuifldrum fractu nigro (Bot. Reg., t.1574 5 aa 744. in p. 990.) oy. § iii. Cr‘rea (or those small Gooseberry-leaved, and few-flowered, Goose- berry-like Currants which resemble 2. céreum). Leaves small and powdered. Flowers 3 or 4 together. Fruit shining and smooth. 31. R. cbreum Douglas. The flowers ofa light rosy 32. 2. intbrians Floy. (Lindi. Bot. Reg., t. 1471. 5 pink, and fruit of a beautiful amber co- lour. (Bot. Reg., t. 1263.; Gard. Mag., 5. p. 522.; and jig. 737. in p. 986.) Gard. Mag., 8. p.225.; and jig. 736. in p. 986.) syn. Intoxicating Red Currant. § iv. GRossuLa‘R1£ (or those resembling the common Gooseberry). Leaves small and shining. Flowers yellowish green, white, or crimson, and not more than 3 or 4 together. Spznes few and large. 33. R. niveum Douglas. (Bot. Reg., t. 1692.; and Jig. 718. in p. 970.) Habit very upright. Flowers white. 34, R. specidsum Douglas. (Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p.731.; Swt. Brit. Fl. Gard., 2d ser., t. 149. ; Bot. Reg., t. 182.; Gard. Mag., 8. p.455. ; and jig. 722. in p. 975.) syn. stamineum Lambert. (Smith in Rees’s Cycl.) 35. R.irriguum Douglas. (Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 231. ; fig. 721. in p, 971.) 36. R. setdsum Falla. (Bot. Reg., t. 1237.; and fig. 716. in p. 969.) syn. Missouri Gooseberry Lodd. 37. R. Grossularia Lodd. (Lin. Spec., 291.) 38. R. divaricatum Douglas. (Bot. Reg., t. 1359. 5 and fig. 720. in p. 971.) 39. R. triflbrum Mackie. (Willd. Enum., 1. p. 51.5 and our fig. 717. in p. 969.) syn, stamineum of some French collections. 40. R. Uva crispa Mackie. (Lin. Spec., 291.) 3 U syn. Diacantha Loddiges. 992 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. § v. Ecutna‘ra (or those with numerous bristle-like Spines, and Flowers in bunches). Leaves small and shining. FYowers in small bunches, and of a dull brown colour. Spines small and numerous, and like small bristles clothing the young shoots, 41. R. echinatum Douglas. 44. R. lacistre Pursh. (Poir. Encyc. Suppl., 2, syn. armiatum. p. 856. ; and our fig. 724. in ye 976) Habit trailing. (See p. 976.) syn. oxyacanthdides Michx.( v.Bor. Amer., 42. R. Cyndsbati Whitley. (Lin. Spec., 292. ; and 1. p. 111.; and our fig. 715. in p. 969.) our jig. 719. in"p. 970.) hirtéllum in the French collections. 45, R. aciculare. Ledebour. (Smith in Rees’s Cycl.) grossulariddes Biggs. : CHAP. LVI. OF THE HARDY OR HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER ESCALLONIA CEZ. Tuere is only one perfectly hardy genus belonging to this order ; viz. I’tea ; and the principal genus, which is half-hardy, is Escallonza. Both are highly ornamental shrubs; the former indigenous to North America, and the latter to Chili, and other parts of South America. Genus I. | V’'TEA L. Tue lrea. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 275.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 6.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 396. Synonymes. Cedréla Lour.; Diconangia Michv. Derivation. Iteais the Greek name of the willow, which is given to this genus on account of the quick growth of the /’tea virginica, Gen. Char, Calyx bell-shaped, with 5 teeth, persistent. Petals 5, their zestivation valvate. Stamens 5, shorter than the petals. Both petals and stamens inserted upon the tube of the calyx. Teeth of calyx, petals, and stamens, alternate with one another. Ovary not connate with the calyx. Style, at first, seemingly one ; afterwards it parts into two portions: hence, there are rather 2 styles connate. Stigmas capitate, mostly divided by a furrow. Carpels two, connate into a capsule of 2 cells, that has 2 furrows, and parts from bottom to top. Seeds in two rows along the introflexed margins of the carpels. (Dec. Prod., iv. p. 6.)—A shrub, with simple alter- nate leaves, and flowers in racemes. # 1. J. virernica L. The Virginian Itea. Identification. Lin. Sp., 289.; N. Du Ham., 6.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 6.5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 196. Engravings. Lam, Ill., 1. t. 147.; N. Du Ham. 6. t. 9,; Bot. Mag. t. 2409.; and our fig. 745. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate, acutely toothed. Racemes simple, terminal. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 196.) A deciduous shrub, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 7 ft. A native of North America, from Pennsyl- vania to Carolina; introduced in 1744; and pro- ducing its white flowers, in terminal racemes, from June to August. It may be propagated by cuttings, but more readily by layers, suckers, or seeds; and it thrives best in a sandy or peaty soil, kept moist. The plant, to be kept in vigour, should have the old wood frequently cut down to the ground. When grown in a situation that is rather moist, its flowers ’ make a fine appearance, at a season when there are few other shrubs in blossom. It is most frequently propagated by seeds, which are annually received from America. The price of plants, in the London nurseries, is CHAP. LVI. ESCALLONIACE A. ESCALLO‘NI4A. 993 Is. each, and of seeds, 6d. a packet ; at Bollwyller, plants are 2 franes each ; and at New York, 25 cents. Genus II. ESCALLO‘'N/A Mutis. Tur Escationta. Lin, Syst. Pentandria Monogfnia. Identification. Mutis in Lin. fil. Supp., t. 21. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.2.; Don’s Mill, 8. p. 192. Synonyme. Steredxylon Ruiz et Pav. Fl. Per. Prod., p. 38. 4 y k Derivation. From Escallon, the pupil and companion of Mutis, during his travels in New Spain. Gen. Char., §c. Tube of the calyx semiglobose, adnate to the ovarium ; limb 5-toothed or 5-lobed. Petals 5, arising from the calyx. Stamens 5; anthers ovate-oblong. Stigma peltate. Style filiform, permanent. Cap- sule baccate. Seeds numerous. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 192.) — Subevergreen half-hardy shrubs, natives of South America, and more especially of Chili, with the leaves full of resinous glands. Propagated with the greatest ease by cuttings ; and growing freely in common garden soil. % EF. rubra Pers. (Hook. Bot. Mag., t.2890., and 746 our fig.'746.), Steredxylon ribrum Ruiz et Pav., is a smoothish evergreen shrub, with numerous, twiggy, rounded branches, which, when young, are clothed with glandular hairs. The leaves are obovate-oblong, acuminated, serrated, and, in their native country, full of resinous dots beneath. A tuft of young leaves springs from the axil of each of the older ones, indica- tive of numerous branches. The peduncles are 2—7- } flowered. Lobes of the calyx denticulated. Petals XY od | spathulate, red, conniving, but spreading a little at ° DEL the apex. A native of Chili, on the mountains of Colocolo, in the fissures of rocks, and about Valparaiso. It was introduced in 1827. When trained against a wall, it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft.; flowering from July to September. It is readily propagated by cuttings, planted in sandy soil, under a hand-glass ; and the plants, when placed against a wall, require no protec- tion whatever during winter. In the Bot. Misc., iii, p.252., three forms of this species are recorded : — E. r. 1 glabritscula Hook. et Arn., with glandular branches, leaves highly pubescent, and red flowers, which may be considered as the species. E. x. 2 albifiiya Hook. et Arn. ; E. glanduldsa Bot. Cab., t. 291. ; with white flowers, E. r. 3 pubéscens Hook, et Arn., with pubescent branches, and red flowers. There are plants of these varieties at Kew, the Horticul- tural Society’s Garden, Messrs. Loddiges’s, in the Goldworth Arboretum, and in the Addlestone Nursery, which have stood out as bushes in the open garden, for several years, without the slightest protection during winter. _ « FE. montevidénsis Dec. Prod., iv. p.4.; E. floribanda var. B montevidénsis Schlecht.; E. bifida Link et Otto Abbild., t. 23., Bot. Reg., t. 1467.; and our fig. 747.3 is a smooth shrub, with white flowers, very like those of the hawthorn, which are produced in great abundance from July to September. It is a native of Brazil, on sandy banks and pastures; and was introduced in 1827. It forms a remark- ably vigorous-growing bush, with long, flexible, rope-like shoots, and is very prolific in flowers. It is so hardy as to have stood through several winters, as a bush, in the open ground of the Kensington Nursery; so that we might almost have been justified in placing it among the hardy shrubs. Gif) 6 hae? 994 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Iil. a EF, floribinda H. B. et Kunth is a native of New Granada, on the Andes, with white flowers, and shining leaves, which are clammy when young. The plant of this name, in the British gardens, appears to be only a variety of the preceding species. a E. resindsa Pers., Stereédxylon resindsum Ruiz et Pav., is a glabrous shrub, a native of Peru, on the cold parts of hills. A plant of this species has stood against a south wall, in the Kew Gardens, since 1832. # FE. pulverulénta Pers., Steredxylon pulveruléntum Ruiz et Pav., is a shrub, hairy in every part, with white flowers ; growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft. It is anative of Chili; and plants of it have been in the Horticultural Society’s Garden since 1831. Twenty other species ave described in Don’s Miller., iii, p. 193. to p. 195., all natives of South America, and probably as hardy as those above mentioned ; but it does not appear that any of them have been introduced. 1 CHAP. LVII. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER SAXIFRA‘GEX, TRIBE HYDRA’NGEA. Tue only woody plants contained in this order are included in the tribe Hydrangez, which contains the well-known green-house, or rather cold- frame, plant, Hydrangea Horténsia, that may be considered as half-hardy ; and some species, natives of North America, which are quite hardy. There are also some half-hardy species, natives of Asia. They are all easily propagated by cuttings, and will grow freely in any soil that is rather moist. Genus I. alla HYDRA’NGEA L. Tue Hyprancea. Lin. Syst. Decéndria Di-Trigynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 557.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 13.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 232, Synonymes. Wydrangea, and Horténsza Juss. Derivation. From hudér, water, and aggos, a vessel; with reference to some of the species which grow in water; or, as some suppose, from the capsule resembling a cup. Gen. Char. Flowers generally deformed; but some of them hermaphro- dite and fertile. Tube of calyw hemispherical, 10-ribbed, rather trun- cate, adnate to the ovarium; limb: permanent, 5-toothed. Petals 5, regular. Stamens 10. Styles 2, distinct. Capsule 2-celled, with intro- flexed valves, crowned by the teeth of the calyx and styles, flattish at the top, opening by a hole between the styles. Seeds numerous, reticulated. (Don’s Miill., iii. p.232.)—Shrubs, with opposite leaves. Flowers corym- bose, pink, or yellowish white; the marginal ones sterile, and large, in con- sequence of the teeth of the calyx being dilated into broad, petal-like- coloured segments; the rest of the sterile flower having the other parts partially abortive. A. Species Natives of North America. ‘ x 1. H. arBore’scens L. The arborescent Hydrangea. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 568.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 232. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engraving. Our jig. 748. : Spec. Char, §c. Leaves ovate, rather cordate; superior ones lanceolate, coarsely toothed, pale and puberulous beneath. Corymbs flattish. Flowers CHAP. LVII. SAXIFRA‘GEEH. HYDRA‘/NGEA. 995 nearly all fertile. Flower buds obtuse. Flowers white, small, having an agreeable odour. (Don’s Mill., iii. p- 232.) This species is found wild from Pennsylvania to Virginia, where it forms a shrub, growing from 4 ft. to +\g 6 ft. high. It was introduced in 1736, and produces {x} its flowers in July and August. It prefers a moist soil, and is readily propagated by division of the root. Plants, in the London nurseries, are Is. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, 80 cents; and in New York, 27 cents. Varieties. % H. a. 1 vulgaris Ser. in Dec. Prod., iv. p.14.; H. vulgaris Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p. 268., and probably of Pursh; H. arboréscens Curt. Bot. Mag., t.437., Lam. Ill., t. 370. f. 1., Schkuhr Handb., t.119., Mill. Icon., p. 251.; H. frutéscens Mench Meth.,i. p. 106., Du Ham. Arb., i. t. 118.—The nerves of the leaves puberulous. % H, a.2 discolor Ser.,1.c.— Leaves almost white beneath from tomentum. 2 2, H.(a.) corpa‘ra Pursh, The cordate-/eaved Hydrangea. Identification. Pursh Fl, Amer. Sept., 1. p. 309., exclusive of the synonyme of Michx. ; Don’s Mill 3. p. 232. Engravings. Wats. Dendr. Brit., t.42.; and our fig. 749. Spec. Char., §c. eaves broadly ovate, acuminated, rather cordate at the base, coarsely toothed, gla- brous beneath. Flowers all fertile. Flowers small, white, sweet-scented. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 232.) We agree with Torrey, in thinking this merely a variety of H. arboréscens. It is a native of Carolina, on the mountains, and on the banks of the Missouri, above St. Louis; where it forms a shrub, growing from 6 ft. to 8ft. high. It was introduced in 1806, and = = flowers in July and August. H. gedrgica Lodd. Cat., ME ae ed. 1836, only differs from it in flowering a little (a later, and in being rather more robust. 749 % % 3. H. ni’vea Miche, The snowy-leaved Hydrangea. Identification.__Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., J. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 232. Synonymes. Hz. radiata Wal. Fl. Car., 251,, ex Michw., but not of Smith. Engravings, Wats. Dendr. Brit., t.43.; Lam. Ill, t. 307. f.2.; and our fig. 750. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves cordate, oval, acuminated, sharply toothed, clothed with white tomentum, or pubescence, ae beneath. Corymbs flattish. Sepals of sterile flowers QWAt! entire. Flower buds depressed. Flowers white, rather #3 large. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 232.) It is found wild near “@® the Savannah river, where it forms a shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6ft. high. It was introduced in 1786, and flowers in July and August. Its propagation and culture are the same as those of the preceding species. Variety. % H. n.2 glabélla Ser.im Dec. Prod., 4. p. 14.— Leaves ly glabr oe Flowers all fertile. This variety has, arobably: originates in culture. “4. H. querciro'L1a Bartram. The Oak-leaved Hydrangea. ep i Bartram Trav., ed. Germ., p. 336. t.7., ex Willd. Sp., 2. t. 634.; Don’s Mill., 3 p. 333, es. Synonyme. H. radiata Smith Icon. Pict., 12., but not of Walt. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t.975.; and our jig. 751. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves large, ovate, serrately lobed, and toothed, pilose be- neath. Corymbs rather panicled, flattish. Sepals of sterile flowers entire Flower buds depressed. eer te Sterile, or outer, ones of the wu: 996 . ARBORETUM. AND FRUTICETUM. PART lll. corymbs large. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 233.) 75) cei: A native of Florida, growing from 4 ft. = ask to 6ft. high. It was introduced in 1803, and flowers from June to September. This is by far the most interesting of the North American hydrangeas, from its large, deeply lobed, and sinuated leaves; and its fine, large, nearly white corymbs of flowers, which are sterile, and appear from June till they are destroyed by frost. Culture as in the preceding species ; but it is essen- tial that the situation be sheltered, and the soil kept somewhat moist, otherwise the leaves are not perfectly developed, and the branches are apt to be broken off by high winds. Price of plants in the London nur- : series, 2s. 6d. each. B. Species Natives of Asia. % 5. H.nereroma’tLta D. Don. The diverse-haired-/eaved Hydrangea. Identification. D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p, 211.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 233. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, acuminated, sharply serrated, tomentose be- neath, 5 in. long, and nearly 3in. broad. Corymbs supra-decompound, dif- fuse, pilose. Sepals of sterile flowers roundish-oval, quite entire. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill, iii. p.233.) A native of Nepal, at Gosainthan ; where it forms a shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high, Introduced in 1821. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Hydrangea. % H. Horténsia Sieb., H horténsis Smith, Horténsia opuldides Lam., H. specidsa Pers., Pri- mula mutdbilis Zour., Vibirnum serratum and V. tomentdsum Thunb., the Chinese Guelder Rose (Bot. Mag., t. 438. ; and our fig. 752.) is well known by its ample Ps wae corymbs of snow-ball-like flowers, which are of a whitish green when they first appear, but which afterwards become of a fine rose-co- lour, and finally die off with a purplish tinge. It is called Temeri- hona (that is, the globe flower) by the Japanese, and Fun-Dan-Kwa by the Chinese. In Europe, it was named, by the celebrated Com- merson, in honour of Madame Hortense Lapeaute, the wife of his most particular friend M. Lapeaute, a watchmaker. Commerson first named it Lapeatitéa; but, in order that the compliment paid to Ma- dame Lapeaute might be the more direct, he changed the name to that of Horténsza, from her Christian name, Hortense. The plant was afterwards discovered to be a species of Hydrangea, a genus pre- viously established by Gronovius: but the name of Horténsia was retained as its specific appellation ; and it is still the common name by which the plant is known in French gardens. In Britain, it is so hardy, that, in the neighbourhood of London, and in all mild situ- ations not far distant from, and not much above the level of, the sea, it will stand as a bush in the open ground, dying down to the rvots in severe winters, but springing up again with great luxuriance the following year; and, if the soil be rich, and kept moist, flowering freely during grea~ part of the summer. The hydrangea is said, in the Nouveau Du Hamel, to have been cultivated in the Isle of France, in 1789 or before; and it was brought to the Kew Garden, from China, in 1790, by Sir Joseph Banks. It soon became popular throughout England, and eminently so about Paris. The Culture of this kind of Hydrangea is remarkably easy; and the plant is particularly suitable for persons who have little else to do than attend to their garden, or their green-house; because it cannot receive too much water, and droops immediately if water has been withheld ; reviving rapidly, when apparently almost dead, very soon after water has been given toit. Cuttings may be put in at any season ; and, if this be done when the plant is in a growing state, they will root in a fortnight; and, if transplanted into rich moist soil, they will flower in a month. Few shrubby plants make a more magnificent appearance on a lawn; particularly when planted in peat or boggy soil, in a moist situ- ation, partially shaded. To keepthe plant in a vigorous state, none of the wood should ever be more than three‘years old ;‘and there should, therefore, be a succession of two years’ old shoots kept up, to supply the place of those which are cut out annually. Blue Hydrangeas. A remarkable circumstance in the culture of the hydrangea is, that, when it is placed in certain soils, the flowers, instead of being of the usual pink colour, become of a fine blue. ‘This we have already noticed (p. 216.) as affording an example of what De Candolle calls a variation in plants, as contradistinguished from a variety; the latter being capable of being continued by propagation, but not the former. Various conjectures have been made as to the cause of this blue colour. The most general seem to be, that it is owing either to the presence of alum, or that of oxide of iron ; but, nevertheless, watering the plant with alum, or chalybeate water, will not produce it in every soil, though it appears to doso in some. The flowers are sometimes blue in CHAP. LVIII. UMBELLA‘CEH. BUPLEU‘RUM. 997, plants growing in loamy soil, and sometimes in those growing in peaty or boggy soil. In order to produce this colour, some have recommended steeping sheep’s dung in the water given to the plant, and others mixing the soil in which it is grown with peat ashes, wood ashes, oxide of iron, nitre, alkali, or a little common salt. Neither science nor experience has hitherto, however, been able to determine positively the cause of this change of colour; and, of course, nothing but experiment in every particular case will decide what soil will produce it. About London, the most effectual are the loams of Hampstead and Stanmore Heaths, and the peat of Wimbledon Common. About Edin- burgh, the soil found in the surrounding bogs; and about Berlin and Petersburg, also, bog earth has been found to produce this colour in the hydrangea. : Statistics, There are various instances of large hydrangeas growing in the open air recorded in the Gardener’s Magazine. One at Sydenham, in Devonshire, has had 1000 heads of flowers ex- panded on it atone time. One at Redruth, in Cornwall, is described as being as big as a large haycock. In Pembrokeshire, at Amroth Castle, a plant, 33 ft. in circumference, and 6 ft. high, has had 832 heads of flowers expanded on it at once. In Sussex, at Ashburnham Place, a plant, 30 ft. in circumference, and 5 ft. high, produced 1072 heads of flowers in one season. In Scotland, in Argyllshire, at Lochiel House, a large plant furnished from 600 to 700 flowers, all fully ex- panded at the same time. At St. Mary’s Isle, in the Stewartry of Kircudbright, a plant, 32/t. in circumference, produced 525 heads of flowers; and one in Fifeshire, at Dysart House, 40 ft. in cir- cumference, and 6 ft. high, produced 605 flowers. Plants, in the London nurseries, are from 6d. to 1s. each; at Bollwyller, 2 francs, and the blue from 3 to 6 francs ; at New York, 50 cents. Several other Species of Hydrangea, natives of Japan and Nepal, are described in Don’s Miller, iii. p. 233. ; but none of them, as far as we know, have been introduced. H. vestita Wall., a native of the mountains of Nepal, with large white flowers, and leaves downy beneath, would be a desirable introduction ; and is, probably, the garden hydrangea of China in a wild state. H. altissima Wall., according to Mr. Royle, climbs lofty trees : but this circumstance, in our opinion, ought to separate it from this genus, however much it may resemble it in its flowers. CHAP. “EVITE OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER UMBELLA‘CE. THERE are very few plants belonging to this order that are truly ligneous, and of these the only hardy species which it contains are comprised in the genus Bupleurum. Genus I. Li BUPLEURUM Tourn. Tur Bupteurum, or Hare’s Ear. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Digynia. Identification. Tourn. Inst., 309. t. 163.; Lin. Gen., 328.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 127.; Don’s Mill., 3. . 296. 4 : 4 Sonaeeree Tendria and Bupréstis Spreng. Syst., 1. p. 880.; Bupliore, or Oreille de Litvre Fy. ; Hasenohrlein, Ger. : : : Derivation. From bous, an ox, and pleuron, aside; from the supposed quality of swelling cattle that feed on some of the species of the genus. The name of Hare’s Ear, which is preserved in the French and German, has reference to the shape of the leaves. Gen. Char. Margin of the calyx obsolete. Petals roundish, entire, strictly involute, with a broad retuse point. Fruit compressed from the sides. Seed teretely convex, flattish in front. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 296.)— Smooth shrubs, evergreen, or subevergreen. Natives of Europe and Africa, and some of Asia; but none of them growing higher than 5 ft. or 6 ft. Only one hardy species is in cultivation in British gardens. # 1. B.rrutico’sum LZ, The shrubby Bupleurum, or Hare’s Ear, Identification. Lin, Sp., 343.; Don’s Mill., 3. p.301. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836 i ; cae Tendria. fruticdsa Spreng. in Schultes Syst., 6. p. 376. ; Bupréstis fruticdsa Spreng. Mag. ; Séseli ethidpicam Bauh. Pin., 161.; Séseli frutex Mor. Umb., 16. Engravings. Sibth. Fl. Grec., t. 263. ; Wats. Dendr. Brit., t.14.; Du Ham. Arb., 1. t. 43,; Jaune PL. Tr., 1. t.65.; Mill. Icon., t. 74. ; and our fig. 753. Spec. Char., &c. Shrubby, erect, branched. Leaves oblong, attenuated at the base, coriaceous, l-nerved, quite entire, sessile. Leaves of involucre 3u 4 998 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIt. oblong. Ribs of fruit elevated, acute. Vitte <{ broad. Bark of branches purplish. Leaves of a “jj sea-green colour. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.301.) A native of Portugal, Spain, the south of France, about Nice, Corsica, Sicily, Mauritania, and Thes- saly. It is a shrub, growing 3ft. or 4 ft. high in a wild state, and sometimes to the height of 6 ft. in British gardens. Introduced in 1596, and flowering in July and August. It is readily pro- pagated by cuttings, and is of free growth in any dry calcareous soil. The blue glaucous hue of its smooth shining foliage renders it a desirable addi- tion to every collection. If planted in an open airy situation, in a deep soil, not moist, and allowed to extend itself on every side, it would soon form a ~ large hemispherical bush, highly ornamental during Oe winter from its evergreen foliage, and during Jwly G and August from its bright yellow flowers. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. 6d. each, ae App. i. Half-hardy Species of the Genus Bupleurum. % B. gibraltdrica Lam., B. coriaceum L’Hérit., B. obliquum Vahi, B. arboréscens Jacq., Te- ndria coriacea Spreng., B. verticale Ort., is a smooth evergreen shrub, with coriaceous glaucous leaves, fragrant when bruised. It isa native of Gibraltar, on rocks; was introduced in 1784, and grows to the height of 3 ft., flowering from June to August. It is nearly as hardy as the common species. % B. plantagineum Desf., ‘Tenoria plantaginea Spreng., is a native of Mount Atlas, with mucro- nate, stiff, coriaceous, sessile leaves, It was introduced in 1810, and grows to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft., lowering in August. aaa % B. canéscens Schousb. is a native of Mogador, with oblong membraneous leaves. Tt was intro- duced in 1809, and grows to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft., flowering in August or September. P 2. B. fruticéscens L. is a native of Spain and the north of Africa; but, itis hardly worth culti- vation asa shrub. It was introduced into British gardens in 1752, butis rarely to be met with. CHAP. LIX. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER ARALIA‘CER. Tue genera belonging to this order, which contain ligneous plants, are Aralia and Hédera; and their characteristics will be found stated shortly below. Ara‘tia ZL. Margin of the calyx very short, entire, or toothed. Petals 5, free, and expanded at the apex. Stamens 5. Styles 5, expanded, spread- ing divaricately. Berry 5-celled, usually torose. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 388., adapted.) —The only species not herbaceous is a fruticose deciduous- leaved plant, assuming the character of a tree. Hr'pera Swartz. Margin of the calyx elevated or toothed. Petals 5—10, not cohering at the apex. Stamens 5—10. Styles 5—10, conniving, or joined in one. Berry 5—10-celled. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 391.) — The only hardy species is a climbing evergreen shrub. Genus I. al | ARA‘LIA L. Tae Ara‘tia, or ANGELICA TREE. Lin. Syst. Pentandria” Pentagynia. ae Identification. D, Don Prod. FI. Nep., p..185., in a note; Dec. Prod., 4. p, 257. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 388. Synonymes. Aralia sp. Lin.; Aralie vere Blum. CHAP. LIx. ARALIA CER. HE’DERA. 999 Derivation. According to some, from ara, annoyance, the spines being very troublesome, in its native country, to travellers ; but, according to others, a name of unknown meaning, under which one species was sent to Fagon, at Paris, from Quebec, in 1764, by one Sarrazin, a French phy- sician. Description, A shrub, with a single stem, having the habit of a tree; and bearing large compositely divided leaves, peculiar in character among shrubs, and very interesting, #1, A.sprno'sa L. The spiny Aralia, or Angelica Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 392.3; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 389. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Aralie, Fr. and Ger.; Spikenard, N. Amer. : athe Engravings. Schmidt Arb., t. 102. and t. 103.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 116. ; and our jig, 754. Spec. Char.,§c. Stem arboreous and prickly. Leaves doubly and trebly pinnate. Leaflets ovate, acuminated, and deeply serrated. Panicle much branched, beset with Se ap velvety stellate down. Umbels numerous. Involucre _ small, of few leaves. Petals white and refiexed. Styles 5, divaricate, arched. Fruit 5-rib- bed. (Don’s Mill., iii. p- 389.) A tree, growing to the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft., with a single erect stem; a hare of Carolina Tt Nd SQ and Virginia, in low, Wy fertile, moist woods, : iy C} Introduced in 1688; and flowering in August and September. An infu- sion of the fruit, in wine or spirits, is considered an effectual cure for the rheumatism. In British gardens, this species is propagated by cuttings of the roots; and, from its large doi.bly and trebly pinnate leaves, it forms a singularly ornamental plant, with a spreading, umbrella-lie head, when standing singly on a lawn. After the plant flowers, the stem commonly dies down to the ground, like that of the raspberry, and like it, is succeeded by suckers. Pursh “ mentions a variety in which the petioles of the leaves are without prickles.” Itis found in South Carolina, near Charleston. There are some other suffruticose species of Aralia, hardy or half-hardy, natives of North or South America, such as A. hispida, Bot. Cab. t. 1306., which are barely shrubby ; and some shrubby species, natives of Japan, Cochin-China, or New Zealand, which are not yet sufficiently known, and have not been introduced. Genus II. oY uel HE’DERA Swartz. Tue Ivy. Lin. Syst. Pent-Decandria, and Pent- Decagynia. Identification. Swartz Fl. Ind. Occ., p. 581.; D. Don Prod. Nep., p. 186.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 261. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 391. Synonymes. Aralia, sect. Gymn6épterum Blum. Bijdr., p. 871. ; Hédera, and ArAalia sp. Lin. ; Lierre, Fr, ; Ephen, Ger. Derivation. Various etymologies have been proposed for the word Hédera ; but the most probable supposition appears to be, that it is derived from the Celtic word hedira, acord. The English word Ivy is derived from the Celtic word, zw, green. Description. The hardy sorts are evergreen shrubs, climbing by the clasping roots produced by their stems; but there are a number of species considered at present to be of this genus, natives of warm climates, growing to the height of from 15 ft. to 20 ft. without support. 1000 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PABT Hl. a 1. H. Hex L. The common Ivy. Identification Lin. Sp., 292. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 261. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 391. ; Baxter’s Brit. Fl. Pl., p. 32.3 Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. é Derivation. Helix is derived from ezled, to encompass, or turn round ; in reference to the clasping stems, which, however, are not twining. Spec. Char.,§c. Stems climbing, throwing out roots from their sides to any object next which they may be placed. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, shining, with 5 angular lobes; those on the old upright and rectangular branches, which form the tops of the plants, ovate, acute, quite entire. Umbels simple, pubescent. (Don’s Mill,, iii. p.391.) A native of Europe. Varieties. De Candolle has enumerated three forms of this species, which are independent of the varieties cultivated in British gardens : & H. H. 1 vulgaris Dec. (Eng. Bot., t. 1267.; = and our jig.755.) has the pedicels clothed % with stellate down, and the fruit black. This is the commonest form of the ivy, throughout Europe, in a wild state; and _there are varieties of it with white and yellow variegated leaves, in gardens. a H. H. 2 canariénsis Dec.; H. canariénsis Willd. Berol. Mag., ii. p. 170. t. 5. f..1.; the Irish Ivy, or Giant Ivy, of British gardens; has the pedicels scaly with pubescence. Floral leaves subcordate ; those of the creeping branches 5-lobed and larger than those of the common ivy. Fruit ?red, or black. A native of the Canary Islands; but the year of its in- duction into Britain is uncertain. a H.H. ?3 chrysocarpa Dec., H. poética C, Bauh., H. chrysocarpos Dalech., H. Dionysias J. Bauh., H. Hélix Wall., is a native of the north of India, with yellow fruit. It differs from the common ivy in its yellow fruit, and in being of more gigantic growth; in the leaves being more cuneated at the base; and in the pedicels being scaly. There is a plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. = The varieties in British gardens, additional to the above, are :— aH. H. 4 foliis argénteis Lodd. Cat. The Silver-striped Ivy. & H.H. 5 foliis atreis Lodd. Cat. The Golden-striped Ivy. & H. H. 6 digitdta Lodd. Cat. The palmate, or hand-shaped, Ivy & H. H. 7 arboréscens Lodd. Cat. The arborescent, or Tree, Ivy.—This variation is merely an extension of the flowering shoots, which are entire-leaved, and take an arborescent character ; and, when a portion of them is cut off, and has rooted as a separate plant, it will sometimes produce an upright bush, which will retain its arborescent form for many years. Sooner or later, however, it resumes its native habit, and throws out rambling, or creeping, shoots, with 5-lobed leaves, like the common ivy. Description. The common ivy is a rooting climber : but, when these roots are opposed by a hard substance which they cannot penetrate, they dilate, and attach themselves to it, by close pressure on the rough particles of its surface. The dilatation of the fibril is sometimes so considerable as to form a disk above a quarter of an inch in diameter; and this dilatation is greater or less, in proportion to the roughnesss or smoothness of the surface which it presses against: because, when the surface is nearly smooth, the projecting points, to which alone the disk of the fibril can attach itself, must necessarily be small, and not such as to afford a firm hold; and hence a greater number of them are required to be included under each disk, to sustain the weight of the plant. On very smooth surfaces, such as that of a house or a wall that has CHAP. LIX. ARALIA CE&. HE/DERA. 1001 been stuccoed, or smoothly plastered, no dilatation of the fibril is sufficient to cause the ivy to adhere; and hence, in such situations, it always falls down, either when rendered somewhat heavier by rain or snow, or when acted on by wind, Against such walls, therefore, trelliswork ought to be fixed; or the main shoots of the ivy may be nailed, like those of any other wall tree. To common brick or stonework, or the rough bark of trees, the fibrils adhere readily. In the crevices of rocks, and on the surface of the ground, they become roots ; but it is only when this is the case that they can afford any nourishment to the plant; a fact easily proved, by cutting through the stem of a plant of ivy at the foot of a wall or a tree, to which it may be attached ; when, it will be found, the ivy speedily dies. When ivy trails on the ground, . It roots into it, and grows vigorously, but rarely flowers; and in this state it has acquired the name of the barren, or creeping, ivy. When it climbs up trees, or is in any situation where it is much shaded, it seldom, if ever, flowers, until it has grown so high as to be subject to the direct influence of the sun. Hence, on branchy-headed trees, it is seldom seen in a flowering state, until it has reached their uppermost branches, and partially destroyed them. Ivy flowers soonest when grown against a wall, and fully exposed to the light. Whatever support it may have, when it has reached the summit the branches shorten, and become woody, forming themselves into large, shrubby, bushy heads; and the leaves become entire, taking more of an oval shape, and no longer being lobed like the lower ones. In this state, the plant will flower freely, and will continue growing like a shrub for many years, producing no leaves but such as are nearly oval, and showing no incli- nation to creep, or to throw out roots. Hence, we often see the appearance of an ivy hedge 5 ft. or 6 ft. in height on the top of an old ivied wall. The flowers of the ivy are of a yellowish or greenish white: they appear in the end of September, and continue expanded through the months of October and November: they are odoriferous, and contain a good deal of honey ; on which account they are much frequented by bees and other insects, to which they afford a valuable support, as they are in perfection at a time when there are few other flowers. The berries increase in size during the winter, are full formed in February, and ripe in April, furnishing food for wild pigeons, blackbirds, thrushes, &c., in the spring. When the berry is ripe, it is succu- lent with a purple juice; but afterwards it becomes coriaceous, dry, and shrivels into a somewhat five-angled figure ; thus beautifully harmonising with the lower leaves. The common ivy will grow to the tops of trees nearly 100 ft. in height: but it is doubtful whether the Irish‘ivy will attain the same elevation, though it grows with much greater vigour than the common sort when young. Both varieties continue growing during winter ; and, in shady situations, throughout the year. Hence, rooted plants of Irish ivy, placed in good soil, at the base of a wall 10 ft. high, will reach its top in three years ; and those of the common ivy in five years; but after it has attained 15 ft. or 20 ft., its growth is comparatively slow, unless it be against the warm walls of a dwelling-house ; when it will cover a gable-end, having chimney flues in it, in 5 or 6 years; a circumstance which may be turned to the greatest advan- tage in towns. The duration of the ivy is very great: judging from some of the plants against ruined castles and abbeys, we should suppose them to be two or three centuries old. The stems sometimes are found, in such situa- tions, 10 in. or 12 in, in diameter at 1 ft. from the ground. The seeds of ivy resemble swollen grains of wheat, and, as they pass through birds of the thrush family unaltered in shape, they are frequently found scattered on the ground. Ray, in his Catalogus Plantarum rariorum Anglie et Insularum adjacentium, says that hence have arisen the stories of wheat having been rained down. The chewed seeds have an acrimonious taste. The golden- leaved variety, when it thrives, is a splendid plant, appearing in spring, after it has made its new leaves, like an immense mass of yellow flowers. There is a plant of this variety on the back of one of the hot-houses in the Hammer- smith Nursery, which has reached the top of the wall, and covered a stack of 1002 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, chimneys some feet higher, forming a striking object in May and June from the public road. Ona ruin, or on a dark pine tree, this variety, mixed with the common sort, would have a fine effect, by the brilliant contrast which it would produce. Geography. The ivy is a native of Europe, from the south of Sweden to the Mediterranean Sea, and from Ireland to Siberia; but only in woods, and under the shelter of trees and bushes, in either the colder or the hotter dis- tricts of this extensive region. It is found in the north of Africa, the west of Asia, the mountainous regions of India, and also in Japan and China, but not in North or South America, or in-Australia. The variety with yellow berries, Royle informs us, “ is the most common in the Himalayas, and may be seen clinging to the rock, and clasping the oak ; affording, from its pleasing associa- tions, glad recognition to the European traveller.” (J//ust., p. 233.) In Britain, the ivy is always found growing in a substantial soil, where it can be amply supplied with nourishment, and where its: roots can penetrate to such a depth as to be able to obtain abundant moisture for the leaves, when the plant has attained its greatest height, and is in a flowering state. , History. The ivy was well known to the Greeks and Romans, and there are many mythological and traditional allusions to it-in-the writings of Greek and Roman authors. Its Greek names were Kissos and Kittos, from Kissos, or Cissus, the name of a boy whom Bacchus is said to have changed into it. By the Romans it was called Hedera; which name has been adopted by modern botanists. In old French its name is Hierre. It is mentioned by Gerard, as growing in a wild state, and on the sides of houses; but it was probably not propagated as a garden plant till some time afterwards, when towns extended into the country, and it became a mark of refinement to create allusions to the latter in the former, by planting such evergreens as would withstand the close air and smoke of cities. |The plant is now in general demand through- out all those parts of Europe where it will grow freely against a wall; but more than any where in the neighbourhood of Lendon. In North America, in the time of Kalm, he found only one plant, which was trained against a house, during the whole of his travels in that country; but the principal varieties are now propagated in all the American nurseries. Properties and Uses. The whole plant is aromatic; and a very fragrant resin exudes from the old stems when bruised, from which is obtained the chemical. principle hederine. Ivy was. formerly included in the British Materia medica, as it was in that of the Greeks, and still is in that of India. The berries are emetic and purgative; and the substance called hederine, which is now in use in India, is said to be aperient, resolvative, and balsamic. The berries, as already observed, are greedily eaten by several birds. Sheep and deer are fond of the leaves and small branches, which, before the introduction of green crops, afforded a useful resource when the ground was covered with snow. |. Cato directs that,:in a scarcity of hay, or the dried shoots of trees, cattle should be foddered with the green branches of ivy. The wood is soft and porous; and, in Switzer- land, and in other parts of the south of Europe, it. is used by the turner; and, in thin slices, to filter liquids. The roots are employed by leather- cutters to whet their knives on. Cato and. Pliny attribute a singular property to the wood of the ivy; and say that, by its filtrating powers, it can separate wine from water. According to these authors, if a cup: of ivy wood be filled with wine that has been adulterated with water, the wine will find its way through the pores of the wood, and the water alone will remain in the cup. In the Nouveau Du Hamel, it is mentioned that this experiment was tried by a person worthy of confidence, and that he found the very reverse take place; the water- filtering through, and the wine remaining in the cup. It is possible that something of the kind may take place, which may be accounted for on Du Trochet’s principles of Endosmose and Exosmose (see Gard Mag., vol. iii. p. 78.) ; but it is more probable that the liquor merely exudes through the pores of the wood, without-any separa- CHAP. LIX. ARALIA CEE. #HE/DERA. 1003 tion of its component parts; some of it remaining in the cup when the pores were choked up, and the portion exuded having the appearance of water, from its colouring matter having been absorbed by the wood. The ivy, for trying this experiment, or for using in any way as a filter, must be newly cut, as it loses its filtering properties when quite dry. A decoction of the leaves dyes hair black ; and it is.said to form a principal ingredient in the compositions sold to prevent hair from turning grey. The leaves of mulberry trees that have had ivy round them are said to destroy the silkworms that feed on them ; and the juice of the plant,applied to the nostrils, is supposed to cure headachs. Many other properties were attributed to this plant by the ancients ; but, for medicinal purposes, it appears at present to have fallen into disuse. The great use of the ivy, in modern times, is as an ornamental shrub. When the geometrical style of gardening prevailed, it was much employed to train over frames of wire or lattice-work, formed by the wire-worker or joiner into architectural or sculptural shapes; arbours, colonnades, and the figures of men and animals, being much more rapidly produced in this manner, than by the slow growth of the yew or the box. At present, forms of this kind are no longer in use; but a plant of ivy trained tu a pole, and allowed to branch out at its summit, forms a very striking object in small gardens. For covering naked walls, rocks, or ruins, or communicating an evergreen rural appearance to any part of a town or suburban garden, no plant whatever equals the ivy; though, in situations subject to the smoke of coal, it is apt to get naked below, and requires to be partially cut down, or to have young plants planted at the root of the old ones, to fill up the naked places, every four or five years. A very singular effect produced by ivy occurs in the approach road to Warwick Castle. The road is cut through a solid bed of sandstone rock ; and its sides are, in some places, upwards of 12 ft. high, if we recollect rightly, and quite perpendicular and smooth. Ivy has been planted on the upper surface of the ground, which forms the summit of these perpendicular walls of rock, in order, as it would appear, that it might creep down and cover their face. Instead of creeping, however, the ivy has grown over, with- out attaching itself; and its long, pendulous, matted shoots, which, in 1831, not only reached the approach road, but actually trailed on it, waving to and fro with the wind, might be compared to an immense sheet of water falling over a perpendicular rock. Over chalk cliffs, ivy sometimes hangs down in perpendicular shoots from the surface ; but, from the numerous interstices in the chalk, it is generally able occasionally to attach itself; and hence it appears in varied tufts and festoons, which, in old chalk-pits, as, for example, at Ingress Park, near Greenhithe, have an effect that is at once strikingly beau- tiful and picturesque. In close shrubberies, in small gardens, or even in large ones, where neither grass nor any other green plant will grow on the surface, the ivy forms a clothing of perpetual verdure. Trained against es- paliers, latticework, iron hurdles, or wire frames, it forms, in a very short time, most beautiful evergreen walls, or hedges, for the shelter or separation of flower-gardens. In short, there is no evergreen shrub capable of being applied to so many important uses as the common ivy; and no garden (in a climate where it will stand the open air), whether large or small, can dispense with it. About London, it is raised in immense quantities in pots, and trained to the height of from 6 ft. to] 2 ft. on stakes ; so that, at any season of the year, a hedge may be formed of it, or a naked space covered with it, at an incredibly short notice. In the streets of London, a house may be built from the foundations in the course of three or four weeks ; and, by placing pots of ivy in the balconies of the different windows, the whole front, in one day, may be covered with evergreen leaves as effectually as if it were an old building, in a secluded rural situation. One valuable use to which the ivy may be applied in street houses in towns is, to form external framings to the windows instead of archi- traves. In the interminable lines of naked windows in the monotonous brick houses built about 50 years ago, which form the majority of the London streets at the west end of the town, the ivy affords a resource which any 1004 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ITI. householder of taste may turn to a very good account. He has only to form projecting architraves of wire to his windows, and to place a pot of ivy in his window sills, or in a small balcony at the base of each jamb ; taking care to fix the pots securely, and to make a provision for supplying them regularly with water. In rooms, the ivy, when planted in boxes, and properly treated, forms a rustic screen, either for excluding the light of the sun during the day, or of a lamp or chandelier at night; and, in very large drawingrooms, plants in boxes or vases, trained on wire parasols or espaliers, such as those recom- mended for roses (see figs. 534. and 535.), will form a rustic canepy for small groups of parties, who may seat themselves under its shade, in the same manner as parties sit under orange trees in the public rooms of Berlin, and of other cities of the Continent. Where the view from the window of a town house is contracted or disagreeable, it may always be improved by plants of ivy, planted in boxes, and trained on espaliers, being placed within the room, at a sufficient distance from the window to prevent them from excluding the light, and yet sufficiently near to serve as a screen; or, by so disposing of plants on the outside as to conceal or disguise the disagreeable objects, and create an allusion to the country. One great advantage of the ivy, in small and suburban gardens, is, that by its berries it attracts the birds in early spring; and by its dense foliage it forms excellent situations for nests. A num- ber of birds build in it, from the blackbird and thrush to the blackcap and the sparrow, and even to the tomtit and wren. This plant is generally considered as highly injurious to trees, where it has climbed up and covered their stems. “ The ivy,” Gilpin observes, “has a root of his own, and draws nourishment from the ground; but his character is misrepresented, if his little feelers have not other purposes than that of merely showing an attachment to his potent neighbour. Shakspeare roundly asserts that he makes a property of him : — «° «He was The ivy, which had hid my princely trunk, And suck’d my verdure out.’ ”’ f GiLpIn, For. Scen., i. p. 15. The injurious effect of the ivy on trees has, however, been denied by various persons, and, among others, by Mr. Repton, who, in a paper on the subject in the Lin. Trans., contends that it is useful, by keeping their trunks warm. There can be no doubt but that, under certain circumstances, the warmth pro- duced by a covering of ivy may be favourable to vegetation ; and, when its stems ascend the trunk of a tree in parallel lines, without creeping or winding round it, so as to form a kind of network over the bark, it may remain there for a number of years without doing the tree any material injury. After a certain period, however, a network never fails to be formed ; and, as the trunk of the tree continues expanding, while this network remains stationary, the tree cannot fail to receive injury by being compressed by the stems of the ivy. Wherever this network is found on the smaller branches at the top of the tree, the tree is certain of being killed in a short time. In this case, as in most others, the opinions of the ancients and of modern foresters, both of which are unfavourable to the ivy, will be found to be correct. We have already men- tioned that ivy on the trunks of trees may easily be killed, by cutting through its stems close to the ground; in addition to which, its stems ought to be pulled off, or loosened from the trunk and branches of the tree; but, in deciding on this operation, Evelyn’s caution must not be forgotten, “ that trees long invested with it should not have it all at once removed, lest they should die from exposure to unaccustomed cold.” A variety of opinions prevail as to the use or injury of ivy on habitable buildings. Where the walls are well built, and do not contain such crevices as to admit of the fibrils becoming roots, and, of course, increasing in size, and tending to rupture the masonry, the ivy must be a protection to the wall from the weather ; and to the interior of the house, from the cold of winter and the heat of summer. On ruins it must also be a protection, except in cases where CHAP. LIX. ARALIA‘CEE. HE/DERA. 1005 roots are formed in the wall, or where shoots can find their way through cracks or crevices. In either case, it must tend to fracture, and ultimately to destroy, the wall; but so slowly, that we can hardly conceive a case where more injury than good would not be done by removing the ivy. Even if the parts of the wall were separated from each other by the introduction of the roots or shoots, the parts partially separated, would be held together by the ivy. Our opinion, therefore, is, that, unless the object is to show the architecture of an ivied ruin, its destruction will be accelerated, rather than retarded, by the removal of ivy. Ivy has been recommended for covering cottages; and not only their walls, but even their roofs. We have no doubt it will protect both, wherever it cannot insinuate its roots or shoots through the wall or roof: but the roof must be steep, otherwise the ivy, when it comes into a flowering, and con- sequently shrubby, state, must be clipped, in order to present such an im- bricated surface of large leaves as shall effectually throw off the rain. In covering cottages with ivy, it must be recollected that it has a tendency, to a certain extent, to encourage insects; but, as very few of these live on the ivy, _it is not nearly so injurious in this respect as deciduous-leaved climbers, or other plants or trees trained against a wall. Pliny says that the ivy will break sepulchres of stone, and undermine city walls ; but this, as we have al- ready shown, can only be the case where the walls are in a state of incipient decay, and contain crevices sufficient to admit the roots or stems of the lant. Poetical, mythological, and legendary Allusions. The ivy was dedicated by the ancients to Bacchus, whose statues are generally found crowned with a wreath of its leaves ; and, as the favourite plant of the god of wine, its praises have been sung by almost all poets, whether ancient or modern. Many reasons are given for the consecration to Bacchus of this plant. Some poets say that it was because the ivy has the effect of dissipating the fumes of wine; others, because it was once his favourite youth Cissus; and others, because it is said that the ivy, if planted in vineyards, will destroy the vines; and that it was thus doing an acceptable service to that plant to tear it up, and wreath it into chaplets and garlands. The most probable, however, seems to be, that the vine is found at Nyssa, the reputed birthplace of Bacchus, and in no other part of India. It is related that, when Alexander’s army, after their conquest of Babylon, arrived at this mountain, and found it covered with laurel and ivy, they were so transported with joy (especially when they recognised the latter plant, which is a native of Thebes), that they tore the ivy up by the roots, and, twining it round their heads, burst forth into hymns to Bacchus, and prayers for their native country. Not only Bacchus, who, Pliny tells us, was the first who wore a crown, but Silenus, was crowned with ivy; and the golden-berried kind, before the trans- formation of Daphne into a laurel, was worn by Apollo, and after him by poets. Pope, however, does not seem to allow this; and he gives the plant expressly to critics : — ‘© Immortal Vida, on whose honour’d brow The poet’s bays and critic’s ivy grow.” The priests of the Greeks presented a wreath of ivy to newly married per- sons, as a symbol of the closeness of the tie which ought to bind them together ; and Ptolemy Philopater, king of Egypt, ordered all the Jews who had abjured their religion to be branded with an ivy leaf. Numerous allusions to this plant occur in Homer, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, and nearly all the ancient and modern poets; but few have given a more just description of it than Spenser, in the following lines : — ** Emongst the rest, the clamb’ring yvie grew, Knitting his wanton arms with grasping hold, Lest that the poplar happely should rew Her brother’s strokes, whose boughs she doth enfold With her lythe twigs, till they the top survew, And paint with pallid green her buds of gold.” 1006 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. The ivy is considered symbolical of friendship, from the closeness of its adherence to the tree on which it has once fixed itself. ‘ Nothing,” says St. Pierre, in his Studies of Nature, “ can separate it from the tree which it has once embraced; it clothes it with its own leaves in that inclement season when its dark boughs are covered with hoarfrost. The faithful companion of its destiny, it falls when the tree is cut down: death itself does not relax its grasp; and it continues to adorn with its verdure the dry trunk that once sup- ported it.” The constancy of the ivy has rendered it a favourite device for seals; some of the best of which are, a sprig of ivy, with the motto, “ I die where I attach myself;” and a fallen tree, still covered with ivy, with the words, “ Even ruin cannot separate us.” Ivy is the badge of the clan Gordon. Soil, Situation, Propagation, §c. We have already observed that the ivy, to attain a large size, requires a good soil; and, also, that it grows naturally in the shade, and in a northern rather than in a southern exposure. Smoke, there can be no doubt, is injurious to the ivy; but still it endures it better than most evergreens, particularly when it is kept moist at the root. Ivy is propa- gated by cuttings, planted, in autumn, in a sandy soil, and a shady border; but these must be well rooted before they are put out in the situation where they are finally to remain, or disappointment to the planter will ensue. It is very natural to suppose, that, with a plant rooting so readily as the ivy, it would be quite sufficient to put in a cutting where a plant was wanted; but, nevertheless, it is a fact, that, unless the soil be kept in a uniform state of moisture, and shaded, like most other evergreens, it will not root readily. The largest plants of ivy which we have heard of in England are at Brockley Hall, in Somer- setshire, attached to old trees: one of these plants has the stem 102 in., and the other 114 in. in diameter, at 1 ft. from the ground. In the town of Morpeth, in Northumberland, the front of a cottage is covered with ivy, which proceeds from a single stem, that comes out of a crevice in the rough stone wall by the cottage, at about a foot from the ground. The stem where it comes out is about 4in. in diameter, but it gradually increases till at the height of 5 ft. it is 62 in. in diameter; and at the height of 9 ft., at the point from which the branches proceed, it is no less that 194 in. in diameter ! About 40 years ago, this cottage was occupied as a public house, and called the Ivy Tree, so that the plant is, doubless, above half a century old. A view of the cottage, the ivy plant, and the remarkable weeping ash trees, which stand on a bank overhanging it, -has been kindly forwarded to us by M. J. F. Sid- ney, Esq., of Cowpen. (See the article Fraxinus, in a future page.) Plants, in the London nurseries, cost from 6d. to 2s. 6d. each, according to their size ; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents to 14 franc; and at New York, from 37% cents to 1 dollar each. Plants of the varieties, and especially of the yellow-fruited, are somewhat dearer. Fifty other species of the ivy are described in Don’s Miller ; but they are chiefly tropical plants, and almost all of them are trees ; which, prebably, when they come to be farther examined, will be referred to Aralia, or other genera. CHAP. LX. OF THE HARDY. LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER HAMAMELIDA‘CES. Tue characteristics of this order, as far as the hardy species in British gardens are concerned, will be found in the following distinctive characters of the only two hardy genera. Hamame‘us L. Calyx 4-lobed, furnished with 3—4 scales on the outside. Ovarium ending in 2—3 styles at the apex. Capsule coriaceous, 2-celled ; l-seeded, opening by 2 elastic valves above. Seed oblong, shining, with a CHAP, LX. HAMAMELA CEA. HAMAME ‘LIS. 1007 superior hilum. Albumen fleshy. Embryo with a superior radicle, and flat cotyledons. Leaves alternate, ovate, or cuneated, feather-nerved, nearly entire. Flowers nearly sessile, disposed in clusters in the axils of the leaves; girded by a 3-leaved involucre. Petals yellow. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 396., adapted.) — Deciduous shrubs, natives of North America and Asia. Fornereriiaé L. Calyx campanulate, 5—7-toothed. Anthers in the form of a horseshoe. Styles 2. Capsule 2-lobed, 2-celled; cells 2-valved at the apex, l-seeded. Seed bony, pendulous, with a superior kilum. Leaves alternate, obovate, feather-nerved, bistipulate, clothed with soft starry down. Flowers sessile, in terminal ovate spikes, having a solitary bractea under each; those at the base of the spike trifid, and those at its apex nearly entire. Petals white, sweet-scented, sessile. Anthers yellow. (Don’s Mill., adapted.) —A low deciduous shrub, a native of North America. Genus I. —— HAMAME‘LIS Z. Tue Hamame is, or Wycu Hazet, Lin. Syst. Tetrandria Digynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 169.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 396.; Lindl. Nat. Syst., p. 333. Synonyme. Trildpus Mth. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur., 8 App. ; Derivation. Hamaméblis is a name by which Athenzus speaks of a tree which blossomed at the same time as the apple tree: the word being derived from hama, together with, and mélis, an apple tree. The modern application seems to be from the Hamamélis having its blossoms accom- panying its fruits (7é/a) ; both being on the tree at the same time. % % 1. H.virernica L. The Virginian Hamamelis, or Wych Hazel. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p. 268. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 396. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, Synonymes. WHamamelie de Virginie, Fr. ; Virginische Zaubernuss, Ger. ’ Engravings. Mill. Ul., t. 10.; N. Du Ham., 7. t. 60.; Bot. Cab., t. 598. ; and our figs. 756, 757. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves obovate, acutely toothed, with ANN a small cordate recess at the base. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 396.) A deciduous shrub, a native of North America, from Canada to Florida; found in dry and stony situations, but frequently also near water, and growing to the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft., with a trunk 6in. or more in diameter. It was introduced in 1736, and flowers from the beginning of October to the end of February. In British gardens, it has been but little cultivated, notwithstanding the singularity of its appearance in autumn and winter; when it is profusely covered with its fine rich yellow flowers, which begin to expand before the leaves of the pre- vious summer drop off, and continue on the bush throughout the winter. After the petals drop off in spring, the persistent calyxes remain on till the leaves reappear in April or May. The flowers are either polygamous, dicecious, moneecious, or androgynous ; and hence the names? insome American catalogues, of H. dioica, H. monojca, and H, andrégyna. The American Indians esteem this tree for its medical properties: the bark is sedative and discutient; and it is applied by them to painful tumours and external inflammations. They also apply a poultice of the inner rind to remove inflammations of the eyes. In the neighbourhood of London, it is rarely found above 5ft. or 6ft. high; but there is a plant of it in the grounds of Ham House upwards of 15ft. high, growing in deep sandy soil, not far distant from water, of which fig. 757. is a portrait taken in November, 1835, to a scale of lin. to 12ft. Owing to its flowering during the winter season, it deserves a place in every collection where there is room. It will grow in any light free soil, kept rather moist; and it is pro- pagated by layers and by seeds ; which last, though rarely produced in Bri- 3.x 1008 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. tain, are frequently sent to this fincnl country from America. They (ose iad ought to be sown immediately ‘ on being received, as they are often two years before they come up. Plants, in London, are Is. 6d. each, and seeds 1s. a packet; at Bollwyller, plants are 2francs each; and at New York, 25 cents. Varieties. % H. v. 2 parvifolia Nutt. is a native of the moun- tains of Pennsylvania, with smaller oblong- ovate leaves, and amore stunted habit than the species. & H. v. 3 macrophilla, H. ma- crophylla Pursh, has the Wis), leaves nearly orbicular, Bene ica cordate, coarsely and bluntly toothed, and scabrous from dets beneath. It is a native of the western part of Georgia, and of North Carolina, on the Katawba Mountains. It was introduced in 1812, and flowers from May to November. Pursh considers it to be a species; but it appears to us to be only a variety. App. i. Other Species, not yet introduced. H. pérsica Dec. is a native of Persia, of which very little is known; and H. chinénsis R. Br. has quite entire, ovate leaves, andis a native of China, near Nankin. Genus II. ! FOTHERGI’LLA L. Tue Forueremua. Lin. Syst. Tcosandria Digfnia. Identification. Lin. fil. Suppl., p. 42. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 269.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 397. Derivation. In memory of John Fothergill, M.D., an eminent physician and patron of botany, who introduced many new plants, and cultivated an excellent collection in his grounds, at Ham House, at Stratford-le-bow, in Essex. Description. Deciduous shrubs, of which there is only one species, but several varieties. Natives of North America. % 1. F, atniro‘t1a L. The Alder-leaved Fothergilla. Identification. Lin. fil. Suppl., 257.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 269.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 397. Synonymes. ¥F. Gardeni Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 313.; Hamamélis monofca Lin. ex Smith in Rees’s Cycl. vol, xvii. Spec. Char., §c. See the generic character. The flowers, which are white and sweet-scented, appear before the leaves; the latter resembling those of the wych hazel. The following four very distinct forms of this species are in the Hackney arboretum : — Varieties. % F. a. 1 obtusa Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1341.; F. major Zodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1520.; F. alnifolia Lin. fil. Supp.,257.; and our fig. '759.; has obovate leaves, downy beneath. % F. a. 2 acuta Sims; F. Gardeni Jacq. Icon. Rar., t. 100.; has narrow leaves, nearly entire, white from down beneath. s F. a. 3 mdjor Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1342, and our fig. '758., has leaves ovate-oblong, somewhat cordate at the base, very black and serrated at the apex; when young, tomentose beneath. CHAP. LXI. CORNA‘CEE. CO’RNUS. 1009 &% F. a. 4 serdtina Sims Bot. “i Mag., t. 1342., has the leaves oblong, acute, cre- nately toothed at the top, and green beneath. Description, §c. The Fothergilla is a native of North America, from Virginia to Carolina, in shady woods, 4 on the sides of hills, generally grow- ‘S3— ing in soft moist soil. It was intro- duced in 1765, grows to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft., and flowers in April or May. In British gardens, it thrives best in moist sandy peat. The species is propagated by seeds, which are sometimes ripened in this country, but are generally re- ceived from America; and the varieties by layers. Plants, in the London nurseries, are Is. each, and seeds Is. a packet; at Bollwyller, 2 francs a plant ; and at New York, 30 cents a plant, and seeds 30 cents per quart. CHAP. LXI. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER CORNA‘CER, Tuts order includes only two genera of hardy woody plants, the characters of which are as follows : — Co’rnus L. Tube of the calyx adhering to the ovarium. Limb small, 4-toothed. Petals 4, oblong, sessile; valvate in zstivation. Stamens 4. Style 1. _ Pome baccate, marked by the vestiges of the calyx, containing a 2-celled, rarely 3-celled, nut. Seed solitary, pendulous. Albumen fleshy. Radicle of embryo shorter than the cotyledons. (Don’s Mill, iii. p- 398.) — Deciduous trees and shrubs, all with opposite leaves, except the first species; entire, feather-nerved. Flowers sometimes capitate and umbellate, involucrated; sometimes corymbose and panicled, without an involucre. Petals white, rarely yellow. Bentua‘mz4 Lindl. Flowers disposed in heads, each head attended by an in- volucre, that consists of 4 petai-like parts, and resembles a corolla. Calyx with a minute 4-toothed limb. Petals 4, fleshy, wedge-shaped. Stamens 4. Style 1. Fruit constituted of many pomes grown together ; endocarp in each pome with 2 cells. Seeds solitary and pendulous in each cell. — Trees or shrubs, with leaves opposite. (Lindley in Bot. Reg., t. 1579.) Natives of the Himalayas. Dr. Lindley observes, when giving his reasons for separat- ing this genus from Cérnus, “ We do not understand upon what principle this very distinct genus has been combined with Cornus, from which it differs essentially, both in flowers and fruit. Whether or not C. flérida, which agrees with it in habit, is also a species of Benthamia, our means do not enable us to determine.” (Bot. Reg., vol. xix. t. 1579.) Genus I. tine pray, ell a! 3 | CO/RNUS L. Tue Doewoon. Lin. Syst. Tetrandria Monogynia. een. Tourn. Inst., 641. t. 410, ; Lin. Gen., No. 149, ; Dec, Prod., 4. p. 271.; Don’s Mill., . p. 598. ee 1010 ARBORETUM AND EFRUTICETUM. PART 11]. Synonymes. Cornouiller, Fr. ; Hartriegel, Ger. Derivation. From cornu, a horn; the wood being thought to be as hard and as durable as horn. Hartriegel signifies hard rail, or hard wood. The name of Dogwood is applied to this genus, because, as Parkinson says, in his Paradisus, the fruit of most of the species is not fit even for dogs ; but it is more likely to have been given to it from the astringent properties of the bark and leaves, a decoction of which was formerly used as a wash for curing the mange, &c., in dogs. Description. Deciduous trees and shrubs, natives of Europe and North America ; in general very hardy, and of easy propagation and culture in British gardens. Most of the species ripen their fruit in England; but they are usually propagated by suckers, or by layers or cuttings, The fruit is commonly called a berry, but must be botanically a pome, according to Lindley’s definitions of kinds of fruit, in his Introd. to Bot., 2d ed., p. 197—204. Price, in the Lon- don nurseries, from Is. to Is. 6d. per plant; at Bollwyller, from 1 franc to 13 franc ; and at New York, from 25 to 50 cents. § i. Nudiflore Dec. Derivation. From nudus, naked, and flos, a flower ; the inflorescence being without an inyolucre. Sect. Char. Flowers corymbose or panicled, without an involucre. (Dec. Prod., iv. p. 271.) A. Leaves alternate. % 1. C. aLTERNIFO‘LIA L. The alternate-leaved Dogwood. Identification. Lin. fil. Suppl., p. 125. ; L’Hérit. Corn., No. 11.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 398.; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Synonyme. C. altérna Marsh. Engravings. Guimp. Abb. Holz., t. 43.; Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 70.; and our fig. 760. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves alternate, ovate, acute, hoary beneath. Corymbs depressed, spreading. Branches warted. Pomes purple, globose, about the size of a grain of pepper. Leaves on long petioles. Branches green or red- dish brown. (Don’s Mil., iii. p. 398.) A native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, in shady woods on river banks ; where it forms a tree, grow- ing 15 ft. or 20 ft. high, and flowering from May to July. It was introduced in 1760; is very hardy, and is not unfrequent in British collections. At Syon, and in the arboretum at Kew, it is from 12 ft. to 15ft. high. This species is easily known from every other, even at a distance, by the horizontal umbelliferous character assumed by the branches, which are also dichotomous, with clusters of leaves at the joints; and the general colour is that of a lively green. The leaves are generally alternate, but not unfrequently opposite. B. Leaves opposite. % 2.C.sancul’ngEA L. The blood-red-leaved, or common, Dogwood. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 171.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 399. ; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Synonymes. C. foe’mina Raii Syn., 460., Ger. Emac., 1467., with.a figure; Virga sanguinea Maitth. Vaigr., 1. p. 236., with a figure, Cam. Epit., 159., with a figure; Female Cornel, Dogberry Tree, Hound Tree, Hound’s-berry Tree, Prickwood, Gaten or Gatten Tree, Gater or Gatter Tree, Cat- teridge Tree, wild Cornel; Cornouiller sauvage, sanguin, or femelle, Puine, or Bois punais, Fr. ; rother Hartriegel, Gev. ; Sanguinello, J¢al. Derivation. This species is called foe’mina, and Female Cornel, because it bears fruit when very young ; whereas Cornus mas produces male blossoms only till the tree is 15 or 20 years old. Virga sanguinea is literally the bloody twig, alluding to the colour of the shoots, though they are not nearly so red as those of Cornus alba. The names of Dogberry Tree, Hound Tree, &c., arise from the same source as Dogwood. (See above.) Prickwood alludes to the use of the wood for skewers ; Gaten Tree is a corruption of Gaty treow, the Saxon name for this species; or, as some suppose, it is derived from gayta, the Spanish word for a pipe, the wood of this tree being more hollow, or full of pith, than that of C. m4s. Catteridge, and all the other somewhat si- milar names, are derived from Gaten. Chaucer calls the fruit Gaitres berries, evidently from the same origin. The French names of Puine, and Bois punais, bug wood, are from the strong and unpleasant smell of the bark and leaves ; and also because a decoction of them forms a wash to destroy bugs. Rother Hartriegel signifies red hard rail, or red hard wood. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 249. ; Fl. Dan., t. 481.; N. Du Ham. 2. t. 44. ; and our fig. 761. Spec. Char.,§c. Bracteas straight. Leaves ovate, acute, smooth and green on both surfaces. Corymbs flat, Branches of a dark red when full grown. Leaves 2 to 3 in. long. Flowers greenish white, unpleasantly scented. Petals revolute at the sides, Fruit dark purple, and very bitter. (Don’s CHAP. LXI. CORNA‘CER. CO’RNUS. 1011 Miil., iii. p.399.) This species is a native of Europe and the north of Africa, in hedges and thickets, especially on a chalk and limestone soil. It is plentiful in Britain, in like situations. _ It is also said Z; to grow in North America, near the lakes of Canada and near New York ; but has, probably, been introduced there. It grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 15 ft., according to soil and situation ; flowering in June, and ripening its dark purple fruit in August and September. It is one of the commonest shrubs in old shrubberies ; and is easily known from all the other kinds of Cornus by the abundance of its dark purple fruit, and the intensely dark red of its leaves before they drop off ‘ in autumn. It is from this last circumstance, we sup- pose, that the specific name of sanguinea has been given to it, though it is much more obviously applicable to C. alba, on ac- count of the redness of its shoots. C. purpurea would be a much better name as contrasted with C. alba, both names applying to the fruit. Varieties. & C. 5.2 Parshii Don's Mill., 3. p. 399.; C.sanguinea Pursh, Schaaidt Baum., 2. t. 66.; has the flowers with yellow anthers, and the berries a dark brown. It is a native of North America, near the lakes of Canada, and near New York; and only differs from the C. sanguinea of Europe in having the leaves pubescent, and in being of larger stature. It has not yet been introduced. & C. s. 3 foltis variegitis Lodd. Cat. has the leaves variegated with white and yellow, and oc- casional streaks of red. A plant, lately received into Messrs. Loddiges’s collection, named C.candidissima fol. var., appears, from the leaves, to be identical with this variety. C. candidissima, in the same collection, from its leaves, appears to be nothing more than C. sanguinea. Properties and Uses. The common British dogwood, being frequent in woods and old hedges, in almost every part of the island, and being also very common on the Continent, and especially in the northern parts of Europe, has long been applied to various useful purposes. The wood, which is hard, though not nearly so much so as that of Cornus mas, was formerly used for mill-cogs, and for various purposes in rustic carpentry; and it still makes excellent skewers for butchers, toothpicks, and similar articles. In the days when bows and arrows were used as muskets are now, arrows were formed of the young wood. In France, the young wood is formed into ramrods ; and in various parts of the Continent, particularly in Germany and Russia, it is bored and used as tubes to pipes. It makes excellent fuel, and the very best char- coal for gunpowder. The fruit, which, like the bark and leaves, is bitter and styptic, when treated like that of the olive, yields an oil, at the rate of 34 Ib. of oil to 100 1b. of fruit; which is used, in France, in the manufacture of soap, and for lamps. Miller states that, in his time, the berries were often brought to market, and sold for those of the buckthorn. The bark tastes like apples. #3. C.a’LBA L. The white-fruited Dogwood. Identification. Lin. Mant., p. 40. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 399.; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Synonymes. C. stolonifera Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 109. ; C- tatarica Mill. Icon., t. 104., Amm. Ruth., t. 32. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., i. t. 34.; Mill, Icon., t. 104; and our Jig. 762. Spec. Char., §c. Branches recurved. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves ovate, acute, pubescent, hoary beneath. Corymbs depressed. Branches of a fine red colour. Fruit white, or bluish white. . ., (Don’s Mill., iii. p.399.) It isa native of Siberia, 4° at the rivers Oby and Irtysch, among bushes, &e. ; of North America, from Virginia to Canada, onthe banks of rivers and lakes; and also of \ North California. A shrub, growing from 4 ft. to S 10 ft. high, and flowering from May to July. It was introduced in 1741, and is common in shrub- beries, where it is interesting in summer from 3x 3 1012 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARY 111. its fine large leaves, and white flowers; in autumn, from its white fruit, which are about the size and colour of those of the mistletoe; and in the winter and spring, from the fine red of its young shoots. Sir W. J. Hooker says of this species of Cérnus, that it is the only one of the group to which it belongs that he received from British North America; and that it appears to him that C. stricta, C. paniculata, and C. sericea, and also some states of C. circinata, are too nearly allied to be made separate species. (FV. Bor, Amer., i. p. 276.) Varieties. w C. a. 2 circindta Don’s Mill. iii. p. 399.; C. circinata Cham. et Schlecht. in Linnea., iii. p. 139.; has the berries of a lead colour, according to Dr. Richardson; who further says they are named by the Cree Indians musquameena, because the bears fatten upon them; and meethquan-peemeenattick and meenisan, red-stick berry; and that pigeons are fond of them: they are also considered a good stomachic. A native throughout Canada, and from Lake Huron to lat. 69° N., Newfoundland, and the north-west coast of America; but not yet introduced. % C. a. 3 sibirica Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, has the shoots of a fine orange red, covered with a delicate bloom. It makes a splendid appearance in the winter season. gw 4. C.(a.) stricta Lam. The straight-branched Dogwood. Identification. Lam. Dict., 3. p.116.; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 399. Synonymes. C. fastigiata Mich. Fi. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 92. and Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836 ; C. sanguinea Wait., but not of Lin.; C. cyanocérpos Gmel. Syst. Veg., 1. p.257.; C. canadénsis Hort, Par. ; C. cerilea Meerb. Icon., 3., but not of Lam. Engravings. L’Hérit. Corn., No. 9. t. 4.; Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 67.; and our jigs. 763, 764. Spec. Char., §c. Branches straight, fas- tigiate. Leaves ovate, acuminated, glabrous, green on both surfaces; when young, hardly pubescent be- neath. Corymbs convex, somewhat panicled. Branches reddish brown. = Anthers blue. Pomes globose, soft, blue on the outside, but white inside. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 399.) A nativeT6* of North America, from Carolina to Canada, frequent on the banks of rivers; also of Mexico, between Tam- pico and Real del Monte. A shrub, growing from 6 ft. to 10 ft. or even 20 ft. high, according to soil and situ- ation, and flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1758. The plant in the arboretum at Kew is 14 ft. high. Varieties. % C, (a.) s. 2 asperifolia Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, if not identical with the species, differs from it but very slightly. xz C. (a.) s, 3 sempervirens Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, closely resembles the species, but differs from it in retaining its leaves throughout a part of the winter. There are plants of both these varieties in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges. ge #5. C.(a.) panicuLa‘ra L’ Heérit. The panicled-flowering Dogwood. Identification. L’Hérit. Corn., No. 10. t. 5.; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 398.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. ee hey €. racemdsa Lam. Dict., 2. p. 116.; C. foe’mina Mill, Dict., No. 4.; C. citrifdlia Hort. ar. Engravings. L’Hérit. Corn., No, 10. t. 5.; Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 68. ; and our fig. 765. Spec. Char., §c. Branches erect. Leaves ovate, acuminated, glabrous, hoary beneath. Corymb thyrsoid. Ovarium silky. Branches pale purplish. Pomes roundish, depressed, watery, white, 3 lines in diameter. The dots on the under side of the leaves, which are only seen through a lens, bear bicuspidate, CHAP. LXI. CORNA‘CER. CO’RNUS. 1013 short, adpressed hairs. Tube of calyx pubescent. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 398.) A native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, rare; in swamps and near rivulets, among other bushes ; where it forms a shrub, growing 4 ft. or 6 ft. high, flowering in July and August. In a cul- tivated state, it forms a low tree, 20 ft. or 25 ft. high. Introduced in 1758, and common in collections. There is a plant of this sort at Kew, which is 10 ft. high; one at Ham House is 25 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 8 in., and of the head 21 ft. In Scotland, in Fife- shire, in Danibristle Park, it is 12 ft. high; and in Perthshire, at Taymouth, 20 ft. high, and the diameter of the head 25 ft. Varieties. x C.p. 2 dlbida Ehbrh. Beitr., iv. p. 16.— Leaves elliptic-lanceolate. % C. p. 3 radiata Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p- 109.—Corymbs sterile, foliiferous. gv 6. C.(A.) sERI’cEA L’Heérit. The silky Dogwood. Identification. L’Heérit. Corn., No. 6. t. 2.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 399. ; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Synonymes. C. \anugindsa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 92.5; C. alba Wait. Fi. Car., 88., but not of Lin.; C. cerdlea Lam. Dict., 2. p.116.; C. Amomum Du Roi Harbk., 1. p. 165.; C. rubigindsa Ehrh, Beitr., 4. p.15.; C. ferruginea Hort. Par.; C. candidissima Miil.; C. cyanocarpos Mench, but not of Gmel, Engravings. Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 64.; and our fig. 766. Spec. Char., Sc. Branches spreading. Branchlets woolly. Leaves ovate, acu- minated, clothed with rusty pubescence beneath. Corymbs depressed, woolly. Pomes bright blue. Nut compressed. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 399.) A native of North America, from Canada to Caro- lina, in swampy woods and on river banks. It is a shrub, growing from 5 ft. to 8 ft. high, flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1683. The plant in the arboretum at Kew is 8 ft. high. This sort is very distinct from the two preceding ones, and comes nearer, in general appearance, to C. alba than they do ; but it is a weaker plant, and smaller in all its parts than that species. The two preceding sorts, C. (a.) stricta and C. (a.) paniculata, have much narrower leaves, and a more compact fastigiate habit of growth, than any other species or variety of the genus. C. (a.) paniculata is the handsomest of the three sorts for a small garden, as it is easily kept of a small size, and in a neat shape, and it flowers profusely. Varieties. u C.(a.) s.2 oblongifolia Dec. Prod., iv. p.272.; C. oblongifolia Rajin. in Litt.; has leaves oblong and glabrous above. % C. (a.) s.3 asperifolia Dec. Prod., iv. p. 272., Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836; C. asperifolia Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p.93.— Leaves oval, acumi- nated, rough above from minute stiff pubescence, and rather tomen- tose beneath. It is a native of Lower Carolina, in shady woods. This variety is, in all probability, identical with C. (a.) stricta asperifolia Lodd. Cat., noticed p. 1012 ; but, as the plants in the Hackney ar- boretum, with this name appended to them, are not rough above, we have thought it worth while to retain the description of Michaux’s variety in this place. 3 x 4 1014 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. ¥ 7. C.(A.) crrcina’tA L’ Hérit. The rounded-leaved Dogwood. Identification. L’Hérit. Corn., p. 7. No. 8 t. 3.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 276.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 399. ; Lodd. Cat., edit. 1836. Synonymes. C.tomentdsa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 91. 5 C. rugosa Lam. Dict., 2. p. 115.5; C. virginiana Hort. Par. Engravings. Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 69. ; and our fig. 767. Spec. Char., §c. Branches warted. _ Leaves broadly oval, acuminated, clothed with hoary tomentum beneath. Corymbs depressed, spreading. Branches slightly tinged with red. Leaves broad, waved on their edges. Flowers white, as in most of the species. Pomes glo- bose, at first blue, but at length becoming white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.399.) A native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, on the banks of rivers ; and probably of Cali- fornia. A shrub, growing from 5 ft. to 10 ft. high, flowering in June and July. Introduced | in 1784, and not unfrequent in collections. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in the collec- tion of Messrs. Loddiges, which are readily distinguished from those of all the other sorts, by their broader leaves, and their rough warted branches. * 8. C. opto'nca Wall. The oblong-/eaved Dogwood. Identification. Wal). in Roxb. Fl. Ind., 1. p. 482; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 398. Synonyme. C. paniculata Hamiit, exD. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 140. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong, acuminated, acute at the base, glaucous, and rather scabrous beneath, with many excavated glands along the axils of the ribs and nerves. Corymbs spreading, panicled. Young shoots clothed with short adpressed hair. Leaves 4—6 in, long, and 1 to 12 in. broad. Petioles about an inch long. Flowers white orpale purplish, fragrant. Calyx clothed with adpressed silvery hairs, as well as the pedicels and petals. Ovarium 3-celled. Pome ovate -oblong. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 398.) A native of Nepal, about Narainhetty, Katmandu, and the Valley of Dhoon ; where it forms a tree, growing from 10 ft. to 15 ft. in height. It is said to have been introduced in 1818 ; but we have never seen it. % C. maerophglla Wall, has broad, ovate, acuminated leaves, and small pomes, about the size of black pepper. It is a native of the Himalaya Mountains, but it is not yet introduced. % C. excélsa H. B. et Kunth (Don’s Mill., 3. p. 399.) is a native of the environs of Mexico, and is closely allied to C, sanguinea; but only dried specimens of it have yet been seen in Britain. § ii. Involucrate Dec. Derivation. From involucrum, an involucre, with which the heads of flowers are severally sur- rounded. Sect. Char. Flowers disposed in heads or umbels, surrounded by coloured involucres, which are usually composed of 4 leaves. (Dec. Prod., iv. p. 273.) A. Trees with white capitate Flowers. ¥ C. disciflora Moc. et Sesse (Dec. Prod, 4. p. 273.; C. grandis Cham. et Schlecht.) has smooth branches, with lanceolate leaves, and ovate fruit. It is anative of Mexico, near Jalapa, but has not yet been introduced. ; : 4 C. japonica Thunb., Vibtirnum japénicum Spreng., is anativeof Japan, with ovate-acuminated 1exVES, any fruit crowned by a very short permanent style, red, smooth, and rather acid, Not yet in- troduced. B. Trees with yellow, umbelled, Flowers. ¥ 9.C.ma’s L. The male Dogwood, the Cornel, or Cornelian Cherry Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 171. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 400, ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. C. mascula L’Hérit. Corn., No. 4., Guimp, Abb., t.2., Hayne Term. Bot., t. 35., Fl. Grec., t. 151., Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 63., Lam Iil., t. 74. f. 1., Kniph. Cent., 1. t. 18.; Long Cherry Tree; Cornelia ; Cornouiller male, Cornes, Corneilles, Fy. ; Kornel Kirsche Hartriegel, Ger. Derivation. ‘Vhe name of mas has been applied to this species since the days of Theophrastus ; in all probability, because young plants are barren for many years after they show flowers ; these flowers being furnished with stamens only. For an opposite reason, the name of Cérnus foe’mina was given to C. sanguinea. (See p. 1010.) The name of Cornelian Cherry relates to the beautiful colour of the fruit, which resembles that of a cornelian. Engravings. Black., t. 121.; Plenck. Icon., t. 35.; our fig. 768. ; and the plate in Vol, II. Spec. Char., $e. Branches smoothish. Leaves oval, acuminated, rather pubescent on both surfaces. Flowers protruded before the leaves. Umbels about equal in length to the 4-leaved involucre. Flowers yellow. Fruit CHAP. LXI. CORNA‘CEE. CO’RNUS. 1015 elliptic, of a bright shining scarlet colour, the size and form of a small olive or acorn, very styptic in its immature state. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 400.) It is a native throughout Europe, Britain excepted, and in», the north of Asia, in hedges and among bushes ; and " ~ in France, Russia, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Carniola, Piedmont, &c. A shrub or low tree, growing from 12 ft. to 20ft. high; introduced in 1596 ; and flowering from February to April. Varieties. ¥ C. m. 2 frictu cere coloris N. Du Ham., ii. p. 162., has the fruit of a wax colour. This variety is not common in British gardens. ¥ C.m. 3 variegdtus has the leaves edged with white or yellow. Description. The cornel tree, or cornelian cherry, in a wild state, is seldom found above 10 ft. or 12 ft. high; but it attains twice that height in a state of culture. It has ash-coloured pubescent shoots, ovate-lanceolate leaves, and yellow flowers, which, in mild winters, come out in January or February ; and the greater part of which, in trees not exceeding twelve or fif- teen years of age, have only stamens, and drop off without producing fruit. The fruit ripens in September or October, but isnot frequently seen in England. It is about the size of a small acorn, and of a fine, rich, transparent scarlet : it remains a long time on the tree after it is ripe, and is very ornamental. The growth of the tree is remarkably slow after the first ten or twelve years ; and its duration is so great, that it is said to live for centuries. It is an irregular- headed tree, furnished with numerous branches; and when it has attained a sufficient age to bear fruit, it is generally about the size of an ordinary apple tree. When it begins to bear, the fruit is produced in tolerable abun- dance. Geography and History. The cornel tree is a native of the middle and south of Europe, of Siberia, and the west of Asia, in woods and hedges, generally on soils more or less calcareous. It was known to the ancients, being men- tioned by Homer as one of the trees that bear the coarsest fruit, in his Odyssey (book x. ver. 242.) ; where he represents Circe as throwing it, with acorns and beech mast, to the companions of Ulysses, after she had trans- formed them into swine. Virgil calls it the “meagre food,’ and couples it with other “savage berries of the wood.” Pliny speaks of it as a tree indi- genous in Italy, the wood of which was nearly equal to iron in its hardness and fitness for making wedges and wooden pins. The Romans also used it, he says, for making spokes to their wheels. The first notice of its being in England is in Turner’s Herbal. Tusser mentions the fruit under the name of cornel plums; and Lord Bacon, as cornelians. Gerard, in 1597, says, “ There be sundry trees of the cornel in the gardens of such as love rare and dainty plants, whereof I have a tree or two in my garden.” Miller, in 1752, says, “ The tree is common in English gardens, where it is propagated for its fruit, which is made into tarts, and used in medicine as an astringent and cooler.” In a subsequent edition of his Dictionary, he mentions the cornel as being chiefly cultivated as an ornamental shrub, which is the prin- cipal purpose for which it is at present propagated throughout Europe. Properties and Uses. The wood has been, in all ages, celebrated for its hardness and durability ; and it is at the same time tough and flexible. Ina dry state, it weighs 69 lb. 50z. to the cubic foot. The heart-wood is of a brownish tint ; and the soft wood white, with a slight tint of red. In ancient times, it was much in repute as shafts for javelins; and both Homer and Virgil mention its use for these weapons. In France, when it can be pre- cured of sufficient size, it is used in mill-work, especially as cogs for wheels, and for all the various purposes to which the wood of Sérbus doméstica is applied. The small branches are said to make the most durable spokes for ladders, wooden forks for turning the grain on barn floors, and for making 1016 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART III.! hay ; hoops, props for vines, butchers’ skewers, and toothpicks. The wooden forks are made by selecting branches which divide into three near the ex- tremity ; and, after cutting the branch to a proper length, which is commonly about 5 ft. or 6 ft., the bark is taken off, and the three branches which are to form the prongs are bent so as to form a triangle, like the wooden corn forks of England. In this state they are put into a hot oven, where they are kept till they are hardened, so as to retain the shape given to them. Similar hay and straw forks are made of the nettle tree in France, and of the willow in various parts of England, by the same procedure. The wood of the cornel, like that of all the species of the genus, makes excellent fuel and charcoal ; and the young shoots form a good substitute for those of the willow, in making baskets and tying up packages of various kinds. In France and Germany, brooms are made of the spray; but only in those parts of the country where neither the birch nor the Cftisus scoparius is to be found. The fruit, when thoroughly ripe, is somewhat sweet, and not disagreeable to eat ; and, on the Continent, it is frequently used in confectionery, and for making marmalades, robs, and liqueurs. It is mixed with apples and pears for making cider; and, gathered in a green state, and treated like green olives, it is preserved in salt and water, as a substitute for that pickle. In a ripe state, treated like ripe olives, it yields an oil, which may be used for various purposes, but not for the table. A conserve, called rob de cornis, was formerly sold in most drug~ gists’ shops in Europe ; but it is now rarely to be met with, even in Germany, where the tree is most plentiful. As an ornamental tree, the cornel is valua- ble, not only on account of its early flowering, and the fine display made by its ripe fruit, but because it is a low tree, and one which, after it has attained the height of 10ft. or 12 ft., is of slow growth, and of very great duration. For these last reasons, it is particularly suitable for small suburban gardens, in which it will form a fit associate for small trees of Cratz‘gus, Bérberis, Rhamnus, Ludnymus, Hamamelis, &c. Poetical Allusions, §c. The cornel tree was dedicated to Apollo; and Pau- sanias mentions that there was a festival celebrated in honour of Apollo at Lacedzmonia, called Cornus, which was instituted by the Greeks, to appease the anger of the god at their cutting down a grove of cornel trees conse- crated to him on Mount Ida. The Palatine Hill was also formerly a place exclu- sively devoted to Apollo; and, when Romulus had fixed on that spot for his infant city, he threw his javelin, made of cornel wood, against the hill, when it had no sooner entered the ground than it sent forth leaves and branches, and became a tree: an omen of the strength and durability of the Roman empire Virgil says that, when Polydore was murdered, the lances and javelins which had pierced his body, and which had all been formed of myrtle and cornel wood, also sprang up into trees. When /E£neas and his followers landed in Thrace, they found this grove ; and neas attempted to pull up one of these trees; but, he says, — ** The rooted fibres rose, and from the wound Black bloody drops distill’d upon the ground. Mute and appall’d, my hair with terror stood, Fear shrank my sinews, and congeal’d my blood. A groan, as of a troubled ghost, renew’d My fright ; and then these dreadful words ensued :— * Spare to pollute thy pious hands with blood, The tears distil not from this wounded wood ; But every drop this living tree contains Is kindred blood, and ran in Trojan veins. Oh! fly from this inhospitable shore, Warn’d by my fate — for I am Polydore!’” It is rather curious that the last two fables, which turn on pieces of dry wood suddenly taking root and becoming trees, should be told of plants of such re- markably slow growth as the myrtle and the cornel. But perhaps they have been chosen partly on this account, to make the wonder seem greater. Propagation, Culture, Sc. In British nurseries, plants are generally raised from seed ; for which reason, they are very long before they come into flower. The seed remains two years in the ground before it comes up, and should CHAP. LXI. CORNA‘CEA. CO’RNUS. 1017 therefore be kept a year in the rotting ground, as directed for haws, and holly berries. (See p. 513.) Plants are also raised from layers and suckers. Ifa variety, with the fruit of superior quality, could be discovered in the woods of France, or in the ancient gardens of convents and chateaus, which still exist in some places in Germany, it would be desirable to continue such a variety by grafting ; and this mode is also applicable to the varieties with wax-coloured fruit, with white fruit, with fleshy round fruit, and with variegated leaves, men- tioned by Du Hamel. The situation for the cornel tree should be open, but sheltered rather than exposed ; and the soil ought to be good, and more or less calcareous. Statistics. In the environs of London, there are plants in the arboretum at Kew 15ft. high; and others,of similardimensions, at Purser’s Cross, Ham House, and some other places: but, all these trees being crowded among others, they seldom produce fruit. Between Hampstead and Hendon, in the garden of a villa occupied by Lord Henley, there is a tree which produces fruit annually. The only return which we have had of this tree, from any part of England, is from Grimston, in York- shire, where a tree, 14 years planted, is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 7 in., and of the head 14ft. Phillips, in his Syd. Flor., p. 186., mentions two trees at Cowfold in Sussex, of the size of moderate cherry or apple trees, which had been abundant bearers for upwards of 30 years. On the Continent, and especially in the south of Germany, most old gardens contain one or two speci- mens of this tree. On October 23, 1828, when we were on a journey from Donaueschingen to Bavaria, we stopped to look at the gardens of the ancient Chateau of Maskirch; and, in a small enclosure close to the chateau, we found a labyrinth, the hedge of which consisted entirely of Cérnus mas, with standard trees of the same species at regular distances, which were at that time bearing ripe fruit, which we tasted, and found of very good flavour. Later in the same year, we were shown, in the grounds of the Castle of Heidelberg, the famous cornelian cherry trees which were planted there in 1650, already mentioned, p. 147. % 10. C. FLo’Ripa L. The Florida Dogwood. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1661. ; L’Hérit. Corn., No. 3.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 400. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. Virginian Dogwood. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 526. ; Catesb. Car., t. 27.; Bigel. Med. Bot., 2. t. 28.; Guimp. Abb. Holz.. t.19.; Rafin. Med. Bot., t. 28.; Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 52.; Wang. Beytr., 1. t. 17. f.41.; and our Jig. 769. Spec. Char.,§c. Branches shining. Leaves ovate, acuminated, pale beneath, beset with adpressed hairs on both surfaces. Flowers umbellate, protruded after the leaves. Leaves of involucre large, roundish, retuse, or nearly obcordate. Pomes ovate. Leaves of involucre white. Flowers green- ish yellow, and very large. Pomes scarlet, about half the size of those of C. mas ; ripe in August. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 400.) It is a native of North America, from Carolina to Canada, in woods, common ; and on the banks of the Columbia, near its confluence with the sea, A tree, growing to the height of 20ft. or 30 ft. It was introduced in 1731, and flowers in April and May. Description. Cornus flérida is universally allowed to be the handsomest species of the genus. In its native country, it forms a tree reaching, in the most favourable situations, 30 ft. or 35 ft. in height, with a trunk 9in. or 10 in. in diameter; but, in general, it does not exceed the height of 18 ft. or 20 ft., with a trunk of 4in. or 5in.in diameter. Michaux describes the trunk as “strong, and covered with a blackish bark, chapped into many small portions, which are often in the shape of squares more or less exact. The branches are proportionally less numerous than on other trees, and are regularly disposed, nearly in the form of crosses. The young twigs are observed to incline upwards in a semicircular direction. The leaves are opposite, about 3in. in length, oval, of a dark green above, and whitish beneath; the upper sur- face is very distinctly sulcated. Towards the close of summer, they are often marked with black spots; and at the approach of winter they change to a dull red. In New York and New Jersey, the flowers are fully expanded about the 10th or 15th of May, when the leaves are only beginning to unfold themselves. The flowers are small, yellowish, and connected in bunches, which are surrounded with a very large involucre, composed of 4 white floral leaves, sometimes in- clining to violet. This fine involucre constitutes all the beauty of the flowers, 1018 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. which are very numerous, and which, in their season, robe the tree in white, like a full-blown apple tree, and render it one of the fairest ornaments of the American forests.” Catesby, who first described this tree, says that the blossoms break forth in the beginning of March, being at first not so wide as a sixpence, but increasing gradually to the breadth of a man’s hand ; being not of their full bigness till about six weeks after they begin to open. The fruits, which are of a vivid glossy red, and of an oval shape, are always united : they remain upon the trees till the first frosts ; when, notwithstanding their bitterness, they are devoured by the red-breasted thrush (T'ardus migratorius L.), which, about this period, arrives from the northern regions, and the mocking-bird (T. polygléttus, L.), during the whole winter. In England, this tree does not thrive nearly so well as in its native country, seldom being found, in the neighbourhood of London, higher than 7 ft. or 8 ft., and not often flowering; though at White Knights it attains a larger size, and flowers freely every year. Geography. Yn America, the Cérnus flérida is first found on the Columbia river, near its confluence with the sea. In the United States, it appears in Massachusetts, between N. lat. 42° and 43°. “ In proceeding southward, it is met with uninterruptedly throughout the eastern and western states, and the two Floridas, to the banks of the Mississippi. Over this vast extent of country it is one of the most common trees; and it abounds particularly in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Virginia, wherever the soil is moist, gravelly, and somewhat uneven : farther south, in the Carolinas, Georgia, and the Floridas, it is found only on the borders of swamps, and never in the pine barrens, where the soil is too dry and sandy to sustain its vegetation. In the most fertile districts of Kentucky and West Tennessee, it does not appear in the forest, except where the soil is gravelly, and of a middling quality. ( Miche.) Mr. William Bartram, in his Travels in Georgia and Florida, gives the following account of the appearance of this tree near the banks of the Alabama river :— “We now entered a remarkable grove of dogwood trees (Cérnus florida), which continued nine or ten miles unaltered, except here and there by a towering Magnolia grandiflora. The land on which they stand is an exact level ; the surface a shallow, loose, black mould, on a stratum of stiff yellowish clay. These trees were about 12ft. high, spreading horizontally ; and their limbs meeting, and interlocking with each other, formed one vast, shady, cool grove, so dense and humid as to exclude the sunbeams, and prevent the intrusion of almost every other vegetable ; affording us a most desirable shelter from the fervid sunbeams at noonday. This admirable grove, by way of eminence, has acquired the name of the Dog Woods. During a progress of nearly seventy miles through this high forest, there was constantly presented to view, on one hand or the other, spacious groves of this fine flowering tree, which must, in the spring season, when covered with blossoms, exhibit a most pleasing scene; when, at the same time, a variety of other sweet shrubs display their beauty, adorned in their gay apparel; as the Halésia, Stewartia, ZE’sculus, Pavia, Azalea, &c., entangled with garlands of Técoma crucigera, T.. radicans, Gelsémium sempervirens, Wistaria frutéscens, Caprifolium semper- virens, &c. ; and, at the same time, the superb Magnolia grandiflora, standing in front of the dark groves, towering far above the common level.” (Bartram’s Travels, p. 400.) History. This fine tree was first discovered in Virginia, by Banister; and afterwards, by Catesby, in the forests of Carolina. It was cultivated in Britain by Fairchild, before 1731; and by Miller, in 1739; and has since been propa- gated, and introduced into our principal collections, As already observed, however, it does not thrive in the neighbourhood of London. The only in- stances, of which we have heard, of its flowering near the metropolis are, at South Lodge, on Enfield Chase, where Collinson informs us he went to see it when it flowered for the first time; at Syon Hill; and at Syon House. Miller, in 1752, says that the tree is common in English gardens, under the name of Virginian dogwood, that it is as hardy as any of the other species ; and that, though it produces abundance of large leaves, it is not plentiful of flowers CHAP. LXI. CORNA CEH. BENTHA‘MLA. 1019 nor has he yet seen any plants which have produced fruit in England. There is a fine specimen at Syon Hill, upwards of 20 ft. high; and another at Syon House, 17 ft. high, both of which have flowered. There are many plants, from 6 ft. to 12 ft. high, in the grounds at White Knights, which flower freely every year. Properties and Uses. The wood is hard, compact, heavy, and fine-grained ; and it is susceptible of a brilliant polish. The sap-wood is perfectly white, and the heart-wood is of a chocolate colour. In the United States, it is used for the handles of hammers and light tools, such as mallets,&c. In the country, some farmers use it for harrow teeth, for the hames of horses’ collars, and also for lining the runners of sledges; but, to whatever purpose it is applied, being liable to split, it should never be wrought till it is perfectly seasoned. The shoots, when three or four years old, are found suitable for the light hoops of small portable casks; and, in the middle states, the cogs of mill- wheels are made of them, and the forked branches are taken for the yokes which are put upon the necks of swine, to prevent their breaking into cultivated enclosures. The inner bark is extremely bitter, and proves an excellent remedy in intermitting fevers. It has been known, and successfully used, by the country people in the United States, as a specific in these maladies, for more than fifty years. (Bigelow’s Amer. Bot., ii. 74.) Half an ounce of dog- wood bark, 2 scruples of sulphate of iron, and 2 scruples of gum arabic, infused in 16 ounces of rain-water, make an excellent ink. (Michv.) From the bark of the more fibrous roots the Indians obtain a good scarlet colour; and Bartram informs us (vol. i. p.51.) that the young branches, stripped of their bark, and rubbed with their ends against the teeth, render them extremely white. In England, the sole use of this species is as an orna- mental shrub; and, wherever it will thrive, few better deserve a place in collections. 5 Soil, Situation, Propagation, §c. This species thrives best in a peat soil which must be kept moist; and the situation should be sheltered, though the foliage of the plants must be fully exposed to the influence of the sun, other- wise they will not flower. They are propagated by cuttings or layers, both of which readily strike root. Plants, in the Fulham Nursery, cost 1s. 6d. each ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents; and at New York, 374 cents. Genus ILI. r} BENTHA‘M/4 Lindl. Tue Benruamia. Lin. Syst. Tetrandria Monogynia. Identification. Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1579. Synonyme. Cornus sp. Waill., Dec., and G. Don, Derivation. Named in honour of George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S., Secretary to the Horticultural Society ; and nephew of the celebrated moralist and jurist, Jeremy Bentham. ¥ 1. B. rraci’FeRA Lindl., The Strawberry-bearing Benthamia, Cérnus capitata Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. i. p.434., D. Don Fl. Prod. Nepal., 141., and G. Don’s Mill., iii. p. 399., Bot. Reg., t. 1579., and our jig. 770., has the branches spreading, and the leaves smooth, lan- ceolate, and acuminated at both ends, coriaceous, 2 in. long, glaucous and pale beneath, sometimes with pink-coloured nerves. The flowers are terminal, congregated into globular heads, surrounded by an involucre 2in. across when expanded, and composed of 4 yellowish-coloured parts, resembling petals: the flowers themselves are greenish, small, «nd incon- spicuous. The fruit, when ripe, is of a reddish colour, a good deal re- sembling that of the mulberry, but exceeding it considerably in size. The flesh is yellowish white, rather insipid, but not unpleasant, although a little 1620 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. bitter to the taste; and, as Mr. Royle informs us, it is eaten by the inhabitants of the hills in the Himalayas. It is a native of Nepal, where it grows to a small tree, approaching, in the general appearance and character of its leaves and flowers, to C. flérida, but differing from that species in its fruit. The plant was first found by Dr. Wallich, on the top of a mountain in Nepal; and specimens were subsequently sent to him from other moun- tains in that country, where the tree is described to be about the size of an apple tree; flowering in June, and ripening its fruit in October. Seeds were obtained by Sir Anthony Buller, during his residence in the East Indies, and sent by him to his relation, J. H. Tremayne, Esq., in whose garden, at Heligan, in Cornwall, plants were first raised in England, in 1825. In December, 1833, specimens of this plant, bearing ripe fruit, leaves, and flower buds, were sent to the Gardener’s Magazine, by Mr. Roberts, the gardener at Heligan ; who described the plant as an evergreen, and as being then 16 ft. in height, and covered with fruit. It had stood out in the open ground for 8 years, without any protection what- ever, not even that of a mat. It is planted in stiff clay, and at a great ele- vation. It produces a profusion of flowers during summer, and of fruit in autumn. The plant is readily propagated either from seeds or cut- tings, and will, no doubt, soon be frequent in collections. Judging from the plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, it seems to prefer a situation rather shaded and moist, than dry and sandy; which corresponds with the experience of Mr. Roberts in Cornwall; and it will probably be found somewhat tender for a few years after planting. There can be no doubt, however, of its ultimately proving perfectly hardy; at least as much so as Cornus florida; for Mr. Royle mentions that he found it in several situ- ations in the Himalayas, at elevations of from 6500 ft. to 8000 ft., in con- junction with species of Sérbus, Cotoneaster, and Cratz‘gus. (Hort. T'rrans., new ser., vol. i. p. 458.) | Perhaps it might be rendered hardier by grafting it on Cérnus sanguinea. Plants of this species, in the London nurseries, are 2s. 6d. each. CHAP. LXII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER LORANTHA CE, Tue hardy ligneous plants belonging to this order are included in the genera Viscum and Adcuba. Viscum L. Flowers dicecious, or monecious. Margin of the calyx ob- solete, in the male flowers almost wanting. Petals usually 4, connected at the base in the male flowers, but free in the female. Stamens 4. Stigma obtuse, sessile. Berry globular, smooth, juicy, viscid, of 1 cell. Seed solitary, heart-shaped, compressed, sometimes with 2—4 embryos. (Dec. Prod. and Don’s Miil., adapted.)— Parasitical on trees, shrubby, branched, smooth, and pale green. Leaves entire, mostly opposite. Avu’cuBéA Thunb. Flowers diccious. Calyx 5-toothed. Petals 4, ovate- lanceolate. Stamens 4, alternating with the petals. Stigma concrete. Fruit fleshy, 1-seeded. —A small evergreen tree or shrub, with dichotomous or verticillate branches, and entire, opposite leaves, in the manner of Viscum. Botanists are not quite agreed as to what order this genus should be placed under ; but, as this is a matter of no great consequence in a work like the present, we have followed G, Don, in including it in Loranthacez. CHAP. LXII; LORANTHA'CE®. VI/SCUM. 1021 Genus I. VYSCUM L. Tue Mistietor. Lin. Syst. Monee‘cia, or Dice‘cia, Tetrandria. Identification. Tourn. Inst., p. 609.; Lin. Gen., No. 1105.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 277.; Don’s Mill, 2. p- . i read Synonymes. Misseldine, Gui, or Guy, Fr. ; Mistl, or Missel, Ge. ; Visco, or Vischio, Ita?. ; Lega- modoga, Span. : : Derivation. Viscus, or viscum, is the Latin for birdlime, which is made from the berries ; and Mistletoe is by some supposed to be derived from mist, the German word for dung, or slimy dirt, and by others from m7ste/ta, the Saxon name for the plant. Description. Parasitical shrubs, found on the trunks and branches of trees, of which 76 species are described in Don’s Miller ; but only one is a native of Europe, and this has its sexes dicecious. £1. V. astsum L. The white-fruited, or common, Mistletoe. Identificatiun. Lin. Sp., 1451. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 277.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 403. Engravings. N., Du Ham., 1. t. 115.; Eng. Bot., t. 1470.; Baxt. Brit. PL, t. 40. ; and our fg. 771., which exhibits a portion of a male plant, marked m, and of a female plant in fruit, marked f. Spec. Char., §c. Stem much branched, forked; with sessile intermediate heads, of about 5 flowers. Branches terete. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, obtuse, nerveless. (Don’s Miil., iii. p.403.) Parasitical both on deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs. Description. The mistletoe forms an evergreen bush, pendent from the trunks and branches of trees, composed of dichotomous shoots, opposite leaves, and yellow flowers, which are succeeded by fruit, which is almost always white, but of which there is said to be a variety with red fruit. The plant is seldom more than 3 ft. or 4 ft. in diameter; it is thickly crowded with branches and leaves. Their growth is slow, seldom more than 2in. or 3in. of the shoot, and two or three pairs of leaves, being produced in a season. The leaves vary considerably in different 771 plants, as may be seen in fig. 772., which contains engravings of three different specimens, sent to us by our esteemed friend, Mr. Baxter, curator of the Bo- tanic Garden, Oxford; all reduced to the same scale of 2in. to a foot. The durability of the plant is proportionably great ; for, when once established on a tree, it isseldom known to cease growing wiile the tree is in life; but, when it dies, or the branch on which it is rooted decays, or becomes diseased, the death of the mistletoe immediately follows. Geography. The mistletoe is found throughout Europe, and in the colder regions of Asia; and probably, also, of Africa and South America, though the species found in these countries have other names. It is found in various parts of England; and it has also been discovered in one situation in Scot- land (Meikleour); though it cannot be considered as truly indigenous there. Thetrees on which the mistletoe grows belong to various natural orders; and, indeed, it would be difficult to say on what dicotyledonous trees it will not grow. In England, it is found on Tiliacez, Aceracez, Rosdicez, Cupulifere, Salicacez, Oleacez, and, we believe, also on Conifer. At any rate, in the neighbourhood of Magdeburg, it is growing in immense quantities on Pinus sylvéstris. In France, it grows on trees of all the natural orders mentioned, ‘but least frequently on the oak. It does not grow on the olive in France, though it abounds on the almond. In Spain, it grows on the olive; as it does in the neighbourhood of Jerusalem; and, in the latter locality, is found the variety with red fruit, which is perhaps a Loranthus. In England, it is most abundant on the apple tree, in the cider counties; but, in artificial plantations, it is to be found on most of the trees of which they consist. It is abundant 1022 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. on the common lime tree, at Shardeloes, in Buckinghamshire; and on the black poplar, at Sutton Place, in Surrey. History. The mistletoe was known to the Greeks and Romans. In speak- ing of that which grows on the oak, we must not forget that Pliny says that “the Gauls held this plant in the greatest veneration ; and that their magicians, whom they call druids, consider nothing more sacred.” The Greeks and Romans appear to have valued it chiefly for its medicinal qualities ; and more especially as an antidote to poisons. The Persian magi gathered the mistle- toe with great care, and used it in their religious ceremonies. According to Gerard, the mistletoe, in his time, was valued for several properties ; but he says nothing respecting its propagation or culture. The first botanist who appears to have attempted this was the celebrated Du Hamel; and, since his time, its propagation has been attended with success, both in this country and on the Continent. Properties and Uses. The berries have, from a very early period, been used as birdlime; which, Gerard says, is greatly to be preferred to birdlime made from the holly. The contrary of this, however, is asserted by Du Hamel. As a medicine, the mistletoe was frequently employed, in England, as a cure for epilepsy ; but it no longer holds a place in the British materia medica. The berries are eaten by the blackbird, the fieldfare, and thrush ; especially by the large, or missel, thrush. It was formerly believed that birdlime was only the excrements of the thrush, which feeds chiefly on the berries of this tree, and that the bird was often caught by what it had itself voided. Hence the Latin proverb, “ Turdus malum sibi cacat.”_ The principal use made of the entire plant is, to hang up in kitchens of farm-houses, &c., at Christmas. In Herefordshire, where the berries are very abundant, a birdlime is sometimes made from them, by boiling them in water till they burst, and afterwards beating them up in water, and washing them, till all the husks are separated from the pulp. The Italians add oil to their mistletoe birdlime, after it has been thus prepared. Mythological, poetical, and legendary Allusions. The mistletoe, particularly that which grows on the oak, was held in great veneration by the ancient Britons. At the beginning of their year, the druids went in solemn procession into the forests, and raised a grass altar at the foot of the finest oak, on which they inscribed the names of those gods which were considered as the most powerful. After this, the principal druid, clad in a white garment, ascended the tree, and cropped the mistletoe with a consecrated golden pruning- hook, the other druids receiving it in a piece of pure white cloth, which they held beneath the tree. The mistletoe was then dipped in water by the chief druid, and distributed among the people, as a preservative against witchcraft and diseases. If any part of the plant touched the ground, it was considered to be the omen of some dreadful misfortune, which was about to fall upon the land. The ceremony was always performed when the moon was 6 days old, and two white bulls were sacrificed when it was concluded. The following fable respecting the mistletoe is abridged from the Edda: — Friga, the Scandinavian Venus, having discoyered, through her skill in divination, that some evil threatened her son Balder (Apollo), exacted an oath from fire, earth, air, and water, and every thing that sprang from them, not to injure him. Loke, the evil spirit, finding, at a kind of tournament held soon after by the Scandinavian gods (who, it must be remembered, were very warlike deities), that none of the lances, &c., ever touched Balder, but glanced away, as though afraid of approaching him, suspected that they were under the influence of some charm, and determined, if possible, to discover what it was. For this purpose, he disguised himself as an old woman, and, intro- ducing himself to Friga, contrived to insinuate himself into her confidence ; when Friga told him that every thing that grew on the earth, flew in the air, swam in the sea, &c., had taken an oath not to hurt her son. Loke pointed to the mistletoe, which neither grew in earth, nor water, and asked her if it was included in the charm. Friga owned that it was not ; but added, that so CHAP. LXII. LORANTHA‘CEZ. V1'SCUM. 1023 feeble and insignificant a plant was not likely to injure Balder. Loke no sooner left Friga, than he formed of the branches of the mistletoe a sharp arrow, with which he instructed Heder (the blind god of fate) how to kill Balder. All nature mourned the loss of the god of the sun ; and Hela (the goddess of death), moved by the universal grief, agreed to restore him, if it could be proved that every living thing had shed tears. Every creature wept; and even the trees drooped their branches to the earth, dripping like rain. Loke alone remained with dry eyes; till the gods, enraged at his apathy, rushed upon him en masse, and chained him in the bottomless pit; where he soon shed tears enough to release Balder; but where he is still left, and occasionally, by his struggles to get free, causes earthquakes. The magical properties of the mistletoe are mentioned both by Virgil and Ovid; and Apuleius has preserved some verses of the poet Lelius, in which he mentions the mistletoe as one of the things necessary to make a man a magician. In the dark ages, a similar belief prevailed; and, even to the present day, the peasants of Holstein, and some other countries, call the mistletoe the “ spectre’s wand;” from a supposition that holding a branch of mistletoe in the hand will not only enable a man to see ghosts, but to force them to speak to him. Forster mentions that a writer in the Gentleman’s Magazine fer 1791 states that the guidbel, or mistletoe, is supposed by some to have been the forbidden tree in the Garden of Eden; and adds that hence, pro- bably, arose the custom of kissing under it at Christmas ; though this appears to be anon sequitur. It is more probable that the custom has been handed down to us from our Saxon ancestors, who, on the restoration of Balder, dedicated the plant to their Venus, Friga, to place it entirely under her con- trol, and prevent it from being again used against her as an instrument of mischief. In the feudal ages, it was gathered with great solemnity on Christ- mas Eve, and hung up in the great hall, with loud shouts and rejoicing. “© On Christmas Eve the bells were rung ; On Christmas Eve the mass was sung : That only night in all the year Saw the stoled priest the chalice rear. The damsel donned her kirtle sheen ; The hall was dressed with holly green : * Forth to the woods did merry men go, To gather in the misseltoe. Then opened wide the Baron’s hall ‘To vassal, tenant, serf, and all.” In France, New Year’s gifts are still called, in some of the provinces, guy ’an neuf. This is said by Forster, in his Perennial Calendar, p. 2., to have arisen from a practice of the druids; who, “ with great ceremonies, used to scrape off trom the outside of the oak the mistleden, which they consecrated to their great Teutates,” on the first day of the New Year; and then distributed it to the Gauls, “ on account of the extraordinary virtues they attributed to it.” Propagation. In a state of nature, the mistletoe is propagated by the berries being, by some means or other, made to adhere to the bark of a living tree. The common agency by which this is effected is supposed to be that of birds ; and more especially of the missel thrush, which, after having satisfied itself by eating the berries, wipes off such of them as may adhere to the outer part of its beak, by rubbing it against the branch of the tree on which it has alighted; and some of the seeds are thus left sticking to the bark. If the bark should be smooth, and not much indurated, the seeds will germinate, and root into it the following spring; that is, supposing them to have been properly fecundated by the proximity of a male plant to the female one which produced them. Aristotle and Pliny, among the ancients, and Dr. Walker among the moderns, considered that the mistletoe was pro- pagated by the excrements of the birds, which had fed on the berries ; sup- posing that the heat of the stomach, and the process of digestion, were necessary to prepare the seeds for vegetation. Ray first suggested the idea of trying by experiment whether the seed would vegetate without passing 3Y 1024 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY III. through the body of a bird; and, at his suggestion, Mr. Doody, an apothecary of London, inserted a seed of the mistletoe into the bark of a white poplar tree, which grew in his garden, with complete success. This, Professor Martin observes, has been since done by many persons, both by rubbing the berries on the smooth bark of yarious trees, and by inserting them in a cleft, or in a small hole bored on purpose, which was the mode adopted by Doody. Mr. Baxter of the Oxford Botanic Garden, in the spring of 1833, rubbed nine mistletoe seeds on the smooth bark of an apple tree, all of which germi- nated: two produced only one radicle each, six produced two radicles each, and one produced three; from which it follows, that two radicles are more common than one in the seeds of this plant. There are as many embryos as radicles. The celebrated Du Hamel, arguing that the seeds of the mistletoe, like the seeds of other plants, would germinate anywhere, provided they had a suitable degree of humidity, made them sprout not only on the barks of different kinds of living trees, but on dead branches, on bricks, tiles, stones, the ground, &c. But, though they germinated in such situations, they did not live any time, except on the bark of living trees. M. Du Trochet made seeds of the mistletoe germinate on the two sides of the frame of a window, and in both cases the radicles directed themselves towards the interior of the room, as if in quest of darkness, (See Richard’s Elements of Botany; and Baxter's Brit. Flowering Plants, art. Viscum.) The first indi- cation of germination is the appearance of one or more radicles, like the sucker of a house fly, but larger; as at hi, in jig. 772., which are front views, and at &/ in the same figure, which are side views, taken from mis- tletoe berries, which were stuck onthe upright trunk of a cherry tree in our garden at Bayswater, in March, 1836, and germi- nated there, as they ap- peared on the 20th of May of the same year. When the white, viscous, (a i pulpy matter of the mis- ((''!|}\f tletoe berry is removed, \ if Ws the kernel, or seed, ap- qi) Py pears of a greenish colour, i ve and flat ; sometimes oval, \ if at other times triangular, and at other times of various forms. In fig. 772.,a is the male blossom magnified; 5, the female blossom magnified; d, a berry cut through, trans- versely; e, a seed divided vertically, showing the two embryos; g, the embryo magnified ; 2, the two embryos, with the two radicles germinating ; i, a single radicle; 4, a side view, or section, of the two radicles; and /, a side view, or section, of the single radicle. It is remarked by Du Hamel, that, when the form of the seed is oval, generally one radicle only is protruded; but, when it is triangular or irregular, 2, 3, or more, appear. It is singular, that, while the radicle of almost all other plants descends, this is not the case with the mistletoe; the young root of which at first rises up, and then bends over till it reaches the body of the substance to which the seed has been attached, as at & and /, fig. 772. Having CHAP, LXII. LORANTHA‘CEE. VI/SCUM. 1025 reached that substance, the point of the radicle swells out like the extremity of the sucker of a house-fly, or, according to the comparison of Du Hamel, like the mouth-piece of a hunting-hor n. The extremity of the radicle having fixed itself to the bark, if more ‘than one have proceeded from a single seed, the embryos all separate from it; and each, putting out leaves at i's upper ex- tremity, becomes a separate plant. In the case of the seeds which germinated on the bark of trees in our garden at Bayswater, the embryos had not separated from the seed on Aug. 15th, the day on which we correct this proof. When the mistletoe germinates on the upper side of a branch, the shoots bend upwards ; but, if they are placed on the under side, they descend: when they are placed on the side of a perpendicular trunk they proceed horizontally, spreading, of course, with the growth of the plant, so as ultimately to form a hemispherical bush. The roots of the mistletoe, which penetrate the bark, extend them- selves between the inner bark and the soft wood, where the sap is most abundant, sometimes sending up suckers ata distance from the point where the root entered ; and hence Professor Henslow concludes that the mistletoe is propagated in the bark or young wood of the trees in which it is para- sitically established, in the same manner as those terrestial plants which, like the potato, possess rhizomata or underground stems, or suckers, from the surface of which young plants are developed at intervals, The roots of the mistletoe, as the tree on which it grows advances in growth, become embedded in the solid wood; and hence has arisen the opinion of some, formed from sections of a branch on which the mistletoe had grown for many years, that it not only roots into the bark, but into the wood. This, however, would be con- trary to the wise economy of nature, since it could serve no useful purpose to the plant. The effect of the mistletoe upon the tree on which it grows is injurious to the particular branch to which it is attached; and more par- ticularly to the part of it which extends beyond the point from which the mistletoe protrudes. This is easily accounted for, from both the ascending and returning sap being in a great part absorbed by the roots of the parasite, and prevented from circulating properly. As it does not appear that any part of the sap returned by the leaves of the mistletoe enters into the general circulation of the tree, it is easy to conceive that a certain number of | plants growing on any branch would, after they had so far injured that branch as to prevent it from putting out leaves at its extremities, occasion its death, as well as their own speedy destruction. Hence, in orchards, the mistletoe is always removed as soon as it appears. The injury which it does is much greater than that effected by other plants which grow on the bark of trees; such as lichens, mosses, ferns, &c. ; which, though commonly called parasites, are, in botanical language, epiphytes; that is, inhabiting trees but not living on their substance. The nutriment which supports epiphytes is derived from the decay of the outer bark, or from the atmosphere. Two experiments remain to be made with the mistletoe: the first is, whether it may be propagated by inserting cuttings in the live bark, in the manner of buds or grafts; and the second, whether a plant of mistletoe would keep alive the tree on which it grows, after that tree was prevented from producing either leaves or shoots. The propagation of the mistletoe in British nurseries has scarcely been attempted : but nothing could be easier on thorns or crab apples, planted in pots for the conveniency of removal. Perhaps, if it were propagated on shoots of the poplar or willow, truncheons of these trees with young plants of mistletoe on them might be taken off, and planted as cuttings, without in- juring the parasite. App. i. Other Species of Viscum. As already observed, many species of Viscum are described by botanists. Several species, Royle observes, are found in Bengal and Silhet, in mountainous situations; and V. verticilliflorum Royle, at Mussouree, on the oak. V. clongitum Dec. is found in the Peninsula, and on the hills of the central range of the Himalayas. 1026 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIL. Genus II. | are | ia AU’CUBA Thunb. Tue Avucusa. Lin. Syst. Dice‘cia Tetrandria. Identification. Thunb. Fl. Jap., p. 4.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 274. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 433. Synonymes. Aukuba Kempf. Ameen., 5. p. 775. ; Eubasis Salish Prod., p. 68. Description, §c. An evergreen shrub or tree; a native of Japan. Branches dichotomous or verticillate,in the manner of those of Loranthus and Viscum. The male blossom unknown. Only the female state of this plant is in British gardens. # J. A. sapo’nica Thunb. The Japan Aucuba. Identification. Thunb. FI. Jap., p. 64.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 274. ; Don’s Mill., 3. 433. Synonymes. Ejvbasis dichétomus Salish. Prod., p. 68.; spotted-leaved Laurel, Japan Laurel. Engravings. Banks ; Icon. Kempf., t. 6.; Thunb. Icon. Fl. Jap., t. 12. and 13.; Bot. Mag., t. 1197. Spec. Char., &c. Native of Japan, where it is common both in a wild and cultivated state, producing its red berries in March. The aucuba, in British gardens, is a well-known laurel-like evergreen shrub, having the leaves mottled with yellow; but in Japan the leaves are said, by Thunberg, to be sometimes green. According to Kempfer, it forms, in its native country, a tree, with the fruit a red oblong drupe, like a laurel berry, with a white sweetish pulp; and a kernel with a bitter taste. It was introduced in 1783, and, at first, treated like a stove plant, as was customary, in those days, with plants from Japan and China; it was afterwards found to stand in the green-house, and, in a short time, in the open air. It is now considered as hardy as, or hardier than, the common laurel; and, what is a very valuable property in England, it will endure coal smoke better than almost any other evergreen. It is readily propagated by cuttings; and grows freely in any soil tolerably dry, advancing steadily by shoots of from 9 in. to | ft. long every season. App. I. Loranthacee not introduced. L. europe~us. (Lin. Sp., 1672.; Jacq. Fl. Austr., t. 30.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 671.; Don’s Mili., 3. p. 409.; Schkuhr Handb., t. 94.; Plenck Icon., t. 248.) The European Loranthus. Plant gla- brous, much branched. Branches terete. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oval-oblong, obtuse, some- what attenuated at the base. Racemes terminal, simple. Flowers dicecious, of 6 petals, Anthers adnate in the male flowers. (Don’s Miil., iii. p.409.) A parasitical shrub, with the habit of Viscum album, and, like it, having greenish flowers, and yellowish berries. It isa native of Austria, Hun- gary, Italy, and Upper Siberia, where it grows on the oak,the sweet chestnut, and other trees, as the mistletoe does in England. It has not yet been introduced into Britain, though it might easily be so, by procuring a box of the berries from Vienna, and treating them as directed for those of the mistletoe, p. 1023. : L. odoradtus Wall. is a native of Nepal, with leaves from 4—6in. long, and many-flowered spikes, of small, white, very sweet-scented flowers. L. Lambertianus Schultes is anative of Nepal, with the habit of L. europz'us ; and is, probably, the same species. Various other species are described by botanists as natives of different parts of Asia. Royle re- marks that the genus LorAnthus “ is found in considerable numbers on trees, in every part of the plains of India; not less than 90 being found in that country, in the Malayan peninsula; though L. bicolor is the most common species. Some few ascend the mountains; and several occur in Nepal. Of these, L. pulveruléntus and L. vestitus are found as high as Mussouree; and L, ligustrinus and L. cordifolius lower down on the mountain side.”’ (Royle Iilust., p. 235.) CHAP. LXIII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER CAPRIFOLIA‘CER. Tuis order includes several genera of hardy ligneous plants, chiefly shrubs. They are commonly arranged in two sections, Sambucez and Lonicéree ; and the following distinctive characters of the section and genera, taken from Don’s Miller, will give an idea of the characteristics of the order : — CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA\CER. SAMBU CUS. 1027 Sect. I. Sampu‘cea Humb. et Kth. Sect. Char. Corolla monopetalous, regular, rotate, with 5 segments only con- nected a little at the base; rarely tubular. Style wanting. Stigmas 3, sessile. SamBu'cus Tourn. Limb of calyx 5-cleft. Corolla rotate, urceolate. Berry roundish, pulpy, 1-celled, 3—4-seeded, hardly crowned. Visu’rnum L. Limb of calyx 5-cleft, permanent. Corolla rotate, subcam- panulate, and tubular. Berry ovate or globose, l-seeded from abortion ; crowned by the calycine teeth. Sect. II. Lonicre‘rzz# Brown. Sect. Char. Corolla monopetalous, more or less tubular, usually irregular. Style filiform, crowned by three distinct, or concrete, stigmas. Diervi'LL4 Tourn. Calyx bibracteate at the base, with an oblong tube, and a 5-parted limb. Corolla funnel-shaped, 3-cleft. Stigma capitate. Capsule oblong, not crowned, l-celled, many-seeded. Seeds minute. Loni’cerd Desf. Tube of calyx 5-toothed. Corolla tubular, funnel-shaped, or campanulate, with a 5-parted, usually irregular, limb. Stigma capitate. Berry 3-celled. Cells few-seeded. LeycesTe‘rz4 Wall. Calyx with an ovate tube, and a 5-parted irregular limb, ciliated with glands. Corolla funnel-shaped, with the tube gibbous at the base, and the limb 5-parted and campanulate. Stigma capitate. Berry roundish, 5-celled, crowned by the calyx. Cells many-seeded. SympHorica’RrPos G. Don. (Symphoria Pers.) Calyx with a globose tube, and a small 4—5-toothed limb. Corolla funnel-shaped, with an almost regular 4—5-lobed limb. Stigma semiglobose. Berry crowned by the calyx, 4-celled, two of them empty, and the other two containing 1 seed each. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 436.) Sect. I. SaMBuU‘cE. Genus I. hom et ‘9 SAMBU‘CUS Tourn. Tuer Exvper. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Trigynia. Identification. Tourn. Inst., 376.; Lin. Gen., No. 372.; Gertn. Fruct., t. 27.; Lam. IIL, t. 211. ; Schkuhr Handb., t. 83.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 321.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 436. Synonyme. Phytetma Lour. Coch., p. 138., but not of Lin. Derivation. From sambuké, which the Latins have changed to sambuca, a musical instrument, which is believed to have been made of elder wood. Gen. Char., $c. Calyx small, divided into 5 deep segments, permanent. Corolla rotate, urceolar, 5-lobed. Lobes obtuse. Stamens 5, about the length of the corolla. Filaments awl-shaped. Anthers roundish, heart- shaped. Sfyle none. Stigmas 3, obtuse. Berry globular, pulpy, of 1 cell, containing 3—5 seeds, which are convex on the outside, and angular inside. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 436.) — Low deciduous trees, natives of Europe and North America; ornamental for their compound leaves, and large ter- minal cymes of flowers; which are succeeded by purplish, red, white, or green berries, having cathartic properties, and from which a wine is made. All the species are of easy culture, in good soil, rather moist and loamy ; and they are all readily propagated by cuttings. A. Leaves pinnate. Flowers cymose or corymbose. ¥ 1. S.nt‘era L. The common, or black-fruted, Elder. Identification. Lin. Sp., 385. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 437., Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Bourtry, or Bour Tree, Arntree, Scotch ; Sureau, Fr. ; Hollander, Ger. ; Sambuco, J¢al.; Sauco, and Sabuco, Span. ; Flaeder, Swed. ; Hylde, Dan. Engravings. N. Du Ham., 1. t. 55.; Heyne Term. Bot., t. 32. f. 2. ; Engl. Bot., t. 476. ; Woodv. Med. Bot., t. 78.; Fl. Dan., t. 545. ; our fig. 773. ; and the plate of this species in Vol, II. 3¥ 3 1028 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM,. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Arboreous. Leaves pinnate. ¢ Leaflets usually 5, smooth, deep green, ovate or > Stalks reddish. (Don’s Miil., iii. p.437.) A low tree, in a wild state, growing from 20ft. to 30 ft. high, and flowering in June, A native of Europe, and part of Asia, in hedges, coppices, and woods ; and plentiful in Britain, in like situations, but probably not truly indigenous. The varieties are rare, except in gardens. Varieties. ¥ S.n, 2 viréscens Dec. Prod., iv. p. 322.; S. viréscens Desf. Arbr. Fr.i. p. 348. — Fruit yellowish green. ¥ S.n. 3 leucocérpa. — Fruit white. 4 S.n. 4 laciniata; S. laciniata Mill. Dict., No. 2.; (Lob. Icon., 2. t. 164. f. 2.; and our fig. 774.) the Parsley-leaved Elder ; has the leaflets cut into fine segments. ¥ S.n. 5 rotundif olia.—Leaves trifoliolate. Leaflets petiolate, roundish, serrated. Corymbs few-flowered. Cultivated in the Chelsea Garden. * S.n. 6 monstrosa, S. monstrosa Hort., has the branches striped. Flowers of from 5—15 parts ; and with from 5—15 stamens. Stigmas 5—12, Berries irregular. ¥S. n. 7 folis argénteis ( fig. 775.) has the leaves variegated with white, and forms a striking and lively-looking plant in a shrubbery. ¥ S. n. 8 foliis hiteis, has the leaves slightly variegated with yellow. Description, Geography, §c. The common elder forms a small tree, re- markable for its vigorous growth when young, and its stationary character after it has attained 20 or 30 years’ growth, and as many feet high. Its ample cymes of cream-coloured flowers make a fine show in June, and its purplish black berries in September. It is observed by Sir J. E. Smith, that “ our uncertain summer is established by the time the elder is in full flower; and entirely gone when its berries are ripe.” It is a native of Europe, the north of Africa, and the colder parts of Asia, but not of America; and it is chiefly near human habitations. Dr. Walker, in 1780, thinks it is not indigenous in Scotland, and even that it had not been long introduced there; because he knew no instances of very old trees. It is common in all parts of Eng- land, in the neighbourhood of houses and gardens; and also in the woods of the temperate and southern parts of Russia. It is frequent in Greece, CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CEH. SAMBU*CUS. 1029 and was formerly much employed in medicine there, as the space it occupies in the works of Theophrastus bears ample testimony. It has been known in England from the earliest period of our medicinal history, and has formed here, till lately, a rich source for medicaments to apothecaries and rustic practitioners. It still holds a conspicuous place in the European materia medica. Properties and Uses. Medicinally, the berries make a useful and agreeable rob, of a slightly purgative quality, and very good for catarrhs, sore throats, &c. The inner bark is more actively cathartic, and is thought beneficial, in rustic ointments and cataplasms, for burns. The dried flowers serve for fo- mentations, and make a fragrant but debilitating tea, useful in acute inflam- mations, from the copious perspiration that it is sure to excite, but not to be taken habitually. An infusion of the leaves proves fatal to the various insects which thrive on blighted or delicate plants; although there is a species of aphis that feeds on the elder. Cattle will not eat these leaves; and the mole is driven away by their scent. It was formerly supposed that if turnips, cab- bages, fruit trees, or corn, were whipped with branches of the elder tree, no insect would touch them. The flowers are considered, in many country places, injurious to turkeys, and the berries to poultry in general. The smell is said to be injurious to human beings, and Evelyn mentions a tradition, “ that a certain house in Spain, being seated among elder trees, diseased and killed almost all the inhabitants, which, when at last they were grubbed up, became a wholesome place.” The varieties with black berries are best for medical use. A wine is made of them, with spices and sugar, which is generally taken warm; and they are said frequently to enter into the composition of a less innocent beverage —artificial, or adulterated, port. (ng. Flor.,ii. p. 110.) Elder rob is composed of the ripe fruit boiled with sugar, and is considered an excellent aperient for children; but an infusion of the leaves and young leaf buds is too strong a cathartic to be given, except in cases of great emergency. Besides the wine, or rather syrup, which is made from the juice of the ripe fruit, boiled with sugar and different kinds of spices, a wine is made from the flowers, which strongly resembles, in scent and flavour, that made of the Frontignan grapes. Elder flower water is used to give a flavour to some articles of confectionery, and is also considered excellent asa cooling lotion for the skin. The ancients used the fruit of the elder, in common with that of the mulberry, to paint the statue of Jupiter red, on the celebration of the féte of that god. They also employed the berries to dye the hair of their heads black; and Pliny says that the leaves, when boiled, are as wholesome to be eaten as those of other potherbs. |The wood of the elder, when it becomes old, is very hard and adhesive, of a fine yellow, and susceptible of ahigh polish. In a dry state, it weighs 42 lb. 3 oz. to the cubic foot. It is employed by tanners, mathematical instrument makers, and comb-makers ; and, generally, as a substitute for the box and the dogwood. The shoots, being large, and chiefly occupied by pith, are much employed by children in making tubes to serve as popguns, miniature muskets, and cannons ; and for flutes, pipes, &c., a use to which they have been applied from time immemorial ; “ more shrill pipes and louder trumpets,” Pliny informs us, being made of the shoots of the elder, than of those of any other tree. The pith, being very light, Miss Kent tells us, is formed into balls for electrical experiments. (Sy/. Sketches, p. 125.) |The bark is used in some parts of Scotland for dyeing tartans. Butchers’ skewers and shoemakers’ pegs are made of the wood, which splits readily longitudinally when fresh cut. The young shoots, when of three or four years’ growth, are much employed in France, as props for vines and other plants, and are found to be of very considerable duration. The plant, both in Britain and on the Continent, is sometimes used for forming hedges, and also as a nurse plant for plantations exposed to the sea breeze. In the latter capacity, it has the great advantage of growing rapidly the first five or six years, and aiterwards of being easily choked by the trees it has nursed up. 3¥ 4 i030 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIL. In the neighbourhood of London, the elder tree is much encouraged in the hedges of market-gardens, and in places that could not be profitably occupied by other fruit trees. There are also fields or orchards planted with the elder in different parts of Kent, entirely for the sake of its fruit, which is brought regularly to market, and sold in immense quantities for making wine. The price of these berries is from 4s. to 6s. a bushel; and the wine made from them is much drunk in cold weather, in London, by artisans, &c., mulled, as a cordial. It is also frequently brought to table hot, with strips of toasted bread, in farm-houses, after supper, during the winter. The poetical allusions to this tree nearly all relate to mournful subjects, as it was considered by the ancients to be emblematical of death and sorrow ; probably, because it was said to produce a narcotic stupor in those who slept beneath its shade, and sometimes to occasion death. It was also once sup- posed to be the tree Judas hanged himself on. (See p. 658.) Soil, Situation, Sc. The elder will not thrive except in a good soil, kept somewhat moist; and it will not flower and fruit abundantly, unless the situation be open, and fully exposed to the light and air. The plant roots so readily from cuttings and truncheons, that, where the soil is tolerably moist, a plantation may be made at once, by the use of the latter, instead of em- ploying rooted plants. Statistics. In the environs of London, there are some old elder trees in the orchards of farm- houses, and in the hedges of market-gardens ; but we donot recollect to have seen any above 25 ft. high. In Kensington Gardens, and also at Purser’s Cross, are trees upwards of 30 ft. high. In the Horticultural Society’s Garden, there are plants which, in 10 years, have reached the height of 30 ft. In Pembrokeshire, at Golden Grove, a tree, 30 years planted, is 25 ft. high. In Rutlandshire, at Belvoir Castle, one, 25 years planted, is 24 ft. high. In Scotland, in Haddingtonshire, at Tynningham, a tree, 100 years planted, is 18 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 10 in., and of the head 27 ft. In Fifeshire, in Danibristle Park, 12 years planted, it is 12ft., and the diameter of the trunk Gin. In Ireland, in Fermanagh, at Florence Court, 40 years planted, it is 50 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 2ft. 4in., and of the head 30 ft. In Galway, at Cool, there is a tree 28 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 1 ft., and of the head 22 ft. g 2. S. CANADE’NsIS LZ. The Canadian Elder. Identification. Lin. Sp., 385. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 426. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Schmidt Baum., 2. t. 142.; and our fig. 776. Spec. Char., §c. Frutescent. Leaves pinnate or sub-pinnate. Leaflets about 4. pairs, and an odd «ne; cblong, oval, stifish, acuminated, more or less pu- bescent beneath, sometimes appendi- culated at the base. Cymes of 5 main branches. Flowers said to be almost scentless. Berries deep bluish black. (Don's Mill, iii. p. 436.) A native of North America, from Canada to Ca- rolina, in swamps and near hedges; and throughout Canada, as far as the Saskatchawan; where it forms a shrub, growing from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high. [t was introduced in 1761, and flowers from July till August. It is not un- common in collections; where it forms a bush, in foliage resembling the common elder, but it is less hardy, and never assumes any thing of a tree character. From the suffruticose character of the branches, and the comparative tenderness of the plant, it is only fit for dug shrubberies in favourable situations. a. Species of Sambucus belonging to this Subdivision, not yet introduced. S. palménsis Link (Don’s Miil., 3. p. 437.) is anative of the Island of Palma, in the Canaries, and a species of which very little is known. S. mexicana Presl, §. subalpina Cham. et Schlecht., is a native of Mexico, with a suffruticose stem, and leaves rather hairy beneath. S. peruviina H. B. et Kunth, S. suaveolens ifild., has an arboreous stem, with white flowers and black berries, like those of the common elder, of which it may possibly be only a variety. It is a na- RA nen, on the Andes, in cultivated places, at the elevation of 4000 ft., where it grows from 12 ft. to . high, CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CER. SAMBUCUS. 1031 B. Leaves pinnate. Flowers panicled. 2 3. S.racemMo’sA L, The racemose-flowered Elder. Identification. Lin. Sp., 386. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 438. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. S. montana Cam. Epit., 976.; S. cervini Tabern., 1029. ; Lob. Icon., t. 163. Engravings. Jacq. Icon. Rar., \. p. 59.; N. Du Ham,, 1. t. 56.; and our fig. 777. Spec. Char.,§c. Shrubby. Leaves pinnate. Leaflets 5, membranous, oblong, acumi- nated, serrated, unequal at the base. Pe- tioles glabrous. Panicle ovate. Leaves pale green, pretty smooth. Flowers of a whitish green colour. Fruit red or scarlet when ripe. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 438.) A native of the middle and south of Europe and Siberia, on the mountains ; where it forms a large shrub, or low tree, growing from 10 ft. to 12 ft. high. It was intro- duced in 1596, and flowers in April and May. This tree has a splendid appearance “+ when covered with its panicles of fine, large, scarlet fruit. Captain 8S. E. Cook, who found it in abundance in Spain, in- forms us that the panicles of fruit resemble miniature bunches of grapes of the most brilliant scarlet ; and that, when in perfection, he thinks it the most beautiful wild fruit he has ever seen. Its large leaves, with their deeply serrated pinne, are also very ornamental. It grows as freely as the common elder, and deserves a place in every collection; though it is very seldom found, in British gardens, of such a size as to display its beauty. We should think it would succeed if budded on the common elder ; and, as that species is abundant in many places, plants might be trained to a single stem, and budded with S. racemésa, standard high. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1s. 6d. each; and at Bollwyller, 50 cents. Variety. % S. x. 2 lacinidta Koch in Dec. FI. Fr. Supp., p. 3000. — Leaflets jagged. A native of the Palatinate of the Rhine. z 4. §.(R.) pu‘BENS Michx. The downy Elder. Identification. Michx. Fl, Bor. Amer., 1. p. 181.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 438. Synonymes. S. racemdsa Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer.,1. p. 279., but not of Lin. ; S. pubéscens Lodd. Cat. Spec. Char., §c. Shrubby. Leaves pinnate. Leaflets 5, membranous, ovate- lanceolate or oblong, acuminated, serrated, pubescent, but chiefly on the under side. Panicle thyrsoid. Berries red. Flowers whitish. Closely re- sembling S. racemosa, of which it is probably a variety. (Don’s Mill, iii. p- 438.) It is a native from Carolina to Canada, on the highest mountains, as far as the Saskatchawan. There are plants in the Horticultural Socie- ty’s Garden, and in the arboretum of the Messrs. Loddiges. Variety. % S. (r.) p. 2 heptaphglia.— Leaves larger than those of the species. Leaflets7. Sir W. J. Hooker received specimens from the Rocky Mountains, and more especially from the Pacific, remarkable for the great size and length of their leaflets; and for there being almost constantly seven upon each rachis: but he says, “I do not find that these, or the eastern state of the plant, can in any way be distinguished from the European S. racemdsa.”* (Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p.579.) It isa native of North America, on the east side of the Rocky Mountains, and on the shores of the Columbia, near Fort Vancouver, and at its confluence with the sea. 777 C. Leaves bipinnate. S. ebuldzdes Desf., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 438.; Phytetma bipinnata Lows. ; is a native of China, with suffruticose stems, white flowers, and perforated 3-celled fruit. Neither it, nor the following species, have yet been introduced. S. phyteumdides Dec. Prod., 4. p. 323.; Phytetima cochinchinénsis Lour ; has suffruticose stems, and leaflets serrated and wrinkled, with small 1-seeded berries. Three other species are described in Don’s Mii/er, as natives of China and Japan, but requiring to be examined into, as it is not certain that they belong to the genus. 1032 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus II. [gl allalla VIBU’RNUM L. Tue Visurnum. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Trig¥nia. Identification. Lin. Gen., p. 370.; Gert. Fruct., 1. t.27.; Adans. Fam., 2. p.501.; Schkuhr, Handb., t. 81.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 323.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 438. Synonymes. O'pulus, VibGrnum, and Tinus, Journ. Inst., p. 607. t. 376. and 377.; VibGrnum and O’pulus, Meench Meth., p. 505. d Derivation. According to Vaillant, the word Vibirnum is derived from the Latin word vieo, to tie ; on account of the pliability of the branches of some species. Viburna, in the plural, appears to have been applied by the ancients to any shrubs that were used for binding or tying. Description, §c. Shrubs. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Corymbs of flowers terminal. Flowers usually white, but sometimes verging to rose colour. Natives of Europe, and of part of Asia; of easy culture and propagation in British gardens. V. Lantana, V. O’pulus, and V/’. T'inus are supposed to have been known to the Greeks and Romans. Virgil mentions the vibur- num, and contrasts it with the tall cypress; but it is uncertain to what species he alludes. The genus was divided by Tournefort into three genera : Vibarnum, Jinus, and O’pulus, which form our three sections. § i. Tinus Tourn. Synonymes. Lentago Dec. Prod., 4. p. 324.; Vibtirnum Meench Meth., p. 505. Sect. Char., §c. eaves quite entire, or toothed, style almost wanting ; stigmas 3 sessile. # 1. V. Ti‘xus L. The Laurustinus. Identification. Lin. Sp., 383. ; Dec, Prod., 4. p. 324. 5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 438. ; Lodd. Cat. ed. 1836. ynonymes. V. iauriforme Lam. Fi. Fr., 3. p.363.; Tinus Tourn. Inst., p. 607. t. 377.; Tinus dauri- folia Borkh. in Ram. Arch., 1. pt. 2. p. 20.; the Laurestine, wild Baie Tree, Gerard; Viorne, Laurier, Tin, Fr.; Lorbeerartiger Schneeball, or Schwalkenstrauch, Ger. ; Derivation. Waurustinus is from /awrus, a laurel, and ¢inus, the Latin name of the plant; the word laurus being added by old authors, from the supposition that this shrub belonged to the same family as the Laurus nobilis, or sweet bay. Lorbeerartiger is laurel-like. Engravings. N. Du Ham., & t.37.; Bot. Mag., t. 38. ; and our fig. 778. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-oblong, quite entire, permanent; having the 2 ramifications of the veins beneath, as well as the branchlets, furnished with glandu- lar hairs. Corymbs flat. Flowers white, but rose-coloured before expansion, and sometimes afterwards for a little time. Berries dark blue. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 438.) A native of the south of Europe, and north of Africa; where it is a shrub, growing from 8 ft. to 10 ft. high. It was introduced in 1596; and, in the neigh- bourhood of London, continues flower- ing from December till March. Varieties. a V. T. 2 hirta Ait. Hort. Kew., ii. p. 166.; V. Tinus Mill. Dict., No. 4., Clus. Hist., i. p.49. No. 1.; V. lacidum Mill., Pers., and Schultes, Clus. Hist., i. p.49. No. ii. — Leaves oval-oblong, hairy beneath and on the margins. The flowers of this variety appear in autumn, and continue on the shrub all the winter. A native of Portugal and Spain, and the vicinity of Nice. This is very distinct, from the comparative roundness of its leaves, and the hairiness both of the leaves and branches. a V. T. 3 lucida Ait.,1.c.— Leaves ovate-oblong, glabrous on both surfaces, shining. The cymes, as well as the flowers and leaves, are larger than those of the common sort, and seldom appear till the spring. When the winters are sharp, the flowers are killed, and CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CEX. VIBU’RNUM. 1033 never open unless they are sheltered. This is quite a distinct variety, with fewer and more spreading branches than the common kind, and much larger leaves, which are shining. There is a subvariety of it with leaves more or less variegated with white. It is a native about Algiers, and on Mount Atlas. A plant of this variety, at Bal- ruddery, the seat of the Earl of Meath, near Bray, was, in 1825, 10 ft. high, and 120 ft. in circumference. (Dub. Phil. Journ.,i. p. 438.) « V. T. 4 virgata Ait., |. c., Clus. Hist., No. iii., with a fig. — Leaves oblong-lanceolate, pilose on the margins, as well as on the under surface. It is a native of Italy, about Rome and Tivoli, &c. # V. TT. 5 stricta Hort. has a somewhat erect and fastigiate habit. There is a handsome plant of this variety in the Horticultural So- ciety’s Garden, which, in 1835, was 6 ft. high. There is also a va- riegated subvariety. Description, §c. The laurustinus, in its different varieties, forms tufted truly evergreen shrubs, prolific in flowers; and in airy situations on dry soils, where they have room to attain a large size, they become the most con- spicuous ornaments of British gardens during winter and early spring. They do not thrive well in the smoke of cities ; nevertheless they are to be seen nowhere finer than in the front gardens of small villas, from 5 to 20 miles from the metropolis; where they are in flower from November till April, and sometimes also during April, May, and June. Its blossoms are white, and so abundant as to give a gay appearance to the plants even in midwinter, an effect which is greatly heightened by the lively shining green of the foliage, and by the varied and picturesque forms of the compact tufting of the branches. These plants are admirably adapted for forming flower-garden hedges, and for varying the low iron palisades, pales, or brick walls, which separate the front gardens of street and suburban houses. The leaves, however, in these cases, should be removed as soon as they fall ; as, when they dry, they have a remark- ably fetid odour. In its native country, the laurustinus is invariably found in dry soils of some depth and substance; and it does not appear that it delights in the shade of other trees, like the common laurel, the holly, and the box. In British nurseries, it is frequently, for ex- pedition’s sake, increased by layers; but all the va- rieties are readily propagated by cuttings, taken off in autumn, and planted in a sandy soil, on a north- ern border. In two years, these cuttings will form saleable plants of the smallest size. ‘The variety V. T. lucida, being somewhat more difficult to strike than the others, is generally increased by layers. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, from 6d.to 1s. each; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents to 2 francs. A. Half-hardy Species of Vibirnum belonging to the Section Tinus. V. rugdsum Pers., V. Tinus var. stricta Azé., V. strictum Link, V. rigidum Vent., (Bot. Reg., t. 376. ; Bot. Cab., t. 859. and our jig. 779.) is a frame shrub very like V. Tinus, but differing in the leaves, which are longer and hairy all over. It is a native of the Canaries ; and was introduced in 1795; flowering from De- cember to March. Trained against a wall, it grows to the height of 6 ft., and requires little or no protection. § ti. Vebeéirnum Tourn. Synonymes. Lentago Dec. Prod., 4. p.424.; VibGrnum Meench Meth., p. 505. Sect. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous. All the flowers fertile, and equal in shape and size, except in V. lantandides. Corolla rotate. Fruit oval. % ¥2.V.Lenra‘co LZ. The Lentago, or plant-branched, Viburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 384.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 325.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Tree Viburnum, Canada Viburnum; Viorne 4 Rameaux pendans, Viorne luisante, Fr. ; Birn Blitteriger Schneeball, Ger. ; Canadische Schwalkenbeer Strauch, Schwalken Strauch, Hayne Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t.21.; Schmidt Baum.,, 3. t.176., ex Rem.et Schultes Syst., 6. p. 637. ; our fig. 780. ; and the plate in Vol. II. 1034 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves broad-ovate, acuminated, gq , sharply serrated, glabrous. Petioles with narrow S curled margins. Corymbs terminal, sessile. Flowers _. white. Fruit black. Serratures of leaves hooked “= a little, and somewhat cartilaginous. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.440.) A native of North America, from New England to Carolina, among hedges and on the borders of woods; and found throughout Canada to the Saskatchawan ; forming a shrub from 6 ft. to 10 ft. high. It was introduced in 1761, and flowers in July. In British gardens, it forms a robust shrub, or a handsome small tree, flowering freely, and pro- ducing abundance of fruit, which is greedily eaten by birds ; and, from the smallness of its size, and other properties, this species is a very desirable one for the pleasure-grounds of small suburban gardens. It is propagated by layers, or by seeds; and the two following sorts appear to us to be nothing more than varieties of it. Price of plants, in the Lon- don nurseries, ls. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, | franc; and at New York, 25 cents. 2 ¥ 3. V.(L.) PpruNiFo‘LIUM L. The Plum-tree-leaved Viburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp., 383. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.325.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. V. Lentago Du Rot. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t.23.; Pluk. Alm., t. 46. f. 2.; N. Du Ham., 2. t. 38.; and the plate of this species in Vol. II. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves roundish-obovate and oval, glabrous, rather mem- branous, crenately serrated, ending in a short acumen. Petioles marginate, glabrous. Cymes sessile. Berries ovate or roundish. Flowers white, as in the rest of the species. Berries dark blue. (Don’s Mill, iii. p.440.) It is a native of North America, from New England to Carolina, in hedges and fields ; and also of Canada, about Lake Huron; where it forms a shrub, growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10ft. It was introduced in 1731, and produces its flowers in May and June. In British gardens, it is generally a large shrub, or, when trained toa single stem, a very handsome small tree, of considerable durability. Price of plants as in J’. Lentago ; and imported American seeds are Is. per packet. s 4. V.(L.) pyriro‘Lium Poir. The Pear-tree-leaved Viburnum. Identification. Poir. Dict., 5. p.658.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 325. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440.; Lod. C. est Dend. Brit., t. 22, ; and our figs. 781. and 782. Z ne, 1856. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves ovate, acutish, glabrous, subser- rated. Petiolessmooth. Corymbs somewhat peduncu- late. Flowers white. Berries ovate-oblong and black. Resembles the preceding species, but is not so straggling in its growth. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 440.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 5 ft. to Sft.; a native << of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, &c., on the = banks of rivers ; and flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1812, and frequent in collections. w 5.V.(L.) nu‘pum L. The naked-corymbed Viburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp., 383. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 325. 5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. aie Hag Poir. Engravings. ats, Dend. Brit., t.20.; Mill. Icon., 274.; and our fig. 783. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-oblong, angular at the base, bluntish, with re- volute obsoletely crenulated margins, quite glabrous. Petioles beset with scale-like scurf or down. Corymbs pedunculate, not involucrate. Flowers whitish. Berries globose, black, or dark blue. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 440.) CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CER. VIBU/RNUM. 1035 A native of North America, from Canada to Georgia, in swamps, particularly on a sandy soil ; found about Quebec, and on the banks of the Saskatchawan, and of Newfoundland; and form- ing a shrub, growing from 6 ft. to 10 ft. high, and producing its flowers in May and June. Intro- duced in 1752. Sir W. J. Hooker says of this species, that he cannot satisfy himself of perma- _£ nently distinguishing characters between it and # V. Lentago and V. prunifolium. Variety. & V.(L.) n. 2 squamatum ; V.squamatum Willd. Enum., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 24.; and our fig. 784. ; has the surface, midribs, and petioles of the leaves scaly (whence its name), and their mar- gins crenate, subden- tate. The peduncles and pedicels are also covered with minute 2%, ferruginous scales; and uyae the leaves are smaller, and of a bluer green than those of V.nudum. 2 6. V. casstnoi‘pEs L. The Cassine-like Viburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 384. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 326.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 440.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. V. punctatum Rajin. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute at both ends, crenated, gla- brous above, with subrevolute edges. Under side of leaves, as well as the petioles, which are keeled, and branches, which are tetragonal, covered with scurfy dots. Corymbs sessile. Flowers white. Berries ovate, and bluish black. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.440.) A native of North America, from New York to Carolina, in swamps; where it forms a shrub growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft. high, and flowering in June and July. It was introduced in 1761; and, in British gardens, attains the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft.; forming a handsome durable shrub, which increases slowly in size after it is 5ft. or 6ft. high. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Loddiges. 2% ¥ 7. V.(c.) Leviea‘tum Willd. The smooth Viburnum. Identification. Willd. Sp., 1. p. 1491. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 326. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440. Synonymes. V. cassindides Du Roi Harbk., 2. p.486.; V.lanceolatum Hill, Hort. Kew., t. 19. ; Cassine paragua Lin. Mant., 220.; Cassine corymbdsa Mill. Icon., t. 83. f. 1. Engraving. Mill. Icon., t. 83. f. 1. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate, or oblong-lanceolate, smooth, remotely or unequally serrated, cuneated at the base, and quite entire, glabrous. Branches tetragonally 2-edged, and also glabrous. Corymbs sessile. Flowers white. Berries black. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.440.) A native of Virginia and Carolina, near the sea coast; where it forms a shrub, growing to the height of from 10 ft. to 14 ft., and flowering in June and July. It was introduced in 1724; and, in British gardens, is commonly left to take the form of a robust bulky shrub; but it may readily be trained into a handsome small tree. Culture the same as that of the preceding species. 2 %8.V. Lanta‘na L. The Wayfaring Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 384. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 326. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 440. Synonymes. V.tomentosum Lam. Fl. Fr., 3. p. 363.; wild Guelder Rose, pliant-branched Mealy Tree ; Viorne cotonneuse, Camara, Viorne commune, Coudre-moinsinne, Moncienne, Fr. ; Schling- strauch, wolliger Schneeball, or Schwalkenstrauch, Ger. ; Lentaggine, Ital. Engravings. Smith Eng. Bot., t.331.; Jacq. Austr., t. 341.; Cam. Epit., 122.; Du Ham, Arb., 2. t. 103. ; Lob. Icon., 2. t. 106.; and our fig. 785. 1036 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves cordate, rounded, finely ser- rated, veiny, clothed beneath, but more sparingly on the upper side, with starry mealy pubescence, like that on the branches, petioles, and peduncles. Cymes pedunculate, broad, flat, of numerous crowded white flowers. Bracteas several, small, acute. A low treet with copious, opposite, round, pliant, mealy branches. Under side of leaves and branches white from mealy down. Berries compressed in an early state, red on the outer side, yellow, and finally black, with a little mealy astringent pulp. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 441.) Varieties. = a2 % V.L. 2 grandifolia Ait., V. L. latifolia Lodd. Cat., has leaves larger than those of the species, and, according to some, ought to constitute a separate species itself. (See No. 10.) % ¥ V. L.3 foliis variegatis Lodd. Cat. has leaves variegated with white and yellow. Description, §c. A shrub, or low tree; anative of Europe and the West of Asia, in low woods and hedges, and chiefly on calcareous soils. In a state of culture, in good free soil, it forms a handsome, durable, small tree, 18 ft. or 20 ft. in height; with large broad leaves, and ample heads of white flowers, which are succeeded by fruit, at first green, afterwards red, and finally black. The fruit is greedily eaten by birds, is not unpleasant to the taste, and is considered by some as refreshing and astringent. The leaves, in autumn, die off of a fine deep red colour. Dr. Withering says that the bark of the root is used to make birdlime. The tree grows rapidly when young, often producing shoots 5 ft. or 6 ft. long, from stools in coppice woods ; but becoming stationary when it has attained the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft., which it does in 5 or 6 years. In Germany, the shoots of one year are employed in basket- making, and for tying faggots and other packages; and those of two or three years old are used for tubes to tobacco-pipes. The wood is white and hard, and may be employed for various purposes in turning and cabinet-making. In Switzerland, the fruit is used for making ink. The following beautiful lines on this tree are by William Howitt. ‘© Wayfaring tree! what ancient claim Hast thou to that right pleasant name ? Was it that some faint pilgrim came Unhopedly to thee, In the brown desert’s weary way, Mid toil and thirst’s consuming sway, And there, as ’neath thy shade he lay, Blest the wayfaring tree. © Or is it that thou lovest to show Thy coronets of fragrant snow, Like life’s spontaneous joys that flow In paths by thousands beat ? Whate’er it be, I love it well; A name, methinks, that surely fell From poet, in some evening dell, Wandering with fancies sweet.” Book of the Seasons, p. 115, Plants may be raised from seed, which may be procured in abundance from coppices and hedges, and, to save room, should be laid up in a heap in the rot- ing-ground, like haws; for, if sown immediately after being gathered, they will not come up for 18 or 20 months. 2 ¥ 9, V.(L.) uantanor'pes Michx. The Lantana-like Viburnum, or American Wayfaring Tree. Identification. _Michx. F). Bor. Amer., 1. p.179.; Dec. Prod., 4. p.326.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 280.; Lodd, Bot. Cab., t. 1070. ; Don’s Mill., 5, p. 441. Synonymes. ? V. Lantana @ grandifodlia Adt. Hort. Kew., ed. 1., vol. 1. p. 392.3 V. andifolium pee in Rees’s Cycl., No.14.; ¥V. Lantana @ canadénsis Pers. Ench., 1. p. 327.; Hobble Bush, mer, Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 1070.; and our fig. 786. CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CE&. VIBU/RNUM. 1037 petioles, and nerves of leaves clothed with powdery tomentum. Corymbs terminal, almost sessile. Fruit ovate. « (Don’s Mill., iii. p.441.) The outer [© flowers of the corymbs are abortive \\\ and radiant ; a circumstance, as Sir W. J. Hooker observes, noticed by few 4 botanists. The berries are at first red, maa” : ‘ but at length become black. In North America, it is known by the name of hobble bush. It is very like V. Lantana, but is of more humble growth, and the leaves are larger, and tomentose. A shrub, a native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, principally in the forests called Beech Woods, about Quebec and Lake Huron; and flowering in June and July. In general appearance, it so closely resembles V. Lantana, as to leave little doubt in our minds of its being only a variety of it. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum. % 10. V. (1.) panu‘ricum Pall, The Dahurian Viburnum. Identification. Pall: Fl. Ross., p. 52.; Dec. Prod., 4. p.328.; Don’s Mill., 3. p.442.; Lodd. Cat., oneal Lonfcera mongélica Pall, Fl. Ross., 1. t. 38. f. t. 58. £. F. G., Gmel. Sib., 3. t. 25. ; Cérnus datrica Laxm. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., t.38., and t. 58, f. F. G.; Gmel. Sib., 3. t. 25. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, somewhat cordate at the base, crenately ser- rated, beset with stellate down, as well as the branchlets. Corymbs dicho- tomous, few-flowered. Corollas tubular, somewhat funnel-shaped, bluntly 5-toothed. Berry 5-seeded (ex Pail., ed. 1.); 1-seeded, at first red, but at length becoming black and sweet (ex Pail., ed. 2.). Allied to V. Lantana. Flowers yellowish white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.443.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 6 ft. to 8 ft.; a native of Dahuria, and introduced in 1785. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. # 11. V.(?1L.) coriniro‘Lium D. Don. The Cotinus-leaved Viburnum. Identification. D.Don Prod. Fl. Nep., 1. p. 141. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.327.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 441. Tingecornee: Bot. Reg., t. 1650, ; and our fig. 787. from the plant in the Horticultural Society’s arden, and fig. 788. from the Bot. Reg. Spec. Char., §c. eaves roundish oval, quite entire, clothed with stellate tomentum on both surfaces, grey beneath, as well as the branches. Corymbs terminal, woolly. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.441.) A shrub, a native of Nepal, at 788 Sirinagur, which is common in the Hima- layas, at the height of from 5000 ft. to 7000 _, ft., 30° nN. lat. Intro- & ducedinto British gar- 4 dens in 1832, or be- ae fore; and flowering in Zj the Horticultural So- ciety’s Gardenin April 77 and May. In general 2/7 appearance it closely resembles V. Lantana; but the flowers are much larger, and more tinted with pink ; and neither flat nor bell-shaped, but of a distinct obconical figure. (Bot. Reg., t.1650.) Notwithstanding these points of difference, we still think it only a variety of V, Lantana. 1038 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY IIL. g 12. V.pentTA’trUM Lin. The toothed-leaved Viburnum. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 384. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 326. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 441.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. V.dentatum ldcidum Att. Hort. Kew., 1. p.372.; V.dentatum glabéllum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 179.; Arrow-wood ; Viorne dentée, Fr. Engravings. Jacq. Hort. Vind., 1. t.36.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 35.; and our figs. 789. and 790. Spec. Char., §c. Partly glabrous. Leaves ovate, and nearly orbicular, plicate, coarsely and dentately serrated, with the nerves thick and feathered, gla- 789 brous on both surfaces. Cymes or corymbs pedunculate. Berries small, and nearly globose, of a = dark blue colour, and crowned by the calyx. In North America, the tree is known by the name of arrow-wood. (Don’s Miill., iii. p. S 441.) A shrub, a native of North “<> America, found from New York to Carolina, in mountain woods ; and also in Mexico, where it attains the height of 4 ft. or 6 ft., and flowers in June and July. It was introduced in 1763; and, though it flowers in British gardens, it does not very frequently ripen fruit there. Varietics. In the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, are plants named V. d. pubéscens, V. d. foliis variegatis, V. acuminatum, V. longifolium, and V. montanum, which are either varieties of, or identical with, this species. % 13. V.(p.) puBE’scens Pursh. The downy Viburnum. Identification. Pursh. F]. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 202.; Dec. Prod., 2. p. 326.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 441. Synonymes. V.dentatum £ pubéscens Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.168.; V. dentatum semi-tomentdsum Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.179.; V.tomentdsum Rafin. Med. Rep., 2. p. 860. ; V. villsum Rafin. in Desf. Journ., \. p. 228.; V. Rafinesquianwm Schultes Syst., 6. p. 630. Spec. Char., §c. Pubescent. Leaves ovate, acuminated, on short petioles, coarsely serrate-toothed, villous beneath, with the nerves feathered and prominent. Corymbs pedunculate. Fruit small, ovate. Flowers white. This shrub is: smaller in every part than V. dentatum. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 441.) Ashrub, 3 ft. high; a native of Virginia and Carolina. Introduced in 1736, and flowering in June and July. #14, V.(p.) Ni’Tipum Ait. The shining-/eaved Viburnum. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.371.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 202. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 326. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 440. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Leaves linear-lanceolate, shining above, obsoletely serrated or entire. Branches tetragonal. A low shrub, with small leaves. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.440.) It is a native of Carolina and Georgia, in sandy barren woods; where it forms a shrub, growing from 2ft. to 4 ft. high; flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1758. A. Hardy Species of Vibiirnum belonging to the Section Vibtrnum, not yet introduced. V. punctatum Hamilt. in D. Don, Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 142., is a native of Nepal, with oval-oblong leaves. V. acuminadtum Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 325.) isa native of the Neellgherry Mountains, with elliptic leaves, closely resembling those of the preceding species. V. ellépticum Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 280., is anative of North America, on the banks of the Columbia, growing to the height of 4 ft., with elliptic leaves, about 2 inches long. V. nervosum D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 141., is anative of Nepal, closely resembling V. Lantana. V. cordifolium Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p.327.) is a native of Nepal, with heart-shaped acuminated leaves, 4in. long, and 2 in. broad. V. Mullaha Ham. in D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 141., is a native of Nepal, with ovate-acuminated leaves. V. stellatum Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 327.) is a native of Nepal, with ovate-cordate leaves, and scarlet berries. It grows to the height of 20 ft. V. involucratum Wall, (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 327.) has ovate-acuminated leaves, and is also a native of Nepal, where it grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. V. evdsum Thunb. FI. Jap., p. 124., has broad ovate-acuminated leaves ; and, in Japan, is a shrub from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high. CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CER. VIBU/RNUM. 1039 B. Half-hardy Species of Vibirnum belonging to the Section Vibiirnum. V. odoratissimum Ker, V. sinénse Zeyh., Coffea mono- spérma Hook, et Arn. (Bot. Reg., t.456.; and our fig. 791.) The E leaves are evergreen, glabrous, and coriaceous ; and the flowers o white, with the scent of those of O‘lea fragrans. The berries are red when they begin to ripen, but at length they become 79) blackish and shining; they are 1-seeded, and crowned by the i lobes of the calyx which are erect. It isa native of China, whence it was introduced in 1818, and flowers in February. It thrives against a wall, where the soil is dry, and sufficient protection is given during winter. Plants have stood out in Colvill’s Nursery, King’s Road, at Kew, at Syon, and in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, for several years ; and, though their branches are frequently injured by the frost, they never fail to spring up vigorously with the return of summer. V. villosum Swartz., Don’s Mill, iii. p.441., has the leaves ovate, acuminated, quite entire. It is a shrub, growing to the height of 5 ft. or 6 ft., a native of the south of Jamaica, on the pee mountains ; and introduced in 1824. This species agrees with pa 4) V. Tinus in the leaves being entire, and in the tomentumgé¢77 YY with V. Lantana. Z V. monogynum Blum., Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442., has the leaves elliptic-oblong, attenuated at both ends, glandularly denti- ( culated above the base, paler beneath. Corymbs divaricate, | Y terminal, downy, Flowers monogynous, A shrub, a native of Java, in woods on the mountains, said to be nearly allied to z V. erdsum, § ii. O’pulus Tourn. Identification. Tourn. Inst., t. 376.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 328. ; Moench Mcth., p. 605. Sect. Char. Outer flowers of the corymbs radiant and sterile, much larger than the rest, which are fertile. Seed obcordate. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 442.) Leaves mostly 3-lobed, and deciduous. v 15. V. O’putus L. The Guelder Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 384. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 328.; Don’s Mill., 3, p.442.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. V. \obatum Lam. Fi. Fr., 3. p. 363.; O’pulus glanduldsus Maench Meth., p.505.; O/pu- lus Rati Syn., 460., Du Ham. Arb., 2. t.16.; Sambucus aquatica Bauh. Pin., 456., Trag. Hist., 1002., Math. Valgr., 2. p. 607.; Marsh Elder, Rose Elder, Water Elder; Viorne-Obier, l’Obier d’Europe, Fr. ; Schwalkenbeer Strauch, Wasserholder, Schneeball, Ger. Derivation. Altered from Populus, the poplar, from some supposed resemblance between the leaves of the plants, and those of the poplar. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t. 332.; Hayn. Term., t. 32. f4.; Du Ham. Arb, 2. t.16.; N. Du Ham., 2. t. 39.; and our fig. 792, Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous in every part. Leaves broad, 3-lobed, acuminated, unequally serrated, veiny. Petioles beset with glands towards the top, and several oblong leafy appendages lower down. Cymes pedunculate, white, with linear bracteas; with several of the marginal 4 flowers dilated, flat, radiant, and without ° stamens or pistils. Berries elliptical, bright red, very juicy, but bitter and nau- seous. Seed compressed. Branches smooth, green. Leaves bright green in summer, but in autumn assuming a beautiful pink or crimson hue, like other European species of genera that are principally American; such as Cornus, Rhas, Quércus, &c.; and of which the American species have the same quality. Flowers white. Berry crowned by the limb of the calyx. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 442.) A shrub, or low tree, growing to the height of from 6 ft. to 12 ft., in a wild state, and higher in gardens. It is found throughout Europe, and part of Asia, in moist hedges and swampy thickets ; flowering in May and June. It is frequent in Britain, and also in Sweden, as far north as lat. 61°. Varieties. : 2 V. O. 2 stérilis Dec. Prod., iv. p. 328., Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442.; V.O. a2 1040 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. ‘ roseum Ram, et Schult. Syst., vi. p.635., and Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, Knor. Del., ii. t. 5. and 6. The Snow-ball Tree, or Guelder Rose ; Rose de Gueldres, Pellotte de Neige, Boule de Neige, Poire molle, Fr.; Schneeballe, Ger.— The specific name rOseum is applied on account of the form of the flowers, and not because of their colour. 2 V. O. 3 foliis variegatis Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, has the leaves variegated with white and yellow. Description, §c. The Guelder rose, in a wild state, is not remarkable for the beauty of its flowers; but its bright red berries, which ripen in September, and which, towards the middle of October, assume a beautiful pink, almost compensate for the inferiority of the species to the variety in point of flowers. The leaves of both die off of a fine red on the first approach of frost. The snow-ball tree, or the Guelder rose (V. O. 2 stérilis), is supposed to have originated in the Low Countries, in Guelderland, whence its name; though Gerard, speaking of it, says, “ It groweth in gardens, and the flowers are there doubled by art, as it is thought,” Whatever may be the origin of this variety, it certainly forms one of the most ornamental shrubs, or low trees, that can be planted in a pleasure-ground: “le plus éclatant qu’on connaisse,” as it is said in the Nouveau Du Hamel. In a shrubbery, as Cowper beautifully describes it, the Guelder rose has a striking appearance, rising “ tall, And throwing up into the darkest gloom Of neighbouring cypress, or more sable yew, Her silver globes, light as the foamy surf That the wind severs from the broken wave.” On the lawns of small gardens, and trained up with a single ste, it forms one of the most splendid of small trees ; coming into flower soon after the scarlet hawthorn, the Scotch laburnum, and the purple lilac. The fruit of the species is eaten in Sweden ; where, and in Russia, the young shoots are made into tubes for tobacco-pipes, and handles for whips. Pallas informs us that, in Siberia, the berries are fermented with flour, and a spirit distilled from them; or made into a paste with honey and flour, and eaten as food, though the pulp and juice of the berry have a very fetid odour. In British gardens, the species is propagated by seed, and the variety by layers. The price of plants is the same as for V. Lantana. % 16. V.(O.) aceriro‘L1um L. The Maple-leaved Guelder Rose. Identification. Lin. Sp., 383.; Pursh Fl. Sept. Amer., 1. p.203.; Dec. Prod., 4. p.327.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 280. ; Don’s Mill.,3. p. 442. Engravings. Vent. Hort. Cels., t.72.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 118. ; and our/fig. 793. Spec. Char., §c. Branchlets and petioles pilose. Leaves 3 793 ovate-cordate, usually 3-lobed, acuminated, sharply and loosely serrated, downy beneath. Petioles glandless, and, when young, stipulaceous at the base, and rather tomentose. Corymbs terminal, pedunculate, not ra- diant. Flowers white. Berries black, oval, and com- pressed. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442.) A native of North America, from New England to Carolina, in rocky mountainous situations; where it forms a shrub from (dK 4ft. to 6 ft. high, flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1736; and, judging from the plants in the x WAS Horticultural Society’s Garden, and at Messrs. Lod- ue $8 diges’s, it appears to be only a variety of V. O’pulus. % 17. V.(O.) ornrenTA‘LE Pail. The Eastern Guelder Rose. ifensieates. Pall. Ross., t. 58. f. H.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 323.; Bieb. Fl. Taur., 1. p. 245. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 442. Synonyme. O'pulus orientalis folio amplissimo tridentato Tourn. Cor., p. 42. Engraving. Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 58. f. H. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 3-lobed, acuminated, coarsely and bluntly toothed. Petioles glandless, gla- brous, Corymbs terminal, not radiant. Fruit oblong, compressed. Flowers white. Seed oval, furnished with two channels on both sides, as in V. Lantana. Very like the preceding species. CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CER. VIBU RNUM. 1041 (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442.) A native of Georgla, in Asia Minor, in woods, on the mountains, &c. ; where it forms ashrub growing to the height of from 6ft. to 10ft., flowering in July. It was introduced in 1827 ; but we have not seen a plant. 2 18. V.(0.) Oxyco’ccos Pursh. The Cranberry-fruited Guelder Rose. Identification. Pursh. Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.203.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 328.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 442. Synonymes. V. opuliides Miihl. Cat., 32.; V. trilobum Marsh. Arb., p.162.; V. O’pulus ameri- cana dit. Hort, Kew., 1. p. 373. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 3-lobed, acute behind, 3-nerved. Lobes divaricate, acuminated, coarsely and distantly serrated. Petioles glandular. Cymes radiant. Flowers white. Berries subglobose, red, of an agreeable acid, resembling that of cranberries, for which they are a very good substitute. Very like the VY. O’pulus of Europe. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442.) A native of North America, on the mountains of New York and New Jersey, and throughout Canada, to the arctic circle ; from Hudson’s Bay to the Rocky Mountains, in swamps and shady woods; where it grows to the height of from 6 ft. to 12 ft., and flowers in July. In British gardens this species is commonly seen as a bush; and at Syon and Kew, and other places in the neighbourhood of London, there are plants of it 12 ft. high and upwards; but, if it were planted by itself on a lawn, or in an arboretum, and trained to a single stem, it would form a very handsome small tree, conspicuous in July from the abundance of its white flowers, and in September from its large bunches of red fruit. Variety. % V. (O.) 0. 2 subintegrifdlius Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p. 281., Don’s Mill., ili. p. 442. — Leaves but little cut, very pubescent beneath. A native of the banks of the Columbia. % 19.V.(0.) eEpu‘LE Pursh. The edible-fruited Guelder Rose. Identification. Pursh Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 203. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 328.; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 442. Synonyme. V. O’pulus eddlis Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 180. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves 3-lobed, bluntish behind, and 3-nerved. Lobes very short, denticulately serrated; serratures acuminated. Petioles glandular. Outer flowers of corymb radiant. A smaller and more upright shrub than the preceding species. The berries of the same colour and size ; but, when completely ripe, more agreeable to eat, and frequently employed as a sub- stitute for cranberries. It does not seem to differ much from V. Oxycéccos, except in the broader base of the leaf. (Don’s Mil., iii. p.442.) A native of North America, from Canada to New York, on the banks of rivers; where it forms a shrub from 5ft. to 10 ft. in height, flowering in July. It was introduced in 1812. & 20. V.(O.) Mo'LLeE Miche. The soft-/eaved Guelder Rose. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 180.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 328. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p: 442. Synonyme. V. alnifdlium Marsh. Arb., p. 162. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves nearly orbicular, cordate, plicate, toothed, rather tomentose beneath from very soft down. Petioles rather glandular, corymbs radiant. Fruit oblong-ovate. Flowers white. Berries red. Bark deciduous. Very like V. Oxyc6ccos, and, perhaps, only a variety of it. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 442.) A native of North America, in Kentucky, near Danville, Tennessee, and Upper Carolina, in hedges ; where it forms a shrub growing to the height of from 6 ft. to 12 ft., and flower- ing in Juneand July. It is said to have been introduced in 1812 ; but we have never seen a plant of it. A. Species of Vihiirnum belonging to the Section O’pulus, not yet introduced. V. microcarpum Cham, et Schlecht. in Linnza, 5. p. 170., is a native of South Mexico, with leaves like those of a filbert, and black fruit. V. polycdrpum Wall. (Don’s Mill., 3. p. 433.) is a native of Nepal, with cordate leaves,4—5in. long, and 3 in. broad, growing to the height of 6 ft. to 8 ft. V. cylindricum Ham, in D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 142., is a native of Nepal, with the habit of V. nudum, and the flowers of V. dahiricum. V. grandiflorum Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 329.) isa native of Nepal, with elliptic, acuminated leaves, in terminal bracteate corymbs V. erubéscens Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 329.) is a native of Nepal, very nearly allied to the preceding species. PY. coriaceum Blum. Bijdr., p. 656., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 443., has ovate, acuminated, denticulatea leaves, and terminal fastigiatecorymbs. It is a native of Java, in woods on the higher mountains. Several other specics are enumerated in Don’s Miter, p. 443., as being natives of Japan, but not suf- ficiently known. aa? 1042 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Sect. I]. Lownicesre7#. Genus III. ae | DIERVI’LLA Tourn. Tue Diervitia. Lin, Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Tourn. Act. Ac. Par., 1706, t. 7. f.1.; Lin, Hort. Cliff., p. 63. t. 7.; Juss. Gen,, 211. ; - Dec Prod., 4. p. 330. Synonymes. Lonicera sp. Lin. Gen.; Weigela Thunb. FI. Jap., p. 6.; Weigéléa Pers. Ench., 1. p. 176., ex R. Br. in Wall. Pl. Asiat., 1. p. 15. Derivation. Named by Tournefort, in compliment to M. Dierville, a French surgeon, who was the first to introduce D. canadénsis into Europe. Description, §c. Erect deciduous shrubs, of easy culture. % 1. D. canape’nsis Willd. The Canadian Diervilla. Identification. Willd. Enum., 1. p. 222. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 330.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 444. Synonymes. Lonicera Diervilla Lin. Mat. Med., p. 62., Sims Bot. Mag., 1796.; D. Tournefértié Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 107.; D. humilis Pers. Ench., 1. p. 214., and Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836); D. jie Faesh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 162.5; D. trifida Meench Meth., 492. ; D. areadiénsis Du Ham. TO. Lot, Ole Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1796.; Du Ham. Arb., 1. t. 87. ; Schmidt Baum., t. 116. ; and our figs. 794, 795. Spec. Char.,§c. eaves on short petioles, ovate, acuminated, serrated, and, as well as the petioles, glabrous. Flowers yellow. Fruit a dry brown capsule. G There are a number of varieties of this plant, differing in respect to the size of the flowers and of the leaves. Root creeping, throwing up suckers. (Don’s Mill., iti, p. 444.) A native of Carolina, New England, and Newfoundland, on rocks and the highest muontains ; where it forms a shrub growing to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft. It was introduced in 1739, and flowers in June and July. In British gardens, it is of the easiest culture in almost any soil; and it multiplies abundantly by suckers. App. i. Species of Diervilla not yet introduced. D. japénica Dec. Prod., 4. p. 330.; Weigela japénica Thunb. ; isa native of Japan, with ovate acuminated leaves, and the corolla purple. D. coreénsis Dec. Prod., 4. p. 330. ; Weigela coreénsis Thunb. ; Weigélia coreénsis Pers.; is a native of Japan, closely allied to the preceding sort. | Genus LY. HPN LONYCERA Desf. Tue Lonicrra, or HONEYsUCKLE. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. co a pene Desf. Fl. Atl, 1. p. 183. ; Lam. Tl, t. 150.; Dec. Prod., 4 p. 330.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. y Synonymes. Wonicera sp. Lin., and many authors ; Caprifdlium and Xylosteum, Juss. Gen., p. 212. ; CHAP, LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CEH. LONI‘CERA. 1043 Xylésteum, Caprifdlium, Chamecérasus, Pericl¥menum, Tourn. Inst., t. 378. and 379. ; Caprifdlium and Lonicera, Roem. et Schult. Syst. ; Lonicera and Xyldésteum, Torrey Fl. Un. St.; Cheévre- feuille, Fr. ; Geissblatt, Honeigblume, and Lonicere, Ger. Derivation. Named after Adam Lonicer, a German, who was born in 1528, and died in 1556. There was another Lonicer, John, who wrote comments on Dioscorides. Description, §c. Twining or erect shrubs, natives of Europe, the north of Africa, Asia, and America. The greater number of the species and varieties are of easy culture in British gardens, in common garden soil; and they are all propagated by cuttings, or some of them more readily by layers. The flowers of some of the species are highly fragrant and 796 ornamental; and that of the common European honey- suckle is supposed to have given rise to one of the most ¢z2z beautiful ornaments of Grecian architecture (jig. 796.) Cony Sg Price of plants, in the London nurseries, from 6d. to i) 2s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, from 50 cents to 2 francs ; and at New York, from 25 cents to half a dollar. The genus Lonicera of Linnzeus was separated by Roemer and Schultes into the genera Lonicera and Caprifolium ; but they were reunited by De Candolle, whose arrangement has been followed by Sir W. J. Hooker and G. Don, and is adopted by us on the present occasion. The distinctive characters of the sections are as follows : — Caprifolium. Plants twining. Flowers in capitate whorls. Xylésteum. Plants twining or erect. Flowers axillary. § i. Caprifolium Dee. Identification. Dec. FI. Fr., 4. p. 270.; Prod., 4. p. 331. Synonymes. Caprifdlium Juss. Gen., 212., Reem. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 19. Lonicera Torr. Fl. Un. St., 1. p.242., but not of Schult. J Derivation. From caper,a goat, and folium, a leaf; in reference to the climbing habit of the species ; or, as appears much more probable, because goats are fond of browsing on its leaves. Sect. Char. Berries solitary, while young 3-celled, but when mature usually 1-celled, crowned by the tube of the calyx, which is permanent. Flowers disposed in capitate whorls. Twining shrubs; natives of Europe, the north of Africa, China, Nepal, and North America; all of easy culture, and tolerably hardy, but none of them of long duration. A. Flowers ringent.— Caprifolium Tourn. Inst., p. 608. £1. L. Pericty’menum L. The Woodbine, or common Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 247. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.331. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 445. Synonymes. Periclymenum Ger. Emac. p.891.; Periclymenum germanicum Riv. Mon. Trr., t. 122. ; P. horténse Gesn. Icon. Pict., fasc. 1. 38. t. 7. f.49.; Caprifolium Periclymenum Ram. et Schuilt., 5. p. 262.; Caprifolium sylvaticum Lam. Fl. Fr., 3. p.565.; Caprifdlium Raz Syn., p. 458., Engl. Gard. Cat.,t. 5. ; Woodbind; Chévrefeuille des Bois, Fr.; wildes gemeines Geissblatt, Ger.; ge- woone Kamperfoelie, Dutch ; Lego Bosco, Ital. ; Madre Selva, Span. Derivation. Periclymenum, from peri, round about, and ku/id, to roll. | Woodbine is a corruption of Woodbind, and both allude to the habit of the common sort, of winding itself round every tree and shrub within its reach, and binding them together. As Mason observes, this plant ** Loves to hang on barren boughs remote Her wreaths of flowery perfume.” In the time of Chaucer, the woodbine was considered as the emblem of true love, from this pro- perty. The name of honeysuckle has reference to the fondness of children for this plant, who amuse themselves with drawing the trumpet-shaped corollas from the calyx, to suck the honey from the nectary. Chévrefeuille and Geissblatt both signify, literally, goat’s leaf; and Lego Bosco is bind- wood. The Spanish and Dutch names, Madre Selva, wood mother, and Kamperfoelie, the champion mace, seem to have little relation to the plant. Engravings. Smith Engl. Bot., t. 800.; Curt. Fl. Lond., fase. 1. t.15.; Qéd. Fl. “Dan., t. 908. ; Schmidt Arb., t. 107. ; Svensk. Bot., t. 140.; Engl. Gard. Cat., t. 5.; Ger. Emac., p. 891., with a fig.; Riv. Mon. Irr., t. 122.; Gesn. Icon. Pict., fase. 1. 38, t. 7. f. 49. ; Spec. Char.,§c. Branches twining. Leaves all separate, deciduous, some- times downy, glaucous beneath, ovate, obtuse, attenuated at the base ; upper ones the smallest. Heads of flowers all terminal, ovate, imbricated. Flowers ringent. There are varieties of this species with either smooth, pubescent, or variegated leaves ; and, when the plant grows by the sea side, they are occasionally more glaucous and rather succulent. Corollas exter- nally deep red ; or, in the earlier-flowering varieties, all over buff-coloured ; in 3Z 3 1044 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. the maritime plant, smaller and greenish. Berries nearly globular, red, deep, bitter and nauseous, accompanied by permanent bracteas. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 445.) A twining shrub, which always turns from east to west; native of Europe, common in hedges, groves, and thickets; plentiful in Britain. Flowering in June and July; and, in moist summers, also in August, and sometimes in September. In gardens, by pruning and watering, the plants may be kept flowering all the summer. Varieties. : 2 L. P. 2 serotinum Att. Hort. Kew.,i. p. 378., Hort. Angl., Wo ENO: 4. te Wes Mill. Icon., t.79., Riv. Mon. Irr., t. 122.; Periclyme- num germanicum Mill. Dict., No.4., Schmidt Baum., \ t.108.; and our Nay jig. 797. — Branches glabrous. Flowers late, reddish. (Don’s Mill., ii, p. 445.) This, the late red honeysuckle, produces a greater num- ber of flowers together than either the Italian or Dutch honeysuckle, so that it makes a finer appearance than either of them during its period of flowering. It has not been so long an inhabitant of our gardens as the Dutch honeysuckle; for, about the year 1715, it was considered a great curiosity ; when it was called the Flemish honey- suckle, and was, probably, brought over by the Flemish florists, who, about that time, came to England annually with flowers and plants for sale. (Martyn’s Mill.) 4L. P.3 bélgicum ; Periclymenum germanicum Mill. Dict., No.4., Hort. Ang., 15. No. 5. t.6.— Branches smooth, purplish. Leaves oblong- oval, of a lucid green above, but pale beneath, on long petioles. Flowers in terminal verticillate heads; each flower arising out of a scaly cover, reddish on the outside, and yellowish within ; of a very agreeable odour. This, which is commonly called the Dutch honey- suckle, may be trained with stems, and formed into heads ; which the wild sort cannot, the branches being too weak and trailing for the purpose. (Don’s Miil., ii. p. 445.) 4 L.P. 4 quercif dlium Ait. Hort. Kew. has the leaves sinuated like those of an oak. This variety is to be found in England, in a wood near Kimberly, Norfolk; and near Oxford. There is a subvariety of this, with the leaves slightly marked near the margin with yellow. The flowers are like those of the species. It is called the oak-leaved honeysuckle. History, Culture, Uses, §&c. The earlier writers attribute virtues to this shrub which are now entirely given up: but the beauty and exquisite fragrance of the flowers make it a favourite plant in gardens and shrubberies. “ This,” Sir J. E. Smith observes, “is the true woodbine of poets, though it is like- wise the twisted eglantine of Milton, in the well-known lines, — I ‘Through the sweet briar, or the vine, Or the twisted eglantine , ”’ Shakspeare is, however, guiltless of this blunder. He says, — **So doth the woodbine, the sweet honeysuckle, Gently entwist the maple: ” and, in Much ado about Nothing, uses both names indiscriminately for the bower in which Beatrice lies concealed, — “ Couch’d in the woodbine coverture ; ” CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CER. LONI’CERA. 1045 and which he had before described as “The pleached bower, Where honeysuckles, ripen’d by the sun, Forbid the sun to enter.” “ Gentle as are the first embraces of the honeysuckle, and of other twining shrubs,’ Mr. Denson observes (Mag. Nat. Hist., vi. p.330.), “ while their stem is yet tender, and through that tenderness, powerless ; yet they become with the age, size, strength, hardness, and consequent incapacity for dilatation of the stem or branch, effective agents of an obviously injurious constriction ; for the coils of woody-stemmed twining plants are scarcely in any, perhaps in no, species enlarged in capacity so fast as is the diameter of the trunk, stem, or branch, which these coils encircle ; that is, presuming the supporting tree or shrub to be in a healthy and freely growing condition.” Cowper, alluding to the constrictive powers of the honeysuckle, has the following beautifully descriptive lines in his poem, Retirement. “© As woodbine weds the plant within her reach, Rough elm, or smooth-grain’d ash, or glossy beech, In spiral rings ascends the trunk, and lays Her golden tassels on the leafy sprays ; But does a mischief while she lends a grace, Straitening its growth by such a strict embrace.” All the varieties of the common honeysuckle are beautiful and fragrant; and, either trained against a wall, twining round a pole and over a parasol top, or climbing and rambling among bushes, form great ornaments to gardens, par- ticularly when planted against other trees; which, however, if not strong enough to resist their pressure, are seriously injured by it, their trunks and branches sometimes becoming indented like a screw. (See Mag. Nat. Hist., vi. p- 331.) In a state of art and culture, where the gardenesque is the prevailing expression, honeysuckles, or other climbing or twining plants, should never be planted against trees or bushes, but always by themselves, against walls, rods, stakes, or other artificial supports. The reason is, that itis only when they are planted apart from other plants that they can be properly cultivated, and, con- sequently, display the expression of the gardenesque. Where the object is merely picturesque beauty, the honeysuckle may be planted close to the root of a tree ; and, being trained up its trunk, and allowed to twine among its branches, it may be considered as displaying the elegant picturesque. Planted among bushes, and allowed to grow up among them without any training whatever, the expression will be that of the common, or rural, picturesque ; or, if the shrubs are chiefly of foreign kinds, and are arranged in a dug shrubbery, the expression may be designated the shrubbery picturesque. These terms are of very little consequence in themselves ; but they are introduced here to show that very different kinds of beauty are produced in plantations, according to the manner of planting, and the kinds of plants chosen. The different varieties of common honeysuckle may be propagated by cuttings ; but so large a proportion of these do not succeed, owing, as is supposed, to the large space in the centre of the shoot admitting the wet during winter, and rotting the upper part of the cutting, that the more common mode of propagation is by layers. Both layers and cuttings are made in the autumn, as soon as the leaves have dropped ; and they become sufficiently rooted in one year. It has been recommended, in order to prevent the water from entering the hollow part of the shoot, and rotting the cuttings, to make the latter of double the usual length, and insert both ends in the ground, so that the cutting should present the appearance of a bow ; but this mode, which, it is supposed, would produce two plants from each cutting, can scarcely be said to have been pro- perly tried. (See Encyc. of Gard., edit. 1835, § 2882.) 22. L. Capriro‘Lium L, The Goat’s-leaf, or pale perfoliate, Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin, Sp., p. 246.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 331. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 444. Synonyme. Pericl¥menum perfoliatum Ger. Emac., p. 891. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t.799.; Jacq. Austr., t. 357.; Engl. Gard. Cat,, 14. t. 5., Dodon. Pempt., 32 4 1046 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART lll. 421., with a fig.; Matth, Volgr., vol. 2. p. 321., with a fig. ; Cam. Epit., 713., with a fig. ; Riv. Irr., t. 123.; Krauss, t. 6.; and our fig. 798. Spec. Char., §c. Branches twining. Leaves deciduous, obovate, acutish, glaucous ; upper- most ones broader and connate. Flowers . ringent, terminal, disposed in capitate whorls. S Stems twining from left to right. Buds acute, glaucous. The lower leaves are distinct, and somewhat stalked; two or three of the upper pairs united; the uppermost of all forming a concave cup. Flowers in one or more axillary whorls, the uppermost whorl terminal; with a central bud, 6 in each whorl, highly fragrant, 2 in. long, with a blush-coloured tube. Ber- ries elliptical, of a tawny orange colour, each crowned by an almost entire calyx. (Don’s Miill., iii. p. 444.) Native of the middle and south of Europe, even to the river Tereck in Siberia, and on Mount Caucasus, in woods, \ 4 hedges, and thickets. In England, it has been A occasionally found in similar situations, in an apparently wild state: but it is rare; and we think it may fairly be doubted whether it has any claim to be considered truly indigenous. As it very frequently seeds abundantly in gardens, and as the fruit is greedily eaten by birds, the seeds carried away by them may very probably have sprung up in various situations. Culture, uses, &c., as in the preceding species. 4 3. L.(C.) errv’sca Santi. The Etruscan Honeysuckle. Identification. Santi Viagg., 1. p.113. t. 1.; Savi Fl. Pis., 8. p.236.; Dec. Prod., 4. p.331.; Fl. Fr. Suppl, 500. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 444. Spec. Char., §c. Branches twining. Leaves deci- duous, obovate, obtuse, pubescent, lower ones on short petioles, upper ones connately perfoliate, acute, glabrous. Flowers disposed in verticillate heads, with usually about three heads on the top of each branch. Flowers glabrous, sweet-scented, purplish on the outside, and yellow inside. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 444.) Native of the south of France, Si- cily, Vallais, Carniola, and Dalmatia, on hills, where it forms a twining shrub, flowering in May and June. Judging from the plants in British gardens, we should consider it only a variety of L. Caprifolium. & 4, L.ipie’xa Ait. The interwoven, or Minorca, Honeysuckle. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 231. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.331.; Viv. Fl. Cors., p. 4. exclusive of thesynonymes ; Camb. Bat., p. 84 ; Guss. Sic., 1. p. 257.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 444. Synonyme. Caprifdlium implexum Ram. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 261. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 640.; and our fig. 800. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Branches twining. Leaves permanent, evergreen, glaucescent; lower ones oblong, distinct ; § middle ones perfoliate; uppermost ones connate, forming a hollow roundish cup. Flowers disposed in capitate whorls, ringent; purplish before they open, but becom- ing paler on the outside as they expand, white on the inside ; but finally changing to yellow, as in the common woodbine. (Don’s Mil, tii, p. 445.) Native of the Balearic 800 CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CEH. LONI‘CERA. 1047 Islands, and of Sicily; where it forms a twining evergreen shrub, flowering from June to September. It was introduced in 1772, and is not unfrequent in British gardens ; but, in situations north of London, it requires the pro- tection of a wall. Variety. ¢ L.i. 2 baledrica Viv., Camb., et Guss., l.c.; Caprifolium balearicum Dum. Cours. Bot, Cult., ed. 2. voliv. p. 358., Ram. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 261.; L. baledrica Dec. Fl. Fr. Suppl., 499.; L. Caprifolium Desf. Fl. Ail., i. p. 183. — Lower leaves somewhat cordate; upper ones connate, obovate, glaucous beneath. Evergreen. Bark of branches violaceous, clothed with glaucous bloom, Flowers 4—6 in a head, large, cream-coloured, 15—18 in. long. (Don’s Mill., ii. p. 444.) $5. L. pia‘va Sims. The yellow-flowered Honeysuckle. Identification. Sims Bot. Mag., t.1318.; Dec. Prod., 4. p.332.; Torrey Fl. Un. St., J. p. 243. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 445. Synonymes. Caprifdlium flavum Ell. Sketch., 1. p. 271. ; Caprifdlium Fraser? Pursh FL Amer. Sept., ~p. 271 1. p. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1318.; and our fig. 801. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Branches twining a little. Leaves ovate, sometimes glaucous beneath, with cartilaginous mar- gins; upper leaves connately perfoliate. Flowers in terminal verticillate heads. Corollas rather ringent ; with oblong, ob- tuse, lobes. Flowers bright yellow, but, as they fade, becoming orange-coloured ; very fragrant. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 445.) A twining shrub; a native of the Paris Mountains, in South Carolina; and of the Catskill Mountains, New York. It was introduced in 1810, and flowers in June and July. It is a very desirable species, from the large size, rich yellow colour, and grateful fragrance of its flowers ; but it is somewhat tender, and, even in the 801 neighbourhood of London, requires the protection of a wall. £ 6. L. (F.) PUBE’scENS Sweet. The pubescent Honeysuckle. Identification. Sweet Hort. Brit., p. 194. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 332. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 445. Synonymes. Caprifdlium pubéscens Goldie in Edin. Phil. Journ., 1822, April, p. 323. ; Hook. Exot. Fi., t.27.; L. hirstta Eaton Man. Bot. Ed., 3. p.341., ex Torrey Fl. Un. St., 1. p. $49. Hook. Fi. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282.; L. Géldii Spreng. Syst., 1. p. 758. Engravings. Hook. Exot, FI. t. 27.; Bot. Mag. t.3103. ; and our jig. 802. Spec. Char., §c. Branches twining. Leaves broad- ovate-elliptic, on short petioles, pubescent and cili- ated, glaucous beneath; upper ones connately perfoliate. Spikes or racemes composed of ver- ticillate heads of flowers. Corollas beset with glandular pubescence. Flowers yellow. (Don’s Mil., iii. p.445.) This appears to hold the place in the more northern parts which L. flava does in the south; of which, indeed, Dr. Torrey suspects it to be a variety. (Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., p. 282.) A twining shrub, anative of North America, in a Massachusetts, Vermont, New York, and Canada, * in many places. Introduced in 1822, by Mr. Goldie of Monkswood, near Ayr; and flowering in June and July. It appears hardier than the preceding sort. In 1831, im Ayrshire, we saw several plants y 802 of it against garden walls, growing as vigorously as the common honeysuckle. 1048 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 11]. + 7. L. parvirto‘’ra Lam. The small-flowered Honeysuckle. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 728. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 332. ; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 445. Synonymes. Caprifdlium parviflorum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.161.; Lonicera diofca Lin. Syst. Veg., ed. 13. p. 181. ; L. média Murr. Nov. Comm. Gétt., 1776, p. 28. t. 3.; Caprifdlium bractedsum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.105.; Caprifolium dioicum Reem. et Schult. Syst., 5. p.260.; Caprifo- lium glaicum Mench ; glaucous Honeysuckle ; Chévrefeuille dioique, Fr. ; Meergriines Geissblatt, Ger. ; Middelboore Kamperfoelie, Dutch. Engravings. Murr. Nov. Comm. Gott., 1776, p. 28. t. 3.; and our figs. 803, 804. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Branches twining. Leaves elliptic, sessile; lower ones somewhat connate; upper ones con- nately perfoliate, very glaucous beneath. Flowers disposed in verticillate heads. Co- rollas glabrous, with tubes gibbous at the the base on one side. Filaments ra- ther hairy. Flowers yellow, and smaller than in any of the foregoing — species, but varying exceed- ingly in their co- lour; for there isa variety mentioned by Michaux in which they are purple. (Don’s Miil,, iii. p- 445.) A twining shrub, native of North America, from New England to Carolina, in rocky shady situations ; frequent in Canada, as far north as the Saskatchawan ; and from Hudson’s Bay to the Rocky Mountains. It was introduced in 1776, and flowers in June and July. 4 8. L.(p.) Dovexa‘szz Dec. Douglas’s Honeysuckle. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p.332.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 445. Synonyme. Caprifdlium Douglasz Lindl. Hort. Trans., 7. p. 244. Spec. Char., &c. Branches twining. Leaves oval, acute at both ends, petiolate, glabrous, ciliated, tomentose on the outside ; upper ones connate. Flowers disposed in capitate whorls. Stigma ex- serted. Stamens enclosed. Corollas pubescent, bilabiate, deep orange red. Leaves 4in. to 6in. long, deep green. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 446.) Hooker, in his Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282., considers this nothing but a variety of L. parvifldra. It isa twining shrub, a native of the western coast of North America, on the banks of the Saskatchawan. Introduced in 1824, and flowering in July and Sep- tember. We have never seen the plant. & 9. L. cra‘ta Ait. The pleasant, or evergreen, Honeysuckle, Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 231.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 332. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446. Synonymes. Caprifdlium gratum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 161.; Reem. et Schult, Syst.. 5. p. 262. ; L. virginiana Marsh Arb., 136.; ? Periclfmenum americanum Mii/. Dict., No. 7. Engravings. Hort. Angl., p. 15. No, 10. t. 8. and our fig. 805. Spec. Char., §c. Branches twining. Leaves permanent, obovate, rather mucronate, glaucous beneath, and reticu- lately veined, glabrous; upper ones connately perfoliate. Spikes composed of approximate whorls of flowers. Co- rollas ringent. Branches reddish brown. Flowers in- clining to scarlet on the outside, according to Pursh. Corolla ringent, reddish on the outside, and yellow inside. Berries red. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 446.) A twining shrub, a native of North America, from Carolina to New York, on the mountains, rambling among rocks, in shady moist situations, but rare. Introduced in 1730, and flowering from June or July to September, and some- times till the commencement of frost. The plant is of vigorous growth, with woody stems, and will live longer than most of the other species. A plant against our veranda at Bayswater has stood since 1825, and is now in full vigour; having outlived L. Caprifolium, L. flavum, L. pubéscens, L. sempervirens, some varieties of L. CHAP, LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CE. LONI’/CERA. 1049 Pericl¥menum, and L. impléxa. It is inferior in vigour only to L, japdnica. Plants, in the London nurseries, are 1s. each; at Bollwyller, 1 franc; and at New York, 37% cents. L. microphglia Hook. FI. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 283., is a provisional name, given to some dried spe- cimens received from the north-west coast of America, by Sir W. J. Hooker, but which had neither flowers nor fruit, and may, possibly, therefore, belong to some other genus. The leaves are scarcely more than 6 lines long, uniform, exactly cordate, and very villous. B. Limb of Corolla nearly equal. — Pericljmenum Tourn. '€10. L. sempervi‘rens Ait. The evergreen Trumpet Honeysuckle. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 230. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 532. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446. Synonymes. Caprifdlium sempervirens Michz. Fi. Bor. Amer.,1. p.105.; Periclymenum semper- woe a. Dict., No. 1.; Alatérnus empervirens Keehd. ex Steud. ; Periclymenum virginiacum Riv pa Hort. Angl., t. 7.; Knorr Del., 1. t, 53.; Krauss, t. 1. ; and our fig. 806. Spec. Char., §c. Quite glabrous. Leaves persist- aj ent, sub-evergreen, obovate or ovate, glaucous beneath; upper ones connately perfoliate. Spikes nearly naked, composed of whorls of flowers ; tube of corolla ventiicose on the upper side ; limb nearly regular, with 5 round- ish lobes. Branches brown. Leaves deep green above, 2in. long and 1 in. broad. Whorls of flowers usually 3, at the top of each branch. Flowers of a beautiful scarlet outside, and yellow inside, about 1 in. long, inodorous. There are several varieties of this species, par- ticularly one with an almost upright stem. (Don’s Mill. iti. p.446.) A twining shrub, native of North America, from New York to Carolina, in dry stony woods. Introduced in 1656, and flowering from May till August. The fine scarlet flowers of this species, and the length of time during which they are pro- duced, render it a very desirable one ; but it is somewhat tender, and rather capricious in regard to situation. It will not thrive in clayey or wet soil; neither in the smoke of cities, nor in a confined situation. It grows well in sand, but still better in sandy peat. It succeeds but indifferently in the London nurseries ; and the metropolitan trade is generally supplied from the Goldworth Nursery, where it grows luxuriantly, and is propagated by layers to a great extent. Price of plants,in London, ls. 6d. each. ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc and 50 cents; and at New York, 373 cents. Varieties. £ L.s.2 major Ait., Curt. Bot. Mag., 1781., Schmidt Baum., t. 104. The large Trum- pet Honeysuckle. — Leaves roundish, and flowers very large, and of a brilliant scarlet. £ L. s.3 minor Ait., Sims. Bot. Mag., 1753. ; Ker Bot. Reg., t. 556.; L. connata Meerb. Icon., t.11? The small Trumpet Honeysuckle. — Leaves oblong, acute at both ends; upper ones obtuse, perfoliate: with small flowers, which are scarlet both outside and inside. This is an elegant “/ climbing shrub, but it can only be re- ~¢ commended for open airy situations in /4 the country; and the soil in which it is “—*~/ 807 planted ought to be occasionally stirred and manured. 1050 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. 4 11. L.ctio'sa Poir. The ciliated-/eaved Honeysuckle. : Identification. Poir. Suppl., 5. p. 612. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 332.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446. —— Caprifdlium cilidsum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 150.; L. ciliata Diety. Lex. Suppl., 4. Spec. Char., §c. Plant twining; upper part of the branches hairy on one side. Leaves coriaceous, reticulated, ovate, on short petioles, glaucous beneath, and ciliated on the margins: upper ones connately perfoliate. Spikes com- posed of approximate verticillate heads of nearly sessile flowers; tube of corolla hairy, ventricose in the middle; limb nearly equal. Flowers deep yellow. Peduncles beset with glandular hairs. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 446.) A twining shrub; a native of North America, on the banks of the Koos- koosky. Introduced in 1825, and flowering in July. There are plants of this species in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges. 4 12. L. occrpenTA‘LIs Hook. The Western Honeysuckle. Identification. Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446. Synonymes. Caprifdlium occidentale Lind. Bot. Reg., t. 1457.; Caprifdlium cilidsum Douglas MSS. Engraving. Bot Reg., t. 1457. Spec. Char., §c. Twining. Leaves oval, almost sessile, glabrous, ciliated, glau- cous beneath; upper ones connately perfoliate. Flowers disposed in ver- ticillate heads. Corolla glabrous, with an elongated tube, which is gibbous above the base; the limb nearly equal. Stamens almost inclosed. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.446.) The flowers are larger than in any other British North American species, and of a full orange red. Branches and peduncles gla- brous. A twining shrub, a native about Fort Vancouver, on the Columbia. Introduced in 1824, and flowering in June and July. A great acquisition to our gardens; and quite different from L. pubéscens, L. parviflora, and L. Douglasi ; and, if the presence or absence of hairs in the corolla are to be depended on, it is also different from L. cilidsa, which inhabits nearly the same country. L. pilisa Willd. Dec. Prod., 4. p. 233.; Caprifdlium villdsum H. B. et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 3. p. 427. t. 298. ; is a native of New Spain, in cold places, with purple flowers, not yet introduced. § i. Xyldsteum Dec. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p. 333. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446. Synonymes. Xylésteon Juss. Gen., 212.; Lonicera Reem. et Schult. Syst., 5. p.19.; Kyldésteon and Chameceérasus, Tourn. Inst., p. 609.; Xylésteum and Istka, Adans. Fam., 2. p. 501. ; Cobce‘a Neck . Elem., No. 219. ; the Fly Honeysuckle ; Hackenkirsche, Ger.; Hondsbezién orHondskarsen, Dutch. Derivation. From xylon, wood, and osteon, a bone ; the wood of L. Xylésteum being as hard as bone. Sect. Char.,§c. Pedicels axillary, 2-flowered, bibracteate at the apex. Berries, twin, distinct, or joined together more or less ; 3-celled in the young state; rarely 2-celled in the adult state. The limb of the calyx is generally de- ciduous, therefore the fruit is usually not crowned. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 446.) Climbing or erect shrubs, with leaves never connate. In British gardens, they are of the easiest culture, and extremely hardy. A. Ovaries and Berries altogether distinct. Stems scandent. Flowers irre- gular. — Nintooa Dec. Prod., iv. p. 33. Derivation. Nintoo, or Sintoo, is the name of L. japonica in China. 2 13. L. conru‘sa Dec. The confused Honeysuckle. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p.333.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 446 Synonymes. Nintoda confisa Swt. Hort. Brit., ed. 2.; Lonicera japénica Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 583. ; Ker Bot. Reg., t. 70., Delaun. Herb. Amat., t. 132., but not of Thunb. ; Nintoo, Sintoo, Kempf. Amen., 5. p. 785. ; Caprifdlium jap6nicum Loud. Hort. Brit. Enmore: Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 583. ; Bot. Reg., t.70.; Delaun. Herb, Amat., t. 132,; and our Sig. 808. : Spec. Char.,§c. Branches twining, pubescent. Leaves ovate, acute, rounded at the base, downy on both surfaces, as well as the peduncles. Peduncles axillary, longer than the petioles, 2-flowered, opposite, disposed in some- thing like a thyrsis at the tops of the branches. Calycine segments ovate, and, as well as the corollas, pubescent. The flowers are snow-white at CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIACER. LONI‘CERA. 1051 first, but gradually change to a golden yellow .x colour; hence it is called Suikadsara and Kin- ginqua, that is gold and silver flowers, by the Japanese. Corolla about an inch long, bilabiate. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 447.) A twining shrub, native of Japan, China, and the Himalayas. Introduced in 1805, and flowering in July. It is somewhat tender; nevertheless, it will grow and flower freely against an open wall in the neighbourhood of London; and the extraordi- nary fragrance of its flowers, which are pro- duced in the greatest abundance, well entitles it to a place in every collection. A plant has stood against a wall in the Horticultural Society’s Garden since 1828. 2 14. L. tonetFto‘ra Dec. The long-flowered Honeysuckle. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p. 333. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 447. Synonymes. Caprifolium longifldrum Sabine ex Lindl. Bot. Reg., 1232. ; Nintooa longifldra Swt. Hort. Brit., ed. 2.; Caprifdlium japonicum D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., 140.; Caprifvlium nepalénse G. Don in Loud. Hort. Brit., 79. Engraving. Bot. Reg., t. 1232. Spec. Char., §c. Glabrous in every part. Branches twining. Leaves petio- late, oblong-lanceolate, shining above, and pale beneath. Peduncles short, 2-flowered, about the length of the petioles. Tube of corolla very long and filiform; limb bilabiate. Flowers several inches long, at first snow- white, but finally changing to a golden yellow colour.(Don’s Mill., iii. p. 447.) A twining shrub, a native of China and Nepal. Introduced in 1826, and flowering from July to September. @ 15. L. sapo’ntca Thunb. The Japan Honeysuckle. Identification. Thunb. FI, Jap., p. 89.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 447. Synonymes. Nintoda japonica Swt. Hort. Brit., ed. 2.; L. chinénsis Hort. Kew., Wats. Dend. Brit., t.117., and Dec. Prod., 4. p. 333.; L. flexudsa Lodd, Bot. Cab., 1037., Ker, Bot. Reg., 712., but not of Thunb.; L. glabrata Roxb. ; Caprifdlium chinénse Loud. Hort. Brit.; C. flexudsum Hort. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t.117,; Bot. Cab., t. 1037.; Bot. Reg., t. 712. ; and our figs. 809, 810. Spec. Char., §c. Stems twining, flexuous, hairy. Branchlets opposite, very hairy, bearing 2 leaves and 2 sessile flowers at the base of each. Leaves about an inch long, petiolate, ovate, acutish, villous, pale beneath; uppermost ones the smallest. Corolla tubular, irregular, about an inch long, red, and villous on the outside, and _ white inside, sweet-scented, equal in length to the stamens. (Don’s Mill. iti. p. 447.) A twining shrub. A native of China, Japan, and the Himalayas. Introduced in 1806, and flowering in July and September. This is, perhaps, the most valuable species of the genus, next to the indigenous one. It is evergreen, apparently as hardy as the common woodbine, and of far more robust habit of growth; and, probably, a much longer-lived plant. Its flowers, which are produced for several months together, are exceedingly fragrant; and, by pruning and watering, it may be kept in flower in the open garden from April to November, and in a conservatory throughout the year. No garden whatever, whether large or small, should be without this species. Plants, in the London nurseries, are ls. each ; at Bollwyller, 3 francs ; andat New York, 1 dollar. Plants in pots are much to be preferred, though they are one half dearer ; because, if they are turned out into a large mass of pre- pared light rich soil, and placed against a wall, the ball being broken, and 1052 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. the roots spread carefully out in every direction, the shoots will cover several square yards of wall the first summer, and flower abundantly. a. Hardy Species of Lonicera belonging to the Division Nintoda of the Section Xylosteum, not yet introduced. L. cochinchinénsis Don’s Mill., iii. p. 447.; L. Xylésteum Lour.; is a twining shrub, with a much-branched stem, and ovate leaves, a native of Cochin- China, among bushes and hedges. L. Telfairii Hook et Arn., Don’s Mill, iii. p. 447.; L. Periclymenum Lour. ; is a native of China, closely allied, on the one hand, to L. confisum Dec., from which it differs in the leaves being smooth above, and in the shorter peduncles; and, on the other, to L. Lechenadlti Wall., which, however, is said to have ovate-subcordate ciliated leaves, and villous branches. L. Lechenailtii Wall., Don’s Miil., iii. p.447., has twining stems, axillary flowers, and is found on the Neellgherry Mountains. L. glabrata Wall., Don’s Mill. iii. p.447.; L. nigra Thund.; is a native of Nepal, with twining branches and ovate leaves, glaucous beneath. L. acuminata Wall., Don’s Mill., iii. p. 447., is a native of the Himalayas, with twining stems, and flowers like those of L. Xylésteum. L. diversifilia Wall., Don’s Mill, iii. p.448., is a native of the East Indies, on Mount Gurval, with twining branches, and flowers resembling those of L. Xylésteum, both in size and colour. The leaves are ovate and cuspidate, and about 3 in. long, pubescent above, and villous beneath. L. ligtstrina Wall., Don’s Mill., iii. p.448.; Xylosteum Jigistrinum D. Don.; X. Naisica Hamilt.; is a native of Nepal, on the mountains and in the woods, with the branches slender, twining, and covered with ash grey, shining, smooth bark, and leaves like those of the privet. L. lanceolata Wall., Don’s Mill., iii. p.448., is an erect, bushy shrub, with berries about the size and colour of black currants; a native of Nepal, at Go- sainthan. L. canéscens Schousb., Don’s Mill., iii. p. 448. ; L. biflora Desf.; is a native of hedges about Mogador, on Mount Trara in Mauritania, and of Sicily, neor Palermo, with twining branches, which, with the leaves, are canescent from down. The flowers are in peduncles, which are longer than the petioles, and the corolla is velvety on the outside. L. bracteata Royle Ilust., p. 237., has the leaves ovate-lanceolate, the pe- duncles axillary and 2-flowered, with broad foliaceous bracteas, which, before the expansion of the flowers, half conceal the flower buds. Mr. Royle re- marks that this is a singular species, so closely allied to Leycestéria, that it might almost be referred to that genus. The names of several other species of Lonicera are given in Royle’s Jilus- trations, as found in the Himalayas; but none of them, except those already mentioned, are described in published works, or introduced into British gardens. B. Berries distinct, or usually connate together at the Base, and diverging at the Tip. Corolla hardly gibbous at the Base, or equal. — Chamecérasi Dec. Derivation. The name signifies akind of false cherry: the fruit of some of the species resemble cherries. (Dec. Prod., iv. p. 335.) % 16. L. rara’rica Lin. The Tartarian Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1. p. 247. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 448. Synonymes. Xylésteum cordatum Meench Mceth., p. 502.; X. tataricum Dum. Cours. Engraving. Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 36, ; Jacq. Icon. Rar., t.37.; Bot. Reg., t. 31.; Guimp. Abb. Holz., t.87.; and our figs. 811, 812. Spec. Char.,§c. Quite glabrous, erect. Leaves cordste-ovate, hardly acute. Peduncles shorter than the leaves. Berries distinct when young, and nearly globose, but at length connate at the base. Flowers rose-coloured, short, somewhat gibbous at the base. Fruit black, with one of the berries usually abortive. Bracteas 2, linear-setaceous. Peduncles 2-flowered. CHAP. LXIITI. CAPRIFOLIA CEH. LONI‘CERA. 1053 (Don’s Miil., p. 448.) A shrub, a 812 native of Tartary, and growing to the height of from 4ft. to 6 ft. It was introduced in 1752, and flowers in April and May. Varieties. & DL. t. 2 albiflora Dec. Prod., iii. p- 335.; L. pyrenaica Willd. Baumz., p. 181. — Flowers and fruit white. & 1, t. 3 rubriflora Dec.,\.c.; L. grandiflorum Lodd. Cat.; L. sibirica Hortul. ex Pers. Ench. — Flowers and fruit red. # I. t.4 litea Lodd. Cat. has yellowish flowers and yellow fruit. & TL. t. 5 latifolia Lodd. Cat. has broad leaves. Culture, $c. This is one of the most hardy of European shrubs, and one of the few which grow in the open gardens of Petersburg and Stockholm, without protection during winter. It flowers about Petersburg in June, and about London in April, having begun to put out its leaves in January. In Siberia, Pallas informs us, the berries, though bitter, nauseous, and purgative, are eaten by the common people. The wood, which, when deprived of its bark, is beautifully veined, is used for walking-sticks; and the plant being frequented by the Méloe vesicatorius LZ. (Cantharis vesicatéria Geoff), that insect is collected from it for the apothecaries. In British gardens, the plant is very common, and it is valued for its early leafing and flowering. It will grow in any soil, and almost in any situation. It is readily propagated by cuttings. 217. L. (v.) nt'eRrA LZ. The black-fruited Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., 247.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 449. Synonymes. Caprifdlium vdseum Lam. Fv. Fr., 3. p.368.; Chamacérasus nigra Delarb. Fi. Auv., ed. 2. p, 130. Bochate ws. Jacq. Aust., t. 314. ; Schmidt, Baum., t. 110. ; Gesn., fase. 37. t. 8. f. 48. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves oval-oblong, or elliptic, on short petioles, rather villous when young, but nearly glabrous in the adult state. Pedun- cles 2-flowered, elongated, shorter than the leaves. Corolla reddish, and pubescent on the outside, but whitish on the inside. Bracteas 4, under the ovaries; the two outer ones lanceolate, and 813 the inner quadrifid. Berries black, globose, joined together at the side. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 449.) A shrub, from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high ; a native of middle Europe, im subalpine woods, as in France, Switzerland, Austria, Silesia, Piedmont, &c. It was introduced in 1597, and flowers from March to May. It is of the easiest culture and propagation in any common soil. The plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden was, in 1835, after being seven years planted, 5 ft.high. Variety. 2% L.? (¢.) n. 2 campanifiora ; Xylésteum campaniflorum Lodd. Cab., t. 1361.; and our figs. 813, 814. ; has the flowers bell-shaped. 18. L. (v-) cruta‘ta ALuhl. The ciliated-/eaved Honeysuckle. Identification, Mihl. Cat., p.22.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 448. Synonymes. Xylésteum ciliatum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.161.; L. tatarica Michx. Fl, Amer., 1. p. 166., but not of Lin.; L. canadénsis Reem. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 260. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves ovate or oblong, cordate, thin, ciliated, villous beneath in the young state. Peduncles elongated. Bracteas 2, ovate, three times shorter than the ovaries, which are distinct. Corolla 1054 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. bluntly spurred at the base; with short, nearly equal, lobes. Berries dis- tinct, red, divaricate. Flowers white, with a tinge of red or yellow; tube ventricose above; limb with short acute segments; style protruded. (Don’s Miill., iii. p.448.) A shrub, from 4 ft, to 6 ft. high, a native of North America, on mountains among rocks, in rich soils; from Canada to Virginia, and throughout Canada to the Saskatchawan. It-was introduced in 1824, and, in British gardens, flowers in June and July. It is of the easiest culture in any soil, and is readily propagated by cuttings. The white- flowered variety mentioned by Pursh, is said to be Vaccinium album. 2 19, L. pyrena'ica L. The Pyrenean Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., p. 248. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 448. Synonymes. Caprifdlium pyrenaicum Lam. Fl. Fr., 3. p. 366. ; Xylésteum pyrendicum Tourn. Inst., 609. Spec. Char., §c. Glabrous, erect. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, acute, glaucous beneath. Peduncles 2-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Bracteas oblong- linear, foliaceous. Flowers almost regular. Berries globose, distinet. Corolla white, twice the size of that of L. Xylésteum, funnel-shaped. Limb 5-cleft, flat; with equal, ovate, obtuse segments. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 448.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 5 ft., a native of the Pyrenees, on calcareous rocks, in exposed situations, Introduced in 1739, and flowering in May. A very hardy shrub, of easy culture, and frequent in collections. % 20. L. puni’cea Sims. The crimson-flowered Honeysuckle. Identification. Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2469.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 448. Synonyme. Symphoricarpos punfceus Sw. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2469.; and our jig. 815. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves ovate, subcordate at the base, of the same colour on both surfaces. Peduncles axillary, and almost terminal, 2- flowered, shorter than the leaves. Tube of corolla rather gibbous at the base ; segments of corolla nearly equal, irregularly arranged, 3 one , way and 2 another. Berries distinct ? Flowers ~~ deep red, or crimson. Leaves sometimes three in a whorl on the young shoots. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 448.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 2 ft. to 4 ft. Introduced in 1822, and flowering in April and May. % 21. L. Xv.o’strrum L. The bony-wooded, or upright, Fly Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp,, 248. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335.; Don’s Mill., 3, p. 448. Soe geet ree dumetdrum Lam. Fi. fy, 3. p. 367.; Xylésteum dumetdrum Meench Enea Eng. Bot., t. 916. ; Fl. Grec., t. 293.; Ed. Fl. Dan., t. 808. ; Du Ham. Arb., 1. p. 153. t.59.; Riv. Mon. Irr., t. 120, ; Mill. Icon., 167. f. 1. and our fig. 816. Spec. Char., §c. Erect, downy. Leaves ovate, acute, petiolate, soft. Pe- duncles 2 flowered, shorter than the leaves. Bracteas hairy, double; the two outer ones lanceolate, spreading; inner a small concave scale under each germ. Berries oval, distinct, 1-celled, 6-seeded. Flowers small, cream- coloured, downy. Calyx of 5 obtuse lobes. Berries scarlet. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 449.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 8 ft. to 10 ft., flowering in July; and, according to Sir J. E. Smith, of “ little beauty, and no known utility, though common in plantations.” It is a native throughout nearly the whole of Europe, even to Caucasus, in thickets, hedges and rocky places, and by the sides of woods. It has been found in a few situations in Britain, but is a very doubtful native. Linnzeus says that it makes excellent hedges in a dry soil; that the clear parts between the joints of the shoots are used, in Sweden, for tobacco-pipes; and that the CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CEH. LON)'CERA. 1055 wood, being extremely hard, makes teeth for rakes, &c. Gmelin informs us that the Russians make an empyreumatic oil from the wood, which they recommend for cold tumours and chronic pains. Animals seldom touch theleaves. In hard weather birds eat the berries, which are reputed to be purgative and emetic. (Martyn’s Mill.) According to Pallas, an empyreu- matic oil is prepared from the branches when young; and the wood, which is ex- tremely hard, and yields only in beauty to L. tatarica, is used for walking-sticks. It is one of the oldest and hardiest inha- bitants of British shrubberies, having been in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden since 1683; but, certainly, it cannot be recom- mended for its beauty, in a country pos- sessing such an extensive ligneous flora as we have in Britain. In the colder parts ofEurope, about Stockholm and Petersburg, for example, it is valuable, because it endures the severest winters. In the English garden, or rather park, at Munich, it is planted in masses and groups, along with other masses and groups of Cornus alba, Salix vitellina, and Vibarnum O’pulus ; and, in the winter time, the whitish-grey bark of its shoots con- trasts finely with the red, yellow, or brown, bark of the other species. Varieties. % I, X. 2 leucocarpa Dec. Prod., iv. p. 335., N. Du Ham., i. p. 52., has white berries. x% L, X.3 xanthocarpa Dec., |. c., N. Du Ham., |. c., has the berries yellow, #« I. X. 4 melanocérpa Dec., |. c., Bauh, Pin., p, 451., has black berries. #% 22, L. rLexuo'sa Thunb. The flexible-stemmed Honeysuckle. Identification. Thunb. in Lin. Trans., 2. p. $30., but not of Lodd., nor Ker; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 449. Synonymes. WL, nigra Thunb. Fl. Jap., p. 89., but not of Lin, ; L. brachYpoda Dec. Prod., 4. p. 335. Spec. Char., &c. Erect, branched. Branches very villous at the apex. Leaves ovate-oblong, acute, on short petioles, glabrous; petioles villous ; nerves of leaves puberulous. Flowers axillary, few, almost sessile. Berries globose, glabrous. Stems flexuous. Leaves about an inch long ; upper ones the smallest. Peduncles hardly a line long. Berries distinct, ovate, acuminated, black. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 449.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 5ft., a native of Japan; which was introduced in 1806, and flowers in June and July. a. Hardy Species of Lonicera, belonging to the Division Chamecérasi of the Section Xylosteum, not yet introduced. L. htspida Pall,, Led. Fl. Ross.’ Alt. Il., t. 212., isa native of Siberia, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft,. with hispid branches, and pendulous greenish white flowers, which are succeeded by dark purple berries. C. Berries either distinct or joined together. Corolla very gibbous at the Base. Erect bushy Shrubs. — Cuphanthe Dec. Derivation. From kuphos, gibbous, and anthos, a flower ; in reference to the flower being gibbous on one side at the base. wz 23. L. invotucra‘ra Banks. The involucrated Honeysuckle. dees, Banks Herb. ex Spreng. Syst., 1. p.759.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 336.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 449. Synonyme. Xylésteum involucratum Richards. in Frank. First Journ., ed. 1., append. p. 6, Engravings. Our figs. 817, 818, 819. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Branches acutely tetragonal. Leaves ovate or oval, petiolate, membranous, beset with appressed hairs beneath. Peduncles axillary, 2—3-flowered. Bracteas 4; two outer ovate, two inner broad, obcordate, at length widening, clothed with glandular pubescence. Corolla pubescent, gibbous at the base on the outside; yellowish, tinged with red. Style exserted. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.449.) A shrub, 2 ft. to 3 ft. A 1056 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM, PART III. high, native of North-west America, between lat. 54° and 64° (but pro- bably confined to the vicinity of the Saskatchawan) ; thence to the Rocky Mountains. It was introduced in 1824, and flowers in May. a. Hardy Species of Lonicera belonging to the Division Cuphanthe of the Section Xylisteum, which are not yet introduced. L. gibbdsa Willd., Xyl6steum mexicanum H. B. et Kunth, is a native of Mexico, in woods, with the corolla scarlet. f i L. Mociniana Dec., L. gibbdsa Moc. et Sesse, is a native of Mexico, very nearly allied to the preceding species, but differs in the corolla being yellowish, and, when decaying, of a blood colour, permanent, and jagged, with the bracteas spreading. The berries are globose, and of a dark purple. L. Ledebourii Eschsch., Don’s Mill., 3. p.449. A native of California, so nearly allied to L. involu- crata, as hardly to be distinguishable from it. D. Berries two on each Peduncle, joined together in one, which is bi-umbilicate at the Apex. Erect branching Shrubs.—Isikee Adans. Derivation.- A name, the origin of which is unknown, employed by Adanson to designate this division of the genus. #2 24. L. aupi’cena H. The alpine Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., 248. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.336.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 449. Synonymes. -Caprifolium alpinum Lam. Fl. Fr.; Caprifdlium alpigenum Gertn. Fruct., 1. p. 136. ; Isika alpigena Borck. ; Isica lucida Moench; Xylésteum alpigenum Lodd. Cat.; Chamzcérasus alpigena Delarb, ; Cherry Woodbine; Heckenkirsche, Ger. Engravings. “Jacq. Fi. Aust., t.274.; N. Du Ham., 1. t.16.; Mill. Icon., t. 167. f.2.; Lob. Icon., t. 173.; and our jigs. 820, 821. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves oval-lanceolate, or elliptic ; acute, glabrous, or pubescent, on very short petioles, rather ciliated. Peduncles 2-flow- ered, shorter than the leaves. Corolla gibbous at the base, and greenish yellow tinged with red or purple. Berries red, and of the size and ap- pearance of those of a cherry; whence it is called cherry woodbine by Johnson. Leaves large. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 449.) A shrub, from 3 ft. to 5 ft. high, a native of the middle and south of Europe, in subalpine places and mountains. Intro- duced in 1596, and flowering in April and May. One of the oldest and hardiest of our shrubs, and of the easiest propagation and culture. Variety. % L. a. 2 sibirica Dec. Prod., iv. p.336.; L. sibirica Vest in Ram. et Schult, Syst., 5. P. 259.— Lower leaves rather cordate. eduncles thickened a little under the flowers. A native of Siberia; and, like most other varieties of trees and shrubs, natives of the west of Europe, indigenous to Siberia, coming into leaf and flower, a week, or more, earlier than the species. CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA CEA. LONI/CERA. 1057 % 25. L.(a.) micropuy’tia Willd, The small-leaved Honeysuckle. Identification. Dec. Prod., 4. p. 336.; Willd, Rel. in Roem. et Schult. Syst., 5. p. 258. ; Don’s Mill., 3 _p. 450. Synonyme. L. alpigena Sievers. Engraving. Led. FI. Ross. Alt. Til, t. 213. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves elliptic, acute at both ends, glaucous beneath, rather villous on both surfaces, and sometimes rounded at the base. Pe- duncles 2-flowered, and shorter than the leaves. Corollas greenish yellow. Berries joined, of a reddish orange colour. The epidermis falls from the branches. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 450.) A shrub, 3 ft. or 4ft. high; a native of Eastern Siberia, and introduced in 1818. Obviously a variety of the pre- ceding species. % 26. L. opLonGiFO‘LIA Hook. The oblong-leaved Honeysuckle. Identification. Hook. F\. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 284. t. 100.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 450. Synonyme. Xylésteum oblongifdlium Goldie in Edin. Phil. Journ., 6. p. 232. Engravings. ook. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. t.100.; and our fig. 822. Spec. Char., §c. Erect, Leaves oblong, or oval, clothed with velvety pubescence beneath. Pe- duncles elongated, erect. Bracteas obsolete. Tube of corolla hairy, gibbous at the base on one side. Limb unequal, deeply 2-lipped ; the upper lip 4-toothed, and the lower one nearly entire. Berries joined in one, which is bi-umbilicate at the top, bluish black in the dried state, and about the size of a pea. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 450.) A shrub, growing to the height of 4 ft. or more, native of North America, in the Island of Montreal, in the St. Lawrence, about Montreal, Lake Winnipeg, and of the western parts of the state of New York. It was introduced in 1823, and flowers in April and May. There are plants in the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden. % 27. L.cmru‘LeEA L. The blue-berried Honeysuckle. Identification. Lin. Sp., 349. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 337.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 450. A al Synonymes. L. villdsa Miihl. Cat., p. 22., Hook. et Arn, in Beech. Voy. Pt. Bot., 1. p. 115.; Xylos- teon villdsum Michzx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 106., Richards. in Frankl. First Journ., ed. 2., append. p. 6.; X. Solbnzs Eaton Man. Bot., p.518,; L. velutina Dec. Prod., 4. p. 337.; L. altaica Pail. Fi. Ross., t. 37. ; Xylésteum cxrdleum canadénse Lam. Dict., 1. p. 731. ; X. canadénse Du Ham. Arb., 2, p.373.; Caprifodlium cerdleum Lam. Fl. Fr., and Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836; Chamecérasus cerilea Delarb. Fl. Au.; L. pyrenadica Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 58. ; L._Pallaszé Led. Fl. Ross. Alt. Ill., t. 151. Engravings. Jacq. Fl. Aust. Append., 5. t.17.; Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1975. ; Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 37. 5 Led. FI. Ross, Alt. Ill, t.131.; and our jigs. 825, 824. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves oval-oblong, ciliated, stiffish, densely clothed with pubescence while young. Peduncles short, 2-flowered, reflexed in the fructiferous state. Bracteas 2, subulate, longer than the ovaria. Tube of corolla glabrous, short, gibbous on one side at the base; lobes of limb short, nearly equal. Berries closely joined in one, which Gig, is bi-umbilicate at the apex. Flowers , greenish yellow, tubular. Berries | elliptic or globose, dark blue, and \ covered with a kind of bloom. + Bark of young shoots purplish. > } There is no difference between the % ¥ WX American and European plants of this species. (Don’s Mill., 3. p. 450.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft.; native of Europe, in France, Switzerland, Austria, &c., on the mountains ; throughout the woody country of British North America, and as far as lat. 66° to the mountains in the west, Labrador, Newfoundland, and Hudson’s Bay ; in the states of New York, Massachusetts, New Hampshire; and of Siberia 4a 2 1058 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIf. and Kamtschatka. It was introduced in 1629, and flowers in March and April. % 28. L. (c.) orreNTA‘LIs Lam. The Oriental Honeysuckle. Identification. Lam. Dict., 1. p. 731. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.337.; Bieb. Fl. Taur. et Suppl. No. 396. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 450. Synonymes. L. caucisica Pall. Fl. Ross. sl. p. 57.3; L. cerdlea Guild. Itin., 1. p. 423., ex Pall.; Cha- mecérasus orientalis Zaurifdlia Tourn. Cor., p. 42. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves on very short petioles, ovate-lanceolate, acute, quite entire, smoothish, peduncles 2-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Bracteas 2, setaceous. Berries joined in one, didymous and bi-umbilicate at the apex, 10-seeded. Berries black (Lam., Bieb.), dark blue (Pall.). Leaves stiffish, veiny, larger than in L. czrtlea. Flowers greenish yellow. (Don’s Miill., iii. p. 450.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft. ; native of Iberia and Asia Minor, in woods. It was introduced in 1825, and flowers from April to June. Judging from the plants in the Hackney arboretum, it appears to be a variety of the preceding sort. % 29. L. 1BE’RIcA Bieb. The Georgian Honeysuckle. Identification. Bieb. F). Taur., and Suppl., 395.; Stev. Mém. Soc. Mosc., 3. p. 257.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 337.3 Don’s Mill, 3. p. 450. Synonyme. Xyldsteon ibéricum Bieb. Cent. Pl. Rar., 1. t 13., ex Suppl., and Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, Engraving. Bieb. Cent. Fi. Rar., 1, t. 13., ex Suppl. Spec. Char., §c. Erect. Leaves petiolate, cordate, roundish, tomentose, or pubescent. Peduncles 2-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Bracteas ob- long, ciliated. Berries joined together to the middle,globose. Corollas lucid, of the form of those of L. alpigena. Ovarium tomentose. Berries blood- coloured. Leaves like those of Cotoneaster vulgaris. (Don’s Mill., iii. p- 450.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 4 ft.; native of Georgia, about Teflis. It was introduced in 1824, and flowers in April and May. a. Hardy Species of the Genus Lonicera belonging to the Division Isike of the Section Xylosteum, not yet introduced. L. Webbiana Wail. (Dec. Prod., 4. p.7336.; Royle Illust., p. 236.) is a native of the East Indies, in Sirinagur, with the habit of L. alpigena. L. Govaniana Wall. (Dec. Prod., p. 337.) is a native of Sirmore, in the.East Indies, and is nearly allied to L. alpigena. L. angustifolia Wall. (Dec. Prod., 4. p. 337.) is a native of Nepal, with the branches smooth, and the leaves 15 lines long, and 4 lines broad. Corolla pale. Some other species, not sufficiently known, but presumed to be hardy, natives of the East Indies pr of Chili, are enumerated in Don’s Miller and Royle’s Illustrations, to which we refer the curious collector. Genus V. SYMPHORICA’RPOS Dill. Tut St. Perer’s Worr. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. : Identification. Dill. Elth., p. $71. ; Juss, Gen., p. 211. ; Mcench Meth., p. 502.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 338. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 451, ; Synonymes. Symphoricarpa Neck. Elem., p. 220.; Symphodria Pers. Ench., 1. p.214.; Anisanthus Willd. Rel.; WLonicera sp. Lin. : Derivation. From sumphored to accumulate, and karpos, fruit; species bearing the fruit in groups. How it obtained the name of St. Peter’s Wort we have not been able to ascertain. Description, &c. Bushy deciduous shrubs, of the easiest culture in common garden soil, and readily increased by suckers, which they throw up in abun- dance. Price of plants, in London, from 6d. to 1s. each; at Bollwyller, 50 cents ; and at New York, 374 cents. % 1. S. vunca‘ris Miche. The common St. Peter’s Wort. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 100. ; Dec. Prod, 4. p. 339. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 451. Synonymes, Lonicera Symphoricarpos Lin. Sp., 249. ; S. parviflora Desf. Cat.; Symphdria conglome- rata Pers. Ench., 1. p 214. ; Symphdria glomerata Pursh Fl. Amer. ap p. 162. Engravings. Schmidt Baum., t.115.; Dill. Elth., t. 278. f. 360. ; Hort, Angl., t.20.; and our fig. 825. CHAP. LXIII. CAPRIFOLIA‘CEZ. SYMPHORICA’RPOS. 1059 Spec. Char., §c. Flowers disposed in axillary capitate clusters, composed of nearly sessile racemules. Corolla white. Berries red, size of hempseed ; but,in America, according to Pursh, the flowers Me are small, red and yellow, and the berries pur- ple. Branches brown, smooth. Leaves ellip- tic ovate, obtuse, glaucous, and pubescent beneath. The berries are numerous, and ripen in winter. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 451.) A shrub, \ growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 6 ft. ; ly native of Virginia, Carolina, and Pennsylvania, D, in sandy dry fields. It was introduced in 1730, \ m and flowers in August and September. e Variety. & S. v. 2 foliis variegatis, S. glomerata foliis variegatis Lodd. Cat., has the leaves finely variegated with green and yellow. + % 2. S. RacEmo'sus Micha, The racemose-flowered St. Peter’s Wort, or Snowberry. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 107.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 339.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 451. Synonymes. Symphdria racemdsa Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 162. ; S. leucocarpa Hort. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t.2211.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 230. ; and our jig. 826. Spec. Char., §c. Flowers disposed in nearly terminal, loose, interrupted racemes, which are often leafy. Corolla densely bearded inside. Style and stamens enclosed. “4 Leaves glaucous beneath. Corollarose-coloured. Berries large, white. This is a fine shrub, very common in our gardens, easily known by its large white berries, and small 826 red flowers. The 8. elongata and S. heterophylla Pres/ in Herb. Henke, which were collected about Nootka Sound, do not differ from this species, in which the lower leaves are sometimes deeply sinuated. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 451.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 8 ft.; native of North America, on mountains near Lake Mistassins, and on the banks of the Missouri; in Upper Canada it is abundant about the Saskatchawan, on the banks of the Columbia, and at Puget’s Sound and Nootka Sound, north-west coast. It was introduced in 1817, and flowers from July to September. The flowers are succeeded by white fruit, about the size of a large black currant, but elliptical in form, which remain on the bush even after the leaves have dropped, and make a very fine appearance. In small gardens, this shrub is rather troublesome, from the numerous suckers it throws up from the roots ; but, as its flowers are much sought after by bees, and its berries are excellent food for game (See Gard. Mag., ix. p. 699., and x. p. 432.), that habit, when it is planted for these purposes, is found rather advan- tageous than otherwise. For gardens, it might be desirable to graft it on Lonicera Xylésteum, or some allied species of suitable habit. So grafted, standard high, it would form a very elegant small tree. App. i. Hardy Species of Symphoricarpos not yet introduced. S. occidentalis Richards. (Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. 285.) is a native of British North America, in the woody country between lat. 54° and 64°, and known under the name of wolfberry. Dr. Richardson remarks of this plant, that it approaches very near to S. racemdsus; and Sir W. J. Hooker says, ‘‘ Among the numerous specimens in the herbarium, are some which appear almost as much allied to one species as the other: but the majority of the individuals of the two species are readily enough distinguished ; those belonging to the S. occidentalis, by their larger, less glaucous, more rigid, and denser foliage (some of the leaves being 22 iu. long); by the flowers arranged in dense drooping spikes, larger than in S. racemdsus; and by the prominent style and stamens.” (Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., i, p.285.) We have given this quotation to show the very uncertain grounds on which what are called species are established; and, perhaps, it cannot be otherwise, so long as botanists are obliged to form their opinions from dried specimens. There is scarcely any tree or shrub that, by culture in different soils and situations, could not be made to vary in magnitude, and other particulars, as much as, or more than, is stated to be the case with these dried specimens of Symphoricarpos. We are very much inclined to think that, if the species of all the genera of Capri- foliaceze were cultivated for some years in the same garden, they would be reduced to less than half their present number. . 4a 3 1060 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus VI. re LEYCESTE‘R/A Wall. Tue Leycesterta. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind., 2. p. 181, ; Plant. Rar. Asiat., 2. p, 21. t. 120.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 338. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 451. Derivation. Named by Dr. Wallich after his friend William Leycester, formerly chief judge of the principal native court under the Bengal Presidency ; ‘‘ who, during a long series of years, and in various parts of Hindoostan, has pursued every branch of horticulture with a munificence, zeal, and success, which abundantly entitle him to that distinction.” \e Description, §c. This genus appears to be intermediate between Caprifo- liiceee, and Rubiacez; but from the last it is distinguished by the want of stipules. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 451.) The only species known is a shrub, a na- tive of the Himalayas. % 1. L. rormo‘sa Wall. The beautiful Leycesteria. Identification: Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind., 2. p. 182.; Dec. Prod., 4. p. 338. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 451. Synonyme. Haméelia connata Puerari MSS. Engravings. Plant. As. Rar., 2. t. 120. ; and our fig. 827. Description, §c. A large, ram- we 827 bling, deciduous shrub, a native ; of the highest mountains which surround the valley of Nepal; and of much more northerly situations, towards Gossainthan, at elevations of between 6000 ft. and 7000 ft.,and even as high as 8000 ft., among forests of pine and oak. It is a most beautiful shrub when in a flowering state, from the contrast of the deep green hue of its stemand leaves, with the purple colour of its large bracteas and its berries. It was introduced into British gar- dens in 1824, and it flowered soon afterwards in the nursery of Messrs. Allen and Rogers, at Battersea, whence specimens were sent to the late Mr. Sweet, and to Mr. G. Don. It is a rambling shrub, with the general appearance of a honeysuckle ; and it will probably prove some- what tender in this country; but, as it is easily propagated by cuttings, or by seeds, which it produces in abundance, a stock of plants might easily be kept in readiness to provide for acci- dental losses. Trained against a conservative wall, it would have a splendid effect in autumn . There are young plants, raised in 1836, from Nepal seeds, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. CHAP. LXIV. RUBIA‘CEA. CEPHALA’NTHUS, 1061 CHAP. LXIV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER RUBIA‘CE®. Tuts order includes a great number of genera; but there is only one of these that contains any ligneous species truly hardy in British gardens. Genus I. pears i CEPHALA’‘’NTHUS L. Tue Burton-woop. Lin. Syst. Tetrandria’ Monogynia. varies Rich. Disas witha fig.s Deo Prod. 4. p-838.5, Don's Mill, X’p. 610. ; Load, Cate od. 1886 Derivation. From kephate, a head, and anthos, a flower ; in allusion to the flowers being disposed in globular heads. Gen. Char., §c. Calyx with an obversely pyramidal tube, and an angular 5-toothed limb. Corolla with a slender tube, and a 4-cleft limb; lobes erectish. Stamens 4, short, inserted in the upper part of the tube, hardly exserted. Style much exserted. Stigma capitate. Fruit inversely pyra- midal, crowned by the limb of the calyx, 2—4-? celled, and separating ito 2—4 parts; cells, or parts, 1-seeded, indehiscent, and sometimes empty by abortion. Seeds oblong, terminating in a little callous bladder. Albumen somewhat cartilaginous. Embryo inverted in the albumen, with a superior radicle. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 610.) — Shrubs, with terete branches. Leaves opposite, or 3 in a whorl. % 1. C. occipentTa‘tis L. The Western Button-wood. Identification. Lin. Sp., 138. ; Dec. Prod., 4. p.538.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 610. ; Lod. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. C. oppositifdlius Manch Meth., p. 487. ; Swamp Globe Flower, Amer. Engravings. Du Dia, Arb., 1. t. 54. ; Schkuhr Handb,, t. 21., and t. 5. b. fruit. ; Lois. Herb. Amat., t. 272. 5 Pluk. Alm., 336, t. 77. f. 4. ; and our jigs. 828, 829. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves opposite, or 3 in a whorl, ovate or oval, acumi- nated. Peduncles much longer than the heads, usually by threes at the tops of the branches. Petioles red- dish next the branches. Heads of flowers globular, size of amarble. Flowers whitish yellow. There are varieties of this species having the branchlets and young leaves either glabrous or downy. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.610.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 6 ft. to 8 ft.; anative of North America, from Canada to Florida, in marshy places. It was introduced in 1735, and flowers in July and August. It will grow In common garden soil, but prefers peat kept moist ; and is propagated chiefly by seeds, but will also grow by cuttings and layers. It is an inter- 4a 4 1062 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, esting shrub, from its curious round heads of flowers, and from the lateness of the season at which these appear. Price of plants, in the London nur- series, ls. 6d. ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc; and at New York, 25 cents. Variety. % C.0. 2 brachjpodus. Dec. Prod., iv. p. 539.— Leaves elliptic-oblong, 3 in a whorl, or short petioles ; petioles 3—4 lines long. There are varieties of this, with either glabrous or downy branches, A native of the north of Mexico, near Rio de‘la Trinidad and Bejar, where it was collected by Berlandier. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 610.) Some other species of Cephalénthus are described in De Candolle’s Prodromus and Don’s Miller ; but they are natives of South America, the East Indies, or China, and are considered as requiring the green-house or the stove. App. I. Half-hardy ligneous Plants belonging to the Order Rubiaceae. Pinckniya pitbens Michx. (North Amer. Syl., 1, p. 260. t. 49. ) and our fig. 830.), Pincknéya pubéscens Per's., Cinchona caro- liniana Poir.,is a tree growing to the height of 20 ft., in Georgia, South Carolina, and other parts of North America. The branches and leaves are tomentose, and the flowers rather large, pubescent, and white, tinged with red. The tree divides into numerous branches, and is covered with large light green leaves, which are downy beneath, but it is not par- ticularly ornamental. In America it is called Georgia bark, and was originally supposed to belong to the same genus as the cinchona, which it strongly resembles. It is interesting for the properties of its bark; which partakes of the same bitter qualities as that of the cinchona; and which is employed successfully in the alleviation of the intermittent fevers which prevail in the country where it is a native. The wood is soft, and unfit for use in the arts. In England, the plant is generally kept in green-houses or cold-pits; but it will thrive much better if planted in the free ground, and trained against a wall with a southern exposure, It requires a shady Situation, and is said to thrive best in a mixture of sand and peat. Serfssa foe’tida Comm. in Juss. Gen. (Don’s Miil., 3. p. 633.) ; L¥cium japénicum Thunb. (Bot. Mag., t.361., and_ our fig. 831.); Lycium fe'tidum L7n. fil.; Lycium indicum Refx.; Dysdda fasciculata Lour. Coch., p. 146. ; Buchdzia coprosméides L’ Hérit. =) » Diss., with a fig.; Dysdda foe’tida Salisb. Prod., p. 60.; Sperma- he cdce fruticdsa Desf. Hort. Par. ; is a native of China, Japan, and other parts of the East, where it forms a bushy shruh, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., with small, dark green, shining leaves, a little deflexed ; and flowers which are white within, and reddish without, and often single and double on the same plant. In Japan, it is frequently planted for hedges. It was introduced in 1787, and grows freely in our green-houses, in amixture of loam, peat, and sand, flowering during the most part of the summer. Plécama péndula Ait.; Bartlingia scoparia Rchb. Icon. Exot., t.11.; is a small, glabrous, much branched shrub, with the branches round, slender, and pendulous, and the leaves linear, filiform, and opposite. It is a native of the Canary Islands, ¢ where it grows to the height of 2 ft.; and was introduced in 1779, but has not yet flowered. Ph@llis Nodbla L. (Dill. Elth., p. 405. t. 299. f. 386.) has been an inhabitant of our green-houses since 1699. It is a glabrous shrub, with round branches, and small greenish white flowers, which are produced in June and July - Anthospérmum ethidpicum L.; Ambraria Heisteri Walth. Hort., t.9., Hort. Cliff., t.27., Pluk. Alm., t. 193. f. 1. ; is a branched shrub, with small linear leaves, shining above, and whitish beneath. The male and female flowers are produced on different plants, the former being brownish, and the latter green. This is an evergreen Cape shrub, an old inhabitant of our green-houses, where it forms a dense fastigiate bush, sometimes as high as 4 ft., and flowering in June and July. It well deserves a place against the conservative wall. ubia fruticdsa Ait., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 643., Jacq. Icon. Rar., t. 25.; R. fruticdsa canadénsis Poi. ; is a native of the Canary Islands, where it grows to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft., and produces its small yellowish flowers in September. It is chiefly remarkable for its leaves, which are from 2 to 6 in a phe end, as it is somewhat shrubby, it deserves a place against a conservative wall, or on dry rockwork, Bouvardia Jacquini H. B. et Kunth Don’s Mill., 3. p.486.; B. triphYlla Hort. ; Houstonza coc- cinea Bot. Tep., t.106.; is a native of Spain, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., with scarlet tubular flowers, with a tube about 9 lines long, which appear from April to November. It is a most desirable shrub, for turning out into beds and borders during the summer season, or for training against a low conservative wall. There are two forms of it in British collections, one with leaves much more pubescent than those of the other. Manéttia glabra Cham. et Schlect., Swt. Fl. Gard., 2d ser., t. 334. ; M. cordifolia Mart., Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3202., Gard, Mag., ix. p. 107., and x, 238.; is an exceedingly elegant little twiner, with scarlet tubular corollas, and broad deep green leaves. It is a native of Buenos Ayres; and, Professor D. Don observes, will doubtless succeed well in the open border during summer, CHAP. LXVII. COMPO SIT. 1065 CHAP. LXV. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS SPECIES OF THE ORDER LOBELIA‘CEZ. Tu'pa G. Don isa genus that contains some tall-growing herbaceous plants, natives of Chili, which might technically be considered as suffruticose ; because, in frames and green-houses, they retain their leaves, and do not die down during winter. Among these are T. salicifilia G. Don ; Lobélia Tipa Ait.; L. gigantéa Sims Bot. Mag., t.1785.; and L. salicifdlia Sw¢., which grows to the height of 16 ft., and makes a fine appearance in the open garden during the summer season. Lobélia arborea Forst. and L. supérba Cham. are natives of the Society Islands, superb plants which grow to the height of 12 ft. or 15 ft. ; but neither of them have been yet introduced. A shrubby species of Lobéléa from Valparaiso, in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, which has not yet received a name, appears as if it would grow 8 ft. or 10 ft. high; and, from its blue flowers, and deep green leaves, it would make a fine appearance against a wall. ; CHAP. LXVI. HWALF-HARDY PLANTS BELONGING TO THE ORDER CAMPANULA'CER. Misschia airea Dumort.; Campanula atirea L., N. Du Ham., 3. p. 169., Bot. Reg., t.57.; is an evergreen’ suffruticose plant, growing to the height of 2ft. or more, in Madeira and Teneriffe, among rocks. It isan interesting shrub, which may be compared to a miniature tree. The stem is simple, rather fleshy, marked by the scars left by the falling of the leaves, but furnished with a crown of leaves at “top, and annual floriferous branches, which are disposed in‘a leafy pyramidal panicle. Leaves 3—6in. long, pale green, shining. Peduncles 1—3-flowered. Flowers erect. (Don’s Miil., iii. p 772.) From the habit of this plant, it is better adapted for conservative rockwork, than for being trained toa wall; but it may be tried in both manners; for, as it ripens seeds freely, the loss of plants can easily be supplied. CHAP. LXVII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER COMPO/SITE, GENERAL Characteristics. Flowers grouped in heads ; those in each head so disposed, and so environed by an involucre composed of bracteas, that cor- responds to a calyx, as to seem to constitute but one flower. The leading characteristics of the separate flowers are the following :— Ovary inferior, bearing on its top, in many, pappus of some kind. Corolla of 1 petal. Stamens 5, their anthers connate intoa tube. Style encircled by the tube; its top bifid, the portions of it extended above the tube. Ovary with 1 cell and 1 erect ovule. (Lindley’s Introd. to N. S.,and Lessing’s Synopsis Generum Compositarum, 1832.) The genera of this order that include hardy ligneous species are but few. The following characteristics of them are derived chiefly from Lessing’s Synops. Gen. Comp. The species are mostly natives of Europe and North America, and are all of the easiest propagation and culture in any common garden soil. Sr#uHe.i‘né Lessing. Flowers bisexual. Pappus with its segments branched, feathery, and in a single row. Rachis (receptacle) with chaffy projections. Involucre of many rows of bracteas. Heads purplish violet. Small shrubs, of the south of Europe. Leaves silkily tomentose beneath, entire. Ba’ccuaris R.Br. Sexes dicecious, or mostly so; with the pappus, in the male flowers, with its segments in a single row, in the female ones, with its segments in several rows; the corolla filiform. Where the sexes are not dicecious, the flowers of several rows in the exterior of the head are female : the rest Lessing has not characterised; but it would appear, from 1064 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. the Hort. Kew., that they are bisexual. Rachis naked. Bracteas of the involucre imbricate. Heads whitish, solitary, or aggregate. Shrubs or trees of North America; the young branchlets, in many, viscous. Leaves alternate, entire, in most coriaceous. I‘vaL. Asingle row of flowers in the outline of the head, female ; the rest male. Not any pappus. Rachis bearing bracteoles. Involucre of a single row of bracteas, and these few. Heads in a terminal, linear, spike. Herbs or shrubs of North America, with leaves alternate or opposite, with 3 ribs. Sanroui'na L. A single row of female flowers in the outline of the head ; the corolla of each of these with a ligula that is much shorter than the tube, and spreads rayedly. The rest of the flowers bisexual; the corolla tubular, without a ligula. Not any pappus. Involucre bell-shaped. Bracteas imbricate. Heads borne solitarily at the tips of peduncles, including many flowers. Small shrubs, of the Mediterranean region, more or less tomen- tose; their leaves alternate, cut in a bipinnate manner. ArteEmi'sid Cass. Flowers in the head either all bisexual, or those of a single row in the outline, females; the rest bisexual. Not any pappus. Rachis naked or villose. Bracteas of the involucre dry, filmy in the margin, imbricate. Heads small, each of few flowers; the heads disposed in spikes, racemes, or pyramidal panicles. Chiefly herbs, but also a few shrubs, natives of most parts of the world. The kinds to be described in this work have their flowers partly female and partly bisexual, as described above, and their rachis naked. Hewicury'’sum Lessing. Flowers in the head either all bisexual, or with the external row of them female. Pappus with a single row of segments. Rachis without bracteoles. Bracteas of the involucre of various colours ; the inner ones spreading more or less, and rayedly, about the head. Heads solitary or aggregate, each of many flowers. Herbs or*shrubs, most of which are found in the southern extremity of Africa. Cinera‘ria Lessing. External flowers of the head female; with ligulate corollas, spread rayedly. The rest bisexual, and their corollas tubular. Pappus with its segments in several rows. Bracteas of the involucre filmy in the margin, in one row. Rachis flat, without bracteas. Heads in corymbs. Flowers yellow. Herbs or small shrubs, of the Cape of Good Hope. The one species that we have to describe is a native of the south of Europe. Leaves alternate, entire, or variously cut in a pinnate manner. Genus I. STAHELI'NA Lessing. Tar Srmnerina. Lin. Syst. Syngenésia fRqualis. Identification. Lessing Synops. Gen. Compos., p. 5.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4. p. 512. Synonyme. Stxheline, Fr. and Ger. Derivation. So named in honour of John Henry Stehelin, and his son Benedict, Swiss botanists and physicians. «1.S,pu‘pia LZ. The doubtful, or Rosemary-leaved, Stzhelina. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1176. ; Less. Syn. Gen. Compos., p. 5. ; Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p. 1783. ; Ger. Prov., 190. t.6.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. v. 4. p. 512. Synonyme. S. rosmarinifodlia Cass., according to Less. Syn. Gen. Compos., p. 5. Engravings. Ger. Prov., p. 190. t.6.; Lam. IIL, 666. f. 4.; and our fig. 832. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves sessile, linear, finely toothed, tomentose beneath. Inner bracteas of the involucre lanceolate, elongate. (Willd. Sp. Pl.) A native of the south of Europe. In England, a hardy shrub, with fragrant flowers, which appear in June and July. It is readily propagated by cut- CHAP. LXVII. COMPO’SITH. BA’CCHARIS, 1065 tings, and will grow in any light sandy soil ; at- taining the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft. in three or four years. It was cultivated by Parkinson in 1640. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Stchelina. Steheli‘na L. There are two green-house species, S. arbor éscens and S. Chamepeice, both considered pretty plants ; the first grow- ing,to the height of 6 ft., and the other to that of 2 ft. ; which, being natives of Candia, and thriving quite well in a frame, are doubtless fit for a conservative wall or conservative rockwork, Remark. We may observe here that such plants as the different species of Stehelina, hardy and half-hardy, are rarely, if ever, to be found in the public nurseries. Their culture is in general confined to the collections of curious individuals; or some of our public botanic gardens. Hence the great value of such gardens, in a scientific point of view; since, by means of them, many plants are preserved alive in the country that would otherwise be known to botanists only through books or herbariums 3 and which would never be seen by the general observer at all. Botanic gardens, therefore, exist, more or less, in every civilised country, as a part of the national institutions ; and in some countries, as in France they are very properly supported at the expense of the local, or general, government, < Genus II. ms BA‘’CCHARIS R. Br. Tut Baccnartis, or PLOUGHMAN’S SPIKENARD. Lin, Syst. Syngenésia Supérflua. Identification. Less. Syn. Gen. Compos., p. 204, ; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 25. Synonymes. Bacchante, Fyv.; Baccharis, Ger. Derivation. From Bacchus, wine; because of the vinous odour of its root. Pliny says the root smells of cinnamon: but, as the ancients sometimes boiled down their wines, and mixed them with spices, these wines may have had an odour similar to that of the root of the baccharis. % 1. B. wauimiro‘tiaA ZL. The Sea-Purslane-leaved Baccharis, or the Groundsel Tree. Identification Lin. Sp., 1204.; Willd. Sp. PL, 3. p. 1915. ; Schmidt Baum., t. 82. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 26. Synonyme. Sené&cio arboréscens Hort. Kew. Engravings. Schmidt Baum., t. 82.: Du Ham. Arb., t. 35. ; and our fig. §33, Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate, crenately notched on the terminal portion. (Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 1915.) Flowers white, with a tint of purple, and re- sembling those of the groundsel, but larger. A native of North America, on the sea coast, from Maryland to Florida. It has been in cultivation in British gardens since 1683; it grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and flowers from Septem- ber to November. It is chiefly remarkable for the glaucous hue of its leaves, in consequence of the whole plant being covered with a whitish powder. # Its general appearance accords with that of the genus S A'triplex, and the shrubs of both families are, accord- ingly, well calculated for being grouped together. Baccharis halimifolia will grow in any common soil which is tolerably dry, attaining the height of 6 ft. or 8ft., in 3 or 4 years, and forming a large, loose- headed, robust-looking bush, of from 10 ft. to 12 ft. in height, and 12 ft. or 15 ft. in diameter, in 10 years. It is readily propagated by cuttings. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1s. each. % 2. B. ancustiro'Lia Pursh. The narrow-leaved Baccharis, or Plough- man’s Spikenard. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 523. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves narrow, linear, entire. Panicle compound, many- flowered. Involucre small. (Encyc. of Plants, p.703.) A subevergreen 1066 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ITI. shrub, of less vigorous growth, and somewhat more tender, than the preceding species. It is a native of North America, on the sea coast, from Carolina to Florida, and on the banks of the Mississippi; flowering from July to September. It was introduced into British gardens in 1812, and grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., retaining its leaves, in mild seasons, through the greater part of the winter. There were plants in the Twicken- ham Botanic Garden, Cambridge Botanic Garden, and in that of Bury St. Edmunds, a few years ago. B. glomeratiflira Michx. Fl]. Amer., 2. p. 125., Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p- 523., is described as having the leaves smooth, cuneately obovate, toothed towards the point ; the heads of flowers axillary, sessile, remote ; and the scales of the calyx brown above. It is a native of Virginia and Carolina, in woods on the sea coast, flowering from August to October; but it has not yet been introduced. B. Dioscéridis W., Rauw. Itin., t. 54., is a native of the Levant, and is generally kept in the green- house or cold-pit ; though there can be no doubt that, if it were thought worthy of cultivation, it would stand against a conservative wall. Genus III. I'VAL. Tue lva. Lin, Syst. Syngenésia Necessaria. Identification. Lin. Gen. Pl., 1429.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 181. Derivation. Uncertain. Perhaps from Yua, a name used by the elder botanists. % 1, J.rRuTE’scEns LZ. The shrubby Iva. Identification. Lin. Ameen. Ac., 3. p.25.; Willd. Sp. Pl, 3. p.2387.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 181.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p..580. Synonymes. Agérato affinis peruviana frutéscens Pluk. Alm., 12. t. 27. f.1.; Bastard Jesuits’ Bark Tree. Engravings. Pluk. Alm., 12. t. 27.:f. 1.; Encye. of Plants, p. 744. f. 12762. ; and our fig. 834. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves lanceolate, deeply serrated, rough with dots. (Willd. Spec. Plant.) A native of North America, from New England to Florida, on the sea coast; flowering in August and September. Cultivated in Britain in 1711. It grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4 ft., and, in sheltered dry situa- tions, is tolerably hardy; but, when freely exposed in moist soil, it is apt to be killed to the ground in severe winters. It is readily propagated by cuttings; but, not being a plant of much beauty, it is seldom met with in collections.— I. imbricata Willd. is described by Pursh as a smooth shrub, with linear lanceolate entire leaves, found on the sea coast, from Carolina to Georgia. It has not yet been introduced. Genus IV. SANTOLE'NA L. Tue Sanrouina, or LAVENDER CoTTON. Lin. Syst. Syngenésia AZqualis. Identification. Lin. Gen, Pl., 1278. ; Less. Syn. Gen. Compos., p. 259.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4. p- 517. Synonymes. Santoline, Fr.; Heiligenpflanze, Ger. Derivation. From sanctus, holy, and linum, flax ; so called from its supposed medical qualities. Description. Diminutive evergreen undershrubs, natives of the south of Europe; of easy culture and propagation, by cuttings, in any poor sandy soil. CHAP. LXVII. COMPO/SITA. SANTOLI‘NA. 1067 2 1. 8. Cuama&cypari’ssus L. The Dwarf Cypress Santolina, or common Lavender Cotton. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1179. ; Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p. 1797.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4. p. 517. Engravings. Lam. 11, 671. t.3.; and our jig. 835. Spec. Char.,§c. Branches tomentose. Leaves hoary, toothed ; the teeth obtuse, and in four rows. Each peduncle bearing a single head of flowers, which has a downy involucre. (Willd. Sp. Pl., iii. p. 1797.) A native of the south of France, which has been cultivated in Britain since 1573. It grows to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., and produces its yellow flowers in July. It was common in gardens in Gerard’s Qj) time, who says it is acrid, bitter,and aromatic, and has much the same qualities as southernwood. It was formerly employed as a vermifuge, but is now disused. » 2.8.(C.) squarro‘sa W. The squarrose (?-/eaved) Santolina, or Lavender Cotton. Identification. Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p.1798.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4 p. Synonyme. Abrétanum foe’mina foliis Erice Moris, Hist., 3. p.12. s. 6. t. Engraving. Moris. Hist., 3. t. 3. f. 17. Spec. Char., §c. Branches tomentose. Leaves hoary, toothed ; teeth awl- shaped, spreading in 4 rows. Peduncles bearing severally at the tip a single head of flowers, the involucre of which is glabrous. (Willd. Sp. Pl., iii. p- 798.) A native of the south of Europe; cultivated in Britain since 1770; growing to the height of 13 ft. or 2 ft., and producing its yellow flowers in July and August. 517. 3. f.17. » 3. S.vi‘R1ipis W. The green Santolina, or Lavender Cotton. Identification. Willd. Sp. P1., 3. p. 1798. ; Ait.. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4. p..518, Spec. Char., $c. Branches glabrous. Leaves glabrous, toothed; teeth awl- shaped, straight, in 4 rows. Heads of flowers solitary on the tips of pe- duncles, Involucre glabrous. (Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 1793.) A native of the south of Europe, and cultivated in Britain in 1727; growing 2 ft. or 3 ft. high, and flowering in July. This sort is very distinct from the common species, in its growing shoots, foliage, and peduncles being of a fresh green colour, and thus affording an obvious contrast to the hoary aspect of the common sort, Its leaves have, also, their segments more divaricate; and its heads of flowers, which are of a very pale yellow, are of greater diameter. It is an eligible kind of shrub for planting upon dry rockwork, in a sunny and sheltered situation, and, thus placed, will produce an abundance of flowers. Like most of the other sorts of this genus, it is rarely to be met with except in botanic gardens. It is, doubtless, one of the three kinds of S. Chamzcyparissus which were cultivated by Miller, and considered by him as species. (See Martyn’s Miller.) There are plants in the collection of the Messrs. Loddiges, which, from their deep green foliage, appear distinct ; but whether specifically so or not, we have not presumed to ‘ decide. # 4, S, ROosMARINIFO'LIA L. The Rosemary-leaved Santo- | lina, or Lavender Cotton. Identification. Lin, Sp., 1180. ; Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p. 1798. ; Smith Exot. Bot., 2. p. 5. t. 62.3; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 4. p. 18. Hineroving®. Exot. Bot., 2. t. 62.; Encyc. of Plants, p. 695. f. 11655. ; and our . 836. Sig Spec. Char., §c. Branches glabrous. Leaves linear; lower ones rather downy, tubercled on the margin; upper ones glabrous, flat, entire. Heads of flowers solitary at the tips of peduncles. Involucre glabrous. (Willd. Sp. P1., iii. p- 1798.) Anative of Spain, cultivated in Britain since1683, and producing its yellow flowers from July to September. 1068 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ij. Genus V. Pas ARTEMI’S/A Cass. Tue Artemisia. Lin. Syst. Syngencsia Supérfiua. Identification. Cassini, according to Lessing in his Synop. Gen, Compos., p. 264. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2.-v.:5. p. 2. Derivation. From Artemis, one of the names of Diana; or, as some suppose, from Artemisia, the wife of Mausolus : there is a cypress-like and drooping character in some of the species, that may be associated with the latter etymology. Description. Woody or suffrutescent evergreen plants, natives of Europe and Asia; all of them highly fragrant and aromatic, and all of them of the easiest culture in any dry soil. # 1. A. Apro’tanum L. The Abrotanum Artemisia, or Southernwood. Tdentification. Lin. Sp., 1185.; Willd. Sp. Pl, 3. p, 1818. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 3. Synonymes. Abrétanum mas Dod. Pempt.,21.; Old Man; Armoise Aurone, Aurone des Jardins, la Citronelle, la Garderobe, Fr.; Eberraute, Wermuth, Stabwurtz, Gartenwurtz, Ger. ; Abrotano, Ital., Span., and Port. Derivation. The Greek name for this plant is Abrotonon, which is variously derived, from abroton, incorruptible ; from abrdton, unfit for food ; from the soft delicacy (abvotés) of its appearance; or _ from abros, soft, and fonos, extension, because it is extended, or grows, in a very soft manner. Why Linnzus and others write it Abrotanum, is not known. The name of Old Man, doubtless, has reference to its grey and powdery appearance. It is called Garderobe in French, from its being used to prevent moths foom getting into clothes, dresses, and wardrobes. Eberraute is boar’s rue ; and Wermuth, wormwood ; Stabwurtz means staff root ; and Gartenwurtz garden root. Engravings. Blackw.,t. 55.; Woodv., 356, t. 119.; and our fig. 837 Spec. Char., §c. Stem straight. Lower leaves bipinnate, upper ones pinnate, with the segments hair-like. Calyxes pubescent, hemispherical. (Willd. Sp. Pl.) A native of Italy, Spain, the south of France, Silesia, and Carniola, in Europe ; and of Siberia, Syria, Galatia, Cappadocia, China, and Cochin-China, in Asia. In a wild state, it is seldom found above 3 ft. or 4 ft. high ; and, in mountainous situations, not above half that height, with the branches recumbent. In British gardens it sometimes attains the height of 5 ft. im deep dry soil. Its flowers, which are yellowish, and of little show, appear from August to Oc- tober. This plant was known to the Greeks, by whom it was called abrotonon; and it is mentioned in Turner as ’ being cultivated in almost every English garden in his time. Gerard recom- mends it as aromatic; and, according to Allioni, the branches dye wool a deep yellow. In modern times, it is almost confined to the gardens of farmers and cottagers, where it ranks with thyme, rosemary, and mint, for its fragance ; but it is a very useful plant for suburban gardens, as it will bear the smoke and want of free air of cities without the slightest injury. The leaves, when held against a strong light, will be found full of transparent dots ; in which ~ it is probable the odorous matter contained in the plant will be found. Varieties. t A. A. 2 himile Hort. isa low-growing spreading shrub, found on moun- tains in the south of Europe, and retaining its dwarf habit for some years in British gardens. # A. A. 3 tobolskidnum Hort., A. tobolskiana Lodd. Cat., was introduced from Siberia in 1820, or before, and is a much more vigorous- growing variety, and larger in all its parts, than the species. There are plants in the arboretums at Hackney and Goldworth. This plant has elegant foliage, consisting of finely divided leaves. « 2. d. Santo’nica L. The Santonica Artemisia, Tartarian Southern- wood, or Worm-seed. 5 angle Lin. Sp., 1185. ; Woodv., 355.; Willd. Sp. Pl., 5. p. 1826.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 5. CHAP. LXVII. COMPO’SITH. ARTEMI’SLA. 1069 Synonyme. Artemisia fruticdsa, &c, Gmel. Sib., 2. p. 115. t. 51. Engravings. Gmel. Sib., 2. t.51.; Woodv., 335. t. 123. ; Encyc. of Plants, p. 11697. f. 1698. ; and our ig. 838. Spec. Char., §c. Stem somewhat branched. Leaves com- poundly divided; those of the stem pinnate, linear, gla- brous. Flowers about 5 in a head. Heads almost sessile, disposed unilaterally and reflexedly in spikes, which are in panicles. (Willd. Sp. Pl.) A native of § Siberia, Tartary, and Persia. It has been cultivated | since 1596 in British gardens, where it grows to the height of 1 ft., forming a low spreading bush, and pro- ducing abundance of whitish green flowers from Sep- tember to November. The leaves are very small, linear, and undivided. The seeds of this species were for- merly imported from the Levant, under the name of semen santonicum, or worm-seed; but the plant is now little used in medicine. It is, however, tonic, and stomachic; and, like many other plants now neglected, may be found useful to practitioners who depend for drugs on their own resources, a 3. A. ARBORE’scENS L. The arborescent Artemisia, or Tree Wormwood. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1188. ; Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p.1820.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p, 3. Synonymes, Absinthium arboréscens Lod. Ic., 1. p. 753. ; Abisynthe, or Armoise en Arbre, F7. Engravings. ? Park. Theatr., 93. f. 3.; Lob. Icon., t. 753. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves tripinnatifid, silky, grey; segments linear. Flowers in globose heads, that are borne on simple branchlets. (Willd. Sp. Pl.) A native of the Levant, Portugal, and the south of France, principally on the sea shore, where it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft., and produces its yel- lowish green flowers from June to August. The whole plant so much re- sembles the common wormwood, that Linnzus considered it only a variety of that species. It was cultivated in British gardens in 1640; Gerard calls it the greater, or female, southernwood, and says that, “ by careful manuring, it doth oftentimes grow up in manner of a shrub, and cometh to be as high as a man, bringing forth stalks an inch thick, or more, out of which spring very many sprigs, or branches, set about with leaves, diversely jagged, and finely indented, somewhat white, and of a certain strong smell.” This species makes a fine strong plant, and a fit associate for the strong-growing variety of the common southernwood. There are plants of this species in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges ; and it well deserves a place, with A. Abroétanum and A. procéra, in collections. Plants are Is. 6d. each. App. 1. Other hardy Species of Artemisia. In our Hortus Britannicus, several species will be found indicated as ligneous and hardy; but, in general, they are of such humble growth, and so imperfectly ligneous, that, for all practical purposes, they may be more fitly considered as herbaceous plants ; unless we except 4. procéra, which is said to grow 8 ft, high, but which appears to us to be nothing more than A. arboréscens. App. ii. Half-hardy Species of Artemisia. The same remarks that we have applied to the hardy ligneous species in the preceding Appendix will apply to those which are half-hardy. Though there are a dozen or more of them enume- rated in our Hortus Britannicus, they are almost all too iow to be considered otherwise than as herbaceous plants. The most in- teresting of these is A. argéntea Ait. Hort. Kew., 3. p.170., L’ Heérit. Sert. Angl., t. 28, N. Du Ham., 6. t. 36., and our fig. 839. This species has bipinnated silky white leaves, with lanceolate linear leaflets. The flower heads are globose, and the flower-bearing branches wand-like. The whole plant is of a silvery colour. It is a native of Madeira, whence it was introduced in 1777; and, in British green-houses, it grows to the height of 4 ft. or 5ft., producing its yellowish green flowers in June and July. This is by far the handsomest species of the genus, and it used formerly Siz to be very common in green-houses. If placed, under favourable Ss =a X circumstances, against a conservative wall, it would make a fine ° = i =11° . \ appearance, associated with such shrubs as Anthyllis Barba Jdvis. “y 1070 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II. Genus VI. a HELICHRY'SUM Lessing. Tut HeLicurysum, or EVERLASTING FLOWER. Lin. Syst. Syngenésia Supérflua, Identification. Less. Synops. Gen. Compos., p. 274 Synonyme. Part of Gnaphalium Lin. Gen. PL, 1282., as adopted in Att. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 10. Derivation. From hélios, the sun, and chrusos, gold; in reference to the blossoms. 2 1. H. Sra@‘cuas D. Don. The Steechas Helichrysum, or common shrubby Everlasting Flower. Identification. D.Don; Loud. Hort. Brit. Synonymes. Gnaphalium Steechas Lin., Willd. Sp. Pl., 3. p. 1803., Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2, vol. 5. p. 12. ; if Stoe‘chas citrina Dod. Pempt., 268. Engravings. Barrel. Icon., t. 410. ; Blackw., t. 438. ; Encyc. of Plants, p, 1699. f. 11756. Spec. Char., §c. Branches twiggy. Leaves linear. Heads of flowers in a com- pound corymb. (Willd. Sp. Pl., as Gnaphalium Stce‘chas.) A native of Germany, France, and Spain. It was cultivated in Britain in 1629, where it grows to 2ft. or 3ft. high, and produces its yellow flowers from June to October. It is a low evergreen shrub, with long, slender, irregular branches, the lower ones having blunt leaves, 24 in. long, and an eighth of an inch broad at the end; those on the flower stalks are very narrow, and end in acute points; and the whole plant is very woolly. The flowers terminate in a compound corymb; the calyxes are at first silvery, but afterwards turn to a yellow sulphur colour. Ifthe flowers are gathered before they are much opened, the heads will continue in beauty many years if kept from air and dust. The plant is of easy culture in dry calcareous soils ; but it requires to be placed in a warm sheltered situation ; and, north of London, it will, in many places require a conservative wall. This species is now scarcely to be procured in any of the London nurseries, though some years ago there were plants of it in the Hammersmith collection. App. i. Half-hardy Species of the Helichrysum. H. friticans D. Don; Astélma friticans Bot. Reg., t.726.; Gnaphalium friticans Z.; G. grandi- flbrum Bot. Rep. ; and our fig. 840. ; is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, growing to the height of 3ft., and producing its yellow flowers from June to August, H. congéstum D. Don; Gnaphalium congéstum Lam., Bot. Fieg., t. 253. ; and our fig. 841.; is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, growing 3 ft. high, and producing its purplish flower heads in May and June. Various other species of this genus, and of closely allied genera, are suitable for the base of a conservative wall, or for conservative rockwork. 4H. apiculatwm, H. crassifolium, H. diversifdlium, H, ertcoides, and some other species, are in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges. CHAP. LXVII. COMPOSITA. CINERA RIA. 1071 Genus VII. mo 1 Ce CINERA‘RIA Lessing. Tue Crnerarta. Lin. Syst. Syngenésia Supérflua. Identification. Less. Synops. Gen. Compos., p. 389. Synonymes. Cineraire, Fr. ; Aschenpflanze, Ger. x Derivation. From cineres, ashes ; the surface of the leaves being covered with down. 2 1.C. maritima L. The Sea-side-inhabiting Cineraria, or the Sea Ragwort. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1244. ; Willd. Sp. PL, 3. p. 75.; Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2. vol. 5. p. 75. Synonymes. Cineraria Dod. Pempt., 642.; Jacobe‘a maritima Bonp. ; Sicilian Ragwort. Engravings. Flor. Grec., t. 871.; Park., 689. f.7.; Lob. Icon., 2272.; Ger. Emac., 280. f. 4. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves pinnatifid, tomentose beneath ; the lobes obtuse, and each consisting of about 3 obtuse lobelets. Flowers in panicles. Involucre tomen- tose. (Willd. Sp. Pi.) A native of the south of Europe, onthe sea coast and on rocks. It grows about Vaucluse, in the cliffs of the perpendicular rock, above the spring. It was cultivated in Britain in the time of Gerard and Parkinson, and was by these authors, and by Miller, erroneously considered as indi- genous. It is a suffrutescent plant, with rambling branches, growing, in dry soil and a warm situation, 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, and producing its yellow ragwort- like flowers from June to August. Unless planted in very dry soil, it is liable to be killed to the ground in severe winters; but such is the beauty of its whitish, large, and deeply sinuated fo- liage, at every season of the year, that it well deserves a place against a conservative wall, where it may be placed near Solanum margina- tum, and any other ligneous whitish-leaved species of that genus. App. 1. Half-hardy Species of Cineraria. There are numerous species of Cineradria, which are somewhat ligneous, and are frame or green-house plants, of low growth, flowering in April or May; and, where there is a rockwork sus- ceptible of being protected during the winter season, these may be tried upon it. C. cruénta ( fig. 842.), perhaps rather herbaceous than suffruticose, though so marked in our Hort. Brit., C. ldctea, C. canéscens, C. hgbrida, C. populif lia, C. bicolor, C. lanata (fiz. 843.), C. getfolia (fig. 844.), and C. amelldides L., Agathe‘a ceeléstis Cas. (figs. 845, 846.), may be mentioned as examples. All these species seed freely, and also mule together; so that abundance of plants may be easily raised, which may be preserved in a frame through the winter, and turned out in the spring. LO72 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. ,) (PART DES App. I. Half-hardy Genera belonging to the Order Compésite. Though there are few plants belonging to the order Compdsite, whether hardy or aes» which are truly ligneous, yet there are a number which are suffruticose ; and which, though usually kept in the frame, green-house, or even stove, may be tried, with every prospect of success, at the base of a conservative wall, or on rockwork which is capable of being protected during winter. We shall notice the genera to which these belong in the order in which they are given in Lessing’s Synopsis, and chiefly refer for the species to our Hortus Britannicus. Carlowtxia salicifolia Moench, Onobroma salicifdlia Link, is a native of Madeira, growing to the height of 2ft. It is an erect shrub, with hoary leaves, resembling those of a willow. Arctotis L. This is a very interesting family consisting of undershrubs, all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and very splendid when in flower. The colour of the rays is yellow, orange, purple, or white. Several, or perhaps all, of them might partly be preserved at the base of a conservative wall. A. dspera L. (Bot. Reg., t. $4.) has yellow rays, and grows to the height of 3ft., flowering from June to September. Didélia carndsum and D. spindsum H. K. are Cape shrubs, growing to the height of 3 ft., and flow- ering in June and July. y Berckheya Ehrh. is a Cape genus, of which there are 7 suffruticose species introduced, which grow to the height of 3 ft., and produce their yellow flowers from June to August B. grandifldra W. (Bot. Mag., t. 1844.) is often in collections. Cuilimia R. Br. is a Cape genus of evergreen undershrubs, of which 3 species have been introduced,’which grow to the height of 2 ft., and produce their bright yellow flowers from May to August. Othkénna is a Cape genus, of which there are numerous low undershrubs, evergreen, some of them rising as high as 3ft. O. flabellifdlia Bot. Cab., t. 728. O. virginea L. and our fig. 847.; O. pinndta Bot. Mag., t. 768.; O. pec- siege Bot. Mag., t. 306.; and O. coronopifolia; are species frequent in col- ections. Ostcospérmum is a Cape genus of low evergreen shrubs, growing to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and producing their yellow flowers from April to August. Several of them are figured in our Encyclopedia of Plants ; and O. pistferum L. (Bot. Cab., t.470.; and our figs. 848, 849, and 850.) will give a some idea of the general appearance of the genus. Caléndula is a genus of which several species are natives of the Cape, and are evergreens, rising as high as 2ft. or 3 ft., producing yellow flowers from April to August. All the species are beautiful. C. chrysanthemifolia Ven. (Bot. Reg., t. 40. ; and our/fig. 851.), may serve to exemplify the genus. Mutisia Cav. This is an exceedingly interesting genus of shrubby climb- ers, with leaves terminating in tendrils, by the 852 ; Ei prehension of which the stems are supported. The species are natives of South America, and only three of them, as far as we know, have yet been introduced. MM. latifolia D. Don in Brit. Fl.-Gard.,2d ser., t. 288.,and our fig.852., is a native of Valparaiso, which has flowered in a frame at Kilmington Rectory, Wilts. The flowers are pale pink and yellow, and the leaves cordate-oblong, ending in a scollop, or notch, the midrib of the leaf being extended up the blade of the leaf, through the centre of the notch, and being continued into a tendril 3 in. = long. MM. arachnotdea Mart. (Bot. Mag., t. 2705.) is a native of Brazil, with red flowers, produced in July and August. A plant, ap- parently of the former species has stood out ” three winters in the Clapton Nursery, without the slightest protection, and appears perfectly hardy. Muttsia latifolia represents a family of : climbers so very different from every other hitherto propagated in British CHAP. LXVII. COMPO'SITA. 107% gardens, that we cannot but strongly recommend it for trial against every con- servative wall. Dihlia Cav. There is an arborescent “species of this genus, which, in Mexico, is said to grow as high as 40ft. A plant of it was introduced into the Liverpool Botanic Garden in 1835, and it was seen in the August of that year by Dr. Neill of Canonmills Cottage, who describes it as “ a cutting, resembling a middle-sized trunk or small stem of an elder bush, as thick as a man’s leg, and fully as woody as the elder. It was throwing out leaves very like those of our herbaceous species.” (Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 680.) On applying to Mr. Shepherd for information respecting this plant, he says nothing of the plant alluded to by Dr. Neill, but informs us that he has “ a very fine plant, on a south wall, where it does better than in a green-house.” He also informs us that, in the Walton Nursery, there are a fine old plant, and several young ones for sale; and that, in the green-house of C. Taylure, Esq., there is a plant from 11 ft. to 14 ft. high. We also learn from Messrs. Lod- diges, that they received the tree dahlia, a few years ago, from Mexico, but afterwards lost it. Mr. M‘Nab informs us that there are plants of it in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden; and Mr. Campbell, that there is one in the Botanical and Horticultural Garden at Manchester. Ataldénthus pinnatus D. Don (Prenanthes pinnata Lin.) is a native of Teneriffe, growing to the height of 3ft., and producing its yellow flowers in June and July. Sénchus fruticisus Jacq. Icon., 1. t. 161., and our fig. 853., is an evergreen suffruticose plant, a native of Madeira, which grows to the height of 4ft., and produces its yellow flowers from April to July, It isa very handsome plant during the summer season, both on account of its large leaves andit showy flowers. A few years ago, there were plants in the conservatory of the Cambridge Botanic Garden. Bhs 854 Vernonia acutifolia Hook. (Bot. Mag., t. 3062.) is an evergreen shrub, a native of South America, growing to the height of 4 ft., and producing its pale purple flowers in December. A’ster L. Of this genus there are upwards of 20 species introduced, which are technically con- sidered as subligneous, suffruticose, or somewhat woody. Of these the most remarkable is A. argophillus Lab. (Bot. Mag., t. 1563.; and our fig. 854.), a native of Van Diemen’s Land, which grows to the height of 10ft., and produces its white flowers from May to July. It is very hardy, and sometimes stands out in the open border, in the neighbourhood of London, for five or six years, without any protection whatever. The whole plant has.a white aspect, and smells strongly of musk. This is the Haxtdnia argophylla of Caley. (See First Addit. Supp. to Hort. Brit.) A. an- gustifolius Jacq. Sch., 3. t. 370., is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, which grows to the height of 6 ft., and produces its pale blue flowers from May to July. A. aculedtus Lab. (Bot. Cab., t. 830. ; and our fig. 855.) is a native of New Holland, which grows to the height of 2 ft or 3 ft., and produces its white flowers from March to July. € Chrys6coma Comairea L. (Bot. Mag., t. 1972. ; and our fig. 856.) isa native of the Cape, where it grows to the. height of 6ft. It is an old inhabitant of our green-houses, and produces its yellow flowers from June to August. There are five or six other shrubby species, natives of the Cape, of still humbler growth. rachyle‘na nereifilia Swt. (Baccharis nereifdlia Lim.) is a Cape evergreen undershrub, growing to the height of 4 ft., and producing its white flowers from August to‘ November. Conyxa carolinénsis Jacq. Icon., t. 585., is an evergreen shrub, a native ef Carolina, growing to the height of 5 ft., and producing its purple flowers from July to October. There are several other frame and green- house suffruticose species ; but few of them exceed a foot in height. Poddnthus Mitiqui Lindl., and our fig. 857., is a low evergreen shrub, @ native of Chili, which grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., and produces its yellow flowers from August to November. It was introduced in 1824; 4B 2 1074 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II. and plants have stood against the wall in the Horticultural Society’s Garden for 6 years, and been found perfectly hardy. Culcitium salicinum Spr., Cacalia salicina Lab., (Bot. Rep., t. 923.; and our fig. 862.) is a New Holland” shrub, with succulent leaves ; evergreen ; growing to the height of 6 ft. ; and producing its yellow flowers in June and July. Caca‘lia L. is a genus of which there are several suffruticose species, with succulent leaves, varying in height from 1 ft. to 6 ft., all of which might be tried on conservative rockwork. Franxéria artemisidides W., and I’. ambrosidides Cav. Icon., 2. t. 200., are natives of Peru and Mexico, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to Gft., and producing their greenish: flowers from July to Sep- tember. G'dera prolifera Thunb. (Bot. Mag., t. 1637.) is an evergreen undershrub, a native of the Cape, growing to the height of 3ft., and producing its yellow fiowers in May and June, Pyréthrum Sm. is a genus of which several species, natives of the Canadas and Teneriffe, are suffruticose, grow to the height of 3 ft., and produce their white flowers all the year. P. faeniculaceum W. En. (Bot. Reg., t. 272. ; and our fig. 863.) will give an idea of the species. In a late number of Sweet’s Brit. Fl. Gard., under the head of Ismélia maderénse, it is remarked, that all the shrubby Teneriffe and Canary plants, hitherto considered as included in the genus Pyréthrum, will, probably, be found to belong to that of Zsmélia. Athanasia L, is a genus of evergreen undershrubs, natives of the Cape, of which A. pubéscens L. (Com. Hort., 2.47.3; Encyc. of Plants, p. 696. f. 11662.) is deserving of a place against a conservative wall. This plant grows to the height of 6 ft., and produces its yellow flowers from June to August, Balsamita ageratifilia Desf. (Alp. Ex., t. 326.) is a native of Candia, growing to the height of 2ft., and producing its yellow flowers from June to October. It deserves a place against a conservative wall or rock. Piéntza flabelliformis W., Tanacétum flabelliférme L’ Hé7it., (Bot. Mag. t. 212.) is an evergreen undershrub, a native of the Cape, which grows to the height of 4ft., and produces its yellow flowers from May to August. It is interesting for its silvery fan-shaped leaves. Eriocéphalus africinus L. (Bot. Mag., t. 893.) isan evergreen Cape shrub, which grows to the height of 8 ft., and though not remarkable in its flowers, which are yellow, has yet very interesting. leaves, which have a whitish hue, and are divided into narrow filaments,\so as to somewhat resemble those of the southernwood ; they are also odorous when slightly rubbed, Senécio L. is a genus of which there are several Cape and South American species that are suffruticose and evergreen ; and which, if planted in dry soil, against a wall, or on rockwork in a very warm situation, might probably admit of being protected during winter. In the warmest parts of Cornwall and Devonshire, some of the species are treated as border flowers, and found to be hardier than pelargoniums. 5S. élegans pléna ribra Bot. Mag., t.238., has been so treated, S, lilacinus Link grows to the height of 6ft., and flowers in June and July. It would form a most ornamental plant if trained to a wall. Tarchonanthus camphoritus Lam. Ill., 671., is not rare in old botanical collections. It has whitish, somewhat ovate, leaves, with an odour more or less camphor-like. Planted out under a wall for the ‘summer, it grows freely. Eriécoma fragrans D. Don is a native of Mexico, beautiful in its panicles of white-rayed heads of fragrant flowers ; and it has large leaves, Various other genera of Compésite afford half-hardy suffruticose species ; but some of these are of such humble growth, that they are better adapted for being considered as half-hardy herbaceous plants than shrubs. Those, however, who wish to pursue the subject as far as it will go, may turn to the following genera inour Hortus Britannicus and Gardener's Magazine : — Centauréa, Kentrophgllum (K. arboréscens is 6 ft. high), Stobe‘a (S. pinnata is 4 ft.high), Bacdxia, Cichdrium, Roldndra, Nécca, Piquéria, Eupatorium, Mikania, Améllus, Grindélia, Diplopdppus, Néja, Erigeron, Pterdnia, Bhupthdlmum, Diomedia, Zexménia, Montanoa, Lidbéckia, Achilica, Tanacétum, Hippia, Casstnia (€. leptoph¥la is very shrubby), Ixvddta, Oxothdmnus, Leucostémma, Apheléxis, Syncarpha, Me- talasia, Stee‘be, Phceen6coma, Legsera, Rethania, Osmites, Trizis. CHAP. LXVIII. EPACRIDA ‘CER. 1075 CHAP. LXVIII. OF THE HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS BELONGING TO THE ORDER EPACRIDA‘CEA. SrypHEe‘t1a #. Br. is a genus of Australian shrubs, of an erect, stiff, and compact habit of growth ; with leaves mucronate, on short petioles ; and showy, crimson, scarlet, pink, or green flowers. There are several species in our green-houses, as will be seen by our Hortus Gritannicus. In height they vary from 3 ft. to 6ft. or 8 ft. ; and, like other hair-rooted plants, they thrive best in sandy loam mixed with sandy peat. Young cuttings, treated.like those of Erica, root readily. Stenanthéra pinifolia R. Br., Bot. Reg., t. 218. ; Styphélia pinifdlia Spreng. ; is an erect shrub, with acerose leaves, crowded together ; and with axillary flowers, having a scarlet tube, and a greenish yellow limb. _ It is a native of New South Wales, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft., and flow- ering from May to July. Like Styphélia, from which it has been separated, it is a beautiful shrub when in flower, and well deserves a place against a conservative wall. Cyathides glaica Labil., Trochocarpa glatica Spreng., is a tree, a native of Van Diemen’s Land, where it grows to the height of 25 ft. The leaves and appearance of the flowers resemble those of Styphélia. C. OxYcedrus R. Br. and C. acerosa R. Br. are both natives of Van Diemen’s Land, ble they grow to the height of 5ft. or 6 ft. ; and they are occasionally to be met with in our green- ouses. Lisstnthe sapida R. Br., Bot. Mag., t. 3147., is a low evergreen shrub, with oblong-linear mucronate leaves, and small white flowers, tipped with green, which appear in May. These are succeeded by berries, which are red and acid, and are made into tarts in New South Wales, under the name of cran- berries. ‘This species was introduced in 1823, and deserves a place on a conservative rockwork, as being one of the few plants of Australia which produce edible fruit, L. subwldata, L. strigisa, L. daph- noides, and L, cilidta are also in British gardens. Leucopigon lanceolatus R. Br.; Styphélia lan- ceolata Smith; S. parviflbra Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 287., Swt. Fl. Aust., t 47. ; isan evergreen shrub, a native of New South Wales, on mountains, where it grows to the height of 12 ft., producing its white flowers from May to August. It has been in British green-houses since 1790, and is, doubtless, well adapted for a conservative wall. L.. Richei R. Br. (L. polystachyus Lodd, Bot. Cab., t. 1436.; L. apiculatus Smzth ; L. parvi- florus Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1516. ; and our fig. 860.) ; and L. interriptus R, Br., Bot. Cab., t. 1451.; with several others; are also in British collections, but do not grow to half the height of L. lanceolatus, 2 Mondtoca R. Br. is a genus of Australian shrubs, of which M. elléptica R. Br., M. ddbens; M. lineata, and M. scoparia are in collections, Trochocdrpa lairina R. Br. ; Sty- phélia cornifdlia Rudge, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3324., Lin. Trans., 8. t. 9., and our jig. 861.; is a tree, a native of New South Wales, with glabrous leaves, somewhat like those of Lata- yus; and small white flowers, in slender terminal or axillary spikes. E’pacris Smith is a genus of Aus- tralian shrubs, of great beauty, flowering in British green-houses throughout the winter, and some of ‘hem from January till July. They require to be grown in peat, and kept moist, and to be protected during severe weather. Z. grandi- flora Smith; E. longifldra Cav., Bot. Cab., t. 21., and our jig. 862.; is the tallest-growing species hitherto in- a troduced of this genus. It grows to the height of 6 ft., and produces its scarlet and white flowers from January to June, ; if 3 Lysine'ma R. Br. is a genus nearly allied to E’pacris, of which there are 3 or 4 species introduced, and well deserving a trial against a conservative wall. Andersdnia R. Br. This is a genus of elegant New Holland shrubs, named by Mr. Brown, in memory of William Anderson, a surgeon of the royal navy, who accompanied Captain Cook: he aid great attention to botany. Descriptions of the genera of Van Diemen’s Land plants, written by Bins; are still in the Banksian library. The genus is also intended to commemorate the late Alexander Anderson, formerly director of the Botanical Garden at St. Vincent; and William Anderson, the present curator of the Apothecaries’ Botanical Garden at Chelsea. A. sprengelidides R. Br., Bot. Mag., t. 1645., Bot. Cab., t. 263., and our jig. 863., grows to the height.of 3ft., and produces its pink flowers from May to July. Likeall the Epacridacez, it requires to be grown in sandy peat. 9 Sprengélia incarnadta Bot. Cab., t. 262., is a shrub, resembling An- dersdnia, which grows to the height of 2ft., and produces its flesh- coloured flowers from April to June, It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, and would probably succeed well on a conservative wall, or on conservative rockwork. % be Sphendtoma gracilis Swt. Fl. Austr., t.44.; Dracophyllum gracile 2. Br. ; is a native of New Holland, on the south coast; and, as it thrives perfectly well in a cold-pit, it would probably succeed on conservative rockwork. 4B 3 1076 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ill, CHAP. LXIX. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER ERICA‘CEE, Distinctive Characteristics. Calyx and corolla each with 4—5 segments. Stamens 4—5—8—10, inserted variously, but alternately with the segments of the corolla where not more numerous than they. Anthers, in most, with 2 cells. Ovary with its cells, in most, agreeing in number with the segments of the calyx or corolla. Style and stigma undivided. Seeds many. Albumen fleshy. Embryo erect, slender. Shrubs (in Rhododéndron arboreum, a timber tree); various in habit, inhabiting most parts of the world. (Don’s Mill. and Lindley’s Introd. to N.S.) This order contains many of the finest and most ornamental shrubs of the temperate regions of the world; all the species which compose it have hair-like roots, and require a peat soil, or a soil of aclose cohesive nature, but which is yet susceptible of being readily penetrated by the finest fibrils which belong to any kind of plants. Peat, thoroughly rotted, leaf-mould, or very fine loamy sand, are soils of this description, and are accordingly required, more or less, for all the plants of this order. The hair. like roots of the Ericacez soon suffer, either from a deficiency or a superfluity of moisture; and hence an important part of their culture in gardens consists in keeping the soil in which they grow equally moist. In transplanting hair- rooted plants, they are very apt to suffer from their slender fibrils coming in contact with the air: but, fortunately, these fibrils are so numerous, and so interlaced with each other, as to form a kind of network, which en- closes and supports a portion of the soil in which they grow, and the plants are, consequently, almost always sent from the nurseries with smalk balls of earth attached to them. This practice, by continually diminishing the quantity of peat earth in a nursery, occasions a demand for a con- tinual supply of this expensive soil, and, consequently, tends to increase the price charged for plants of the Ericaces. On the other hand, the adhesion of the soil to the roots answers an economical purpose, as it does not require the plants to be grown in pots for the convenience of sending them out ; since many of them may be taken up and carried to a distance, at any season, and even, if it were necessary, when in full flower, without sustaining much injury. All the species are readily propagated by seeds, layers, or cuttings. The following characteristics of the genera, and of the groups which they form, are deduced from Don’s Miller, in which the whole order has been remodeled by Professor Don. Sect. I. Fri’cer. Sect. Char. Calyx not connate with the ovary, except in Gaulthéria. Disk nectariferous, hypogynous. Fruit, in most, a capsule. Inflorescence, in the bud state, naked. § i. Eri’ceEs® normaA‘LEs. Calyx and Corolla each with 4 Segments. Corolla permanent. Stamens 8. Fruit with 4 Cells. Erica D. Don. Corolla globose, or pitcher-shaped. Filaments capillary. Anthers not protruded beyond the corolla, bifid; the cells short, opening by an oblong hole, awned or crested at the base, or, in a few, without an appendage. Stigma peltate. Leaves needle-shaped, scattered, or in whorls. Gypsoca’Luis Sal. Corolla bell-shaped, or shortly tubular. Filaments flat. Anthers protruded beyond the corolla, 2-parted; the cells without any appendage at the base, distinct, each on a short stalk, and opening by an oblique hole. Stigma simple. Leaves needle-shaped, in whorls. Catiu\na Sal. Corolla shorter than the calyx, bell-shaped. Filaments dilated. Anthers not protruded beyond the corolla, with two small appen- CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CER. 1077 dages at the base: their cells end in a point, and open lengthwise. Stigma capitate. “ Capsule concealed by the inflexed, permanent calyx, orbicular, a little depressed, with 4 furrows, 4 simple valves, and 4 cells ; the partitions simple, flat, alternate, and unconnected with the valves, fixed vertically to a large, ovate, pitted, permanent, central column.” (Smith, Eng. Flora, ii. p- 224.) Leaves arrow-shaped at the base, obtuse at the tip; in transverse section triangular, imbricate in 4 rows. § ii, ANDRoME'DE. Corolla deciduous. Stamens, in most, not protruded beyond the Corolla, A. The following 7 Genera have all been instituted out of the Genus Andromeda ; and all have 10 Stamens, 1 Pistil, and Fruit that has a loculicidal Dehiscence. AnpRo™MEDA L, Calyx with 5 acute segments. Corolla globose, with a con- tracted, 5-toothed mouth. Filaments bearded. Anthers with short, l-awned cells. Stigma truncate. Leaves linear-lanceolate. Flowers in terminal, umbel-like groups. Cassr‘opz D. Don. Calyx with 5 leafy segments, imbricate at the base. Co- rolla bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Filaments glabrous. Anthers with short. tumid, l-awned cells. Style dilated at the base. Stigma obtuse. Capsule with its valves bifid at the tip. Small heath-like shrubs. Leaves imbricate. Flowers solitary. Cassa’npré D. Don, Calyx with 2 bracteas at its base ; its segments 5, leafy, imbricate at the base. Corolla oblong, with a contracted 5-toothed mouth. Filaments glabrous. Anthers with cells elongated at the tip, and tubular there. Stigma annulated. Leaves with short petioles, and elliptic oblong disks, that have peltate scales on both surfaces. Flowers axillary, disposed as if in racemes along the terminal parts of the branches. ZENo‘B/4 D. Don. Calyx 5-toothed. Corolla bell-shaped, with a revolute 5-lobed limb. Filaments glabrous. Anthers with cells elongate, tubular, and 2-awned at the tip. Stigma truncate. Leaves dilated, with the margins usually toothed. Flowers in racemes. Lyo‘n14 Nutt. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla ovate or tubular, with a contracted, 5-toothed mouth. Filaments short, flat, downy. Anthers with membra- nous cells that open lengthwise. Style 5-cornered. Stigma obtuse. Capsule 5-cornered. Flowers for the most part terminal, disposed in racemose panicles. Levuco’tHézE D. Don. Calyx with 5 leafy segments, imbricate at the base. Corolla tubular, toothed. Filaments flat, downy. Anthers with short trun- cate cells. Stigma large, capitate. Flowers white: in racemes. Pr‘eris D. Don, Calyx 5-parted. Corolla tubular or ovate, with a con- tracted, 5-toothed, revolute mouth. Filaments dilated, furnished with 2 bristles at the tip. Anthers with short incumbent cells that open length- wise. Style 5-cornered. Stigma truncate. Leaves coriaceous. Flowers drooping, terminal, racemose. B. Capsule with the Dehiscence septicidal. Puy.io’poce Sal. Calyx with 5 segments. Corolla globose, with a contracted, 5-toothed mouth. Stamens 10, not protruded out of the corolla. Filaments slender, glabrous. Anthers with short, truncate cells. Stigma peltate with 5 tubercles, Dase‘cr4 D. Don. Calyx with 4 segments. Corolla oval, inflated; its mouth 4-toothed. Stamens 8, enclosed. Filaments dilated, glabrous. Anthers linear, sagittate at the base, their cells parallel, loosened at the apex, open- ing lengthwise. Stigma truncate. Capsule 4-celled. C. Calyx and Corolla each with 5 Segments. Stamens 10, not protruded beyond the Corolla. A’rsutus Camer. Corolla globose or ovate, with a small reflexed border. Anthers compressed at the sides, opening at the tip by 2 pores, fixed by the 4B 4 1078 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, back beneath the tip, and there furnished with 2 reflexed awns. Ovary with 5 cells, ovules in each cell many. Berry externally granulate. Arcrosta’pHYLOs Gal. Adans. Allasin A’rbutus, except that the fruit is not externally granulate, and that the cells, 5 in number, include each but 1 seed. Perne’ttyé Gaudichaud. Corolla globose, with a revolute limb. Anthers with the 2 cells 2-lobed at the tip, the lobes bifid. Hypogynous scales 10, 3-lobed, surrounding the ovary. Berry with 5 cells, and many seeds. Gauttue'r14 L. Corolla ovate, inflated. Anthers bifid at the tip, each lobe with 2 awns. Ovary half-inferior, _ Hypogynous (? perigynous) scales 10, usually united at the base. Capsule with 5 cells, the dehiscence loculicidal. Eric#\ Z. Corolla salver-shaped. Capsule with 5 cells. Cir'rHra L. Corolla so deeply 5-parted as to seem 5-petaled. Filaments membranous. Anthers, after a time, inflexedly pendulous, obverse and cor- date at the base, and mucronate at the tip. Capsule with 3 cells, many seeds, and a loculicidal dehiscence. D. The Characteristics as under. Puaveroca’rpus D. Don. Calyx 4-cleft, with 2 bracteas at its base. Co- rolla short, campanulate, 4-cleft. Stamens 8. Filaments ? hairy. Anthers semibifid. Hypogynous disk 8-lobed or 8-toothed. Sect. II. RuHopo‘Rex. Sect. Char. Calyx not connate with the ovary. Disk nectariferous, hypo- gynous. Buds of inflorescence resembling strobiles in form, and in being scaly. Leaves flat, callous at the extremity of the midrib. Ruopope’NDRON D. Don. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla somewhat funnel-shaped, 5-cleft. Stamens 5—10. Anthers opening by terminal pores. Capsule 5-celled, 5-valved, opening at the tip. Ka’tmz4 L. Corolla of the shape of a wide-spread bell, and with 10 cavities on the inside, in which the anthers of 10 stamens repose before shedding their pollen. Capsule 5-celled. Dissepiments marginal. Menzie‘sz4 D. Don. Calyx 4-cleft. Corolla globose, 4-cleft. Stamens 8. Capsule 4-celled, 4-valved, having the dissepiments formed from the in- flexed margins of the valves. Aza‘tEA D. Don. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla bell-shaped, 5-cleft. Stamens 5. Cells of anthers opening lengthwise. Capsule 5-celled, 5-valved, opening at top. Le1opuy’LLuM Pers. Calyx and corolla deeply 5-parted. Stamens 10, ex- serted. Anthers lateral, opening lengthwise on the inside. Capsule 5- celled, 5-valved, opening at the tip, Le‘pum L. Calyx minute, 4-toothed. Corolla in 5 segments, so deep as to seem petals. Stamens 5—10, exserted. Anthers opening by pores at the tip. Capsule 5-celled, 5-valved, opening at the base. Seeds terminating in a wing at each end. Sect. III. Vaccinie‘z. Sect. Char. Calyx connate with the ovary. Disk nectariferous, perigynous. Fruit a berry. Vaccinium L, Calyx 4—5-toothed. Corolla pitcher-shaped or bell-shaped, 4—5-cleft. Stamens 8—10. Anthers 2-horned, opening at the tip, and in some furnished at the back with spreading spurs or bristles. Berry globose, 4—5-celled, many-seeded. Oxyco’ccus Pers. Calyx 4-cleft. Corolla 4-parted, with the segments some- what linear and revolute. Stamens 8. Filaments conniving. Anthers tubular, tripartite. Berry 4-celled, many seeded. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. ERI‘CA. 1079 Genus I. Rem ERICA D. Don. Tue Heata. Lin. Syst. Octandria Monogynia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p, 152.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 790. Synonyme. Erica sp. of Linnzus and other authors. Derivation. The erica of Pliny is altered from the ereiké of Theophrastus, which is derived from ereikO, to break; from the supposed quality of some of the species, of breaking the stone in the bladder, Description. Evergreen shrubs, with needle-like leaves, and hair-like roots; natives of Europe and Africa; varying in height from 6 in, to 2 ft. or 3 ft.; a number of them growing as high as 6 ft., and some few of them, as E. australis and £. arborea, attaining the height of 12ft. or 15ft. In British gardens, they are propagated by cuttings taken from the points of the growing shoots, and planted in pure sand, and covered with a hand-glass or a bell-glass. Many of the species of this genus are propagated more readily by seeds, than by layers or by division of the plant. They are all, without ex- ception, eminently beautiful; and almost all are absolute in their choice of soil, which is that of sandy peat or heath mould ; and of the situation in which they will grow, which should be elevated and airy, yet not arid. The price of plants, in British nurseries, varies from 6d. to 2s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller, the only hardy species is Z. cinérea, which is 1 franc and 50 cents; and none appear to be cultivated as hardy in the nurseries of New York. » l. EB. Te’trRavtix L. The four-leaved Heath. Identification. Lin. Sp., ed. 2. p. 507. ; Curt. Fl. Lond., f. 1. t.21,; Smith in Engl. Bot., ¢. 1314. ; Fl. Dan., t.'81. ; Don’s Mill., 3 fp. 792. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. i Synonymes. E. botuliférmis Sal. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 4. p. 369.; E. barbarica Rati Syn., 471.5 E. pumila Park. Theatr., 1483. No. 5.; EZ. Tétralix rubra Hort. Eric. Woburn., p.25.; the cross- leaved Heath. Engravings. Curt. Fl. Lond., fasc. 1. t. 21.; Eng. Bot., t. 1314.; and our jig. 864. Spec. Char., §c. Plant of a greyish hue. Leaves ciliated, 4 ina whorl. Flowers in terminal heads. Corolla ovate- globose, about 3 lines long, downy at the tip outside. Spurs of anthers lanceolate. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 792.) Native of the north of Europe, in boggy or moory ground; plentiful in Britain. It is the badge of the clan Macdonald. Varieties. #2 E.T.1 rubra Hort. Eric. Woburn., p. 25.— Corolla pale red. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 792.) w E. T. 2 carnea Loudon’s H. B.— Corolla of a flesh colour. «a E, T. 3 alba Hort. Eric. Woburn., p. 25.; Ait. Hort. Kew., li. p. 393. — Corolla white. * E. T. 4 Mackaiina, E. Mackaidna Bab., Fl. Hiber., p. 181., Mag. Nat. Hist., ix. p. 127., Comp. Bot. Mag. i. p. 225., is a native of Ireland. It has the leaves and calyx of L. ciliaris, and the flowers of E. Tétralix. 2 2. H.cinE‘REA L. The grey Heath. Identification. Lin. Sp., ed. 2. p. 501.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 392.; Fl. Dan., 38.; 4 i P wis Lodd, Cat., ed, 1856. main ant pee gm Synonymes. E, mutabilis Salish. in Lin. Trans., 4. p. 369.; E. humilis Neck. Gaill., 182.; E. tenui- folia Ger., 1198., Emac., 1382.; E. cinérea rubra Bedf. Hort. Eric. Woburn., Pind, ma ie Curt. Fl. Lond., fase. 1. t. 25.; Loefl. Res., p. 137.; Smith Engl. Bot., t. 1015. 3 and our fig. 865. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 3 ina whorl. Corolla ovate-urceolate. Flowers verticillate, on the naked stems. Crests of anthers ear-formed. Corolla 3 lines long, purple, changing to blue as it fades. This is easily distin- 1080 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. guished from Z. T'étralix by the glaucous deep green hue, and deep purple, or sometimes -white, flowers. (Don's Mill., in. p. 795.) A shrub, growing from Gin. to 1 ft. in height; a native of Europe, but not in the south, nor in the extreme 4. north: beautiful in Britain. It is the badge of the clan ¥ Macalister. Varieties. 2 E.c. 2 atropurpurea Lodd. Bot. Cab., 1409. — Plant dwarf. Flowers deeper purple. »* E. c. 3 dlba Lodd. Cat. — Flowers white. # E.c. 4 pallida Lodd. Bot. Cab., 1507. — Flowers pale purple. # E, c. 5 carnéscens Lodd. Cat, — Flowers flesh-coloured. « E. c. 6 prolifera Lodd. Cat. — Flowers proliferous. E. ec. 7 stricta Lodd. Cat. — Branches erect. aw 3. E, argo‘rea L. The Tree Heath. Identification. Lin. Sp., ed. 2. p. 502.; Ait, Hort. Kew., p.402.; Smith et Sibth, Fl. Grec., t. 351. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 794. Synonymes. E. scoparia Thunb. Diss., No. 80., Pl., Lin. Sp. ed, 2. p. 353., exclusive of the syno- nymes; £. caffra Lin. Diss., No. 22., witha figure; Z. triflira Berg. Pl. Cap., p.118.; E. procera Sal. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 328. . Engravings. F). Grec., t. 351.; Lin, Diss., No, 22. Spec. Char., §c, A tree-like shrub, with tomentose branches. Leaves 3—4 in a whorl, linear, glabrous. Flowers axillary, racemose, glabrous. Brac- teas remote from the calyx, Corolla bell-shaped, 2 lines long, white. An- thers crested. Style prominent, (Don’s Mill., iii. p.794.) A native of the south of Europe. Introduced in 1658, and growing to the height of from 10 ft. to 20 ft. in the Pyrenees, In Britain, this species is generally considered somewhat tender; nevertheless, in sheltered situations, it endures the open air, as a standard, in the climate of London, and is only killed down to within a short distance of the ground, in the most severe winters; and this, we believe, is more owing to the moisture of the atmo- sphere in autumn, and the sudden changes from frost to sunshine in spring, than to lowness of temperature. In the Pyrenees this shrub is found grow- ing among pine woods along with the arbutus, the myrtle, &c., and we have no doubt whatever, that it would thrive perfectly well in the pine woods in England; for example, those in the neighbourhood of Esher, on the Clare- mont estate, and those at Woburn Abbey. There are plants at Syon 12 ft. high ; one in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, as a standard, 5 ft. high, and against a wall, 16 ft. high. Varieties. # E. a. 2 stylosa. — Style vay long. (Don’s Mill.) # E. a. 3 squarrosa Hort. — Leaves squarrose. (Don’s Mill.) # E. a. 4 minima Hort. — Plant small. (Don’s Mill.) The succeeding sort might be added as another variety ; but we have fol- lowed Don’s Miller in giving it in the form of a species. # 4, E.(a.) PoLyTRICHIFO LIA Sal. The Polytrichum-leaved Heath. Identification. Sal. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p. 329.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 794. Synonyme. Perhaps only a variety of EZ. arborea (Don’s Mill., 3. p. 794.) Dr, Lindley has inciden- tally,expressed, in Bot. Reg., t. 1698., as his opinion, that the Z. arborea styldsa of English gardens ‘ is the EZ. polytrichifolia of Salisbury. Spec. Char., §c. Stem tomentose. Leaves 3—5 in a whorl. Flowers ter- minal. Bracteas remote from the calyx. Calyxes gradually narrowed at the base. Corolla 1—2 lines long. Spurs of anthers cuneated. Fruit pear- shaped. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 794.) A native of Portugal, about Lisbon, and rather more tender than the species. It is to be found in some collec- tions; but when it was introduced is uncertain. # 5. E. (a.) copono'pes Lindl, The bell-shaped-flowered Heath. Identification. Lindl. in Bot. Reg., t. 1698. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 1698. ; and our fig. 866, CHAP, LXIX. ERICA CER. ERICA. 1081 Spec. Char., §c. The general appearance of this sort, Dr. Lindley observes, is that of H. arborea; but it seems es- sentially distinct from that species, in its longer flowers, more slender leaves, less hardy branches, and truly bell- shaped corolla, which has by no means the globular form of that of H. arborea; its stigma is, moreover, very small, and not at all dilated or lobed, either when dried or recent. It was cultivated in 1834, in the Maresfield Nursery, in Sus- sex, where it is quite hardy, and forms a bush from 10 ft. to 12 ft. in height. It begins to blossom in February, and continues till the end of May, disregarding both frost and snow, being often covered with flowers from top to bottom, and forming a most beautiful object. In the warmest parts of Devonshire, and in the south of Ireland, it would form a very ornamental undergrowth to fine woods. m@ 6. E. austra‘us LZ. The southern Heath. Identification, Lin. Mant., p, 231.; Andr. Heaths, 3, t. 21.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 396, ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1472.; Wendl. Eric., 9. p. 13., with a figure ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 795.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. E. pistillaris Sal. in Lin, Soc. Trans., 6. p. 368. sa nico Andr, Heaths, 3, t. 21.; Bot. Cab., t. 1472,; Wendl Eric., 3. p. 13, with a figure; and our fig. 867, Spec. Char., §c. A shrub, 3 ft. to 6 ft, high. Leaves 4 in a whorl, scabrous, spreading, mucronate. Flowers terminal, small. 3 lines long, with a curved funnel-shaped tube, and a recurved limb. Pedicels beset with gemmaceous bracteas. Anthers crested. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 795.) A native of Spain and Por- tugal; introduced in 1769, and, in the neigh- bourhood of London, forming a handsome pyramidal shrub, of which there are specimens at Syon 7ft. high, and in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden 10 ft. high. One of the most showy of all the arboreous heaths, producing in great profusion its fine red flowers from April to August. a 7, E. stricta Donn. The upright Heath. Identification. Donn Hort. Cantab., ed. 3. p. 69. ; Willd. Sp., 2. p. 366.; Andr. Heaths, 2, t, 22. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 393. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 796. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. E. multicatlis Sal. in Lin. Soc, Trans., 6. p. 369.; E. cérsica Dec. Fl. Fr.; €. ramuldsa Viv. Engravings. Andr, Heaths, 2. t, 22. ; and our fig. 868. Spec. Char., Sc. Stem diffuse, 2 ft. to 3ft. high. % Leaves 4 in a whorl, obtuse, glabrous, having 2 fur- rows beneath. Flowers terminal, in umbel-like groups. Bracteas approximate to the calyx, sessile. Calyx spreading. Corolla purplish red, 3 lines long, with an ovate pitcher-shaped tube, and re- flexed segments. Anthers crested. Style a little prominent. (Don’s Mili., iii. p.796.) A native of Corsica and Italy. Introduced in 1765, and fre- quent in gardens, forming a fastigiate bush, in some instances, as at Purser’s Cross, as high as 12 ft. 2 8. E.civia‘ris L. The ciliate-Jeaved Heath. Identification. Lin. Sp., ed. 1. p. 354.; Leefl. Res., p. 138.; Lin. Diss., No. 39., with a figure of the flower; Wendl. Eric., 7. p.3.; Curt. Bot. Mag,, t. 484. ; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 394.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1808. ; Don’s Mill, p. 798. ; Hook. Brit. Fiora, p. 176."; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Lin. Diss., No. 39., with a figure of the flower; Bot. Mag., t. 484.; Bot. Cab., t. 1805.; ng. Bot. Suppl., t, 2618. ; and our fig. 869. : Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 3 in a whorl, ovate, glandularly ciliate, spreading, rather remote. Flowers terminal, subracemose, directed to one side. Brac- teas sessile, approximate to the calyx. Segments of calyx spathulate, ciliate. Corolla smooth, ovate, more ventricose on the upper side, 4 lines ‘ 1082 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. long, pale red. Style prominent. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 799.) A native of Portugal, and of England, in Cornwall. This comparatively rare species, Sir W. J. Hooker observes, is always found in boggy places, and never on dry ground. “ It is unquestion- ably the most interesting and beautiful addition that has been made to our British flora for many years. The flowers are as large as those of Men- ziesia czertlea Wall., Phyllédoce taxifolia Sal., and more highly coloured; while the leaves are elegantly fringed with hairs, and each hair is tipped with a gland.” (Brit. Flor., p.177.) The usual height is about a foot. A hybrid between this species and E. Tétralix is noticed in p. 1079. # 9. E. si/cuLa Schonberg. The Sicilian Heath. Identification. Schonberg in Linnea, 2. p. 614. ; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 799. Spec. Char., §c. A shrub, 2 ft. to3 ft. high. Leaves 4 in a whorl, linear, nearly cylindrical, canes- cent. Flowers erect, canescent, on long pedicels, in terminal umbel-like groups. Bracteas and segments of calyx membranous, coloured, about as long as the corolla. Corolla ovate, oblong, pale bi “ties (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 799.) A native of Sicily. Introduced in 1819; but we have not seen e plant. Genus II. lai. Fes = GYPSOCA‘LLIS Sal. Tur Gypsocatus, or Moor Heatu. Lin. Syst. Octandria Monogynia. ae nail Salisbury’s MSS.; D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 153.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 800. Synonyme. Ericz sp. of other authors. Derivation. ‘ From gupsos, lime, and kallistos, most beautiful ; the plants [kinds] are very elegant, and generally inhabit calcareous districts.” (Don’s Mill.) Description, §c. The species are mostly undershrubs, not exceeding 1 ft. in height; but G. mediterranea (#. mediterranea L.) grows to the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft., or upwards. » 1.G. va’Gans Sal. The wandering Gypsocallis, or Cornish Moor Heat'. Identification. Sal. MSS.; D. Don in Edin. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 153.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 800. Synonymes. E.vagans Lin. Mant., 2. p. 230., Lin. Syst., 370., Eng. Bot., t.3.; E. vaga Sal. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p.344.; E. multiflora Huds. Fl. Anglica, 166., Bull. Fl. Par., t.203.; E. di- dyma Stokes in Withering’s Bot. Arrangement, 400.; E. purpurascens Lam. Dict., 1. p. 488. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t.3.; Bull. Fl. Par., t. 203.; and our fig. 870. Spec. Char., §c. Stem glabrous. Leaves 4—5 in a whorl, conti- guous, glabrous. Flowers small, upon footstalks, axillary, mostly 2 in an axil, and those of any branch seeming as if disposed in a raceme, from the flowers being stalked and produced from axils Vx near one another. Bracteas remote from the calyx. Corolla short, i bell-shaped, pale purplish red. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.800.) A native of England, in Cornwall; and of the south of France and north of Africa. é Varieties. ' « G. v. 2 pallida.—Corolla pale red. (Don’s Mill.) « G. v. 3 rubéscens Bree, Loud. H.B., ed. 2. p. 588.—Corolla rubescent. This must be near the preceding one, and May be identical with it. 2 G, a : purpurascens Bree, Loud. H. B., ed. 2. p. 588.—Corolla pur- plish. 2 G.v. 5 dlba.—Flowers axillary. Corolla white. (Don’s Mill.) = G. v. 6 tenélla.—Flowers terminating the small branches. Corolla white. (Don’s Mill.) CHAYP. LXIX. ERICA CE. GYPSOCA‘LLIS. 1083 # 2. G. MULTIFLO'RA D. Don. The many-flowered Gypsocallis, or Moor Heath. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., July 1834; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 801. Synonyme. Erica multiflora Lin. Sp., ed. 1. p. 355., Diss., No. 58., with a figure of the flower, Andr. Heaths, 2. t. 57., Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 367., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1572.; E. juniperifodlia, &c., Garidel. Aix., p. 160. t. 32. ; E. multifldra longi-pedicellata Wendl. Evic., fasc. 5. p. 7.3; E. pedun- cularis Presi. Engravings. Lin. Diss., No. 58., a fig. of the flower; Bot. Cab., t. 1572. ; Garid. Aix, p. 160. t. 32.; and our fig. 871. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves 4—5 in a whorl, glabrous, linear. Flowers axillary, disposed in a racemose corymb. Brac- teas remote from the calyx. Corolla 14 to 2 lines long, pale red, bell-shaped, with a reflexed limb. Pedicel twice as long as the corolla. Anthers black, their orifices near the tip. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.801.) A native of France, Spain, and of the south of Europe generally, and in cultivation in British gardens since 1731. It begins to flower in May or June; and, under favourable circum- stances, continues to produce flowers in profusion till November or December. Like other heaths, to flower freely, it requires to be kept in a cool, open, airy situ- ation, in which it will attain the height of 2 ft. w 3. G.ca’RNEA D, Don. The flesh-colour-flowered Gypsocallis, or Moor Heath. Identification. _D. Don in Edinb. New Phil Journ., July, 1834; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 801. Synonymes. Erica carnea Lin. Sp., ed. 2. p. 504., Curt. Bot. Mag.,t.11., Jacg. Fl. Austr., 1. p. 21. f. 31., Scop. Fl. Carn., ed. 2. vol. 1. p. 275.,. Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1452.; E. herbacea Lin. Diss., No. 57., with a figure, Lin. Sp.,ed.2. p. 501., Wendl. Eric., 9. p.7., witha figure; E. saxatilis Sal. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p. 343. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t.11.; Jacq. Fl. Austr., 1. f. 31.; Bot, Cab., t. 1452. ; Lin. Diss., No. 57., with a figure; WendL Eric., 9. p. 7., with a figure. ; and our jig. 872. Spec. Char., §c. Stems and branches prostrate. Leaves 3—4 in a whorl, linear, glabrous, sharply reduplicate. Flowers axillary, droop- ing, disposed in racemes, and directed to one side, pale red. Bracteas remote from the calyx. Corollas conical, 23 lines. Anthers with an orifice extending from the middle to the tip. (Don’s Mill, iii. p.801.) A native of the south of Germany and Switzerland, and the north of Wales. a 4, G. MEDITERRA‘NEA D. Don. The Mediterranean Gypsocallis, or Moor Heath. Identification. D. Don in Edinb, New Phil. Journ., July, 1834; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 801. Synonymes. Erica mediterranea Lin. Mant., p. 229., Diss., No. 59., with a figure of the flower, Wendl. Eric., 7. p.11., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 471. ; E. lugubris Sad. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p. 343. Engravings. Lin. Diss., No. 59., with a figure of the flower; Bot. Mag., t. 471. Spec. Char., §c. A shrub 4—6 ft. high. Leaves 4—5 in a whorl, linear, cu- neate, glabrous. Flowers axillary, disposed in the manner of a raceme, directed to the lower side, so nodding. Bracteas above the middle of the pedicels. Corolla pitcher-shaped, red. Anthers dark, foraminose from the middle. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 801.) Native of the south of Europe, in the region of the Mediterranean; and, in 1830, found wild at Cunnemara, on the western coast of Ireland, by Mr. Mackay. It grows there on adeclivity by a stream, in boggy ground, at the foot of Urisberg Mountain, near Round Stone, on its western side, occupying a space of above half a mile in length, and covering between 2 and 3 acres of ground, in tufts of from 1 ft. to 2 ft. in height. (Mag. Nat. Hist., iv. p. 167., and ix. p. 127.) 1084 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus III. CALLU‘'NA Sal. Tur Cattuna. Lin. Syst. Octandria Monogynia. Identification. Salisbury in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p. 317.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 828. Synonymes. Ericasp. Lin. and others. Derivation. Thename of Callina is derived from kalluné, which, as Sir J. E. Smith observes, * is doubly suitable; whether, with Mr. Salisbury and Dr. Hull, we take it to express a cleansing pro- perty, brooms being made of ling; or whether we adopt the more common sense of the word, to ernament or adorn, which is very applicable to the flowers.” (Eng. Flora, 2. p. 224.) 2% 1. C. vute‘aris Sal. The common Ling, or Heather. Identification. Salisb. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 6. p. 317.3; Smith Eng. Flora, 2. p. 224.; Don’s Mill. 3. Seco Erica vulgaris Lin. Sp., p. 501. ; Ia Bruyére, Fr.; Heide, Ger. ; Lyng, Dan. ; Liung, Swed.; Erica, Ital.; Brezo, Span.; Urze, Port. ;.Weresk, Russ. Engraving. Eng. Bot., t. 1013. Spec. Char., §c. eaves 3-cornered in a transverse section of them, arrow- shaped at the base, obtuse at the point, revolute in the lateral margins, im- bricate in 4 rows. Flowers disposed in long, terminal, spicate racemes. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 828.) A small, spreading, evergreen shrub; native throughout Europe, plentiful in Britain. Varieties. In Don’s Miller, the following forms of this species are enu- merated : — 2. C. v0. | purpirea.—Flowers purplish red. aC. D..2 ee SAP ncls tufted. Racemes short. Flowers pur- lish red. eS ol. 3 dectimbens.—Branches decumbent. Racemes short. Flowers purplish red. 2. C. v. 4 tomentisa.—Leaves and branches woolly. Flowers purplish red. 2. C. v. 5 dlba—Flowers white, less crowded. Corolla shorter. 2. C. v. 6 flore pléno.—Flowers double, pale purplish red. 2. C. v. 7 foliis variegatis.—Leaves variegated. Flowers purplish. 2. C. v. 8 aivea.—Leaves variegated with yellow. 2. C. v. 9 coccinea.—Fiowers deep red. 2 C. v. 10 spicdta.—Racemes long. Flowers red or white. 2. C. v. 11 and 12.—Two varieties are mentioned by Sir W. J. Hooker, as being in cultivation in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where they have retained their differences for years. They have both pubes- cent branchlets; but the one has deep red flowers, and was received from Aberdeenshire; and the other, which was received from Arran, has white flowers, that appear later than those of the other varieties. The first may be called é ©. 11 atro-ribens, and the second C. v. 12 serotina. Description, §c. The common heath varies considerably in size, according to the soil and situation in which it grows. In open, elevated, exposed moors, where there is scarcely any surface soil, it seldom exceeds 1 ft. in height ; but in sandy soils, in open woods, it often reaches the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., growing erect. On the sides of mountains, in Scotland and Treland, it sometimes forms a bed or close matting of recumbent or trailing stems, which are 3 ft. or 4 ft. in length; the bed extending for many miles bee tea The stems are bushy, and are repeatedly and irregularly branched. The plant is of slow growth, seldom making shoots longer than 3 in. or 4 in. in one season, even when young; and, when of 5 or 6 years’ growth, not more than half that fength : but it is of great duration. Geography. The common heath abounds in almost every part of Europe, CHAP, LXIX. ERICACER. CALLU NA. 1085 more especially in the northern countries. It is found in Iceland, Greenland, and Kamtschatka, and in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. In Britain, it flourishes best in the upland and moorland zones; but it descends to the sea level in the south of England. In the north, and on the Grampian Mountains, it grows at the height of 3000 ft. above the level of the sea. In deciduous copse-woods, it commonly gives place to Vaccinium Myrtillus; but in open pine groves it maintains its ground. It covers extensive tracts in France and Germany, and it is common in all the temperate parts of the Russian empire, and probably, also, in Siberian Russia. History. As some species of heath were known to the Greeks and Romans, it is not improbable that they were acquainted with the Callina, though it is not included specifically in the plants of Theophrastus. It is mentioned by all the modern European writers on plants, and more especially by those of the northern parts of Europe, as its numerous names in northern languages imply. It is described by Gerard, who says that it is “ the heath that the ancients took to be the right and true heath; ”’ but he does not state his grounds for this assertion. Properties and Uses. There are few plants, that are abundant ina state of nature, which man has not applied to a great variety of useful purposes. The most important use of the heath, throughout Europe, is as an herbage plant. In the Highlands of Scotland, in the north of Sweden, and in all heathy countries with an imperfect agriculture, cattle and sheep browse on the young shoots in the winter and spring, when they can procure no other food. It is true, these shoots are powerfully astringent, and not very nutritive; and they even affect the milk of cows not accustomed to eat them, and turn it red ; but, neverthe- less, they are valuable for keeping the animals alive till the season of pasture grass returns, According to some French agricultural writers, the mutton of sheep fed upon heath, or upon pastures in which the heath abounds, is of a richer flavour, and more nourishing, than that which is fed on grass only; and the wool of such sheep is said to be produced in larger quantities. Heath is used, both in Scotland and Sweden, for thatching houses, for heating ovens, for making besoms, scrubbing-brushes, and baskets; for weaving into fences, for covering underground drains, and for a great variety of rural purposes. In the Western Highlands, Dr. Walker informs us, it is twisted into ropes ; and the walls of the cabins of the inhabitants of that bleak coast are formed with alternate layers of heath, and a sort of cement made of black earth and straw. The Highlanders there not only employ it in the walls of their houses, and for covering them instead of thatch, but they make their beds of it; and this was the case, in 1804, and may still be so, in the summer dwellings, called sheelings, on the Grampian Mountains, at no great distance from Perth. The walls of these summer lodgings are built of turf; and on the floor of the apartment, about 3 ft. from the wall, and parallel to it, a fence made of stakes, and twined with long heath, partitions off a space for sleeping in ; and no other bedding is put into this space than a thick layer of heath. Inmost of the Western Isles, the inhabitants, in Pennant’s time, dyed their yarn yellow by boiling it in water with the green tops and flowers of this plant: and woollen cloth boiled in alum water, and afterwards in a strong decoction of the tops, comes out of a fine orange colour. In some of these islands, leather is tanned in a strong decoction of heath. Formerly the young tops are said to have been used alone, to brew a kind of ale; and Boethius relates that this liquor was much used by the Picts. In some of the Western Isles, it is said, they still brew ale with one part malt, and two parts of the young tops of heath, sometimes add- ing hops. The flowers of heath of every kind abound in honey ; and those of this and the other indigenous species are much frequented by bees. In various parts of Scotland and the north of England, bee-hives are carried, in the beginning of August, from the cultivated to the heathy districts, for the sake of the flowers; where they remain two or three months, and are brought back in the autumn. The wood makes excellent charcoal; and the ashes are rich in potass, which accounts for the diuretic properties of the plants, The 1086 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. honey produced from the flowers of heath, and, indeed, from the Vaccinium, the Azalea, and the whole of the Fricacez, is of a dark brown colour, and has a particular flavour, which, to some persons, is disagreeable, but to others is preferable to that of the low country honey. Medicinally, the shoots of the heath are considered diuretic and astringent ; and, in Pliny’s time, a decoction of the leaves of some species was considered a remedy for the bites of ser- pents: but the Callima, at present, is not included in any materia medica. The branches of the heath afford shelter to many birds, and the seeds con- stitute a principal part of the food of the grouse, and other inhabitants of the moors. It is a remarkable circumstance, that the peculiar construction of the seed-vessel, with which, Sir J. E. Smith informs us, Gertner was so much struck (see Gen. Char., p. 1076. and p. 1077.), is calculated to retain the seed in it a whole year. The foliage of the heath, in England, affords nourish- ment to the larva of the Phale‘na quércus, or the great egger moth. In England, it is also very liable to be encumbered by the smaller dodder (Cuscuta Epithymum); but neither of these enemies to the plant is common in Scotland. The principal use of the Callina, in British gardens, is as an ornamental plant; and, in sandy or mossy soils, as an edging instead of box. In several gardens about Edinburgh, it is employed in this way; and is found not only to endure clipping as well, or better, than the box; but by forming a more compact edging, it is less apt to harbour snails and slugs. The most effectual mode of destroying heath, where it abounds on soil not worth subjecting to the plough, is to plant it with evergreen trees, such as the Scotch pine; which, when they have grown to a sufficient height to cover the surface, will effectually destroy it by their shade, and thus convert the plants into nourishment for the trees. When heathy ground has been subjected to the plough, it should never be kept in pasture for many years together, unless it is richly manured; for, as the seeds retain their vitality for many years, plants never fail, at the end of a few seasons, to make their appearance among the grass. In the improvement of heath soils, lime is always a principal m- gredient; it being found necessary to neutralise the tannin and acid principles which exist in the mould formed by the decay of the heath. Poetical Allusions, §c. This well-known plant, which covers so many acres of land, particularly in the north of England and Scotland, with its evergreen leaves and beautiful flowers, has been a favourite subject with many British poets, from Burns, whose ** Moorcock springs, On whirring wings, Amid the blooming heather,” to Mary Howitt, who gives a fine picture of “ those wastes of heath, Stretching for miles to lure the bee; Where the wild bird, on pinions strong, Wheels round and pours his piping song, And timid creatures wander free.” The heath is considered the emblem of solitude; but, from its frequent use as beds in the Highlands, its sweet and refreshing smell rather recalls ideas of social enjoyments and wild though hearty hospitality. App. I. List of hardy Species and Varieties of Ericdcea belonging to the Group Ericee normales, of which Plants are cultivated Sor Sale in the Tooting Nursery; with some additional Names Jrom the “ Hortus Woburnensis,” marked *. The Price of the greater number of sorts in this List is 1s. each, but a few of them are Is. 6d. each. Callina vulgaris (Erica L.) Eng. Bot., 1013. Height 1 ft. to 2ft., Fl. red, June to August. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. 1087 1 alba Roll. Fi. white. 8 decimbens Roll. Fl. red. 2 dectimbens Lodd. Fl.white. 9 flore pleno Roll. FI. pink. 3 pubéscens Lodd. Fl. white. 10 * prostrata H. Wobd. FI, white. 4 atrea Roll. FI. pink. 11 spicata Roll, Fl. red. 5 carnea H, Wob. FA. flesh-co- 12 sptiria Roll. FI. red. loured. 13 tomentosa Roll, FI. red. 6 coccinea Roll. Fl. scarlet. 14 variegata Roll. FI. red. 7 compacta Lodd. Fl. red 15 umbellata Roll, Fl. red. Erica Actz‘a Roll. Ht. 2ft., Fl. May and June. arborea L., Fl. Grec., t. 45., Ht. 9 ft., Fl. white, Feb. to June. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high as a standard, and 16 ft, high against a wall. 2 stylosa Andr. Ht. 5ft. or Gft., Fl. white, Feb. to June. 3 eee Bot. Mag., t. 1139. Ht. 5 ft. or 6ft., Fl. white, February to une. arctata (codonddes Bot. Reg.,t. 1698.), our fig. 866. in p. 1081. Ht. 12 ft., Fl. pale rose, Feb. to June. australis Andr. Heath., v.3. Ht. 10 ft. or 12ft., Fl.red, April to Au- gust. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 10 ft. high as a standard. 2 supérba Roll, Ht. 10 ft., Fl. pale red. ciliiris Bot. Mag.,t. 484. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pink, July to September. cinerea Eng. Bot., t. 1015. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. purple, June to September. 1 alba Roll, Ht. 1ft., Fl. white, 5 carnescens Lodd, June to Sep. 6 coccinea Lodd. 2 atropurpurea Lodd. Bot. Cab., 7 monstrosa Roll. t. 1490. Ht. 1ft., Fl.dark pur- 8 pallida Lodd. Bot. Cab., t, 1505. ple, June to Sep. 9 prolifera Lodd, 3 atrosanguinea Roll. Ht. 1ft., 10 rabra Zodl. Fl. dark red, June to Sep. 11 stricta Lodd. 4 carnea Roll, ramulosa Viv. (stricta Don). Ht. 2ft., Fl. pink, June to July. 2 rubra Hook, Brit. Ht. 1ft., Fl. red, June to July. scoparia W., Lin. Evic., No. 14. f. fl. Ht. 4 ft. or 5ft., Fl. green, April to May. 2 * minima H. Wob. stricta Andr, Heath., v. 2. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. pink, Aug. to Nov. Tétralix Eng. Bot., t. 1014. 1 alba Roll. Fl. white. 4 *ribra H. Wob. FI. red. 2 carnea Roll. FI. flesh-cld. 5 Mackaidna Bab., Fl. Hib., p. 191. 3 pallida Lodd. FI. pale. Fl. white. viridi-purptrea Roll., Lin. Eric., No. 9. ic. Ht. 3 ft., Fl. green, May to August. Gypsocallis (rica cirnea Lin.) cdrnea Bot. Mag., t. 11.; and our jig. 1083. in p. 872. Ht. 4 ft., Fl. pale pink, January to August. 2 prz‘cox M‘Nab (? herbacea Hort., Hayne, t. 47., and Bot. Mag.,t. 471.) FI. pink. esitthrines Bot. Mag., t. 471. Ht. 4ft., Fl. pink, March to May. 2 hibérnica Roll., Hook. in Supp. to Eng. Bot., t. 274., and Fl. Hib., - 181, seiGHaca Andy. Heath. v.2. Ht. 2ft., Fl. flesh-coloured, June to November. 2 alba Hort. Brit. Fl. white. umbellata Bot, Cab.,t. 1217. Ht. 3ft., Fl. purple, May to June. vagans Eng. Bot.,v.t. 3. Ht. 1ft.Fl., red, July to August. 1 alba Roll. FI). white. 5 rubéscens Bree, Hort. Brit., ed. 2. 2 pallida Roll. Fi. pale. Fl. blush-coloured. 3*ribra H.Wob. FEI. red. 6 purpurascens Roll. Fl. pale pur- 4 tenélla Roll, Fl. white. ple. 4c 1088 App. II. ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III Arrangement of the hardy Heaths included in the pre- ceding List ; showing which of them are in Flower, in the open Garden, every Month inthe Year ; and the Colour of the Flower, and Height of each. January. Gypsocallis cérnea. 4 ft., pink. Ps herbacea. Pink. February. Ericaarborea. 9 ft., white. Gypsocallis carnea. 3 ft., pink. herbacea. Pink. March. Erica arborea. 9 ft., white. australis. 10 ft., red. Gypsocallis carnea. 3 ft., pink. herbacea. Pink. * mediterranea. 4 ft., pink. hibérnica. Pink. : April. Erica arborea. 9 ft., white. australis. 10 ft., red. Gypsocallis carnea. 3 ft.,, pink. herbacea. Pink. Erica mediterranea. 4 ft., pink. scoparia, 4 ft., green. May. Erica arborea. 9 ft., white. australis. 10 ft., red. mediterranea. 4 ft., pink. scoparia. 4 ft., green. Gypsocallis umbellata. 3 ft., purple. Erica viridi-purpurea. 3 ft., green. June. Erica* Actz‘a. 2 ft. arborea. 9 ft., white. australis. 10 ft., red. ' * cinérea alba. 1 ft., white. atropurpurea. | ft., red. carnea. 1 ft., flesh. rubra. 1 ft., red. coccinea. | ft., red. Gypsocallis multiflora alba. 2ft., white. rubra. Red. Dabee‘cia poliifslia. 2 ft., purple. * nana. + ft., purple. alba. White. Erica scoparia. 4 ft., green. Tétralix alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. 1 ft., red. Gypsocallis umbellata. 3 ft., purple. Erica viridi-purpurea. 3 ft., green. © Callina vulgaris. 2 ft., red. alba. White. decimbens. Red. flore pléno. Purple. spuria. Red. variegata. Red. July. Erica australis. 10 ft., red. ciliaris. 1 ft., pink. cinérea alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. | ft., red. ‘ Gypsocallis multiflora alba. 2 ft., white. rubra. Red. Dabee‘cia poliifolia. 2 ft., purple. * alba. White. nana. 3ft., purple. Erica Tétralix alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. 1 ft., red. Gypsocallis umbellata. 3ft., purple. vagans alba. 1ft., white. rubra. Red. Erica viridi-purptrea, 3ft., green. Calliina vulgaris. 2 ft., red. 4lba. White. decimbens. Red. flore pléno. Purple. spuria. Red. variegata. Red. August. Erica ciliaris. 1 ft., pink. cinérea alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. 1 ft., red. Gypsocallis multiflora alba. 2 ft., white. rubra. 2 ft., red. Dabee‘cia poliifolia. 2 ft., purple. * alba. White. nana. 1ft., purple. Erica stricta. 2 ft., pink. Tétralix alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. 1ft., red. Gypsocallis vagans alba. 1 ft., white. rubra. Red. Erica viridi-purpurea. 3 ft., green. Callina vulgaris. 2 ft., red. alba. White decambens. flore pleno. spuria. Red. variegata. Red. ciliaris. 1 ft., pink. Red. Purple. ; September. Erica cinérea alba. 1 ft., white. | rubra. 1 ft., red. Gypsocallis multiflora Alba. ‘white. rubra. Red, Dabee‘cia poliifolia. 2 ft., purple. nana. 2 ft., purple. Erica stricta. 2 ft., pink. » wits, CHAP. LXIX. ERICACE, 1089 October. Gypsocallis multflora ritbra. 4 ft., Gypsocallis multiflora alba. 2 ft., white. ed. rubra. Red. Erica stricta. 2 ft., pink. Erica stricta. 2 ft., pink. December. November. Gypsocallis carnea. 4 ft. pink. Gypsocallis multiflora alba. 2 ft., white herbacea. Pink, App. III. List of Cape Heaths which will stand in the open Air, in Autumn, or the Middle of Winter, without Protection, with Tahrenheit’s Thermometer 7 or 8 Degrees below Freezing, with- out suffering in any way from such a Degree of Cold. Taken from.Mr. M‘Nab’s Treatise on Cape Heaths, published in 1852. The Prices appended by Messrs, Rollisson in 1836. Callista acuminata (Zrica L.) Bot. Cab., t. 216. ; and our fig. 873. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. red, July to Oct. Price Is. 6d. 2 pallida Hort. Brit, Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pale red, June to July. gireae Hort. Kew. Icon., t.18. Ht. 3 ft., Fl. red, Ap. to Aug. Price 2s. 6d. 2 alba Andr. Heath., v. t.2. Ht. 3ft., Fl. red, June to August. 3 rubra Wendl. Eric., xii. p.7. ic. Ht. 3 ft., Fl. red, June to August, ferruginea Andr. Heath., y.t.3. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. red, May to July. Pr. 7s. 6d. hyacinthotdes Andr. Heath., v. t. 3. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pink, — Juneto Aug. Pr. 2s.6d. Inthe Edinburgh Botanic Ag=> Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. S tenuiflora Andr. Heath., v. t. 3. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. light yel- low. Ap.to June. Pr. 2s.6d. . 2 alba Hort. Brit. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. white, Ap. to June. 873 3 *lutea. FI. yellow. tetragona (pugionifolia Sal.) Andr. Heath., v. t. 3. Ht. 14ft., Fl. light yellow, July to Sep. Pr. 2s.6d. Inthe Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 tt. high. ventricdsa Bot. Mag., t. 350. Ht. 1ft., Fl. flesh-cld., April to Sep- tember. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. 2 coccinea. FI. scarlet. 7 erécta. Fl. flesh. In the Edin- 3 stellifera. FI. flesh, burgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 6 ft. 4 carnea. FI, flesh. 3 in. high. 5 alba. FI. white. 8 nana. FI. flesh. 6 supérba. Fl. scarlet. 9 hirsttta. Fl. flesh. Ceramia (Erica L.) serpyllifolia Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 744. ; and our jig. 874. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. white, June to July. Pr. 2s. 6d. Dasyanthes (Erica L.) Sparmanni Andr. Heath., v. t. 3. (dispera A. H., hys- triciflora L. 7.) Ht. 1ft., Fl. dark orange, March to Sept. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. Désmia (Erica L.) conférta Andr. Heath., v. t. 2.; and our fig. 875. Ut. 14 ft., Fl. white, Feb. to Oct. Pr. 2s. 6d. Erica ageresata Wendl. Eric., f. 13. No. 5.; and our fig.876. Ht. 2-ft., Fl. purple, July. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. 2 alba Hort. Brit. FI. white. campanulata Andr. Heath., vy. t. 1. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. yellow, April to August. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. 4c 2 + Erica cerinthéides Bot. Mag., t. 220. Ht. 4ft., Fl. dark scarlet, May to Nov. Pr. 5s. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. + i 1 glabridscula Swt. FI. scarlet. 4 minor H. Wob. Fi. red. Eurylepis (Erica L.) triflora Wendl. Eric., xii. p.13. Ht. Gypsocallis (Erica) intertéxta Lodd. Bot, Cab., t. 1034. ; and 1090 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111. 2 hispida Swt. FI. scarlet. 5 *naina H. Wob, _ Fi. red. 3 major H.Wob. Fi. red. 6 supérba Roll, Fi. pale red. congésta Wendl, Eric., f.17. No. 5. Ht. 1ft., Fi. white, June to July. Pr. 3s.6d. Inthe Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. corifolia (articularis B. M., calycina A. H.) Don’s Mill., No. 76.; Lam- protis corifolia Don’s Mill., No. 2., has been called Erica corifdlia Bot. Mag., t.422. Ht. 11ft., Fl. pale pink, Aug. to Dec, Pr. 2s. 6d. cupréssina Roll. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pale red, April to June. Pr. 2s. 6d. globosa Andr. Heath., vy. t.4, Ht. 14 ft., Fl. pink, July to September. Pr, 2s. 6d. glomerita Andr. Heath., v. t. 4. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. pink, Feb. to April. Pr. 5s. ae Wendl. Eric., 8.p. 9.ic. Ht. 2ft., Fl. white, February to June. r. ls. 6d. hispidula. Ht. 1ft., Fl. palered, June to Aug. Pr. 3s. 6d. leucanthéra. Ht. 3ft., Fl. white, June to May. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden in 1836, 4 ft. high. lucida Andr. Heath. vy. t. 2. Fl. pink, April to June. ? Lamprotis licida Don’s Mill., No, 13. oo Andr. Heath., v.t. 1, Ht. 13 ft., Fl. white, May to Sept. rls. (6d. montana. Ht. 2ft., Fl. purple, Oct. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 1 ft. high. péndula Lodd. Bot. Cab.,t. 902. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. purple, June to Aug. perlata. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. purple, March to Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. , pubéscens. Ht. 14ft., Fl. purple, February to Dec. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4 ft. high. 1 major H. Brit. Fi. purple. 3 pubescéntior H. Brit. Fl. red 2 minor Roll, Fl.red. Pr. 2s.6d. 4 vérna H.Wob. Purple. ramentacea Andr. Heath., v. t.1. Ht. 14ft., Fl. dark red, June to Dec. Pr: 1s. 6d. setacea Andr. Heath., v.t. 1. Ht. 12 ft., Fl. white, Feb. to Ap. Pr. 2s. 6d. tenélla Andr. Heath., v. t. 2. Ht. 2in., Fl. red, May to Aug. Pr. 1s. 6d. 13 ft., Fl. white, March to June. Pr. Is. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. bigh. our fig. 877. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. yellow, June to July. Pr. 2s. 6d. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CER. 1091 Gypsocallis longipedunculdta Bot. Cab., t. 103. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pink, July and Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. Gyp. nigrita Don’s Mill., No. 46., Andr. Heath., v.t.1. Ht. 3ft., Fl. white, March to Vv June. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Bo- Nike, tanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. Sa Pachysa physddes Bot. Mag., t. 443.; and our 2eStW4 Jigs.878, 879. Ht. 13 ft., Fl. white, March W33h% to July. Pr. 3s. 6d. In the Edinburgh : Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. Syringddea cruénta Andr. Heath., v. t. 1. Het. 2 ft., Fl. dark red, May to Sep. Pr. 2s. 6d. 2 supérba Roll. curviflora Andr. Heath., v.t.1. Ht. 2ft., Fl. yellow, July and October. 1 aurantia. FI. orange. 2 rubra. Fi. red. diaphana Don’s Mill., No.2. Andr. Heath.,v.t.4. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. pink, Juneto July. Pr. 2s. 6d. Ewerdna Andr. Heath., v. t. 2. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. pink, July and October. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 8 ft. 6 in. high. 2 glabra. FI. pink. 4 longiflora. Fl. red. 3 speciosa. FI. red. 5 pilosa. Fl. red. extdans Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 287. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. red, October to Nov. Pr. 3s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4 ft. high. grandiflora Bot. Mag.,t. 189. Ht. 3 ft., Fl. yellow, May to Sep. Pr. 3s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 6 ft. high. 1 htmilis. Fl. yellow. 2 supérba. FI. yellow. ignéscens Andr. Heath., vy. t.2. Ut. 14 ft., Fl. red, March to June. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. ? longiflora Bot. Cab.,t. 983. Ht. 2ft., Fl. red, Ap. to Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. mammosa Andr. Heath.,v. t.1. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. purple, July to October. Pr. Is. 2d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. 2 minor. FI. purple. 4 rosea. FI. rose. 3 pallida. Fl. pale red. ? tumida Bot. Reg., t. 65., Don’s Mill., No. 98. Ht. 13 ft., Fl. scarlet, May to Sep. Pr. 5s. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high, verticillata Andr. Heath., v.t.1. Ht. 3ft., Fl. scarlet, July to Oct. Pr. Is. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 6 ft. 10in. high. 2 major. FI. scarlet. viridescens Bot. Cab., t. 233. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. greenish, January to June. Pr. 1s. 6d. App. IV. List of Cape Heaths which are tenderer than those mentioned in the preceding List, and which, when exposed to the Degree of Cold there stated, will be injured by it, but will not suffer, although fully exposed to a Temperature 4 or 5 Degrees below Freezing. Taken from Mr. M‘ Nab’s Treatisé om Cape Heaths, published in 1832. The Prices appended by Messrs. Rollisson in 1836, Blee‘ria ericdides (synon. Erica Ble‘ria) Wendl. Coll., i. t. 25., Bot. Cab., 85., and our jig. 880. Ht. : 2ft., Fl. white, Aug. to Oct. Pr. 2s. 6d. Callista (rica LZ.) comosa Wendl. Eric., 12.7. ic. 9. Ht. 3 ft. Fl. red, April to Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. 1 alba. FI. white. 2 rubra. FI. red. ye Coventrydna Lodd. Bot, Cab., t. 423. Ht. 1ft., 7% Fl. red, June to July. Pr. 3s. 6d. é 4¢3 1092 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARY Ill. Callista daphnefléra. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pale pink, June to Aug. Pr. Is. 6d. mandula Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 114. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. purple, February to October. Pr. 3s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. 2 major Lodd. FI. purple. pelliicida Andy. Heath. 2. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. white, June to November. Pr. 2s. 6d. 2 rubra H. Wod. FI. red. a, 881 pre’gnans Bot. Cab.,t.945. Ht. 2ft., Fl. red, = May to July. Pr. 1s. 6d. 2 coccinea H. Wob. Ceramia (Erica L.) urceolaris Icon. Hort. Kew., 16., and our fig. 881. Ht. 13 ft., Fl. white, May to July. Pr. Js. 6d. Particularis Don’s Mill., No.25. Ht. 1ft., Fl. red, Mayto June. Pr. 2s. 6d. = E’ctasis Sebana, Erica Sebana aurantia Andr. Heath. ~ >i de y.t.l. Ht. 2ft., Fl. orange, March to June. x APS Pr. 2s. 6d. 2 fasca. Fl. brown. 3 lutea. Fl.yellow. 4 minor. FI. orange. Erica assargens. Ht. 1ft., Fl. white., May to June. Pr. 1s. 6d. barbata Andr. Heath., 2. Ht. 1ft., Fl. white, May to Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. 2 major. FI, red. 3 minor. Fl. red. Bonplandidna Bot. Cab., t. 345. Ht. 1 ft., Fi. pale yellow, March to Sept. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 8 ft. 3in. high. ?catra Bot. Cab.,t. 19. Ht. 14 ft., Flowers white, Feb. to Oct. Pr. 1s. 6d. 2 spicata. Fl. white. cerinthdides Bot. Mag., t. 220. Ht. 4ft., Fl. dark scarlet, May to Nov. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. 1 major H. Wob, Fi. red. 3 nana H. Wob. Fi. red. 2 minor H.Wobd. Fi. red. decora Andr. Heath.,v.t. 3. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. purple, Jan. to Nov. Pr. 5s. depréssa Andr. Heath., v. t.2. Ht.2ft., Fl. yellow, June to August. Pr.5s. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 1 ft. 6 in. high. mollissima. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. white, May to June. Pr. 2s. 6d. Perséluta Bot. Mag., 342. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. purple, Feb. to May. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. 2 alba. FI. white. 3 rubra. Fl. red. propéndens Andr. Heath., v.t. 2. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. purple, July to August. Pr. 2s. 6d. pubéscens. Ht. 13 ft., Fl. purple, Feb. to Dec. Pr. Is. 6d. 1 major H. Wob. Fi. pale red... 3 vérna H. Wob. FI. pale red. 2 minor H.Wobd. FI. pale red. quadriflora. Ht. 1ft., March to Aug., Pr. 2s.6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. refléxa. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. white, May to June. Pr. 2s.6d. In the Edin- burgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. 2 rubra. Fl. red. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. rubens (pedunculiris Sa/.) Ht. 1ft., Fl. purple, April to October. Pr. 1s.6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high, viscaria Icon. Hort. Kew., 1. Ht. 23ft., Fl. red, March to July. Pr. Is. 6d. cylindrica Bot. Cab., 1734. Ht. 2ft., Fl. white, May to June. Pr. 1s.6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high divaricata Lodd, Fl. white, Ap. to May, Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edin- burgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 1 ft. high. gélida Bot, Cab. 699. Ht. 3 ft., Fl. green, Ap to June. Pr. 1s. 6d, HAP. LXIX. : ERICA‘CER. 1093 Erica inearnata Andr. Heath. 1. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. pale red, Feb. to June. Pr. 1s. Gd. Inthe Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. trivialis 14*Nad, Eurylepis (Zrica L.) albens Bot Mag., t. 440., and our fig. 882. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. white, March to Aug. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Betanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. Halicacaba Andr. Heath.,v.t. 2. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. yellow, May to Aug. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 2 ft. high. Eurystégia (Zrica L.) triceps Bot. Cab., 62., and our fig. 883. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. white, May to June. Pr. 2s. 6d. TSS 883 Gypsocillis (Hrica L.) nudiflora Smith Icon. 3.7. Ht. 2 ft. Fl. dark yellow, July to Aug. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. Lophandra (Erica L.) cibica Andr. Heath., v. t. 1.,and our fig. 884. Ht. 1 ft., Fl. purple, Ap. to July. Pr. 1s. 6d. 2 minor. FI. red. 3 major Hort. Brit. Fl. purple. Lamprotis (rica L.) calycina Andr. Heath., 3., and our fig. 885. Ht. 2ft., Fl. purple, May to July. PeissiGd: : 2 major H. Wob. Fi. pale red. Pachysa (Zrica L.) baccans Bot. Mag., t. 358 Ht. 1: ft., Fl. purple, Ap. to June. Pr. Is. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4 ft. high. Syringddea (Hrica L.) abiétina. Sep. to March. Pr. ls. 6d. ? claveeflora Don’s Mill., No. 91., Andr. Heath., v.t. 2. Ht. 4ft., Fl. green, Aug. to October. Pr. 2s. 6d. colorans Bot. Reg., t. 601., Bot. Cab., 224. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. white, Ap. to June. Pr. Is. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4 ft. high. concinna Andr. Heath., vy. t. 2. Ht. 23 ft., Fl. flesh, Sep. to Oct. Pr. ls. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4ft. high. discolor Andr Heath.,v.t.1. Ht. 2ft., Fl. red, March to Nov. Pr. 2s. 6d. elata Andr. Heath., v.t.2. Ht. 3ft., Fl. orange, July to Sep. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 6 ft. high. Ewerdna Andr. Heath.,v. t. 2. Ht. 2 ft., Fl. pink, July to Oct. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 8 ft. 6 in. high. 2 glabra. FI. pink. 4 longiflora. Fl. red. 3 speciosa. FI. red. 5 pilosa. FI. red. Linnedna (limeordes Andr. Heath., v. t. 2.; perspicua Hort. Kew.) Ht. 13 ft., Fl. purple, Jan. to May. Pr. 1s.6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4 ft. high. 2 superba. FI. purplish white. 4¢€ 4 1094 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIL. Syringddea linnzeoides Andr. Heath., v. t. 2. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. ye white, purvte May. Pr. 2s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high perspicua Wendl. Eric., 1. 7. ic. Ht. 14 ft., Fl. white,-March to June. Pr. 2s.6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. 2 nana. Fl. white. radiata Andr. Heath., v.t.1. Ht. 1ft., Fl. crimson, August to Novem- ber. Pr 3s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. 9 in. high. 2 eeolor. FI. whitish red. simpliciflora Wendl. Eric., 17. p. 69. ic. Ht. 2ft., Fl. orange, March to July. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 4ft. high. spicata Andr. Heath., v. t.1. Ht. 24 ft., Fl. light yellow, All the year. Inthe Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 3 ft. high. spuria Andr, Heath.,v.t.1. Ht. 2ft., Fl. purple, Ap. to August. Pr. 1s. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. 6 in. high. 2 pallida H. Wob. FI. pale pink. tubiflora Andr. Heath.,v.t.1. Ht. 2ft., Fl. pink, April to July. Pr. Is. 6d. In the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 5 ft. high. vestita. Ht. 3ft., Fl. white. All the year. Pr. 2s.6d. Inthe Edin- burgh Botanic Garden, in 1836, 6 ft. 9 in. high. 1 alba. FI. white. 6 coccinea. FI. dark red. 2 incarnata. Fl. pink. 7 lutea. FI. yellow. 3 purpurea. - Fl. purple. 8 mutabilis. FI. scarlet. 4 rosea. FI. light red. 9 élegans. F/I. purple. 5 filgida. Fl. orange. App. V. List of a few of the larger Specimens of exotic Heaths, cultivated in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ; with their Dimensions, &c., as taken from the Plants, 12th July, 1836. Communicated by Mr. M‘Nab. The use of this list is, to give an idea of what height the species will attain, if planted against a con- servative wall. In ail probability, they would attain double the height, planted in the ground, and trained to a wall, of what they do as standards in pots or tubs in a glazed ome The wall ought to have an eastern or western aspect; in order to moderate the temperature of the hotter summer months, and to avoid the direct influence of the sun in spring and autumn, when the plants are covered with hoar-frost. The plants in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden are all known as Erice, though we have given them Mr. Don’s new names; but those who do not approve of these ap- pellations, have only to substitute the word Erica for the new ‘generic name, the specific names generally not having been changed ; where both names have been changed, we have given the old ones in parentheses, Height Circum- Depth Height Gi Depth withou ithout ;/rcum- of Tube. ference woes, — ference. Pubs. Pe ite sins. He. 2 teat in. ft. ine ft. in+ in. Callista magnifica - OOM 14 0 16 Eurflepis Monsonidna - 6 0 +9 O 15 ventricdsa—- Sey On 190) oT sexfaria = =, 6 UF ing) lS _erécta - - 6 8 10 0 18 | Euryldmajasminifdra - 4 2 32 9 18 varia (Erica Cassdnii 4 6 12 0 20 obbata umbellata - 3 0 9 0 20 *Nab) Aitoniana “ - 43 Zup 19 metulefldra + = 2 9 G) 0. 2 ampullacea - ~R GE ge 18 quadrangularis (Erica 2 0 6 0) 16 retérta - se, Qalb Gite erdsa M‘Nab tricolor major - 2 U 60 15 Muscari - + - 4 2 BS os Shannoniana - - 26 Gag 18 juliana - = 20 PRs ee ai princeps = - -2 8 Hh 16. ey pb E’ctasis Sebana - - 4 4 TYG? 80 Gypsocallis lanata (Erica 5 3 13 6 2 Banksiana - yk 3 7 @ 15 flaccida M‘ Nab) _ picta - a ee 13 6 22 Syringddea vestita coc- 6 9 is 0. 2 Erica Bonplandidna - 8 3 7 oO 16 cinea florida - = pe iG 0 10) @r018 abiéting » -+~ « 69 180 2% cerinthdides - no) One 110 0) 2 1G spuria - - = GiGi iaesG 2h Solandri - . = 2 0 9 6 18 radiata - = ~ 2 9 10 6 20 depréssa ave tg 8.3 80 rubida = ~ i! 2G 0-18 montana 7 = NO 60 15 Bowiedna z - 6 0 0.0m 15 odorata (odbra-rdsea 2 0 12 6 15 verticillata - =) OFS. ce Aa 20 Z M‘Nab) echiifldra - . - 3 6 2 0 18 Eurylepis glabra : - 410 6 0 16 Ewerdna - - 8 6 2% 0 40 CHAP. LXIXx. ERICA CER. 1095 App. VI. Ciudture of the hardy and half-hardy Species and Varieties of Ericee belonging to the Group Ericee normdles. The hardy Species of Ericee normdles are most commonly propagated by layering the branches im very sandy peat. The shoots require no cutting or twisting; but, if they are buried in the soil, about 1 in. deep, and to within 1 in. of their points, and the soil be kept firm and moist over them, they will root freely in two or three months, in the spring or autumn. Layers made in October or November will be fit to take off in the following May or June; as will layers made in February or March. Some of the commoner heaths are also propagated by division, or detaching stems or branches which may have produced roots; and all the species may be raised from seeds when these ripen. The soil in which all the species and varieties thrive best is sandy peat, though some of the species will thrive with a greater pro- portion of loam intermixed with the peat than others. Whatever soil is used, it ought to be mixed with pieces of freestone or brickbats, as reservoirs of moisture, and placed on a stratum of gravel, as drainage, for reasons which will be hereafter mentioned. A Heathery, or Ericetum, in the open Ground is justly considered as one of the most interesting ornaments of the flower-garden or pleasure-ground, from its being at all times green, and exhibiting plants in full flower during every month in the year. Perhaps the most complete hardy heath garden in Eng- land is that at Woburn Abbey. There, Mr. Forbes informs us, “ Each species or variety is confined to a separate bed, the beds being edged with the Callina vulgaris and Erica Tétralix; and so disposed, that the tallest-growing kinds are arranged towards the centre of the parterre: whilst the whole are so in- termixed, in point of colour, as to produce the most lively contrast possible.” (Hort. Wob., p. 282.) A plan of the parterre for hardy heaths is given in the Hortus Woburnensis, exhibiting upwards of 70 groups; but, as the dis- tribution of the species and varieties, among these groups, so as that the tallest-growing kinds may be “ arranged towards the centre,” and the whole “so intermixed in point of colour as to produce the most lively effect possible,” is not given in the Hortus Woburnensis, we have written to His Grace the Duke of Bedford, to request that he would authorise Mr. Forbes to supply us with so interesting a desideratum. In every case, the shapes and sizes of the beds of a parterre, especially one to be planted with ligneous plants, which may be considered fixtures, are of trifling consequence in comparison with the arrangement of the plants inthem. We have been the more anxious to indicate this arrangement, in the case of the Woburn ericetum, because the late Mr. George Sinclair, F.L.S., who designed the beds, and, we presume, planted them, had a scientific knowledge of, and an excellent taste in, colours. His arrangement of the heaths in these beds, therefore, so as to produce a harmonious effect, we consider to be of great interest to gardeners intending to plant a heathery; and we are happy in being able, through the kindness of the Duke of Bedford, to lay it before our readers. The hardy ericetum at Woburn Abbey is situated in front of the Cape ericetum, and the form of the beds is exhibited in fig. 886. In this figure, a is the passage under the Cape heathery, which forms a portion of a covered way, leading from the mansion to the different objects of interest adjoining it ; such as the green-house, sculpture gallery, tennis-court, Chinese dairy, plant-stoves and palm-house now erecting, and finally to the pleasure- ground, including the aviary, arboretum, salictum, grass-garden, American garden, &c. 6 is a broad gravel walk ; being a portion of the main walk of the pleasure- ground. c, Descent from the porch of the Cape heathery. d, Shrubbery, chiefly consisting of rhododendrons and azaleas. 1 to 73, Heaths, and other Hricacea, arranged as in the following list. PART IIT. 1096 el-* qe eal CHA P. LXIX. ERICA‘CE. 1097 1, Gypsocallis (Zrica) vigans Alba. 36, Gypsocallis (Z.) carnea. 2, Erica cinérea. 37, Gypsocallis (.) vagans pallida. 3, Phyllédoce ¢axifolia (Menziésia 38, Erica cinérea atropurpirea. cerilea). 39, Dabee‘cia poliifolia nana (Men- 4, Azalea procimbens. ziesia). 5, Erica australis. 40, Cape heaths. 6, Gypsocallis (Z.) mediterranea. 41, Callina (Z.) vulgaris flore pléno. 7, Erica cinérea alba. 42, Syringodea (E.) rubida. 8, Erica scoparia. 43, Dabee‘cia poliifolia (Menziésia). 9, Erica cinérea atropurpurea. 44, Dabce‘cia poliifolia. 10, Cape heaths. 45, Erica arborea. 1], Phyllédoce taxifolia (Menziésia 46, Erica cinerea atropurptrea. ceertlea). 47, Cape heaths. 12, Dabce‘cia poliifolia alba (Men- 48, Gypsocillis (Z.) vagans pallida. ziesia). 49, Erica Acte‘a.. 13, Cape heaths. 50, rica floribanda. 14, Dabce‘cia poliifolia nana (Men- 51, Cape heaths. ziesia ). 52, E’mpetrum nigrum. 15, Erica ciliaris. 53, Cape heaths. 16, Erica Actz‘a. 54, Calltna ( =) vulgaris spuria. 17, Gypsocallis (Z.) vagans ribra. 55, Dabce‘cia poliifolia (Menziésia). 18, Cape heaths. 56, Gypsocallis (Z.) mediterranea. 19, Calluna (£.) vulgaris spicata. 57, Cape heaths. 20, Dabce‘cia (Menziésia) poliifolia. 58, Hrica arborea. 21, Gypsocallis (#.) mediterranea. 59, Erica australis. 22, Cape heaths. 60, Callina (Z.) vulgaris variegata. 23, Erica viridipurpurea. 61, Gypsocallis (Z.) vagans alba. 24, Gypsocallis (.) vagans alba. 62, Erica stricta. 25, Erica arborea. 63, Erica viridipurpurea. 26, Callina (Z.) vulgaris alba. 64, Calltina (Z.) vulgaris. 27, Gypsocallis (Z.) mediterranea. 65, Erica Tetralix. 28, Erica stricta. 66, Gypsocallis (.) carnea. 29, Erica scoparia minima. 67, Gypsocallis cArnea herbacea. 30, Erica cinerea atropurpurea. 68, Gypsocallis carnea. 31, Erica australis. 69, Gypsocallis carnea herbacea. 32, Gypsocallis (#.) carnea. 70, Gypsocallis carnea. 33, Azalea procumbens. 71, Gypsocallis carnea. 34, Erica scoparia. 72, Gypsocallis carnea herbacea. 35, Gypsocallis (#.) vagans tenélla. 73, Rhododendrons. In order to study the effect, in point of colours, which this ericetum will have in every month of the year, we recommend the reader of leisure, and more especially the young gardener, to make 12 copies of fig. 886., and then to look at App. I. (p.1088.), and observe the sorts of heath which will be in flower in each month of the year, their colours, and their heights. Then let him take the copy of the plan of the ericetum for January; and, as he will find by the list, App. IL, that there will be only two sorts in flower during that month, viz. Gypsocallis cérnea and G. c. herbacea, both of which have pink flowers ; let him colour with pink. all the beds indicated to be planted with that sort, colouring all the other beds green. This will give 8 red beds and 65 green ones for the month of January. To indicate the height which the plants in each bed are supposed to attain, the height of each sort, as indicated in the list, may be taken from the § scale; and each bed drawn in isometrical projection, as shown in fig. 887., which is supposed to represent bed No. 21., intended to be planted with Gypsocallis mediterranea, a species estimated to grow to the height of 4 ft. Whether the operation of colouring is performed on a ground plan, such as fig. 886., or on an isometrical view to show the height, prepared after the manner described, the colouring ought to be applied from the list 1098 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART II]. in App. II. to twelve different copies of the plan, so as to show the ap- pearance which the ericetum will have, or ought to have, in every month of the year. We know that in practice it is impossible to attain to perfection in matters of this kind; but still it is highly advantageous to proceed upon sound principles, and to have a beau idéal of the effect to be produced in view. For this reason, we recommend gardeners, when they are forming a scheme for planting a flower-garden, always to try the effect which it will have during the principal summer months, by drawing a plan for each of these months, and colouring the beds in each with the colours of the flowers of those plants which are intended to be simultaneously in bloom. Such coloured plans being shown to the employers (and more especially to the female part of the family, who have generally considerable taste in the ar- rangement of colours), useful hints may be received, and the beds altered until perfect harmony is produced. Another mode, and one which would afford an excellent exercise for young gardeners, would be for the gardener to lay before his employers, once in every year, twelve copies of the plan of his flower-garden (for which purpose it might be lithographed), and these copies being coloured by the lady of the family agreeably to her taste, or ideas of what constitutes harmony, the problem for the gardener to solve would be: “ Required, the kinds of plants, and the modes of treating them, necessary to produce the given colours in the given months.” Of course, the plans and this problem for every year would require to be given to the gardener a year before the time when it was intended to be carried into execution, in order that he might have time to prepare and propagate the requisite kinds and numbers of plants. These remarks, though apparently not immediately applicable to ericetums, or flower-gardens composed of hardy heaths, are yet decidedly so when Cape heaths are included ; and they are also applicable to gardens of low American shrubs, including azaleas, rhododendrons, &c., such as will be hereafter treated on and described. A symmetrical Ericetum. The hardy ericetum at Woburn Abbey is of an irregular shape, because it is adapted to a particular situation ; and the surface being a bank, sloping towards the house containing the Cape heaths, it is seen to most effect when walking along the covered way (a); but, where an inde- pendent ericetum is to be formed, we would recommend a level surface sunk 2 ft. or 3ft. below a surrounding walk; and we would further advise, as a desideratum in all hardy ericetums, that all the narrow walks between the beds be paved with pebbles, brick, stone, or some other perfectly smooth surface. The reason is, that when the path is of gravel or-sand, the small delicate foliage and flowers of the heaths, which rest almost on the ground, are soiled and disfigured with the sand and lighter particles of gravel, after every heavy shower. Fig.888. is such a plan as we would recommend. The sectional line (a 6) shows that the beds are sunk about 3 ft. below the sur- rounding terrace walk. From this walk the beds are separated by a sloping bank, the upper and lower verges of which may be of turf, and the middle part may be planted with that variety of heath which comes into flower at the season when it is desired that the ericetum should look most gay. Thus, for the ericetum of a winter or spring residence, it may be planted with Gyp- socallis carnea; and, for a summer residence, it may be planted with Calluna vulgaris, or Hrica cinerea atropurpurea. In particular soils and situations, the whole of this bank, as well as the verges, may be of fine turf, or of rock- work, planted with heaths. The descent to the beds, from the surrounding eravel walk, is by six steps. The manner in which the beds are proposed to be planted is very simple. The centre bed is to be occupied solely with species exceeding 3 ft. in height, the tallest-growing kinds being placed in the centre of the bed. Each of the other beds is to be filled with heaths which never exceed 3 ft. in height; every bed being limited to heaths which come into flower in the same month.. In fig 888., one half of the beds are num- bered, to show how this is done. Thus, the beds marked 1 and 12, of which there will be six in the ericetum, will be wholly occupied with Gypsocallis JF IA Ny . A ; y fA fp NIU WHT b A ALS AAA Ac ‘Ss SSS a i-— = : 4 a : <<< 1100 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. carnea and G. ¢. herbacea, because these are the only dwarf heaths that are in flower during the first and twelfth months of the year. In like manner, the beds marked 9, of which there are eight in all, will be wholly occupied with Erica cinérea 4lba and ribra, Gypsocallis multiflora Alba and rubra, and Dabee'cia poliifélia, and D. p. nana, these being the only heaths which never exceed 3 ft. in height, that come into flower in the ninth month (September). Should this mode not be approved of, one sort may be confined to a bed; the only principle which is essential to the proper effect of this plan being, that all the sorts which have any chance of exceeding 3 ft. in height, should be con- fined to the central bed, in order that they may not intefere with the sym- metry of the figure, as seen from the side of the surrounding terrace walk. Half-hardy, or Cape, Heaths are generally propagated by cuttings: but, as seeds are frequently ripened in this country, and are also regularly received from the Cape of Good Hope; that mode of propagation is common; and, about London, is generally adopted in preference to the other; the plants being raised with less trouble and attention, though requiring a longer time before they are fit for sale. We shall first slightly notice the mode of raising heaths from seeds, and afterwards that of propagating them by cuttings. Seeds of Cape heaths generally arrive in England, trom the Cape of Good Hope, in the months of July and August; and Mr. Bowie (Gard. Mag., vol. i. p. 364.) recommends the latter month as a favourable time for sowing them. Mr. M‘Nab, however, prefers February, or early in March. The seeds should be sown in pots, well drained, and filled to within one fourth of an inch of the top, with “very sandy peat earth, made level and firm; the seeds should then be sown on the surface, and scarcely any covering put over them. This precaution is absolutely necessary, as the seeds of all the heaths are very small, and unable to push through a deep covering. The pots, after sowing, should be watered with a very fine watering-pot, and placed in a cold frame under glass, where they should remain. They will require water every day ; and, if the weather be very dry, and there is much sun, they should be shaded with a mat in the middle of the day. As soonas the seeds begin to vegetate, the frame should have a little air admitted to prevent damp, and this should be increased as the young seedlings gain strength. Whenever the plants are sufficiently large to bear handling without injury, they should be potted out into small-sized pots, always putting several plants in the same pot, and placing them near the edge of it; as some of the seedlings may be expected to damp off in the first potting.” (Treatise, &c., p. 15.) The best soil for this potting, Mr. M‘Nab considers to be one half peat and one half sand, increas- ing the proportion of peat in subsequent pottings. Mr. Bowie pots first in three fourths sandy peat, and one fourth sandy loam; and, at subsequent pottings, he increases the proportion of sandy loam, till he pots finally in sandy loam only. We must confess, however, that we do not think that there are many species of Cape heaths which would thrive in this soil; though, on turning to the volume of the Gardener’s Magazine above referred to, a list will be found of the habitats of ten different groups of Cape heaths, not one of which is stated to be sandy peat, and only two in a situation where a black ve- getable soil, something like British bog soil, occurs. The seeds of Cape heaths Mr. Bowie has known to vegetate well after having been upwards of twelve years in England. By Cuttings. Mr, M‘Nab finds “ The greater proportion of heaths strike root freely, when the cuttings are made of the young wood after it has become sufficiently firm to prevent its damping off. The pots for the reception of the cuttings should be about nine or ten inches in diameter at the mouth. It is a good method, in preparing the pots for the cuttings, to fill them to within 14 in. of the top with pieces of broken pots, or cinders, the upper pieces of which should be of a smaller size than those below; over which’ should be put a thin layer of live moss (H¥pnum), to prevent the sand from working down among the potsherds or cinders; then the remainder of the pot should be filled with fine sifted sand to the level of the edge, and the ——_ CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. 1101 sand pressed down very firm. After being well watered, the pot is then fit to reccive the cuttings.” Mr. M‘Nab prefers “ pit-sand for striking heath cut- tings in; the colour of which is of little importance, whether white, grey, or yellowish: it should, however, be as free as possible from earthy and irony matter. The length of the cuttings must depend on the habit of the species. Of some of the free-growing sorts, they may be about 1} in. long ; and from other sorts, that are of a more stinted growth, they may not exceed half an inch in length: in both cases, they should be taken from the plant at the part where the young shoot springs from the older wood. The leaves should be stripped off about half the length of the cutting, carefully, and so as not to wound the bark ; and the end should be cut clean across with a sharp knife or with scissors. The cutting is then fit to be inserted into the pot prepared for its reception. In all ordinary cases, pots of the size above mentioned will hold many different kinds of heaths. In extensive nursery collections, where great quantities of plants are wanted, one pot may be filled with cuttings of the same species, when such can be got in sufficient quan- tities ; but in private collections this is not necessary, for, in general, only a few plants of a sort are all that are required. When this is the case, the kinds selected to be put in the same pot should be as nearly of the same habit as can be estimated at the time: for example, supposing four pots are intended to be filled with cuttings, the following sorts may be selected for each pot : — First Pot. E'ctasis melastoma, Petivérii, Sebana, Plukenéti var. penicillata, &c. Second Pot. Syringddea pinea, pinifdlia, vestita, grandiflora, purpurea, &c. Third Pot. Callista ventricdsa, pre’gnans ; Syringddea Linnzana, linnzdides, coldrans, &c. Fourth Pot, Euryldma Aitonidna, jasminifidra, ampullacea, Irbydna, &c. Unless this, or some similar mode of selection, be attended to, one sort will be found to strike root in a much shorter time than others in the same pot, which will be inconvenient when potting them out... . When the pot is filled with the cuttings, it should be well watered with a watering-pot having a fine rose; and placed in a close shady part of the stove; admitting as little air as possible near to where the pots of cuttings are placed, and taking care to water them freely every day. Indeed, when treated as above directed, there is little risk of over-watering them; for, in consequence of their being well drained, the water is allowed to pass freely through; and, so far from injuring the cuttings, they are benefited by it.””, Mr. M‘Nab adds, that he is “ convinced that all Cape heaths will strike in this way, when good cuttings can be procured of them.” He very seldom uses bell-glasses for heath cuttings; nor does he “ consider them necessary for heaths in general. Some of them, however, which are more difficult to strike, such as Eurystégia (E.) glatica, Syringodea (Z.) atrea, Lamprotis (Z.) taxifolia, and a few other species, may be put under bell-glasses, and placed in the stove beside the others. Where no stove is at hand to put the pots of cuttings in, and where the situation in which they are to be placed has much air, then bell-glasses are absolutely necessary. The pots, in this case, should be prepared for the cuttings, which are to be covered with bell-glasses, in the same way as before recommended. The size of the pot must be regulated by the size of the glass which is intended to cover the cuttings. The glass, in this case, will require to be wiped occasionally, to prevent any damp from injuring the cuttings ; and, when they have struck root, the glass should be removed gradually, some time before the cuttings are potted out.”” Mr. M‘Nab believes “ that cuttings of heaths will strike root when put in at any season, if the cuttings are in a proper state; that is, when the young shoots are just old and firm enough to prevent them from damping off when first put in. Early in the spring, however,” he considers “ to be the best time for them; as the cuttings will then be rooted, and potted out, in sufficient time to get established in the pots before the following winter.... When the cut- tings are rooted, which will be easily known by their beginning to grow freely, they should be potted into the smallest-sized pots, and kept for ten days or a fortnight in a close shaded place; they may then be gradually exposed in a more airy part of the green-house, care being taken to shade them for a few 1102 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, hours in the heat of the day, if there happen to be much sun at the time, This shading should only be continued till the young plants are enabled to bear the full heat of the sun. The soil for the first potting should be one half peat and one half sand, always taking care to drain the pots well with small pieces of broken pots or cinders. The second potting must depend much on the season of the year: if the first potting is done in the spring, the second should be performed as soon as the young roots appear round the inside of the pots; but, if the first potting is in the summer, then the second will not be necessary till the following spring. The soil for the second potting should be about two thirds peat and one third sand; and in all the after- pottings the soil should be the same as recommended below.” (Treatise on Cape Heaths, &c., p. 14.) The soil most suitable for Cape heaths, according to Mr. M‘Nab, is black peat, “taken from a dry heath, or common, which is never overflowed with water. In general, it should not be taken off more than 5in. or 6 in. deep. This, however, must partly depend on the subsoil; for, in some cases, at 12 in. or 14 in. deep, the soil is quite as good as at the surface. What- ever heath, or other vegetable production, is on the surface, should be taken along with the peat earth to the compost ground, and there laid up in a heap till wanted. It frequently happens that peat earth, taken from such situations, has sand intermixed with it in its original state; but, where this is not the case, a quantity of coarse white sand should be procured, and mixed with the earth in the compost ground. This should be, at least, to the extent of one fourth or one fifth of the whole: and, if it exceed this quantity, it will not be found injurious to the health of the plant.” Mr.. M‘Nab prefers “a coarse white sand, when it can be procured; but, when that cannot be had, any coarse pit or river sand will answer equally well; and, if an opportunity should offer of procuring sand from a freestone quarry, or from the hewings of sand stones used in buildings, that may be substituted ; but, in either case, the sand should be free from irony matter. When the earth and sand are properly mixed, the compost is fit for use.” (Treatise, &c., p. 16.) Whether compost for heaths or other plants should be used in a recent state, or after it has lain a year or two in the compost ground, and been frequently turned over, is a point on which cultivators differ in opinion. In the case of the. compost which Mr. M‘Nab recommends for heaths, he has found no difference whether it was used immediately when brought from the common, or after it had lain some time, and been turned over and mixed for years. Mr. M‘Nab has grown, in this soil, in tubs, 3 ft. over, the freer-growing heaths, such as Syringo- dea (H.) Ewerdna, abiétina, vestita coccinea, grandiflora, Bonplandiana, &c., to the height of 8 ft,; the plants being bushy in proportion, and, when in flower, covered with blossoms from the edge of the tub to the top of the plant. A small quantity of manure (viz. about one eighth part of rotten cow-dung) is frequently added by Mr. M‘Nab to the above compost ; which shows, contrary to the opinion of some, that, like other plants, heaths are capable of being fed, artificially, with food containing animal matter. Mr. M‘Nab has also tried liquid manure; but he is “ unable to give particular directions ” as to the pro- portions in which it should be used. Besides manure, which Mr. M‘Nab adds occasionally, he considers it a great advantage to introduce into the soil con- siderable quantities of coarse soft freestone, broken into pieces of from 1 in. to 4in. or 5in. in diameter. The quantity of stone which he introduces will, he says, “in most cases, if broken down into sand, and added to the sand previously in the soil, form about one third part of the whole mass.” The reason given by Mr. M‘Nab for introducing the stone is extremely interesting and important ; and, like every line in his most valuable treatise, it ought to sink deep into the mind of the young and thinking gardener : — “ When stones are mixed with the earth in the way above recommended, heaths will never suffer so much in the summer from occasional neglect in watering them, as they would do if the stones were not made use of; because these stones retain the moisture longer than the earth, and, in the winter, they allow CHAP. LXIX. . ERICA‘CER. 1103 a freer circulation of any superabundant moisture which may be given, through the mass.” (Treatise, &c., p.25.) Mr. Bowie, also, recommends small stones and fragments of garden pots to be mixed with the soil in which heaths are grown: but the practice seems to have been first introduced (probably before 1820) by Mr. James Niven, who was many years a collector at the Cape, and who died at Pennycuick, near Edinburgh, in 1827. (See Gard. Mag., vol. ii. p. 255.) The thorough drainage of the pots or tubs, the judicious mixture of lumps of freestone with the soil, and the addition of thoroughly consumed cow-dung, seem important points in the culture of Cape heaths in pots, and afford equally important hints for their culture in the free soil, either against a conservative wall, or in beds in the open ground, with temporary coverings of glass or boards during winter. The Treatment of Cape Heaths as half-hardy Shrubs is a subject on which we can derive but little assistance, either from books, or from the experience of practical men. Mr. M‘Nab is of opinion that, in the climate of Edinburgh, the Cape heaths ought never to be taken out of doors, but should be kept in the house, even during summer, giving them plenty of air, and keeping them cool during winter. It is commonly supposed, he says, that turning heaths out of doors, for four or five months in summer and autumn, makes them hardier, and enables them better to stand the winter; but he very properly differs from this opinion, finding from experience that, when heaths and other green-house plants are kept in the house during summer, the young wood gets better ripened, and is, consequently, better able to resist cold in winter. The greatest care is requisite to keep the house in which heaths are grown well ventilated; for which purpose the glass of the roof and sides should be made to open; and the plants should never be so near as to touch each other with the extremities of their shoots: on the contrary, they ought always to be at least 3 in. or 4 in. apart, in order to admit of a free circulation of air round each. “ Except in cases of high wind or heavy rain, both top and front lights should be open night and day; and, besides watering the earth in the pots freely when they require it, the plants should be well watered over- head with the garden engine every day; and, if the weather be hot and dry, this operation should be performed twice every day ; namely, both morning and evening.” ‘The chief objection,’ Mr. Marnock observes, “ to heaths and other green house plants being kept in the house in summer is, that, being exposed to the sun, the earth in the pots becomes dry, and the extremes of heat and cold, wet and dry, to which the roots are thence subjected, cause the plants to assume a brown and unhealthy appearance; and, generally, the leaves on the lower branches to fall off. These evils may, however, be effec- tually prevented by using double pots; the empty pot which is intended to form a screen for the other which contains the plant, being sufficiently large to receive the latter within it, so that the tops of both are nearly on a level. I have practised this mode for the last three years, both with stove and green- house plants ; and, during the dry summer of 1832, I had at Bretton Hall at least 100 of the latter in pots, protected in this way.” (Gard. Mag., vol. x. p. 32.) When heaths are attacked by aphides, which they very seldom are, a little tobacco smoke for two nights in succession will destroy them. It is always better to apply the smoke two or three times, if necessary, in small quantities, than the same quantity of tobacco al at once, because there is less risk of injuring the plants. When heaths in pots happen to be frozen during winter, there is nothing more injurious to them than the application of fire heat to such an extent as to thaw the soil. All that ought to be done is, by covering the sashes with mats, or by other means, to prevent the increase of the frost, and leave the soil to be thawed by the natural re- turn of genial weather. In the Botanic Garden of Edinburgh, we believe, fire heat, or artificial heat of any kind, is seldom or never applied to the heath- house. Some valuable remarks on this subject, by Mr. Marnock, the curator of the Sheffield Botanic Garden, will be found in the Gardener's Magazine, vol, x. p. 31. , ’ 4D 1104 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. When Cape heaths are planted out, either against an open wall, or on a bed to be protected during winter, the soil should be previously prepared, mixed with stones, and placed on a substratum of drainage, in conformity with Mr. M‘Nab’s directions for preparing the soil, and growing and managing heaths in pots. The plants turned out should, at least, be of four or five years’ growth ; because it is found from experience, that stout plants of half-hardy species of every kind of shrub will bear more cold the first winter, when planted in the open ground, than weak plants. As heaths require a free cir- culation of air around them at all seasons, they will probably succeed better when planted in a bed of soil in the open garden, and protected by a movable roof, than when planted against a wall: but this movable roof must consist chiefly of glass, on account of many of the species being in a growing and flowering state during the winter season. We have no doubt that, in various parts of the south of England, most of the sorts enumerated in App. IIL, if thoroughly established in the open ground, would require no protection what- ever. The branches would exclude the frost from the soil; and, if the tops were occasionally killed down to within 2 ft. or 3ft. of the roots, the plants would spring out again the following season, and soon recover what they had lost. The south-east side of a natural hill would be the most suitable situa- tion for such an ericetum, provided care were taken in early spring, when the plants were covered in the morning with hoarfrost, to thaw it off by watering” them before sunrise ; but, in situations where this precaution cannot be attended to, a south-west aspect would be preferable. In the Gardener’s Magazine, vol, i. p. 374., we have suggested the idea of planting the Cape heaths in suitable soils in the open garden, and covering them, during six months in the year, by a glass roof, supported by movable iron props, which might fit into fixed sockets, so as to show no vestige of the structure during summer, when it was removed. The heat might be conveyed, by flues or steam-pipes, under the paths. At Woburn, many of the duplicates of the Cape heaths, which are kept under glass during winter, are turned out into the parterre of hardy heaths during summer, “ where they generally flower, grow vigorously, and form themselves into handsome bushy plants.” The tenderest and most difficult to propagate of these are taken up in autumn, repotted, and replaced in the heathery ; while the more hardy and easily propagated species are suffered to remain till they are destroyed by frost, or to take their chance of the winter proving mild ; in which case they survive it. EH. Actz‘a, E. triflora, and £. floribanda stood out during two winters at Woburn, though there were 14° of frost. (Hort. Wob., p. 283.) Mr. Robertson of the Kilkenny Nursery is persuaded that a number of Cape heaths would stand the open air in Ireland, without the slightest protection whatever; more especially on the sea coast. He has grown in a frame, 6 ft. high behind, and 6 in. high in front, without any means of artificial heat whatever, a number of sorts to a high degree of perfection. The bed is composed of three layers: the lowest of loose stones, 6 in. thick; the one over it of fine, sifted, rotted loam, mixed with sand, peat soil being there very scarce; and the third, or surface stratum, of sandy peat, 16 in. or 18in. deep. The plants are turned out of the pots into this soil; and, during summer, they require frequent watering, all possible air on temperate days, and shading on scorching sunny ones, The shading is effected by a mat, and the ventilation by tilting up the glass at both ends, so as to produce a thorough current of air. In winter, the same attention to air is given, but no water whatever. The plants are screened from rain at all seasons, and well matted up during severe frosts in winter ; but no kind of ar- tificial heat is applied (See Gard. Mag., vol. x. p.206.) Mr. Rutger, during his residence in Cornwall, having a number of duplicates of Cape heaths, planted a clump of them in the open air, which succeeded admirably with very slight protection during winter. ‘ Having made choice of a situation,” he says, “ after making a suitable excavation, and laying in the bottom of it a thick drainage of brickbats, broken pots, &c., over which I laid dead fern roots and other matters, I covered the whole with peat earth to the depth of CHAP. LX1X. ERICA CEA. ANDRO’MEDA. 1105 about 10 in., and in the month of April turned out my plants. Many of these grew to admiration, and flowered beautifully in the following autumn. Having succeeded thus far, and being fearful lest the plants should be dis- figured, or perhaps killed, by the winter’s frost, I proceeded to erect a tem- porary frame over them, with melon lights, old sashes, and feather-edged boards; the latter serving for the back, and nearly half of the roof sloped backwards, and the old sashes for the front and ends, so that the whole, when finished, looked something like a little green-house. The lights were always off in mild weather, and also in frosty weather during the day when the sun shone. In the month of April the frame was removed, and during the sum- mer the plants grew rapidly, presenting a mass of vigorous shoots, covered with most beautiful foliage, and flowers of a very superior size and brilliancy of colour. This clump was admired by all who saw it. The species con- sisted of [we give the old names] rica coccinea, verticillata, grandiflora, cruénta, ignéscens, versicolor, mammosa, costata, tubiflora, Archeridna, curvi- flora, concinna, exsargens, vestita, cerinthdides, ventricdsa, baccans, Eweridna, Sparrmanni, spuria, and melastoma, with some others which I do not now remember. At the end of three years, when I left Cornwall, the plants had arrived at a fine state of maturity, and were far superior to any I had ever before, or have since, seen. (Gard. Mag., vol. ix. p. 585.) No ligneous flow- ering shrubs, whether hardy or half-hardy, are better deserving of culture than the heaths ; for, as we have before observed (Gard. Mag., vol. i. p. 366.), “‘ of what other genus can it be said, that every species, without exception, is beautiful throughout the year, and at every period of its growth ? in flower or out of flower, and of every size and age? perpetually green, perpetually in flower; and these flowers of various colours and sizes, and of many shapes ?” “ The two splendid natural orders Ericez and Epacridez” ([Hricez normales D. Don, and Epacridaceze Lind/.], Mr. Marnock observes, “ perhaps contain a greater number of really beautiful plants, than are to be found in all the other orders put together.” Genus LV. ANDRO/MEDA L. Tue AnpRomepa, Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia., Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 157. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 828. Synonyme. Polifdlia Buxbaum Cent., 5. p. 5. t. 55. f. 15 Andrémeda sp.,L. ; Derivation. Andromeda was the name of the daughter of Cephalus, king of Ethiopia. She was tied naked to a rock, and exposed to be devoured by a sea-monster to appease the wrath of Neptune ; but was delivered by Perseus, who afterwards married her, and they had many children. The following reasons for the application, by Linnzus, of the name of Andromeda to this genus of plants are extracted from Sir J. E. Smith’s translation of Linnzus’s Lachesis Lapponica :—“ Andrémeda polifdlia was now (June 12.) in its highest beauty, decorating the marshy grounds in a most agree- able manner. The flowers are quite blood-red before they expand ; but,when full grown, the corolla is of a flesh-colour, Scarcely any painter’s art can so happily imitate the beauty of a fine female complexion; still less could any artificial colour upon the face itsclf bear a comparison with this lovely blossom. As I contemplated it, I could not help thinking of Andromeda, as described by the poets; and the more I meditated upon their descriptions, the more applicable they seemed to the little plant before me; so that, if these writers had it in view, they could scarcely have con- trived a more apposite fable. Andromeda is represented by them asa virgin of most exquisite and unrivalled charms; but these charms remain in perfection only so long as she retains her virgin purity, which is also applicable to the plant now preparing to celebrate its nuptials. This plant is always fixed on some little turfy hillock in the midst of the swamps, as Andromeda herself was chained to a rock in the sea, which bathed her feet, as the fresh water does the roots of this plant. Dragons and venomous serpents surrounded her, as toads and other reptiles frequent the abode of her vegetable resembler, and, when they pair in the spring, throw mud and water over its leaves and branches. As the distressed virgin cast down her blushing face through excessive affliction, so does this rosy-coloured flower hang its head, growing paler and paler till it withersaway. Hence, as this plant forms a new genus, I have chosen for it the name of Andromeda.” (Tour in Lapland, &c., vol. i. p. 188.) Linnzeus has drawn this fanciful analogy still farther in his Flora Lapponica. “* At length,” says he, “ comes Perseus, in the shape of summer, dries up the surrounding water, and destroys the monsters, rendering the damsel a fruitful mother, who then carries her head (the capsule) erect.” These extracts are curious, not only as showing the motives which induced Linnzus to bestow this apparently inapplicable name on the plant, but as showing that the severe studies, and earnest search after truth, of the great naturalist, had not destroyed the vividness of his fancy, or the powers of his imagination. : 4D 2 1106 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. # 1. A. Potiro‘nia L. The Poly-leaved Andromeda, or Moorwort, Identification. Lin. Sp., 564.; Lin. Fl. Lapp., 161. t-1. f.,3.; Ged. Fl. Dan., t. 54; Smith in Eng. Bot., t. 713, ; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. t.1.; Pluk. Alm., 175. f.1.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. Synonymes. Rhododéndron polifdiinum Scop. Carn., No. 482.; wild Rosemary, Poly Mountain, Marsh Cistus, Moorwort, Marsh Holy Rose; Androméde, Fr. and Ger. Engravings. Lin. Fl. Lapp., t.1. f.3.; Fl. Dan., t.54.; Eng. Bot., t.713.; Fi. Ross., 1. t1.; Pluk. Alm., 175. f. 1. ; and our fig. 889. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, glaucous beneath. Corollas ovate, flesh- coloured, or pale red. Segments of calyx ovate, spreading, white, some- times tipped with red. (Don’s Mill. iii. p.829.) A i native of the northern countries of Europe, on turfy bogs; as of Russia, Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, Germany, Britain, &c.; of North America, in Canada and Labrador, Bay of St. Lawrence, &c., in bogs, and on the borders of mountain lakes ; and in New York and Pennsylvania. In Britain, in mossy bogs in the mountainous parts of England and Ireland, and the lowlands of Scotland. It is cultivated in gardens, in moist peaty soil, and it is only in such soil, and in an open airy situation, that it can be preserved for any length of time. Like all the species of this order, it is propagated by layers, and sometimes by division. It flowers from May to September. This species and the following are sometimes admitted into ericetums, as being nearly allied to heaths, but in our opinion very improperly, for two reasons : first, because the leaves are so much broader than those of any heath, that, both in a general and a botanical point of view, they destroy the unity of the whole or scene; and, secondly, because, to grow these two andromedas properly, they require to be planted in much moister peat than is suitable for any species of heath. Varieties. The following varieties, the first of which may be considered as the normal form of the species, are enumerated in Lodd, Cat., ed. 1836. 2 A, p. 1 angustifolia Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1591., and our fig. 890., has narrow leaves. = A, p. 2 ericoides has the habit of a heath. 2 A. p. 3 grandiflora Lodd. Bot. Cab.,t. 1714.,and our fig. 891., has large flowers. 2. A. p. 4 latifolia Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 546., and our jig. 892., has broad leaves. 891 _5 minima has small flowers. A. A, Ml 6 revoluta Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 725.,and our jig. 893., has the oO flowers bent back. ; w A. p. 7 scdtica is common In Scotland. « A, p. 8 stricta has the branches erect. « 2. A. RosMARINIFO‘LIA Pursh. The Rosemary-leaved Andromeda. iti ‘on. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 291.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. eae Om polifdlia Michr. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 254, Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. p. 53: Engraving. Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. p. 53. t. 70. f B. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves linear-lanceolate, convex, revolute, white beneath, and canescent above. Corollas nearly globose. Calycine segments oblong red. Flowers white, tinged with red. (Don’s Mill., ii, p. 829.) A shrub erowing to the height of 1 ft. ; a native of Newfoundland and Labrador, and flowering in June. It is occasionally to be met with in collections, but when it was introduced is uncertain. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CER. CASSI‘OPE. 1107 Genus V. alla! CASSLOPE D.Don. Tue Cassiore. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monog¥nia. Identification. D. Don. in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 157. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. Synonyme. Andrémeda sp. Lin. et Pall. Derivation. From Cassiope wife of Cepheus, and mother of Andromeda, whose foolish boast that her beauty was superior to that of the Nereides provoked the wrath of Neptune. (See p. 1105.) * 1. C. aypndipes D. Don. The Hypnum-like Cassiope. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 157. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. Synonyme. Andromeda hypnéides Lin. Sp., 563., Lin. Fl. Lapp., 165. t. 1. f. 3., Gd. Fl. Dan., t.10., Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 55. t, 73. £. 2., Hooker in Bot. Mag., t’ 2936. Engravings. Lin, Fl. Lapp., t.1. f. 3.; Fl. Dan., t. 10.; Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 73. f. 2.; Bot. Mag., t. 2936.; and our fig. 894. Spec. Char., §c. A small creeping shrub, resembling a kind of moss. Leaves loose, flat, and needle-like. Flowers small, with a red calyx, and white corolla. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 829.) A native of Lapland, Denmark, and Siberia, on the mountains, where it covers whole tracts of land; and on the north-west coast of North America. Introduced in 1798; but rare in collections, from the difficulty of keeping it. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges, where it flowers in June and July, and is protected during winter. 894“ w 2. C. reTRAGO'NA D. Don. The 4-cornered-branched Cassiope. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ,, 17. p. 157.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. Synonyme. Andrémeda tetragona Lin. Sp, 563., Lin. Fl. Lapp., 166. t.1. f.4., Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 50. t. 73. £ 4., Hooker in Bot. Mag., t. 3181. Engravings. Lin. Fl Lapp., t. 1. f.4.; Pall. Fl. Ross., t. 73. f.4.; Bot. Mag., t. 3181.; and our Jig. 895. : Spec. Char., §c. Leaf obtuse, minutely ciliated, its margin revolute, in such a manner as to render the leaf tumid, and somewhat 2-celled. Leaves appressedly imbricate in 4 rows, and into a 4-cornered column, of which the stem or branch is the axis and support. (Don’s Mill., ii. p- 829.) A native of Lapland and Siberia; and, in North America, of Canada, Labrador, and the north- west coast; and of the Island of St. Lawrence, Kotzebue Sound. Introduced in 1810, and culti- vated by Messrs. Loddiges, and in some other col- 2 lections. It flowers in March and April, and re- 895 quires protection during winter. This species and the preceding one may, without destroying the harmony of the scene, be admitted into the eri- cetum; but they are both difficult to keep, requiring a sandy peat, which should never be stirred after planting ; and which should be kept cool, and, as far as practicable, in an equable degree of moisture throughout the year. Covering the soil round the plant closely with small pebbles, immediately after it is planted, has the effect of consolidating the soil, and retaining moisture; but in very hot sunshine, it produces rather too much heat. App. i. Hardy Species of Cassiope, not yet introduced. C. lycopodiéides D. Don ; Andrémeda lycopodidides Pail. Fi. Ross., p. 55. t. 73. f.1.; is 3 small moss-like, creeping shrub, with red flowers, a native of Siberia and the Island of St. Lawrence. | C. ericéides D. Don ; Andrémeda ericéides Pall. Fi. Ross., p. 56. t. 73. f. 3.; isa heath-like creeping shrub, a native of Dahuria and Kamtschatka. E C. Redbwskti G. Don in Don’s Mill., 3. p. 829. ; Andrémeda Redéwskiz Cham. et Schlecht. in Lin- nea, 1. p. 517., is a procumbent much-branched shrub, a native of the east of Siberia. . C. Mertensiana G. Don, Don’s Mill., 3. p.829.; Andrémeda Mertenstana Bongard in Mém. Acad. Petersb., 2. p. 152. t. 5. ; is aprocumbent shrub, with the habit of C, tetragdna, indigenous to the Island of Sitcha. C. fastigiata D. Don; Andrémeda fastigiata Wall. Pl. Rav. Asiat., 5. t. 284.; A. cupressiférmis Wall. MSS. ; is a procumbent shrub, a native of Nepal and Mongol. 4p 3 1108 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Genus VI. ba CASSA’NDRA D. Don. Tue Cassanpra. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 157.; Don’s Mill, 3. p, 830. Synonyme. Andromeda sp. Lin. and others. Derivation.. The name of a daughter of Priam and Hecuba. # 1. C.catycuna‘ta D. Don. The calyculated Cassandra. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 157.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonyme. Andromeda calyculata Lin. Sp., 565., Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. p. 53. t. 71. f. 1., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1464. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 2. t. 71. f.1.; Bot. Cab., t.1464.; and our fig. 896. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves elliptic-oblong, bluntish, obso- letely serrulated, rusty beneath. Racemes recurved, 4 leafy. Bracteas of the calyx (these constitute the caly- culus, or secondary and outer calyx, implied by the term calyculata) broad, ovate, acuminate. Corollas oblong-cylindrical. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 830.) A native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, on the mountains, in bogs and swamps. It grows also in Sweden, Prussia, Siberia, &c. Introduced in 1748, and frequent in collections. Flowering from February to April. Varieties. The following forms of this species are enu- merated in Don’s Miller : — 2. C.c. 1 ventricdsa Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1286.—Co- rolla inflated. # C.c. 2 latifolia Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 530. — Leaf broad. # C.c. 3 nana Sims Bot. Mag., t. 862., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 826.—Dwarf. 2 2. C. (c.) ANGUSTIFO‘LIA G. Don. The narrow-leaved Cassandra. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonymes. Andrémeda calyculata 6 angustifdlia Ait. Hort. Kew, 2. p.70.; A. angustifolia Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.291.; A. erispa | Desf. et Link, and our fig. 897. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, the edges somewhat waved and revolute, the under-sur- face rusty. Racemes recurved, leafy. Bracteas of 2X calyx minute. Corollas oblong-ovate. (Don’s Mill., : ili. p. 830.) A native of Carolina and Georgia, in open swamps. Introduced in 1748, growing to the height of 1 ft., and flowering in February and April. It is frequent in collections. Genus VII. ZENO'BIA D. Don. Tuer Zenosia. Lin. Syst, Decandria Monogynia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., July, 1834, ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonyme. Andrémeda sp. Michaux. © Pareeon From Zenobia, aqieen Pa nyra, distinguished for her yirtue and learning. (D. on. CHAP. LXIXx. ERICA CEZ. LYO N/A. 1109 a % 1. Z. specio‘sa D. Don. The showy-flowered Zenobia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., July, 1834; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonyme. Andromeda specidsa Miche. Il. Bor. Amer., 256.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 551. Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 551.; and our figs. 898. Description. Leaves oval, obtuse, mucronate, crenate, or serrate, veiny. Flowers white, drooping, disposed in racemes. Branches in the flower-bear- ing part naked of leaves. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 830.) A very ornamental little shrub, native of North Ca- rolina, inswamps. This very handsome species was introduced in 1800. It grows to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft., and flowers in June. ~ . 898 Varieties. In Don’s Miller the following forms are enumerated and de- scribed : — « % Z,s. 2 nitida Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept.,i. p. 294., under Andrémeda cassinefolia Vent. Malm.,79.; and our fig. 899.— Leaves oblong- ovate, serrate, green on both surfaces. Flowers white. « % Z.s.3 pulverulénta Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 294., under An- drémeda speciosa; A. pulverulénta Bartram Itin., 476., Curt. Bot. Mag., t.667.; A. cassinefolia B Vent. Hort. Cels, 60.; A. speciosa var. y glaica Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 26.; A.dealbata Lindl. Bot. Reg., t.1010.; A. ovata Soland. MS. in Herb. Banks.; and our fig. 900.— Leaves roundish-ovate, distantly crenate, covered with white powder, as are the branches. Flowers white. Genus VIII. Lalla! LYO‘N/A Nutt. Tae Lyonra. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 268. ; D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 158. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonyme. Andrémeda sp. Zin. and various authors. __ Derivation. In commemoration of John Lyon, an indefatigable collector of North American plants, who fell a victim to a dangerous epidemic amidst those savage and romantic mountains which had so often been the theatre of his labours. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 830.) Description. Evergreen and deciduous shrubs, and also a tree. Natives of North America, and bearing the common character of the plants of the order, both in respect to beauty, soil, situation, propagation, and culture. A. Leaves evergreen. # 1. L. rerruei’NEA Nutt, The rusty-looking Lyonia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., p. 266.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonymes. Andrémeda ferruginea Walt. Fi., 138., Vent, Malm., t. 80.; A. ferruginea @ fruticdsa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 252. Engraving. Vent. Malm.,t. 80. Spec. Char.,§c. Shrubby, evergreen. Leaves on long petioles, coriaceous, obovate, usually obtuse, quite entire, with hardly revolute edges, and co- 4D 4 1110 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. vered with brown, umbilicate, bran-like scales, as is every other part of the plant. Flowers axillary, 3 or 5 together, upon pedicels. Corolla small, ovate, globose, white inside, rusty-looking outside. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 830.) A native of Georgia, Florida, and Mexico, in pine woods, where it grows to the height of from 3 ft. to 5ft., and flowers in June and July. It was in- troduced in 1784, and is occasionally to be met with in collections. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, which are kept under glass during winter. # 2. L. ri’eipa Nutt. The rigid-leaved Lyonia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 266.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 830. Synonymes. Andrémeda ferruginea Willd. Sp., 2. p.609.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 67.; A. ferruginea 1 arboréscens Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 252.; A. vigida Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 292., Lodd. Bot, Cab., t. 430. Engraving. Bot. Cab., t. 430. Spec. Char., Sc. Arborescent, evergreen. Leaves crowded, coriaceous, rigid ; their petioles short; their disks cuneate-lanceolate, acute, entire, convex, with revolute edges, and clothed with brown, umbilicate, bran-like scales, as is every other part of the plant. Flowers produced, in Britain, in April and May, axillary, several together. Corolla globose, white inside. Closely akin to L. ferruginea; but the two are distinguishable by their different habits, especially by their times of flowering. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 831.) There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s kept under glass during winter, # 3. L. marGina‘ra D. Don. The marginated-leaved Lyonia. Identification. TD. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159. ; Don’s Mill., 3, p. 830. Synonymes. Andrémeda marginata Du Ham. Arb.; A. coriacea Willd. Sp., 2. p.613., Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p.70., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1095.; A. lacida Lam. Encyc., 1. p.157.; A. mariana Jacq. Icon. Rar., 3. t. 465. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1095.; Jacq. Icon. Rar., t, 465.; and our fig. 902. Spec. Char., &c. A small shrub, evergreen, glabrous. Branchlets indistinctly 3-sided. Leaves coriaceous, oval, acuminate, quite entire, glabrous, punc- tured with very fine punctures; the mid-rib running through the deflexed margin. Flowers upon pedicels, axillary, aggregate. Calyx of a dark red colour, its segments long, linear. ZR Corolla cylindrical, , YW (@ pale red. (Don’s Mill.,Aeas% lil. p.830.) A native of Carolina and Flo- rida, in sandy forests ; 999 flowering in June and July. It was intro- duced in 1765, and, in British gardens, grows to the height of 2 ft.; ed Variety. a a « L. m. 2 rubra Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 672. ; and our fig. 901.—Flowers deep red. (Don’s Mill.) x B. Leaves deciduous. « 4, L. marra‘na D. Don. The Maryland Lyonia. sige fo D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159.; Don’s Mih., . p. 831. Synonyme. Andromeda mariana Lin. Sp., 564., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1579. Pluk. Mant., 448. ones a 3 Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1579. ; and our fig. 903. ® Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves deciduous, oval, acutish at both ends, entire, glabrous, rather coriaceous, paler beneath. Flower- _.\P< bearing branches almost leafless. | Flowers on pedicels, XS aggregate, large, white, sometimes tinged with red. Calyx * Qj leafy. Corolla ovate-cylindrical. Capsule conoid. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 831.) A native of North America, from New CHAP. LXIx. ERICA‘CEE. LYO‘NIA. 1111 England to Florida, in woods and dry swamps, especially in sandy soil ; growing to the height of 2ft., or upwards, and flowering from May to August. Variety. x L. m. 2 oblonga Swt. has oblong leaves. & 5. L. racemo‘sa D. Don. The racemose-flowered Lyonia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159.; Don’s Mill., 3. p.831. ‘ The cells of the anthers are said to be biaristate [2-awned] at the apex: it is, therefore, probably a species of Zendbia.’”’? (Don’s Mill.) Synonymes. Andrémeda racemdsa Lin. Sp., 564., L’Hérit. Stirp. 2. t.13.; A. paniculata Walt. Car., 138., Gronov. Virg., 67. Engraving. L’H¢6rit. Stirp., 2. t. 13. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, oval-lanceolate, acute, serrulate, mem- branous, glabrous. Flowers white. Spikes terminal, secund, elongated, simple, or branched. Bracteas linear, acute, two at the base of a calyx, which is acute. Corolla cylindrical. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 831.) A native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, in bogs and swamps, where it becomes a middle-sized shrub, which may be reckoned one of the finest in North America, not only for the graceful appearance of its flowers, but also for their fine odour. It was introduced in 1736, grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., and flowers in June and July. A very desirable species. ¥ 6. L. arBo‘rEA D. Don. The Tree Lyonia. Identification. D.Don in Edinb. New Phil Journ., 17. p. 159.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 831.” Synonyme. Andrémeda arbdrea Lin. Sp., 565., Sims Bot. Mag., t.905., Catesb. Car., 1. t. 71. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 905. ; Catesb. Car., 1. t. 71. Spec. Char., §c. A beautiful tree, from 40 ft. to 60 ft. high. Branches taper. Leaves deciduous, oblong, acuminate, serrate, with mucronate teeth, gla- brous, acid. Flowers in terminal panicles of many racemes. Corollas white, ovoid-cylindrical, downy. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 831.) A native of North America, from Pennsylvania to Florida, in the valleys of the Alleghany Mountains. The leaves have a very pleasant acid taste, from which the species has been called the sorrel-tree. They are frequently made use of by hunters in the mountains to alleviate thirst. It was introduced in 1752, and flowers in June and July. There is a tree of this species at Purser’s Cross, which, in 1835, was 18 ft. high; and there is one of nearly the same height in the garden of Lady Tankerville, at Walton upon Thames. In the Botanic Garden at Carlsruhe, there is a tree which was about the same height in 1828, and which ripens seeds every year, from which abundance of plants have been raised. % 7, L. pantcuLta‘ta Nutt, The panicled-flowered Lyonia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 266.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 831. Synonyme. Andrémeda paniculata Lin. Sp.,564., L’ Hérit. Stirp., 2.t.12., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 37. Engravings. L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t.12.; Dend. Brit., t. 37.; and our jig. 904. Spec. Char.,§c. Downy. Leaves deciduous, obovate- lanceolate, narrowed to both ends, almost entire, the upper surface of the older leaves nearly glabrous. Flower-bearing branches terminal, panicled, nearly naked of leaves. Flowers small, in peduncled racemes. Corollas nearly globose, downy, white. (Don’s Mill. ili. p. 831.) A native of North America, occurring from Canada to Carolina, in all swamps and woods. It was introduced in 1748, and, in British gardens, grows to the height of 3 ft. or 4ft., flowering in June and July. f % 8. L. sariciro‘Lia Wats. The Willow-leaved Lyonia. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 38. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 38. ; and our fig. 905. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves alternate, long-lanceolate, acuminate, scarcely serru- 1122 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. late, shining, strewed with a few short gland-like 5 905 hairs. Racemes of flowers compound, alternately iY. sessile on the terminal branches. Flowers white, l-petaled, globular, contracted at the mouth. (Wats.) A desirable species, nearly allied to L. paniculata, which flowers in June and July, but which is less remarkable in point of floral beauty, than for its fine shining foliage. Unfortunately for this, and other species of Lyonia and An- drémeda, they are generally crowded together in ° masses, so that nothing is seen of any sort, but the points of its shoots struggling with those of others for light and air; whereas, were they 1 planted singly, they would form objects so totally @> different, and of such superior beauty, as hardly to fi be recognised for the same species. % 9. L. FRoNDO‘sA Nutt. The branchy Lyonia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 267.; Don’s Mill., 3. °p, 831. Synonyme. Andrémeda fronddsa Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 295. Spec. Char., §c. Densely villose with whitish hairs. Leaves deciduous, oblong or oblong ovate, blunt or acutish, often rusty, prominently veined ; the lateral margins revolute, entire, and rough. Flowers white, in a ter- minal leafly panicle. Corollas globose, hispid, or downy. (Don’s Mill, iii. p- 831.) A native of the lower counties of Virginia and Carolina. Intro- duced in 1806, and growing to the height of 3ft.; flowering in May and June. There are plants at Messrs, Loddiges’s. x 10. L. muttiFLo‘ra Wats. The many-flowered Lyonia. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t 128.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 831. Engravings. Dend, Brit., t. 128. ; and our jig. 906. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, narrow, lan- ceolate, serrate, sprinkled with hair-like atoms. Flowers numerous, small, white, disposed in ter- minal panicles, that are composed of numerous grouped racemes. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 831.) A native of North America; perhaps it is only a variety of L. paniculata. In British gardens, it grows to the height of 2 ft., flowering in July. The date of its introduction is uncertain; pro- bably in 1812, by Lyon. 2 1). L. capremro‘ria Wats. The Goat-Willow-leaved Lyonia. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 127. ; Don’s Mill.,3. p. 831. 907 Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 127.; and our fig. 907. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves deciduous, coriaceous, elliptic, with a short acuminate termination, serrulate, sprinkled with short fleshy hairs. Flowers white; disposed in racemes and co- rymbs that are mixed, lateral, and leafy. Co- rollas rather silky, globular, coarctate. A native of North America, Perhaps it is only a variety of L. paniculata. (Don’s Mill., iii. p- 831.) App. i. Doubtful Species of Lyonia, not yet introduced. L. rhomboidalis G. Don ; Andrémeda rhombéidalis N, Du Ham., 1. p. 192. 3 is a native of Florida and Carolina, with triquetrous and floriferous branches, described in the Nouveau Du Hamel, from dried specimens, and stated not to be yet cultivated in Europe: we CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEH. LEUCO’THOR. Das Genus IX eae | LEUCO’THOE D.Don. Tue Leucornér. Lin Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. D, Don, in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 831. Synonymes. Andrémeda sp. of authors previously. : ‘ Derivation. Leucothée was a beautiful nymph, beloved by Apollo; who was buried alive by her father when he discovered her amour, and changed into the tree that bears the frankincense by her lover. (Ovid. Met., iv. 196.) | LeucothGe was also a name given to Ino after she was changed into a sea deity. Description, §c. Evergreen shrubs, natives of North America, with co- riaceous leaves, dentately spinulose ; and flowers white, racemose, axillary, or terminal. # 1, L. axizza‘ris D. Don. The axillary-racemed Leucothoe. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil, Journ., 17. p. 159.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 832. Synonyme. Andromeda axillaris Solander in Hort. Kew., 2. p. 89.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 292 n, E graving. Our jig. 908. 908 Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong or oval, acuminate ; in Sy oe the outward part of its length cartilaginous in the x We 7, margin, and serrulate with mucronate teeth; upper surface glabrous; under surface covered with glandu- lar hairs. Young branches clothed with powdery down. Flowers white, in short, spicate, sessile, axillary racemes, attended by scaly bracteas. Corolla ovate-cylindrical. Filaments ciliated, very short, Capsule depressed, globose. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 832. A native of North America, from Virginia to Georgia, on the mountains, where it grows to the s {Se height of 2 ft. or 3 ft. Introduced in 1765, and flowering in May and June. Variety. # DL. a. 2 longifolia; Andrémeda longifolia Pursh Fl. Amer, Sept., i. p- 293., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 2357.; A. Walteri Willd.— Leaves linear- lanceolate, very long. (Don’s Mill.) 2 2. L. spINULO'sA G. Don. The spinulose-toothed-leaved Leucoth6ée. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 832. Synonymes. Andrémeda spinuldsa Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 293.; A Castesbe Walt. Fl. Car., p. 137., Willd. Sp., 2. p. 613., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1955.," Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1320. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1955. ; Bot. Cab., t. 1320.; and our fig. 909. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves glabrous, coriaceous, ovate-oblong, rounded at the base, gradually narrowed to the tip, acuminate, serrulate with teeth that are spinulose in some degree. Flowers white, disposed unilaterally, and rather loosely, in subspicate, axillary, subsessile racemes, and attended by scaly bracteas. Corolla short, ovate- cylindrical. It resembles L. axillaris D. Don in several respects. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 832.) A native of Lower Zi Carolina, in North America, where it forms a shrub 2 ft. —/A\\\ high. It was introduced in 1793, and flowers in May and June. a + # 3. L. acuminata G. Don. The acuminate-leaved Leucothée. Dede lee ati Pete Mill., 3. p. 832. ynonymes. ndrémeda acuminata dit. Hort. Kew.,2. p.70., Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept.. 1. p.2 4 Smith Exot. Bot., t. 89.3 A. licida Jacq. Icon. Rar., 1. t.79.; A. populifdlia TE. ha 7 1114 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. p.195.; A. reticulata Walt. Fl. Car., 137.; A. formosissima Bartr.; A. Zadrina Michzx. Fl. Amer. Bot., 1. p. 253.; Pipe-stem-wood, Amer. Engravings. Exot. Bot., t. 89. ; Jacq. leon. Rar., 1. t. 79.5 and our fig. 910. Spec. Char., §c. Glabrous. Stems hollow. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, gradually narrowed to the tip, entire or unequally serrate, shining, nettedly veined, coriaceous. Flowers white, numerous, upon pe- dicels, drooping, disposed in racemes that are axillary, very short, corymbose, and nearly naked. Corolla cylindrically ovate. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 832.) A native of North America, in Georgia and Florida, in sandy swamps. The shrub bears a great abundance of flowers, which give it a fine appearance. Its stems are used by the natives for making their pipe stems; whence the name of pipe-stem wood. It was introduced in 1765; grows to the height of 2ft. or 3ft., and flowers in July and August. # 4, L. rLoripu’NDA D. Don. The numerous-flowered Leucothée. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 832 Synonyme. Andromeda floribinda Lyon Herb., Ker Bot. Reg., t. 807., Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., il p. 293., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1566. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 807. ; Bot. Mag., t. 1566. ; and our fig. 911. Spec. Char., &c. Glabrous. Leayes ovate, oblong, acute, finely serrulate, appressedly ciliate, coriaceous. Flowers white, numerous, disposed uni- laterally in racemes that are axillary and terminal, and con- stitute panicles. Pedicles with 2 bracteas. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 832.) A native of North America, in Georgia, on the mountains, where it grows to the height of 2 ft, or 3ft., and flowers in May and June. It was introduced in 1812, and, being extremely difficult to propagate, is still rare in collections. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, at Messrs. Chandler’s, and at Messrs. Osborne’s at Fulham. Plants, some years since, were 10 guineas each, but they 21} may now be had at a guinea. The plant is very prolific in 91] flowers, and is extremely beautiful. # 5, L. spicata G. Don. The spicate-racemed LeucothGe. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 832. Synonyme. Andrémeda spicata Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 36. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 36.; and our fig. 912. Spec. Char., §c. Glabrous, except that the branchlets are beset with short white hairs. Leaves elliptical- lanceolate, acute, ovate, or taper at the base, serrated. Flowers white, disposed unilaterally in long lateral and terminal racemes. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 832.) A native of North America, occurring from Canada to Florida, where it forms a shrub 2 ft. in height, flowering in / June. There are plants in British gardens; but when it was introduced is uncertain. Genus X. PLERIS D, Don. Tae Pieris. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. YT. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 159,; Don’s Mill., 3. Synonyme, Andrémeda sp. Wallich. 7 ig Moma O28 Derivation. Pieris, a general appellation of the Muses, who were called Pierides, from their birth. place, Pieria, in Thessaly. i % ch aa §c. Trees and shrubs, natives of Nepal and Japan; and considered as only half- ardy. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEX. PHYLLO’DOCE. 1115 2 J. P. ovauiro'it1a D. Don. The oval-leaved Pieris. Identification. D. Don in Edinb, New Phil. Journ., 3, p. 832.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 832. Synonymes, Andrémeda ovalifdlia Wall. in Astat. Res., 13. p. 391., with a figure ; A. capricida Hamilton MSS. Engravings. Asiat. Res., 13. p. 391. ; and our jig. 913. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oval, acuminated, 2—4 in, long, 1—2 in. broad, rounded at the hase, entire, downy when young. Flowers upon downy pedicels, and disposed unilaterally in lateral, leafy, lengthened racemes, many inaraceme. Racemes numerous. Segments of calyx ovate, and pa acute. Corolla oblong, downy, pale flesh-colour. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 832.) 3 A native of Nepal at Suembu and Sirinagur, where it forms a tree from 20 ft. to 40 ft. in height, the leaves and branches of which are poisonous to goats, as is implied in the epithet capricida. It flowersin May. It was introduced in 1825, and there are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. With a view to keep up a distinctive character between the plants kept in green-houses and hot-houses, and those grown in the open air, we donot think it advisable to multiply, in collections, exotic species of genera of which the majority are hardy, and common in gardens ; but, botanically, every species is interesting. . s Nee e . App. i. Half-hardy Species of Piéris not yet introduced. _ P. formosa D. Don (Don’s Mill., 3. p.832.), Andrémeda formdsa Wail., is a native of Nepal, where it forms an evergreen tree, with the habit of A’rbutus or Cléthra. The leaves are lanceolate, acuminated, crenulated, and glabrous ; and the flowers rose-coloured, each furnished with a small bractea at the base. This would appear to be a very desirable species ; and if it were introduced, and even found only half-hardy, some new sort might be obtained from it by means of cross-fecundation with hardy free- growing species. P. lanceolata D. Don (Don’s Miil., 3. p. 382.), Andrémeda lanceolata Wall., A. squamuldsa D. Don (Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 149.), isa small-branched tree, with elliptic leaves from 3 in. to 4 in. long, and purplish corollas. P. japonica D. Don, Andrémeda japonica Thunb., and our fig. 914., is a native of Japan, with glabrous, lanceolate, crenulated leaves, and red flowers. Genus XI. x PHYLLO’DOCE Sal. Tue Puytiopoce. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification, Sal. Par., t. 36.; D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., July, 1834 ;"Don’s Mill., 3. p. 832. Synonymes. Andrémeda sp. L.; Menziésia sp. Swartz, Smith. Derivation. Phyllodoce, in mythology, was the name of one of the nymphs of Cyrene, daughter of the river Peneus. Description, §c. Small evergreen shrubs, natives of the north of Europe, Asia, and North America; with linear leaves, obtuse, and spreading; and flowers terminal, solitary, or several together, in a sort of umbel. # 1. P. raxiro‘t1a Sal. The Yew-leaved Phyllodoce. Identification. Sal. Par., t. 36; Don’s Mill., 5. p. 833. : Synonymes. Menziesia cerilea Swx. in Lin. Soc. Trans., 10. p. S77. t. 30. f. a., Smith Engl. Bot., t.2469., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 164.; Andrémeda cerilea Lin. Sp., p. 563., Lin. Fl. Lapp., p. 165. t.1., f.5.; A. ¢axifdlia Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 54. t, 72. £..2., Lin. Fl. Lapp., ed. 2, p. 135. t. 1. f.5., FU. Dan., t. 57.; Erica certlea Willd. Sp., 2. p. 393. ; Engravings. Lin, Soc. Trans., 10. t. 30. f. a. ; Eng. Bot., t, 2469. ; Bot. Cab., t. 164.; Fl. Lapp., t. 1. f.5.; Pall. Fl. Ross, t.72. f. 2.3 Fl. Dan., t. 57.; Gmel. Sib., 4 p. 131. t. 57. f.2.; and our jig. 915. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves with denticulated margins. Peduncles aggregate, glanded. Segments of the calyx acuminate. An- se thers one third of the length of the filaments. Co- rolla blue or purple; red, on the authority of Pursb, in the species as found in North America. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 833.) _ A native of Europe, North America, and Asia. In Europe: in Scotland on dry heathy moors, rare; near Aviemore, in Strathspey, on the authority of Mr. R. Brown of Perth; in the Western Isles of Shiant, on the 4& authority of Mr. G. Don. In North America: on the White Hills of New Hampshire; and on the 1116 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. north-west coast of Labrador. In Asia: on the mountains of Uda, in the north. Cultivated in British gardens, in moist peaty soil, where it forms a low, trailing, evergreen heath-like shrub. 2. 2. P. emperriro’rmis D. Don. The Empetrum-like Phyllo doce. metigg rs D. Don. in Edinb. New Phil. Journ.,July, 1834; Don’s Mill, 3. 916 p. 833. Synonyme. Menziesia empetriférmis Smith in Lin. Soc. Trans., 10. p. 280. ; Hook, Bot. Mag., t. 3176. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 3176.; and our jig. 916. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves with denticulated margins. Peduncles aggregate, sparingly glanded. Segments of the calyx ovate, obtuse. Corolla pale red. Anthers the length of the filaments. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 833.) A native of North America ; intro- duced in 1810, and forming a low, creeping, heath-like shrub, seldom exceeding 6 in. in height, and producing its pale red flowers in June and July. Genus XII. lL DABG:'CIA D. Don. Tue Dasacta. Lin, Syst. Octandria Monogynia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 160. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 833. Synonymes. Erica sp. Lin.; Andrémeda sp. Lin. ; Menziésia sp. Juss. Derivation. D. polifdlia D. Don is called, in Ireland, St. Dabeoc’s heath. Description, §c. Low, heath-like, evergreen, shrubs, natives of the north of Europe and North America. # 1. D. Potiro‘L1A D. Don. The Poly-leaved Dabeecia. Ydentification. D. Don in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 17. p. 160. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 833. Synonymes. Andromeda Dabee'cia Lin. Syst., 406. ; Erica Dabee'céa Lin. Sp., 509. ; Eng. Bot., t. 35. ; Menziésza Dabee’cia Dec. FI. Gall., 674. ; Erica hibérnica, &c., Raii Hist., 3. Suppl. 244.; Men- zieséa polifdlia Juss. Ann. Mus., 1. p. 55., Fl. Hib., p. 180.; Vaccinium cantabricum Huds. Fi. Angl., ed. 1, p. 143., Petiv. Gax., 27. f. 4; Irish Whorts, Cantabrian Heath, St. Dabeoc’s Heath. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 35.; Petiv. Gaz., 27. f. 4.; Sweet’s Brit. Fl.-Gard., 2. s. t. 276.; and our figs 917, 918. Spec. Char., §c. A bushy evergreen shrub, 1 ft. to 2 ft. high. Leaves elliptic, flat, clothed with white tomentum beneath. Flowers purple, in 917 terminal racemes. (Don’s Mill., ili. p. 833.) A native of Ireland and the Pyrenees. In Ireland, it is very abun- dant, on the sides of mountains and dry heaths all over Cunnemara ; and, in Mayo, as far north as the mountain called Croagh Patrick. (J. 7’. Mackay, Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. iv. p. 167.) It is, besides, “ found on the Western Pyrenees, and at Anjou.” (Jd.) Culti- vated in British gardens, in moist peaty soil. This species and its variety are very commonly introduced into heatheries, as closely resembling hardy low-growing heaths in their foliage and general habit. The foliage is of a darker green than almost any other heaths, and the leaves, singly, are also larger. Variety. is, D. p. 2 flore dlbo Swt. Brit. Fl. Gard., 2d ser., t. 276. — A variety with white flowers, which was discovered in Cunnemara, in 1820, growing along with the common variety. (Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. iv. p. 167.) There are plants in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, King’s Road; and in other nurseries. CHAP, LXIX. ERICA‘CEX. ARBUTUS. IELZ Genus XIII. A'RBUTUS Camer. Tut Arsvurtus, or STRAWBERRY TREE, Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Camer. Epit., p. 163.; Gertn. Fruct., 59. ; Tourn. Inst., 368. ; Juss. Gen., 160.; H. B et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 3. p. 279.; Adans. Fam. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 834. Synonymes. Andrachne Clus.; A’rbutus sp. Lin. Gen., No. 750., Schrad. Gen., 750.; Arbousier Fr. ; Sandbeere, Ger. ; Abbatro, Ital. Derivation. From ar bois, austere bush, Celtic ; in allusion to the austere quality of the fruit. Description, §c. Robust evergreen shrubs, or low trees; natives of Europe, Asia, and North and South America; and, in British gardens, considered as some of the most ornamental of hardy evergreen shrubs. They are of easy culture, in sandy loam, or loam and peat; and they are readily propagated, the common kinds by layers, cuttings, or seeds, and the rarer and tenderer sorts by grafting on those that are more common and hardy. All the species have the outer bark more or less tinged with red. Plants, in British nurseries, are from 6d. to 2s. 6d. each. At Bollwyller and New York they are green- house plants. a ¢ 1. A, U'Nepo LZ. The Unedo Arbutus, or Strawberry Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 566, ; Mill. Icon., t. 48, ; Cam. Epit., 1681. ; Barrel. Icon., t. 674.; Eng. Bot., t. 2377. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 134.; Eng. Flora, 2. p. 254.; FL Hib, p. 182. ; Synonymes. L’ Arbousier commun, Arbousier des Pyrénées, or Fraisier en Arbre, Fr. ; Erdbeereartige Sandbeere, Ger.; Komaa, Mod. Greek. f Engravings. Mill. Ic. t. 48; Barrel. Ic., t. 674; Eng. Bot., t. 2377 ; and our fig. 919. Spec. Char., §c. Arboreous. Branchlets clothed with glandular hairs. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, serrulated. Flowers nodding. Peduncles smooth. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 834.) A native of the south of Europe, as 7 919 of Spain, Italy, and Greece ; and of fi Asia, in Palestine, and many other parts. It is also found in the west of Ireland, in the county of Kerry, near the Lake of Killarney, on bar- ren limestone rocks, where the country people eat the fruit. Varieties. The following forms of this species are given in Don’s Miller, and are to be procured in the principal sco London nurseries. : sc Ae FS aN Ty species of the genus. It is a native of Madeira, with oblong, attenuated, lanceolate, serrated leaves, glabrous on both surfaces ; and spike-formed racemes of white fowers, resembling those of the lily of the valley. It was introduced in 1784; grows from 8 ft. to 10ft. high, in pots, and still higher when planted in the bed of a conservatory ; and flowers from August to October. It thrives best in a sandy peat; and, if planted against a conservative wall, and sufficiently protected during winter, it would thrive in favour- able situations ; although plants flowering so late in the season are not the most desirable for such a purpose, for obvious reasons. A plant in the Kilkenny Nursery has stood against a south wall for several years, and Mr. Robertson is of opinion, that, in that part of Ireland, it will ultimately prove as hardy as the O'lea ex- célsa, which lives through the winter there as astandard. There is avariety of this with the leaves variegated, which is found in some collections. C. ferruginea Ruiz et Pav. FI. Per., 4. t.380. fig. b, is a native of Peru, on mountains, where it grows to the height of 15ft. It was introduced in 1800, and is probably as hardy as Cléthra ar- bdrea, C. tinifolia Swartz ; Tinus occidentalis L., Browne’s Jam., 214. t 21. fig. 1. ; is anative of the south of Jamaica, and also of Mexico, where it grows to the height of 14 ft. It was introduced in 1825. C. mexicana Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, appears to be this species. Other species of Cléthra, requiring a green-house, are described in Don’s Miller ; but they have not yet been introduced. 4) G il + App. I. Half-hardy Genera belonging to the Section Ericee and § Andromedese of the Order Ericacee. Agarista (a mythological name, in commemoration of the beautiful daughter of Clisthenes ; in re- ference to the beauty of the flowers) D. Don. (G. Don’s Miil., 3. p. 837.) ‘This genus is composed of evergreen shrubs, natives of the Mauritius and South America, which were formerly included under Andrémeda. Only one species is introduced, and that is an inhabitant of the green-house. A,.buxifolia G. Don; Andrémeda buxifdlia Lam., Bot. Mag., t.2660., Bot. Cab., t. 1494.5 is a native of the Island of Bourbon, introduced in 1822, and producing its pink flowers in June and July. It forms a fine evergreen shrub for a conservatory, where it grows to the height of 6 ft. or 7ft., and would, probably, live against a conservative wall, with sufficient protection. amen 930 Sect. I]. RuoporeEx. The Rhodorez include genera of some of the most singularly ornamental evergreen and deciduous peat-earth shrubs that adorn our gardens ; for what would our American ground be without the genera Rhododéndron and Azalea? Our conservatories would suffer equally without the Indian and Chinese species of these families. ‘“ Of all the genera in existence,” G. Don observes, “ Rhododéndron” (under which he includes the Azalea) ‘ comprises the most handsome, elegant, and showy shrubs for adorning shrubberies or planting singly on lawns.” Though, in Britain, these plants are solely culti- vated as ornamental, yet, in their native countries, they are not without their other uses. “ The Rhodorez,” Mr. Royle observes, “ abound in stimulant, and even deleterious, properties. Thus Rhododéndron pénticum, 2. maxi- mum, R. ferrugineum, and &. chrysanthum are poisonous to cattle which feed on them; and yet, in moderate doses, are used in medicine, for the cure of rheu- matism, &c. Azalea procimbens Z. and Lédum palistre are accounted diuretic; and ZL. latifolium, being more stimulant, is used as a tea, under the name of Labrador tea, but determines to the head. Kalmia latifolia is ac- counted poisonous, and honey collected by bees from its flowers is of a dele- terious nature; as is that of A. pontica, which was so injurious to the soldiers in the Retreat of the Ten Thousand. In the Himalayan species, Rhododéndron arboreum is more remarkable for its uses as a timber tree than the other species. 1130 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. The flowers are eaten by the hill people, and formed into a jelly by European visiters. The leaves of 2, campanulatum, being used as a snuff by the natives of India, are imported from Cashmere, under the names of hoolas-kasmeeree (Cashmere snuff) and burg-i-tibbut (Thibet leaf), though easily procurable within the British territories. It is remarkable that De Candolle mentions the employment in the United States, for a similar purpose, of the brown dust which adheres to the petioles of kalmias and rhododendrons. The leaves. of 2. lepiddtum (a species not yet introduced into Europe) are highly fragrant, and of a stimulant nature.” (J//ust., p. 219.) The culture of all the species is nearly the same: they all require peat earth, or, at least, thrive best in it; and some of them will not live without it. They may all be pro- pagated by cuttings of the growing shoots, planted in fine sand, and covered with a glass, or by layers; but the best plants of all the species are procured from seed. The varieties can, of course, only be continued by cuttings or layers ; and the stools for these require to be planted in beds of peat, which should be kept tolerably moist. The seeds, if ripened in this country, should be sown soon after gathering; and those imported from America, immediately on being received; because, though the seeds of all the Ericacez will retain the vital principle for several years (see p. 1100.), yet the longer they are kept out of the soil, the less likely they are to germinate, and the greater will be the risk of losing some of them. They should be sown in pots or boxes, or in a border shaded from the direct influence of the sun; and kept in a uniform state of moisture, and protected from the frost. In sowing, the surface of the soil should previously be made quite smooth, and gently pressed down, or watered till it has settled to a level surface; and, after the seeds have been equally distributed over this surface, they should be covered with no more soil than is barely requisite to conceal them from the eye. Seeds sown in autumn will germinate in the following spring, and be fit for transplant- ing into nursery lines or pots by the autumn, or by the spring of the following year. These directions will apply generally to all the species, but are more particularly applicable to those which are perfectly hardy. The culture of the half-hardy sorts will be noticed after describing them. Genus XX. BAAR Lb ii RHODODE’NDRON L. Tue RuopopenpRon, or RosE Bay. Lin. Syst. Penta-Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 548. ; Schreb. Gen., No. 746.; Gertn. Fruct., 1. p. 304 t. 63.; Juss. Gen., 158.; D. Don in Edinb. Phil. Journ. ; Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 152. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 843. Synonymes. Azalea sp. of authors; Rhoddra Lin, ; Chamerhododéndros Tourn. Inst., t. 373. ; Rhododendron, Fr., Ital.,and Span. ; Alpbalsam, Ger. Derivation. From rhodon, arose, and dendron, a tree; in reference to the terminal bunches of flowers, which are usually red, or rose-colour. Description, §c. Shrubs or trees, usually evergreen, but in the Azalea division almost entirely deciduous, with quite entire alternate leaves, termi- nated by a withered tip, or yellow gland; and terminal, corymbose, showy flowers. Cultivated in sandy peat, kept rather moist, and propagated by layers, seeds, or cuttings. Under this genus Professor D. Don has included the Azalea, which, however technically correct, appears to us injudicious in a practical point of view ; and, though we have followed his arrangement in this article, yet we have indicated two sections, containing the Indian or tender, and the Asiatic and American or hardy, azaleas, which those who cultivate extensive collections of these shrubs may, if they choose, consider as constituting the genus Azalea as heretofore. Such persons, therefore, may view the genus Azalea as remaining exactly as it is in our Hortus Bri- tannicus. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEE. RHODODE’NDRON. 1131 § i. Ponticum D. Don. Sect. Char. Wimb of calyx short, 5-lobed. Corolla campanulate. Sta- mens 10. Ovarium 5-celled. Leaves coriaceous, evergreen. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 843.) # 1.2. po/nticum L. The Pontic Rhododendron, or Rose Bay. Identification. Lin. Sp., 562. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 843. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836.. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 43. t. 29. ; Jacq. Icon. Rar., 1. t. 78. ; Lam. Il, t. 364. ; Bot. Mag., t. 650. ; and our fig. 931. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, glabrous on both surfaces, attenuated towards the thick petioles, with a streak on the upper surface, of a wide lanceolate form. Racemes short, corymbose. Leaves sometimes becoming ferruginous beneath, Corolla purple, or pur- plish pink, large; with ovate, acute, or lanceolate segments. Calyx minute, 5-toothed, somewhat cartila- * ginous. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 843.) An evergreen shrub; { a native of Pontus (now Armenia), in Asia Minor, where it grows to the height of 10 ft. or 12 ft.; flower- ing in May and June. It was introduced in 1763, and is frequent in British gardens. Varieties. # R. p. 2 obtusum Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 162., Don’s Mill., ili. p. $43., has the leaves subcordate, coriaceous, obtuse, and the calyx very short, and unequally and undulately crenated. It grows from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, and has purple flowers. Found wild in Armenia. a R. p. 3 myrtifolium Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 908., Don’s Mill., iii. p. 843., has the leaves small, and the flowers purple. It is a native of Gibraltar. a RK. p. 4 Smithii Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., n.s., t.50., Don’s Mill. iii, p.843., has the leaves lanceolate, and clothed with white tomentum beneath ; corymbs many-flowered; ovarium tomentose, and 10-celled. The flowers are of a rosy purple, approaching to crimson, elegantly spotted with black. A hybrid, raised by Mr. Smith, at Coombe Wood, from the seed of R. pénticum, impregnated by the pollen of 2. arboreum: # R. p. 5 Lowii Gard. Mag., vol. xi. p. 190. Corolla white; the upper segments marked by a few dull scarlet spots. This is a most striking variety, originated by M. Jacob Makoy. It is named after Mr. Low of Clapton. & # R. p. 6 azaleoides; R.azaledides Desf.; R. p. 8 subdeciduum Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 379., Hayn. Abbild., t. 15.; is a hybrid between R. pén- ticum and some species of Azalea, with fragrant blossoms. It was originated about 1820, and is a favourite in collections. There is a subvariety, R.p. a. 2 odordtum Lodd. Cat., in which the flowers are supposed to be more odoriferous than in R. p. azaledides. Nursery Varieties. The following are cultivated by Messrs. Loddiges. (Catalogue of Plants, §c., at Hackney, 16th ed., 1836.) R. p, album. R. p. fl. pléno. AR, p. macrophyllum. angustifolium. fol. argénteis. nivaticum. angustissimum. fol. atreis. obtisum. arbutifdlium, fol. marginatis. ovatum. bromeliefolium fronddsum. pygm2‘um. bullatum. grandifldrum. 7vodseum. cassinef dlium, incarnatum, salicifdlium, ceruléscens, intermédium. spectabile. contértum. kalmzefolium. violaceum, crispum, Description. The Rhododéndron pénticum is the commonest species of the genus in British gardens, where it grows to the height of from 5 ft. to 15 ft., or upwards; forming a dense bush, which will spread over a large 1132 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. space, if it be allowed abundance of room. The branches are round, with a rather testaceous bark, marked by scars. The leayes are long, coriaceous, quite entire, smooth and shining above, and somewhat ferruginous beneath, The flower buds are large and terminal, and the corollas of a fine purple. The seeds are small, and of irregular shape, like minute sawdust. In proper soil, if kept moist, the plant will make shoots, when young, of | ft. or more in length in a season, attaining the height of 4 ft. or 5ft. in 5 or 6 years: but afterwards it grows more slowly; and, when a large bush, seldom makes shoots above 6 in. in length. It appears to be of considerable durability. Geography. The Rhododéndron pénticum is a native of the Levant, in various places; of Georgia, Caucasus, and the Himalayas, and various other parts of Asia; but not of North America, unless #&. purptreum and 2. catawbiénse be varieties of this species, which may very possibly be the case. According to Pallas, this shrub is found nowhere in Russia, except in the southern calcareous district of Caucasus, where it grows in humid situations, along with the beech and the alder. Like all hair-rooted plants, it is generall found, in a wild state, in soft or minutely divided soil, but not always in soil analogous to our peat. It is often found on clayey loam, but it is only when this is kept moist, by being in a shady situation. On mountains, it never ascends so high as to approach the line of perpetual snow. History. The rhododendron was well known to the Greeks, both by that name, and by the name of rhododaphne, or the rose laurel. The Romans also were acquainted with this shrub; but, as Pliny observes, they had not the good fortune to give a name to it; for it was in ancient Italy, as it is at present throughout Europe, known principally by its original Greek name. The ancients were well acquainted with the poisonous qualities of the flowers of the rhododendron and azalea, both of which are abundant in Pontus; and the flowers had such an influence on the honey of the country, that the Romans would not receive it in tribute, but obliged the inhabitants of that part of Pontus to pay them a double portion of wax in lieu of it. Both the rhodo- dendron and the azalea were abundant in the neighbourhood of Trebisond, in the time of Xenophon, and they still are so. Xenophon reports that, when the army of 10,000 Greeks, in their celebrated retreat, approached that city, his soldiers, having eaten the honey which they found in the environs, were seized with a violent vomiting and purging, followed by a species of delirium, so severe, that those least affected resembled drunken persons, and the others madmen. The ground was strewed about with the bodies of the soldiers, as it is after a battle. Nobody died, however, and the malady disap- peared 24 hours after it had commenced, leaving only a sensation of great weakness. Turner, in his Herbal, must have had this story in view, when, in 1568, he wrote the following passage : — “ I have sene thys tre (the rhodo- daphne) in diverse places of Italy; but I care not if it neuer com into Eng- land, seyng it in all poyntes is lyke a Pharesy; that is, beauteus without, and within a rauenus wolf and murderer.” It is possible, however, that Dr. Turner may have referred to the oleander, to which, as appears by Gerard (edit. 1636, p. 1406.), the names of rhododendron, rhododaphne, nerium, and oleander were at that time applied. The poisonous properties of the flowers of the R. pénticum are denied by Giildenstadt, and also by Pallas ; both these authors asserting that it was the honey from the flowers of Azalea pontica (which grows pleutifully among the bushes of the R. ponticum) that produced the deleterious effect on Xenophon’s soldiers ; it having been found, in modern times, that honey made from the flowers of this shrub, taken in large quantities, is highly deleterious. #. pénticum (as we have seen, p. 83.) was first introduced by Conrad Loddiges, in 1763; and it has since spread through the country with such an extraordinary degree of rapidity ; that there is now scarcely a shrubbery or pleasure-ground in Britain without it. Properties and Uses. In its native country, we are not aware that this plant is applied to any use, except that to which all woody plants are applicable; viz. of being cut down for fuel. In Britain, it is planted as an CHAP. LXIXx. ERICA‘CEZ. RHODODE’NDRON.. — 1133 ornamental shrub, not only in open situations, but, on a large scale, in woods, to serve as undergrowth, and as a shelter for game. Professor Henslow, in a communication to the Magazine of Natural History, vol. ix. p.476., mentions that he had seen some crystals of a substance resembling sugarcandy, which were found in the decaying flowers of the 2. pénticum. The syrup, which afterwards hardened into these crystals, always exuded “ from the upper sur- face of the thickened base upon which the ovary is seated, and apparently from a minute glandular spot placed between the sinus formed by the two upper teeth of the calyx.” The plant was in a morbid state, and the crystals were found more particularly within some of the flowers that had withered without fully expanding. In the Bulletin Universel, R. p6nticum is stated to contain some grains of common sugar, of a pure white colour, on the surface of the upper division of the corolla. Soil, Situation, §c. It will grow in almost any soil; but, in England, it seems to thrive best in sandy peat, or deep sandy loam. In the common manured earth of gardens it succeeds worse than in unmanured loams of a close tex- ture, even strong clays, particularly if the latter be kept moist. The want of tenacity of the manured garden soil alluded to, more especially in a dry season, seems not to allow it to cohere sufficiently to the small hair-like roots of this order of plants, to enable their very minute spongioles to imbibe nou- rishment from it. Propagation. All the rhododendrons may be propagated by cuttings of the young shoots, taken off in a growing state, when their lower ends have begun to ripen, and planted in pure sand, and covered with a bell-glass; but, in general, this mode is only worth adopting in the case of new and rare sorts. By layers, also, is a common mode with sorts which do not seed freely, or with particular varieties: but by far the most general method practised in gardens is by seeds, These are produced in abundance in this country ; and they are also received from America. They are ripe in August and Sep- tember ; and, though they will retain their vegetative properties for upwards of a year, and some of them for several years, it is considered safest to sow them soon after they are gathered. The seeds should be sown in peat soil, or very fine sandy loam, in a shady border, or in pots; and treated as re- commended at the head of this section. Culture. After seedling plants have been a year in pots, or in the seed-bed, they are transplanted into nursery lines, and removed every year, or every second year, and placed at greater distances, till they have attained the size at which it is considered desirable to sell them, or to plant them where they are finally to remain. At whatever age or size they are removed from the nursery, they require, in common with all hair-rooted plants, to have a small ball of soil attached to their roots, and to have these carefully protected from drought by mats. In consequence of almost all the rhododendrons and azaleas being removable with balls, they may be transplanted at any season of the year, though the autumn and spring are the periods generally made choice of. In consequence, also, of peat soil readily adhering to the fibrils of this genus, and, indeed, of all the Ericacez, it becomes less necessary to grow them in pots for the convenience of removal, than is the case with most other rare and valuable trees and shrubs: for example, the Magnolidcee. In some of the English nurseries, plants of Rhododéndron pénticum are trained with single stems, to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft., before they are suffered to branch off; and, so treated, they make very handsome small trees. Statistics. In the environs of London, some of the largest rhododendrons are in the arboretum at Kew, where they are nearly 12 ft. high. In the woods at Kenwood, there are also several of this height. At Wimbledon House, there is a bush, which, in 1834, was 33 ft. in diameter. In Hamp- shire, at Cuffnells, there is one which, in 1834, was 15 ft. high, and the branches covered a space 39 ft. in diameter. In Bedfordshire, at Woburn Abbey, in dry sand, without any bog or other ar- tificial soil, a plant, 20 years planted, in 1835 formed a bush 28 ft. in diameter. In Derbyshire, at Shipley Hall, there is a Rhododéndron pénticum, which, in 1835, was 16 ft. high, the branches of which cover a space 56 ft. in diameter. In Scotland, at Minard, in Argyllshire, there is a plant 8 ft. high, which covers a space 20 ft. in circumference. In Ireland, at Oriel Temple, near Dublin, one, 60 years planted, was, in 1834, 16 ft. high, and covered a space 38 ft. in diameter, At Morn Park, near Cork, there is a plant which, in 10 years, is 93 ft. high, and the space covered by the branches is 22 ft.Gin. indiameter. At Castle Freke, in the same county, there is one about the same size. 1134 - ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111. Commercial Statistics. The price of plants of the species, in the London nurseries, is from 1/, 5s. to 5/. per hundred ; and of the varieties, from 1s. 6d. to 5s. each; and seeds are 2s. per ounce. . At Bollwyller, 2 years’ seedlings are 25 francs per hundred, and the varieties from 1 franc to2 francs each. At New York, plants of the species are 1 dollar each, and of the varieties 2 dollars. a 2. R.ma’ximum L. The largest Rhododendron, or American Rose Bay. Identification. Lin. Sp. PL, p. 563.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 843. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t.951. ; Lam.IlL, 364; Schmidt Baum., t. 121.; Mill. Icon., 229.; Catesb. Car., 3. t. 17. £.2.; and our fig. 932. Spec. Char,, §c. Arborescent. Leaves elliptic-oblong, acute, convex, blunt- ish at the base, whitish or rusty beneath, glabrous. Calycine segments oval-obtuse. Segments of corolla roundish. Flowers pale red, in umbel- late corymbs, studded with green, yellow, or purple protuberances. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 843.) A native of North Ame- rica, from Canada to Carolina, on the mountains, near rivulets and _ lakes, upon rocks and barren soils, where it continues flowering a great part of the summer ; and where it forms a shrub growing to the height of from 10 ft. to 15 ft., Howering from June to August. Introduced in 1736, and frequent in collections. This species is not nearly so easy of culture as 2. pénticum, and neither grows nor flowers so freely in British gardens. Though introduced by Peter Collinson in 1736, it did not flower in England till 1756, as Miller informs us; who adds, that the only person who then succeeded in raising it was Mr. James Gordon, at Mile End. The culture, &c., are the same as for R. ponticum. Plants of this species, in the London nurseries, are 1s. each, and seeds 3s. 6d. per oz.; at Bollwyller plants are 4 and 5 francs each ; and at New York, from 50 cents to 1 dollar, and of the white variety 2 dollars. Varieties. # R. m. 2 album Hort. has pure white flowers, and is comparatively rare in British gardens. # R. m. 3 hijbridum Hook. Bot. Mag., t.3454.; R. fragrans Hort.; R. hybridum Lodd. Cat.; is supposed to be a hybrid originated by fer- tilising the common white glaucous-leaved Azalea with the pollen of R. maximum. This variety has fragrant flowers, and, according to Sir W. J. Hooker, is “ amply worthy of a place in every garden and shrubbery.” # ¢ 3. R.(m.) puRPU‘REUM G. Don. The purple-flowered Rhododendron, or American Rose Bay. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 843. Synonymes. R. maximum y purpureum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 297.3; 2. ponticum macro- phyllum Lodd. Cat. Spec. Char., &c. Arboreous. Leaves large, oblong-elliptic, flattish, acute, bluntish at the base, green, and glabrous on both surfaces. Segments of corolla oblong and obtuse. Flowers large, purple. Calycine segments obtuse. This shrub approaches near to 2. ponticum ; but it differs in its foliaceous calyx, and otherwise. It grows to an immense size; its stem being often found 18 in. and more in diameter ; and its foliage triple the size of that of any other species. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 843.) It is a native of Vir- ginia and Carolina, on the highest mountains, near lakes ; where it forms a large shrub, or tree, growing to the height of 25 ft., flowering in May and June. This species appears to be in cultivation in some British nurseries, under the name of #. arboreum americanum; but in Messrs. Loddiges’s CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CE. RHODODE/NDRON. 1135 * arboretum it is named #. pénticum macrophyllum. The year of its intro- duction into British gardens is uncertain; nor has it been much cultivated. # 4. R. Pu’rsum G. Don. Pursh’s Rhododendron, or American Rose Bay. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 843. Synonyme. RK. maximum f album Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 297. Spec. Char., §c. Arborescent. Leaves cuneate-lanceolate, flat, glabrous, tapering gradually to the base, paler beneath. Calycine segments oval, obtuse. Segments of corolla roundish-oblong. Flowers white, and smaller than those of 2. maximum. (Don’s M7il., iii. p. 843.) A native of New Jersey and Delaware, in shady cedar swamps; where it forms ashrub growing from 6 ft. to 8 ft. high, flowering from June to August. It was introduced in 1811, but is not common in col- ections, a 5. R. catawsBie’NsE Michr. The Catawba Rhododendron. Identification, Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 258.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 843. Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Bot, Mag., t. 1671.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1176.; and our fig. 933. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves short-oval, rounded, and obtuse at both ends, gla- brous, of a different colour beneath. Calycine segments elongated oblong. Flowers purple, disposed in umbel- late corymbs. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 843.) It is a native of the high mountains of Virginia and Carolina, particularly near the head waters of the Catawba River, where it is ashrub, about 4 ft. high, flowering from June till August. Introduced in 1809, and now one of the most common species in gardens. It is of more robust growth than either 2. ponticum or R. maximum, but, in other respects, seems intermediate / between them. There are many hybrids in cultivation between it and the former species, though with- out names; partly from the minuteness of the shades of distinction between them, and partly from their having been raised by nurserymen who had not sufficient influence or energy to bring them under the notice of botanists. There are some very distinct varieties in the Knaphill Nursery. Plants vary in price from 1s. to 5s. Varieties. # R.c. 2 Russellianum Brit. Fl.-Gard., 2ds., t.91., Don’s Mill., iii. p- 843.—Leaves oblong, finely tomentose beneath. Corymbs many- flowered. Flowers ofa bright rosy red, approaching to crimson. A hybrid raised from the seed of R. catawbiénse, impregnated by the pollen of R. arboreum, by Mr. Russell of Battersea. It is a very splendid variety, but somewhat tender. # R. c. 3 tigrinum Hort. is a variety with a corolla much resembling that of R.c. Russellidnwm, but with obvious spots on the inside. » 6. Rk. curysa’ntuum L. The golden-flowered Rhododendron. Identification. Lin. Syst., 405., Suppl., 237. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 843. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. R. officinale Sadish., p. 121. t. 54. Engravings. Pall. Itin. Append., p. 729. No. 87. t. n. f. 1—2. ; Fl. Ross., 1. p. 44. t. 20.; Woodv. Med. Bot., 433. t. 149. ; Salisb. Par. Lond., t. 80. ; Gmel. Sib., 4. t. 54. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves acutish, attenuated at the base, oblong, glabrous, reticulately veined, and of a rusty colour beneath. Flowers and buds clothed with rusty tomentum. Pedicels hairy. Calyx hardly any. Seg- ments of the corolla rounded. Ovarium tomentose. Branches decum- bent, beset with rusty stipula-formed scales. Flowers handsome, large, drooping, revolute, rather irregular, yellow. Stigma 5-lobed. (Don’s Mill. ili, p. 844.) It is a native of Siberia, on the highest mountains ; and of Caucasus, where it forms a low evergreen undershrub, growing from 4F 1136 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. Gin. to 1 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July. Pallas found it in Kamtschatka, growing in the hollows at the foot of mountains, and by the margins of stagnant pools. It is indigenous through the whole of Siberia, from Lake Baical to the river Lena; thriving equally on the eS of mountains covered with snow, and in the peat bogs of the valley. It was introduced in 1796, but is not common in collections, being very dif- ficult to keep. The best plants, in the neighbourhood of London, are at the Knaphill Nursery, Woking, Surrey. This shrub has a place in the British materia medica, and is frequently prescribed as a substitute for colchicum, in the cure of the gout and rheumatism. Its value as a medicine was first discovered by Gmelin and Steller, when travelling in Siberia, who inform us that the Siberians have recourse to it in rheumatie and other affections of the muscles and joints. The manner of using the plant by the Siberians 1s, by putting two drachms of the dried leaves in an earthen pot, with about 10 oz. of boiling water, and keeping it nearly at a boiling heat for a night : this they take in the morning, and, by repeating the dose three or four times, generally effect a cure. It is said to occasion heat, thirst, a degree of de- lirium, and a peculiar sensation of the parts affected. ( Woodville.) * 7. R.cauca’sicum Pall, The Caucasian Rhododendron. Identification. Pall. F1. Ross., 1. p. 46. t. 30. ; Don’s Mill, 5. p. 844,; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings Bot. Mag., t 1145.; and our fig. 934. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-oblong, clothed with rusty tomentum beneath, rugged and green above. Peduncles hairy. Bracteas elongated, tomentose. Ovarium downy. Root creeping. Branches _pro- cumbent. Flowers purple or white, disposed in umbellate corymbs. Corollas rotate, with wavy, rounded segments. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 844.) A native of Caucasus, on high rocks, near the limits of perpetual snow; where it forms an evergreen shrub, growing 1 ft. high, and flowering in August. It was introduced in 1803, but is rare in col- lections. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, “~ and at Knaphill. 934 Varieties. The following hybrids are among the handsomest rhododendrons in cultivation : — ~ # R. c. 2 stramineum Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3422., has straw-coloured co- rollas. A plant of this variety in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, in April, 1835, was 2 ft. high, and 3 ft. in diameter, with the extre- mities of its fine leafy branches terminated with clusters of large, beautiful, straw-coloured flowers. The climate of Scotland seems to suit this, and some of the other species found in the coldest parts of the Russian empire, better than that of the south of England. # R.c. 3 pulchérrimum Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1820. f.2., is a hybrid, ob- tained by Mr. Waterer of the Knaphill Nursery, between #. arbo- reum and #. caucdsicum, in 1832. It is described as a “ most beau- tiful variety,” quite hardy, and an abundant flowerer. # R.c.4 Nobleanum Hort., Bot. Reg., t. 1820. f. 1.,is a hybrid, very much like the preceding one in all respects, except that its flowers are of a deep and brilliant rose colour. # 8. R. puncta’rum Andr. The dotted-/eaved Rhododendron. Identification. Andr. Bot. Rep., 36.; Vent. Cels, t. 15.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 844. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Mf. ferrugineum var. minus Pers. Ench., 1. p. 478.; 2. minus Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 258.; 72. punctatum var. minus Wats. Dend. Brit., 162. a. Engravings. Andr. Bot. Rep., 36.; Vent. Cels. t. 15. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 162. a.; and our jig, 935. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-lanceolate, acute at both ends, glabrous, beset with rusty resinous dots beneath. Pedicels short. Calycine teeth short. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEE. RHODODE’NDRON. 1137 Segments of corolla ovate, a little undulated. Flowers pink, disposed in umbellate corymbs. Corollas funnel-shaped. Capsules elongated. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 844.) It is a native of Ca- rolina, on the mountains, particularly at the head waters of the Savannah River, where it forms an evergreen shrub, growing to the height of 4ft., and flowering in July and August. Intro- duced in 1786, and frequent in collections. Variety. # R.p. 2 majus Ker, Bot. Reg.,t. 37.—Leaves and flowers larger. « 9, R. rERRUGI’NEUM L. The rusty-/eaved Rhododendron. Identification. Lin. Sp., 562. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 844. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Jacq. Obs., 1. p. 26. t. 16.; Fl. Austr., 3, t, 255. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., 65. ; Lob. Icon., 366. ; and our fig. 936. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, attenuated at both ends, glabrous, shining and green above, but thickly beset with rusty dots beneath. Calycine seg- ments dentately ciliated. Leaves like those , of the box tree; when young, ciliated with ( \ a few hairs at bottom. Flowers of a beau- Xi tiful rose colour or scarlet, disposed in umbellate corymbs, marked with ash-co- loured or yellow dots. Corollas funnel- shaped. Filaments hairy at bottom. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 844.) It is a native of the Alps of Europe, as of Switzerland, Austria, Savoy, Dauphiné, and Piedmont; where this species and #. hirsitum terminate lig- neous vegetation, and furnish the shepherds with their only fuel. It is an evergreen shrub, growing about 1 ft. high, and flowering from May to July. Introduced in 1752, and frequent in collections. Variety. » R.f 2 album Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, has white flowers. 2 10. R.(?¥.) nirsu‘tum L. The hairy Rhododendron. Identification. Lin. Sp., 562. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 844. pati lan Austr., 1. t. 98.; Bot. Mag., t. 1853. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 479. ; Lob. Icon., 468. ; and our fig. 957. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, or elliptic, acutish, ciliated, with rusty hairs on the margins, gla- brous above, dotted and hairy beneath. Calycine seg- ments fringed, bearded. Flowers pale red or scarlet, disposed in umbellate corymbs. Corollas funnel- * shaped. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 844.) It is a native of the Alps of Europe, and of Switzerland, Austria, Styria, Dauphine, &c. ; where it forms a shrub grow- ing from 1 ft. to 2 ft. high, flowering from May to July. @¥ Introduced in 1656, and possibly only a variety of the preceding species. Variety. 2 R. (f-) h. 2 variegatum has the leaves edged with yellow. # 1]. R. sero'sum D. Don. The bristly Rhododendron. Teen OE D. Don in Wern. Soc. Trans., 3. p. 408.; Prod. Fl. Nep., 152.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 844. Spec. Char., &c. Branchlets beset with bristles. Leaves oval, mucronate, bristly on the margins and under surfaces. Pedicels beset with glandular hairs. Calycine segments rounded, coloured, naked, crenulated. A small, stiff, much-branched shrub. Leaves half an inch long. Flowers 4F 2 1138 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. ’ PART III. purple, size of those of #. ditricum, disposed in umbellate corymbs. Calyx purple. Filaments bearded at the base. Stigma capitate. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 844.) "A native of Nepal, in Gossain- than ; where it is a shrub, growing from half a foot to one foot in height ; but it has not yet flowered in England, where it isconsidered as a frame shrub. It was introduced in 1825; but we have not seen the plant. # 2. macroph%lium D. Don (G. Don’s Miill., iii. p. 843.) is a native of the north-west coast of North America, where it was collected by Mr. Menzies; and there are specimens in Mr. Lambert’s herba- rium; but the plant has not yet been introduced. The petioles of the leaves are | in., and ais disks from 7 in. to8 in., long; and the flowers are smaller than those of #2. maximum, and white, § ii. Leptpherum D. Don. Derivation. From Jepis, a scale, and pherd, to bear; leaves covered with small scales. Limb of calyx dilated, 5-lobed. Corolla campanulate or rotate. Stamens 10. Ovarium 5-celled. Leaves membranous ; sometimes deciduous, but generally persistent. Shrubs, natives of Europe, North America, and the Himalayas. 2. 12. R. vappo’nicum Wahl, The Lapland Rhododendron. Identification. Wahl. F1. Suec., p. 249.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. $45. Synonymes. Azalea lappénica Lin. FI. Suec., p. 64., Sp., t.214., Fl. Lapp., ed. Smith, p. 59. t. 6. f. 1., Hook, Bot. Mag., 3106. ; A. ferruginea Hort. Engraving. Our fig. 938. Spec. Char., §c. Shrub, branched, procumbent. Branches divaricate. Co- rollas rotately funnel-shaped. Young branches obscurely pubescent, warted. Leaves oblong, obtuse, stiff, beset with honeycomb- like dots, yellowish and scaly beneath; deep green above; and pale green, and at length yellowish, beneath ; thickly beset with hollow dots on both surfaces, which are covered by umbilicate permanent scales. Flow- ers crimson, disposed in umbellate corymbs, 5—6 to- gether, surrounded by large dotted scales, or bracteas. Calyx covered with yellow scales, ciliated. Segments of corolla unequal, and undulated. Stamens 5—8, equal in length to the corolla. Stigma capitate, 5-lobed, Fila- ments hairy at the base. (Don's Mill., iii. p.845.) It is a native of the arctic regions of Europe, Asia, and North America, where it forms a procumbent shrub, flowering in July. Introduced in 1825, but rare in collections. «wv 13. R. pau‘ricum ZL. The Dahurian Rhododendron. Identification. Lin, Sp., 562.; Don’s Mill., 3. p 845.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 47. t. 32.; Andr. Bot. Rep., t.4.; Bot. Mag., t. 836.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 605.; Amm. Ruth., 181. t. 21. Spec. Char, §c. Leaves deciduous, oblong, attenuated at both ends, gla- brous, but sprinkled with rusty scales, especially beneath. Limb of calyx 5-toothed. Corollas rotate. Roots knobbed, abounding in fibres. Stems twisted and knobbed in the wild state. Petioles downy. Leaves dotted on both surfaces, but ferruginous beneath. Before they fall in autumn, they become of a dusky red colour. The fiowers rise before the leaves, from the tops of the branches, from buds which are composed of concave downy scales. Corolla purple. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 845.) It is a native of Siberia, pecunar to the alpine tracts of Eastern Asia. It appears first at the mouth of the river Yenissei; and beyond that, especially from the DL river Uda, in the pine woods, it begins to be common; but about the Baikal it is most abundant, and extends through the deserts of the Mongols to China and Thibet. At the Lena it becomes more rare; and beyond that it is much dwarfer, with more slender flowers, and narrower leaves. Pallas informs us that the leaves are narcotic, fragrant, and * possess the odour of those of Lédum palistre ; and that, like (3% it, they are used to drive away bugs, and also as tea. The fruit, he says, is employed for intoxicating fish, but in what manner, or for what purpose, he does not state. A shrub, growing from 2 ft. to 6 ft. high ; flowering from December to March, Introduced in 1780, and frequent in collections. 939 CHAP, LXIX. ERICA‘CER. RHODODE/NDRON. 1139 Variety. # R. d. 2 atrovirens Ker, Bot. Reg., t.194., Bot. Mag., t. 1888., Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, is subevergreen. Leaves deep green, and shining above. It is a native of Siberia. R. lepiditum Wall. (Royle Illust., p. 260. t. 64. f.1.; Don’s Mill., 5. p. 845.) is a native of Nepal, with the habit of #. dauricum, but with leaves of a thinner texture; and with every part of the plant beset with ferruginous scale-like dots. It grows to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft., but has not yet been introduced. ig § iii. Chamecistus D. Don. Derivation. From chamai, on the ground, and cistus, the rock rose ; = plants with the habit of species of Helianthemum. Limb of calyx fo- liaceous, 5-cleft. Corolla rotate. Stamens 10. Ovarium 5-celled. Di- minutive, prostrate, evergreen shrubs, with small membranous leaves. 2 14. R. camrscua’ticum Pall, The Kamtschatka Rhododendron. Identification. Pall. F1. Ross., 1. p. 48. t. 33.; Don’sMill., 3. p. 845. Engravings. Gmel. Sib., 4. p. 126. No. 13.; and our jig. 940, Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate, acutish, 5-nerved, naked, ciliated, peduncles hairy, usually twin. Caly- cine segments ciliated, foliaceous. Corollas purple, rotate. (Don’s Mill.,iii. p. 845.) A prostrate shrub, flowering in July; a native of Kamtschatka and the Aleutian Islands, in muddy places on the mountains. Introduced in 1802, but rare in British gardens. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. 2. 15. R. Cuamaci’stus L. The Ground-Cistus Rhododendron. Identification. Lin. Sp., 562. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. , Engravings. Jacq. Fl. Austr., 3. t. 217.; Bot. Mag., t. 488.; Bot. Cab., t. 1491.; Michel. Gen., 225.t. 106.; Pluk. Phyt., t. 23, f.4.; and our fig. 941, Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, stiffish, glandularly ciliated. Peduncles usually twin, and, as well as the calyxes, beset with glan- dular hairs. Corollas rotate, pale purple. A dwarf tufted shrub, with small leaves, about the size of those of a species of Helianthemum. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 845.) A native of the Alps of Europe, as of Austria, Carniola, Mount Baldo, and near Salzburg; and in Eastern Siberia. It grows about half a foot high, and flowers in May and June. Introduced in 1786; but seldom to be met with in British gardens. Having very small leaves, it may without impropriety be introduced in such ericetums as admit Daboe‘cia, and other genera resembling the hardy heaths in general appearance. § iv. Pentanthéra D. Don. Derivation. From pente, five, and anthéra, an anther; flowers pentandrous. Sect. Char. Limb of calyx short, 5-lobed. Corolla funnel-shaped. Stamens 5. Ovarium 5-celled. Leaves deciduous. This group includes the hardy azaleas of the gardens, which have mostly deciduous leaves, and are quite distinct in their appearance from the plants of the preceding groups of this genus, which are all evergreen and subevergreen. We, therefore, think that it would be much better to constitute this section the genus Azalea, and retain as names for the species those in common use. The convenience of such an arrangement, in gardens where there are so many hundred varieties of Azalea, where so many are being annually produced, and where these varieties are so much in demand, will be felt by every gardener. It may be perfectly true, according to the usual principles of forming genera, that Azalea and Rhododéndron are not generically distinct ; but, when the ad- herence to this rule of science, as it may be called, leads to so much con- fusion and inconvenience as in the present case, in practice, we certainly 4K 3 ; 1140 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Ill. think it ought to be departed from; for, after all, the use of names is merely a matter of convenience. Agreeably to our determination not to institute any new genus, or to distinguish as species kinds not hitherto regarded as such, we have refrained from treating this section as a distinct genus; but, after Mr. Don’s name, we have given the name previously ap- plied, and then the common English name, leaving them to be adopted by the practical gardener, if he should think fit. At the same time, those who prefer following Mr. Don have only to pass over the names which we have put in parenthesis. We shall adopt the same mode when we come to the group which contains the Indian azaleas, which we have treated as half-hardy. 2 16. R. FLA‘vuM G. Don. (Az. po'ntica L.) The Pontic, or common, Azalea. Identification. Don's Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonymes. Azalea pontica Lin. Sp., 1669., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 433. ; AzAlea arbdrea Lin. Sp., ed. 1. p. 150., Bu«b. Cent., 5. p. 36. t. 69. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2383.; and our fig. 942. Spec. Char. §&c. Flowersleafy, clammy. Leaves ovate, oblong, pilose, ciliated. Corolla funnel-shaped. Stamens very long. (Don’s Mill, iii. p.847.) There are a great number of varieties of this species in the gardens, differing principally in the colour | of their flowers, and the hue of the leaves. The flowers of the species are of a fine bright yellow; but those of the varieties are of all shades, from yellow to copper, or orange, colour; and they are sometimes of a pure white, or of white striped with yellow and red. This shrub is de- ciduous, and a native of the Levant, of Pontus, of Caucasus, Asiatic Turkey, &c. It grows to the height of from 4 ft. to 6ft., and flowers in May and June. It was introduced in 1793. Varieties and Hybrids. As this species seeds freely, and is easily cross-fecun- dated with the North American species, an immense number of varieties of it have been originated in British and Continental gardens. Plants first began to be produced in this way, in the Hammersmith Nursery, about the be- ginning of the present century; and they have since been raised every where: many hundreds by Mr. Waterer of the Knaphill Nursery; many in the Earl of Caernarvon’s gardens at High Clere; and many by the com- mercial gardeners and amateurs of Belgium, especially in the neighbourhood of Ghent. The High Clere seedlings, and those of Ghent, are, perhaps the richest-coloured flowers; but some equally beautiful have been raised by Mr. Waterer, Mr. Donald, and others. The varieties and hybrids which are considered as belonging to Azalea pontica, which are given in Loddiges’s Catalogue for 1836, are the following : — z A. p. 2 Alba. A. p. 5 cliprea. A. p. 8 glatica, A. p. 11 pallid 3 aurantia. 6 flammea 9 ignéscens. . 12 penis 4 crocata. 7 falgens. 10 ochroletca. 2% 17. R. NUDIFLO‘RUM Torr. (Aza‘LEa Nupirto’Ra ZL.) The naked-flowered Azalea. Identification. Torr. Fl. Un. St., 1. p. 140. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonymes. Azalea nudifldra Lin. Sp., 214.; Azalea periclymendides Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1.p.115., Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 152. ; the American Honeysuckle ; May Flowers, and wild, or upright, Honeysuckle, Amer. Engraving. Our fig. 943. Spec. Char., §c. eaves lanceolate-oblong, nearly smooth, and green on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly beneath, and woolly above. Flowers rather naked, not clammy, scarlet, pink, white, striped, variegated, red, purple, &c., disposed in terminal clustered racemes, appear- ing before the leaves. Tube of corolla longer than the divisions. Teeth of calyx short, rather rounded. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEH. RHODODE’/NDRON. 114] Stamens much exserted, (Don’s Mill., iii. p.847.) A deciduous shrub, a native of North America, from Canada to Georgia, on the sides of hills; where it grows from 3 ft. to 4ft. high, flowering trom April to June. In- troduced in 1734, It is the parent of numerous varieties, and, in con- junction with the preceding species, of numerous hybrids. Varieties and Hybrids. % R. 2. 1 cocctneum D. Don; Azalea n. coccinea Sims, Bot. Mag.. t. 180. ; has the flowers scarlet, and the leaves lanceolate. It is a native of Georgia, near Savannah. 2R. n. 2 rutilans D. Don; A. n. ritilans Ait. Hort. Kew., p.319.; A. periclymendides rutilans Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 152.—The flow- ers are deep red. Calyxes minute. % R.n. 3 carneum D. Don; A. n. carnea Ait., 1. ¢., Ker Bot. Reg., t. 120.; A. p. carnea Pursh, 1, c.—The corollas are pale red, having the tube red at the base, and the calyx foliaceous. R. x. 4 album D. Don; A. n. alba Ait., |. c.; A. p. alba Pursh ; has the flowers white, and the calyx middle-sized. % R. x. 5 papiliondceum D. Don, A. p. papilionacea Pursh, has reddish flowers, with the lower segment white, and the calyx foliaceous. R. 2. 6 partitum D. Don, A. p. partita Pursh.—The flowers are pale red, 5-parted, even to the base. % R.n. 7 polyindrum D. Don; A. p. polyandra Pursh, |. c.; has flowers R. x. 8 Govenianum D. Don in of a rosecolour, short. Stamens 10—20. It is found near Phila- delphia. Brit, Fl.-Gard., iti. t. 263., and our fig. 944., has the branches tomentosely downy. Leaves -—> evergreen or deciduous, oblong, ~= acute, downy while young, but glabrous in the adult state, and recurved at the apex. Tube of corolla a little shorter than the segments. Flowers delicate light purple, disposed in terminal racemose cerymbs. It is a hy- brid raised from the seed of A. nudiflora impregnated by the pollen of a hybrid raised be- tween R. ponticum and R. catawbiénse. This variety Mr. G. Don considers as proving “ clearly that Rhododéndron and Azalea are not generically distinct ;” (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 387.) which we believe to be the case, according to the canons for distinguishing genera, at present in use among botanists: but, as before observed, we have kept the genus Azalea distinct, for the sake of expediency, inde- pendently altogether of our own private opinion, that genera ought to be established on a totality of characters and properties; not taking merely the form and organisation of the parts of fructifi- cation. ge R. xn. 9 ribrum Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 51., has the flowers red. aw R. 2. 10 extmium D. Don was raised, in 1829, from seeds of 2. nudiflorum coccineum majus, to which pollen of Rhododéndron arboreum had been applied. It resembles its female parent, having very little affinity with &. arboreum, except in its evergreen leaves and decandrous flowers. The varieties and hybrids assigned to A. nudiflora in Loddiges’s Catalogue for 1836 are the following : — 4p 4 1142 AKBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARTY 111, A. n. 2 Alba et riibra, A. n, 23 pallida. 3 amee‘na. 24 palliddsa. 4 bl4nda. 25 papilionacea, 5 carnea. 26. periclymenéides. 6 caroliniana, 27 purpurascens. 7 Cobirgia. 28 purpirea. 8 colorata. 29 rosea. ( fig. 945.) 9 conspicua. 30 rubérrima. i 10 crispa. 31 rubicfnda, 11 cimula. 32 ribra. 12 discolor. 33 rifa. 13 fastigiata. 34 ritilans. 14 fldre pléno. 55 serétina. 15 flérida. 36 staminea. 16 globdsa. 37 stellata. 17 grandifldra. 38 tricolor. 18 incana. 59 varia. 19 incarnata. 40 variabilis. 20 mirabilis. 41 variegata. 21 montana. 42 versicolor. 22 ochroleica. 43 violacea. % 18. R.ei’cotor G. Don, (A. (N.) svcotor Pursh.) The two-coloured-flowered Azalea. Identification. Ton’s Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonymes. Azalea bicolor Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 153.; Azalea nudifldra var. bicolor Ait. Hort. Kew., |. p. 319., Trew Ehret., 48. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, clothed on both surfaces with fine hoary pubescence, not bristly on the nerve. Flowers small, not clammy, naked. Tube of corolla hardly longer than the segments. Calyxes very short ; having one of the segments linear, and 4 times longer than the rest. Fila- ments exserted. Branchlets hispid. (Don’s Mill., iil. p. 848.) The flowers, which are slender, and smaller than those of most of the species, are of a pale rose colour, or nearly white, with a deep-red-coloured tube. The plant is a native of Carolina and Georgia, on barren sandy hills; where it forms a shrub growing from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, and flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1734, and is frequent in British gardens ; though it does not appear to us to deserve to be considered in any other light than as a va- riety of 2. nudiflorum. % 19. R. cALENDULA‘CEUM Torr, (A. (¥.) caLenpuxa'cea Michz.) The Marigold- Jlowered Azalea. Identification. Torr. Fl. Un. St. p. 140.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 847. Synonymes. Azalea calendulacea Michz. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 156., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1394. ; A. nu- difldra var. coccinea Ait. Hort. Kew., 319. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 172.; Lodd, Bot. Cab., t. 1391; Bot. Reg., : t. 1454. : and our fig. 946. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, pubescent on both sur faces, but afterwards hairy. Flowers large, not clammy, rather naked. Teeth of calyx oblong. Tube of corolla hairy, shorter than the segments. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 847.) The plant is indigenous to North America, from Pennsylvania to Carolina; where it forms a shrub (77 from 2ft. to 6 ft. high, and producing its yellow, red, « orange-coloured, or copper-coloured flowers from May till June; which, according to Pursh, is without ex- ception, the handsomest shrub in North America. Varieties. ee & R. c. 2 Morterii Sut. Fl.-Gard., 2d s., 10., is a hybrid between R. calen- dulaceum and one of the red varieties of #2. nudiflorum, of which there are two subvarieties ; one with a flesh-coloured corolla, having the upper segment orange-coloured, edged with flesh-colour, called R. Mortérii carneum ; and another, called R. Mortérii var. pree’stans, with pale copper-coloured flowers, tinged with blush. % R.c.3 filgidum Hook., A. c. falgida Hort., has the corollas of an orange-red colour, with bright green leaves, which spread out be- neath the corymbs of flowers, and form a rich background to them. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER®. RHODODE/NDRON. 1143 y 20. R. cANE’sCENS G. Don. (A. (n.) CANE’sCENS Michx.. The canescent Azalea. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 848. Synonyme. Azalea canéscens Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 150., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 116. Engraving. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 116. Spec. Char.,§c. Leaves obovate-oblong, downy above, and tomentose beneath, not bristly on the middle nerve. Flowers not clammy, nearly naked. Tube of corolla hardly shorter than the segments. Teeth of calyx very short, rounded, obtuse. Stamens hardly exserted. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 848.) A native of Lower Carolina, on the banks of rivers; and of Virginia, on the mountains of the Cacapoon Springs, near Winchester; where it forms a shrub growing 3 ft. or 4ft. high, and producing its rose-coloured flowers in May and June. Introduced in 1812, and cultivated in several of the Lon- don nurseries. #2 21. R. visco‘sum Torr. (A. visco’sa L.) The clammy-flowered Azalea. Identification. Torr., |. c.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonyme. Azalea viscdsa Lin. Sp., 214., Pluk. Alm., 106. t. 161. f.4., Catesb. Car., 1. t. 57. Engraving. Our fig. 947. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong-obovate, acute, smooth and green on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly. Flowers pro- ~ duced in terminal clusters, and clammy, leafy, and hairy. Tube 947 of corolla as long as the segments. Teeth of the calyx short, ’ . rounded. Stamens hardly longer than the corolla. There are i 5 a great many varieties of this species (see Loud. Hort. Brit., p. 7 66.), varying in the colour of the flowers, and otherwise. @aRK~ (Don's Mill., iii. p. 847.) A native of North America, from “™ ‘ Canada to Georgia, in swamps and shady woods; where it forms a shrub growing from 2 ft. to 4 ft. high, and producing its white sweet- scented flowers in July and August. Introduced in 1734, and, like the preceding sort, the parent of numerous varieties and hybrids, Varieties. % R. v. 2 orndtum Swt. Fl.-Gard., 2d s., t. 137., is a hybrid raised from the seed of R. viscosum ( rubéscens, fertilised by the pollen of Rhodo- déndron pénticum. The varieties and hybrids, in Loddiges’s Catalogue for 1836, of A. viscdsa are as follows: — A. Varieties. A.v. 2 alba A. v. 5 penicillata. A. v.8 variegata. 3 crispa. 6 pre‘cox. 9 vittata. 4. dealbata. 7 pubéscens, 10 viol oddre. B. Hybride altaclerénses. Hybrids raised at High Clere. 11 amee‘na, 12 actinata, 13 aurodre. 20 eudz'mon, 21 elprepes. 22 Govéenia. 28 ochroleiica. 29 poikila. 30 pdntica Howard. 14 basilissa. 23 Herbertéana, hexapla. 15 calodendron. 24 imperatrix, 31 pulchélla, 16 calocéryphe. 25 inclyta. 32 regalis, 17 Cartidnia. 26 jasminodora, 33 rigens. 18 chariéssa, 27 lépida. 34 thyrsifldra, 19 coccinea ndébilis, C. Hybride bélgice. Hybrids raised in Belgium. 35 Agate. 36 albo pléno. 87 amabilis. 38 amarantina. 39 amcenissima. 40 ardens. 41 atro-riibens. 42 aurantia maxima. 43 blandina, 44. calendulacea globdsa. insignis. nova. supérba, 45 cardon, 46 coccinea maxima. specidsa, 47 concinna. 48 coriiscans. 49 crdcea. globdsa. 50 cruénta. 51 ctprea. alba. élegans. eximia. globdsa. rubra. spléndens. 52 decorata. 53 décus hortdrum, 54 dulcédo. 55 elécta. maxima, rubra. 56 elegantissima, 57 exquisita. 58 Ferréck7z 59 flamboyante, 60 falgida, 61 falva. 62 gldria mfindi. maxima, minor, 63 Guliélmus primus, 64 hybrida coccifera. coccinea, nivea. 65 incarnata maxima. rabra. 66 lepida. 67 lttea rubictinda, 68 magnifica, 69 maritima incarnata. 70 miniata, 1144 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III* 71 mirabilis, 83 prestantissima. 96 specidsa, 72 mixta triamphans, 84 pulchélla, 97 speciosissima. 73 miniata. 85 punicea. 98 spléndens, 74 Mortériz. 86 récqui. 99 spléndida. 75 né plas ultra. 87 regina bélgica. 100 sulphirea. 76 nobilis, 88 restantissima. 101 supérba. s 77 noritas antilléscens. 89 rigida incarnata. 102 tricolor Jacdbi. 78 noritata. 90 robista. Wolff: 79 optima. 91 ribra aurantia. 103 tridmphans. 80 ornata pallida, falva. 104 variegata. 81 picturata 92 rubricata. 105 venista, 82 péntica globdsa. 93 sanguinea. 106 venust{ssima. Konink. 94 Saturnz, 107 versicolor tricolor var. 95 sevéra, ww» 22. R. GLau’cum G, Don. (A. (v.) ctav'ca Pursh.) The glaucous-leaved Azalea. Identification, WDon’s Mill., 3, p. 848. Synonymes. Azalea glaica Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.154., Lam. Iil., t. 493., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 5.; Azalea viscdsa var, floribinda Art, Hort. Kew., 1. p. 319. Spec Char., §c. Branchlets hispid. Leaves oblanceolate, acute, glabrous on both surfaces, glaucous beneath, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly. Flowers very clammy, leafy. Tube of corolla twice longer than the segments. Calyx very short. Filaments about equal in length to the segments of the corolla. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 848.) The shrub is dwarfer than any of the other North American species of Azalea; and it produces its fragrant white flowers in great abundance. Nuttall considers this as only a variety of R. viscosum, differing in nothing but in the under surface of the leaves being glaucous; in which opinion we concur. It is a native of North America, from New England to Virginia, in swamps of a clayey soil ; where it forms a shrub, growing about 2 ft. high, and flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1734, and common in gardens. % 23. R. ur’spipum Torr, (A. (v.) u’sprpa Pursh. The hispid Azalea. Identification. Torr. Fl. Un. St., p. 140. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonymes. Azalea hispida Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 154., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 6.; Azalea viscosa var. glaica Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 319. ? > Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 6.; and our fig. 948. Spec. Char., §c. Branches straight, very hispid. Leaves long-lanceolate, hispid above, and smooth beneath, glaucous on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the nerves bristly beneath. Flowers very clammy, leafy. Tube of corolla wide, scarcely LN longer than the segments. Teeth of calyx oblong, W rounded. Filaments exserted. (Don’s Mill., tii. p. 487.) The flowers are white, with a red border, and a tinge of red on the tube, which makes them appear to be of a rose colour before expansion; and they have some- times 10 stamens. This sort may be distinguished from the other hardy azaleas by its bluish appearance. It is found wild in New York and Pennsylvania, on the borders of lakes on the highest part of the Blue Mountains; where it grows from 10 ft. to 15 ft. high, and flowers in July and August. It was introduced in 1734, and is now to be met with in most collections. % 24, R.ni/t1ipuM Torr. (A. Nv’rma Pursh.) The glossy-leaved Azalea. Identification. Torr.,1.c.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 847. Synonyme. Azalea nitida Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.153., Ker Bot. Reg., t. 414. Engravings. Bot. Reg., t. 414. ; and our fig. 949. Spec. Char.,c. Branches smoothish. Leaves oblanceo- late, rather mucronate, coriaceous, smooth on both § surfaces, shining above, having the nerve bristly beneath, with revolute ciliated margins. Flowers clammy, leafy. Tube of corollaa little longer than the segments. Calyx very short. Filaments exserted. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 847.) The flowers are white, tinged with red; and the leaves dark green and shining. They are also smaller than those of any other hardy species of Azalea. The plan CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEE. RHODODE’/NDRON. 1145 is a native of North America, from New York to Virginia, and is found in deep mossy swamps on the mountains. It is a shrub, growing from 2 ft. to 4 ft. in height, and flowering in June and July. Introduced in 1812, and in cultivation in British nurseries. % 25, R. specio‘sum G. Don. (A. srecio'sa Willd.) The showy Azalea, Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 848. Synonymes. Azalea specidsa Willd. Enum., p. 10., Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 116. ; \ =} 5 A. coccinea Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 624. S 4, | Engravings. Bot. Cat., t.624.; Dend. Brit., t.116.; and our jig. 950. : Spec. Char., §c. Branches hairy. Leaves lanceolate, ciliated, acute at bothends, Calyx pubescent. Corolla silky, with obtuse, ciliated, lanceolate, undulated segments. Stamens exserted. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 848.) We are strongly inclined to think that this, and several other sorts, which, ! in conformity with the practice of modern writers, we \ 950 have treated as species, are only varieties ; in short, it would not surprise us, if ultimately it should turn out that there was only one species of Azalea indigenous to North America, and one species to Asia, % 26. R. ARBORE’SCENS Torr, (A, arsore’scens Pursh.) The arborescent Azalea, Identification. Torr.,1.c.; Don’s MilL, 3. p. 847, . Synonymes. Azalea arboréscens Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 153.; A. arbdrea Bart. Cat. Spec. Char., §c, Leaves obovate, rather obtuse, smooth on both surfaces, glaucous beneath, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib almost smooth Flowers not clammy, leafy. Tube of corolla longer than the segments. Calyx leafy, with the segments oblong and acute. Filaments exserted. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 847.) Pursh, writing of this species, in 1814, says, “ This beautiful species has, to my knowledge, not yet been introduced into the gardens. I have only seen it in its native place, and in the garden of Mr. John Bartram, near Philadelphia, whose father introduced it many years ago. It rises from 10 ft. to 15 ft. high; and forms, with its elegant foliage, and large, abundant, rose-coloured flowers, the finest ornamental shrub I know. The flowers are not so pubescent as those of the other species. The scales of the flower buds are large, yellowish brown, and surrounded with a fringed white border.” (Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 153.) Tt was introduced in 1818 ; and there are plants of it at Messrs. Loddiges’s; but it is not frequent in collections. § v. Rhodora D. Don. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p. 848. Derivation. From rhodon, a rose ; in reference to the colour of the flowers, Sect. Char. Limb of calyx 5-toothed. Corolla bilabiate : upper lip broad- est, and 2—3-cleft ; lower one bidentate. Stamens 10. Capsule 5-celled, 5-valved. Leaves deciduous. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 848.) x 27. R. Ruopo’RA G. Don (Ruovdra canave/nsis L.) The Canada Rhodora. Identification. Don’s Mill., 3. p, 843. Synonyme. Rhoddra canadénsis Lin. Sp., 561., L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 1. p. 141. t. 68., Lam. Til., t. 564., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 474. Engravings. L’Heérit. Stirp. Nov., 1. t.68.; Lam. Illust., t. 364.; Bot. Mag., t. 474; and our fig. 951. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval, quite entire, pubescent and glaucous beneath. Flowers in terminal clusters, or racemose umbels; and pale purple, protruded before the leaves. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 848.) A native of Canada, New- foundland, and on the mountains of New York and Pennsylvania, in bogs. A deciduous shrub, growing about 2 ft. high, and flowering in April and May. Introduced in 1767, and frequent in collections, where it is highly prized for its early flowering and beauty. Plants of this species, in the British nurseries, are 1s. each ; at Bollwyller, 3 francs; at New York, ?. 1146 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Il. App. i. Half-hardy Species of Rhododéndron (and Azalea). § i. Booram, Derivation. The name of R. arbdreum in Nepal. Sect. Char., &c. Limb of calyx 5-lobed. Corolla campanulate, Evergreen trees, natives of the Himalayas, and other mountainous regions of northern India. A. Species already introduced into British Gardens. 228. R. arpo’reum Smith. The scarlet-flowered Tree Rhododendron. Identification. Smith Exot. Bot., t. 6.; Hook. Exot. Fl., 158.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 844. Synonyme. R. purpireum Hamilt. MSS. Engravings, Smith Exot. Bot., t. 6.; Lindl. Bot. Reg., t.896.; and our fig. 951. ari, Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate, acute, silvery beneath, tapering to the base. Peduncles and calyxes woolly. Segments of corolla 2-lobed, with crenulated curled mar- - gins. Capsules 10-celled, tomentose. Leaves 4—6 in. long. Flowers large, scarlet, dotted with black on the upper lip inside, disposed in dense heads. Stigma capitate, crenu- ——__< ¢ lated. (Dan's Mil., ii. LVS p. 844.) A tree, 20 ft. high, very showy when in blossom; a native of Ne- pal, on the mountains at Narainhetty, where it is called booram by the natives. It was intro- duced in 1817, and flowers, in conservatories, in April and May. Plants in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, sown there in 1821, are now, in 1836, 18 ft. high, with trunks 8 in. in diameter: they grow in pots 2 ft. in diameter, and flower abundantly every year, or every other year. These flowers secrete honey to such an extent, that, when the plant is shaken, it falls from them like large drops of rain; and Mr. Knight informed us that he believed each head of flowers would yield from a teaspoonful to a dessert- spoonful at a time. After being exhausted, a fresh supply is secreted ; so that the quantity that one head might produce, if the tree were frequently shaken, appears to be limited only by the duration of the flowers. Varieties and Hybrids. # R. a. 1 sanguineum Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 890., has the corollas blood- coloured, and may be considered as the species. Those spoken of above are of this kind. ¢ R. a. 2 roseum Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., 2d ser. t. 389., Bot Reg., t. 1240., has rosy-coloured corollas. This variety was raised by Mr. Smith, at Combe House, in 1819, from Nepal seeds, and the plants flowered when they were not more than 2 ft. high. According to Dr. Wallich, R.a.7rdseum occurs with R. a. niveum on the moun- tain of Sheopore, at an elevation of 10,000 ft. above the level of the sea. It is likely, therefore, to be less tender than R. arboreum sanguineum, which is found at a much lower elevation, and it may ultimately prove to be quite hardy. There are plants of this sort at Mr. Knight’s and Messrs. Loddiges’s. ¢ R. a. 3 niveum Swt.; R. album Hamilt. MSS., Swt. Fl.-Gard., t. 148., ~ Don’s Mill., iii. p. 844.; R. arboreum fléribus. niveis D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 154.3 R. arboreum album Wall. P/. Asiat. Rar., ii. t. 123.5 has white flowers spotted with purple on the upper lip. Dr. Lindley, speaking of this variety, says, “ Never did we behold any flower / SSS. < AN s CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEZ, RHODODE/NDRON. 1147 more perfectly lovely than this. Its leaves, of the richest and deepest green, mellowed by the warm tone of their under surface; its large clusters of bell-shaped flowers, hanging loosely, yet com- pactly, by their slender stalks; and the half-transparent snowy corollas ; form together an effect which few objects could rival, and none surpass.” (Bot. Reg., July, 1834.) This variety and R. a. roseum, as already remarked, are found at an elevation of 10,000 ft. above the level of the sea; and Dr. Wallich states that they are confined to the single mountain of Sheopore: 2. a. roseum is there by far the most common variety. He says, “ They attain the size of very large forest trees, and are noble objects at all times. They blossom simultaneously in April, in which state their beauty surpasses description, the ample crown of the trees being entirely covered with bunches of large and elegant blossoms,” The common red-flowered, or parent, species (?. a. sanguineum ) is also found on Sheopore; but it is less frequent there than in lower situations, where it blossoms a month earlier than the varieties. The hardiness of the varieties of any species being proved, affords a presumption that the species itself is only accidentally tender, and that, after some generations, it may become hardy. 2 R. a. 4 cinnamémeum; R. cinnamomeum Wall. Cat., No. 760., and Don’s Mill., iii. p. 384.; has the leaves clothed with an intense rusty to- mentum beneath; and corollas like those of 2. a. niveum, but not of so clear a white, and spotted with brown instead of purple, It was introduced from Nepal in 1817, and flowered for the first time in the Chelsea Botanic Garden in 1832. 2 R. a. 5 venistum D.Don, Brit. Fl.-Gard., May, 1835, 2d ser., t. 285., is a hybrid, and an exceedingly showy and interesting plant. It was raised by Mr. Wm. Smith, = Ge) nurseryman, Norbiton Com- NS mon, near Kingston, Surrey, from seeds of 2. caucdsicum, \ that had been fertilised by the pollen of &. arboreum, and appears hardier than the species. Other varieties and hybrids of R. arboreum and other half-hardy species may be found in the nurseries, some with and others without names; some of them rather tender, and others, such as R. a. altaclerénse (fig. 952.) quite hardy or nearly so. The names of several new va- rieties will doubtless appear in the nursery- men’s catalogues, and in the botanical periodi- cals, before this work is completed: for there are many hundreds of seedlings of #2. arbdreum fertilised with hardy species; and hardy species fertilised with &. arbdreum, in Knight’s Exotic Nursery, in the Norbiton Common Y Nursery, and in various others, which are now (Sept. 1, 1836) showing blossom buds for the first time, Many of these hybrids will appear, be recorded, and afterwards, when they are sup- planted by others of still newer origin, lost, # 29, R. cAMPANULA‘TUM D. Don. The bell-shape-flowered Rhododendron. Identification. D. Don in Wern. Mem., 3. p. 409. ; Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 153. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p, 844. Engravings. Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1944, ; Swt. Fl.-Gard., 2d s., t. 241. ; and our jig. 953. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves elliptic-oblong, mucronate, rusty beneath, rather cordate at the base. Segments of corolla flat, emarginate. Ovarium 6-celled, glabrous. Under surfaces of leaves clothed with fine scaly pu- bescence, at first of a purplish hue, then changing to nearly white, and afterwards to a deep ferraginous brown. Flowers copious, disposed in corymbose clusters. Pedicels glabrous. Bracteas fringed. Corollas large, pale pink, changing to white, having the upper lip marked with irregular purple spots. Filaments bearded at the base. This species surpasses all others in the size of its flowers, except one found in Java by 1148 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART ITI. Dr. Horsfield. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 844.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft., a native of Nepal, on Gos- sainthan, a high mountain to the north of the valley. It was raised in 1825, by Messrs. Loddiges, from seeds received from Dr. Wallich, and flowers in April. This species seems much less tender than any of the others yet received from the Himalayas ; and, plants having stood out in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges for several winters without protection, and without having re- ceived any injury, it may be considered as very nearly hardy. @ R. barbitum Wall., Don’s Mill., 3. p.844. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, obtuse at the base, yellowish beneath. Calycine segments dilated, membranous. Ovarium 10-celled, glandular, hispid. Petioles and midrib of leaves bristly. Filaments glabrous, toothless. Leavesaspan long. Corolla dark red, with broad, rounded, cloven segments, Ovarium thickly beset with glanduliferous bristles. A tree, a native of Nepal, introduced in 1830 or before, and of which there are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, and in some other nurseries. # R. xeylinicum Lodd. Cat., and R. stréctum Lodd. Cat., appear to be varieties of R. arboreum ; but from the plants in the Hackney collection being small, and not having yet flowered, it is difficult to say with certainty what they are. B. Species not yet introduced. R. formdsum Wall. Pl. Rar. Asiat., 3. p. 3. t.207., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 835., has the leaves lanceolate, attenuated at the base, beset with rusty dots beneath, and the flowers about the size of those of R. pénticum, white, suffused with red. It is a shrub, a native of Nepal, which is not yet introduced. # R. linearifolium Poir., Don’s Mill., 5. p. 844, has linear coriaceous leaves, and small flowersin corymbs. It is a native of the East Indies; but very little is known respecting it, and it may probably belong to some other genus. § ii. Pogondnthum. Derivation. From podgon, a beard, and anthos, a flower ; throat woolly inside. Sect. Char. Limb of calyx short, 5-lobed. Corolla salver-shaped, with a cylindrical tube, and a spreading limb. Stamens 5, enclosed. Ovarium 5-celled. Evergreen. Leaves coriaceous. « 30; R. anruopo‘con D. Don. The bearded-flowered Rhododendron. Identification. D. Don in Mém. Wern. Soc., 3. p. 409. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 845. Z Synonyme. R aromaticum Wall. Cat. Engravings. Royle Illust., t. 64. £ 2. ; and our fig. 954. Spec. Char., §c._ Branchlets downy. Leaves oval, rusty beneath from lepidoted tomentum. Corollas with a woollythroat. Shrub much branched. Leaves XN ending in a reflexed mucro, naked above. Flowers glomerate, sulphur-coloured. Pedicels short, lepidoted, and resinous. Calycine segments rounded at the apex, with villous margins. Segments of corolla roundish, with undulated curled margins. Filaments glabrous. Stigma clavate. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 845.) A shrub, from 1ft. to 1 ft. high, a native of Nepal, on Gossainthan. It was introduced in 1820, and flowers in April and May. ; § iii. Tsutsatsi D. Don. Derivation. The Chinese name of A. indica. Sect. Char. Limb of calyx foliaceous, 5-cleft. Corolla campanulate. Stamens 5—10. Ovarium 5-celled. Evergreen. Leaves membranous, hispid from hairs. Indian azaleas of British gardens. A. Indian half-hardy Azaleas already in British Gardens. # 31. R. ’NpDicumM Swt. (A. Nvica Lin.) The Indian Azalea. Identification. Swt. Fl.-Gard., 2d s., t. 128.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 845. Synonyme. Azalea indica Lin. Sp., 214., Thunb. Fl. Jap., 84., Sims Bot. Mag., t. 1480., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 278. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 1480. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.275.; Swt. Fl.-Gard., 2d ser., t. 128. ; and our fig. 955. Spec. Char., &c. Branches strigose. Leaves cuneate-lanceolate, finely cre- nulated, strigose, attenuated at both ends. Calycine teeth long-lan- ¢§ ceolate, obtuse, ciliated, spreading. Flowers terminal, solitary or twin, decandrous ; very showy, and scarlet or red. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 845.) A shrub, from 3 ft. to 6 ft. high, a native of China and Japan, where it is much cultivated for the sake of its flowers. It was introduced in 1808, and flowers from March till May. It is a very popular plant in British stoves and green-houses; though, to flower profusely, it requires to be grown in the temperature of the bark-stove. As it cross-fecundates freely with the hardy species, it has led to the production of various 955 hybrids, which are half-hardy, and some of them nearly hardy. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEH. RHODODE!/NDRON. 1149 Varieties and Hybrids. a R. 7. 2 pheeniceum Don’s Mill, 3. p. 846.3 A. i. pheenfcea Sw. Brit. Fl..Gard., 2d ser.,t. 128., Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 2667. ; A. ledifdlia phoenicea Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 5229.; has the flowers purple, with the upper segments spotted. It isa native of China, where it forms an evergreen shrub, from 3ft. to 10 ft. in height, and in British gardens, where it is greatly admired, it is commonly kept in the stove. It was introduced in 1824. a R.i. 3p. flore pléno; A. i. 3 flbre pléno Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 2509., Bot. Cab., t. 1461. ; has double purple flowers. # R. i. 4 ledifolium; R. ledifdlium Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.5 A. i. Alba Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 811., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1253., and our fig. 956. ; A. dedifolia Hook. in Bot. Mag.,t. 2901.; Rhododéndron leucanthum Bunge ; has pure white flow- ers, which are large and showy. Itis a native of China, about Pekin, and, being rather hardier than the preceding varieties, is commonly kept in the green-house. It was introduced in 1819, flowers from March to May, and grows to the height of 5 ft. or 6ft. Splendid specimens of this and the preceding varieties are annually exhibited at the flower shows of the Horticultural Societies, both in Lon- don* and the ccuntry. In Cornwall, in the gardens of Sir Charles Lemon, at Carclew, this variety grows in rows, forming evergreen hedges, like privet, and flowering magnificently, without the slightest protection. y m R. 7.5 pulchrum Don’s Mill., 3. p.845.; A. i. pulchra Hort. ; R. pilchrum Swé. Fl.-Gard. 2d ser., t. 117.; A. indicum var, y Smfthi7 Swt. Hort. Brit. ; has the calyx very hairy, with subulate segments. Leaves elliptic, acute. Flowers de- candrous, terminal, 2—3 together. Corollas large, of a deep rosy purple, spotted with deep red inside. A hybrid from A. i. /edifolia, impregnated with the pollen of A. indica. # R. i. 6 tgnéscens Swt., Don’s Mill., 3. p.845.; A.ii. ignéscens Hort. ; has the four lower seg- ments of the corolla flame-coloured and the superior one lilac, and obsoletely dotted. it is a native of China. @ R.2.7 auranitacum G. Don in Mill. Dict., 3. p. 846.; A. i. aurantiaca Hort.—Flowers of orange red colour. A native of China. @ TN. i. 8 lnteum Swt., Don’s Mill., 5. p. 8465. ; A. i. lutea Horz. ; has double yellow flowers. # R. 7.9 spathulatum Blum., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846. ; A. i. spathulata Hort. ; has the leaves spa- thulate, mucronate, and beset with rusty strige. Flowers large, solitary, deep rose- coloured. Native of China and Japan. # R. i. 10 grandiflorum Blum., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846. ; A. i. grandifldra Hort. ; has the leaves oblong-spathulate, mucronate, beset with bristles, or strige, Flowers large, solitary. deep rose-coloured. A native of China and Japan. . # R.i. 11 angustifolium Blum., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.; A. i. angustifolia Hort. ; has the leaves narrow-lanceolate. # R. i. 12 floribindum Blum., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.; A. i. foribanda Hort. ; has the leaves narrow, cuneate-lanceolate, beset with rusty strige. Stem much-branched. A native of China and Japan. # R.¢. 13 Danielsianum ; A. i. Danielsténa Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., July, 1834; is a variety with considerable distinctness of habit of foliage, and flowers of a carmine colour, some- what striped. It was introduced from China by Captain Daniels, in 1830, and plants may be had in the Sloane Street Nursery, and at Messrs, Loddiges’s. # R. i. 14 lateritium ; A. i. lateritia Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 1700. ; has flowers of a bright clear brick colour, a little tinged with rose; and the plant is remarkably bushy, and abundant in leaves, which have a rusty tinge. It was introduced from China in 1823, by Mr. M‘Killigan ; and plants may be had in the Exotic Nursery, King’s Road. # R. i. 15 variegdtum Blum., Don’s Mill, 3. p. 846. ; A. i. variegata Lind. ; has the corollas variegated. This is a celebrated variety, which was long known to exist in China, from the drawings of it sent to Europe; and to procure which many attempts were made in vain, from nearly the commencement of the present century, till 1832, when it was at last brought alive to England, by the great care of Mr. M‘Killigan, the purser of the ship Orwell, and an ardent admirer of plants. There are specimens of this variety in the Exotic Nursery. (See Gard. Mag., 9. p. 474.) # R. 2. 16 spectdsum D. Don, A. i. specidsa Hort., is a hybrid, obtained by Mr. W. Smith in 1830, fromseeds of A, indica, the flowers of which had been impregnated with the pollen of A. indica pheenicea. ‘Two other varieties were raised by Mr. Smith at the same time, from the same stock of seeds, one of which frequently produces semidouble flowers. (See Brit. Fl-Gard., April, 1835; and Gard. Mag., 11. p. 259.) & 32, R. sINE’NSE Swt. (A. sine’Nsts Lodd.) The Chinese Azalea. Identification. Swt. F1.-Gard., t. 290. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846. Synonyme. Azalea sinénsis Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.885. Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 885. ; Brit. Fl.-Gard., t. 290.; and our fig. 957. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves elliptic, acutish, pilosely pubescent, feather-nerved, with ciliated margins, canescent beneath ; and, though deciduous, yet falling off so slowly, as to con- stitute it an imperfect evergreen. Corollasdowny. Stamens equal in length to the limb of the corolla. Flowers flame- coloured, pentandrous. (Don’s Mill., 3. p.846.) Itisa native of China, where it grows from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, and flowers in May and June. It was introduced in 1823; and is in very general cultivation in British gardens. Varieties and Hybrids. R. s. 2 flavéscens Swt. Fl.-Gard, t. 290.; A.s. 2 fla- vescens; has yellow flowers. 2. R.s.3macranthum Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.; Azalea ma- créntha Bunge in Mém. Acad. Petersb., 2. p. 115. 5 R. nitens D. Don MSS.— Leaves opposite, or 3 in a whorl, obovate or lanceolate, mucronulate, 1150 ‘ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. shining, clothed with appressed bristles. Flowers pentandrous. Calycine segments lanceolate, acute, deeply toothed, bristly. Filaments glabrous. Stems several, rising from the rootstock, 2—4ft. long, procumbent, naked. Branches fascicled, leafy at the tips, beset with appressed silvery bristles, which change to brown as well as the calyxes. Flowers solitary, or in pairs, nearly sessile, involucrated by bracteas. Corollas large, ofa brilliant salmon colour, glabrous outside; the limb spreading, with oblong blunt lobes ; the upper lobes marked with deeper-coloured spots. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 846.) There isa subvariety of this kind, having the flowers pale pink and striped. A procumbent shrub, from 2ft. to 3ft. high, a native of Japan, flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1833, but, at present, extremely rare in British gardens. t R. reticulatum D. Don’s MSS., Don’s Mill., 3, p. 846.; A. reticulata Hort. Leaves broadly ovate, acute, rather coriaceous, sparingly hairy, glaucous, and reticulately veined beneath. Stems erect, 1 ft. or 2 ft. high, stiff, Leaves stiff, 12 in. long, rounded at the base, bright green, and shining above, beset with a few appressed bristles, as well as the young shoots. This is a shru®, a native of Japan, on the mountains, where it grows from 1 ft. to 2 ft. high, which was introduced i? © .. 1834, by Mr. Knight of King’s Road, Chelsea; but, as it has not yet flow- ered in England, very little is known about it. aw R, Farrere Tate, Sut. Fl.-Gard., 2d ser., t. 95., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.3 __ A. Farrere Hort. ; and our fig. 958. ; has the branches stiff, villous while ° young, but glabrous in the adult state. Leaves stiff, coriaceous, ovate, obtuse, =S4 ending in a short cartilaginous mucro, attenuated at the base, nerved, and reticulately veined, hairy on both surfaces, with somewhat recurved ciliated edges. Petioles ciliated at the base. Flowers terminal, solitary. Calyx pilose, 5-lobed. Corolla spreading, with undulated segments, lilac, or pale purple-red. It is a dwarf deciduous shrub, with decandrous flowers. A native of China, whence it was brought by Captain Farrer, in 1829. It flowers in March, but very little is known of its habit. XR. dectimbens D. Don MSS., Don’s Mill., 3. p.846.; A. decimbens Hort. ; has the stem decumbent; leaves ovate, acute ; flowers pentandrous ; segments of the calyx ovate, acute, ciliated ; flowers crimson (Don’s Mill., 3. p. 846.) It is a native of China, whence it was introduced by Knight and Tate in 1823. It flowers in Apriland May. B. Indian Azaleas not yet introduced. % R. scabrum Don’s Mill. 3. p. 846.; A. scabra; R. maximum Thunb. Fl. Jap., p. 181. ; has the leaves ovate, mucronulate, and acute at the base, coriaceous, and from 12 in. to 3in. long. The flowers are of a deep rose colour, and bell-shaped, with the corolla 3 in. in diameter. It is a shrub, a native of Japan, in woods on mountains. # R. mucronatum G. Don; A. mucronata Blum. Bijdr., p. 853. ; is a shrub, a native of China; and, according to G. Don, “‘ perhaps the same as #., ledifdlium”’ (A. i. Alba Lind/.). #% R Burmdnni G. Don; A. rosmarinifolia Burm. ex Blum. Bijdr., p. 853., but not of Roth; has the leaves linear-lanceolate, long-acuminated, with recurved margins, clothed with silky down on both surfaces. Flowers pentandrous, It is a shrub, a native of Japan. # RK. méllis G. Don; A. mdllis Blum. Bijdr., p. 853. ; has the branches pilose; the leaves oblong-lance- olate, acute, narrowed at the base, ciliated, very soft beneath ; the flowers in fascicles. Calyx very short. Tube clothed with silky tomentum. It is a shrub, a native of China. a R. Loureiviana G. Don; A. punctata Lour. Coch., p. 113. ; has the leaves lanceolate, quite entire, rugose about the edges, smooth. Corolla white, dotted with rea, as also the calyx, anthers, and germs. Flowers terminal. (Don’s Miil., 3. p. 846.) It is a shrub, a native of Cochin-China, where it grows to the height of 4 ft. or 5 ft. § iv. Propagation and Culture of the half-hardy Species of Rhododéndron and Azdlea. The soil best suited for these plants is heath mould, or peat as it is commonly called, mixed with fine loam and vegetable mould. For rearing plants from seed, and simply growing the species, such acompost, or even peat alone, or sandy loam, will suffice ; but, for producing large plants, which shall flower profusely, the essence of rotted dung, or of some other manure in which animal matter is in- cluded, requires to be added. The splendid specimens of Azalea and Rhododendron which annually attract so much attention in the April and May exhibitions of our Horticultural Societies have, in general, all been grown in very rich soil, and often watered with liquid manure. The Indian azaleas more particularly require a rich soil, in order to flower freely and abundantly, and produce those splendid pyramids of blossoms which are so much admired at our shows. On the other hand, when the Indian species of Rhododéndron and Azalea are to be treated as half-hardy, they ought to be grown in soil which is poor rather than rich, and kept dry, more especially in autumn, in order to insure the production of no more wood than can be ripened. The situation most suitable for half-hardy rhododendrons and azaleas would appear to be a border in front of a wall facing the east ; because almost all the species of the order, and more especially all the Indian species of the genera Hhododéndron and Azalea, are natives of woods on mountains, and thrive best when somewhat shaded. The best mode, where it is intended to have a good collection, and to display the plants to the greatest advantage, would be to plant them in a conservatory, with a movable roof and sides, both of which could be taken away in summer ; or in an open space between two walls, built in the direction of north and south ; and on which walls a temporary roof might be placed in the winter season, such as is recommended for the half-hardy Leguminacez (p. 697.), and the half-hardy heaths (p.1103.). If the Indian, or tree, rhododendrons were grown by themselves in the open ground, being evergreens, they might be covered, during winter, with a roof of boards or thatched hurdles, with only a few windows here and there, as is practised with orange trees in the north of Italy, and sometimes about Paris. Propagation, ‘The Indian tree rhododendrons are propagated by layers, or by grafting on R. ponticum or R#. catawbiénse ; and they may also, though with difficulty, be increased by cuttings of the growing wood, planted in sand, and then closely covered with a bell-glass, and putinto heat. All the Indian azaleas are very readily propagated by cuttings of the young wood. Both rhododendrons and azaleas ripen seeds in our green-houses; and these should be sown immediately after being gathered, or very early in the spring, in flat pans or pots filled with sandy peat, or peat mixed with a little loam and sand. The seeds should be covered as slightly as possible, and then placed in a very CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEH. KA’LMIA. 1151 gentle heat in a frame, or in a shady and moist part of a green-house, taking care that, as soon as the plants begin to come up, they may be placed close to the glass to receive the direct influence of the light, shading them, at the same time, from the sun’s rays. The greatest care should be taken to keep the temperature and moisture as equal as possible, and to expose the tender seedlings to the morning and afternoon light ; but to exclude the mid-day sun. As soon as the plants have got two or three leaves, they should be transplanted into other pans or pots, filled with the same kind of soil, and shifted into pots of a larger size as soon as these are nearly filled with the roots. This process may be continued for two or three years, when the plants will have attained the height of from 2 ft. to 4 ft., accordingly as they have been kept in a higher or lower temperature. The azaleas may be forced forward with the heat of a stove, so as to make two, or even three, shoots in a year; but the rhododendrons do not so readily admit of expeditious culture. Both rhododendrons and azaleas, whether of the hardy or half-hardy species, force readily; and, by that process, or retardation, may be made to flower at any season of the year. Genus XXI. | ae ee KA’LMJA L. Tue Kania. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 545.; Gertn. Fruct., 1. p.305, t. 63.; Juss, Gen., 158.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 267.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 850. Synonyme. American Laurel. Derivation. Named by Linnzus in honour of Peter Kalm, professor at Abo, in Sweden; author of Travels in America in 1753. Description. Low evergreen shrubs, highly ornamental in their foliage and flowers ; natives of North America; of easy culture in peaty soil, and pro- pagated by layers, seeds, or cuttings. # 1. K. uatiro‘iia L. The broad-leaved Kalmia. Identification. Lin. Sp., 560.; Bigel. Med. Bot., p. 133,; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 296.; Don’s Mili., 3. p.850. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Mountain Laurel, Calico Bush, Calico Flower, Amer. Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t.175.; Wangh. Amer., t.25. f.50.; Catesb. Car., 2. t.98.; Trew Shrh., t. 38. f. 1.3; Pluk, Mant., t. 379. f.6.; and our fig. 959 Spec. Char., §c. Leaves on long petioles, scattered, or 3 in a whorl, oval, coriaceous, smooth, and green on both surfaces. Corymbs terminal, downy, and viscid. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 850.) Flowers white, tinted with pale pink, delicately spotted. A shrub, very elegant when in flower, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 10 ft.; a native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, on the sides of stony hills. It was introduced in 1734, and flowers in June and July. This shrub, in its native soil, continues flowering great part of the summer ; and, according to Kalm, forms one of the greatest ornaments of {2 those parts of America where it is indigenous ; and it is only in particular places where it thrives ; though, according to Michaux, on (— the Alleghanies it occupies tracts of more \ than 100 acres. These are generally rocky, sterile, and near water. After it was intro- duced into England, it was for several years very unsuccessfully cultivated, till Mr. Peter Collinson procured some plants of it from Pennsylvania, where the climate being nearer to that of England, than either that of Carolina or Virginia, the plants obtained from it grew vigorously, and flowered in Mr. Catesby’s garden at Fulham, for the first time in England, in 1741. Leaves of this species are poisonous to cattle and sheep, but not to deer. The wood is very hard, and is used by the Indians for making spoons and other domestic utensils. Michaux states that, of all the American woods, that of the Kalmia latifolia the most nearly resembles the European box; so that it might be probably worth while to import it for the use of wood-engravers. 4G 1152 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART 111, # 2, K, ancustiro’iia L. The narrow-leaved Kalmia. Identification. Lin, Sp., 561.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 296. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 850. ; Lodd. Cat., ain tioees Sheep Laurel, Amer. s Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 331.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 502.; Catesb. Car., 5. t.17. f£.1.; Trew hrh., t.°38. f.2.; and our fig. 960. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves petiolate, scattered, or 3 in a whorl, oblong, obtuse, rather rusty beneath. Corymbs lateral. Bracteas linear. Peduncles and calyxes clothed with glandular pubescence. (Don’s Mill. iti. p. 850.) Flowers dark red. This shrub is called sheep laurel, because it is considered poisonous to sheep. A shrub, growing from 1 ft. to 2 ft. high; a native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, in bogs, swamps, and sometimes in dry mountain lands. It was intro- duced in 1736, and flowers from May to July. Variety. a K. a. 2 ovata Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 296., is a native of New Jersey, on the mountains, with broader leaves and a taller stem. » 3. K. exau’ca Ait. The glaucous-leaved Kalmia. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., p. 64. ; Pursh Fl. Amer, Sept., 1. p. 296.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 850. Synonyme. XK. polifdlia Wangh. Act. Soc. Berol., 8. p. 129. t. 5. di: $ . ae Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 177. 5 Lam. IIL, t. 363. ; L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t.9.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1508.; Wangh. Act. Soc. Berol., 8. p. 129. t.5.; and our fig. 961, Spec. Char., Sc. — Branchlets somewhat 2-edged. Leaves opposite, on short petioles, oblong, smooth glaucous beneath, with revolute edges. Corymbs terminal, compound, bracteate. Pedicels and calyxes glabrous. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 850.) A very hand- some, upright, small shrub, from 1 ft. to 2 ft. high, with pale red flowers. According to Nuttall, the flowers are disposed in terminal compound corymbs, each corymb composed of 3 racemose corymbules ; and the pedicels and calyxes are said by him to be clothed with powdery viscid pubescence. A native of the bogs of Canada, and on the borders of the mountain aalhy lakes of New York and Pennsylvania, and of the + Island of Sitcha. It was introduced in 1767, and = 2 flowers in April and May. The flower is comparable to a miniature parasol: the corolla to the covering, the stamens to the rays that keep the covering dis- tended, and the style to the handle. Variety. « K. g. 2 rosmarinifolia Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 296.— Leaves linear, more revolute on the margins, and having the under surface green, Mr. Pursh discovered this variety in a bog near Albany, and is inclined to think it a distinct species. w 4. K. cunza’ra Michr. The wedge-shaped-leaved Kalmia. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1. p. 257.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 296.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 850. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves scattered, sessile, cuneate-oblong, glandularly pu- bescent beneath, minutely armed at the apex. Corymbs lateral, few-flowered. Branches twiggy. Leaves deciduous. Flowers white, red at the bottom, disposed in sessile, lateral, fastigiate clusters. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 850.) A shrub, 1—2 ft. high, a native of Carolina, on the mountains. It was intro- duced in 1820, and flowers in May and June. # 5. K. urrsu‘ra Walt. The hairy Kalmia. Identification. Walt. ¥\. Carol., 138.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 296. ; Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 257. ; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 158. Synonyme. XK. cilidta Bartr. Itin., 18. Engravings. Curt, Bot. Mag., t. 158. ; and our fig. 962. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEH. MENZIE SLA: 1153 Spec. Char., &c. Branches, leaves, and calyxes very hairy. Leaves opposite and alternate, almost sessile, elliptic. Peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-flowered, longer than the leaves. (Don’s Mull., iii. p. 850.) A beautiful little shrub, but difficult to cultivate; growing to the height of from 2 ft. to 3ft. Leaves small, like thyme. Flowers large, red. A native of South Carolina and Georgia, in barren pine woods. It was introduced in 1786, and flowers from June to August. From the small size of the leaves, and the diminutive habit of growth of the plant, it might be admitted among the genus Erica, in what might be called a miscellaneous ericetum; taking care to plant it in a suitable soil. Genus XXII. MENZIE‘S/4 Smith. Tue Menziesta. Lin. Syst. Octandria Monogynia. Identification, Smith Icon. ined., 56.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p.251.; D. Don in Edin. Phil. Journ. 17. p. 170. Derivation, Named in honour of Archibald Menzies, F.L.S., &c., surgeon and naturalist to the expedition under Vancouver; in which he collected many specimens of plants on the north-west coast of America, New Holland, Van Diemen’s Land, &c. Description. Deciduous shrubs, natives of North America. % 1, M. rerRuGI’NEA Smith. The rusty-flowered Menziesia. asi ri Smith Icon. ined., 1. p. 56. t. 56.; Pursh Fl, Amer. Sept., 1. p. 264.; Don’s Mill., 3. Spine M. urceolaris Salish. Par. Lond., No. 44. 963 Engravings. Smith Icon. ined., 1. p, 56. t.56,; and our jig, 963. Spec. Char., Sc. Corolla urceolate, with rounded lobes. gS Leaves and branches hairy. Leaves obovate-lanceolate. Flowers of a rusty colour. (Don’s Mill., iti. p.850.) A % shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 4 ft.; a native 4% of the north-west coast of America, particularly on the /¢ . Columbia River, and on the Island of Sitcha. It was intro- 4; duced in 1811, and flowers in May and June. % 2. M. GLopua'Ris Salish. The globular-flowered Menziesia. Identification. Salisb. Par. Lond., t.44.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 264. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 850. Synonymes. M. Smithz? Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., p. 235.; Azalea pildsa Lam. Ili.,494.; M. pildsa Pers. Ench., 1. p. 420. Spec. Char., §c. Corolla globose, with rounded lobes; leaves and branches hairy. Leaves lanceolate. Flowers yellowish brown. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 850.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. to 5 ft.; a native of Virginia and Carolina, on high mountains; plentiful on the Cacapoore Mountains, near Winchester, in Virginia. It was introduced in 1806, and flowers in May and June. Genus XXIII. AZA‘LEA D.Don. Tue Azavea. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. Phil. Journ. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 830. Synonymes. Azalea procimbens Lin. and many authors; Loiseletria Desf.; Chamelédon Link Enum., 1. p. 210. Derivation. From axzaleos, dry, or arid; in reference to the habitation of the plant. Description. A diminutive, procumbent, evergreen shrub, a native of Britain and North America. 462 1154 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. * 1. A. pRocu’mBens L. The procumbent Azalea. Identification. Lin. Sp., 205. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p, 154. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 851. Synonymes. Chamelédon procambens Link Enum., 1. p.210.; Loiseledria procambens Deaf. Engravings. Fi. Dan., t.9.; Lin. Fl. Lapp., ed. 2., p. 60. t.6. f.2.; Eng. Bot., t.865.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 762.; Bot. Misc., 2. p. 64. t.53,; and our fig. 964. Geography, $c. Native of Europe, on mountains; plentiful on the tops of mountains in Scotland, but rare on the mountains in the north of England. In North America, it is found wild in the alpine regions of the White Mountains, New Hampshire, and on Grandfather Mountain, Carolina, &c. A procumbent . shrub, flowering in April and May, and requiring to be grown in sandy peat, either in a border or in pots, and in an airy situation. The flowers are small, and rose-coloured ; and, according to Pursh, do not appear in Carolina till July. Thesame author says, “ This plant has so much affinity to Lédum duxifolium Ait. (Leioph¥llum ¢hymifolium Pers.), that I have scarcely been able to persuade myself that they are distinct plants. Comparing specimens of different varieties of the latter, with those of A. procimbens from different countries, in Mr. Lambert’s herbarium, I could find no other distinction between both, than that of the Lédum being an upright little shrub, with decandrous flowers, which are white, whereas the present species has procumbent stems, and pentandrous red flowers. It most certainly ought to be taken from this genus, or else all the rest but this one united with Rhododéndron.” (Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept.,i. p. 155.) This has been done by Mr. David Don, in his new arrangement of the order Ericacez, which has been adopted in G. Don’s Mill., and which we have followed. Genus XXIV. a LEIOPHY’LLUM Pers. Tue Letopnytium. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monog nia. Identification. Pers. Ench., 1. p. 477.; Spreng. Syst. 2. p.276.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 851. Synonymes. Ammyrsine Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.280.; Fischera Swartz; Lédum }duxifdlium Berg , Ait. | Derivation. From leios, smooth, and phullon, aleaf; in reference to the smoothness of the leaves. Description. Diminutive, but erect, evergreen shrubs, natives of North America, on mountains. #« 1. L. Tuymiro‘Lium Pers. The Thyme-leaved Leiophyllum. Identification. Pers. Ench., 1. p. 477. ; Spreng. Syst., 2. p. 215. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 831. Synonymes. Ledum buxifdlium Bergius in Act. Petrop., 1779, p. 1. t. 3, f.2., Ker Bot. Reg., t. 531., Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p.66., Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 52.; Lédum thymifdlium Lam. Dict., 3. p. 459., and Iil., t. 363. f. 2.5 Leédum serpyllifolium L’ Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t.10.; Ammyr- sine buxifdlia Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 301. ; Sand Myrtle, New Jersey. Engravings. Bergius in Act. Petrop., 1777, p.1. t.3. f. 2.5 Bot. Reg., t. 531.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.66.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 52.; Lam, Ill, t. 363., f.2.; L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t. 10. ; and our fig. 965. Description, §c. A shrub, from 6in.to 1 ft. high, a native of New Jersey, and the mountains of Carolina, particularly on the highest summits of the Catawba ridge. It is an elegant little shrub, growing in its native habitats, according to Pursh, to the height of about 6in., and sometimes a foot; the delicacy of its leaves,and abundance CHAP, LXIX. ERICA CER. LEDUM. 1155 of its white flowers, rendering it highly ornamental. It was introduced in 1736, and flowers in May and June. L. prostratum; Ammyrsine prostrata Swt., Loud. Hort. Brit., No. 28221.; A. Lyoni Swt. Hort. Brit., ed. 1830, p. 344.—Branches spreading. Leaves oblong. We had this plant some years ago, but have now lost it. It appeared distinct from L.¢hymifolium Pers.; but, whether specifically so or not, we are uncertain. Genus XXV. CA LEXDUM LZ. Tue Lepum. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 546.; Gertn. Fruct., 2. p. 145. t.112.; Juss. Gen., 159.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 275. Derivation. Ledon was the name applied by the ancients to a plant producing the substance called labdanum, and now known by the name of Cistus Lédon. In foliage, the Lédum of modern botanists bears some distant resemblance to the plant of the ancients. Description, §c. Evergreen shrubs of small size, or decumbent ; natives of Europe and North America. » 1. Z. paLu’streE L. The Marsh Ledum. Identification. Lin. Sp., 651.; CEd. Fl. Dan., t. 1031. ; Pursh Fl, Amer, Sept., 1. p. 500.; Don’s Mill., 3. 1 . p. 851. Synonymes. Lédum silesiacum Clus. Pan., 68. ; Rosmarinum sylvés- tre Cam. Epit., 546. Engravings. Du Ham. Arb.,1. t.67.; Schmidt Baum., t. 136. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 560.; Hayne Abbild., t. 57.; and our fig. 966. Spec. Char., $c. Leaves linear, with revolute mar- gins, clothed with rusty tomentum beneath. Sta- mens 10, longer than the corolla. Flowers white. Leaves resembling those of rosemary. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 851.) A shrub, 2 ft. high; a native of Canada, in swamps, and round the mountain lakes of New York; in Kotzebue’s Sound, &c.; also of the north of Europe, as of Denmark, Silesia, &c. It was introduced in 1762, and flowers in April and May. Variety. n, L. p. 2 decumbens Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. iil, p. 48.,is a decumbent shrub, a native of Hudson’s Bay. # 2. L. vatiFo‘Lium Ait. The broad-leaved Ledum, or Labrador Tea. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 65. ; Pursh Fl, Amer. Sept., 1. p. 300.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 851. Synonymes. L. greenlandicum Retz. Obs., 4. p. 26., Fl. Dan., t.567.; L. palastre Michx. Hv. Bor. Amer., 1. p.259.; Labrador Tea, Amer. Engravings. Jacq. Icon., 3, t. 464. ; Schmidt Baum., t. 164. ; Lam. IIL, t. 363. ; f.1.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 534. ; Fl. Dan., t.567.; and our fig. 967. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves linear-oblong, with replicate mar- gins, clothed with rusty tomentum beneath. Stamens 5, about the length of the corolla. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.857.) A larger and broader-leaved shrub than L. palastre; growing to the height of from 2 ft. to 4. ft. ; the leaves of which are said to be used, in Labra- dor, as a substitute for tea. Bees are very fond of the flowers. A native of Canada, in mossy swamps ; and of * Greenland, Labrador, Newfoundland, and Hudson’s Bay. This, or the preceding species, has lately been found (Z in Ireland. It was introduced in 1763, and flowers in >, \pril and May. 463 1156 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IT1. # 3. L. CANADE’NSE Lodd. The Canadian Ledum. Identification, Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1049. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 851. Eat 4 Engravings. Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1049. ; and our fig. 968. : Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-petiolate, white beneath. Flowers disposed in terminal umbellate corymbs, large. Flowers white. (Don’s Mil/., iii. p. 851.) A shrub, from 3 in. to 6 in. high ; a native of Canada, in swamps ; and flowering in April and May. It is in cultivation Se in British gardens, but the year of its introduction is uncertain. 968 Sect. III. Vaccinre‘# D. Don. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. Phil. Journ., 17. p. 152.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 851. Sect. Char.,§c. Anthers 2-celled. Ovary connate with the calyx. Disk perigynous, nectariferous. Fruit baccate. Gemmation scaly. The genera in this section agree with Vaccinium in the ovary adhering to the calyx. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 851.) Deciduous and evergreen shrubs, natives of Europe and North America; cultivated in peat soil, and propagated, generally, by di- vision of the plant, but sometimes by layers, and, when necessary, by cuttings or seeds. Genus XXVI. JISC laa VACCYNIUM ZL. Tue Wuortiepserry. Lin. Syst. Oct-Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., 191.; Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p.355.; Pursh Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 282.; Juss. Gen., 162.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 263.; Lam. IL, 286.; Gertn. Fruct., t.28.; Don’s Mill., 3. Scie ities Vitis ide‘a Tourn. Inst., t.377.; Airelle, Fx.; Heidelbeere, Ger. Derivation. An ancient Latin name, but whether of aberry or a flower, has been a point in dispute among critics, as well as its etymology. Description. The species are shrubs, varying in height from 6in. to 10 ft., some natives of Europe, but the greater part of North America. They are gemmaceous, with the bud scales often permanent on the base of the small branches; and the leaves often beset with resinous dots. The flowers are pedicellate, and either in solitary racemes, or in tufts. They are generally drooping, inodorous, tinted with various shades of red or pink, never blue, and scarcely ever yellow. They are succeeded by berries, black, purple, bluish, or red, covered with a fine bloom, generally eatable: some of them agreeable, and excellent in tarts; and others austere, acid,and scarcely whole- some in a raw state. In general, it may be observed, that the species are in a good deal of confusion, from the whole of them never having been studied together in the same garden. We have followed the arrangement of G. Don, as the latest and best, not having had an opportunity ourselves of examining all the species said to be in cultivation in British gardens. The best collec- tion of large plants of the genus Vaccinium, in England, is at White Knights ; and of plants for sale, at Messrs. Loddiges’s. Price, of the common sorts, from ls. 6d. to 2s. 6d. each; of the rarer kinds, from 3s. to 5s. each. A. Leaves deciduous. a. Pedicels 1-flowered, usually solitary, rarely twin, or fasciculate. « 1. V. Myrti‘tius L. The Little-Myrtle-dike Whortleberry, or common Bilberry, or Bleaberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 498.; Ger. Emac., 1415.; Matth. Valgr., 1. p.410.; Cam. Epit., 135. ; Smith Eng. Fl. 2. p 219.; Don’s Mill, 3. p.851.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t. 456. ; Fl. Dan., t.974.; and our fig, 969. Spec. Char.,§c. Pedicels solitary, 1-flowered. Leaves serrated, ovate, smooth. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. VACCI'NIUM. 1157 Stem acutely angular, smooth. Calyx hardly divided. Corolla globose, generally 5-cleft, of a very delicate, waxy, pink hue. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 852.) Ashrub, from 6in. to 2 ft. high; a native of heaths, stony moors, and mountain woods, throughout most parts of Europe, es- pecially the more northern countries; and also in the north of Africa and Asia; and at Nootka Sound and Nova Scotia, in America. It is plen- tiful in Britain and Ireland, and also in Iceland. According to H. C. Watson, it becomes pro- cumbent about the subalpine zone in England, and rarely produces flowers. Only the loftiest mountains in Scotland rise sufficiently high to arrest its ascent. It is seen on the summit of Ben Lawers, 4.000 ft. above the level of the sea,'and on some other moun- tains rather higher. In general, it grows at elevations of from 200 ft. to 600 ft. higher than E’mpetrum nigrum. It is found in every country in Britain, from Cornwall to Caithness, least frequently in the south-eastern countries, and increases in quantity as we advance northward. “ This is one of the species,” Mr. Watson observes, “ that, if allowed, would over- run Britain, and form, with Callina vulgaris and Z’mpetrum nigrum, much of the natural physiognomical character of its vegetation.” (Outlines, &c., p- 201.) The berries of this species are of a bluish black, about the size of currants, and covered with a mealy bloom: they are eaten in tarts, or with cream, or made into jelly, in the northern and western counties of England and Scotland; and, in other parts of the country, they are made into pies and puddings. In Devonshire, the berries are eaten with clotted eream; in Poland, mixed with wood strawberries, and eaten with new milk, they are considered a great delicacy. Their juice has been em- ployed to stain paper or linen purple. In autumn, many kinds of game live upon their berries, and the plant affords them shelter. In gardens, it may be cultivated in sandy peat, kept moist, in a situation airy, but somewhat shaded. Varrety. o V. M. 2 baccis albis has white fruit. At the moment when we were writing this article (June 6. 1836), Mr. John Booth of the Floet- beck Nursery, near Hamburg, called on us, and, among other information, stated that a patch of 154 plants of this variety had lately been discovered in the Black Forest, and that he had plants of it for sale. Mr. Menzies brought from the west coast of North America specimens of what may be considered as a gigantic variety of V. Myrtillus, which he found growing there to the height of 7 ft. or 8 ft.; but it has not yet been introduced. w 2. V. utteino‘sum L. The bog Whortleberry, or great Bilberry. Identification. Lin. Spec., 499. ; Smith Eng. FI.,2. p. 210. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p 851. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. Myrtillus grandis Bawh. Hist., 1. p. 518. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t.581.; Fl. Dan., t. 231. ; and our fig. 970. Spec. Char., §c. Pedicels somewhat aggregate, 1-flowered. Leaves obovate, entire, smooth. Branches terete. Taller than the common bilberry, and of a more glaucous hue. Leaves glaucous beneath. Flowers flesh- coloured, with 8 long-horned stamens. Berries large, juicy, black, and covered with a mealy bloom. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 852.) A shrub, about 2ft. high; a native of Sweden, Germany, Siberia, Switzerland, Savoy, Scotland, and the north of England; as well as in the more northern parts of America, and on its west coast; and on the Island of Sitcha, and in the north of Asia, in marshy mountain heaths and alpine bogs. In Scotland, 4G 4 1158 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. it flourishes, at an elevation of between 2000 ft. and 3000 ft., on the Grampians ; and at the height of 3500 ft. in Aberdeenshire. It is said to cover extensive tracts of land on the west coast of Greenland, along with Andrémeda tetragona. (Casslope tetragona D. Don). On the Carpathian Mountains, it grows at an elevation .Q% of 6000 ft. (Watson.) It produces its flowers in April @fOR and May. The berries are agreeable, but inferior in flavour to those of V. Myrtillus: eaten in large quanti- ¢ ties, they occasion giddiness, and a slight headache. In | France, they are used to colour wines red; and in \ Siberia and Sweden they furnish an ardent spirit that is highly volatile and intoxicating. They afford excel- lent sustenance to game. The leaves are added to Lycopodium alpinum by the Icelanders ; and a yellow dye, for colouring woollens, is produced by an infusion of the two plants. In gardens, it may be cultivated like the preceding species. 970 « 3. V. ancustiFo‘Lium Ait. The narrow-leaved Whortleberry. Identification, Ait. Hort, Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p.356. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 852. Synonyme. V. vayrtilléides Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 234., Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 3447., Engraving. Bot. Mag., t. 3447. Spec. Char., §c. Pedicels scattered, mostly solitary, 1-flowered, naked. Leaves lanceolate, nearly entire, downy at the ribs and margins. Berries large, and known by the name of bluets. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 852.) A shrub, nearly 2 ft. high; a native of Canada, about Hudson’s Bay and Labrador; and of the high alpine woods of the Rocky Mountains, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. It was introduced in 1776, and flowers in April and May. In the Glasgow Botanic Garden it grows about | ft. high. The corolla is remarkable for its flagon-shaped appearance, and is of a pale yellowish green or white, tinged with red. The fruit is large, globose, blackish purple, and is highly esteemed by the inhabitants of the countries where the plant is indigenous. sw 4, V. cmspito‘sum Michr. The tufted Whortleberry. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 234.5 Don’s Mill., 3. p. 852. Engraving. Bot. Mag., t. 3429. Spec. Char., §c. Flowers lateral, solitary, nearly sessile. Leaves somewhat wedge-shaped, rounded, obtuse, serrated, membranous, very smooth. A little shrub, with many crowded stems, from 2in. to 4 in. high, very smooth in every part. Corolla of a short urceolate form. Berries nearly sessile, globose, and blue black, with a glaucous bloom. (Don’s Mill., iti. p. 853.) It is a native of America, particularly about Hudson’s Bay; and also in the Island of Sitcha, and on the Rocky Mountains. It was introduced in 1823, and flowers in May. In the Glasgow Botanic Garden the blossoms of this species are numerous, and exceeding delicate and beautiful, being white, with a deep tinge of blush. b. Flowers in sessile Tufts. as 5. V. GALE\ZANS Michx. The Gale-like Whortleberry. Identification. Mich, FI. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 232. ; Don’s Mill., ® p. 853. Synonyme. V. galifsrmis Smith in Rees’s Cycl., No. 16. « Spec. Char., §c. Flowers on very short stalks, in sessile tufts. Leaves sessile, lanceolate-wedge- shaped, slightly serrated, downy. Calyx pointed. Corollas ovate, much contracted at the mouth. Style prominent. Flowers small, yellowish white. Berries small, globular, black. Michaux de- scribes this shrub as having the aspect of Myrica Gd/e, with slight downy branches. Leaves vary- ing. The pedicels, shorter than the flowers, burst from a bud composed of numerous crowded scales. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 853.) A shrub, growing to the height of 2 ft. ; a native of Virginia and Carolina, in shady woods and swamps. It was introduced in 1806, and flowers in May and June. « 6. V. TenE’LLuM Ait, The delicate Whortleberry. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 358. Don's Mill., 3. p. 853. Synonyme. V.pennsylvanicum Lam. Dict., p.74., Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 232., Hook. in Bot. Mag. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t.35.; Bot Mag., t. 3454. 5 and our jig. 971. CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEE. VACCI/NIUM. 1159 Spec. Char., §c. Flowers in dense sessile tufts. Leaves nearly sessile, ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, finely serrated, smooth, except the rib and margins. Branches angular, with a downy line on each side. Calyx of 5 deep, acute segments. A low very branching shrub. Corollas pale red, or white. Berries large, bluish black, extremely sweet, and agreeable to eat. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 853.) A shrub, 2 ft. high; a native from New England to Virginia, on dry hills, on a gravelly soil. It was introduced in 1772, and flowers in May. There are plants in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, and at Messrs, Lod- diges’s. Variety. The mountains of Pennsylvania produce an immense variety of this species, remarkable for the size and shape of the fruit, leaves, and flowers. Leaves sometimes | in. long. (Don’s Mill.) w« 7. V. Ligu’strinum Miche. The Privet-like Whortleberry. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 283.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 853. Spec. Char., §c. Flowers in tufts, and nearly sessile; as are the leaves, which are also erect, lanceolate, mucronate, finely serrated, veiny and downy. Corolla longish and ovate. Branches angular. (Don’s Mill., iti. p.853.) An erect shrub, from 2 ft. to 3 ft. in height, with membranous leaves, fur- nished with conspicuous, often purple, veins. Scales of the flower buds often purplish. Corollas purplish red. Berries black. The leaves vary extremely in shape and size. It is a native of North America, from Penn- sylvania to Virginia, in dry woods, common on the mountains ; and flower- ing from May to July. There are plants of it at Messrs. Loddiges’s. c. Flowers disposed in Racemes. x 8. V.pa’tiipum Ait. The pale-flowered Whortleberry. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 355.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 853. Spec. Char., &c. Racemes bracteate. Corolla cylindrically bell-shaped. Leaves ovate, acute, finely serrated. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 853.) This low shrub is a native of North America, whence it was said to have been sent, in 1772, to the Kew Gardens, by Dr.*Samuel Martin ; but Pursh never met with it ina wild state in America. It grows to the height of about 2 ft.,and flowers in May and June. We believe it is not now to be found in British gardens. % 9. V. arpo‘rEuM Marsh. The Tree Whortleberry. Identification. Marsh. in Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 230. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 853. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Syronyme. V. diffasum Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., 2. p. 556. Engraving. Bot. Cab., t. 1885. Spec. Char., §c. Pedicels axillary and solitary, or terminal and racemose, naked. Leaves ovate, acute, with slight glandular serratures, polished above, and rather downy beneath. Corollas bell-shaped, acute. Stamens the length of the tube. Corollas white, tinged with red. Berries globular, black, almost dry. Branches terete, downy while young. (Don’s Mill, iii. p- 853.) This species joins the solitary-flowered species with the racemose- flowered species; the axillary flowers being solitary and pedicellate, and the terminal ones racemose. A native of North America, from North Carolina to Florida, in dry woods, on the rocky banks of rivers; where it grows to the height of from 10 ft. to 20 ft., forming a very elegant shrub, which flowers in May and June. It was introduced in 1765, and is occasionally to be met with in collections. There is a plant of this species, 10 ft. high, in the walled garden at White Knights, and there are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. 10. V. stami’neEuM L. The dong-stamened Whortleberry. Identification. Lin. Sp.,498.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 853. Synonymes. V. album Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 285.; V. elevatum Banks Hervb., Lodd. Cat. Pluk. Mant., 22., Phyt., t. 339., f. 3. Thea ‘ f a Engravings. Andr. Bot. Rep., t.263.; and our jig. 972. 1160 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes downy, with oval bracteas as long as the flowers. Anthers 2-horned on the back, twice as long as the spreading bell-shaped corolla. Leaves ellip- tic, acute, entire, glaucous, and rather downy beneath. Stem 2 ft. high, with numerous green branches, which are downy while young. Leaves 14 in. or 2in. long, on very short downy stalks. Flowers decandrous, copious, white, having linear anthers, which are horned near the base. Berries greenish, or white, called deer-berries. The bracteas + ;> resemble the leaves, but are much smaller. * (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 853.) It is a shrub; native of North America, from New England to Florida, where it grows from 1 ft. to 2 ft. high, and flowers in May and June. It was introduced in 1772; and there are plants, both of the species and the variety, at Messrs. Loddiges’s. Variety. a V. s.2 dlbum H.B. et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., iii. p. 267.—The leaves are larger, and ciliated on the nerves beneath, and on the margins. Corolla campanulate and white. It is a native of Mexico, in woods, between Pachuca and Real del Monte, where it seldom grows above 6 in. high. « 11. V. pumo‘sum Ait. The bushy Whortleberry. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p.356.; Don’s Mill., 3., p. 853. pe hs Ae me fronddsum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 230.; V. hirtéllum Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., Tygiietnte Curt. Bot. Mag., t.1106.; Andr. Bot. Rep., t.112.; and our fig. 973. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes downy, with oval bracteas, and the pedicels with 2 lanceolate bracteoles. Leaves obovate, mucronate, entire, downy, and viscid. Ovarium hairy. Corolla bell-shaped, obtuse, longer than the stamens. A low bushy shrub, with round branches. Leaves 13 in. long. Calycine segments fringed. Corollas white, tinged with pink, rather large. Berries black, and globular. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 853.) It is a native from New Jersey to Florida, in dry sandy woods, particularly in pine forests, where it grows from 2 ft. to 3 ft. high, and flowers in June and July. It was introduced in 1774. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. Variety. at VY. d. 2 himile Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 32.—The flowers are white ; an- thers red; pedicels solitary, axillary. Shrub, 6in. high. % 12. V. cornymBo‘sum LZ. The corymbose-flowered Whortleberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 499. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 853. ; Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 3433. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. V.amee‘num Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 358., Andr. Bot. Rep., 138.; V. disomér- phum Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.231.; V. elevatum Hort.; V. album Lam. Dict., 1. p. 13. Engravings. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 123.; Bot. Rep., t. 158. ; Bot. Mag., t. 3433. ; and our figs. 974, 975. Spec. Char., §c. Flowering branches almost leafless. Racemes corymbose, drooping, with membranous bracteas, which are shorter than the downy flower stalks. Leaves elliptic, acute, minutely serrated, smooth, with downy ribs. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 853.) A tall shrub, sometimes 7 ft. or 8 ft. high, with numerous roughish round branches, which are, however, somewhat angular and downy while young. Leaves I3in. to 2in. long, . tipped with a glandular point. Racemes rising from the branches of the preceding year, and seldom accompanied by leaves. Bracteas reddish, membranous, and fringed. Calycine segments broad and shallow. Corollas white or reddish, cylindrically urceolate, rather angular, and contracted at CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. VACCINIUM. 1161 + the mouth. Stamens 10, downy. Anthers enclosed, having a double pouch at the base, but no spurs. Berries black, insipid. This species has a number of varieties,in size, shape, and colour of the leaves, flowers, and fruit. It is a native of North America, from Canada to Carolina and Georgia, in swamps and wet woods, where it grows from 4 ft. to 7 ft. high, and flowers in Mayand June. __ It was intro- duced in 1765, and is frequent in collections. In the Duc d’Aremberg’s garden at Enghien, it is culiivated in the peat border, for its fruit, which is used like that of the cranberry. (Neill’s Hort. Tour, p. 322.) Varieties. % V.c. 2 virgitum Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 358., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; and our fig. 976.—The dowers are white, tinged with crimson or pale red ; very elegant, and smaller than the species. Racemes short, lateral and terminal. A shrub, a native of Virginia and Carolina, in swamps, where it grows 2ft. high. % V.c.3 fuscatum Ait. Hort. Kew., i. c., Pursh, Hooker ; V. for- mdsum Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 97., Bot. Reg., t.302.; V. virgatum Wats. Dend. Brit., t.33., but not of Ait.; and our fig. 977. ; has the flowers striped with red and white, and the calyx downy. It is a native of Lower Carolina and Georgia, in swamps. x V.c. 4 angustifilium, V. virgatum var. angustifolium Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 34., has the leaves narrow, lanceolate, and acuminated at both ends, sessile, besprinkled with brown, minute, pedicel- late glands beneath, and hairy on the midrib above. Flowers almost white. This variety, like the preceding ones of V. corym- bdsum, is very handsome, and very distinct; and, in British gardens, of easy culture, in sandy peat soil, which, however, as in all similar cases, must be kept cool, and of an equable degree of moisture. gz 13. V. atBirLo‘RuM Hook, The white-flowered Whortleberry. Identification. Hook. in Bot. Mag., 3428,; Gard. Mag., vol. 11. p. 475. Synonyme. V. album Lam. ? Engraving. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 3428. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-lanceolate, obscurely serrulate, membranous, pilose beneath, with spreading hairs, especially on the midrib and primary veins. Flower-bearing branches leafless. Racemes a little corymbose, directed to one side, drooping, bracteated with shortly deciduous bracteas. Calyx spreading, with a tendency to be reflexed. Corolla broadly oval. Ovary wholly inferior. (Hooker in Bot. Mag., t. 3428.) The affinity of “this very pretty species is undoubtedly with 7. corymbosum of Linnzus and American authors ;”’ but the half-superior ovary of V. corymbdosum, and the wholly inferior one of V. albiflorum, and other points of difference implied in those noticed in the specific character above, have induced Dr. Hooker “to think that the two are permanently distinct.” V. albiflorum has been received at the Glasgow Botanic Garden, from North America, and it flowers in May. It is “a small shrub, with spreading branches.” (Bot. Mag., t. 3428.) 1162 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. aw 14. V. marta‘num Wats. The Maryland Whortleberry. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 124.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. Synonyme. V.marilandicum Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t.124.; and our fig. 978. Spec. Char., §&c. Racemes lateral, numerous, many-flowered. Corolla cylindrical, contracted at the mouth. Leaves elliptic, coriaceous, gla- brous, distinctly and minutely denticulated. Flowers decandrous, white. (Don’s Miil., iii. p- 854.) A native of North America, where it is a shrub growing from 3 ft. to 4 ft. high, and flowering in May and June. It was intro- duced in 1812; and there are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. w 15. V. GRANDIFLO’RUM Wats. The great-flowered Whortleberry. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 125. f. a. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. 5 Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 125. a. ; and our fig. 979., from a plant at Messrs. oddiges. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes terminal, 3—4-flowered. Corollas cylindrical, contracted at the mouth. Leaves lanceolate, finely serrated, attenuated at both ends, glabrous. Flowers white, decandrous. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 854.) A native of North America, where it forms a shrub, growing 13 ft. high, and flowering in July and August. It was intro- duced in 1812. To us it appears very doubtful, whether this, and the two following sorts, be not varieties of the same form ; and, indeed, we might apply the same remark to various other sorts, which we have given as species. 2 16. V. eLonca‘tum Wats. The elongated Whortleberry. Identification. Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 125. B. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 125. B.; and our jig. 980. Spec. Char. §c. Corymbs few-flowered, bractless. Pedicels downy. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, serrulated, each tipped by a glandular hair, and having a few hairs on the nerves. , Branchlets downy. Corollas white, with reflexed teeth. } (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 854.) A native of North America, where it is a shrub, growing 3 ft. or 4 ft. high, and flowering in July and August. It was introduced in 1812; and there are plants in the London nurseries. 17, V. minuTIFLo‘rum Wats. The minute-flowered Whortleberry. Identification. _ Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 125. c. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Dend, Brit., t. 125. c. ; and our fig. 981. Spec. Char., $c. Racemes terminal, few-flowered. Corollas cylindrical, with erect teeth. Leaves rather coriaceous, bluntly subserrated, each tipped by a gland. Flowers white. (Dons Mill., ili. p. 854.) A native of North America, where it is a shrub, growing to about 1 ft. high, and flowering in July and August. Introduced in 1812. % 18. V. Gua‘prum Wats. The glabrous Whortleberry. idee Wats. Dend. Brit. t. 125. p. ; Don’s Mill. 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., 982 Engravings. Dend, Brit., t. 125. D.; and our jig. 982. Spec. Char., §c. Spikes lateral. Corollas campanulately cylindrical. Leaves elliptic, entire, glabrous. Flowers rose- coloured. (Don’s Mill., ili, p. 854.) A native of North America, flowering in July and August, and introduced in 1812. “ A delicate, beautiful, and perfectly smooth plant.” + (Dend. Brit., t. 125.) CHAP, LXIX. ERICA CEE. VACCI’NIUM. 1163 2 19. V. Fronpo‘sum L. The frondose Whortleberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 499. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. V. glaicum Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer.,1. p.231.; Blue Tangles, Amer. Engraving. Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 140. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes loose. Bracteas obovate, not half so long as the slender pedicels, which bear 2 small linear bracteoles in the middle. Leaves obovate-oblong, obtuse, entire, smooth. Flowers small, almost globular, and white. Berries large, blue, globular, eatable; called by the country people in America, blue tangles. Branchlets frondose (that is, abounding in leaves), terete, smooth, and slender. Leaves 2 in. or 3 in. long, glaucous beneath, and sprinkled with minute resinous dots. Racemes lateral, from the former year’s wood. Flowers drooping, greenish white, and shaped like those of the lily of the valley, but smaller. Anthers not prominent. (Don’s Miill., iii. p. 854.) A native of North America, from New Jersey to Carolina, in open woods, where it is a shrub growing 3 ft. high, and flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1761, and frequent in British collections. Variety. x V.f.2 ventstum Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. ii. p. 357.; V. frondd- sum var. B lanceolatum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 786.—The leaves are lanceolate, and acute at both ends. «x 20. V. rustno‘sum Ait. The resinous Whortleberry. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 357.; Don’s Mill. 3. p.854.; Lodd, Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. Andrémeda baccata Wangh. Amer., t.30. f. 69. Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 1288.; and our jig. 983. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes leafless, viscid, downy, with lanceolate bracteoles on the pedicels. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, bluntish, entire, covered with resinous dots. Calyx in 5 deep ovate segments, 963 longer than the ovarium. Branches round, and downy when young. Leaves usually 14 in. long, bright green on both sides, and rather viscid. Racemes laterai, upon last year’s wood, and drooping. Flowers greenish yellow. Berries black, eatable. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 854.) A native of North America, from Canada to Ca- rolina, where it is common in woods and on mountains, forming a shrub growing 2 ft. high, and flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1782, and frequent in collections. Varieties. wt V.7. 2 rubéscens Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., i. p. 286., Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 1288., has the corollas reddish. aw V. 7, 3 lutéscens Pursh, |. c.; V. parviflorum Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 125. ; has the leaves lanceolate, and the flowers reddish yellow. # 21. V. Arcrosta’puyLos L. The Bear’s Grape Whortleberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 500.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engraving. Our fig. 984., from the plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes lateral. Bracteas all at the base of the pedicels. Leaves elliptic, acute, minutely serrated, hairy beneath. Stamens as long as the corolla, which is bell-shaped, with very hairy filaments. Calyx slightly 5-lobed. Young branches downy on both sides. Leaves 23 in. long. Racemes from the wood of the preceding year, below the fresh leafy shoots, drooping, rather hairy; each composed of 8—10 pendulous flowers, of a dirty white colour, tinged with purple. Anthers spurred at the base. Corollas bell-shaped, hairy. (Don’s Mill. iii. p. 854.) A native of the coast of the Black Sea, where it was gathered by Tournefort, who describes it as a shrub about the height of a man, with a trunk as thick as aman’sarm. It usually grows 8 ft. or 10 ft. high in British gardens, and flowers from April 1164 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. till June, It was introduced in 1800; and, though com- monly grown only as an ornamental shrub, yet might \ be cultivated for its fruit, which is produced in very great abundance, is agreeable to the taste, and makes ~ excellent tarts. There are plants at White Knights upwards of 10 ft. high, and there are others in the Knaphill Nursery 6 ft. high, which produce abun- dance of fruit every year. ‘All the culture required is, © to place the plants in sandy peat, or in peat and leaf mould, kept moist. There seems to be a good deal of confusion, in British gardens, between this species and the following one, and we have not been able to satisfy ourselves on ‘the subject. All that we can state with certainty is, that there are plants bearing the name of V. Arctostaphylos in Loddiges’s arbore- - tum, and the other places mentioned, which answer to the description given, and are well worth cultivating for their fruit. @ 22. V.(? A.) papiro‘Lium Smith. The Bird-cherry-leaved Bear’s Grape. Whortleberry. Identification. - Smith in Rees’s Cycl., No. 22. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 854. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. V. Arctostaphylos Andr. Bot. Rep. , t. 30., Curt. oe Mag. , t.974.; V. maderénse Link Enum., p.375.; V. caucasicum Hort.; V. padifolium caucasicum fort. Soc. Cat. of Fruit., edit. 1826, p. 203. Engravings. Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 30.; Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 974.; and our figs. 985, 986. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes lateral. Bracteas all at the base of the pedicels. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrulated, smooth on both siplmninc except the midrib, Stamens nearly as long as the bell-shaped corolla, with smooth, slightly fringed filaments. Calyx 5-lobed. Co- rollas larger than those of V. Arctostaphylos, pale green, with a purple tinge: sometimes it appears to be all over purple externally. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 854.) The Caucasian plant, discovered by Pallas, is said not to differ from that of Madeira. Pallas says 2 the berries are black, juicy, eatable, and grate- =% fully acid; and he sometimes found the” Ag / flowers 4-cleft. A shrub, from 6 ft. to 10 ft : high; a native of Madeira, on the loftiest parts of the island, 986 where it forms impenetrable thickets. It was introduced in 1777, and flowers from June till August. From observing the plants of this alleged species, of large size, in the Knaphill Nursery, in the Hammersmith Nursery, and in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, we are inclined to think that it is no- thing more than a variety of V. Arctostaphylos. A. Leaves evergreen. a. Flowers racemose. a 23. V. caracasa‘num H. B. et es The Caraccas ere, Identification. H. B. et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 3. p.266.; Don’s Mill., 5. p.855, Spec. Char., §c. _ Racemes axillary, twice as lass as the beige Flowers secund, octandrous or decandrous. Leaves elliptic, acute, crenulated, coriaceous, glabrous, shining above. Anthers 2 horned on the back. Branchlets angular, glabrous. Leaves shining above, 9—10 lines long. Racemes crowded at the tops of the branches. Corojla campanulate, glabrous, reddish white, with a 4—5-parted limb. Segments ovate, acutish. Filaments membranous, ciliated. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 855.) It is a native of the southern deciivity of Mount Silla de Caraccas, where it is a shrub, Rigg aoe in May and June. It was introduced in 1825. « 24. V. Vivis ea L. The Mount Ida Whortleberry, or Cowberry. Identification. Lin. Sp., 500. ; Eng. Fl. 2. p.220.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 855.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836, Synonymes. Vitis idzw*a rubra Cam. Epit., 136. ; the red Whortleberry. Engravings. WLodd, Bot. Cab., t. 1023. ; Eng. Bot., t. 598.; Fl. Dan., t.40.; and our jig. 987. Spec. Char., &c. Hace boriviuiall drooping. with ovate concave bracteas, which are longer than the pedicels. Leaves obovate, revolute, minutely toothed, dotted beneath. Corolla bell-shaped. Root creeping, woody. CHAP. LXIX. - ERICA CEH. VACCI‘NIUM. 1165 Stems ascending, a span high. Young branches terete, downy. Leaves like those of box, but darker. Flowers pale pink, 4-cleft, octandrous. Anthers without spurs. Berries blood-red, acid, austere, and bitter; less palatable than either the cranberry or bilberry. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 855.) It is a native of dry, barren, stony woods and heaths, in the north of Europe; plentiful in Scotland, © Westmoreland, Derbyshire, and Wales. Mr. Pursh says it occurs on rocks near the sea coast, from Ca-- nada to New England; but the American plant is more robust than the European, with considerably larger leaves. Pallas states that it is found in the whole of Russia, and throughout Siberia, more es- pecially in pine woods. It grows, in elevated ex- posed situations, to the height of 5in. or 6in.; but, in sheltered places in sandy peat soil, it attains the height of 1 ft., producing its pale flesh- coloured fiowers in May and June, and ripening its fruit from August to October, according to the season. The berries are scarcely to be eaten raw : but they are made into pies in Derbyshire; and,in Sweden, a rob, or jelly, is made from them, which is eaten with all kinds of roast meat, and is considered preferable to red currant jelly as a sauce for venison. In Sweden, this preserve is also considered an excellent medicine in colds, sore throats, and all irritations of the mouth or fauces. In Siberia, the berries are mace- rated, during the autumn and part of the winter, in water; and afterwards they are eaten in a raw state, and fermented along with barley or rye, and a spirit distilled from them; or with honey, and a wine produced. Sweet- meats are also made of them with honey or sugar, which, in 1814, we found in frequent use in Moscow, at balls and masquerades. In Sweden and Norway, the plant is said to be used in gardens for edgings, as box is in Central Europe ; and, in British gardens, it is sometimes so applied to American beds and borders, and in other cases where the soil is peat. From its smooth shining foliage, and the beauty of its flowers and fruit, the latter being retained on the plant for several months, it forms a more beautiful and varied edging than box, provided clipping can be dispensed with. The berries of this plant form an important article of commerce in the sea ports bordering the Gulf of Bothnia, whence they are sent to the south of Europe along with cranberries. « 25. V.(V.) BuxiFo‘LIum Salish. The Box-leaved Whortleberry. Identification. Salisb, Par., t.4. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856. ; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonyme. V.brachycerum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 23 Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 928. ; Lodd. Bot Cab., t. 648. 3 and our figs. 988, 989. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes axillary, of few flowers. Leaves petiolate, obovate, toothed, or crenated, smooth on both surfaces. Stems tufted. Corollas roundish-ovate. Filaments glandular. Stigma capitate. Flowers white, delicately striped with red. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 856.) A handsome little shrub, in stature and general aspect resembling V’. Vitis ide‘a. The leaves are, however, smooth, even, and not dotted on the under side. Corollas globular, contracted at the mouth, not bell-shaped. ae ak Stamens 10. An- mew” CBAC thers spurless at the base, discharg- ing their pollen by lateral, not termi- <2 nal,apertures. It ~ is a native of the western parts of 1166 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Virginia, near Winchester and the Sweet Springs; where it grows about Gin. high, and flowers in June. It was introduced in 1794, and forms a very handsome plant, frequent in collections. In all probability, it is only a variety of V. Vitis ide‘a. 2 26. V. myrtiro‘L1um Michr. The Myrtle-leaved Whortleberry. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.229.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856. Svec. Char., &c. Creeping, quite smooth. Leaves petiolate, oval, shining, revolute, sparingly and minutely toothed. acemes axillary, nearly sessile, of few flowers. Corolla bell-shaped, some- what inflated, minutely 5-toothed. Anthers without dorsal horns. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 856.) Michaux describes the berries as small, globose, crowned by the calyx, black, on short stalks. It is a native of Carolina, where it forms acreeping shrub, flowering from May to July. It was introduced in 1812. x 27. V.xi/tipum Andr. The glossy-/eaved Whortleberry. Identification. Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 480. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 289.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856. Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 1550. ; and our jig. 990. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes terminal, corymbose. Bracteas shorter than the pedicels. Leaves elliptic-obovate, acute, crenated, smooth, and shining. Corollas cylindrical. Stems either erect or diffuse. Leaves 3 in. to 1 in. long, paler and veiny beneath. Pedicels, bracteas, and calyx, very smooth, of a shining red or purple colour. Calyx of 5 broad, but rather shallow, segments. Corollas ovate, oblong, white or pink, with 5 slight spreading teeth, decandrous. The branches (¢ are downy on two opposite sides. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 856.) It is a native of Carolina, where it is a decumbent shrub, or rising to above | ft. high; flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1794, and is frequent in collections. 990 2. 28. V. crassiro‘Lium Andr. The thick-leaved Whortleberry. Identification. _Andr. Bot. Rep., t. 105. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 289. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856. Engravings. Bot. Rep., t. 105. ; Curt. Bot, Mag., t. 1152. Spec. Char. &c. Racemes lateral and terminal, corymbose. Bracteas shorter than the pedicels. Leaves elliptic, crenated, smooth, paler and veiny beneath. Corolla bell-shaped. Stem diffuse. A hairy shrub, requiring some shelter from our variable winters and springs. Leaves not an inch long, with a little minute pubescence on the midrib and petioles. Flowers 5-cleft, decandrous, rettily variegated with pink and white, drooping, on red corymbose stalks. Stamens hairy. PDon's Miil., iii. p. 856.) A native of Carolina, where it forms a trailing shrub, flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1787. # 29. V.ova’tum Pursh. The ovate-leaved Whortleberry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.290.; Hook. et Arn. in Beech. Voy., Pt. Bot., p.114. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engraving. Our fig. 991. Spec. Char., §c. Racemes axillary and terminal, bracteate, short. Leaves on short petioles, oblong, ovate, acute, revolute, ser- rated, smooth, coriaceous. Corolla cylindrical, campanulate. Calyxes acute. Shrub much branched. Branches hairy, as well as the petioles. The foliage is like that of Pernéttya mucronata. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 856.) It was found by Go- vernor Lewis, on the banks of the Columbia River, and by Mr. Menzies, on the north-west coast of America. It flowers in May, and was introduced in 1826. There are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s. 2 30. V. CANADE’NSE Richards. The Canada Whortleberry. er ee Richards. in Franklin 1st Journ., Append, ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 856.; Hook. in Bot. ag site : Engraving. Bot. Mag., t. 3446. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate, acute at both ends, quite entire, downy. Racemes terminal. Flowers in racemes, of from 4to 6in each. Style enclosed. Corolla short, and campanulate, white, tinged with red. Stem much branched. Leaves often 1 in. long. Berries blue black, agreeable to the taste. It may be readily known from V, corymbosum, by its dwarf size, leafy flow- ei CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEX. VACCI“NIUM. 1167 ering branches, and campanulate corolla ; from V. pennsylvanicum by its large quite entire leaves, and wider mouth to the corolla; and from both by its leaves being very hairy. (Bot. Mag., Nov. 1835.) b. Flowers disposed in scaly Tufts, nearly sessile. 2 31. V. Myrsint‘tes Miche. The Myrsine-like Whortleberry. perils Sox ocicn Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p.233.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 290.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 856. Spec. Char., §c. Flowers in terminal and lateral tufts. Leaves sessile, oval, mucronate, obscurely serrated, smooth and shining above, and rather hairy and dotted beneath, Stem erect, much branched. Corolla oblong-ovate. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 856.) A beautiful little shrub, with slightly downy branches. Leaves glandular beneath. Tufts of flowers axillary, with purple scales. Caly- cine segments scarlet. Corolla of a fine purple colour, 5-toothed. Stamens 10. It is a native of Carolina and Florida, in dry sandy woods, where it is a small shrub, flowering in May and June. It is said to be introduced, but when is uncertain ; and we have never seen a plant. Varieties. Vee 3 pemceyletus Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 290., has the leaves lanceolate, acute ai both ends, « V. M. 3 obtisus Pursh, 1. c., has the leaves roundish-obovate. ¢. 32. V. wumiru‘sum Grah, The trailing Whortleberry. Identification. Graham in Edinb, Phil. Journ. June, 1831; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 857. Spec. Char., &c. Pedicels axillary, solitary, 1-flowered, furnished with many bracteas, Leaves evergreen, ovate, acutish, quite entire, glabrous on both surfaces, ciliated, Stem prostrate, creep- ing. Flowers decandrous. Anthers obtuse, mutic. Branchlets downy. Flowers drooping. Co- rollas campanulate, white, often partially tinged with red outside, with reflexed teeth. Stigma capitate. Filaments glabrous, flattened. Fruit edible, well flavoured. (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 857.) It is a native of North America, on the Rocky Mountains. A creeping shrub, flowering in May and June. Introduced in 1827; but we have not seen the plant. App. i. Hardy Species of Vaccinium not yet introduced. V. Chamissinis Bongard, Don’s Miil., iii. p. 852.; V. Myrtillus Cham. et Schlecht. in Linnea., 1. p. 525. Pedicels solitary, 1-flowered, short, deflexed while in fruit. Leaves elliptic, nearly entire, ob- tuse, mucronated, glabrous, glaucous beneath. Calyx 5-toothed. Flowers decandrous. Branches erect, angular. Corolla white, urceolate, with short obtuse lobes. Anthers awned on the back. Berries black. It is a native of the Island of Sitcha, where it is a shrub, growing about 1 ft. high. V. ovalif dlium Smith, Don’s Mill., 3. p. 852. Pedicels solitary, 1-flowered. Leaves elliptic, obtuse, pointless, entire, smooth, strongly veined beneath. Stem angular. Calyx hardlydivided. A shrub, growing from 10 ft. to 12 ft. high, native of the north-west coast of America, where it was collected by Mr. Menzies ; and in the Island of Sitcha, by Bongard. V. parvifolium Smith, Don’s Mill., 3. p.852. Pedicels solitary, 1-flowered, clavate while bearing the fruit. Leaves elliptic, obtuse-pointed, entire, smooth, glaucous, and slightly veined beneath. Stem acutely angular. Calyx hardly divided. The leaves much smaller than those of V/V. ovalifd- lium ; as are the berries, which are red, and make excellent tarts. A native of the north-west coast of America, where it was collected by Mr. Menzies; and in the Island of Sitcha, by Bongard. V. salicinum Cham. et Schlecht. is a creeping shrub, with the habit of Salix alpigena; a native of Oonalaschka, on mossy hills. V. cylindraceum Smith is a native of the Azores, on mountains, where it is called uva de serra, or mountain berry. Flowers drooping, and nearly | in, long. V. confértum H. B. et Kunth is a native of Mexico, on high mountains, near Moran and Cerre de Oyamel, growing to the height of 1 ft. V. obtisum Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p.190. Pedicels axillary, solitary, 1-flowered. Leaves small, oval, rounded, and blunt at each end, mucronate, entire, coriaceous, smooth. Stem creeping. A native of the north-west coast of America, where it was gathered by Mr, Menzies, App. ii. Halfhardy Species of Vaccinium not yet introduced. In Don’s Miller, p. 852. to p. 857., the following species of Vaccinium are described as not yet intro- duced :— V. geminiflorum H.B. et Kunth isa native of Mexico, with the habit of V. Myrtillus; growing to the height of 1 ft. V. hirtum Thunb. is a native of Japan, growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3ft., on hills. V. calycinum Smith is a native of the Sandwich Islands, in woods, upon lofty mountains ; and growing to the height of 2 ft. or 3 ft. V. bracteatum Thunb. is a native of Japan, in the Island of Niphon, with racemes 2—3 in. long. v ciliatum is a native of Japan, where itis called sasjebu, with leaves 1—2 in. long. V. ledifilium Pohl is a native of Brazil, in the province of Minos Geraes, on the higher moun- tains, in dry places ; growing to the height of 1 ft. ‘ V. jloribindum H. B. et Kunth is a native of Peru, with leaves 6—7 lines long, besprinkled with a few black dots beneath. R V. leucdinthum Cham. in Linnea is a native of Mexico, with white flowers, and black edible fruit, V. villssum Smith in Rees’s Cycl. is a native of Mexico, whence specimens were sent to Linnzus by Mutis. N. Schlechtenddhlii G. Don is an erect, much-branched, evergreen shrub, with leaves 2 in. long, and 9 lines broad ; a native of Mexico, in woods. V. scabrum Pohl is ashrub, about 1 ft. high, a native of Brazil, in turfy bogs. 40 1168 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. V. montanum Pohl is a diffuse shrub, a native of Brazil, in dry places, with leaves 8 lines long, and 4 broad. V. cereum Forst. is a small shrub, 6 in. high, a native of Otaheite and Owyhee. V. reticulatum Smith is a native of the Sandwich Islands, on the high mountains, where it was collected by Mr. Menzies. Leaves 1 in. long, with revolute margins. V. pendulifldrum Gaud. is an erect glabrous shrub, a native of the Sandwich Islands, at the alti- tude of 500 hexapodes. V. microphgllum Herb. Reinwdt. is a shrub, a native of the Celebes, on the mountains. V. dentaitum Smith is a native of the Sandwich Islands, on lofty mountains, where it was dis- covered by Mr. Menzies. V. empetrifilium H. B. et Kunth isa creeping shrub, a native of the western declivity of the burning mountain Aritisana, between Pintoc and Pinantura. V. pene@oides, V. acumindtum, and V. alaterndides H. B. et Kunth, are South American species, of which very little is known, Genus XXVII. i 1 # et: So OXYCO’CCUS Pers. Tue Cranperry. Lin. Syst. Octandria Monogfnia. Identification. Pers. Syn., 1. p. 419. ; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 263.; Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 250. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 857. Synonyme. Vaccinium sp. of Lin. and others. Derivation. From owus, sharp, and kokkos, a berry; in reference to the sharp acid taste of the berries, Description. Calyx 4-toothed. Corolla 4-parted, with nearly linear, revo- lute segments. Stamens 8, with connivent filaments. Anthers tubular, 2-parted. Berries many-seeded.—Small, prostrate, trailing, evergreen shrubs, with small leaves, growing in boggy morasses, often among living masses of Sphagnum. Branches filiform, proliferous. Flowers produced at the base of the spring branchlets, in short gemmaceous racemes. Pedicels filiform, conspicuously bibracteate. Berries red, rarely white, acid. (Don’s Mill, iii. p- 858.) Natives of Britain and North America. % 1. O. patu’srris Pers. The marsh, or common, Cranberry. Identification. Pers. Ench., 1. p. 419. ; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 858. Synonymes. O. vulgaris Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 263., O. europe us Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 251. ; Vaccinium Oxycéccus Lin. Sp., 500., Smith Eng. Bot., t. 319.; Cid. Fl. Dan., t. 80.; Vacciniune Oxyeéccus var. « ovalifdlius Miche. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 228. ; Vaccinia palastris Ger. Hmac., 1419. Lob. Icon., 2. t. 109. ; Oxyeéccum Cord. Hist., 140. 2. f. 1. ; Mossberries, Moorberries, Fenberries, Marshworts, or Whortleberries, Cornberries, Eng.; Airelle canneberge, Fr.; gemeine Moose- beere, Ger. Derivation. The name of Cranberry is supposed to be given from the peduncles of the flowers being crooked at the top, and, before the expansion of the flowers, resembling the head and neck of a crane (Smith and Withering) ; or because they are much eaten by cranes. Engravings. Eng. Bot., t. 319. ; Cid. Fl. Dan., t. 80.; Lob. Icon., 2. t. 109. ; and our fig. 992. Spec. Char., §c, Stems filiform, trailing. Leaves small, ovate, entire, acute, smooth, with revolute margins. Pedicels terminal, 1-flowered, of a delicate pink or rose colour. Segments of corolla oval. Leaves convex, and dark shining green above, and glaucous beneath. Stems reddish. Pedicels few together, about the NAL, : tops of the branches, red, slightly hoary. va Corolla pink, with reflexed oblong seg- UNG ay ments. Stamens with purple downy fila- 992 ments, and yellow anthers. Berries pear- shaped, globular, often spotted, crimson, of a peculiar flavour, with a strong acidity, grateful. (Don’s Mill., iii. p.858.) A low, trailing, subevergreen shrub; seldom rising higher than 3 in. or 4.in. ; flowering in May and June, and ripening its fruit in August and September. It is a native of turfy mossy bogs in the mountainous parts of Europe; common in Switzerland, Russia, Scotland, Ireland, and the north of England, as well as in the east, as in Lincolnshire and the neighbour- ing part of Norfolk. Pursh speaks of it as common on the boggy mountains of North America, from Canada to Pennsylvania, and in the Island of Oonalashka, CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CEE. OXYCO’CCUS. 1169 where it is a creeping shrub, flowering in May and June. Pallas says itis found in turfy bogs, in the north of Russia, and throughout the whole of Siberia, as far as the Northern Ocean. The berries remain during the whole winter under the snow; and are collected in spring, after it is thawed and gone, as well asin autumn, before it falls. In the north of Europe, as well as in Britain, cranberries have been in use from time immemorial, for supplying an acid drink during the hot summer months, for tarts, and other purposes. For culinary purposes, they are exported from Russia and Sweden to most parts of Europe. During the latter end of the last century, cranberries from Lincolnshire and the north-west corner of Norfolk were sold in the streets of Norwich by cart-loads; but the extensive enclosures that have been made since that period have, in many parts, destroyed their native bogs. Lightfoot records that at Longtown, on the borders of Cumberland, not less than 20/. or 30/. worth were sold each market day, for five or six weeks together, and dispersed over different parts of the kingdom. The numerous enclosures, drainages, and improvements of heath and bog lands, which have taken place since the commencement of the present century, have nearly destroyed all our native cranberries; and England is now chiefly supplied with cranberries from Russia and Sweden, and with the sort produced by O. macrocarpus from North America. The Russian cranberries are con- sidered to be superior in quality to those of America. The total quantity from both countries imported, according to M‘Culloch, is from 30,000 to 35,000 gallons annually. Properties and Uses. The berries are powerfully acid and astringent, and they have a peculiar flavour, which is agreeable to some, though disliked by others. In a wild state, they are eaten by cranes and other birds. They may be kept several years, if gathered when quite dry, and then closely corked in dry bottles, and placed in a cool dry cellar. They will also keep in bottles or in casks of water ; which last mode is that practised in the north of Europe and America, and in which state they are exported from place to place as articles of commerce. In Sweden and Russia, they are used for tarts and sweetmeats, and the expressed juice is considered efficacious in fevers. The bankers in Russia, Pallas informs us, make use of the fruit for whitening their silver money, which they do by boiling it in the juice, when the sharp acid dissolves the superficial pa:ticles of the copper alloy. The same thing is done in Sweden to whiten silver jlate. In Britain, almost the only use to which the berries are applied is that of making tarts ; and for this purpose, since the plant in a wild state has become scarce, this species and O, macrocarpus have been cultivated in various gardens. (See Encyc. of Gard., ed. 1832, p. 137.) In Russia, and in some parts of Sweden, the long filiform shoots of the oxy- coccus are collected in spring, after most of the leaves have dropped off, and are dried, and twisted into ropes, which are used to tie on the thatch of houses, and even for harnessing horses. Propagation and Culture. The plant is abundantly increased by laying sandy soil on its shoots, at the distance of 5in. or 6 in. from its main stem, when it will send down roots abundantly. When it is to be grown for its fruit, a bed of peat soil should be prepared in an open airy situation, where it can be kept moist; or the margin of a pond may be made choice Of, and the plants planted there in peat soil, in a bed encircling the pond, I m. or 2in. above the level of the water, and about 1 ft. distant from it. The cranberry may also be grown in beds of dry sandy peat ; and it is alleged by some who have tried this method in British gardens, that the fruit produced, though smaller in quantity, is ofa better flavour. We have little doubt of this, arguing from general principles; and we think it probable that the fruit would be further improved, both in bulk and flavour, if 1t were grown in peat and leaf mould, rather than in peat alone. A bed, containing a very few square yards, will produce a considerable quantity of fruit, though not nearly so much as a bed of equal extent of the American cranberry, to be next described. 4uH 2 we 1170 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART Lil. 2. 2, O. macroca‘RPus Pursh. The large-fruited, or American, Cranberry. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 263.; Don’s Mill., 3 p. 858. Synonymes. Vaccinium macrocarpum Ait. Hort. Kew., ed. 1., vol. 2. p. 13. t. 7., Hook. in Bot. Mag., t.2506., Lam Iil., t. 286. f.4.; Vaccinium hispidulum Wangh. Amer., t. 30. f. 67. ; Vaccinium Oxy- céccus £ oblongifdlius Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 228. Engravings. Dend. Brit., t. 122. ; Bot. Mag., t. 2506. ; and our fig. 993. Spec. Char., §c. Stems filiform, trailing. Leaves elliptic-oblong, nearly flat, and obtuse, distantly sub-serrulated on the margins, glaucous be- neath, downy at the points when young. Seg- ments of the corolla linear-lanceolate. Flower- bearing branches erect, proliferous. . Pedicels lateral. Points of young leaves, peduncles, and the margins of the calyx and bracteas, downy, Berries spherical, red, often remaining through- out the winter. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 858.) This is a trailing shrub, resembling the preceding spe- cies, but it is a larger and more robust plant. Several flowers come forth at the ends of the last year’s branches, surmounted by the shoots of the present year. The bracteas are situated on the upper part of the pedicels in this species, while in Oxycoccus palistris they are situated on the lower part. The berries are also larger, and of a brighter red. It is a native of North America, from Canada to Virginia, in bogs, principally on a sandy soil; and it is also frequently found on sad high mountains. It flowers from May till July. Introduced in 1760, and frequent in collections ; producing, when cultivated for its fruit, which is used in all respects like that of the common cranberry both in America and Europe, a larger quantity on a given space than O, palistris. Propagation, Culture, Sc. This species may, like the other, be propagated by cuttings taken from the points of the growing shoots, and planted in sand under a hand-glass; or by layers, or division of the plant. In gardens, it may be cultivated as directed for the common cranberry; or in floating islands formed by filling old boats with peat soil, which may be anchored in a river, or fixed stationary in ponds or other pieces of artificial water. Sir Joseph Banks was the first person who cultivated the American cranberry in England for its. fruit. He grew it on the margin of a pond, in a box of peat soil, suspended in water, and procured immense crops. An account of his mode of proceeding is given in the Horticultural Society’s T'ransactions, vol.i. p.'71.; and in the Ency- clopedia of Gardening, ed. 1835, p. 937. As the results of Sir Joseph Banks’s mode of culture, we may here mention, that, in the year 1813, his crop ave- raged one fifth of a gallon, or about as many cranberries as will make a good- sized cranberry tart, for every 24 square ft. The size of the beds in which they were grown was equivalent to 18 ft. square; and the total quantity pro- duced from this space was 34 Winchester bushels. It is probable that by improvements in the method of culture; such as withholding moisture at the ripening season, mixing the peat soil with leaf mould, or consumed stable dung or night soil; or, probably, by keeping the peat moist with liquid manure instead of common water, and full exposure to the sun, something might be done in the way of increasing the size and flavour of the fruit. At all events, the subject is worth experimenting upon by the practical gar- dener and the amateur. Those who are fond of overcoming difficulties, and producing objects at once highly artificial, altogether new, and singular as well as beautiful, might try to graft the Oxvcdccus, standard high, on some species of Vaccinium or Andrémeda. Variety. 2 O. m. 2 foliis variegatis Hort., Vaccinium macrocarpum fol. var. Lodd. Cat., has variegated leaves, and is a very ornamental plant for keep- ing in pots, or on moist rockwork. CHAP, LXIX. ERICA‘CER. BRYA/NTHUS. Pp7a « 3. O. ERE’cTUS Pursh. The erect Cranberry. Identification _Pursh FJ. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 264. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 858. fi Synonyme. Vaccinium erythrocdarpum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1, p. 227., ‘ and Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Engravings. Wats, Dend, Brit., t. 13.; and our fig. 994. Spec. Char., Sc. Leaves oval, acuminated, serrulated, and a) ciliated. Pedicels axillary. Corolla, before expansion, (4% long and conical, at length revolute. Stem erect. Branches flexuous. Leaves membranous, somewhat hairy. Flowers red. Berries scarlet (Watson says black), quite transparent, and of an exquisite taste. Very different in habit from the other species. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 858.) It is a native of Virginia and Caro- _ lina, on lofty mountains, where it grows to the height of 2 {t.; flowering in May and June. It was introduced in 1806; and there are plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, and in other nurseries. It is rather remarkable, that this species has not yet been cultivated in the kitchen- garden, as a fruit shrub. 4 App. I. Genera of Ericdcee, of which it appears doubtful if any . hardy ligneous Species have yet been introduced. Genus I. | BRYA’NTHUS Gmel. Tur Bryantuus. Lin. Syst. Decandria Mono- gynia. Identification. Gmel. Sib., 4. p. 133. t. 57. f. 3. ; Don in Edinb. Phil. Journ,, 17. p. 160. ; Don’s Mill., 3- 833. Synonymes. Andrémeda sp. Lin. ; Menziés¢a Swartz and Pursh ; Erica sp. Thunb. Derivation. From bryon, a moss, and anthos, a flower. Gen. Char., &c. Calyx 5-leaved, imbricate. Corolla deeply 5-parted, spreading. Stamens 10, shorter than the corolla. Filaments flattened, glabrous. Cells of anthers short, awned behind. Stigma obtuse. Capsule 5-celled.—Trailing evergreen shrubs, natives of Asia and North America. & 1. B. Gme‘tinz D. Don. Gmelin’s Bryanthus. Identification. D. Don in Edinb. Phil. Journ., 17. p.160.; Don’s Mill., 995 y 3. p. 833. Synonymes. Menziesta bryantha Swartz in Lin. Trans., 10. p. 378. t. 30. f.b.; Andrémeda bryantha Lin. Mant., 238., Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 57. t. 74. f. 1.; Hrica bryantha Thunb. Diss., No. 8., Willd. Sp., 2. p. 386.; Bryanthus répens serpyllifolia flbre dseo Gmel. Sib., 4. p. 133. 578 Engravings. Swartz in Lin. Trans., 10. p. 378. t. 30. f. b.; Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 57. t. 74. f. 1.3; Gmel. Sib., 4. p, 133. t. 57. #. 3. ; and our fig. 995. Spec. Char., &c. Branchlets pruinose. Leaves with denticulated margins. Peduncles glandular, many-flowered. Anthers mutic. Style filiform. Flowers red, (Don’s Miil., iii. p. 833.) A trailing shrub, a native of Kamtschatka, about Port Ochotsk, and of Behring’s Island, where it grows in thick masses covering a great extent of sur- face, like wild thyme. Pallas says that he first observed it near the*Sea of Ochotsk, in low mossy situations, also in Kamtschatka, and Beh- iy ring’s Island, being the only ornament of the rocks which compose the \i\WV/ greater part of its surface; sometimes also he found it along with E’mpetrum and mosses, in boggy places. This very elegant little plant would form a most desirable introduction for the British erice- tum, from its close general resemblance to the genus Erica. We have been informed that it is already in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, and the climate of that part of Britain is doubtless better adapted to it than that of London ; but if we have been misinformed, and it is not yet introduced, there could not be much difficulty in pro- curing it through the medium of the Botanic Garden of St. Peters- burg or of Upsal. The directors of these gardens, and indeed the directors of botanic gardens generally, are always happy when they can supply any wants of their friends: and the greater the distance of those friends the better ; because the articles they are entitled to ask in return, are the more likely to be new and rare to them. 4n 3 . 1172 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. 2. 2. B. Sre’LterZ D. Don. Steller’s Bryanthus, 996 » Identification. D. Don, 1. ¢c.; Don’s Mill, 3. p. 833. Synonymes. Andrémeda Stelleriana Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 58. t. 74. f.2.; Menziésza empetriférmis Pursh Fl, Amer. Sept., 1. p. 265., but not of others. Engravings. Pall. Fl. Ross., p. 58. t. 74. f.2.; and our fig. 996. Spec. Char., &c. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves with obsolete crenulated edges. Flowers solitary, nearly sessile. Anthers 2-horned behind, Style conical. Flowers pale red. (Don's Mill., iii. p. 833.) A trailing shrub, a native of the north- west coast of America, on the Rocky Mountains, and near the mouth of the Columbia River, and in the Island of Sitcha. This plant, Pallas observes, although a specimen is preserved in the herbarium of Steller, has been altogether omitted by the two Gmelins ; perhaps because Steller him- self described it imperfectly. Inhis MS. he says, “‘ it occurs together with the former (B. Gmélinz); its mode of growth, and time and place of flowering, are also much the same, so that before the flowers expand they can scarcely be distinguished from each other.” The flowers, however, are different ; being larger, and about half an inch broad ; with a monopetalous, white, §-cleft corolla. The fruit resembles that of B. Gméliné. It appears to us highly probable from this description, that the two sorts are only different states of the same species; but, be this as it may, the plants would not be the less interesting, if introduced into our cellections. We recom- mend such of our readers as live in alpine situations, to direct their attention to the procuring of plants of Bryanthus from their native habitats either in Russia or North America. Perhaps they may be procured from the most northern parts of North America ; or by means of some of those numerous British travellers who, at present, are to be found in every part of the globe. Cladothémnus pyroleflorus Bongard in Mém. Acad, Petersb., 2. p. 155.; PYrola fruticdsa Eschscholtz; is a much-branched evergreen shrub, a native of the north-west coast of America, growing to the height of from 4 ft. to 6 ft. App. Il. Half-hardy ligneous Species of Ericacee. There are no plants, Dr. Lindley observes, “‘ more general favourites among collectors than the species of Ericacez. It is, however, very remarkable,that, notwithstanding the extensive ec mmerce of England, the zeal of her merchants, and the enterprise of individuals, some of the most magni- ficent of these plants are still known to Europeans only from the dried specimens in the herbariums of botanists. We allude to the noble genus Befaria, which contains many species more beautiful than eyen Rhododéndron and Azalea; to the Thibaudias, with long tubular crimson blossoms, and to many species of Gaylussacc/a. The finest of these plants inhabit the Cordilleras of Peru, in the country of the cinchonas ; and, certainly, if. one half the sum that has been sometimes wasted in ill-considered undertakings were applied judiciously to an expedition into this region, there would be no reasonable doubt of success, and the results would be indescribably important.” (Bot. Reg., as quoted in Gard. Mag., xi. p. 523.) Genus I. sa! ENKIA’‘NTHUS Lour. Tue Enxiantuus, Lin. Syst. Decandria Mo- nogynia. Identification. Lour, Cochin., 276.; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 833. Synonyme, Meladdra Sal. in Hort. Trans., 2. p. 156. Derivation, From egkuos, pregnant, and anthos, a flower. The flowers swollen. Gen. Char., &c. Calyx 5-cleft, with coloured bracteas. Covolla campanulate, with a 5-cleft limb, and with 5 pits at the base of the tube. Stamens 10, inserted in the base of the corolla. Style fili- form. Ber7y 5-celled.—Low evergreen shrubs, natives of China, where they are held in high ve- neration by the natives ; in Britain, somewhat difficult of culture. They grow best in sandy loam, mixed with a little peat, with a very moderate degree of heat, rather less than that of a conserva- tory, and placed near the glass. Cuttings of the ripened wood will root in sand under a bell-glass, As they flower from September to February, and as their flowers, which are of piuk mixed with white, are extremely beautiful and showy, they are valuable ornaments in the winter; but, from their flowers appearing at that season, they are more fit for a cold-pit or a conservatory, than a conservative wall. ‘Till lately, as far as we have been able to learn, these plants have only been well cultivated and flowered, in England, in the conservatory of W. Wells, Esq., at Redleaf, in Kent. A plant, however, flowered in the spring of 1836, at Drayton Green, in the garden of Mrs, Lawrence. They do not succeed well, if disturbed after being once planted. # 1. E. quinqueFto‘rus Lour. The five-flowered Enkianthus. Identification. Lour. Cochin., p. 276. ; Don’s Mill., 3. p. 834. Synonyme. E, reticulatus Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 883., Botanist, t. 1. Engravings. Andr. Rep., t.102.; Ker Bot. Reg., t.201.; Bot. Mag., t.1649,; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.1101.; Lindl. Bot. Reg., t. 833. ; Botanist, t. 1. ; and our figs. 997, 998. Spec. Char., &c. Stem shrubby. Leaves oval-lanceolate, acuminate somewhat waved on the margins. Flowers 5—6 together, at the tops of the branches; generally pink, or with the calyx red, and the corolla nearly, white. (Don’s Mill, iii. p. 834.) A shrub, growing to the height of from 3 ft. ORE CHAP. LXIX. ERICA CEH. ENKIA’NTHUS. 1173 to 10 ft. ; a native of the south of China. Introduced in 1812, and flowering from February to September E. bifldrus Lour. Coch., p.276., Don’s Mill., 3. p. $34. Stem shrubby. Leaves oval-lanceolate. Flowers twin, terminal, and red. A shrub, a native of the south of China. (Don’s Mill., iii. p. 834.) Not yet introduced. Viréyais a genus which differs from Rhododéndron in the calyx being small, and in the stamens not being attached to the corolla. The leaves are scattered and verticillate, quite entire, coriaceous, and covered with scaly dots beneath ; and the flowers are disposed in ter- minal fascicles. ‘The species are chiefly parasitical shrubs, flowering throughout the year; five of them are described in Don’s Miller, but none of them are introduced. Befaria Humb., et Bonp., Bejairia Mutis, is a genus of alpine shrubs, with the habit of some species of Rhododéndron; natives of North and South America; ten species of which are described in Don’s Miller; but only two of them have been yet introduced. The noble genus Befaréa, Dr. Lindley observes, as quoted above, ‘* con- tains many species more beautiful than even Rhododéndron and Azalea.” B. glatica Aumb. et Bonp. Pl. Aquin., 2. p. 118. t.177., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 849., is a glabrous shrub, with leaves oblong, obtuse, glaucous beneath. Racemes terminal and axillary. Pedicels some. what fastigiate. ‘The plant is much branched, and the branchlets are angular. The corolla is flesh-coloured, and smooth. It is a native of South America, in the alpine regions of the province of Venezuela. It was introduced in 1826, grows to the height of from 3 ft. to 6 ft., and flowers in June and July. We have not seen the plant. B. racemosa Vent. Cels., p. 51. t.5., Don’s Mill., 3. p. 849. ; B. paniculata Miche. ; has the branchlets smooth, and sometimes hispid. The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, and glabrous; and the flowers are disposed in racemose terminal panicles. Corollas purple. It is a native of Georgia and Florida, in sandy places. It was introduced in 1810, grows to the height of from 8 ft. to 5 ft., and flowers in June and July. Hymendnthes japinica Blum, Bijdr., 862., and Don’s Mill., 3. p. 849., is a shrub, nearly allied to the preceding genus, but differing from it in having a small calyx, and monopetalous corolla. It isa native of Japan, from which country specimens were received by Blume, under the name of Rhodo- déndron maximum. Gaylussdccia H. B. et Kunth is a genus of evergreen and deciduous shrubs, natives of South America, with scattered coriaccous leaves, and scarlet bracteate flowers; but none of the species have been yet introduced. G. bwrifidia H. B. et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 3. p. 276. t. 257., is a native of Caraccas, on Mount Avila. The flowers of this, and of most of the other sorts, are scarlet. Thibatidia is a genus of evergreen shrubs, natives of Peru, with coriaceous entire leaves, and crooping bracteolate flowers, disposed in lateral corymbose racemes. Twenty species, green-house or stove plants, have been described, but none of them are yet introduced. T. cordifolia H. B. et Kunth Nov. Gen. Amer., 3. p. 271. t. 255., a native of New Granada, on the Andes, will give an idea of the genus. Gavendesiae nébilis Lindl. is a shrub, with laurel-like leaves, and its flowers arranged in capitate racemes, mostly terminal. The corolla is bright crimson, and tubular, about 1 in. long “A most lovely plant,’’ which constitutes a new genus, nearly related to Thibatidia. It isa native of the Cordilleras of Peru, whence dried specimens were sent home by Mr. Mathews; and the plant in a living state, Dr. Lindley anticipates, will soon find its way to England. (See Bot. Reg., Sept. 1835, and Gard. Mag., xi. p. 523. ; , Agapétes D. Don, Don’s Mill., 3. p. 862., is a genus, the species of which are evergreen shrubs, Datives of the East Indies, chiefly of Java, with lanceolate coriaceous leaves with denticulated mar. ins, and scarlet flowers, corymbose and racemose, Sixteen species have been described by D. Don, and also in Don’s Miller ; but none of them have been yet figured or introduced, Ceratostima Juss. is a genus of evergreen shrubs, natives of Peru, with oblong coriaceous leaves, and large scarlet flowers. C. grandiflora is described by Ruiz et Pav. in Fv. Per., 4. t. 383. f. b. App. III. Of the Cultivation of the Hardy Ericacece, including the Laying out and Planting of an Ericacetum. In taking a survey of all the different species composing the order Ericicez, it will be found that, in a practical point of view, they are all shrubs; very few of them exceeding 5 ft. or 6 ft. in height, till they attain a considerable aye. The only exceptions to this remark are to be found in the genera A’rbutus, Andromeda, and Vaccinium ; two or three species of which attain the height of small trees in 10 or 12 years. All the species of Ericacee either require, or prefer, a soil containing more or less of peat or heath mould; and that, though some species of several of the genera will grow in common garden soil, that even these will grow better in soil containing a mixture of sand and peat, together with rich loam, or loam and leaf mould. Hence the Ericacex, from being a truly natural order in their physiognomy, from being all nearly alike in point of magnitude, from all requiring the same kind of soil, from the species consisting both of deciduous and evergreen plants, and from some of them flowering in every month of the year, are peculiarly well adapted for being cultivated together, so as to occupy one entire scene or garden. This garden, for obvious reasons, we propose to call an ericacetum, which, the 4n 4 1174 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PARD Ast. reader will bear in mind, differs from an ericetum, in containing all the plants of the order Ericacez, while an ericetum, or heathery, is limited to the species of the section Hricez normales. All plants which require peat soil do so in consequence of their having hair-like roots; and, in the culture of the ligneous Fricacez, as of all plants whatever in peat soil, to insure success, it is essentially necessary to keep the soil in an equable degree of moisture. The reason is, that plants having hair- like roots never extend these to any great distance from the stem, or main root; and, consequently, that they draw their nourishment, or what, in a practical sense, is equivalent to it, their moisture, from a very limited space. Hence, no plants suffer more from drought than the Hricacez, whether in the open air in beds, or in the green-house in pots; and no plants are more difficult to recover after they have sustained injury from being kept too dry. Hence, in very hot summers, the rhododendrons, azaleas, and other shrubs of this order, which grow in common garden or shrubbery soil, are frequently killed to the ground, without shooting up again the following year, as is the case with the shrubs of most other orders, killed down by drought, Every American garden, therefore, ought to be laid out in some situation, and, ac- cording to some principle, not only favourable to the retention of the natural moisture of the soil, but also favourable to the application of moisture arti- ficially. A level surface at once supplies both the conditions to a certain extent; and a level surface, sunk 5ft. or 6 ft. below the surrounding surface, supplies both in the most perfect manner. The advantage of placing an American ground in an excavation some feet under the surrounding surface is, that the soil in the excavation will always be moister than that of the sur- rounding surface, in proportion as the one is lower than the other. The soil in such an excavation will also be found cooler than that of the general sur- face, though both may be alike exposed to the direct rays of the sun. These results may not at the first sight appear obvious; but they take place in con- sequence of temperature and water having both a continual tendency to come to a level. An ericacetum ought, therefore, to be laid out in an excavation, the sur- face of which is reduced to a perfect level, in order to gain all the advantages of moisture and coolness which the natural situation affords : and, to admit of supplying water artificially to the soil in the beds in the most economical manner ; and, at the same time, in the manner best adapted for the plants, the excavation should be intersected with drains at regular distances; all these drains communicating with a main drain in the centre, and this main drain communicating with the source of the water, which should be so arranged as to be turned on and turned off at pleasure. The drains may be laid out in parallel lines, 10 ft. or 12 ft. apart, and 2 ft. or 3ft. under the surface; and they may be formed of bricks, laid without mortar, 9 in. deep, and 43 im. wide. The main drain in the centre, with which they communicate, may be a foot wide, and a foot deep. The bottom of all the drains ought to be on the same level. The water may be admitted to one end of the main drain by various means. If conveyed under ground in a pipe, that pipe should be 3 ft. or 4 ft. under the surface, so as not to be injured by frost ; and the stopcock may be reached from the surface through a vertical shaft of 2in. or 3 in. in diameter, formed by brickwork, and closed at the surface by a brick or stone, so as not to appear unsightly. If the water is supplied from a pump on the spot, that pump need not lift the water higher than the upper surface of the drain; and it may easily be contrived with a removable handle, so as to have no appear- ance of a pump, except when it is in use. Where the water is supplied by water-carts, or from a pond at a short distance, it is only necessary to pour it into the main drain through a funnel carried up in masonry or brickwork to the surface, from the centre of the main drain, having a stopper of brick or stone to put on when not in use. Water may be supplied artificially to an ericacetum by surface drains ; but these will not apply so well as under drains, in cases where the garden con- CHAP. LXIX. ERICA‘CER. 1175 sists solely of beds and gravel walks, as is sometimes the case; but they are peculiarly applicable where the general surface is of turf, even if that surface should not be level. The opening of these surface drains need not be more than 2} in. wide, and 6 in. deep, formed of bricks, laid on edge for the sides, and flatwise for the bottom and top, as shown in fig. 999. The upper surface of the covering bricks of this drain should be level with the sur- face of the lawn; and, as the covers would be laid on alternately crosswise and lengthwise, the appearance would be as in fig. 1000. The upper sur- face of the bricks, being exposed to the air and weather, would soon assume a dingy colour, so as to harmonise with the green of the turf; and, being as perfectly even and smooth as the ground on each side, they would offer no obstruction to walking, rolling, or mowing. The brick- work of the drain should be formed without mortar, in order to let the water escape at the bottom and sides; and to admit of taking off the top bricks to clear out any fibrous roots, or any other obstruction that might be formed in it. If the appearance of the bricks were thought a de- formity, the brickwork might be sunk 3in. deeper, and covered with turf; and, if the expense of bricks were an object, it might be lessened by employing earthenware pipes, of small diameter, not cementing them at the joints, or using draining or ridge tiles, and setting them on common flat tiles, and covering the whole with soil and turf, so as not to show any appearance of a drain on the surface, as shown in fig. 1001. Drains of this kind are not adapted for being laid out in parallel straight lines in ericacetums, because these lines would necessarily interfere with the dug groups ; but they are well adapted for being carried in irregular lines in the glades of turf between the beds; and they may be supplied with water at one or both ends. Even an ericace- tum, or other garden or lawn, on an irregular surface, may be watered in this way,on the principle on which surface irrigation is practised on hilly ground ; viz. beginning on the highest spot, and winding the drain about, always with a certain degree of steepness, till the lowest ground is reached. The “2/7/4777 whole of any lawn or park, however irregular it might be on the surface, might be kept moist in this way during the hot summer months, without a drop of water being ever seen upon the grass. Another mode of supplying water to an ericacetum is by simply flooding the sur- face, which, being on a perfect level, might be done to the depth of an inch or more, in the evening, once or twice a week, during very hot weather, without risk of injuring the plants. Should, however, the surface of the ericacetum be 5 ft. or 6 ft. below the general surface of the ground, and if it be formed in a soil not naturally very porous and dry, such as gravel or sand, chalk, &c., very little artificial water- ing will be necessary ; and both under drains and surface drains may be omitted. In planting an ericacetum, whatever may be the form of the bed, the plants ought to be placed so far apart as to allow them to branch out freely in every direction without touching one another. It is only when they are grown in this manner that they flower freely, and become covered with flowers on every side, and over the whole plant. In the after-management, whenever any plant 1176 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. gets so large as to touch the adjoining ones, it ought to be taken out; or, if it is an old plant, it may, perhaps, be cut back ; or all the plants in the bed may be taken up, and re-arranged at greater distances from one another than they were before. We have already observed (p. 1076.) that no plants suffer less from removal than the Ericaceze, because they may always be taken up with balls, and, indeed, may be removed when they are in full flower. The best season for removal is moist weather in autumn; and the next best, moist weather in April or May. (See M/‘Nab’s Hints on the Planting and general Treatment of Hardy Evergreens ; and Gard. Mag., vol. vii. p. 78., and vol. xii. p. 567.) The soil of the beds ought to be wholly renewed every five or six years; and, when this is done, all the plants ought to be taken up and divided, pruned, or thrown away, and replaced with other plants, as may be found necessary. The soil removed may be laid in ridges, in the reserve garden, and mixed with an equal quantity, or more, of leaf mould; and, after lying a year or two, it may again be put to use in the ericacetum. The cultivator of Hricacez, of roses, and of other shrubs that are grown chiefly for their flowers, should bear constantly in mind, that these will not be produced in abundance, and of fine forms and colours, unless the plant have ample nourishment, light, and air. Instead, therefore, of rhododendrons and azaleas being planted in poor heath soil, and being crowded together so as to show only the upper surface of the plants, as they now are in most gardens, they ought to be planted in sandy peat and loam, enriched with a large proportion of leaf mould; and each shrub ought to stand perfectly detached; and it should rather be as much as 2 ft. from the adjoining one, than so near it as 2in., in order that the roots may have sufficient space on every side to enable them to collect nourishment, and that the heads of the plants may not shade one another. The only two ericacetums that we recollect seeing managed to our satisfaction in these particulars are, that of the Rev. Thomas Garnier, at Bishopstoke Vicarage; and that at Bagshot Park, under the care of Mr. Toward. At the former place the Hricacez are planted in roundish groups on the lawn adjoining the house; and they grow so vigorously that they are taken up and replanted every two years, generally in the month of September. The azaleas and rhododendrons are taken up with large balls of earth; and the ground is so well watered at the time of replanting, that the plants never lose any of their leaves. They are placed at such distances as nearly to touch one another; so that, if they were not taken up, and placed farther apart every two years, they would soon form a matted thicket, and display blossoms only on their upper surface; whereas, by keeping each plant distinct, it displays its blossoms all round from the ground to the summit. The soil in which these plants are grown is composed of two thirds of sandy peat, and one third of rich loam. The loam, Mr, Garnier finds absolutely necessary to promote the vigorous growth of azaleas, rhododendrons, and almost all kinds of American shrubs. (Gard. Mag., vol. x. p. 129.) Mr. Gow, gardener at Tullyallan, in Perthshire, found Rhododéndron pénticum, and some others of the more vigorous-growing Ericaceze, thrive in clayey loam, and in common garden soil, which had been deeply trenched, and mixed with abundance of leaf mould and road scrapings. (Jéid., p. 35.) The order in which the different species of Hricacez are disposed in an ericacetum may be various. Where there are but a few kinds to be dis- tributed over a large space, the same species may occur in two or three places ; but, where there is a very complete collection, most effect will be produced by keeping all the plants, of every species and variety, together; so that the same species may never be found in two different places. Where the object is more to excite a botanical interest than a floricultural or a picturesque one, the genera, species, and varieties should follow each other, or be grouped together, much in the same way as they are in botanical works; for example, in this Arboretum : but, in other cases, the evergreen species may be inter- mixed with the deciduous ones, so as to give a clothed appearance to every CHAP, LXIX. ERICA CER. 177 part in the winter season. If there were sufficient room, the mode which we should recommend as decidedly the best would be, to allot a circular space of dug ground to every plant, according to its size, enlarging the diameter of that circle as the plant increased, and grouping the circles along ene or both sides of a walk. The next best plan is, to have a circle devoted to each genus and its species, of kinds of which there are few varieties; and to each species and its varieties, where the varieties of each species are numerous ; or to have a group to consist of several plants for each variety of the more showy kinds of azalea and rhododendron; and place the less showy kinds in groups containing two or three sorts each. The design jig. 1002. is calculated for an ericacetum of this description. In it the space a a included by the wall is a perfectly level lawn ; and it is also perfectly level from 6, by ce, toa. Beyond these points, the ground gradually rises, and is planted solely with American trees. The groups in which shrubs are represented are planted with evergreens; and all the others with deciduous shrubs. The groups also from c to d are devoted to American shrubs not belonging to the order Ericicez, deciduous and evergreen; so that this scene, taken as a whole, may be considered as an American ar- boretum and fruticetum. For displaying a choice collection of Ericacee to the greatest advantage, the most effectual mode is, to dispose of them in lineal succession; so as that one species or variety may be examined quite near the eye, and one after another. Fig. 1003. is a design made with a view to this mode of disposing of a complete collection. The beds marked a and 6 are to be planted with evergreens at regular distances ; as are the central groups in which sbrubs are indicated. The other beds and circular groups, which are shaded, are for deciduous shrubs. The general surface is perfectly level, and the surrounding plantation consists solely of the pine and fir tribe, including the genera Cupréssus, Thuja, and Juniperus. The lowest-growing species are placed next the walk, and the taller ones behind in gradual succession, so that the trees may rise One aboye another, and form a complete amphitheatre of perpetual verdure. If such an ericacetum were formed in a rocky country, in one of those small level spots of peat soil, which so frequently occur in North Wales and in the west of Scotland, the expense would be very trifling, and the effect would be interesting and splendid beyond description, presenting the character of alpine scenery as a framework to the American picture. In detail, this design differs from the preceding one in each par- ticular system of concentric beds being hollowed out in the middle, as indicated by the sectional line ff The central beds, being so much lower than the others, are intended to contain the taller-growing evergreen species ; such as A’rbutus and Rhododéndron, for the two larger beds ; Andrémeda for the next largest ; Vaccinium for the next; and rica for the least. From the walk g, in each of the systems, it is intended that the eye should look down upon the central bed, the surface of which, taking the height of a man’s eye from the ground at 54 ft., will be 9 ft. below it. As an example of a very simple, but still ornamental, mode of laying out an ericacetum, we refer to jig. 1004., which is adapted for the same piece of ground, excavated to the same depth, and reduced to one level, as in the pre- ceding designs. In this plate, a represents the situation of an exotic ericetum, and 6 of a hardy ericetum ; c an azalea garden, near which, at d, there may be a summer-house, or a range of plant-houses ; e e are groups planted with deciduous and evergreen American Ericacez ; and ff are beds which may be planted with other peat-earth plants which are natives of Europe and Asia; and the trees forming the amphitheatre to this picture may be composed of evergreens from all countries. An ericacetum of this kind, as it is supposed to contain only the hardiest species in the open air, would be well adapted for the northern parts of the island; since many of the American deciduous shrubs thrive in the open air, even in Sutherlandshire. These three designs being adapted to a particular situation (as explained in oe FP ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PAKT III. 1178 1002 - — QO BOO IQ29 é> > 1 oye Sl geen es 645% Oo O ; ; SD ee. Bt Lien tS .. e? if BS Sthoy 20 vaae eer SIONS EK 33P OO “- 1179 ERICA‘CER. LXIX. CHAP. 1002 ieee Bf oases —. Tats bd PART IIT. ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. 1180 1003 \ f Cf tr 1181 ERICA CE. CHAP. LXIX. 1003 VTE DATIRAIAStIOD PaAny,7 OBUINT PART 111, ao aS ae WOES ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. 1182 1004 e. os a\ (G IO SOPH ig Coa So eS OT ON nat og (a3) ry) : SA§ a : Og. Oeic Cc? 2 OD ~ OF DAT Se6a oer ae ens SRR G00% OSES ERICA‘CE. 1183 CHAP. LXIX. 1004 LM bom choS SOS COBO as SE POPS ey TO CN ee 0 COLO c | Ei One Car met 1184 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Gard. Mag., xi. p.237.), by their irregularity of outline, show that no particular form is necessary for an ericacetum, or any other description of American garden, or other fruticetum ; provided the surface be either brought to a level, or so contrived as to be kept cool and moist, either by nature or art. The Oy | U mi ie i ( rahi : : Ig SS a5 —— ef NEY tT Ne 2 5 til Cc | J i fi my Cit se 6 i i AP hers iP 1°? ee occ : : He Am ip é il al ) ( } y ileal) i a i oT] Ss) aT ) iy : > es Hem, Al oh h ow 4 ‘ ct ee | ip ph ae wine sl al ik } p iy | iN Y ih ql ‘ ii » Hy H Hy ss AAD) fi - ; ‘ lh io a ih aii uT) Mt ips q Oo | RT Moe f ‘. Fd i) f\ i | f if i) N 0 Ni a! Hf ni Y MH Git HT EO bs: AWWW HLH yal : hy il most irregular rocky surface may be planted as an ericacetum, provided it is naturally cool and moist, either from the quality of the soil, the presence of water, or the nature of the climate. For example, in Cumberland or Westmoreland, among the lakes, an ericacetum may be planted any where, without regard to either moisture or surface, from the abundance of rain that alls in that climate. 1006 Sa jo IM I. AR \° ror f = : o : ia | 4 r 2 1186 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART IIT. Where a regular form is preferred, and where the space to be devoted to an ericacetum is limited, we would recommend an excavation surrounded by a sloping bank and a terrace walk, treated in the same general style as the design for the ericacetum fig. 888. p. 1099. In sucha case, the substratum ofevery walk might, if necessary, be made into a drain, which could easily be done by forming the walks of pavement, supported by two walls of brick, 4 in. wide, and | ft. or 1 ft. 8in. high. Fig. 1005. p. 1184. is a design for the area of an oval ericacetum by Mr. Rutger, which may be treated in the same manner as the ericetum referred to. Instead of being surrounded by a sloping bank of turf, this design is supposed to be bounded by a sloping bank of rho- dodendrons, so arranged as to complete the figure of a parallelogram. Be- yond these evergreens, and 8 ft. or 10 ft. above the level of the area, may be a terrace walk; and beyond that a border, and a wall, for containing half- hardy ligneous species, and growing a collection of bulbs. A portion of the area is shown in turf, with beds in the centre of each compartment. These beds are supposed to be exclusively devoted to Cape heaths, grown in large pots or tubs, like those in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, plunged out in these beds in the summer time, and taken in on the approach of winter. The beds, after the pots are removed, may be turfed over till the following spring ; or filled with winter-flowering hardy heaths. Every description of garden, to be complete, requires some architectural appendages to be introduced into it. As water is so necessary in the culti- vation of all plants, an architectural fountain is at once an ornamental and a useful object to every scene of culture, however small, or however large ; and the magnitude and style of design of fountains may be varied almost infinitely. The next class of useful ornaments are, seats, or resting places, open and covered: and these lead to an almost endless variety of structures; some of wood, and portable; and others of wood, of rustic-work, or of masonry, and permanently fixed. Fig.1006. p. 1185. is a design from the elegant pencil of Mr. Lamb, in which the ericacetum is of an oval form, surrounded by a terrace 5 ft. above it, from which there are flights of steps to descend to the area contain- ing the beds for the plants. This area is ornamented with two fountains ; and there are stone seats along the terrace walks, and also in the surrounding amphitheatre of trees. CHAP. LXX. OF THE HARDY AND HALF-HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER SYMPLOCA'CEZ. Tuts order contains only one genus, Syinplocos, the species of which are chiefly tender shrubs or trees from South America; but there is one, a native of China, which is considered half-hardy ; and another, a native of Nepal, which might pro- bably thrive in the open air with a little protection, but which has not yet been introduced. In the south of England, wherever there is a tolerably complete collection of half-hardy ligneous plants, the genus Symplocos, as being the representative of an order, should never be omitted. Sgmplocos stnica Ker Bot. Reg., t. '710., and our fig. 1007., ha§ the leaves elliptic-oblong, attenuated at both ends, mucronately serrated, downy on both surfaces, and wrinkled; racemes com- ound, terminal, and axillary, It is a shrub, growing to the height of 3ft., a native of China. Introduced in 1822, and pro- ducing its delightfully fragrant white flowers in May. It requires a wall, and is rare in British collections. S. crategoides Hamilt., Don’s Mill., 4. p.3., has ovate, acute, serrated leaves, and the habit of Céerasus Mahdicb. It has not yet been introduced a Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, clothed with hoary hairs CHAP. LXXI. , * USDPYRA‘CEZ. STY.RAX. |. -- 1187 CHAP: LX XI. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER STYRA‘CEZE : Genus I. eh STY‘RAX LZ. Tue Srorax. Lin. Syst. Decandria Monogynia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 595. ; Tourn., t. 369. ; Juss, Gen., 156. ; Gertn, Fruct., 1. p, 284. t. 59. Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d edit., p. 228.; Don’s Mill., 4 p. 4 Synonymes. Alibocifier, Fr.; Storax, Ger. Derivation. The word sturazx, applied to this plant by Theophrastus and Dioscorides, is a mere alteration of assthirak, the Arabic name of S. officinale. Gen, Char.,§c. Calyx permanent, campanulate, 5-toothed. Corolla mono- petalous, funnel-shaped, deeply 3—7-cleft, but usually 5- or 6-cleft, valvate in estivation. Stamens 10, exserted. Filaments monadelphous at the base, adnate to the tube of the corolla. Anthers linear, 2-celled, dehiscing length- wise inwardly. Ovarium superior, 3-celled, many ovuled, erect. Style 1. Stigma obsoletely 3-lobed. Drupe nearly dry, containing a 1-celled, 1—3-seeded nut. Testa of seed double; inner cobwebbed, outer spongy. Embryo inverted, with elliptic cotyledons, and a thick superior radicle. Albumen fleshy. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 4.) — Elegant trees or shrubs, of which 27 species are described in Don’s Miller, chiefly natives of Asia and South America; but there are four hardy species, natives of Europe or North America, which are cultivated in British gardens. They require a soil rather light than otherwise, on account of their hair-like roots; and to be placed against a wall, in the climate of London, when it is intended that they should flower freely. In affinity, as well as in general appearance, this genus approaches near to that of Halésia; and there is such a close general resemblance among all the allied species of Styrax, that they may pos- sibly be only varieties of one form. The price of plants, in the London nur- series, is from Is. 6d. to 2s. each. % 1. S. oFFICINA‘LE DL. The officinal Storax. Identification. Lin. Sp., 635.; N. Du Ham., 7. p. 7.;/ Don’s Mill., 4. p. 4.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. Lagomélia, Modern Greek; Sturax kalamités, Ancient Greek. Engravings. Cav. Diss., 6. p. 338. t. 118. f.2.; Woody. Med. Bot., 197, t. 71.; Church, et Stev. Med. Bot., 1. t. 47.; Andr. Bot. Rep., 631.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., 928.; Plenck Icon., 341.; Mill, fig. 260. ; Lob. Icon., 151.; N. Du Ham., 7. t.4.; and our fig. 1008. beneath, shining and green above. Racemes simple and axillary, 5—6-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Leaves about 2 inches long. Flowers white. Drupe ovate globose. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.4.) A shrub or low tree, from 12 ft. to 15 ft. high; a native of Syria and the Levant. Introduced in 1597, and producing its flowers, which resemble those of the orange, but are smaller, in June and July. It is naturalised in hedges in some parts of Italy, particularly near Tivoli. It has been known in England since the time of Gerard, who had two small trees of it in his garden, “ the which,” he says, “ I have recovered of the seed.” As the plant does not grow very freely, except when placed against a wall, it & is not very common in collections, though it well merits” a place there, on account of the beauty of its pure white flowers, and the great profusion in which they are pro- duced. The finest specimen in the neighbourhood of London, and perhaps in Britain, is in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, where it is 12 ft. high, against 41 3 1188 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. a wall, flowering profusely every year, and ripening fruit. There is also a very fine tree against a wall at Messrs. Loddiges’s, which was profusely covered with flowers when we saw it, on June 18. 1836; and with fruit, on August 18. of the same year. Properties and Uses. The Styrax officinale is chiefly useful in a medical point of view; the powerful and fragrant balsam called storax being ob- tained from it. For this purpose, incisions are made in the bark of the trunk and branches, from which incisions the resin issues in a liquid state, and is either collected in reeds (whence its ancient Greek name of Sturax kala- mités), or left to harden, when it is scraped off in irregular compact masses, interspersed with smaller pieces, which are called tears. Storax is stimulant and expectorant, and was formerly prescribed for asthma and chronic affec- tions of the windpipe; but, according to Dr. Thompson, it is now scarcely ever used. In Gerard’s time, there were made from it “sundry excellent perfumes, pomanders, sweet waters, sweet bags, sweet washing-balls, and divers other sweet chaines and bracelets.” In the present day, itis much used in Roman Catholic countries to burn as incense. Chemically, it consists prin- cipally of resin, with a small portion of benzoic acid; and it dissolves easily in spirits of wine. The common storax of commerce differs from that of the apothecaries, and is a liquid balsam, said tc be obtained from Liquidambar Styraciflua. Soil, Propagation, §c. A light sandy soil, rich rather than poor, suits this species best; and it is generally propagated by seeds obtained from the south of France. It will also grow by layers, and by cuttings. It is observed in the Nouveau Du Hamel, that it does not flower well in pots or boxes; and that it does best near Paris when placed against a wall with a southern exposure, and protected during winter. In the neighbourhood of London, however, it does not require protection. Its rate of growth, for the first ten years, is not above Sin. or 9in.a year. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, ls. 6d. each. % 2. 8. GRANDIFO‘LIUM Ait. The large-leaved Storax. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 75.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 450.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 4 Synonymes. 8. officinale Walt. Fl. Carol., 140.; S. grandiflorum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 41. Engravings. Lodd. Bot. Cab., t.1016.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t.129.; and our fig. 1009. Spec. Char., §&c. Leaves broad, obovate, acuminated, green above, but clothed with hoary tomentum beneath. Lower peduncles solitary, 1-flowered. Flowers white. (Don’s Miil., iv. p.4.) A shrub or low tree, grow- ing from 8 ft. to 10ft. high. A native of North America, in woods, on the banks of rivers from Virginia to Georgia. Introduced in 1765, and flowering from June to August. It is a fine ornamental shrub, but not com- mon in collections. Halésia diptera, the leaves of which closely resemble those of Styrax grandifolium, but differ from it in | not being downy beneath, is frequently sold for it in the nurseries. It requires the same treatment as S. officinale, of which it appears to us to be only a variety. & 3, S. Lavica‘tum Ait. The smooth-leaved Storax. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 2. p. 72.; Willd. Sp. Pl., 2. p. 624; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 4. Synonymes. §S. octandrum L’Hérit. Stirp. Nov., 2. t. 17. : Ss. an Cav. Diss., 6. 7 340. t. 188. f. 1., tres Fl. Amer. Sept., 2. p. 450.; S.le‘ve Walt. Fl. Carol., 140.; S. americanum Lam. Dict., 1. Engravings. Bot. Cab., t. 960. ; Wats. Dend. Brit., t. 40.; and our fig. 1010. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oval-lanceolate, acute at both ends, glabrous on both surfaces, toothed. Peduncles axillary, or twin, 1-flowered. Stamens CHAP. LXXII. HALESI A CEZ. HALE‘SIA. 1189 from 6—10. (Don’s Mill., iy. p.4.) A shrub, from 3 ft. to 4ft. high ; a native of South Carolina and Vir- ginia, in swamps. It is stated to have been introduced in 1765, and it flowers in July and August. It bears a close general resemblance to S. officinale, but is “& smailer in all its parts. Whether a species or a variety is a matter of the less consequence in a gardening —.s point of view ; as few plants of the woody kind better , deserve a place against a wall, on account of the beauty SX \ of its white blossoms, which resemble those of the jas- SS mine, and are produced in the greatest abundance, on — almost every part of the plant. In fine seasons, these are succeeded by fruit about the size of a red currant, or of the fruit of the nettle tree. Price, in the London nurseries, 2s. each ; and at New York, 50 cents. SS % 4, S. PULVERULE’NTUM Miche. The powdery Storax. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 41.; Wats, Dend. Brit., t.41.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 4. Synonyme. S. levigatum Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 921. Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 921.; Wats. Dend. Brit., t.41.; and our fig. 1011. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves almost sessile, : ovate or obovate, obtuse, clothed with powdery tomentum beneath. Flowers axillary, and nearly terminal by threes, on short pedicels. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 4.) A shrub, from 4 ft. to 6 ft. high; a native of Virginia and Carolina, in woods. It was introduced in 1794, and flowers from June to August. According to Pursh, it bears a close general resemblance to S. grandifolium. CHAP. LXXII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER HALES/A‘CEZ. Genus I. caret Ba HALE‘S/A Ellis. Tue Haxesia, or SNowprop TREE. Lin. Syst. Dodecandria Monogynia. Identification. Ellis in Lin.’Gen., No. 596.; Gertn. Fruct., 1. p. 160. t. 32.; Juss. Gen., 156.; Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot., p. 228. ; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 6. Synonyme. Halésie, Fr. and Ger. Derivation. Named by Ellis in honour of the learned and venerable Stephen Hales, D.D. F.R.S., author of Vegetable Statistics. Gen. Char., Sc. Corolla monopetalous, ventricosely campanulate, with a 4-lobed erect border. Stamens 12 to 16. Filaments combined into a tube at the base, and adnate to the corolla. Anthers oblong, erect, 2-celled, de- hiscing lengthwise. Ovarium inferior. Style 1. Stigma simple. Drupe dry, corticate, oblong, with 2—4-winged angles, terminated by the perma- nent style, containing a 2—4-celled putamen, which is acute at both ends. Cells 1-seeded. Seeds attached to the bottom of the cells. Testa of seeds simple, very thin. Eméryo the length of albumen, with linear-oblong cotyle- dons, and a long, linear, compressed, inferior radicle. Albumen fleshy.— | Trees, with alternate serrated leaves, and lateral fascicles of pedicellate 41 4 1190 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART I)1. drooping, white flowers. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.6.) Nearly allied to Symplo- cacee. The species are among the hardier of the North American trees. Both in England and Scotland, in favourable situations, they attain the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft.; and, in the climate of London, they not only flower freely, but ripen seeds in abundance. * 1. H. rerra’prerRA L, The four-winged-fruited Halesia, or common Snowdrop Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp., 636.; Ellis in Phil. Trans., vol. 51. p. 931. t. 22. f, A.; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 6. Synonymes. ‘The Snowdrop Tree, Silver Bell Tree, Amer. Engravings. Curt. Bot. Mag., t. 910. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1173. ; Cav. Diss., 6. p. 338, t. 186. ; Lam. Ill., 404. ; our jig. 1012. ; and the plate in our last Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, sharply serrated. Pe- tioles glandular. Fruit with 4 wings. Leaves acuminated, with the middle depressed. Flowers pure white, 9—10 in a fascicle, drooping, resembling those of the snowdrop. The wood is hard and veined; the bark is of a darkish colour, with many irregular fissures. (Don’s Mill., « iv. p.6.) Atree, from 15 ft. to 30 ft. high, a native of South Carolina, along the banks of rivers. It was introduced in 1756, and flowers in April and May. Its flowers are produced in great abundance ; and, from their shape, colour, and pendulous ap- pearance, they are considered as resembling those of the snowdrop. It is one of the most ornamental of the American deciduous trees, and richly deserves a place in every collection. The rate of growth, for the first five or six years, is 1 ft. or 18 in., or more, a year; and in ten years it will attain the height of 12 ft., or 15 ft., if properly treated; but, as it is generally kept too dry, it is seldom seen at above half this height at that age. It ripens seeds freely in this country; from which, or from imported seeds, it is readily increased. The seeds often remain above a year in the ground. Planted singly in an American ground, or in a sheltered situation in a shrubbery, or plantation, this tree makes a splendid appearance in May. Statistics. In the environs of London, the finest specimens are at Purser’s Cross and Syon House, in both which places it is 30 ft. high, with a trunk from 16in.to 18 in. in diameter. There is a very singular tree at Syn, of which there is a portrait in our last Volume, the diameter of the head of which is 52 ft. Another tree, at Syon, 29 ft. high, has the diameter of the head 40 ft. In Surrey, at Bagshot Park, a tree, 20 years planted, is 20 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 5in., and of the head 12ft., in sandy loam. In Devonshire, at Kenton, it is 25 ft. high. In Cornwall, at Caulen Penryn, 20 ft. high. In Shropshire, at Willey Park, 15 years planted, it is 17 ft. high. In Staffordshire, at Trentham, 26 years planted, it is 15ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 11in., and of the head 25 ft. ; at Alton Towers, 10 years planted, it is 15 ft. high ; and in the Handsworth Nursery, it is 20 ft. high, with a trunk 12 in. in diameter, in loose sandy gravel. In Suffolk, at Ampton Hall, 10 years planted, it is 8ft. high. In Scotland, in Aberdeenshire, at Thainston, it grows 1 ft. a year as a standard, but dies back a few inches annually. In Argyllshire, at Toward Castle, 8 years planted, it is 7 ft. high. In Banffshire, at Huntly Lodge, 12 years planted, it is 12ft. high. In Ireland, in the county of Down, at Ballyleady, 20 years planted, it is 17 ft. high ; the diameter of the trunk 8in., and of the head 20 ft. In France, at Scéaux, near Paris, 12 years planted, it is 16 ft. high; at Nantes, in the nursery of M. De Nerriéres, 19 years planted, it is 20 ft. high. In Hanover, at Schwébber, it is 30 ft. high. In Prussia, in the Berlin Botanic Garden, 20 years planted, itis 10ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, 24 years planted, it is 16 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 1s. 6d. each ; and of seeds, 3s. a quart. At Bollwyller, plants are 2 francs each ; and at New York, 50 cents. ¥ 2 2. H. (7.) parvirto‘ra Miche. The small-flowered Halesia, or Snowdrop Tree. Identification. Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 40.; Pursh Fl. Bor. Amer., 2. p. 450. ; Don’s Mill., 4. 6 Dugradingh Bot. Reg., t. 952.; and our fig. 1013. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, oblong, acute, nearly entire. Flowers octan- drous. Fruit clavate, slightly winged. Leaves downy, glaucous beneath. Racemes panicled. Flowers white, drooping. Calycine teeth ovate. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.7.) A tree, 10 ft. high, a native of Florida, introduced in 1802, CHAP. LXXIII. SAPOTA CEA. ARGANIA. 1191 and flowering in May. From the plants of this sort in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, we are convinced that it is nothing more than a variety of H. tetraptera, from which it differs chiefly in having the leaves somewhat downy. It well deserves a place, however, in every collec- tion, even if it were less distinct than it is ; and, to make sure of the continuance of the kind, it ought to be propagated by layers or cuttings, ra- ther than by the usual mode of seeds ; which, in this species, as in the preceding one, are ripened in abundance in England. Plants of this sort fy. in Prince’s Catalogue, New York, are marked YY at 1 dollar each. ¥ & 3. H. pi’prera L. The two-winged-fruited Halesia, or Snowdrop Tree. Identification. Lin. Sp. Pl., 636.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 7. Engravings. Cav. Diss., 6. p. 338. t. 187. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1172.; and our fig. 1014. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, acute, serrated. Petioles mooth sand even. Pedicels elongated. Fruit with 2 large opposite wings, and 2 obsolete ones. Flowers octandrous. Leaves much larger than YAYs those of either of the preceding species. (Don’s Mill., iv. p-7.) A tree, 10 ft. high, a native of Georgia and Caro- lina, in shady places, on banks of rivers. It was intro- duced in 1758, and flowers in April and May. The leaves of this species are broad, resembling those of Styrax grandifolium, with which, as it does not frequently flower in a young state, it is generally confounded in nurseries. The only flowering plant that we know of, in the neigh- bourhood of London, is against a wall in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, where it ripens seeds. It is com- monly propagated by layers ; and the price of plants, in the London nurseries, is 5s. each; at New York, 1 dollar. CHAP. LXXIII. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER SAPOTA CEE. Genus I. ARGA NIA Rem. et Schultes. Tue Areania. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Roem. et Schultes Syst., 46.; Don’s Mill., 4. p.27.; Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d edit., p. 226. Synonymes. Siderdxylon spindsum Lin. ; Argan, Fy. ; EFisenholz, Ger. Derivation. From avgan, the aboriginal name of the tree. Gen. Char., &c. Calyx 5—10 cleft : the /eaffets, or rather scales, roundish, con- cave, disposed in a double series. Corolla cup-shaped, 5-parted, with ovate- lanceolate, subemarginate segments, having 5 petal-like Jlinear-subulate segments, adhering to the base of the corolla, and alternating with its seg- ments. Stamens 5, filiform, length of corolla, and adnate to its base. An- thers incumbent, ovate, keeled on the back. Ovariwm conical, hairy. Style glabrous, length of stamens. Stigma simple. Drupe ovate, terminated by the style, 2—3-celled. Cells 1-seeded. Seeds hard, smooth, having a lon- 1192 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. gitudinal furrow inside. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 28.)—A small evergreen tree, a native of the north of Africa, and somewhat tender in British gardens, where it should be planted against a wall. 2 # 1. A. SipeRo’xyton Reem. et Schultes. The Iron-wood Argania. Identification. Roem. et Schultes Syst., 4. p. 502. ; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 28. Synonymes. Sider6xylon spindsum Lin. Sp., p. 279., exclusive of the synon. of Rheede Mal., Ait. Hert. Kew., ed.2., vol. 2. p.14., Dry. in Lin. Trans., 2. p. 225., Correa in Ann. Mus., 8. p. 393. ; Elzodéndron A’rgan Retz. Obs., 6. p. 26., Willd. Sp., 1.'p. 1148., exclusive of the synon.; Rh4mnus pentaphyllus Jacq. et Boccone, Schousb. Mar., p. 89. ; Ahamnus siculus Lin. Syst., 3. p. 227., ex- clusive of the synonyme, Comm. Hort. Amst., 1. p. 161. t. 83. Engravings. Comm, Hort., t. 83. ; and our fig. 1015. Spec. Char., §c. An evergreen tree of middle - . size, with a bushy head. Branches terminated y : by strong spines. Leaves lanceolate, entire, . bluntish, glabrous, paler beneath; the lower - ones in fascicles. Flowers lateral, and axil- lary, scattered, crowded, sessile. Corolla greenish yellow. Fruit dotted with white, size of a plum, full of white milky juice. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 28.) A native of the southern parts of the kingdom of Morocco ; abundant in woods situated in the southern provinces, between the rivers Tausif and Sur; where it is a tree, growing to the height of from 15 ft. to 20 ft., flowering in July. It was introduced in 1711, and is occasionally met with in collections. It will stand our winters | as a standard, but thrives best when planted i 1015 against a wall. It is called argan by the | Moors, who extract an oil from the fruit, which they use at table, and which the Europeans employ in a variety of prepa- rations. A large plant against the wall, in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, flowers abundantly every year. There are plants in the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden, and in the Hammersmith and other nurseries. The argania thrives in a sandy loam, and is generally propagated by layers. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 5s. each. Genus II. Pa BUME‘LIA Swartz. Tue Bumeia. Lin. Syst. Pentandria Monogynia. Identification. Swartz Prod., p. 49.; Fl. Ind. Occ., 1. p. 493.; Schreb. Gen., 1736.; Lindl. N; Bot, 24 edit, p. 226. Don's Mill, 4. p. 29. 1 ; ge ae Synonymes. A’chras sp. Lin., Poir. ; Sider6xylon sp. Lam. and others ; Ch hyll f others; Hochstamm, Ger. z 5 Ca eee Bnd Derivation. From boumelia, the Greek name for the common ash. Gen. Char., §&c. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla with a short tube, and a 5-parted limb, furnished with 2 scales at the base of each segment. Stamens 5, in- serted in the tube of the corolla, and opposite its segments, having as many membranous scales, or sterile filaments, alternating with them. Ova- rium 5-celled. Cells 1-ovuled. Stigma simple. Drupe ovate, 1-seeded. Seed albuminous. (Don’s Miil., iv. p. 29.) — Subevergreen shrubs, or low trees. Leaves scattered, entire, permanent. Peduncles axillary.and lateral, 1-flowered, usually crowded in fascicles. Flowers whitish. The hardy species are chiefly natives of Mexico and Carolina, and subevergreen, somewhat spiny, and rather tender in British gardens. \‘*° CHAP. LXXIII. SAPOTA CE. BUME LIA. 1193 % «1. B. Lycio1‘pEs Gertn. The Box-thorn-like Bumelia. Identification. Gertn. fil. Carp., 3. p. 127. t. 120.; Pers. Ench., 1. p. 237.; Don’s Mill. 4. p. 30. Synonymes. Sideréxylon lycidides Du Ham. Arb., 2. p. 260. t. 68., Willd. Sp., 1. p. 1090., Azt. Hort. Kew., ed. 2., vol. 2. p. 12., Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 155.; S. le‘ve Walt. Fl. Carol., p. 100. Lycidéides Sp. Lin. Hort. Cliff, p. 488. Engravings. Gertn. Fil. Carp., 3. p. 127. t. 120.; Du Ham. 2. p. 260. t. 68.; and our fig. 1016. F] Spec. Char., §c. Spiny. Leaves broad-lanceolate, blunt- ish, tapering to the base, glabrous. Flowers in axil- lary fascicles. Spines subulate. Leaves 2 in. long, deciduous, a little silky while young. Flowers greenish white. Segments of corolla ? trifid: perhaps from the two scales inside each segment. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 30.) A shrub, a native of Carolina, found in shady woods, where it grows to the height of 8 ft. or 10 ft., flowering in August. It was introduced in 1758, and is not unfrequent in London collections. There are vigorous-growing plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, as standards; and in the Botanic Gar- den at Kew, and in Messrs Loddiges’s arboretum, against walls. In the Horticultural Society’s Garden, the dis- tinction between Argania and Bumélia is very obvious ; but that between Bumélia /ycidides and B. ténax is much less so; as may be seen by the plants at Messrs. Loddiges’s, at Kew, and in the Horticultural Society’s Garden. Price of plants, in the Lon- don nurseries, 2s. 6d. each ; and of the seeds, ls. per ounce. % 2. B. rEcLINA‘TA Vent. The reclinate-dranched Bumelia. Identification. Vent. Choix, t. 22.; Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 155. ; Don’s Mill., 4.p. 30. Synonyme. Sideréxylon reclinatum Michx. Fi. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 122. Spec. Char., &c. Spiny, bushy, diffusely reclinate. Leaves small, obovate, quite smooth. Flowers in axillary fascicles. Young branches terminated bya long spine. Leaves alternate, or in fascicles. Flowers small, white. Corolla and scales serrated. Sterile filaments subulate, entire. Drupe ovate. (Don’s Mill., iv..p. 30.) According to Pursh, a small straggling shrub, a native of Georgia, on the banks of rivers, where it grows 3 ft. or 4ft. high, flowering in January. It was introduced in 1806, but we have not seen the plant. ¥ 3. B. re‘nax Willd. The tough-branched Bumelia. Identification. Willd. Sp., 1. 1085.; Enum., p. 248. ; Don’s Mill., 4. 30. Synonymes. B. chrysophylliides Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 155. ; Sideréxylon ténax Lin. Mant., p.48., Jacq. Coll., 2. p. 252., Lam. Dict., 1. p. 245. ; S.sericeum Walt, Fi. Car., p. 100.; S. chry- sophylléides Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 123. ; Chrysophyllum carolinénse Jacq, Obs., 3. p. 3. t. 54. ; C. glabrum Juss. Engravings. Jacq. Obs., 3.t. 54.; and our fig. 1017. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, of a rusty silvery colour beneath, silky. Flowers in axillary fascicles. Branches very tough. Bark white. Leaves deciduous. Calycine and corol- line segments ovate obtuse. Segments of nectary trifid. Stamens thelength of corolla. Drupe oval. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 30.) A tree, a native of Carolina, in dry situations, where it grows to the height of 20 ft., flowermg in July and August. It was introduced in 1765, and is occa- sionally met with in collections. There is a plant in the Horticultural Society’s Garden 7 ft. high, as a standard; and one 10 ft. high in Messrs. Lod- diges’s, against a wall. The latter stands close to a plant of Bumeélia /ycidides ; and, if they are correctly named, we should have no hesitation in giving it as our opinion that they are not specifically distinct. A plant, named Bumelia sericea, against the wall of the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden, where it has stood between three and four years, appears to be of this species. 1194 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. #4, B, Lanucino’sa Pursh. The woolly-/eaved Bumelia. Indentification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 155. : Don’s Mill., 4. p. 30. Synonymes. Sideroxylon lanugindsum; Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. p. 123.; S.ténax Wait. Fl. Car., p. 100. Spec. Char., &c. Rather spinose. Branchlets spreading, downy. Leaves oval-lanceolate, glabrous above, and woolly beneath, but not silky. Flowers in axillary fascicles; very nearly allied to B. ténax, but differs in the leaves being woolly beneath, not silky, often obtuse. (Don’s Mild, iv. p. 30.) A small tree, a native of Carolina and Georgia, in humid situations among bushes. It was intro- duced in 1806 ; but we have not seen the plant. : ¥ 5. B. optonciro‘L1a Nutt. The oblong-/eaved Bumelia. Identification. Nutt. Gen. Amer., 1. p. 135.; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 30. Spee. Char., §c. Spiny. Leaves smooth, oblong, obtuse, deciduous. Flowers conglomerate, nearly sessile, very numerous. Scales, or sterile filaments, trifid. Tree, with numerous twisted branches. Calycine segments ovate, concave. Drupe purple. Wood fetid. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.30.) A tree, a native of North America, on the Mississippi, near the lead mines of St. Louis : it is also abundant as far down the river as Natches, where it grows to the height of 18 ft. or 20 ft. ; flowers in July and August. It was introduced in 1818; but we have not seen the plant. B. salicifilia Swz., Sider6éxylon salicifvlia Lam., A‘chras salicifdlia L.,is a native of Jamaica and St. Domingo ; but there is a tree against a wall in the open air in the Botanic Garden at Kew, which appears to be a Bumélia, which Mr. Smith, the botanical foreman there, thinks may be of this species. It is at once distinguished from B, dycioides, which stands beside it, by its much larger, pale green, and willow-like leaves, Z CHAP. LXXIV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER EBENA‘CEA. ‘Genus I. . DIOSPY‘ROS L. Tue Date Prium. Lin, Syst. Polygamia Dice‘cia. Identification. Lin. Gen., No. 1161.; Juss. Gen., 156.; Gaertn, Fruct., 2. p. 478. t. 179.; Lindl. 2 Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d edit., p.227.; Pr. Br. Prod., p. 525.; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 38. f Synonymes. E'benus Comm. ; Guaiacina Tourn., 371. ; Plaqueminier, Fr.; Dattelpflaume, Ger. Derivation. Diospuros (dios, divine, and purvos, wheat,) was a name given by the ancients to the common gromwell (Lithospérmum officinale). Its application to the date plum probably arose from confounding the Greek puvos, wheat, with the Latin pyrus, a pear tree, to the fruit of which the date plum may have been thought to bear some resemblance. Gen. Char., §c. Flowers polygamous. Calyx deeply 4-cleft, sometimes 3- or 6- cleft. Corolla urceolate, 4-cleft ; sometimes 3- or 6-cleft. IMJale flowers having the stamens inserted by pairs into the base of the corolla, twice the number of its segments, with double or twin filaments, and the rudiment of a pistil. Hermaphrodite flowers having fewer and sterile stamens. Ovarium 8—12- celled; cells 1-seeded. Berry globose, with a spreading calyx which is at length reflexed. Albwmen horny. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 38.) Deciduous low trees, with white or pale yellow flowers. Natives of Europe, the north of Africa, Western Asia, the islands of the Indian Archipelago, and North America. The hardy species in cultivation in British gardens belong to the Levant and North America. #1. D. Lotus L. The European Lotos, or common Date Plum. Identification. Lin. Sp., 1510. ; Willd. Sp., 4. p. 407.; Ger. Emac., 1495. f. 1.; Park. Theatr., 1525. f. 3.; Don’s Mill, 4 p. 38. Synonymes. Pseudoldtus Matth.; Guatacana patavina Tourn. ; Italian Lignum Vite, Wood of Life, Pockwood, Bastard Menynwood, Gerard; Date of Trebisonde ; Plaqueminier, faux Lotier, Fr. ; Italianische Dattelpfaume, Ger. Engravings. Mill. Icon., t. 116.; Pall. Fl. Ross., 1. p. 20. t.58.; Wangh. Amer., 84 t. 28. £ 58. ; and the plates in our last Volume. R Spec. Char., §c. Weaves oblong, acuminate, downy beneath; leaf buds hairy inside. Flowers small, reddish white. Fruit size of a cherry, yellow when ripe, sweet with astringency: it is recommended as a cure for diarrheea. (Don's Miul., iv. p.38.) A tree, a native of the southern parts of Caucasus, CHAP. LXXIV. | EBENA‘CEE. DIOSPY*ROS. 1195 the woods of Hyrcania, and the whole coast of the Caspian Sea, and Mauri- tania; where it grows to the height of from 20ft. to 30ft., and sometimes much higher. It flowers in July, and ripens its fruit in October. The leaves are of a beautiful dark glossy green above, and, when mature, and exposed to the air, assume a purplish hue beneath: they do not change colour in autumn, but drop off simultaneously with the first attack of sharp frost. It was cultivated by Gerard, who says that it grows beautifully near Lyons, in France; and that he planted “in the garden of Barne Elms, neere London, two trees; besides there groweth another in the garden of Mr. Gray, an apothecary of London, and in my garden likewise.” Gerard adds that this plant “ has been reputed for the lotus of Theopbrastus:” but Dr. Walsh (see Gard. Mag., vol. i. p. 294.) says that the Diospyros Lotus is not described by the ancients ; and Dr. Sibthorp and others, particularly Mr. Hogg (Journ. of Bot., vol.i. p. 203. ; and Gard, Mag., vol. x. p. 391.), consider the Céltis australis, or nettle tree, as the true Lotos of the Lo- tophagi. The Diospyros Lotos ripening its fruit freely in the south of France and Italy, seeds have been readily procured; and the plant has never been rare in British collections; but, as it is somewhat tender, there are few large specimens of it. It grows at the rate of 1 ft. or 18 in. a year, for the first ten years, especially if the soil in which it is planted is free and loamy, and rich rather than poor. According to Dr. Walsh, the Dios- pyros Lotus was originally brought to Constantinople from the country be- yond the Caspian Sea; whence its name of the date of Trebisonde. The fruit is sometimes brought to the market at Constantinople, under the name of Tarabresan Curmasi; and in that part of Europe it appears to grow much larger than either in Britain or in Italy, being nearly the size of a walnut ; it is however austere, and unfit for the table, unless as a conserve. In the neighbourhood of London, it bears fruit in abundance; but these are extremely austere, andseldom larger than asmall cherry. Were it considered desirable to cultivate the diospyros for its fruit, superior varieties might be easily procured from the East, or by selection from seedlings, and conti- nued by grafting. The wood of this species is white, light, and of very little use. Statistics. In the environs of London, the oldest trees are at Syon, where there is a curious spe- cimen (a portrait of which is given in our last Volume), only 15 ft. high, but with a head 39 ft. in diameter. In our garden at Bayswater, there is a tree which, in 1835, was 10 years planted, and 16 ft. high. In 1834, this tree ripened fruit for the first time; and on this day, July 12.1856, it is covered with thousands of blossoms. In Messrs. Loddiges’s arboretum, and in the garden of the Horticultural Society, are several trees which have grown at nearly the same rate. In Cheshire, at Eaton Hall, a tree, 14 years planted, is 13 ft. high. In Ireland, at Louth, a tree, 6 years planted, is 10 ft. high. In France, in the neighbourhood of Paris, the tree attains the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft., and ripens fruit; but there is a specimen in the Jardin des Plantes which has attained the height of 45 ft. In the Botanic Garden at Toulon, there is one which, in 48 years, has attained the height of 30 ft. In Germany, at Vienna, at Laxenbourg, in 12 years it has attained the height of 10 ft. In Italy, at Monza, in 24 years it has attained the height of 35ft. In Russia, in the Crimea, it has attained the height of between 30 ft. and 40 ft.; the tree being frequent in that country. Commercial Statistics. The price of plants, inthe London nurseries, is 2s. each, and seeds 2s. a packet; at Bollwyller, 1 franc; and at New York, 1 dollar. ¥ 2. D. vireinta‘na L. The Virginian Date Plum, or Persimon. Ss > Identification. Lin. Sp., 1510.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 39. : Synonyme. Guatacina Catesb. Car., 2. t. 76., Pluk. Alm., 244, f. 5. Engravings. Mill. Icon., 126.; Wats. Dendr. Brit., t. 146. ; Park. Par., 570. t. 569. f. 6. ; and the plates in our last Volume. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate-oblong, acuminated, glabrous, shining above, and paler beneath, reticulately veined. Petioles short and curved, and, as _ well as the branchlets, downy. Leaf buds glabrous. Flowers quadrifid, rarely quinquefid. Flowers pale yellow (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 39.) A tree, growing to the height of 20 ft. or 30 ft. in the neighbourhood of London, but much higher in the United States, whence it was introduced in 1629. It flowers in July, and its fruit is ripe about the time the tree drops its leaves in November. 1196 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. Variety. ¢ D. v. 2 dilcis Prince’s Cat. for 1829, Foreman’s Sweet Persimon, is characterised as having sweeter fruit than the species. Description, Geography, §c. The persimon is readily distinguished from the European date plum, by its leaves being nearly of the same shade of green on both surfaces ; while those of the latter are of a dark purplish green above, and much paler, and furnished with somewhat of a pinkish down, be- neath. The leaves of the persimon vary from 4 in. to 6in. in length ; and when they drop off in the autumn they are often variegated with black spots. The size of the tree varies as much as that of the leaves. In the vicinity of New York, it is seldom more than 30 ft. high; but in the southern states it attains the height of 60 ft., or more, with a trunk 18 in. or 20 in. in diameter. The tree is found in a wild state in North America, from 42° n. lat. to Louis- iana. It is common in the state of New Jersey, and still more so in Penn- sylvania, Maryland, and Virginia. When it was brought to England is uncertain; but it has been in cultivation, though not very common, since the time of Parkinson. The fruit of this species is so abundant in the southern states of North America, that one tree often yields several bushels. The fruit, when ripe, is about the size of a bullace plum, reddish, and furnished with 6—8 oval stones, which are slightly swollen at the sides, and of a dark purple colour. The fruit is not palatable till it has been softened by frost, when it becomes sweet, though still astringent. It adheres to the branches, long after the leaves have dropped; and, when it falls, it is eagerly devoured by wild and domestic animals. In Virginia, the Carolinas, and the western states, the fruit is sometimes gathered up, pounded with bran, and formed into cakes, which are dried in an oven, and kept to make beer. For this pur- pose, they are disolved in warm water, and hops and yeast are added to the mixture. The fruit itself, bruised and fermented, yields an ardent spirit, which is said to become excellent when it acquires age. The wood of the tree is greenish in the softer parts; but the heart-wood is brown, hard, compact, and strong and elastic, but liable to split. At Baltimore, screws and mallets have been made of it; at Philadelphia, shoe-lasts ; and, in Carolina, wedges for splitting trees. Michaux says that he was assured by the coachmakers in Charleston, that they had employed it for the shafts of chaises, and found it preferable to the ash, and all other species of wood, except the lance-wood of the West Indies. The farmers in Virginia assert that grass grows more vigorously beneath the persimon than beneath any other tree; and this fact is attributed to the speedy decay of its leaves, which form an excellent manure. A greenish gum exudes from the tree, but in very small quantities, and no use has yet been made of it. The inner bark, which is extremely bitter, is said to have been employed with success in intermittent fevers. In Britain, and throughout Europe, it is cultivated solely as an ornamental tree. It is pro- pagated by seeds, and seems to prefer a soft black soil, rather moist, and a sheltered situation. Statistics. The largest tree of this species, in the neighbourhood of London, is in the arboretum at Kew, where it is 40 ft. high; at Syon, there is a tree 17 ft. high, diameter of the trunk 10in., and that of the head 20 ft. In Bedfordshire, at Ampthill, there is a tree, 85 years planted, which is 25 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 13 ft., and of the head 30ft.; the soil loamy, on a clayey subsoil. In Berkshire, at White Knights, a tree, 24 years planted, is 18 ft. high, the diameter of the trunk 8in., and of the head 14 ft. In Staffordshire, in the Handsworth Nursery, a tree, 10 years planted, is 12 ft. high. In Worcestershire, at Croome, a tree, 20 years planted, is 20 ft. high. In France, the tree attains about the same height as the Diospyros Lotus, in the neighbourhood of Paris, and ripens its fruit. In Germany, in the neighbourhood of Vienna, there are old trees of this species, between 30 ft. and 40 ft. high. In Italy, at Monza, a tree, 24 years planted, is 40 ft. high. In North America, in Bartram’s Botanic Garden, there is a specimen 80 ft. high. Commercial Statistics. Plants, in the London nurseries, are Is. 6d. each, and seeds Is. per packet ; at Bollwyller, 1 franc each ; at New York, plants of the species are 50 cents each, and of a variety named Foreman’s sweet per- simon, 75 cents each. ¥ 3. D. (v.) puBE’scens Pursh. The downy-/eaved Virginian Date Plum. Identification. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept., 1. p. 265. ; Don’s Mill., 4 p. 58. Synonyme. D. virginiana var. Mich. Arb. For. CHAP, LXXV. OLEA‘CEZ. 1197 Spec. Char., §c. Leaves oblong, acute, downy beneath. Petioles long. Fruit few-seeded. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.38.) A tree, anative of North America, in the lower counties of Virginia, Carolina, and Georgia; where it grows to the height of from 20 ft. to 30 ft., and flowers in April. It was introduced by Lyon, in 1812. Michaux makes this only a variety of D. virginiana, oc- casioned by difference of climate ; which, he observes, exerts an extraor- dinary influence on the developement of all trees that are common to different parts of the United States; but Pursh considers it a distinct species ; not only on account of the difference in the structure of the fruit, but in the shape and downiness of the leaves. There are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges ; judging from which, we feel inclined to agree entirely with Michaux. App. I. Other Species of Ebendcea. In the catalogue of Messrs. Loddiges for 1836 are the names Diospyrus angustifolia, D. fértilis, and D. liucida ; but we have not seen the plants. The plants bearing these names in the Horticultural Society’s Garden appear to be only varieties of D. virginiana. D. Mabola Roxb., Bot. Mag., t. 1139., is cultivated as a fruit tree in the Isle of France. The fruit is about the size of a quince, of a pink co- lour, with a fleshy rind, firm white pulp, and agreeable flavour. @ Embryépteris Kaki L., D. chinénsis Blume, Konis or Kaki, Kempf. Ameen. t.806., is a native of Japan, where it is an evergreen fruit tree, growing to the height of 12ft. or 15ft. It was intro- duced in 1789, and, both in France and England, is kept in green-houses ; but it would probably live against a conservative wall in a favourable situation. The sweetmeat known in France by the name of figues-caques is made of this fruit. CHAP. LXXV. OF THE HARDY LIGNEOUS PLANTS OF THE ORDER OLEA‘CEX. DIsTINCTIVE Characteristics. Flowers hermaphrodite, sometimes diceci- ous. Calyx l-leaved, divided, permanent. Corolla hypogynous, monopetalous, 4-cleft; sometimes 4-petaled. Petals connected by pairs to the middle of the filament, rather valvate in zstivation ; sometimes wanting. Stamens 2, alternating with the segments or petals of the corolla. Anthers 2-celled ; cells dehiscing lengthwise. Ovarium simple, guarded by no glandular disk, 2-celled; cells 2-seeded. Ovules pendulous, collateral. Style simple, or wanting. Stigma bifid or undivided. Fruit drupaceous, baccate, or capsular, often l-seeded by abortion. Seeds with dense copious albumen. Embryo middle-sized, longitudinal, straight. Cotyledons foliaceous, half free. Radicle superior. Plumule inconspicuous. Leaves opposite, simple, rarely pinnate Flowers racemose or panicled, terminal or axillary, with opposite unibracteate pedicels. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 44.) Trees and shrubs, natives of both hemispheres, and for the most part deciduous. Some of them are timber trees: medi- cinally, for the most part, they are bitter. One genus, the O‘lea, produces a valuable oil ; and from others (the O’rnus and Fraxinus) is obtained the sweet purgative manna. The Syringa supplies some of our most beautiful deciduous shrubs, and the Ligustrum and Phillyrea some useful evergreens. We have arranged the genera containing hardy species in the three following sections. As most of the species of this order may be grafted on one another, it is probable their flowers might be reciprocally fecundated ; in which case, some curious hybrids might be produced between the privet and the lilac, the privet and the olive, the lilac and the ash, &c. The generic characteristics under the following sections are taken from Don’s Mill, iv. Sect. I. O.E‘INE. Sect. Char. Corolla short, monopetalous, campanulate or urceolate, 4-cleft. Stamens 2, with short filaments, and erect anthers. Fruit drupaceous. Lievu’strum Tourn. Corolla funnel-shaped, having the tube exceeding the 1198 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. calyx. Stamens enclosed. Style very short. Stigma bifid. Berry globose, containing two chartaceous nuts. Puuty’REA Diose. Corolla short, campanulate. Stamens a little exserted. Stigma thickish. Berry globose, having one of the cells usually abortive. Curtona’Nruus Lin. Calyx 4-parted. Segments of corolla linear, and long. Stamens enclosed. Style short. Stigma trifid. Drupe containing a stri- ated 1-seeded nut. Sect. I]. Syri'nGez. Sect. Char. Corolla funnel-shaped or campanulate, 4—5-parted. Stamens 2, short. Fruit capsular, 2-celled. Syri’nad Lin. Calyx tubular, short, 4-toothed. Corolla funnel-shaped, with an elongated tube, and a 4-parted limb. Stamens enclosed, style filiform. Stigma thickish, bifid. Capsule oblong, 2-celled, 2-valved; dehiscence loculicidal. Seeds solitary, compressed, with membranous margins. FonTane's/4 Labill. Calyx 4-parted. Corolla of 2 petals. Stamens elon- gated, and stigma bifid. Capsule papery, indehiscent. Cells 1-seeded Sect. III. FRAXINIE‘z. Sect. Char. Flowers polygamous. Calyx 4-parted or wanting. Stamens 2, short. Anthers dehiscing externally. Stigma nearly sessile, bifid. Fruit 2-celled, compressed, winged at the top, usually 1-seeded. Fra’xinus Tourn. Flowers polygamous. Petals wanting. Samara 1-celled. O’rnus Pers. Flowers hermaphrodite or polygamous. Calyx 4-parted. Petals 4. Samara 2-celled. Sect. I. OLE‘IN&. Genus I. fae LIGU'STRUM Tourn. Tue Priver. Lin. Syst. Diandria Monogynia. Identification. Tourn, Inst., t. 367.; Lin. Gen., No. 9.; Schreb. Gen., No. 23.; Geertn, Fruct., 2. p. 72. t.92.; Juss, Gen., p. 106.; Lam. IL, 1. t.7.; Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot., 2d edit., p. 308. ; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 44. Synonymes. Troéne, Fr.; Rainweide, Ger. , Derivation. Said to be from digo, to tie; in reference to its flexible branches. Gen. Char. Calyx short, tubular, 4-toothed. Corolla funnel-shaped, with the tube exceeding the calyx, and the limb 4-parted. Stamens 2, with short filaments, inserted into the tube of the corolla. Style very short. Stigma obtuse, bifid. Berry globose, containing 2 chartaceous, 1-seeded nuts. Albumen hardish. Embryo inverted. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 44.)—Shrubs, with opposite leaves, and terminal, compound, thyrsoid racemes of white flowers ; generally subevergreen. Natives of Europe, and some parts of Asia, Africa and North America, and readily propagated by cuttings in common soil. va ¥ 2 1. 0. vutea re Trag. The common Privet. Identification. Trag. Hist., 1005.; Lin. Sp., 1. p. 10.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 44. Synonymes. L. germanicum Bauh. Hist., 475.; Prim, or Prim-print; Troéne, Puine blanc, Fr. ; gemeine Rainweide, Ger.; Ligustro Olivella, Ital. Derivation. This plant was anciently called prim, or prim-print, from its being used for verdant sculptures, or topiary work, and for primly cut hedges, Puine blanc seems to imply a “little white shrub,” from the whiteness of the blossom of the privet ; which is alluded to by Virgil, and other poets, but which soon vanishes, and changes to brown, when exposed to the direct influence of the sun, The German name is combined of vain, green, and we7de, a willow; alluding to its being supple like the willow, and nearly evergreen. Olivella seems to signify the little olive. The CHAP. LXXV. OLEA‘CEA. LIGU’/STRUM. 1199 common English name of Privet may have been given to it fromits being frequently planted in gardens to conceal privies. Engravings. Engl. Bot., t. 764.; Curt, Lond., t.300.; Q&d. Fl. Dan. t. 1141.; Schmidt Baum., 3. t. 147.; Lam. IL, 1. t.7.; Bull. Herb., t.295.; Mill. Ic,, 162.; Baxt. Brit. Fl. Pl, vol. 2. t. 119. ; and our jigs. 1019, 1020. Spec. Char.,c. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, glabrous, Ra- cemes compound, coarctate. The flowers are sweet- scented, white at first, but soon change to a reddish brown. Berries dark purple, almost black. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 44.) A shrub, indigenous to Britain; grow- ing to the height of from 6 ft. to 10 ft., in a wild state ; and flowering in June and July. Varieties. & L. v. 2 leucocdérpum. The white-berried Privet. % L. v. 3 wanthocérpum. The yellow-berried Privet. % L. v. 4 chlorocérpum. The green-berried Privet. 2 # L. v. 5 sempervirens, L, italicum Mill, and our fig. 1018. The Italian, or evergreen, Privet. —This is a most desirable variety for shrub- beries ; and it is so distinct, that it was con- sidered by Miller as a species. & L. v. 6 variegdtum. The variegated-leaved Privet. —Leaves variegated with yellow. % L. v. 7 angustifilium. The narrow-leaved Privet. Description. The common privet is a much-branched twiggy shrub, with the bark of a greenish ash colour, dotted with numerous prominent points. The leaves, in exposed situations, and on poor soils, are deciduous; but in sheltered situations, and more especially when the plant is cultivated in gardens, they remain on throughout the winter. When the plant is found in woods and hedges in the middle and south of England, it is generally subevergreen; but in the north of England, and in Scotland, it 4 is more commonly deciduous. yp Geography, and History. Thecom- mon privet is a native of most partsG@@> _ of Europe, in woody wastes and JQ ( hedges, from N. lat. 51° to 57°, in * plains; and it is also found in the north of Africa, in the west and east of Asia, including Japan and the Himalayas; and in North America, from Canada to Virginia. In England, it is very common in woods and hedges; and, in Scot- land, it is found as far north as Forfar. It is also indigenous in Ireland. It is almost always found on good soils, more or less loamy or calcareous, and moist. It is believed to have been known to the Greeks (see p. 18.), under the name of phillyrea; and it undoubtedly was so to the Romans, it being men- tioned both by Virgil and Pliny; the latter stating that the berries were given to chickens to cure them of the pip. It is described by Gerard as growing naturally in the hedgerows of London gardens, and in every wood in all the countries of Europe, except Poland. In this last particular, however, he is mistaken; as, according to Schubert’s Catalogue, p. 107., the plant is found wild in the neighbourhood of Warsaw. In British gardens, the privet has been held in high estimation, for several centuries, for its use in making hedges ; either alone, or mixed with the common thorn, and as affording a screen for concealing objects. Properties and Uses. The leaves of the privet are bitter and astringent ; notwithstanding which they are eaten by cattle, sheep, and goats, but not by horses. The wood is white, hard, and, when of sufficient size, well adapted for the purposes of the turner. The berries, which ripen in autumn, and remain on the trees during winter, are excellent food for blackbirds, thrushes, 4K 1200 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III, bullfinches, pheasants, and other birds. A rose colour is drawn from them, for tinting maps and prints; and their juice, with the addition of alum, is used for dyeing wool and silk green. In Germany, they furnish a colour for painting playing cards; and in Flanders their juice is employed for colouring wine. But one of the most remarkable products of the berries is a greenish, mild, agreeably flavoured oil; which may be used both for culinary purposes and lamps, and for making soap. For making this oil, the berries are put into a cask for twelve or fifteen hours; they are then taken out and ground, and afterwards pressed, and the oil skimmed off. The marc, or mass of husks and seeds, is then ground a second time, heated and moistened, and again pressed ; when a supply of oil of an inferior description is obtained, which is used for coarser purposes. In Belgium and Silesia, the small twigs are used by the tanners; and for this purpose the privet hedges are clipped in the month of June; and the clippings are dried in the sun, or in stoves, and afterwards reduced to powder ; in which state they are sent tothe tanneries. In Belgium, the shoots are used, like those of the osier, for tying articles, in basket-making, &c., and as props for vines. The wood makes a superior description of charcoal, which is used in the manufacture of gunpowder. In Britain, the most valuable use of the privet is as a hedge plant, and as an undergrowth in ornamental plantations. On the Continent, it is also much used as a hedge plant, the sets being taken from the indigenous woods; and, unlike other shrubs so transplanted, seldom failing to grow freely. This is, doubtless, one reason why the plant has been so much employed for hedges, wherever it is indigenous. From its property of growing under the drip of trees, it forms a good subevergreen undergrowth, where the box, the holly, or the common laurel would be too expensive, or too tedious of growth. The privet has been long used in the court-yards of dwelling-houses, for concealing naked walls, and preventing the eye from seeing objects or places which it is considered desirable to conceal from the view. It thrives well in towns where pit-coal is used; and the-best hedges surrounding the squares of London are of this shrub. Trained against a white stone or plastered wall, it produces a very pleasing effect, suggesting the idea of a large vigorous-growing myrtle. The evergreen variety forms a most valuable plant in suburban shrub- beries; and both it and the common sort, when trained with a single stem 6 ft. or 8 ft. high, will make some of the most desirable small trees that can be planted on a lawn; on account of their neat compact form, and somewhat pendulous, and yet picturesquely tufted, branches, their profusion of white flowers, and their groups of black fruit, which remain on all the winter, and form a powerful attraction to the blackbird and the thrush in spring. The varieties with white, yellow, and green fruit are very ornamental during winter, as is the variegated-leaved variety during spring. The privet may be used as a stock for the different species of lilac, and, probably, for all the Oleacez. Soil, Situation, Propagation, §c. The privet grows best in rather a strong loam, somewhat moist ; and it attains the largest size in an open situation : but it will grow on any soil, and under the shade and drip of deciduous trees, though by no means of evergreen ones. In good moist soils, under the shade of trees, or in hedges protected by the hawthorn, it becomes nearly evergreen, as it does, also, when cultivated in rich garden soils, in sheltered situations. Though all the varieties bear seed, and the common sort in great abundance, yet plants, in British nurseries, are almost always raised by cuttings, which not only produce larger plants of the species in a shorter period, but continue the varieties with greater certainty. When plants are to be raised from seed, the berries should be treated like haws, and kept a year in the rot-heap, or sown immediately after being gathered, as, if ctherwise treated, they will not come up for:18 months. As shrubs, privet plants require very little pruning; but, as low trees, they must have the side shoots from the stem carefully rubbed off whenever they appear. Treated as hedges, or as verdant sculptures, for which they are particularly well adapted, they may be clipped twice a year, in June and March ; and, every five or six years, the sides of the hedges ought to be CHAP. LXXV. OLEA CEH. LIGU’STRUM. 1201 severely cut in, one side at a time, so as to remove the network of shoots, which, in consequence of continual clipping, forms on the exterior surface, and which, by preventing the air from getting to the main stems, would seri- ously injure the plants. Accidents, Diseases, §c. The pri- 27a 6 vet is not subject to be injured by Ce © the weather, nor is it liable to the 8 canker, mildew, or other diseases ; but the Sphinx ligdstri, or privet hawk moth (fig. 1021.), and the Pha- lze‘na syringaria, feed on it in their caterpillar state ; as does the Cantharis vesicatoria (see p. 1224.), the well- known _blister-beetle, | commonly called the Spanish fly. The larva of the privet hawk-moth is grass green, with stripes of white, purple, or flesh colour, on the sides; the chrysalis § % #2 2. I. spica‘tum Hamilt. The spiked-flowered Privet. Identification. amilt. MSS. ex D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., p. 107.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 45. Synonymes. _L. nepalénse Wall. in Rox. Fl. Ind., 1. p.151., Pl. Rar. Asiat., 3. p. 17. t.231,; L. lan. ceolatum Herb. Lamb. ; L. nepalénse var. glabrum Hook. in Bot. Mag., t. 2921. Engravings. PI. Asiat. Rar., 3. p. 17. t.231.; Bot. Mag., t. 2921. ; and our fig. 1022. Spec. Char., §c.. Leaves elliptic, acute, Be hairy beneath, as well as the branchlets. iS Flowers crowded, almost sessile, spi- cate, disposed in a thyrse, having the axis very hairy. Bracteas minute. Flowers white. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 45.) A shrub, from 6 ft. to 8 ft. high ; a na-. tive of Nepal, on the mountains. It was introduced in 1823, and flowers in June and July. Though commonly treated as a green-house plant, there can be little doubt of its being as hardy as L. lucidum, the species to be next described. It should be grafted on the common privet; and, if planted in a dry soil and rather sheltered situation aN open ‘to the sun, it will be the more +o ¢ 1022 likely to make no more wood than what it can ripen before winter. 2% ¢¢ 3. L..u‘cipum Ait. The shining-leaved Privet, or Wax Tree. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 19.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 45. ; Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2565, ; and our jigs. 1023. and 1024. The former, drawn to a scale of 1 in. to 4 ft., is a portrait of a tree in the Fulham Nursery, as it appeared in October, 1835. Spec. Char., &c. eaves ovate-oblong, acuminated, shining above. Panicles thyrsoid, spreading much. Leaves broad. Flowers white. This tree 4k 2 1202 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. affords a kind of waxy matter. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 45.) A tree, from 10ft. to 20 ft. high, a native of China. It was in- troduced in 1794, and flowers profusely in September and Oc- tober. This species forms a very hand- some low subever- green tree; or, when it is not trained to a single stem, a large showy bush. There are good specimens of it, as trees, be- tween 10 ft. and 12 ft. high, in the Fulham and Brompton Nur- series; and,as shrubs, in the Horticultural Society’s Garden,and in Messrs. Loddiges’s ean = arboretum. There is aremarkably fine specimen in the Duke of Marl- borough’s private garden at Blenheim; and there are some, also, at White Knights. It is propagated by layers, or by grafting on the common privet. Price of plants, in the London nurseries, from Is. to 1s. 6d. each. Variety. @ 2 L. /. 2 floribindum Donald’s Cat. has larger — bunches of flowers than the species. L. salicifolium. A plant to which this name might be suitable has been in the arboretum at Kew since «< 1823. It was raised from a withe, which had been/ tied round a package of plants, received from the Cape of Good Hope in that year, by Mr. Smith. It bears a close general resemblance to the common privet, but differs from it in having the leaves much larger, and the flowers in large compound spikes, like those of Z. lucidum. The leaves, in form, colour, and texture, closely resemble those of the plants alluded to in the following appendix, as having been raised by Messrs. Loddiges from Kamaon seeds. The plant is quite hardy, and retains its foliage the 1024 greater part of the winter. It flowers freely every year, but has not yet ripened seeds. = App. i. Species of Ligustrum not yet introduced. & L. sinénse Lour. Coch., 19., Don’s Mill., 4. p. 45., is a native of China, near Canton, with lan- ceolate, tomentose leaves, white flowers, and small brown berries. It grows to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. % L, japénicum Thunb. Fl. Jap., p. 17. t. 1. ; L. latifdlium Vitm. ; is a native of Japan, with oblong- ovate, grooved leaves, and white flowers, growing to the height of 6 ft. or 8 ft. % L. pubéscens Wall. Cat., 1742., isa native of the Burmese empire, with downy branches, and flowers and fruit in panicles: the berries are oblong. % L. bracteolatum D. Don Prod. Fl. Nep., 107. ; Z. japénicum Hamilt. ; Phillyrea bracteolata Herb. Lamb. ; has the leaves ovate-lanceolate, the flowers disposed in bracteate panicles, and the peduneles very hairy. It is a native of Nepal. CHAP. LXXV. OLEA CEA. PHILLY’REA. 1203 As the seeds of the privet will keep several years, it is tobe hoped that the above species will, at no distant period, be introduced through the exertions of Dr. Wallich and other botanists of the East. Some plants in the arboretum of Messrs. Loddiges, lately raised from seeds received from Kamaon, in the Himalayas, appear to belong to this genus. Genus II. Gi PHILLY’REA Tourn. Tue Puiiyrea. Lin. Syst. Didndria Monogynia. Identification. Dioscor.; Tourn. Inst., 367.; Lin. Gen., No. 19. ; Waill. Acad. Scien., p. 197. t. 13. f, 35—37.; Juss. Gen., 106.; Gaertn. Fruct., 2. p. 11. t.92.; Vent. Mal., 2. p. 313.; Lam. IIL, 1. t.8.; Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot., p. 508. ; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 45. Synonymes. _Filaria, Fr. ; Steinlinde, Ger. — p Derivation. From phullon, a leaf ; or from Philyra, the mother of Chiron, who was changed intoa tree. Gen. Char.,§c. Calyx small, tubular, 4-toothed, permanent. Corolla short, cam- panulate, rotate, 4-cleft, deciduous. Stamens a little exserted, with short filaments. Style simple. Stigma thickish. Drupe globose, containing a 2- celled nut; one of the cells usually abortive. Seed solitary in each cell. Albumen rather farinaceous or fleshy. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 45.)—Leaves oppo- site, racemes axillary. Flowers greenish white. Drupes black, globose. Evergreen shrubs, or low trees; natives of the south of Europe, and of some parts of Western Asia. In British gardens, where they have been in cultivation for nearly three centuries, they are all most desirable evergreen shrubs, on account of their shining dark green leaves, and the fragrance of their numerous white flowers, which are propagated by cuttings or layers ; and will grow in any common garden soil. The different sorts described as species are, probably, only varieties, originated at a time when the phillyrea was the principal evergreen in British nurseries. At the present day, one half of these varieties are only to be found in botanic gardens, because there is no demand for them in the nurseries. We think there should be only one specific name, which may be that of P. oppositifolia, under which all the other sorts might be arranged as varieties and sub- varieties. We have not, however, ventured to adopt this name, in con- formity with our principle, of giving no new names whatever ; but we have adopted the names P. angustifolia, P. média, and P. latifolia, as botanical species, believing these forms to be most distinct, and most common in a wild state. By general observers, the phillyrea is frequently confounded with the alaternus; but the species of that genus have their leaves placed alternately on their branches, whereas in the phillyrea they are opposite. The alaternus has, also, 5 stamens to each flower; while the phillyrea has only 2. Gerard mentions that the phillyrea grows wild about Ascalon; that it was brought to England from Narbonne and Montpelier, in France; and that he planted several sorts in the Earl of Essex’s garden, at Barn Elms, near London; adding, “ I have them growing in my garden likewise.” (See p. 38. and p.39.) Price of plants, in the London nurseries, 5/. per hundred, or 1s. 6d. each; at Bollwyller and New York they are green- house plants. It was formerly, like the alaternus, which, as we have before observed (p. 531.), was often confounded with the phillyrea, in much re- pute for covering naked walls, and clipping into figures of balls, men, animals, &c. The largest phillyrea hedge in England is said to be at Brampton Park, near Huntingdon, the seat of Lady Olivia B. Sparrow. # 1. P. ancustiro‘L1A L. The narrow-leaved Phillyrea. — Identification. Lin. Sp.,1. p. 10.; Vahl Enum., 1, p. 36.; Don’s Mill. 4. p.45.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. P. obliqua Tenore Syil., p.9.; P. media Tenore Fl. Neap., 3. p. 6. Engravings. Lam. Ul., 8. 3.; and our fig. 1025. Spec. Char., $c. Leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire. Branches beset with elevated dots. Leaves obsoletely veined. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.45.) A shrub, from 8 ft. to 10 ft. high; a native of Italy and Spain. It was intro- 4K 3 1204 ARBORETUM AND FRUTICETUM. PART III. duced in 1597, and flowers in May and June. It grows in any common soil; and is readily propagated by cuttings or layers. When raised from seeds, the berries should be prepared in the rot-heap, like haws. 1025 Varieties. Vg # P. a. 2 lanceolata Ait. - Hort. Kew.,i. p. il. a] —Leaves lanceolate. Branches erect. * P. a. 3 rosmarinifolia Sf - Ait. Hort. Kewensis ; and our fig. 1026. — Leaves lanceolate-subulate, elongated. Branches straight. « P. a. 4 brachiata Ait. Hort. Kew., i. p. 11.—Leaves oblong-lanceolate, shorter than in the other varieties. Branches divaricate. # 2. P.me‘pia L. The intermediate, or lance-leaved, Phillyrea. Identification. Lin, Sp., p. 10. ; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 45.; Lodd. Cat., ed. 1836. Synonymes. P. latifolia var.e media Lapeyr. Pi. Pyr., p.4.; P. ligustrifolia Mill. Dict., No 4.; P. levis Tenore Syll., p.9.; P. latifolia var. a. digustrifolia Poll. Pl. Ver., 1. p.7. Engravings. Kerner, t.774.; N. Du Ham., 2. t.27.; and our jig. 1027. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire, or a little serrated in the middle, triple-nerved, veiny. (Don’s Mill., iv. p. 45.) A shrub, from 10 ft. to 15 ft. high; a native of the south of Europe. It was introduced in 1597, and flowers in May and June. The culture of this is similar to that of the preceding and following sorts. For exposed situations, in the central and southern districts .of England, few shrubs are better adapted than this kind of phillyrea. It grows slowly and re- gularly on every side; and in the course of a dozen years forms a dense evergreen bush, of some- what hemispherical shape, having naturally more = of a gardenesque character than belongs to any ‘ other species or variety of the genus. This sort, and P. angustifolia, are those most commonly to be met with in British nurseries. Varieties. # P. m.2 virgata Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 11.—Leaves lanceolate. Branches erect. _ P. m. 3 buxifolia Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 11.—Leaves oval-oblong, bluntish. * 3. P.(M.) LicustRiFO‘LIA Ait. The Privet-leaved Phillyrea. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p. 11.3; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 45. Synonymes. PP. virgata Willd. Enum., 1. p.12.; P.média var. a. Willd. Sp., 1. p.42.; Phill¥rea iii. Clus. Hist., p. 52. Engraving. Lob. Icon., 2. p. 131. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, subserrated in the middle, obsoletely veined. Branches erect. (Don’s Miil., iv. p.45.) A shrub, from 10 ft. to 15ft. high ; a native of the south of Europe, as of Spain and the south of France. It was introduced in 1596, and flowers in May and June. # 4, P.(M.) PE’NDULA Ait, The drooping-branched Phillyrea. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.11.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 45. Synonyme. P. media y Willd. Sp., 1. p. 43. Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, obsoletely serrated at the apex, veiny. Branches drooping. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.46.) A shrub, from 10ft. to 15 ft. high; a native of the south of Europe. Introduced in 1597, and flowering in May and June. #5. P.(m.) OLEFO‘LIA Ait. The Olive-leaved Phillyrea. Identification. Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.11.; Don’s Mill, 4. p. 46. Synonymes. P. media} Ait. Hort. Kew., 1. p.11.; P. racembdsa Link Jahrb., 1. p. 160. Engraving. Pluk., t.310. f. 1. ; Spec. Char., &c. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, almost entire, obtuse, narrowed at the base, veiny. Branches erectish. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.46.) A shrub, from 10 ft. to 15ft. high; a native of the south of Europe. Introduced in 1597, and flowering in May and June, CHAP. LXXV. OLEA‘CEA., CHIONA’NTHUS. 1205 * 6. P. Latiro‘tiA L. The broad-ieaved Phillyrea. Identification. Lin. Sp., 10.; Don’s Mill., 4. p. 46.; Lodd. Cat., Re ed. 1836. Ny lag ye aeohs & Beveete. Pons FLVer. Asp. tes E> latifolia B Ten. Fl. Neap.,3. p. 6.3; P. spindsa Ten. Syil., p. 9. No. 2 yates latifolia 8 spindsa Seg. Ver., Q. p. 275. Engravings. Smith Fl. Gree., e 2. 3 and our fig. 1028. Spec. Char., §c. Leaves ovate, rounded at the base, serrated, veiny. Young leaves sub-cordate at the base. (Don’s Mill., iv. p.46.)